uit
G5 TUT TO TET
mG
THE CITY LIBRARY ASSOCIATION
OF SPRINGFIELD. MASSACHUSETTS
LITERATURE - ART - SCIENCE
WEE
1m
3808
i | THE
3 DAVID A. WELLS E
||| ECONOMIC LIBRARY [|
- EIN THE E
Is CiTY LIBRARY EB
IE SPRINGFIELD /
i MASSACHUSETTS le
E By
|
|
|
CS RR SFE ENT PA NEVER A ST CT A WAGER SSS SO NESTS EL a PE ESOS TES PT TIE ERIE
iniTANOANONTO 0000 0GTA0OHOOQUONTAN AAO TAOR
e A)
pepe TT
City Library Association, Springfield, Mass.
51976
Taken by Due | Taken by Due
: NL Alec
FEB 1 9 1939
HAY 21 193)
Digitized by the Internet Archive
in 2009 with funding from
Boston Library Consortium Member Libraries
/
http://www.archive.org/details/bulletinofoaname6127pana
BULLETIN
OF THE
PAN AMERICAN
UNION
VOL. LXI
JANUARY-DECEMBER
OZ a7.
SEVENTEENTH AND B STREETS NW., WASHINGTON, D.C.,U.S.A.
CABLE ADDRESS for UNION and BULLETIN: “PAU,” WASHINGTON
I
U.S. GOVERNMENT PRINTING OFFICE: 1928
INEZ Te tri
BULREE TIN on tne PAN AMERICAN UNION
Vol. LXI January to December, 1927 Nos. 1-12
[The index to illustrations will be found on p. x1]
(Special articles and names of authors indicated by SMALL CAPITALS)
Agriculture, industry, and commerce: Page
ANTHERSIOUMIOG) = 56, 168, 274, 384, 488, 596, 698, 810, 913, 1023, 1121, 1233
Boliviase a ssa e2 57, 168, 275, 385, 489, 597, 699, 811, 914, 1023, 1122, 1234
IES 12177 ees pancetta ae 57, 169, 275, 387, 490, 598, 701, 812, 914, 1024, 1123, 1235
@hnill eaters sels 58, 170, 276, 388, 491, 599, 702, 813, 915, 1025, 1124, 1235
Colombpiaa es ssae 59, 172, 278, 388, 491, 599, 704, 814, 916, 1026, 1125, 1237
CostaPRica aes e ean uns) 60, 173, 279, 389, 492, 600, 815, 917, 1027, 1125
Cubase ee nae so. 60, 173, 279, 390, 492, 601, 705, 815, 917, 1027, 1126, 1237
DWonaimicameve pull cease ae oh ee Arye erent brakes To pate arma be ks 61,
178, 281, 390, 498, 602, 706, 815, 917, 1028, 1127, 1238
ieuexclore_ 2 61,173, 281, 391, 498, 602, 706, 816, 918, 1028, 1128, 1239
Guatemala_______ 62, 174, 281, 391, 493, 603, 706, 817, 918, 1029, 1128, 1239
Seu GR seis 2 ee 62, 175, 282, 392, 494, 604, 707, 817, 919, 1029, 1128, 1240
IslOmolumAg = 62, 175, 393, 494, 605, 708, 818, 919, 1030, 1129, 1240
IMIGRIGO2 SS eee 62, 175, 283, 393, 495, 605, 708, 818, 919, 1031, 1129, 1240
INicaraowawsiiss Sa ee 64, 176, 395, 496, 606, 709, 920, 1031, 1130, 1241
IPRVMe NANG), | = 64, 176, 283, 395, 497, 606, 710, 819, 921, 1032, 1130, 1242
IPErreeIP NY | 2 65, 177, 284, 395, 497, 606, 710, 820, 921, 1032, 1131, 1242
J 265 oye tas tn Vea 66, 177, 285, 396, 499, 607, 711, 821, 922, 1033, 1132, 1243
Salivadorae= sees 67, 178, 285, 397, 499, 608, 711, 822, 922, 1033, 1133, 1244
Wizne uae 67, 178, 286, 397, 500, 609, 712, 822, 923, 1034, 1133, 1244
Wenezuelatae tas eee 68, 287, 398, 501, 609, 713, 822, 923, 1034, 1134, 1245
ATED. Cry 12.8, IOC. UNDO (OOS | tee ee Se sR ees 219
AMIDATO, INCE) dias IslonuACiol Uno) Jalon, Oiyoe 2 = 3 oe eee ee 545
AMARAL, AFRANIO DO, AWARDED MEDAL FOR SCIENTIFIC ACHIEVEMENTS__ 1176
AnTHony, H. E.: CoLuEcTor’s [MPRESSIONS OF THE QuicHua INDIAN___ 375
"ARCH #OLOGICAL WORK IN SouTH AMERICA (Mason)________________--- 107
Argentina:
AMERICAN AUTOMOBILES, SALE OF (Bunge)_________- Bie seme ae 125
ARGENTINA TO-DAY (commercial relations with United States) _____- 481
ART, JORGE BERMUDEZ, PAINTER OF A RACE IN A LAND OF EVOCATION- 778
BTN De MDW CAML ONG ORT: satan gn nee yeni lel ok wre or OL a io wall iat 1015
BuNnGE, ALEJANDRO E.: FINANCING OF ROADS AND SALE OF AMERICAN
PASTUZT OV JES ITU ah aie eee Loppers e/a Lee ul at 125
© OO INA Z AUTO INeete te pet te lentes UR pm AS IEEE Teac ee quienes 900
Esprit, Feripr A.: ADDRESS AT THE SESQUICENTENNIAL EXPOSITION. 10
Expositions, ARGENTINA AT THE SESQUICENTENNIAL________-_---- 10
FOREIGN CAPITAL AND NATIONAL PRODUCTION (Bunge)__-_---___--_- 1090
LIBRARIES, ARGENTINE ROOM IN NATIONAL LIBRARY OF CHILE_-_-_-_-- 692
II INDEX
Argentina—Continued.
Mirre, BaArtToLtomMb, NATIONAL HOMAGE TO THE MEMORY OF______--
RETROLEU MEIN DU STR sits ateya jess 282 sao ee ee ie are eye Bee eee
IPO VARIN, COIN AGN CON) Oi SaaS ie ee ee ee ee ace
RAILROADS, TRANSCONTINENTAL ROUTE FROM BUENOS AIRES TO
INST) TES IND oa ase ae Oe RE 2S tr eee aS Oy
ROADS ELNANCING ORs (SUMP e) eye Sa oe ee eee ee eee
Bascock, Cuarues E.: Nationat Liprary or HonDURAS-____-__----
BARRANTES Castro, PEpRo: HDUCATION OF PRISONERS IN PHRU_______-
BEJARANO, JORGE: PUBLIC HEALTH ADMINISTRATION IN COLOMBIA_-_~_ ~~~
BLACKWELL, ALICE STONE (tr.): Pomms By GonzALEz MARTINEZ ______-
Bolivia:
CoLonizArion OprorTuNnrrins: (Weeks) == ==) 522 oe eee
Book In INTER-AMERICAN CULTURAL COMMERCE (Padin)____________-
BowQunrs AL wISs SEeNIN ©) DEAS oMVAUD RH See eee ee ye ey ee ee
Brazil:
PANTER Es RAIN SPOR TACT CINE eye ree ate eyeing
AMARAL, AFRANIO DO, AWARDED MEDAL FOR SCIENTIFIC ACHIEVE-
BRAZIL'S THIRTY-EIGHT YBARS AS A REPUBLIC. =_ 912222222 _255=
EXposiITIONS, BRAZIL AT THE SESQUICENTENNIAL-_—-—-_-- eG Cs eae
EEE DTN GT OneD Wi JEANS TR Wie) oats teense te = sted co Oh ge ree ye Un
GURGEL DO AMARAL, SYLVINO: ADDRESS AT THE SESQUICENTENNIAL
ITED, ©) GIST ON cae a pan aa ea er eae ee ea des cee ee
GURGEL DO AMARAL, SYLVINO: ADDRESS ON AWARD TO AFRANIO DO
AMARAL OF MEDAL FOR SCIENTIFIC ACHIEVEMENTS ________-__
(IMMIGRANTS a ADMISSION sO Russe iene ae eo eee ee ae ee
ID RO GAO Ol SAO, IROGQWin WSs ss shee ee
Pan AMERICANISM IN PUBLIC SCHOOLS (Brown)________--____-__-_
EVEN 2 WR OSS sales pas tee cree i See NUN Us ECS ss GeO GN 9 tea a
ScHoots, BraziL FosTERS PAN AMERICANISM (Brown) ___-----_--
NVGAUER = Ojw alos (CISCO lo Sar) eyes es ee ee ar ce
BRAINERD, HELOISE: NATIONAL STUDENT FEDERATION OF THE UNITED
Brown, Evsrte: Brazit FOSTERS PAN AMERICANISM IN PUBLIC SCHOOLS__
Brown, Eusin: CHILE SOLVES HER HOUSING PROBLEM________________
Siaaern, ALEXANDER: FOREIGN CAPITAL AND ARGENTINE NATIONAL
PUES OD) © TL OIN ea ee ee poe ties EN oa See Oe Te faye dee Aig oye eet ee rant
BURGOS WAUSTOU RIN CAN. TOOM== 95 ces 05) bie Soi bes i Ee eee pene
QS rINIDIAR RE EO RIMe a (HAs tran ain) eis eal ee ee ma a
CALENDARS, NEW LIGHT ON ANCIENT AMERICAN (NUTTALL)-________ pre
CAMPISTEGUY, JUAN, PRESIDENT OF UR UGA eee ee cee ape ot hanna
CARNEGIE INSTITUTION OF WASHINGTON, ARCH#OLOGICAL INVESTIGA-
Central America:
INR CHA OUOGIC Aly “WOR Kt (VLOrIey, ey = ee eo ane ee ee
MUSEUM OF THE AMERICAN INDIAN, Hnygr FounpaTiIon, ARCHAO-
TSO. G CATS WOR eye pet ah pe ey rare as te Ha a
César CHamorro, ALEJANDRO, MINISTER oF NICARAGUA____-----_--
CHACON, IUAzARO, PRESIDENT Or GuatpMADA_ 92022 1
OIC ISENAUNIDIU SLR Wack So Le Os Str ce RN ee Ry 8c ce
Page
1086
1087
476
798
125
1106
679
695
254
782
558
147
796
1176
909
15
978
15
1176
902
790
462
235
462
138
136
462
129
1090
3598
655
667
953
110
162
544
108
119
213
209
891
INDEX III
Chile: Page
AMERICAN ASTRONOMERS IN CHILE___-----------------------.-- 34
PACEU ANU @VAUNIDAUNY | UBIXCT TTI Stun (1 @ GETS) pene ates ere yee ey ey ee 357
Art—
Goya; froma, Chileanscollection= see = a se ee 975
DUS: Suiryaten iy SANOAC Os ooo bos ee concer soos uaa eee ase S ee ees 1223
Campo, Soria DEL, TRIUMPH OF NOTED CHILEAN SOPRANO-_-------- 971
(© ONE NA WNT aR OGRE SS eg eg pe a ese ea ae La Oa ge 1220
CrucuaGa Tocornat, MIGUEL, RETIRING AMBASSADOR___----__--- 1061
DAvita, Cartos, AMBASSADOR TO UNITED STATES_-__-__---------- 1163
Gow PROM Ae CHITMAN (COLE CIION = yn =n ele eee 975
GUEVARA, ALVARO, NOTABLE CHILEAN PAINTER______----------- 238
HEALTH CAMPAIGN, CHURCH AND STATE COOPERATE-_--_---------- 366
IEEE GUE Geek oy ae ey a9 eg Tee eesti enolase Seva es 1220
EVOWSLN Ge PROB eB 1 (CS Te O sya) eager 129
IEEyGNnay4, - CArmnos, JPimosianemay on (Cig. oe ee 741
LAND OF INDUSTRIAL OPPORTUNITY (De la Parra) __-__- le Bean 566
LIBRARIES, ARGENTINE ROOM IN NATIONAL LIBRARY _._--_-_---_- 692
(OB SIRE AUT ORT 0 ae rit RTI STE ath 34
Uxinyinresimye Om (Cromroinacient oe Se ee ee eee 895
Gr Toye ANGI RFs GTO NAST EP Ls ACNUNUEING Gee pp cas ge reece Ue coo 269
(Cianisg, laliaitignig, I byNa many JNM GoneA KOC ely NUNGin Grove es 535
Colombia:
CaraccioLo, H. A.: COLOMBIA AS SEEN BY A TOURIST___________- 1212
ConoMBrAacas SEEN. BY Ay TOURTSI (Caracclol@) sae a = eee 1212
HEALTH, ADMINISTRATION OF PUBLIC (Bejarano)._____________=__- 695
Onion, liasenoing Isloweveny Grow dsGonime Oinrm e e 539
CoMMERCE, BILLION DOLLAR MARKET (Filsinger)_________________2__- 651
ONES TARO RT Din SSA Yor a pares Shaniecire! sao it) Ne ah Np eT aefee I 249
Cornyn, JoHN Huspert: Mrxico’S MYSTERY WRITING______________-- 44
Costa Rica:
PE DLGR Ee CAUMD Rea eee See te coil Ral ae oe aR moe ee 1102
CrucHaca TocornaL, MIGUEL, RETIRING CHILEAN AMBASSADOR__-__-__- 1061
Cuba:
Diaz Irizar, Mario, CUBA MOURNS AN UNTIMELY LOSS_-__-_----- 1065
FERRARA, ORESTES, AMBASSADOR TO UNITED STATES_____-_________ 101
CLUDE SAN Dia GUD HB OO KG sen a. yap pee ay aoe yar Ua sis lj ext oces t 17
Macwapo y Moraes, GERARDO, VISITS WASHINGTON_________--- 529
@uLTURAL: RELATIONS, WLTHe WATIN “AMBRICA. 2-9 28.0 2) oe de By
CUMBERLAND, W. W.: COMMERCIAL AND FINANCIAL PROGRESS IN Harti__ 316
DAVIS CARLOS AMBASSADOR ORM C@Hinmesanem ae 0 eee 2 Le 1163
DPA7AEAD OO} DRE SID HN MOR eINITC ARYA GHUAU naan Bees Nene ey a 207
Diaz Irizar, Mario, CUBA MOURNS AN UNTIMELY LOSS_______--_---- 1065
IDSC) TON TNSaaNoaN Cos) (ChWlbavaerqerorels) 5) a Se 551
Dominican Republic:
GUIDE TO COLONIAL MONUMENTS IN Santo Domrnco (Llaverias)_. 1017
FiicuwaCONCDRUCTIONTPROGRHSS (Orbega)eaeaue. anual ees een 1109
EastMan, GrorcEe: IMPORTANCE OF CALENDAR REFORM_______________ 655
Economic and financial affairs:
IA enit iia sae nemaaiinen Aaa 70, 288, 399, 502, 714, 823, 1035, 1135, 1246
IOV ilar ean, eR RIG Ray pre mre 0. tis ie ein, wees 288, 503, 1135
Bia 7i eee ae eee aie oC yee. As Teeny 399, 504, 1036, 1246
CO ileaeee sean ee een Pk ere eit: uke 71, 400, 504, 714, 924, 1135
@olompiaa ae aes 71, 179, 289, 400, 505, 714, 824, 925, 1036, 1137, 1246
COstagliicanm ne shee eta tet al 289, 610, 714, 925, 1037, 1137, 1247
IV INDEX
Economic and financial affairs—Continued. Page
Walleye oa at ao te aie Oe ee oe a ep 824
Dominicanwkyepullici = ann. he ee 290, 401, 505, 610
i CUla Gl Oma Sie ee he oR choc ign kL 2 eee 71, 179, 714, 1037
(Cea beeen eg 2 a ae ee es 610, 926
ITU Teese eo aes aire A nits crete es ee 71, 506; 715
ATE GLUT Te Sse Soe eee eee, iene Me ar ye gL ie Sle Rel cL ge 290, 1247
TIN WeSC cya Sareea pa eee SS 7 oh Seay Se ee ae ae 72, 401, 507, 611, 715, 1138
| CEVA oT vs yestee Sg nah Prete eee Nay Wee rua OCIS a eo 73, 401, 926, 1138
AEST BN OU eee ef ag sp ret Se 824, 1037, 1139
OREN a as ee ape eee Bee ee ern Ra ek Saar ieee We aE OR Sh 612, 824, 926
Saliva Orta eter eye a me rt eee Ae a eee 180, 402, 715, 1247
(Cistotayesee een Aiea er eo Pie So ivevan Ws Ace Learn see 180, 402, 507, 716, 825
WiGTSVANICIG ES ih are ea ee eal eal eee Rome eer aoe Rie tint iy eT 402, 927
Ecuador:
QurcauA INDIAN; IMPRESSIONS (Anthony)=225=-=25555 52552552 ==— 375
IM KepsiotwAarcun on Siiaay ONiIDN a eae aoe a eS. ee ee en ee 787
HSCOBAR LU DERONSO: WHEDE) COAL, OF 2BRAZIi === 4 === === eae 138
Esprit, FenipE A.: ADDRESS AT THE SESQUICENTENNIAL EXPOSITION__- 10
ESsAYs, AN OPPORTUNITY FOR ALL THE AMERICAS (Riggs)______-_-___- 635
EXCURSION, PAN AMERICAN FRIENDSHIP PILGRIMAGE-_-_--__--_------ 443
EXPOSITION, [BERO-AMBRICAN AT SEVILLE 929-052 === 2252255552 eee 320
EXPOSITION, PACIFIC FOREIGN TRADE AND TRAVEL___--_...------===25 1021
EXPOSITION, PAN AMERICAN , Day, SESQUICENTENNIAL-__-_-------------- 1
HR RAR AG ORES THG< UB ANE AMBIAG SAND OR cesta we se ees 101
FERRARI Ramirez, PepRo: ELEMENTARY EDUCATION IN URUGUAY-_-_--_--- 1066
EPR STN GH Ry EUNGH) SA ses) WiLL OND OTs TeVASER sie AGED KG I oe 651
Gapp, Peter R.: HyDROELECTRIC DEVELOPMENT IN MrExico__------_--- 1010
General notes:
PAST. 1a lita he eye ess Se ses 202, 309, 524, 629, 737, 842, 948, 1158
AEG iyo hs epider NFB Pepe Nara nae Ay oe yoy a 94, 524, 948, 1055
IES Trea Tl ee eae eee ae alg etecaMeeate el Sx i tas ees ae 95, 629, 842, 1158, 1266
(CUTTY ae Seok ee cae ees oe cee fae ees oi mt eS 95, 310, 948, 1158, 1266
Colom lay sae Sas eile ails ee ec eel eet case 202, 524, 737, 843, 1055, 1158
CostawRica ta este epee SE see ea eee 208, 418, 843, 1159
Culpa el eee eee okey 95, 203, 310, 419, 525, 843, 949, 1055, 1159
Domuinicanwhe pull Ce eee ee oe ee eee 95, 630, 949, 1159, 1266
VEE GUIEE YC ety ah a ah SS ape e 96, 310, 525, 949, 1056, 1266
Guatemala ow Ss eee see Ss a eee Soe 96, 310, 630, 848, 950
TE LonaVGH ae NS) sat Se wee eR a ees Beye es 96, 203, 419, 950
HVAT a tN tee ia Sea Na eS ie all ae ae ee ee 204, 844
INC AT AC Mle se a ese han ee ee eee eee 311, 738
ARE TO EN TN ae eae PE a 8 Sra eh ws ea ai ese eS ler 630, 844, 1266
HES 15 Sh Ue Aa eee eek Se 311, 738, 950, 1159, 1267
TOXSS ab eu ee elena eee re RUN dO os ee pepe eae 96, 526, 630, 845, 950, 1056
Sea ye cl re es i 8 a ie eee aw nm a a 526, 1267
Usb r72y6 Les Lets ose ene ees ec cle eee ey pe ree pane hy en es 1267
lO netb Venues yas ee ciel AOS EDs ee eee 97, 204, 419, 631, 738, 845, 1152
N/a YAO) I ie Ne Se eer a omar als ee eae) Ya 204, 526, 631, 738, 845, 950, 1268
GonpRA, MANUEL, PARAGUAY LOSES A DISTINGUISHED SON_-----.------ 930
GONZALEZ MARTINEZ, ENRIQUE: FOUR POBMS2-22252_ 22252252 -2--- 254
GCieiag, Rin aoe eA KounenoiicmoyoeuiaNiermome te oe ee eee ae 146
Grew, JoserH C.: ADDRESS AT THE SESQUICENTENNIAL EXPOSITION-_-_ 6
Grisancm CARLOS Hay HoMAGH 10 ELEN vy CAN i= eee see 543
INDEX V
Guatemala: Page
CHICTECIND USAR V4 CRETCCTO) peers ee epee te eet sp ere ee 891
SincuEz Latour, FRANcISco: ADDRESS AT THE SESQUICENTENNIAL
HET SSCa (0) ETTET INN ae eer Pe ey re Sean os en a 8
CHACON, WAZAROMRRESIDE Nite Obie Gy WArE MAT Ae ers Sess eee ee 209
SANG EE 7; ATOR HAR AINCIS CO; 1D) HAD Fiat © HDs senegal 1169
Sincuez Latour, Francisco: Homage to HENRY Cuay_-_------- 542
GUAYULE RUBBER AND ITS PRODUCTION (Wilcox)_._.___---______-_ 885
GUEVARA, ALVARO, NOTABLE CHILEAN PAINTER_—~__-_--------------- 239
GURGEL DO AMARAL, SYLVINO: ADDRESS AT THE SESQUICENTENNIAL
FEEXCPO SEDO IN cs ee ese ee ee ee ee ee eee eee Sa ooaee 15
GURGEL DO AMARAL, SYLVINO: ADDRESS ON AWARD TO AFRANIO DO
AMARAL OF MEDAL FOR SCIENTIFIC ACHIEVEMENTS ~_-_---.------- 1176
Haiti:
CoMMERCIAL AND FINANCIAL PROGRESS (Cumberland) -_-_--_------ 316
EVAR DWOODS es TROPICAL: (Sher) = sa seer en a eee ae eee ee eee 219
HEALD, JEAN: PANAMA, THE HOME) OF “THE, ORCHID ——__---------==--- 671
History, PROJECTED SURVEY OF Hispanic AMERICAN_-_-------------- 248
History, REporT ON TEACHING OF LaTIN AMERICAN----_------------ 547
HorrmMan, FrepEeRIcK L.: Mrxico’s PrE-CoLOMBIAN REMAINS-------- 343
Honduras:
MINT RAL: RESOURCHSY == 225 js nase See See eee ere ne eeeee & 807
ANTE Co ET COTE pL: GT WAY Sie 0 eps Se ar I 1185
INGO Aner? (Bl oor) ee ee ee ee a eee 1106
HIOSRETAT, «ZAINe AMERICANS. OPENED) DNe NE Wa YOR Kes ee Soe ee 1226
Hunting EXPERIENCES IN ZACATECAS (Sproat) 9-22-2252 2222222 aes 964
ean aOR OS PRESIDENT, OR CHIMES 2c 2s as ae melemey ee eco 741
Iparra M., ALBERTO: INTERNATIONAL RAILWAYS OF CENTRAL AMERICA-- 49
Inevason, P. A.: MAINTENANCE OF SOIL FERTILITY--_—_.-_---------- 579
InTER-AMERICAN COMMISSION OF COMMERCIAL AVIATION--_---------- 426, 751
INTERNATIONAL COMMISSION OF AMERICAN JURISTS_---------------- 849, 955
iN PMRNGACETO NGA ay ASWrC ODERICATTONG (S COUL) == see ee ee ere 849
International treaties:
Areentina=© Olona see =e ener hee eee ne Seer See ele ee ee nee 292
BTEC TONGS UI eh egei Te, UT ER ye ee ee ee ee eee ee el 184
Bolivia karastan ees a enene 2 he en wee 2 ee See ae Se 1141
Brazilians Am ericanee pills seam e a Sanaa a ees Sees 1251
Seoul Tete rae are edt ete ct ee Rt a ae eee reed tern 1141
ASS gray =U) UI Any eee oes ee re a oe ee Ps 75, 185, 292, 405, 510
Ohileshtalvee a eee. — ~ eee ee mnie ear geri 2 See acim oe 720
Colon smslbenriie a= ease ao or ee ee ee ee 185
Costashica-Spalieaes) 2) 8 So as See ee ase ae gees 1251
Ciisa= Donan caneine publica es =e eee eee eee 1039
COROT SBA ITA He LESH BPE Ce) She ose pe eS ee aS 405
[Dieranmiccin RSW IC = = == Sa eee ee eee ee a cee eee asa 903
Drowmaintenn Iejoulolite-leenin 22 3 Sas te Se ee ose 1039
TRYOUT EGG a Ra atte es he a Ses ee Ne ee ee eye ee ees 827
Guaicinleclslomolumas.—... 5s seen eee sacs sae reg es WA age = 1141
Giatemala clon cumas=sallvlC Oley a 930, 1141
Sen TiS ENT @ Ets net ee Reape ae te: Cay Sai ee etna) = he ee 1251
TBI rave hoIRASEIS HW HNOKONR Se Spo oe SSS Soe eee Oe eee SSeS eae 931
TAU SSeS) ih 1S Ss le ee gE ct Ee HON 2193
Wikesatioroe( Coverity I BNa ne ntinl apa tees 2 eS Rs et ae ee 510
TERS aN RTS ce econ aN eS mee gee le 931, 1040
Se 2c @ Te ee eR RR TINS RAE UL a iinet cE Paap ayes 5 7S, GAL
Shikiagloeleaia Aameateain IMeewIONCSS 6 oe pe see eee See ee 1252
VI INDEX
International treaties—Continued. Page
Salvador United. States: e852 4555 [oe = eee ee ape ieee are 1141
Saltvaclor=Wiru pay tes = cbtee vert eh rye De eae = yee ae ae 292
URW Wa yes ee a See Sao 2 sh os Se 76
WRU gays alin a Vee ew ee eS 2 eee 75
Winnie Ze ata he ee ee ee Gre chs Sia = oe a 827
IrviInE-Rivera, Epith M.: ScHooLt oF TROPICAL MEDICINE_________-- 164
Keerer, Marian (review): GUIDE TO COLONIAL MONUMENTS IN SANTO
SVED NET GO es rer aN see mr ce ag a Leek tie ac ae eee 1017
KELLoece, PRANK 'B.: HomAGEe To CrucHAGA TOCORNAL2 ~~) -=2 2-2 25-- 1061
eGuponoOeXe, NWS IBLe a lowveveluna) 1B hones (Oh yee 2 ee ee 535
Kenprick, W. F.: ADDRESS AT THE SESQUICENTENNIAL EXPOSITION_-___ 15
Kipper, A. V.: ARCHHOLOGICAL WORK IN UNITED STATES____________ 103
SERVING eh UD YARD ln (Spanish) VersiOM) = 2. 5. aa yee meee yee 460
Labor:
YANG Oat Ltr ea ene ees eer oe pe Pea Sh ist RS a 302, 411, 517, 620, 834, 1047
AES nya eae ui pee Pry erate ES a olor. ES tC nme ta Re yc 85, 1048
DBE A Mote Ts ee cles re Desa O Rene a ae Aeneas aT AES A 620, 834, 1048, 1150
Chile sic re a ees RR tins 3) cee Spa 302, 517, 728, 835, 1048, 1150
(CONCH Ta OAs, ae REET Cena eae tise Rey RARE tad SD ee es 518, 1048
(OW PA NAS Loe oe IOs ER EL Se tek Sar a Sieh lo 939
HIB) CO TUATTAT © UIA EVE fo UU ose pa Sry SRT oe pe AI Dre 192, 1259
HESS U1 Ea GL 0 Yes so tga EE Eee sr ea 86, 1049
Creat Geta ay egies Ss i oy Rees ae ik ac cae need oe ene 620, 728
TU OpG af sh oe ae Se EAE ROL Me ive LR eerie Pe ee 302, 621
TNA XS 16) i a ae eat aco Se ae 86, 192, 303, 621, 835, 939, 1151
IeEyOMTNA alle Wipe pey eg Ma DIS Ave dune Ace a) Se Nea 1049
PEPER Tee SU Saya ene owe Se ee a calle feat et 2 SG oy st ope to 192, 303
EFS Uap ep at cd 5A Fo Me ef OS SEA Re a 193, 728, 1049
fOEEN ARE WGUONR Sy oe Mae cten OSV RUC Ce: srien = enna eye erent Chie semen eI Geist rc sh 411, 1049
AUCH UH 1 hyena gk a a No LE he gh, ta a iil
DN ETC ZU. Mee ta pate gee ee 8 a ee Oe aa ee a StS ee pene 728
ILAZOM, INDY Cen Aauiony Cin (MOI) ee ee 574
Legislation:
; EAST Of CTNUTIN A eee epee yerrys weyers rete! Tt eee ee aa 73, 181, 507, 716, 927
VEEP VAL LS oo a (a ae Se 73, 181, 290, 402, 508, 825, 928, 1248
(©) a eas al a eS Brg BE eA ae OY al eee ASAT A 716, 1139, 1248
© oT ona fen sae eres fies a te SE ISL Ot eh ae a 74, 1139
Gos Geet aaa ceed eg wey SN Rt he ea a 612, 928
(a Sa a ea ei a S20) ya ee nc A Cl NOBS
IDYormaiancaya, IRyeloulolG ee 291, 508, 718, 825, 1139
AEG UT EU Gh GoTo eae ae ys ce a SI SA Carew re 74, 718, 11389
(Cauatenm ala wees eee tere eee eres (chee a) ace AUS Ae ee Magne AE REP go 74, 508, 1249
APEC @ TCL UA TAS 7 a sn ee 2s a pp Pa dR et ts 74, 408, 719, 928
Mie CO ete e se eae eee eer 182, 291, 403, 509, 719, 826, 928, 1038, 1140, 1249
ING Carre OU alee ot Se alee ak aa on ie ae ee 183, 719, 826, 929, 1038, 1140, 1249
JEAN EWC Le Roce ere see ue Eee MDL eure lao et ame aM ep CAE 404, 509, 613, 719
EE Ty UT Ay eg Sel ee we = ce ete oO 404, 613, 929
TE aU bes eS fap Sea ee IMS to ennai Sas al ae 2 a a 404, 509
aU ay Gl Orsete weet ele eee eae ee eee Oe 183, 291, 404, 1039, 1250
iran CS Gate es ba ee ES a cp pL ch 826
ACOs sto say ch et SS et a em Ae Reg ea 183
ANCL AVE V AU) Iz heen NR Ee Mier gerne ns kf Soe es ee et 184, 1250
ILA MRIODIS, DiVNOuNCoVNE Aap) ano) (ORS Wah) oe ee ee pene see 162
Lima, Francisco ANTONIO, MINISTER OF SALVADOR_-_----------------- 1059
INDEX
iLim@non, JA, AWE JRC Ol Winy@UAtcn Geos oo eo sa Soe Soo eso
Luaverias, Feprrico: Ciry oF Santo DOoMINGO AND ITS COLONIAL
MUO INGUIVNBNIN DSi (IC: Vil C Ws eee een eevee ere Ee leh ee eS Ear ee
LOOSE, Crowimuni@s AMA CANIAN Wopains. os ee EE
McCuutovuen, P. M.: ConsTRUCTION OF LONG-DISTANCE LINES IN
TET ci GQ) Ne Reece se ei ey PN es a eae oe ee aed See ea
Macuapo y Morais, GERARDO, VISITS WASHINGTON____------_-____
ManGaBerra, Ocravio: ApDDRESS, INTERNATIONAL COMMISSION OF
HANTS RRL OM AN Pg 1S PSY Ss ta ee ae
Martinez Menpoza, RAFAEL: CARBONIFEROUS WEALTH IN VENEZUELA_
Mavrtua, Victor: ApprEss, INTERNATIONAL COMMISSION OF AMERICAN
fT ESSISTARTS epee he a al Se a ae ee mE
Mason, J. ALDEN: ARCHHOLOGICAL WORK IN SouUTH AMERICA_________-
Mexico: :
ARGCEDTONOGIOA WORK In OWodley) 5 62s S eens e sees ene eee
ArcH#OLOGY, Mrxico’s PRE-COLOMBIAN REMAINS (Hoffman) _-_-__-_
Art, CERAMICS OF PUEBLA DE LOS ANGELES (Valle) -_--_---------
BARING: INEM OANKONIS) (BeyMeNNO)) = se oo ee ee ee eae eee eeese
BEJARANO, Josh MiquEL: DEVELOPMENT OF BANKING INSTITUTIONS_
CERAMICS OF LLUEBA DE) LOosSPANGHEIES @Qialle) Saas aa eee ee eee
EpucaTion, Intecratinc Mrxico THroucH (Saéenz)__-----.--__--
HUNTING EXPERIENCES IN ZACATECAS (Sproat) _--...-___-____-___-
HYDROELECTRIC DEVELOPMENT (Gadd) ___-___- PU Rey Te a ca tn een es EN
IMPERIAL VALLEY TEACHERS FORM INTERNATIONAL COMMITTEE
(GSS ni cS) ae mae ey I tee a ae at Sess ae
MASON-SPINDEN ARCHHOLOGICAL EXPEDITION____-_-------------
PoETRY, FOUR POEMS BY GonzALEZ MarrTingez____--------------
(POSEY VEE ELC AN ATEN GH ONOnUN) =a. S ee eee ees = eee
RUG R Ae we LeAD RE ee OA eACN LOIN TO me DEAE Yo oc ys ee ee eo ee ere
SCHOOLS NORMAL. Minxicon@riy= == se se Ho 2 See ee oe Ee
SCHOOLS, REORGANIZATION: OF NORMAL==—- 52222-2222 2-2 2b oe see
TreAcHERS, IMPERIAL VALLEY, FORM INTERNATIONAL COMMITTEE
(Slivel cls)) ees ae eee ee eee Sa er 5 ee ae
TELEPHONE, INAUGURATION OF COMMUNICATION BETWEEN WASHING-
TING INANE YW LST SRCT: (Cee gene nA See eee eS ag Sn
TELEPHONES, CONSTRUCTION OF LONG-DISTANCE LINES (McCullough) -
TLAXCALA: CRADLE OF AMERICAN CHRISTIANITY (Romeike)--------
UNIVERSITY OF Mrxtco, SUMMER SCHOOL_=--22---.-------------
WiRTRUNG Viney (COLD) 22 a= == == Saeeeeeeere =
ZACATECAS, HUNTING EXPERIENCE (Sproat) _-—_____---------------
MINNEGERODE, Lucy: DIETETICS IN INSTITUTIONS_--------------=----
MIRANDA ARCHIVES, VENEZUELA ACQUIRES__-------------------------
MisTRAL, GABRIELA: NEW ORGANIZATION OF LABOR_-----------------
Mirre, BArToLtomi, NATIONAL HOMAGE TO THE MEMORY OF-____-_-----
Mortny, S. G.: ARCHMHOLOGICAL woRK IN MEXICO AND CENTRAL
AGM (RIT CHAE pe iss ean Eten a es MBN Sart yey we ea eek ee Ses Pas 2a ee
Music, Himno DE LAS MADRES (Bouquet) -----------------+---------
NATIONAL LEAGUE OF WOMEN VOTERS, MESSAGE TO PRESIDENT MACHADO_-
Nicaragua:
César Cuamorro, ALEJANDRO, Minister or NICARAGUA----------
Diaz, ADotro. Presippnt or NICARAGUA-------=---------------
Nortn, Jessica N.: Mmxtcan FAiENCE__---.------------+-----=----
16352—28——2
Vil
Page
871
1017
307
455
529
956
905
957
107
108
343
591
1181
1181
591
762
964
1010
Ie
121
44
254
159
ILO
896
264
IIEILG
1095
455
228
370
44
964
551
216
574
1086
108
147
533
213
207
159
VIIl INDEX
Page
NutTALL, Zetia: NEW LIGHT ON ANCIENT AMERICAN CALENDARS________ 667
(CiwsorA, IOinsnieneine) IskowNehoy Uno) Jolionieme (iy yg 535
OrtTEGA, ENRIQUE: HIGHWAY CONSTRUCTION IN THE DomMINIcAN RE-
PRU Tit Ceres Re eee he nL Se Ree ee pe be ee ee ae 1109
PACIFIC FOREIGN TRADE AND TRAVEL EXPOSITION. ___________________ 1021
Papin, Jost: Book In INTER-AMERICAN CULTURAL COMMERCE_--—_____- 558
Panama:
A RAR OAR TC AR DOs) <2 MELONUAG Heer Oyeleln NiR You ©, 1 Acy) = lau bya eee ee 545
ORCHID) PANAMA] THE HOMn OF cian) (Heald) = 22 ae eae 671
AN] PAMERICAN 1C OMMIER CLAUZ§ CONE EIR ENCE) & 22s = S52 teas ae nna 423, 744
Pan AMERICAN COMMISSION ON THE SIMPLIFICATION OF CONSULAR PRO-
(OHI DY PU ef aha IU TN a prety 5 a og pecans en ee tae ee 883
Pan AMERICAN CONFERENCE ON UNIFORMITY OF SPECIFICATIONS______~ 758
JAN BAUER CANIN C ON GRE SSO Hy ACR © EAT Hs © acne pep 332
Pan AMERICAN Day IN THE SESQUICENTENNIAL HEXPOSITION______-__-_ 1
JMAR, AIDIRROAY IngaONIDSIsHoD iemECR MONG IS 443
IRAN GAMERICAN sHOSPITRAT Ni NEW) YORK) OPE INTNIG= == eee eee ese 1226
IPI ANB KCVMIN, THMDOI®, COCHISE eames ee ee ek 473
ANSP Ati CAIN UAB IRYACRTH: S| (© ais tal] i) sagen ee peepee ee 162
IPAR) AUMIMIRIKOAN IOSMA COMmCIINSS, CKO) 2 3 oo ee ee en 122
IPAS ATOM SAneMuse COMpaMIINCIM = 3 649
Pan AMERICAN STANDARDIZATION CONFERENCE______________________- 428
Pan AMERICAN UNION GOVERNING BoarpD: FIRST REGULAR SESSION
MAGA PACH ee eee ee leh ne fic, 8 fl Soy Sy i a ei Se! LA Se a 1167
Pan AMERICAN UNION GoVERNING BoARD: HOMAGE TO CrRUCHAGA
‘GINOXGKO £3) (050 epee Soe hee pc gL Op ep ce A a ian eee 1061
Pan AMERICAN UNION GoveRNING BoArD: HomaGcE To Henry Cuay_-_ 5039
Pan AMERICAN UNION GOVERNING BoARD: LUNCHEON TO PRESIDENT
INV ISAS Ga ASS sph a I es eee ee 529
Pan AMERICAN UNION GOVERNING BoAaRD: RESOLUTION, DEATH OF
SINAC EOI Ts GY INDO FR Ae st a ST te era 535
Pan AMERICAN UNION GOVERNING BoarD: RESOLUTION, DEATH OF
TRAMICISGO SVC; IOAMOWIR se Se soa sees SoeSeneSseue 1169
PAN MEACTRIC SCONE RENCE Re te ae © mers eee a ee 2 ee ee 243
Paraguay:
ASUNCION, PARAGUAY S: INTLERESPING (CAPETAT #2 = )a= ss = eee 1073
GonpraA, MANUEL, PARAGUAY LOSES A DISTINGUISHED SON_-_----- 535
ANS Ges NAN OINGTTN ES ue MTG RYAUCTEN Nine (VIVA TT tj) aap eae eee pe 432
Ramirez, JUAN ViceNTE: ADDRESS ON DEATH ON ManurL Gonpra_ 535
Parra, F. pE LA: CHILE: A LAND OF INDUSTRIAL OPPORTUNITY-_----~-- 466
Peru:
NG RT CUT Ty AUN Tt RT GUACTET © IN} (OSU © 10) pee ees 642
CiuB, LIMA’Ss HALF MILLION DOLLAR COUNTRY.--___-------_----- 447
COMMONS) ato) IID) toy Jin so ko pee eae ee ecee aoe 1200
EDUCATION OF PRISONERS (Barrantes Castro)_-.__--------------- 679
IVECO TeERENIR SDA: Creasy) ees SN eae eS a a 146
QticHua INDIAN, Impressions (Anthony)-_-------------_------=- 375
QyomOHE RUN TYAGIO} ON) Olas) WIE = 1173
RAILROADS, TRANSCONTINENTAL ROUTE FROM BUENOS AIRES TO
WI TETIND Ome ee re So Ee i ee a a Ee ope ae ee 798
WiRAVING 2 [N@AN: 1/0 Nia (EU GOS) peer = ae pa 303
Pessoa, Eprracio: AppRrEss, INTERNATIONAL COMMISSION OF AMERICAN
PANTHER TST wee casas Fhe SS Ne a a ENE mye ere Sleeper 961
Puintuies, Matinpa: TrRapE oF THE UNITED States witTH LaTIN
DANIO DDH OW ae INGA OAT ees pierre Bye oe Mee Se fi atl oe ne eee 911
INDEX xX
Page
Puitiies, Matiupa: Unitep STATES TRADE WITH LaTIN AmERIcA, 1926_ 272
Poetry:
HOURS OEMS. B Ya GONiZ AUeH) Zp) VICAR DUN IE Zee ee ene ee eee 254
Ta @iplinig;) (Sp amis aversion) meee eee ere ene ee ye 460
Porto Rico:
HoME ECONOMICS IN THE RURAL SCHOOLS (Rosario)_____________- 685
SCHOOL OF TROPICAL MEDICINE (Irvine-Rivera)_..____._.._..______- 164
Public instruction and education:
AUER GUO eee ee 76, 185, 293, 405, 510, 613, 721, 827, 932, 1040, 1142, 1252
EXO) FIR Rk ee re nar ae Rape Ba mea el (ie lSOr 293 collet aui22 932. 1ta2
Brazile ee eee 77, 186, 294, 406, 511, 614, 828, 933, 1041, 1148, 1253
Chil ee are see aso 79, 186, 294, 407, 511, 614, 828, 933, 1041, 1143, 1253
Colombia sae ee 79, 187, 295, 407, 512, 614, 722, 829, 933, 1144, 1253
Costa Ricas ===. 80, 187, 295, 407, 512, 615, 723, 829, 934, 1042, 1145, 1254
Clo ase eo eee 80, 187, 295, 408, 512, 616, 723, 829, 934, 1145, 1254
Dominicanmne publics: sas 1s Sse tee ere ees ei ee UNA a eae Se 188, 513
GUA OTs reser te See a a 80, 188, 296, 408, 617, 723, 830, 1145, 1255
Guatemala______- 81, 188, 297, 408, 513, 617, 724, 831, 935,-1043, 1145, 1255
JG Sha bes cae ate se os Glee ieee dee Pam nere ey PUM ee Ne Sen 81, 188, 297, 409, 724, 831, 936, 1255
Hondurass sss s2 === sa" 81, 189, 298, 409, 514, 617, 831, 936, 1043, 1147, 1256
Mexico ase ae 81, 189, 298, 409, 514, 618, 724, 831, 936, 1048, 1147, 1256
SING ea OU eee os Ce Sao np a a oar eee ae 189, 725, 832, 1044, 1148, 1256
Raman ae asa Sapres See 82, 190, 299, 410, 515, 618, 725, 937, 1044, 1148, 1256
Paracuay a sees ss 83, 190, 300, 410, 516, 725, 833, 937, 1045, 1148, 1257
1 ECHO Ree rte ee gear 9 an ee 300, 516, 725, 833, 937, 1045, 1148, 1257
yal Ope eae ie es et nek ee eas epee 83, 191, 300, 410, 619, 726, 937, 1149, 1258
Wirt FECES Fart Cee eee Seep ar ieee perry A LES LN ec eas pec vee ae A 301
Unica ea ae 84, 191, 301, 517, 619, 727, 833, 938, 1046, 1149, 1258
Wienezielammaa eee ee eet As. 85, 191, 517, 620, 834, 938, 1150, 1259
RAILROADS, INTERNATIONAL OF CENTRAL AMERICA (Ibarra M.)____---- 49
Ramirez, JUAN VICENTE: ADDRESS ON DEATH OF MANUEL GoNDRA_-- 535
REBOLLEDO, EFREN: SPANISH VERSION oF Kipiine’s “Ir”’________-_-- 460
UE PIGTONFE WOR TMD) sh MB 1 HINTS) (Sine! Gls) pees etsy ean ee ae 1208
Riees, ARTHUR STANLEY: AN OPPORTUNITY FOR ALL THE AMERICAS_____ 635
FEV OME eketn ter lb nT AUX: CATA impotence eee, WOOP Se LEME Tene Seis ae Ne 228
ROMERO, BOSQUE MELO; PRESIDENT OR) SAT VADOR I S02 = ssc a oe 315
Rosario, Josh C.: HomMr ECONOMICS IN THE RURAL SCHOOLS OF PoRTO
I SRO pee Wet Oe aS 6 a Nat A RA Ti iO A Pe en GL Ga 685
SAnnz, Moist#s: INTEGRATING MExico THROUGH EDUCATION___-__---- 763
Salvador:
Castro, Hector Davin: HomAce to Henry Cuay_-_----___-2_ 544
Lima, Francisco ANTONIO, MINISTER OF SALVADOR_-_-_---------- 1059
RomMERO Bosque, Pio, PRESIDENT OF SALVADOR__--------------- 315
SANCHEZ LU ATOURD IRAN CISCO; D BATH) (OR a oe tae a8 2 ames ree 1169
SAncHEZ Latour, Francisco: Homacr To Henry Ciay___---------- 542
SAncuEez Latour, Francisco: PAN AMERICAN Day, SESQUICENTENNIAL
REPOS ULL O Nese are sia ee ae SGI "oye oye ap Sle a yin ee 8
Santa Cruz Ossa, Evvira: Latin AMERICAN WOMEN AS INDUSTRIAL
WC OU RASCH ST ar Ee | CRA Te SP 28 SERINE aca 259
SCHOOL SAW sUNIG Sep eeteem eatin eee Meas as Meet 3 Gea INC Hal 809
Scort, JAMES Brown: GRADUAL AND PROGRESSIVE CODIFICATION OF
STEIN TERVE NPAC EIU INPAND usTe ASW i tei iene a aes eS arise pa he ee a Ae ae 849
SureLtps, Louise F.: Imper1an VALLEY TEACHERS FORM INTERNATIONAL
COMUNMTL TEs eee eR rarer nrmnaetiag AE eG ath ke) FIN Pt Rs ee so SS 1117
SHH EDS ae OMnsiin Eyam INI; BOTANICA (GUARID HIN == == eyes eee oe 585
SHIELDS, Louise F.: WoRLD EMBLEMS OF RELIGION._.-_------------- 1208
x INDEX
Social progress: Page
Argentina sss ae oes oe 86, 193, 303, 412, 518, 729, 836, 940, 1049, 1152, 1259
TEU se Sa in ee ee ee 87, 194, 519, 837, 1050, 1153, 1260
Brazile: 202s e=2 2: 87, 194, 304, 412, 519, 621, 729, 837, 941, 1050, 1153, 1260
(Clie eee ete ee 88, 194, 413, 519, 622, 730, 837, 942, 1051, 1154, 1261
Colomilloiawees te has hee = eee 89, 195, 304, 413, 623, 731, 837, 943, 1261
Costaphicas sss. == 89, 195, 305, 414, 520, 731, 838, 943, 1051, 1154, 1261
(Civile ese ee ete Oe fae ee 90, 196, 414, 521, 623, 731, 838, 944, 1051, 1262
IDeraimneain Iejouiloliwe 2 2 fe 91, 197, 415, 625, 732, 944, 1052
I CUAG Oe ree Sys ee eines 91, 197, 415, 625, 732, 838, 945, 1155, 1262
(Guula Ge nite ee ee a Sd Ge ee 91, 197, 305, 415, 733, 839, 1052
IE feed Spree ease lies, 2s es aa 198, 415, 521, 625, 733, 945, 1053, 1155, 1263
EKO Chus ee 198, 416, 521, 625, 733, 839, 945, 1053, 1155, 1263
Wiexd Coa aa 92, 199, 306, 416, 522, 626, 734, 839, 945, 1053, 1156, 1263
INC arrra gUlaeos cp ytg iets i aioe ers 92, 199, 306, 522, 626, 839, 946, 1156, 1264
HP OTN cgi eee aah oe eee SHRUG ew ee cy eee 93, 306, 417, 522, 734, 1264
Bara ulaye ses ne cee 93, 199, 306, 417, 627, 735, 840, 946, 1054, 1156, 1265
ZS Urs Saree de ss NS 93, 200, 306, 417, 523, 627, 735, 840, 946, 1054, 1157
Seley ea GL Oe) se siege Sia Pepe 2 St Se ene 307, 628, 736, 840, 1265
{UWirannits CLS ea bi ae i eae ee ree Rye eee 308
WirwoUayee ae 2 eee 94, 200, 308, 417, 523, 628, 737, 841, 947, 1157, 1265
Nieme 7 Ue see apse oes tee Te See 20, 309, 418, 524, 629, 737, 842, 1055, 1157
Som BERIIUEY IN IlaATiIn Amurtca (Imevason) 5-2 == 22-2 225) = sees 579
Sproat, A. D.: HUNTING EXPERIENCES IN ZACATECAS---------------- 964
Surron, C. W.: AGRICULTURE AND IRRIGATION IN PERU_=------------ 642
TERCERO, Josh: CHICLE INDUSTRY IN GUATEMALA. -_=-_=---------_-- 891
Tomine Eom ao Owisd Genwi). 3-53 soe eee ee eee es eeeeese 7
TexTBooK, INTER-AMERICAN CULTURAL COMMERCE (Padin)_-_--__-____- 558
TRADE OF THE UNITED STATES witH Latin AmMuERIcA, 1926—27 (Phillips) - 911
TROPICAL PLANT RESEARCH FOUNDATION, INVESTIGATION OF CHICLE-- --- 891
TROPICAL PLANT RESEARCH FOUNDATION, OBJECTS AND CHARACTER--_--_-_ 1228
United States:
NGGIMING OL NpAMUAA) (S\OMIINGIS = 2a a Dee ee ee Sse Wile7
ANRCIELEDKONOENKOVNI, VOI iany ((kGicllem)— = Ss eee ee ee ere 103
BoTANICAL GARDEN OF INTERNATIONAL SIGNIFICANCE (Shields) ____- 585
CULTURAL RELATIONS WITH LATIN AMERICA IN NEW EDUCATIONAL
SBS AD WW ere a a Tt Ss a 37
NATIONAL STUDENT FEDERATION (Brainerd) _-__---------=-------- 136
TracHEers, IMppRIAL VALLEY, FORM INTERNATIONAL COMMITTEE -
(SB Tes) RR Se pee Ci ER nee 1117
TELEPHONE, INAUGURATION OF COMMUNICATION BETWEEN WASHING-
IX OVIN Pade WN DMA Ei oe) ROK Op. Suse haps cere Name gc eal a i 1095
TRADE) with LATIN AMERICAS 1O26s (Philips) {== a= s= = see see 272
AON RVR Sere Yi IM TAs SE ng pe eee a 37
Uruguay:
CAMPIiSTEGUY, JUAN) RESIDENT OF Um UGUAN == a == ae eee 953
EDUCATION, ELEMENTARY (Merrari Ramirez) _—- —_=_2 == _=_2 2222" 1066
MDGNGO USER TWAT ART! UL ey A ET TUN Ge ee ea ee Thay
VEE BETC OF WR U.G UpAsven (elbmita ctor) eres ee eee oe ee ne ere 871
VauLur, RaranL H.: Ceramics oF PUEBLA DE LOS ANGELES_--------- 591
Venezuela:
Coat, CARBONIFEROUS WEALTH (Martinez Mendoza) -_-_-____------ 905
GRISANTI, Cartos F/: Homage To Hunry Cuay______---_-___-= 543
MEGAN DA ARCHIVES, \VEHINIH/ZiUiR WAAC QU Sees 216
MortrHeEer’s DAY
144
INDEX XI
Page
WEEKS, Davin: CoLONIZATION OPPORTUNITIES IN BoLivia_----------- 782
Waitt, EuGENE R.: Pan AMERICAN POSTAL CONGRESS- -------------- 122
Waits, Jonn W.: Great MENNONITE MIGRATION TO ParaGuay-___-- 432
Wiucox, Urnar V.: GUAYULE RUBBER AND ITS PRODUCTION------___- 885
WoMEN AS INDUSTRIAL WORKERS (Santa Cruz Ossa)_.---------------- 259
Women, NEW ORGANIZATION OF LABOR (Mistral) -------------------- 574
Wricut, Hamitton M.: CULTURAL RELATIONS wiTH Latin AMERICA--- 37
Argentina: ILLUSTRATIONS
Art—
A TOGMUE NS As 2a Sek ee eee Oe eee ee ee 780
Bow Or Bem. eae ees See aL ee ee ee eee eee 780
[EYONF Walla WOE: INOEOO)s = Hea See ee oe ee ee ee ee oe 7719
Wastaworkeot theyartist. @OLnmtensecEMmuGe7)=se= === == =e 5 780
IPSS. WUC TONGS ee ee eee eae 781
\Wiomanswitlicuhestosex= ema eee oe ee oe ee 779
Bear amel eos Chmmlk manele he Se ee ee ee 1006
@attlevometlien cin ase es eee ey ee 484
@hemitcalelaboratorye 2 ee ae eee ee Ree 990
Cigareipem ania churn gs = as ane ee ee Se 1007
(Chormnerélor tare Runvever ay eek oe eo SE Se eee 1088
Customliouse ws Ueno se Aline sts ee =e ee ere ee ee 486
TD YES EES el (FSH (Se Se cee Dl a eS Oe A a ee 477, 479
IDGligy RENO. sss Cee se Sie a Se eee So eee Bene eee 477
Exposition, Sesquicentennial—
Inauguration of the Argentine Pavilion_____--._------------ iti
INeiGune bE OV WENN =e eee eee ee eee 14
Haculivr olla and socialesciencess = 2. 9-2 a= =e— ee a= 333
our mnllimbecton wlews see ee eo 2s = = eee eee oe 990, 991
TNUAUNROINS TON ron Ae SS ee ee eS eee 1002
GlassamreamnbachinecOes ey = 2 a ae ee eee | Paes 996.
Grain warehousessand awilamy esas me aes ee nee ee eee ee 990
Minami grabs aa OSUC le ee ee ee ee ee ee ene eee 903
lironeoraw ores oa eee ee eee Me ee eT wees Te 997
TGS A Client ere et cent oI ote EE Le eee oe ah 994.
Map, route from Buenos Aires to Mollendo__-_--------------=----- 799
A es cats SLT ere eee ere ee eee eS ye ee oe Bee 992, 993
IVitetaliaw OnlciM ees IG eee emma em eee ere ce eee ere am 995
INanionals Conmeresssextchlons sa= = ee ese eee eee 482
Remipenbiary: BWenOsSeAInGs 92 ee ase e See See ee ae 681
PE TOLC UIT eee re ene en Neca ee we een ee oe NS ae a pe 1003, 1089
Phormium—
TEMS ie GU Tiny Secs i all gee 8 ei ee a ee eI 480
Wew specics Of stiber plants 9-22 5— ees =e oe ee nee 478
Residences on the Avenida Alvear, Buenos Aires_-_---------------- 445
Repionstation DUenOSPAInes == on eee ea eo ee 800
EMC LeIALORISLeC NPI CeCe eee ne aoe ee a Se ee 995
Sina wneline@ 2k See See eee ae One eee eee eee 1008
Siege. kee eek SS eee ee Se eae Seer aoe eae 1001
Sgaperaialsinonim clitahnyee ee mae eee ee eee 1009
Station Central Argentine Railway, Buenos Aires ----------------- 901
SUPA Ie HMGIISU (225+ Soe kos oeneSene asa a Bee ese sesame at een 998, 999
Mex piles CIS Rye e ea = ea ee eee eee na 1000
Water front, Buenos Aires__------------------------------------ 485
IWAMCHINGHIG tyme eA Se See eae oe ee 1004, 1005
XII INDEX
Bolivia: Page
Alfalfa in the uplands ____-____- At A re UE gaara ng A 785
PANTIE. Sit: Om eo eee Sl ES ene a A ah ge ee 801
AD eh ciao sy ov lea es A a a ee ee ER ee at 783
Greatrestate: 2222822 Ss oe ee la ee a 784
Jaimes Freyre, Ricardo, Minister to United States________________ 430
ihavbaz ceneral VIOW <2 Ss oeeeeoes ooo se ae eek eee eee 803
NIB eA ey AIRE 1 Coa Ga Secs ee a a ee ee eee 805
ishwVans cos Vuln si sso e ea eee eS eee ae 804
Brazil:
Amaral ey AAMT ONC Oia x ea ek Ses oe Sa a SA ae leper apn pt We
IDENiMS Sas op omaPa CK OLNMMIOEONS He See oe Seo e ee oo c es eS eee aee 982
Esplanade drive; Rio de Janeiro, aerial view.---_-----__=--=_=- === 910
BUTS TPG Sf © CUTAN Tas ea Ta a LR IH ee ease 984
ASTUTE CT Gl OS pee eee coe aN SL A a ecm 987
Ihe PLOSATIMIM ss S AON OCC waa = a as = oe 791, 792, 793, 794, 795
Mangabeira¥@ctavionsis: aps 5 Ss oe ee eee ee 852
MonroesealacesRiondewaneiros= 25522 =2e=s5—= Frontispiece, September.
IR eSSO a Sal iba ClO wees sap ee Se Nr 857
Red Cross—
IMO TAM EY sk OWS) ees a Ey a ea 237
National hea cdomanters 2s se Sylar ye ere 236
Jgvelaeietereaynuates [OV EOH Teal peRKG) Jet y illo ee ee ee ee ee 980
TONG EF Iai SiOz OSTA CTA LAV © Vy ee ee eae a eee ea ee 446
Set vam Serer oo (ce Ae Res ee 227
School, named in honor of United States—
Banquet; tozDrs.Carneirowlien c= = = ee =e a eee re 465
TMA WE Ura GIO Tie Mees = se ey Ae rey ae Sah oe ne ee 464
knstrme tion simalga greet cree epee eee gee 466
TENG GTS Te ee ch se eR ep aan ac ee 463
Slate la Ger Mouse ila ss Oe yea Tm pee ee 980
MSRAUIC KE Par CG CMe. Ais wy ne Se es, Soe et ei Sy ard pe Oe ay aes Se rr eee 986
(Crigne bre leper wos pyonvells Gee ee ee ee eee 668
Calendar reform, diagrams________ 656, 657, 658, 659, 660, 661, 662, 663, 664, 665
Campisteguy, Juan, President of Uruguay____-_-------- Frontispiece, October.
(GpNiTal eYorrmus ya) 8 ¢-ieco (c) cenenge ie Nee oo Sy See I De rete A we gee es se 972
Canal Zone:
Admaimistratiom: loin geen alto ose se 672
Powelltorchid: gardens allo @ ae ee eee eee " 673
Castro akléctor Davidson 5 ae eae nae 18 oe ee ee 2 eee 431
César Alejandro, Minister obmNicea tag ua m= eee eee iee opps Beemer 212
Chacon hszaro, seresid emits oly Guenteran ey lee ese eee ee eer re 210
Chile:
Atari cami texctil egies es ee 358, 359, 360, 361, 362, 363, 364, 365
Art—
Hdge-of the forest. is eee sane eS ee ee eee 241
Goyantromea, Chileamucollle cities eee 974
PSUAUKG Aigxo) Were Ha) a <2 he RMMNNe SN Pete RIE Daina yet Se Be Slee ue 240
CamporsSotta el =x 22. came i Tee ee ns es pene eee ee 972
@huildelrealtheemter: sx sce Soe pe ea ee ec epee 132
Copper stonagesyard,, Ambotiete cist ts sees eee ee eee we 470
@Wourts:Of PUSTICE aie cami ae saioe ere Ue n oel re a egy 444
Cruchaga Tocornal, Miguel, presents prizes in cotton-growing con-
eet een aE erate ey eee rhe ee Frontispiece, May.
Davila, Carlos, Ambassador to the United States. Frontispiece, December.
INDEX XIIT
Chile—Continued. Page
cle LEI CHO COM ObIVC ee ee or ee te Ey 469
Ibanez, Carlos, President of Chiles =_-—-=- === === Frontispiece, August.
reearieey VRE Seacrest ee ne ve ae Se 467
IWIOEKerS COO PeTAtIIVe SLOT C wee cl me ya oes ye Se Se ae ee 134
Wiorkimen?shOUSeS= eae semen ah ea ee ee eS ISOM sol 222
lay, ell mir yer a = = eee eye Reg ea ea See ee ae 538, 545
Colombia:
PANTO ETON OVS ep a La Pa 1215
(Ce yu lore NY ea Mei 8 a a ae LN og ER 1217
ADB 15 Gl rete eat ee ars nk ee oh RS Ne Leh 1219
Inistituterotehyeiene Bogota e eee ee es ee Eee 696
Dteamen ons \lagcdalemameiviens = =e sae] eae ee eee yee one 1213
Costa Rica:
(CREED i al hp ae eae ee 1103, 1104, 1105
Cruchaga Tocornal, Miguel, presents prizes in cotton-growing con-
ON ee ee a eee Frontispiece, May.
Cuba:
ANOeIRHINeIF INOUSS tin Jello ee eee ee eee tessa 339
ID eye J reste: SNM LGW AG) ce Za Site es BA ge Cs a oe at Ee eee, 1064
Ferrara, Orestes, Ambassador to United States__ Frontispiece, February.
ornass Or Iba, Iter, lolol = 3 3 = eee eS 25
Hotel Plaza, Habana—
© oi Ven ti © wip lie sae ae yee Spee ae ee ae ee te See 569
NE © fe 02a, CLG Tn eer ary eae ar a ae oS ye en Ae 569
Warr anronany.(Orera ea ele idl ie is eae se A eh ee ee 568
Hotel Sevilla-Biltmore, Habana—
HES iscals Yel ©) TEA Val Vee ear rca te ee oe 566
ere © ree me ne ee ee er tee me cy yee nee So 567
HE fo oy een ee a pe ele or ape sae eye dg Gee Se tee ee 567
Luncheon in honor of the President of Cuba, guests. Frontispiece, June.
WorrosCastlewilao arcane ane me eeeaee cel en e o S Pe OE ae 18
Morros@astles Santlagosb aye or arene es ey ees eee es 1)
Nationale Wniversitiypy klalo sim aes ep en ee Ss ee 27
Pamoraimne Wier Ot MMUEINAS oon o se se eee Saeed eoesecess 21
Vevey iste Lia gay osname Sa AE ee a UF ey eae ec up es ee 26
RASCORGe WN arte elab anaes emeeeege we See eee 23
Hic¢huresquelstreetMuasantiag ome eee see ee ee Se yee 20
Resid enceumet te Sub UrbLOn Eta amasse asi wee sen lorem et 340
Wenaleswmvjall cyanea cre = a eepernenenp me eM Rian pid Aha jee 22s 22
Davila, Carlos, Ambassador of Chile.._.----.--_-___- Frontispiece, December.
Diaz, Adolfo, President of Nicaragua________-------__-- Frontispiece, March.
WD iazelrizcnr ee er opens oe eae eee ene ee ey Beene ee et eS 1064
Dominican Republic:
TENS Wsgersfue) 2 cm oR ssa Ss Rs ed TDL), Tabak aba)
(CRs ie Os Grape NL Se NA a pe ate eee ee 1018
CHV C SL ak AS se a eo ere Rea so 1020
Gatewayeinatmencityaiw allem seem eee ot sey = ee ee ee 1020
Howsesom@olumbl ses eee ne ae nee PN See a eee eS 1018
Olde Dormmicameumizersitiy seen eae eee mee amr eeneeee eee ars 1020
Pana se, oe NN Mme a teary 78 Sy SCS 9s UGLSYO), TaISUa, TASS, Lal
Ecuador:
JST ING TAY CRU = oo ako SSS Sea OCS = Se ea ae 381
Cuilltiwaieel Heldls Gloomy IU. 6 2 ee eee coe see eee eee es 380
OimichuaAplinciansmtypes= ees eee sea eee 376, 377, 378, 379, 382
XIV INDEX
Page
Ferrara, Orestes, Ambassador of Cuba_______________ Frontispiece, February.
(Giouaucligaye, IN evan Ui less te are oe pe ee cee ee ey A ee 536
Greens swallliairan ss0e 0522 oe ee ee ee a 472
Guatemala:
@hacontslazaron President.ot Guatemala s. == == os sa ears eee 210
Histradas@abrera:school ses es ee ee ee 341
hlard wiOOdstTreess=5 o1 a7 a8 oe Nee en ee et el See ae 221
JRE N ONO oUt oh elle Kee l= emer talie arian cnn ene cern aes Aryl Cae as a onl
Sdnchez Latour, Francisco, late Minister to the United States._______- 1168
(Ge AA ANU VETO ies ee as oS a aaa a LE ee ee 239
Haiti:
Port-au-Prince—
AND) yo 2A re Gra Ta WO ie TM aT 253
PPE SIGS MG TA ATO ATE CS assess eae LE Tego 252
Hawaii:
BS @aschumaitm VVsa Tet el ape see SS a 245
TERN OVONe ETS ANYON Teich Mpa = a ee MMS eR FN ee Sree 247
Honduras:
Highway between Tegucigalpa and southern coast________________- 1186
Nbiloramy Nia GLO male, Sie ince Se ak ae Jc al ls i pe os Ae po 1107
Roacls wal clita o eos ote So See ho 2 7 ee 1187
Honolulu:
BESS G UINE Lug 2 oy UU la a Se a agp 244
dincolngschool === === Hin een CR Eo Ie eee ae eee Si a 246
losinte, Cardog, lemssnclenms @t Cla. 20 2 ee ee Frontispiece, August.
NOTE STA SMES ANG DO ee ey ee ce ee a es ne a Mae Coa NS > 473
Inter-American Commercial Aviation Commission, delegates__.________- 752
Intemational Commissioniof surists;;delesatesss = —-s2= = =o ee 865
JAIMAGS IAS INCE NOK, Nibumisiere OF InOlhweye 4 oe ee 430
Lima, Francisco Antonio, Minister of Salvador______-_ Frontispiece, November.
Luncheon in honor of the Ambassador of Cuba, guests_________________ 215
Luncheon in honor of the Minister of Foreign Affairs of Panama,
FAD YESS) tee SSE recess Spe ae A eee gee Rae ON ele wee eRe ne A Frontispiece, July.
Luncheon in honor of the President of Cuba, guests______- Frontispiece, June,
Menta oralo em else ©) Ci Awl Oye eget es pe See Sl Nhe nn See cere eg sy 852
Maprof southern Mexicojand: Central’ Americas 252225 2s ee ee 109
IN Tega rg Ur eae aT0 Tea la a ada 2G ac nye 854
Mexican delegation to the United States for study of financial organiza- -
iC OTe eae ay Rs See Sie Doe 2 TOS Sits pee Frontispiece, January.
Mexico:
Art—
SAT HIS HIG SEG AT HOW GUE Si 5s aye eae Nas ete ee cn ean 592
OleT eae sees epee eaten eR ECAC: ee wR Se ee et Se 593
IB Yeyall keaon evel Kop: cYo) teas Mee a ee a yl A pe, ee a ee ee ed 1182
Calera arr GO Cyst Ores mx Sire cepa mae meee a eee ey Areca gee a 670
CG asaiiG Sulos VIS aire re tae eaae area Sn repre ee 371
Chichén Itzi—
Te CEG ey SI a ese a gc eal ee 118
Galea ice gio mn eases ea ea ea et cen Scene eee 352
AMT HG ex GM ees ec ah pap ep Ret ro eh 120, 350
Ela law aye 2p ss ices Dia pepe pees aga Nea att toy ee ee app 349
le tovostsyalicr: ore bits smabeemenel eae toe Sah De 8 LE ee eae 115
Sculptured! c olitprra rae Dyer sees ae Torey se cere ee cee ee 113
A MepTaONeL Koy WAN Sense COIs ee ees 8 ee eee 112, 351
INDEX XV
Mexico—Continued. Pape
(CSN SS a Bc Nua ee et a 892
Church, entrance to the Santuario de Ocotlin, Tlaxcala____________ 2933
Church of San Francisco, Tlaxcala—
Bap bISIMaAl SOM bea ate Silly Sas eS es 239
Prat (eda Qey costars eae Mees weed Si ey een pe oak ce pene A te 229
VBAW UN Opt eg pe es ee ee Ee Ec ete any ie Ne Ne, thas ee en eS en Di
Ciudadela-s Sanka nade ovina ales ee ee nn eek ee De 344
Delegation to the United States for study of financial organiza-
UOTE Ss eee Se oO eh ee eee EE Frontispiece, January.
Headquarters, Middle American Archeological staff______________ 110
Healithewiorkaproducesreood mesults eyes) ee eee 1120
Hotel Genéve, Mexico City—
So cornell are prance ee ny een oe ee Be ee Aer Lge ae 573
DSBpselireM eh COWS: NLS G oe a 2 rea ee RN er 572
CGT OVO | =IICO\ 0) Deas ae eae tS ieee pp eee 573
Hotel Regis, Mexico City—
ABS XU C THO Beavis aa eg pe ape A SE Ua cp 570
VEO) 0) oye et eee ea WIS aE tA Ton ae ce Ua 571
Vitae Sell (nantes ees at Coo re ye rate tpn al ape ee eem eee Lynne Sealine wen 571
Hunting—
HS 110350. loa © rest ky 207 ls ws npn ea a puro ae ee ea 968
(Criimayey paantanayer dave wey (OMICS oe a eee ee a 965
TS Ua aS) ofs}-x( CEST 00 Oy Spa a ap SAR ea See wi arent 965
INSU OToU at ENT aNE Tc OWELENG Koy A ate ee et = ee Sa ge ee ee 967
PPO TIGA LEY Gla yes ete eee eee gmen te ee era gee a eee iailirera tate ie 970
Ruccedicoumbinvyaol these ckelnear eases = eens eee ee eee 969
Tealyio hovel Keene yo) ey at si es ae ee tue Sa oa et oa Be eran 1013
Mission aitayaib eG) Cite arctan Ue ae ee cia eee OAs ee 775
Made lescinaolres ama lian sie, GOs eee eg ten hh aN a 767
National University—
PASS CTO ny peta’ el coer eae nana tetas eee hs Wn ee ee ey 52
VBA RevOWOR OSs mace iC ee ay 2 eel ots Gye ae i ne Oe ERY Cae 52
Vallone ea) =e a eT es ee a ee a eee eer ee 53
Readinggroompinulilonaryee ese eae oe Bee SE See 53
SChiookolgd Gmbishinyems aera ee ee ie Sn ee res 55
Schookotumedicine=s taser meee eel sere he se ae leo 54
SCHOOL OfemMiMesvanel erm hb oesere ee eee es SL eer L Rey See 54
TERY ay aN KSs AS TaN O OUST Sp eS eh SS RN SO a aN I i ns pel ge 776
Pottery—
IMigSxCR lovonwal Tne Moony GOL ao ee eee eee ase 160
Mexican urn of Spanish design made in 1680___-------------- 160
Urn of a modified Chinese pattern made in 1790_-__----------- 159
TRICO SNE OA ac st Se ee 1010, 1011
EV UIai Ta Sx Leal) exorry 2) Res aealeae ee ape miners ope na RENT Asia Ns te ee 347
RUA bea clr eee arenas autumn ieee psc sie i) ne RS Ll Le lee 770
Salitonclelebve ria clini oiem meee eernmmne ume a neta Rie uate le he) a 2 See aA 1012
SCHOO] Saye piyaeinerdeee iy cemes Oes Dea Ae a 372, 373, 594, 595, 764, 1118, 1119
Telephone—
Construchionvotlineste seen bea ete ee eee 456
Duimimegan dua iiCeye arenes yen Sa ee Ree ee 459
Wiresvatranraltinmderot O00 mect=. = 42 = 52a e555. = eo ee 457
Telephone, inauguration of service between Washington, D. C., and
IV Mesa Om © ktiyse eer see aes reeds Se ee sane ele pee 1096
XC GUTTMR ALO Ca © 2 rn ea) peter a Senin ee es mg PER TS Sa ey Ue ks el 345
XVI INDEX
Page
hina dasineprisOne so se es 52 2a be See Tie ae eee 217
AVEO OTT ES AU UT SIN Ss sD 0S ce 472
National League of Women Voters calls on President of Cuba __________ 532
Nicaragua:
César, Alejandro, Minister to United States_________-..__=_=2 =~ Zi,
Diaz, -Adolio, Presidentiof Nicaraguas22 925525 5esse= Frontispiece, March.
Panama:
Luncheon in honor of the Minister of Foreign Affairs, guests
sy Sa a le a a RIE Cp peer A Up ERTS Nica IS Frontispiece, July.
CUNT CNS Sys ee ak aye pa ages Ae ee 674, 675, 676, 677, 678
Pan American Commercial Conference :
@PemingiSesslomisss soe! ase a a a 5 a A eee 746
President Coolidge receives delegates. ______._____.-.--_._______- 747
Salubectowlacsicee ssa ee eo fe SE Ses alee ace ee ee 750
Pane NmMIeriCameElOs pital SS ee ao cS ete eeeane sae eet ae liao 1227
PRanvAmerican postalicongress, Jumeheon 2 == =a ae ee 123, 124
ipanwAmericaniWmion Governing Oars =) ss seam ee eperey ee ete 1062, 1167
Paraguay:
Asuncién—
PAG POU AC a septa cs Sep tes a Se _2 Op ee ee 1074
STO MOUS Oss Se os ee Se AG ort ee 1076
Governmentspalace = se xs i ee eee Ae Nae eee 1077
EOUSCHOLEC On gress. wee eee ss aces Sek oa eae Sago ene 1077
NEPA ACN Ua es ek hl UM ca Sa ON Ui ae eT oR ne 1080
Police headquarters: ls ty. oe Ns oo aaa se ee eee 1083
POSUNOMCG 2 aauk xn SAR noah lea Nel Rae ORM a> ppc pane ae 1079
Rrivate residences si f= oe ae 2S at ee eee 1084
Stationyots Cem trails lala yycel yy; cee a eet Seay epee ape ee ape 1078
GHA Come se he SBC IE PE irk Mie pay gerne ent eae BR iecsa no em ae ee See 433
Gondrane Mane hse ose i as Sse ia ee eee eee 536
IMennomiverachivatiesmae vst nile cone mugen SN ke ayaa ee 435, 436, 440
PINE OO OSS nee ae NES Eo aie ions! SPE ne aI oy aa aah el ae i 437
Peru
Art—
ps ACTNT EL UGA te peerless a Ns ay nS eel 1174
Pie) aVe) key See an cies Sisoetaaas kei atl ey aA ae SN ae eee Nee 1175
trl be) Cet ou Fe eae ee eo Ne eee a Ee RO EL elon er UN Ces eter en oa 1174
pela, Vir dem Mid iae2 aes, Sess ae ye tee aie eng os rs i Se ili
Sal GS OLLOT IN Oi ete eal ph BiG aun oe tis 0 5 SS Aen, enone oo ead, ee 242
SN AUIIES EDT GUM ee ate eh hc Cee a NESSIE Ola cared OO 1175
Cottonseed awaiting auras oon tei tl Onn sees eee me ee eee 1202
Cottonseed lardipackedstorisiip rac mts oe ee ee eee - 1206
Cottonseed orl fil Gers 2755 5a a ea ae ee alee ce ac, re 1204
Country Club, Lima—
Cay WO UISE ee ae eae eR an tee ee ae NE A ee ae ee 454
EXO TA OT SVG Wyse ean eee oe cee Bay es pertes 448
GEL 0 rng 2 Me area ye ip ACK ee ag 450
Whoeker TOO mi. Sea ea ao A a ear a eee 453
Menis:smro kino 70 @masestete tartrate es 2 gece ie ni see here 452
Hactoryamaking. cot bomsee cn ciill arcs sete setae as ip ayia a ee ee meee en neonate 1201
| LraWers nate Yo yep cats tare nbenants 2: cUuud aon nen Mun wcmce Ys Ee tsi 3 euler nue 354, 355, 356
Waa avi vials ois 5 ee as a ra al ne 353
Map, route from Buenos Aires to Mollendo_____-..-_-______=_=__-- 799
IYER ON aL OES HRMM YB Kel re) yeh (Semen ews N RS ee Agee tet oe ae ol Se a ae Se 854
Pantheon) Lima spulpit andavaumlteds crass en a ee een 43
INDEX XVII
Peru—Continued. Page
IPAMUCOI Or IMAMOMA IneROeS, bw — oe eae ee ee 42
TERS eo eae yore DAT an ts Se 2 a a ie ees tea eae ee 680
Water fronts Viollemd oo seu it aeniem wat oD es Bel ee Ne 806
VO 1a Sa Sy a aT Tee Ly cpa sane ee SS tetas Sa th 369
IRESSO aaa Ey IGA CIO espe eene epee eee em tee ere ate Set A a UE ye Pre S57
veligaousie malo le mn sie ee ee ys eee eae eee ee eee ok ee 1210
Porto Rico:
Halo OTE Tas el Oli eC wees ees aeaen ee upc meee ee rate a ae ah. UP SE noid PAS doa ae ae 686
‘ABOVE COME CONUS Sh se ee ees eee 690
SChookmormunopicalemic dCi cies oem eee ee eas De 166
Romero Bosque, Pio, President of Salvador___-_------_---- Frontispiece, April.
Salvador:
Brid cesoviersbiemEClORMie 10 [) yo oe eyed ene Jee See Mies 8 33
CORA TIDES TO ACOO WO: MWK ooo oe eee eee oe ae 31
GASTRO roll CU reed D) ea Cl ep ae ea ee eres ce RIERA ED ar 431
Lima, Francisco Antonio, Minister to United States_____________-_
Frontispiece, November.
VAT AEC OI STU Gis © Wale see hss ea eed ett seep So) Soa stots Ryn ese 32
IRayihropyel. Cleeyo) Cute, wWarowieday ieoyelic = | ae Se Se oe Bee 33
Romero Bosque, Pio, President of Salvador__-_____-_- Frontispiece, April.
San Salvador—
VERB USSU OVEYSYS) HD SEN se a as SC eg ene 29
@ abl ecliral e Seeen 5 oak eee eye tats so Pac LP ee a Fas ee a 29
INGO maa All alc © ese ate se eee oI Pee hi re Pansy Ue 28
INGO mallee ait ere sep ean een net wen acc, eek ey Pepe iE 28
IRASSEME Cran OCOTMOU Sea ae Ae ee el ae aS page eS es ee 31
Street ioerorerandrahten wa vilNe m= a ao es Ree ee ee eae ees 30
Sanchez Latour, Francisco, late Minister of Guatemala________-__----- 1168
Scotts amese row lee emus lets oe erie ie, Cialis Ie Sele gale ll Bt ek ea 863
Spain:
JeNVCCLEIV AEH ASCOT EO WES tt a Ln So cf 638
TSK ORI A es Noy eye Kae ee ee 639
Castillowdevla Mota MedimardeliCampolst=s 5-22.22.) 2 52222 2oe 640
@asbleyats Cocamser O Vines ya epee eel te ete ea es 636
Castlenumhunrceanoy Seco vice seen s Se Semen el een hers 637
Ibero-American exposition—
BEC CET SIM OTIUDTINE TA baeei ee mere Meta me earner hb PGs Shes Re 330
Gardenscofherexpositionmes=se ee eye suo | OR eee 329
Groin cep] aries eee ee eee ee ae eS MN ee I 2 320
IRA @e lating: Anise ee Dy tS se eae 326
Bala cero talitclistnicstys= ents ae meme reese rye Le SL 327
Ra 7andeR span asaaats = eeu mites Dewey eee Be cee 1 Nie 322
Pileiaey Cle DR omni, Jeni ce 8 ol Ta ee ar a ee ee 324
Ow allan aval Ome a ee ees ON he eae eh ore eee 320
Pursues Ckell Aegan JASN oe ee soos 641
United States:
Ameo, tHe iy Onlarnoib oo es eee see eee Se eaee 589
iBpocanicalscandensams©@ alikormigues =) 4s = = See ses eee es ate 587, 588
Diagrams—
PINS WOU Oi WHS weIOM jlkNe se eee eee ee eeeees 271
IRySllien rime Cin? COMEEROM Sle eee eee eon oe eee 270
XVIII INDEX
United States—Continued.
Exposition, Sesquicentennial— Page
Cloister, Garden court fine arts, building] === =s"= 52555 5s mes ul
latgeraisim gabe) 3A mers Cel) ye ee 4
Inauguration jor the Argentine Pavilions === =a eee 11
IMIgyin Ciaqmewoves 1ibere) HNirubs [BoM Clbayer.— ee ee ee 1
Raising fag of Argentinas: 22522 bee ee = eee 14
1M (= 1 Ueto) eas re ol Fs manera enya ee ee Se, tc am ee, Rete ete 580
IMGlel Oe Chenille IDWS es Seno 580
Ore ass ak Se oe fe SU aes Se Oe Ore Seat a eco eo Sea ee 581
Oot alls 2 2 ree fe ae = Se a Re en ig nr ete 368
GEA Pes Seis ek bed Se Spee Se eae eae PEL a ane fae ete 583, 584
Guayule—
Planting seedlings 222522 Se so ee ae eee 888
Plants invopen' held is 22-2= 8 oe Oe A ree See eee 886
Slomulos in, wos seeclline Ree. 8 ee ee eee 889
Hospitals, Marine—
ID INI F—LO OME OMI ATE STL SS ae er ea ae ee 557
IN Wea Oi GC Le rate = SE Ls tec py a Deepen apa cares 5538, 554
IM Ieee me HANG i eexerey ol(SragoVoine See en A eee cee oe sek 555
Subsistencesstoreroome Sue. yee a. ees ene tee ene ce gee ee 557
IMlexckerany, ianyetilon@rel Gir Wayerennayer ee 223
Music rooms Mi sstomelinn Rivers! G Ca ens a2 ee 1209
Oaxacaspalmsiat.Oakmont sees. 32 2 Se eae 585
Pan American Union, Hall of the Americas____...-._..----------- 743
Seeder Paes ain ee een ae ee AE Soa ees ep ae 582
Telephone, inauguration of service between Washington, D. C., and
INTIS xa Cg OG 2 Sees Sea Ne AE ne a ete ee ch cae Rn ee ean, Sa 1096
University of Miami, administration building__________----_------ 39
Uruguay:
PN LUCHIVE | Ae Soir Fc Seether Ree tape SUN eee ere 1072
Campisteguy, Juan, President of Uruguay__---_--- Frontispiece, October.
@aralsc Ose s Ce epee aE DS OL awh Yi SCN 2 ee lee eee pm 881, 882
Industrial art—
NB ASSO UTC Tee ere eee ie ed ene eS ene Se els ee tele 157
@lasssnetherbuildimextrades:schoo ae ae ae eee 153
Gilaisshinprmoc elim ge aye oe eS ee Se ee er ee re 154
(Cionae Kop pe peace ae te eo eo ot ety eee op Oh erence ee os 156
Making models from architect’s drawings__.__________-------- ey
jockeya Clubs Montevideo 22252-5255 2ha- ease ee eee 335
Montevideo—
Avenida C onstituyente: =. 225. 2=2e een fet se eS re 877
(OPV ITSEIS Une: a1 | ig meneame TG hk cn Tas ate AMG, ean ue Cae ra os 872
HMC AlODay yO) Than oVoneUHONE SWAG ee 876
IM(ohagbaoaermnn HO) Ose Je. Weir 5 eee eee ee ek 875
Pemitbe rte ry, sa ape a x a re aie (a ce pes EE ey aa 682
Pargres EVO tele cee se aie ae ate Bs eater as ec ete eee ae 875
Plaza; de los Lreintayallres= 2-202 ss Bae ee ee ee 874
VEL EEA Teal ao (ey oyesalo Key och k: Wiese mine eee RU RI eat rete et en ees See Ee 873, 874
IROCitoss Seaside: TeSOrt = see Oe wn ee ee ee eee 878, 879
ny SU CAMS Ct CA GLO TS = a ee ae Spee er re 1071
TRADI OT ee YG (=) led w=) (= eee ENN Egon et Ce teens © seis eS ee 880
Raia Oley (Goronanvernerclks) hol loc = 3 ee eee see 445
Residence in Montevideo, exterior and interior____---------------- 337
SGla@olls, IMIomineIGOs = Se eS 1067, 1068, 1069, 1070
INDEX
Venezuela:
Coal—
Voll evita tbe weer rename rye ene ore re Doe Pye
Witieht e@hestera Vises ess oa ease iene A a ts
XIX
Page
907
906
907
906
145
472
472
Pan American Day in the Sesquicentennial Exposition... =e
GuridesrandiGuidieb oo ks tease se ee ee
Notable Buildings and Improvements in the Republic of El Salvador (pho-
HELO OR ORTON BS) cg SPO Sha ee 8 a Pe a en
ThesAmericanvAstronomersin) Chil] ei eae ee ee ee
Cultural Relations with Latin America in New Educational Seat_ =|
By Hamilton M. Wright.
Pantheon of Peruvian Heroes (photographs)_-__-------------___- Bae
Mie x COL SPM SGOT ye WLLL Die = loess sete iy set ds arma Ee EL Sy ie ease
By John Hubert Cornyn.
International Railways Company of Central America.___--_-_- == =e
By Alberto Ibarra M., International Railways of Central America.
The Most Notable Faculties of the Mexican National University (photo-
COJEROBY SU BES) NR US SN A oC aed een Ce aR ea eee ie he Bye yearn
Arricultine, industry, ands Commencele = 9 a2. 52 eee peep Bis
Argentina—Bolivia—Brazil—Chile—Colombia—Costa Rica—Cuba—Dominican Republic—
Ecuador— Guatemala— Haiti — Honduras — Mexico— Nicaragua—Panama—Paraguay—
Peru—Salvador—Uruguay— Venezuela.
KOOP Ehaol IHbaiepnoreyl AWieybyse Be ares. 5
Argentina—Chile—Colombia—Ecuador—Haiti— Mexico—Panama.
legislationess22-2 = —2— sh Ee he a SEN ORME ee apes, CIE Ses Eva emer ci Cees
Argentina— Brazil—Colombia— Ecuador—Guatemala—Honduras.
International Treaties___-_______=___-_ RAR Geren ete Oe ta BA Eye re elie Sefer
Salvador—Brazil- Uruguay—Salvador- Uruguay—Spain- Uruguay— Uruguay.
Public Instruction and Education___________________-_ Ph ag Me ee
Argentina—Bolivia—Brazil—Chile—Colombia—Costa Rica—Cuba—Ecuador—Guatemala—
Haiti—Honduras— M exico— Panama— Paraguay—Salvador—Uruguay— Venezuela.
7a O Lae aeeaeeeee a aes 2 Ly en heron ks him Ane om itt ty oe eras - re ay tne
Bolivia—Ecuador—Mexico. |
SOG IG ICG a be ee a ae eee RE 7s SL Seg en ee SINT es Meg ea
Argentina— Bolivia—Brazil—Chile—C olombia—Costa 2ica—Cuba—Dominican Repub-
lic—Ecuador—Guatemala— Mexico—Nicaragua— Panama—Paraguay— Peru—Uruguay.
GeneralaNiote showers sect) a ieee ete aL Nmea” ties oly ttt ie Bl D\cofeoeemag MBL, Gym
Bolivia—Brazil—Chile—Cuba—Dominican Republic—Ecuador—Guatemala—Honduras—
Peru—Uruguay.
SUDICctmMarver OMCONSUlaTeDOLises. yas 2 2 oe eee ea
42
44
49
52
56
94
dnois 04
JO MOL JST oY} Jo 1djU0d 9Yy} Ut Ivodde oMoy
‘QT A pure ‘so7eyS pojytuy) 9Yy OF ODTXOTT JO
Jopessequry oy) ‘za[[aL “O Jonueyy, wod 10uUVIS
“af ‘oljsoPeOplenp a
woq JoUNg puB ‘alIoyepy OSUOJTY UOC A0UIS
‘sououmnt) Joos uo AOUDg ‘SatBpeI[eA OdDSTO
-uBlg Wod IoUsg ‘esouldsH [PqV UOC 10U9S
‘saplavuoeg Soolepy uod Lousg “ope[eg “A
uene Wod Lous ‘zaTezuoy) UTJsSNs VY UOC 10UeS
‘osolleg Zolq] opuevuioy Uuod AOUNg “vuL4
-UIN) O[BZUOL) UOC] LOUVG ‘OdTXOTA] JO SOTHTICYO
[elopoy jo Ipod ‘eso OplenpH “Id
lous, {99WO S,loffo1durog sy} Jo LOfesunoy)
‘UOJUOT ZOYOUBY "JT “Iq LOUD :OdI[XeT] JO [Bld
-UdH) Jsfomdurog ‘voQg 9p sequoT sIvyT uwod
IOUBY :01e WOMedefp oy} JO SIOqUIOUL OTL
‘OT JoquIDda(T ‘MOTRBSefop OY} Jo-LoUOY UT Wo
-YOUNT 4B poulez10jUs “AaMOY °S TIC ‘mom
uvoloury UBg 94} JO [Rloust) LOPONG ML
NOLL
-VZINVDUO TIVIONVNIG dO ACGOLS
HHL WOHX SHLVIS GALINDO AHL
OL NOILVDATUG NVOIXAW TVIOddS
>
LN
SS aren ntl MED DSS 015 fare Om OTe ote mis pena
VOL. LXI JANUARY, 1927 No. 1
MONG the many unique celebrations which have distin-
guished the Sesquicentennial International Exposition,
officially inaugurated May 30, 1926, there has been none
more colorful and dramatic, none which has more closely
identified itself with the underlying spirit of this great commemora-
tion, than that which under the comprehensive title of Pan American
Day took place Friday, October 22, 1926.
It was indeed a happy thought on the part of the mayor of Phila-
delphia, Hon. W. Freeland Kendrick, president of the Sesquicen-
tennial Exposition, to set apart a day in which the American Repub-
lies, as a whole, might express their homage and veneration for that
ereat human document, the Declaration of Independence, which 150
years ago was signed and adopted as the cornerstone of American
liberty.
There was, moreover, a peculiar fitness in the day so set apart,
for it was on October 22, just 25 years before, that the Second Pan
American Conference was held in Mexico City. And it was in that
great assembly, as in those which have followed it, that the American
peoples began to understand better than ever before that the principles
for which their heroic founders fought and died were one and the
same, that the story of American freedom whether on the field of
Ayacucho or in Valley Forge is the same Saga of struggle and accom-
plishment, and that the high destiny toward which their faces are
resolutely set is a common destiny which they will reach together.
i
2. THE PAN AMERICAN UNION
The program prepared by the indefatigable committee on arrange-
ments was well war thy , ofthe ogcaston;zand- this refers not only to
the solemnly inaprexsive ‘ebnéiionies of:the ¢emmemoration itself, but
to the provision: made for the PASC. and comfort. of the distinguished -
guests from.’ ‘the inoniont tley leg the, ¥hifon*Stjtion i in Washington,
3720: )
,)II@
in the special train’provided by the Pennsylvania Railroad, until they
returned thereto.
The Pan American group of special guests included:
The Ambassador of Peru.
The Ambassador of Brazil.
The Ambassador of Chile.
The Minister of Uruguay.
The Minister of Guatemala.
The Minister of Colombia.
The Minister of Panama.
The Minister of Costa Rica.
The Minister of Haiti.
The Minister of Honduras.
The Minister of Nicaragua.
The Minister of Venezuela.
The Minister of the Dominican Republic.
The Chargé d’Affaires of Cuba.
The Chargé d’Affaires of Argentina.
The Chargé d’ Affaires of Mexico.
The Chargé d’ Affaires of Salvador.
The Chargé d’ Affaires of Ecuador.
The Chargé d’Affaires of Paraguay.
In addition, Mr. Joseph C. Grew, Undersecretary of State, went in
representation of Mr. Kellogg. Mr. Stokeley W. Morgan, Assistant
Chief of the Latin American Division, Department of State, also
accompanied the party.
The United States Army Band, which accompanied the party
was, as always, a colorful and popular element, their rendition of
Pan American and other special music, under the able direction of
their leader, Captain Stannard, contributing a crisply inspiring note
to the entire proceedings of Pan American Day.
Upon the arrival of the party in Philadelphia they were met at the
Broad Street Station by the Mayor’s reception committee, headed by
former Governor Sproul, which included a picked group of officers
from the State National Guard of Pennsylvania and the Reserve
Corps of the United States Army, the Latin American consuls
located in Philadelphia, the members of the Mayor’s cabinet, and
other distinguished and representative citizens of Philadelphia.
After the exchange of official greetings and the assignment, as mili-
tary aide, of one of the officers mentioned to each chief of mission,
PAN AMERICAN DAY IN THE SESQUICENTENNIAL EXPOSITION 3
the party entered the fleet of waiting automobiles and, escorted by
mounted police and cavalry, they proceeded through the crowded and
flag-bedecked streets to Independence Square where, in historic
Independence Hall, the Minister of Guatemala, Sefior Francisco
Sanchez Latour, on behalf of the governing board of the Pan American
Union, deposited a commemorative wreath on the famous Liberty
Bell, which in 1776 proclaimed to a listening world the Declaration of
Independence of the United States—a wreath which was an expres-
sion of the homage of 20 other American nations which, since that
proclamation, have successively announced their independence and
won their entrance into the family of free and sovereign American
Republics.
Meanwhile, outside, the famous Philadelphia Police Band was by
its inspiring music holding the crowded ranks who, at the conclusion
of the brief ceremony in Independence Hall, had assembled to witness
the planting in that consecrated spot of a tree symbolic of American
unity and constantly growing friendship. In brief, well-chosen
phrases, Mayor Kendrick dedicated the hardy young red oak,
already in place, as a living memorial of Pan American Day in the
Sesquicentennial International Exposition, whereupon he handed the
spade to Undersecretary Grew who, as Secretary Kellogg’s repre-
sentative, turned the first spadeful of earth, being followed by the
vice chairman of the governing board of the Pan American Union,
and then, in turn, by each remaining Chief of Mission. After affixing
the commemorative metal shield, and after the slow vibrations of
21 solemn strokes from the great bell had died away, the party was
escorted to the Bellevue Stratford Hotel, where the official luncheon
given in their honor by the Mayor and the exposition officials was
served, the Mayor presiding.
Toward the close of the luncheon Mayor Kendrick, as _ host,
delivered the following official greeting:
Distinguished Guests, Ladies and Gentlemen:
As Mayor of the great city of Philadelphia—the birthplace of liberty—and as
president of the Sesquicentennial International Exposition, I bid you welcome
here on this historic occasion. I am, indeed, delighted that the people of North
and South America should meet for such an interesting observance.
No celebration commemorating the one hundred and fiftieth anniversary of
American independence would be complete nor could a history of such an event
be chronicled which did not include the assembly in this city of the representatives
of the Republics of North and South America. We have so much in common
that not only should our relations be closely interwoven because of our geograph-
ical location, but also for commercial and diplomatic reasons which are apparent
to all of us.
Thirty-seven years ago the first great Pan American Congress was held in the
United States. Many of the important sessions of that epoch-making assembly
were held in this historic old city, and distinguished visitors from nations south
of our border visited Independence Hall to pay their respects to the Shrine of
4 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION
THE FLAG RAISING CEREMONY, PAN AMERICAN
Liberty. That Congress brought forth the establishment of the Pan American
Union and has had, I feel, much to do in creating the most friendly relations
between the people of North and South America.
The first general Pan American Commercial Congress was organized in this
city in 1897 under the auspices of the Commercial Museum. Representatives of
Latin American Republics spent several days in Philadelphia, and later visited
industrial establishments located in various parts of the United States. Two
years later there convened here the great International Commercial Congress,
made up not only of representatives of the American Republics, but of other
nations, and the result of that meeting was to create a widespread influence in
furthering friendly relations in international trade.
Philadelphia is very proud of the part it has played in establishing weley noms
of the most friendly character among the American Republics.
Our Commercial Museum is a monument to our endeavors in that direction.
Incidentally, we feel that this museum is the finest of its kind in the world
and I am sure that while you are visitors to this great city you will find time and
opportunity to visit it and to inspect the wonderful displays which have, from
time to time, been gathered from all parts of the Western Hemisphere.
It is singularly appropriate that one of the most important events of the
Sesquicentennial International Exposition should be Pan American Day, and
I am delighted to be permitted to participate in to-day’s program.
The Sesquicentennial International Exposition would not be complete if the
representatives of the Republics south of our border did not assemble here and
did not visit and view what we have to offer in the shape of exhibits sent here
from all parts of the world. It was particularly appropriate, therefore, that we
set aside a day for the purpose of meeting and greeting you men of Latin
America, because 50 years ago your countries took an active interest in the
celebration in this city of the Centennial of American Independence.
In 1876 one of the features of the celebration was the visit to Philadelphia of
Dom Pedro II, the Emperor of Brazil, and many other noted men and women of
PAN AMERICAN DAY IN THE SESQUICENTENNIAL EXPOSITION dD
AY AT THE SESQUICENTENNIAL EXPOSITION
the nations you represent. Much has transpired since that centennial cele-
bration of our independence. The independent States of Latin America have
developed, and now the great area of territory south of our country is made
up of powerful nations who have sent here a magnificent display of the results
of their activities and of the progress they have made along the line of human
endeavor.
These nations which to-day you represent play a vital part in the world’s
affairs, not only in commerce but in every other phase of human activity.
The fight for independence waged by the countries of Latin America is
interesting, inspiring, and replete with stories of self-sacrifice and of devotion
to the same ideals for which the patriots of this Nation fought 150 years ago.
The restriction of civil rights to natives of the motherlands who settled in
the Americas deprived them and their children of a voice in local affairs, and it
was but natural that humanity should ultimately rebel against restrictions which
were so inimical to progress and to peace.
It is interesting to recall that the ery for freedom and independence spread
soon after this country declared itself to be free and independent at the old
State House in this city. It was not until 33 years later, however, that this
independence was brought about by a royal decree which conferred upon the
Colonies the freedom of trade, agriculture, and industry to a degree never before
experienced.
Unfortunately, there was conflict between the views of the military establish-
ment and of men of commerce, and the result was a long period of warfare.
Indeed, it was not until 1822 that the United States of Colombia was recognized
by the Congress of the United States.
The following year the Monroe Doctrine was established, which ever since
has upheld the following cardinal principle of New World relations and respon-
sibility:
“With the existing colonies or dependencies of any EKuropean power we have
not interfered and shall not interfere. But with the Governments who have
6 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION
declared their independence and maintained it, and whose independence we
have, on great consideration and on just principles, acknowledged, we could
not view any interposition for the purpose of oppressing them or controlling in
any other manner their destiny by any European power in any other light than
as the manifestation of an unfriendly disposition toward the United States.”
The end came on January 26, 1826, when the last military forces of the Old
World in the New capitulated.
I am very happy, indeed, to speak to you on this epoch-making occasion, and
I trust that you will carry back to your countries and homes the message of ¢ ood
will and of world peace which we are attempting to spread and which we firmly
believe will be the dominating message growing out of the Sesquicentennial
International Exposition.
From the very beginning I have taken the stand that conflicts between men
and among nations should forever cease. I have preached the doctrine that the
peace table should take the place of the battle field, and that the treaty-writing
pen should be substituted for the sword. Moreover, I am one of those who
believe that wise counsel and cool deliberation will ever prevent bloodshed and
distress, and to this ideal I have dedicated this great exposition.
I bid you a hearty welcome, and trust that your visit to Philadelphia will be a
memorable one and a most productive one, and that out of this meeting will
grow a stronger bond of friendship and good will between the peoples of all of
the nations here represented.
Mr. Joseph C. Grew, Undersecretary of State, in his character as
official representative of the Secretary of State, responded to these
cordially hospitable expressions in the following terms:
It was a happy thought of His Honor the Mayor of Philadelphia and the
authorities of the Sesquicentennial International Exposition to arrange for the
celebration of ‘‘Pan American Day.”
The Declaration of Independence of 1776, which echoed and reechoed through-
out the two continents, was one of the important factors in awakening that spirit
of liberty which finally found expression in the independence of this country and
in the founding of the 20 sister Republics of Latin America.
The tocsin sounded in this city by the Liberty Bell a century and a half ago
not only inspired the founders of the freedom of this country, but it also reverber-
ated throughout the New World.
The apostles of Latin American independence kept its echoes alive for a genera-
tion unti] the heroes of the Latin American emancipation movement, inspired by
its tones, began the heroic struggle which, about a decade later, finally triumphed
a century ago. ,
This splendid celebration of ‘‘Pan American Day” affords us the opportunity
to renew our faith in the purposes and ideals of the founders of American liberty,
and at the same time to strengthen our purpose in making the international
relations of the American Republics an expression of that spirit of unity and
cooperation which is the very essence of Pan Americanism. We are all inspired
by this spirit, both within our respective boundaries and in our relations with our
sister Republics, and we are eager to take advantage of the advanced equipment
of modern progress in order to realize concretely, by actual contact, this ideal of
greater unity and closer cooperation.
An actual example of this desire to facilitate the friendly intercourse with the
countries of the Americas may be found in the Pan American flight to be under-
taken by American Army flyers in the new amphibian planes.
PAN AMERICAN DAY IN THE SESQUICENTENNIAL EXPOSITION if
&
as
Ny
aN
iv
aN
NW
AN
MAIN ENTRANCE OF THE FINE ARTS BUILDING, SESQUICENTENNIAL
EXPOSITION
This has been described as a flight of American Army planes, but it might
perhaps be better described as the first step on our part in an endeavor to facilitate
rapid communication between the sister Republics and ourselves.
The cordial responses to the requests made of the Governments of the countries
of the Western Hemisphere for permission to make this flight over their territory
have been received by the Government of the United States with deep gratifica-
tion, and I am confident that with their cooperation this, the first Pan American
flight, will be a success and that it will mark a turning point in the development
of communication between the countries of the Americas.
As the Hon. Dwight F. Davis, Secretary of War, has publicly stated, the object
of this flight is one for the promotion of friendship and is undertaken with that
object in view, in the hope that closer relationship between the countries will be
established.
As the official representative of the Secretary of State, I desire to express to
His Honor the Mayor and the authorities of the Sesquicentennial his deep appre-
ciation and that of the members of the governing board of the Pan American
Union for the warm reception extended to us, as well as for these significant cer-
emonies in which we are permitted to take part.
8 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION
His Excellency the Minister of Guatemala, Dr. Francisco Sanchez
Latour, in his character as vice chairman of the governing board of
the Pan American Union, then expressed himself as follows:
Mr. Mayor, Gentlemen of the Sesquicentennial International Haposition:
I feel that I can best perform the pleasant duty assigned to me by strongly
seconding the sentiment of appreciation so well expressed by His Excellency
the Secretary of State. We are all deeply grateful to you, Mr. Mayor, not only
for this splendid reception, but also for the very significant ceremonies which
you have arranged in honor of ‘Pan American Day.”
We deem it a special honor to join with you in the celebration of ‘‘ Pan American
Day’’ because we all realize the close and intimate relation between the great
event in the history of the United States which you are celebrating through this
wonderful exposition, and the birth of the 20 independent Latin American nations
to the south of you. The really significant fact is not the existence of 21 Republics
on the American Continent, but that they are united by a spirit of real con-
tinental solidarity.
I sometimes doubt whether the people of this country and the peoples of the
other countries of America fully realize the far-reaching significance of the work
that is being carried on by the official organization of the 21 Republics of America,
known as the Pan American Union. Through this great central organization
the spirit of cooperation and mutual helpfulness between the Republies of America
is being fostered, and a sense of harmony developed, which gives to the American
Republies a position unique in the annals of history. It is our privilege to give
the world an example of unity of thought and unity of action.
It is most appropriate that in this ‘City of Brotherly Love” the representa-
tives of the American Republics should assemble, not only to express to you their
gratitude for this splendid celebration, but also to renew and reaffirm their faith
in constructive and progressive Pan Americanism.
Upon the conclusion of the luncheon the official party was escorted
to the exposition grounds, passing on the way through smart files
from the Army, Marine Corps, and Navy and being met at the main
entrance by Troop C of the One Hundred and Third United States
Cavalry, Brigadier General Learned acting as grand marshal from
that point to the reviewing stand in the Forum of the Founders,
where special seats had been reserved. Here, to the stirring strains
of the Army Band, the Pan American party reviewed the various
military and naval units as these marched by to take up their ap-
pointed places immediately outside the great semicircle of flag-
staffs, 21 in number, which, gaily festooned and decorated, had been
erected.
The raising of the flags, one of the most dramatically beautiful
ceremonies ever witnessed in Philadelphia, took place immediately
following the invocation, which was pronounced by the Rey. L. C.
Washburn, rector of Old Christ Church in that city. The Ambassa-
dors, Ministers, and Chargés d’Affaires, escorted by their military
and naval aides, thereupon proceeded, in alphabetical order, to take
their stand beside their respective flagstaffs, each awaiting the
moment when Mayor Kendrick and former Governor Sproul having
PAN AMERICAN DAY IN THE SESQUICENTENNIAL EXPOSITION )
released and placed in his hands the halyards, he might raise and
fling to the breeze the flag of his country.
As each flag was raised, that of the United States being reserved
to the last, the stirring strains of the corresponding national anthem
were heard, followed by the thunder of one gun fired in salute from
Camp Anthony Wayne. Simultaneously with the unfurling of “Old
Glory” and the sounding of the twenty-first gun of the salute, the
bands broke into The Star-Spangled Banner, at the conclusion of
which a thousand homing doves were released from the top of the
forum whence they winged their flight to carry their message of
peace to the four corners of the compass. While the fluttering of
their wings could still be distinguished, Monsignor Whitaker, from
CLOISTER, GARDEN COURT, FINE ARTS BUILDING
his place on the reviewing stand, pronounced the benediction, and
the most moving and picturesque ceremony since the Sesquicenten-
nial opened came-to an end.
The scene of activity then shifted to Old High Street, where the
Pan American party visited George Washington’s old Philadelphia
residence, in which they were the guests of the women’s board of the
exposition. Then followed, in rapid succession, visits to the beauti-
ful Cuban, Argentine, and Spanish pavilions and to other Hispano-
American exhibits; to Camp Anthony Wayne, where an impressive
parade and review was staged in their honor; to the Palace of Trans-
portation, the Government, and a number of other buildings under
the personal conduction of Admiral H. O. Stickney, the official
10 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION
party returning by special train to Washington at 7.15. A very
special concert of Pan American music in the Exposition Auditorium
completed Pan American Day—a red letter day in the annals of the
Sesquicentennial International Exposition and one of grateful
memory to all those who were privileged to participate therein.
ARGENTINA AND BRAZIL AT THE SESQUICENTENNIAL
INTERNATIONAL EXPOSITION
Since the opening of the Sesquicentennial International Exposition
in commemoration of the one hundred and fiftieth anniversary of
the signing of the Declaration of Independence in Philadelphia, the
Exposition officials have from time to time, as an international
courtesy, facilitated arrangements whereby the Latin American
countries might, should they so desire, celebrate a special day, pref-
erably their respective national anniversaries. It may be added that
the majority of the countries, members of the Pan American Union,
availed themselves of this courtesy.
The Butuntin takes great pleasure in reproducing the official
text of the addresses by the respective diplomatic representatives,
on Argentine Day and Brazilian Day, both delivered in English, as
follows:
I
ADDRESS BY DR. FELIPE A. ESPIL, CHARGE D’AFFAIRES OF ARGENTINA
IN THE UNITED STATES, AT THE SESQUICENTENNIAL INTERNATIONAL
EXPOSITION IN PHILADELPHIA, ON THE OCCASION OF THE INAUGURA-
TION OF THE ARGENTINE BUILDING, ON ‘‘ ARGENTINA DAY,” OCTOBER
30, 1926, IN RESPONSE TO THE ADDRESS OF THE MAYOR OF PHILA-
DELPHIA, HON. W. FREELAND KENDRICK, ON HIS ACCEPTANCE OF
THE BUILDING IN BEHALF OF THAT CITY FROM THE PRESIDENT
OF THE ARGENTINE DELEGATION, DR. TRISTAN ACHAVAL RODRIGUEZ
Mr. Mayor, Mr. Admiral, Ladies and Gentlemen:
Argentina could not look with indifference on the sesquicentennial celebration
of the Declaration of Independence of the United States.
That great historical event, the declaration of independence, had a greater
influence on the emancipation of the Spanish-American colonies and upon the
system of political philosophy which presided over their organization and their
development than has been generally acknowledged.
From the beginning of our revolution the men who fought in Argentina for
independence turned their eyes toward this American democracy, yearning for
inspiration and for example, and the men who had the responsibility of the affairs
of this country, still feeling the wounds of the recent struggle, viewed with deep
concern the fate of a cause that was so close to their hearts and their ideals.
A communication of July, 1816, addressed by the authorities of Buenos Aires
to President Madison, advising him of the declaration of our independence, shows
fully this kinship in the sentiments of both countries.
INAUGURATION OF THE ARGENTINE PAVILION AT THE SESQUICENTENNIAL EXPOSITION
12 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION
“Tt can not be forgotten,” they said, ‘‘that in this heroic revolution the people
of Argentina have had their eyes fixed in advance upon that great Republic that
exists in North America. The United States, since their glorious independence,
have been as a luminous constellation, pointing the way opened by Providence
to the other people of this part of the globe.”
Like feelings were shown shortly afterwards by our first confidential agent to
the Government of the United States, Don Manuel H. de Aguirre. When
addressing the Secretary of State, Mr. John Quincy Adams, in regard to the recog-
nition of our independence, he expressed himself as follows:
‘“The identity of political principles, the consideration of their inhabiting the
same hemisphere, and the sympathy so natural to those who have experienced
similar evils, would be so many additional reasons in support of its anxiety.
‘“There still exist, there still preside over the councils of this nation, many of
those who supported and sealed with their blood the rights of man; their wounds,
permit me to say so, are so many powerful advocates here for the Spanish Amer-
icans.
“The recollection that it was these United States which first pointed out to
us the path of glory and the evidence that they are enjoying most fully the blessed
effects of liberty inspire me with the conviction that it is for them also to show
- that they know how to appreciate our efforts.”
Such were the sentiments that moved the leaders of our revolution toward
these United States, and it is only fair to say that their hopes for moral support
and for appreciation of their efforts were never unfulfilled.
If we found then, amongst the men of the American Government, the unfailing
champions, before the world, of the justice of our cause, it must be explained by
the fact pointed out by Aguirre, that the councils of this nation were still guided
by those men who. had themselves fought for the independence of the United
States, and who were responsible for that famous document that was signed here,
in Philadelphia, on the 4th of July, 1776.
Both Madison and Monroe, who were Presidents of this Nation at the most
distressing period of our struggle, took a very active part in the American Revo-
lutionary War, and both had the same spiritual and political creed as Thomas
Jefferson, whose masterly pen drafted the memorable declaration. It could be
stated, without exaggeration, that his advice and inspiration had much to do
with the course of the policy followed by the American Government when faced
by the revolt of the Spanish-American colonies.
No wonder, then, the open sympathy felt from the beginning by the American
Government for the cause of the new countries; and what is more, its enduring
efforts in the field of diplomacy to thwart the plans of the Holy Alliance, decidedly
adverse to those political principles whose fermentation brought forward the
independence of the United States and, 40 years later, the independence of the
South American countries.
It was with the accession to the Secretaryship of State of John Quincy Adams—
that President, son of another President who was also a signer of the American
Declaration of Independence—that the cause of the South American countries
found the most capable and steadfast champion; and it is for me a source of
special pleasure to be able, on this occasion, to pay such a well-deserved tribute
to the memory of a statesman to whose endeavors, more than to anyone else’s,
we are indebted for the early recognition of our independence on the part of the
United States.
His efforts along this line were not limited to the United States, because he
exerted himself most earnestly and effectively to frustrate the attempts of the
Holy Alliance for the restoration of the Spanish colonial dominion in South
America.
PAN AMERICAN DAY IN THE SESQUICENTENNIAL EXPOSITION 13
He was not only instrumental in promoting the defeat of that policy at the
Congress of Aix la Chapelle, but he had even the courage to advise the Spanish
Government to give up its claims upon the Colonies at a time when the negotia-
tions on Florida were still open, and it would therefore have been expedient to
adopt a conciliatory attitude toward Spain.
Addressing himself, in May, 1820, to General Vives, Spanish Ambassador to
Washington, Adams made the following statement:
““The proposal which has been made by the Government of the United States
to some of the principal powers of Europe for a recognition, in concert, of the
independence of Buenos Aires was founded, as I have observed to you, upon an
opinion then and still entertained: that this recognition must, and would, at a
not very remote period, be made by Spain herself; that the joint acknowledgment
by several of the principal powers of the world at the same time might probably
induce Spain the sooner to accede to that necessity in which she must ultimately
acquiesce, and would thereby hasten an event propitious to her own interests,
by terminating a struggle in which she is wasting her strength and resources,
without a possibility of success, an event ardently to be desired by every friend
of humanity afflicted by the continental horrors of war, cruel and sanguinary
beyond example.”’
The fact is that John Quincy Adams, in speaking and acting in this way, was
prompted by a full faith in the fate of democracy and a deep-rooted aversion to
hierarchy and privilege. Therefore, Adams, better than any other, could stress,
as he did, the contrast between the two political systems that contended for
preeminence on this continent, the outcome of which would be the subjugation —
or the independence of the Spanish-American colonies.
“The policy, the interests, and the feelings of the Government of the United
States,’ he stated, with great emphasis, in a confidential communication to
Richard Anderson, American minister to Colombia, dated May, 1823, ‘‘all con-
curred to favor the cause of the colonies from the first dawning of South American
independence; and the principles upon which the right of independence has been
maintained by the South American patriots have been approved, not only as
identical with those upon which our own independence was asserted and achieved,
but as involving the whoie theory of government on the emphatically American
foundation of the sovereignty of the people and the inalienable rights of man.
“To a cause reposing on this basis, the people of this country never could be
indifferent, and their sympathies have accordingly been, with great unanimity
and constancy, enlisted in its favor.”
‘“k * + The European alliance of Emperors and Kings,’ he continued,
‘has assumed, as the foundation of human society, the doctrine of inalienable
allegiance. Our doctrine is founded upon the principle of inalienable right. The
European allies, therefore, have viewed the cause of the South Americans as
rebellion against their lawful sovereigns. We have considered it as the assertion
of natural right. They have invariably shown their disapprobation of the revo-
lution and their wishes for the restoration of the Spanish power. We have as
constantly favored the standard of independence and of America.”
It was not, therefore, any motive of national or immediate interest, nor the
prospect of any economic advantage, that led Adams to favor the emancipation
of the new countries.
Along with his strong confidence in the fate of democracy, there was an almost
religious vision of the destiny that Providence had reserved for the nations of this
continent, and the great common task of civilization that the future held in store
for them.
20979—26}—Bull. 1——2
14 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION
RAISING THE FLAG OF ARGENTINA
A part of the ceremony incident to the dedication of the Argentine Building at the Sesquicentennial
Exposition
In that same communication this splendid vision is most brilliantly expressed:
“The emancipation of the South American Continent,’’ Adams said, “‘opens to
the whole race of man prospects of futurity in which this Union will be called, in
the discharge of its duties to itself and to unnumbered ages of posterity, to take
a conspicuous and leading part. It involves all that is precious in hope, and all
that is desirable in existence, to the countless millions of our fellow creatures
which, in the progressive revolution of time, this hemisphere is destined to rear
and to maintain. ;
“That the fabric of our social connections with our southern neighbors may rise,
in the lapse of years, with a grandeur and harmony of proportion corresponding
with the magnificience of the means placed by Providence in our power and in
that of our descendants, its foundation must be laid in principles of polities
and of morals new and distasteful to the thrones and dominations of the elder
world, but coextensive with the surface of the globe and lasting as the changes
of time.”
A century has elapsed since that prophecy was uttered, but it still represents
the most far-sighted program of Pan American communion and the most generous
platform of friendship and civilization to gather together the countries of the
New World.
May I hope to be forgiven for this intrusion in American history; but I have
been prompted by a feeling that it was worth while on this occasion to review
these almost forgotten occurrences, because they emphasize most significantly
the influence played by the principles of the American Revolution in the fate of
PAN AMERICAN DAY IN THE SESQUICENTENNIAL EXPOSITION [5
our own revolution, and enable us to evaluate the unwearied efforts put forth
by the fathers of this country, reared in the atmosphere of those principles, for
the definitive achievement of our freedom.
It is these occurrences that also explain the true character of this sesquicenten-
nial celebration. The Declaration of the American Independence is not only a
national but a continental event. Argentina, well imbued with this significance,
could not attend indifferently the consecration of that event, whose powerful
irradiation enlivened the strenuous endeavors of our forefathers, and did much
to secure our independence, as that of the sister Republics of this continent.
The pavilion we are to-day inaugurating is an expression of those sentiments.
It is a token of reverence from Argentina for the glorious date which this great
exposition is commemorating.
iL
ADDRESS BY HIS EXCELLENCY, DR. SYLVINO GURGEL DO AMARAL,
AMBASSADOR EXTRAORDINARY AND PLENIPOTENTIARY OF BRAZIL IN
THE UNITED STATES, AT THE SESQUICENTENNIAL INTERNATIONAL
EXPOSITION, ON ‘‘BRAZILIAN DAY,’ NOVEMBER 15, 1926, IN RE-
SPONSE TO THE ADDRESS OF WELCOME BY THE PRESIDENT OF
THE EXPOSITION IN BEHALF OF HIS HONOR THE MAYOR OF PHILA-
DELPHIA
Mr. Chairman, Gentlemen of the Sesquicentennial International Exposition, Ladies
and Citizens of Philadelphia:
To disguise the emotion with which I rise to thank you would be a betrayal
of my own feelings. I am deeply moved by your generous hospitality. No man
of heart can receive the homage bestowed upon his country, in a land foreign to
him, without his patriotism reaching the very heights of joy, pride, gratification,
and emotion.
The greatness of the American people has no flaws to impair its perfection.
The manner in which the Americans extend their hospitality makes one feel that
your reception has always the touch of your heart, and it is because of this touch
of your heart that your civility is so lavish and bountiful.
I feel proud, ladies and gentlemen, to be the Ambassador of Brazil speaking
in Philadelphia during the Sesquicentennial Exposition.
The sonority of the name of Philadelphia seems to convey to all liberty-loving
peoples the resounding voice of its historical bell. Its striking sound 150 years
ago was the never-to-be-forgotten alarm that gave birth to modern democracy
and its impetus throughout the ages. It was the salute to life of the infant
Republic which, with gigantic steps, has since built in a short period the most
powerful commonwealth that history registers. It is powerful because it is the
creator of the most astounding wealth that ever existed; it is powerful because
of the untiring energy of all the races that, bound together, made America; it is
powerful because this democracy has already constituted itself into the most
colossal reserves of thought and learning in the world; and it is powerful because,
wherever and whenever humanity suffers, the American people come to their
rescue with a promptness and generosity that marks a high peak in the history
of human solidarity.
Fifty years ago a great citizen of Brazil came to Philadelphia to inaugurate the
International Exposition of 1876. This great citizen was Emperor Dom Pedro,
the Marcus Aurelius of modern times. He was the first monarch to pay a visit
16 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION’
to the American democracy and to study the new methods of life that the Ameri-
cans had set in motion. A great scholar, a deep philosopher, and a man of heart,
the Emperior tried to derive from his contact with American institutions some
constructive force which might, in his belief and hope, reconcile the liberties of
the Brazilian people with the characteristic aspects of a crowned government.
He failed in his task. He could not have succeeded. But he went down in his-
tory as a sovereign who respected the will of his people and never opposed the
full development of their ideals of liberty. He was a sovereign of old dynasties
with a modern republican heart. This is his best eulogy. The Brazilian Republic
did not permit his remains and the remains of the Empress to stay in a land of
exile, but gave them eternal rest on Brazilian soil. The Brazilian family, closely
united in democracy, has thus paid a tribute of respect and tendered an embrace
of love to the memory of its first citizen of days gone by.
Philadelphia greets now, to-day, the great Brazilian democracy upon the
anniversary of the proclamation and establishment of our Republic. It falls to
me, as a plain Brazilian citizen, honored with its diplomatic representation, to
wave my hand to the people of Philadelphia in a most cordial salute of gratitude
for the distinction that Philadelphia confers upon Brazil.
This is, chronologically, the latest token of your friendship. This friendship
is a long-standing one. Even before our independence commercial relations were
initiated in the year 1800 between Philadelphia and Rio de Janeiro by the North
American sailing ship Fabius, under the command of Captain Daly. Still before
our independence, which took place in the year 1822, we sent to Philadelphia the
first consignment of our coffee. The American sailing ship Pittsburgh brought
to this city 600 bags of coffee on the 15th of September, 1809, to the order of
Lewis Krumbhaar. Our commercial relations have since increased considerably.
Good commercial relations are the very foundation of good friendship. From
the 600 bags of coffee in 1809, we jump to the figure of 57,447 bags of coffee,
weighing 7,525,522 pounds, landed in Philadelphia in 1925. Philadelphia has
exported to Brazil, in the same year 1925, goods and merchandise amounting to
$4,927,631 and has imported from Brazil in the same period $2,953,140. In 50
years from now, one of the Brazilian ambassadors who will succeed me in the
course of time will repeat these figures in Philadelphia and will certainly add
others still larger in order to show the inevitable increase of our trade and the
everlasting character of our friendship.
Even before the years that I have just pointed out, a Brazilian scientist and
diplomat came to Philadelphia on an official mission. It was in 1798 that
Hyppolito José da Costa Pereira came to Philadelphia to study the North Ameri-
can flora. He came under the orders of the Government of Portugal, our mother
country, which was then to Brazil what Britain had been to the United States.
He was the only South American intrusted with an official mission who ever
was received by George Washington at Mount Vernon.
So, my friends of Philadelphia, you see that the Brazilians are not strangers
amongst you. Some of my countrymen have established their homes in this city.
They love it. They love your people. They love you.
I could very easily, so agreeable is my task, speak to you for a considerable
length of time, but experience shows that truth and short words like to be
together. I therefore will silence my voice, opening my heart to ask you, ladies
and gentlemen, to rise in a greeting for the prosperity and welfare of the Phila-
delphian people, for the greatness and perennial glory of the United States of
America, and for the unfailing love of our two countries.
@ @ @ @
COUNTRY is known by its guidebook. If it hasn’t one
of these handy volumes it is apt to lose a big annual
revenue, for this is the age of travel, and the tourist
crop, assiduously cultivated, sometimes yields huge
returns. A guidebook which is sympathetically interpretative and
which explains in a friendly way the history, language, ideals, habits,
manners, and customs of an alien people is of peculiar value to the
visiting stranger, for no single volume can so effectively place him
on a footing of intimacy and good-fellowship. Few intelligent
travelers visit a strange country without a guidebook if such is
obtainable, and the guidebook industry is now on a basis as fixed
as that of the transportation companies.
America rather than Europe should by right have been the first
to popularize the modern guidebook, for the first book to see the
light on the Western Hemisphere was of this class. It was printed
on a press brought over from Spain by the followers of Hernan
Cortés, and set up in the old Academia de San Carlos at Mexico
City in 1536. As its author (Fray Juan de Estrada) called it
Una Escalera Espiritual para Llegar al Cielo (A Spiritual Ladder for
Reaching Heaven), and as its manifest purpose was to guide the
reader to a happier sphere, Mr. T. Philip Terry, author of several
admirable guidebooks, maintains that in the strictest sense it was
a guidebook.
The real impetus to the well-known red-covered “euide, counsellor,
and friend’? was imparted by Karl Baedeker, who inherited his
father’s printing establishment in 1859, transferred it from Coblenz
to Frankfort in 1872, and there began the publication of the many
famous Baedekers which later bore his name. As early as 1805
the original Baedeker had issued Klein’s Guide to the Rhine, but this
prototype of the modern handbook never became as popular as the
several handbooks which early in the nineteenth century came from
the press of the celebrated London printing house of John Murray.
Greatest and best among these, and still a classic among guidebooks,
was Richard Ford’s Handbook for Travelers in Spain, written by
him in 1845 and, because published by John Murray, known as
Murray’s Guide to Spain. In this connection it is interesting to
recall that neither Murray nor Baedeker was essentially a guidebook
writer, and that many of the books of this class issued from their
ile
18 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION
establishments, under their own names, were written by men whose
names did not always figure largely in them. In time Baedeker
improved the format of the guidebook and by imparting Teutonic
thoroughness and critical exactness to it made it known the world
round. But to the everlasting credit of Ford it must be said that he
elevated the guidebook from the plane of more or less stodgy statistics
and dry descriptions to one of high literature. His Spain was more
than a guidebook; it was a fascinating compendium of Spanish history,
art, language, customs, topography, and whatnot, coupled with
MORRO CASTLE, HABANA
View looking across the harbor entrance. Morro Castle, a precipitous mass of masonry which rises from
the living rock 120 feet above the sea at high tide, is a stern guardian of the city
sparkling commentaries on things Spanish which still make excellent
reading. His descriptions were lyrics of color and force, and while
guiding the stranger through the highways and byways of micro-
cosmic Spain he entertained the traveler with a flow of wit and wis-
dom that enriched his journey as much as did the places visited.
In 1909 Mr. T. Philip Terry, an American lover of things Spanish
on this continent, who had traveled repeatedly up and down and
across the world, who lived 11 years in Mexico, knew the country, the
people and their language intimately, and liked them all, produced a
GUIDES AND GUIDEBOOKS 19
Guide to Mexico which contained the best features of the Baedeker
and Murray volumes along with personal ideas gained during 10
years of continuous travel and 8 complete journeys round the world.
It so pleased Mexicans and foreigners alike that it promptly became
the standard handbook of Mexico, and it so remains. It also gained
for its author the title of the American Baedeker. It is a fat, com-
pact little volume of 850 pages (200 more than are contained in the
Jargest Baedeker) and 28 maps and plans, and it. carefully, sympa-
thetically, and minutely portrays that historically fascinating and
picturesque Republic from the Rio Grande to Yucatan and Guate-
mala. His next venture was a thousand-page volume on the tidy
_. |
MORRO CASTLE, OVERLOOKING SANTIAGO BAY
While smaller and less picturesque than the Morro fort in Habana, it has much of interest for the tourist
little Empire of Japan (including Formosa, Korea, South Manchuria,
and the Trans-Siberian Railway), where he had lived for a decade
and like many another traveler had fallen under the spell of that
mysterious and artistic land. The volume is still without a peer in
the far-eastern field.
But repeated journeys to foreign lands failed to cloud his love for
sun-drenched Meridional America—that land whose absorbingly
interesting history is so closely linked with our own, whose archives
are filled with the recorded deeds of Columbus, Cortés, Ponce de
Leon, Balboa, Pizarro, De Soto, Velasquez, and other bold and adven-
turous spirits who discovered and conquered the New World, and
whose gallant exploits glow brighter rather than dimmer with the
20 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION
passing centuries. So in 1924 we find him temporarily settled in
Cuba and writing a guide to that imperiously beautiful Queen of the
Antillean Seas. This volume, which was issued in October, 1926,
containing 460 pages and 9 maps and plans, and which is a com-
panion volume to the Mexico and the Japan, fairly bursts with
interesting information about Cuba and the Isle of Pines, and as it
lies before us it brings a realization of how much there is in those
Caribbean regions to enthrall the traveler and hold his attention.
How few of us pause to remember that Cuba is the largest, richest,
loveliest, most healthful, and most accessible of the West Indian
Photograph by Hamilton Wright
A NARROW AND PICTURESQUE STREET IN SANTIAGO. DE CUBA
While one of the most modern and progressive cities of the island, it still retains much of the simplicity
and attractiveness of other years. A striking irregularity characterizes its older houses
Isles; that it is 900 miles long, contains three and one-half million
inhabitants scattered over 44,164 square miles of territory; that it
has an adorable climate, picturesque cities and towns; palm-flecked
valleys, caves, and mountains of great beauty; the finest and most
productive fruit orchards in the world, and vast plantations which
produce much of the world’s best sugar and most of the world’s
finest tobacco. Also that it is but 90 miles south of Florida and that
an admirable telephone system connects it with every nook and
corner in the United States and Canada.
As Mr. Terry sees it, Cuba is a winsome sunlit land of abiding charm
where travel is cheap, easy, and safe; where American money is used
GUIDES AND GUIDEBOOKS 21
J
and much English is spoken; where the hotels are good, the food
wholesome, the fruits legion and delicious; the living costs reasonable;
the people friendly and helpful; where there is much of touristic
value to be seen in small compass, and where unlooked-for pleasures
await the traveler. As a winter resort within a few hours’ reach
of the United States it is almost ideal. Its brilliant capital is one of
the gayest and most beautiful in the world, with a Spanish atmos-
phere that is beguiling. From a historical viewpoint he finds it
most interesting. It was the first large island discovered by Colum-
bus in the New World, and from it sailed the momentous expeditions
which conquered Mexico and other lands; brought Florida and the
A PANORAMIC VIEW OF MATANZAS
The capital of the rich and productive Matanzas Province contains numerous sights of interest to tourists
Mississippi River and much of our own southland into world promi-
nence and for centuries exercised a transcendental influence over
them.
To the average resident of the United States Cuba and Habana
are almost synonymous; other cities, if he has heard of them at all,
are but names without the magic connotation of such words as
“Seville,” “Holland,” or ‘“Edinburgh.”’ Yet, Mr. Terry says in his
Guide, speaking of the one time capital of the island, “Santiago,
with all its progress, has retained much of its Arcadian simplicity
and medievalism, and because of this and its extraordinarily pic-
turesque situation, coupled with its Spanish-Moorish character, it
DY THE PAN AMERICAN UNION
is the most attractive city on the Island. * * * In few places
will the artist or the lover of the odd in architecture find more to
interest him. One of the most satisfying quarters of the port is
that traversed by the Calle de Heredia Alta, which is crossed by
quaint side streets pieced out in some places by flights of steps like
those in Naples. The small, flanking, polychromatic houses with
jutting casement windows defended by wood or iron bars, which
sometimes support the repisas (brackets) and upper balconies, are the
delight of sketchers. No Dutch street was ever more attractive
The square, oblong, and ovaliform windows are of unfailing interest.
Photograph by American Photo Studios
VENALES VALLEY
Within the Province of Pinar del Rio lie some of the most beautiful and fertile valleys of the island
Some are of Saracenic design with Persian and Alhambraic sug-
gestions and latticed blinds, or ‘Judas windows,’ so disposed
that persons within can look out without being observed. The
saunterer along the street ofttimes will catch the glance of a flashing
eye or hear a whispered remark from behind these jalousies, which
are strictly Arabic in fashion. The approach to Santiago is through
a region of fruits and flowers that makes one think of the Garden of
the Hesperides. ”’
Camagiiey, a thriving Indian settlement of unknown antiquity
when Columbus reached Cuba in 1492, and a hotbed of revolutionary
intrigue against Spain, boasts a cathedral built in 1617 after an
GUIDES AND GUIDEBOOKS 23
earlier one, erected in 1530, had been burned. It has been the
birthplace of many famous Cubans, including Dr. Carlos Juan
Finlay Barrés, the immortal scientist who first suggested that the
female Stegomyia mosquito was the probable carrier of the yellow
fever germ.
Although a thriving port, Matanzas has a peculiarly ancient aspect
in many of its sections. The custom of marking the streets by means
of quaint, irregular, polychromatic tiles sunk in the house walls;
the cobbled streets along which come and go high-wheeled Spanish
carts drawn by gaily caparisoned Andalusian mules; and the general
Photograph by American Photo Studios
THE PASEO DE MARTI, FORMERLY THE PRADO, HABANA
This handsome boulevard, running from the Central Park to the Malecén, is one of the finest and most
attractive of all the Habana streets
Moorish aspect of certain quarters confirms the original impression
of antiquity. Near by is the celebrated Yumuri Valley, regarded as
the most beautiful vale in the West Indies, rivaling that of Kashmir.
Among the many other charming towns of the island, Trinidad has
ever been regarded as one of the most picturesque. Its narrow,
sloping streets are paved with primitive cobblestones, and its small
tiled houses, devoid of front yards and each with a tiny patio, remind
one of a Valencian or an Andalusian town—an aspect heightened by
the manners and customs of its likable people. The ancestral lines
of many of these go straight back to the days of Columbus.
DA: THE PAN AMERICAN UNION
A delightful excursion from Habana is that to the Isle of Pines,
traveling by rail to Bataban6é and thence by steamer. The sunset
views and seascapes over the tranquil Caribbean Sea whose waters
have felt the keels of Columbus’s caravels are unforgettable. _Numer-
ous picturesque cayos dot the shallow waters. Usually the sea is as
smooth as glass. In the early dawn of the morning following, the
ship touches at Jucaro, then proceeds along a beautiful tropical coast
to the terminus at Nueva Gerona, largest of the island ports. The
approach up the winding Las Casas River, for years the chosen
rendezvous of Antillean pirates, is extraordinarily picturesque. The
mangrove-lined banks backed by waving palms and jungle patches,
dew-drenched, flower-crowned, and odorous, are the haunts of big
sea turtles and aquatic birds. Four hundred years ago the eagle
gaze of Columbus sought out the same points the eye of the traveler
now seeks. Nueva Gerona is a sunny little town of wide streets and
attractive, cloisterlike houses and arcades.
Many delightful hours can be spent sauntering about the old
metropolis of Habana, and with a knowledge of its early history a
host of places will repay visits to them. Lovers of the beautiful will
wish to return again and again to the fine La Reina Church, the
Museum and Picture Gallery, and to the National Library with its
wealth of old documents relating to the early days of the port when
Habana was a growing city and Manhattan Island still a wilderness.
Certain it is that no single city in the Americas holds within its
ancient walls more ol historical and abiding interest than this age-old
stronghold of conquering Spain in the New World. Founded in
1519, nearly a century before the Pilgrims stepped on Plymouth
Rock and 70 years before Peter Minuit established the Dutch Settle-
ment of New Amsterdam on lower Manhattan, it has known the
physical presence of the valiant men who discovered our own father-
land. No city possesses a more stirring or romantic past, and none a
more charming present. The present city is a solid, dignified, com-
pact, imposing and fascinating metropolis, brilliant in the daytime
and peculiarly seductive at night under the soft, star-sown sky.
Among the far-famed points of interest is Morro Castle, or e/
Castillo de los Santos Reyes, an isolated precipitous mass of battle-
mented masonry and scarped headland which, extending seaward
from the northernmost point of Cabana Ridge, overlooks and guards
the entrance to Habana Harbor and is almost an integral part of the
hill on which it stands. Morro owes its existence to the dreaded sea
dragon Francis Drake who, returning in 1585 from “‘singeing the
king’s beard”’ at Cartagena, appeared momentarily before Habana,
and threatened to return in due course and take the port. With
this threat in mind the Spanish monarch Felipe II instructed (in 1588)
GUIDES AND GUIDEBOOKS DS
the Italian engineer Juan Bautista Antoneli to construct a harbor
defense that would withstand any piratical attack.
Other fortresses of colonial times still exist, as well as portions
of the old wall, 20 feet high, 15 feet thick, and a mile long, which
once safeguarded the city. The visitor will find the ancient inter-
mingled with the modern city, whose outdoor life centers in the
delightful Paseo de Marti, the prolongation of which is the broad
Malec6n, or seashore boulevard. Both are enriched by notable
monuments, among which are those to Maceo and Gémez, heroes of
Cuban Independence, to the students shot in 1871, and to the officers
\
Photograph by American Photo Studios
THE FORTRESS OF LA FUERZA, HABANA
This double-walled massive fortress facing the bay is one of the oldest structures on the continent, dating
from 1537
and men of the Maine. The monument to the great Marti stands
in Central Park. ~
The magnificent new President’s Palace; the Senate Hall; the
edifice under construction for the Congress; the City Hall, dating
from 1773; the university, where a beautiful bronze Alma Mater by
Mario Korbel extends her welcoming arms; the sumptuous Galician
and Asturian Clubs; and the National Theater are all impressive
and interesting buildings. To these should be added, among others,
the Cathedral, where the bones of Columbus once reposed; the
Sacred Heart Church (also called La Reina); and the little shrine of
El Templete.
PARKS OF HABANA
The park system of the Cuban capital is being steadily extended. Upper: Parque Central, which presents,
perhaps, a more varied and constantly changing aspect than any other single spot in the city. It isa
focal point toward which more than a dozen busy streets converge. Lower: Miramar Park, a plaza
in one of the newer sections of the city
GUIDES AND GUIDEBOOKS Di
Many parks, delightful suburbs, beautiful alike for their attractive
houses and luxuriant vegetation, and near-by country and yacht
clubs contribute to the pleasant life of the Cuban capital, so near
the United States and yet so exotic in atmosphere.
For some reason too subtle to be explained in words, no atmosphere
appeals more strongly to the average northerner than does the
Spanish. In the Americas this Iberian charm usually is enriched
by various Indian undertones, shadows of the vanishing races whose
mysterious ancestors lived and loved and worked in the sun-swept
South centuries before Col6n was born, and who in Mexico and Cen-
tral and South America erected palatial cities whose ruins amaze the
modern traveler and the afterglow of whose romantic existence
lends a charm that even Greece or Rome can not overshadow. If
each of the 19 Spanish-speaking countries south of the United States
possessed a guidebook similar to those Mr. Terry has made for
Mexico and Cuba—books which would reveal to American tourists
the inalienable attractions of those fascinating countries—much of
the $136,000,000 which American tourists now annually spend in
Europe would be diverted southward, for in point of natural beauty
and human picturesqueness few countries of the world excel those
of Latin America.
THE NATIONAL UNIVERSITY, HABANA
NOTABLE BUILDINGS AND IMPROVEMENTS
Courtesy of R. W. Hebard & Co.
NOTABLE PUBLIC BUILDINGS OF SAN SALVADOR, REPUBLIC OF SALVADOR
Upper: The National Palace. Lower: The National Theater
IN THE REPUBLIC OF EL SALVADOR
Courtesy of R. W. Hebard & Co.
THE CATHEDRAL, FACING BOI1VAR PARK, IN THE CAPITAL OF SAN SALVADOR
Courtesy of R. W. Hebard & Co.
A BUSINESS STREET IN SAN SALVADOR
20979—26+—Bull. 1——3
NOTABLE BUILDINGS AND IMPROVEMENTS
Courtesy of R. W. Hebard & Co.
PAVING WORKS IN SAN SALVADOR
Upper: Seventh Street before improving. Lower: The same street after the new pavement was completed
IN THE REPUBLIC OF EL SALVADOR
CARRYING TOBACCO TO MARKET
An unimproved highway in the interior. An ambitious and progressive program calls for the improve-
ment and construction of more than 3,000 miles of roads in the Republic of El Salvador
‘Adi
Courtesy of R. W. Hebard & Co.
A PASSENGER MOTOR BUS IN THE CAPITAL
The mule tramway in San Salvador has been supplanted by the electric car and by motor bus service
NOTABLE BUILDINGS AND IMPROVEMENTS
Courtesy of R. W. Hebard & Co.
RAILROAD CONSTRUCTION IN EL SALVADOR
Difficult construction on the railroad now being built between San Salvador and Zacapa, Guatemala.
Upper: A river was diverted from its opening at the left to the new channel excavated at the right and
the railroad line was then laid along the old channel. Lower: This view shows the numerous cuts and
fills and their character within a short stretch of line
IN THE REPUBLIC OF EL SALVADOR
Py
Courtesy of R. W. Hebard & Co.
SALVADOR-GUATEMALA RAILROAD
Upper: Bridge over the Rio Lempa. Lower: A Geepieut through rock in a mountainous section of the
roa
AFRICAN ASTR
IN CHILE «. <<.
HE magnificent climate and clear atmosphere of Central Chile
afford conditions exceptionally favorable for the require-
ments of astronomical observation, and it is satisfactory to
know that for many years past the observatories established
in Chile have been making valuable contributions to science.
The Chilean National Observatory, in the outskirts of Santiago,
owes its origin to the visit to this country of an astronomical expedi-
tion from the United States in the year 1849. The following is a
very brief outline of its history: In October of the year 1849, Lieut.
James M. Gillis, of the United States Navy, arrived in Valparaiso,
his tedious journey, in which the Isthmus of Panama had to be
crossed, having taken 70 days. He came to Chile as the leader of
an astronomical expedition sent out by the United States Govern-
ment, his instruments and apparatus being sent in a sailing ship via
Cape Horn. He was accompanied by Lieuts. S. L. Phels and
Macrae, as assistants. The expedition remained in Chile for three
years, fixing its quarters in a temporary structure erected on Cerro
Santa Lucia, in the heart of the city. Three Chilean students served
as volunteers. Lieutenant Gillis and his companions returned to the
United States in the year 1852, after carrying out a series of observa-
tions of the utmost value. The leader of the expedition wrote a book
in which he recorded much information with respect to Chile and
its people 70 years ago that is even now of considerable interest.
On the departure of the American expedition, the Chilean Govern-
ment decided to purchase the whole of the instrumental equipment,
authorizing Professor Domeyko to buy the observatory as it. stood.
The instruments then acquired included a 6-inch meridian circle
by Pistor & Martins, and a 1%-inch refractor by Fitz. The
observatory was placed in the charge of Dr. Charles Moesta, of the
University of Marburg, as director, and in 1860 a new building was
erected. Later on a 9%-inch refractor by Merz & Repsold was
installed and a 13-inch photo-refractor by Cautier.
THE CHILE BRANCH OF THE LICK OBSERVATORY
_ A familiar object which strikes the eye of every visitor to Santiago
is the dome of the observatory on San Cristobal. This is purely an
1 The South Pacific Mail, Valparaiso, Chile, July 4, 1926
34
THE AMERICAN ASTRONOMER IN CHILE 35
American institution, administered from the Lick Observatory and
financed, we understand, from the Mills bequest. The observatory
is situated 920 feet above the city of Santiago and 2,755 feet above
sea level. It is high enough to clear the mists that rise from the
valley of the Mapocho River. In this edifice there is a very fine
reflector with a 3-foot speculum, with a focal length of about 51 feet,
specially adapted for spectroscopic research.
The observatory is dedicated mainly to astrophysics. Here have
been made remarkable studies on the rate of the sun’s motion through
space, and much elaborate photographic research on the approach and
recession of the naked-eye stars and the bright line nebule. The
observatory, which was founded in the early years of the century, has
been in the charge of several distinguished astronomers, among them
Messrs. Curtis, Wilson, and Paddock.
THE HEAVENS IN CHILE
This is an appropriate place in which to quote a description of the
southern heavens as seen from the Bay of Valparaiso, written by a
distinguished American man of science, Commander M. F. Maury,
LL. D., of the United States Navy, author of an epoch-making work,
“The Physical Geography of the Sea, and its Meteorology.” He
is describing the calm evening in Valparaiso, after the furious south
wind of the summer afternoons has fallen: Presently the stars
begin to peep out, timidly at first, as if to see whether the elements
here below had ceased their strife and if the scene on earth be such
as they, from their bright spheres aloft, may shed their sweet influ-
ences upon. Sirius, or that blazing world in Argus, may be the
first watcher to sénd down a feeble ray; then follow another and
another, all smiling meekly; but presently, in the short twilight of
the latitude, the bright leaders of the starry host blaze forth in all
their glory, and the sky is decked and spangled with superb brilliants.
In the twinkling of an eye, and faster than the admiring gazer can
tell, the stars seem to leap out from their hiding places. By in-
visible hands, and in quick succession, the constellations are hung
out; but first of all, with dazzling glory, in the azure depths of space
appears the great Southern Cross. That shining symbol lends a
holy grandeur to the scene, making it still more impressive. Alone
in the night watch, after the sea breeze has sunk to rest, | have stood
on the deck under those beautiful skies, gazing, admiring, rapt.
I have seen there, above the horizon at once, and shining with a
splendor unknown in northern latitudes, every star of the first
magnitude—save only six—that is contained in the catalogue of the
100 principal fixed stars of astronomers. There lies the city on the
seashore, wrapped in sleep. The sky looks solid, like a vault of
36 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION
steel set with diamonds. The stillness below is in harmony with
the silence above, and one almost fears to speak, lest the harsh
sound of the human voice, reverberating through these vaulted
‘chambers of the south’ should wake up echo and drown the music
that fills the soul. On looking aloft, the first emotion gives birth
to a homeward thought; bright and lovely as they are, those, to
northern sons, are not the stars nor the skies of fatherland. Alpha
Lyre, with his pure white light, has gone from the zenith, and only
appears for one short hour above the top of the northern hills. Polaris
and the Great Bear have ceased to watch from their posts; they are
away down below the horizon. But, glancing the eye above and
around, you are dazzled with the splendors of the firmament. The
moon and the planets stand out from it; they do not seem to touch
the blue vault in which the stars are set. The Southern Cross is
just about to culminate. Climbing up in the east are the Centaurs,
Spica, Bodtes, and Antares, with his lovely little companion, which
only the best telescopes have the power to unveil. These are all
bright, particular stars, differing from one another in color as they
do in glory. At the same time, the western sky is glorious with its
brilliants, too. Orion is there, just about to march down into the
sea; but Canopus and Sirius, with Castor and his twin brother, and
Procyon, Argus, and Regulus—these are high up on their course;
they look down with great splendor, smiling peacefully as they
precede the Southern Cross on its westward way.
“And yonder, farther still, away to the south, float the Magellanic
clouds, and the ‘Coal Sacks,’ those mysterious, dark spots in the
sky, which seems as though it had been rent, and these were holes
in the ‘azure robe of night,’ looking out in the starless, empty
black abyss beyond. One who has never watched the southern sky
in the stillness of the night, after the sea breeze with its turmoil is
done, can have no idea of its grandeur, beauty, and loveliness.”
Pee. RELATIONS
"ED UCATIONAL
2) @ @ Q@ @ Qo @ @ @
By Hamitton M. Wricat
ECAUSE of the great storm which swept south Florida in
September and the attention devoted to the subsequent
exigent relief and reconstruction activities, notice of the
opening of the University of Miami almost escaped the
public attention.
Yet it did open with more than 700 students matriculating on
the registration days, October 15 and 16, and classes began on Mon-
day, October 18. Because of the motive with which it was founded:
as a Pan American University which might serve as a liaison of
intellectual understanding between Latin America and the United
States, its opening will have a special significance to many as the
fulfillment of a long-cherished ambition.
For many years it had been evident that a strategic location for a
great university would be in the southeastern region of the United
States. An educational institution situated there, it was felt, would
have the greatest possible opportunity, owing to its geographical
location, to disseminate and to receive helpful influences throughout
the entire Latin American region, and to develop close cultural rela-
tionships between the northern and southern continents and the
near-by regions of Cuba, the West Indies, and Central America. In
this connection it is proposed, at the University of Miami, to study
the particular problems of both continents with the hope that each
may be able to serve as the interpreter of the other. Fortunately a
special endowment for the Pan American department will make it
possible for the university to carry on this work in an adequate
manner.
Through the contribution of $1,000,000 by Mr. Victor Hope, there
will be established a College of Chifiaernsliiia, This will have as one
of its main objectives the organization of a Pan American depart-
ment in which students and professors from Latin American countries
will assemble with North American students and teachers, thus
37
38 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION
contributing to a better and more sympathetic understanding between
these groups.
The University of Miami was a project dear to the heart of the
late William Jennings Bryan, who, deeply interested in Latin America,
was anxious to foster a closer social and educational relationship
between the United States and its southern neighbors. Mr. Bryan
was one of the regents of the new university, while his daughter,
Mrs. Ruth Bryan Owen, is secretary of the institution. The Hon.
James M. Cox, former candidate for President of the United States,
is also one of the regents.
In announcing the university, Mr. Cox said:
The rapid increase in the study of Spanish as a language all over the United
States of America is simply a measure of preparation for a new era in cis-Atlantic
affairs. Into this whole scheme of things a university in the most attractive
tropical region in the United States of America fits perfectly. This university
will have a wide cultural and practical influence not only in Miami and in the
United States, in general, but in all Latin America.
While the University of Miami will direct attention to the develop-
ment of cultural relationships with Latin America, it will by no
means be devoted exclusively to this objective, for it is conceived as
a university in the widest sense of the term.
At present the university is using a very large and agreeably
situated building on the campus which was uninjured by the storm.
Construction on the Administration Building has progressed; much
work has been done upon the grounds, comprising 160 acres in Coral
Gables, the gift of Mr. George E. Merrick. <A lagoon has been dug
and waterways which connect it with Biscayne Bay. Other build-
ings will be constructed as rapidly as is expedient.
The beautiful Mary Kimball Penney Hall, to be occupied by the
Miami Conservatory, is the gift of Mr. J. C. Penney, in memory of
his wife, Mary Kimball Penney. Mrs. Penney, who was well known
for her lovely character, spent many years of her life in the study of
music under the best masters both in this country and Europe. She
was a resident of Miami and the interest she felt in the conservatory
and the affection she inspired make this a particularly fitting tribute
to her memory. The building will be finished during the school
year: 1926-27. .
The gift of 160 acres of land made by Mr. Merrick, which is valued
in the books of the university corporation at $1,000,000, although
worth much more, and the pledge of $4,000,000 toward the endow-
ment of the institution, made it possible for the board of regents to
plan definitely the opening of the university this fall. In a campaign
conducted under the direction of the board, various sums were
pledged which assure to the institution assets of $8,877,475, includ-
ing the 160 acres of land presented for use as a campus. Moreover,
CULTURAL RELATIONS WITH LATIN AMERICA 39
additional gifts—one of $200,000, fourteen of $100,000, and several in
the thousands and tens of thousands—have given the fund a magnifi-
cent start toward its objective of $10,000,000. Eventually the uni-
versity will represent a much larger investment.
~ Following the campaign for funds in sufficient amount to open the
university, the board of regents placed the administration planning
of the institution in the hands of Mr. Bowman Foster Ashe, who was
civen the title of executive secretary. With the hearty cooperation
of many of the great universities of the country, a curriculum was
devised and a faculty employed.
The officers and members of the board of regents are as follows:
William E. Walsh, chairman; Ruth Bryan Owen, vice-chairman;
Courtesy of Hamilton M. Wright
ADMINISTRATION BUILDING, UNIVERSITY OF MIAMI
Scale model of the university’s new Administration Building now under construction. The immense
structure, in picturesque Hispano-Moresque architecture, will front upon a large artificial lake, and will
be surrounded with attractive tropical plantings
Frederic Zeigen, secretary; and Thomas J. Pancoast, treasurer; Clay-
ton Sedgwick Cooper, James M. Cox, Miss Bertha M. Foster, Henry
Salem Hubbell, Telfair Knight, George E. Merrick, Mrs Ruth Bryan
Owen, Thomas J. Pancoast, Mitchell D. Price, Leslie B. Robertson,
E. G. Sewell, Frank B. Shutts, B. B. Tatum, William E. Walsh,
and Frederic Zeigen.
Pan Americanists everywhere will be interested to learn that the
list of scholarly and representative faculty members of Miami Uni-
versity includes Dr. Victor Andrés Belaunde, who will be responsible
for the course in Latin American History and Institutions. And
those who have followed the career of this distinguished Peruvian
scholar and diplomat—formerly professor of constitutional history in
the University of Lima and, later, Minister of Peru in Uruguay—will
AQ) THE PAN AMERICAN UNION
congratulate the administration both on the wisdom of their selection
and their good fortune on having obtained the services of this emi-
nent educator and man of letters.
The University of Miami will always be an out-of-doors university.
In an institution built for the purpose of utilizing to the fullest extent
the climatic possibilities of its location many of the regular class
recitations will be conducted in the open air courts or patios. <A
program for physical training and university athletics will be devel-
oped in such a way that the largest possible time of the students
can be spent in the open air. Miles of waterways connect with the
Bay of Biscayne and the Atlantic Ocean. In front of the Adminis-
tration Building of the university is a lake which is part of this
mu
ipa TD Te
(i
Courtesy of Hamilton M. Wright
WHERE CLASSES ARE HELD
Pending completion of the Administration Building, classes of the University of Miami are now being
held in this building
system and which, in combination with the waterways, can be
utilized for the development of water athletics and water sports.
With the presence of Latin American students, the special outdoor
games of Latin America will speedily become a part of the scheme
of university recreation. Adequate athletic fields and a stadium are
already provided for and will be available for use in the academic
year 1927-28. A municipal stadium is available for use during the
present academic year.
Every student in the undergraduate schools is required to take a
complete physical examination upon entering the university. This is
made by the departments of health and physical education during regis-
tration week and the two weeks immediately following. Appointment
for this examination is made at the time of registration. <A record is
CULTURAL RELATIONS WITH LATIN AMERICA 41
kept of each case, together with a medical history, and the student is
advised of any physical defects discovered and of ways and means
for their correction. Subsequent physical examinations are made in
cases requiring special attention. All candidates for athletic teams |
are carefully examined before being allowed to compete.
Physical education is required for graduation. The work must be
taken during the freshman year unless other arrangements are made
with the head of the department. The two-hour periods each week
throughout the year are required of all freshmen. The credits neces-
sary for graduation must include the passing of a swimming test and
the student must demonstrate his ability to swim at some time before
the close of the freshman year. In the case of those unable to
swim, instruction in swimming may be substituted for work on the
eymnasium floor, two swimming periods being regarded as the equiv-
alent of one gymnasium period. Exemption from gymnasium classes
and credit for physical education are allowed for participation in
athletics, upon recommendation of the coach and approval of the
director of physical education.
The University of Miami will include ultimately schools of business
administration, education, engineering, law, liberal arts, medicine,
and a graduate school. At the present time the first-year course in
law or medicine is not given, but students entering from high school
whose ultimate objective is either of these professions were enabled
to begin their work at the university during the present academic
year.
The school of art will give particular attention in the present year
to elementary instruction and to the consolidation of the artistic
interests of the community. The College of Liberal Arts, the School
of Music and the School of Art will endeavor to work out a coor-
dinated plan through which all of the artistic interests of the commu-
nity can be merged. Close affiliation will be maintained with musical
organizations, libraries, art societies, learned societies, and other
cultural bodies in order that the university may exercise its full
influence in things artistic.
QZ6T ‘RT 10q0}9G ‘MOdyAULA SI} Ul ATOMTOIOD UWUTO[OS YITM PolIOJULol PUB ORT[RD AvoU Sat10}9UI9) UT
soovufd SUT|SAI ATHY} WO] POAoutod o1OM ‘OSH UPR, [RAMP V OLA PUL JOTI WRITE “Up ‘eomepuodopuy Jo LWA WeTATJeg om} Jo
SO010T YS OM JO SUTLUTDIOYT, ‘SoOLY [BUOTVU S.No JO OULYS oY} OJU! Po}OAMOd Wood SvY APISIOATUL) SOOTY UBS Jo Tedvyo pjo o.L
\
AUaAd ‘VINIT NI SHOUHH TYNOILVN AO NOMHINVd
uopuo T
«Tdeg,, Jo Aseqznoy
qd £10 poynea oy, GaN "404.10 oy 07 SUIpMddsop AvMIIEYS pue qidind sy, ‘4YoeT
VINIT ‘NOPTHINVd FHL
uopuoT ,‘niag,, jo Asajzin0p
|
reac OR CES
ae
SSS
By JouHn Husert Cornyn
S the mystery of the Maya writing about to be solved? Explorers
in the Valley of Mexico and other parts of the Mexican Republic
believe so, and they back up their belief with what seems startling
evidence.
The Maya writing bears no resemblance to any of the other known
systems of writing of the old or the new world. Like the ancient
Egyptian civilization it appears full blown. If it had its origin in
America, why did not other Indian races, who were almost as far
advanced in civilization as the Mayas, adopt the primitive glyphs
from which the Maya writing sprang and improve upon them as the
Mayas did? Why have we no evidence or knowledge of the origin
of the Maya writing?
Recent explorations, which have set back thousands of years the
beginning of native American writing, may furnish the answer of
these questions; for they have brought to light hundreds of stones
upon which are engraved glyphs unlike anything heretofore found.
These glyphs are well made and suggest that the race which invented
and used them had gone through a long period of development before
it had perfected them.
When did the race which left these curious ancient glyphs flourish?
The answer to this question might be given in the words that fre-
quently introduce the Indian hero or wonder tale: “‘In the days of
long ago.” How long is uncertain; but it was before the Nahua
races began their first migrations southward, probably about the time
the Indo-European races were beginning their exodus from their
Asiatic home, in that dim-distant past which tradition characterizes
as the ‘‘days of long ago.”
About a year ago well-worked stone blocks of various sizes ranging
from 1 inch square to 2 feet or more were found in the brick pits to
the west of the City of Mexico. These had engraved on them figures
of what have since been proven to be primitive gods; while many of
the smaller stones bore glyph-like figures or signs. In most cases,
the engraved lines had been filled in with red or yellow paint, thus
making the figures stand out with startling vividness. Careful com-
parisons of the various engraved stones show that the paint was
1 The Panama Times, Panama, July 11, 1926.
44
MEXICO’S MYSTERY WRITING 45
applied not only to make the engraved lines show up but also to convey
very definite meanings, in a religious or mythological sense. Yellow
was the peculiar color of the Sun God; red that of the Fire and the Vol-
cano gods; green that of the Earth Mother; white that of the God of
the Morning.
At first the finding of these engraved and painted stones created
very little interest in scientific circles because they were looked upon
as the barbarous art of a very primitive people, and because the signifi-
cance of finding stones with glyphs upon them, among a people who
must have lived several thousand years before the beginning of the
Maya civilization, was not appreciated. But as the excavations con-
tinued and it became evident that ancient Mexican people lived and
flourished before the lava streams to the south of Mexico City, which
were deposited probably 5,000 years ago, scientists began to realize
that here was something absolutely new, not only in Mexican civiliza-
tion, but in the history of the early civilizations of the world.
All the stones bearing glyphs were burned black, showing that they
had passed through fire. The roofs of the adobe houses in which they
were found, originally of thatch filled with mud, had also been sub-
jected, following some stupendous inundations, to an intense heat
that had turned the mud into terra cotta. Immense quantities of
these “baked roofs”? were taken out of the brick pits about San
Miguel Amantla, a small village lying between Mexico City and the
foothills to the west. The skeletons of the dead found in the ruins of
these houses had also been charred until in many cases they resemble
charcoal. The evidence shows that this ancient people had been
drowned out; that the inundation had come upon them so suddenly
that they had not been able to escape and that they had perished in
the ruins of their homes.
Another new and unexpected “find” of an unusual nature increases
the interest in this buried primitive civilization of Mexico:
To the west of Mexico City in the foothills are great “caves” from
which stonecutters have been taking out ‘‘tepetate,” a sort of con-
glomerate stone, for many years. These caves or quarries extend far
underground, some of them having many ramifications. The inner
quarries are in absolute darkness, the quarrymen working with
candles or oil lamps. -
All about the Valley of Mexico to an elevation of approximately
half a mile above the level of the valley are great stretches of stratified
conglomerate rock: sand, gravel, volcanic ash, and other débris.
These lie in separate undisturbed strata which climb the foothills
far back into the mountains, that rise like a vast encircling wall
about the valley forming a circumference of more than 300 miles.
That these strata were all formed under water, as the formation
20979—26+—Bull. 1——4
46 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION:
plainly shows, furnishes the most conclusive evidence that the Valley
of Mexico, in the dim and distant ages of the past, was subjected to
one of the most stupendous inundations of all time, an inundation
that turned the valley into an immense lake more than half a mile
deep. .
At the time of the conquest of the empire of the Moctezumas in
1521 a tradition of this great flood still existed. So greatly had the
destruction of the primitive civilization of the Valley of Mexico
impressed the survivors, that Aztec tradition recorded that the flood
drowned out the sun leaving the world in darkness; that a new sun
had to be created by the gods and that the new sun ruled a new age
in the history of the world.
Many of the underground quarries or caves are at an elevation of
from 200 to 500 feet above the Valley of Mexico. Above the floors
of the quarries extend 30 to 80 feet of stratified sand, gravel, partially
formed conglomerate stone and volcanic ash. The floors of the
quarries are generally formed of fine volcanic sand, gravel and ash,
all of which is fire-marked. In this are found engraved stones
similar to those found from 15 to 40 feet beneath the surface of the
Valley of Mexico. But none of these stones bear marks of fire, while
all those down in the valley are strongly fire-marked. The valley
stones are found in the ruins of houses and temples. Not a vestige
of civilization except the stones themselves has been found in the
tepetate quarries. Yet there is no doubt that the stones of the
valley and those from the tepetate quarries had the same origin.
Why then, are the valley stones fire-marked and the ‘‘cave”’ stones
untouched by the destructive element that has left its terrible marks
upon the buried cities of the valley?
The answer to this question is also the answer to the other question
already propounded as to when the race which built up this extensive
primitive civilization flourished.
To the south of the Valley of Mexico are vast lava beds from two
to several yards in thickness and fearfully scarred by time. These
are known as the Pedregales. They are the result of extensive
volcanic eruptions from Mount Xitli some 5,000 years ago, according
to estimates made by geological experts. The strata in which the
elyph-stones are found extend under these volcanic beds, never over
them. The glyph-stone civilization, therefore, which was drowned
out by the great inundation, had disappeared before the activity of
Mount Xitli covered the Valley of Mexico with a vast winding sheet
of voleanic ash and buried the wrecks of dead cities under a far-
extending blanket of lava stone, through which, to-day, the heads
of very ancient pyramids project, while their bases are 30 feet or
more beneath the surface of the lava. This means that the stratified
rock, sand, gravel, conglomerate and volcanic ash, in which the
MEXICO’S MYSTERY WRITING 47
glyphs are found, existed before the occurrence of the lava flows.
The formation of these vast stratified deposits must have taken a
long time during which the Valley of Mexico was under water. And
before this the dead and buried civilization of which the glyphs is
a survival, had lived, flourished, and died. This takes this primitive
Mexican civilization back to a comparatively remote age which was
not later than 8,000 years ago and probably much more.
All the fire-marked engraved stones found buried in the bed of the
Valley of Mexico are of heavy material such as could not easily have
been moved by floods of water, especially as they are always found
within the remains of massive walls. But the glyph-stones encoun-
tered in the tepetate stone caves or quarries are invariably pumice,
which is lighter than water. When the great inundation came and
filled the valley up to a height of half a mile the heavy engraved
stones remained behind within the walls of the buildings in the
flatlands of the valley, while the light pumice stones floated and were
carried up against the projecting foothills where they were buried
by the shifting sands, gravel and volcanic ash. When the great flood
went down, probably after many years, as the Valley of Mexico has
no natural drainage, the descending floods of burning volcanic ash
from Mount Xitli burned the glyph-stones that still remained in the
ruins of the dead towns of the valley; but as the pumice glyph-stones
were already buried under many feet of stratified deposits, these
escaped the ravages of the fires engendered by the burning volcanic ash.
Thus nature in one of her most violent cataclysms, has preserved
for posterity the most irrefutable evidence of a comparatively
advanced civilization that was swept out of existence in the most
tragic manner, in an age so far back that only the most fantastic
legend has any remembrance of it. This stupendous destruction
explains why these ancient glyphs, which display more evidence of
skill and a more organized system of writing than that of any of
the races which followed in the Valley of Mexico, should apparently
have had no influence on succeeding civilizations, unless it may be
that they were the forebears of the Maya writing. This, only a most
careful, detailed and far-extending comparison can prove or disprove
now that several thousand years separate the earlier system of
elyphs from the highly developed Maya writing.
When the glyph stones first began to appear, I thought they con-
sisted of a few conventional signs probably used in the temples or in
the religious ceremonies dedicated to the gods. But since then such a
vast number of these glyph stones have come to light, and they display
such a wonderful variety of signs, apparently both simple and
compound, that no room is left for doubt that the system of glyphs
was very extensive. The glyphs are in many cases so obviously
conventional that they convey the idea of a civilization that had
4S THE PAN AMERICAN UNION '
reached a high degree of development. ‘The Niven Museum alone,
in Mexico City, contains over 1,600 glyph-stones, most of which were
taken from the tepetate quarries or the débris about the mouths of
the ‘‘caves”’ described.
Each glyph-stone generally bears what is apparently a single image,
idea, word, or it may be phrase. As the stones were carried for
several miles on the flood, before being deposited against the side of a
projecting hill or in some bay or inlet, all knowledge of their original
order in the temples has been lost, so that we are unable to say whether
the glyphs expressed simple isolated ideas or a consecutive story
when placed in a certain order. There are a few stones of a more
complicated character which apparently bear numerous glyphs in
columns. As these signs relate to the nature gods it is possible to
read them in the light of what we know of the Aztec and other native
Mexican writing of a hieroglyphic character. This is an indication
that the vanished race had advanced beyond the stage of purely
separate glyphs.
Many of these glyphs are within an inclosing border, exactly as
are many of the Mayaglyphs. It is probable that the Maya inclosing
border is the result of engraving a separate glyph or idea on a single
stone. These stones, if placed in horizontal lines or perpendicular
rows, would give the appearance the Maya glyphs present to-day.
In these ancient glyphs the gods who are apparently all nature gods
play a very prominent part. Naturally the deities who brought the
rain, who produced growth, fired the hearth, and cooked the food are
the most prominent in all systems of primitive religions; and the
glyphs and paintings of this primitive American civilization show that
their possessors were no exception to the rule. While the lightning,
wind and personified vegetation are represented on comparatively
small glyph stones, the sun, the fire, the voleano and the dual-god,
Sun-fire, are painted on great cement altar tops, on the summit of
adobe altars from 15 to 30 feet high. Frequently, too, they are
drawn on heavy stones which probably formed permanent’ monu-
ments in the temples or on the truncated pyramidal altars, of which
there are scores about the town of Ajuixotla, to the west of Mexico
City, in the Valley of Mexico. ‘Some years ago the summits of sunken
pyramids and altars projected by scores above the surface of the
ground in this locality. Most of them, however, have been leveled
by the small farmers and the adobe and brick makers. Yet their
presence is still indicated by the uneven nature of the land which,
being the ancient bottom of the lake, should be level. Some of these
large altar stones are elaborately carved and painted in a manner
that shows much skill and knowledge on the part of the artist.
Others, however, are very rudely done. The latter are probably
sacred survivals from a still more primitive past.
INTERNATIONAL
WAYS COMPANY
By Avsperto Iparra M.
International Railways of Central America
ANY were the prophecies during and after the Great War
that when that world-agonizing struggle was at last ended
a new civilization would be brought forth. These are
now receiving their fulfillment, for little, 1t seems, re-
mains to be revealed in the development of that renascence which,
through the latest discoveries of science, indicates the future of the
nations.
International bonds based on new treaties of friendship and com-
merce; dirigibles, now almost accident proof, transporting passengers
and mail through the air; the marvelous advances of the radio
which in an instant broadcasts the most daring thought of man;
and railways which by their swiftness shorten distances and bring
about union and fraternity between nations—all these are part of
that new era of civilization which will illuminate the path of future
generations.
A necessary factor, however, for the realization of this evolution,
now as always, is the tenacious and honest efforts of men devoted
to the ideal of labor.
There is in the United States a group of prominent men, com-
posing the Central American International Railways Co., to whose
intelligence has been intrusted the laying of the foundation on
which the new international life of Central America will rest. For
some years they have been devoting their best energies to the pro-
motion of this task, whose importance they thoroughly comprehend.
Impelled by his own faith in the project, Mr. Minor C. Keith, presi-
dent of the company’s board of directors, which meets in New York
City, is doing his utmost to speed the completion of the gigantic task
of constructing this section of the Pan American Railway, the most
sure and direct method toward securing the Union of Central America.
The Central American International Railways. Co. has the most
complete confidence in its work, which already extends from the
southern frontier of Mexico, across Guatemala, until it unites the lat-
ter country with Salvador. This important section completed, the
railway will be continued until it similarly links Honduras, Nicaragua,
Costa Rica, and Panama as well, and in the not far distant future
49
50 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION
South America also. Now this important enterprise deserves the
most effective support from the Governments of Central America,
and it is for this reason that Guatemala, appreciating the fact that
‘nations, like individuals, should in the future cooperate not so much
from a desire for gain as in a spirit of mutual helpfulness,” has
eranted various concessions to this reputable American company, the
only one destined some day to realize Bolivar’s Pan American ideal
of bridging the distance between the capitals of Washington and
Buenos Aires.
It is a truism that the nations which have made the construction
of railways one of their first duties, in order to attract to their terri-
tory tourists and an honest, hard-working class of immigrants, have
been the leaders in the advance along the path of progress and civili-
zation. Guided by this consideration, the United States and some of
the Latin American nations have for many years been interested in
tunnelling their lofty mountain ranges for the passage of the locomo-
tive on its triumphal progress from sea to sea. Moreover, in order to
obtain these interoceanic lines, their governments have given hearty
support to these works of progress and public benefit.
The Government of Guatemala has for some time, with patriotic
vision and without in the least compromising the national integrity,
made mutually advantageous concession contracts with accredited
foreign firms. ‘To this is due the fact that this beautiful country, so
rich in natural resources, is to-day, because of its interoceanic Pan
American line, one of the most attractive to visitors.
A year ago Mr. R. A. Aylward, the general manager of the railroad,
in conversation with the editor of El Imparcial, a Guatemala City
daily, declared, with reference to his company, that the banana zone on
the Atlantic coast, now in full bearing; the wide plains of the Depart-
ment of Zacapa, whose commercial renascence has brought new life to
the eastern districts; the latent mineral and forest wealth of the pla-
teaus and mountain ranges on the Atlantic slope; and the fertile fields
of the Pacific coast, the chief section devoted to stock raising’and the
cultivation of coffee and sugar cane, all had in the railways an easy
outlet for their products.
Mr. Aylward’s words are founded on fact, for who in Guatemala
doesnot know that the Central American International Railways Co. is
the leading factor in the development of the life of the nation? What
would have become of agriculture, of industry, of commerce, and of
the great power of the press, without the ready and effective coopera-
tion of that conductor of civilization? Guatemala’s car of progress
in this hour of struggle for a part in the life of the world would ere
this have been mired in the ruts of backwardness.
The Central American International Railways Co., whose financial
importance is perhaps not generally understood in Central America—
INTERNATIONAL RAILWAYS COMPANY OF CENTRAL AMERICAN 51
its capital runs into several million dollars—has contributed in large
measure to the modern development both material and cultural of
Guatemala and, moreover, due to the intelligence, ability, and good
judgment of the higher officials who cooperate in its administrative
progress, it occupies a high place among railway enterprises in gen-
eral. While it is true that the company has encountered some obsta-
cles, it is also true that, due to the wisdom and probity of the general
manager and the harmony existing among his assistants, it has been
able to overcome them. One of the most serious of these obstacles,
one which also interfered with the general economic life of the coun-
try, was the fluctuation of exchange. When the stability of a nation’s
credit is at the mercy of financial speculation, the country is in danger
of falling behind in the social and economic scale. Fortunately, the
Guatemalan Government, by creating the Caja Reguladora, which
from the first was successful in stabilizing the basis for the rate of
exchange for the national currency, put an end to these evils which
threatened to undermine the economic life of the Republic.
Prior to the creation of the Caja Reguladora the railway company
was unable to fix a stable scale of freight and passenger rates, but
this has now been done in the belief that the resulting stabilizing of
exchange is one of the most important achievements of the late Presi-
dent Orellana’s administration, and one which, with the establishment
of the Central Bank of Guatemala, may be considered as safeguarding
the future of the industrial and commercial life of the nation.
CENTRAL AMERICAN INTERNATIONAL RAILWAYS
Three bridges in the Guatemalan section of the railway
THE MOST NOTABLE FACULTIES OF
PREREA.
SCINTVER EE AMON.
SANS. POPVLISE.
Courtesy of Dr. Alfonso Pruneda
THE NATIONAL UNIVERSITY OF MEXICO
Upper: The University Building. Lower: The Assembly Hall
THE MEXICAN NATIONAL UNIVERSITY
LIBRARY OF THE UNIVERSITY OF
MEXICO
Upper: The facade of the library. Lower:
A corner of the reading room
THE MOST NOTABLE FACULTIES OF
Courtesy of Dr. Alfonso Pruneda
THE NATIONAL UNIVERSITY OF MEXICO
“Upper: The spacious building which houses the School of Mines and Mining. Lower: The School of
Medicine
THE MEXICAN NATIONAL UNIVERSITY
DUTP V 34YBN “[OoYas oy4 Jo s0lI0IXe :4JOT
ALISUMAINA IVNOILVN ‘AULSILNAG 40 IOOHOS FHL
epeunig osuojjy “Iq jo Asoqinop
a
ARGENTINA
ARGENTINE GRAIN PLANTINGS.—The Department of Rural Econ-
omy and Statistics of the Ministry of Agriculture of Argentina gives
in hectares (hectare equales 2.47 acres) the area planted to grain
for the last six seasons as follows:
I~ Wheat Linseed Oats Barleye: i River n| Ee
| | seed
1921—22____|'5, 568, 000 | 1,575, 000 852, 000 | 250, 972 97, 820 | 16, 500
1922—23____| 6, 578, 000 |\ 1, 746, 000 | 1, 059, 350 | 242, 470 | 148, 050 | 13, 330
1923-24 ___| 6, 958, 508 | 2, 181, 902 | 1,111,775 | 227, 190 | 163, 510 | 13, 200
1924—25____| 7, 200, 500 | 2, 558, 698 | 1, 071, 000 | 333, 560 | 156, 620 | 22, 825
1925-26____| 7,768,990 | 2 509, 450 | 1, 292 530 | 364, 200 | 202, 590 | 34, 600
Average_| 6, 813, 800 | 2, 114, 410 (1,077, 331 | 293, 678 | 153, 718 | 20, 091
1926-27 (es-
timated) _| 7, 740, 000 2, 640, 000 0
1, 270, 000 | 387,000 | 210, 000 | 28, 000
The total area of 12,275,000 hectares estimated sown to grain for 1926-27 is
an increase of 20.6 per cent over the area of 10,275,000 hectares planted in
1912-18.
EXPorRTS FOR EIGHT MONTHS.—The General Bureau of Statistics
late in September reported to the Ministry of the Treasury that
the Argentine exports for the first eight months of 1926 amounted
to 562,853,552 gold pesos, of which the chief items were: Wheat,
109,075,736 gold pesos; linseed, 86,530,720 gold pesos; maize,
70,568,990 gold pesos; unwashed wool, 52,230,782 gold pesos; chilled
beef, 46,725,628 gold pesos; salted hides, 30,409,315 gold pesos; and
frozen beef, 23,709,265 gold pesos.
WIRELESS COMMUNICATION WITH Braziu.—The nernationel
Transradio Co. of Buenos Aires on September 30, 1926, officially
opened communication from its station at Monte Grande with its
station near Rio de Janeiro. The Argentine Minister of the Interior
sent greetings to the Minister of Interior of Brazil, as did the Argen-
tine Minister of Marine to his confrére. This is another link in the
bonds of common interest which join the sister Republics.
ARGENTINE NAVY DIRIGIBLE TRIAL TRIP.—Frigate Lieut. Vireo
Patalano on September 16, 1926, made a trial flight in the Argentine
Navy dirigible O—2, purchased from the Italian Aeronautical Mission,
from Punta Indio air base to Buenos Aires and return. The ship,
which is of the semirigid type used in the Italian Navy for theinstruc-
56
D9) © 3 39,3
2 ) 2 a5 992 aie)
=)
se)
> > 5,? 9 2
9 39 > 99 > 2
AGRICULTURE, INDUSTRY, *ND DOMMBRCE?,> > 57
tion of airship pilots, has a capacity of 3,500 cubic meters, is fitted
with two Colombo 125-horsepower motors, and can develop a speed
of 60 to 90 kilometers per hour.
ARGENTINE INVENTORS’ CituB.—The Argentine Inventors’ Club,
located in Buenos Aires, recently called the attention of the Depu-
ties’ Commission on Legislation to bills under consideration for the
amendment of the patent law. The club is also interested in a plan
to offer prizes for the best Argentine inventions and in an arrangement
for loans to be made to inventors for placing their inventions on the
market.
BOLIVIA
Boutvia’s AIR MAIL AND PASSENGER SERVICE.—It is interesting to
note the development of the air mail and passenger service between
Cochabamba and Santa Cruz, as recounted by our attractive new col-
league Bolivia. 'This service, the first to be started in Bolivia, blazed
the air-trail in August of 1925. During the first seven months—
that is, up to February, 1926—145 trips had been made, carrying
780 passengers, of whom 549 were men, 196 women, and 34 children
under 10 years of age. The altitude of Cochabamba is about 8,446
feet above sea level, while that of Santa Cruz is approximately 1,380
feet; the distance between the two cities is 350 miles, and the flying
time employed two and a half hours. The last is the most interesting
feature, as the only other means of travel between Cochabamba and
Santa Cruz is by muleback, taking about 10 or 12 days. The country
over which this flight is made is extremely difficult, covered with
extensive forests, and is also very mountainous. In places the
machines are compelled to cross a chain of the Andes at an altitude
of 16,000 feet, and, owing to the nature of the country, there are
very few landing places. A variety of temperatures is experienced
during the trip. The Lloyd Aero Boliviano, owner of this enterprise,
is planning to establish another line from Cochabamba to Trinidad,
located on the Mamoré, one of the rivers of the Amazon system.
BRAZIL
ForEIGN TRADE.—The following figures on Brazilian foreign trade
for the first six months of 1924, 1925, and 1926 are taken from the
tables issued by the Ministry of the Treasury of Brazil:
First six months—
1924 1925 1926
Contos | Contos Contos
paper £1,000 Bape £1,000 | mapen £1,000
limp ortsesaens 1 666.0703 | 30020) 51) 896.319) 430 515 1 1354, 452 41, 009
Exports_____ 1, 566, 727 | 40,727 | 1, 842, 084 | 42, 509.| 1, 425, 850 | 43, 246
PA
?
x)
58 oo 690 THE PAN “AMERICAN UNION
In the first half of 1926 the following showed increases to the amount
given over exports for the same period in 1925, but not always in value
as well: Preserved meat, 122 tons; wool, 2,078 tons; skins, 257 tons;
manganese ore, 27,574 tons; rice, 460 tons; coffee, 709,000 bags; car-
nauba wax, 740 tons; bran, all kinds, 10,012 tons; edible fruits and
nuts, 4,254 tons; and herva matte (Paraguayan tea), 1,240 tons.
The exports of coffee are stated to have declined in value 290 contos.
New om weis.—The Brazil-Ferro-Carril of October 7, 1926,
publishes a report that large oil wells have been discovered in Fazenda
Tapera, of the State of S&o0 Paulo. It is stated that the analyses
of the oil have given very encouraging results, and that negotiations
are under way for the exploration of the fields.
The National Minister of Agriculture, Commerce, and Industry
in a recent report on petroleum investigations requested an appro-
priation of 2,000 contos to carry on the national surveys of oil lands
which were begun in 1918.
Minas GERAES PERMANENT EXPOSITION OF MINERALS.—The
Department of Agriculture of the State of Minas Geraes maintains a
permanent exposition of minerals and mining in Bello Horizonte.
This exposition is shortly to be enlarged to contain specimens of all
the products of the State, which include precious stones such as
diamonds, aquamarines, opals, sapphires, rubies, quartz, gold,
copper, iron, silver, manganese, and other ores. There are also
exhibited 36 articles of Indian manufacture and samples.of wood.
Agricultural products and a historical section are to be added.
CHILE
POWERFUL LOCOoMOTIVES.—Two powerful Garratt-type locomotives
built in Manchester, England, have recently been delivered and
placed in operation on the nitrate railways at Iquique, while a third
is shortly to follow. These engines, which are said to be the most
powerful in South America, are capable of hauling a train of 400
tons. They will be used for hauling cargo trains between Iquique
and Carpas, a distance of 20 miles, and over a gradient as high as
3.9 per cent. Their construction presents many interesting features.
(Chile, October, 1926.)
EXPOSITION OF APICULTURE AND AVICULTURE.—Under the auspices
of the Chilean Poultrymen’s Association a very successful poultry
show was held in Santiago last September, in which the beekeepers
were for the first time also allowed to exhibit. The Rhode Island
Reds, Plymouth Rocks, and White Leghorns exhibited proved the
increasing popularity of these breeds. Large brooders in operation
and other machines and utensils were shown. Talks by experts
formed an interesting feature of the show.
AGRICULTURE, INDUSTRY, AND COMMERCE 59
ANTOFAGASTA PORT IMPROVEMENTS.—The Chilean Ministry of
Public Works has accepted the bid of a Chilean firm for the con-
struction of additional port and dock works at Antofagasta, Chile’s
largest nitrate port. The plan for these works, estimated to cost
approximately $14,600,000—contracts for $9,000,000 of which have
already been let—includes the construction of a large two-armed
breakwater, one arm, 648 meters long, running out to sea at a depth
of about 25 meters; the other, 820 meters long, being in 25 to 30
meters of water and running parallel with the coast from south to
north. The port will thus be protected against strong south and
southwest winds. A second mole, to inclose the sheltering area com-
pletely, will be built to protect the port on its north side. The
electrical equipment of the port will be of the latest type and espe-
cially designed to facilitate the rapid movement of nitrate cargoes.
(The Chilean Review, October, 1926.)
COLOMBIA
IRRIGATION SYSTEM FOR THE DEPARTMENT oF ToLimMa.—An engi-
neering mission has been at work for some time past on a project
dealing with the irrigation of the arid lands in the Department of
Tolima. The work accomplished so far has been highly satisfactory.
The land has been surveyed and aerial photographs made of the
tract to be improved through irrigation. (Colombian Legation notes.)
Firm on DepaRTMENT OF CUNDINAMARCA.—As a means of making
the riches and beauty of the Department of Cundinamarca known
abroad, the Government of that Department has contracted with a
Colombian citizen to make a motion-picture film about 4,000 feet in
length, taking in the various cities of the Department, with special
pictures of some of the principal buildings of Bogota, capital of the
Republic as well as of the Department, and also views of the high-
ways, railroads, and natural beauties of the Department of Cun-
dinamarea. This film will be shown in the capitals of the other
Departments and then sent abroad to be exhibited in different com-
mercial centers in order to demonstrate the industrial and agricultural
wealth of Cundinamarca.
NorTHEASTERN Raitway.—On September 11, 1926, the first 48
kilometers of the Northeastern Railway—that is, the section from
Bogota to the town of Tocancip&a—were opened to public traffic.
This railway, which is being constructed by a Belgian company, will
unite the capital of the Republic with the seacoast or with a port on
the Magdalena at some point where that river is navigable all the
year round.
PROGRESS IN HIGHWAY CONSTRUCTION.—In order to push the con-
struction of the Cambao highway, a credit of 500,000 pesos has been
voted by Congress for immediate use in this work. This road, which
60 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION
is of vital importance to the Department of Cundinamarca, starts in
the town of Facatativ4 and continues along the lower bank of the
Magdalena to a point situated on the shore of that river opposite the
port of Buenavista.
In the Department of Antioquia road building is also being pushed,
a contract having been let recently to a New York construction firm
for building a highway from the city of Medellin, capital of that
Department, to the seacoast. The construction company has sent
four engineers and two technical experts to Colombia to supervise
and direct the work. They will be assisted by Colombian engineers.
COSTA RICA
MILK-EVAPORATION PLANT.—A contract for the establishment of
a milk-evaporation plant received Government approval on August 2,
1926. Itspecifies that:
The plant or plants manufacturing condensed, pulverized, evaporated, or
malted milk shall be built in milk-producing sections which are too far from the
centers of population for the transportation of fresh milk; shall employ Costa
Rican labor except when the services of experts not available in Costa Rica are
required; and shall use only the most modern methods of manufacture. Their
products, which must always be subject to government inspection and equal in
purity and quality to those imported, shall be sold at prices at least 20 per cent
lower than the imported brands. The Government will permit the importation
of all the machinery and other articles necessary for the enterprise free of import
or other duties, and will not grant greater privileges to any other company within
a period of 15 years after the approval of the contract.
ACTIVITIES OF THE DEPARTMENT OF AGRICULTURE.—With an idea
of introducing new strains and promoting the raising of poultry
throughout Costa Rica, the Department of Agriculture has recently
received from New Orleans a number of White Leghorn, Minorca,
Rhode Island Red, and Plymouth Rock chickens. The chickens,
which are now housed in model henhouses, may be purchased at cost
by persons interested in poultry raising.
CUBA
HigHway PROGRAM.—The Secretary of Public Works has approved
a plan calling for an expenditure of $3,600,000 during the fiscal year
1926-27 for the construction and repair of branch highways in the
six Provinces of the Republic, or an average of $600,000 for each
Province.
A call for bids has been authorized for the construction of the
central highway, the cost of which is estimated at approximately
$60,000,000. In a report which the Secretary of Public Works
presented to the President he states that 24 per cent of the total
taxes collected during the fiscal year 1925-26 and of those collected
AGRICULTURE, INDUSTRY, AND COMMERCE 61
during the present fiscal year shall be allotted for the construction of
the central highway. Later, however, this amount will be raised to 30
per cent of the total taxes for the remainder of the eight years required
for the completion of the present highway construction program.
(Cuban Department of State.)
TRADE STATISTICS.—According to recent statistics supplied by the
Cuban Department of State, the value of exports for the first six
months of the year 1926 through the port of Habana amounted to a
total of $30,607,460, distributed by countries as follows:
United States] 2 ==. 5. = Se, YX}, Ol4 jt die INES = $641, 848
Greatbritaim= == 2 = 1, 892, 844 | Various countries _______ 4, 180, 456
Germany =) 24-52 7 694, 988 set aS aA
Shaya at ee 640, 412 Rotel ee ae 30, 607, 460
During the 10 years from 1916 to 1925, the value of merchandise
imported has fluctuated between 248 and 558 million pesos, as the
following table shows:
1OlGs cee es a8 ONS OAS OOP Awake so $370, 023, 662
Osis ema eee Glee Dp ey (Osis) Weppe ee Se 180, 757, 40
TONS ae ose he DAN) (20), OHS | MPR ee oe 268, 951, 106
NOM OM Meat CeN ee SONS 2GNG24 004) kee ene eens 290, 372, 782
12 Oenpee mien Ty Tue e 58H 364065 n 1925. ee) aL omens cee 297, 324, 447
DOMINICAN REPUBLIC
CONSTRUCTION OF NATIONAL THEATER AND DEVELOPMENT OF THE
DRAMA.—The Dominican Congress at its session of September 22,
1926, voted $300,000 for the construction of a national theater in the
city of Santo Domingo.
Desiring to develop the national drama Sefior Manuel R. Mateizan,
director of a dramatic company, has organized a contest calling for
dramatic compositions of a purely native character dealing with the
customs and characteristics of the Dominican people. The plays
are to be presented by the Zorda-Mateizin company. Prizes of
$100 each will be awarded to the authors of the four best plays
submitted.
ECUADOR
PROPOSED IMMIGRAFION.—A communication from Germany recently
received by the Ministry of Social Welfare and Labor of Ecuador
stated that a party of German colonists was desirous of going to
Ecuador to settle in the eastern section of that Republic.
AUTOMOBILE SERVICE.—A regular automobile service has been
started between Quito and Ibarra, running twice a week and passing
through the towns of Quinche, Cayambe, and Otavalo. The trip
takes from seven to eight hours, the fare being 30 sucres per person.
20979—267—Bull. 1-——4
62 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION
GUATEMALA
RUBBER-TIRED VEHICLES.—According to the Diario de Centro-
America of September 15, 1926, there are at present 3,997 vehicles
using rubber tires in Guatemala. Of this number 246 are trucks, 154
motor cycles, 2,213 bicycles, and 1,384 automobiles.
SEISMOLOGICAL STATION.—On September 16, 1926, the drawing of
a small band set into operation the delicate seismograph in the newly
established seismological station, situated opposite the meteorological
station in Guatemala City. The inaugural ceremonies were con-
cluded by a lecture on the subject of the seismograph by Sefior
Claudio Urrutia, an engineer who will be the head of the station.
HAITI
Pusuic works.—The following excerpts are taken from the Bulletin
of the Receiver General for September, 1926:
The month of September, 1926, closed the most active fiscal year in the history
of the Public Works Service. Not only was the total amount expended for public
improvements (9,200,000 gourdes) considerably in excess of any other fiscal year,
but also the actual number of projects of new construction far exceeded those of
any other previous similar period. Although, for the most part, these projects
averaged smaller than heretofore, there was a considerable number of projects
of major importance, such as the Limbé Bridge, College of Agriculture at Damien,
Port-de-Paix Road, Palace of Finance, headquarters building for the Gendarmerie,
Telephone Exchange Building, and other building projects.
The month of September also witnessed the construction of three additional
agricultural schools. These three schools are sufficient to accommodate approxi-
mately 250 students and were constructed according to the standard type pre-
viously adopted. The ward building and out-patient building at Jacmel Hospital
were also completed, thus giving to the institution two additional well-equipped
structures built along modern lines. With the completion of the steel shop build-
ing for the Public Works Service at Port au Prince, there has been added to the
list of Government buildings a very modern structure which will permit up-to-date
arrangement of the woodworking and ironworking shops of the Publie Works
Service. During the month of September there was started at St. Mare an
industrial school for girls. This, the first structure of the kind to be undertaken,
will accommodate about 200 students. ;
HONDURAS
AvENIDA LEMPIRA OPENED,—Avenida Lempira, in La Leona sec-
tion of Tegucigalpa, was officially opened on September 15, 1926, as
part of the independence anniversary celebration. This avenue had
been planned many years ago and a water main laid. Work is now
completed on the most traveled section, while the remainder will soon
be completed to Calle de las Damas.
HIGHWAY LOAN.—See page 74.
MEXICO
SeconpD Pan AmeERIcAN PostaL ConcGress.—The Second Pan
American Postal Congress was formally opened in the City of Mexico
AGRICULTURE, INDUSTRY, AND COMMERCE ~ 63
on October 15, 1926, by President Calles. To the cordial addresses of
welcome by Sefior Cosme Hinojosa, Mexican Director General of
Mails, and by Sefior Aarén S4éenz, Secretary of Foreign Affairs, re-
sponse was made on behalf of the congress by Sefior César Miranda,
delegate of Uruguay. The BuLusrIn expects later to give a full ac-
count of the labors of this important congress.
It will be remembered that the first Pan American Postal Congress
met in Buenos Aires in 1921. Spain, as the mother country of 18 of
the Pan American Republics, is included in the membership of the
Pan American Postal Union.
PrrroLteum.—The Boletin del Petréleo, an official publication of the
Department of Industry, Commerce, and Labor, gives the following
figures in its issue for September, 1926:
First six months, 1926
Cubic meters Barrels Value
| Pesos
Production of crude petroleum_______ 8, 078, 790 | 50, 815, 591 | 128, 098, 519
Exports of crude petroleum and its
GETIVAUIVIES St Ss ota cee Pee Te MAN Sits) AAS 9225 40 Ge et ee eae et
The production of crude petroleum in 1924 was 2,206,406 cubic
meters, and in 1925, 18,364,817 cubic meters.
In his message to Congress last September the President stated that
investments in the Mexican petroleum industry amount to 836,366,795
pesos, of which only 22 per cent was made before the promulgation of
the Constitution of 1917.
DISTRIBUTION OF LANDS.—In the year preceding the delivery of the
President’s message on September 1, 1926, State governors acted on
466 applications for lands, 237 being granted and land allotted to
37,226 heads of families. The total area delivered to the villages was
1,352,770 hectares (1 hectare equals 2.47 acres). The residents of
77 villages were granted the use of water for irrigation from six
streams. In four months 26 tracts of common land were divided into
10,018 parcels for the use of 9,893 families.
NEGRO IMMIGRATION BARRED.—EI/ Universal of Mexico City for
October 30, 1926, reported that the Secretary of the Interior had
issued instructions to the immigration authorities prohibiting the
entrance of negroes who had not established a residence in the country
before this regulation was made.
AGRICULTURAL BULLETINS.—The BULLETIN is in receipt of the
interesting series of monthly bulletins published by the Division of
Economics and Statistics, General Bureau of Agriculture, of the
Department of Agriculture and Promotion. Each number contains
a report on plantings and crops, a meteorological report, production
tables and graphs, market quotations and indications, foreign
64 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION
market notes, and special articles. Under this last head tomato ex-
ports, the world cotton crop, foreign markets for wheat, and other
topics have been discussed.
The department is also issuing a series of instructive pamphlets for
the benefit of farmers, as well as a separate series on agricultural pests.
IMPORTANT IRRIGATION AND ELECTRIC PROJECT.—Preliminary
studies have been made for a great dam over the Lerma River to
provide irrigation for 50,000 hectares of land in the States of Michoa-
cin and Guanajuato. The artificial lake to be formed in the Yeregé
and adjacent valleys will cover 5,000 hectares. The dam will also
be utilized for the electric development of 60,000 horsepower, which
can be increased to 90,000 horsepower. The cost of the project,
exclusive of irrigation ditches, is estimated at more than 15,000,000
pesos.
NICARAGUA
OLEAGINOUS FRUITS.—The Government of Nicaragua recently
received inquiries and a request for samples from an American firm
concerning the oil-producing nuts of native palms. ‘This firm desires
to establish a trade with Nicaragua in oil-producing nuts if prices
and quantities permit.
Topacco LANDS.—The Government on August 13, 1926, con-
cluded a contract to measure all parcels of land in the tobacco-
raising section in the Department of Masaya which had been as-
signed to private planters by the General Bureau of Revenue. The
measurements will be made at the expense of the individuals using
the land. Duplicate copies of surveys will be furnished, one to the
owner and one to the General Bureau of Revenue.
PANAMA
ELECTRIC PLANT IN AGUADULCE.—On October 3, 1926, President
Chiari went to Aguadulce, in Coclé Province, to inaugurate the new
electric power plant which furnishes light to that city and to the
town of Pocri. Citizens of other near-by towns came to Aguadulce
to see the President, who is a native of that city.
Hats MADE IN PANAMA EXHIBITED IN GUAYAQUIL.—Straw hats
made in the factory owned by a prominent citizen of Panama were
exhibited in the national exposition opened in Guayaquil, Ecuador, on
October 12, 1926. These hats are not of the flexible variety, but
like the straw hats most commonly worn. The Canal Zone com-
missary is now purchasing these hats. (Central Information Office of
Panama.)
HoGary woop FOR PAPER PULP.—The National Government
has recently signed a contract with Alberto Ibéfiez giving him the
right to cut hogary trees (a softwood tree) over an area of 1,000
hectares in the lowlands of Bocas del Toro Province, the wood to be
used for paper pulp.
AGRICULTURE, INDUSTRY, AND COMMERCE 65
SHoE Factory.—A large shoe factory nearly completed in Panama
City is expected to supply the national demand for shoes. The
factory is equipped to handle the hides from their raw state to the
finished product, of which its daily output will be about 400 pairs.
(Central Information Office of Panama.)
Extension oF Curriquf Rarmroap.—The Panaman Govern-
ment has awarded the contract for the $2,000,000 extension of the
Chiriqui Railroad which is to unite the city of Concepcién with
Puerto Armuelles in Chiriqui Province. (Central Information Office
of Panama.)
PARAGUAY
ForbrIGN TRADE.—According to the official quarterly statistical
bulletin for the months of January, February, and March, 1926,
the total value of Paraguayan trade for those months was 6,432,243
pesos. The imports amounted to 2,720,346 pesos, while the exports
were valued at 3,711,897 pesos; thus the balance of trade was favor-
able by 991,551 pesos.
Bus service.—A combined passenger and transport service be-
tween Florida, San Juan Bautista, and San Ignacio was started on
September 11, 1926. It is expected that the service will soon be
extended. At present bus lines also operate through the region
about Asuncion and in the Cordillera. Although a line already con-
nects Paraguari and Florida by way of Acahay, Ybycui, and Quyquy6,
another has been established between these two points by way of
Carapegua, Tabapy, Quiindy, and Caapuctt. Plans for future exten-
sion include the establishment of a transport service from Concepcion
to the Brazilian frontier.
BROADCASTING STATION.—It was announced in E/ Diario of Sep-
tember 9, 1926, that a receiving and broadcasting station had recently
been installed in Asuncién by private enterprise. The present range
of the station is 180 kilometers, but another transmitter of greater
power will soon be added. Notes on international affairs, agricul-
tural reports, time signals, market quotations, and late news are
broadcast each evening.
ApricuLTurE.—According to information recently received from
the Bureau of Lands, Independence colony is an important center of
bee culture, having 496 hives within its limits. Privately owned,
the apiaries vary greatly in size, the largest enterprise being of 125
hives and the smallest 30.
New Inpustry.—The manufacture of knitted materials of silk
and cotton has been started on a small scale in Asuncion. It has
been found that some articles, especially stockings, although of
equal style and quality, can be manufactured and sold at prices much
below those asked for imported goods, and for this reason they
have become very popular.
66 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION
PERU
RADIO MONOPOLY DISSOLVED.—The proposal of the Peruvian
Broadcasting Co. to transfer all its rights and property to the Govern-
ment at a just valuation has been accepted by the latter, Station
OAX thus becoming Government property. Also, as a result of this
agreement, restrictions on the importation of radio apparatus into
Peru and sale of same are removed. Regulations regarding the use
of receiving sets prepared by the Administration of Posts, Telegraphs,
and Wireless and printed on the reverse side of the license blanks
state that the license does not authorize the use of the set for commer-
cial purposes; that single wire antennae must not be over 100 feet
long and double wire 140; the owner of a set shall not make use in any
way whatsoever of information received over the wires, and in case
the owner desires to move the set to some place other than the
original place of installation notice shall be give to the Radio Tele-
graphic Service. Licenses are not transferable, and may be revoked
at any time by the Radio Telegraphic Service if the regulations are not
complied with. A semiannual tax of 1 Peruvian pound is levied for
every receiving set.
REFRIGERATING PLANT.—According to the recent message of the
President to Congress, a concession has been granted to a private con-
cern to construct a slaughterhouse and refrigerating plant in Callao.
The concession provides that not less than 300,000 Peruvian pounds
shall be spent on this work.
BREEDING LIVESTOCK SHIPPED TO PrEru.—A number of Hereford
and Aberdeen-Angus bulls purchased in Colorado a year ago and
shipped to the Cerro de Pasco Copper Corporation have done so well
that a representative of the concern has returned to the United
States to make further purchases. According to reports received by
the United States Department of Agriculture, 610 head of breeding
cattle, consisting of bulls, cows, and heifers of the Hereford, Aberdeen-
Angus, and Brown Swiss breeds, were assembled from points in
Colorado, Wyoming, and Montana during the first week in October.
A few hogs of the Duroc-Jersey breed were also included in the ship-
ment.
The stock will be grazed in the Andes country at an altitude of
from 11,000 to 13,000 feet, and for this reason it was considered
desirable to purchase cattle raised in a high altitude in the United
States.
Trrigation.—In the agricultural section of the President’s message
to Congress some interesting data are given regarding the develop-
ment of the coastal lands under irrigation. In less than two years
since the first sale of land in the irrigated region known as Las Pampas
del Imperial 60 per cent of the ground has been placed under cultiva-
tion and is producing crops the annual value of which represents
more than half of the capital invested in the irrigation works.
AGRICULTURE, INDUSTRY, AND COMMERCH 67
AGRICULTURAL CENSUS.—The President stated in his last message
to Congress that the Government had accepted the invitation of
the International Institute of Agriculture of Rome to prepare an
agricultural census in 1930 in conjunction with a world census to
be made that year.
SALVADOR
INAUGURATION OF TWO NEW SUSPENSION BRIDGES.—The beautiful
Cayetano Bosque suspension bridge over the Lempa River and Man-
uel Gallardo bridge over the Chalchigua River, both of which are
in the jurisdiction of Suchitoto, were formally inaugurated on Sep-
tember 16, 1926, in the presence of the President of the Republic,
members of his cabinet, and other distinguished personages.
The former bridge is 425 feet long and about 16 feet wide and can
support a weight of 10 tons.
UNITED STATES EXPORTS OF LEATHER TO SALVADOR.—The United
States Department of Commerce reports that while the average
annual leather exports to Salvador in pre-war years were valued at
less than $120,000, in the past three years the average value has
been almost $310,000. The following table shows the exports of all
classes of leather from the United States to Salvador during the last
two and a half years:
1924 1925 | Six months, 19261
Class line a Tarts 3 —aaee
Quantity Value Quantity Value |Quantity| Value
| tee 7 Sara 7 ; aT a1 |
UPPER LEATHERS |
Cattle-side uppers: | |
Grains ae square feet__ 88, 892 $17, 686 118, 569 $26, 432 | 100, 768 $21, 038
HMinishedisplits====2——2- e224 dos=== 23, 418 4, 808 16, 586 3, O89 | 6, 040 | 1, 473
Calfsand iki sass eae ees doz== 187, 434 41, 039 212, 221 44,485 | 130, 907 21, 0388
pheepiandilambs=s staan e oa dozze= 160, 782 11, 455 69, 142 6,701 | 82, 447 8, 353
Coamandikids= a=. eae doze 689, 974 123, 370 971, 218 198,938 | 486, 976 | 87, 728
Eorsevandicoltse= sas ee ee do_-_-| 5, 544 1,170 5383 NL Ay fp ee sen ee eM a Se a sd
Otheriip pense ees dos=== 26, 862 7, 277 24, 115 5,558 |; 15, 740 2, 882
(RO tale ee ee ea ae ae ae 1, 182, 906 206, 805 1, 412, 384 285, 380 822,878 | 142,512
PATENT LEATHERS
Sidenippersee == s==2—2 ea square feet__| 151, 302 43, 024 | 325, 916 90, 768 | 270, 125 73, 759
Othermpatent ae = eee doze) 63, 560 16, 152 50, 795 11,588 | 10, 856 3, 279
Oval Meer a= eae ahs any | 214,862] 59,176 376,711 | 102,356 | 280,981 | 77,038
Solevleatherssa2) pea Sees pounds__} 55 AS | ares eat ealenns | Ree aoe [RE Sec I ta as eR
ANIIO therzaeas= oe ee ee Onuee 160 132 101 | 481 | 5, 055 1, 554
GChenaal Wop se | Sree eee Ne Gi js eee 388, 217 |---------- 221, 104
1 Preliminary figures.
WATER COMMISSION.—The President has recently created a water
commission in the city of Guadalupe, Department of San Vicente.
URUGUAY
SeconD Nationan Highway Coneress.—The Second National
Highway Congress of Uruguay met in Montevideo from October 5
68 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION
to 12, 1926, under the auspices of the Uruguayan Federation of High-
way Education and the Uruguayan Automobile Club. The program
included the showing of airplane films of Uruguayan highways, visits
to cement and asphalt factories, a demonstration of highway machin-
ery, and many other interesting features. On the first day of the
congress the highway exposition was also opened.
THIRTIETH STOCK SHOW IN SALtTo.—The thirtieth annual exposition
of livestock, opened on September 26, 1926, in Salto, was organized
by the Livestock and Horse Breeders’ Association of that city to
promote the growth of the livestock industry. In his introductory
address Dr. Wenceslao Silva, president of the livestock association,
sald that livestock constituted the principal resource of Uruguay, and
that he believed the Government and the banking institutions of the
country would aid in marketing and extension of credit. Many fine
animals were exhibited, which showed the improvement being
achieved in the grade of cattle.
MonteEvipEo-BuENOS AIRES TRAFFIC.—TIwo projects were pre-
sented to the national administrative council last October for im-
proved transport service between Montevideo and Buenos Aires via
Colonia; one includes the building of a new railway at the cost of
12,500,000 pesos (1 peso=$1 at present rate of exchange) of English
capital and the other the construction of an automobile highway to
cost 6,000,000 pesos, American capital; both include fast ferry service
between Colonia and Buenos Aires. The latter scheme is generally
considered the more feasible and to be of greater economic value to
the country. (Commerce Reports, November 1, 1926.)
ELECTRIC WINCH FOR MONTEVIDEO DocKs.—The National Admin-
istration of the Port of Montevideo in September purchased a power-
ful electric winch for the shipyards, capable of raising vessels of 650
tons to the dry dock.
VENEZUELA
ForREIGN TRADE.—Official reports of the foreign trade of Venezuela
during the first six months of 1925 are in part as follows:
Commercial value
Nature in bolivars
@xcdinaryclmp OT bss ees ween Rete gsi ose Maer yc eat ee ree ee 125, 069, 268
Vraay exerts) eNO HY TaWey ANP NNS So eS ee 23, 756, 782
SL i a ec ch ee eee geno epee ara Sat te 148, 826, 051
TEGO OTS Sago se er ee BEG ee eee aR ena OS 183, 475, 655
TRotaleforeignatrade sie toe eee isa 8 a Se See 332, 301, 706
AMO Getler © Tet SMaees Aue ae a eae oil ieee Saeko sal epee PR ce 183, 475, 655
MOG DIT OTsGS sete tote eRe Se aah etc a Ieee ee aes aoe 148, 826, 051
Havorabledbalance= 2 2 sa ee yee eS 34, 649, 604
AGRICULTURE, INDUSTRY, AND COMMERCE 69
CorrEE AND CACAO ExpoRrTS.—According to the bulletin of the
Chamber of Commerce of Caracas for August, 1926, 12,409 bags of
coffee, totaling 748,935 gross kilos (2,005,145 pounds), were exported
from the port of La Guaira during the month of June, 1926. Cacao
exports amounted to 8,420 bags, or 614,700 gross kilos (1,647,396
pounds). ~
RAILWAY pROGRESS.—The beginning of railway development in
Venezuela, according to an article published in Cultura Venezolana
for August, 1926, dates from the initiation of the railway from
Tucaras to the mines of Aroa in 1877. This enterprise had been
started as early as 1835, but various interruptions had prevented its
conclusion until the later date. A little more than 10 years previous
a railway 3 kilometers in length from Anauco to Sabana Grande had
been inaugurated; however, its operation had been suspended a short
time afterwards. To-day the railway systems of Venezuela, including
the lines used in mining operations and on sugar plantations, with
those of electric-car companies stretch some 1,193 kilometers
(approximately 740 miles), and are represented by the following
companies:
Companies Gauge | Length
Kilo-
Meters meters
WanGuaira=Caracasokiailroadias =. sas see ee 0. 91
Greauchallmoacdo fe vieme ze] cise eee ee lee oye See ee ep 1. 06 184
Puerto Cabello=Valencia’ Riailrodd 222-25. 522) 2 2 ea 1. 06 55
Bolivar Railroad, Tucas to Barquisimeto______-__________- . 61 232
(Girone Ievolastieny, 1 RenlboyGl ss ee es 1. 00 131
lan eiloaaValerayi-alilic@ a Gipsy ee pee eee ee ee 91 97
@entraleRailroadrote Venezuelan = as sae en ee 1. 06 84
Chnrenero-GCibjoo Ineo niel = S24 Soke we ee .91 54
Goulart Va Oe Glas eee ae fees ie lye te eer sh AN ne LEE uta 1. 06 36
See) Joeieovne Vilas MeeulbroCl 8 Be ee 1. 00 60
leamVviela=Coropkallroadis 22s sae eS ee 91 13
Maiquetia=Macutayrailroadas =). 45 a0. ee es . 91 iG
ENT AV alll esi atin @ ei le See oe ee et eae Tene tS ee re ee 1. 06 5
lineilante el Vlimesm ry alll; osc mya sas area meen ye ree iC arate Sees 91 44
GwanocomNMiimesi ER ievilln; 21 cls yy meno eee nye renee eran 91 15
Ea ea rato aR al sy eh ea eS ae Pe PE i lh Se ne .91 3
Bobures-Central Venezuela Railroad______________________ 91 40
EH! Banco-Central Sucre Railroad_______._-__________-___.-_ a Oil 7
San Lorenzo-Menegrande Railroad______________________- . 91 17
British. Controlled OiliveldsiRiailrodda= 2222. 2s ee 91 52
Standard: Oil’ of—— Rerija= secqe eed Oa ee gee a ee Pamela . 61 20
The average cost per kilometer of all the railroads of Venezuela
has been estimated at 226,165 bolivars, but it actually varied from
73,500 bolivars, the cost of the Carenero Railroad which runs through
tableland, to 640,000 bolivars, the cost of each of the 32 kilometers
of the Great Venezuelan Railroad constructed through the mountains.
70 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION
EXPLOITATION OF GOLD MINES IN GUAYANA.—It is reported that
the gold mines of Guayana are being worked regularly and a satis-
factory amount of ore is being extracted. The yields of one month
in the mines worked by the five companies engaged there was 86,699
kilograms.
INTERNATIONAL BRIDGE.—An announcement was made on Sep-
tember 26, 1926, that work on the trusses of the Bolivar international
bridge on the Colombian-Venezuelan frontier had been completed
and that the laying of the floor, which will be of reinforced concrete,
had been begun. Road construction in near-by portions of Venezuela
and Colombia is advancing rapidly.
fi
ARGENTINA
BANKING INSTITUTIONS.—The General Bureau of Statistics of the
Nation in September reported to the Minister of the Treasury the
following facts on the banking institutions of Argentina:
The capital and reserves of all the credit institutions amounted on December
31, 1925, to 1,033,946,000 pesos national currency, and the loans to 4,984,014,000
pesos national currency, which were divided as follows:
|
Capital and) Won
| (Gaepeeacls| (thousands
Classes of banking institutions Number | of pesos, of pesos,
| P | national
| national | currency)
| currency) y
12. CP OSITMAMGNGISCO UM Tse eels cre Pe es eco Sia Seen Si alee 6 91 | 710, 228 3, 552, 316
INEGRU Gage amills iets esas ah ii een nee eer yn enone onlin a iene 15 310, 264 1, 407, 099
AE sOVeTI 1D SUTMIS Seis eC ey FAR I Os nic coe or ee, Se OO sno Soe 6 13, 454 24, 599
FADO) a ge Ce a a a ey ete a ae ga eh el EN 112 | 1,033, 946 4, 984, 014
Amount in
thousands :
Class of loans of pesos Ber cent
(national
currency)
Loans to organizations engaged in trade, production and industry, and toindividuals_| 2, 807, 700 56. 3
INGORE BAG Cl Oar Sere ee ONS Sales eae Be Gre eae a ee ea eens See ees 1, 540, 466 30. 8
rane ll Worn. 3 a en Nees RS ae eee a ao Ge ala eS 330, 397 6. 7
Loans on pawned articles____- EE atta ao ed ne Tp SE aL Oia hee mene ae ee 17, 751 .4
Other loans_-__- Leh hn a ed oe ET eB ee SIN ON epee a Dene Wa a ee Oe a 287, 700 5.8
ISG) 21 Ra oP Re AC RN ag ge De PSE noe eT Peg 4, 984, 014 100. 0
ECONOMIC AND FINANCIAL AFFAIRS Tk
Table of national and foreign banks
Expressed in thousands of pesos (national
currency)
Banks Number aries =
Capital and 3 =iipee SO Pan
ROGGE Loans Deposits | Balance
IN[eKRKONENT Jono see ee ae 78 602,076 | 3, 199, 346 | 2,916,114 | 637,613
‘Banke fable sNiavionis: acs oniin es mpealianis 214,193 | 1,385,654 | 1,499,276 | 332, 848
1
National ib anise anne enue nee 77 387,883 | 1,813,692 | 1,416,838 | 304, 765
Foreign banks____________- SES Go ean S 13 108, 152 757,187 | 721,105 | 213, 952
SD Gel ee Bese IS tp yaa eM eee 91 710, 228 | 3,956,533 | 3,637,219 | 851, 565
CHILE
CHILEAN BONDs.—An issue of 6 per cent gold bonds to the amount
of $42,500,000 was placed on the New York market last October.
These bonds have an accumulative amortization fund of 1 per cent
annually and are due April 1, 1960. The proceeds of the loan will
be used for highway construction, sanitary works, the payment of
certain internal obligations, and of notes for $10,000,000 falling due
in February, 1927.
COLOMBIA
LOAN FOR IMPROVEMENTS IN Bocotd.—On September 17, 1926,
the Municipal Council of Bogota approved the agreement made
with the Mortgage Bank regarding a loan of 150,000 pesos for im-
proving Bolivar Park in that city.
ECUADOR
BRANCH BANK FOR Guayaguiu.—In accordance with the statutes
of the Central Office of Emission and Redemption of Currency in
Ecuador, a branch of this institution shall operate in Guayaquil under
a directorate composed of members representing the Government,
the Central Office of Emission, and other banking institutions in the
Republic.
HAITI
REPORT FOR FISCAL YEAR.—As September, 1926, completed
Haiti’s fiscal year, it is now possible to consider the financial situation
of the Government for the entire period 1925-26. The year in ques-
tion was the most favorable which Haiti has ever experienced, rev-
enues exceeding the most prosperous previous year by some 4,500,000
gourdes. All factors were favorable, including a large crop of coffee,
a high price for that commodity, and bountiful yields of other prin-
cipal Haitian products.
Total revenue receipts reached the substantial sum of 45,365,000
gourdes, as compared with 40,488,000 gourdes in 1924-25, an increase
7) THE PAN AMERICAN UNION
of 12.045 per cent. Practically the entire increase was derived from
customs receipts. As for expenditures out of revenues, the total
during 1925-26 was 40,931,000 gourdes, as compared with 39,218,000
gourdes during the previous year. Most of the spending depart-
ments of the Haitian Government showed increased disbursements.
This was true of the gendarmerie, foreign relations, commerce, interior,
public-health service, public-works service, justice, agricultural
service, vocational education, public instruction, and religion. Asa
result, marked progress was made in consolidating and extending
useful governmental activities.
On September 30 the unobligated cash balance was 11,659,000
gourdes, a sum heretofore unapproached in the history of Haiti.
Due to the pronounced expansion in unobligated cash, the net debt
declined on that occasion to a low figure of 96,648,000 gourdes, in
comparison with 108,863,000 gourdes on September 30, 1925. This
was a decline of more than 12,200,000 gourdes, while the gross debt
[loans] declined during the fiscal year by some 6,900,000 gourdes.
(Bulletin of the Receiver General, September, 1926.)
MEXICO
GOVERNMENT FINANCES.—In the President’s message to Congress
delivered on September 1, 1926, he stated that the fiscal policy of his
administration had had the following four objectives: 1, Financial
rehabilitation consequent on the balancing of the budget and the
elimination of the large deficit passed on from previous fiscal years;
2, the reorganization of the fiscal system so that it should produce the
highest revenue compatible with the Republic’s economic powers and
distribute the burden of taxes in an equitable manner; 3, the estab-
lishment of a banking system capable of promoting national economic
activities; and 4, the restoration of the Government’s domestic and
foreign credit, by means of satisfying the respective claims. The
President went on to say:
The budget was balanced in the first half of 1924 and, due to economies in
expenditure and increased receipts, the year closed with a balance of 23,082,404
pesos, which was applied on the deficit of 53,083,046 pesos passed on from the
troubled year of 1923. A year ago I’announced that the deficit had been still
further reduced to 14,201,040 pesos, and that increasing receipts had also
permitted the investment of 55,900,000 pesos in the Bank of Mexico and the
initiation of reconstruction of the national highways. In the fiscal year 1925
the deficit still standing was wiped out, and 4,000,000 pesos paid to the Bank of
London and Mexico to settle a debt of previous Governments.
Equally satisfactory progress was reported under the other points
of the President’s program, the foreign debt agreements having been
amended, the banking debt with the old banks of issue liquidated,
the income-tax law and revenue laws of 1924 and 1925 modified,
and other advantageous action taken.
LEGISLATION We
PANAMA
BupGer surpLus.—The report of the Ministry of the Treasury
for the fiscal year July 1, 1925, to June 30, 1926, showed that the
surplus of revenues over expenditures amounted to $1,117,909.08.
(Central Information Office of Panama.)
ARGENTINA
SUSPENSION OF PENSION LAW.—Pension Law No. 11,289, which
provided for the contribution by employers and employees of certain
quotas toward a pension fund, was definitely suspended in September.
This law, which was always very unpopular, once becoming the cause
of a general strike, has been ineffective for over a year. Now that
it is actually suspended, measures are to be taken to return the funds
collected from the employers and the employees for the pension fund.
LOANS FOR COOPERATIVE INSTITUTIONS.—On the final day of the
ordinary session of Congress, September 30, 1926, the Senate approved
the bill which had already passed the Chamber of Deputies providing
for loans to cooperative institutions for agricultural developments,
such as the construction of warehouses and elevators, dairy instal-
lations, the purchase of land, and other purposes. The National
Mortgage Bank is authorized to loan up to 80 per cent of the official
value of the property of a cooperative association.
SAN Martin Memortau.—The Senate on September 30 approved
the purchase of the house in Boulogne-sur-mer occupied by General
San Martin during his exile in France. The house will be used as
a museum and consulate.
BRAZIL
AMENDMENTS TO CONSTITUTION.—Amended forms of several
articles of the Brazilian constitution passed by Congress after the
opening of its session in May, 1926, were published by the presidents
and secretaries of the Senate and House of Deputies in the Diario
Official of September 7, 1926. Article 6 concerns the powers of the
Federal Government in relation to the States; article 34, the duties
of the National Congress; the amendment to paragraph 1 of article 37
grants the President the right of partial as well as total veto of any
law on the ground of unconstitutionality; articles 59 and 60 concern
the jurisdiction of federal courts; article 72 defines the rights of person
and property, Brazilians and foreigners being equal before the law.
Capital punishment is abolished, except under military law.
74 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION
COLOMBIA
MEASURES TO REDUCE COST OF LiviING.—On August 25, 1926,
the President of the Republic approved a law by virtue of which
several measures were adopted relative to the importation into the
country of articles of prime necessity, the object being to reduce
the cost of living. In view of this law, the Chief Executive has been
empowered to suppress or reduce, as he may deem fit, customhouse
and other duties on such articles of food as beef and pork, condensed
milk, in both solid and liquid forms, lard, sugar, rice, potatoes, and
all cereals.
ECUADOR
MILITARY RETIREMENT LAW.—The full text of this law appears in
the Registro Oficial of August 18, 1926, some of the provisions being
as follows: Officers of the regular army may retire voluntarily after
12 years of service, with the right to a pension. Retirement for age
is applied in the following manner: A second lieutenant at 38, first
heutenant at 43, captain at 48, major at 52, lieutenant colonel at 56,
colonel at 58, and general at 60 years.
GUATEMALA
/
Pusiic Ministry.—In accordance with provisions in the new
civil code of Guatemala recently promulgated, the Public Ministry
was created by a presidential decree of September 8, 1926. Working
in the courts through the district attorneys, the attorneys of the
Court of Justice, the assistant attorneys, and the civil magistrates,
it will watch over the rights of the State and provide defense for
those who are unable to provide it for themselves. The full duties
of the department are described in the law, Decree No. 924, which
was printed in El Guatemalteco of September 13, 1926.
HONDURAS
HIGHWAY LOAN contTRACcT.—The President approved on September
8, 1926, a contract for a loan of $2,500,000 to the Honduran Govern-
ment by H. C. Burt, an American banker, for the repair and con-
struction of highways.
AMORTIZATION OF INTERNAL DEBT.—The regulations for the amor-
tization of the internal debt of Honduras, published in the Gaceta
Oficial of September 24, 1926, went into effect on September 1 of
that year. Three per cent bonds to the amount of 10,000,000 silver
pesos are to be issued. The first withdrawal of bonds by lot will be
made on July 25, 1927.
IMMIGRATION DECREE.—The immigration decree formulated by
the Council of Ministers in accordance with the provisions adopted
INTERNATIONAL TREATIES 75
by the Fourth Pan American Sanitary Conference, and in further
extension of the existing immigration law, went into effect on October
5, 1926. By this decree all persons suffering from hydrophobia,
leprosy, typhus, hookworm, syphilis, tuberculosis, trachoma, and
insanity are forbidden entrance to the country, as well as persons
incapable of self-support, immoral persons, criminals, and other
undesirable individuals. A deposit of 200 colones is also required of
persons entering the Republic, with the exception of tourists. This
amount is returned if a person leaves within a few months.
INTERNATIONAL c
KX Oe aa » TREATIES & by I® ZF
SALVADOR
COMPILATION OF INTERNATIONAL TREATIES.—On September 1,
1926, the President appointed Eliseo Colorado H., chief clerk of the
Ministry of Foreign Affairs, to compile all international treaties
entered into by the Republic of Salvador since 1910 which are still
in effect.
BRAZIL—URUGUAY.
EXTRADITION TREATY.—The Uruguayan Chamber of Deputies on
September 13, 1926, approved the treaty of extradition between
Brazil and Uruguay signed ad referendum. (El Dia, Montevideo,
September 14, 1926.)
SALVADOR—-URUGUAY
ARBITRATION TREATY.—The treaty on arbitration between Salva-
dor and Uruguay signed ad referendum was approved by the Cham-
ber of Deputies of Uruguay on September 13, 1926. (El Dia,
Montevideo, September 14, 1926.)
SPAIN-URUGUAY
ARBITRATION TRHATY.—The treaty of obligatory arbitration which
the Uruguayan Chamber of Deputies ratified September 13, 1926,
was signed ad referendum by Spain and Uruguay to replace the
arbitration treaty between the two nations which went into effect on
November 21, 1902. The new treaty eliminates the exception con-
tained in the old treaty that questions affecting constitutional prin-
ciples of either of the signatory nations would not be subject to
arbitration, (Hl Dia, Montevideo, September 14, 1926.)
76 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION
URUGUAY
AMENDMENTS TO VERSAILLES TREATY.—The amendments to
article 16 of the Versailles treaty of peace were approved by the
Uruguayan Chamber of Deputies on September 13, 1926.
EX @a . ADEDUCATION :: Ny
ARGENTINA
Doctor Montessori AT RETARDED CHILDREN’S ScHooL.—Accom-
panied by Argentine officials, Dr. Maria Montessori, the famous
Italian educator now in Argentina, visited the home school for
retarded children in Torres. This school cares for 638 boys and 290
girls, housed in separate sections, where, after examinations and classi-
fication according to their mental and physical capacity, they are
given agricultural and manual training in addition to instruction in
other subjects. Binet-Simon tests are given each month and recorded
on the reports of the mental and physical progress of the children.
New scuHoous.—Locations were approved in September for 32
new elementary schools to be established in the city of Buenos Aires.
JULY 4 CELEBRATED IN SCHOOL NAMED FoR UNITED STATES.—
An interesting celebration of the Fourth of July was held in the
Buenos Aires school named for the United States, one of a number
of Argentine schools named for the American Republics. The pro-
eram included the singing of the national anthems of Argentina and
the United States, a recitation on each of the national flags, an
address on the significance of the Fourth of July, other recitations
and choral numbers. The celebration ended with the distribution of
candy which was presented to the Argentine pupils by the American
guests.
ARGENTINE-CHILEAN ART INTERCHANGE.—The Chilean painters
Julio Ortiz de Zarate and Waldo Vilo, commissioned by their Govern-
ment for that purpose, arrived in Buenos Aires last October to
arrange an exchange of art exhibitions between the two countries.
The Chilean Government offers to Argentine exhibitors free salons in
the Santiago Museum of Fine Arts and exemption from customs
duties on exhibits. The Chilean artists exhibited some of their pic-—
tures while in Buenos Aires, after which they went to Montevideo
and Rio de Janeiro in further pursuit of their mission.
PUBLIC INSTRUCTION AND EDUCATION AT,
BOLIVIA
LABORATORY OF EDUCATIONAL EXPERIMENTS.—This new division
in the Ministry of Education was created by a decree of August 31,
1926, with the following attributes: To study the physical and psy-
chological development of school children, and when possible of
those under school age; to determine what aptitudes the children
show, whether toward professional or vocational training; to study
the various types of children—normal, subnormal, and supernormal—
in order to place them in the proper educational environment; to pre-
pare psychological sketches of pupils in order that teachers may be
able to form an accurate idea of the mental aptitudes of the children
and adjust their methods of teaching in accordance therewith; to make
a careful study of school hours and the tiring effect of long periods on
the children, adjusting the time for each class accordingly; to study
the Indian collectively and individually in relation to his education;
and to prepare health reports for parents.
ScHoots For Inp1ANs.—A recent decree provides that all schools
established for instructing the Indians, whether under private organi-
zations or maintained by proprietors on their farms, shall be under
the direct supervision of the Ministry of Public Instruction.
ScHoou nores.—The report submitted by the Minister of Public
Education on the occasion of the celebration of the first centenary of
the Republic contains a very interesting study of the development
of Bolivian education during the last hundred years.
According to this report the number of schools now existing in the
country and the school attendance for 1925 are as follows:
Number | Number
of of
schools students
Officialkschools| of higher learning= 52255522 sees | 7 756
Oficialischoolstof:specialveducatione= = ===— == 55s — == | 6 698
Private schools of special education____________-----_-- | 5 | 254
@fiieralenormaallys cla@ oss eee sel eel ee | 5 | 233
Oficial¥secondaryischoolse =a ee ee 17 | 3, 016
Brivatewsecondanvgschoolss 2s =e = eee eee eee 10 | 1, 082
Oficialiprimanygschoolstaae eas See eee ee ee | 677 | 41, 472
Minne oeil justine, selo@els go =e ee ee | 478 26, 113
IPPVAWS jOrunRAyY Keno so Ll So ee ee ee | 218 | 13, 399
BRAZIL
Arpor Day.—In the forestry section of the botanical gardens of
Rio de Janeiro, Arbor Day was celebrated on September 21, 1926,
with exercises which included the planting of the first tree in the
forest nursery. Among the distinguished guests present were the
20979—26+—B ull. 1——_6
78 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION
Minister of Agriculture and the writer Coelho Nieto. School children
sang the national anthem and a hymn to the tree and recited appro-
priate poems.
A somewhat similar celebration of Arbor Day was held in Nictheroy,
where the tree planting was witnessed by 5,000 school children, the
President of the State, and other spectators.
BENJAMIN CONSTANT INSTITUTE FOR THE BLIND.—On September
17, 1926, the Benjamin Constant Institute for Teaching the Blind in
Rio de Janeiro celebrated its seventy-second anniversary with exer-
cises which included addresses by Dr. Eduardo Pinto de Vasconcellos,
director of the institute, and by the Minister of Justice, as well as
recitations and music by the pupils.
URUGUAYAN STUDENT RECEIVED BY FACULTY OF LAW.—Sefior
Roberto Hinojosa, bearer of a greeting from the Uruguayan students
to the students of Brazil, was received by the Law School of Rio de
Janeiro on September 17,1926. The presiding officer of the meeting
was the rector of the university, Senhor Conde de Affonso Celso,
addresses being made by the Uruguayan delegate, a representative
of the Brazilian students, the dean of the school, and others.
CHILDREN’S LIBRARY.—The Delphim Moreira Municipal School of
Rio de Janeiro recently celebrated the opening of the children’s
library presented to the school by the Rotary Club. More than a
thousand children took part in the physical-culture drill given as a
part of the exercises.
InpustriAL Epucation Socrrry.—Last September the Industrial
Education Society was organized in Rio de Janeiro by teachers of
industrial education, Dr. Coryntho da Fonseca being elected president.
Dr. da Fonseca suggested for discussion a platform which lays down
a number of principles for industrial education. It advocates a com-
bination of theoretical and practical work for students, supplementary
work for teachers on Saturdays and in vacations, the organization of
a course in- methods of teaching trades, and other interesting ideas.
“UnitTep Statses”’ ScHoout.—A municipal school in Rio de Janeiro
was recently named for the United States as an expression of friend-
ship for this country. The ceremony took place in the presence of
the Minister of Justice (who is also in charge of puble instruction),
the American Ambassador, and various federal and municiapl
officials, among them Dr. A. Carneiro Leao, Director of Public In-
struction of Rio de Janeiro, who made an impressive speech outlining
the history of the United States and, speaking of its idealism and
spirit of service. In conclusion he addressed especially the pupils of
the school and then the American Ambassador, as follows:
Children, to-day you scarcely realize the greatness of your patron country.
It has been the champion of democracy throughout the world, and in the presence
of three of its great sons—Washington, Lincoln, and Horace Mann—whose
PUBLIC INSTRUCTION AND EDUCATION 79
portraits you will behold in the rooms which henceforth will bear their names,
you will forever be conscious of an inspiring irradiation of intelligence and kind-
ness. No better symbols could be placed before you for the development of your
intelligence, your heart, and your character.
Mr. Ambassador, the municipality of Rio de Janeiro, by giving to one of its
schools the name of your country at the time when you are celebrating the sesqui-
centennial of the Declaration of American Independence, desired to inculeate
more and more in the hearts of Brazillian children a love for the United States,
the champion of right and justice, the creator of the Monroe Doctrine, the great
knight of Pan Americanism.
Let me, therefore, addressing the children of my own country, remind them,
as a happy stimulus to action in the future, of the noble words of Roosevelt to the
Ibero-American nations: ‘‘We shall all strive upward in honest and manly
brotherhood, shoulder to shoulder. * * *”
Other features of the program were addresses by the principal of
the school and the American Ambassador, various American and
Brazilian songs and gymnastic exercises by the pupils, and the un-
veiling of the portraits of Washington, Lincoln, and Horace Mann.
CHILE
GEOGRAPHER HONORED.—At a brilliant ceremony in the American
Embassy in Santiago last September the David Livingstone centenary
medal of the American Geographical Society was conferred on Sefior
Luis Riso Patron for his explorations of the Andes, his work on
marking the boundaries of Chile with Argentina and Bolivia, his
maps, and his monumental Geographical Dictionary of Chile.
DEATH OF BELOVED TEACHER.—On September 10, 1926, occurred
the death of Sefor Juan N. Espejo, for 40 years principal of the
National Institute, the preparatory school connected with the
University of Chile in Santiago. An immense cortége of graduates of
the institute, from all professions and occupations, followed his
body to its last resting place, the hearse being drawn by students.
One of the speakers at the funeral ceremonies said that “his name will
live in our history among those great servants of the nation who have
left behind them a trail of light, culture, and noble example.”
Always of a progressive tendency in education, endowed with brilliant
intellectual gifts and great beauty of spirit, Sefor Espejo cared
more to form the characters of the boys under his charge than to instill
mere knowledge. He was also known for his translations of Tagore’s
works into Spanish.
COLOMBIA
EDUCATIONAL CONVENTION.—On September 25, 1926, an educa-
tional convention was held in Bogota by all the school inspectors of
the Department of Cundinamarca. The purpose of the meeting was
to discuss what changes should be introduced into the program of
primary instruction, in accordance with proposed educational!
reforms.
SO THE PAN AMERICAN UNION —
COSTA RICA
PopuLaR UNIVERSITY.—After continuous efforts, an enthusiastic
group saw its work crowned with success when, on the national
holiday, September 15, 1926, appropriate exercises marked the
inauguration of the popular university in the Vitalia Madrigal
School of San José. Similar in character and purpose to the organi-
zation of the same name in Guatemala, the university will seek to
develop itself into a nation-wide force in its campaign against
illiteracy. .
NEW UNIVERSITY BUILDINGS.—On September 15, 1926, as a fitting
event in the celebration of the one hundred and fifth anniversary of
Costa Rican independence, the foundation stone for St. Thomas
University was laid in San José amid formal ceremony. The new
university, which will consist of five beautiful buildings, each to
cost 100,000 colones, will amply house the respective schools of law,
engineering, pharmacy, dentistry, and medicine. The original
school of law was established in 1843.
CUBA
INSTRUCTION OF THE BLIND AND DEAF-MUTES.—The establishment
of special classes for the blind and for deaf-mutes has been decreed
for the existing asylums and private charitable institutions that may
need them.
BEQUEST FOR EDUCATION AND CHARITY.—Miss Dolores Betan-
court, who died recently in Cuba, left $2,000,000 for works of charity
throughout the Republic. Of this legacy the sum of $254,000 has
been destined for the construction of a combination primary and
vocational school in the city of Camagiiey. Work on the building
for this school will commence very shortly. The Betancourt family
has made many generous gifts to the city of Camagiiey. (Cuban
Department of State.)
Cusan AcapDEeMy.—On October 2 the Cuban Academy of Letters,
affiliated with the Royal Spanish Academy, held its first meeting
under the presidency of Dr. Enrique José Varona. Several resolu-
tions were adopted, and at the suggestion of Dr. Antonio Sanchez
de Bustamente a committee was appointed to compile the rules
and regulations by which the academy will be governed. (Cuban
Department of State.)
ECUADOR
Arts sociery.—In Guayaquil a fine arts society has recently been
organized called Amigos del Arte. This society will endeavor, by
means of lectures and publications, to popularize the fine arts, and
will give all possible assistance to art schools already established.
PUBLIC INSTRUCTION AND EDUCATION S1
GUATEMALA
ScHOOL CENSUS.—It was announced on August 31, 1926, that the
Secretary of Education had asked the political heads of the depart-
ments to proceed with the school census in cooperation with the
departmental committees for the direction of the census. This
census will be a means of pushing the campaign which the Depart-
ment of Public Education has undertaken to enforce the law provid-
ing for the maintenance of a school in every village or estate inhabited
by 10 or more families in order finally to make illiteracy a negligible
factor.
HAITI
NATIONAL ScHOOL oF MEDICINE AND PHarmMacy.—An ordinance
governing the administration of the School of Medicine in Port au
Prince, which was recently turned over to the Public Health Service,
was published on September 9, 1926. The faculty of this institution
has now been appointed and the new curriculum prepared. In the
school of medicine the schedule calls for 874 hours in the first, second,
and third years, and for 988 hours in the fourth year, the fifth year
being interne year at the Haitian General Hospital. In the school of
dentistry the first year requires 874 hours and the second year 532
hours, while the third year is devoted to practical work. The school
of pharmacy requires 494 hours the first year, 418 the second year,
and practical work the third year.
CONSTRUCTION OF NEW SCHOOLS.—See item on Pusiic Works,
page 62.
HONDURAS
EVENING SCHOOL FOR ADULTS.—The laborers’ society of Siguate-
peque opened an evening school for adults in that city on October 1,
1926.
TracHers’ pAay.—Teachers’ Day was celebrated last September
in the Boys’ Normal School of the city of Comayagiiela with a
banquet given by the students to their teachers. Addresses were
made, and flowers received from the President of the Republic, the
Minister of Public Instruction, and other officials, while music added
to the general spirit of cordiality.
MEXICO
AGRICULTURAL SCHOOLS.—President Calles, as readers of the
BuLueTin will recall, is greatly interested in the question of agri-
cultural education for country boys. To his initiative is due the
founding of schools of this type, the first of which, near Morelia,
State of Michoacan, was officially opened by the President on October
3, 1926. More than 200 boys are already enrolled in this school,
82 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION
which proposes to teach them the rudiments of scientific farming, as
well as the necessary bookwork. The central building, which is of
stone, contains classrooms, dormitories, shops, library, assembly room,
baths, infirmary, and other rooms. ‘The school and land cost more
than 1,000,000 pesos. Many cabinet members, other Government
officials, and members of the diplomatic corps made the trip from
Mexico City to be present at the inauguration.
A second school of this type was to be opened in the State of
Hidalgo in November, 1926.
SuccESS OF SCHOOL ART.—Thirty-five pictures painted by Mexican
children, students in the Government open-air painting school under
the direction of Sehor Alfredo Ramos Martinez, had a great success
when shown in the 1926 Autumn Salon in Paris. They will also be
exhibited in other Kuropean countries and in the United States.
Senfor Ramos Martinez was asked to demonstrate his methods with a
oup of French children.
SocraAL SERVICE scHoou.—According to plans announced a few
oT
2]
months ago, the Federal Department of Education intends to start a
school for the training of social service workers. After the prelimi-
nary outline of the curriculum was formulated, the federal inspectors
were summoned to disctiss it. It is hoped to make this school and
its graduates of great usefulness to the community.
ARGENTINE SECTION IN LIBRARY.—A collection of Argentine books,
presented by the Popular Libraries Committee of Buenos Aires, was
installed with due ceremony in the National Library of Mexico
Mexico City, last October. The books include works on social
sciences, history, geography, mathematics, and literature.
PANAMA
Tur BouivariANn Universiry.—A university council has been
formed for the purpose of organizing the Bolivarian University to be
inaugurated in May, 1927. The council is composed of the following
persons: J. D. Moscote, president of the National Institute and
representative of the National School of Law and Social Science;
Alfonso Preciado, superintendent of the Santo Tomas Hospital; Abel
Bravo, director of the Agricultural School; Demetrio Fabrega, pro-
fessor in the School of Pharmacy; and Richard Neumann, Inspector
General of Education. The secretary of the council will be Senor
Carlos Puig V.
Women’s VocaTIONAL ScHooL Entertains Drerutizs.—On Octo-
ber 13, 1926, the Women’s Vocational School of Panama City
entertained the deputies of the National Assembly and cabinet
ministers at a banquet prepared and served by the students of the
school. This is the newest of the schools of secondary educa-
PUBLIC INSTRUCTION AND EDUCATION 83
tion, having as its object the fitting of young women for vocational
work, including domestic science and small industries.
TeacHers’ Insianta.—A few months ago a competition was
opened to all residents of Panama, native or foreign, for the design of
an appropriate symbol to be used as a button by all qualified teachers.
The prize to be awarded will be a gold medal bearing the design
selected.
PARAGUAY
GUEST PROFESSOR.—On August 23, 1926, Dr. Juan A. Gabastou,
professor of clinical obstetrics in the medical school of Buenos Aires
University, arrived in Asuncién, where he gave a short series of lec-
tures in the medical school, returning home on August 29. The visit
of the distinguished scientist was due in a large measure to the initia-
tive of the board of directors of the medical school, who have been
sponsoring an interchange of professors.
UNIVERSITY EXTENSION.—It is reported that the course on political
economy given through the winter months by Dr. Rudolf Ritter was
well received. Three of his lectures during September were devoted
to a consideration of the theme ‘‘Work as an economic agent and
historical factor.”
On September 9, 1926, Gonzalez Pachoco, Argentine writer,
gave the first of a series of lectures on social questions. His first
topic was “The personality of Rafael Barrett and his work in
Paraguay.”’
SALVADOR
SECONDARY couRSE.—The regulations for secondary schools
adopted August 23, 1926, prescribe the following course of study:
Periods a week by years
Subjects
Spanish:
Readingandiconi position Analyses ses tee ee ae ae ee Gis (reas renee 1S CUR ee 2
Reading and composition, prosody, spelling -----...-.----.---------]------ (| |e anes
IRIGeohhoverehaKal CoyaayoyofitnKoral:, SNpalieh oo ee ee EE pe eee
UC LAG INC So ease ele ey 8 SRN Ring Mar Ie tie eR eyed ne ACUI C alee Se
Mathematics:
Arithmetic, weights and measure, units__.-______..------------------ Caygy Peacrortirs Se ee ee a
Blementaryaal £6 ae ee eS ae DEE ake eal See )
(ONO) Ge( DENS Getcha Set Oe i Be oh es ee ap ae Se ee Ue Sees a) es ae
AGI ZOHOMECEGY ie ieee tee Soto aa ee epee ne A ee OG ee renee OB Sul eos nt (eee
Natural sciences:
ZEOO)O BV ea Se ede et Ro es he I Suey pout eae eer
BotanyganGdiaeni cultures. sees se ee Miho = ee ed Pe oe ae ane ae
Geology and mineralogy_____.._.-____- eee i SE ot Se ES ee eee |e (stale ec
Anatomy, phiysiolopyerand biveieneee so-so sees nee sean eee ene ae oe Pea ade meer | ere me
WAIEOOS ON afery tehaval Coioavoypreyoy ase ee ee ee ee Seelase noel oe ee| memes
Physical sciences:
MlementanyaphySicSt asso es sae eae Sea ee eee Ue ee eee Pe eel Bamoal ROSE ee Peak onl eeeee.
PY SICSH ADO AIL O Ty aee ee ee a eo ee esl ERT Uy 2 ae eee Sh all es Balter les ornare i
ITemrIentarye CHC MLS UR Vasey tetera ere eet, pees su Nerves here glue MN ereseal| Meters a alle tats
Chemisiryelaboratomyeoss ee eee oan laa ee eee eC oe ae|besa eal oe
Geography: |
OV GR WCE ee ee ee pe ae i AN ny BN Ss Son 8 | Bea es eee ae eke PS Sean
INGWaVWiobldldndi@ Ceail aes. o> S23. fae. SS oe are See ease eee Fe | eee el |S a
Central eA Cases see ee eres Oe ent YR aaa en aay eo oe ee Oot eSB eee
84 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION.
| Periods a week by years
Subjects |
I II | Ill IV V
~ pa es ese | B
History: ‘ | |
ATi clent sam me die yall eo cies ae eS aa ON aI Ene eats Aa eee emer re OH |eemaee eet [nN oleae
Moya iol EHaVGl GoyahReranjoro) PIAS oa onda eee ee se eee a tesa eaoue [Seer aes el Perea ERAT Ce
Tne ASOT CAS =f ete a NO ee es Se ae eee ees ee seeeese i tas Be bess ce ah te
Gentral\Aun eri cas S222 noet fees atu els Soe ES ee ee ee ese | een | eee |e ee Bil eesses
Constitution and fundamental laws of Salvador________.____----__--_.--- [ese alioaeene beatae leew ece | 2
NEY US ates oe eae i ae Sale Seal Pes caper snot pe me an yee es ES or | 3 3 Bie eet ss
VBS ae) 0 Veet rs eae aE a a eee a ea Mere | eee | Ces aeons | Eeeec da} 3 3
SCHOO Rye aT GS] © A Crise ee a aie cee ems EN etm en meee rm ear pst nya eS eg | Ae |e eee | sere | 6
GS) recisyrlimn torres NE SN NS OI UR SS ieee PLN rapper a oe 2 m | PX Need | tent ee
AES] © Wale G Ld eaoerict ie aire els pelea eS Nh, Dees pela neon bape sin yap DM £ SPL A ah by ech Spe Noe eh Slee ee | eR PRA eee es
Pinysicalitrainin gees sess aes pM Ee Nira cle Maver ehh nee eee cen 2 2 | 2 2} 2
FN Palle coe renee ae ks cet et RAR at ONC aren NN SO ae reeenerM pena een 28 | 28 | 28);| fo 285 heeo8
A board of secondary education is also created to pass on all tech-
nical questions in this branch of instruction. Its members, who are
appointed by the Minister of Public Instruction, must be educators
of at least 10 years’ experience. It has jurisdiction over secondary
and commercial schools and those training teachers for them, their
inspection, curricula, textbooks, etc. Secondary schools are divided
into three classes—first, those having the complete five-year course;
second, having three years; third, having two years.
f
URUGUAY
NATIONAL DAIRY SCHOOL.—The Council of Industrial Education is
considering the purchase of a factory located in the dairy region of
Colonia for the establishment of a national dairy school. The project
would appear to fill a national demand, since Uruguay imports hun-
dreds of thousands of kilos of cheese annually, though it is a cattle
country, but of its 8,500,000 head of cattle only about 100,000 are
dairy cows.
SCHOOLS TO BE NAMED FOR AMERICAN Repusiics.—The National
Council of Administration in September asked for the President’s
approval of the naming of several schools for the sister Republics of
America. The President replied that he was in favor of this plan,
as several of the American nations had already so honored Uruguay,
and that he believed the naming of schools for American countries
contributed to closer inter-American relations. |
URUGUAYAN SECTION IN Braziuian Liprary.—The Brazilian
Minister to Uruguay informed the Minister of Foreign Relations that
on October 12, 1926, Columbus Day, the Uruguayan section in the
Brazilian National Library at Rio de Janeiro would be placed at the
disposal of the public with appropriate exercises of an international
character. The director of the National Uruguayan Library was
sent to attend the ceremony by the National Council of Administra-
tion of Uruguay. The Uruguayan donation to the national library
LABOR 85
at Rio de Janeiro consists of 1,000 volumes of the best Uruguayan
works of history, literature, social science and other subjects, and
several collections of important reviews and magazines.
VENEZUELA
ScHooL or PHARMACY.—On September 16, 1926, the School of
Pharmacy of the University of Caracas began its tenth year of
instruction. It was founded as a separate entity on July 5, 1916, but
upon the reorganization of the university it was incorporated into
that institution and now functions in the university building, having
well-equipped laboratories and a good library at its disposal. Its
course of study, similar to that of other schools of pharmacy, includes
physics, chemistry, mineralogy, pharmaceutical botany, zoology,
Galenic pharmacy, hydrology, chemical pharmacy, toxicology, materia
medica, and pharmaceutical legislation. The total enrollment has
been 62, registered as follows: First course (1917), 23 students;
second course (1920), 22 students; third course (1921), 10 students;
and fourth course (1924), 7 students.
— Since by recent legislation no one who does not have a degree from
or approved by this institution can legally practice pharmacy in
Venezuela, the university is destined to play a greater part in the
national life of the future, and its graduates will find a wide field and
successful career awaiting them.
BOLIVIA
LABOR LAWS IN OPERATION.—The labor laws promulgated in 1924,
notwithstanding the radical innovations that they mean for the
industry of the country, are stated by Bolivia to be working in a satis-
factory way. The law of January 17, 1924, which provides for ade-
quate compensation for workers in case of accidents, is being com-
plied with by all the mining companies. During the month of June,
1926, the Bureau of Labor received reports of 165 cases, which were
disposed of as follows: Nine cases permanently incapacitated, 74 tem-
porarily incapacitated, 42 without grounds, and 40 cases under
investigation.
Besides this law two others were enacted in 1924, one establishing
the eight-hour day and regulating working conditions, while the
other established compulsory insurance for workers.
86 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION
ECUADOR
Bureau or Lasor Inspection.—In accordance with the decree
creating the Bureau of Labor Inspection, regulations have been issued
from which the following extracts are taken: “This bureau shall be
under the administration of a general board of inspectors and five
other inspectors, one for each of the five zones into which the territory
of the Republic shall be divided for the purpose of this law. This
bureau, which was created for the express purpose of enforcing labor
laws and decrees relating to labor conditions and for the protection
of laborers, will also undertake to promote the development of in-
dustries and increase production by stimulating the interest of work-
men in their particular work.”
MEXICO
EUROPEAN LABOR LEADERS visI?T Mrexico.—A party of 12 or more
prominent labor leaders from England, Holland, Switzerland, Sweden,
and Poland visited Mexico last October, where they held conferences
with Senor Luis N. Morones, Secretary of Labor, and with other
leaders in the Mexican labor movement. They were received by
President Calles, and most hospitably entertained, being taken to
many points of interest in and near Mexico City. The party included
Mr. John W. Brown, secretary of the International Federation of
Trade Unions of Amsterdam, and other officials of that organization.
ARGENTINA
BaBy weEEK.—The Ninth Annual Baby Week in Buenos Aires
began on October 4, 1926. The Mothers’ Club, which established
baby week, devotes this time to instruction to mothers on the care
of children with exhibitions of model household arrangements, lay-
ettes, diet charts, and necessities for the care of children, as well as
examples of the wrong treatment and equipment.
CHEAP HOUSING.—In response to a questionnaire of the housing
commission, it was shown that all the occupants of houses in the
Juan F. Cafferata subdivision of Buenos Aires desired to own their
houses under the provisions of article 4 of law 9677, but that they
wanted the 5 per cent annual amortization reduced to 1 per cent—
that is, that monthly payments should total 4 per cent annually on
SOCIAL PROGRESS S87
the real cost of the house, 3 per cent being interest and 1 per cent
amortization, instead of 8 per cent in all, since 4 per cent offered
fewer difficulties to the tenant and would-be owner. ‘The commission
will regard householders as tenants until the change is made in the
law reducing the payments or until they are able to make the pay-
ments required for ownership.
Joint ARGENTINE-URUGUAYAN PrpiaTric CoNFERENCE.—The
Argentine Pediatric Society held a joint meeting with a group of
members of the Pediatric Society of Montevideo, who came to Buenos
Aires on September 20, 1926, for that purpose. The Uruguayan
delegation, which was headed by Dr. Luis Morquio, director of the
International American Institute of Child Welfare, visited the
Children’s Hospital and other hospitals of Buenos Aires. The
sessions were of great interest, as the discussions covered a wide
range of subjects.
ARGENTINE Rep Cross SENDS AID TO Paracuay.—The Argentine
Red Cross sent aid in the form of medicines, clothing, supplies, and
funds to Villa Encarnaci6n, Paraguay, which suffered great destruc-
tion and loss of life last September from a cyclone which wrecked an
area of 30 blocks in the business section of the city. The Argentine
city of Posadas, across the river, also sent over aid and relief parties.
BOLIVIA
ScHOLARSHIP FoR Rep Cross NursE.—The Bolivian Red Cross
recently called a meeting of young women members of the associa-
tion in La Paz, to take examinations in order to qualify for the nursing
scholarship offered by the League of Red Cross Societies of Paris,
under the following conditions: Applicants must be between the ages
of 18 and 25; they must have a certificate of good health and be
Bolivian citizens; they must also have a working knowledge of French
and have passed at least the third year of secondary instruction.
The winner of this scholarship will proceed to Paris and enter a
training school for nurses for a period of two years, passing after-
wards to London for a post-graduate course of one year. ‘The stu-
dent, after completing the whole course and receiving her diploma,
shall return to Bolivia and become the director of the Training School
for Nurses of the Bolivian Red Cross.
BRAZIL
CHILDREN’S Day.—A decree of the federal and municipal govern-
ments set October 12 for the celebration of Children’s Day in Rio
de Janeiro. Plans included masses in the churches, free entrance for
children to motion-picture theaters, which showed films for children,
special exercises in the asylums and child-welfare institutions, a Boy
SS THE PAN AMERICAN UNION
Scout drill for school children, a parade of scouts, naval cadets, stu-
dents from the boys’ asylum and other institutions, football games,
and other festivities.
Rep Cross INFIRMARY FOR WOMEN AND CHILDREN.—A Red Cross
infirmary for children was opened by the Brazilian Red Cross on
September 28, 1926, in the Red Cross Medical and Surgical Institute
in Rio de Janeiro. The children’s ward has 20 beds. <A ward for
women was also opened in the institute at the same time. The chil-
dren’s section is named the Affonso Penna Ward and the women’s
section the Miguel Calmon Ward, after two eminent Government
officials who are members of the Red Cross.
Rep Cross SENDS AID IN DISASTER.—The Brazilian Red Cross
sent aid to the Paraguayan Red Cross for the victims of the disaster
caused by the tornado which destroyed part of the city of Villa
Encarnacion in the neighboring Republic.
CHILE
TuspercuLosis Wrex.—The week of September 12 to 18, 1926,
was set apart in Chile for the study of tuberculosis in its various
aspects and for special instruction in the schools of the nation as to
preventive methods. Many popular lectures, illustrated with slides
and films, were given by well-known physicians before labor unions
and other organizations; thousands of posters were displayed and
pamphlets distributed throughout the Republic; school children were
provided with illustrated post cards bearing brief lessons on tuber-
culosis, these post cards being colored and then mailed to friends in
other towns; the normal schools held a story-writing contest on themes
related to tuberculosis; and El Mercurio, of Santiago, broadcast a
series of radio talks on the subject of the week.
Physicians, teachers, and social workers from all parts of the coun-
try assembled in Santiago for the conference arranged in connection
with Tuberculosis Week, which included not only addresses under
each of the three sections—medicine, surgery, and social welfare—
but also visits to hospitals and sanatoriums. The President of the
Republic honored the opening session with his presence. It was
voted to hold a similar conference next year in Valparaiso in con-
nection with Tuberculosis Week.
The initiative for this effective means of propaganda among both
physicians and laymen against a dread disease which takes an annual
toll of 44 lives out of each 10,000 inhabitants was taken by the
Chilean Pediatrie Society, which a year ago intrusted to one of its
members the investigation of tuberculosis in childhood. From the
results of this study arose the conviction of the necessity of pro-
moting the proper organization of the campaign against tuberculosis,
of popularizing the knowledge of its prophylaxis among the people,
SOCIAL PROGRESS 89
of affording the latest scientific knowledge to the members of the
medical profession, and of amplifying the work already carried on by
the Chilean Antituberculosis League, the Women’s Antituberculosis
Association, the Center of Propaganda Against Tuberculosis, and-
other organizations and hospitals.
Hovusine.—The Superior Council of Social Welfare, in applying
the law by which the Government makes loans in aid of inexpensive
houses, has decided that in order to assist the most needy classes
permits for loans shall require that 75 per cent of houses erected on
plots of land costing less than 50 pesos a square meter shall be priced
at 18,000 pesos or less, and that when the land costs over 50 pesos a
square meter 50 per cent of the houses shall have this price. Further-
more, all loans will be canceled if the construction for which they are
destined is not begun within 60 days after the loan is granted. (The
Chilean peso equals $0.121.)
Lecacy To HospiTaL.—The will of Sefiora Mercedes Valdés de
Barros Luco, recently deceased, whose late husband, Sefior Ramén
Barros Luco, was President of the Republic, made the hospital in
Santiago named after him her residuary legatee.
BrTTER BABIES CONTEST.—As an interesting part of the national
holiday celebration in September the city of Santiago awarded prizes
to babies under 1 year old who reached a certain standard of health
and physical development, according to their age in months.
COLOMBIA
New REVIEW.—Since last August a new monthly review is being
published in Medellin, edited by a group of ladies of that city. This
magazine is entitled Letras y Encajes, and is devoted primarily to
the interests of women in their homes, with some attention to the
fields of art and literature. The proceeds from the sale of the maga-
zine will go toward helping to build the maternity ward in the St.
Vincent de Paul Hospital of Medellin.
Visit oF VENEZUELAN LEPER SPECIALIST.—Last September Doctor
Benchetrit, director of the Leper Hospital of Cabo Blanco, Vene-
zuela, and a specialist on this disease, arrived in Bogota to study
leprosy in Colombia. Doctor Benchetrit will visit the leper hospitals
and consult with the attending physicians on the best means for
treating the patients suffering from this terrible affliction.
COSTA RICA
SANITARY ENGINEERING FELLOWSHIP.—Information has been re-
ceived that Don Manuel Séenz, a civil engineer of San José, has
accepted the fellowship offered by the Rockefeller Foundation for
specialization in the field of sanitary engineering. The Assistant
90 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION |
Secretary of Hygiene considers that such an officer will render in-
valuable service to the country, especially in the solution of the
problem of pure drinking water for San José.
APPROPRIATION FOR ORPHANS’ HOME.—On August 16, 1926, the
expenditure of 15,000 colones for the erection of a new building for
the orphans’ home in Alajuela received governmental authorization.
CUBA
EDUCATIONAL INSTITUTION FOR THE BLIND.—A group of men
prominent in Cuban official life met in the National Red Cross
Building in Habana on October 7 for the purpose of organizing an
educational institute for the blind. The meeting was held at the
suggestion of Professor Las Heras, himself a blind man. An organ-
ization was constituted to establish a home called Casa del Trabajo
Para Ciegos, where the blind will be given vocational training and
prepared to earn their living. <A board of directors was chosen, of
which the President of the Republic, General Machado, was appointed
honorary president; Sefor José Emilio Obregén, president; Sefior
Alberto Barreras, treasurer, and Sefior Francisco Johanet, secretary.
The institution will be administered by a council composed of one
representative each from the Ministries of Public Instruction,
Agriculture and Commerce, Sanitation and Charities, both the civil
government of the Province of Habana and the municipality of
Habana, and the National Red Cross; two citizens interested in the
welfare of the blind, and two members appointed by the International
Committee for the Blind. The institution will be supported by
legacies, donations, and government subsidies, and by the proceeds
from the sale of articles made by the residents in the home.
HospITaL IMPROVEMENTS.—The Secretary of Public Works has
appointed a committee of alienists to study, from a scientifie point
of view, conditions in the hospital for the insane in Mazorra for the
purpose of making any improvements that may be necessary.
Plans have been completed by the Secretary of Sanitarion and
Public Charities for extensive additions to the San Lazaro leper
hospital. The amount to be spent on this work reaches the sum of
$50,000. Four large pavilions costing $10,000 each, a laboratory,
and a house for a resident physician will be constructed. (Cuban
Department of State.)
Disasters AND Rep Cross RELIEF.—Both the Cuban and the
American Red Cross have had occasion in the last few months to
show the value of their organizations in time of great disaster. After
the recent hurricane in Florida Dr. Francisco Maria Fernandez, the
Cuban Secretary of Health, commissioned by the President of the
Republic, General Machado, went to Miami, Fla., to render assist-
ance in the devastated region, being accompanied by General Varona,
SOCIAL PROGRESS O91
president of the Cuban Red Cross, which contributed a large sum of
money for the relief work. President Machado himself donated 400
beds for the wounded, which were immediately put into use. Not
long afterwards the American Red Cross had the opportunity to
show its good will toward the Cuban people when Habana and
other parts of Cuba were severely damaged by the hurricane of
October 20, 1926, and many persons injured and killed. On this
occasion the American Red Cross sent contributions to Cuba total-
ing $100,000. National headquarters also forwarded individual
contributions besides clothing, which was donated in considerable
quantities.
DOMINICAN REPUBLIC
Mepicat society.—The Dominican Medical Association was
created at a recent meeting held in the Municipal Library of Santo
Domingo. The following board was appointed: President, Dr. P. E.
de Marchena; first, second, and third vice presidents, Dr. L. E.
Aybar, Dr. Arturo Grullén, and Dr. Viriato A. Fiallo, respectively ;
and corresponding secretary, Dr. F. Raymond.
ECUADOR
Pusiic Batus.—The municipality of Quito has provided that
city with a number of public baths and showers for both men and
women.
GUATEMALA.
ANNUAL REPORT OF THE GENERAL Hospitau.—A report for the
year 1925 was recently issued by the General Hospital of Guatemala
City. It stated that:
During the year 4,238 men and 4,739 women were cared for by the institution
of whom only 626, or about 6 per cent, died, a percentage sufficiently low when it
is taken into consideration that many came for relief when it was too late.
The free dispensary in its departments of general consultation, surgery, in-
jections, gynecology, electricity, and physiotherapy, gave more than 11,193 treat-
ments, not including the 18,004 injections which were made and the 7,560 treat-
ments and minor operations effected by the surgical department. The dental
department made 2,800 extractions, gave 298 anaesthetics, cleaned teeth, and
gave 23 treatments.
The woman’s hospital, a spacious, well-ventilated building of 10 rooms be-
sides the operating room, was inaugurated last June. On the same day a com-
plete laundry containing washing machines, drying room, ironers, a sterilization
oven, and an electric generator of 45 horsepower was put into use.
New equipment was added to the X-ray department last year, and the labora-
tory now has at its disposal everything necessary for lending efficient and prompt
aid to the medical staff.
In the annex of the hospital cases of any contagious disease are received.
During this year a hall in the men’s section, two treatment rooms, and baths
were added. <A total of 648 were treated in this section during 1925, 462 being
02 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION
discharged, 121 dying, and 65 being still under treatment at the end of the year.
An insane asylum, a home for the indigent and infirm, and Piedad Refuge were
also under the direction of the General Hospital.
A total of 29,038 pesos was contributed by commercial houses and private
individuals interested in the work.
MEXICO
SeventH Latin-AmMerRIcAN Mepicat Coneress.—The organizing
committee for this congress, which will be held in Mexico City be-
ginning March 15, 1927, is composed of the following: President,
Dr. Manuel Gea Gonzalez; vice president, Dr. Fernando Ocaranza;
secretary, Dr. Eliseo Ramirez; treasurer, Dr. Gonzalo Castafieda;
and some additional members. Among the subjects which the com-
mittee has placed on the program are campaigns against diphtheria,
scarlet fever, measles, tuberculosis, cancer, and leprosy.
First CentraL AMERICAN GAMES.—A group of 14 Guatemalan
athletes and of nearly 100 from Cuba arrived in Mexico last October
to compete in the first Central American games, which were formally
opened on Columbus Day by President Calles, ‘‘for the good of Span-
ish-American youth,” after the participating athletes had taken the
Olympic oath before the vast audience filling the national stadium in
Mexico City. The baseball! and basket-ball games, tennis, shooting
and swimming matches, and track and field events went on until the
lst of November in the midst of great enthusiasm. In the track and
field events Mexico was victor, taking 177 points to the 119 of Cuba
and 16 of Guatemala. Cuba won two of the shooting matches and
Mexico two; Mexican teams showed superior prowess in basket ball,
tennis, and swimming, while Cuba came out ahead in baseball, fencing,
and sword and saber play.
NICARAGUA
Rep Cross AND OTHER ASSOCIATIONS.—The women of Managua
have formed several associations for the alleviation of suffering and
want during the last few months. The Red Cross is organized in
Managua under the presidency of Dofia Berta de Solis, who is also
president of the women’s committee which established the free milk
station and baby clinic (Gota de Leche).
The Green Cross Society was recently started in Managua by a
group of men and women to send food, clothes, and comforts to the
troops in the field. The president of this association is Dofia Las-
tenia de Chamorro.
The White Cross, organized during the same period, was estab-
lished to aid poor and uneducated political prisoners. The president
of this society is Dofia Felicitas de Cabrera.
SOCIAL PROGRESS 93
PANAMA
Rep Cross camp FOR Boys.—Miss Enriqueta Morales, of the
Panama Red Cross, conducted a two weeks’ camp for 40 poor boys
on Taboga Island, where during the latter part of September they
enjoyed a care-free existence, with no anxiety about food or shelter.
PARAGUAY
PUBLIC MEDICAL SERVICE.—According to the official Quarterly
Statistical Bulletin of Paraguay for the first three months of 1926, a
total of 789 cases were treated in the national hospital in Asuncién
during that time. Of these patients, itis reported that 71 died, while
664 were discharged as cured. The report of the public dispensaries
service showed that 4,978 consultations had been held, 2,813 treat-
ments given, 664 first-aid applications rendered, 1,151 visits made to
homes, and 15,033 prescriptions given.
PERU
NatTIonaL ANTIVENEREAL LEAGUE.—The Government has decreed
the establishment of this league as a social welfare and beneficent
organization, the object being to fight prostitution, give assistance
and legal protection to young girlsywho have been seduced and
abandoned, to look after minors who are exposed to vice and corrup-
tion, and finally to teach the prophylaxis of veneral diseases. The
league will be directed by a central committee, which will appoint
departmental committees to act as branch organizations of the cen-
tral committee in the respective Departments. The central com-
mittee will prepare the rules and regulations under which the league
will operate and submit them to the Government for approval.
LEAGUE AGAINST CANCER.—The Surgical Society of Peru initiated
some time ago a campaign against cancer, creating for this purpose
a permanent committee composed of Dr. Juan José Mostajo, Dr.
Constantino J. Carvallo, and Ricardo Palma. This committee, after
a careful study of the very serious and important problem presented
by the ravages of this dread disease, decided in favor of creating an
anticancer league, which was accordingly officially organized on Sep-
tember 11, 1926. Some of the work proposed by the league is to
open dispensaries in several of the hospitals in Lima where
cancer patients may be examined and classified, and to establish
in the hospitals special wards for cancer patients until a special
cancer hospital is built. Visiting nurses will also be provided to
visit patients in their homes and see that they follow the instruc-
tions given by the attending physician and watch the results of the
treatment prescribed.
20979—26}—Bull. 1—_—7
Q4 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION
URUGUAY
CouURSE FOR VOLUNTEER CASE WORKERS.—The Uruguayan Asso-
ciation for the Protection of Childhood on September 24 opened a
course in child hygiene for volunteer social visitors. The course
consists of 18 lessons and three visits to child-welfare establishments
where practical demonstration is given of the practices taught in the
lectures.
LEcTURES ON HOME NuURSING.—For the benefit of its chentele the
Sanatorium for Working Women in Montevideo will again conduct
a lecture class in home care of the sick.
CHILDREN’S Hosprrat.—The Children’s Hospital in Minas was to
be opened in September, due to the constant labor of Dr. Tula
Rovira de Ricci, a woman physician. Through its milk station and
baby clinic the hospital will become part of the National Charity
Department.
SOCIAL HYGIENE LECTURES BY Dr. Pautina Lutsi.—In the middle
of September Dr. Paulina Luisi, a famous Uruguayan feminist and
member of a League of Nations committee, began a course of lectures
on social hygiene for the students of the Girls’ Normal School in
Montevideo. These lectures are illustrated with motion pictures and
models furnished by the Prophylactic Institute which demonstrate
the ravages caused by social diseases.
WoMAN SCHOOL PHysSICIAN.—Upon the recommendation of the
National Council of Primary and Normal Education, the Ministry
of Public Education appointed Dr. Maria Armand Ugon as phys'-
cian of the School Medical Corps and also as instructor in child
welfare in the Girls’ Normal Institute. The appointment was made
on July 22, 1926, after Dr. Armand Ugén had passed a competitive
examination.
ARGENTINE-URUGUAYAN PEDIATRIC MEETING.— see page 87.
BOLIVIA
NEW PUBLICATION ON Bonivia.—The BULLETIN is indebted to the
consul general in New York, Sefior Alberto Palacios, for the receipt
of a very interesting magazine entitled Bolivia, published by that
consulate. This publication will appear quarterly, and is designed
primarily to present in a concrete form commercial information, sta-
GENERAL NOTES O5
tistics, official regulations, and new legislation in this sister Republic,
which is to-day making notable progress in many directions.
BRAZIL
New CaBINnet oFFicers.—On October 14, 1926, the Jornal do
Commercio, the official organ of the Government, announced that
Dr. Washington Luis, the recently elected President of Brazil, had
chosen the following Cabinet: Minister of Foreign Affairs, Deputy
Octavio Mangabeira; Minister of Justice and Interior, Dr. Vianna
do Castello; Minister of Finance, Dr. Getulio Vargas; Minister of
Transportation and Public Works, Deputy Victor Konder; Minister
of Agriculture, Dr. Lyra Castro; Minister of War, Brig. Gen. Nestor
Sezefredo Passos; and Minister of Marine, Admiral Pinto da Luz.
CHILE
“Br Mercurio” REACHES A RIPE OLD AGE.—El Mercurio, of
Santiago, celebrated on September 12, 1926, 99 years of existence,
when Sefior Agustin Edwards, president of El Mercurio Publishing
Co., Sefior Carlos Silva Vildésola, the editor, and Senor Alfredo
Brisefio, the manager, and the employees and operatives of the
newspaper joined in a birthday celebration. To this highly respected
colleague, to whom the BuLLETIN is indebted for much of the infor-
mation on Chile which it passes on to its readers, we present our
sincere congratulations and best wishes for many more years of useful
life.
CUBA
First Pan American Conecress or Music.—An organizing
committee has been named and plans are being perfected for the
First Pan American Congress of Music which will be held in Habana
beginning February 15, 1928, under the auspices of the National
Academy of Arts and Letters. The secretary of the organizing
committee is Sefior Eduardo Sanchez de Fuentes.
Maine Monument.—In view of the damage done by the recent
hurricane to the monument erected in Habana in honor of the vic-
tims of the Maine, the Spanish-American War veterans, at a recent
meeting in St. Petersburg passed a resolution agreeing to contribute
toward the reconstruction of this monument. This resolution was
forwarded to President Machado, who replied thanking the vet-
erans for their kind offer, but stating at the same time that he
claimed for Cuba the privilege of rebuilding, without foreign aid,
this sacred memorial intrusted to the Cuban people.
DOMINICAN REPUBLIC
APPROPRIATION FOR CoLumBus LigHTrHousE.—At its session on
October 29, 1926, the Congress of the Dominican Republic voted an
96 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION ~
appropriation of $300,000 toward the erection of the Columbus
Lighthouse, which is expected to be one of: the world’s great
lights.
Broapcasting.—The first radio concert broadcast in Santo
Domingo was put on the air under the auspices of the Radio Tele-
graphic Service on September 21 last from station H-I-one-C, property
of the Radio Club of Santo Domingo. This station has a wave
length of 300 meters and 20-watt transmitting power.
ECUADOR
NeEWSPAPER.—A new daily newspaper is soon to appear in Guaya-
quil u»der the name of El Diario Independiente, under the auspices of
the Universal Publishing Co.
GUATEMALA
CELEBRATION OF ANNIVERSARY.—On September 15, 1926, the
one hundred and fifth anniversary of the proclamation of the inde-
pendence of Central America was celebrated in Guatemala. Notable
events taking place in Guatemala City on that and the following day
were the inauguration of the Central Bank, the Psychological Experi-
mental Laboratory in the National Central Young Men’s Institute,
and the seismological station.
HONDURAS
Datu oF Dr. Poticarpo Bonitta—Dr. Policarpo Bonilla, ex-
President of the Republic, and former commander general of the
Honduran Army, died in New Orleans on September 12, 1926. <A
period of national mourning was declared and the funeral honors of
a President given to this honored citizen.
PERU
Fuicgut From Lima to ARreEQuipA.—A short time ago the first
direct flight with a passenger between Lima and Arequipa was made
by Pilot E. Faucett. The flight was accomplished in a little over six
hours, with one stop en route, at Pisco, for fuel. The distance is
about 775 kilometers, or 470 miles. This flight was arranged by the
West Coast Leader in order to announce the international edition of
that review which will appear early in 1927.
NAVAL BASE.—On September 26, 1926, the naval base recently
constructed on the island of San Lorenzo was officially inaugurated.
GENERAL NOTES Q7
URUGUAY
VISIT OF TOURISTS.—On October 15, 1926, a group of 300 Bra-
zilian excursionists arrived in Montevideo for a five days’ sight-
seeing tour. This is the first time that an organized group of tourists
from Brazil have visited the city.
First exurpit.—The First Annual Open Art Exhibit of Uruguay
was held in Montevideo from October 12 to October 30, 1926, with
a number of well-known artists contributing.
REPORTS RECEIVED TO NOVEMBER 15, 1926
ry
* Subject | Date Author
|
|
BOLIVIA |
1926
Trade information. concerning Bolivia____...------_------=--=--- Sept. 30 | Edwin Schoenfeld, consul at
La Paz.
BRAZIL
Acriculturein the State of Amazomas_- 22-22-22 52__--_ "2" == Sept. 15 | George E. Seltzer, vice con-
sul at Manaos.
ivestocksineStaterot Amazonas 222-2 22a seen eee ee enaee ee Sept. 17 Do.
Commerce and industries of consular district of Manaos for Sept. 20 Do.
quarter ended June 30, 1926.
heyBrazilnutain dustry Amazon asea== sae ee Sept. 27 Do.
Budget of the State of Ceara, fiscal year 1926__-..-.-----_-------|--- dona Nathaniel P. Davis, consul
at Pernambuco.
Radio-equipment exhibition at Pernambuco, first week in De- | Oct. 2 Do.
cember, 1926.
Prices of cotton during the month of September, 1926____-------- == 6s Do.
Mining regulations in the State of Bahia_--.--.----------------- _--do____-| Allan Dawson, vice consul in
charge, at Bahia.
Declared exports from Bahia to the United States during Sep- | Oct. 5 Do.
tember, 1926.
Declared "exports from Manaos for first nine months of 1926___-_- Oct. 7 | George E. Seltzer.
Maborackhviiiesnnes 20rballl Ome = =e en eee eee Oct. 8 | Walter C. Thurston, consul
at Sao Paulo.
Crop prospects in Brazil during last 10 days of September, 1926__| Oct. 9 | Digby A. Willson, consul in
charge at Rio de Janeiro.
Review of Brazilian commerce and industries for month of Sep- | Oct. 11 | Do.
tember, 1926. }
The Sao Paulo-Rio de Janeiro highway__.___-------------------- Oct. 14 | Walter C. Thurston.
Portland cement being manufactured in Sao Paulo, a new and e220 052= | Herndon W. Goforth, consul
important industry. on detail, Sao Paulo.
Silkworm culture in Campinas, Sao Paulo---------------------- Oct. 18 | Walter C. Thurston.
Imports of automobile tires through Santos in 1925_~_-_-------_- Oct. .20 Do.
Activities in Sao Paulo of the Rockefeller Foundation---------_- Oct. 23 Do.
COLOMBIA
Articles imported into Buenaventura during May, 1926_----___- Oct. 8) Charles Froman, consul at
Buenaventura.
Exports at Buenaventura for September, 1926____.--.-.--------- Octet Do.
Articles imported during July and June, 1926_____--------------- ward Ones Do.
COSTA RICA
Import and export statistics, for the year 1925___...._.-..------- Oct. 18 | Roderick W. Unckles, vice
consul at San Jose.
Review of commerce and industries, Port Limon district, for | Oct. 19 | Thomas J. Maleady, vice
quarter ended Sept. 30, 1926. consul at Port Limon.
CUBA
Extent and ownership of Cuban sugar centrals-_--------------_- Oct. 18 | Carlton Bailey Hurst, con-
sul general at Habana.
Review of commerce and industries for September, 1926__-_____- me OO=s2== Do.
Review of commerce and industries of Nuevitas consular district, | Oct. 22 | Lawrence P. Briggs, consul
quarter ended Sept. 30, 1926. at Nuevitas.
Sale of electric street car line in Matanzas ----------------------- Oct. 28 | Augustus Ostertag, vice con-
sul at Matanzas.
DOMINICAN REPUBLIC
Review of commerce and industries for third quarter of 1926----| Oct. 5 | James J. Murphy, jr., consul
' at Santo Domingo.
New British oil company preparing to enter the Republic-___--- Oct. 15 Do.
Review of business conditions in consular district, quarter ended |__-do____.. W. A. Bickers, consul at
Sept. 30, 1926. | Puerto Plata.
The tobacco CLOPLO LM COMSU Ara GHLS Gia Cie ee ree med Quaces Do.
ECUADOR
September 1926 report on commerce and industries of Ecuador__| Oct. 13 | Harold D. Clum, consul in
| charge, Guayaquil.
HAITI
|
Review of the commerce and industries of Haiti, quarter ended | Oct. 11 | Winthrop R. Scott, consul
Sept. 30, 1926.
98
at Cape Haitien.
SUBJECT MATTER
OF CONSULAR REPORTS Q9
Reports received to November 15, 1926—Continued
Subject Date
NICARAGUA
1926
Review of commerce and industries, quarter ended Sept. 30, 1926-| Oct. 11
A commercial and economic survey of Nicaragua_--_-_------------]} Noy. 11
|
|
PANAMA
September 1926 report on commerce and industries, and proposed | Oct. 10
immigration law.
VENEZUELA
Review of commerce and industries for quarter ended Sept. 30, | Oct. 13
1926. |
Rotary Club of Caracas installed Oct. 4, 1926.-________---------| Oct. 15
Operations of oil companies in Maracaibo Lake basin, during , Oct. 16
July, August, and September, 1926. |
Review of business conditions in Puerto Cabello district, quarter | Oct. 18
ended Sept. 30, 1926. |
Production and distribution of coffee in Maracaibo district Or | | Oct. 26
quarter ending Sept. 30, 1926.
Author
A.J. MeConnico, consul at
Bluefields.
Harold Playter, consul at
Corinto, and A.J. McCon-
nico, Bluefields.
H. D. Myers, vice consul at
Panama City.
Alexander K. Sloan, consu
at Maracaibo.
Arthur R. Williams, vice
consul in charge, at Cara-
cas.
Alexander K. Sloan.
George R. Phelan, vice con-
sul at Puerto Cahello.
Alexander K. Sloan.
New Cuban Ambassador to the United States__-_______-_______ | See ae
Summary of Archaeological Work in the Americas in 1926______________
I. Workin the United States.
By A. V. Kidder, Phillips Academy, Andover, Mass.
II. In South America.
By J. Alden Mason, University of Pennsylvania Museum.
III. In Mexico and Central America.
By 8. G. Morley, Carnegie Institution of Washington.
The Second Pan American Postal Congress in Mexico Be SS
By Eugene R. White, Superintendent, Division of Foreign Mails, U. 8. Post Office Dene
ment, Delegate to the Second Pan American Postal Congress.
Financing of Roads and Sale of American Automobiles and other Manu-
FACtUBS SSM AT Pe Tit Va eee es eee Fs oe Ste RE regs oe Deyn ee ee
By Alejandro E. Bunge, Member of Editorial Committee, ‘‘ Revista de Economia Argentina.”’
ChilevSolves* Her Housing=Proplems = 225s ees
National Student Federation of the United States of America.____________
By Heloise Brainerd, Chief of the Division of Education of the Pan American Union.
hem Wii tes © 0 allio te BS rt ee Sea ee a a UE LN Us eR epg ll
By Ildefonso Escobar, Military and Civil Engineer, Rio de Janeiro.
Mothers: DayeinelatineAmencaes- = = een ee a ee eee
I. Peru.
II. Venezuela.
lonchiGmAEN| Aes USE YOlbbNES bn OirRibieh ys es oe ee ee
IY (SB SPE 0d OE Ip ONS ete a teh I a eee eg near ee ae SR oa
By Jessica Nelson North.
PracticalyAidito) ban) American) Libraries= ===" 92 22 Sees ee
By Joao Castaldi, Special Commissioner for Brazil and Argentina to the Press Congress of
the World, Director of the Daily, ‘‘A Capital,” Sdo Paulo, Brazil.
School of Tropical Medicine, University of Porto Rico._________________
By Edith M. Irvine-Rivera, Managing Editor, Porto Rico Health Review.
Asricultunes indus tryae an de © omic e meee ee eee ee
Argentina—Bolivia—Brazil—Chile—Colombia—Costa Rica—Cuba—Dominican Republic—
Ecuador—Guatemala— Haiti— Honduras — Mexico — Nicaragua — Panama — Paraguay—
Peru—Salvador—Uruguay.
LOOMOTUe Orncl rons OIEN| Jey a eee
Colombia—Ecuador—Salvador—Uruguay.
DGS SHS) EB Op ai pe tere a, MEO eae seed ee eo ay ae Cone nd Nl A pe I eR a es
Argentina—Brazil—M exico—Nicaragua— Panama—Salvador—Uruguay— Venezuela.
Intermationalalre ate sesc ee epee coe te etree eee elie roe tie anys ee
Argentina-Paraguay—Brazil-Uruguay—Colombia-Panama.
IPM NKO INN eMC HOM HinGl Chon 2 ee ee
Argentina—Bolivia—Brazil—Chile—Colombia—Costa Rica—Cuba—Dominican Republic—
Ecuador—Guatemala— Haiti— Honduras — Mexico — Nicaragua — Panama — Paraguay—
Salvador—Uruguay—Venezuela.
Dominican Republic—Mexico—Paraguay—Peru.
SOCTAIGE TO TCS Sessa ae eee a eee aie Sh eS See ae Sarin a ua Ra oa
Argentina—Bolivia—Brazil—Colombia—Costa Rica—Cuba—Dominican Republic—Ecua-
dor — Guatemala — Haiti — Honduras— Mexico—Nicaragua— Paraguay— Peru— Uruguay—
Venezuela.
Geeme rail te meee ce elope le ae aes Ie ee ea cole sae
Argentina—Colombia—Costa Rica—Cuba—Honduras— Mexico—Uruguay— Venezuela.
Subjects Matteniot i ConsullareR ep ort s meee ee ee ee
151
159
162
164
168
179
202
205
ONO
o
CANOES
Photograph by Harris & Ewing
HIS EXCELLENCY DR. ORESTES FERRARA
New Ambassador Extraordinary and Plenipotentiary of Cuba to the United States
aw aie
aLe~ TR eers DVSsewsys PR wal S27ereosts Gm Wan
VOL. LXI FEBRUARY, 1927 No. 2
NEW CUBAN AMBAS.
SADOR TO THE UNITED
PARES 3 oe
ARLY in December of the year just closed, the distinguished
Cuban statesman and publicist, Dr. Orestes Ferrara, arrived
in Washington to assume the duties of his position as Ambas-
sador Extraordinary and Plenipotentiary before the United
States Government, being officially received at the White House by
the Chief Executive on the 21st of that month.
It is to be noted that when the President of Cuba transmitted the
appointment of Doctor Ferrara to the Cuban Senate, the latter not
only confirmed it by unanimous vote but placed itself on record in a
motion, dated November 22, which is eloquent of the esteem in which
the new ambassador is held by his compatriots, and which in part.
reads as follows:
The message which has just been read is transmitted to inform us of the des-
ignation of the new Ambassador from our Republic to the United States of
America, an appointment which, because of the exceptional circumstances it
implies and the wisdom of confiding a position of such high patriotic resposibility
to a fellow-citizen of such outstanding qualities as Dr. Orestes Ferrara, well merits
the attention of this senatorial body. Devoted and increasingly fruitful worker
as Doctor Ferrara has been in every field of intellectual activity: University pro-
fessor and publicist, legislator and statesman, League of Nations official, arbi-
trator of recognized authority in continental problems, ex-president of one of our
legislative chambers—none of these other titles so distinguishes him, none of these
honors so profoundly demonstrates the Cuban people’s recognition of his heroic
cooperation in the founding of this Republic, and the untiring constancy, the
generous thought and noble objectives which have characterized his life.
101
102 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION
The new Ambassador first saw the light of day in the picturesque city
of Naples whence, while still in early youth, he removed to Cuba in
which, as his adopted country, he has since made his permanent home. °
Shortly after his arrival, the war for Cuban independence began, where-
upon Doctor Ferrara unhesitatingly cast his lot with the revolutionary
party, joining the group of patriotic youth whose headquarters were
then in New York. Just as soon as the struggle reached the fighting
stage, the youthful Ferrara enrolled himself in the army of General
MA4ximo Gomez, where he was distinguished by his daring initiative
and unfaltering courage, having attained at the victorious close of the
war the rank of colonel in the Cuban Army.
Directly after the proclamation of independence in 1898 by the
treaty of Paris, Doctor Ferrara entered the University of Habana,
there to complement courses already taken in the Universities of
Naples, Rome, Geneva, and Lausanne, obtaining the degree of Doctor
of Laws. His marriage with Sefiorita Luisa Sanchez, member of an old
and distinguished Cuban family, followed shortly afterward.
During his brilliant political career Doctor Ferrara has rendered in-
valuable service to his country in such important posts as that of
secretary of state in the Province of Santa Clara, as a member of the
chamber of deputies of that same Province, as Cuba’s representative
in the Council of the League of Nations, and as Ambassador on Special
Mission in the inauguration of the actual President of Brazil. He is
also well known as a journalist and essayist of recognized merit not
only in Cuba but in the wider field of Hispanic American letters. He
was also the founder and director of El Heraldo de Cuba and, later on,
of La Reforma Social. Moreover he occupied for some time the impor-
tant chair of law and jurisprudence in the University of Habana.
Upon presenting his credentials, the new ambassador took occasion
to make it clear that the policy of the Government he represents is that
of maintaining the cordially friendly relations now existing between
the United States and Cuba, and of developing in increasing degree the
most intimate cooperation between the two peoples through better
understanding, a mutually increasing confidence, and an ever closer
realization of their community of interests and ideals, both spiritual
and economic.
The President of the United States, in reply, expressed his apprecia-
tion of Doctor Ferrara’s observations, his satisfaction in the outstand-
ing progress made by Cuba during recent vears, and his hope that
during the present auspicious administration Cuba will continue to
prosper and maintain her enviable position among the nations of this
hemisphere. .
The Bulletin of the Pan American Union takes this opportunity of
presenting its most respectful greetings to the new Ambassador of
Cuba, and to express its sincere good wishes for success in the elevated
mission which has been entrusted to him.
(i\/ RY OF :
y V od AV A
UMMARY ¢ IF VRC.
> Y D
GICAL W ¢ ORK {}
ARAT AE
PAVING Fla
WORK IN THE UNITED STATES
By A. V. KippER
Phillips Academy, Andover, Mass.
N THE report on archeological field work presented a year ago to
the Pan American Union, it was stated that the two most
important problems confronting students of aboriginal American
history were those of the peopling of the New World, and of the
rise and spread of the native civilizations based on corn. During
1926 important advances have been made toward the solution of
both problems.
The consensus of opinion is that the American Indians came into
these continents from northeastern Asia, but of the approximate date
of their arrival and of the culture possessed by the Indians when they
came, we have as yet no reliable information. The obvious place to
seek such knowledge is in the neighborhood of Behring Straits, but
the difficulty and expense of work in that region are so great that for
many years little or nothing has been done. During the past season,
however, two expeditions gathered archeological data in Alaska and
on the Aleutian Islands. One, sent out by the Bureau of Ethnology
under Doctor Hrdlicka, of the United States National Museum,
examined a great number of ancient camp and village sites on the
Alaskan coast, and along the lower reaches of the Yukon River.
Although the large collections made during Doctor Hrdlicka’s explora-
tions have not as yet been worked up, it is obvious that the field is an
exceedingly rich one, and that several different cultures are repre-
sented. An expedition of the Canadian Government under Dr.
Diamond Jenness also conducted researches in the Alaskan area and
on the Aleutian Islands; word has not been received as to the specific
results of this work. Both Doctor Hrdlicka and Doctor Jenness stress
the great need for haste in the prosecution of Alaskan studies, as the
growing demand for, and consequently rapidly advancing price of,
103
104 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION
fossil ivory implements to be cut up for use in jewelry-making, are
causing the destruction by vandals of many scientifically invaluable
deposits.
The second great problem of American archeology has also been
attacked this year at a strategic point. Dr. Manuel Gamio, working
under the auspices of the Archeological Society of Washington,
sought, in the Highlands of Guatemala, evidence as to the origin of the
archaic Mexican corn culture, and attempted to discover whether or
not it developed directly into the brilliant Maya civilization. This
research is described in the accompanying report by Doctor Morley.
The North American cultures to which the Mexican Archaic even-
tually gave birth have also been studied, both in the Eastern United
States and in the Southwest.
In the latter district no less than 11 expeditions took the field during
the summer. In Utah, Dr. A. A. Kerr, head of the Department of
Anthropology of the State University, excavated the burial mounds of
two pueblo ruins near Blanding, San Juan County. About 200
pottery vessels were recovered, but the skeletons were found to be in
such bad condition that little osteological material could be saved.
Prof. Byron Cummings of the University of Arizona continued
researches inaugurated/in 1923 among the very early sites of the
Kayenta district, northern Arizona. Extremely primitive forms of
pottery were collected. The University of Colorado sent a party
under Mr. E. H. Morris to the Mimbres Valley, New Mexico, to
investigate certain ruins which were in danger of being destroyed by
vandals. Over 200 specimens of unusually beautiful pottery were
taken from graves lying below the floors of the pueblos. Later in the
season, Mr. Morris examined, for the American Museum of Natural
History, an ancient salt-mine in the Verde Valley, Arizona; and then
proceeded to the Canyon de Chelly, where he excavated the famous
White House ruin, finding highly important stratigraphic evidence,
and locating a number of graves containing abundant mortuary
offerings. He also built diversion to protect the ruin from the flood-
waters which have caused so much damage to it in the past. The
museum of New Mexico continued its work of listing the State’s
archeological sites, and excavated at Puye and Gran Quivira, at both
of which ruins field museums are to be established. Mr. Neil M.
Judd, of the United States National Museum, completed his fifth
season as director of the National Geographic Society’s investigation
of the great pueblos of Chaco Canyon, New Mexico. In addition to
work on Pueblo Bonito and Pueblo Del Arroyo, reconnaissance was
carried on at a number of smaller sites, and stratigraphic sections
were cut in the rubbish-mounds of Pueblo Alto and Pueblo Pefiasco
Blanco. The department of archeology of Phillips Academy,
Andover, had, as usual, a party in the Pecos Valley, New Mexico.
ARCHAEOLOGICAL WORK IN THE AMERICAS IN 1926 105
A very early ruin near the historic pueblo was partly cleared, and will
be more thoroughly worked in 1927. In the southwestern part of the
State, the Peabody Museum expedition under Mr. C. B. Cosgrove put
in three months of digging at the Swarts pueblo, Mimbres Valley.
Search was made for caves containing dry deposits; one was com-
pletely excavated, and several others were prospected with a view to
future work. The Southwest Museum of Los Angeles sent Mr. H.S.
Giadwin to central Arizona to examine the little known cliff-houses
and cave shelters of the upper Verde Valley. The Museum of the
American Indian, New York, continued, under Mr. M. R. Harrington,
its survey of Pueblo culture in the Virgin River district of Nevada.
Dr. J. W. Fewkes, chief of the Bureau of Ethnology, excavated
Elden Pueblo, near Flagstaff, recovering a very large collection of
mortuary pottery. Doctor Fewkes repaired the ruin, which is easily
accessible to transcontinental motorists, to serve as a type-specimen
of the western small-house pueblos.
Archeological remains in the more easterly portions of the United
States have also received much attention. The survey of Ohio,
inaugurated many years ago by the State Archeological and Histori-
cal Society, has been prosecuted actively. A second season of work
was done at the great Seip Mound, near Bainbridge. In addition to
numerous typical burials and artifacts, there was disclosed a cere-
monial or sacrificial offering, comprising a finely fashioned copper axe,
weighing 28 pounds; 12 copper breast-plates, rectangular or shield-
shaped, the latter laid in such a manner as to cover the axe, overlapping
one another as shingles on a roof. Wrapped around the copper axe,
and preserved between the overlapping plates, were many thicknesses
of woven fabric, of at least four varieties. One of these is a coarsely
woven fabric of bark, a sccond displays fragments of designs in color,
a third is woven of flat splints of what appears to be southern cane,
while a fourth variety is very similar to homespun linen. The last
named is in a remarkable state of preservation, being quite strong
and without discoloration. One mass of it, preserved between two
of the copper breast-plates, comprised 28 thicknesses, and exhibited
a finished edge or selvage. Large areas of suede-like leather, sewed
with sinew, and in a striking condition of preservation, lay beneath
the large copper axe. Outstanding features of individual burials were
the miniature objects, such as breast-plates, shell food vessels, and
copper axes, placed with the remains of children. At least another
season will be required to complete the examination of the central
Seip mound, which is 250 feet long, 150 feet wide, and 30 feet in height.
The securing of vertical cross-section drawings and photographs of
this exceptionally large mound represents an unusual accomplish-
ment and entailed no little time and danger. Doctor Mills and his
106 . . THE PAN AMERICAN UNION
coworkers haye attained to a-cveryshigh degree of technical skill in
mound exploration.
In Illinois a very interesting project was set on foot by the Univer-
sity of Chicago. Under the direction of Dr. Fay-Cooper Cole two
groups of students took the field, one in the extreme northwestern
part of the State, the other near the Indiana border. Each party
made an intensive study of its respective area, examining local col-
lections, identifying sites, and preparing archeological maps. Toward
the close of the season the two groups joined for a month of intensive
excavation near Galena. At this time representatives of neighboring
museums were invited to a three-day conference in the field. This
method of work results in the collecting of data, the stimulation of
local interest, and the training of students under actual field
conditions.
Excavations in Indiana were carried on under the auspices of the
State Historical Bureau by Mr. J. A. MacLean. In a large mound
near Fairbanks, Sullivan County, 28 burials were opened, several of
which were in excellent condition and similar in certain respects to
those of the so-called Adena culture. With each burial was a votive
offering which varied somewhat in character but included as a rule,
specimens of flint, stone, bone, tortoise shell, and sea shell. The
mound itself is an interesting formation, being composed, it would
seem, of an outer area of heavy yellow clay, supporting two wind-
blown sand dunes on the north and south sides, with a gully between
filled with a formation of silt and lime. About 50 per cent of this
soil is lime and in this area only have burials been found to date.
Only a small area has been excavated, thus far, but it is expected that
the work will go on next season. =
The work of listing sites, and the gathering of surface specimens was
continued by various State agencies in Alabama, lowa, Michigan,
Minnesota, Pennsylvania, and Wisconsin; and excavations have been
made in New York, Tennessee, Louisiana, Mississippi, and Oklahoma.
The famous Etowah mound near Cartersville, Ga., was further
explored by Mr. W. K. Moorehead, of the department of archeology
of Phillips Academy, Andover. About 50 graves were uncovered,
photographed, and mapped. From them were taken several highly
decorated gorgets of shell; great quantities of bone beads; copper
plates on which are human figures; a long, delicately chipped sword-
like object of flint; and a very large monolithic axe.
ARCHAEOLOGICAL WORK IN THE AMERICAS IN 1926 107
al
IN SOUTH AMERICA
By J. AtpEN Mason
University of Pennsylvania Museum
The year of 1926 can boast of the accomplishment of no piece of
work of outstanding importance in the archeological field in South
America. Although at the moment of writing, but scanty information
has been received from the important museums, institutions, and
archeologists of South America and of Europe, no large expedition
appears to have been dispatched and no investigation of major
- importance carried on.
In Panama, Mr. A. Hyatt Verrill continued his investigations in
the Province of Coclé for the American Museum of Natural History
of New York. Since this region had not before been investigated
archeologically, Mr. Verrill’s work became of considerable value.
A site covering about one hundred acres was discovered and partially
excavated, the specimens found consisting mainly of stone statues
and fragmentary pottery vessels. The latter are of interest in that
they belong, almost exclusively, to the “‘polychrome”’ type of pottery
heretofore known only by occasional pieces from Chiriqui, Panama.
The culture represented is, therefore, apparently a new one.
From Colombia, Venezuela, and the Guianas no reports of work have
been received, nor is information available on the work of Doctors
Uhle, Jijén y Caamafio and their associates in Ecuador. The former
has been appointed professor in American archeology at the
University of Quito.
Dr. A. L. Kroeber, on behalf of the Field Museum of Natural
History of Chicago, again visited Peru for the purpose of continuing
his investigations relative to the succession of cultures there and
their relative chronological positions, paying especial attention to
the cultures of the highlands. Doctor Tello pursued investigations
in the region of Pisco on the southern coast of Peru, where he made
some important discoveries in deep deposits. Certain caves in this
region were also examined by him. The archeological museum of
the University of Cuzco cleared and repaired some of the more im-
portant ruins in the neighborhood of that ancient capital. In the
neighborhood of Trujillo on the north coast, considerable excavation
was done by Major Otto Holstein, but apparently without great result
from a scientific viewpoint.
The activities of the Bolivian and Chilean archeologists for the
year are not yet on record. However, Mr. Aikins, of Swampscott,
Massachusetts, discovered a prehistoric cemetery in the Rio Loa
basin, near Turi, about 25 miles northwest of Calama, in the graves
108 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION
of which were found abundant utensils of copper. In this region, as
frequently in both South and North America, scientific research
lags while treasure-hunters rifle all available sites and destroy the ©
vital and irreplaceable data.
The Museo de la Plata of Argentina has conducted, among other
researches, archeological explorations in the southeast of Patagonia
and in the mountains of the Province of Buenos Aires.
On Marajé Island, Brazil, Mr. Arthur H. Fisher, making researches
for the Museum of the American Indian of New York City, discovered
pottery vessels notable for their great size and for the fact that their
types differ from those of the vessels found by the late Doctor Farabee
on the same island less than 40 miles away. Mr. Curt Nimuendajti
made some explorations along the Amazon River for the museum of
Gothenburg, Sweden, the details of which are not yet available.
But few publications relative to South American archeology have
appeared during 1926. Among the more important of these may
be mentioned a large, thorough, detailed and valuable treatise on
“The Technique of South American Ceramics” by Mr. S. Linné,
of Gothenburg, Sweden, a work doubtless inspired by and closely
following the example of the ‘Comparative Ethnographical Studies”’
by Dr. Erland Nordenskiéld. Mr. Philip A. Means published one
of his scholarly studies on “A Study of Ancient Andean Social
Institutions,” in which he traces the development of the highly
centralized absolute monarchy found in Peru by Pizarro back to a
state of ‘primitive and straightforward democracy,” in earlier times.
Other important works of the year were Dr. Max Uhle’s ‘Los Ele-
mentos Constitutivos de las Civilizaciones Andinas” and Dr. A. L.
Kroeber’s “Culture Stratifications in Peru,”’ the former published in
the ‘“Anales de la Universidad Central de Quito,’’ Ecuador, the
latter in the “American Anthropologist.”
Il
IN MEXICO AND CENTRAL AMERICA
By S. G. Mortey,
Carnegie Institution of Washington
During the spring the Government of Mexico sent a scientific
exploratory commission to the southeastern section of the Republic
(the States of Chiapas and Tabasco) under the patronage of the
Minister of Agriculture and Interior, Mr. Luis L. Ledn.
Although the primary object of this commission was to ascertain,
if possible, the cause of the plagues of locust, which emanating from
these States have spread such widespread destruction to the crops of
southern Mexico during the past three years, advantage was very
ARCHAEOLOGICAL WORK IN THE AMERICAS IN 1926 109
wisely taken of the opportunity this presented to attach to the
commission specialists in a number of different scientific fields.
Among others the following archeologists accompanied the commis-
sion: Mr. Mendizébal, from the National Museum; Mr. Palacios,
from the department of archeology; and Professor Beyer, from the
University of Mexico.
Messrs. Mendizibal and Palacios report the discovery of an
important Maya city in the State of Chiapas in the general region of
Ocosingo, and from the preliminary accounts it would appear prob-
PLATE \.
Cun fos < Le
5 MEXICO “
.
‘
xI Y \
@MEXICO CITY \
@ICHCANSIHOO
MAYAPANe @CHICHE
U MELO LES
CHAK ANPUTUN
asf
y
Courtesy of the Carnegie Institution of Washington
MAP OF SOUTHERN MEXICO AND CENTRAL AMERICA
The region occupied by the Maya civilization is inclosed in the circle. Investigations at four different
centers were carried on during the past year
able that this dates from the period of the old Empire, some time dur-
ing the first six centuries of the Christian era.
Professor Beyer reports the discovery of two hieroglyphic monu-
ments at a small site named Tila in the Department of Palenque,
both presenting Initial Series dates. Stela A records the interesting
date 10.0.0.0.0 7 Ahau 18 Zip, the end of Baktun 10, not hitherto
found as an Initial Series, and Stela B the somewhat earlier date
9.12.13.0.0 10 Ahau 3 Zotz.
110 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION’
THE CARNEGIE INSTITUTION OF WASHINGTON
The Carnegie Institution of Washington carried on investigations
at four different centers of the Maya civilization during the first
half of the year, as follows:
1. At Chichen Itza, in the northeastern corner of the State of
Yucatan, Mexico.
2. At Coba, in eastern Yucatan, Mexico.
3. At Uaxactun, in the northern part of the Department of Peten,
Guatemala.
4. At Copan, in the extreme western part of Honduras.
Se.
ee EE, =
Courtesy of the Carnegie Institution of Washington
HEADQUARTERS OF THE MIDDLE AMERICAN ARCHAEOLOGICAL STAFF OF THE
CARNEGIE INSTITUTION OF WASHINGTON
THE CHICHEN ITZA PROJECT
At Chichen Itza excavations were carried on at three different
places: At the group of the Initial Series in old Chichen Itza (Sta-
tion 13); at the Caracol, or astronomical observatory, in middle
Chichen Itza (Station 5); and the Temple of the Warriors and
northwest colonnade, in new Chichen Itza (stations 4 and 10).
The excavations at the group of the Initial Series during 1926 may
be said to have established two general points: First, that this group
practically in its entirety (with the single possible exception of the
Temple of the Phalli, by no means certain) dates from the Toltec
Period, 1191-1448 A. D., and second, that even within this short
period of time, two and a half centuries, considerable changes,
ARCHAEOLOGICAL WORK IN THE AMERICAS IN 1926 111
alterations, additions, extensions, etc., had been made. So extensive,
indeed, are these changes that building operations here would almost
seem to have been continuous throughout the Toltec Period.
The excavation and repair of the Caracol, or Astronomical Ob-
servatory, begun in 1925, was carried forward in 1926. The western
half of the outer corridor was excavated and a section of the five-
member exterior cornice, the only example of its kind in the Maya
area, was restored to its original position in the western wall.
Through the discovery of a sculptured stone presenting a serpent’s
head with a band of hieroglyphs attached thereto, the problem of
the puzzling sculptured elements found at the Caracol last year and
this, with similar hieroglyphs on them, was partially solved. It
was evident from the arrangement of the plain borders on the block
found this season, that they had all been parts of a serpent with a
hieroglyphic body, which had wandered in right-angle turns across
the upper part of the tower. It is hoped that when the Caracol
shall have been completely excavated, and all the parts of this
design recovered, that it may be possible to rearrange this inscrip-
tion in its original order.
The principal excavation at Chichen Itza during the field season
just passed was at the Temple of the Warriors and the northwest
colonnade, where notable discoveries were made. Indeed, the most
notable find of the year at Chichen Itza was the discovery of the
serpent-columns and sculptured door-jambs of an earlier temple,
which had been partially destroyed and partially incorporated in
the northwestern corner of the pyramid supporting the Temple of
the Warriors, Station 4.
A single column of this temple had been exposed last year, but
it was not until the excavation of the northwestern corner of the
pyramid was commenced at the close of the present season, that
these additional facade elements were found.
The two heads and two tails of the pair of feathered-serpent col-
umns, which had stood in the entrance of this earlier temple—all
four slightly broken—were recovered, just where they had been built
into the hearting of the later pyramid; and in this same rubble fill,
arranged in the form of a low bin or rectangular enclosure, were
found the sculptured blocks which had formed the two jambs of the
same doorway.
Three painted and sculptured columns belonging to the row behind
the serpent columns and a section of the southern wall, 8 feet high,
were found in situ, all brilliantly painted.
Never before has such vivid coloring been exposed at Chichen Itza.
This early temple must have had a fresh coat of paint shortly before
it was destroyed in ancient times, and the rubble hearting, of which
these blocks formed a part, has kept them from sunlight and weather-
sjeued 9Al}{V10d0p Jusov[ pe EY} puw AVMIOOP [e1}U9d OY} SUIYULY SUUINIOO JUEdIeS peioy}Ve} oy) SuULMOYG
OOIXAW ‘VZLI NHHOIHO ‘SUOTUUVM AHL JO AIdNAL JO ACVOVA GANOLSAY ATIVILUVA
UOPSUIYSE AA JO UOIZNzYSUY SIsoUIBH 94} JO AsoqIN0D
ARCHAEOLOGICAL WORK IN THE AMERICAS IN 1926 WS}
ing so that their colors, red, green, black,
yellow, and blue, seem to be preserved
almost at their original values.
One interesting feature noted was that
the eyes of the human figures had been
deliberately gouged out as though they
had been made of some more precious
material, which it was desired to save for
use elsewhere. This is partially confirmed
by the fact that one of the 92 human
figures on the columns in the Temple of
the Warriors still retains its eye made of
an incrustation of mother-of-pearl with
the pupil of obsidian or hematite, whereas
all the other human figures in this temple
had had their eyes gouged out. These
blocks were removed to the church at the
hacienda for safekeeping and placed in a
darkened room.
Scarcely less remarkable was the dis-
covery of a magnificently sculptured and
painted dais, 16 feet 6 inches long, 13 feet
2 inches deep, and 2 feet 10 inches high,
built against the back wall of the north-
west colonnade (Station 10) just south of
the stairway leading to the Temple of the
Warriors.
This dais is almost identical with the
one found in 1924 against the back wall
of the northeast colonnade, except that
the one found this year is in a perfect
state of preservation, not a single sculp-
tured element being missing. Without
doubt it is one of the most remarkable
productions of Maya art yet brought to
light at Chichen Itza.
The cornice or molding shows the same
treatment as the corresponding element
in the dais in the northeast colonnade:
Pairs of plumed rattlesnakes facing each
other, from whose mouths issue human
figures visible to the waistline, which in
turn face tripod bowls filled with small
round cakes of copal incense.
24932—27--Bull. 2——2
A SCULPTURED COLUMN
A portion of the earlier temple, dis-
covered during the excavation of the
pyramidal foundation of the Temple
of the Warriors.
114 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION.
THE FOUR COBA EXPEDITIONS
The most important contribution of the year, indeed, of the past
five years in the field of middle American archeology, was the dis-
covery, by the institution’s third Coba expedition, on May 24, of
the site of Macanxoc, 50 miles east and slightly south of Chichen
Itza. This site lies 1144 miles southeast of the main group of Cobé,
the existence of which has been known for 85 years, and is chiefly
important because of the presence of eight sculptured monuments
presenting eight initial series dates, practically trebling the number
of initial series previously known in the entire Peninsula of Yucatan,
and promising to throw a flood of light on the early history of the
country.
Of the eight monuments at Macanxoc, Stelae 7 and 8 are so badly
weathered that beyond the bare fact that they formerly had had
hieroglyphic inscriptions, no decipherment was possible. On the
other hand, two of the remaining six, Stelae 1 and 6 present two
initial series each, a very unusual, though by no means unknown,
feature in the Corpus Inscriptionum Mayarum, making a total of 8
initial series for the six monuments.
The following readings were made, those marked (?), though prob-
ably correct as given, are still subject to slight doubt:
9. 79 07050 23 Ahaw = =3°Zotz 354 A. D.
pe Oat re te 9.10.0.0 2Ahau 13 Pop 364 A. D.
S tela As a eee ive sola ee 9. 9.10.0.0 2 Ahau 13 Pop (?) 364 A. D.
PSE Ue Bae eee he tars aaa 9.10. 0.0.0 1Ahau 8 Kayab (?) 373 A. D.
Gee 2 ae eich Ss eee se 9.10.10.0.0 13 Ahau 18 Kankin 383 A. D.
RSHELE US Weta ae NSS ee een 9.11.10.0.0 11 Ahau 18 Chen 403 A. D.
Cplmulee oe (9.11. 0.5.9 4 Muluc 17 Kayab 393 A. D.
9.12. 0.0.0 10 Ahau 8 Yaxkin 413 A. D.
If the dedicatory dates (i. e., the contemporaneous dates) of Stelae
6 and 1 are 9.9.10.0.0 and 9.12.0.0.0, respectively, following the usual
Mayan practice where the latest date on a monument generally indi-
cates the time of its erection, it will be seen that the monumental
sequence at Macanxoc represents a series of lahuntun or 10-year
period markers, a monument having been erected at the end of each
10-year period, or lahuntun, the city was occupied, according to a
very ancient and practically universal Mayan practice.
It will be noted from the above table also, that one lahuntun ending,
namely 9.9.10.0.0, was marked by the erection of two different monu-
ments, Stelae 6 and 4, and that another, 9.11.0.0.0, has no corre-
sponding monument at all.
It seems highly probable, however, in view of the fact that there
are two other monuments at Macanxoc, Stelae 7 and 8, the inscrip-
tions of which are too weathered to read, that one or the other of
them originally recorded this missing lahuntun ending, thus making
ARCHAEOLOGICAL WORK IN THE AMERICAS IN 1926 115
the sequence complete. Further, since both these monuments are
certainly earlier than Stelae 5 and 1, on stylistic grounds, it is not
improbable that the other recorded the lahuntun ending 9.9.0.0.0, the
next earliest in the sequence for which no corresponding monument
has been found, making it the earliest monument at this group.
If Stelae 7 and 8 formerly recorded the lahuntun endings 9.9.0.0.0
and 9.11.0.0.0, as there are good grounds for believing, we will have
a sequence of eight monuments marking seven consecutive 10-year
periods, 7. e., from 9.9.0.0.0 to 9.12.0.0.0, presumably the length of
HUMAN SACRIFICE
An interior mural painting
found in the Temple of the
Warriors, Chichen Itza
Courtesy of the Carnegie Institution of Washington
time during which the city, where they had been originally erected,
was occupied. :
The real significance of Macanxoc, and its fundamental impor-
tance in the reconstruction of ancient Maya history les in this group
of eight contemporaneous stelae, which date from the early part of
the middle period of the Old Empire, the latest date at Macanxoc,
9.12.0.0.0 on Stela 1, antedating the earliest date at Chichen Itza,
10.2.10.0.0.0n the lintel in the temple of the initial series, by more
than two centuries, thus pushing back the discovery of Yucatan a
century earlier than the date given for that event in the Books of
Chilan Balam.
116 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION
The Macanxoc discoveries give strong color also to the very early
tradition reported by Padre Lizana that the original colonization of
Yucatan was from the east, though greater numbers subsequently
entered the peninsula from the west; and that in later times ‘‘Cenial”’
(the Little Descent) had become synonymous with ‘‘east,” and
“Nohenial”’ (the Great Descent) with ‘‘west.”’
In connection with the Coba-Macanxoce discoveries mention should
also be made of the finding of an early Old Empire monument at a
site on the western shore of Chetumal Bay in southeastern Yucatan,
by Dr. Thomas Gann earlier in the year. This monument very
clearly records the date 9.8.0.0.0 of Maya Chronology, and is another
important link in the chain of dated sites extending up the east coast
of Yucatan, connecting the Old and New Empires.
THE UAXACTUN PROJECT
The current year witnessed the extension of archeological opera-
tions of the Carnegie Institution of Washington to Guatemala. On
November 28, 1925, a contract was signed in Guatemala City by
Sefior Lic. Don Rafael Ordofiez Solis, the minister of public educa-
tion, representing the Government of Guatemala, and by James H.
Roach, an American citizen resident in Guatemala, under special
power of attorney, in behalf of the Institution.
Under the terms of this contract, the Carnegie Institution acquires
the right to carry on exclusive archeological investigations, including
excavation, at the sites of Uaxactun and Tayasal in the northern
central part of the Department of Petén, and general exploratory
privileges at all other sites in the same department—the heart of the
old Maya Empire—for a period of five years beginning January 1,
1926, with an option of renewal for an additional period of five years.
This contract, together with the one in force with the Mexican
Government, brings under the Institution’s purview possibly the
three most strategic sites for a comprehensive study of the Maya
civilization that can be found. Uaxactun is the oldest city of the Old
Empire now known, based upon the evidence of the dated monu-
ments (68 to 630 A. D.). Chichen Itza is the oldest city of the New
Empire, and was apparently the second place of any importance to
be founded in the peninsula of Yucatan (531 to 1448 A. D.). Tayasal
was the last independent Mayan stronghold, and resisted the Spanish
arms for a century and a half after the conquest of Yucatan (1448 to
1697 A. D.). It has the further intimate connection with one of the
other two sites, in that it was founded by the Itza after the destruc-
tion of Chichen Itza, thus bringing under the Institution’s observa-
tion and study 16 continuous centuries of ancient Maya history.
The Uaxactun project was organized in January under Doctor
Morley’s direction, and on January 9, O. G. Ricketson, Jr., assistant
ARCHAEOLOGICAL WORK IN THE AMERICAS IN 1926 117
archeologist, sailed for Belize, British Honduras, to take charge of
the field work at Uaxactun. Monroe Amsden joined him in February
as field assistant, and a fortnight later the expedition proceeded by
way of the Belize River to Plancha de Piedra on the eastern frontier
of the Department of Petén, and thence overland by mule to
Uaxactun.
On March 8 all available men were set at work clearing Group E,
the site chosen for preliminary excavation. This group was first
reported by Doctor Morley in 1922. In 1924 Mr. Blom stated that
the group was of unusual interest, as it contained lines of sight
marking the sunrise points at the solstices and the equinoxes. On
March 10, four trenches were started into Mound II, two from the
north and two from the south. This mound is 60 feet square, and
is one of three which rest upon an artificial substructure 210 feet
long by 90 feet wide. Mound II was partially excavated, the north
and south ends being uncovered and the many large tree stumps on
its top and sides cut out.
THE COPAN EXPEDITION
Toward the end of March, Doctor Morley left Chichen Itza for
Guatemala by way of Vera Cruz and the land route down the Pacific
coast. He was accompanied by Joseph Linden Smith, the artist,
and Robert A. Franks, Jr., as assistant. John Lindsay, a field ob-
server of the department of terrestrial magnetism, joined the party
at Guatemala City on April 3, and the following week all proceeded
to the ruins of Copan in western Honduras.
The object of this expedition was to check the accuracy of previous
observations on the Copan astronomical base-line, a line of sight
running east and west across the Copan Valley connecting two of the
hieroglyphic monuments, the so-called ‘Piedras Pintadas,’’ Stele
OMe a2.
These two monuments stand on opposite sides of the valley, 4.12
miles apart in an air-line; the western one, Stela 10, on the crest of a
hill 2,779 feet above sea-level, and the eastern one, Stela 12, well
down on the side of an even higher hill, at an elevation of 2,553 feet
above sea-level. :
Because of the fact that it had been erected on the crest of a hill,
and not on the side, and also because it is slightly higher than Stela
12, Stela 10 practically stands clear against the horizon, or very
nearly so, as observed from Stela 12. And since the bearing of the
line between these two monuments is almost east and west, it has
long been suspected that some sunset observation had formerly been
made from Stela 12 looking toward Stela 10.
Solar observations were made on April 9, 10, 12, 13, and 14, 1926,
at Stela1l2. The latitude and longitude at this Stela and the azimuth
118 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION
of the line joining Stele 10 and 12 were determined by repeated ob-
servations. The direction of the sun’s path was also determined on
the above dates and enough data secured to determine the exact
position of the sun at sunset, as viewed from Stela 12,0n any day.
It appears from the final calculations, that the sun would set behind
the mountain, which lies behind Stela 10 as seen from Stela 12, and
exactly on the line extended between these two monuments, on April
12, 1926. ;
THE CARACOL, CHE
CHEN ITZA
The excavation and repair of
the Caracol, or astronomical
observatory, progressed dur-
ing the year 1926
3 PP Eee ui SS
Courtesy of the Carnegie Institution of Washington
The best explanation of the line extended by these two monuments
appears to the writer to be the following, though definite proof
thereof is necessarily lacking. It is the general custom in western
Honduras at the present time to burn off the fields some time early
in April to clear them for planting at the beginning of the rainy
season, a month later. It is certain, that after burning had once
been started, no sunset observation on Stela 10 would have been
possible from Stela 12. Such was the hazy smoke-laden condition
of the atmosphere from April 9 to 14 of the present year at Copan,
that even with a high-powered telescope it was impossible to see
ARCHAEOLOGICAL WORK IN THE AMERICAS IN 1926 119
Stela 10 from Stela 12 at sunset, and without any instrument of
precision it would have been even more hopeless. Indeed, the only
way it was possible to secure the azimuth of this line was by erecting
behind Stela 10 an enormous pile of fat-pine faggots, 16 feet long
and 10 feet high, and setting fire to it at night. This caused such
an illuminated field behind Stela 10 that, even in spite of the heavy
pall of smoke overhanging the valley, it was possible to see the
monument outlined against this illumination and to secure the
azimuth of the line.
The writer believes these two monuments were erected in the
positions which they now occupy in order to coincide with the line
of sunset on April 12; and further, that this was the day which the
priests at Copan had selected for the formal firing of the fields,
since an earlier burning would have given time for bush to have
grown up again before the advent of the first rains early in May
when planting could be begun; and finally, when in the course of
its progress north, the sun having at last sunk behind the western
hills at a point directly above Stela 10 as observed from Stela 12
(i. e., on April 12), then, but not until then, were the ancient inhabi-
tants of Copan and its environs permitted to burn their fields against
the fast approaching rainy season. In short, it appears probable
that these two monuments were a giant gnomon, which marked for
the inhabitants of the city the position of the sun on the day which
their ritual indicated as that upon which their fields should be fired,
i. e., made ready for the coming planting season; or, as Spinden has
not unhappily named it, ‘‘the beginning of the agricultural year,”
which for Copan at least, judging by the observations made this
year, would seem to have fallen on April 12.
It is becoming increasingly apparent, and very largely through the
Institution’s investigations, that astronomical considerations in-
fluenced the placement, 7. ¢., the positions, where the Maya monu-
ments were erected; and that in many cases they were used as giant
enomons for making specific lines of sight establishing specific astro-
nomical phenomena. So fruitful, indeed, has this line of investiga-
tion proved in the past three years—as for example Frans Blom’s
discoveries in regard to the lines of sight extended by Stelae 18, 19,
E1 and 20 at Uaxactun in 1924, and the discoveries of O. G. Ricketson,
Jr., in the Caracol at Chichen Itza in 1925—that it is confidently
anticipated further study in this particular direction will be richly
repaid.
THE MUSEUM OF THE AMERICAN INDIAN, HEYE FOUNDATION
During the field season of 1926 the Central American Expedition
of the Museum of the American Indian, Heye Foundation, under
Dr. S. K. Lothrop, continued in the Republics of Guatemala and El
120 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION
Salvador the ethnological and archeological studies commenced two
years previously. The general purpose of the work has been to
examine the types, distribution, and sequence of ancient remains,
and at the same time to acquire any ethnological material which
could be procured en route. The results may be summarized as a
series of collections from Guatemala and Salvador representing the
living Indian tribes, and a fairly large and representative archzo-
logical collection from the latter country. Stratigraphical studies in
central Salvador have thrown new light on culture sequence, and have,
em
EL CASTILLO, CHICHEN ITZA
Courtesy of the Carnegie Institution of Washington
The principal temple of Chichen Itza, on which work of restoration is advancing
it is hoped, given a firmer basis and a new orientation to archso-
logical research in northern Central America.
Doctor Lothrop calls attention to the importance of several
“trade”? objects recovered by him in El Salvador as illustrating the
wide area which must be surveyed to properly classify the archeo-
logical remains of even such a small part of the Middle American
region as Salvador, and because they emphasize the cultural interde-
pendence of its inhabitants.
A “paddle stone” typical of the Totonac region on the coast of the
Gulf of Mexico, now in the Soundy collection, was exhumed on the
ARCHAEOLOGICAL WORK IN THE AMERICAS IN 1926 121
site of the ancient Cuzcatlan. This object may have been brought
by the invading Pipil, or it may have come by trade. Together with
several finds of stone yokes it indicates cultural connection with the
east coast of central Mexico rather than with the mountainous
plateau known as Anahuac. Another trade object from Mexico is a
copper ax of Oaxacan origin found under the streets of San Salvador.
Several axes of similar form have been unearthed in Guatemala, but
this apparently is the first reported from Salvador. Still another
trade piece recently secured is a small jade pendant found inside a
jar near Usulutan. The jade and workmanship both show that it
was manufactured by natives of the peninsula of Nicoya in Costa
Rica. Nicoya jades were clearly much prized of old. They have
been found as far south as Panama, and to the north in Nicaragua,
the Ulua Valley in Honduras, and in El Salvador.
THE ARCHAOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON
In February the Archeological Society of Washington sent Dr.
Manuel Gamio, formerly director of archeology of Mexico, to Guate-
mala to establish, if possible, the proper time relation between the
Archaic, the Maya, and the later Mexican cultures.
Excavations were carried on at a number of sites in the highlands
of Guatemala, and at Miraflores on the outskirts of Guatemala
City, cultural strata of considerable thickness resting on undisturbed
sedimentary deposits (old lake bottom) were found.
Doctor Gamio recognizes four stages of culture in this region, and
assigns to them the following chronological sequence: (1) The
Archaic, (2) the neo-Archaic, (3) the Primitive Maya, and (4) the
Historic Maya.
He advances the interesting hypothesis that the historic Maya
culture is only found in the non-seismic regions of southern Mexico
and northern Central America because of the fact that Maya archi-
tecture could not have survived in the region subject even to the
slightest seismic disturbances, and further, that the prevalence of
seismic disturbances throughout the highlands of southern Mexico
and Guatemala was the principal reason why the Historic Maya
made no effort to occupy this region permanently.
THE MASON-SPINDEN EXPEDITION
During the first quarter of the year an expedition headed by Mr.
Gregory Mason and Dr. H. J. Spinden, of Harvard University,
visited a number of sites along the east coast of Yucatan, and in
several places succeeded in penetrating for short distances inland.
The results of this expedition have appeared from time to time in
the Sunday edition of the New York Times.
S ECOND Pp
i DIAL A
aJiaret4JhAUtlZ if £2
By Eucene R. Waite
Superintendent, Division of Foreign Mails, U. S. Post Office Department;
Delegate to the Second Pan American Postal Congress
HE Pan American Postal Union held its second congress at
Mexico City from October 15 to November 10, 1926. The
first congress convened at Buenos Aires in 1921.
This international postal organization comprises the same
countries included in the Pan American Union with the addition of
Spain. Spain properly does not belong in it as she is not an American
country, but the union originated in the concerted efforts of the
American countries at the Universal Postal Congress of Madrid in
1920 to keep down postage rates which nearly all the European coun-
tries desired to increase as an aftermath of the World War. Spain
joined with the Americas in opposing the increase in rates and as a
result was asked to join the new organization, the foundations of
which were laid at that time.
All of the American countries are members of the Universal Postal
Union. However, because of its European control they had come to
believe that it did not deal sympathetically with questions purely
American or in which American ideals or interests clashed with those
of other countries and, therefore, after the Madrid Congress advantage
was taken of a provision in the Universal Postal Union Convention
permitting the signatory countries to form more restricted unions,
to bring the Pan American Postal Union into existence.
The central idea in the union is that the countries composing it
form a single postal territory and that the facilities of any one of them
are at the disposal of all of them. This theory is carried to its logical
conclusion in the Principal Convention of Mexico, which deals with
letters, post cards, prints of all kinds, commercial papers, and samples;
and which provides that the domestic rates of each country shall
apply to mail going to all the other countries of the union, and that
each country shall transport through its territory free of charge mail
of any member of the union destined to a third country. The free-
dom of transit applies even to the sea when ships of a signatory
country are used.
122
PAN AMERICAN POSTAL CONGRESS OF MEXICO CITY 23
In addition to reaffirming and clarifying its position on free transits,
and providing for domestic postage rates, weights, and dimensions
to all countries within the union, the congress at Mexico determined
that:
Undeliverable post cards need not be returned to the country of
origin unless they bear a request for return and the name and address
of the sender.
The diplomatic and consular frank should be extended to include
free registration.
Fraudulent and immoral articles will be prohibited in the mails.
iF
tf oe . 4 i
ht een, ae
Ra
LUNCHEON GIVEN BY THE MEXICAN POSTAL ADMINISTRATION
The delegates to the Pan American Postal Congress were guests at a luncheon given in their honor by the
Mexican Postal Administration at the Hotel Mancera, November 9, 1926
Money and valuables will not be mailable under the new conven-
tion except by special agreement between countries.
The new convention contains a provision under which countries
may exchange postal employees for the purpose of studying each
other’s systems, the mutual exchange of information and improve-
ment of methods, and standardization of service.
A transfer office is established in Panama to be in charge of mails
crossing the Isthmus for such countries as may desire to use its
service.
Conventions relating to the parcel post and money order services
were adopted.
The question of admitting the Philippines proved to be a very live
one. Their admission was championed by Spain and the United
124 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION
States and the opposition was led by Argentina and Mexico on the
theory that only independent countries should participate in the
congress. The proposition was finally rejected by a close vote.
The delegates from the United States proposed two resolutions on
matters which were not within the jurisdiction of the congress, but
which, nevertheless, they desired the congress to go upon record as
advocating. They were both adopted after much discussion and
some opposition at first. One resolution declared that since the par-
cel-post service furnishes a convenient and desirable medium for facili-
tating commercial relations between countries, it should be encouraged
and the restrictions which hamper its effectiveness should be removed
as far as possible, particularly consular invoices and visas, as well as
GUESTS AT LUNCHEON GIVEN BY THE SPANISH DELEGATION TO THE PAN
AMERICAN POSTAL CONGRESS
The Spanish delegates were hosts to their colleagues of the Congress at a luncheon in the Casino Espafiol,
Noveutber a Mr. Eugene R. White, delegate from the United States, is seated in the front row, third
from the right.
certificates of origin, for parcels whose value does not exceed 150 gold
franes should be abolished. :
The other resolution was to the effect that since advertising matter
tends to increase the knowledge of peoples and raise their standards
of living by the introduction of new methods and labor saving devices,
it should be admitted into all countries free of customs duties.
Any description of the work of the congress would be incomplete
without appreciative reference to the courteous and cordial efficiency
of the secretariat organized from the staff of the Mexican postal
service. Their competency and cheerful willingness to lend the dele-
gates assistance did much to insure the success of the congress.
The social features organized for its benefit did much to relieve
the tedium of steady work, promoted acquaintance, and were greatly
enjoyed by the delegates.
FINANCING OF ROADS AND SALE OF AMERICAN AUTOMOBILES 125
When the delegates came to give consideration to the time and
place of holding the next congress, it was found that Madrid had
conducted an active campaign and that many delegates were pledged
to that city even before the congress met, so that it was a compara-
tively easy matter for her to be designated as the next place of meeting,
which was fixed for 1931.
|
4, %, H Z
AM A j
d A AND Sz AA
Sf, | ik
DY FO a)
DD Le Dn Uda oc
AE _YTIFaAR Al?!)
A WAA CY
AND OTHER MANUFACTURES IN ARGENTINA*?
OF
By Atrsanpro EH. BuNGE
Member of Editorial Committee, ‘Revista de Economia Argentina”
HE economic capacity of the Argentine Republic with its con-
sequent consumption capacity is, as the figures hereinafter
show, larger than that of the other nine South American
countries put together and equivalent to that of 20,000,000
to 25,000,000 Europeans. Although Argentina already imports
goods to the annual value of $80 to $95 per capita (almost three
times more per capita than the United States), her absolute and
relative consumption capacity is constantly increasing. At present
Argentina exceeds all other countries in her purchases of automo-
biles from the United States, having surpassed Australia in her
monthly buying.
Fifty-six years ago Argentina had 1,200,000 white inhabitants in
a total population of 1,800,000. To-day she has 10,200,000 inhabi-
tants of white European stock, whose annual consumption of the
best meat and white bread is probably the highest known, namely,
198 pounds of meat per capita.
Argentina is the country which in its standard of living—with
the exception of housing, a problem not yet solved but in process
of solution—most closely approximates the United States, and it
1 Revista de Economia Argentina, Buenos Aires, June, 1926.
2 Part of one of the memoranda submitted by the author to American authorities, in his financial nego-
tiations on behalf of the financing of Argentine highways and manufacturing industries. These negotia-
tions, as the public has been informed, have met with the greatest success, and assurance has been given
that whenever the bond issue is approved by the Nation or the Provinces, on the terms stipulated by the
bankers and accepted by the Governments, considerable amounts may immediately be placed on the
market in the United States.
126 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION ‘
is Argentina, together with the United States, which is most rapidly
raising this standard and causing, simultaneously, a constant increase
in productive capacity and the power to consume an increased
number and greater diversity of articles.
THE UNITED STATES AND ITS INTERNATIONAL CONSUMPTION CAPACITY
The importance in general of an internationally increased con-
sumption capacity in the economic future of the United States is
clearly manifest in the statements of Mr. Hoover, the Secretary of
Commerce, and this is especially true in the case of the Latin American
countries, the population of which will soon approach that of the
United States. The need of that great country to sell her manufac-
tures abroad, rapidly increasing year by year, neither will nor should be
satisfied by taking the markets of the other manufacturing nations—
as some countries attempted to do prior to 1914—but by winning
the new sources of consumption and the increased consumption
capacity in each country. And it is evident that if consumption
capacity is not increasing appreciably in some countries, including
almost all the European, it is growing rapidly in others, such as
Argentina, Uruguay, and southern Brazil.
/
PERMANENT RELATIONS
Thirty years ago England and Argentina in conjunction accom-
plished the great task of railroad construction throughout Argentina
with the aid of British engineers and capital, $1,500,000,000 being
invested. To-day the Argentine railroad system includes 38,000
kilometers (23,560 miles), and as a result of these industrial and
financial investments in Argentina, bread, meat, leather, wool—in
short, food and clothing in general—are much cheaper in England
to-day than they were 30 years ago. Moreover, England has been
able to sell to Argentina coal and manufactured goods to the value
of $250,000,000 or more each year, and the permanent financial and
economic relations thus established have been of great benefit to both
nations concerned.
To-day another opportunity for permanent commercial intercourse
similar in character and entirely compatible with the prosperity of the
railroads and Anglo-Argentine relations in general, presents itself to
Argentina and the United States, namely, the construction and financ-
ing with United States capital of an Argentine highway system and the
consequent sale of 1,000,000 automobiles within the next six years,
to be followed later by equal or greater sales.
ROADS AND AUTOMOBILES IN ARGENTINA
Almost all Argentine railroads may be considered as trunk or main
lines, each, however, with large and productive agricultural zones be-
FINANCING OF ROADS AND SALE OF AMERICAN AUTOMOBILES 127
yond their economic reach. For the last 15 years this condition has
had a marked effect on the development of Argentina, the increase of
population and wealth during that period being mostly in the large
centers of population—especially in the city of Buenos Aires, the
population of which has now reached 2,000,000 inhabitants—in
industry and in commerce.
For 15 years Argentina has needed secondary railway lines to link
new zones with the main lines. From 10,000 to 20,000 miles of
secondary lines would be immediately productive. But these lines
can not be constructed now since neither Argentina nor England is
able to finance them, while the United States apparently finds no
incentive to do so.
Moreover, in the experience of the United States, secondary railway
lines are often unprofitable since the short haul is the peculiar and
unquestionable function of the road and the automobile. It is there-
fore evident that the solution of the principal transportation problem
of Argentina will be found in roads and automobiles.
FINANCING
The cost of the roads which could be constructed each year in
Argentina with immediate benefit and without exceeding the financial
capacity of the country has been estimated at $20,000,000 to $30,000,-
000. We believe that this figure might even be larger and could be
greatly increased annually during the next 10 years. Now the
Argentine market is unable to buy the bonds issued by the Federal
Government, the provinces, and the municipalities for the construc-
tion of roads, except in limited and insufficient quantities. Indeed,
the United States is to-day the only country which can absorb these
bonds easily and profitably, but until the public becomes accus-
tomed to buying them they would have to be held by certain com-
panies and conveniently discounted by the banks whenever those
companies should so require.
It is probable that the apportionment of from $20,000,000 to
$30,000,000 worth of bonds among the various passenger automobile,
motor truck, and automobile accessory companies—with the possi-
bility of rediscounting in the banks of the country and of listing them
on the exchange—would be a comparatively insignificant undertaking
for the automobile industry of the United States. Such an under-
taking would, moreover, be of great value to the industry, for pre-
cisely as Argentina was enabled to profitably utilize her immense
railroad system, just so will she be able to find the freight for and
utilize to the full the railroad’s complement (the highways), and thus
create a purchasing capacity for automobiles far greater than that
which now exists while good roads are still few and far between.
128 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION
BALANCE OF PAYMENTS
Some fear has been expressed that the buying capacity of Argen-
tina in the United States would be limited by the buying capacity of
the United States in Argentina. But two factors tend to neutralize
this implied inequality: Argentina will continue to import capital
from the United States for many years, and her balance of trade with
Europe is, and will continue to be, favorable. Moreover, commercial
balances are regulated in conjunction with the trade of all the coun-
tries of the world. On the other hand, the United States will need to
increase its purchases of raw materials in the next few years.
SERVICE OF HIGHWAY BONDS
Now, it is recognized that the economic and financial capacity of
Argentina is unquestionably incapable of handling with ease highway
bond issues of $20,000,000 to $30,000,000 a year. Nevertheless, we
believe it perfectly feasible, as is customary throughout the United
States, to create, whether by the national Government (as in the
President’s project) or by the Argentine Provinces, or by both con-
currently, special taxes destined for a highway fund to cover the
interest and amortization of the bonds. These taxes may be, like
those in the United States, or those suggested by the President of
Argentina, on the gasoline used by automobiles, or they might be
the product of Federal licenses or customs duties, or fees and licenses
especially created for highway financing.
Economic capacity of Argentina compared to the rest of South America
{
| Percent-
«ie | : Other repub- | Total of South BISe (Gel Oe
Activities | Argentina | cha rae ity of
| lies America Argen-
| : tina
IHOKe1 Sn etna Css eee eee ese ees Se See | $1, 590, 000, 000 | $1, 578, 400, 000 | $3, 169, 000, 000 50. 10
Railiwiaysn (kal ome ters) pases tee mee 37, 800 | 50, 585 88, 385 43. 00
Transportation by railway (toms) ------------ 48, 000, 000 | 32, 000, 000 80, 477, 000 60. 00
IR ASSEN ETS 11924 see A ee eet a eae te 130, 000, 000 | 101, 917, 000 231, 917, 000 57. 00
Mele phon CS 924 ees eee es ee A 157, 041 | 191, 806 348, 847 45. 00
IN OU OL OHS, NOH se | 1125, 000 | 89, 026 214, 026 58. 40
Piecesiofmailicarnied 319242 sae asses | 1, 726,778,000 | 1, 146,375,000 | 2,873, 153, 000 60. 00
‘Mele grann'steil\ 924 eterna ee wes 21, 785, 000 14, 429, 188 36, 214, 188 61. 00
Gola 192 Ieee De ee eran a ea ae 505, 675, 000 | 189, 324, 000 694, 999, 000 72. 80
Annual consumption of newsprint (kilo. |
GT em'S) 7 D4 aes eee ea ee es ee coe 91, 000, 000 | 72, 800, 000 163, 800, 000 55. 60
1 There are at present 205,000 automobiles in use in Argentina.
AY 16, 1926, was a red-letter day in the housing annals of
Chile, for it was on that day that the beneficent pro-
visions of the Act of March 9, 1925, took concrete form
in the group of cottages in which the members of ‘La
Union,” a mutual benefit society composed of workmen, will make
their homes—each family in a house which will eventually become
its own property.
Long before the time fixed for the formal inauguration of the
section, which les on the outskirts of Santiago, a large number
of workers and their families had gathered to witness this significant
event, and at the same time to enjoy the delights of fresh air and
sunshine afforded by that suburban neighborhood.
Punctually at 3 o’clock Sefior Emiliano Figueroa, President of
the Republic, arrived accompanied by Dr. Lucio Cérdova, Minister
of Hygiene and Social Welfare, and Seftor Jorge Silva Somarriva,
Minister of Finance. The presidential party, greeted by the strains
of the national anthem executed by a military band, was escorted
to the speakers’ stand by the ‘‘ Benjamin Franklins’”—perhaps Chile’s
finest troop of Boy Scouts, composed of sons of ‘La Unién”’ mem-
bers—and by Senor Vicente Adrian, president of the latter organ-
ization. :
In the large audience almost all the members of the Superior
Council of Social Welfare were included; also representatives of the
Mortgage Loan Bank, many Government officials, members of Con-
gress, delegations from other benefit societies similar to ‘fla Unién,”’
and a great throng of working people.
Sefior Adrian made an interesting address, from which the following
excerpts are quoted:
La Unién, a society of artisans, celebrates to-day with justifiable rejoicing
the opening of the subdivision designed for its members, in which the first group
of houses is already built and ready for occupancy. This is the first practical
demonstration of the benefits provided by the new Housing Law, since some
of these houses may be occupied this very day, still others after a few weeks,
and the rest in a few months.
Our members have long been able to enjoy the many advantages of a mutual
benefit society as provided by the statutes; the careful attention of physicians
employed by the society, proper medicines, timely assistance in obtaining the
necessities of life, and, in case of death, burial in the society’s mausoleum. The
1 Translated and compiled by Elsie Brown of the Bulletin staff.
24932—27—Bull. 2 3 129
130 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION
TYPICAL WORKMEN’S HOUSE IN “‘LA UNION” DEVELOPMENT
One of the several types of homes in the group formally inaugurated May 16, 1926 in the outskirts of
Santiago
society, however, does not stop with these, forit gives to the widow and children
of a member a substantial cash benefit.
A beneficent law has now been enacted which will greatly add to the happiness
and well-being of our members, who can now look forward to becoming owners
of comfortable, well-built, and sanitary homes. These houses we are about
to inaugurate present the pleasing aspect of a little garden city, within whose
limits social movements of economic and spiritual significance will shortly be
initiated. We plan to have a cooperative store, a school, a recreation center,
a playground, and other community facilities whereby our children will be
trained in habits of health and industry, so that they will never become a charge
on the State. ...
The Government may count with full assurance on the cooperation of the
workers’ organizations in promoting the fulfillment of the cheap housing law,
for they well understand that, in present economic conditions, sacrifices on the
part of the Government will be required if this law is to be fully carried out.
Nevertheless additional funds and the consequent increase in the number of
cheap but hygienic houses must be obtained, the more so that such houses are
now beyond working people’s reach because of high rents and an acute housing
shortage. .
Following this address, Sefior Anibal Letelier spoke on behalf
of the Superior Council of Social Welfare and of the Mortage Loan
Bank, and from the repeated applause it was evident that his senti-
ments were warmly approved by the audience.
Sefior Letelier said in part:
Since some time in the last century, European nations have been earnestly
seeking the solution of the social problems through laws intended to improve
the condition of the poorer classes. Foremost among these laws of human
brotherhood are those concerning healthful and inexpensive housing.
WORKMEN’S HOUSES, SANTIAGO, CHILE
Upper:’ Houses in the Garden City of San Miguel, one of the projects completed by the Leo XIII Insti-
tution. Center: Homes on Santa Familia Street, constructed by the Patronato Santa Filomena.
Lower: Ilouses erected by the Catholic University of Chile
132 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION
CHILD HEALTH CENTER, HUEMUL DEVELOPMENT
}
In our own country, however, very little was done prior to 1910 in matters of
social welfare. When,inthat year, Sefior Luis Barros Borgofio was called to the
management of the Mortgage Loan Bank, he inspired the board of directors
with his noble and ardent aspirations on behalf of the public welfare, aspirations
which were the result of his persevering study of social problems; and while in
no sense ignoring the prime purposes of the bank, he gave it vigorous impulse
toward the democratization of property and the development of various forms
of saving and other welfare plans for the benefit of the poorer classes.
In the realization of these altruistic purposes, the Mortgage Bank has carried
out in Santiago four housing developments, transferable on very easy terms to
persons of small means, namely, the La Paz development, in the northern part
of the capital; the Providencia development, now completely sold; the Nufioa
development in the southeastern part of the city, and the Huemul development
in the thickly populated Mataderos ward. Of the four, the last-named is the
most important in size, consisting of 157 detached houses provided with all the
conveniences possible at the moderate price, with its own lighting and police,
a public dispensary, theater, schools, library, child health center and maternity
hospital. , :
Outside the city limits the Bank has offered the public the agricultural develop-
ments in Graneros and Lo Ovalle, both already entirely disposed of, and the new
El Llano development of 185 acres just beyond the city line.
In the city of Valparaiso this bank has built two similar suburban groups of
houses, besides several especially designed for laborers, such as that at Las
Habas.
Moreover, the Mortgage Bank, while carrying out these works for the public |
benefit, did not forget its own employees, for whom it established a welfare
department, camps for rest and recreation, life insurance, medical assistance,
and a loan section. In a word, it organized for the welfare of its personnel
HYGIENIC HOMES FOR CHILEAN WORKINGMEN
Upper: A group of three houses in the Garden City of San Luis built by the Superior Council of Social
Welfare. Lower: Two houses in the Huemul development, in a thickly populated ward of the Chilean
capital. The Huemul district is the largest housing project of the Chilean Mortgage Loan Bank
134 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION
WORKERS’ COOPERATIVE STORE, HUEMUL DISTRICT
services of the most advanced social type, previously unknown in this country,
which have been successfully functioning ever since. ...
Among the group of intellectuals who were deeply interested in these experi-
mental movements toward greater social equity Sefor Luis Casanueva held
a prominent place. Throughout a fruitful journey to Europe he prosecuted his
sociological studies, and upon his return he framed a bill which is substantially
the Act of March 9, 1925, whereby the Superior Council of Social Welfare was
created, and this courageous attempt to solve the problem of sanitary and inexpen-
sive housing, as it concerns the middle and working classes, became possible. .. .
The success of this law depends upon the cooperation of four entities: The
Government, the National Council of Social Welfare, the Mortgage Loan Bank,
and last, but not least, the Chilean people.
The Government has worked and continues to work loyally in securing the
operation of the law. The Ministers of Social Welfare have promptly discharged
their full duty in this connection and it is an especial pleasure to pay a deserved
tribute to Senor Lucio Cérdova, the present Minister, whose intelligent and
constant labor fills me with admiration. ss
The Social Welfare Council continues, as heretofore, to accomplish its task in
praiseworthy fashion. In the course of a year, authorizaton has been given for
20 separate housing projects, valued at 18,205,246 pesos, and involving a total
of 3,000 rooms, and for the repair of 29 buildings having a total of 1,433 rooms,
at a cost of 488,882 pesos.
This council has also condemned 7,282 buildings as insanitary and 452 as
uninhabitable; it has compelled repairs to 5,957 rooms and demolished 313.
Furthermore, it has prepared a budget which calls for the investment this year
of nearly a million pesos, the amount which Sefior Cérdova, Minister of Social
Welfare, obtained from the Schwager Coal Co. for improving the housing of
their miners. . .
To show the importance of the cooperation of the Mortgage Loan Bank, it
suffices to mention that it has considered and acted on requests for loans totaling
20,400,000 pesos (and and buildings), and that with its assistance 800 dwellings,
totalling 3,000 rooms, are now under construction. ..
CHILE SOLVES HER HOUSING PROBLEM 135
I said that this law also requires for its success the honest and enthusiastic
cooperation of the Chilean people, for whose benefit it was passed. ... The
erection of cheap and hygienic houses will reduce rents, permit the sober and
frugal worker to own a comfortable home, and will enormously decrease our
frightful infant mortality. ...
The development which we are to-day inaugurating with appropriate ceremony
consists of 195 houses which, with the land, will cost 3,655,000 pesos. On this
property the Mortgage Loan Bank lent ‘‘La Unién”’ Society 2,870,000 pesos,
of which 530,000 pesos have already been repaid. The loan draws 5 per cent
annual interest and 1 per cent amortization, or 172,000 pesos, which thus repre-
sents a yearly average of 880 pesos per house, or 74 pesos per month.
The society of ‘‘La Unién”’ has had a long and useful life; founded in 1862,
it has always had intelligent and patriotic members, worthy of the highest esteem.
In the name of the Council of Social Welfare I cordially congratulate this society
and its honored president.
Following this interesting address, brief remarks were made by
Sefior Hernan Roman, representing the Social Labor Congress, Sefior
Baldomero Diaz, representing the committeee on building inspection
and Sefior Francisco Lira, a delegate from the Railway Workers’
Union.
The closing act of the program was the signing of a parchment
commemorating the inauguration of the development by President
Figueroa, other officials and distinguished guests, after which the
parchment was sealed in a monolith bearing a commemorative tablet.
Before leaving, President Figueroa and his party visited the
colony, displaying particular interest in the model houses equipped
and furnished by the construction company.
Efforts and achievements such as those here recounted are the
most convincing proofs of the sincerity of the Chilean Government’s
efforts to solve one of Chile’s most pressing problems—that of the
hygienic housing of her working classes, a problem which is so
intimately related with the high rate of infant mortality.
NT FED.
ht UNIT!
ALA
STATES - AMERICA <.
By Hetoist BratNerp,
Chief of the Division of Education of the Pan American Union
ROM December 2-4 the National Student Federation of the
United States of America held its second annual congress at
the University of Michigan. Since this organization is the
first of its kind in the United States, a word should be said
as to its origin.
As a consequence of the feeling among students in different uni-
versities that there was a distinct need for closer relations between
students, a conference was held in December, 1925, at Princeton
University, and the representatives of the 245 institutions present
decided to form a federation of students, whose aims are as follows:
1. To achieve a spirit of cooperation among the students of different
colleges throughout the country to the end that the experience of
one shall inure to the advantage of all.
2. To foster understanding between the students of America and
foreign countries.
3. To develop an intelligent student opinion on questions of national
and international importance.
During 1926 the National Student Federation gathered information
on several important problems of student life and published a survey
on one of them; established connections with two important educa-
tional associations from which material can be obtained; adminis-
tered tours to Europe for over 200 students last summer, in coopera-
tion with the Confédération Internationale des EKtudiants, and sent
four representatives to the meeting of the Confédération at Prague.
The second annual congress was attended by delegates from 198
institutions in all parts of the country. Of the 248 delegates, 99
were girls. At the opening meeting, notable addresses were made
by Dr. Stephen P. Duggan, director of the Institute of International
Education in New York; Dr. Alexander Meiklejohn, of the University
of Wisconsin; and Dr. Henry Noble MacCracken, president of Vassar
College, in which some of the outstanding problems of higher educa-
tion were clearly outlined and the Federation was urged to take —
part in their solution. Dr. Clarence C. Little, president of the
University of Michigan, who spoke at the following meeting, likewise
136
NATIONAL STUDENT FEDERATION OF THE UNITED STATES 137
appealed to the students to cooperate with the faculty in working
out the best methods of instruction and administration.
The president of the Federation, Lewis Fox of Princeton University,
to whose untiring efforts is due much of the success of the initial
year of work, struck a high note for the conference. He called on
the members to consider, not great world problems whose solution
demands no personal sacrifice on their part, but the pressing questions
of university life, where an application of the spirit of fair dealing and
brotherliness entailed clear thinking and real sacrifice, thus forming
habits of character which would carry over into later life and into
the solution of national and international problems, and urged the
recognition of intellectual development and unselfish character as
the chief end of higher education.
The constitution adopted by the congress provides for a president,
vice president, treasurer, and eight other members of the executive
committee who represent different sections of the country. The
extent of the task which confronts the Federation in organizing the
students of the United States may be understood from the fact that
some 477 universities, colleges, and professional schools are eligible
for membership.
The chief work of the congress was done in discussion groups
which met to consider specific topics or regional problems. The
following recommendations were made:
Methods of Instruction and Choice of Teachers: It was recommended that
students gather information as to methods of instruction that will secure more
intimate contact between students and teachers; as to means of emphasizing
teaching ability rather than mere learning in professors, and of insuring them
adequate salaries and freedom of speech.
Nature of the Curriculum: Its purpose should be definitely cultural and intel-
lectual, and should stimulate intellectual curiosity by giving more responsibility
to students for their own education. The value of examinations was affirmed,
as well as the participation of students in the construction of the curriculum, and
a committee was appointed to map out further studies of the curriculum.
Student Government: Student councils should deal with matters pertaining to
the student body as a whole, either with or without faculty cooperation, and
should cooperate with the faculty in matters involving both groups. They must
deal effectively with student problems in order to have influence with university
authorities. 2
Honor System: The system by which students are placed on their honor in
examinations and similar situations was advocated, and further study of it
recommended.
Athletics: These should be so organized as to benefit all students, not the few
composing the teams; intercollegiate sports on a large scale and the tendency to
professionalism in sports should be discouraged, as defeating the primary purpose
of athletics.
Fraternities: While the existence of fraternities is justified by their high ideals,
their practical failures should be minimized by encouraging activities in which all
students participate. To this end the cooperation of the fraternities themselves
should be sought.
138 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION
The officers elected for the coming year are=as-follows: President,
Fred Berger, of the University of Cincinnati, State of Ohio; vice
president, Miss Marvin Breckinridge, of Vassar College; and treasurer,
Joseph Owens, of the Kansas Wesleyan University. The University
of Nebraska was selected as the meeting place in 1927.
At the closing session greetings were received from the Pan Amer-
ican Union, the Confédération Internationale des Etudiants, German
and English student associations, and the American Association of
University Professors. Steps were taken looking to definite member-
ship in the Confédération, and much interest was shown in establishing
closer relations with foreign student federations. Miss Breckinridge
(Director of International Relations) reported plans for student tours
to Europe and one to Russia in 1927, and, later on, to Latin-American
countries, South Africa, and the Orient. Groups of foreign students
will also be invited to visit the United States, and special efforts
will be made to assist foreign students already here in sharing in
student life and obtaining a clearer view of American institutions.
THE WHITE COAL OF
By IupEronso Escosar,
Military and Civil Engineer, Rio de Janeiro
HE writer was commissioned some time ago to investigate the
water power of the central region of the State of Rio de
Janeiro. After the completion of the preliminary explora-
tions his attention was drawn to the remarkable amount of
water power existing in the mountainous section embracing the
municipalities of Sao Francisco de Paula, Santa Maria Magdalena,
and S&o Sebastiao do Alto, and to the facility with which it could be
brought to the seacoast of the State to furnish the power for the
industrial plants of the large cities of Campos, Macahé, and Nic-
theroy, where water power is so scarce and so much needed.
At a time when coal is constantly rising in price, making motive
energy more and more costly, we can no longer afford to neglect the
utilization of these great waterfalls, located as they are only 80 to 100
kilometers from the industries in question.
In this brief account of a long-neglected source of power, before
describing the work executed by order of Governor Feliciano Sodré,
who is endeavoring very wisely to utilize the water power of the State
THE WHITE COAL OF BRAZIL 139
and thus inaugurate’a new era of progress and prosperity, the impor-
tance of water power, in general, and the gigantic industrial future of
Brazil when this source of energy shall have been utilized, must be
considered.
Some slight idea of the potential water power of Brazilian rivers
will be gained from the following data with respect to hydrodynamic
power in some of the other countries of the world. A comparison of
Brazilian waterfalls with those of other countries shows clearly the
high coefficient of hydraulic power to be attained, whenever a serious
attempt is made to draw therefrom the power needed to drive
industrial machinery, to electrify the railways, and light our cities
and towns. Such a comparison should, moreover, stimulate and
encourage Brazilian engineering enterprise to emulate the daring con-
ceptions carried out in other countries much less rich in ‘‘ white coal”’
than Brazil.
Among the great water-power projects completed up to the pres-
ent, that which perhaps has caused the deepest impression on the
popular imagination is the improvement at Victoria Falls on the Zam-
besi River, in the interior of Africa. The Zambesi, which rises in the
mountains of Benguela, forms these celebrated falls in the region of
Makalolo, and it is through this river that the waters of the great
Lake Nyassa find their way to the Mozambique Channel after a
course of 3,400 kilometers.
Modern engineering, undaunted by the immense distance between
this great waterfall and the points where the power was to be used,
proceeded to utilize the waters of the Zambesi in order to trans-
mit current, with a tension of 150,000 volts, to the cities of Johan-
nesburg and Pretoria, situated 1,200 kilometers from the point
of intake. Installations such as this show the immense progress
which has been made in recent years in the conduction of electric
energy over long distances and under high tension.
Among the most powerful hydroelectric developments, the follow-
ing may be mentioned:
In the Americas—The Ontario Power Co., 110,000 volts; Los Angeles,
106,000 volts; Boulder Dam, 100,000 volts; Central Colorado Power Co.,
100,000 volts; Muskegon River Co., 110,000 volts; Great Falls, 100,000 volts;
Hydro-Electric Power, 110,000 volts; Stanislaus Power Co., 104,000 volts;
Chuquicamata, 110,000 volts; Great Western, 100,000 volts; Mexico Northern,
110,000 volts; Shawinigan Water, 100,000 volts; Yadkin River Power, 103,000
volts; Sierra San Francisco, 104,000 volts; Washington Water, 110,000 volts;
Georgia Power, 110,000 volts; Southern Sierra Power, 140,000 volts; Sable,
140,000 volts; Seros, 140,000 volts; and Pacific Light & Power, 150,000 volts.
Of the foregoing the two greatest developments of electric energy
are clearly the Pacific Light & Power and the Zambesi Enterprise,
both of 150,000 volts, the latter in the Union of South Africa and
the former in the United States.
140 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION
On the day that Sete Quédas with its 20,000,000 horsepower;
Iguassi with 1,000,000 horsepower; Urubuptinga, with 1,000,000
horsepower; Paulo Affonso, with 500,000 horsepower, and other
Brazilian falls shall have been developed, these now exceptional volt-
ages will appear very modest figures in comparison with the power
furnished by these superbly wonderful waterfalls.
The power of a nation is measured to-day by its industrial energy
and by the extent of its railways. The United States, which is a
notable proof of this assertion, in order to reach this degree of progress
and wealth has transformed her hydraulic power into electric energy
and used it to drive her machines and railway trains. In the United
States steam has already been largely supplanted by electricity. And
Brazil, in its immensity, is destined in no distant future to be a star of
the first magnitude in the constellation of nations.
The mineral and vegetable wealth of Brazil is also prodigious, and
among the elements of future progress in these fields, her incom-
parable water system is an outstanding factor. ... No other region
on earth possesses a river system so extensive and so adequate to
transportation and to industrial development as Brazil.
A comparison of the volume of Brazilian rivers with those of other
countries will give some idea of their hydrographic superiority. For
example, there are in Brazil more than a dozen water courses which
exceed either the Volga or the Danube, the largest in Europe. The
rivers of Brazil are, in general, remarkable for their great volume as
compared with the extent of their basins: Thus in the Purts, the basin
of which is only one-third that of the Nile—the legendary fertilizer of
Keypt—the volume of water is twice as great. The majestic Amazon,
king of rivers, which surpasses in volume all other rivers of the world,
is readily navigable at all seasons of the year to a distance of 5,000
kilometers. This great river possesses some interesting character-
istics. Its several sources are in the Andean Plateau in Peru, 4,000
meters above the level of the sea. Here many streams unite in Lake
Lauri to form a considerable stream, called in its upper reaches the
Tunguragua, which, flowing northward between the lofty peaks of two
parallel mountain ranges, plunges by a series of falls to an altitude
only 160 meters above sea level, where with concentrated volume it
breaks through its imprisoning walls to spread out toward the east
in a beautiful sheet of water 400 kilometers wide. From this point on to
the sea, a distance of 5,000 kilometers, the Amazonis perfectly navigable.
The Amazon is 3 kilometers wide and 45 meters deep when it enters
Brazil, and as its altitude is then only 80 meters, its current is
moderate though wide and powerful. The waters of the Amazon are
yellow, but its tributaries, though clear, exhibit a variety of colors,
some being black, others white, brown, chestnut, red, green, or blue.
With its vast network of igarapés (small tributaries) and parami-
rins—branches which, leaving the river, reenter it lower down, form-
THE WHITE COAL OF BRAZIL 141
ing islands—the great sea river, moving always parallel with the
Equator, traverses immense plains, widening out in some places to a
width of 25 kilometers. At Obidos, however, where it becomes much
narrower, it attains a depth of 76 meters and a velocity of 2 meters per
second. So great is the volume of water discharged by the Amazon,
that it flows to a distance of 400 kilometers out into the ocean.
The upper Amazon, or Maranh4o, rises and falls at regular periods.
In the Solimées—the name of the Amazon in Brazilian territory from
Tabatinga to its confluence with the Rio Negro—these variations are
not so noticeable. In the lower Amazon, however, from the Rio
Negro to the ocean, the volume of water varies but little, for two
reasons:
First: The tributaries from the right, being in a different zone
from those on the left, compensate to a great degree the reduction in
volume and vice versa.
Second: The vast quantity of water, which at times of overflow in
the upper basin spreads out over the great Amazon Valley, seeps
slowly into many miles of dense forests, to feed in turn the main
stream during the three or four months’ interval before the next over-
flow. Thus a sort of equilibrium is maintained which prevents any
great variation in the level of the thalweg.
In addition to this great fresh-water sea, Brazil possesses many
other great streams, such as the Parana (3,800 kilometers), the
Madeira (3,000 kilometers), the Xingti (3,000 kilometers), the Sao
Francisco (2,800 kilometers), the Paraguay (2,400 kilometers), the
Tocantins (2,200 kilometers), the Negro (2,000 kilometers), the Uru-
guay (1,400 kilometers), the Parnahyba (1,300 kilometers), the
Tieté (1,100 kilometers), and others.
These mighty rivers, together with their tributaries, many of which
are also of considerable size, as well as a vast number of smaller
streams, place Brazil in an exceptionally favorable situation with
respect to the development of water power to be transformed into
electric energy for use in industrial activity and railroad traction. . .
It js too soon to think about the colossal undertakings which will
undoubtedly be carried out in the future, but let us consider the
water power which the 4,000 meters’ fall of the Amazon in its upper
course can produce, with a flow measured by a depth of 45 meters
and a width of 3 kilometers. In a century from now, perhaps,
when the populations of Amazonas, Peru, Venezuela, and Colombia
shall have reached a medium density, the prodigious volume of the
Amazon waters falling from fantastic heights into appropriate diver-
sion dams, thence to move the gigantic vanes of colossal turbines,
will leave present-day American voltage far behind. .. .
The industrial progress of Brazil awaits increase of population,
and this increase is but a question of time. While it is true that
to-day her population is between 30 and 35 millions, soon, certainly
142 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION
before the year 2,000, it will be 100,000,000, sufficient to influence the
destiny of the world. Brazil has practically everything—a vast
territory almost equal to that of the whole of Europe; incalculable
quantities of excellent timber; minerals of all kinds, and ‘white
coal,” white-crested and impetuous, everywhere—north, south, center,
east, and west.
No statistics are available with respect to our waterfalls, nor do
we know their exact potentiality. Somedataneverthelessmaybe cited.
In the Rio Negro up to its junction with the Casiquiare Canal,
which unites it with the Orinoco, there are 50 falls. The Madeira
has about 45, including the Theotonio and the Ribeirafo, each of
which has a potentiality of more than 600,000 horsepower. The
Tapaj6z has 16 falls; the Xingt has many, while the Tocantins forms
a multiplicity of cascades of various heights, and along the middle
course of the Parnahyba there are several large falls. The Sado
Francisco forms the beautiful cataract of Paulo Affonso, 85 meters
high, with 500,000 potential horsepower, and Itaparica falls, with
about 300,000, besides many other smaller falls which are capable of
producing tens of thousands of horsepower. The Rio das Contas is
rich in rapids; the Jequitinhonha has many cataracts, among them
being Cachoeira Grande, of 100,000 horsepower; the Doce, in Minas,
has many small cascades; the course of the Parnahyba do Sul is full
of rapids and falls, the most important of which are Sapucaia (70,000
horsepower) and Salto (50,000 horsepower). The Mambucaba forms
the falls of the same name (45,000 horsepower); the Paran4, among
others, the Marimbondo at its confluence with the Rio Pardo, and
the Urubupunga (1,000,000 horsepower), at the bar of the Parna-
hyba. The Tieté, in Sao Paulo, has, besides others, the Itt and the
Itapura Falls, the latter of 54,700 horsepower. On the Ivahy there
is a beautiful leap of 76 meters; and the Iguasst forms the Victoria
Falls, 64 meters high, with 1,000,000 horsepower.
The Parana also presents the majestic spectacle of the gigantic
Sete Quédas (Seven Falls). The course of this tremendous stream,
flowing from the interior of the Minas, Sao Paulo, and Goyaz States,
forming the boundary first between Matto Grosso and Paranaé and
then between the Republics of Paraguay and Argentina, is obstructed
by the Maracuj4 and Dourados mountain ranges, which cause the
waters to spread out into a lake 17 kilometers wide, with the island
of Sete Quédas in the center. Seeking an outlet, this enormous
mass of water pours tumultuously over the edge of a steep preci-
pice 124 meters in height, thus forming the Sete Quédas, with a
potentiality estimated at 20,000,000 horsepower.
According to a description by George Morael, a distinguished
hydraulic engineer, the rim of the falls, which is in the shape of a
horseshoe, measures 2 kilometers, the principal fall bemg 70 meters
THE WHITE COAL OF BRAZIL 143
high, and the body of falling water 3 meters through. On the Brazil-
ian side there are three other falls, each composed of two consecutive
cascades of 35 meters each. These are the Benjamin Constant,
Floriano, and Deodoro Falls. On the Argentine side there is also a
similar series of falls of lesser importance. Exactly on the inter-
national boundary is an unbroken cascade, the highest of all, called
Unido (Union), because it forms a link between the two neighboring
countries.
Many beautiful phenomena are observed in the region about these
falls. In the early morning when the air is still and the sun appears
above the horizon, over the mouth of the abyss where the waters
madly rush, myriads of rainbows gleam and dance—some spanning
the cataract from side to side in a glorious unbroken arch, while
fragments of others appear and disappear with flickering irides-
cence. As the day advances, however, the rainbows begin to descend °
toward theriver bed, disappearing entirely as the sun reaches its zenith.
At a distance of 10 kilometers from the falls a beautiful and seem-
ingly permanent cloud of mist drawn therefrom by evaporation may
be seen against the blue of the sky. As long as the air is clear and
calm this cloud remains motionless in space, as if forming part of
the vast heavenly vault. Only the intervening mist trembles and
vibrates to the mighty rush and deafening roar of the waters, which
in the distance resembles the approach of a terrific storm.
But the store of Brazilian white coal is not limited to this extraor-
dinary falls, considered one of the Seven Wonders of the World,
nor to the others already enumerated. The Paraguay River includes
many cascades not far from its sources. The Uruguay forms the
Salto Grande (30,000 horsepower), while practically all the rivers and
streams in Brazil have many falls, cascades, and rapids. As impor-
tant prospective sources of power, the following additional falls may
be mentioned: Salto dos Patos (700,000 horsepower), Agua Vermelha
(300,000 horsepower), Salto da Onga (220,000 horsepower), Salto do
Avanhandava (62,000 horsepower), Cachoeira Dourada (400,000 horse-
power), Salto Grande (400,000 horsepower), Salto Gaguara, (50,000
horsepower), Salto Franga (50,000 horsepower), Cachoeira Escura
(30,000 horsepower), all of which are in Minas Geraes. In Rio
Grande do Sul there are the Quédas do Jacuhy (30,000 horsepower),
and in Matto Grosso the Utiarity Falls (85,000 horsepower), the
Camaizocola (85,000 horsepower), the Jararaca (30,000 horsepower),
and many others.
As to the sum total of Brazilian hydraulic power, the data are still
so incomplete that no exact statement can be made. In “‘Hulha
Branca em Minas Geraes,”’ by Nelson de Senna, we find that in the
State of Minas alone there are 1,160 falls, with an estimated power of
2,200,000 horsepower.
MOTHER’S
JO
I. MOTHER’S DAY IN VENEZUELA
HE institution of Mother’s Day continues to capture the
hearts and minds of the Latin American peoples. One of
the first to adopt it was Venezuela where, in the city of
Valencia, capital of the historic province of Carabobo, with
solemn and appropriate ceremonies it was inaugurated May 24, 1921,
by Dr. J. M. Arcay Smith, under the patronage of the well-known
beneficent society Caridad y Concordia, of which he is president.
Shortly afterward, this society petitioned the authorities to thence-
forth set apart the fourth Sunday in May as a day devoted to filial
gratitude, affection, and remembrance, and to provide for the simple
and appropriate expression on that date of these sentiments on the
part of the community, all of which was duly accorded, including the
stipulation that every member of the provincial communities without
distinction of age, sex, or social condition wear on that day a red
flower in homage to his or her living mother, and a white one in case
she had passed away.
The Caridad y Concordia Society with unflagging zeal then ad-
dressed itself to the no small, but successful, task of securing similar
official recognition and appropriate action in the remaining munici-
palities of Venezuela. Not content with this notable achievement,
they proceeded to solicit and obtain from the National Congress its
official sanction to the national observance, annually, of Mother’s
Day on the last Sunday in May.
Instead of resting content with the laurels thus gained, Caridad y
Concordia proceeded in January of 1922 to convoke a nation-wide
competition to which all the poets of the country were invited to
submit the text for a Mother’s Day hymn. In this competition the
gold medal (First Prize) was awarded to Sefior Dr. Luis Bouquet,
the second prize to Sefiorita Carmen Brigé, and the third to Sefior
Francisco Hernandez.
The next step was taken by Prof. Pedro Elias Gutiérrez, director
of the Army Band of Caracas, who, in deference to the plea of Doctor
Avcay, composed appropriate music for the hymn in question, which
is now sung by the school children throughout the Republic as one of
the most attractive numbers in the annual festivities devoted to
144
MOTHER’S DAY IN THE LATIN AMERICAN REPUBLICS 145
Mother’s Day, and the text and music of which will be found at the
close of this article. Other attractive features of the celebration, so
far as Valencia is concerned, are the distribution by Caridad y Con-
cordia of clothing and other necessaries to needy children, and the
filial salute to the national colors which, in the words of Doctor Arcay,
is the solemn renewal by all the participants of their pledge of faith
and loyalty before the altar of Madre Patria in the discharge of the
sacred duties and privileges of citizenship.
MONUMENT TO “THE
THREE MOTHERS,”’
ERECTED IN VALEN-
CIA, VENEZUELA
Through the initiative of Dr.
Jesis Maria Arcay Smith,
President of the Caridad y
Concordia Society, and in-
augurated with appropriate
ceremony September 20,
1925, in commemoration of
Mothers’ Day
No account of Mother’s Day in Venezuela would be complete with-
out some mention of the beautiful sculptural group of Las Tres Madres
(The Three Mothers), executed in Italy in the finest Carrara marble,
which was erected by Doctor Arcay in a specially laid-out park and
presented with appropriate ceremonies, under the patronage of the
President of the Republic, September 20, 1925, to the city of Valencia.
It should be noted that this culminating step in the generous and
meritorious campaign on the part of the Caridad y Concordia Society
and its distinguished president is the only example known in which
24932—27—Bull. 2——4
146 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION
the triple mother—The Mother of God, the Mother Country, and
the Mother of Man—is thus apotheosized.
The Bulletin is informed that Doctor Arcay is now actively engaged
in carrying the propaganda in favor of Mother’s Day beyond the
borders of Venezuela, to the end that this most fundamentally human
of all anniversaries may become at no distant date a truly Pan
American institution, and a new and indissoluble bond of spiritual
union and confraternity between the peoples of America.
II. MOTHER’S DAY IN PERU?
Mother’s Day in Peru owes its inception to the “Centro Univer-
sitario Ariel,’ a student group of the ancient University of San Marcos
in Lima which in 1923 succeeded, under the presidency of Sefior
Carlos Alberto Izaguirre, in securing official recognition of this obser-
vance on the second Sunday in May. The whole university took
up with enthusiasm the initiative of this society of young idealists.
In 1924 Peru paid tribute for the first time to her who holds the
highest place in life—the blest among women—the mother, in a most
brilliant ceremony which took place at the University under the
chairmanship of its president, Dr. Manuel Vicente Villaran,
universally revered for his outstanding intellectual qualities and good-
ness of heart. The following year witnessed another celebration of
Mother’s Day at the university under its new president, Dr. José
Matias Manzanilla, who in the course of a brilliant extemporaneous
address announced that, thenceforth, the University Council was the
sponsor of Mother’s Day.
The Council appointed its beloved professor, Dr. Carlos Wiesse,
to preside over the meeting, on Mother’s Day in 1926, in homage to
the universal mother on her day of joy, love, and hope—a day dedi-
cated to her who wisely guides the heart and tempers the spirit of her
children from birth onward. On this occasion the great gilded hall of
the university was filled with youthful students coming to participate,
with “the tenderness of religion and the religion of tenderness,”’ in the
simple and moving ceremony in which, as sons, they were to behold a
spiritual vision of the woman who gave them the gift of life. In a
spirit of the deepest reverence and love they partook of “the eucharist
of filial gratitude.”
After Professor Wiesse in inspired phrases had portrayed the uni-
versal mother, after the youthful Andres A. Galarza had disclosed on
behalf of the students the heart of that mother’s son, after the silent
contemplation of the individual mother enshrined in the heart of
each listener—after all these tributes, the assemblage dispersed, deeply
moved by their participation in this most intimately universal of
anniversaries.
1 Condensed by Mrs. Gray, of the BULLETIN staff, from Revista Universitaria de San Marcos, Lima,
Septem ber,*1926.
MOTHER’S DAY IN THE LATIN AMERICAN REPUBLICS
147
When after the crime of the World War we contemplate the passing
of the old régime and the advent of a new dawn; when social institu-
tions everywhere are weakening and great gaps appear in what the
world has hitherto reverenced as the philosophy of knowledge; in
these moments of darkness and doubt which precede a new epoch for
humanity, men do well to seek the light of faith not only in the
unsounded depths of their own souls but in collective festivals such
as this, which, honoring noble ideals, foster man’s highest spiritual
aspirations and infinitely enlarge the meaning of his existence.
HIMNO DE LAS MADRES!
By Luts BouquET
CORO
j Que resuene mi canto sonoro
Y en notas brillantes
Se eleve hasta el Cielo,
Por tres Madres augustas que adoro:
La Madre Celeste,
Mi madre y mi suelo... !
j Augusta Madre mistica,
Mi corazén te implora:
Vuelve tu faz benéfica,
Y al pueblo que te adora
Y que en Ti espera férvido,
Protégelo, Sefiora,
Por tu infinito amor... !
Madre que vida disteme,
Mi amor filial te ofrenda
Como oblacién purisima
Mi gratitud, la prenda
Que tu materno espiritu
Deposit6 en mi senda
Cuando empecé a vivir.
jPatria, Madre de Héroes,
Vivero de condores... !
De dicha el Cielo célmete,
Tierra de mis mayores,
Que glorias tienes multiples
Y vividos fulgores
Destellan de tu sien...
I
CORO
II
CORO
III
CORO
El suelo siempre ubérrimo
De la gentil Valencia
Produce flores cAndidas,
Y generosa esencia
Dan para Ti sus cdrmenes
En plena florescencia
De su filial fervor... !
Como la lumbre cdlida
Del sol funde la nieve,
Asi tu nombre magico
Todo mi ser conmueve,
Y mi oracién apréstase
Como un murmullo leve
Que a Dios tiende a subir... !
jOh Madre! Ven y hadblame,
Pues por calmar tus penas
Daré toda la pirpura
Que corre por mis venas,
Y el soplo de mi espiritu,
Y las horas serenas
De mi vida también... !
1 Poem awarded the first prize (gold medal) in the national competition promoted by the Caridad y
Concordia Society of Valencia.
THE PAN AMERICAN UNION
148
HIMNO DE LAS MADRES
ProF. PEDRO ELIAS GUTIERREZ
Music by
Words by Sr. Luis BOUQUET
Hh,
Alle gre Marciel
-tas bri-
ern no
sue-ne mi
i Que re
tas gquea
QUS -
-dres au
Ma
Ww
uv
wu
~
u5
[=")
-ve hastaelcie- lo
an-tes Se ele
mi sue - lo !
La Ma-dre Ce- les-te, mt ma-dre
do-ro:;
MOTHER’S DAY IN THE LATIN AMERICAN REPUBLICS 149
[SST ou:
ae EEIIED (ET > EEE EAD
ES 20 Cen
P|
a> aan!
GH
SSS EE
En ae SES
oe SSS) Gee GaN Sse > LE ar Ge I
L] ners]
>= SS SS EE Sn oA) A eS) (re |
co-ra-z6n te implo —
Va - len -
—————
———
————_4 =z
Ss FAUNS 23 fe
ir eer SS Sa SS sa So SS BSN OoLaoS
TET? A YL | Ws 2 a
or SSosaerass ream
ar Ae ABRs sae.
Vuel-ve tu faz be-né — fi-co, WV
3 al pueblo que te ado — ra
Rro-du-ce flo - rep can — di -das, NE
XG
e-ne-xro-Sa esen— cin Y dan
ae ee)
2 (EY ZEA EE (SS SU) SS) SSS eee ey
f. eS aaa aa EOE OS en SSS SS SSE — —
asp CS SS——e— SS SS SSS eS Se ZZ’ © Ga eS
ar iE : : f Pe ee
ZELGES 37] PAs S2aUNN LZ
y + 2 ES: F ADAG SSo4 6 4a SoS OC Di Geo aH ea rn
GOES Ga AS @ [ At = Wal « || |i (Pg ] IRE ASS OE en
Epon sper Bo A 1S) ST eS 2 oe Se a
(PA @C2@eIS fT AGES ee a a a 22S) 2S SS ee Oe eos
SZ=DSAeZAaN 1 B aN
150 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION
7 [= SS ey SS SS Ss Se eS SS
EE: 6 oe es
SSS ae 2 eee aaa SaaS)
eS ES) a)
Lae f Stole 4 =
RE EEE EES es
es-pe-ra fer - vi-do,
—-roa tt $US car - me-nes
3
LS 2AIESS 3 ———s
oN SS ras bis Sas aS a SEA er S
za } Hy [22 ge)
Pt
(AD Ao
SN
I—THE TEACHING OF BUILDING TRADES
HE “Industrial School No. 2”’ of Montevideo has had an
average attendance this year of 210 students, the majority
being workers. A great many more students could be
enrolled if the capacity of the building permitted. As it
is, there is a large number of young men with an earnest desire for
improvement who can not be admitted to this useful instruction.
The day classes are exclusively for men who are preparing to be
draftsmen for architects and engineers and their apprenticeship com-
prises a course of four years. During the first year drawing is
studied six hours a week and mathematics two. The second year
the hours of work increase. Six hours weekly are devoted to geo-
metric design, six to decorative design, six to modeling (the student
is expected to do shopwork when required, working from a sketch),
and two hours to mathematics. In the third year the student takes
up the study of decorative and architectural design in detail, pro-
fessional drawings are made, and the study of mathematics is con-
tinued. The fourth year is devoted exclusively to technical drawing.
There is, in addition, an effective fifth year of specialization training
for the chosen profession, the subjects being theory of perspective,
drawing from life, decorative composition, and water-color rendering
of plans.
The classes in carpentry, masonry, zinc work, painting, and plas-
tering are conducted during the afternoon at hours convenient for
workers, and all are based upon the study of mathematics and
drawing, entirely apart from the technology each trade requires. The
Building Trades School has some very talented students who have
a future which, if but modestly successful, will be at least free from
unpleasant surprises. The worker who entered the school a mere
apprentice leaves it equipped either as a qualified assistant to an
engineer or an architect, or as an excellent foreman capable of carry-
ing out the plans submitted to him and of estimating the cost of all
materials required in a given piece of work, and also the labor involved.
The walls of one classroom visited were decorated with original
work, including estimates of cost even of the wall paper. The stu-
1 The following two articles are from ‘‘ Trabajo,’ January-April, 1926, Montevideo.
151
IL THE PAN AMERICAN UNION
dents had fashioned, also, illuminated signs in artistic and decorative
designs using glass work in very happy combinations. It is evident
that modeling is studied with much enthusiasm. In the fourth year
the draftsmen create most interesting ‘‘maquettes,’’ which are the
plastic reproduction of plans submitted by the working architect or
engineer. This explains why all students who have enrolled for
drawing are taught with special emphasis the principles of the third
dimension.
‘““This course was greatly needed,’ we were told by our guide on
entering the zinc workroom. Formerly whenever a job in zinc had
to be put through, the tinsmith who mends the pots and pans was
called in. A special course in zine work became an urgent necessity.
Courtesy of ‘ Trabajo”
MAKING MODELS FROM ARCHITECT’S DRAWINGS
Interesting work of fourth-year students in Industrial School No. 2, Montevideo
We were shown architects’ plans executed by a student in paste-
board and zinc. Owing to his knowledge of mathematics the zine
worker can utilize his material without the waste resulting from
cutting the relatively costly metal sheets in an unscientific manner.
Granted the methods of construction which are now in vogue,
many masons, even those who act as foremen, do not know the
principle of vaulting, of a grand arch, etc. Herein lies a serious
deficiency. The School of Building Trades is trying to interest the
Council on Industrial Education in providing, either alone or with
municipal aid, a large workshop where it may be possible to give
practical instruction in this type of work.
The authorities of this school, which has been functioning for
several years—although its present organization is a matter of but
INDUSTRIAL ART TEACHING IN URUGUAY 153
A CLASS IN THE BUILDING TRADES SCHOOL, MONTEVIDEO
two or three—made a definite investigation to ascertain, first, whether
its graduates readily find employment and, second, whether they are
successful at their trades. The facts were unanimously affirmative.
Graduates of the School of Building Trades are in great demand as
foremen. It was also found that many graduates have set up for
themselves and are achieving an ever increasing measure of success.
Schools such as Industrial School No. 2 and likewise No. 1 fill one
with optimism. They are convincing proof that progress is being
made in this fruitful labor, which is directly influential in the pros-
perity of Montevideo and of the country at large.
II—COURSE IN MODELING
The old methods of teaching this subject through meaningless
plaster casts have been abandoned in School No.1. From the begin-
ning simple natural forms serve as models for the student, who
thus commences to have a feeling for nature, close contact with which
stimulates him because of the limitless variety of models presented.
Modeling of this type therefore has an educational value entirely
distinct from that obtained by the repeated copying of plaster casts
of classic subjects. In the latter the student merely acquires a cer-
tain measure of manual skill, sometimes useless and very often harm-
ful in that it tended to destroy intuitive appreciation of form, origi-
nality, and the power of analysis. By the method used in this school
154 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION |
the student avoids that monotonous repetition of models which is
likely to arrest the development of creative ability.
In attacking his work, he begins by making a drawing, without
detail, of the proposed model, which in the first part of the course
consists of a simple, natural object selected from fruit, shells, etc., of
unsymmetrical shape. This is done in order to accustom him to
observe an object without those marked characteristics which are apt
to facilitate reproduction without sufficiently careful observation.
In this period reproduction in three dimensions is required. It is
only in the advanced course that the student is permitted to execute
subjects in high and low relief which, being a conventional method of
A CLASS IN MODELING
Old methods of instruction have been abandoned in Industrial School No. 1, Montevideo
representation, requires for its interpretation a greater mastery of
technique.
After the first attempts to reproduce the simplest models, such as
fruit, the student begins on shells and starfish, for which purpose the
school has a collection of material graduated in order of difficulty of
reproduction. The advantage of using these subjects as a means of
instruction lies in a certain regularity which almost insensibly leads
the student toward the geometric. He now begins to alternate his
study of objects with that of corresponding geometric forms, taking
note of the differences or points of similarity between the two and
their relative proportions. These problems are worked out on a
somewhat larger scale than the actual model, so as to avoid the tend-
ency to employ any other methods of reproduction than observation.
INDUSTRIAL ART TEACHING IN URUGUAY 155
After taking this first step in comparison, the student returns to
his study of the natural models, pointing out in these the geometric
forms which he recognizes, and modeling them from memory, as
though blocking out the model. The parallel between the natural
form and its geometric representation is the most interesting achieve-
ment of the student in the cultivation of his powers of observation
and will not fail to claim his attention in the future; it preserves an
equilibrium between reality and creativeness and prevents his imagi-
nation from running away with him. And what is more important
still, he will come to see in the geometric form the framework of a
natural model, a comprehension which will give him a firmer grasp
of its shape.
At this stage, the student practices modeling from memory, observ-
ing for a few minutes a simple fruit model which is again brought into
view two minutes before the work is completed. This test shows the
degree of the student’s accuracy of perception.
Following this, studies in composition are begun. These are simple
at first, consisting merely of a combination of points and lines of which
the student draws a sketch, later reproduced in modeling. There-
after the student begins to group the forms he has modeled, emphasiz-
ing the architectural aspect of the larger forms, simplifying into less
complex bodies these larger units, whether machines or furniture, and
thus acquiring a feeling for stability. This stage of the course reveals
the fact that the student has learned to observe and understand the
geometric forms through his familiarity with and comprehension of
the natural ones.
Having completed the foregoing work, the student once more
returns to natural forms, taking up another problem of modeling
from memory. With natural forms before him the student attempts
simple combinations, either with single units or with groups within
outlines previously assigned. He is also given problems in distrib-
uting mass and space within given areas, and when several of these
have been completed, he then begins to compose designs of natural
fruits and other motifs. The student’s own taste must serve as a
guide from this point, as it is impossible to lay down fixed rules.
Along with his study of natural models the student creates new
forms developed from a closer study of the original, thus opening up
a broad field for inspiration to the artisan. The student may take,
for instance, a univalvular shell and trace on a sheet of paper any
one of the innumerable outlines which the natural form suggests,
according to hisfancy. This figure may be, for example, the original
inspiration for a circular form, perhaps of a glass, which the student
models with the satisfaction of having created it himself.
With a mastery of this procedure and having perfected his powers
of observation, facility of expression and analysis, the student turns
156 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION
to the study of leaves and flowers of uncomplicated construction.
Taking them first singly and later in groups, he studies their most
salient features and sets them forth without obscuring them in a mass
of detail, simplifying through analysis the less obvious characteristics
of the natural form. In order to keep alive the student’s enthusiasm
and power of observation, animals such as rabbits, pigeons, etc., are
now introduced, the aim being to mold an adequate representation of
the creature without attempting perfection of detail, which would be
impossible at this stage of the course. After the elements have been
studied, harmonious combinations are
made which teach the student to evalu-
ate details in their relation to the whole.
Branches laden with fruit or flowers
also serve as models to the student at
this stage for the study of composi-
tion adapted to a certain given space,
a drawing first being made to show
the composition which the modeling
will reproduce. These exercises intro-
duce the student to decorative compo-
sition and stimulate his ingenuity and
imagination.
Now that the student is able to re-
produce form, he takes the next step,
which consists of a review and amplifi-
cation of his previous work. He begins
the study of natural and artificial forms —
with particular attention to their most
characteristic details, never losing sight,
however, of the fact that the true value
of his work lies in the composition itself
and not in a maze of detail which some-
times ruins the whole. Detail should
Pe ae eae, be used only: to enrich acompesiiion
egos ne) pune welotdndus; Sand give iv ormamentaly value aa inns
the learner studies decorative compo-
sition with the use of natural, geometric, and artificial models, either
singly or alternately, in accordance with rules already acquired.
The simple groupings of solids studied in the first stages are followed
by other more complex combinations of geometric forms within a given
space. New subjects are also added to the study of fauna and flora,
these being logically combined with other elements of the same
category, either marine or terrestrial. Mammalia, however, are not
studied, as the pupil must have a knowledge of anatomy to model
them successfully. With the foregoing, ornamental compositions are
Courtesy of ‘‘Trabajo”’
A CONDOR
INDUSTRIAL ART TEACHING IN URUGUAY 157
executed in both symmetrical and unsymmetrical designs. Finally,
the student takes up architectural elements: capitals, columns,
brackets, etc., and their decoration.
The next step is the study of high relief, going on to low relief.
Inasmuch as in the latter one dimension almost disappears, the
student first of all perfects a drawing of his proposed composition.
The obstacles to be surmounted in this work are great, and the stu-
dent must therefore be equipped with a good command of the art of
modeling. :
BAS RELIEF
This interesting piece of work was
designed and modeled by another
woman student of Industrial
School No.1. A reproduction in
cement of this model decorates the
house of a Uruguayan artist
Courtesy of ‘‘Trabajo”’
Up to this time the student’s purpose has been to reproduce a
given model; now he begins a new study of the interpretation of the
proposed subject within the possibilities of the material in which it
is to be executed. The importance of the limitations imposed by
the material on the composition, in order that the latter may be in
harmony with the characteristics of the medium, is kept constantly
before the student, who is taught to see in this relationship one of
the first axioms of artistic truth.
At this stage of the course the student has completed the period
of formal instruction. Free composition is now taken up, the stu-
dents competing with each other, and the best composition being
selected, they execute it on a definite scale.
/
158 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION
Finally after the student is familiar with form, conventionalization,
and adaptation to material, he takes up the study of historic styles,
from which he is now able, since his critical powers have been devel-
oped, to derive great benefit.
The foregoing gives a general idea of the course in modeling as
conducted in Industrial School No. 1 of Montevideo. The excellence
of the results obtained was amply revealed in the samples of work
shown in the recent school exhibition, a few photographs of which
are reproduced here. Some of these works, such as the condor,
modeled by one of the women students, which adorns the central court
of the school, display such vigor of line, such happy proportions, and
such perfection in style as would be expected of an experienced sculp-
tor. Another piece worthy of special mention is the bas relief, also by
a woman student, a fine example in which the very real difficulties
of this form of art are overcome by unusual skill, even the most
delicate modeling being highly expressive.
The fruitful work done in these courses in the Uruguayan indus-
trial schools well deserves our interest, and attention can profitably be
given to the educational principles motivating their rational modern
orientation.
FAIENCE .. ~*~
By Jessica Nextson Nortu
ITH the recent widespread interest in all things pertaining
to old Mexico, collectors have begun to gather together
and exhibit the beautiful tin-enameled pottery made in
Mexico during the seventeenth, eighteenth, and nine-
teenth centuries. Much of this pottery was made by Maya
Indians under the supervision of the Spanish conquistadores. It shows
the rare artistic skill of the natives of the country as applied to
European materials and designs. The rapidity with which the
4 ee SESE
:: "yy, ® 2 : oe
: Sah bee PPI Ded 4
eet fai :
Courtesy of the American Magazine of Art
URN OF A MODIFIED CHINESE PATTERN MADE IN MEXICO, 1790
Indians learned the trade of maiolica making was disconcerting to
the Spaniards, who could not realize that these workmen were at the
racial stage when handicraft is most expert.
Within 50 years of its beginning the industry had reached such
heights in Mexico, and especially in Puebla, that professional pride
1 The American Magazine of Art, September, 1926.
159
160 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION
Courtesy of the American Magazine of Art
MEXICAN URN OF SPANISH DESIGN, MADE
IN 1680
had developed. A potters’
guild was established in
1676. Only accredited pot-
ters might ply their trade,
and they were under a rigid
set of rules. Two grades of
faience were permitted,
coarse and fine. Of the
coarse ware, which was used
by the poor people and in
the kitchens of the rich,
there were three varieties.
The first was the plain white
ware, of which very little
has survived. The second
was white painted with blue
in rather ordinary patterns.
The third was the borrado or
blotted ware, in which the
blue design was allowed to
run in the enamel.
The fine ware had three varieties, also, of a much more interesting
origin. The first was the white ware, painted in blue and touched
up with black. This was the
most commonly used before
1700. From 1600 to 1780
the second sort of fine ware
was manufactured, an imi-
tation of the ware of Tala-
vera, Spain, in polychrome.
Five colors were used, yel-
low, blue, red, black, and
white, with an amazing va-
riety of effect.~ The third
variety was an imitation of
Chinese wares and flourished
from 1650 to 1800. Just
how faience with a Chinese
influence came to be made
by Indians under Spanish
masters is only understand-
able when we recall the tre-
mendous vogue for every-
thing Chinese in those
Courtesy of the Art Institute of Chicago
A MEXICAN BOWL
Made at Pueblo, Mexico, about 1750
MEXICAN FAIENCE 161
days. It was all the rage and has been ever since Marco Polo’s
exploits.
After 1800 the influence of the guild declined and a strong native
impulse began to be felt, originating from the Pueblan factories.
The colors became more gaudy and the forms less subtle. The
Spanish blood had become irretrievably mixed, and the distinction
between teacher and workman had vanished. The individual
designs, Chinese, Spanish, Moresque, and Mayan, still continue in
modified forms, but they are all amalgamated into one style. No
better example ever could be found of the manner in which the
elements of design outlast time and distance.
The Herbert Pickering Lewis collection of Mexican pottery,
recently presented to the Art Institute of Chicago, contains many
examples of each sort of pottery made in the native factories between
1600 and 1850. A great variety of huge basins and jars is included,
which by reason of the superior enameling and hardness of the native
ware have outlasted centuries of daily use. Two of the great urns
used for living plants in the courtyards of homes are illustrated.
One dated 1680 is Spanish in design, blue on a cream ground. The
other, made in 1790, shows how beautiful a Chinese pattern may be
when modified by the traits of two other races. Itis blue and black on
a ground of white. The large bowl has a touch of the Spanish, but
it has been obviously decorated by a native hand under the guidance
of a tropical imagination. The luxurious flowering trees and the
fanciful boat on which an airy figure blows a horn are hemmed all
about by rare birds with the long tail feathers of the Tropics. The
bowl is in colors and was manufactured about 1750. One of the
latest jars in the collection is the result of the Pueblan independence
after 1800. On a blue ground it bears decorations of yellow, green,
dark blue, and black. Its sophistication is evident, but it is none
the less beautiful.
Faience ware of a very high grade is still being made in Puebla
under the guidance of a Spanish gentleman from Barcelona.
By Jodo CastTALpI
Special Commissioner for Brazil and Argentina of ‘the Press Congress of the World,
Director of the well-known Daily ‘‘A Capital,” Sdo Paulo, Brazil
(The First Pan American Congress of Journalists recommends the reciprocal
transmission of North American and Latin American publications to the libraries
of the principal cities of each country. This recommendation refers to the principal
daily newspapers and periodicals of these countries.—Resolutions of the First Pan
American Congress of Journalists.)
MONG the resolutions adopted by the First Pan American
Congress of Journalists was one submitted by the writer,
providing for the exchange of newspapers, periodicals, and
books between the libraries of the principal cities of Amer-
ica. None but the ignorant or short-sighted can fail to realize the
importance of a proposition of this nature. Indeed, in the progres-
sive State of Sao Paulo, through the combined efforts of the writer
and the director. of the municipal library, an interesting Pan American
room is being formed, where Latin American newspapers are already
being received from Venezuela, Ecuador, Colombia, Mexico, and
other American countries and are being read with sympathetic
interest by patrons of that library.
An undertaking of this sort is a work of culture requiring tenacity
and perseverance. Its fruits are accessible to all, and as it les within
the scope of usefulness for which libraries exist, it is calculated to
aid them in their work of improving the human mind, while at the
same time strengthening the bonds that unite the human race.
Questions arise which demand an answer: Why do we not really
know each other? Why do we not bend our efforts to the task of
destroying distances and preconceived notions? Why do we not feel
more like brothers toward one another? Why do we do nothing to
uproot prejudices? Why do we commit injustices against our fellow
peoples, their countries and their histories? Why do we not pay the
least attention to what is going on in the other countries of the con-
tinent? Why do incidents arise which might easily be avoided?
Because prejudice feeds on ignorance, nourishing in turn unbounded
pride and a taste for despotism and exclusiveness.
Let us intensify the work of establishing libraries of every kind—
itinerant, fixed, or circulating. Let us fill them with intellectual pro-
162
PRACTICAL AID TO PAN AMERICAN LIBRARIES 163
ductions—technical and spiritual—with engravings and other illus-
trations, and we shall have contributed to the consolidation of the
broadest and most enduring foundations of American continental
fraternity. What newspaper will refuse to devote a few copies to
this end, the holiest and noblest objective to which it can lend its
support? No one can have failed to notice that the religious con-
flict in Mexico has given rise to considerable agitation throughout
the whole of the American Continent. Now, I am a living witness
to the fact that the numerous readers in the municipal library of
Saéo Paulo never fail after reading the Mexican papers to reduce
this question to its just measure. Was not that a long-distance
service rendered by the newspapers? And how many other questions
might be equally benefited by similar treatment?
By means of this interchange of the printed word all the energy,
vitality, and progress of all the American peoples may be within the
purview of all and be productive of greater friendship and an increased
stimulation towards greater helpfulness, thus serving as a_ barrier
against the encroachments of selfish groups, since before these could
succeed in their nefarious designs the public would be on guard, havy-
ing been informed through the newspapers, which in disturbed times
are sought mostly in the libraries.
The above considerations, even if we entirely disregard the advan-
tages of spreading information on legal, industrial, financial, agri-
cultural, mechanical, intellectual, and economic life in general, will
serve to demonstrate the importance of the resolution in question.
The rest, with a little good will on the part of the newspaper men of
the American Continent, will follow as a natural consequence. And
we are convinced that the plan will succeed, the more so because at
the next Pan American Press Congress some one will surely rise to
inquire how many resolutions of the last were put into practice toward
the realization of this ideal of friendly approximation. This appeal
is addressed especially to the public men of all the American coun-
tries—to writers, newspaper men, men of science and of labor, and
more particularly to those who signed the resolutions of the Pan
American Press Congress of Washington—with the direct object of
securing adhesions to the plan and thereby assuring to the municipal
libraries of the chief cities of America copies of their respective
publications whether in the form of newspapers, magazines, mono-
graphs, or books. For in so doing, by so making known the history,
struggles and achievements of their respective countries, they will
increasingly foster regard for such history, the appreciation of their
heroes as they deserve to be appreciated, within and beyond national
frontiers, and the continental recognition of the imperishable labor
of patriotism of those intrepid spirits.
164 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION
With respect to our colleagues of the United States, who are both
more prosperous and better informed, and who, moreover, were and
are pioneers in gigantic struggles and undertakings, we believe it
unnecessary to remind them of the need to fulfill their wish, as
expressed by their vote for the resolution in question. With a hun-
dred copies of their respective publications they will reach the minds
of at least a hundred thousand Latin Americans.
Sao Paulo, marching in the vanguard of South American progress,
the second Brazilian city in population, the first, perhaps, in creative
energy and economic resistance, has, with a population of rather
more than 800,000, 27 daily newspapers. We believe that this in
itself is sufficient proof that there are readers in Sao Paulo and that
its municipal library is deserving of the support of all those interested
in the movement.
SCHOOL OF TROPICA
Z
FA <
X
OF PORTO
By Epirx M. Irvine-Rivera
Managing Editor, Porto Rico Health Review
HE last decade has been in many ways a record-making
epoch for Porto Rico. Health activities have far exceeded
anything heretofore accomplished, and educational work
has moved forward, keeping pace admirably, in fact, with
that on the mainland. More than $4,000,000 was appropriated last
year by the Legislature of Porto Rico for school work out of the total
budget of $11,735,000, while the Insular Health Department, on its
meager appropriation of a little over $1,000,000, kept open 10 tuber-
culosis dispensaries and 13 social hygiene clinics and, in cooperation
with the International Health Board of the Rockefeller Foundation,
carried on a malaria-control campaign, in addition to establishing a
rural sanitation division under the auspices of which treatment for
uncinariasis is being given in the zones where this disease is most
prevalent.
None of these health activities was systematically organized in
Porto Rico 10 years ago. Prior to that time efforts had been made to
solve the various health problems mentioned, but a public health
SCHOOL OF TROPICAL MEDICINE, UNIVERSITY OF PORTO RICO 165
service which could meet the needs of the island from every stand-
point had not yet been constituted.
The spirit of cooperation existing between the Department of Health
and the other private and public organizations has given most satis-
factory results, and to-day so complete an understanding of the
health aspects of child and student life is developing that there is
every reason to believe that future citizens will be far better equipped
physically than was the Porto Rican youth of the past.
One of the notable advances of the past year was the founding of
the School of Tropical Medicine of the University of Porto Rico
under the auspices of Columbia University. In 1923 the Hon.
Antonio R. Barcel6é, president of the Porto Rican Senate, became
very much interested in the possibility of establishing this important
institution, especially if it were feasible to secure the cooperation of
Columbia University with the University of Porto Rico in the
undertaking, as suggested by Maj. Bailey K. Ashford some years
before. Fortunately Mr. Barcelé, in conjunction with Dr. Herman
Goodman and Dr. José A. Lopez Antogiorgi, was successful in making
preliminary arrangements with Columbia University and, after these
had received the indorsement of the Hon. Horace Mann Towner,
Governor of Porto Rico, Mr. Barcel6é introduced a bill into the
Porto Rican Legislature covering the plan drawn up.
In 1924 the Legislature passed a joint resolution creating a ‘School
of Tropical Medicine of the University of Porto Rico under the
auspices of Columbia University,’’ and providing the sum _ of
$100,000 out of the building fund of the University for the construc-
tion of an edifice for offices and laboratories. This same resolution
provided that the Institute of Tropical Medicine and Hygiene, which
had functioned since 1912 and of which the new School is an out-
erowth, should cease to exist and that its properties should pass to
the latter.
In accordance with another act of the legislative assembly. ap-
proved by the Governor in July, 1925, which authorized a reorgani-
zation of the University of Porto Rico, a special board of trustees
was provided for the School of Tropical Medicine to succeed the pro-
visional board.
The handsome new building, which is a source of pride to Porto
Rico and would be an honor to any country, was finished in May,
1925, its architectural design being taken from the Palace of Mon-
terrey in Spain. It is the leading adornment of Ponce de Leén
Avenue in the suburbs of San Juan, Porto Rico’s busy capital. The
structure contains well-equipped laboratories for the study of bac-
teriology, chemistry, mycology, pathology, and parasitology, each of
which can accommodate from 10 to 15 students and investigators.
A splendid library on the second floor of the building is open to stu-
166 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION
dents. Seventy-five journals covering the various branches of tropi-
cal medicine and related fields are received, as well as a number of
public health reports. At least 500 volumes of textbooks and works
of reference form the nucleus of the library of the future.
The School itself was formally inaugurated on September 22, 1926,
at which time a delegation from Columbia University headed by
Dean William Darrach, of the College of Physicians, was present.
Tn its announcement the School states that its ‘‘primary aim is to
give the opportunity for the study in a tropical environment of that
SCHOOL OF TROPICAL MEDICINE OF THE UNIVERSITY OF PORTO RICO
The school, which was formally inaugurated September 22, 1926, is housed in this handsome new building
located in the suburbs of San Juan
large ill-defined group of disorders known as tropical diseases, and at
the same time to observe the influence of exotic conditions on diseases
in general.’’ It should be remembered that the School of Tropical
Medicine has the distinction of being the first college of its kind to be
established in the Americas, although departments of tropical medi-.
cine have been organized in several of the leading medical schools of
North and South America.
Field work may be carried out in any part of the island through
courtesies extended by the Department of Health, and during the
SCHOOL OF TROPICAL MEDICINE, UNIVERSITY OF PORTO RIGO 167
session of 1926-27 classes from the Tropical School of Medicine
will spend a week or two in one of the districts in which intensive
campaigns against uncinariasis are being carried on, and a similar
period in another district where a demonstration of malaria-
prevention measures has been in process for over a year. A rare
opportunity is extended by this school to qualified investigators who
wish either to pursue independent research or to collaborate with
the local staff on problems of mutual interest, materials needed by
such research workers being supplied at cost price.
Clinical facilities are also provided, clinical instruction being given
this year in the quarantine hospital for transmissible diseases, the
leper hospital, the Presbyterian Hospital, the municipal hospital of
San Juan, and the insular tuberculosis sanatorium. Furthermore,
plans are already drawn up for a small hospital containing 40 beds and
a dispensary to be erected by the Insular Government on a site lying
between the laboratory building of the School of Tropical Medicine
and the seashore. This hospital, which will be operated by the
Department of Health in close cooperation with the school, will pro-
vide ample clinical facilities for teaching and investigation.
The course of study is divided into the following branches:
Bacteriology, mycology, and pathology; chemistry; medical zoology;
public health and transmissible disease; tropical medicine and surgery.
Instruction is in the hands of professors and physicians who are
acknowledged authorities on their subjects. There are 9 professors
on the faculty, 14 instructors, 6 resident lecturers, 4 visiting lecturers,
2 consultants, and 1 collaborator, the eminent Col. Bailey K.
Ashford, United States Army. The members of the administra-
tion are Dr. Thomas E. Benner, chancellor of the University of
Porto Rico; Dr. Nicholas Murray Butler, president of Columbia
University; and Dr. Robert A. Lambert, director of the School of
Tropical Medicine.
In the opening of School of Tropical Medicine, Porto Rico takes
one more great stride forward in health as well as higher education,
since, due to its close relationship with the authorities, this important
school will play a most significant part in the solution of the many
difficult problems confronting those entrusted with safeguarding
the public health.
AGRICULTURE, IN DUSTRY, IE
AND COMMERCE 5 4
ARGENTINA
Exports FOR NINE MONTHS, 1925 anp 1926.—The Review of the
River Plate for October 22, 1926, gives the following figures from
the Argentine Statistical Office on the quantities and values of
exports during the first nine months of 1926:
| First nine months | Decrease
aroups of products | j | eee =;
| 1926 1925 | Absolute | Per cent
une i Leaee ee. |
Gold pesos | Gold pesos
IDAYOSWOO TOKOGUCHS Sb see De | 255, 367,845 | 289, 170, 563 33, 802, 718 13.2
ANPP ROVE | TONROGMDICHTG. | 337,030,659 | 376,993,793 | 39, 963, 134 10.6
INOS TOROXGIDOS se = | 14, 689, 314 | 15, 505, 321 816, 007 5.3
Ofhersproductsa = eae een =. sees ee eee ae 10, 534, 249 | 10, 659, 652 125, 403 i,
ATS pL See esse Sev eee 2s eRe a rae | 617, 622, 067 | 692, 329, 329 74, 707, 262 | 10.7
Pell | |
nn xe : Difference plus (+)
First nine months or minus (-—) in 1996
Groups of products seat.
1926 1925 | Absolute | Per cent
Tons | TRONS eae
WAN TOSOOLS ORCC. = ea eee eee 1, 103, 782 1, 117, 056 —13, 274 —1.2
/NPAG INOUE | TOKO WOOUS SS eons 7, 532, 997 | 6, 830, 799 +702, 198 +10. 2
NOES EN TRONS) 2 a 230, 842 | 279, 315 | +48, 473 SANG:
Othersiproducts ett ae Sas se 320, 155 | 353, 252 | —33, 097 —9.4
BET © eal et nea ee al 2 ey Pah ee eae EN 9, 187, 776 | 8, 580, 422 +607, 354 ape
ARGENTINE AbRONAUTIC INSTITUTE.—A new scientific body, the
Argentine Aeronautic Institute, was established during the latter part
of October in Buenos Aires for the purpose of developing a course for
aeronautic engineers, promoting airplane factories and experiment
stations and popularizing the general knowledge of aeronautics
through public lectures.
W ATERPOWER BUREAU TO BE ESTABLISHED.—A bureau of hydraulic
investigation is to be established as a dependency of the Ministry of
Public Works of Argentina. Preparatory to the establishment of
the bureau, Engineer Lépori left early in November for the United
States to make a study of water power in twenty or more States.
BOLIVIA
Tourtne Cius.—A folder issued by the recently organized Tour-
ing Cleb of La Paz gives the purpose of this organization as the
promotion of touring in Bolivia, and states the many activities the
club is planning towards this end. Among the more important is the
168
AGRICULTURE, INDUSTRY, AND COMMERCE 169
publication of maps and of a magazine giving data regarding roads,
distances, and general information about various places of interest
to the tourist. This magazine will be distributed free to members
of the club. Members will be provided, on payment of a small fee,
with an identification card, on presentation of which at certain
hotels and garages affiliated with the Touring Club they will be
allowed a reduction in rates.
Goop roaApDs DAy.—In accordance with a resolution passed by
the First Pan American Highway Congress, which met in Buenos
Aires in October, 1925, President Siles issued a decree designating
October 5, 1926, as automobile highway day. The purpose of this
celebration was to emphasize the importance of automobile highways
throughout the Republic. In order to carry out this idea special
lectures on road building were delivered in the schools and colleges,
public parades were held and other features planned tending to put
before the public the importance of modern automobile roads and to
coordinate private initiative with Government action for the better
development of the national road system.
WIRELESS sTATION.—The Bolivian Congress has allotted an appro-
priation of 30,000 bolivianos in the 1927 budget for the installation
of a wireless station in Magdalena, capital of the Province of Iténez,
Department of El Beni.
APPROPRIATION FOR AVIATION.—Congress has authorized the Chief
Executive to proceed with the immediate construction of aviation
fields and hangars and with the installation of radio stations in the
region of Cochabamba, Santa Cruz, and El Beni, allotting for this
purpose 200,000 bolivianos. These works will be the exclusive
property of the Government, managed by the Lloyd Aero Boliviano
for the length of time and under the conditions determined in the
contract.
BRAZIL
HIGHWAYS AND BRIDGES IN STATE or Rio DE JANEIRO.—THE
BuLurtin is pleased to learn that Senhor Alvaro Moitinho, engineer,
its representative in the State of Rio de Janeiro, is actively engaged
in organizing a Highway Association which is gaining members
throughout the State. The Association intends to promote highway
construction by every possible means, including conferences, auto-
mobile shows, and excursions. The State authoritieS have recently
constructed several important highways and bridges, among which
may be mentioned the following: Therezopolis-Friburgo highway,
58 kilometers long (1 kilometer=.62 mile); Therezopolis-Rio Preto
highway, 37 kilometers in length; Therezopolis-Canoas highway,
extending 27 kilometers; Feliciano Sodré bridge, 109 meters in
length with a parabolic central span of 67 meters, the largest of
its type in South America; and two others respectively 174 and
170 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION
74 meters in length. The beautiful highway winding through
the mountains from Rio de Janeiro to Petropolis, about 30 miles
away, is much traveled both by residents and visitors.
IMPROVEMENTS IN THE SAO PAULO ELECTRIC PLANT.—Through
carefully made engineering plans the streams of the plateau of Serra
do Mar, the surplus waters of which formerly caused damage, are to
be diverted for use in a fall of 726 meters to provide sufficient elec-
tricity for the growing city of Sao Paulo and its surrounding region.
In 1900 the city was supplied with a force of only 1,000 horsepower,
increased in 1901 by the addition of three turbines to 1,500. By 1910,
27,000 horsepower was developed, and in 1920, 85,500. By the end of
1926 it was expected that 228,000 horsepower would be available.
Up to 1908 there were no reserves of water, whereas by the end of
1926 the reserve water power amounted to 1,030,000,000 kilowatt
hours. The cost of the work will be over 300,000 contos, but the
city of Séo Paulo will be amply provided with electricity for future
growth.
SEconD Pan AMERICAN Highway ConeGress.—Brazil has issued
invitations to the American countries to attend the Second Pan
American Highway Conference to open on July 17, 1927, in Rio de
Janeiro. <A resolution’ passed at the First Pan American Highway
Congress in Buenos Aires, October 3-13, 1926, designated Rio de
Janeiro as the seat of the Second Congress.
CHILE
VaLPARAiso AUTOMOBILE ASsOCIATION.—Last September this
active association celebrated the tenth anniversary of its organization.
Reporting in its excellent magazine Caminos y Turismo on its achieve-
ments for that period, it stated that of its total receipts of 986,823
pesos, 746,190 pesos had been spent directly for the benefit of public
roads, in the following ways:
Tolls from El Olivar road, uniting Vina del Mar with Quilpué, given to Pesos
provincial treasury for construction of this road__________________= 165, 450
Contributions toward improvement of other roads, Valparaiso Province,
ONC! WO joo macrll WHeMsUINY — ea ee ee 169, 923
Repairs to roads much used by members-_-___-_-=— -=_ === == 17, 181
Mirshe Nationale elnwarya Congresses me. ee testes eee ie eee ee 37, 286
Signs for dangerous points on highways_____________________-j-_1_- 3, 198
labkalnyeny jon ORANG) OOO = oe ee ee oe eee 1, 947
Ten pamphlets on technical highway questions, distributed gratis to all
officials of the National Department of Public Works______________ 7, 685
Road map of Province of Valparaiso, with parts of Provinces of Acon-
Casuaram dS arable ontcyeys mas eye een ore ey peer Uhe ae en ee ais a] NN ee eee ppm 4, 343
Supportor magazine Gaminos ay eunismone a) 2 aes ee 47, 566
Subventions to highway engineers of Valparaiso Province, so that they |
might devote all their time to their public work__________________- 140, 307
Direct expenditures for surfacing El Olivar road__.________________- 151, 304
746, 190
AGRICULTURE, INDUSTRY, AND COMMERCE lial
The balance of 240,633 pesos was spent for the maintenance of the
society’s offices, including the employment of a personnel competent
to advise on highway matters.
VALPARAISO-CAasA BLANCA HIGHWAY.—Work on this highway is
progressing rapidly, there being at last account 400 workmen employed
on it, a number which is to be increased to 1,000. The contract
was let in May, 1926, for the sum of 4,943,337 pesos, construction to
be completed in 30 months. The concrete surfacing which is to be
done on part of the highway was begun last November and according
to plans will be finished in a year.
Nirrate.—The following figures on nitrate production and sale for
the years ended June 30, 1925 and 1926, are found in Caliche for
September, 1926:
1925 1926
(metric tons) (metric tons)
Deliveries to Hurope and Egypt__________-------_== 1, 170, 000 992, 000
Deliveries to the United States______________----_-- 1, 030, 000 923, 000
Deliveries torovher coumtrliessas seen = ee 140, 000 177, 000
Shipments; tosMurope and Hey pt.) 2292s = === 1, 279, 000 1, 099, 000
Shipments: tonne. Wmited stateses ates = ser sss 1, 101, 000 926, 000
Shipments:to-other countriesss 22. 52s Sas ee 144, 000 172, 000
Prrochneunor thay Oligo Pee 2, 371, 000 2, 569, 000
Visible stock in} Huropeand Heypts 222 5225 2 22 2— 217, 000 314, 000
Visible stock in the United States________._-------- 122, 000 117, 000
Visible stock in other countries________----___-_---- 23, 000 18, 000
Stocker @ intl esis ame ehh lS Rea Ss See ae ae 856, 000 1, 228, 000
BEEKEEPING FOR STATION MASTERS.—The social welfare depart-
ment of the State railways has presented an interesting opportunity
to station masters in offering to sell them for payments extending
over five years hives of bees to be kept at their respective stations.
The railways will send an expert from point to point to give instruc-
tions in beekeeping, and will aid in marketing the wax and honey.
As noted in last month’s Butuetrn, there is considerable interest in
apiculture in Chile.
PrrRoLEUM ExPLORATIONS._An Australian company capitalized
at £300,000 is reported to have secured claims to 10,000 hectares
(24,700 acres) of land in San Pedro de Atacama, where it will shortly
begin boring for petroleum.
Fruit week In Peumo.—Readers of the BULLETIN will recall that
the Chilean Bureau of Agriculture is doing its utmost to promote
the cultivation of standard varieties of fruit on a large scale for sale
especially in the Northern Hemisphere during the latter’s winter,
Chile possessing in many parts a climate similar to that of California.
In pursuit of this aim the Fruit Culture Service sent out its experts
on three spring trips, the first two being devoted to the promotion
of apple growing in the southern part of the Republic. The desti-
nation of the third was Peumo, in Central Chile, where the growing
LD THE PAN AMERICAN UNION
of oranges, lemons, and grapefruit was advocated. An interested
audience was instructed in a series of lectures on the cultivation of
these fruits, including the choice of varieties, methods of planting
and grafting, care of the trees, and packing of the crop.
COLOMBIA
AGRICULTURE, INDUSTRY, AND PROGRESS.—Through the courtesy of
the Minister of Colombia in Washington the BULLETIN is in receipt
of the following items of interest: In view of the growth of business
and the increase in the number of travelers entering and leaving
the country, the Colombo-German Company of Aerial Transporta-
tion, which for a number of years has successfully operated a hydro-
plane service on the Magdalena River and other routes, has ordered
from abroad three large hydroplanes of a special build, each with
capacity for 12 passengers, baggage, and mails.
An exposition of farm products and agricultural machinery was
held successfully in Medellin in November, 1926. The animals,
vegetable products, and machinery were all worthy of note, arousing
much interest in the visitors from all sections of the Department
who came to view them.
Several new enterprises have recently been established in the
Department of El Valle, among which are: A sugar mill with a
paid-up capital of 600,000 pesos and surplus of 400,000 pesos; a
textile factory capitalized at 300,000 pesos; building material and
match factories; and a factory for the extraction of castor oil.
The government property of the Department of Cundinamarca
was recently valued at 4,763,850 pesos, and the property of charitable
organizations at 1,544,880 pesos. The real-estate holdings in the
Department are estimated at 256,234,067 pesos. The departmental
government in 1924-25 expended 512,260 pesos in public works,
537,892 pesos in public instruction, and 259,674 pesos in charity.
The treasury of the Department has presented a plan for a depart-
mental road system of 1,182 kilometers (730 miles) to cost 7,456,000
pesos.
CONSTRUCTION OF HIGHWAYS AND BRIDGES.—Law 11 of September
23, 1926, provides the following appropriations for the construc-
tion and completion of highways: Cambao-Lower Magdalena-La
Dorada port road, 500,000 pesos; and Zipaquira-Palanquero-Lower
Magdalena road, 200,000 pesos.
Law No. 14 of September 27, 1926, authorizes the Government
to contract for the construction of a bridge over the Magdalena
River where it crosses the national highway leading from the city
of Neiva to the municipality of Palmira in the Department of El
Valle; and of another bridge over the Magdalena between the
Provinces of Garzon and Agrado in the Department of El Huila.
AGRICULTURE, INDUSTRY, AND COMMERCE e3
The cost of the first bridge is to be 120,000 pesos, and that of the
second 50,000 pesos.
CoTron CULTIVATION.—The national Congress passed Law No. 11
on October 9, 1926, appropriating a maximum of 300,000 pesos for
the development of the cotton industry in the country.
COSTA RICA
INAUGURATION OF RADIO STATION.—Before a distinguished audi-
ence of diplomats and high government officials, the Sabana Radio
Station was inaugurated on October 17, 1926. The station was a gift
of the Mexican Government on the occasion of the centenary of
Central American independence and typifies the friendship of the
two countries henceforth united by a bond of close communication.
The station, which is of the most modern type, has a broadcasting
range from the United States to northern South America and Cuba.
CUBA
TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATIONS.—After the severe cyclone of
October 20 in Cuba the Government showed very energetic action in
repairing the damage done at that time, a notable instance being the
work accomplished by the Department of Communications. In spite
of the fact that practically all Government telegraph lines, as well and
telephonic communications, were put out of commission by the cyclone
of October 20, four days later telegraphic communications were
reestablished with the Provinces of Santa Clara and Oriente. The
direct telegraph line out of Habana was destroyed for a distance of
932 kilometers, and including branch lines the damage included
2,847 kilometers of wires. (Cuban Embassy notes.)
SPECIAL DELIVERY SERVICE.—On the 1st of November, 1926, a
special delivery service for letters was established between Cuba and
the United States. The rate for this service is 20 cents in addition
to the ordinary postal rate. (Cuban Embassy notes.)
DOMINICAN REPUBLIC
AGRICULTURAL SCHOOL.—See page 188.
ECUADOR
MANUFACTURE OF EXPLOSIVES.—A technical commission has been
appointed to examine the soil in the district around Mount Cotopaxi
and analyze the nitrate and other mineral deposits found in that sec-
tion, in order to determine the possibility of manufacturing gunpowder
and other high explosives.
ROADS IN THE PROVINCE OF PicHINcHA.—In connection with road
development in Ecuador an interesting map was published in E/
174 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION
Comercio, a newspaper of Quito, showing the automobile roads in the
Province of Pichincha. At present this Province has 500 kilometers
of good automobile roads leading from Quito, the capital of the
Republic, to various towns and cities.
EcuADOREAN COMMERCIAL AGENT.—By virtue of an Executive
decree an Ecuadorean commercial agency has been created in Pan-
ama for the purpose of developing Ecuadorean trade with that
Republic.
ImmiGrATION.—A group of Austrian agricultural immigrants has
been allotted land in the vicinity of Mindo in the Province of Mapo
Pastaza, east of the Andes. At present the colonists number only
about 20, including women, but it is understood that a new group will
leave Austria shortly to join them.
HYDROELECTRIC PLANT.—The municipal council of Quito expects
soon to issue a call for bids for the erection of an electric-light plant to
be owned and operated by the city. A 3,000-horsepower plant is
contemplated, for which water power with a fall of 42 meters is
available, according to recent reports from that city.
GUATEMALA
RETALHULEU-COLOMBA ROAD.—A highway from Retalhuleu to
Colomba, about 30 kilometers (approximately 18 miles) in length, is
being constructed through the important coffee and sugarcane region of
the southern coast. Taking the place of a road impassable and even
dangerous during certain seasons of the year, it will form the principal
artery of communication for that region. Some sections are already
open to traffic, and with the use of modern road-building machinery
and the continued close cooperation of the Government and the owners
of estates in that section it was thought that the work might be com-
pleted by the first of 1927.
HIGHWAY EXPENDITURES.—During 1925, a total of 23,000,000
pesos was expended by the road commission on the construction and
improvement of the roads throughout Guatemala, every department
of which now has at least one modern road or better conditions on the
old roads than have existed for many years. Most of the highways
are open to traffic during all seasons.
ENLARGMENT OF CUSTOMS HOUSE.—Owing to the increase in the
volume of trade handled through the central customs house in Guate-
mala City, improvements and enlargements have become imperative;
plans have been accepted and work will soon be started. It is stated
that during the year 1925 the customs house issued 11,890 permits,
while in 1926, during the period from January 1 to October 14, the
number of permits had reached 14,745, a growth similar to which has
been taking place each year.
AGRICULTURE, INDUSTRY, AND COMMERCE 1
HAITI
CUSTOMS RECEIPTS DURING 1925—26.—During 1925-26 the total cus-
toms receipts reached the unprecedented sum of 40,595,000 gourdes,
or 4,845,000 gourdes in excess of the previous year, representing an
increase of 11.935 per cent. Of the foregoing total, receipts from
imports were 26,169,000 gourdes, as opposed to 23,452,000 gourdes
in the previous year. Export receipts increased even more rapidly,
from 10,618,000 to 12,660,000 gourdes. (Bulletin of the Receiver
General.)
AGRICULTURAL SCHOOLS.—See page 188.
HONDURAS
RADIO BETWEEN Mexico anp Honpuras.—Government radio
service was opened between Honduras and Mexico on October 6,
1926, with a cordial exchange of official greetings. Telegraphic money
orders for amounts from $10 to $500 are also accepted for points in
Honduras and Mexico.
SILK CULTURE TO BE ESTABLISHED IN Honpuras.—A concession
of 2,000 hectares (hectare equals about 2.5 acres) of national land
and other privileges have been granted by the Honduran National
Congress, for the purpose of establishing silk culture in Honduras on
a basis such as to make it a national resource. The concessionary
undertakes to import trees and silkworms suitable to the climate and
soil and to teach operators to handle them. The concession runs for
10 years. (United States Commerce Reports, December 6, 1926.)
AGRICULTURAL ASSOCIATIONS.—The press reports the organization
of an agricultural association in San Marcos de Colén to raise wheat
and operate a flour mill. Other similar organizations have been
formed in Trinidad and Quimistén in the Department of Santa
Barbara, and also in Santa Cruz de Yojoa, Department of Cortés,
where the members united to construct a road to San Pedro Sula
for the development of coffee plantations.
MEXICO
CONVENTIONS OF HENEQUEN AND BANANA GROWERS.—On Novem-
ber 22, 1926, the henequen growers of the nation gathered at the
opening meeting of a 30-day convention called by the Government
with a view to stabilizing the henequen industry with regard to mar-
kets, prices, and quality, since this product constitutes the chief source
of wealth in the southeastern part of the Republic.
In the same month and city a convention of banana growers met
under the auspices of the Agricultural Credit Bank to consider the
development of their industry. Two topics of special interest under
discussion were means of transportation, the lack of which is now
176 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION
responsible for the loss of much fruit, and the utilization of lands
which might be planted to bananas. A permanent commission was
appointed to consider plans for the development of the industry.
Cooperative associations are also to be formed.
AGRICULTURAL PRODUCTION.—A report made by the National
Statistical Bureau comparing agricultural production during two five-
year periods, 1906-1910 and 1921-1925, shows that in the second the
crops of rice, sugar, coffee, and chickpeas increased, while those of
cotton, beans, maize, tobacco, and wheat decreased in relation to the
former period. Increases for the second five-year period were as fol-
lows: 102,000,000 kilos of rice, 12,000,000 kilos of coffee, 235,000,000
kilos of sugar, and 56,000,000 kilos of chickpeas, while the following
decreases were noted: Cotton, 102,000,000 kilograms; beans, 114,-
000,000 kilograms; maize, 11,093,000 kilograms; tobacco, 30,000,000
kilograms; and wheat, 157,000,000 kilograms.
POWERFUL BROADCASTING STATION IN Mexico Citry.—CYJ, a
broadcasting station in Mexico City of 2,000 watts power, which
transmits on a wave length of 400 meters and can be heard in both
North and South America, was put into service last November by the
General Electric Co. The station is said to be as powerful as WGY,
the General Electric’ broadcasting station in Schenectady, N. Y.
NICARAGUA
Fiour miuu.—The Minister of Promotion was informed in Sep-
tember of the formation of a company to operate a wheat flour mill
in the city of Masaya, the first in the country. Some time ago the
organizer of the company ordered two kinds of seed wheat, ‘‘Blue
stem” and “Turkey red,”’ which were given for trial plantings to
farmers in Matagalpa, Diriamba, San Marcos, and other neighboring
sections. The crops show that the former, which matured in 60 days,
is better suited to the locality. The company has sent for more of
this seed, which it contemplates planting twice a year, in May and
September. :
METEOROLOGICAL STATION.—A meteorological station is to be
established on the aviation field near Managua under the direction of
the French aviator Darel. At 6 a.m. and 4 p.m. daily the station will
furnish a report on the wind velocity, atmospheric pressure, rainfall,
maximum and minimum temperature for 24 hours, weather forecast,
and rise and fall of tides.
PANAMA
GEOLOGIST TO sTUDY PANAMA LANDS.—According to advices
received from the Central Information Office of the Government
of Panama, the President plans to engage a geologist to make a
study of the territory of Panama with regard to its mineral products.
AGRICULTURE, INDUSTRY, AND COMMERCE Wz
Tourists To vistr PAaNAMA.—Thenumber of tourists to visit Panama
during the dry season, which corresponds to the winter months of the
northern hemisphere, is expected to surpass the 10,406 travelers who
arrived last year. Already 8,250 tourists are assured by the 21
eruises planned for this season, while the regular weekly sailings will
bring others. An American firm has under consideration the erection
of a $6,000,000 hotel in Panama.
PARAGUAY
AUTOMOBILE EXCURSIONS.—-On October 17, 1926, the Paraguayan
Touring Club made an excursion of 24 leagues (approximately 72
miles) from the capital to Yaguarén and back by way of Zavala-cué,
San Lorenzo, It4, and Guarambaré; those who participated went
either in busses or private cars. Welcoming delegations met the
party in each city of their route and special entertainment was given
them. The trip proved not only a diversion but an opportunity
for many people to inspect the state of the roads, become better
acquainted with the surrounding country and form friendships with
their fellow countrymen.
Upon the same day a single automobile set out for an extended
trip of 900 kilometers (approximately 558 miles) through the north-
east of Paraguay via Caacupé, Ypacaraf, San José, Ajos, Piribebuy,
Itacurubi, Carayaé, San Joaquin, Yht, Curuguaty, Jgatimi, and
Concepcion. Although made under the auspices of an automobile
concern of Asuncién in the interest of the introduction of their cars
and modern machinery, the trip marks an epoch in the economic.
life of the country. All the great farms in those districts were
visited and the owners impressed with the manifold advantages of
transportation by automobile. At present the greater part of farm
produce is shipped by water, and during the many months that the
rivers are low, nothing leaves the farm.
IMPROVED WATER SUPPLY.—Six new tanks each of 1,000 lters
(265 gallons) were recently installed and on October 2, 1926, a new
water service to the suburban sections of Asuncién was inaugurated.
The system will insure these sections a maximum of 30,000 to 35,000
liters (7,950 to 9,275 gallons) of drinking water daily.
PERU
COLONIZATION SCHEME.—A stock company called El Dorado was
recently organized in Lima for the purpose of establishing colonies
in the highlands of Peru. An interview with the president of this
company, published in La Prensa, of Lima, gives the following
interesting information: The company has been granted 70,000
24932—27—Bull. 2 6
178 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION
hectares of land in the mountainous section of Huanuco and Cerro de
Pasco, where colonies have been established taking into considera-
tion the proximity to means of communication, such as roads and
railroads. The company has allowed each colonist to purchase a tract
of 10 hectares for a small sum of money, giving him in addition a
lot in the section where the town of El Dorado is to be laid out.
Besides colonization the company’s plans include industrial develop-
ment, particularly in the lumber business. Fifty per cent of the
timber on the land belongs to the company, which has an option on
the purchase of the other 50 per cent, which belongs to the colonists.
HyproGraPHIC Mission.—Considering the lack of national hydro-
eraphic charts of the Peruvian coast and the necessity thereof to
insure safe navigation of these waters, the President of Peru has
appointed a hydrographic mission to survey the coast, prepare
charts, and study winds and currents.
SALVADOR
COMPLETION OF SECTION OF INTERNATIONAL RAILROAD.—It was
hoped last October that the section of the International Railroad of
Central America between Soyapango, east of San Salvador, to Santa
Ana near the Guatemalan border, would be completed for the ship-
ment of freight before 1927, thus uniting Santa Ana to the port of
Cutuco, near La Unién. New equipment consisting of 100 flat
cars and 125 other freight cars of 25 tons capacity each, six new loco-
motives, five first-class coaches, four second-class coaches, three
baggage cars and two parlor cars have been received for this railroad.
The new equipment is an improvement over the old rolling stock,
since the freight cars are 25 per cent larger than those now in use.
In the near future it is expected that a further extension of the line
from Santa Ana will connect Guatemala and Salvador.
URUGUAY
Woo. Exports.—The total results of the 1926 wool-clip were
estimated at 117,000 bales; however, up until August 31, 1926,
only 107,350 bales had been shipped. A table showing comparative
exports for 1925 and 1926 and the respective destinations of the
shipments is as follows:
Destination | 1926 | 1925 | Destination 1926 1925
Bales | Bales | Bales Bales
IBWETMOSSATES hatem are ystcne aa eer is 387 | 111 ID RETIN TS eee Aneel a, ene mare 3, 619 3, 212
AL TICSTC psa o toe ee oe etre Contes 382 | 126 amb unger se es es ap eee 19,175 21, 894
ETO cia GR ho enoeieoce ener Bae 2,055 | SIRO sali rae Gre TO deere ays tens liom SE Ren Uta eee 10, 984 6, 188
Sie Cera ns rail Spl arene cern IAP RIE || TSS WING Wi GOD Kis, Je ei eel eae 36, 224 26, 235
Bancel On ame tes teesat ees ieee 195 Ai Iii ool ee ee 8, 936 5, 337
ANIGWER Dies sa ae een nar or 7, 685 3,996 | Marseille and Bordeaux______- | 357 13
Dumink = Seika ae! 14,798 | 13, 882 |
TT ASV ee eee SO ee ee 1,316 638 MOTTA SS 3 sta eee tien | 107, 350 86, 266
ECONOMIC AND FINANCIAL AFFAIRS 179
PoTaTo CULTIVATION.—In order to interest the farmers and
increase the cultivation of potatoes in Uruguay, the Official Seed
Commission recently offered a price of 7 pesos per 100 kilograms
on lots of seed potatoes of 325 kilograms (871 pounds). Not only
will they be delivered freight prepaid but full payment will not
be required until March 3, 1927. Those who obtain the largest
production per hectare will be awarded cash prizes. At present
Uruguay spends more than 2,000,000 pesos annually on imported
potatoes.
WHEAT AND FLOUR EXPORTS.—HEIl Estanciero of October 15, 1926,
reported that a total of 15,789,337 kilograms (34,736,541 pounds)
of wheat and 7,556,320 kilograms (16,623,904 pounds) of flour were
exported from Uruguay from January 1 to August 31, 1926.
AL IE
W@as? AFFAIRS 3:2QZ4
COLOMBIA
LOANS AND BANKS.—Through the courtesy of the Minister of
Colombia in Washington the Bulletin has received the following
notes: The Departmental Government of Cundinamarca has con-
tracted for a loan of $5,900,000 with a New York firm of bankers
for the extension of the Lower Magdalena Railroad. Bonds of this
loan will pay 7 per cent annual interest; will be sold at 12 per cent
initial discount and will run for 20 years with a gradual amortization
of 24% per cent annually.
Several banks of the country have agreed to merge their mortgage
and loan sections into one institution, to be known as the Mortgage
Bank of Bogoté. The new institution will have 4,000,000 pesos
capital and 1,000,000 pesos reserve. The establishment of this new
bank will tend to increase the volume of business and permit the
more extensive use of credit and funds for agriculture and industry.
Executive Resolution No. 97, of September 9, 1926, authorizes the
Department of El Valle to contract with a New York banking house
for a loan of $4,000,000.
ECUADOR
FINANCIAL MISSION.—On October 19, 1926, the financial mission
headed by Prof. Edwin W. Kemmerer, the well-known financial expert
from Princeton University, arrived in Quito, where they were accorded
1SO THE PAN AMERICAN UNION
a most cordial welcome and extensively entertained. This mission,
which is composed of the following, besides Professor Kemmerer:
Mr. Oliver C. Lockhart, Mr. H. M. Jefferson, Mr. Joseph T. Byrne,
Mr. Robert H. Vorfeld, Mr. Edward Feely, Mr. B. B. Milner, Mr.
Frank W. Fetter, private secretary to Professor Kemmerer, and Dr.
Francisco Banda, translator, was engaged by the Government.
SALVADOR
Hicuway Loan.—The President has authorized the Administra-
tive Highway Board to contract-a loan of not exceeding $13,000
from Jacinto Dovale Méndez, with interest at 10 per cent, the
security for the loan being the income derived from the tax of 20
centavos per quintal of coffee exported from Jucuapa, Usulutan,
San Miguel, and Santiago Maria. The money will be expended for
highways leading from the towns named.
NEw BANK IN SAN Satyapor.—The Anglo-South American Bank
of London opened a branch office in San Salvador on October 16, 1926.
URUGUAY
THIRTIETH ANNIVERSARY OF BANK.—On October 22, 1926, the
Bank of the Republi¢ of Uruguay celebrated the thirtieth anniversary
of its organization. Although founded in a time of political, finan-
cial, and economic instability, it has not only achieved success but
has become the fiscal and economic agent of the Government. By
the charter of July 17, 1911, it now acts as sole bank of emission,
is the depository of the public revenues, meets the service of the
public debt, coins money, places the emissions of the public debt,
finances official undertakings, administers the national pawnshop,
and maintains financial equilibrium.
] =: ] F ; — —
Bills in
5 eres Bie Capitals yaa :
Dec: 31— Capital Gieoulation Deposits invested | Cash in gold Profits
Pesos | Pesos Pesos Pesos Pesos Pesos
[RO Rsies es ie ke ee aes 5, 000, 000 1, 481, 220 | 1, 225, 191 | 5, 564, 777 | 2, 055, 059 | 1, 069
OO TS t= Secession 5, 118, 692 | 5, 586, 707 3, 650, 557 9, 241, 414 | 3, 394, 054 | 349, 789
9 OG Resse ears 5, 326, 600. 11, 131, 366 | 6, 213, 800. 14, 417, 098 | 8, 436, 521 | 448, 672
TONLE ee eT NS 9, 247,650 | 23, 899,833 | 17,408,648 | 34, 204, 939 14,414,156 1, 465, 706
LONG ees ieee on ae | 14,894,528 | 36, 565, 084 | 19, 392,476 | 35,949,403 | 29, 651, 430 | 1, 281, 789
ON res aes De SES 15, 747, 543 | 42, 604, 761 26, 283, 832 41, 876,641 | 39, 470,379 | 1, 628, 725
BLO IS woes Ss ee ada Ore 16, 741, 060 55, 649, 927 32, 832,860 | 57,106,388 | 43, 672, 842 | 1, 944, 118
O19 os Soe Sg 18, 683, 340 73, 898, 037 | 48, 509, 918 83, 814, 427 54, 328,125 | 3, 049, 380
GS 7] 0) seen ieee a Re ec | 20; 335, 955 64, 859, 513 | 58, 199,308 | 86,326,797 | 55, 091, 967 3, 312, 085
1G Di seis Ses ease Ae 21, 228, 174 66, 338, 975 57, 512, 684 | 88, 391, 366 54, 926, 874 2, 809, 788
2 21, 228, 174 64, 119, 683 | 59, 205, 204 | 86, 218, 832 54, 928, 650 1, 171, 749
23, 885, 035 68, 970, 370 58, 289, 931 91,954, 799 | 54, 928, 907 2, 218, 498
21, 228,174 | 68, 500,245 | 60, 802, 182 95, 244, 948 54, 929, 505 | 33, 118, 025
24, 595,132 | 63, 507, 081 57, 576, 529 88, 312, 941 54,931,641 | 2, 606, 461
ARGENTINA
NIGHT WORK IN BAKERIES.—On September 9, 1926, the President
signed and published Law No. 11,338 passed by the National As-
sembly prohibiting throughout the country night work from 9 p. m.
to 5 a. m. in bakeries, pastry and confectionery shops, and similar
establishments.
CIVIL RIGHTS OF WOMEN.—On September 22, 1926, the President
signed Law No. 11,357 granting to women (single, divorced, or wid-
owed) of legal age all the civil rights and functions which the law
grants to men who have attained their majority. The unmarried
mother, and the unmarried father who voluntarily recognizes his
child, are both granted the rights of guardianship over their children
accorded by law to parents legally married. The married woman
is granted the right of guardianship over her children by a former
marriage and may exercise a profession or legitimate trade, acquie
property, join civil, commercial, or cooperative associations, admin-
ister and dispose of her own property and that of her children by
a former marriage without contributing those gains to the new mar-
riage. The full text of the law is published in the Boletin Oficial of
September 23, 1926.
OBLIGATORY REPORTING OF LEPROSY.—Law No. 11,359 of Sep-
tember 21, 1926, makes obligatory the reporting of all cases of lep-
rosy by physicians, heads and personnel of all public and private
services, school principals and teachers, public and private hospital
superintendents and physicians, managers of hotels and boarding
houses, and captains and operators of boats entering Argentine ports,
and also of river passenger and freight boats.
BRAZIL
WoRKERS’ VACATION REGULATIONS SIGNED.—On Employees’ Day,
October 30, 1926, the regulations providing for holidays for employees
and workmen in commercial, industrial, and other business estab-
lishments were signed in Rio de Janeiro by President Bernardes.
These regulations interpret Law 4,982 of December 24, 1925, by the
provisions of which workers enjoy 15 days’ annual vacation with
pay.
The main points of the regulations are given below:
The right to a vacation of 15 working-days will be granted after 11 months’
continuous service in the same establishment to employees and operatives
181
S82 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION
throughout Brazil in commercial, industrial, and banking enterprises, transpor-
tation and communication sers ces, public and private charitable institutions,
and in journalistic enterprises.
Persons who work on commission for their own gain in several different busi-
nesses are not considered employees, neither are those who work as jobbers or
who do piecework outside the establishment paying for it, nor those engaged in
such work who receive their pay directly from the person for whom they work.
A vacation of 15 working-days will be granted to employees without sub-
traction of days away from employment for sickness or other unavoidable causes.
Pay for the vacation time will be at the rate of 15 working-days to those receiv-
ing day wages or doing piecework, while salaried employees will receive half
«& month’s pay. Employees must be informed in writing a week in advance of
the time allotted to them for this vacation, which may be granted in part or
whole.
The National Council of Labor is charged with the supervision of the execution
of the present regulations. <A fine of 50 to 2,000 milreis is the penalty for the
infringement of this law.
INTERNATIONAL Commission OF JuRISTS.—The International Com-
mission of Jurists, according to information from the Brazilian Em-
bassy in Washington, will meet in Rio de Janeiro on April 16, 1927.
This commission was originally created by the Third International
Conference of American States to draft a code of private international
law and one of publi¢ international law. The commission met at Rio
de Janeiro from June 26 to July, 1912, with delegates from 16 coun-
tries attending. The commission was to meet again in 1914, but
owing to the World War no other meeting has been held. At the Fifth
International Conference of American States each American Govern-
ment was asked to appoint two delegates on the Jurists’ Commission
which will now meet and pass resolutions on the matters under its
consideration, the resolutions then to be submitted to the Sixth Inter-
national Conference of American States to meet in Habana, Cuba, in
1928. The American Institute of International Law upon request has
prepared projects of conventions on international law to be submitted
to the commission when it meets next April.
MEXICO
IMMUNIZATION AGAINST SCARLET FEVER AND DIPHTHERIA.—On
November 12, 1926, the President signed a decree providing that. all
pupils within certain age limits in Government schoois shall sub-
mit to the Schick test for diphtheria, and the Dick test for scarlet
fever. Pupils showing susceptibility to either or both diseases are
required to take the immunization treatment. Public health and
school physicians will perform the tests and give the treatment.
NEW BANKING LAW.—A new banking law consisting of general
provisions and sections on banks, general deposit storehouses, and
bonding companies was published in the Diario Oficial on Novem-
ber 29, 1926, when it became effective. This law, which covers more
LEGISLATION 183
than 100 pages, unites in one all laws and amendments relating to finan-
cial institutions.
NICARAGUA
AMENDMENTS TO THE PHARMACY AND PURE FOOD LAW.—The
Pharmacy and Pure Food Law of December 6, 1925, was amended by
a Presidential decree of August 11, 1926, published in the Gaceta
Oficial of August 31 and September 1, 1926.
PANAMA
CHANGE IN PROPORTION OF DEPUTIES TO POPULATION.—On
October 23, 1926, the President of Panama published Law 14 passed
by Congress on October 22 to change the proportion of deputies in
the National Assembly from that of 1 per 10,000 inhabitants and for
a remainder of not less than 5,000, to 1 deputy to every 15,000
inhabitants and a remainder of not less than half the latter number.
IMMIGRATION LAW.—The immigration law, which after passage by
the National Assembly was vetoed by the President and returned to
the Assembly with changes, has now been approved by the Assembly
and was signed by the President on October 23, 1926, being published
in the Gaceta Oficial of October 28.
The law prohibits the immigration of Chinese, Japanese, Syrians,
Turks, East Indians, Dravidians, and Negroes of the Antilles and
Guianas whose native language is not Spanish.
SALVADOR
INTERPRETATION OF IMMIGRATION LAW.—On October 138, 1926,
the Department of Foreign Relations of Salvador directed a circular
letter to the Ministers of the Treasury, War, and Marine Affairs
interpreting the immigration law of September 23, 1926. Article 3
of this law provided that all persons entering the country shall deposit
200 colones or $100 with the Government upon so doing, the list of
exceptions to this rule to be given later. Those persons excepted
from paying the entrance fee of 200 colones are, in addition to all
Central Americans, (a) commercial travelers, (b) representatives of
industria! concerns and agents of insurance companies, representa-
tives of universities, public libraries, museums and other analogous
institutions who come on scientific or publicity missions; (c) agents
of foreign banking and railway companies established in the country
and foreign employees engaged by contract for service in these com-
panies in Salvador; (d) the wives and children of the foregoing persons
who travel with them; and (e) the members of theatrical companies
or other public spectacles.
URUGUAY
AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF INTERNATIONAL Law.—A session of the
American Institute of International Law will take place in Monte-
184 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION
video beginning March 21, 1927. The agenda for the session have
been announced as follows by Dr. James Brown Scott, president,
and Dr. Alejandro Alvarez, secretary: Election of officers and
consideration of proposed amendments to the constitution; exami-
nation of proposals for the codification of Public International
law adopted by the society in its special session held in Lima, Decem-
ber, 1924; consideration of the project for the codification of inter-
national law prepared by Dr. Antonio S. de Bustamante at the
request of the Pan American Union; consideration of the project for
the codification of private international law to be presented by the
Uruguayan Society of International Law; and presentation of new
projects of codification or any other subjects which may be submitted.
According to the Diario Oficial
of September 6, 1926, a decree was passed on August 30, 1926, extend-
ing the monopoly of the State Insurance Bank (Banco de Seguros)
to include risks on plate glass, life of animals, injury to third parties,
hail, agriculture, security of rents, storms, etc. This is in accordance
with the decree of July 19, 1926, declaring the monopoly of the state
over any insurance whatsoever, and a decree of December 27, 1911,
which authorizes the Executive to fix the date upon which the monop-
oly of distinct classes of insurance should begin. All other institu-
tions are prohibited under penalty of law from negotiating insurance
on the risks named within the bounds of the Republic.
VENEZUELA
LEeGAaTION IN Panama.—A Venezuelan Legation in the Republic
of Panama was created by a presidential decree of July 24, 1926,
the full title of the diplomat in charge being Envoy Extraordinary
and Minister Plenipotentiary. An adequate building containing the
offices and residence of the Minister will be erected on land given for
the purpose by the Republic of Panama.
INTERNATIONAL
ER Ox n& TREATIES 4.24
ARGENTINA-PARAGUAY
Protrocot on AtTo Parana River anp Apiph WaTERFALLS.—On
February 1, 1926, in the city of Washington, D. C., the diplomatic
representatives of Argentina and Paraguay signed a protocol on the
use of the international falls at Apipé and the improvement of naviga-
tion on the Alto Paran& River which forms a boundary between the
PUBLIG INSTRUCTION AND EDUCATION 185
two countries. The protocol, which provides for a mixed inter-
national commission to study the question, was approved by the
President of Argentina on August 24, 1926. (Circular Informatiwa
Mensual del Ministerio de Relaciones Exteriores, Buenos Aires, Sep-
tember, 1926.)
BRAZIL-URUGUAY
CONVENTION ON BORDER DISTURBANCES.—The convention and
protocol on the means of settlement of political disturbances originat-
ing in either country which were signed on March 30 and September
2, 1925, respectively, by the accredited representatives of Brazil
and Uruguay in Montevideo, were approved by the Brazilian Con-
gress on October 20, signed by the President of Brazil, and published
in the Diario Official of Brazil for October 22, 1926.
COLOMBIA-PANAMA
BouNDARY COMMISSION.—The National Assembly of Panama on
October 22, 1926, approved the appointment of Macario Solis,
Leopoldo Arosemena, and José Ramén Guizado as engineers to serve
on the Mixed Colombian-Panaman Boundary Commission. Work
was to begin in the latter part of December, 1926.
ARGENTINA
Fourts University Coneress.—The Fourth University Congress
was held at Santa Fe during the month of October, a great number
of delegates being present and many important agreements made.
Among the resolutions passed by the section of humanities and edu-
cation were some dealing with the following problems: The creation of
scholarships, the suggestion to the proper authorities of changes in
secondary education, and the necessity of fostering the formation of a
university faculty whose entire time is to be devoted to scientific
investigation and higher education.
NEW SCHOOL BUILDINGS.—The government of the Province of
Santa Fe has begun to carry out a project for the building of 110 school
buildings, which it estimates will cost nearly 3,000,000 pesos.
TEACHERS IN THE NATIONAL SCHOOLS.—Under a new regulation of
the National Council on Education, in the future candidates for teach-
ing positions in the national schools in the Provinces will have to be
186 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION
graduates of the national normal schools. An exception to this rule
will be made in the case of candidates who were teachers prior to
this time and who retired of their own accord.
MuNICIPAL LIBRARIES.—In accordance with a resolution of the
Deliberative Council, the municipal government of Buenos Aires has
appointed a committee to organize, establish, and maintain the public
libraries which are the property of the municipality and to inspect
those private library organizations which the municipality subsidizes.
Thirty thousand pesos will be spent annually for the maintenance of
these libraries.
BOLIVIA
TEACHERS TENURE OF oOFFICE~—The Chamber of Deputies
approved a bill on September 28, 1926, relating to teachers’ tenure of
office. According to this bill, which was sent to the Senate for action,
public school teachers appointed by the Chief Executive, who have a
diploma from some normal school either in their own country or abroad,
are inscribed in the National Registry of Teachers, and possess a
certificate of good health, can not be dismissed from office except for
some grievous fault committed in the exercise of their profession, and
then only after trial by’the university authorities. In the event of a
teacher having to be dismissed on account of mental or physical dis-
ability, or for having a communicable disease, he shall receive from the
Government a payment of 25 per cent of his annual salary if he has
served from 2 to 5 years and of 50 per cent if he has served from 5 to
10 years.
BRAZIL
BRAZILIAN SCHOOL NAMED FOR CoLoMBIA.—To the number of Rio de
Janeiro schools named for American Republics was added another with
the inauguration of the Colombia School on October 29, 1926. This
school has 600 pupils in its four grades. The program included hymns
to the flag, an address in Spanish, recitations of poetry on Colombia, and
¢ymnastic drills by the pupils.
CENTENARY OF THE SCHOOL or FINE Arts.—The centenary of the
Brazilian School of Fine Arts in Rio de Janeiro was celebrated on
October 12, 1926, the school having been ordained by a decree of
October 12, 1820, and finally opened on October 12, 1826. In 1908
the school was transferred to the fine building where it is still located.
The first exhibition was held in 1829 and the first student prizes
awarded in 1834.
CHILE
ScHOOL MOTION PICTURE COURSE.—The normal school known as
“José Abelardo Ntfiez’’ has created a course in cinematography as
applied to education, under the well-known educator Sefor José
PUBLIC INSTRUCTION AND EDUCATION 187
Pinochet LeBrun. In this course the students learn to operate the
projection apparatus for both motion pictures and slides.
HeattH weEEK.—As a result of efforts made by Sefior Maxi-
miliano Salas Marchan, Director of the José Abelardo Nunez Nor-
mal School in Santiago, this school carried out, during the first
days of August, an excellent project.
For a whole week all the activities of the Normal School and of
_ its model school were directed into channels of health education;
themes were written and hygiene problems, both personal and
public, were solved. All the students of both schools underwent
a physical examination by three officials from the Board of Health;
a health record was kept for each student, and in the evenings health
films were shown and many lectures were given on health subjects.
FoREIGN PROFESSORS FOR UNIVERSITY.—The University of Chile,
situated in Santiago, is engaging through Chilean representatives
abroad professors of French, botany, mathematics, and pedagogy
and allied subjects. With the exception of the first, who will be a
Frenchman, they will be secured in Germany.
VOCATIONAL EDUCATION FOR GIRLS.—It is of interest to note that
attendance at the girls’ vocational schools in Chile made a con-
siderable gain during the first semester of the 1926 school year,
increasing from approximately 3,800 to 4,163.
COLOMBIA
CENTENARY OF Cauca UNIvERsITYy.—On September 27, 1926, the
National Congress passed a law providing that the Republic should
participate in the celebration of the first centenary, on November
11, 1927, of Cauca University in the city of Popayan. An appro-
priation of 120,000 pesos has been made for the expenses of the
celebration. At the cost of the Government there will be placed
in the principal court of the university the busts of Simén Bolivar,
the Liberator, and of Gen. Francisco de Paulo Santander, founders
of the university.
COSTA RICA
EDUCATIONAL MAGAZINE.—With the purpose of affording the
teachers of Costa Rica the opportunity to share in the results of
world-wide pedagogical and scientific research, an educational
review to be known as El Maestro was created by presidential decree
on September 16, 1926. The magazine is a bimonthly which will
contain official information as well as articles of pedagogic and
scientific interest and will be sold at a half a colon a copy.
CUBA
ScHoou statistics.—According to figures compiled by the Division
of Statistics, during 1925-26 there functioned 3,664 school buildings,
188 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION
with 6,973 classrooms in which were offered all branches of education.
The enrollment in the public schools was 433,200 and the average
daily attendance 237,684. The number of teachers in the day schools
was 7,205. Seventy-nine zones were served by 75 visiting teachers,
who reached 157 school groups with an average daily attendance of
3,644 pupils. The number of night schools which functioned was 79,
with an enrollment of 6,983 pupils and an average daily attendance of
2,685. In the six primary schools held in penal institutions 1,070
persons were enrolled, and an average daily attendance of 687 was
reached. The number of teachers employed in the various classes for
special instruction was 586. The Division of Statistics also received
reports from 464 private schools comprising 1,318 classrooms, 1,532
teachers, and 29,600 pupils, with an average daily attendance of
25,388.
RECONSTRUCTION OF SCHOOLS.—In view of the destruction of many
schoolhouses by the recent hurricane in Cuba, the Secretary of Public
Instruction appointed six commissions composed of teachers and
students of the National University to supervise the reconstruction of
these schools. These commissions left Habana by automobile and
truck for various parts of the Republic, taking with them building
material, tools and workmen. (Cuban Embassy notes.)
DOMINICAN REPUBLIC
AGRICULTURAL SCHOOL.—Since November 1, 1926, the agri-
cultural school established in connection with the experiment station
at Santiago has been in operation. Courses at this school are given
free and cover a period of two years’ study leading to the degree of
Agricultural Expert, with an extra course of four months’ practical
work.
ECUADOR
)
EXHIBITION OF SEWING.—In “Isabel la Catélica”’ model school in
Quito an exhibit was held of articles made by pupils during the sum-
mer sewing courses. Fifty teachers exhibited articles of wearing
apparel and embroidery made by the members of their respective
classes.
GUATEMALA
Conservatory oF Music.—It is reported that work on the
National Conservatory of Music is progressing rapidly and will
probably be finished at least in part by the first of the year. The
plans are very pretentious; the building will contain a suite of rooms
for the director, classrooms, dormitories, offices, a theater, library,
swimming pool, and baths.
HAITI
AGRICULTURAL SCHOOLS.—The Central Agricultural School opened
its classes for the forthcoming year on October 4, 1926, with a larger
PUBLIC INSTRUCTION AND EDUCATION 1S9
enrollment than in any previous session. Approximately 100 stu-
dents made application for admission, 86 of whom were actually
accepted for the first trimester. The school is now located in the
beautiful new building at Damien. The classrooms and the labora-
tories are furnished and equipped to give every opportunity for the
students to do high-class college work.
Nineteen farm schools were opened the first Monday in October
with an enrollment of 953 students for the first month. (Bulletin
of the Receiver General.)
HONDURAS
Lispraries.—The Director of Public Instruction of the Department
of Santa Barbara set October 12 for the official opening of the public
libraries established in the departmental capital and other munici-
palities. The libraries were established in accordance with Legisla-
tive Decree No. 28 of January 28, 1926.
MEXICO
ONE THOUSAND NEW RURAL scHOOLS.—Dr. Puig Casauranc,
Secretary of Public Education, announced on November 26, 1926,
that in spite of the economy program of the administration during
the coming year 1,000 more rural schools would be opened by the
Federal Government, 10 cultural missions would travel through cer-
tain sections of the country, and 10 normal schools for rural-school
teachers would be established. The location of the new schools is
to be decided upon the basis of population and the funds for educa-
tion allotted to each district by the Federal Government, the schools
to be established preferably in those places where there have been no
schools or but few.
SCHOOL SAVINGS FUND TO BE CLASSED AS BANK.—On November 10,
1926, the President gave authorization for the conversion of the
school savings fund into a banking institution. This makes it
possible to lend the money on other security as well as mortgages
and also to use it for the establishment of cooperative associations.
Loans at moderate rates of interest are now granted to teachers and
other employees of the department of public education, thus making
it unnecessary for them to have recourse to money lenders charging
exorbitant rates.
FourtH Nationa SrupEents’ Conaress.—The Fourth National
Students’ Congress is to be held in Guadalajara early in 1927.
NICARAGUA
Baptist CoLLEGE TO GIVE DEGREES.—In August, 1926, the
Secretary of Public Instruction authorized the Baptist College of
Managua, which has about 300 students, to confer on its graduates
190 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION
the bachelor’s degree in sciences and letters and to grant the teacher’s
certificate.
PANAMA
TrapE RerFrorM ScHooLt.—On October 18, 1926, the National
Assembly passed an act providing for the establishment in Panama
City of a trade reform school for minors over 7 and under 18 years.
In this school all minors with terms of over three months will be
taught some trade or profession.
AMERICAN SCHOLARSHIP FOR PANAMAN STUDENT.—Through the
medium of the president of the Inter American Congress of Women,
held in Panama last June, and the Pan American Union, the foreign
scholarship offered by Saint Theresa College of Winona, Wisconsin,
has been awarded to Sefiorita Lidia G. Sogandares. Seforita
Sogandares was graduated from the National Institute as honor
student, obtaining the degree of bachelor of humanities; she has
contributed to several magazines, and also won a prize for an essay
on the folk poetry of Panama. She plans to study medicine, being
the first Panaman woman to choose this career.
PARAGUAY
/
Coneress or History AND GrEOGRAPHY.—The Second Congress
of History and Geography was opened in Asuncién on October 12,
1926. A total of 30 delegates, representing 22 organizations of 8
countries—Argentina, Bolivia, Brazil, Mexico, Paraguay, Peru, Spain,
ae the United States—were present at the opening session.
*. Cecilio Baez, of Asuncion, who represented the Ibero-American
ae of Spain, and Dr. Nicanor Sarmiento, of the American
Academy of History of Argentina, were elected, respectively, presi-
dent and vice president of the congress. After the formal opening
of the assembly a representative from each of the countries extended
the greeting of the several groups. Following general sessions on
the mornings of October 13 and 14, 1926, the assembly broke up into
committees to study the numerous papers submitted to the congress.
Many of these, covering a wide range of topics representing poetry,
mathematics, cartography, medical investigations, archeology, and
history, were recommended as being of great merit. Excursions,
teas, and a large banquet rounded out the congress, which closed on
October 15, 1926. It was announced that the next sessions would be
held in 1928. Aside from strictly scientific matters, an Important
resolution was passed recommending the exchange of professors on a
more extensive scale than heretofore.
NATIONAL ScHooLt oF TELEGRAPHY.—On September 18, 1926,
plans for a national school of telegraphy were approved and the
institution legally created; it will be under the supervision of the
Director General of Mails and Telegraphs.
PUBLIC INSTRUCTION AND EDUCATION 191
SALVADOR
AGRICULTURAL EDUCATION.—A recent Executive decree provides
for the establishment of agricultural schools throughout the Republic
in order to teach modern methods of cultivation. They are to be
operated in connection with the present public schools, and are to
have sufficient land for practical instruction and demonstration pur-
poses. Courses will be given in the use of modern machinery, cattle
raising, vegetable cultivation, tree culture, the use of fertilizers, and
crop rotation. Salvador is an agricultural country and the establish-
ment of such schools will be an important step in national progress.
(Commerce Reports, December 138, 1926.)
MAximo Soro Hatu.—Sefior Maximo Soto Hall, a Guatemalan
author and journalist connected with La Prensa, of Buenos Aires,
who is now on a tour of American countries in the interest of friendly
relations, on October 4, 1926, visited the girls’ school of San Salvador
which is named after the Republic of Argentina. An interesting
program was given which included the presentation of Sefior Soto Hall
to the pupils, an address of welcome, the singing of the Argentine
National Anthem and other Argentine songs, and recitations of
Argentine poems.
URUGUAY
PHYSICAL EDUCATION DAY.—It was estimated that more than 2,000
participated in the exercises directed by the National Commission
of Physical Education on October 31, 1926, in the Allies’ Park of
Montevideo. Perhaps the most impressive feature was the calis-
thenic exercises in which 1,500 children of the public schools took
part.
VOCATIONAL EDUCATION.—According to a recent report the total
enrollment in the vocational schools of Uruguay is 4,000, and since
there are more requests for admission than can be handled, a waiting
list has been established. Montevideo has three such schools of
special character and another which teaches general applied art. In
the future the course of study will be adapted to the leading industry
in the locality where the school is situated.
VENEZUELA
UNIVERSITY REGISTRATION.—The formal opening of the Central
University in Caracas for the scholastic year 1926-27 was held on
October 24, 1926, an important part of the program being the award-
ing of honor certificates to students who made a grade of ‘‘excellent”’
in the examinations of last July. A total of 570 students have regis-
tered for the year 1926-27. The enrollment of each school is as fol-
lows: School of Medicine, 237; School of Dentistry, 44; School of
192 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION
Pharmacy, 27; School of Political Science, 238; School of Natural
Sciences and Mathematics, 144. Of this number all but nine are
Venezuelans, those nine representing Colombia, Panama, Spain,
France, and England. Owing to the growth of the mining industry,
the university has initiated a special course in surveying.
DOMINICAN REPUBLIC
PROTECTION OF NATIONAL INDUSTRIBS.—At the Third National
Labor Congress, which convened in La Vega on October 12, 1926, a
resolution was passed asking all workmen affiliated with the Domin-
ican Labor Federation to wear clothing of domestic manufacture,
thereby stimulating such native industries as the manufacture of
shoes, hats, and clothing, and helping the workmen employed in these
trades.
PROPOSED LABOR LVAW.—The Dominican Federation of Labor has
presented a petition to the National Congress asking for the enact-
ment of an accident indemnity law for the protection of labor. The
draft of this law, as proposed by the Federation of Labor, asks for a
compensation to be paid workers injured or incapacitated by illness, and
for medical assistance for them. The bill also asks that in the event
of the death of a worker caused by an accident, that the family of
the deceased shall receive an adequate compensation.
MEXICO
Tuirp NatTionaL ConGREss OF RatLroapD EmpLtoyreres.—The fol-
lowing resolutions, among others, were passed in the Third National
Congress of Railroad Employees held in the early part of November:
The Confederation of Transportation and Communications Employees (the new
name of the Confederation of Railroad Employees’ Associations) will strive to
secure the 44-hour week, a minimum living wage and equal pay for equal work
on the various railroads. The Confederation will oppose unfair wage adjust-
ments and will strive to maintain the labor and salary standards won by labor
organizations. The Confederation will demand collective contracts for the ben-
efit of workers. The Confederation will work for the immediate adjustment of
cases pending with the railroads regarding broken contracts and other matters.
PARAGUAY
REFUGEE SETTLEMENT.—In view of the fact that a large number of
the 1,000,000 Russian and Armenian refugees to be absorbed abroad
SOCIAL PROGRESS 193
can be taken care of by South American countries, an extensive study
involving the investigation of conditions in the several countries, the
opportunities which they offer for the settlement of refugees, and the
formation of plans for colonization has been carried out by the Refu-
gee Service of Buenos Aires and Rio de Janeiro. During the past year
small experimental groups of refugees have been sent into Paraguay,
their expenses having been paid from Doctor Nansen’s small private
fund. Ultimately each refugee will be required to buy a 5-franc
stamp—the ‘‘Nansen stamp’’—to accompany his identity certificate
and the proceeds of the sale will form a fund of not less than £100,000
to be used as a revolving fund which will finance all such transpor-
tation. (/ndustrial and Labor Information, July 12 and Oct. 18,
1926.)
PERU
Lasor AccripENT Boarp.—By virtue of a recent Executive decree
an Advisory Board on Labor Accidents has been created under the
Department of Promotion, the Minister of that Department serving
as chairman. Other members will be the chairmen of the committees
on labor legislation and social welfare of the Senate and the House of
Representatives, respectively, the president of the Chamber of Com-
merce, the president of the National Industrial Society, representa-
tives of the accident-insurance companies and the labor unions, the
Directors of Promotion and Public Health, and the Chief of the Divi-
sion of Hygiene and Industrial Security.
ARGENTINA
October 20, 1926, the Charity
Society of Buenos Aires instituted a course of Teeuanes on child welfare
and the training of mothers in the care of babies. The first lecture
was given by Dr. Maria Montessori, the famous Italian educator who
is now visiting Argentina.
TEMPERANCE WEEK.—On October 25, 1926, the Temperance
League of the National Council of Women of Buenos Aires began
temperance week with a series of lectures delivered in the schools by
visiting health teachers. The Temperance League also distributed
among the affiliated committees outside of Buenos Aires a number
24932—27—Bull. 2-——-7
194 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION
of leaflets, postals, posters, and other publicity material on the evil
effects of alcohol.
CrvIL RIGHTS OF WOMEN.— vee page 181.
BOLIVIA
TUBERCULOSIS SANITARIUM.—For the purpose of raising funds for
the building and maintenance of a national tuberculosis sanitarium
in La Paz, a tax was created by a decree of September 22, 1926.
This tax will be collected in the form of stamps, one a 10-centavo
stamp which must be affixed to all railway tickets sold in the Republic,
and the other a stamp of 1 boliviano which shall be attached to pass-
ports on both entering and leaving the country.
BRAZIL
ROCKEFELLER DONATION TO SAO PauLo.—The Department of the
Interior of the State of SAo Paulo has received from the Rockefeller
Foundation 350 contos ($50,000) as the first installment of a donation
for the purpose of constructing an institute of hygiene which is to
cost 1,650 contos. The Rockefeller Foundation will also contribute
4,500 contos ($650,000) for the construction of a new $1,500,000
building for the Faculty of Medicine.. As a condition of this donation
the State Government has bound itself to construct hospitals in con-
nection with the medical school.
CHILDREN’S BuREAU OF BRAzIL.—On October 12, 1926, celebrated as
the Day of the Race and also as Children’s Day in Brazil, the Federal
Children’s Bureau was formally installed in its new builded in Rio de
Janeiro. Dr. Moncorvo Filho, the eminent Brazilian pediatrist who is
director of the bureau, has also moved the Child Welfare Museum to
the same building so that visitors may learn the proper methods of
caring for children and see the results of proper and improper care and
surroundings on the child.
There is also a heliotherapy section in the Children’s Bureau where
children may receive the treatments so beneficial in tuberculosis,
rickets and other diseases. —
CHILE
EXTERMINATION OF FLIES.—In order to check one means of spread-
ing disease, a recent ordinance of the city of Santiago requires the
extermination of flies in all factories, workshops, business places
of any character, stalls for the sale of merchandise, and slaughter-
houses, such extermination to be effected by the use of traps and
approved kinds of poison.
SoutH AMERICAN FOOTBALL CHAMPIONSHIP.—After a series of 10
games played in Santiago last October and November between the
SOCIAL PROGRESS . 195
Argentine, Bolivian, Chilean, Paraguayan, and Uruguayan football
teams, the last-named, having lost none of the four games in which it
played, was declared South American champion and winner of the
‘““America’’ cup. This was the ninth time that teams had contended
for the championship, the first series having taken place in Buenos
Aires in 1916 between the teams of Argentina, Brazil, Chile, and Uru-
guay. Enthusiastic audiences of from 8,000 to 12,000 persons wit-
nessed the hard-fought encounters.
COLOMBIA
HEALTH EDUCATION AND SANITATION OF PORTS.—Law No. 12 of Sep-
tember 25, 1926, authorizes the President to organize graded health
education in all primary, secondary, and normal schools of the Repub-
lic. The same law establishes as a public necessity the sanitation
of the seaports of Buenaventura, Tumaco, Cartagena, Puerto Colom-
bia, Santa Marta, Riohacha, and Tolt; and the river ports of Bar-
ranquilla, Puerto Wilches, Puerto Berrio, La Dorada, Quibdé, and
Guapi, and of the cities of Ipiales and Cucuta. The President is
also authorized to engage for the National Government a technical
commission to prepare sanitation plans to be paid for by the depart-
ments and the municipalities where the work is to be done. The
Government will establish a national hygiene institute in the capi-
tal to train the personnel necessary for a public health service.
The city of Bogota as the national capital will have an annual appro-
priation for sanitary purposes of 600,000 pesos. The appropriation
for the sanitation of the ports will amount to 4,000,000 pesos.
COSTA RICA
PURE FOOD REGULATIONS.— In the interest of public welfare through
a movement for unadulterated food, regulations governing butter
substitutes were issued by the President of Costa Rica on August
30, 1926. They provide that:
None but those products proceeding from milk or cream or both shall be sold
as butter. Any food which because of its taste or appearance might be confused
with butter shall not be sold as butter but under a special name approved by the
Assistant Secretary of Hygiene, and all cartons or wrappers containing butte.
substitutes for wholesale or retail trade shall be duly printed with the name of
the substitute.
PuBLIC ASSISTANCE.—The budget approved by the city of San
José for the year 1927 contains the following items for public wel-
fare, the total of which slightly exceeds that of the past year: Main-
tenance of a milk pasteurization station, 4,000 colones; night apothe-
cary service, 3,600 colones; school kitchen, 1,200 colones; milk sta-
tion, 1,200 colones; orphanage, 1,200 colones; poor house, 4,200
colones; and children’s refuge, 600 colones.
196 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION
Rep Cross arps Cusa.—A recital for the benefit of Cuban cyclone
victims was given on October 31, 1926, under the auspices of the
Costa Rican Red Cross. The program included vocal and instru-
mental numbers and was made further interesting by the presence of
Senor Maximo Soto Hall, the Guatemalan poet and publicist, who
read his own poems.
CUBA
Pan AMERICAN CONGRESSES POSTPONED.—Through the courtesy
of the Cuban Embassy in Washington, the Bulletin is informed that
the opening of the Fifth Pan American Congress of the Child has
been postponed to December 7, 1927, and that of the Pan American
Congress on Eugenics to December 20, 1927. Both were to have
been held in January of this year.
RECONSTRUCTION OF HOSPITALS AND ASYLUMS.—The Cuban Govern-
ment has appropriated 374,900 pesos for the reconstruction of various
hospitals and asylums destroyed by the hurricane of October 20, 1926.
The funds were allotted to the different institutions in the following
manner: Mazorra Hospital for the Insane, 130,000 pesos; Calixto
Garcia Hospital in Habana, 50,000 pesos; Las Animas, 20,000 pesos;
Guanajay Reformatory,, 20,000 pesos; La Esperanza Sanitarium,
27,000 pesos; Matanzas Hospital, 10,000 pesos; Aldecoa Reformatory,
50,000 pesos; Guanabacoa Home for the Aged, 20,000 pesos; tuber-
cular clinic of the Calixto Garcia Hospital, 12,000 pesos. Smaller
sums were allotted for the Habana Maternity Hospital, the hospitals
of Guanajay, Guanabacoa, and Santiago de las Vegas, the National
Laboratory, and the Furbush Dispensary. (Cuban Embassy notes.)
RECONSTRUCTION WORK IN CUBA AND CONTRIBUTIONS RECEIVED.—
The Cuban Red Cross is preparing a report on the loss of life during
the hurricane of October last. Two weeks later the number of dead
was placed at 600, and that of the wounded at 5,000. During the
first trying days following the disaster about 1,000 persons whose
homes had been destroyed and all their belongings lost were given
refuge in the Belén College of Habana. In the same building the
Government established a community kitchen from which daily rations
were distributed to approximately 20,000 persons. The relief work,
however, was not confined to the efforts of the Government, business
concerns, private parties, and in fact all classes contributing toward
the relief of the sufferers. The National Relief Committee had
received, up to November 11, the sum of $754,902.27. In the city
of Camagiiey a public collection was taken for the sufferers in the
western provinces, more than $15,000 being collected. The theaters
of the city contributed 10 per cent of the net entrance fees, and the
Company of the Controlled Railway donated $10,000. The West
India Oil Refining Company of Cuba donated $25,000 for relief
SOCIAL PROGRESS 197
work, in spite of the fact that through the effects of the cyclone
one of their gasoline tanks, containing about 1,500,000 gallons,
ignited with a consequent loss of some $500,000. Among other
contributions received were the following: The Cuban Telephone
Company, $10,000; Association of Tobacco Planters and Merchants
of Cuba, $11,140; Pedro Gémez Mena, $1,000; the heirs of José
Gener y Cifuentes Pego and Company, $1,000 each. Many other
firms having interests in Cuba donated large sums, and innumerable
smaller donations were received from all classes. Foreign con-
tributions also represent a large figure; the Secretary of State of the
United States, Mr. Kellogg, donated $1,000, and the Secretary of the
Treasury, Mr. Andrew Mellon, $2,500. By December 1 gifts in
money had been received from 20 other Red Cross societies, includ-
ing those of Colombia, Costa Rica, Ecuador, Guatemala, Panama,
Peru, Salvador, and the United States. (Cuban Embassy notes.)
DOMINICAN REPUBLIC
Dominican Rep Cross.—By invitation of the President of the
Republic, Gen. Horacio Vasquez, and at the suggestion of Sefiora
Santiago Michelena, jr., daughter of the former Minister from the
Dominican Republic to the United States, Sefior José del Carmen
Ariza, a meeting of prominent citizens was held on October 27 last
at the home of Sefiora Michelena in Santo Domingo for the purpose
of organizing the Dominican Red Cross. At the close of this meeting
General Vasquez appointed Dr. Salvador B. Gautier president of the
newly organized Dominican Red Cross. Sefiora de Michelena put at
the disposal of this organization a number of pamphlets and other
literature which she had obtained from the American Red Cross
at the time of her recent visit to Washington, and which will be of
great service in helping the work of the Dominican Red Cross.
ECUADOR
PUBLIC DISPENSARY OPENED.—Since October 14 last a public
dispensary has been in operation in Quito, where all needy persons
may go to receive treatment free of charge.
RocKEFELLER INsriruTe.—President Ayora was advised recently
by cable that the Rockefeller Institute was disposed to send a sanitary
mission to Ecuador. This organization also offered to give special
instruction in the treatment of malaria to any Ecuadorean physician
sent to the United States to study, and besides to pay all expenses
of the trip and tuition, and give the student a monthly allowance.
GUATEMALA
CONSTRUCTION OF PUBLIC BATHS.—Among other improvements
being made on La Aurora, the national estate near Guatemala City,
198 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION
is the construction of public baths, which include swimming pools,
hot and cold showers, and vapor baths. In addition ample provision
has been made for exercise by the installation of gymnasium appa-
ratus. During the month of September alone, 116,102 pesos were
spent on the project. It was expected that the work would be finished
and the improvements publicly inaugurated in December.
SANITARY REGULATIONS.—New sanitary regulations concerning
the sale of meats te become effective on November 23, 1926, were
recently passed by the Guatemala City Board of Public Health.
They specify that:
In the future all meat dealers shall be required to have a license; those persons
already established in business will be given 40 days in which to comply with the
new regulations.
Meat shops must be well ventilated; have cement floors; be cleanly painted;
have proper protection against flies; be provided with granite, marble, or cement
counters; have rust-proof hooks for the meat, and Government-inspected scales.
The meat dealer shall be cleanly attired, and he must be ready to show his
license at any time to Government inspectors.
HAITI
IMPROVEMENTS FOR, HOSPITAL AT Port-Au-PRINcCE.—The new
wards in the General Hospital at Port-au-Prince will soon be com-
pleted and ready for occupancy, offering accommodation for 72
patients. Construction of an additional wing to this hospital has
already been started and when finished will complete the work on
this hospital. (Bulletin of the Receiwer General.)
BROADCASTING PUBLIC-HEALTH LECTURES.—The installation of -
broadcasting station HHK in Port-au-Prince and of a number of
public receiving sets throughout the Republic represents an important
step in the development of the country. Taking into consideration
the possibilities thus opened for educational purposes, the Public
Health Service is going to broadcast a series of lectures on public
health, hoping to awaken still further interest of the public along
this important line. (Bulletin of the Receiwer General.)
HONDURAS
Hospita statistics.—During the fiscal year 1925-26 the General
Hospital of Tegucigalpa received 2,835 patients, of whom 2,234 were
cured, 486 left in improved condition, 40 remained in the same state
of health, and 75 died. The hospital death rate was 2.62 per cent.
The hospital has recently been moved to a new building, to which
additions are to be made. It now has 285 beds distributed among
the children’s medical and surgical ward, the men’s ward, the general
and special eye ward, the women’s ward, and the maternity and
women’s medical ward. It has also an operating room and a section
for private patients.
SOCIAL PROGRESS 199
MEXICO
TARAHUMARA INDIANS IN DISTANCE RACE.—On November 7, 1926,
Zafiro and San Miguel, members of the Tarahumara Indian Tribe,
famous for its runners, ran from the city of Pachuca to the National
Stadium of Mexico City, a distance of 100 kilometers, or 62 miles,
in 9 hours and 37 minutes. The runners were greeted with the
greatest enthusiasm for their remarkable feat of endurance.
IMMUNIZATION AGAINST SCARLET FEVER AND DIPHTHERIA.—See
page 182.
NICARAGUA
Rep Cross HospiTau.—Last August Dofia Berta de Solis, presi-
dent of the Women’s Charity Committee, offered the services of her
organization for the establishment in the city of Managua of a Red
Cross hospital to care for the wounded.
PARAGUAY
CYCLONE RELIEF.—Roused by the horrible news of the destruc-
tion of a large part of the city of Encarnacién by cyclone on Sep-
tember 20, 1926, the whole country united its forces in an attempt
to mitigate the suffering left behind. The first help came from
Posadas, Argentina, a few hours after the tragedy had occurred,
then later came other organized effort. The Red Cross gave medical
assistance, clothing, and food; relief parties from the Department
of Public Assistance rendered aid; the Government authorized
the expenditure of 600,000 pesos; charitable organizations of women
cared for the needs of the orphans and homeless; clothing was col-
lected; and thousands made contributions in money, the amount
collected by one newspaper alone reaching 1,189,251 pesos in one
month. Numerous generous gifts were also received from indi-
viduals, organizations, and the governments of other countries,
notably Argentina, Uruguay, and Brazil. The Government of
Paraguay created a special commission with subcommittees in
various cities to direct the work of relief and the rebuilding of the
city.
PARAGUAYAN MEDICAL PREPARATION.—Information has recently
been received from Buenos Aires to the effect that injections of a
certain Paraguayan medical preparation of proteins prepared accord-
ing to a formula of Dr. Rogelio Alvarez Briguez and known as
‘‘Alvarina”’ have been found to be very successful in the treatment
of diseases of the respiratory organs. Dr. David Speroni, a well-
known Argentine physician, has shown sufficient interest to devote a
lecture in the Clinical Hospital to its use, and the National Depart-
ment of Hygiene in Buenos Aires has authorized its application.
200 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION |
PERU
GIFTs To HosPITAL.—The general Board of Public Charities held
a special session on November 12 last for the purpose of expressing
the board’s deep appreciation and gratitude to Sefior Antero Aspi-
llaga and Sefior Severino Marcionelli, two public-spirited citizens,
for gifts made to the excellent Arzobispo Loayza Hospital in Lima.
Senor Aspillaga, former director of the Board of Public Health,
donated a complete X-ray apparatus and a radio-diagnosis equip-
ment, while Senor Marcionelli gave 6,000 Peruvian pounds for the
construction of a surgical ward for children, in memory of his son
who died some time ago. This ward will cover 557 square meters
of ground and will consist of two wings, with a central hall for
convalescent children.
HEALTH CONFERENCES.—The Rimac Municipal Council has organ-
ized a series of medical lectures to be given every two weeks in the
city hall. The following subjects will be taken up: Antivenereal
prophylaxis; fight against alcoholism; malarial prophylaxis; child
welfare; general hygiene, including proper diet, housing and similar
subjects; prenatal care; and care of the teeth and the prevention of
disease by this means.
MATERNITY HOsPITaL.—On October 10 last an attractive cere-
mony was held in the maternity hospital in Lima celebrating the
first centennial of the founding of this important institution.
UNVEILING oF BUsT oF Docror Hrrepia.—Last October a bust
of Dr. Cayetano Heredia, founder of the Faculty of Medicine, and
first dean of that body, was unveiled in the courtyard of the School
of Medicine in Lima at the celebration of the school’s seventieth
anniversary.
URUGUAY
SANITARY IMPROVEMENT.—The National Administrative Council
recently authorized the expenditure of 1,836,611 pesos for the provi-
sion or improvement of water and sewerage facilities in a number of
cities, including San José, Rocha, Treinta y Tres, Durazno, Florida,
Rivera, Tacuarembé, Trinidad, Melo, Minas, Santa Lucia, San
Carlos, Sarandi, Pan de Azticar, Santa Rosa, Achar, Cardona, and
Punta del Este. :
HospiraL pLANS.—It was announced on October 29, 1926, that the
project for a new clinical hospital in Montevideo had been approved
and the sum of 2,800,000 pesos authorized for the cost of its construc-
tion. The buildings in use at present are inadequate and old, one
dating from Spanish times. The project for a neurological institute,
which will not only give treatments but carry on experiments, was also
approved.
SOCIAL PROGRESS 201
VENEZUELA
ACTIVITIES OF THE DEPARTMENT OF SANITATION.—In a paper pre-
sented before the First Pan American Conference of Directors of
Public Health, an interesting review of the history and activities of
the Venezuelan Bureau of Sanitation was given by Dr. Carlos J.
Bello. A brief outline is as follows:
The actual organization of the Venezuelan Public Health Service took place on
November 13, 1911, but the first sanitary law was not promulgated until July 3,
1912. In 1916 the President dictated the respective regulations, yet the work of
this first organization, although of strictly sanitary character, was of but limited
scope, and in 1919 it was reorganized as the bureau of sanitation. Under the
supervision of the department of the interior it has a director and a central office
in Caracas and subordinate offices in other places.
Different phases of the work consist of the epidemiological service which
studies diseases present in the country and those which threaten to invade it;
the vaccination service charged with seeing that the rules for vaccination are
complied with; the auxiliary branches of statistics, bookkeeping, and publicity;
the inspection service; the engineering commission; the transport service; and a
laboratory for chemical, bacteriological, and parasitological analysis and study.
Special bureaus in the city of Caracas inspect the sanitary conditions of houses
and the food for sale. There are commissions to place petroleum on stagnant
water; inspectors of natural drainage; a disinfection service; and a bureau
which carries on the study and treatment of venereal diseases. This branch
alone treated more than 4,000 sick during the first six months of the year, besides
distributing antivenereal propaganda. There is also a hospital for quarantine
cases.
Yellow fever has disappeared from Venezuela, and bubonic plague may be said
to have almost disappeared. At the present time campaigns are being carried
on against malaria and hookworm disease by treatment, education, and, as in the
case of malaria, the destruction of carrying agents.
HospPiraL REPORT.—On October 2, 1926, the Department of
Promotion submitted a hospital report for the second quarter of
1926 from which the following is taken:
x " Pespenses | cutee:
| Number | in boli- | effected | ‘ s
Regions | of hos- vars | during Se pole
pitals during | the OCR ENISS) || WEEMS
quarter | quarter
ATT OTC RUS ats ey ee ew SO Re wt ae 1 5, 673 29 7 56
PAY LLC alee sree tee tos ee NE 1 PETS 11 11 35
PATTERN ea Dts Be oe OR ee Be OR eee a ee eee 5 15, 000 92 27 195
OLIV Ai ae eee a NS ONL Gn Re Seal 1 24, 000 110 30 380
Cara O00 sess ete Eee a ee ee 6 36, 630 253 66 667
I AIC OME ees See hen are eRe Ae jue ee ek Mere 1 4, 982 | zy} 10 57
GAIL EGI CORN ise = ee tard ee ee RE gee ae oe 2 6, 054 38 16 127
MT AT pe oh eee a SN Pdr, Aces te ke oy ak eal ire ar 4 19, 020 105 | 48 322
ITS: ee eee Se a a a Oe Cre, UE) 2 4, 134 57 | 11 108
INA Dies) XG Mates Se ee SS ee ee ee en Lene eet 5 4 9, 156 56 18 144
INTE WARES Aart ae cee ae ee ere ae er ry ne enone 1 898 | I eee eee 17
SUCTeE: SEE Se soe Cy eS eres ae aren Sm Oe eT 2 4, 806 65 | 11 132
RACH eae ae 4am fennel ee er es ee era a 14, 114 141 39 382
FADE ON PUM ay: Rsk sei ee Cnae Ue E ROR, bos GN ie einem Nee atone 2/ 7,588 78 | 9 134
ZiT Ae eee arn eine a va a 7 195, 604 490, 112 1, 764
HederaleDistiChae 2 = Sees ee Sie ee 12 | 2654, 648 748 | 188 2, 744
MO GALES 2 a 34s Seer a! ee Nas ra ha ew, Sede 58 | 605, 183 2, 286 | 603 7, 264
202 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION
HospitaL stupy.—A special commissioner was recently appointed
in the person of Dr. P. D. Rodriguez Rivero to study the hospitals
of Panama and Europe with the idea of the possible application
of their methods to the hospitals of Venezuela.
GIFT TO LEPROSARIUM.—The inmates of the Cabo Blanco Lepro-
sarium were recently made happy by the gift of a radio set presented
by the Radio Corporation of Caracas.
-
w 43
ARGENTINA
MonuMENT TO GEN. CaRLos DE ALVEAR.—On October 16, 1926,
President Marcelo T. de Alvear unveiled the monument to his an-
cestor Gen. Carlos de Alvear, a hero of the early days of independence,
which is erected in the gardens of the Recoleta of Buenos Aires. After
the unveiling an address was made by Dr. Manuel Augusto Montes
de Oca delivering the monument to the municipal intendent of
Buenos Aires. Other addresses were made by the Minister of War, the
Ambassador of Chile, the Ambassador of the United States, and rep-
resentatives of the Governments of Uruguay and Spain, and of the
various branches of the Argentine Government. In 1813 General
Alvear at 23 years of age became the president of the assembly.
Later he took Montevideo, returning to Buenos Aires where he was
Supreme Director of the United Provinces for a time. When
Rivadavia and Garcia were in power Alvear was sent to Europe and
other parts of America on important diplomatic missions to Canning,
Monroe, and Bolivar. Under the presidency of Rivadavia he held
the post of Minister of War. From 1837 to 1852 he was Argentina’s
diplomatic representative in the United States, where he died.
ANNIVERSARY OF La Prensa.—The fifty-seventh anniversary of
the establishment of La Prensa of Buenos Aires was celebrated by
that paper on October 13, 1926. The paper was the recipient of con-
geratulations from its Argentine colleagues and from foreign papers
as well. The Bulletin joins in these good wishes to a colleague
from which many of the notes on Argentine are culled.
COLOMBIA
MONUMENT TO THE MOTHER.—Senor Olinto Marcucci, Colombian
sculptor, has presented to the city of Bogot&é a monument to the
GENERAL NOTES 203
mother. It depicts a loving mother holding a baby, while she teaches
her little son at her side to read, thus representing the mother as
instilling in her children their first ideas of rectitude and civic duty.
Seated on the steps of approach below the main group on the monu-
ment is an allegorical figure of the Republic, which appears to inscribe
upon the pedestal ‘Honor thy father and thy mother.”’
COSTA RICA
SrNor Soro Haut in Costa Rica.—The distinguished Guatemalan
poet Sefior Maximo Soto Hall, representing La Prensa, a well-known
daily of Buenos Aires, arrived in Costa Rica last October. Although
his visit, during which he was féted as a guest of honor, was an expres-
sion of the good will and friendship existing between the two nations,
the real purpose of the trip was to make special studies in the prepa-
ration of lectures to be illustrated with films of pre-colonial, colonial,
and independence eras in Costa Rica. Similar studies and pictures
will be made in other American countries under the auspices of La
Prensa and the whole compiled into a monumental historical work.
The lectures will also be published separately.
CUBA
RELIEF FOR FOREIGNERS.—After the disaster of October 20 in
Cuba the Secretary of State requested the foreign missions accredited
to that Republic to inform the Cuban Government as to the exact
losses suffered by the citizens of their respective countries, resident
in Cuba, for the purpose of giving them the same relief measures
accorded to Cuban citizens. (Cuban Embassy notes.)
“MAINE” MONUMENT.—In view of the damage by the recent
hurricane of the monument erected in Habana in honor of the vic-
tims of the Maine, Spanish-American War veterans at a recent
meeting in St. Petersburg passed a resolution agreeing to contribute
towards the reconstruction of this monument. This resolution was
forwarded to President Machado, who replied thanking the veterans
for their kind offer, but stating at the same time that he claimed
for Cuba the priviledge of rebuilding, without foreign aid, this
sacred memorial intrusted to the Cuban people. (Cuban Embassy
notes. )
HONDURAS
CENTENARY OF BATTLE OF La Trinipap.—The President on
October 3, 1926, declared that November 11, 1927, the centenary of
the Battle of La Trinidad fought by Gen. Francisco Morazén in
defense of the liberty of Honduras, should be celebrated as a holiday
with appropriate civic ceremonies. A competition for a monograph
204. THE PAN AMERICAN UNION °
on the battle and another for the design of a commemorative shaft
to be placed on the battlefield will be held beforehand.
MEXICO
ARCHEOLOGICAL EXPLORATION AT CuHricHEN-ITzA.—In accordance
with the contract with the Government of Mexico the Carnegie
Institution has been making explorations for four years at Chichén-
Itza in Yucatan. On November 24, 1926, it sent a report of its work
for the year to the Minister of Education. The report included a
photographic album in which were views of great beauty, especially
that showing the main fagade of the Temple of the Warriors. Doctor
Morley, head of the exploration mission, was expected in Mexico in
the latter part of December to begin the work for 1927.
URUGUAY
Visits OF ToURISTS.—On October 15, 1926, a group of 300 Brazil-
lan excursionists arrived in Montevideo for a 5 days’ sight-seeing tour;
this is the first time that an organized group of tourists from Brazil
has visited the city.
First ExuHr1Bit.—The,first annual open art exhibit of Uruguay was
held in Montevideo from October 12 to October 30, 1926, with a num- —
ber of well-known artists contributing.
VENEZUELA
CENTENARY OF AristTIDES Rosas.—The first centenary of the birth
of Aristides Rojas, a distinguished Venezuelan patriot and man of
letters, was celebrated on November 5, 1926. A large gathering
representative of the official, intellectual, diplomatic, and social life
of the capital assisted at the commemorative services sponsored by the
National Academy of History, the Central University, and the Insti-
tute for University Extension. A portrait of the patriot was unveiled
and an interesting collection of his works exhibited. ;
MemortAt TO Botivar.—On October 12, 1926, before an audience
representing all the Latin American countries and the leading indus-
trial concerns of Germany, a bust of Simén Bolivar, presented by the
Consuls-General of Venezuela, Colombia, Ecuador, Peru, Bolivia, and
Panama was unveiled in the city hall of Hamburg. In recognition of
the gift the Hamburg State Senate changed the name of one of the
leading boulevards of the city to ‘Simon Bolivar.”’
REPORTS RECEIVED TO DECEMBER 15, 1926
Subject Date Author
BOLIVIA
1926
Organization of ‘El Tour rants (CMO Sept. 30 | R. E. Schoenfeld, consul at La Paz,
Supreme decree setting aside Oct. 5 as Good Roads ‘Day_- OGiaa) De.
Report on the Normal Schools of Bolivia____.._---.-.._---- Oct. 19 Do.
BRAZIL
Amazonas industries, commerce, and finances____________- Oct. 2 | George E. Seltzer, vice consul at
Manacs.
Telegraphic communitations in the State of Amazonas___| Oct. 4 Do.
Review of commerce and industries of district, for quarter | Oct. 5 | Nathaniel P. Davis, consul at Per-
ended Sept. 30, 1926. nambuco.
Review of commerce and industries of Bahia, quarter | Oct. 7 | Allan Dawson, vice consul in
ended Sept. 30, 1926. charge, Bahia.
The foreign trade of Bahia for the year 1925________________ Oct. 11 0.
Annual message of the President of the State of Rio Grande |___do_____| Fred E. Huhlein, vice consul in
do Sul to Legislative Assembly, on Sept. 23, 1926. | charge at Porto Alegre.
Annual message of the President of the State of Ceara__-__| Oct. 14 | Nathaniel P. Davis.
Inauguration of new cable service at Sao Paulo to Europe_; Oct. 15 Do.
New British steamship line to South America__________-__ Oct. 18 Do.
September coffee exports through Santos_________________- WER Qe a
Amazonas cities authorized to make internal loans________|___ dolz=as
Review of commerce and industries for Espirito Santo,) Oct. 19
quarter ended Sept. 30, 1926. |
Amazonas prohibits the destruction of balata trees, Law | Oct. 20
No. 1295. |
Amazonas to regulate public service, Law No. 114________-_ Oct. 21
Bank of Brazil balance sheet for September, 1926__________ aeaO oe ane
Sugar production of Bahia during the 1925-26 seascn______|___do_____
pahiaspLoduee exchange inaugurated on Oct. 15 in city of |___do_____
ahia.
Bugdet of State of Amazonas for the year 1927_____________ Octn22
Jeg eieyaP enbe Iba ioe IMHO cent See eee OCS
Amazonas establishes duty of 2 per cent on export products_____do____-
Contemplated new loan for the city of Sao Paulo__________|__- dome
Industrial establishments in the city of Bahia_____________|___ doses
ANTHKGDHE MATH OO AIS ENE lek ave — Se IO Gti 25)
Duties collected at Mandos on imports for consumption |___do_____}
from 1901 to 1925.
Finances of the State of Piauhy im 1925_-____...-_.._______ Oct. 26 |
Projected legislation in favor of Brazilian merchant marine_| Nov. 6
Entry of foreign capital into Brazil during 1925 and 1926___|___do____-
Declared exports from Rio de Janeiro to the United States | Nov. 8 |
during third quarter of 1926.
COLOMBIA
PheiColompbiansihud cetpon 927 ae eee __| Nov. 18
Progress of Colombia’s proposed foreign loan____________- 2-0. ~-
Exports from Buenaventura during October, 1926________ ‘Nov. 10
COSTA RICA
October, 1926, report of commerce and industries__________ Nov. 8
Regulations in force in Costa Ricain regard toimportaticn, | Nov. 22
labeling, and sale of poisons.
CUBA
Review ofcommerce and industries of district quarter ended| Sept. 20
Sept. 30, 1926.
Report on various damages by the hurricane of Oct. 20, 1926 | Nov. 11
Damage to grapefruit groves in Isle of Pines by hurricane | Nov. 16
of Oct. 19-20, 1926.
Effects of the hurricane, loss of life and property in the Isle | Nov. 19
of Pines.
Harbor improvements at Cienfuegcs_--_-_-_-------------- Nov. <0
Do.
George E. Seltzer.
John W. Brunk, vice consul at Vic-
toria.
George E. Seltzer.
Do.
Digby A. Willson, vice consul in
charge at Rio de Janeiro.
Allan Dawson.
Do.
George E. Seltzer.
Do.
Do.
| Walter C. Thurston, consul at Sio0
Paulo.
Allan Dawson.
Do.
George E. Seltzer.
Allan Dawson.
Robert R. Bradford, consul at Rio
de Janeiro.
Digby A. Willson
Do.
Alfred Theo Burri,
ranquilla.
Do.
Charles Forman, consul at Buena-
ventura.
consul at Bar-
Roderick W. Unckles, vice consul
at San Jése.
Do.
Harry W. Story, vice consul at
Santiago de Cuba.
Carlton Bailey Hurst, consul gen-
eral at Habana.
Sheridan Talbott, vice consul at
Nuevo Gerona.
Do.
Lucien N. Sullivan, consul at Cien-
fuegos.
205
206
THE PAN AMERICAN UNION
Reports received to December 15, 1926—Continued
Subject Date Author
DOMINICAN REPUBLIC
sa 1826
Dominican sugar production in 1925-26_________-__-____-_- Oct. 15 | James J. Murphy, Jr. consul at
; Santo Domingo City.
Sale of electric light plant in Santo Domingo City, to an | Nov. 10 Do.
American company.
HAITI
Economic and commercial summary of Haiti_-...__________ Oct. 22) Maurice P. Dunlap, consul at Port
au Prince.
Monthly bulletins for September and October, 1926 (pub- | Oct. 25
lished in office of Financial Adviser-General).
PANAMA
Proposed loan for further road construction _____________- Nov. 8 | Legation.
Report on commerce and industries of the Republic of | Noy. 11 | H. D. Myers, vice consul at Pana-
Panama for October, 1926. ma City.
VENEZUELA
Review of commerce and industries of district, quarter | Oct. 27 | Daniel J. Driscoll, vice consul at
ended Sept. 30, 1926. La Guaira.
Cofieercroplandsmarke t= === eee ee eae Nov. 3 | G.R. Phelan, vice consul at Puerto
Cabello.
mnexcacrorcropandemanke aes ee er eee eee Nov. 4 Do.
October coffee report of the Maracaibo istrict mamane meni Nov. 8 | Alexander K. Sloan, consul at
Maracaibo.
Oil report of Maracaibo district for October, 1926__________ Nov. 15 } Do.
Structure wells in the Maracaibo Lake Basin____________- Boel eames Do.
Statement of the ‘‘Banco de Maracaibo”’ for June 30, 1925_| Nov. 19 Do.
Foreign trade of La Guaira during’ October, 1926___._____-
Nov. 20 | Daniel J. Driscoll.
oS
MhemNewabresidentvof Nicaragua sees ae ae ee
DhesNeweeresidentqof Guatemala sess= se ae ee ee
Nicaragua’s New Diplomatic Representative in the United States______
Venezuela Acquires the Precious Miranda Archives___________________
Tropical Hardwoods with Special Reference to their Use in American
PEST Y CUTS GT ee ele ere haga rsa eee On MC owe Sa Se Ue NN en eleen eD
By Maj. G. P. Ahern, Member, Board of Trustees, Tropical Plant Research Foundation,
Washington, D. C.
Tlaxcala: The Cradle of American Christianity _______________________
By H. Romeike.
THeweBraziliane sh CG wm Or OS Sete sie es ie) ee eR CS ake AR ae ee
Alvaro Guevara: Notable Chilean Painter __-_____-________==_____ =. __
Pane bacine: andslanwAmericanwACtivi tle sis ep
I. Pan Pacific Conference.
II. Projected Survey of Hispanic American History.
III. World Essay Contest.
New Government Buildings in Port au Prince, Haiti (Photographs)____-
Four Poems by Enrique Gonzalez Martinez______.______-_1_____+___-
Translated into English verse by Alice Stone Blackwell.
Latin-American Women as Industrial Workers _______________________
By Elvira Santa Cruz Ossa.
Reorganization of Mexico City Normal Schools.-_____________________
Otay Bins) WesioOMel Wb So a ee Se ee See ee ea Ss see eee
United States Trade with Latin America in 1926_____________________
By Matilda Phillips, Chief Statistician, Pan American Union.
Agriculture, Industry, and Commerce___________________________=____
Argentina— Bolivia— Brazil—Chile—Colombia—Costa Rica—Cuba—Dominican Repub-
lie— Ecuador — Guatemala— Haiti— Mexico— Panama— Paraguay — Peru— Salvador—
Uruguay—Venezuela.
LCOMOMNO Oral HiieVOrENl Ais 2 se ee ee ee see
Argentina—Bolivia—Colombia—Costa Rica—Dominican Republic—Honduras.
TRS SISTA CIO Me a tate ets, = se Peete Red So DY ce ULL tro Pre Oral A a Slee ire ee «PME
Brazil—Dominican Republic—Mexico—Salvador.
InternationalyPreatiese 2) 5s aoe ee eee See oe ee Oe
Argentina-Colombia—Uruguay-Brazil—Uruguay-Salvador.
wb IGA HE AOpN Eval IChnCENHON | ke ee Ee es
Argentina— Bolivia— Brazil— Chile—Colombia— Costa Rica— Cuba— Ecuador— Guate-
mala — Haiti — Honduras — Mexico — Panama — Paraguay — Peru — Salvador — United
States—Uruguay.
Argentina—Chile—H onduras—Mexico—Paraguay.
SoclaleProrre sss aceite nye as eR te a Se ay Se ER eee eee inet
Argentina—Brazil—Colombia—Costa Rica—Guatemala— Mexico—Nicaragua— Panama—
Paraguay—Peru—Salvador—United States—Uruguay—Venezuela.
General Notes 2520 et cae wee fy ia ee ek Pee eer i ee 2 re
Argentina—Chile—Cuba—Ecuador—Guatemala—N icaragua—Paraguay.
Subject Matter of Consular Reports_______._-__-__.-_-.--------------
228
235
238
243
252
254
272
274
293
302
303
309
312
<4
Pp
o
<
fa
<
oO
_
Z
fy
oe)
al
A
gQ
QA
ee
mM
ic
[ew
Ay
SENOR DON ADOLFO DIAZ,
Inaugurated November 15, 1926
AX
44 oF oe = TEED ape
TTS Ue EY = Veréesths Gm (NT
WOlb, Wed MARCH, 1927 _ No. 3
Y VIRTUE of the recent constitutional reorganization of the
Nicaraguan Government effected by the National Congress
in November, 1926, Sefior don Adolfo Diaz, a leading citizen
and senator of the Republic, was elected by that body to
fill the Presidency during the remainder of the present term. Sefior
Diaz was accordingly inducted into this high office on November 15.
This, however, is not the first time that the distinction of serving
as President of Nicaragua has been bestowed upon Sefior Diaz. He
was also thus honored when in 1911 he acted as provisional President
and, later, as constitutional President during the term 1913 to 1917.
From early youth Sefior Diaz has taken an active part in the
political life of his nation, and invariably in the several important
posts occupied his intellectual gifts and his spirit of initiative were
distinguishing characteristics.
Born of Nicaraguan parents in the city of Cartago, Costa Rica, on
July 15, 1874, he matriculated as soon as his family returned to
Nicaragua in one of the educational institutions in Granada, where he
completed both the elementrary and advanced courses. As soon as
his school days were over he entered business life, taking especial
interest in mining operations. After a relatively short time he became
a partner in La Luz y Los Angeles, an important mining company
whose employ he had entered as auditor. He likewise specialized in
financial matters, in which he is considered an authority.
Somewhat later, Sefior Diaz took an active part in a political
movement as an adherent of Gen. Juan J. Estrada. When the
latter became President, Semor Diaz was chosen Minister of the
207
208 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION
Treasury, later being elected, as has been said, Vice President of the
Republic, and then First Executive. In October, 1923, he was made
Senator for the Department of Bluefields, while in May, 1924, he
served as chairman of the executive committee of the Conservative
Party.
The BuLLETIN oF THE Pan AMERICAN UNION takes advantage of
this opportunity to present its respects to the new President and to
express its sincere good wishes for the success of his administration.
THE NEW PRESIDENT OF
GUATEM?
© Bite ; os
@ @ = one :
ENERAL Lazaro Chacon, as first Designate to the Presidency
of Guatemala, was unexpectedly summoned to assume the
duties of that high office because of the sudden and la-
mented death of President José Maria Orellana on September
27, 1926. Pursuant to the terms of the Constitution, it devolved
upon General Chacén as First Designate to call a national election,
in which he received an overwhelming majority. He was inaugu-
rated President on December 18, 1926, and will therefore guide his
country’s destinies for six years to come, the term being counted
from March 15, 1927.
The new President of the Republic of Guatemala was born on June
27, 1873, in the city of Teculutan, his parents being Don Juan José
Chacén and Dofia Maria Soledad Gonzalez. In 1892, when at barely
19 years of age he had just completed his course in the Institute at
Chiquimula, he entered the military service, in which he has made for
himself a most distinguished and brilliant career.
It is interesting to trace the successive steps by which General
Chacon reached his present elevated rank, his second heutenancy
being received in 1897, and his next promotion in 1902. As captain
of infantry—which rank was conferred upon him May 25, 1903—he
became a member of the President’s Guard of Honor, receiving his
promotion as major somewhat more than a year later. In January,
1905, he was appointed commander of the Fortress of Matamoros in
Guatemala City, his lieutenant-coloneley being won before the close
of that same year. On September 20, 1906, he became full colonel,
and in August, 1907, was detailed as post commander of San Agustin
Acasaguastlan, where he remained five years. Having been appointed
in June, 1913, Department Commander of Sacatepéquez, he remained
in charge there until April, 1916, after which he held in succession
similar posts in Zacapa, Solol4, and Suchitepéquez, leaving the last-
named department in 1922.
In May, 1924, he became commanding officer of the President’s
Guard of Honor, receiving the rank of brigadier general by act of the
National Assembly. This, however, was not the first time that the
Assembly had singled out General Chac6én to do him honor, for in
1906 he was voted a gold medal for his brilliant services in the mili-
tary operations of that year. Finally, when General Orellana was
209
PRESIDENT OF GUATEMALA
}
a
O CHACON
,
GENERAL LAZAR
1926
t)
rated December 18
Inaugu:
“THE NEW PRESIDENT OF GUATEMALA 211
elected President of Guatemala in 1921, General Chacén, as has
already been said, became First Designate for the Presidency.
The new President’s inauguration took place in the chamber of the
National Assembly, the presiding officer of that body investing him
with the insignia of office. After taking the presidential oath to
uphold the Constitution of the Republic, General Chacén expressed
himself, in part, as follows:
The strict enforcement of the Constitution and the law will be the norm of
my administration; the fulfillment of my program, so far as resources permit,
my highest objective. Thus, his rights assured to every Guatemalan, production
stimulated by the firm support of agriculture and industry, and our monetary
and banking reorganization in turn sustained and strengthened, we may look
forward to a brighter future and, with a lively and united effort toward moral
and material betterment, utilize all the constructive forces of the country to
achieve its rightful place in the civilized world. The fine civic spirit shown by
our fellow citizens in the recent elections can not fail to win the admiration and
respect of other nations; and I trust that my efforts to strengthen the friendly
relations now existing between those nations and ours will be productive of a
closer understanding which will be conducive to increased national progress and
culture.
The BuLueTtiIn of the Pan American Union takes advantage of this
opportunity to offer its sincere congratulations to the Chief Executive
of the sister Republic of Guatemala and to wish him the fullest
measure of success in the high office with which he has been entrusted
by the Guatemalan people.
Photograph by Harris & Ewing
SENOR DR. ALEJANDRO CESAR
States
Envoy Extraordinary and Minister Plenipotentiary of Nicaragua to the United
Ce ae an
UNITED
Petes 2 6 8
|
<
=
ey
=)
Pasay
S
Ss
SSS)
:
©
is)
is)
©
is)
is)
is)
ANUARY 20th witnessed the official reception at the White
House of the new Envoy Extraordinary and Minister Plenipo-
tentiary of Nicaragua, Dr. Alejandro Cesar Chamorro. In
presenting his credentials Doctor Cesar expressed himself, in
part, as follows:
EXcELLENCY: Once again I am honored with the representation of the Nicara-
guan Government before the Government of the United States and I am pecul-
iarly gratified to be able to begin my mission as the first diplomatic representative
of the new constitutional Government of Nicaragua, presided over by President
Adolfo Diaz.
For this reason, as well as for the well-known and historic relations of amity
and cordiality which have always existed between our two countries, it is natural
that in presenting the letter which accredits me as Envoy Extraordinary and
Minister Plenipotentiary of Nicaragua near your Excellency’s Government I
should be especially charged by my Government to interpret to your Excellency
the genuine sentiments of grateful appreciation and sincere devotion which my
Government and people feel toward the great American Nation.
To this manifestation of Nicaraguan friendship and gratitude toward the
Government and people of the United States I desire to add the expression of my
best wishes for the personal fortunes of your Excellency and for the welfare and
happiness of the great Nation over which your Excellency so worthly and happily
presides.
President Coolidge, in reply said, in part:
Mr. Minister: It is a genuine pleasure to receive you and to recognize you
as Envoy Extraordinary and Minister Plenipotentiary of the constitutional
Government of Nicaragua. . . .
For many years the United States has been a good friend to the Nicaraguan
people. Through our assistance asked and apparently welcomed, Nicaragua has
enjoyed years of peace and tranquillity, restored her almost hopelessly shattered
national finances, increased her economic resources and vastly improved her
position before the world. We take no undue credit for what was accomplished
during that time. The chief credit belongs to the Nicaraguan people themselves.
It was the sincere hope of this country that these conditions would continue and
that it would be unnecessary for the United States to take any action for the
protection of its citizens and their interests, but unfortunately such has not been
the case.
213
214 , THE PAN AMERICAN UNION
The United States, as I know your Government and the people of Nicaragua
fully appreciate, has no selfish ends or imperialistic desires to serve. Least of all
have we any desire to influence or dictate in any way the internal affairs of
your country. The United States desires the independence and the prosperity of
every Central American republic. The foundations for permanent stability
within Nicaragua must, of course, be laid by its own Government and I have
been pleased to see that the initial steps for the elimination of disaffection and
the composing of factional differences are already being taken.
The new Minister of Nicaragua, who is also a distinguished physi-
cian and a member of the Nicaraguan bar, was born in the city of
Granada, March 27, 1886. After the completion of the elementary
courses of instruction in the schools of that city, he entered the
Instituto Nacional de Oriente, situated in Granada whence he was
graduated with the title of bachelor of arts in 1901. Shortly after
his graduation he entered the Oriente University where, in 1906, he
successfully received the degree of doctor of laws.
A year or two later Doctor Cesar went to France to study medicine,
eraduating from the Medical School of the University of Paris as
physician and surgeon in 1913, to later occupy, for a few years, the
position of professor of clinical surgery in the medical faculty of
Oriente University.
Among the important political and diplomatic positions held by
Doctor Cesar which may be mentioned are: Official Delegate of
Nicaragua to the Second Pan American Scientific Congress in 1916;
Envoy Extraordinary and Minister Plenipotentiary to the United
States in 1920-21; and Delegate on Special Mission to the Govern-
ment of El Salvador in 1926. Doctor Cesar has also been honored
by membership in a number of important national and international
learned societies, notable among which are the American Institute
of International Law, and the Anatomical Society of Paris.
The BuLuetiIn takes this opportunity of presenting its respect-
ful greetings to the new diplomat, and member of the governing board
of the Pan American Union, and its most earnest wishes for a full
measure of success in the mission intrusted to him by the Nicaraguan
people.
99819 JO JUSUTZIVdeq 9} JO SIIB Vy
UBITIOULW Ul] JO UOISIATC 9} JO JoryH JUBISISSY ‘UBSIOT “AA AOTOYOIS “AT ‘ASsequrgy ueqny oY Jo Areqo100g ‘MOIBY “y, esor “Iq {MeTD “+H
ydesor ‘uo HY ‘01819 JO A1vJoLOOSIOpUL) 94} ‘SABC ‘f SoueL ‘UO ‘1Oqv'y JO A1eyo.100g 9y} Sespng oy} Jo 10JDoIIG ‘pIOT “WH ‘UeyH {01819 Jo Arey
-91009 JUBISISSY ‘UOSLLIV A PURO] “AJ ‘UOIUA URdIIOULY UA 944 JO 1OJOAIIG JURISISSY ‘seslog [ID ‘Y Aq ‘eMoy Sg -]T “AC 24311 04 Yo] ‘Burpueys
“MIM ‘Cd Sying ‘wor ‘AACN 9} Jo A1e49I1009 oy qUesIRg “4H UYOL “UO ‘[elouexy) AVUI0}1V oY} {SIAR “YW IYSIMCG ‘UOH ‘iV AA Jo A1e49I1099
oy} ‘eqnyD Jo JopessequLy 94} ‘MON 'S ALVA UO ‘Tele Iojsevulysog oy} ‘YAO MA Jloqny “WOR ‘1OLI04Uy oy4 Jo Areqaloeg oy, 3381109 Ao] ‘poyvag
:o1v dnols oy} UL “XOUUY UBdTIOULY Uv oY) 4¥ ‘TT Aqenues “UOTUY UkdIeuLY Ug 9} JO [BIOUNY) 10JDIIIG
‘amoy ‘ST ‘Iq Aq WAATS UOSTOUNT & 4B IOWUOY JO JSons oy} SUM ‘VIGIL SIISeIQ UOC IOUS ‘Se}VIg poJIU 9} 0 IOpessequIy URqny MoU oy,
; NOINO NVOIWEHNVY NVd FHL AO TVYENAD
YUOLOHNMIG HHL AM NAYAID SULVLS CHLINO AHL OL V€aNO AO YOCVSSVEINV AHL 4O HONOH NI NOWHONNT
ES
WE
@ @ @ @ @
@ Q@ @
FTER more than a century on alien soil, the Venezuelan
Government has acquired the long coveted ‘“‘archives”’
of her patriot son, Gen. Francisco Miranda. After
incredible vicissitudes by land and sea, this most inti-
mately personal of the vestigios of that great soldier and statesman
has come back to America—has come home to Venezuela.
It appears that General Miranda, at the time of the capitulation
to the Spanish commander in 1812, had sent his effects, including
the volumes comprising his collection, on board the British war
vessel Sapphire. The captain, upon learning of General Miranda’s
imprisonment, evidently having some knowledge of the value and
importance of the documents, delivered them to the then Governor
of Curacao, who in turn sent them to the Foreign Office in London,
where they came into the hands of the then Secretary of War in whose
family they remained and whose book-plate—that of the Earls of
Bathurst—they bore until their acquisition in 1925 by the Vene-
zuelan Government.
Even a casual examination of this collection reveals its great his-
torical value, not merely to Venezuela but to all America. For it
appears that General Miranda was exceedingly methodical, and that
he carefully collected and collated not only letters, documents, and
“scraps of paper,’ but also visiting cards, invitations, menus, pro-
grams, and other memorabilia which he received, in addition to numer-
ous plans, timely pamphlets and broadsides, together with ‘all his-
torical documents which were in any way related to South American
matters or his own activities.
The collection is known to include autograph letters of Jefferson,
Hamilton, Madison, Livingston, Rufus King, Colonel Smith, and
many others who figured prominently in the early history of the
United States, in addition to similar letters from many of the lead-
ing statesmen and crowned heads of Miranda’s time.
The amount paid by the Venezuelan Government for this notable
collection—which was at one time sought by Dr. Wm. 8S. Robertson,
for the University of Illinois—was £3,000.
The following is a list of the volumes in this precious collection:
Volumes 1 to 20 comprise the correspondence, etc., relating to General Miranda’s
voyages from 1771 to 1792.
216
VENEZUELA ACQUIRES THE PRECIOUS MIRANDA ARCHIVES Zli
= fe eR
MIRANDA IN PRISON
This painsing by Michelena pictures Miranda in prison at Cadiz, Spain, where he ended his days
Volumes 21 to 37 comprise the correspondence, etc., covering the period of
General Miranda’s activities in connection with the French Revolution, from
1792 to 1797.
Volume 38 contains the correspondence with women from 1779 to 1808.
Volumes 39 to 57 include the negotiations for obtaining South American Inde-
pendence, and the expeditions to Caracas, 1770 to 1810.
Volume 58 apparently is missing, and no doubt covers the period from 1810 to
1812.
Volumes 59 to 62 include sundry correspondence for the period from 1775 to
1804.
Volumes 63 and 64 include miscellaneous documents, letters, ete., relatimg to Gen-
eral Miranda’s activities, 1707 to 1805.
The following shows the contents of each individual volume:
Vol. I, 1764-1775, Espana, Africa.
Vol. II, 1775-1780, Africa, Espafia.
Vol. III, 1780-1782, Espana, América.
Vol. IV, 1782-83, America.
Vol. V, 1783-84, Estados Unidos.
Vol. VI, 1784, Estados Unidos.
Vol. VII, 1785-86, Estados Unidos, Inglaterra.
Vol. VIII, 1786, Holanda, Prusia, Sajonia, Austria, Italia.
Vol. [X,"1786-87, Grecia, Turquia, Rusia.
Vol. X, 1787, Rusia.
218 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION
Vol. XI, 1787, Rusia.
Vol. XII, 1787-88, Suecia, Noruega, Dinamarca.
Vol. XIII, 1788, Dinamarca, Hamburgo, Holanda.
Vol. XIV, 1788, Holanda, Rhin.
Vol. XV, 1788, Suiza.
Vol. XVI, 1788-89, Suiza, Norte Italia, Francia.
Vol. XVII, 1789, Francia.
Vol. XVIII, 1789-90, Inglaterra.
Vol. XIX, 1790-1792, Inglaterra.
Vol. XX, 1792-93, Francia.
Vol. XXI to XX XI, 1792-93, Révolucion Francaise, Correspondance
Vol. XXXII, 1792-93, Révolucion Frangaise, Lettres Interceptées.
Vol. XX XIII, 1793, Tribunal Révolucionnaire.
Vol. XXXIV, 1793, Tribunal Révolucionnaire.
Vol. XX XV, 1793-1795, Tyrannie de Robespierre.
Vol. XXXVI, 1794-1797, Oppression du Directoire.
Vol. XX XVII, 1794-1797, Oppression du Directoire.
Vol. XX XVIII, 1779-1808, Correspondance de Femmes.
Vol. XX XIX, 1770-1799, Negotiations.
Vol. XL, 1792-1800, Negotiations.
Vol. XLI, 1801-2, Negotiations.
Vol. XLIT, 1803-4, Negotiations.
Vol. XLITI, 1804-5, Negotiations.
Vol. XLIV, 1805-6, Negotiations and Expedition to Caracas.
Vol. XLV, 1806, Negotiations and Expedition to Caracas.
Vol. XLVI, 1806-7, Negotiations and Expedition to Caracas.
Vol. XLVII, 1807, Negotiations and Expedition to Caracas.
Vol. XLVIII, 1807, Papeles interceptados.
Vol. XLIX, 1807, Papeles interceptados.
Vol. L, 1807-8, Negotiations and Expedition to Caracas.
Vol. LI, 1808, Negotiations.
Vol. LIT, 1808, Negotiations.
Vol. LIII, 1809, Negotiations.
Vol. LIV, 1809, Negotiations.
Vol. LV, 1809, Negotiations.
Vol. LVI, 1810, Negotiations.
Vol. LVII, 1810, Negotiations.
Vol. LVIII, 1810 (?), Missing.
Vol. LIX, 1775-1790, Varias Correspondencias.
Vol. LX, 1790-1800, Varias Correspondencias.
Vol. LXI, 1790-1804, Varias Correspondencias.
Vol. EXIT, 1798-1804, Varias Correspondencias.
Vol. LXIII, 1707-1783, Miscellanies.
Vol. LXIV, 1773-1805, Miscellanies.
ICAL AV IR ID W DAD OD
SPECIAL RE!
Gf 1 F TO) Y f © Y
‘NCE TO THEIR USES IN
AY CE UA ul SC ih N
MERICAN INDUSTRIES
AN OUTLINE OF THE PROBLEM AND A PROGRAM OF
WORT FOR ARIE VAs Ss Ma SPECIAL, RESPARCH COME
MITTEE ON SUBSTITUTE SPECIES FOR BOMESTIC WOODS!
By Maj. G. P. AHERN
Member, Board of Trustees, Tropical Plant Research Foundation, Washington, D.C.
E have long been the world’s greatest producer of wood
and wood products, and this position has, in a measure,
blinded us to the fact that we shall, in the end, inevi-
tably have to pay our own bills. Had the rapid and
steady rise in the index price of certain of our woods been due to
causes outside our own control, and the increased cost to the con-
sumer been paid abroad, we would have been very much concerned
and probably before now would have taken steps to protect the
industries affected.
It is not the intention here, nor would it be possible within the
scope of this paper, to discuss the timber situation of the country
in its entirety. It will be sufficient if attention is drawn to the fact
that we are cutting out our forest capital at a rate something over
four times that at which it is being replaced, and that a general
timber shortage is not a matter of the remote future but is already
with us. Opinion interested in the present lumber industry of the
country to the contrary, this is a fact that can not be controverted.
The effect of this shortage is not generally felt by the public, as it is
indirect and reflected in a lack of housing, increase of rents, and in
a thousand minor ways. However, it is a different matter if we
come to consider specifically the supply of certain timber species.
More than 30 industries, ranging in their activity from the manu-
facture of furniture, vehicles, toys, etc., to firearms and airplanes,
are largely dependent upon the supply of 10 woods.
Statistics show that the production of white pine has fallen off
from seven and a half to one and a half billion board feet; that the
oak cut is now only one-half that of 1900; yellow poplar less than a
third; elm only one-fourth; hickory and ash have fallen off; and an
1 Presented at the Wood Industries Division Meeting of the A. S. M. E., Chicago, Nov. 23, 1926.
29141—27—Bull. 3 2 219
220 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION
increased cut of red gum and birch has not kept the total cut from
declining from fourteen and a half to six and a quarter billion board
feet. No better evidence of the waning supply of these species
than the above decline in production could be acquired. The first
and continuing effect of the shortage was rising prices. With this
we are all familiar. It was accepted by the industries as a part of
the general economic trend, and they have been prepared to pay what
was necessary to obtain the material they required. But willimgness
and ability to pay will no longer meet the situation. As local supplies
were exhausted, small concerns went out of business. Large and
well-financed organizations, able to draw their supplies from distant
sources, fared better, but they are now coming into competition
with each other to an extent which threatens the existence of all.
Centers of production have shifted, following centers of supply until
they are at their last stand. The furniture maker finds himself
handicapped in competing with the maker of musical instruments,
and the manufacturer of agricultural implements withdraws his
buying organization from the field in times of stress because he can
no longer compete with the manufacturer of vehicles and vehicle
parts. Substitutes for wood have been tried wherever it has been
possible to introduce’ them, and brought into use either at higher
costs or to less advantage than wood. We are approaching the limit
in that direction and it will not suffice to meet the situation. There
is an irreducible minimum beyond which we can not substitue for
wood. The growing use of substitutes for wood tends to alarm
certain of our producers, but a survey of all of our wood-using indus-
tries brings to our notice ever-increasing new uses for wood. As
one investigator in the Forest Service remarked, ‘‘The age of wood
may be ahead of us.”
A NEW SOURCE OF HARDWOOD SUPPLY
A new source of timber supply, especially of hardwoods, is required
at once to check the drain on our fast-diminishing native supplies and
carry us over the very considerable period which will have to elapse
before we can, by forest conservation, replanting, etc., put ourselves
again in the independent position we occupied at the beginning of
this century. Economically this necessity is of greater national impor-
tance than the future of rubber supplies, and deserves at least as much
attention as the rubber situation. More particularly it is of vital
importance to the continued existence of some of our hardwood-using
industries, and no one of them is in a position to be independent of it.
The forests of tropical America offer us the source to which we can
turn in this emergency. They cover nearly 3,600,000 square miles
of territory, of which about 3,000,000 square miles carry forests of
broad-leaved species. The Amazon Basin, in Brazil and neighboring
TROPICAL HARDWOODS . DO
countries, is estimated to contain 3,400 billion board feet standing
timber, which is undoubtedly the largest continuous body of timber
in the world. In all of tropical America there exists probably not
less than 5,000 billion feet.
These forests are closer to our ports than those of Africa, Asia, or
Oceania. They are owned by countries which are politically and
economically closely related to us and whose governments would
probably look with with favor upon and cooperate in their utilization.
Capital within the holding countries is not available to take up
adequately the work of development, and the resource awaits the
FELLED HARDWOOD TREES IN GUATEMALA
Logs which have been brought to a landing stage ready for floating down a river to the sawmill
interest of consuming markets. The world demand for timber
increases, and inevitably this vast supply will be brought into use.
Either we must take a hand in it ourselves or others will, and our
hardwood-using industries will then be in a position similar to that of
the rubber industry with themselves the world’s greatest consumers
and production largely outside their control. This is no remote
possibility. A hardwood shortage was thought to be far distant
in 1900, but it is with us now. Within the next two decades we may
be compelled to import at least three to five billion board feet of hard-
woods annually. With our own industries in control of production
we may be able to meet our requirements at an annual cost of
Dey, THE PAN AMERICAN UNION
$250,000,000 or less. There are at present governmentally controlled
foreign combinations in nine raw materials needed in this country,
but if we leave to other countries the control of tropical American
forests it may cost us double that sum or ‘“‘whatever the traffic will
stand.” It is a very great task, however, to increase the quantity of
imported hardwoods from its present volume of 200,000,000 board feet
to even 1,000,000,000 feet; not so much in the production and
marketing of the billion feet as in the disposal of approximately three
to four billion feet of lower nonexport grades remaining after high-grade
materialis produced. Thereisalimit to what local markets can absorb.
The idea of putting into use the timbers of the Tropics is no new
one. European countries holding large colonial possessions in the
Tropics have long recognized the value of their forests and have
much capital invested in their development. They are keen to fore-
see Uncle Sam’s needs for raw material long in advance, and prepare
to meet them by giving encouragement and support to new ventures
in their colonies. Patience was well rewarded in rubber and gutta-
percha production; a longer period was necessary to produce pencil
cedar in Kenya, British South Africa, which now promises to become
the chief source of supply of pencil wood for all Europe, being raised
at half the cost of American cedar. The Germans in Venezuela and
the British in British Honduras and Ceylon are growing mahogany
that within another 20 years will well repay the patience to wait 50
years to supply what promises to dwarf the rich returns per acre now
obtained by rubber plantations. The forests of the Philippines have
engaged the attention of our administration there, and under it a
flourishing timber industry has developed. But although we are, by
a very long way, the heaviest consumer of timber and timber prod-
ucts in the world, we have largely disregarded the great potential
source of supply existing in the Tropics of our own hemisphere. Our
own great wealth of first-grade woods has acted in two ways to pre-
vent us from drawing on the supplies of the Tropics. In the first
place, an abundant supply has hitherto been available at home,
obviating the necessity of importation. Secondly, this same abun-
dance has enabled us to specialize in the use of wood to an extent
approached by no other country, and this specialization has developed
a technique which is so rigid in operation as to exclude the utilization
of any wood whose physical qualities are not well known. This spe-
cialization has proceeded furthest in the final utilization of wood, but
it extends right down into the primary practice of logging and milling.
Our great forest wealth has been the cause of its own destruction.
Having thus built up a great self-contained industry, it 1s now
going to be the more difficult for us to adjust its machinery to the
absorption of new material. This applies to some extent to the
primary logging and milling operations as well as to final utilization.
Were it not for this, the problem of obtaining and putting into use
TROPICAL HARDWOODS 223
new supplies of raw material would be relatively of less importance.
New woods could be brought into use gradually, in conjunction and
interchangeably with the waning supply of native species. Both
extraction and final utilization could be matters of slow development,
and might have begun long since. But conditions did not and do not
permit of this. If new material is to be utilized it must have the
physical properties which both suit it to the final use of the manu-
factured article and to the standardized high-speed methods of manu-
facture. These properties must not vary greatly, and, most impor-
tant of all, sufficient quantities of the material must be available to
permit an industry to put it into continued use. If a wood in all
respects the equivalent of the high-grade hickory and ash required in
Courtesy of ‘‘ American Forests”
MODERN METHOD OF LOGGING
Gasoline driven “‘caterpillar’”’ tractors are now being adopted by the lumber industry to replace horse-
power and steam engines for transporting logs from the stump to the mill or railroad
the manufacture of handles were offered the industry to-day it would,
regardless of price, receive little attention unless steady supplies
could be guaranteed. _ Price would then be a secondary consideration.
Modern manufacturing and marketing methods absolutely preclude
frequent shifts in even the external appearance of material used.
AN EXPERIENCE WORTH NOTING
Modern forest development in the Philippine Islands and the
wider use of native woods locally and in the world’s markets offer
light on the problem before us to-day. For several years following
the American occupation of the islands the vast bulk of building
material for private and public construction was hauled across the
ereat Pacific. Crude methods of logging furnished the local market
224 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION
with small quantities of the finer hardwoods at varying and uncertain
prices. The heavy stands of lumber covering the 60,000 square
miles of public forest were scarcely touched. The newly organized
forest service made a rapid reconnaissance of the more accessible
forests, found some 2,500 to 3,000 tree species, and as many as 900
species on one tract of 18 square miles. It was learned, however, on
investigation, and the fact still holds good after twenty-odd years of
development, that some 20 tree species constituted 80 per cent of the
stand. The majority of the 20 species, the abundant woods, were not
popular in the market. The woods were brought to the attention of
the local and world’s markets within a very few years, as follows:
A timber-testing laboratory was established by the Philippine
Forest Service where a series of tests on carefully selected logs were
run. <A large and well-prepared exhibit was set up in which each
specimen carried full information concerning the properties of the
wood, quantities and sizes available, distribution, approximate
cost of production, ete. A furniture factory, another activity of
the forest service, showed the finished product. Timber conces-
sions up to several hundred square miles in area were granted for
long periods, under liberal terms. These concessions were granted
to Americans, British, Filipinos, Chinese, and other nationals.
These concessionnaires with selling agencies throughout the world
soon developed a world market. They are operating with modern
equipment under strict official supervision. The forests are im-
proved by cutting, and substantial revenues pay not only the cost
of an ever expanding forest service but also a net revenue to the
government about equal to the sum expended for the maintenance
of the forest service. In addition to the above, publicity is not
neglected. It might also be mentioned at this time that we find
to-day, after more than 20 years of operation, that sawmills are on
the same sites established at the time the concessions were granted,
that the concession areas are sufficiently extensive to warrant per-
manent operations, and that on each area a stable and growing
local population helps to solve the labor problem.
A PROGRAM OF RESEARCH
Taking the above facts into consideration, it is quite clear that
the problem of opening up a new source of supply of hardwoods is
one presenting a number of different sides, and rather beyond the
ability of any one industry to cope with. It requires cooperation
in support of a properly equipped organization to make the pre-
liminary investigations as to sources of supply and to conduct the
researches necessary before new species of wood can be brought into
use where they are required and in the quantities demanded. The
Tropical Plant Research Foundation of Washington, D. C., has
foreseen the necessity of such work and is organizing to undertake it.
TROPICAL HARDWOODS 225
The work is approached with the following background of estab-
lished fact as a basis:
a. The depletion of the supply of virgin timber in the United States, especially
of certain valuable hardwoods, makes it necessary to seek and develop new
sources of supply.
b. Eight to ten billion feet of hardwoods are needed annually by the wood-
using industries of the United States.
c. Hardwood stumpage has steadily risen in price during the last 20 years to a
point where substitutes for wood, unsatisfactory in too many instances, are
appearing in all industries using hardwoods.
d. New sources of supply: The most available sources of supply for the Amer-
ican market will probably be found in northern South America, but investigations
will not be confined to tropical America, for other tropical regions will also receive
attention.
e. Amounts available: Reliable data indicate that large amounts may be made
available to supply the demands of industry in the United States for high-grade
material, while lower grades will be absorbed by local markets.
f. Suitability of new supplies: A large percentage of the tropical woods have
been known and in use, either locally or abroad, for over 200 years.
g. Accessibility of supplies: The forests from which these supplies are to be
drawn lie along navigable rivers, in healthful regions with local populations
accustomed to forest work. These timber lands are readily accessible to Amer-
ican and European trade routes, assuring favorable freight rates. Existing con-
ditions offer opportunity for investigation, organization, and development of
new sources of supply on a scale sufficient to meet a substantial part of our needs.
The necessity for additional supplies of hardwoods is imperative,
and there are sufficient data with respect to the forests to the south
of us to indicate that they can meet our needs. The work to be
done is to bring to the user in the United States the wood or woods
he requires in the quantities necessary for him to standardize with
it and keep it in continuous use. Broadly, this work can be classified
along three separate lines:
1. Analysis of wood needs to show—
a. The specific properties requisite in the various industries.
b. The quantities required by each industry and the extent to
which native species will fail of meeting requirements.
c. Range of prices within which new material must be supplied.
d. Definition of qualities which new species must present to
meet the requirements of various industries.
2. Field investigation in the producing field to determine—
a. The location of accessible bodies of timber.
b. The quantities and sizes and determination of various species.
c. How these species are being used at present.
d. Primary costs of extraction and milling and approximate
costs at which lumber of the various species can be laid
down at American ports.
3. Laboratory investigation with tropical species available in
quantity to determine—
a. Their definite structure and identification.
226 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION
b. Their mechanical and physical properties—strength, season-
ing characters, workability, durability, etc.
c. The correlation of their determined properties with uses in
the United States.
d. Factory demonstration tests supplementing laboratory
investigations.
On first consideration this may appear to be a field of work which
must necessarily take years to cover and from which no immediate
practical results can be expected. Such is not the case. The work
will doubtless continue as long as there are new areas of forest to
be examined and as new demands for wood arise, but it is practically
possible to begin utilization immediately. The information required
under the first heading is in existence and only needs collating.
Contrary to general opinion, tropical forests, although they are
botanically more complex than those of northern countries, are not,
from a commercial standpoint, composed of hundreds of unrelated
species. The bulk of the stand—75 per cent or more in most cases—
is composed of a few species. Enough is already known of the general
forest distribution to permit field investigation to be directed at once
to the location and study of logging units where large-scale extrac-
tion can be initiated’ and quantity production established with a
few species having qualities which will permit of their utilization
in the industries of the United States.
Such in brief is the field of work lying ahead of research into the
uses and available supplies of tropical woods. Along broad lines
a general inventory of the forest resources of tropical America is
aimed at to be carried out as completely as time and funds will
permit. It is essential that this be tied up to definite reliable data
as to the specific character and value in utilization of the dominant
species. Concise estimates of stand and cost of extraction are es-
sential to economic development and must be an integral part of
the first work undertaken. Without losing sight of the broad field
of research which underlies the whole problem, it is felt that definite
focal points of forest industry must be initiated at once. These,
by natural development, will become the broad channels necessary
to the completer utilization which is necessary to meet our ultimate
demands for a continuous supply of high-grade hardwood lumber
and which the extent of the resource justifies.
The Tropical Plant Research Foundation provides an agency
affiliated with the National Research Council, staffed by experienced
men, supported by the cooperation of State and national foresters,
in friendly relation with Latin-American Governments, and lacking
only the funds to carry out the undertaking.
A BIBLIOGRAPHY OF TROPICAL WOODS
As a first step in the research above mentioned, a bibliography of
tropical woods has been prepared and issued by the Tropical Plant
TROPICAL HARDWOODS DONT
Lone
Ce
Lied | at
Besa Bese Teg
Saami ay
A BRAZILIAN SAWMILL
The Amazon basin contains, according to recent estimates, 3,400 billion board feet of standing timber
Research Foundation, 1350 B Street SW., Washington, D. C. This
bibliography contains 1,341 author citations, grouped by countries
and indexed by subjects. The original titles of the foreign works
are given and are followed by translations into English. <A key letter
indicates the library in which the publication was found.
We find some 98 publications on the woods and forests of Brazil
alone, 43 on mahogany, many on the properties, uses, and tests of
woods, on woods suitable for railroad ties, wood oils, veneers, and
one publication on resonant woods, which should interest makers of
musical instruments. The bibliography has been sent to students
of tropical woods in the United States and in 36 other countries for
criticism and suggestions. A second edition will be prepared during
the present year.
[CALA 4°)
CRADLE OF AMERICAN CHRISTIANITY 3
By H. RomEtxe
N THE little town of Tlaxcala stands what is unquestionably the
oldest structure devoted to the worship of the Christian God
on the North American continent—the ancient church of San
Francisco. The date of the founding of the fine, weather-beaten
old building is variously given as 1521, 1522, and 1524, and although
it was never very rich in ornamentation, falling in this respect far
behind many others in different parts of Mexico, it stands to this day
in a remarkable state of preservation, a monument to the religious
fervor of the conquerors of New Spain. Historically, it overshadows
all the other religious edifices in this land of fine old churches, for
within its venerable walls it shelters two precious relics of New
World Christianity—the first baptismal font and the first pulpit in
America. }
It must be remembered that Cortés himself was a deeply religious
man and that during the sixteenth century, at least, the Spaniards
were as zealous missionaries of Christianity as they were avid and
rapacious conquerors. Cortés felt himself ordained from Heaven to
accomplish the spread of holy religion; he even stated that spiritual
conquest was the primary motive of his campaigns, declaring that
without this his temporal conquests would be unjust and nonenduring.
He essayed his great enterprise under the sacred motto, ‘‘The Holy
Cross is our banner, and under it we shall conquer,” and cherished
the belief that his military successes were due entirely to this fact.
Five ecclesiastics were present during the siege of Tenochtitlan,”
and the conquerors, led by Cortés himself, reverently kissed the hems
of the garments of these saintly men whenever they met in public,
thereby displaying a humility calculated to produce a strong effect
upon the Indians. Cortés even submitted on one occasion to being
publicly flogged by a friar for nonattendance at mass. The event
may have been staged, but it served to quiet the complaints of the
natives who had received similar treatment. Bearing in mind the
attitude of the great conqueror and his soldiers toward the church,
it is easily comprehensible that, even before advancing upon the
capital of the Aztecs, the conversion to Christianity of the Tlaxcalan
allies became a matter of primary importance.
1 Mexican Magazine, Mexico, D. F, July, 1926. 2 Aztec name for Mexico City.
228
uledg MON jo
SIOPUNOJ OY} JO IOAAOJ SNOISI[OA OY} OF JUOUINUOU B sv spULIS PUL WOTJVALOSOIC JO 94¥4S B[QVYIVULAL B UT ST YOINYO JWoPoue sIyy ‘PET PUL TZCT UoaMJoq OUT} SMS pepunog
OOIXHW ‘VIVOXVIL ‘OOSIONVUd NVS 40 HOUNHO FHL AO WOIMALNI
~
s
a
/ fal
230 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION
The great baptismal font in the old church of San Francisco is
hollowed from a single block of lava and over it hangs the inscription
of which the following is a translation: ‘‘In this font the four senators
of the ancient Tlaxcalan Republic received the Catholic faith. The
religious act took place in 1520; the minister was Don Luis Diaz,
chaplain of the conquering army, and the god-fathers, Captain
Cortés and his distinguished officers, Don Pedro de Alvarado, Don
Andrés de Tapia, Don Gonzalo de Sandoval, and Don Cristébal de
Olid. To Maxicatzin they gave the name of Lorenzo; to Xicotencatl
that of Vicente; to Tlahuexcolotzin that of Gonzalo; and to Zitlapo-
poca that of Bartolomé.’ Such are the facts according to the
inscription. The historians, however, are by no means as clear and
positive on the subject, since various eminent authorities differ both
as to the date of the conversion and the identity of the first converts.
In the first place, given the importance attached to religious events
by the conquerors, it is a fact worthy of note that neither Cortés nor
Bernal Diaz del Castillo mentioned this baptism in their writings.
One might point out that Bernal Diaz wrote his version of the con-
quest 40 years after the events he chronicled took place and that his
memory may have failed concerning this incident. Cortés, however,
wrote frequently to his king and numerous references to Tlaxcala
are to be found in his letters. For instance, he mentions that the
city at that time numbered 30,000 souls and that it was larger than
Granada, renowned city of Spain. He describes the great gatherings
in the city on market days when, he claimed, 30,000 people came in
from the surrounding country, a statement that it is necessary to
“take with a grain of salt,’ but which speaks for his powers of
observation and desire to report everything of possible interest to
the court of Spain. How, then, could he have failed to mention an
event of such transcendental importance to their Catholic Majesties
as the baptism of the chiefs of the Tlaxcalan nation?
Nevertheless, that this baptism did take place at a very early date
in the history of the conquest is conceded by all the historians, the
difference in their respective versions of the occurrence notwith-
standing. Herrera mentions only the baptism of Maxixcatzin, and
Solis ignores that of Xicotencatl. One author names Father Olmedo,
instead of Father Diaz, as the officiating minister and others state
that Maxixcatzin received the sacrament only during his last illness.
According to Zamacois, Maxixcatzin was baptized by Cortés before
leaving for Cholula and was taken ill and died before the conqueror
returned to Tlaxcala to recuperate from the disastrous events of the
Noche Triste. His version of the story relates that when the old
chief felt his last hour approaching he called his son to his side and
adjured him to keep the friendship of the white man and to embrace
his religion. The son, remembering his father’s dying wishes, was
TLAXCALA 231
baptized a few days later and the other chiefs followed his example.
Clavijero in his ‘‘Historia Antigua de Méjico”’ narrates the story of
the baptism of the four chiefs or senators, confirming the statements
made in the inscription over the old font. In fact, it would seem that
Clavijero was the authority consulted when the stone bearing the
inscription was set up. He goes on to corroborate his version by
bringing as proof the old pictures which hung in the convents of the
THE PULPI
FRANCISCO.
The first Christian pul-
pit built in the new
world
Franciscan Fathers. These were painted by the Tlaxcalans them-
selves and were examined by the historian, Torquemada.
The pulpit whence the gospel of the Cross was first preached to
the inhabitants of the New World stands on the right of the high
altar. It is of peculiar form, exquisitely carved, and shows every
mark of great age. It is inscribed ‘“‘Here the Holy Evangel had its
beginning in this New World.”
The ceiling under the roof of the old church is a marvel of beauty.
It is of cedar colored by time to a mahogany hue, wrought with
exquisite skill, gilded in places and varnished. Tradition says that
the work was done by angels at night and that when the bishop came
@
Zoo THE PAN AMERICAN UNION
at morning to begin it, he found to his great astonishment that they
had completed the church and left him nothing more to do. All over
the country the same or similar work was done on the churches,
the angels in most cases doing as much at night as the workmen did
during the day, so that many of Mexico’s ecclesiastic buildings may
be said to be half mortal and half immortal in origin. A _ scoffer
or a doubter might be tempted
to suggest that these miracles
would have been more effective
and convincing if the angels had
come down in broad daylight
and performed their work in
sight of the populace, but per-
haps the very fact that they did
os it after dark, without even a lan-
RO DON-JUAN C'a" © | tern to attract the attention of
JERCIRO CONQUISEADIAY =AY the public, makes the miracle all
ee ee the more wonderful. At any
event, the work was done, for
there stands the delicate fretted
ceiling as perfect to-day as it was
400 years ago, and so exquisite
in its detail as to really appear to
be the product of celestial hands.
Many old paintings, most of
them depicting the martyrdom
and sufferings of the saints,
adorn the walls of the ancient
sanctuary. Most of them, how-
ever, are of no particular artistic
merit. There is one curious pic-
ture representing the Pope in a
triumphal car drawn by four fat
and healthy horses, each led by a
fat and healthy angel riding over
the bodies of the reformers and
dragging behind him in chains
and disgrace, Luther and Calvin.
Among the decorations of this
primitive church are numerous pictures and effigies of Christ, scenes
of the Passion predominating, some of which are of such gruesome
character as to be absolutely revolting to profane eyes. It is alleged
in explanation that the Indians required very vivid illustrations to
excite their imaginations and fix religious impressions in their minds.
These surely can not have failed to accomplish their purpose, and
may thus be forgiven for their frightful aspect.
THE BAPTISMAL FONT OF THE CHURCH
Hollowed from a single block of lava
TLAXCALA
aera ae Die ii eee
a ee, Oe Sossss so.
ah ae, en Sh gs, OO e:
Setacscssee
So See ek
iD ay are Oey
efale
se GP DS
&.
oe:
AXCALA
TL
E OCOTLAN,
ANTUARIO D
S
ENTRANCE TO_THE
exico
One of the most venerated shrines in M
antuario de
ands the S
J
xcatzin st
1
x
one of the most celebrated shrines in Me
On the site of the palace of Ma
Ocotl
It stands
a little hill close to the town and tradition
ks the spot where a miraculous stream of water
X1CO.
an,
4
says
on the summit of
that it mar
d
spran
from the hillside during a time of pestilence and drought to rewar
the prayers of a pious Indian.
an
of
half of it is
architecture of several centuries ago, the walls being covered with
s temple is that one
e@ about thi
A curious thin
Doe THE PAN AMERICAN UNION
superb incrustations of gilded woodwork and finely chiseled carvings,
while the other half is of a modern style, the building having been
partially modernized in 1854. The Indian sculptor, Francisco
Miguel, devoted 25 years to the execution of the work of decorating
the walls.
The sanctuary is dedicated to the miraculous Virgin of Ocotlan,
whose figure is the outstanding feature of the shrine. The tradition
regarding the Virgin of Ocotlan is very similar to that which sur-
rounds the miraculous painting of Our Lady of Guadalupe. <A papal
bull authorized the ceremony of the coronation of the figure, which
occurred May 12, 1907, in the presence of a special papal legate
and all the high clergy of Mexico. The crown used on this occasion
was of gold, beautifully ornamented with rubies, emeralds, and
diamonds.
Historically, few towns have played a more important réle in
Mexican annals than Tlaxcala. According to the historians, its first
inhabitants were several tribes of Chichimecan origin who arrived
in the district at the end of the twelfth century. Here they lived
prosperously cultivating the land and assimilating the Aztec civi-
lization under the rulership of four hereditary lords whose domains
formed the so-called, Tlaxcalan Republic. The civilization of. the
Tlaxcalans was slightly inferior to that of the Aztecs, since they
were essentially a nation of warriors and lived in a state of almost
continual strife with their neighbors.
It was but natural that the Aztecs should wish to conquer these
people and annex their territory as they already had done to so
many other neighboring tribes; but the four chiefs of Tlaxcala, while
retaining absolute independence in their interior régime, joined forces
in the common defense and the Aztecs could not prevail against them.
Such was the state of affairs when Cortés came upon them and
determined to turn the existing rivalry between the nations to his
own account. He sent an ambassador offering them his aid in their
war against the Aztecs. At first the Tlaxcalans spurned’ the offer
and several bloody battles between them and the Spaniards took
place, but finally Cortés was received in a friendly manner by the
eaciques. An alliance was formed and an army of Tlaxcalans accom-
panied the conqueror on his march against the Kingdom of Mocte-
zuma. After the tragic happenings of the Noche Triste it was to
Tlaxcala that Cortés retired to rest and reorganize his disrupted
forces. Once the conquest was an established fact Tlaxcala enjoyed
privileges accorded to no other town. The lords, although baptized
and subject to the authority of the King of Spain, were left in pos-
session of their domains. Even during the vice-regal days the
Tlaxcalans were always especially honored by the Spaniards for hay-
ing aided them in their conquest of the country.
THE BRAZILIAN RED OROSS 235
Naturally, Tlaxcala abounds in interesting relics of olden times.
Among them are portraits of the heroes of former days, a cloak that
was worn by one of the chiefs on the day of his baptism, and the
standard that once belonged to Cortés. Besides these, one may see
the city titles granted by Philip If of Spain and a number of genuine
indigenous idols.
In the opinion of many travelers the scenery around Tlaxcala is
the grandest in all Mexico. On one side stand the giant mountains
Popocatepetl and Ixtaccihuatl like grim sentinels guarding the beau-
tiful valley of San Martin. On the opposite side lies the long, low
range of the Malinche, where, according to the most beautiful of the
Tlaxcalan legends, the war God made his home and delighted to
gaze down upon the lovely surrounding country that was his private
garden.
THE BRAZILIAN RED
ees oe ee
HE increasing prestige of the Brazilian Red Cross could not
be more graphically depicted than in the two illustrations
which, thanks to the courtesy of Marechal Dr. Ferreira do
Amaral, the genial president of the Brazilian Red Cross,
accompany this article, one showing the modest headquarters of that
beneficent institution in 1917 and the other its magnificent new
edifice which adorns one of the main thoroughfares of Rio de Janeiro.
An institution for the people, supported by the people, the Brazil-
ian Red Cross has found one of its widest fields of usefulness in
medical and surgical work, which well merits the unstinted praise
bestowed upon it by the National School of Medicine and other high
professional authorities. The excellent equipment is admired by
all visitors to the new center who inspect the infirmaries, private
rooms, lecture halls, chemical, pharmaceutical, and anatomical-
pathological laboratories, X-ray and physiotherapy rooms, and
offices for general and special consultation. The following report!
of this work for the first half of 1926 can not fail to be of interest, as
showing the large amount of york accomplished by the Brazilian Red
Cross:
Wists OI COMIN IOM=— a5 See eee eee See eee eeeasee 17, 746
HEE CTP UL OTS rep Pe pe Re a UR ee 1, 452
Area PIIIe It Seaess eae Ree eye tees Ede, ee a ee 30,842
1Compiled from O Paiz, December 5, 1926, Rio de Janeiro.
29141—27—Bull. 3——3
936 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION
NATIONAL HEADQUARTERS OF THE BRAZILIAN RED CROSS
IDAOENORnY G:cHimMineKnOMs. 8b es Se 37
@DETATTONS = Seat ion Se foal Tate SA Aas eee eS vam 2) ia a oe 704
Hlectricalletrearcim em ts eae sags see eee pa ee oes eee a 1, 5384
ANCOMNCANMOMS OH AVORTANWIS =o Be OE 1, 258
AUS EMOTE TONES lO? WORRIES ee 1, 361
Jelyiqororolermaan@ TaneeulOMvs = Bee ee ee 2, 839
Radio pra pls See eee at eee ee ae ae Nae 410
d Dilfen oneal oy alos este Seay ent eRe mala, ae eae ey ais AUPE ea ry UAE CL 799
IREKCHO SOONG xe yominenONNS eee Se 65
IBed&paticmtsrne celvie dis om ate ee en UI ea iets es i - §28
The initiative on which the Brazilian Red Cross perhaps prides itself
most, is that of having started in 1914 the pioneer course in nurs-
ing which aroused public interest and paved the way for the opening
of the school of nursing of the Public Health Department and that
in the Hospital for the Insane. The first textbook for the use of
students of this new profession was written by Dr. Getulio dos
Santos then, as now, a leading member of the Red Cross, and well
remembered as an active member of the Brazilian delegation to the
Washington conference of 1926. That society continues to enlighten
the public on the need for a large corps of graduate nurses and, also,
the dignity of their calling.
Other important matters in the field of health which have a place
in the program of the Brazilian Red Cross are the prevention of
THE BRAZILIAN RED CROSS 237
THE FORMER HOME OF THE BRAZILIAN RED CROSS
tuberculosis and assistance to sufferers from this disease; child wel-
fare; eugenics (with emphasis on the necessity for a prematrimonial
health certificate); the prevention of blindness and care of the blind;
protection of the health of the school child; popular health education;
public-health nursing in thinly settled regions; sanitary housing for
workers; industrial hygiene; nutrition; and the protection of the
immigrant. Since in all these lines of effort the Red Cross enjoys
the willing cooperation of the public authorities and institutions
working toward similar ends, the medico-social activities of the
country as a whole may be said to be well coordinated.
The Junior Red Cross movement, which seems destined to play so
important a role in international friendship, has found a partic-
ularly warm welcome in Brazil among both teachers and pupils.
Many schools, with the encouragement and support of the educa-
tional authorities, have organized chapters whose young members,
like children the world-over, are learning and practicing the rules of
health and, through albums, school correspondence and_ kindly
deeds, are making friendly contacts with the children in distant
lands.
The adult society finds a parallel to this world-wide cooperation in
the Ciraolo plan for an International Federation for Disaster Relief,
in which the Brazilian Red Cross plans to join to the extent of its
ability.
Bex
PAINTER <. 3 2.)
R. ALVARO GUEVARA, the Chilean painter who trained
at the Slade School and has lately revisited his own coun-
try, has been well known in London ever since his fine por-
trait of Miss Edith Sitwell—bought by the Tate Gallery—
became a live topic of dinner-party conversation. Interest in his
work has been renewed and heightened by the recent exhibition
of his pictures at the Leicester Galleries in London.
Mr. Guevara’s work does not make a popular appeal. It is too
dramatic, too personal, and too regardless of the comfortable and the
commonplace.
There were nevertheless a large number of people who were attracted
by the exotic and brilliant quality of these pictures, what the Sphere
calls their “sparkle and glitter of Spain.’ ‘‘Guevara’s painting,”’
says Drawing and Design, ‘is rich and Spanish in the employment
of scintillating jewels of paint. He uses this gorgeous mosaic in
some of his figure paintings with brilliant ability.”” Again, the critic
of Apollo says that his canvases “sparkle and glitter,’’ while Mr.
Osbert Sitwell, in the introduction to the catalogue, alludes to the
“sequined light’? which flows and sparkles about every object in them.
The critic of the Observer attempts to analyze the artist’s ‘“‘unmis-
takably Spanish lineage”’:
There is no Spanish master, ancient or modern, with whom Mr. Guevara’s
art shows any marked kinship. Indeed, his connection with some of the great
painters of his race is of so subtle a nature as to defy definition. At times one
is reminded of the vivid, flashing lights of El Greco, then, again, of the scintil-
lating colour of Fortuny, though nothing would be further removed both from
the spirit and technique, from the fussiness and slickness, of Fortuny’s painting,
than the muted splendour of Mr. Guevara’s colour incrustation. Above all,
the young Chilean’s pictures are conceived in terms of solid pigment, whereas
the draftsman and illustrator were always paramount in Fortuny. More easily
discernible, though by no means obvious, is the connection between Mr. Guevara’s
landscapes and Utrillo’s paintings. ... What the two have in common is
the limpid clearness of atmosphere and a certain acid quality of the lights, the
coldness of which does not prejudice the general effect of warm sunlight.
It is the colorist in Guevara who moves another critic to especial
admiration in the same publication:
These ‘‘passionate and warm”’ pictures are calculated to destroy preconceived
notions about warm and cold colour. ... Mr. Guevara can make blues
1 The Chilean Review, 1st Quarter, 1927,
2038
ALVARO GUEVARA: NOTABLE CHILEAN PAINTER 239
palpitate with heat .... During the four years which have elapsed since
he left England, Mr. Guevara has made an immense stride forward as a colourist.
The London Times critic is impressed not (obey by the beauty but
also by the significance of his color.
Mr. Guevara has progressed a great deal, and progressed always as a painter—
away from linear emphasis to relations of tone and colour. Subject interest
‘plays a larger part in these Chilean pictures than he is probably aware, associated
ALVARO GUEVARA,
ONE OF THE MOST
CHARACTERISTIC
OF MODERN CHIL-
EAN PAINTERS
Courtesy of ‘‘The Chilean Review”’
as it is with strange effects of colour, generally deep in tone. The combination
of fuchsia-red, magenta, and peacock in the flower study ‘‘Copihue”’ appeals to
a deeper sense than that of the eye. Mr. Guevara’s landscapes, though directly
painted, are not particularly interesting; it is when he paints native types and
interiors with figures that he stirs the emotions. The countries are not the same,
but in looking at these pictures you think of Mr. D. H. Lawrence’s ‘“‘Plumed
Serpent.’ But perhaps the most thrilling picture of all is the still life study of
“The Virgin of the Seven Swords.”
Practically all the leading literary weeklies treat this artist’s work
as of great importance.
240 - THE PAN AMERICAN UNION :
‘Mr. Guevara’s pictures of Chile show a more turbulent temperament,” says
the Spectator. ‘‘He is an adventurous colourist who can bring vivid yellows,
reds, crimson, green, and blue into a rich shimmering unity. If his landscapes
tend to vigorous illustration, a portrait of a boy and some interiors with figures
have both design and character. A ‘Quitenian Crucifix’ placed against white,
blue, and gold draperies in a fine composition has a hard, fierce intensity which
is remarkable, and no doubt characterized by Spanish racial influences.”
The most complete study of Mr. Guevara’s work is contained in
an article contributed to the New Statesman in which he is called “‘the
most interesting and disconcerting of our younger painters.”
STUDY OF A HEAD
An interesting portrait by
Guevara
Courtesy of ‘‘The Chilean Review”
Instead of being content with a static excellence of a particular kind, which it
is well within his power to achieve, he is incorrigibly adventurous. ‘Some years
ago he was painting admirable scenes in a fresco-like manner of sports fields,
swimming baths, cafés and public houses, which suggested excited comparison,
among modern masters, with the early Dégas and Matisse. . . . In the end it
became clear that these early Guevaras, except for vague suggestions owing to a
similarity of technique, were extremely original works. Along with the charm of
the picture itself, there went at the same time a curious criticism of the scene it
represented; yet this criticism was not conveyed in draftsmanship or grouping—
in pictorial incident—but through the quality of the painting and the colour
ALVARO GUEVARA: NOTABLE CHILEAN PAINTER 241
itself. A statement and a commentary on life as clear as a written sentence was
made through the medium of paint alone, but without any of the adventitious
literary aid of pre-Raphaelitism or genre.
After three years’ absence from English exhibitions .. . without falling into the
mannered exoticism of Gauguin, without allowing the natural brilliance of the
Chilean landscape to dazzle his sense of control and lure him either to a ‘‘ Wild
West’’ romanticism or an unregulated blaze of coluor for its own sake, he has
combined faithfulness of representation with technical restraint. Imagination
has bowed to truth to nature, and expression has wedded interpretation. In
such pictures as ‘‘The Man Without a Head”’ and “Juana Gonsdlez in the part
THE EDGE OF THE
FOREST
Guevara’s color schemes are
said to be unlike any other
painter’s
Courtesy of ‘‘The Chilean Review”’
of Madame X,”’ there are still hints of a dangerous fantasy, overbrimming the
actual subject, and Van Gogh has painted better sunflowers. But between the
self-portraits, the ‘‘Interior,’’ and above all the sumptuous but lucid landscapes
of virgin forests and tropical river, preference becomes merely a matter of per-
sonal caprice. After seeing so many exhibitions filled with a dead level of exer-
cises on approved themes, and French essays, it is a pleasure to find work as
independent and adventurous as Mr. Guevara’s.
In that his work has been so seriously pended and highly
praised by all the more considerable of the London art critics, Mr.
Guevara has secured a triumph. With Mr. Konody, we believe that
the ‘‘mature achievement”? shown in the recent exhibition “holds
the promise of an even more brilliant future.”
THE OFFERING, BY SENORITA ELENA IZCUE
A young Peruvian artist of great promise whose work enjoys a constantly growing reputation, having
beer exhibited in a number of South American art centers. It was also exhibited a short time ago in
New York City, under the joint auspices of Sr. Rafael Larce, one of Peru’s most outstanding citizens—
sugar planter, publicist and art connoisseur—who brought the work to this country, and W. R. Grace
& Co. of the well-known and popular steamship line. Like the never-to-be-forgotten Argentine genius,
Jorge Bermudez, this young Peruvian artist has consecrated her brush to reproducing the national types
and characteristics of her native land and people, one of the most striking being that illustrated above.
The canvas, which is of heroic size, represents a scene in the days of the Incas, long prior to the Spanish
conquest. On an elaborately decorated throne sits one of the Daughters of the Sun, who is not only a
princess of the reigning house, but is worshiped as the incarnation of the Sun God. Kneeling before
her are worshipers humbly presenting their votive offerings—incense, a llama, precious stones, and
food. The frame of this painting, which is of native wood and every inch of which is elaborately carved,
continues the characteristic Inca motif. It is to be hoped that if this painting is to remain in the country,
it may be exhibited in Washington. Sta. Izcue is the author of a most interesting series of drawing
books, for use in the elementary and vocational schools of Peru, in which the work is based on Incaic
motives, in conventionalized designs of most gorgeous coloring, adaptable for use in printed cotton
and woolen fabrics, lace, ceramics, wall paper and other hangings. These books, which were pub-
lished in Paris, are beautiful models of the art of printing in colors
I
PAN PACIFIC CONFERENCE
HE Pan Pacific Conference on Education, Rehabilitation,
Reclamation, and Recreation called by the President of
the United States in conformity with the corresponding
joint congressional resolution, and to be held under the
direction of the Secretary of the Interior, will assemble in Honolulu,
Hawau, April 11 to 16, inclusive, 1927. Invitations have been
issued through the Department of State to all countries bordering
upon the Pacific Ocean and having territorial interests in the Pacific,
including colonial governments. These comprise Australia, Canada,
Chile, China, Colombia, Costa Rica, Dutch East Indies, France,
French Cochin China, Great Britain, Guatemala, Honduras, India,
Japan, Macao, Mexico, Netherlands, Oceania, Panama, Peru,
Portugal, Salvador, and Siam.
Invitations have been issued by the Secretary of the Interior
through the appropriate departments of the United States Govern-
ment to all Territories and outlying parts of the United States.
These comprise Alaska, Canal Zone, Hawaii, Philippines, Porto
Rico, Samoa, and the Virgin Islands.
All organizations and institutions, public or private, which are
engaged or interested in the fields covered by this conference are
invited to send delegates. The expenses of these delegates must
be borne by the organizations they represent or by themselves.
Although this conference is planned primarily for Pacific coun-
tries and territories, all other countries having an interest in the
conference will be welcome, and invitations have been sent to any
other countries desiring to participate and not included in the
invitations previously sent.
PROGRAM AND ACCEPTANCES
In addition to the Secretary of the Interior and officials of the
Department of the Interior, there will be official representatives
from other departments of the United States Government, includ-
ing the Departments of State, the Treasury, Commerce, and Agri-
culture, and the Federal Board for Vocational Education. It is
243
244 THE. PAN AMERICAN UNION
Some trae
Copyright by Underwood & Underwood
THE EXECUTIVE BUILDING, HONOLULU
expected that there will be a corresponding official representation
on the program from the several countries participating. Leaders
in education, reclamation, recreation, and kindred subjects repre-
senting countries outside the United States will have important
parts in the presentation and discussion of topics. Ample provi-
sion will also be made for unofficial representatives on the program.
PURPOSES OF THE CONFERENCE
This conference is planned (1) to establish a basis of cooperation
for the promotion of peaceful arts and pursuits among the countries
participating; (2) to provide a medium for exchange of knowledge on
the subjects under discussion; (3) to afford a wider field of service
for certain technical activities; and (4) to be of assistance to the
territories of the several participating countries.
PAN PACIFIC AND PAN AMERICAN ACTIVITIES 245
Courtesy of the Mid-Pacific Magazine
THE BEACH AT WAIKIKI, HAWAII
PRELIMINARY AGENDA OF CONFERENCE
EDUCATION
(1) Exchange of educational ideas through:
(2) Establishment and maintenance of centers for the
exchange and distribution of adequate translations
of laws, decrees, texts, publications, etc.
(6) Exchange of lecturers, teachers, students, research
workers, and others interested or actively engaged in
education.
(c) The formulation of principles and standards for cre-
dential acceptance and evaluation.
(2) Establishment and preservation of national standards for child
life through:
(a) Proper care of the mother and the infant.
(6) Furnishing a certain minimum number of years of
instruction and requiring the child’s attendance.
(c) Instruction in health habits and provision of proper
recreation.
(3) Vocational education:
(a) The place of vocational education in the general educa-
tional program.
(b) Government plans for stimulation of vocational educa-
tion.
(c) The rehabilitation of civilians disabled in industry.
246 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION.
Courtesy of the Mid-Pacific Magazine
THE LINCOLN SCHOOL IN HONOLULU
More than a thousand English-speaking children of various races attend classes in this school
RECLAMATION
(1) Efforts of the State to aid homesteaders and build up commu-
nities of small farm owners.
(2) The relation of marketing agencies to the successful settle-
ment of public lands.
(3) The relationship of the State to planting contracts, and the
homesteader’s dealings with the mill or cannery at which his product
is handled.
(4) Methods for extending public credit to homestead development
enterprises. ;
(5) Laws for the regulation and use of streams in irrigation.
(6) Engineering problems connected with storage and distribution
of water.
RECREATION
(1) The vital relation of outdoor recreation to the health, physical,
mental, and spiritual, of the Nation.
(2) The important part that national parks play in the outdoor
recreational field.
(3) The place of national parks in an educational program as natu-
ral museums wherein the flora and fauna native to the region may be
studied, rock forms examined, and the results of volcanism, glacial
action, and erosion observed.
PAN PACIFIC AND PAN AMERICAN ACTIVITIES 247
aS
Courtesy of the Mid-Pacific Magazine
LABORERS’ HOMES ON A HAWATIAN SUGAR PLANTATION
(4) The protection and preservation of indigenous plants and
animals.
(5) Administration and management of parks.
(6) Correlation of Government and private efforts along conserva
tive lines, including establishment of State and municipal parks.
All local arrangements for the conference will be handled by the Hon.
W.R. Farrington, Governor of Hawau, and committees appointed
by him. The Territory of Hawaii is planning to make this conference
one of the greatest events in its history. Tours to points of interest
in Hawaii during and after the conference will be arranged without
expense to the delegates. They will include visits to the university
and other educational institutions, rehabilitation-farming areas, the
national park, the Volcano Kilauea, and other points of interest to
those attending the conference. For those who desire to remain a
considerable time after the close of the conference, itineraries in the
islands will be planned. Every facility will be placed at the disposal
of delegates, and nothing will be left undone which will contrib-
ute to their pleasure and profit. On the return of the delegates to
San Francisco, about April 30, all official foreign delegates are invited
to be the guests of the National Park Service for a visit to Yosemite
National Park, Calif., one of the greatest of the national parks of
the United States.
All inquiries concerning trips and accommodations in Hawaii
should be addressed directly to the Governor of Hawai, at Honolulu.
Requests for information concerning the conference should be
addressed to the Secretary of the Interior of the United States,
Washington, D. C.
YAS THE PAN AMERICAN UNION
II
PROJECTED SURVEY OF HISPANIC AMERICAN HISTORY
In connection with the recent meeting of the American Historical
Association at Rochester, December 30, 1926, those persons interested
in Hispanic American history attended a dinner at which Dr. James
A. Robertson, editor of the Hispanic American Historical Review,
presided. Among the many important matters discussed was that
of undertaking a survey in the Hispanic American history field of the
research, in progress and contemplated, engaged in by teachers and
graduate students in the departments of history, political science,
economics, and geography in colleges and universities of the United
States. The matter was favorably considered, and Doctor Robertson
appointed Dr. A. Curtis Wilgus, associate professor of history in the
University of South Carolina, to supervise the work.
The aims of the survey are to show the interest and activity of
investigators in the field, to prevent duplicated effort, and to enhance
cooperation. Questionnaires are to be sent to all persons concerned,
and the results of the survey are to be printed in the Mispanic
American Historical Review in the near future. Volunteer infor-
mation will be weleoméd and may be sent to Professor Wilgus.
In view of the resolution approved in 1923 by the Fifth Pan
American Conference in Santiago, Chile, and that subsequently
approved by the Bolivarian Congress in Panama, June, 1926, looking
toward concerted action by the American nations in obtaining a
more complete knowledge of the existing data of American history,
the American Historical Association is to be congratulated on its
very fine initiative in a field so rich in those elements which, revealing
each to the other, the individual backgrounds of national tradition,
struggle and achievement, will inevitably make for a deeper under-
standing, a more profound realization of the common mission, the
common destiny, of the American family of nations. ;
It will be interesting in this connection to recall the resolutions
adopted at the Second Congress of American History and Geography
held in Asuncién, Paraguay, October 12-17, 1926, a brief translation
of which is appended.
1. To prohibit in public instruction the stressing of any historical or geograph-
ical aspects which might wound the susceptibilities of any member of the fraternal
nations of America.
2. To foster American confraternity on the basis of a better reciprocal know-
ledge, encouraging intellectual intercourse by exchange of professors and students,
exchange of national works and the concerted divulgation of all those economic
and cultural activities which constitute the material and moral greatness of a
nation.
Considering: That the teaching of American history should so far as possible
be the faithful reflection of the acts and ideas which have been influential in the
development of events on American soil, the Second Congress of American
PAN PACIFIC AND PAN AMERICAN ACTIVITIES 249
History and Geography declares: That it would view with pleasure the formation
by the governments of the countries of America, through the intermedium of
their respective public instruction authorities, of textbooks, pedagogically sound
as to method, setting forth the truth as contained in the documents and sources
of history.
Considering: That one of the principal sources in the recording of American
history and of the particular peoples which compose it lies in the documentation
guarded in the respective national, municipal, and local archives, the Second
International Congress of American History and Geography in session at Asuncién
resolves: To address, through the intermediary of the Organizing Commission,
all of the governments of America and their respective authorities, charging them
with the necessity of publishing such archives, or at least catalogues or indices of
such documents contained in those repositories.
JUL
WORLD ESSAY CONTEST
The annual world competition which the American School Citizen-
ship League has been conducting for the past 17 years is a noteworthy
attempt to interest teachers and pupils in international movements
which are gradually leading the world to peace and unity. The pro-
motion of international good will is the aim of the World Essay
Contest. From the beginning the project has had the support of the
leading educators of this country, who have been most generous in
serving as judges. The contest is offered in two sections—secondary
schools, and normal schools and teachers’ colleges, each having a
subject adapted to its own grade of students. In the contest just
closed, the secondary school pupils wrote on ‘‘The organization of
the world for the prevention of war,’’ while the students of normal
schools and teachers’ colleges discussed the question, ‘‘Methods of
promoting world friendship through education.”
The announcement recently made that during the past 17 years
fully half the prizes have been awarded to students in Europe and
the British dominions indicates the wide response to the project.
This method of promoting international good will suffers from no
sentimental or propaganda motives. The merit les in the research
study demanded of the writers who are limited to the senior classes.
Several of the essays, which have been published in various forms,
have been real contributions.
The number of participants in the contest represents a considerable
army of students who have made an impartial study of some aspect
of international relations. The exact number, however, can not
be definitely determined, since many schools incorporate the essay
writing into the regular work of the English, history, or civics classes
sending only the best essay to the judges. Nor does the influence
of this essay writing stop at the school. The teachers’ college
and normal school contestants who go out as teachers inculcate
250 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION
these ideas in their teaching, and there is ample proof that both
classes of contestants, through the careful and thorough study
entailed in writing the essays, become permanently interested in the
promotion of international good will. A striking illustration of
such interest is shown in the action of one of the winners of the first
prize of $75 a few years ago, who used this money to conduct a contest
among the elementary schools of her own State, Maryland. It isa
notable fact also that many of the leaders in the college International
Relations Clubs attribute their first interest in the subject to the
essay contest of the American School Citizenship League.
It is announced in the contest just closed that the second prize in
both sections was won by a British student. The first and third
prizes in the normal school and teachers’ college section were awarded
to students in the Illinois State Normal University—Miss Dorothy
Hibarger and Miss Lena Scranton. This is not the first time that
this university has been so honored. One of Doctor Felmley’s
students won the second prize in 1912, another the first prize in 1918,
another received first honorable mention in 1919, and a fourth won
the second prize in 1924. No appraisal of excellence should be made,
however, without mentioning the Towson Normal School in Mary-
land, although in the contest just closed no student of this school
received a prize.. For several years past the Towson Normal School
has ranked among the first in the number of prizes awarded in the
contest. It was a student of this school who conducted the contest
for the elementary schools of Maryland.
It is announced also that the first prize in the secondary school
section was won by Miss Buelah Millet, of the Mesa Union High
School, Mesa, Ariz., and that the third prize was awarded to Miss
Virginia Stanley, of Holy Cross Academy, Lynchburg, Va. One
interesting feature about the contest is the broad representation
among the schools of the country. Nearly every State is represented
each year. :
Besides the prizes, there are three honorable mentions in each
section. The first was won by a student of Illinois State Normal
University, the second by a student of Goldsmiths College, London,
and the third by a student of the State Normal School at Bridgewater,
Mass. In the secondary school section, a student of the high school
of the State University of Iowa received first honorable mention; one
from the Girls’ Secondary School, Birkenhead, England, second; and
another from the high school of the State University of Iowa, third.
Great interest attaches to the subjects offered in the contest for
1926-27. Prospective teachers are asked to write on ‘‘The teacher
as an agent of international good will.” This calls for a definite
statement as to the part which a teacher may take in furthering a
universally recognized aim of education.
PAN PACIFIC AND PAN AMERICAN ACTIVITIES 251
In the secondary school section boys and girls are asked to speak
for themselves as to ‘How the youth of the world can promote
international good will.”’ Their ideas will be read with great interest,
for the youth of the world is destined to carry forward this great
adventure in world friendship.
AMERICAN SCHOOL CITIZENSHIP LEAGUE WORLD ESSAY
CONTEST, 1926-27
OPEN TO STUDENTS oF ALL COUNTRIES
Two sets of prizes, to be known as the Seabury prizes, are offered for the best
essays on one of the following subjects:
1. Open to students in normal schools and teachers’ colleges: ‘‘The teacher an
agent of international good will.”
2. Open to seniors in secondary schools: ‘‘How the youth of the world can
promote international good will.”
Three prizes of $75, $50, and $25 will be given for the three best essays in each set.
UNITED STATES JUDGES
W. Carson Ryan, jr., professor of education, Swarthmore College, Swarth-
more, Pa.
George A. McFarland, president State Teachers College, Minot, N. D.
E. Estelle Downing, Michigan State Normal College, Ypsilanti, Mich.
Thomas C. Blaisdell, State Normal School, Slippery Rock, Pa.
E. Ruth Pyrtle, principal, McKinley School, Lincoln, Nebr.
Francis A. Bagnall, principal, State Normal School, Hyannis, Mass.
H. A. Davee, president, Murphy Collegiate Institute, Sevierville, Tenn.
Walter 8S. Athearn, dean, Boston University School of Religious Education.
Contest Ciosres JuNE 1, 1927
CONDITIONS OF THE CONTEST
Each essay must be accompanied by a topical outline and a bibliography with
brief notes on each book. Essays must not exceed 5,000 words (a length of 3,000
words is suggested as desirable), and must be written, preferably in typewriting,
on one side only of paper 81% by 11 inches with a margin of at least 114 inches.
Manuscripts not easily legible will not be considered.
The name of the writer must not appear on the essay, which should be accom-
panied by a letter giving the writer’s name, school, and home address, and sent to
Dr. Fannie Fern Andrews, 405 Marlborough Street, Boston 17, Mass., not later
than June 1, 1927. Essays should be mailed flat (not rolled).
Each country other than the United States participating in the contest shall
submit the three best essays in each set (normal and secondary) these essays to
be selected by judges appointed in each country. The United States judges will
select, from these and from the essays written by pupils of the United States,
those which in their opinion should receive the prizes. Students may write in
their own language. The three best essays selected by the national judges must
be translated into English when submitted to the United States judges.
Information concerning literature on the essay subjects may be obtained from
the secretary of the league.
Many teachers in the United States make the writing of these essays a part of
the regular school work, sending to the league the best essay in the school. Not
more than three essays should be sent from each school.
29141—27—Bull. 3 4
ILIVH ‘HONTUd AV LUOd ‘AOVIVd IVILNACISHUd MAN FHL
$0}V1g PeHU oy} UL YEP JO UOIyeSeT oY} JO ASOZINO+)
ILIVH HONTYd OV LYOd ‘AONVNIA AO LNAWLYVdad AHL 40 DNIGTIING MAN
S24BIG PIU!) OY} UI 141BP{ JO UOeFeT oY} JO Asoqun0g
. ctr mms moe
eccertere ccertecrecmmmeerictity eit TAG
5
FOUR POEMS BY ENRIQUE
[Translated into English verse
(Every Latin American country has its favorite singers. Mexico, which has an older culture than most
Martinez. Born in 1871, he became a physician and associate professor of physiology and, later, an editor,
literature in the Escuela de Altos Estudios, head of the literature department and professor of Mexican
Argentina. He is the author of a number of books, and is probably the most popular of Mexico’s living
EL SEMBRADOR DE ESTRELLAS
Y pasaras, y al verte, se dirdn: gqué camino
va siguiendo el sonambulo? .. . Desatento al murmullo,
iras, al aire suelta la tunica de lino,
la tunica albeante de desdén y de orgullo.
Tran acompanandote apenas unas pocas
almas hechas de ensueno. .. . Mas al fin de la selva,
al ver ante sus ojos el murallén de rocas,
dirdn amedrentadas: esperemos que vuelva.
Y trepards ti solo los grietados senderos;
vendra luego el fa ntastico desfile de paisajes,
y llegaras tui solo a descorrer celajes:
alla donde las cumbres besan a los luceros.
Bajaras lentamente wna noche de luna
enferma, de dolientes penumbras misteriosas,
sosteniendo tus manos y regando una a wna,
con un gesto de dadiva, las luminicas rosas.
Y miraran absortos el claror de tus huellas,
y clamara la jerga de aquel montén humano:
es un ladrén de estrellas. ... Y tu prédiga mano
seguird por la vida desparramando estrellas... .
—‘‘TLos Senderos Ocultos’’.
a
EZ MARTINEZ
by Aticr Stone BuAacKWELL]
of the others, is particularly rich in poets. One highly esteemed by his countrymen is Enrique Gonzalez
president of the Atheneumin Mexico City, Undersecretary of Education and Fine Arts, professor of French
literature in the Escuela Preparatoria. For the last few years he has been ambassador from Mexico to
poets.— Alice Stone Blackwell.)
THE SOWER OF STARS
Thou shalt pass by, and men will say, “What pathway does he follow,
Lo, the somnambulist?”? But thou, unheeding murmurs vain,
Wilt go thy way, thy linen robe wpon the air out-floating,
Thy robe of linen whitened with pride and with disdain.
Few, few will bear thee company ‘dreams and visions,
And when the forest’s end is reached, and steeper grows the track,
They will behold the wall of rock that rises huge before them,
And they will say with terror, ‘“‘Let us wait till he comes back.”
And all alone thou wilt ascend the high and crannied pathways,
And soon the strange procession of the landscapes will file by,
And all alone it shall be thine to part the cloudy curtains,
There where the lofty summits kiss the splendors of the sky.
Upon some night of moonlight faint, and sad, mysterious shadows,
Thou wilt come downward slowly, descending from the height,
Holding thine hands up, laden full, and, with a giver’s gesture,
Sprinkling around thee, one by one, bright roses made of light.
And men, absorbed, will gaze wpon the brightness of thy footprints,
And, many voiced, that multitude will raise a joyful cry:
“He is a thief of stars!’? And then thy generous hand forever
Will keep on scattering through life the stars from out the sky.
256 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION
2
LA PLEGARIA DE LA ROCA ESTERIL
Sefor, yo soy apenas una roca desnuda
que azota el viento y quema el sol;
la nube, cwando pasa, de lejos me saluda
y tiende el ala a otra regién.
Soy en la cumbre signo de un esperar eterno,
vuelvo los ojos al zafir
y entre lluvias de agosto y rafagas de invierno
no hay primavera para mi.
Ignoro los follajes; yo nunca de la fuente
tuve la limpida cancion,
nt musgos fraternales que brindar a la frente
del fatigadg viajador.
Yo soy como un espectro que se alzaraé insepulto,
angel proscrito de un edén;
en el fondo del alma llevo un afan oculto,
en las entranas, vieja sed.
Tengo mi planta inmovil hundida en la montana
y una esperanza en el azur,
y me ignoran los hombres, y nadie me acompana
en estas carceles de luz.
Senor, ya que no tengo ni musgo florecido
ni un arroyuelo bullidor,
haz que en mis abras forjen las dguilas su nido
y hagan su talamo de amor.
Mas si ha de ser forzoso que me aparte del mundo
y del concierto universal,
hazme simbolo eterno, inmutable y profundo
de la mas alta soledad.
—“El Libro de la Fuerza, de la Bondad y del Ensuefio’’.
FOUR POEMS BY ENRIQUE GONZALEZ MARTINEZ
THE PRAYER OF THE BARREN ROCK
Lord, I am nothing but a barren rock,
Lashed by the wind, scorched by the sun’s fierce might.
The passing cloud salutes me from afar, :
Then elsewhere wings its flight.
I am a sign of everlasting hope,
Here on the height; the azure depths I see,
But amid August rains and winter blasts
There is no spring for me.
I have no greenery of waving leaves,
No fountain’s limpid song and silvery stir,
No kindly mosses to invite the brow
Of the tired wayfarer.
Like an unburied specter I rise up,
Or angel from an Eden forced to part;
A hidden yearning in my soul I bear,
An old thirst in my heart.
My foot is buried, moveless, in the mount;
My hope is jixed on heaven's azure height.
Men know me not, and no one comes with me
Into this prison bright.
Lord, since I have no softly-flowering moss,
Nor singing stream down-leaping from above,
Within my clefts let eagles build their nest,
And make their home of love.
If I must stand apart from all the world
And its vast concert with earth’s joy imbued,
Make me the symbol, endless, changeless, deep,
Of loftiest solitude!
257
258 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION
EN LA MUERTE DE JOSE SABAS DE LA MORA
Dicen: descansa en paz bajo la mansa
ternura de la tierra... jno, mentira!...
Ese muerto rebelde no descansa.
Por sobre el pardo velo
de sucio polvo que lo encubre ahora,
ha de alzarse la mano imprecadora
demandando justicia a tierra y cielo.
El sol la batiara con el consuelo
de sus vislumbres cdlidas. ... Las gotas
de la llovizna mojaran las rotas
y holladas hierbas. ... Le dard la amable
femenil primavera su caricia.
Mas la mano crispada e implacable
dira en su muda expectacion: jjusticia!...
jJusticial... Y es en vano
que el egoismo humano
diga: descansa en paz bajo la mansa
ternura dela tterra...jNodescansa!...
—‘Tos Senderos Ocultos’’.
FOR ONE UNJUSTLY SLAIN
‘“‘Below the earth he rests in peace,” they say;
“Tn peace he sleeps within her gentle breast.”
Ah, no! the words they speak are false and vain.
No, that rebellious dead man does not rest.
Above the veil of gray and lowly dust
Which for a covering men to him have gwen,
His hand is raised in imprecation still,
Demanding justice of the earth and heaven.
The sun will bathe it with the comfort sweet
Of his warm beams; upon it from the skies
The light shower will descend, and softly wet
The broken, trampled grass where low he lies.
The lovely Spring her womanly caress
With tenderness wili give it from on high;
But yet that hand, implacable and clenched,
Waiting in silence, “Justice!” still will ery.
Justice! And human selfishness in vain
Will say, ‘‘He sleeps within earth’s gentle breast;
There in her calm repose he rests in peace,”
Ah, no! It is not true. He does not rest.
RRICAN
DUS’ RIAL
LATIN AM)
By Exvira Santa Cruz Ossa
OW that women as a whole are a new and very real factor in
the solution of social and economic problems, it seems both
reasonable and timely that special attention should be
directed to the working woman—the professional woman,
the woman clerk and factory hand—who is engaged in the struggle
of obtaining a livelihood for herself, her dependent family, or both.
The outstanding fact in such a consideration is that woman must
gain her economic independence, and this applies to all the women
of America without distinction of class or fortune. It should, how-
ever, be understood that independence, as used here, does not mean
that license in manner or that ostentatious vociferation which has,
at times, so prejudiced the feminist cause. By economic independ-
ence is meant that foundation upon which alone political and moral
independence can be based.
I. ECONOMIC INDEPENDENCE
Every woman who is dependent upon a man for the necessities of
life inevitably loses something of her moral freedom. If married,
and the union is governed by love, she may attain happiness; but if
because of poverty she has contracted a union personally repugnant,
she is inevitably doomed to unhappiness. Prostitution and those im-
moral relations which under the cloak of respectability are so common
are primarily due to the woman’s incapacity to maintain herself.
Modern laws, however, have opened to women a free passage into
every field of professional, cultural, commercial, and scientific activity ;
and the Chilean civil code even empowers the married woman to dis-
pose freely of her perquisites, salary, and property in general. In
brief, the opportunity is given her to live her life with all the dignity
proper to an adult member of the human family. ~
Il. THE WORK OF WOMEN
It may be argued that the entrance of woman in the industrial
world is detrimental to the welfare of the race; that the place of
1 Revista Chilena, Bantineo, Tone 1926.
259
260 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION
woman isinthe home. ... But as world statistics show that there
are somewhat more than a hundred million women now working in
both hemispheres, we can hardly avoid the conclusion that woman
in industry is an inevitable condition of modern life and that the vital
problem in relation thereto is that the conditions in which such work
is effected are such that they are not detrimental to the well-being
of the race.
Industrial or professional work is no more hurtful for woman than
for man provided she receives an equitable wage or salary, and the
factory, shop or office in which she works is safe and sanitary, the
hours reasonable, the protective measures for prospective and nurs-
ing mothers enforced and she enjoys, as in the case of the workman,
the benefits of accident, health, retirement and other insurance.
It is in the lack of such conditions and protective measures; it is
in the abuses and exploitation of women in the industrial world that
the danger to the race is found; it is the all too common attitude that
the working woman is a mere machine, to be utilized to the utmost and
discarded when damaged, which breaks alike both body and spirit.
The woman compelled to work far into the night hours to gain a
meager subsistence ages prematurely and becomes a human bankrupt
much more to be feared than commercial bankruptcy. This is why
working women should combine to form a social force which would
be strong enough to put an end to such exploitation and abuse on the
part of employers and others.
Just as long as the Latin American working women who aspire to
economic independence remain an unformed and disjointed mass,
they can never hope to achieve their rights, nor, indeed, can they
entertain the slightest hope of being listened to by their employers,
nor any others who are exploiting their isolation and poverty.
III. WOMEN’S TRADE-UNIONS
The most efficacious method of obtaining the economic betterment
of women is, in the opinion of the writer, by trade-union or labor
organizations. It is entirely useless for either feminist congresses
and conventions or the law to declare that men and women should
obtain equal remuneration for the same amount and type of work, if
such declarations and laws remain a dead letter in the community or
on the statute books. What is needed is sufficient force to compel
respect for such dispositions. .
Above all is it necessary to combat the impression, all too common
in the Latin American countries, that any organization of working
women is subversive or in some way opposed to the interests of the
employers. So far from correct is this impression that the exact
opposite is true, since the employer in contracting women workers
would deal not with weak and more or less irresponsible individuals,
but with members of entities economically and morally responsible.
LATIN AMERICAN WOMEN AS INDUSTRIAL WORKERS 261
Every trade or labor union group organized on moral bases is a
solidarity of effort which, born of the natural aspiration toward
economic betterment and a stricter administration of justice, tends to
establish and maintain the balance between the will of the employed
and the will of the employer and, thus, in the wise phrase of Adam
Smith, ‘“‘a natural coalition.” Labor and trade-unions are, therefore,
auxiliary to the working agents, the precursors, as it were, of that
objective toward which the peoples, under the new ideals of human
justice and solidarity, are steadily tending.
But while men have organized themselves into national and inter-
national federations whose voice is heard by both parliaments and
governments, Latin American working women have, for lack of
union, not even managed to obtain elementary justice, thus missing
the only force which would make possible their economic independ-
ence.
The social legislation of almost every American country includes
enactments which set forth the principle of ‘‘equality of pay for
equality of work,’’ enactments which apply to men and women with
equal force. Nevertheless, as already observed, this principle is not
enforced, and the evils it was intended to correct continue to exist
for this or that biological, economic, or political reason.
1. This condition of social inequality is due in part to the essen-
tially individualistic spirit of woman herself. She has little or no
conception of solidarity or cooperation, and in her desire to obtain
work she does not hesitate to sacrifice her fellow workers. She lacks
confidence and fears to struggle. Obliged to earn her daily bread,
she abases her spirit, shutting her eyes to everything but the imme-
diate good. Her slavelike fatalism rests on the conviction that it is
useless to struggle, and that she would better resign herself to existing
conditions, however sad, as if it were her fate to suffer dependence
and oppression.
The average woman is timid and fearful before the employer who,
under threat of dismissal, forbids her to form or join a union or other
group of workers. Moreover, woman, in general, lacks public spirit.
Also, in her efforts toward betterment, she has to struggle against
her own ignorance and an apathy which too often springs from a
mistaken concept of inferiority.
2. Again, excess of hand workers tends to destroy every individual
effort in the way of protest against the meager wages paid such
workers, against the insanitary conditions in the local workshops,
and the failure to comply with the laws enacted in protection of
women workers. Because of the seasonal character of much work—
with its busy and slack periods—women workers are compelled to
accept starvation wages, as apprentices in new jobs, those they leave
being filled by others even more needy and at the risk of health and
life itself.
262 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION
3. Then there is the struggle against immorality, which leads the
low-paid worker to look upon prostitution as merely the means of
increasing an insufficient industrial or commercial wage. And this
attitude of mind is exploited by all too many employers, as in the
case of the theater manager with the actress who tried to obtain her
overdue salary: ‘Don’t forget you still have the entreactos left!’
It is not uncommon to find that the death or abandonment of the
natural head of the family or other acute family crisis causes the
wife and mother to turn to the streets for the wherewithal to obtain
the necessities of life.
The women’s trade-union to-day offers a remedy for these evils:
1. To put an end to the idea that a woman’s wages are merely
supplementary, and to make it impossible for any government to
continue to legislate under the mistaken idea that because a man is
the natural head of a family he must be paid higher wages than a
woman for the same amount of work.
This criterion, although without a legal basis, may prevail in the
upper classes where the father, husband, or brother, under the influ-
ence of education, vanity, or social conventions, gives woman her
due place. However, the same is not true in the lower classes, where
ignorance or shiftlessnéss keeps the home from being established on
a proper basis, and where oftentimes the wife, although the support
of the family, is the victim of her husband’s oppression. While the
husband wastes his wages in cafés, gambling halls, and houses of
prostitution, the wife is obliged to use her entire earnings to keep the
family pot boiling.
2. To exact full enforcement of existing protective legislation for
women and the respect of employers for the provisions of the law.
Almost all governments have ratified the conventions of the Inter-
national Labor Office; were these put into effect, the economic status
of the working woman would inevitably improve.
3. To reduce the hours of labor to their legal number. Dress-
making and tailoring shops, as well as other establishments, often
work their employees overtime, and for these extra hours it would be
only fair to require pay at the rate of a 50 per cent increase over the
regular rate. The same might be said if government supervision 1s
extended to home work, the most poorly paid of all labor.
4. To improve working conditions with respect to hygiene and
safety. Whereas men refuse to work in poorly ventilated, insanitary
shops, women lose their sight and their health toiling in dark, damp
basements and in the malodorous workrooms of dressmaking estab-
lishments.
5. To fix a minimum wage for each industry on the basis of the
cost of living and the purchasing power of money. Men workers
have done this for themselves by means of strikes and collective
bargaining, without the necessity of special legislation.
LATIN AMERICAN WOMEN AS INDUSTRIAL WORKERS 263
6. To bring about the peaceful solution of labor conflicts by the
legal presentation of petitions formulated by a lawfully capacitated
trade-union and by recourse to the Labor Conciliation and Arbitration
Act. Such methods would undoubtedly prove economically advan-
tageous. :
7. To improve women’s education by courses in vocational sub-
jects and home economics and by lectures, libraries, and such other
facilities as are usually offered by trade-unions.
8. To improve the standard of living by means of higher wages. -
Decent and sufficiently ample living quarters prevent the immorality
often resulting from the promiscuity of the crowded, dirty tenement;
good lighting attracts the husband to the home, and the children can
be properly clad for school.
An improved standard of living indirectly brings about increased
productivity of labor and therefore, eventually, an increase in
national prosperity.
9. To establish employment bureaus, directed by competent per-
sons, who should keep careful statistics of periods of unemployment
and of the training and record of unemployed women. Such work
would not only be of assistance to women applying to the bureaus,
but would be a credit to the bureaus themselves.
10. To run cooperative stores as a means of decreasing the cost of
living.
11. To establish funds for making loans without interest in the
periods of unemployment which frequently arise in seasonal trades,
such as fur-sewing, garment-making, manufacture of soft drinks, ete.
In such cases the woman trade-union member receives a modest
allowance which she repays to the union loan fund when she is again
employed.
12. To create savings funds, deposits from which are withdrawn
upon marriage, thus tending to avoid the illegitimate unions resulting
from financial inability to undertake marriage.
13. To open cooperative shops for the production and sale of
merchandise. By competing in the open market these prevent a fall
in wages because of overproduction or an oversupply of labor. In
some cases cooperative workshops rival great industrial enterprises,
as for example in Italy, where the lingerie unions have attained such
economic importance that in various markets they fix the prices of
their products.
14. To secure part ownership in companies by means of employees’
shares which, together with the employers’ shares, should form the
economic machinery of industrial enterprises.
15. To promote by the spoken and written word the trade-union
ideal. Among effective means for such propaganda is the use of a
special label on all goods manufactured in shops paying fair wages to
women workers and complying with protective legislation for women.
264. THE PAN AMERICAN UNION
CONCLUSIONS
1. Woman, a new and important factor in the solution of economic
problems in American countries, should first of all attain economic
independence as the only satisfactory foundation for achieving
ae and moral independence.
. World statistics show a total of 100,000,000 employed - women.
TH 8 is therefore our bounden duty to fight for such working conditions
for women as will not imperil the future of the race, in this day and
age when the high cost of living and other irremediable social condi-
tions force them to seek employment outside the home.
3. The leading factor in obtaining an improvement in the economic
status of women is respect for the social-welfare laws granting them
equal pay with men for equal work, protection for maternity, and
other benefits.
4. These social laws are disregarded because women are unorgan-
ized and have no group consciousness, due to their individualistic
spirit, a spirit which is also timid and sometimes not straightforward.
Without unity full rights can never be achieved.
5. The most efficient means for bringing about the union of all
women’s trade-unions is an organization based on the ideals of order,
justice, and ethics.
LORGANIZATION OF
SCH O OLS _ ee a
NTIL 1925 normal training in Mexico City was given in
the two normal schools for men and women and the eve-
ning normal school. Early that year these were united into
one under the name of the National Normal School (Escuela
Nacional de Maestros), in the suburb of San Jacinto. The new
institution opened with a considerably larger number of students
than the combined enrollment of the three separate schools.
The school was established on the following new lines:
There was novelty in the mere fact of moving it out of the city
into extensive grounds, in which school gardens, athletic fields,
1 Abbreviated translation of article in ‘‘ Boletin de la Secretaria de Educacion Putblica,’”’ Mexico, D. F.,
May, 1926.
REORGANIZATION OF MEXICO CITY NORMAL SCHOOLS 265
children’s playgrounds, etc., will eventually be laid out. Another
innovation was the introduction of coeducation.
The school has been transformed into a great academic center
(about 5,000 students), thus fulfillmg one of the primary aims of its
organization, since it is believed that in this way all the problems
of daily life are more easily presented than in small groups which,
because of their very smallness, lead a rather artificial life. Increased
competition naturally calls forth greater effort, and a wave of new
activity has been noted among the students, to such an extent that
last year 19 special courses were given at the request of the students
by the regular professors or others who generously offered their
services.
A division was made between the cultural studies and the strictly
professional ones, thus creating separate secondary ” and professional
schools. The work of the secondary division was made identical
with that division of the National Preparatory School; the profes-
sional division underwent important changes, such as the addition
of an extra year of educational psychology, the inclusion of biology
and special courses in modern history and geography. The curricu-
lum includes practice in agricultural tasks, home industries, and
trades, with emphasis on women’s handicrafts and other manual
work. The course in the day normal schools covers six years in-
stead of five as heretofore.
Normal students were formerly instructed in teaching methods by
first acquainting them with the general principles embodied in the
science of education, psychology, sociology, ete.; then these principles
were examined in the light of the so-called special methodology, and
finally the student verified them through practice. To-day, once the
general principles have been learned, the student puts them into
practice and then deduces from this practice the special methods.
In this way he follows a truly scientific path. The results are most
encouraging.
The methods used in teaching all subjects are essentially progres-
sive, instead of the verbalism which was formerly the rule. Practice
teaching is no longer done exclusively in the annexed model primary
school, but in different primary schools in the Federal District, and
nearly half a year is employed in this invaluable labor.
In order that the students may have the opportunity to express
their own personality, they are given intelligent and opportune help,
but otherwise exercise self-government.
A resident teaching staff has been established, who assist in the
moral and scientific guidance of the students.
2 The normal course is of secondary grade, being based on graduation from the primary school. Grad-
uates teach in the primary schools. (Editor’s note.)
266 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION
EVENING NORMAL SCHOOL
The evening department, whose enrollment is double that of the
former separate school, follows the same curriculum and methods as
the day department.
KINDERGARTEN DEPARTMENT
The studies required for kindergartners were formerly of the most
elementary character, consisting merely of the first and second years
of the secondary course and one professional year. A more adequate
program has now been adopted, consisting of five years, three of
which are secondary and two professional. This change is heartily
approved of by the kindergartners themselves.
COURSE FOR HOME VISITORS
A small group has enrolled in the two-year course for home visitors,
based on the three-year secondary school course.
ANNEXED PRIMARY DEPARTMENT
This school, comprising 39 groups, continues to follow the progres-
sive program so wisely laid down by the department of education.
It has no principal, technical and administrative decisions being made
by the whole staff meeting as the teachers’ council. This system has
had very good results, since all the teachers are directly responsible
for the work of the school, and are obliged to study not merely the
proble as of their own group, but those of the whole school. As a
consequence, the teachers last year felt the necessity of increasing
their knowledge in some more effective manner than by merely attend-
ing a class or studying a book, and decided to send one of their number
to the United States during the long vacation period in order that he
migh ‘gather information directly in the more important primary
schools of New York.
Last year careful studies on arithmetic were begun. <A series of tests
were given, which snowed the actual value of our teaching methods
and the necessity of some changes that are now being introduced. A
similar piece of work is being done on the national language.
PRESCHOOL CENTER
In Mexico the kindergartens have been functioning in an artificial
manner, without respecting at all the nature of the child. For this
reason new paths were marked out last year and are now being fol-
lowed. These are outlined briefly below:
The school functions in the open air. Care for the health of the
child is the most important consideration, and the number of sick
children has been reduced by*75 per cent.
REORGANIZATION OF MEXICO CITY NORMAL SCHOOLS 267
The institution has been made democratic.
Froebel’s gifts and the so-called occupations, as well as other kinder-
garten material, have been discarded, since the best gift is the marvel-
lous gift of Nature. The special exercises for so-called sense education
have also been done away with; the child should be placed in contact
with Nature and given plenty of activity so that his perceptions will
be acquired naturally.
For detailed programs of study there has been substituted an intel-
ligent direction of the free spiritual and motor expression of the child,
enriching and confirming it. Fixed hours for classes have been aban-
doned, for if it is inadvisable to ho!d primary children to these, it is
pure barbarity to attempt to do so with children of from 4 to 6 years.
The activities in which children should engage can not be contained
within the Jimitations prescribed by classes as commonly prevailing
in kindergartens; in this preschool center the teaching is preferably
incidental.
The child is respected. His nascent initiative, his spontaneity, his
liberty are something sacred which is not touched except to make it
more beautiful.
Careful records are kept of anthropometric data and mental devel-
opment, made at frequent intervals with a view to the distribution
‘and arrangement of educational exercises.
IMPORTANT ACTIVITIES
The students ‘have organized themselves into a cooperative body
which is a small-scale reproduction of the Government of the Republic.
An orchestra composed of 45 students has given concerts outside of the
school, the most interesting of these being the one given at the broad-
casting station of the newspaper El Universal. ‘The Student “ani-
tary Brigade, with about a hundred members, is very well orga. *zed
and has already rendered important service, as on the occasion of
the interschool athletic meet last year, when its work was so active
and intelligent that the press confused it with the better known White
Cross and Red Cross. Since last year the students have had exclusive
charge of the school lunch, formerly served by outsiders, and the
profits go to swell the funds of the society. They also manage a
small school supply business.
A small printing press and a photographic shop have been installed
for the use of the school. .
In the courtyard of one of the buildings a botanical garden has
been planted, following closely the work laid out for the botany class.
Necessary material has been provided for the class in practical agri-
culture. Although the school really has not enough available ground
29141—27—Bull. 3 5
268 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION
for this work, the sale of garden produce raised by the students in
small plots last year has already brought in some money.
A hall has been fully equipped with necessary gymnastic appara-
tus. Last year the school won third place in the interschocl meet, a
stimulus which has served to make the students regard the gymnasium
with favor and to greatly increase their participation in sports.
Last year, in spite of the efforts made to reduce the number of chil-
dren without school facilities in the districts near the school, a large
number were not enrolled because there was no room for them.
Although not included in the budget of the normal school, registration
was opened for afternoon classes in the assurance of the students’ will-
ingness to serve. Thus nine primary classes met during the whole
year; senior students generously took charge of these classes and
carried out a praiseworthy piece of work. The problem again pre-
sented itself this year and was solved in the same way; seven classes
are taught by students who, as last year, receive no remuneration.
The kindergarten students rendered a similar service by establish-
ing afternoon divisions in several kindergartens. The students have
also organized a cultural institution under the name of ‘People’s
University,” which has charge of a night school for workingmen.
A service of home visitors has been established in order to teach
hygiene of the home, child hygiene and moral hygiene in the homes
of the poor children who attend this schoo] and live near by. Some
handicrafts, cooking, and laundering are also taught. The school
has opened extension classes in machine embroidery, millinery, cut-
ting and fitting, ete., which are attended by more than 200 women of
the neighborhood having relatives in the school.
Last year six essays were submitted in a competition on the follow-
ing topics:
a. The project method.
b. In what practical and effective manner ought students to aid
workingmen and the rural population in their present efforts toward
betterment?
The new spirit in education which is so evident in the reorganiza-
tion of the normal schools shows itself also in other branches of instruc-
tion, and gives promise of notable educational advances in Mexico
during the next few years.
CITY AND REGION
T is now many years since landscape planning or designing began
to be practiced in a limited way. The pioneer books discussed
the laying out to best advantage of private estates, parks, and
grounds on which educational and other public institutions were
to be located. Then came the planning of the central part of a city,
in the form of a plaza, square, or other civic center in which to group
the principal public buildings. Later books discussed the replanning
of entire villages or towns, the emphasis, however, still being placed
on the municipal center. Later, cognizance was taken of the fact
that the city would, in expanding, spread over near-by land, that
outer area to which the name “‘twilight zone”’ was given, and efforts
were made to extend civic planning to include this zone. Finally,
during recent years, it has been found necessary to broaden the scope
still further, so as to include the region circumadjacent to the city
and immediately tributary thereto. Thus the ‘‘regional plan’’ came
into being.
But, in the view of Mr. Cyrus Kehr, author of the recent publica-
tion, A Nation Plan, the regional is still far from adequate, since it
ignores the following facts:
First: That should planning proceed so limited, every city would be surrounded
by a planned area outside of which would be a disregarded ‘‘no man’s land,”
left to develop, or not to develop, without direction and with no intelligent
relation to other areas.
Second: That many of the more serious defects in a city are to be remedied by
plans not for the city itself but for areas outside of it, areas in some cases a
considerable distance away.
Third: That no city can be brought to its best without the most complete
interrelation possible with all other cities of the nation; that for social and indus-
trial reasons each city needs the best possible communication with all other
parts of the nation and, indeed, of the world; that the fullest mental and spiritual
development of the people of any city can be attained only through such communi-
cation; and that for material or industrial advancement each city needs the best
possible facilities for the interchange of industrial products between all sections
of the nation and of the world.
Fourth: That the nation for its best development needs an approximately
even distribution of population to be sought by interrelating a large number of
places with a view to adapting them to city development, and that in the plan-
ning of a city first consideration must be given to this extended external
relationship.
1 4 Nation Plan, by Cyrus Kehr. Oxford University Press, American Branch. 1926.
270 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION
Fifth: That the most important and most costly physical service and one
which affects all interests, is transportation; that good external transportation at
low cost is essential to the prosperity of the local community; and that such
transportation can be provided to the local community only by arranging a
transportation system which embraces the entire country.
If, then, the most adequate city planning is in reality national
in scope, it is only logical to carry it one step further, since in the
words of Epictetus, ‘‘The philosphers * * * tell us that this
world is one city.” This idea is most interestingly developed in A
Nation Plan, already mentioned, the author’s arguments being sum-
matized in the following paragraphs:
Real human interest calls for the altruistic spirit. Selfishness must give place
to conduct based on a full appreciation of the fact of interdependence, since no
nation nor part of any nation can be brought to its best unless every other reaches
RELIEVING CITY
CONGESTION
Congestion in the city, A, in
this diagram, can best be
relieved by improvement
remote from that city. 1,
2,3, and 4 are highways.
The streets in A are con-
gested with highway ve-
hicles going between the
cities, Band C, Cand #,
Eand D, Dand B, Band
E,and Cand D. A belt
highway, 5, placed around
A will divert this through
traffic from A. But then
this traffic will continue to
burden the highways, 1,
2,3,and 4. This can be
remedied by building
highways along the dotted
lines, 6, 7, 8, and 9. A
highway on the dotted
line would by pass B and
D traffic.
From ‘‘A Nation Plan”
its highest development. This altruism must also include those who come after
us.
The highest human evolution, moreover, is impossible in the presence of
material and physical disorder, crudeness, and imperfection. Man, like any
other organism, can develop rightly only under suitable environment. - Where we
have excessive massing of population and consequent abnormal living conditions,
there are bred discontent, unrest, discord, strikes, riots, crime, and perverted
political activities.
National and world planning can be made a means to create among mankind
a broader humanitarian sympathy. ‘Thus can a people be led to see their nation
and the world as a whole and thus recognize that ail the inhabitants of the nation
and of the world should be regarded as neighbors and friends.
Furthermore, it must be recognized that the natural resources of the entire
world are not “unlimited and inexhaustible”’; and in this vital matter there
should be formulated a policy or program for world-wide cooperation in the
conservation of the world’s natural resources.
For long centuries, moreover, until only a hundred years ago, there was but
a limited degree of industrial development. During the last century, however,
there was an industrial unfolding equaling or surpassing all that of the thousands
of years preceding. <A ‘‘world plan” should prescribe action looking to the
CITY AND REGIONAL PLANNING DOAN
sharing of these industrial improvements, in order that all mankind may benefit.
thereby materially, and therefore participate in the social or human unfolding
which, as the next stage, should follow the universal utilization of industrial
inventions and discoveries for the social betterment of humanity. This material
and this social or human unfolding should be directed and encouraged by means
of a definite plan.
Such world-wide planning would bring into cooperation and fellowship a large
number of people of broad vision who delight in pioneering work for human
advancement. The study and educational effort associated therewith in each
country would stimulate and inspire to other civic effort. Furthermore, through
a world plan, the attention of civic workers in all countries would be directed
pe Michigan 9
{CHICAGO
Ny
\
leprae eis
OQ.CHAMPAIGN
“X49 PITTSBURGH
From “‘A Nation Plan”’
FRAME WORK OF THE NATION PLAN
This diagrammatic map is only for illustration of the triangular composition of the plan and does not show
places actually chosen to become “‘centers’’ connected by ‘“‘experimental lines.’’? Such choosing must be
preceded by extended study of many factors. The circles indicate belt railways and belt highways at
the centers.
to such work in progress or already accomplished in other countries. Wherever
there is a great dream into which are woven enthusiasm and creative genius, so
that it appeals to the imagination and leads men to apply themselves untiringly
through love of the task to make the dream a reality, that dream will serve
throughout the world as inspiration for other similar dreams.
The consequent mingling and interchange between the peoples of the world;
the material improvements; and the direction of thought to changes calculated
to afford better living conditions and more culture, which would come as a result
of the discussion, preparation and gradual execution of a world plan, would
tend to bring about the elimination of ignorance, superstition, and local hatred
and cause the growth of mutual acquaintance and esteem, while deepening and
broadening the love of one’s own country.
A world plan is therefore urged as one of the most promising means of estab-
lishing a logical working basis for world harmony and world peace.
NITED
az
U
By Matiupa PHILLuIPs,
Chief Statistician, Pan American Union
HE total value of the trade of the United States with the 20
Latin-American Republics for the calendar year 1926,
according to statistics compiled by the United States De-
partment of Commerce, amounted to $1,875,901,625, as
compared with $1,851,044,014 in 1925. The figures show an increase
in imports and a slight decline in exports as compared with the
previous year. Imports, amounting to $1,041,677,670, were $35,230,-
593 or 3.5 greater than in 1925, while exports, aggregating $834,-
223,955, were $10,372,982 or 1.2 per cent less than in the preceding
year.
The imports for the two years, by countries of origin, were as follows:
United States imports from Latin America
Increase
Countries 1925 1926 (++) or de-
crease (—)
Per cent
IVC xd COM wats SERS ee Sek a MA ae Siete hie 2 Va ean la oie ih ed eg een $178, 835, 454 $169, 368, 775 —O), 7}
(Grularte ma silat ee AN RT a eee tle bas tokens 11, 337, 683 14, 512, 318 +28. 0
Salad ore ee sian = yroen cae shore nett ibn eee ene ae Rene i Pam! 2, 328, 424 4, 237, 149 +82. 3
ROM GUTAS eres ee oer ce Gouna Sate Sete a Ae ee UTM Reed 8, 718, 969 8, 719, 834 —f-O89
SIN GT OU By eee tae et eee CEN Diane ei ey eee 6, 188, 436 5, 975, 837 —3.4
COSTAR CA eee ee ee eee ee ee 4, 791, 531 7, 052, 187 +47.1
TN AIT Art Satie pe ey ae eee eatin gue eee ae ESTE 6, 430, 796 5, 548, 522 —le}; (/
CO of ae in a ee eee cl CR an tS ete ea eu 261, 672, 858 250, 569, 693 <b?)
IDYorraubanoeyay ROWING. 52 oe 7, 646, 953 8, 072, 213 ai, 5
MFT Gy lec OE Sse ae Ut ge SE ese glenn 2, 060, 468 1, 379, 303 —33. 0
INorbhyAmmericanwEe pitblicssesne eae en eas 490, 006, 572 475, 435, 831 =2)9
INT eer timaied sr Necwek ee dads stoie Has te Re eal Ae eee lars 80, 169, 993 88, 137, 205 +9.9
IB OU WL airs Shes Tee oe Sie aelad it Soca ee meet eee uae a 84, 461 279, 986 +231. 4
JON EWA aga geass ong is ep pat nude Roya ON Es Atkins aM Ge eR po Menem Faves 221, 787, 803 235, 307, 073 +6. 0
Chile: Seine auc eens, see Te Bee ae 8 eh eee ge bei 88, 978, 286 81, 442, 281 —8.4
Colombia ® sae Ve LESAN a Pe wa ene liens Sha 63, 376, 084 90, 241, 676 +42. 3
NE CU OTE SASH DESI SINE uy Eee Ne 8, 700, 627 6, 757, 104 = 2203
(Bara gulay nls sew Skee een hoe hee e een he Oe eee mye cee 380, 476 540, 954 +42. 1
Tah ee eae gear St eg COUNNG: |. (Ailes ROS ame SOR Nhe) et OO 17, 278, 278 21, 796, 710 +26. 1
UU UL ye a SI it, Dae re tee Sg aee 16, 100, 470 18, 423, 243 +14. 4
IVICTIOZ UC] Cae te ea es ee Ce ELS OI meta ea 19, 584, 027 23, 315, 607 +19. 0
SouthpAunericanwkRepulblicsaua sea yee ner 516, 440, 505 566, 241, 839 +9. 6
otal@vabinyAan eri cassseeestees sereenee nn en pean: 1, 006, 447,077 | 1,041, 677, 670 —-3q0)
1 United States statistics credit commodities in considerable quantities, imported from and exported to
Bolivia and Paraguay via ports situated in neighboring countries, not to the Republics of Bolivia and
Paraguay but to the countries in which the ports of departure or entry are located.
272
UNITED STATES TRADE WITH LATIN AMERICA IN 1926 Dales
It will be seen that there were increases in imports from all the
countries, except Mexico, Nicaragua, Panama, Cuba, Haiti, Chile,
and Ecuador. The greatest actual increase was in the imports from
Colombia; the greatest percentage of increase was in the imports
from Bolivia. The greatest actual decrease was in the imports from
Cuba, and the greatest percentage of decrease was in the imports
from Haiti.
The exports for the two years, by countries of destination, were
as follows:
United States exports to Latin America.
Increase
Countries 1925 1926 (+) or de-
crease (—)
Per cent
TAKS LO) St Se eS a A ee ee ee ey $144, 716, 520 $134, 994, 164 —6:
(Guatemal awemeeece ee Nat os Se ae eee 9, 382, 196 11, 088, 204 +18.
Salley cll 0 remeron ele ae yt iene OD 98 ie ee see 9, 193, 916 9, 556, 521 =F35
U
1
9
FEL O TYG UL AG meee ee ee oe ae ey Meteosat ce eee ee ae 9, 571, 471 7, 540, 286 PAY
ING Cara glance canes se SL eek SE ae ese Saeee 7, 434, 539 6, 264, 272 Ili, 7
COSTAR Cae ® eee ene a ee ue eC ee een 6, 800, 819 6, 312, 416 — mal:
IDO TONG Ye See ee a ee re ee rere 28, 236, 418 32, 412, 669 +14. 7
Cull eee ae ee ae oS ea eee ae oe eee ae 198, 655, 032 160, 487, 680 —19.2
Doran aNCai IRONIC. ae seo b er asa e see eeeeyaoee | 17, 763, 696 14, 572, 376 —17.9
TE A Cie ee len ee ea ee | 18, 717, 583 | 10, 857, 427 —20.8
North American Republics........------------------- 445, 472,190 | . 394, 086, 015 is
FA O11 (il aera een eet ne nik mre ey yee Sete ta een 148, 758, 606 143, 574, 682 —3.4
TB HOUT yy ete Ns pe yee pak RN a A i eee ee epee 5, 088, 145 5, 162, 927 +1. 4
TB YE VAU LS ictal Us a lk eM ey SO sR a OU i See a 87, 461, 021 95, 449, 419 +9. 1
(@ rill CEA eS ee ea ee epee at Cyne ale eee resid 39, 273, 692 49, 043, 564 +24. 8
CW Olommlb aes eee rece eee Sane ahs NR nt Seasons 41, 376, 571 49, 282, 028 +19.1
TOD YO Voy 3 cS ae aM ORR a Oe RR ata he eg a ee, 1 6, 807, 624 4, 662, 159 Soleo)
DATA aya ee eee eel eee eed me SUE A Ean eae wee 902, 479 905, 407 -+-0: 2
TEX DUS ven eee erty ok a eee Ser PR a ED cee area nm pe ee re es 23, 029, 779 29, 352, 521 +27.4
Wrst ua yet ee ee ete ee, Sa Bee a eo eee 21, 269, 743 23, 015, 149 ate 2
AY GIONEVAUTE Es een ree el re eee 25, 157, 087 39, 690, 084 aie O
INOntheAIM er CANeEVe— U0 CS eee ee eee | 399, 124, 747 440, 137, 940 +10. 2
RotaleatineAim eri cae eee ena ne eee eee 844, 596, 937 834, 228, 955 17
1 United States statistics credit commodities in considerable quantities, imported from and exported to
Bolivia and Paraguay via ports situated in neighboring countries, not to the Republics of Bolivia and
Paraguay but to the countries in which the ports of departure or entry are located.
The above table shows that there were increases in the exports to
Guatemala, Salvador, Panama, Bolivia, Brazil, Chile, Colombia,
Paraguay, Peru, Uruguay, and Venezuela. Decreases are shown
in exports to Mexico, Honduras, Nicaragua, Costa Rica, Cuba, the
Dominican Republic, Haiti, Argentina, and Ecuador. The largest
actual increase as well as the largest percentage of increase was In
exports to Venezuela. The largest actual decrease was in exports
to Cuba and the largest percentage of decrease was in exports to
Ecuador.
ARGENTINA
Coneress oF Municrpauities.—The First Congress of Munici-
palities of Argentina met in Buenos Aires from November 15 to 20,
1926, under the auspices of the municipality of Buenos Aires.
Sections were formed on finances and insurance, public works and
supplies, and public health and charity. Nearly 200 municipalities
were represented.
FRUIT TRADE.—Due to the growing trade in native and foreign
fruits the Bureau of Agricultural Sanitation is increasing its activities.
Argentine fruits, including melons, grapes, and pears from Mendoza
and San Juan; pears and apples from Rio Negro; cherries, apples,
peaches, and oranges from the Delta, all command good prices in
London and New York markets. The agricultural sanitary bureau
expects to put into operation a disinfection chamber of the vacuum
type for the disinfection of cottonseed from those countries where
the weevil exists. The following tables show exports and imports
in fruits, vegetables, and plants for the years 1924 and 1925, and for
nine months of 1926:
IMPORTS
Jan. 1-Sept.
1924 1925 30, 1926
Kilograms Kilograms Kilograms
Hr esheiniiieeses ete tas er ae ee AE eee ee ee 61, 396,889 | 70, 939, 392 71, 106, 009
ID Yes LeRoy es Se ee Rta GE al ON Dn Lie ieee che 2,771, 526 3, 728, 329 2, 023, 797
Mreshever tables seawaie eceee cut Sate ken en eee 1, 674, 593 10, 309, 014 2, 445, 705
ROCA TORS Re eee See ee ae ei ano eet Spurl este yng re ee ae 581, 965 14, 655, 985 527, 940
HTC CELE SUITES See ee oe ee ne ae rn Ue ae ae Nc wie ae eben 10, 622,626 | 19, 512, 848 10, 729, 217
Plantsx(Units) pss ee ee ee a ee 476, 813 510, 245 212, 310
EXPORTS
CREST UU GS els et eae ee te ere at eek ey Be 38, 169, 540 | 5, 844, 693 5, 764, 892
ET eESH VEZ tal lesan eee tears AI im ea Os Oe I cE tee tee 764, O17 | 868, 924 1, 582, 932
TP OCATOCS Sake = occ JR Se ee ech Sa ee py pan re Seta 62, 723,680 | 32, 704, 447 61, 559, 466
ONTO GMOS TIMES sc ce er soe DO ew sake ihe sta ene Read 984, 240 1, 161, 818 1, 273, 964
IPA GSE (UGS) A= esc eee nee ER atti ee deay a Neonat 504 468, 601° 79, 781
TouRING ChuB TO BUILD NEW ROAD.—The Argentine Tourmg Club
resolved in a recent meeting to construct a new paved highway from
Buenos Aires through Rosario to Cérdoba. To finance the under-
taking the club resolved to create a highway fund to which the
national government and the provincial governments of the Provinces
of Buenos Aires, Santa Fé, and Cordoba, as well as the Government
274
AGRICULTURE, INDUSTRY, AND COMMERCE 275
Petroleum administration and private oil interest have promised
support. Plans for this road were approved by Congress in 1923.
It is estimated that the cost of such a highway, 755 kilometers
(about 470 miles) in length and 200 meters wide, will be 33,000,000
pesos, including the up-keep for the first five years. The highway
will parallel the railroad, giving a much needed means of access to
the capital from the provinces.
FIVE NEW OMNIBUS LINES.—The Anglo-Argentine Tramways Co.
of Buenos Aires in December and January opened five new omnibus
lines for traffic in the capital. The busses, built in Argentina, have
seats for 26 passengers.
New AIRPLANE FACTORY.—The first national airplane factory is
to be established in the city of Cérdoba, where the corner stone of
the building for this new industry was laid on November 10, 1926.
It is expected that the factory will be completed in a year and that
soon thereafter the Government will begin the manufacture of planes.
BOLIVIA
PROPOSED MATCH FAcCTORY.—A Swedish match company has
presented a proposal to the Bolivian Government asking for the
exclusive right to manufacture, import, export, and sell matches in
the Republic.
AGRICULTURAL scHooL.—In the Province of Charcas an element-
ary practical school of agriculture and livestock breeding has been
established.
New customHousE.—A customhouse was recently established in
the city of Cochabamba to take care of the trade between the depart-
ment of that name and the Departments of Santa Cruz and El Beni.
Approximately 250,000 bolivianos will be spent on the construction of
this customhouse.
AUTOMOBILE SERVICE.—A proposition has been approved by the
Bolivian Government for a concession to establish an automobile
and truck service between Puerto Ballivian and Trinidad. This
contract provides for the free transport of mail bags between the towns
named. Public functionaries who make the journey for official
purposes will be carried at half rates. Every six months the Govern-
ment will pay the contractor in advance the sum of 6,000 bolivianos
on condition that the service given is satisfactory. The period of
the contract is for five years.
BRAZIL
Second VEGETABLE O1Ls ConGress.—Many of the Brazilian
States have stated their intention of sending delegates and samples
of their vegetable products to the Second Oils Congress, which will
take place in S40 Paulo in May, 1927. As Brazil has many oil-pro-
276 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION:
ducing plants, the congress should give profitable results. The exec-
utive committee has resolved to work for the establishment, in the
department of industrial chemistry of the Sao Paulo Polytechnic
School, of a section devoted to the study of oil-bearing substances
and their by-products, to which purpose all the funds left after
the close of the Congress will be devoted. Federal and State Govern-
ments, as well as heads of industries, will be asked to Conn De to
the laboratory in question.
RAILROAD ELECTRIFICATION.—The Sao Paulo Railroad Co., due to
the benefit derived from the electrification of several sections of its:
line, has decided to electrify 80 kilometers more between Sao Carlos
and Rincaio. It has contracted with an American company for three
electric engines for passenger trains, and complete equipment for
two conversion substations. With the new section the total distance
electrified will be 214 kilometers, with five substations.
WaTER SupPLY.—On November 11, 1926, an improvement to the
water supply of Rio de Janeiro was put into public service. The
Maracané pumping station has been rebuilt and provided with four
pumps to provide sufficient water for the higher sections of the city
and during droughts.
Hicuways.—According to the message of the President of the
State of Sergipe that State now has 223 kilometers of highway ready
for traffic. Some of the sections of highway were constructed by
private enterprise with assistance from the State.
It was expected that by January, 1927, work would be completed
on the highway from Sao Paulo to the city of Braganca by way of
Juquery and Atibaia.
In the State of Pernambuco a 50-kilometer highway was opened
from Ouricury to Petrolina with a branch road to the municipality
of Boa Vista making connections with the municipalities of the
bordering States.
CHILE
EXPoRTS AND IMpPORTS.—The Government monthly Statistical
report for October, 1926, gives the following amounts for the leading
imports and exports of staple merchandise for the first nine months
of 1925 and 1926, only the most important being here cited:
|
| January to September, 1926 | January to September, 1925
Merchandise |
Quantity Value Quantity Value
| :
OS : Pesos Pesos
SHY ONO S Seer eee meet ae tat ence ees cane aA kilos__| 5, 736, 457 15, 316, 622 2,911, ae 8, 724, 870
Shee planes PC ei Uae eye Be ie units__ 436, 529 10, 048, 369 81, 244 2, 024, 121
Caitlereeets sli Tao Sai ee te domes 108, 679 42, 396, 982 9, 644 2,416, 953
Ri CORRES SONS eh ee eee ec ea kilos__| 15,468,617 | 15, 352, 551 13, 378, 523 15, 561, 669
INTO TOT} CATs Saas eee units__} 648 6, 327, 343 529 5, 769, 141
DUP AT SCSe serene aenieh tees eens kilos__| 97, 991, 366 37, 965, 851 77, 675, 815 46, 464, 180
IBOTIZIING ming te eons see ae ules cee Ne avai Mn Gozeas |p 18563142 5, 561, O11 6, 159, 543 2, 573, 895
AGRICULTURE, INDUSTRY, AND COMMERCE Di
January to September, 1926 | January to September, 1925
Merchandise =
Quantity Value Quantity Value
IMPORTS—Ccontinued iPesos | ‘Pesos
COT CC a ee ee ln eS IS kilos__ 2, 991, 583 9, 497, 746 3, 162, 730 10, 268, 373
CO al ee eS ei ne ee es Shoes tons__ 104, 572 5, 877, 291 137, 784 6, 119, 040
Cement ese eee ee aD eee Ses kilos_- 64, 809, 008 | 7, 870, 184 39, 219, 298 4, 776, 240
ID VN AMI Peas ees eran MeN Sees OP doza== 1, 995, 305 10, 085, 757 2, 686, 853 7, 553, 100
NTRS IN C tae, OT yee re dole 9, 993, 688 5, 143, 669 5, 370, 918 9, 237, 333
BAT ROME Seen es sense See eee do_._-| 22,269, 880 8, 671, 298 17, 498, 485 2, 902, 884
Pins Ikon) OCP soos soeseed sq. meters__ 1, 800, 109 7,422, 917 1, 770, 410 4, 001, 187
Osnaburgssesseie ets es eee es kilos_-_ 1, 192, 909 6, 321, 641 1, 165, 173 7, 533, 057
IETIMTIN gap ap Che eee eee eee eee dos=== 17, 825, 109 11, 202, 399 12, 991, 473 9, 323, 472
BRS EDTrep LTD avj Kee eee ec ns ame does= 5, 851, 755 5, 318, 675 5, 650, 020 6, 448, 236
Crudespetroleumes 2 ee tons_- 586, 675 47, 972, 041 652, 060 47, 713, 194
HS Seah ot Sate See her Meee Ie eae SS kilos_- 24, 360, 896 62, 227, 528 20, 470, 298 34, 560, 264
Nea ese Soe ene nee ee ee doze. 1, 852, 978 12, 753, 798 1, 608, 765 9, 869, 661
Paraguayan tea (yerba maté)___._---_--- dome 4, 329, 862 7, 894, 073 3, 200, 515 3, 548, 700
EXPORTS
Oats seer ee ae Se Sse ee kilos_- 68, 827, 949 16, 908, 530 32, 574, 496 9, 911, 058
TEXT = Get eo a ee ee do__-| 25,030,822 | 15,018,494 | 30,299,659 | 18, 460, 206
IrOZenumMea tanec se aan ene ees dosse= 14, 338, 227 22, 847, 496 16, 651, 182 26, 329,401
1B OTR DN ses ee Se ee ee dona 85, 152, 549 24, 170, 694 40, 298, 665 17, 830, 326
IBATACOD DET = ssn ee le SNR OI oe do___-; 141, 508, 695 297, 398, 195 116, 163, 093 263, 814, 066
Sheepskin Spiess ase as aks eee ola dos=== 4, 239, 878 6, 788, 966 WP BU 3, 536, 175
TON (Bs he 3s ee a ae a a ie ee ee ieee domes 8, 870, 045 7, 013, 033 11, 888, 860 8, 437, 740
INViO OSE apaeee se oie eo a ee ee eee dole 10, 495, 915 35, 669, 068 11, 780, 488 57, 604, 626
Went ils emotes etre eee eene eee do____| 9, 649, 505 6, 645, 937 6, 898, 996 6, 744, 834
(OAOF OY OYEVE OS eS se eta dos 61, 023, 898 7, 926, 798 55, 574, 608 6, 979, 722
GON. Ol RS sa es eae oe ere ed tons_- 1, 084, 371 9, 484, 130 839, 292 26, 692, 422
Gold¥platesdust,onbarse==- 222. --—--=— grams__| 30, 000, 000 GONOG4 G90 cP sieen Le wa wee eee
INGA CMR ie eres. See ee metric quintals__| 11,372,124 | 474, 653, 799 16, 125,495 661, 894, 257
Wheat____- Ns RM lars. la ated a oe kilos__| 27, 123, 064 15, 252, 398 | 134, 745, 874 64, 781, 535
OGTR CRA ee er re gre elt PS Re a doses. 762, 875 64, 433, 500 452,013 46, 749, 993
SHALE o1n.—Our valued colleague, Chile, reports in its issue for
last November that enormous deposits of petroliferous shale in the
Lonquimay valley near the headwaters of the Bio-Bio river are about
to be developed by American capital and technical methods. An
initial test carried out by experts, using the retort process which is
to be employed in the treatment of the shale, yielded approximately
54 gallons of light high-grade oil from a ton of shale; and even better
results are anticipated when the operations are perfected. Com-
petent geologists of various nationalities have reported unanimously
as to the vast extent of the shale deposits of Lonquimay and the
possibility of successfully exploiting them commercially. It has
been authoritatively stated that from them can be produced all the
petroleum which can be consumed in the southern half of South
America for several generations.
SALE OF NITRATE LANDS.—Law No. 4094 of September 21, 1926,
provides for the sale at public auction within two years of certain
nitrate lands belonging to the Government, a minimum price for
each parcel to be fixed by a commission of three experts. Of the
proceeds of the sale, 1,500,000 pesos will be expended in investigations
of the Soronal nitrate field and 9,000,000 pesos for the purchase of
equipment and supplies for the Iquique-Pintados Railroad. Any
excess over 71,000,000 pesos received from the sale will be devoted
to the construction of a branch railway in the nitrate fields, and in
278 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION >
various amounts to the following purposes: Five hundred thousand
pesos for assistance to men out of work because of the depression in
the nitrate and coal industries; 2,000,000 pesos for a laboratory to
carry on investigations concerning nitrate and coal; 500,000 pesos
additional funds for the new building of the boys’ secondary school
in Antofagasta; 2,000,000 pesos for Government aid to workers’
cooperatives in the nitrate zone; a similar sum for various educa-
tional institutions; and 900,000 pesos for the expenditures entailed
by the execution of this law.
CHILEAN wiNeEs.—The following paragraph is quoted from an
article reproduced in The South Pacific Mail for November 11, 1926:
The area devoted to grapes in Chile now exceeds 250,000 acres. It has lately
been extended to the southern province of the Malleco, and some recently estab-
lished vineyards near the towns of Victoria and Traiguén are proving remarkably
successful. There are now about 160,000 individuals employed in the Chilean
wine industry; the average yearly production exceeds 100,000 gallons, while
the total invested capital is estimated at £40,000,000. The newest methods
have been adopted, the most up-to-date machinery and appliances utilized, and
the wines are stored while maturing in deep, cool bodegas of so extensive a capacity
that they are exceeded only by some of the largest French wine-producing estab-
lishments. * * * New plant stock has been imported from France. * * *
Chile has become one of the great contributors of delicate wines, which in South
America realize as high a price as the best imported from Europe.
COLOMBIA
TELEPHONES AND TELEGRAPHS.—In his message read_ before
Congress on August 5, 1926, the President gave the following in-
formation on communications:
The telephone and telegraph system which on June 1, 1922, totaled 21,527
kilometers, at the date of this message covers 25,039 kilometers. The telegraph
lines have 777 offices, of which 569 also serve as post offices. The number of
telegrams sent during the year has increased from 1,484,103 in 1907 to 5,400,338
in 1925.
The wireless stations of Las Palmas at Medellin, Las Delicias at Barranquilla,
and that at Ciicuta were installed during 1925 and the first part of 1926, being
operated according to contract by the Marconi Co. Secondary stations are to
be established at Barrancabermeja, Cali, San Andrés, Manizales, Pasto, and
Quibd6, the station at Bucaramanga being already set up.
A broadcasting service is to be established in the capital which will furnish
programs of concerts, lectures, and general information.
ForEIGN TRADE.—The President gave the following figures on
foreign trade in his message to Congress read on August 5, 1926:
In 1915 the total imports amounted to 17,840,619 pesos and the exports to
31,579,131 pesos, of which latter the coffee exports accounted for 18,278,631
pesos. In 1920 the imports amounted to 101,397,906 pesos, and exports to
771,017,729 pesos, of which coffee exports represented 36,328,333 pesos, showing
an unfavorable trade balance of 30,380,177 pesos. In 1922 imports amounted
to 44,148,024 pesos and exports to 52,731,477 pesos, of which latter coffee was
AGRICULTURE, INDUSTRY, AND COMMERCE 279
valued at 36,291,812 pesos. In 1925 imports totaled 85,829,707 pesos and
exports 84,363,382 pesos, coffee exports being 66,579,916 pesos. The unfavor-
able trade balance of the year 1925 is explained by the large orders of foreign
goods placed for national, departmental, and municipal public works. * * *
ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT, DOCKS, AND OIL PIPE LINE.—The Colom-
bian Legation in Washington has furnished the following information:
The Municipal Council of Bogoté has voted an appropriation of 370,000
pesos for the purchase of electrical equipment for the extension of the street rail-
way system of the capital, and is considering the purchase of the two electric
power plants in the capital.
At the request of the Municipality of Barranquilla plans have been prepared
by a corporation for the construction of two large docks for the port of Barran-
quilla, which will become necessary when the Boca de Ceniza is dredged. One
of these docks, to be four times as large as that of Puerto Dorado, will acecommo-
date 20 vessels of 10,000 tons, while the other will have space for 30 river boats from
the Magdalena. The cost is estimated at about 4,000,000 pesos, as the docks
are to be provided with electricity for lighting and for operating loading
cranes and with two 600,000-gallon water tanks.
The Government has approved plans submitted by the Andian Company for
the construction of accessory oil pipe lines which will increase by 50,000 barrels
daily the transportation capacity of the Andian pipe-iine system between Barran-
cabermeja and Cartagena Bay.
PEARL FISHERIES.—On the 1st of December, 1926, the pearl-
fishing season ended on Colombian coasts with a yield of over 82,000
karats of pearls, bringing a governmental revenue of 246,000 pesos.
Many foreign buyers arrived in the country to offer bids, which
were considered by the Government official in charge of the sale.
COSTA RICA
PAVING OF STREETS.—A petroleum sprinkler, a 12-ton steam roller,
and other equipment for street paving were recently purchased by
the city of San José.
AUTOMOBILE sTaTISTICS.—The traffic bureau recently reported
that there are now 745 automobiles in San José.
CUBA
PRODUCTION OF ALCOHOLIC BEVERAGES.—The National Statistical
and Economic Reform Commission has prepared an interesting re-
port on the production of beer and liquors in the Republic during
the year 1925. According to figures quoted from this report the
production of alcoholic beverages amounted to 48,689,083 liters, of
which 42,837,702 liters represent the product of three beer factories
in Habana, the remaining 5,851,381 liters being rum and other liquors.
Imports of beer amounted to 1,988,328 liters, valued at $714,577;
and imports of liquors to 1,736,109 liters, valued at $1,550,519.
(Courtesy of the Cuban Embassy in Washington.)
280 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION
Sugar propuction.—According to statistics the 1925-26 sugar
exports and stock on hand, up to November 30, 1926, compared with
figures for the same period of 1925, were as follows:
1925 1926
Bags Tons Bags Tons
EXO RUSE nek se ey ee ee 32, 553, 321 4,650, 744 | 31, 032, 601 | 4, 433, 228
Siok Om lnewacGl 25 8 2, 044, 832 292, 119 1, 579, 154 225, 593
President Machado, at the suggestion of the Secretary of Agri-
culture, has published a decree stating that the production of all the
sugar mills for the 1926-27 crop must not exceed 4,500,000 tons of
sugar, the reduction for each mill being made according to the esti-
mates prepared by the Secretary of Agriculture. (Courtesy of the
Cuban Embassy in. Washington.)
EXTENSION OF THE MALECON.—The work of extending the Ha-
bana malecoén, or sea wall, is progressing rapidly. Already a hundred
meters of the double foundation posts have been completed. Plans
are now being made for the construction of a concrete building hav-
ing three floors, in which will be located the offices of the captain of
the port, the sanitary inspectors, port police, and other officials.
(Courtesy of the Cuban Embassy in Washington.)
Exports OF MINERALS.—According to the statistical division of
the Treasury Department of Cuba, mineral exports for the last six
months of 1926 were as follows in quantity and value:
Product | Tons Value
z |
Asphaltuina sie 2a Ona mene 80a eee chee ake | 7, 058 $46, 442
(OD Tea re a Se es melee Mince a SS ein al | 10, 5380 - 223, 294
SUT Yao Ses Fa Seg a PCN alo ole pes Be ee coe | 242, 028 (5s B32
Vt Ta TN SS Ce oe Ae so ore SS ea ie es Sa Op CMA 43, 184
ARG tala iG Pana: Ase ee econ Sa | 267, 327 1, 070, 752
The above-mentioned products were exported in their totality to
the United States. (Courtesy of the Cuban Embassy in Washington.)
CoMMERCE IN 1925.—The total imports for the year 1925, as given
by the Treasury Department of Cuba, represent $297,324,477,
while the exports for the same year amount to $353,984,156, the
latter figure exceeding the former by $56,659,679. The total foreign
trade of the Republic for 1925 therefore amounted to $651,308,633.
(Courtesy of the Cuban Embassy in Washington.)
AGRICULTURE; INDUSTRY, AND COMMERCE 281
DOMINICAN REPUBLIC
IMPROVEMENTS FOR RADIO STATION.—New equipment has been
received by the Minister of Promotion and Communications for the
radio station of Santo Domingo. With this new installation direct
communication with New York, 1,225 miles distant, can be established
as well as with other stations within a radius of 1,500 miles. <A
concrete building will be constructed to house this new station.
The old equipment from Santo Domingo will be used to establish a
radio station in Puerto Plata. The town of Sanchez will also be
provided, in the near future, with a low-power station.
ECUADOR
Boarp or Cratms.—A board has been created in Quito by the
post-office department to study and adjust any claims regarding the
payment of duties on goods imported through the mail. This board
will be composed of the Postmaster General, the Secretary General,
and the Chief of the International Section of Posts, with a local
merchant acting as the fourth member. The duties ascribed to this
board, and the decisions rendered by it, will have the same binding
effect as those of the Customhouse Board of Claims.
TOWARD THE DEVELOPMENT OF AGRICULTURE.—Dr. Francisco
Banda, attaché of the Ecuadorean Legation in Washington, D. C.,
who recently returned to his native country with the Kemmerer
Commission, took with him a valuable collection of seeds of various
plants obtained from the United States Department of Agriculture,
and unknown in Ecuador, and presented them to the Government for
experimental purposes. These seeds include a special tobacco from
the Philippines and cotton seeds. Doctor Banda also took to the
Ecuadorean Agricultural Department seven films representing differ-
ent phases of agriculture and industry. Three of these films cover
the cotton industry, two depict the sugar industry, one the manufac-
ture of paper, and another the construction of roads. These films will
be exhibited in the schools and agricultural centers of the Republic. |
Om ix Ecuapor.—Recent reports from Ecuador state that a
British petroleum company contemplates an active drilling campaign
in that Republic. The company has purchased a 300-ton boat to
run between Guayaquil and Santa Elena Bay.
GUATEMALA
Water worKks.—Authorization was recently given for the con-
struction of the works necessary to provide the city of Coban with
289 THE PAN AMERICAN’ UNION
drinking water. The water works of the city of Rabinal have been
completed and were publicly inaugurated on November 22, 1926.
PROJECT FOR THE CONSTRUCTION OF WORKMEN’S HOUSES.—On
November 12, 1926, President Chacén issued a decree providing for
the construction of a workmen’s community called La Concordia on
government property in the outskirts of Guatemala City. Lots will
be given free, but the type of house to be erected will be subject to reg-
ulation. Should the decree be approved by Congress, a commission
will be chosen to formulate and carry out detailed plans.
RAILWAY PROGRESS.—It was reported that the first shipment of
electric cars for the Los Altos Railroad arrived from Germany on Octo-
ber 28,1926. All the electric machinery for the road has been installed,
rails are being rapidly laid, and only works of minor importance remain
to be completed.
HAITI
TEXTILE TRADE OF Harti.—Textile fibers and manufactures
thereof accounted for almost 40 per cent of the total imports of all
classes of merchandise into Haiti during the fiscal year ended Sep-
tember 30, 1925, the actual figures being 40,322,201 gourdes
($8,064,440) out of a total importation valued at 101,187,825 gourdes
($20,237,565). Of the total textile imports, valued at $8,064,440, the
United States supphed $6,002,164 worth, or 74.4 per cent, and the
United Kingdom followed with $1,344,410, or 16.7 per cent. France
was third with $397,402 to its credit. Germany, Italy, and the
Netherlands are other sources of Haitian textile trade. (Commerce
Reports, December 27, 1926.)
BroapcasTInG.—Since the inauguration, several months ago, of
the radio broadcasting station at Port-au-Prince regular evening
programs have been broadcast every Friday and educational pro-
erams every Saturday morning. The two services of the Haitian
Government intimately connected with the broadcasting features are
the Techuical Service of the Department of Agriculture and the
Hygiene Service, both of which provide lectures of special interest
and benefit to the people in general. These lectures are given in the
simplest language and are delivered by the same announcer in order
that the public may become familiar with his voice.
Wuarr at Sr. Marc.—One of the largest projects undertaken and
completed by the Public Works Service last year was the construction
of the concrete wharf at St. Mare. This structure consists of a con-
crete platform supported on reinforced concrete piles. It is the
most substantial coastwise wharf in the Republic and was in no
way damaged by the very high seas in the bay of St. Marc resulting
from the hurricane which visited Cuba last October. (Bulletin of
the Recewer General, October, 1926.)
AGRICULTURE, INDUSTRY, AND COMMERCE 283
MEXICO
METAL PRODUCTION IN 1926.—The Bureau of Mines of the National
Department of Industry, Commerce, and Labor furnished the follow-
ing figures on metal production to the press:
Metals produced from January 1 to September 30, 1926, were as follows: Gold,
17,582 kilograms; silver, 2,159,995 kilograms; lead, 153,676,251 kilograms; cop-
per, 36,523,035 kilograms; and zinc, 70,502,291 kilograms. Compared with the
_ production of the first nine months of 1925 the production of 1926 shows a reduc-
tion of 3.14 per cent in gold, an increase of 4.04 per cent in silver, an increase of
17.89 per cent in lead, 11.07 per cent in copper, and 225.82 per cent in zinc.
TEXTILE SALES IN 1926.—<According to a report of the Treasury
Department the following movement took place in 1925-26 in the
national textile industry:
The sales of cotton textiles for the first half year from November 1,
1925, to April 30, 1926, amounted to 41,136,380.97 pesos, while the
sales in the second half year from May 1 to October 31, 1926, amounted
to 43,695,418.13 pesos. Sales of mixed cotton and wool textiles
amounted to 446,943.64 pesos in the first half year and to 691,552.46
pesos in the second half year.
PRODUCTION AND CONSUMPTION STATISTICS.—The Ninth General
Assembly of the Chambers of Commerce of Mexico approved a
suggestion of the Chamber of Commerce of San Luis Potosi to
formulate statistics of production and consumption. The plan is
to furnish all chambers of commerce with a register of the heads of
mining companies and industries, agriculturists, and business and
professional men; and to establish a permanent statistical service on
supply and demand, transportation and business conditions and
opportunities.
First Nationa Forestry Concress.—The Union of Profes-
sional Foresters issued a call in December to the First National
Forestry Congress to be held early in the year 1927. The union
states in its invitation that it hopes to institute the prectice of
holding yearly congresses for the benefit of forestry work and
policies. |
LONG-DISTANCE TELEPHONE SERVICE.—On December 138, 1926,
the long-distance telephone from Mexico City to Querétaro was
opened for service with an exchange of messages over 270 kilometers
of distance between the Secretary of Communications of the Mexican
Government and the Governor of the State of Querétaro. Later
long-distance communication will be opened with the United States
and Canada.
PANAMA
New HOTEL FoR PanaMa.—Plans are under way for the construc-
tion of a modern hotel with 150 rooms to be built in Panama City.
29141—-27—Bull. 3 6
284 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION
Well-known business and professional men both of Panama and of
the United States resident in Panama are interested and are included
on the organization committee.
NORWEGIAN COLONISTS ARRIVE.—Twenty-eight Norwegian agri-
cultural colonists provided with agricultural implements arrived in
Panama Bay last November, there awaiting permission of the
Government to establish a colony in the Province of Darien or in
the Pearl Islands. They also asked a loan from the Government,
10 hectares of land each, and a free market for what they choose to
raise. In return they agreed to become Panaman citizens and
accept suggestions from the Government which are beneficial to the
colony. (Panama Central Information Office, November 15, 1926.)
COLON MUNICIPAL BUILDING.—The city of Colon is to have a new
municipal building costing $80,000 to replace the old structure.
The National Assembly of Panama has authorized the Municipal
Council of Colon to contract a loan of $80,000 for the construction
of the new building. (Panama Central Information Office, Novem-
ber 15, 1926.)
PARAGUAY
COLONIZATION OF THE CHAco.—Within a short time 15 families
from southern Russia will arrive to settle on lands in the Chaco.
Should these families succeed in their. agricultural pursuits, 4,000 or
5,000 more will immigrate to become citizens of Paraguay.
MENNONITE COLONIZATION.—By a decree of October 29, 1926, the
Paraguayan Corporation was recognized as a colonizing body repre-
senting the Canadian Mennonites. Three hundred colonists have
already arrived and it is reported that 1,500 more will follow.
Soin Tests.—In order to learn what crops may best be raised in the
Chaco, the Department of Agriculture has undertaken extensive
chemical soil tests of that region.
CULTIVATION OF CASTOR-OIL PLANT.—As a result of measures taken
by the Department of Agriculture to promote the cultivation of the
castor-oil plant a growing interest has been created, and according to
El nario of November 12, 1926, 6,000 kilograms (13,200 pounds) of
seed have already been purchased at the special price offered by the
Government. It is estimated that altogether some 10,000 to 12,000
kilograms of seed must have been sown, representing an area of 1,500
hectares (3,705 acres) under cultivation.
DistRIBUTION OF sEED.—According to a brief announcement of
November 17, 1926, 10,000 kilograms (22,000 pounds) of cottonseed
were distributed free of charge to the farmers of Elisa Colony and
neighboring lands.
ZOOTECHNIC Park.—Through the courtesy of donations by promi-
nent ranchers, the Rural Association of Uruguay recently presented
AGRICULTURE, INDUSTRY, AND COMMERCE 285
the Republic of Paraguay with a collection of animals representing
the best breeds of cows, sheep, pigs, and chickens produced in that
country; the collection will form the nucleus for a zootechnic park.
PERU
RoAD DEVELOPMENT.—The Chief Executive, in his recent message
to Congress, gives an interesting account of the development of road
construction during the year under review. Over 16,000 kilometers
(nearly 10,000 miles) of roads were under construction during this
period; 70 engineers were engaged in supervising the work, while the
construction material distributed was valued at 60,000 Peruvian
pounds. In the department of Piura notable progress was made on
the road leading from Huancabamba to the seacoast, and work also
progressed on the highways from Ayabaca to Quiroz, and from Sullana
to Morrop6n and to Santo Domingo. In the department of Amazonas
work will be commenced shortly on a road which, starting from Cha-
chapoyas, will terminate at some point on the coast. In the depart-
mentsof Loreto and San Martin roads are being built from Y urimaguas
to Moyobamba, and from Lamas to Chazuta, respectively. The
department of Cajamarca will shortly be united to the coast by means
of a road leading from the capital to Magdalena and Chilete, with
two branch roads to Chota and Celendin. Other roads under con-
struction in that department are those from Hualgayoe to Huamba-
marea and Llacllan; from Chilete to Contumaz4; Cajabamba_ to
Huamachuco; San Marcos to Cajamarca, and from San Miguel to
Pacasmayo. Practically all the other departments have also accom-
plished important work in highway construction. The department
of Ancash is the center of great activity; a central highway traversing
the entire department will be completed shortly. Special mention
should also be made of the highway from Pativilea to Chimbote,
forming an important section of the great coastal highway which
the Government proposes to construct along the entire littoral of
the Republic. In order that the country may appreciate the work
accomplished in the construction of highways, the Government has
prepared motion pictures showing the development of the highway
system throughout the Republic.
SALVADOR
CorrerE Exports, 1925-26.—The Director General of Statistics of
Salvador gave to the press the following figures on the exports of
coffee from October 1, 1925, to September 30, 1926, the total being
1,085,846 quintals of 46 kilos each, shipped as follows:
286
THE PAN AMERICAN UNION
I
Country Klos Per cent
Germanys os = a he oe ene, ee po 12, 493, 647 24. O1
J SY=) Ka U7 plenary Ie ay ngs sy Sei ST Scns Co Deer 526, 865 1. 05
(CPN 0 bam es Me eT es uel oe Vet hea ee yg Phe Ws 35, 414 . O7
C101 Fs aie Sea pe eae ey eae aI yee nia oe 433, 869 5 7
ly Ss EU ee ie ES ie ete a ee oR to 412, 020 ~82
Denmark: <2 coe See aes ep eae ed ee ees tae 557, 047 i, 2
NDAD 2 2 a cae ae ee ew See ey eat iie to Laxey, By! 2. 76
Hed NUL 0) OV aX =i siamese SF" a ae Sapeeey aa Ube rer a aes Peat 3, 508 . Ol
SENET 6 55s oe Sl Ia Aa PY ee ete earn oe SS 1, 947, 170 3. 90
Greats Brita este ahs Gees ere Sas eek ety Ge ain cle 188, 775 . 38
Vo eri ce teste Teg me ele ee ies eae noe 6, 145, 333 12. 30
Rta eere Se eee neh een st ate oe a a a eee eae 4, 707, O74 9. 42
aI EM Bb ma ety Spee leone al ee es age ie OS See 205 =| eee
INO LW, eee RINE ar ig ahe ape Bi lg ee I gr fa MOP 5, 045, 555 10. 10
fet OV2N ad: Hanes tan oe oe ra A Sea! Ragas were erie Re Ge 4, 699 . O1
SWC Cle ra aie elena ESM Ee ed aren: Wee sar tpar Nitra eR OOS iG 14. 03
WinntecdlyS Gates ei rcp cy pas et tees SiS ea ee ean ata 8, 6138, 153 17. 24
The exports for the previous season amounted to 32,730,780 kilos.
Civic ImprovEMENT Commisston.—The President on October 29,
1926, appointed a civic improvement commission to undertake the
construction of a highway connecting Coatepeque Lake with
El Congo. The commission will also construct a modern bathing
beach on the lake and a boulevard around it.
VENUSTIANO CaARRANZA Rapio Sratrion.—On November 18,
1926, the Venustiano Carranza Radio Station, presented by the
Mexican Government to Salvador and located in the capital, was
formally turned over to the President of Salvador by the Mexican
Minister. The Presidents and Ministers of Foreign Relations of the
respective countries exchanged messages on this occasion, and the
playing of the Mexican National Anthem brought the ceremony to
a close.
URUGUAY
HiGHway EXPENDITURES.—The National Council of Administra-
tion has approved a highway construction plan for the coming year
which involves the expenditure of 5,476,363 pesos. Of this sum,
186,000 pesos represents the resources voted for the purpose by
various laws, and the remainder is part of the funds provided by the
30,000,000-peso loan floated in the United States last April. Gen-
erally speaking, the plan calls for the completion of work already
begun and the realization of many new projects.
EXporTS OF ANIMAL PRODUCTS.—Exports of animal products
through the port of Montevideo from January 1 to October 1, 1926,
were as follows:
AGRICULTURE, INDUSTRY, AND COMMERCE 287
Articles | Iilograms Articles Units
| |
YY @G) [sae a ae os yl 38, 017, 476 | Dried pony skins_______ 5, 448
piGesht as se Soo ek on 20), 197, 083 || Capibara skins________ do COS)
INGEN Eas iy sh ee eee OI ees (111, 932) Olli7es re Wiroliisne litise see ec 918
ai eete aren ee ie ee | 11, 508, 83a MElorna (cattle) es aes 860, 983
Other products2= 222: = 22/1 ih, 900, 050
REGISTRATION OF DAIRY CATTLE.—In order to better enforce
regulations requiring the vaccination of all dairy cows against tuber-
culosis, a law has been passed providing for the registration of all
vaccinated cows with a photograph of each, the date, method and
result of its vaccination, and any other material deemed necessary
by the Government.
Dairy scHoou.—On October 29, 1926, an appropriation of 45,000
pesos for the construction and installation of a dairy school in the
Department of Colonia was authorized.
BETTER GARDEN CONTEST.—Important in awakening the interest
of the people to the value of improved surroundings was a garden
contest conducted during November in Montevideo. So many beau-
tiful and carefully attended gardens were entered that it was with
difficulty that the judges made the awards, which consisted of gold
and silver medals.
INAUGURATION OF ELECTRIC RAILWAY.—On December 16, 1926,
a 16-train daily electric car service from the capital to Santiago
Vasquez was inaugurated. It is expected that this will mean much
toward the further development of a fertile but little-known district
near Montevideo.
VENEZUELA
PETROLEUM PRODUCTION AND EXPORT.—The total production of
petroleum for the first eight months of 1926 was 22,333,726 barrels,
or 2,563,635 barrels more than the total for the year 1925, and salle
ingly large in comparison to the 17,789,403 barrels representing the
entire output prior to 1925. During the first eight months of 1926,
the La Rosa field made the largest production, amounting to 13,828,-
054 barrels. The largest monthly output, 3,114,179 barrels, took
place in August.
Exports from the Maracaibo Lake Basin during the third quarter
of 1926, amounted to 8,439,727 barrels, or about 45 per cent of the
1925 shipments and the exports for the first nine months of 1926
(24,071,790 barrels), exceeded those of the same period in 1925 by
11,710,839 barrels. (Commerce Reports, December 20, 1926.)
Ione, —Inports into La Guaira during July, Actes and Sep-
tember, 1926, were almost double those for the same period in 1925.
Conon headed the list of articles imported in large quantities, the
others being automobiles, electrical goods, hardware, lard, construc-
288 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION
tion materials, rice, glassware, potatoes, textiles, medicine, and
perfumes. Germany, Denmark, the Netherlands, Belgium, England,
France, and the United States were the chief contributors. (Com-
merce Reports, December 20, 1926.)
NaricuaL coau.—Important for possible service in saving the
national forests from destruction are the efforts recently made to
increase the use of Venezuelan coal. New apparatus consisting of a
loader, electric cutting machines, drills, pumps, ventilators, welders,
and winches representing a cost of 600,000 bolivars has been imported
from the United States and put into operation, effecting a subsequent
rise in the monthly production of the Naricual mines to 3,000 tons.
Various industries, including the Central Railway, have found the
use of Venezuelan coal satisfactory and the Chamber of Commerce
in Caracas has recommended its use in the home.
INAUGURATION OF PUBLIC WORKS.—Water works consisting of a
cement aqueduct 300 meters (984 feet) long and a reservoir of 100,000-
liter (26,500 gallons) capacity were inaugurated in Urachiche on De-
cember 19, 1926. On the same date electric light service was placed
at the disposal of the people of Quibor and Villa de Cura.
Mopet FrarmM.—In accord with a recent suggestion of the Chief
Executive, the president of the State of Faleén has issued a decree
providing for the creation of a model farm in that State to be used
for practice teaching in agriculture.
af AFFAIRS ° na 28
ARGENTINA
BraNcHEs OF Bank or THE Natron.—The Bank of the Argentine
Nation recently resolved to open two new branches, one in the
Department of Rivadavia in the Province of Mendoza, and the
other in Villa Angela in the National Territory of Chaco. Rivadavia
has about 25,000 hectares (1 hectare=2.47 acres) under vineyard
cultivation and 60,000 hectares in cereals, while Villa Angela has
31,000 hectares planted to cotton and cereals, both regions being
capable of further extensive development with proper credit and
banking facilities.
BOLIVIA
NEw BANK BUILDING.—The splendid new building recently com-
pleted in La Paz for the Banco de be Nacin Boliviana was inaugurated
last November.
ECONOMIC AND FINANCIAL AFFAIRS 289
COLOMBIA
Finances.—In his message read before Congress on August 5,
1926, the President gave the following figures on revenues:
The ordinary national revenues which in 1917 amounted to 138,859,395.49
pesos, and in the bonanza year of 1920 jumped to 29,526,313.97 pesos, in 1925
amounted to 46,239,636.28 pesos, having increased as shown below:
Pesos
NG RO) co EAS eo LCE deh eee len eae een a fae tee Te 21, 876, 558. 53
NL See ee Gh ene nh tae ees ORT She eye 33, 535, 104. 88
ILC ee fal Siig at te RO Socata Pepe pent at 33, 470, 338. 13
HE) 2. as ees tear eee es Jee ye ie on Rea na epee 46, 239, 636. 28
This table indicates an increase of 115 per cent within the four-year period.
During the first 180 days of 1926 the revenues amounted to approximately
25,000,000 pesos and will not be less than 50,000,000 pesos for the whole year.
It is well to note that in the total for 1925 the 475,000 pesos worth of national
bills burned were not included; these bills represented the profits of the Nation
in the Bank of the Republic for the year 1925.
Currency in circulation previously maintained within the limit of 10,000,000
paper pesos of obligatory currency, by June 30, 1923, amounted to 38,069,679.61
pesos, and on June 30, 1926, to 75,814,117.61 pesos, which, after the subtraction
of the gold reserves in the Bank of the Republic on the same date, shows an in-
crease of 65 per cent in three years. Gold coin in circulation on June 30, 1923,
amounted to 2,892,667.50 pesos; in 1924 to 7,825,932.50 pesos; in 1925 to
13,601,360 pesos and on June 30, 1926, to 15,522,610 pesos, or an increase of 436
per cent in three years.
The internal and foreign public debt, which amounted in 1922 to 48,236,221
pesos, has been reduced to 24,047,818.87 pesos as follows: Internal debt,
10,305,649.32 pesos, and foreign debt, 13,742,169.55 pesos, or a reduction of —
50 per cent in the four-year period.
The good effects of the banking law of 1923 were felt from 1924 on. The
gold reserves of the Bank of the Republic in June, 1924, amounted to 14,124,592.63
pesos, while on June 30, 1926, they amounted to 37,468,971.53 pesos, showing an
increase of 165 per cent in two years. Rediscounts which on June 30, 1924,
amounted to 3,205,801.71 pesos, on June 30, 1926, amounted to 11,703,090.03
pesos, or an increase of 233 per cent in two years. Private banks which on June
30, 1924, had total deposits of 28,007,074.18 pesos on June 30, 1926, had deposits
amounting to 48,108,264.44 pesos, or an increase of 71 per cent in two years.
Mortgage loans in the same banks on June 30, 1924, amounted to 14,541,406.78
pesos, while on June 30, 1926, they amounted to 58,620,225.92 pesos, or an
increase of 78 per cent, including similar loans made by the Agricultural
Mortgage Bank, which, on June 30, 1926, amounted to 2,915,423.17 pesos.
Monicrpauitry or Mrpetiin toan.—A_ $3,000,000 loan for the
Municipality of Medellin of the Department of Antioquia, dated
December 1, 1926, and running 25 years, was placed on the New
York market in January, 1927. The 7 per cent gold bonds of this
loan, which have an annual amortization of 2 per cent, were sold at
9314 and accrued interest.
COSTA RICA
New toan.—A loan of $8,000,000 in 7 per cent gold bonds dated
November 1, 1926, and due November 1, 1951, has been launched in the
290 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION
United States by Costa Rica. According to the announcement in the
Washington Post of December 28, 1926, the proceeds of the loan are
to be used to the extent of $5,900,000 to retire internal indebtedness,
effecting a considerable saving in interest, and the remainder for
productive public purposes.
DOMINICAN REPUBLIC
ReEevENvES.—The total revenues of the Dominican Government
from January 1 to September 30, 1926, were $6,938,356.57, as com-
pared with $6,413,789.67 during the same period of 1925. The
receipts from customs revenues for the above period were $3,526,744.13,
a decrease of $88,931.01 from the figures for the same period in the
previous year. The receipts from internal taxation. during the first
nine months of the year were $3,411,612.44, an increase of
$613,497.91 over the internal revenue collections for the similar period
in 1925.
HONDURAS
FIVE HUNDRED THOUSAND DOLLAR LOAN.—According to the United
States Commerce Reports for December 27, 1926, the Government of
Honduras has entered into a contract with American interests to build
a macadam roadway from Tegucig pelpa northeast to Juticalpa, a
distance of about 30 miles.
For this purpose the Government has issued $500,000 in bonds which have
been taken privately at $92 by the persons responsible for the building of the
road. According to the agreement, the Government will levy a road tax for the
retirement of the bonds. The work, which is to be carried through ona monthly
basis, is to be completed in 10 months. :
If the construction of this roadway is successful it is planned to have another
road issue of $2,000,000 under which the work will require 20 months at $100,000
monthly. The roads to be built under the second plan would run from San Pedro
Sula (on the Honduras National Railway) southwest toward Santa Barbara,
with a branch to Santa Rosa de Copin. That roadway, together with one from
Yuscaran, is figured to absorb one-half of the bond issue. The other roadway,
from Potrillos to Comayagua, will consume the remainder. :
BRAZIL
PROJECT FOR GOVERNMENT HOUSING.—In a bill introduced into the
Chamber of Deputies on November 25, 1926, for the purpose of
limiting to 20 per cent over the rate in force in August, 1926, the rise
in rentals of city or rural property, provision is made for the coopera-
LEGISLATION 291
tion of the Federal Government with States or municipalities in the
establishment of companies for the construction of cheap houses for
workmen. These houses would pay 12 per cent on the money in-
vested in their construction, the funds to be taken from the Savings
Banks and from an additional 1 per cent surtax on imports.
DOMINICAN REPUBLIC
Roap pouicE.—By virtue of a recent act of Congress a corps of
special road police has been created and placed under the jurisdiction
of the Minister of Promotion and Communications. The duty of
this new police force is primarily the enforcement of all road laws
and regulations.
MEXICO
— CxutupREeN’s Court.—On December 10, 1926, the President of the
Republic opened the first Children’s Court of the Federal District.
The Department of Libraries of the Ministry of Public Education
selected books to form a suitable library for the children who pass
through the court.
ELectricaL copre.—The technical regulations of the electrical
code of Mexico were published in the Diario Oficial on December 21,
1926. These regulations, which were signed by President Calles on
May 3, 1926, provide technical standards for electrical construction,
management and conservation of electrical installations already
existing or to be made in the Republic, and for the generation,
transformation, transmission, distribution, and utilization of electric
power.
INSURANCE COMPANIES.—The general regulations for the estab-
lishment and operation of insurance companies in the Republic of
Mexico, signed by President Calles on November 20, were published
in the Diario Oficial for November 30, 1926, and went into effect on
January 1, 1927.
SALVADOR
REGULATIONS FOR EMPLOYEES’ COMPULSORY SAVINGS FUNDS.—The
regulations for the Compulsory Savings Fund for Commercial
Employees provided for by article 8 of an act of May 29, 1926, are
published in the Diario Oficial of November 10, 1926. The fund is
to be administered by a board of directors elected by a majority of
the General Assembly, which is composed of all the registered deposi-
tors of savings. The depositors may withdraw their savings during
the period of accumulation in the following cases: When they
cease to be commercial employees; when unemployed for a month
292 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION
or more; and when absent from the country for six or more months.
In the case of the death of a depositor his savings will be handed
over to his heirs. The depositor may withdraw up to 50 per cent of
his savings in case of serious illness of himself, his wife or child, or the
death of either of the latter.
SANITATION, PAVING, AND WATER TAX REGULATION.—On Novem-
ber 6, 1926, the President signed the regulations for the sanitation,
paving, and water tax law of May 1, 1925. Article 5 of this law
provides for the increase of the water supply, the extension of the
sewer and drainage systems, and the paving of San Salvador. These
regulations were published in the Diario Oficial of November 11, 1926.
INTERNATIONAL SG
£ TREATIES 3:4@ 2
/ARGENTINA—COLOMBIA
TREATY OF EXTRADITION.—The treaty of extradition signed by the
representatives of Argentina and Colombia in Buenos Aires on August
28, 1922, was signed by the President of Colombia on July 24, 1926,
and thereafter given the sanction of Congress by act of November
10, published in the Diario Oficial of Colombia on November 12, 1926.
URUGUAY—BRAZIL
SUPPLEMENTARY PROTOCOL.—The Uruguayan Senate and House
of Representatives meeting in joint session on September 13, 1926,
approved the supplementary protocol of the extradition treaty,
signed with Brazil in Montevideo on December 7, 1921. ‘The Presi-
dent’s signature was affixed on September 17, 1926. (Diario Oficial,
Montevideo, September 23, 1926.)
URUGUAY—SALVADOR
ARBITRATION TREATY.—The arbitration treaty between Uruguay
and Salvador signed in Madrid on November 7, 1924, was ratified
by the Congress of Uruguay on September 13, 1926, and signed
by the President on September 17. (Diario Oficial, Montevideo,
September 23, 1926.)
RO aNDEDUCATION PS NI
ARGENTINA
New PRESIDENT OF THE NatTrionaL CouNcit or EpucATION.—
Dr. Enrique M. Mosca has been appointed president of the National
Council of Education, taking the place vacated by the resignation
of Dr. Luis R. Gondra.
BOLIVIA
ScHOOL STATISTICS.—According to the report of the Minister of
Public Instruction, the school statistics for the year 1926 were as
follows:
Num- | Num- | Num- | Average
Type of instruction ber of | ber of | ber of | attend-
schools | teachers) students} ance
Wimiviersityae du catiomee a ae eee mer 8 | 107 802 682
OSGiel! MinsimPUNC HOM oe ee ee 22 | WEY. 1, 913 1, 655
Secondary,education=. seas s ee 925 ei 27. | 403 | 4,213 3, 794
Federal primary education______________ 672 1,301 | 40, 595 35, 811
Municipal primary education___~_______ 381 | 708 | 24, 361 21, 836
Rrivate primary educationas.*2. esse = 8 298 | 509 | 17, 209 15, 226
Schools of religious orders______________- 224 | 224 | 3,801 3, ddl
“2DelecacomallyeischoOolSees] ses ee Zeal 23 855 769
PUG Grell seni sae ee ley Seen ees Mo EE ee a 1, 655 3, 452 | 93,749 | 83, 104
EXCHANGE OF PROFESSORS.—Negotiations are now under way for
the establishment of an exchange of professors between Argentina
and Bolivia. The Bolivian Minister of Public Instruction also plans
to propose a similar arrangement with the Government of Mexico.
NatrionaL GauLLery or Finer Arrs.—By virtue of a law promul-
gated on October 22, 1926, a committee and National Gallery of Fine
Arts and Archeology was created, under the direction of the Ministry
of Instruction, the purpose of the organization being to collect and
preserve objects of artistic and historic value, such as antiquities,
historical documents, furniture and other belongings of persons of
national prominence. All objects declared of historic interest by
the Fine Arts Committee can not be exported from the territory of
the Republic, sold or given away, without previous advice to and
consent of the committee.
RurauL scHoots ror Inprans.—A religious denomination has
established rural schools for Indian children in the communities of
293
294 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION
Pichari, Ainacha-jilata, Jachnata, and Jupe, in the Province of
Inquisivi.
BRAZIL
New Drrector or Pusuic INstruction.—On November 17, 1926,
Dr. Renato Jardim took office as Director of Public Instruction of
Rio de Janeiro, being welcomed into the post by Dr. Carneiro Ledao,
the former director.
ErcutH BrazitiANn GrocrapHy Concress.—The Eighth Brazilian
Congress of Geography met in Victoria, State of Espirito Santo, in
the latter part of November. The members of the Congress were
accorded every courtesy, both official and social, and visited many
schools, hospitals and other public institutions.
SCHOOL FOR DENTIST’S ASSISTANTS.—See page 304.
CHILE
CoRRESPONDENCE COURSE IN HYGIENE.—The Bureau of Health
Education has organized a correspondence course in hygiene, intended
especially for primary school teachers, with the hope of fostering
the development of health habits among the mass of the people.
Dr. Carlos Hurel, Chief of the School Hygiene Division, has been
charged with the task of preparing the lessons, with the assistance
of members of the Bureau of Health Education.
CoMMERCIAL AND INDUSTRIAL EDUCATION.—The following para-
graphs are excerpted from an article by Sefor F. Nieto del Rio in
the November, 1926, issue of Chile:
In 1924 the Government provided for commercial and industrial education
more than 1,000,000 gold pesos of 18d. in a general budget for public instruction
of 22,000,000 gold pesos.
In Santiago and other cities there are several industrial schools supported by
private funds; for instance, the workshops of St. Vincent de Paul give free prac-
tical instruction to over 300 poor children.
A new industrial preparatory school and university is in process of organiza-
tion in Valparaiso [due to the princely bequest of the late Sefior Federico Santa-
maria].
A course on the nitrate industry for postgraduates is given in the University
of Chile, Santiago. The Catholic University, also in Santiago, maintains a very
important practical school of agriculture, with experimental farms equipped
with all modern improvements.
In the Physical Institute courses are given in the applied arts and modern
trades. The Association for the Promotion of Industry (Sociedad de Fomento
Fabril) supports several schools of this kind, one of the most important of which
is the School of Ornamental Design.
Commercial education and instruction is given in the Government commercial
institutions. In 1924 they had a total registration of more than 5,000 students.
The principal schools, located in Iquique, Santiago, Valparaiso, Concepcidn,
Chillin, Talea, Antofagasta, and Temuco, are equipped with all modern facilities:
The founders and directors have, as a rule, studied in the United States or in
Europe.
PUBLIC INSTRUCTION AND EDUCATION 295
' Four agricultural schools prepare scientific farmers in as many cities, from
Santiago to Concepcién in the south. Another school specializing in arbori-
culture has been opened in Temuco.
Antofagasta and Iquique each have a nitrate school, while Copiapé and La
Serena, centers of the mining zone, are provided with mining institutes. Besides
the large trade school maintained for many years in Santiago, the Government
has opened industrial schools in Chillin and Temuco. There are four vocational
schools in Santiago and others in five provincial centers. There are also 29
vocational schools for girls throughout the Republic.
In Chile a special effort is made to imbue the students with the conviction
that commerce must, above all, be ethical. The profession of commerce is to-
day in Chile a new career for our young men; it is a triumph for our country to
have at last succeeded in generalizing the idea that the professions of commerce
and industry are as noble as the liberal professions.
COLOMBIA
Porto Rican proressors.—According to La Prensa of New York,
Profs. Rafael Toro, Edwin Mattei, and Francisco Colén left
Porto Rico last January to teach pathology, agronomy, and chemistry,
respectively, in the School of Agriculture of Antioquia, Colombia.
AVIATION scHooL.—Major Pillichody, of the Swiss Military Mission
to Colombia, went to Barranquilla in December to receive for the
military aviation school three 185-horsepower Wild airplanes of the
same type now used by the Colombian Government. These planes
are adapted to the altitude conditions found on the sabana of Bogota.
A large hangar of steel-frame construction, 70 meters wide and 18
meters deep, is to be installed at the same school for the shelter of
20 airplanes. Equipment has been ordered for the shops of the
aviation school, which will be opened early in 1927.
COSTA RICA
ScHOoL constRuCcTION.—The laying of the corner stone of the
Argentina School in San José took place on November 23, 1926. On
November 27, 1926, the board of education announced that a sub-
sequent appropriation of 250,000 colones made on November 26,
1926, would provide the final payment on this school, erect another
in the Colon District of San José, and be sufficient to initiate work
on a third in the center of the city.
CUBA
New Secretary or Pusuiic Instruction.—General José B.
Aleman has been named Secretary of Public Instruction to fill the
vacancy caused by the resignation of Dr. G. Fernandez Mascaro.
General Aleman plans to concentrate his efforts on the correlation of
the school and the social system. He advocates the creation of voca-
296 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION
tional and fine-arts schools to help form the national character and
develop the national resources.
NatronaL CoMMERCIAL ScHoou.—As proposed by Gen. José B.
Aleman, the new Secretary of Public Instruction, President Machado
issued a decree on December 13, 1926, creating a National School of
Commerce in Habana. The purpose of this school is to teach the
art of successful trading, both in theory and practice, preparing the
pupils for positions such as bookkeepers, cashiers, sales agents, com-
mission merchants, and teaching them in general all branches of
foreign and domestic trade and business practice. (Courtesy of the
Cuban Embassy in Washington.)
PROJECTS PREPARED BY THE SECRETARY OF PuBLic INSTRUCTION.—
Gen. José B. Alemfn, the new Secretary of Public Instruction and
Fine Arts, who took possession of his office on December 15, 1926,
has prepared several important projects for the approval of the
Chief Executive on subjects relative to the work of his department.
One of these projects is the creation of a school cooperative society
and store, and a school savings bank. The first mentioned is for
the purpose of attending to the sale and distribution of articles made
by the school children. The proceeds from the sale of these objects
will be deposited in the school savings bank to the credit of the pupil
to whom the funds belong, thus providing a small fund for each pupil
finishing the first grades. By this means the Secretary of Public
Instruction hopes to develop and cultivate in the youth of the coun-
try the spirit of saving, and accustom them to work and to admin-
ister their own financial affairs. (Courtesy of the Cuban Embassy in
Washington.)
ESTABLISHMENT OF HIGHER PRIMARY SCHOOLS. \
December 1, 1926, signed by Dr. Fernandez Mascaré, in the future
primary education will be separated into higher and lower divisions.
The lower division will comprise six years of study and the higher,
three. The six years of lower primary education and the first two
of the upper division will be compulsory. These changes in the
educational system have been adopted after having been successfully
tried in various Provinces of the Republic.
ECUADOR
ScHooLt LuNcHES.—The providing of school lunches for the pupils
of the Mercedes Gonzales School in Quito was commenced last
November. The President of the Republic and the cabinet attended
the opening ceremony, at which a musical program was rendered
and dances given by the pupils. This school is under the direction
of Senorita Matilde Nogales.
Poticr scHoout.—The National Police School established in Quito
was inaugurated last November. The Secretary of the Treasury
PUBLIC INSTRUCTION AND EDUCATION S297.
presented a collection of books on subjects pertaining to police work
to the newly organized school for the library of that institution.
Poputar UNtversiry courses.—The Popular University of
Guayaquil has reopened its courses with a series of lectures on
pertinent social questions, treated from a scientific point of view.
The Popular University has asked the support of members of the
university in the work of divulging scientific knowledge throughout
the country.
GUATEMALA
Nurstne scHuoou.—A school for nurses has been created as an
annex to the general hospital, with the cooperation of the Guatemalan
Red Cross. The requirements for admission to the school include
a medical certificate of good health, a certificate of graduation from
the primary schools, and two testimonials from trustworthy sources
as to the moral character of the candidate, who must be at least
18 years old and not more than 30. The course comprises three
years of study.
TEACHERS’ MUTUAL BENEFIT SocIETY.—The statutes of the
Teachers’ Mutual Benefit Society of Guatemala received Govern-
ment approval on October 23, 1926. Membership in the society,
which is formed for life insurance benefits, is open to all teachers
resident in Guatemala who have reached their majority and are under
50 years of age.
HAITI
INDUSTRIAL SCHOOL FOR GIRLS.—The building of the Elie Dubois
industrial school for girls is now in excellent condition, many im-
provements having been made during the past summer. This
school is always filled to capacity with girls seeking instruction in
household science and household arts, and the related classical
studies. <A large number of candidates for the vacancies in the list
of scholarships took the examination early last October. It is im-
possible, however, to accept all those seeking admission, owing to
the comparatively small size of the building. (Bulletin of the Re-
cewer General, October, 1926.)
New scuoots.—A small agricultural school was completed last
October in the Artibonite Valley near Petite Riviére. Of the general
type now being constructed for the Agricultural Service, it consists
of a small building accommodating 130 students. A residence is
attached to the school building for the teacher who will be in charge.
Another school of considerable importance recently completed was
the industrial school at Jacmel. This building is the first of these
structures to be completed and will accommodate 300 students. A
steel shop building is connected with this school for the development
of manual training. (Bulletin of the Receiver General, October, 1926.)
298 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION’
HONDURAS
TEexTILE scHoout.—The press reports that due to the initiative
of the President a textile school is to be established in the city of
Tegucigalpa. Circular letters have been sent to the various munic-
ipal authorities to ask information on the amount and value of wool
which can be furnished by the municipalities.
“HyMN TO THE PINE.”—BULLETIN readers will remember that
the pine was chosen last year as the national tree, and that there-
after a competition was held for the best hymn to the pine, this
being won by the Honduran poet, Luis Andrés Zuniga, whose poem
has now been set to music for use in the schools and in civic cere-
monies by the Honduran composer Rafael Coello Ramos.
MEXICO
EXCHANGE OF PROFESSORS.—The distinguished Spanish savants
Dr. Fernando de los Rios and Dr. Blas Cabrera arrived in Mexico
City last December as the first exchange professors to come under
the auspices of the Hispanic-Mexican Institute.
Dr. Ezequiel A. Chavez, former president of the National Univer-
sity of Mexico, was appointed first exchange professor to the Uni-
versity of Paris, where he will lecture on the History of Education
in Mexico. .
Prof. Henri Chaumat, the third professor sent by the French
Government through the Franco-Mexican Institute, has delivered
a series of lectures on electricity in the School of Engineering in
Mexico City.
ADVANCED sTupIES.—In the desire to help the students of the
School of Mechanical and Electrical Engineers to pursue advanced
studies abroad, the Ministry of Public Education has obtained for
nine graduates of the school positions with American companies
which will pay enough to meet their expenses while completing their
education. Moreover, the Compafiia Fundidora de Monterrey has
granted allowances to two students to enable them to study two
years in a German university.
CHILDREN’s Liprary.—Every Friday a story hour is held in the
Children’s Library of the Department of Public Education and also
in the Cervantes Library, Mexico City. The library section also
broadcasts weekly educational stories for children, and once a month
a talk for parents and teachers on the technique of story-telling.
SECONDARY EDUCATION.—With the end of bringing secondary edu-
cation under the influence of the Department of Public Instruction,
the President of the Republic has issued regulations governing both
official and private secondary schools. In the future secondary
schools may be freely established, but the requirements of the new
PUBLIC INSTRUCTION AND EDUCATION 299
decree will have to be met by these schools if their work is to be
accepted by the Department of Public Education.
Santa Lucfa AGRICULTURAL ScHoou.—The Santa Lucia Agri-
cultural School in Durango was opened on December 19, 1926, by
President Calles. The school, which has a dormitory for students,
possesses stables? workshops, a mill, poultry yards, hogpens, gran-
aries, and sheepfolds, and is situated on a farm with ample irrigated
territory for giving practical training in agriculture to its students.
Several schools of this type have already been opened, and the Gov-
ernment plans eventually to found an agricultural school in each State
so that the land may be cultivated by modern methods and give
the best return for the efforts of the farmer.
PANAMA
CHILDREN’S PLAYGROUND.—The Municipal Council of Panama
City plans to open for school children a new playground adequately
equipped for games and exercises to aid them in proper physical
development. (Panama Central Information Office, November 15,
1926.)
NaTIONAL SCHOOL OF OpERA.—The National School of Opera of
Panama was formally organized at a meeting held early in Decem-
ber, the following board of directors being chosen: Alfredo Graziani,
president; Enrique A. Lapeira, secretary; Walter Myers, treasurer;
Dr. Manuel Diaz, auditor; Abel Villegas Arango, secretary of
by-laws; Sefiora Esther Neira de Calvo, trustee; and Sefiorita
Mercedes Zubieta, trustee. It is confidently predicted that the
school will be able to produce one opera a month. It will also
broadcast over the radio.
New Butitpine or La Saute BrotHerHoop Coiiece.—The
corner stone of the new building of the La Salle Brotherhood in
Panama City was laid on December 8, 1926, the ceremony being
conducted by the Archbishop of Panama, and the President of
Panama and Sefiora de Chiari attending. The new building is to
be used for the boys’ school conducted by the brotherhood. The
colonial style of architecture has been chosen for this $30,000 struc-
ture, so that it will harmonize with St. Francis’ Church next door.
It is to be ready for occupancy by the beginning of the new school
year in May, 1927.
ARGENTINE BOOKS RECEIVED.—KEarly in December the Panama
City school named for the Republic of Argentina received a donation
of books by Argentine authors from the Public Library Commission
of Argentina, which, in a spirit of Latin American fraternity, has
been making similar donations to libraries in many of the sister
Republics.
29141—27—Bull. 83——7
300 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION.
PARAGUAY
Stupy aABroap.—At the invitation of the German Government,
universities and schools, a group of Argentine and Paraguayan
professors and teachers are embarking for a four months’ tour to
pursue investigations of various kinds in Germany.
FRENCH PROFESSORS.—Arrangements have been made with the
Institute of the University of Paris in Buenos Aires that during 1927
famous French professors coming to Argentina will make the trip
to Asuncién to lecture there also.
SCHOLARSHIPS FOR SUMMER COURSE.—The director of the Girls’
Vocational School of Asuncién recently offered 50 scholarships for
vacation courses from December 1, 1926, to February 15, 1927, to
teachers of handwork in the primary schools of the city. The offer
was accepted by the school board, those teachers who had never
received a diploma in this subject being given preference.
PERU
New PRINTING OFFICE.—A printing office provided with the most
up-to-date equipment has been estabiished in the National Museum
of History in Lima. One of the first volumes which will be printed
in this new office will be an edition of the book entitled La Accién
Peruana enla Independencia del Pert. This work contains documents
of inestimable value relating to Peru’s participation in the fight for
independence.
Musreums.—The Government has recently acquired the Briining
Museum of Lambayeque, which contains some of the most valuable
collections of ceramics representing the early civilization of northern
Peru. The museum building is being repaired and put in first-class
condition as regards safety and hygiene. For the Bolivarian
Museum of Lima, containing a very valuable collection of documents
and articles of the colonial period, the Chief Executive has asked
Congress for an appropriation enabling it to carry on in a fitting
manner the mission entrusted to it, namely, that of preserving
important records of the history of the independence of America,
and particularly of the two great heroes, Bolivar and San Martin.
SALVADOR
Vicente Acosta ScHoout.—The Vicente Acosta School, built in -
the outskirts of the city of Apopa, was inaugurated on November
25, 1926, the President and the Minister of Public Instruction as
well as other distinguished guests attending the ceremony. The
building, constructed in the form of an H, is well suited to the tropical
climate, being so arranged that its numerous rooms have plenty of
PUBLIC INSTRUCTION AND EDUCATION 301
light and air. The grounds extend over 5,630 square meters, 2,847
of which are devoted to the school garden, where the pupils will be
taught agriculture. The school also has a laboratory, library,
playground, and athletic field.
SCHOOL VACATION EXCURSIONS.—The Salvadorean School Protec-
tive Association, in cooperation with the school inspection and
administration authorities, has organized eight school vacation
excursions to Planes de Renderos for the benefit of boys and girls
who need a change and whose conduct merits this reward. Groups
of children are entertained at the camp one after the other a week
at a time.
UNITED STATES
CARNEGIE EXCHANGE PROFESSOR.—Dr. James Brown Scott, Secre-
tary of the Carnegie Endowment for International Peace, left Wash-
ington the last of January for Cuba and South America as first
exchange Carnegie professor. He made his first appearance in that
capacity at the University of Habana on January 31, and will deliver
a number of addresses before educational institutions in Chile, at
Buenos Aires, and Montevideo.
Doctor Scott will attend the meeting of the American Institute
of International Law at Montevideo on March 21, and as a Delegate
of the United States he will participate in the sessions of the Inter-
national Commission of Jurists which is to open its labors in Rio de
Janeiro on the 16th of April for the codification of international law,
both public and private.
URUGUAY
SYMPHONY CONCERTS.—Through a resolution of September 30,
1926, supplementary to a law of September 24, 1926, the Minister of
Public Instruction of Uruguay was authorized to formulate plans for
a series of symphony concerts to be given by the National Orchestra
with the possible assistance of other artists. In order that the con-
certs might be given at popular prices, the decree authorized the
expenditure of 8,000 pesos should it be necessary.
URUGUAYAN SECTION IN PERUVIAN Liprary.—Following the recent
receipt of a number of books from Uruguay, a Uruguayan section was
inaugurated in the Library of Lima before a distinguished audience
consisting of the President of Peru and many other high officials of
that Republic.
Honor to surGeon.—The rededication of the old Jacinto Vera
hall in honor of Dr. Alfredo Navarro, and a testimonial banquet at
which more than 600 were present made up the most important events
in the celebration of the thirtieth anniversary of the professorship of
this eminent teacher, physician, and surgeon of Montevideo.
ARGENTINA
STRIKES IN THE CapiraL.—The Monthly Report of the National
Department of Labor for July, 1926, gives the following figures on
strikes:
During the Jast six months of 1925 there were 41 strikes in the city of Buenos
Aires of which 40 were ended, that of the textile workers being still unsettled at
the end of the year. All of the strikes were partial, there being no general strikes
and no trade strikes, in contrast to the previous six months when there were
four more strikes, one of which was general. Workers involved in the strikes
in the latter half of 1925 numbered 5,283, of whom 3,490 were men and 1,501
women, the remainder being minors under 18. ‘The results of the strikes were
20 per cent favorable and 5 per cent partially favorable; 8 of the strikes resulting
in favor of the workmen benefited over 55 per cent of the total number of strikers.
Seven of the strikes were on account of wages, 6 of them ending without benefit
to the workers, and the seventh being partially favorable. Fifteen strikes were
begun on account of organization, readmission, expulsion, unions, etc.; 3 of these
resulted favorably, 11 unfavorably, and 1 partially favorable to the workers.
The total number of working days lost was 21,072, and the amount of wages
lost 122,223 pesos national currency, or less than half that of the first six months.
The trades wherein the most strikes occurred were printing, shoemaking, and
textile industries.
During the first six months of 1926 strikes in Buenos Aires numbered 27,
involving 1,654 workers, of whom 903 were men and 555 women, the remainder
being 166 minors. The cause of 11 strikes was organization; of 9 strikes, wages;
of 4 strikes, labor conditions; and of 3 strikes, miscellaneous causes.
CHILE
TRIBUNAL OF CONCILIATION AND ARBITRATION.—The formation of
this tribunal was effected last November, in accordance with the act
relating to private employees. The employers are represented on the
tribunal by Senor Ricardo Katz and the employees by Sefior Manuel
Pickering. Sefior Manuel Romani was appointed secretary.
EMPLOYMENT BUREAU.—The employment bureau of the Govern-
ment placed 7,016 workers during the first 10 months,of 1926, sending
many of them from one section of the country to another.
HONDURAS
Rariroap Unron or Honpuras.—The Railroad Union of Honduras
received official sanction of its statutes on August 23, 1926. This
Railroad Union, established in Puerto Cortés with branches in Tela,
La Ceiba, Puerto Castilla, and elsewhere, has the following objects:
To unite for purposes of mutual aid all railroad employees in the
302
SOCIAL PROGRESS 303
Republic and in Central America; to open a savings fund for members
as an incentive to thrift; to give aid in case of accident, ill health,
or death of the members; to see that the members fulfill honorably
their contracts with the companies; to conduct educational lectures,
libraries, and evening schools; to discourage the use of alcohol and
other vices, and to work for the recognition of the rights of the
Union by the railroads.
Honpuran Lapor Coneress.—On November 20, 1926, the
Honduran Labor Federation Congress met in Tegucigalpa for the
discussion of its constitution, according to which there will be three
Councils of the Federation, the central council to sit in Tegucigalpa,
a second alternating between San Pedro Sula and La Ceiba, and a
third in Santa Rosa de Copan. The Central Council will be composed
of two delegates from the sectional councils, the delegates serving
respectively as secretaries of foreign relations, interior, agriculture,
and education, and as treasurer and secretary general.
MEXICO
TERMINAL COOPERATIVE ASSOCIATION IN VERA Cruz.—The press
reports that the workers who handle freight in Vera Cruz are planning
to form a cooperative association similar to that in Tampico. It is
reported that it will have resources of about 60,000 pesos. The
cooperative association plans to improve the freight-handling service
and so increase shipping through this port.
PARAGUAY
ELECTRICIANS’ UNION.—A union composed of skilled electricians
was recently organized in Asunci6én with the direct object of bringing
all such workers into the union in order that they may be able to
demand better working conditions.
ARGENTINA
Houstne.—A branch of the St. Vincent de Paul Society in Buenos
Aires has erected a building to furnish decent and economical
homes for workers’ families. It has three floors with several two and
three room apartments on each. The second floor is to be kept for
widows with children, while the third will have workshops for the train-
ing of the tenants’ children.
304 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION
The first of three groups of workmen’s houses to be built by the
Municipality of Buenos Aires is to be in Chacarita.
Liprary or NationaL Councit oF Women.—On November 26,
1926, the Library of the National Council of Women of Buenos Aires
delivered diplomas to its young women graduates in French, English,
Italian, and German courses. This association of women proposes,
among other constructive policies, to educate girls to earn a better
living, and to open to them avenues for cultural expansion.
BRAZIL
Cancer InstTITUTE AND Hospirau.—On November 11, 1926, in
Rio de Janeiro the corner stone was laid for the Oswaldo Cruz Foun-
dation Cancer Institute and Hospital. The ceremony was attended
by the President of the Republic and authorities of state and church.
ScHOOL FOR DENTISTS’ ASSISTANTS.—Officials of the Children’s
Free Dental Service have resolved to open a school for nurses or
women assistants in dental offices, to be known as the School for
Dental Hygienists. Candidates for the course must have passed the
examinations of the seventh year of the public schools.
Girt Scouts.—Last November a troop of girl scouts was founded
in Rio de Janeiro by Senhora Daltro, a teacher who spent five years
in the wilds of Goyaz, where she lived the life of a pioneer to teach
the Indians of that locality and proved her courage and resourceful-
ness. She has named the troop she has established the Girl Scout
Troop of the Redemptress, in honor of Princess Isabel, who was
responsible for the freeing of Brazilian negroes from slavery. Se-
nhora Daltro hopes that the Scout movement will do as much for
the girls of Brazil as it is doing for boys.
New Drrecror or Pusric Heatry.—Dr. Clementino Fraga has
been appointed director of the Federal Department of Public
Health, succeeding Dr. Carlos Chagas.
COLOMBIA
Rep Cross nores.—During the month of October, 1926, the
Colombian Red Cross in Bogoté attended 500 sick persons, gave
daily 40 to 45 treatments and 20 to 25 injections at the clinic as well
as a few in the homes of patients, sent 22 patients to the Hospital of
San Juan de Dios, 7 to the San José Hospital, and 1 to the Miseri-
cordia Hospital. One patient requiring an operation was sent to the
‘Marly Hospital, where he was treated gratuitously.
During the same month 284 sick children were cared for in the
child welfare center of the Red Cross, while 82 feedings of modified
milk were furnished daily for ailing babies. One of the Red Cross day
nurseries cared for 43 babies of working women during October,
SOCIAL PROGRESS 305
feeding the children according to the directions of the physician in
charge, and keeping weekly charts which show the improvement in
the babies. In the Cruces nursery 40 children are cared for with
gratifying results. A semiweekly bath service for neighborhood
children has been arranged by the first day nursery, which every
week bathes over 200 children.
COSTA RICA
HospiraL REOPENED.—On December 8, 1926, the new building
of the Heredia Hospital was inaugurated and the hospital once
more opened to the poor of the city. Built from funds representing
donations from private individuals, the Government, and the Charity
League of San José, the hospital presents an entirely modern aspect
and possesses every hygienic service.
ANTITUBERCULOSIS CAMPAIGN.—One phase in the beginning of an
antituberculosis campaign in San José was the preparation and exhi-
bition in the office of the health officer of a map of the city in which
those houses in which a death from tuberculosis had occurred or
which had been disinfected after a tuberculosis case were especially
marked.
-PENSIONING OF TELEGRAPH EMPLOYEES.—In January, in accord-
ance with the recent pension law, those employees of the telegraphic
service who had grown old and enfeebled working at their respective
tasks received their first pension.
GUATEMALA
HospiTaAL FOR THE INSANE.—At present the staff of the Asylum
for the Insane in Guatemala City consists of 6 physicians, a dentist,
and 24 nurses, besides minor employees. Sisters of Charity and
three other doctors also render their services. A wholesome atmos-
phere of competition among the inmates was recently created when
it was decided that those who were judged fit would be allowed to
discharge simple tasks about the hospital.
NURSING SCHOOL.—See page 297.
HeautH prizes.—The annual health competition for children from
6 months to 3 years took place in Guatemala City on December 25,
1926. Twelve prizes totaling 16,000 pesos were awarded the young
participants. Only those children reared by breast feeding were
admitted to the contest.
SECOND ANNIVERSARY.—The second anniversary of the foundation
of the Children’s Home in Quezaltenango was celebrated on Novem-
ber 25, 1926. The election of the directors for the year 1926-27 was
preceded by a party and the presentation of gifts to the children
who in general had shown noteworthy diligence and progress in
their studies during the year.
306 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION,
MEXICO
SERUM PRODUCTION FARM.—Mexico is to have a large laboratory
for the production of serums for the prevention of smallpox, tuber-
culosis, cerebro-spinal meningitis, scarlet fever, and diphtheria.
The laboratory will be located on a farm at Popotla, where the ani-
mals used in the production of the serums will be kept.
Pusiic HrattaH ScHoot.—On December 18, 1926, the Public
Health School, established to train persons to serve as public health
officers or employees, graduated 31 visiting nurses; 19 assistants for
biological laboratory work; 27 assistants for the disinfection service;
33 agents of the communicable disease section; 28 agents of the pure
food and drink inspection corps; and 23 nurses in the special course
given in Morelos Hospital. As each class had a larger enrollment
than the number of graduates there are in reality more persons
specializing in public health work than are indicated by the diplomas
awarded.
CHILDREN’s CourtT.—See page 291.
NICARAGUA
ANTIHOOKWORM DEPARTMENT.—From July to December, 1926,
the antihookworm department in Managua examined 1,877 persons,
of whom 419 were found to be suffering from the disease, first treat-
ments were given to 281 persons, second treatments to 119, third
treatments to 19, and fourth treatments to only 4 persons.
PANAMA
STADIUM FoR Panama.—A large stadium is to be built in Panama
City due to the efforts of the Club of Friends of the National Insti-
tute and the National Sports Federation, which, with the support
of the Government, is planning to float a bond issue of $50,000 for
the purpose.
PARAGUAY
NEW SURGICAL INSTRUMENTS.—It was announced on November
8, 1926, that new surgical instruments costing 5,000 pesos, other
surgical material, and 50 beds had been received in Asuncién and
would be put at the disposal of the National Hospital there.
PERU
PRISON REFORMS AND IMPROVEMENTS.—In his annual message to
Congress last August the President gave some interesting facts
regarding improvements and reforms carried out in the prisons of
the country during the past year. In view of the requirements
established by the penal law for obligatory study and work on the
part of the prisoners the Government has reorganized the various
prison schools and work shops. In this respect it is interesting to
SOCIAL PROGRESS 307
note the improvement shown in the prisoners since the establishment
of these schools, illiteracy among them having decreased during the
year under discussion 40 per cent over the previous year. The
Government furthermore proposes to make a careful statistical study
of the prison population of the country and of the underlying causes
. of offenses for which the prisoners are committed, hoping thus to
find some means for combating crime.
REFORM scHooL.—A recent supreme decree prescribes as a social
welfare measure the establishment of a reform school in Lima in
order to carry out the State’s obligation to protect the youth of the
country, and thus prevent minors who are detained for some offense
coming into contact with hardened criminals.
PUBLIC HEALTH AND WELFARE.—In the matter of public health
and social welfare considerable advancement was shown during the
year reviewed by the Chief Executive in his recent yearly message to
Congress. Among movements noted was an important campaign
which has been carried on to improve living conditions for workmen
in rural districts, and to eradicate malaria and bubonic plague. In
order to increase vaccination against smallpox the Health Depart-
ment has divided the territory of the Republic in 10 districts, each
in charge of a physician; furthermore, special regulations have been
issued to insure the proper preparation of vaccine serum at the
National Institute. The Government has also arranged for experi-
mental studies to be made of certain prevalent native diseases, and
also of the possibilities, for medicinal uses, of many indigenous plants.
AGRICULTURAL LEPER COLONY.—In the vicinity of Iquitos, in
the northeastern section of Peru, an agricultural colony for lepers
has been established. A number of victims of this terrible disease,
“who have been scattered throughout the mountain districts, have
now been confined in the above-mentioned colony.
SALVADOR
RED CROSS ASSISTANCE FOR EARTHQUAKE VICTIMS.—The eruption
early in November of Izalco Volcano, with the accompanying streams
of lava, clouds of ashes, and asphyxiating gases, caused many deaths
and much suffering to inhabitants of the region, many of whom
lost their homes and property. The Salvadorean Red Cross imme-
diately sent 1,000 colones to the local Red Cross relief committee,
and continued to collect funds for the rehabilitation of the victims.
OvuTpDOooR GYMNASIUM in SonsonaTE.—Sefior Nazario Salaveria
has presented an outdoor gymnasium to the city of Sonsonate, as
well as equipment for sports on the Campo de Marte and other
athletic fields of the capital. The gift was made through the Minis-
ter of Public Education, who hopes that other patriotic citizens will
308 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION
follow Sefior Salaveria’s example, so that there may be an athletic
field in each department.
UNITED STATES
Loss TO SOCIAL WELFARE.—In the death of Miss Emma Dolfinger,
director of the division of health education of the American Child -
Health Association, the social welfare work of the United States has
lost one of its most useful and devoted workers, one whose record in
the American Continent is known and appreciated far beyond the
borders of the United States and whose name will live long in the
annals of the betterment of child health.
URUGUAY
PUBLIC WELFARE BUDGET.—The total expenditures of the Depart-
ment of Public Welfare for the year 1925-26 were budgeted at
6,874,268 pesos, the resources from various sources amounting to
7,488,075 pesos. A summarized list of the expenditures is as follows:
Object Pesos
PAGTNINTS traity@ Tak Ba oee See tte Fe Mean os aes Soe erage) Ps Piet Solas Roe Teena a ae 252, 936
Miaternailgandschildigwelfiane sas yc ae tet eek eye ei ee ey eee 351, 444
Homes for mothers, vacation camp, etc____._._-_-_-___-_-___-.__ 828, 618
@errocDispensary nis Ge 24 Syst 3 ce in he ats) ae cane wk Sr eee 12, 180
Insti tutecot Radiol o ey: 2cee Se aes ae ee eae ee Seeds ee eee eed 8, 760
Steanael’a win Gy Sw 2 eee A Bes ee Ns Sa i Se ee nen 33, 480
Sclhroolkohs Nj wr sig Sos we eee re ee SEA SOEs Ss 31, 524
isa erAtsyy linia atce) 2 ape Ee ee eae eth ae eS Oa eS apn ines eatieg sha 3338, 384
Home}forsprofessionalreducatiom ssa 5s eeen ee oe e ee 47, 904
HOMISC PROM Stull Gra Se see oe eae ee NS ae Sk Scene ie Ng Nr ecm 17, 940
Institutetor SyphilissPropiny leds 5s) sees ee ee ees 32, 232
Gemeral?storel Ouse sete. o eRe ks SEA let Ae OE TA ee a a 60, 540
TRUEST 2 1 les ees cee a eo Ce EN a Mee one er AN MD eae pm e CySh ae i 238, 140
Elomenvwisitation imerunraledistnictses == ss. ae Sse ee 108, 752
ETO So ia Se ase ri SG AS Es RC See A epee es RE ae ea es 38, 135, 912
CONN sl ee 9d ES, CA fh Me PN ee eas ee re 270, 420
Fe) SXEXGRUCSTIL UE woe see ee a al pt ee emg te as wen Jeni ee Mv ee See 527, 730
Various expenses_______ ES Ga fee Re NG PRE Se oat) ies an we Petes eh mee gee = 58372
ANG Gale epee nierneiise eS ieee IRS Dee es ae ee Oe ea eee 6, 874, 268
NEW HOSPITAL AND BUILDINGS FOR PROFESSIONAL SCHOOLS.—A
project for the construction in Montevideo of new buildings for the
Clinical Hospital, the Institute of Experimental Hygiene, and the
School of Dentistry was approved on October 8, 1926. The con-
struction will be in charge of the University, a competition being
held to obtain the best architectural plans. When completed, how-
-ever, the hospital, which will have a minimum of 700 beds, will be
placed under the administration of the Bureau of Public Assistance
with the clinical service under the School of Medicine. The cost of
construction will be approximately 2,800,000 pesos.
GENERAL NOTES 309
SANATORIUM FOR WORKING WOMEN.—An appropriation of 20,000
pesos was recently made by Congress for the construction of a sana-
torium for wage-earning women.
Hospitat IN Castittos.—Through a decree of October 13, 1926, 2
hectares (approximately 5 acres) of government land near Castillos
were turned over to the National Department of Public Assistance.
A hospital will be built thereon and the surrounding grounds laid
out as a park and gardens.
Leacue Against ALcoHoLismM.—On December 11, 1926, 2 gold
and 14 silver medals were awarded as prizes to children of the primary
grades in Montevideo who were the winners in a declamation contest
sponsored by the League Against Alcoholism of that city.
VENEZUELA
Visit oF FRENCH SURGEON.—A special session in honor of a noted
French surgeon, Prof. Bernardo Cuneo, was held on December 21,
1926, in the National Academy of Medicine of Caracas. At the con-
clusion of his lecture, which was attended by diplomats, prominent
educators, physicians, and students, Professor Cuneo was awarded
the Medal of Education by the Minister of Public Instruction.
Doctor Cuneo had come to Venezuela in the interest of the establish-
ment of the ‘University City” in Paris.
LAYING OF CORNER STONE.—On October 28, 1926, the corner stone
for the new building of the Simén Rodriguez Institute was laid with
due ceremony in Caracas, on land given by Drs. Alfredo and Oscar
Machado. The Institute carries on work of increasing importance
in child welfare and the prophylaxis of venereal disease.
ARGENTINA
POSTHUMOUS EXHIBITION OF THE PAINTER BERMUDEZ.—On Novem-
ber 15, 1926, the National Commission of Fine Arts opened in Buenos
Aires a posthumous exhibition of 80 or more canvasses by Jorge
Bermudez, the talented Argentine painter who lately died in Spain.
Some of his latest and most outstanding canvasses were loaned for
the exhibition by his widow, while others were offered by the National
Museum and the museums of Cérdoba and Rosario, the President
of Argentina, and other persons. Bermtidez was born in Buenos
Aires in 1883, receiving his early art training in the National Acad-
310 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION -
emy. He spent two years in Paris in the Academy Julien and then
studied under the Spanish painter Zuloaga. His best works are
studies of national types, particularly of the inhabitants of the
mountainous northern Provinces of the country.
CHILE
ZUBIAURRE.—The famous Spanish painter Ram6én Zubiaurre is
spending some time in Chile at the invitation of the Fine Arts
Council. He is especially well known for pictures of his native
Basque Provinces, one of which is in the Luxembourg. Before
arriving in Santiago Sefior Zubiaurre visited Buenos Aires, where he
painted several portraits and other canvases.
CUBA
TOURIST PROPAGANDA.—The Secretary of Public Works, Dr. Carlos
Miguel de Céspedes, who is also chairman of the committee for the
encouragement of tourist travel in Cuba, has planned to make this
season unusually active and to advertise abroad the many and varied
attractions Cuba has to offer the tourist. One of the first things
the committee plans to do in order to carry out this program is to
have several films of the many places of interest and beauty in Cuba
made in the new motion-picture studio owned by the Government.
These films will be sent to New York and to various cities in Florida
for exhibition purposes, in the hope that by showing the natural
beauties and attractions of the island still larger numbers of tourists
will be attracted to visit Habana. (Courtesy of the Cuban Legation
in Washington.)
ECUADOR
NEW GUIDE TO Qurro.—A new pocket guide to Quito recently
published gives some interesting data about that capital. Among
other things it states that there exist in Quito 13 clubs, 10 banks, 4
libraries, 18 consulates, 26 convents, 14 asylums, 5 clinics, 6 labo-
ratories, 28 social and athletic clubs, 14 private schools, 11 profes-
sional schools, 18 public schools, 11 private schools, 4 night schools
for workers, 5 hospitals, 8 hotels, 28 churches and chapels, 13 factories,
21 printing establishments, 14 legations, 4 museums, 4 parks, and 5
theaters.
GUATEMALA
ArT BxHIBIT.—An exhibit of the works of the Guatemalan artist
Carlos Mérida, whose Maya and Quiché themes have received favor-
able comment in the United States and Europe, was opened on No-
vember 3, 1926, in the Academy of Fine Arts, Guatemala City.
MayaA-QUICHE EXHIBIT IN Los ANGELES.—On behalf of his Gov-
ernment, Maj. R. A. Ramirez, Consul of Guatemala in Los Angeles,
GENERAL NOTES 3811
California, recently sponsored a Maya-Quiché Indian exhibit, which
took place in that city from January 29 to February 1, 1927. The
exhibit, which consisted of rare articles of Indian workmanship
collected by Sefior Don Rafael Yela-Gunther, an internationally
known authority on Indian art, was supplemented by two lectures
given by Capt. Henry A. Stanley.
NICARAGUA
Deatuy or Doctor Barrios.—On November 1, 1926, in the city
of Managua, Dr. Modesto Barrios, an eminent lawyer and diplomat,
died after a long life in which he had served his country in many
capacities. He was born on December 13, 1849, in the city of Leén,
receiving a doctor’s degree in law at the age of 20 from the University
in that city. In 1883 he held his first diplomatic post as confidential
agent of the government before the Government of Costa Rica, after
which he went to Guatemala as Nicaraguan Minister. In 1889 he
held the cabinet portfolio of Minister of Government. In 1891 he
was elected Mayor of Leén, in 1892 Magistrate of the Court of Occi-
dente, and later became director of the National Institute of Salvador.
In 1925 he was advisor of the Council of Public Instruction. He had
codified the commercial, police, and military regulations of Nicaragua.
Among other honors he had the distinction of being sole correspond-
ing member in Central America of the Spanish Academy of Legisla-
tion and Jurisprudence. He was also a corresponding member of the
Belgian Institute of Comparative Law, and a member of the American
Institute of International Law.
CATHEDRAL TO BE REBUILT.—Late in October work was begun on
the demolition of the Cathedral in Managua previous to its recon-
struction. The construction committee is hastening matters. Re-
productions of the architect’s drawing of the cathedral as it will
appear when completed show an imposing structure.
PARAGUAY
ORGANIZATION OF PEACE CONFEDERATION.—At a session specially
called by the president of the Women’s Charity League of Asuncién
on November 14, 1926, a Paraguayan unit of the Women’s American
Peace Confederation was organized and the officers for the coming
year elected. Like the parent organization resident in Buenos Aires,
the chapter will seek to promote friendship among the American
republics.
‘REPORTS RECEIVED TO JANUARY 15, 1927
Subject Date Author
BRAZII.
1926
Amazonas to established Government savings banks_______- Oct. 25 | George E. Seltzer, vice consul at
/ Manaos.
Annual review of commerce and industries, Manaos con- | Nov. 1 Do.
sular district, for year 1925.
September importsiat-Bahiaa sas. 2 Ee aseCOssss Allan Dawson, vice consu in
charge at Bahia.
Declared exports from Bahia to the United States during | Noy. 3 Do.
October, 1926.
New constitution of the State of Rio Grande do Norte, signed | Nov. 5 | Nathaniel P. Davis, consul at
Aug. 24, 1926. | Pernambuco.
New interstate bridge over the Parana River opened to traf- | Nov. 8 | Herndon W. Goforth, consul at
fic, Oct. 14, 1926. Sao Paulo.
WwW ater supply and sewer system of city of Aracaju, Sergipe___.| Nov. 9 | Allan Dawson.
Declared exports from Rio de Janeiro to the United States | Nov. 11! Digby A. Willson, consul in
for October. charge, Rio de Janeiro.
Review of commerce and industries of Brazil for month of | Nov. 12 Do.
October, 1926.
Amazonas agricultural production_______-__----------------- Nov. 15 | George E. Seltzer.
The cocoa movement at Bahia during October--____________ Noy. 18 | Allan Dawson.
Proposed new water system for city of Caruarti______________} Noy. 26 | Nathaniel P. Davis.
Loan for public works and development, Rio Grande do |__-do____- Do.
Norte.
MheexchangesituationinBraziles2 2-2 2s ee Nov. 27 | Digby A. Willson.
Coal imports at Rio de Janeiro during October, 1926_________ Nov. 27
Abatement on Brazilian Federal income tax________________- Nov. 28 | Fred C. Eastin, jr., consul at
Rio de Janeiro.
Annual message of the Governor of pee on Sept. 7, | Dec. 1 | Nathaniel P. Davis.
1926.
Declared exports from Bahia, to thé United States during | Dec. 3 | Allan Dawson.
November, 1926.
Livestock improvement in the Rio de Janeiro (Brazil) con- | Dec. 6 | Digby A. Willson.
sular district.
Billet oxstabilizestheicurrencyaa==-ss se see nee eee ne Dec. 7 | Embassy.
Declared exports from Rio de Janeiro to the United States Dec. 9 | Digby A. Willson.
during November, 1926.
Annual message of the President of Sergipe, Sept. 7, 1926____|_.-do____- Allan Dawson.
Bank of Brazil balance sheet for November -----______-____- | Dec. 20 | Digby A. Willson.
The bill relative to financial reform, was approved by the | Dec. 22 | Embassy.
President of the 18th instant.
COLOMBIA
INotesion the development of @Cali=-_--- 222 2 Ese Nov. 10 | Charles Forman, consul at
Buenaventura.
Exports from Buenaventura for ‘November, 1926__---______- Dechy 9 Do.
New governor for the Department of Magdalena___________- Dec. 16 | Lawrence F. Cotie, vice consul
at Santa Marta.
COSTA RICA
Regulations in regard to the importation, labeling, and sale | Nov. 22 | Roderick W. Unckles, vice con-
of poisons in Costa Rica. sul in charge, San Jose.
November report on commerce and industries_______________ Dec. 8 Do. i
Import duties on certain articles, decree No. 33 of Dec. 1, | Dec. 17 Do.
1926.
CUBA
Cubanetobaccom otess=seswea= asa eee ees See ee ne eee Nov. 2} Carlton Bailey Hurst, consul
general at Habana.
Alcohol and rum production for years 1925 and 1924_-________ Dec. 2 Do.
Additional mail service for Isle of Pines_-_-.-_-__-___________ Dec. 2 Sheridan Talbott, vice consul at
Nueva Gerona.
Review of commerce and industries for October, 1926________ Dee. 8 | Carlton Bailey Hurst.
Imports of edible animal products into Cuba for 1925________ Dec. 9 Do.
Proposed changes in consular tariffs to Cuba________________ Dec. 10 Do.
Prospects for 1926-27 sugar crop in consular district of Santi- | Dec. 18 | Francis R. Stewart, consul at
ago de Cuba. Santiago de Cuba.
Annulment by presidential decree of municipal tax on cigar- | Dec. 19 | Carlton Bailey Hurst.
making machinery imported into Cuba, Nov. 29, 1926.
DOMINICAN REPUBLIC
Dominican sugar production in 1925-26___._..___..__--.__-_- Oct. 15 | James J. Murphy, jr., consul at
Santo Domingo.
Motor roads in Dominican Republic-_-___......._.-.-.--.-___- Dec. 4] W. A. Bickers, consul at Puerto
Plata.
312
SUBJECT MATTER OF CONSULAR REPORTS
313
Reports received to January 15, 1927—Continued.
Subject Date Author
NICARAGUA
1926
Commerce and industries of western Nicaragua during the | Dec. 4 | Christian T. Steger, consul at
month of November, 1926. Corinto.
PANAMA
Loan concluded on Dee. 11, 1926, for railroad construction | Dec. 13 | Legation.
and highway extension.
Contract for the establishment of whale fishery__.__________- Dec. 14 Do.
SALVADOR
Exports of the various products of Salvador for 6 months of | Sept. 28 | Legation.
1926.
VENEZUELA
The statement of the Banco de Maracaibo for Aug. 31, 1926__| Dee. 4 | Alexander K. Sloan, consul at
: Maracaibo. -
The November coffee report for the district of Maracaibo____| Dec. 6 Do.
The statement of the Banco de Maracaibo for Sept. 30 and |! Dec. 15 Do.
Oct. 31, 1926.
Statement of Banco Comercial de Maracaibo, Oct. 31, 1926__| Dec. 16 Do.
Foreign trade through La Guaira during November, 1926____|_.-do____- Daniel J. Driscoll, vice consul
at La Guaira.
Exports from Liverpool to Venezuelan ports during July, | Dec. 17 | Alexander K. Sloan.
August, and September, 1926.
The Bolivar Bridge was formally opened to public traffic on | Dee. 23 | Legation.
Dec. 19, 1926. This bridge spans the River Tachira, which
forms the boundary between the State of Tachira and
Colombia.
S
TheWew, President of Salvad0re= 2). 22 522 es a
Notable Commercial and Financial Progress in Haiti__________________
By W. W. Cumberland, Financial Adviser—Receiver General of Haiti.
The Ibero-American Exposition at Seville____________________________
Third Pan American Congress of Architects__________________________
Mexico’s Pre-Columbian Remains___________________________________
By Frederick L. Hoffman, Consulting Statistician, Prudential Insurance Company of
America.
TBM SATA Wei Ste a i a ae a en ern re os
I. The Inca Loom.
By Fausto Burgos.
II. Araucanian Textiles.
By Gualterio Looser, Assistant Anthropological Section, National Museum of Chile,
Associate Member Chilean Academy of Natural Sciences, Santiago.
Church and State Cooperate in Chile’s Public Health Campaign.________
Eleventh Session of Summer School of University of Mexico_____________
A Collector’s Impressions of the Quichua Indian. _____________________
By H. E. Anthony, Curator, Mammals of the World, American Museum of Natural History.
Agriculture, Industry, and Commerce________________________________
Argentina—Bolivia—Brazil—Chile—Colombia—Costa Rica—Cuba—Dominican Republic—
Ecuador— Guatemala — Haiti— Honduras— Mexico — Nicaragua— Panama— Paraguay—
Peru—Salvador—Uruguay— Venezuela.
OOS EynGl I Bho Wie hb sa es ee ee ee
Argentina—Brazil—Chile—Colombia— Dominican Republic—Mexico— Panama—Salvador—
Uruguay—Venezuela.
ATE aU SS eh 1 Waste a er al erate ee le ple ate Re cies gaty Aileen Rea RT et Oe Ny Oy ee cae OR
Brazil—Honduras— Mexico— Panama—Paraguay—Peru—Salvador.
NFS rN ati omar ea tle See ae ee es ale ea re pe A eee Peete
Brazil-Uruguay—Cuba-United States.
PubliciInstructionsand Educatione= = 222 2222-2 oe ae eee
Argentina—Brazil—Chile—Colombia—Costa Rica—Cuba—Ecuador—Guatemala—H aiti—
Honduras— Mexico—Panama—Paraguay—Salvador.
Argentina—Salvador.
SocralProgresset tetera 5 eee oxen cence ee iin oie eam a ayes Sean DT Senne
Argentina—Brazil—Chile—Colombia—Costa Rica—Cuba— Dominican Republic—Ecuador—
Guatemala— Haiti— Honduras— Mexico— Panama— Peraguay — Peru— Uruguay— Vene-
zuela.
General Nic tie set sae ise a ee See eR hr Se or mm es Cl ea ee cape ona
Costa Rica—Cuba—Honduras— Uruguay.
Subject) Matter of;Consular Reportse.2 2-25 ee eee oe ee
366
370
375
384
399
402
405
405
411
412
418
420
DR. PLO ROMERO BOSQUE, PRESIDENT OF SALVADOR
Inaugurated March 1, 1927, for a term of four years
‘ot
es
—_— Gy
wy =
4)
> 44 oP = . = TSP yes
SSS stem 15 00> MD SiO 72a a5 BY “WY ara Geréerts Gm INTE
APRIL, 1927 No. 4
OR © @ @ © © @
LD Ae oe 2) @ @ Q
S a result of the elections held on January 9 last, Dr. Pio
Romero Bosque, chosen by the votes of his fellow citizens
as Chief Executive of the Republic of Salvador for the
next four years, was on March 1 inducted with due cere-
mony into the presidential chair relinquished at that time by Dr.
Alfonso Quifiones Molina.
Dr. Romero Bosque, a jurist of high repute, a distinguished public
man and member of the national democratic party, was born in the
year 1863. Upon completing his elementary and secondary studies,
he entered the National University, there to zealously pursue the
studies leading to the degree of doctor of laws, conferred upon him
in 1889. |
Entering soon afterward on his two-fold career as jurist and states-
man, Dr. Romero Bosque early began to hold important public
offices, especially in the judiciary, where, after occupying for years
the honorable position of an Associate Justice, he achieved the
highest possible position on that exalted bench—that of President
of the Supreme Court. He has also served as a member of the
National Assembly, Minister of Promotion, Industries and Public
Education from 1903 to 1907, Minister of War and Marine from 1919
until his election as President, and Vice President of the Republic
for the 1923-1927 term.
Dr. Romero Bosque was also, for some years, a distinguished
professor in the National University, a position in which he revealed,
as in all other offices held by him, his rich endowment of intellectual
ability and a character of the highest integrity.
On offering its respects and congratulations to Dr. Romero Bosque,
the BULLETIN of the Pan American Union joins the people of El
Salvador in wishing for its new Chief Executive a successful and
prosperous administration.
315
ETE]
DURING THE FISCAL YEAR 1925-26
By W: W. CuMBERLAND
Financial Adviser—Receiver General of Haiti
URING the fiscal year which closed on September 30, 1926,
Haiti enjoyed unusual prosperity. An abundant crop and
satisfactory price for coffee, which is the principal export
commodity, resulted in decided activity in domestic and
foreign commerce, caused the revenues of the government to reach
unprecedented heights and resulted in an improved standard of living
for the entire population. But it is clear that bumper crops can not
be expected each year. Therefore, the fiscal year 1925-26 can not
be regarded as typical, though there is every expectation that within
comparatively few years the financial results of 1925-26 may be
equaled and exceeded. This, however, is likely to occur only as the
natural resources of the country are more systematically developed
on a permanent basis. On the contrary, the unusual prosperity of
1925-26 must be regarded as in considerable degree fortuitous, due
to an unusually large crop of coffee together with an exceptionally
favorable price.
FOREIGN COMMERCE
Foreign commerce for the last 10 years has been as follows:
| - =
Imports | Exports Total eee Ee
|
Gourdes } Gourdes Gourdes Gourdes | Gourdes
NUS ea Ey ee ee ee 43, 030, 428 44, 664, 428 875694518565 |S ae ee 1, 634, 000
NO TZ S18 ie ereee OEE lenin ener 50, 903,468 | 38,717,650 | 89,621,118 | 12,185,818 |____-______-
LOIG= 10 ee ese eens ene ieee See 85, 588,041 | 123,811,096 | 209, 399, 137 |___-_____«___- 38, 223, 055
TOTO 20 ere ae Sn Ae ee ee BES 136, 992,055 | 108,104,639 | 245,096,694 | 28,887,416 |_____-_-----
1:92.02 eee Ie ee Ee 59, 786, 029 32, 952, 045 92, 738, 074 | 2658335084 | =a eeee
TO 21292: Sse ead SLES T AE ETS FU S61, °7515 3557 | 29 58,/0015 050) eell6,. 312, 4057 (= 08: 190; 3055) eee
N22 523 ee teres eed eMC ee Se | 70, 789, 815 T2R95DSOCO)|) V4 Se V4aN8 700 |= = eee 2, 165, 245
PE EOy Ee Rn ae enene en i | 73,480, 640 70, 881,610 | 144,362,250 | 2,599,030 |__.-__-_____
1S Pe a eee a | 101, 187, 825 97, 018, 810 198, 206, 635 41695015) |=
192 52 6 ee eee ee ee ee ee 94, 257, 030 100, 920, 025 195, 177, 055 | ip aaa Soe 6, 662, 995
1 One gourde equals 20 cents U. S. currency.
316
COMMERCIAL AND FINANCIAL PROGRESS IN HAITI ley
It is evident that imports and exports during 1925-26 closely
approximated the returns of 1924-25, but the distribution was con-
siderably more favorable. That is, the value of imports declined
while exports increased, thus resulting in a small excess of exports
as compared with the previous small excess of imports. This show-
ing was particularly satisfactory, as the unit price of coffee, Haiti’s
principal export, was lower than in the previous year, and an even
more marked decline occurred in the price of two other important
exports, namely, sugar and cotton.
Almost 75 per cent of imports into Haiti were obtained from the
United States, thus evidencing the dominant position which American
merchandise has acquired in the Haitian market. This is not sur-
prising in view of the political and geographical relations which exist
between the two countries. A large but somewhat less degree of
concentration was exhibited in the export trade, France purchasing
almost 66 per cent of the Haitian products which were shipped abroad.
Undoubtedly a more satisfactory situation would arise if less con-
centration existed as to countries of origin for imports and countries
of destination for exports. Furthermore, Haiti is preeminently a
‘‘one-crop country.” As coffee during 1925-26 constituted some 80
per cent of the value of Haitian exports and as this coffee was largely
marketed in France the double danger of commercial depression is
incurred if either the Haitian coffee crop or the French market should
fall upon evil days. For many years Haitian coffee has enjoyed an
excellent reputation in the European markets, but as yet the quan-
tity of this coffee sold in the United States has been negligible. In
view of the eagerness with which other mild coffees, such as those
from Colombia, Guatemala, and Porto Rico, are sought by American
importers, it is reasonable to believe that Haitian coffee will ulti-
mately find a ready market in the United States.
Next in importance to coffee is raw cotton, which is i excellent
quality, and experts believe that cotton equivalent to Egyptian may
be developed. Already the quality is considerably superior to Ameri-
can upland middling. Other exports were relatively insignificant,
the most prominent of the minor items being logwood, cacao, and
sugar.
Sugar growing is gradually being extended in Haiti, and costs com-
pare favorably with those of other producing countries. In fact
labor charges are believed to be lower in Haiti than in any other
country of the western hemisphere.
Export commodities are, however, but imperfectly developed, and
the policy of the government is to encourage all legitmate enterprise.
Foreign capital is welcomed, and increasing interest is being shown in
commitments in Haiti. Those products which are believed to offer
318 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION
the best possibilities for the investment of foreign capital are coffee,
cotton, sugar, tobacco, sisal, and certain tropical fruits. Because of
Haiti’s easy access to the eastern seaboard of the United States
an enormous potential market exists for all staples which can be
produced.
The antiquated tariff procedure of Haiti was thoroughly revised in
the past fiscal year, and it is now possible for importers to understand
the tariff and the various schedules of duty, whereas in the past it
was most difficult to conduct business.
As the standard of living of the Haitian population advances
through the continuance of a state of tranquility, as facilities of com-
munication are developed, as irrigation systems are installed and as
educational opportunities are increased, there is every reason to
expect that the present commerce of Haiti will also expand. On the
whole, it may be considered that the foreign commerce of Haiti was
quite satisfactory during 1925-26. Prospects for 1926-27 are not
equally encouraging, due to a substantial decline in quotations for
coffee and cotton. However, in view of the sound economic founda-
tion which is being laid by the Haitian government there is every
promise that in subsequent years all past commercial records will be
exceeded. )
RECEIPTS AND EXPENDITURES
Total revenue receipts of the Haitian Government during 1925-26
were Gdes. 45,364,648.10, a figure theretofore unapproached. An
advance of Gdes. 4,876,981.10 or 12.05 per cent over the previous
fiscal year was shown, thus demonstrating the prosperity which ex-
isted in Haiti, as the year 1924—5 was also unusually favorable.
Customs receipts amounted to Gdes. 40,594,831.74, a sum which
in itself was in excess of total revenues during the previous year.
Internal revenue receipts also expanded, and miscellaneous receipts
were only slightly inferior to the amount collected in 1924-25. The
revenue system is admittedly not well balanced, and plans are already
in process of formation for developing internal revenues. When the
revised internal revenue system shall have shown adequate produc-
tiveness it is the intention of the government to diminish and ulti-
mately to abolish the export taxes which are now imposed on such
important commodities as coffee, logwood and cacao.
Governmental expenditures from revenue amounted to Gdes.
40,930,725.08. Receipts therefore exceeded expenditures by Gdes.
4,433,923.03 or 10.83 per cent. This is indeed a comfortable situa-
tion, so far as Haitian finances are concerned.
Especially is this the case when it is recalled that expenditures for
practically all governmental activities were substantially greater than
during preceding years. Disbursements for the public debt fell some
COMMERCIAL AND FINANCIAL PROGRESS IN HAITI 319
Gdes 1,250,000, but expenditures for the constabulary, public health,
public works, agriculture, and vocational education sharply exceeded
those of all preceding years.
In order to realize the real progress which has occurred in the
establishment of Haitian finances on a sound basis it is necessary to
recall that a considerable part of the expenditures outlined above
have been for capital account rather than merely for maintenance and
operation. New roads have been built, additional bridges installed,
new schools, hospitals, and dispensaries constructed. It is obvious
that normal annual maintenance will not be as great as original con-
struction. Furthermore, capital expenditures in future years will
tend to decline as Haiti becomes more adequately provided with
modern equipment and facilities. At least the relative burden of
providing such facilities will tend to diminish, as it can be confidently
expected that the productive capacity of the population will be on
an ascending scale.
As yet insufficient funds are available for public instruction, but
in the last few years expenditures for this purpose have practically
doubled. It is also the policy of the present administration to empha-
size education, with particular attention to agricultural and voca-
tional training.
CONCLUSION
Haitian finances during 1925-26 may, therefore, be regarded as
unusually satisfactory, and commercial activity was reasonably so.
During the year, moreover, important financial legislation was en-
acted, particularly a thoroughgoing revision of the import tariff.
Additional interest developed in Haiti as a field for the investment
of foreign capital, and promising new industries were initiated.
Within a reasonable time Haiti will probably be removed from the
group of one crop countries and should take its place as an important
source of supply for sugar, cacao, tobacco, sisal, and tropical fruits,
as well as coffee.
The present administration in Haiti is progressive and enlightened.
President Borno systematically supports all legitimate enterprise.
Unfavorable legislation is being eliminated. With the continuance
of law and order, the extension of productive facilities and the devel-
opment of additional industries, the economic future of Haiti may be
regarded as most encouraging.
Sus
i tide 2D
Fira QD f FAs Aa A" G 5 Y 5 A
SITION AT SEVILLE
Tw, ABACZAL fo, B BD dea Y Akad.
OCTOBER 12, 1928—JUNE 30, 1929
SSNS
HE Ibero-American International Exposition of art, com-
merce, and industry at Seville, Spain, will be officially
inaugurated on October 12, 1928, remaining open until
the end of June, 1929.
The name ‘Ibero-American Exposition”’ instead of ‘ Hispano-
American Exposition”? was adopted in 1922 so as to include Portugal
and Brazil. Through diplomatic channels invitations have been
extended to the United States and the Republics south of the Rio
Grande, practically all of which have expressed their desire to par-
ticipate, as has the United States. Several commissions have
visited Seville on behalf of South American countries to study the
ground preparatory to making recommendations to their home
governments as to their respective exhibits. The Argentine build-
ing is already begun, while Mexico, Peru, Portugal, and the United
States have selected sites for national buildings.
As the exposition will be limited to the exhibits of the two coun-
tries in the Iberian Peninsula and the American nations discovered or
settled by Spanish and Portuguese navigators and explorers, none of
the other European countries has been invited to take part.
The exposition was first planned in 1910, actual work being started
in 1913. The war, however, caused a postponement of plans, sev-
eral successive dates having since been set for the opening. With
each postponement the scope of the exposition has been enlarged,
until now the project calls for one of the largest and most im-
portant affairs of the kind ever held in Europe. Moreover, due to
the change of date, the exposition has reached a remarkably advanced
stage of completion, many of the beautiful permanent buildings
of brick, stone, and tile in true Andalusian style being already
erected. By a royal decree the committee in charge of the expo-
sition has recently been reorganized, and Sr. Cruz Conde appointed
Royal Spanish Commissioner.
SEVILLE AS AN EXPOSITION CITY
Seville is the commercial center and largest city of southern Spain.
The population is about 250,000, making it the third or fourth city
320
' 499} erenbs 000‘00T Ale1eUITxo1dde jo
Bole UB SI9A09 ‘UvTd 9} JO I9U109 JJoyT JOMOT
98} UL Bal PIpvYS 9} UL Pssopout ‘spunois
pure UOT[IAvd saqVq1g pozlUy VY} 10} 971s VY
uorpraed e[fA9S “TITAX XX
SoMozeAeT “TIAX XX
serTuo[opD,
UvdIIY puB ODd01OPY Ystueds ‘[AXXKX
onuVsAV OUTTOTN “AX XX
souBlyUy SBloled “AIX XX
suspley sBPled “TITX «xX
yled VsInyT Vv “TTX XX
UISITA OU} JO V2VId “IXXX
wopAed [BAOY SUL “XXX
SJIV OUT JO vov[ed “XIX X
qly quspouy jo s0v[Pd “TITAXX
BOIIOULY JO VZRId “TIAXX
oouemuq(elpoqiog O1p9qd ‘TAXX
oouRlUy OWL UBS “AXX
SUIQIYXY ULIIOULY JO SOMT[VD “ATX X
sorpqndey uwedl
-IDULY JO SUGIYXY puv suorylavd “TITXX
SUIQIUXY oYVAM “TIX X
“oqo ‘saprnyy ‘sde yy Jo WOIAvd “IX X
yesny
-10q JO SUIGIUXA puw SUOTTIACT “XX
JV WIOpop JO 9VIVd “XIX
syueineysey “TITAX
pueys puvd TIAX
(1009 JU90UL
-aseq) sjueuriedeqd Ajoyeg
pue sod ‘oly ‘pry 4Stld TAX
(loopy JUSUTESeq) SOOTFO OTP
-ey pue ydeagzopey, ‘ouoydefaAL “AX
(queuLeseq )
SULOOIYBOTO PUB SBDUFO ITGNd “AILX
tunesnyy [eysnpul “TITX
umoesnyl WV “ITX
dOURIUY WIVABN “TX
oouRlUuy UOseVly “Xx
SIIVH [et0u9) “XT
sov[ed [e4JUeD “TITA
ureds Jo 8Z8[d “IIA
neoing WOMvuUlsIojuy “TA
onuUdA YW [VsnWod “A
oouRIyUy VsInyT BUC “AT
@NUGAY BSIN'T Bey “TIT
onudA YW uledg Jo Bze[d “II
[esn{10g Jo sueIjUy OD
RBolloury JO souBIyUy “FT 1
uredg jo souv1qug “FV
IouOP Jo souvyUY puvIDH ‘T
NOLLISOdXH NVOIUANV
-OUUML AHL AO NVId GNNOUD
322 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION
of the nation. It is particularly fitting that Seville should be selected
as the site of an exposition of which the American countries will
form a part, for it is the European city most intimately concerned
with the discovery and settlement of the New World.
When Columbus sailed from the little port of Palos a few miles
distant from Seville, the latter was one of the largest and richest
cities in the world, overshadowing both London and Paris in size
and importance. After America was discovered and when Spanish
influence was dominant there, Seville was the sole port of Spain from
which vessels were permitted to clear for the Americas and the only
THE PLAZA DE ESPANA -
The central building in the Plaza viewed from one of the galleries. This photograph shows only about
half of this immense semicircular palace
port of entry for the returning galleons. The majority of the early
settlers of Spanish America, including those of Cuba, Florida, and Cal-
ifornia, were natives of Andalusia, the fertile province in which Seville
is located. When Magellan sailed away on the first of all voyages
around the world, he raised anchor at Seville, and to Seville the
survivors of that expedition returned. Likewise, this great port was
the base for the voyages of other great discoverers and conquerors.
In Seville Cathedral lie, according to Spanish belief, the bones of
Columbus; the library collected by his son is stored in the same
edifice; and near by the enormous mass of documents relating to
IBERO-AMERICAN INTERNATIONAL EXPOSITION AT SEVILLE 323
the Spanish occupation of the Americas in the sixteenth, seventeenth,
and eighteenth centuries is made available to historians of all nation-
alities in the famous Archives of the Indies.
Historically the city of Seville is one of the most notable in Spain,
and the lover of art will remember it as the home of Murillo and
Velazquez, while the tourist finds Seville almost the only city where the
classic customs of the Spain of romance and picturesque literature
still survive in their entirety.
POTENTIAL IMPORTANCE OF SEVILLIAN REGION
A brief survey of the commercial and industrial situation in south-
ern Spain is pertinent to any discussion of the practical value of
participation by the United States in an exposition in Seville.
The city is situated on the Guadalquivir River 54 miles from the
open sea. Since the times of the Phoenicians foreign ships have
brought their cargoes to Seville for trade, and for centuries the city
was the most important port of the Iberian Peninsula. Two hun-
dred years ago, however, Cadiz, about 70 miles distant from Seville,
began to assume importance, since which little by little it has been
winning a part of Seville’s maritime trade. Then, too, in the last
half century the advent of large ships rendered difficult the ascent
to Seville through the winding Guadalquivir. This condition has
been corrected by the recent construction and completion of the
Alfonso XIII Canal which will give easy passage to steamships of
as much as 13,000 tons displacement. <A large modern dock system
adjoiming the exposition grounds is nearly finished and will be ready
to handle the heavy freight movement expected.
The effect of these port works on the international trade activity
of Seville is vitally important. The city’s strategic location as the
nearest large Atlantic port to the Strait of Gibraltar, and as the
nearest Huropean port to South America, together with its position
as the southern terminus of Spanish railroads, is confidently expected
to place Seville in a position of prime importance in world trade,
second only to Barcelona among Spanish ports. Moreover, Seville
has excellent communication by rail with Madrid, Barcelona, and
other important cities of Spain.
American ships will doubtless be placed on this run to handle the
large American freight movement. A direct service from New York
to Seville would place American manufactured commodities in Spain
in 15 days and with only one handling. Commercial development
is expected to parallel the improvement of shipping and terminal
facilities, and it seems assured that Seville will become of definite
and increasing concern to American business.
The region tributary to Seville is agricultural and mining. The
United States gets from Seville practically all its cured green olives,
324 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION
and indirectly much of its olive oil. The latter is now to a large
extent first shipped to Italy and later sent to America.
The mines near Seville have been worked since the time of Solomon;
the Rio Tinto mine is possibly the most famous copper mine in
Europe. The district is also one of the largest world sources of lead,
and large quantities of silver, copper, zinc, iron, and sulphur ores are
also extracted from this section.
The region around Seville, while the most conservative part of Spain,
has prospered greatly during the last decade and is rapidly adapting
itself to modern innovations. It has a high buying capacity and a
rapidly advancing standard of living. With the absence of local
A PATIO IN THE “PLAZA DE ESPANA”
A corner in one of the patios in the Main Exposition building
manufacturing plants all manufactured commodities must be im-
ported from abroad or from the industrial region of northern Spain.
There is, therefore, a receptive and largely undeveloped market for
American agricultural machinery, motor trucks, iron and steel, lumber,
hardware, phosphates, and many other lines. The coming exposition
and the opening of the port to large ships will undoubtedly give an
impetus to industrial and commercial activities that will operate to
the economic advantage of all countries taking part in the fair.
GENERAL PLAN OF EXPOSITION
The grounds acquired for the exposition comprise 2,400 acres situ-
ated on the outskirts of Seville, one extreme being only three-fourths
IBERO-AMERICAN INTERNATIONAL EXPOSITION AT SEVILLE 325
of a mile from the center of the city and the other 3 miles distant.
Part of the area was formerly a city park and the remainder pasture
land. The Guadalquivir River flows along one side of the grounds
and the Tablada Aviation Field, the most important in Spain, is also
adjacent. The new dock system, which, as already mentioned, will
permit large ships to reach Seville, is immediately adjoining the
exposition grounds.
A large tract near by, now utilized as a race course, golf links,
and tennis courts, will be a part of the exposition scheme and will be
enlarged and improved to include a field for track events, football
stadium, and polo field.
THE ROYAL PAVILION
Which fronts on the ‘‘ Plaza de América’”’
A strong point is being made of the artistic appearance of the
grounds and buildings, and landscape gardening is being stressed.
The city park included in the exposition area is one of the most
beautiful of its kind in Europe, while the semitropical climate of
Seville lends itself peculiarly to horticultural display. In this respect
the general appearance of the exposition will be somewhat along the
lines of the San Diego (Calif.) Exposition of 1915-16, with the
difference that the principal buildings at the Ibero-American Expo-
sition will be more permanent in character and that decorative fea-
tures will be bolder in color and more lavish in treatment. The
ensemble will, it is expected, embody the best of Spanish and Moorish
architecture and the decorative arts adapted to exposition purposes in
a setting of floral beauty never before attained at any exposition.
326 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION
A historical building is planned with exhibits relating particularly
to Spanish discoveries and exploration in the Americas, both North
and South. Seville is so rich in the history of wars and civilizations,
from Hannibal down to Marshal Soult, that the city itself is prac-
tically a historical museum.
The largest building of the exposition will be the Spanish Pavilion,
on the Plaza de Espafia, an enormous structure built in a half circle
with a central court 600 feet across, and with 49 divisions, corre-
sponding to the 49 Provinces of Spain, each to house the exhibits
of its respective Province. This building is now well on the way to
completion.
THE PALACE OF FINE ARTS
One of the most handsome of the buildings grouped about the Plaza de América
The Plaza de América has three finished buildings—Fine Arts,
Ancient Arts, and the Royal Pavilion. Pending the opening of the
exposition these buildings are being used for conventions and other
public purposes. Near these will be an exhibit of the exceedingly
interesting regional customs, music, and dancing of the different sec-
tions of Spain. |
The remaining portion of the grounds will be assigned to com-
mercial and industrial exhibits, livestock, and the national pavilions
of the foreign countries participating. It is intended that all exhibits
emanating from abroad be housed in the buildings of their respective
countries, with the exception of automotive displays and modern
art works, each of which will be grouped in a single building.
IBERO-AMERICAN INTERNATIONAL EXPOSITION AT SEVILLE 327
UNITED STATES PARTICIPATION
One of the handicaps under which the American exporter labors in
this field is the ignorance concerning the United States, and as the
exposition will be visited by the most prominent Spanish and Spanish-
American business men the pavilion of the United States will afford
publicity for United States products not possible in any other way.
The United States does not get the share of Spanish trade it should
have. In southern Spain our country is regarded as so remote that
the buyer instinctively inclines to prefer the goods of countries with
which he is more familiar. Yearly exports from the Seville district
to the United States are about $8,000,000, with imports of not more
than one-third of that sum.
THE PALACE OF INDUSTRIES
There is no antagonism in this region toward the United States nor
the slightest anti-American feeling. On the contrary, Americans are
well liked throughout Spain. An American telephone company has
secured the telephone concession for all Spain, including Seville; there
are 4 American-made automobiles to 1 from all other countries com-
bined; and in spite of the deterring factors of long distance, stiff
competition, and lack of information concerning our country and its
products, our exports are only exceeded in sales to southern Spain
by England and France.
It should be remembered, moreover, that several States of the
United States were first settled by the Spanish, and it is not neces-
34206—27—Bull. 42
328 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION
sary to recall the important part played by Spain in our early his-
tory. At this time many American scholars are studying the early
history of California, New Mexico, and Florida in the archives at
Seville, while large groups of our high-school and university teachers
go annually to Spain to take advantage of the summer course offered
by the University of Madrid.
Spain has taken a cordial part in our expositions, and very appro-
priately in 1893 the three Sevillan caravels of Columbus’s first
voyage were reproduced by Spain as part of its exhibit at the Chicago
World’s Fair. They were successfully brought across the Atlantic,
and one of them, the flagship Santa Maria, is still, or was until quite
recently, on exhibition in the lagoon at Jackson Park, Chicago. In
the same park is a reproduction of the convent of La Rabida, the
original of which still stands near Seville.
Moreover, it should be understood that acceptance by the United
States of the invitation to participate in the exposition is regarded
in all Spain as a sincere and gracious recognition of our debt to
Columbus.
The participation of the United States in the Ibero-American
Exposition, as it is officially called, is in the hands of a commission
recently appointed by President Coolidge. The work of the com-
mission is progressing rapidly under the direction of Commissioner
General Thomas E. Campbell, former Governor of Arizona, who has
established his offices in Washington. It is very gratifying to learn
that a very advantageous site has been selected for the building which
will house the exhibits of the United States Government.
At a meeting of the commission held last December it was decided
that this building should be of the Spanish mission type, in deference
to the strong influence which Spanish colonization has had upon the
architecture of the United States. With the cooperation of the
Commission of Fine Arts there have been initiated the first steps
toward the selection of an architect.
In order to explain the exposition more thoroughly and to arouse
interest in it in this country, a group of 25 prominent members of
the Atheneum of Seville, including authors and artists, arrived in
New York the early part of February on the S.S. Manuel Arnus, of
the Royal Spanish Mail Line. Their visit to this country will be
brief, but during that time their plans call for lectures and displays
of paintings and motion pictures in New York, Philadelphia, and
Washington.
The Commission of the United States of America to the Ibero-
American International Exposition at Seville is composed of ex-Gov.
Thomas E. Campbell, of Arizona, Commissioner General; Miss Agnes
Reppher, of Philadelphia, an author and essayist of great distinction;
Mrs. Helen Hall Upham, of Chicago, wife of the former treasurer of the
IN THE GARDENS OF THE IBERO-AMERICAN EXPOSITION
Upper: Fountain of the bullfrogs. Center: A sun dial. Lower: The Don Quixote Circle
330
THE PAN AMERICAN UNION
Republican National Committee; Judge Roderick N. Matson, of
Cheyenne, Wyoming; Hon. John F. O’Brien, former secretary of
state of New York State; and George T. Cameron, editor and
proprietor of the San Francisco Chronicle.
THE BECQUER MONU-
MENT
This monument to Gustavo
A. Becquer, the ‘‘poet of
love’? is one of the most
notable pieces of sculpture
in the Exposition gardens
The following will give some idea of the special character of some
of the exhibits planned:
GENERAL EXHIBIT OF SPANISH INDUSTRIES:
(a) Government industrial establishments. Munition works, navy yards,
aviation factories.
(b) Communication industries.
(c) Extracting industries.
(d) Other manufacturing industries.
(e) Other industries. ;
CoLontiaAL EXHIBIT:
Morocco—Western Africa.
Historical industry and commerce.
GRAPHIC INDUSTRY:
I. Retrospective graphic art works—
(a) Stone tablets. (6) Old manuscripts. (c) Epoch of the
Catholic Kings, American historical documents. (d) The
miniature. African school; Byzantine influence; Mozarabic
school; Leon school; French and Flemish influence; Guada-
lupe school; Escorial school; Seville school. Old Mexican
manuscripts. (e) Paper. Reconstruction of a mill of the
twelfth century. Modern manufacture of paper. (f)
Binding. Reconstruction of a parchment paper mill of the
Middle Ages. Modern binding establishment. (g) Print-
ing. Reconstruction of a typographical workshop of the
fifteenth century. Modern workshop.
IBERO-AMERICAN INTERNATIONAL EXPOSITION AT SEVILLE 331
GrapHic INpustTry—Continued.
II. Modern graphic art works—
(a) Peninsular printing (Christian and Hebrew). (6b) Printing
press in America. (c) Engraving. Wood and steel engray-
ing, wood carving, photogravure, photoengraving, lithog-
raphy, zincography, trichrometic engraving, aqua fortis,
photography. (d) Ex libris and placards.
III. Library—Classical works and texts, Sevillan books and books relative
to America.
IV. Commerce in books—Books, reviews, magazines, the graphic and
daily press.
NOTABLE MONUMENT TO COLUMBUS IN THE
PRADO GARDENS
The principal motive of which is the ‘“ Pillars of Hercules”
dan
TEC
BUENOS AIRES, JULY 1-10, 1927
F IT BE true that any adequate understanding and appreciation
of the inherent spirit of a people must be looked for along cultural
and spiritual rather than commercial and political channels, the
auguries are increasingly favorable for such an approximation be-
tween the peoples of this hemisphere, in spite of any merely super-
ficial signs to the contrary, for representative groups of workers in the
cultural domains of the 21 American peoples are tending more and.
more to seek, each from the other, moral and spiritual support
through contacts leading toward greater community of thought and
solidarity of effort in, their common tasks.
And thus we reach the Third Pan American Congress of Ar-
chitects, scheduled to take place in the month of July in the city of
Buenos Aires, Argentina, the second, it will be recalled, having been
held in the city of Santiago, Chile, September, 1923. Readers of the
BULLETIN will recall that it was in this assembly that the idea of
interchanging students of architecture “for at least partial or post-
eraduate courses’? was introduced, an idea which was looked upon
with favor by a majority if not the entire body of delegates, as also
that of an annual interchange of the exhibits of the architectural
schools of the Americas.
I
The executive committee for the Third Pan American Congress of
Architects was chosen several months ago at a meeting of prominent
architects in Buenos Aires.. The officers of this committee, which
proposes to do everything humanly possible to make the coming
congress worthy of its predecessors in both its social and profes-
sional results, are as follows:
President, Alberto Coni Molina; vice president, Ezequiel M. Real
de Aztia; secretary general, Francisco Squirru; treasurer, Ratl J.
Alvarez; chairman of finance committee, Ratl E. Fitte; chairman of
publicity committee, Juan A. Bercaitz; chairman of exposition com-
mittee, Arnoldo Arbertolli; and chairman of program and publica-
tions, Victor J. Jaeschke.
332
Q
>)
_
wy
ES, UNIVERSITY OF BUENOS AIRI
~
D SOCIAL SCIENC
Jb
A
FACULTY OF LAW
An architectural model of the building now under construction
334 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION
Each committee chairman is assisted by a full complement of
member architects, while the executive committee counts upon the
enthusiastic support and cooperation of the entire architectural
profession in Buenos Aires in general, as well as of the community at
large. The National Government, the city council, the National
University of Buenos Aires, and the National Housing Commission
are among the official entities which will take an active part in the
Congress, while numerous prominent business firms have contributed
large sums for the expenses incidental to such an international
gathering.
An interesting feature of the executive committee’s work is its
plan, made especially for the benefit of the delegates from the United
States, for a trip through a number of the other South American
countries, including Argentina. This initiative will undoubtedly
be welcomed by American architects desiring to attend the con-
gress. Mr. Milton B. Medary, jr., president of the American Insti-
tute of Architects, has already informed the executive committee of
interest in the coming congress aroused in architectural circles of the
United States. The committee on foreign relations of the institute,
headed by Mr. William Emerson, of Boston, is in charge of United
States participation. ’
I]
OFFICIAL PROGRAM OF THE THIRD CONGRESS
One of the first acts of the executive committee was to discuss and
draft the official program of the congress, which has been approved
by the permanent committee of the Pan American Association of
Architects in Montevideo. As will be seen by article 2 of the general
regulations which follow, this program covers all topics of timely
interest to the profession.
JOU
GENERAL REGULATIONS OF THE THIRD PAN AMERICAN CONGRESS OF
ARCHITECTS
ArticLeE 1. The Third Pan American Congress of Architects will meet in the
city of Buenos Aires, Argentina, in accordance with the motion passed at the
closing session of the second congress, September 20, 1923, at Santiago, Chile.
Art. 2. The purpose and objects of the Third Pan American Congress of
Architects are the following:
To encourage the advance of architecture by fostering all studies relating to
the architect’s profession;
To contribute to a more thorough knowledge of the artistic, scientific, and social
problems relating to architecture the solution of which especially concerns the
American nations;
To promote the adoption of measures dignifying the profession of architect
and protecting the exercise thereof; and
Courtesy of ‘La Mafiana,’’ Montevideo
EXAMPLE OF URUGUAYAN ARCHITECTURE
The Jockey Club of Montevideo
336 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION
To foster intellectual interchange for the purpose of forging and preserving
bonds of solidarity between the architects, the professional associations, and the
schools of architecture in the American nations.
Art. 3. The Third Pan American Congress of Architects will take place in
Buenos Aires from July 1 to 10, 1927, under the auspices of His Excellency the
President of the Republic, the Ministers of Public Works, Public Instruction, and
Foreign Relations, the mayor and the president of the city council of the capital,
the president of the National University of Buenos Aires, and the dean of the
School of Exact, Physical, and Natural Sciences.
Art. 4. The congress shall be composed of full and associate members. The
following shall be entitled to be full members:
The official delegates of governments, institutions of learning, and professional
associations; members of previous congresses; graduate architects requesting
membership; and persons especially invited.
Full members of the congress shall pay a minimum fee of 20 pesos,! Argentine
paper currency.
The following may be associate members: Professional architects, students,
and persons interested in the congress, any of whom may become members by
paying a minimum fee of 10 pesos, Argentine paper currency.
Art. 5. Persons desiring to become either full or associate members should
send a written request for membership to the executive committee or to the
national committee in their respective countries, inclosing the proper member-
ship fee.
Checks or drafts sent to the executive committee should be drawn to the order
of Seftor Rail J. Alvarez, treasurer, Calle Piedras No. 80, Buenos Aires, Argentina.
Art. 6. Full members shall have the right to present papers, attend the meet-
ings of the congress, take part in the discussions, vote, and receive all publica-
tions issued by the congress.
Associate members shall have the right to present papers and will also receive
all publications.
Art. 7. The organization of the congress is in charge of the executive committee,
the committee on the Pan American Exposition of Architecture, and the national
committees of the other American nations.
Art. 8. The executive committee shall have charge of the organization and
direction of the congress until its close. It shall receive all communications and
publish the proceedings and transactions of the congress. It shall have the
power to appoint special committees and shall keep in close touch with the
national committees of the various countries.
Art. 9. The national committees shall have charge of organizing the attendance
from their respective countries, acting as intermediaries between the members of
the congress resident in the other American nations and the executive committee.
These committees shall have charge of receiving the adhesions, papers, and fees
of members of the congress.
Art. 10. The congress shall take up the following subjects:
Reports on topics included in the official program of the congress.
Subjects recommended to the consideration of special committees or of the
executive committee.
Personal communications and papers.
Art. 11. The official program for the congress, approved by the permanent
committee of the Pan American Association of Architects, includes the following
topics:
1. The architect in America, and his professional activities.
1The Argentine paper peso equals $.4245.
Wi. 4
i )
i, Meebo
Roane aH
Courtesy of ‘‘ Arquitectura,’’ Montevideo
A NEW RESIDENCE IN MONTEVIDEO
This modern home of Spanish type was designed by a Uruguayan architect. Upper: Exterior. Lower;
Entrance hall, at the right, and one end of the living room
338 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION
2. Adoption of minimum course of study for degree of architect in the universi-
ties of America, so that such a degree conferred by any university may be re-
cognized in all other countries of the American Continent.
3. Association of architects for the protection of their profession; best methods
to be employed.
4. Spiritual orientation of architecture in America.
5. Amendment of laws and regulations in consonance with the technical,
advance and requirements of present-day architecture.
6. Orientations for instruction in the science of construction in American
schools of architecture.
7. City planning in its relation to architecture.
8. Public and private competitions in American countries.
9. Social problems to be considered in the exercise of the profession; the
architect’s work in the light of modern legislation.
10. Various subjects. (Under this heading will fall all papers of a technical,
artistic, legal, and social character.)
Arr. 12. The congress shall hold public plenary sessions.
The chairman of the preliminary session of the congress shall be the chairman
of the executive committee. At this session the honorary committee and the
presidents and vice presidents of the congress shall be elected.
At the closing session the congress shall designate the place and date for its
next meeting.
The program for the labors of the congress shall be formulated by the executive
committee.
Art. 13. Persons charged with presenting reports on subjects in the official
programs shall send their papers to the executive committee before May 15,
1927, addressed to Sefior Francisco Squirru, secretary general, Calle Piedras No.
80, Buenos Aires, Argentina.
Art. 14. The maximum time permitted to each speaker shall be as follows:
Reports, 20 minutes; communications, 10 minutes; and discussion of reports and
communications, 5 minutes.
Each speaker shall have the floor only once. <A speaker shall be allowed 10
minutes at the close of a discussion to sustain his conclusions.
The time permitted to a speaker may be increased only by special vote of the
congress.
Art. 15. The written text of reports, communications, and résumés of debates
should be delivered to the office of the secretary general the day following the
respective session.
Art. 16. The national committees of the American nations shall have the
right to propose to the executive committee members to report on official subjects.
Art. 17. The official languages of the congress shall be Spanish, Portuguese,
English, and French.
Art. 18. Any question not covered by these regulations which may come up
during the sessions shall be settled by the congress.
IV
PAN AMERICAN EXPOSITION OF ARCHITECTURE
Simultaneously with the congress there shall be held a Pan Ameri-
can Exposition of Architecture, the program for which, prepared by
the respective committee and approved by the executive committee,
is as follows:
THIRD PAN AMERICAN CONGRESS OF ARCHITECTS 339
CUBAN ARCHITECTURE
One of the newer apartment houses in Habana, Cuba
PROGRAM OF THE THIRD PAN AMERICAN EXPOSITION OF ARCHITECTURE
The organizing committee of the Third Pan American Exposition of Architec-
ture has the honor of inviting the architects of the American nations to take part
in the aforesaid exposition, which will take place in the city of Buenos Aires,
Argentina, concurrently with the Third Pan American Congress of Architects to
be held July 1-10, 1927.
The objectives of professional dignity and solidarity and of intellectual inter-
change set forth in the declaration of principles of the third congress will be
complemented by this exposition, which will be the best means of forming lasting
technical and artistic contacts between the architects of America, thus con-
tinuing the effective action of the two preceding congresses.
340 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION
AN EXAMPLE OF CUBAN ARCHITECTURE
/
A recently built"homefin a suburb of Habana
The Third Pan American Exposition of Architecture will, it is hoped, be the
most complete demonstration of the architectural attainment of all the countries
of America, one which clearly shows the tendencies of their respective schools
and of other professional efforts toward the improvement of architecture.
Considering the great importance of this exposition as a demonstration of pro-
fessional progress, the organizing committee does not doubt that all architects
and deans and professors of schools of architecture, as well as chiefs of public
and private bureaus, will cooperate toward its success by using their prestige
and influence to secure the contribution of drawings and plans to be there ex-
hibited.
The exposition will consist of three sections, for architects, institutions, and
students, respectively, which will be subdivided as follows:
I. Section for architects:
Class 1— Designs for public buildings and monuments.
Class 2—Designs for private buildings.
Class 8—Private monuments. .
Class 4— Decorative designs.
Class 5—Architectural details and motives.
Class 6—City planning; landscape architecture.
Class 7—Work in American archaeology.
Class 8—Photographs of buildings already erected or of designs.
II. Section for public and private institutions:
Class 1—Ministries and bureaus of public works and offices of national,
provincial, and municipal architects.
Class 2—Private architectural or construction offices, companies, or societies.
(These designs should bear the signature of the respective architects) .
III. Section for students:
Class 1—School work.
-
THIRD PAN AMERICAN CONGRESS OF ARCHITECTS 341
Class 2—Designs presented for degrees. Designs in this class must have been
executed in faculties or schools conferring the degree of architect
in accordance with programs authorized by such institutions and
under the immediate supervision of their professors. In addition
to the signatures of the student and professor concerned, the name
of the faculty or school and the city and nation where it is located
must appear in a prominent place.
SELECTION OF THE EXHIBITS
The exhibits of residents of Argentina should be sent directly to the committee
of the Third Pan American Exposition of Architecture, which is empowered to
make a choice of those submitted.
The exhibits of residents of other countries should be delivered to the national
committees of their respective nations, which committees are empowered to make
a choice of exhibits submitted, sending those accepted to the committee of the
Third Pan American Exposition of Architecure.
A TYPE OF CENTRAL AMERICAN ARCHITECTURE
The Estrada Cabrera Practical School for Young Women in Guatemala City
All customhouse permits, bills of lading, or freight notifications should be sent
to Sefor Arnoldo Albertolli, chairman of the exposition committee, Calle Piedras
No. 80, Buenos Aires, Argentina.
These provisions apply to exhibits in all classes, without exception.
SELECTION OF THE JURIES
The executive committee of the third congress shall appoint in due season two
juries: The jury of award, composed of at least 15 members, representing all
countries participating in the congress, which jury shall award the prizes in
Sections I and II; and the university jury, composed of professors of architecture
of the countries participating in the congress, which jury shall award the prizes in
Section III.
The juries may annul any of the prizes.
342 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION
PRIZES
In Sections I and II of the exposition the following prizes shall be awarded to
each nation participating:
(a) A prize of honor and diploma.
(6) Gold medals and diplomas.
(c) Silver medals and diplomas.
(d) The honorable mentions which the jury may deem proper.
In Section III the following prizes shall be awarded for each course of each
school participating: ;
(a) A gold medal and diploma.
(b) A silver medal and diploma.
(c) The honorable mentions which the jury may deem proper.
“MINISTRY OF PUBLIC INSTRUCTION’’? GRAND PRIZE
In each section there shall be awarded to the best exhibit a special prize con-
sisting of a grand gold medal, offered by His Excellency the Minister of Public
Instruction of Argentina. This prize shall be awarded by the respective jury,
augmented by a representative of the minister mentioned.
GRAND PRIZE OF HONOR
The two juries united may by a majority of votes award a single grand prize
of honor to the best exhibit in the exposition.
) DATE OF DELIVERY
All exhibits should be received in Buenos Aires before June 15, 1927.
By the exposition committee:
ARNOLDO ALBERTOLLI, Chairman
ANGEL. Crocr Musica. Jost A. HortTat.
Huaco GaRBARINI. Luis J. MorENOo DE Mesa.
Oscar GONZALEZ. RAFAEL ORLANDI.
IstDORO GUREVITZ. ENRIQUE G. QUINCKE.
By Freperick L. HorrmMan
Consulting Statistician, The Prudential Insurance Company of America
I—THE VALLEY OF MEXICO
BOUT 10 miles from the heart of the City of Mexico lies the
beautiful suburb of Tacubaya, famous the scientific world
over for its meteorological observatory, which reflects the
higher aspirations of the educated Mexican, anxious to see
his country in the forefront of nations aiming at exactitude and con-
tinuity of weather observations. Hidden away in the rambling build-
ings of archaic construction, two obscure natives of the rarest skill
have been at work for five or six years on the construction of an
extraordinary relief model of the Valley of Mexico, possibly 20 by
30 feet in size. When finished, it will be possible to grasp at a glance
the true significance of one of nature’s most impressive productions,
modified through the centuries by the patience and determination of
the human mind. For what is now largely a fertile plain some 70
miles in length and 40 miles wide was, ages ago, a shallow lake, the
draining of which constitutes one of the greatest of engineering
achievements.
No visitor to the City of Mexico is likely to miss a journey to the
pyramids of San Juan Teotihuacdn, the most impressive memorials
of the Aztec and pre-Aztec civilizations. The effect upon the mind
is overpowering. How did any people without the modern instru-
mental aids to architectural design and building construction succeed
in evolving this magnificent conception of a group of structures
serving, probably, chiefly ceremonial purposes? To me the Ciuda-
dela or citadel was even more impressive than the Pyramid of the
Sun, marvelous as it is. Of gruesome interest is the small pyramid
in the center of the Ciudadela, supposed to have contained at its
summit the sacrificial stone which is now on exhibition in the National
Museum. Far away stretches the highway of the dead, the lane of
sorrow where thousands of victims had their last glimpse of the
great valley and its fringe of towering mountain heights. Much
of all this has been restored, and more is being restored. With truly
34206—27—Bull. 4 —3 343
344 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION
commendable enterprise the Mexican Government has set itself the
task of reconstructing, as far as this is possible, the monumental
remains of its prehistoric people. Slowly the evidence is increasing
along many important lines of research. A massive three-volume
work by Doctor Gamio, has been published on the population of
Teotihuacén, which surpasses anything that has been written or
published regarding any particular tribe of North American Indians.
It would be utterly futile on my part to attempt a description of
this amazing reminder of the height of the pre-Aztec civilization.
Many interesting works have been written regarding the then known
remains, but more is being discovered almost from day to day. There
is a gem of a museum at the “archeological reservation”? where one
THE CIUDADELA, SAN JUAN, TEOTIHUACAN
may see a finely made model of the pyramids and the Ciudadela,
but no stretch of the imagination can construct an adequate picture
of life as it must have been lived here for generations.
Nor is a visit to the City of Mexico complete without a trip, if
possible on a Sunday, to the Floating Gardens of Xochimilco. The
scene is a never-to-be-forgotten experience. Hundreds of little boats
mingle with gayly decorated barges in a joyous throng of idlers out
for a holiday. Flower boats jostle boats laden with fruits and a
wide range of Mexican eatables, which the stranger, with some regard
for his digestion, would better let alone. Other little boats are mini-
ature cookshops, where stately Indian women may be seen frying
chicken or making tortillas, while the inevitable pot of beans is never
absent. But it is the flower boats, with their eager maids and misses,
that appeal most to the eye hungry for the picturesque. Slowly
MEXICO’S PRE-COLUMBIAN REMAINS 345
amid this teeming mass the pleasure barges make their way up the
long canal to the head of navigation, where at a good restaurant
one may eat and dance in comfort and at leisure. The crowds
represent all strata of society mingling in democratic fashion, with
never a harsh word or offensive gesture. There is no drunkenness,
no pushing nor crowding for some point of vantage. It is like a magic
lantern show of an impossible fantastic dream.
Where all the flowers come from is a riddle, but so is the barge
journey past numerous laterals of the canal system which all seem
to end in a mysterious cul-de-sac. One would like to go on and on,
but the return journey to the city consumes much time and a short
stop-over must be made at San Angel, a lovely suburb of Mexico
XOCHIMILCO CANAL —
No visit to the Mexican capital is complete without a trip to the floating gardens of Xochimilco in one of
the small flower decorated boats
City with an ancient church and the remains of a convent containing
many interesting relics... .
Ii. MERIDA-UXMAL
Of all the countless many who visit Yucatan, few indeed go to Uxmal.
Even among the natives it is rare to find one who has taken the trouble
to make the journey. For several days I tried to find a person who
could give me exact information, but my quest was unsuccessful.
After diligent inquiry I learned of two alternative routes and I chose
the one by way of Muna, a station on the Yucatan railway about 15
miles more or less, from Mérida. The train leaves at 4 p. m. and
arrives about two hours later. I had been told that there would be a
motor car at the station, but there was none in sight. Making inquiry
346 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION
in broken Spanish, I was addressed by a gentleman who proved to be
the director of schools, Sefior Telesforo Paros, a native of British
Honduras but a resident of the Maya country since he was 4 years
of age. He proved a veritable godsend, for he at once agreed to give
me lodgment in his home for the two nights of my stay, find the motor
car owner to take me to the ruins in the morning, and directed me to
the Fonda where | could obtain plain but substantial food. Intending
visitors to Uxmal should not fail to look up Senor Paros at Muna, who
will be glad to introduce them to the president of the municipality,
Sefior Maximo Ferrara, a most amiable gentleman, anxious to do his
part in behalf of his community. Muna may not easily be found
on the map, but it has a lasting place in a corner of my heart, for itis a
lovely Maya village, typical of the peaceful, industrious life of its
people.
I left for Uxmal at 6 in the morning. It takes about two hours by
motor car over roads which are occasionally so rough as to make
walking necessary. The country passed through is rather monoto-
nous, but with here and there a henequen field or a patchof corn. Near
to the ruins is the historic hacienda, now almost in ruins. Looking
back from near this point one has a wonderful panoramic view of the
Maya country, a vast plain covered with a low, stunted growth lke a
western prairie, with a haze on the horizon resembling the sea. Once
upon a time, perhaps a thousand years ago or more, there may have
lived nearly 2,000,000 Mayas in this area whose social and economic
organization must have been of a high order, for the ruins at Uxmal
indicate that only a vast population could have brought these colossal
monumental remains into existence and to their high order of archi-
tectural perfection. The first effect of the ruins is one of stupen-
dous confusion. There is nothing in our modern building methods
that affords a basis of comparison. There are several outstanding
features, however, which at once attract one’s attention. The first is
the Pyramid Temple, a huge structure resembling the structure at
San Juan Teotihuacan in the valley of Mexico. Holmes gives the
height of this pyramid as 80 feet, but the ascent by a flight of rude
stone steps is so steep that I did not dare risk it. On the summit is a
plateau of about 22 by 80 feet which contains a remarkable structure
clearly visible, in outline, from the ground. Back of the pyramid is the
Governor’s Palace, considered by Holmes, than whom there is no
better authority, as ‘‘justly regarded as the most important single
structure of its class in Yucatan and for that matter, in America.”
I wandered for an hour through its deserted halls and rooms, admiring
the half-obliterated frescoes, so admirably drawn by Catherton for the
classic report on the ruins by Stevens, published in 1843. Modern
investigators have an easier time of it, nor need anyone now apprehend
the ‘dire results” of even a single night’s exposure to the ‘deadly
MEXICO’S PRE-COLUMBIAN REMAINS 347
miasma”’ of the locality since the risk of contracting malaria, except
by utterly reckless exposure, is practically nil.
It would be utterly beyond my feeble powers of description to do
justice to the majestic beauty and classic grandeur of these and other
buildings at Uxmal. I climbed the steep sides of the Nunnery in the
boiling sun, aided by some native-made ladders more or less in decay.
But I did not have the courage to brave the noonday sun for a walk
to the House of the Pigeons, an extraordinary structure, clearly visible
perhaps a third of a mile away. There are as yet few roadways or
easy trails which would make a short visit as profitable as it might
easily be made. No one intending to go to Uxmal should omit taking
Photograph by Ernest L. Crandall
RUINS OF UXMAL, YUCATAN
These colossal remains could“only have been brought into existence by a vast population of a high order
of social and economic organization. The great pyramid appears at the right, with the ruins of the
Ball Court in the foreground and the Nunnery in the distance
with him a copy of the monograph by Holmes on the ruins of Yucatan,
published by the Field Columbian Museum in 1895. More thorough
students should, of course, read the two-volume report by Stevens,
which can not be matched by anything of more recent date.
It was my good fortune at Muna to meet the Government inspector
of ruins, whose name unfortunately I failed to get. He was extremely
helpful and provided for my care at the keeper’s lodge, where I ob-
tained a simple repast and a room to swing my hammock for a siesta.
Provided with a Yucatan hammock, a sheet, perhaps a blanket, one
is practically independent, for almost any house contains some extra
hooks and one may rest in peace and at almost nominal expense.
The country is perfectly safe and women may feel secure anywhere,
348 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION
especially if they take the precaution to pay a courtesy call upon the
President at Muna, for which Sefior Paros will gladly arrange. The
motor-car ride to the ruins for a party of three costs only $10. Meals
cost next to nothing, albeit there is not much to eat. But at the
fonda, the senora will broil or fry a chicken, furnish tortillas and some
spaghetti, finishing with coffee and cakes, all for the sum of 75 cents
for a party of three.
I shall always recall my two evenings in Muna as one of the most
delightful experiences of my life, near to the edge of the primitive.
One could not wish for a more peaceful pastoral scene than this settle-
ment at eventide when the men come home from the fields, when the
women go to the town well for water, when the children play ball, and
the faithful return from evening service. The sunset was glorious
and the cloud effects just before a storm superb. It did not take
much to transform the whole into a New England hillside, for here in
the Maya country practically every house has its stone fence which is
whitewashed, and everything about the premises is scrupulously clean.
The men and women are well dressed to suit the climate. There is
neither riches nor poverty, no crime nor disorder. But it wasin a sub-
dued voice that some one related to me the tale of the late revolution,
when every tree around the pleasant plaza served the hangman’s
purpose. . .
The director of the schools kindly saw me to the train in the early
hours of the morning. The fonda was open at 5.30 and as I entered,
a turkey, a pig, a chicken, a dog, and a duck took their leave. Yet
here, if anywhere in Mexico, I would like to have lingered, for to gain
a real glimpse into the life and soul of primitive man gives one in very
truth a touch of the Infinite. As I sat on the steps of the municipal
hall I tried to visualize to myself the long train of population changes
that this area must have witnessed during 1,000 years or more, only to
realize the utter inadequacy of any mental process by which the great
past of the Maya race can be reconstructed, for from whence they
came, what gods they worshipped, by what rulers they were governed,
and whence they vanished is all an imponderable mystery to which the
key has been irretrievably lost.
III. CHICHEN-ITZA
The train for Dzitas, the railway station for Chichén-Itz& on the
line to Valladolid, leaves the Union Station of Mérida at 5.30a.m. It
is advisable to go early, for the ticket window is apt to be crowded,
since several trains leave at the same time. I had some difficulty in
finding out about Dzitas, for few in Mérida with whom I discussed the
matter had made the journey to the ruins. The train reaches Dzitas
at about 10.30, after making 14 stops of more or less length. The dis-
tance is about 135 kilometers. The intervening stops should be care-
MEXICO’S PRE-COLUMBIAN REMAINS 349
fully watched, for stations are not called out and they are seldom
properly marked. I had wired in advance to Mr. Palito Pantojas,
the representative of Professor Morley, who met me with a car a little
later, after I had eaten a simple breakfast in the inn to which a teacher,
speaking fairly good English, had directed me. It is amazing how
common it is in this country to meet people who have at least some
slight knowledge of English.
The distance from Dzitas, a pleasant little Maya town, to the ruins
is, I think, 40 kilometers, taking just about one hour’s run over a hard
though not always very smooth road. The country passed through
is uninteresting—a low, level plain covered with underbrush. Every-
where are stone fences and few houses outside of the villages. Sud-
denly the ruins come into view. The first that met my eyes was the
ereat pyramid, a colossal pile of earth and masonry with more than
a hundred steep steps crowned by a temple, which is in course of
ee
ioe
is
Courtesy of ‘‘ Excelsior.’’ Mexico
THE DZITAS—CHICHEN-ITZA HIGHWAY
The beginning at Dzitas of the road which leads to the ruins of Chichén-Itza
being restored. In a general way the pyramid is like the one at Uxmal
and probably served the same ceremonial or sacrificial purposes.
The steps are so narrow and steep that I did not venture to make the
ascent. All about the pyramid are other structures, overshadowed
by the ‘Castillo,’ a truly imperial building worthy of a place among
the ruins of ancient Rome. This vast building is also on the crown of
a sort of pyramid or earth cone, faced with cut stone in the form of
steep steps which lead to the top. In this case I could not resist the
temptation, and made the rather difficult climb, being well repaid for
my courage and my exertion, for the heat was very trying.
How can one attempt a description of something that is simply
indescribable, for all comparisons are wanting unless it be with the
remnants of the ‘‘Grandeur that was Rome” and the ‘Glory that
was Greece.’”’ But in the case of the Maya ruins the task is enor-
mously complicated by the absence of a definite ground plan or sym-
350 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION :
metrical conception of the several leading structures. They seem to
have been placed, arbitrarily, without a purposive objective in their
relation. to each other. The Mayas also seem to have had no clear
conception of streets or of roadways and avenues, facilitating approach
from one great building to the other. Hence each structure, pyramid,
temple, or building stands out by itself and may possibly have served
some isolated purposes.
The effect of the first view of the Castillo on the eye is as though
some Scottish Rite temple had been bodily transferred to the Maya
jungle. Some of the frescos and carvings are well preserved and here
and there are still traces of ancient wall paintings in bright colors.
Courtesy of ‘‘Excelsior,’’ Mexico
THE GREAT PYRAMID TEMPLE, “EL CASTILLO”
A truly imperial building and the principal temple of the ruins
The height of the structure is about 80 feet, according to Professor
Holmes.
My climb of 90 feet in the broiling sun, with the help of my guide,
was made with some apprehension, especially as regards the return.
It is a dizzy height from which to look down but a scene of matchless
grandeur. Structure after structure comes into sight. There is the
Temple of the Tigers, the Temple of the Tables, the Temple of the
Cones, while in the distance one can see the impressive outlines of the
Round Tower or Caracol, and last, not least, the group of buildings
known as the Casa de Monjas or the Palace Nunnery. Between
these are smaller pyramids and buildings, many not yet covered with
MEXICO’S PRE-COLUMBIAN REMAINS 351
débris or undergrowth. I made my way to the Round Tower, perhaps
the most unique structure of its kind in the Maya country. It con-
tains a spiral stairway now partly in ruins. It is located on a mound
and is easy of access. Until the tower is reconstructed it is next to
impossible to clearly trace its outlines. The best description of the
tower is by Professor Holmes.
Wandering among the ruins, filled with awe and admiration for the
genius of these ancient builders, there likewise came to me the thought
of profound respect for the transcendent ability and daring imagery
of Prof. Sylvanus G. Morley who, in behalf of the Carnegie Institution
is reconstructing and rebuilding the Chichén-Itz4 ruins so as to restore
Courtesy of the Carnegie Institution of Washington
TEMPLE OF THE WARRIORS, CHICHEN-ITZA
The excavation of this temple in 1925, and the subsequent work of reconstruction is one of the most con-
spicuous achievements of the Carnegie Institution in the Yucatan region
for future generations some clear picture of the greatest achievements
of the Mayarace. The work of Professor Morley is one of the most
audacious and toilsome attempts ever made to rebuild the van-
ished cities of the past in any part of the world. Sitting in the broil-
ing sun I watched the workmen carrying loads of stone and timber to
the top of the great pyramid, reminding me of the toilers of old when
these structures were originally built, probably by slave labor. With
infinite pains and extraordinary skill the scattered fragments are
being put together, and by slow degrees the old structures are being
re-created and made comparable with the greatest architectural monu-
ments of European antiquity. When, some years hence, the work of
Professor Morley is finished, Yucatan will offer to the western world
352 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION
the greatest attraction in what is beautiful and eternally impressive
as the silent memorial of the genius of a vanished race. The project
itself symbolizes America’s highest idealism in rendering aid and guid-
ance to another nation not in a position to undertake the work on a
scale proportionate to its magnitude. Those who have had the priy-
ilege of witnessing what is being done at Chichén-Itz& must needs
bow in reverence to the memory of Andrew Carnegie, whose bene-
faction made this magnificent undertaking a possibility. Likewise,
the visitor must feel grateful toward the Carnegie Institution, which
is here erecting a monument to its own far-sighted wisdom, for what
THE “CASA DE MONJAS” OR “NUNNERY”
The largest and most imposing residential structure in Chichén-itza, which was probably the palace of
the reigning family, although called a nunnery by the early Spanish conquerors
is being done now at Chichén-Itz4 will never be permitted to perish
or fall into decay.
I was kindly cared for at the hacienda where a Korean furnished
me with my meals, a good bed to sleep in, and a shady veranda for
a long siesta. On my return to the station at Dzitas I stopped for a
while at a Maya home where I was addressed in fairly fluent English
by a young girl who had been for five years a student at the American
school in Mérida. The home consisted of one room, two or three
hammocks, a table, and a few chairs, but it carried the breath of true
culture and of the never-failing grace and courtesy of the Maya
people.
S
Stas}
INCAN WEAYVID
( ; ¢ @ © @
Ls @ 20 Q
I
THE INCAN LOOM?
By Fausto Burgos
N AN ancient vase preserved in the Larco Herrera Museum
in Lima is depicted the primitive Incan loom, the same
very simple loom still used by the Keswas of the Kosko,
the regions of Quispi-Kanchis, and in general by the
dwellers on the high Peruvian plateau. In the vase representation
various women are seen weaving, seated on the ground; each has
one of the rollers tied to her waist, while the other is fastened to a
stick. On the ground appear wooden blocks employed in making
printed textiles, receptacles in which the cochineal dye was kept,
and various kinds of adjusting tools, the weft being beaten into place
by means of the huihuina, the rokey used nowadays by the Peruvian
Keswas.
No loom could be more simple than this which has been handed
down unchanged in Peru. The author himself saw such looms in
operation in the Mutu-Chaka prison in the Kosko, where several
prisoners were weaving blankets of vicufia and sheep’s wool. One
roller was bound to the waist, while the other was attached to a tree
by arope. By withdrawing to a convenient distance from the tree
the weaver kept the warp threads taut. On these looms can be
woven unbleached cloth, double-faced textiles, and knotted materials
(huatay), and in general anything in which the pattern is formed by
the warp (blankets, licllas, etc.). The width of the cloth is never
_—
LV
\ fain a
SS 2a
ax—Q—=
COPY OF AN INCAN VASE
1 From Riel y Fomento, Buenos Aires, December, 1926.
353
TYPE OF INCAN LOOM IN ACTUAL USE
SMALL HAND LOOM SHOWING NATIVE PATTERN
TYPE OF LOOM USED BY AYMARA INDIANS
INCAN WEAVINGS 355
greater than 80 centimeters (32 inches). As the length increases
the weaver winds the finished portion upon the nearer roller.
We have also seen on the Bolivian and Argentine high plateau
a small loom, a modification of that just described, which is used by
the women who weave chumpis (double-faced Incan sashes). The
weaver works seated on the ground. She fastens the one small roller
to her waist; at the other end the warp unwinds from a stake. She
also beats the weft into place with the huchuina.
The primitive Incan loom did, however, pass through an evolu-
tionary process. The two rollers were retained, but four stakes
fixed in the ground were added, the latter being characteristic of the
puna and Aymara looms. In this type, the rollers are tied in a
parallel position to the fixed stakes. The weaver seats herself on
the ground, and as the web grows in length she rolls it up, thus
q iC
“tea aia ‘a
gS : ) ! Ig \ a
q ly iy | \ ,
ui
ZZ
LLY TY,
INCAN UPRIGHT LOOM
bringing the front beam nearer the other. Such a loom is described
by Padre Cobo in his notable work called Historia del Nuevo Mundo
(History of the New World):
The looms are so small and so low in cost that one may be set up with two
round sticks as thick as the arm and of three or four elbow lengths. On one
stick they wind the warp_and on the other they roll up the cloth, and in order
that this may be firm and well stretched, they fix in the ground four stakes each
a palm’s width in height, two at one side and two at the other, about a yard
and a half apart, and more or less as they wish, according to the cloth to be
woven. To two of the stakes they tie one of the two round sticks, and to the
other two the second stick, so that the cloth is raised a palm’s width from the
ground and is kept taut. They set up these looms at the doors of their houses,
either in the open air or in their patios. Every time they set themselves to
weave, after they cease work they carry away the cloth, rolling up on one stick
the warp which has been unwound, but always leaving the four stakes set in
the ground.
Garcilaso de la Vega, the Inca, also describes upright looms.
This type is no longer used on the Peruvian, Bolivian and Argentine
THE PAN AMERICAN UNION
306
high plateau, but is still found in southern Chile, in the Argentine
Provinces of San Juan and Mendoza, and in Patagonia. The weaver
seats herself on the ground, attaching the rollers to two fixed stakes
and withdrawing the former as the cloth increases in length.
Wi kay
yy
hal
Yy
A variation of this type is the slanting loom, common in Mendoza
and Neuquén (Argentina). The rollers are tied to two large beams,
the latter being firmly propped against an adobe wall or the eaves
of the house.
(Se
Ph
i z e
af ae | we ult om
ea" ———
CREOLE LOOM
The Argentine native loom is the last word in hand looms for use
at home. It consists of four firmly set forked poles, two lengthwise
pieces resting upon them, a crosspiece supporting the reed and
heddles, two or more treadles, and two rollers. Such native looms
we have seen in Salta, Catamarca, La Rioja, San Luis, Cordoba,
and San Juan.
INCAN: WEAVINGS 357
1
ARAUCANIAN TEXTILES!
By GuautTerRIo LoosER
Assistant, Anthropological Section, National Museum of Chile; Associate Member,
Chilean Academy of Natural Sciences, Santiago
One of the most marked characteristics of our times is the interest
shown in the peoples of remote ages and their cultures. The modern
world glances backward. To prove this it will be enough to remem-
ber the expectations aroused by the discovery of the tomb of Pharach
Tut-ankh-amen. An omnivorous public devours the books on eth-
nology and archeology; and the arts engendered by ancient eiviliza-
tions, which we might have given up as dead, are coming back to life.
Exotic things have become the fashion; Buddha statues are displayed
everywhere (as well as objects imitated from the Egyptian), together
with African sculpture, Inca ceramics, and so on.
A world whose creative powers are tired or exhausted is copying
the old. Now it has turned to erudition. All of which may be taken
as a natural consequence of the too rapid pace of present-day
civilization.
Our age of science goes in for complicated, even if wonderful,
machinery, or chemical products that would greatly astound the
ancient alchemist. It does not know, however, how to achieve the
simple, the humble, the spontaneous thing. And this is why it has
come to appreciate anything that shows those qualities.
Among such things we find Araucanian rugs and blankets, currently
known in Chile as Choapinos, which we wish to make the subject of
this study.
Of the several native peoples populating Chile at the time of the
Spanish conquest, back in the first half of the fifteenth century, one
alone was able to ward off the invaders. The others were either
destroyed or absorbed by the whites. But when the Spaniards, made
overconfident by their thus far success, attempted to penetrate the
Araucanian country, they found a formidable resistance.
This people, whose home spreads from the Bio-Bio River to Relon-
cavi Sound, and from the Cordilleras to the Pacific, over a territory
100 miles wide by 500 miles long, with a considerable overflow on
the Argentine pampas, lived the most simple life, without a central
government, yet they knew how to organize for war. Led by ener-
getic and heroic chieftains, such as Caupolican, Lautaro, and Gal-
varino, they defeated the Spaniards and finally captured their com-
mander, Valdivia, and put him to death. It was of no avail that
1 Chile, New York, January-February, 1927.
358 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION
Spain sent considerable reinforcements to Chile, veteran troops that
had covered themselves with glory in Flanders, in France, and Italy.
They succeeded occasionally in subjugating a more or less large portion
of the Araucanian territory, building there fortresses and mapping
out towns; nevertheless as soon as they grew overconfident an
Indian uprising would come to destroy in a few hours all that their
patient effort had built theretofore.
At last Spain had to admit the uselessness of its campaign and leave
the Araucanians practically independent during the whole of the
colonial period. Not until well past the war of Independence, toward
the middle of the last century, did the Chilean Army put an end
for good to the Araucanian resistance. Their land, formerly covered
SS} >
SSR,
N
N
al
N
\
N
ae |
YA |
LY, |
ry
Lhe
REESE SES ES EOS SSS SS SESS SSS
LhLiilillileillll.
K
RSS
es ‘" A
\
da oe) ‘a
ee a : | A
73 : Winds
WO GREEN ////// hates HEIN RED HEBD BLACK. Ts by the Author
|
y
g
d
j
j
G
y
A
G
g
y
g
j
3
l
Y
j
g
G
Y
Ys
j
d
A
y
g
_
LLLLLLA LM
Fig. 1—AN ARAUCANIAN BLANKET
by impassable forests, is to-day dotted with prosperous fast-growing
cities, and the fields are everywhere cultivated by modern methods.
The land of Arauco is at present one of the largest production centers
of Chile, and the one with the greatest future.
Unfortunately, the Araucanians, as other primitive races, are inca-
pable of assimilating a sudden inrush of foreign ways. Their present
condition is one of utter decadence, with very few individual
exceptions.
Let us now plunge into our particular subject. The taste for the
handicraft of our Indians, and especially for their hand-woven blan-
kets, is in full vogue. One seldom visits any Chilean town without
meeting in the street the peddlers of Araucanian Choapinos with a
INCAN WEAVINGS 309
Pt nl SE
Fic.2—A TRARIHUE WITH THE CONVENTIONALIZED HUMAN FORM
load of bright-colored rugs on their backs. Some of their best cus-
tomers are the foreign tourists, and especially the ever-increasing
number of American visitors to Chile.
Genuine Araucanian weavings are made in and around the town
of Temuco, in southern Chile, where there is a dense Indian popula-
tion, and numerous families earn a livelihood from this industry.
But it is only fair to warn that not every blanket that is sold as an
Araucanian product is made by the Indians. A number of factories
have sprung up in Santiago, Concepcion, and other Chilean cities
where the imitation article is manufactured on a large scale. J am
sorry to say that the products of this industry are marred by serious
defects. Their ornamental motives are, as a rule, entirely alien to
the Araucanian patterns. It is only charitable to add that the mer-
chant has been handicapped in this enterprise by the lack of knowl-
edge of the Indian arts, since no systematical study has been pub-
lished about them, although several monographs have been written
by Chilean and foreign specialists on some branch of the subject.
But a popular book embracing the whole matter is still to be written.
It is rather a curious fact that although the art of weaving is the
sole artistic manifestation of the Araucanian race, not a single
scientific work on this important subject has yet been written. Only
incidentally can there be found in miscellaneous books some reference
to and graphic reproductions of ‘“‘ponchos’”’ and other Araucanian
fabrics. Besides the loom output only their silver ornaments are
worth mentioning as products of an original Araucanian art. Basket
making and pottery never attained anything like perfection among
them.
HISTORICAL ANTECEDENTS
It is no easy matter to ascertain the true cultural state of the Arau-
canian people at the arrival of the Spaniard. Colonial chroniclers,
always taken up by other preoccupations, seldom deigned to pick up
the threads of scarce and contradictory data relating to archeological
and ethnological matters. Now the Araucanian land is very poor
in archeological remains. The cemeteries, which in other climates
Fiag.3—DETAIL OF THE TRARIHUE SASH: A WAIST ORNAMENT
34206—27— Bull. 4 —4 E
360 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION
have helped the scientist to reconstruct past cultures and customs,
yield a very scanty result in our Indian territories. As rain prevails
all the year round, the deeply soaked soil destroys everything put
in it, save stone. The Araucanian Indians used to bury their dead
together with all sorts of things (pottery, food, weapons, clothing, and
the insignia of their rank, as the case might be); but because of the
weather, at the end of 30 or 40 years nothing remains with the
exception of some stone artefacts.
Fic. 4.—ANOTHER PONCHO BAND
Neither are the stone burial pieces found of much help in increas-
ing our knowledge of the Araucanian lore, as there are no sufficient
reasons for connecting these stones with the Araucanians. It is
generally admitted to-day that the Araucanians are not Chile’s
autochthonous people, but that they came from Argentina a few hun-
dred years before the arrival of the Spaniards. The stone imple-
A SADDLE BLANKET. OF
BRIGHT COLORING
ments thus far found should be rather assigned to another previous
occupant, of which there are unmistakable traces.
The social status of the Araucanian early in the fifteenth century
may be summed up as follows: They formed a barbarian community ;
they were tolerably apt in woodcraft and could make some simple
vessels in stone or clay. They had perhaps already learned to weave
the wool of the guanaco, a wild variety of the llama deer. But from
this we can not assume that they knew blanket making to the extent
INCAN WEAVINGS 361
they do now. Later on they made garments with the wool of the
chilihueque, a domestic variety of the huanaco, which was introduced
perhaps by the Inca conquerors. In our day they rely entirely on
sheep wool for their domestic needs. The bright and fast colors of
former times were prepared with vegetable dyes, through ingenious
devices now forgotten and which have been replaced by “drugstore
dust,’”’ as the Indian now calls the chemical stuff.
The real origin of the Araucanian Choapinos must be looked for in
old Peru. The Incas conquered Chile toward the end of the fifteenth
century, but it seems that their actual dominion did not reach farther
Fic. 5—-ONE OF THE MOST COMPLICATED PATTERNS
South than the River Maipo, or the Maule at most. By means of
trade intercourse they may have had some influence over the
Araucanians, but it must have been negligible.
Odd as it may seem, the real influence of Incan civilizetion over
Chile came with the Spanish Conquistadores. The Spaniards were
few, but they brought with them thousands of Peruvian Indians as
an auxiliary corps. These poor slaves, called yanaconas, were very
adept in the arts of the Incas, and became therefore highly useful.
While the Spaniards were busy fighting, the former took care of the
SSS
Fic.6—A CHARACTERISTIC PATTERN: THE “STEPPED” DESIGN
precious seeds brought from Peru, planted the soil, propagated the
domestic arts, and taught all they knew to the Chilean native. The
large number of Quichua terms in the Spanish spoken in Chile to-day
is due more to the yanaconas than to the previous Inca conqueror.
The Spaniards themselves soon realized the impossibility of sub-
stituting their language for the tongues then in use among the
aborigines of South America, and, bent upon facilitating their inter-
course, they helped extend the use of the Quichua language, called
“the general tongue” in both Chile and Argentina at that time.
362 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION
THE INCA INFLUENCE ON THE ARAUCANIANS
The yanaconas were the masters of the Araucanians, and the deco-
rations in their blankets and vessels prove conclusively their Peru-
vian origin. We can find the corresponding pattern for every one
of these in the Inca artcraft.
My illustrations have the sole merit of being reproductions of
authentic and genuine antiques, belonging for the major part to the
National Museum of Santiago. Some of them have been in its
possession for 60 years or more. Figures 1 and 2 are reproductions
from the collection of the distinguished Chilean anthropologist, Dr.
Leotardo Matus.
Araucanian textiles of the design type, the only one I wish to
describe, are of several styles and forms: The ponchos, or cloak
blankets; some generally beautiful sashes called trarihues, about 2
A BEAUTIFUL PONCHO FOR EVERYDAY WEAR
inches wide and up to 50 inches long, which are used to hold in place
the chamanto, or Indian cloak; and the lamas, rectangular pieces of
cloth to cover chairs or saddles.
The poncho, called by the Araucanians ‘“‘nucur macun”’, is a wool
garment some 55 inches long by 50 inches wide, with a slit for the
head in the direction of length. The dominating color is, as a rule,
black or dark, with three bands of design, one running down the
center and one along either side, also following the major dimension
of the garment. The decorative design is almost always carried out
in white, in the shape of regular crosses in square frames. The crosses
are now longer, now wider, and sometimes they form several series
of concentric crosses forming steps. ... Figure 6 represents the
band in another poncho with a ‘‘stepped”’ design. Almost identical
patterns are found in the palace of Chan-Chan, the capital of the
ancient Chimu Indians, near Trujillo, northern Peru.
Figure 1 is notable for the complicated pattern, variety of design,
and brightness of color. The cloth of each component rectangle
INCAN WEAVINGS 363
is woven separately and then sewn together. This is a lama, as ex-
plained before, in which we see again the cross pattern in a rectangular
frame, and also single step designs.
The frequency of the cross motive in Araucanian cloth might be
explained as of Christian influence. This is not the case. In the
first place, the Catholic cross, the only one brought by the Spaniards
to America, is never square. Moreover, we know that the cross is
one of the oldest and most widely used symbols of the pre-Colombian
world. We find it not only in Arauco and in Peru, but in Mexico
and even farther north. The Spaniards were rightly surprised by the
Wh +Ed tl
1G. 7.—THE ABORIGINAL CROSS IN ARAUCANIAN BLANKETS
coincidence, and in the course of time explained it by different leg-
ends of early Christian missionaries in America, before the arrival of
Columbus. <A well-known tradition is that which identifies the Aztec
god Quetzalcoatl with St. Thomas the Apostle.
We have learned, thanks to the indefatigable investigations of the
German savant, Dr. Max Uhle, that the origin of the culture of all
the American Indians who attained some development, must be
looked for in the south of Mexico where can still be found the remains
of the Maya people, who are credited with the highest original culture
PR TER eI Te OS
Fic. 8—ANOTHER CROSS DESIGN OF UNKNOWN ORIGIN
in the New World. This was the only aboriginal race who left written
records, together with enduring artistic and material monuments.
Successive waves spreading from there carried their civilizing forces
farther and farther afield. The oldest vestiges of Maya influence in
Peru appear to antedate by a few centuries the Christian era. This is
the Proto-Nazca culture, so called from the beautiful samples of clay
vessels which came from the Nazca community in southern Peru.
They did not know, however, how to weave wool (100 B. C. to 650
A. D.). The Proto-Nazca was followed by the Tiahuanaco civili-
zation (300 to 900 A. D.), which in turn was replaced by the Inca»
empire which the Spaniard destroyed.
364 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION
Another interesting motif in this lama is the hooked design, of
which there is one at each corner and another at the center of each
half (fig. 1). The step and cross designs occur constantly in the
Araucanian Choapinos. Hooked fretwork is also frequent and must
be traced to pre-Hispanic influences from Peru. Figure 10 is the copy
of a design on a beautiful huaco, as the pre-Hispanic burial pottery
of Peru is called, this particular piece having been found in Chimbote,
northern Peru. It is plain that both are identical. Figures 3, 4, and
5 correspond to different trarihue designs from Arauco. Again we
see similar patterns with slight modifications. To furnish a point
of comparison with old Peruvian art, I have reproduced a hooked
pattern from a very old Peruvian cloth, which corresponds exactly to
the design on the Araucanian trarihue marked “Figure 5.”
Entirely different and remarkable for its beauty is Figure 2, taken
from an ancient trarihue belonging to the Museo Nacional of Santiago.
Here the human form has been thoroughly conventionalized. The
AN ORNATE SEAT COVERING
Araucanian seldom draws the human form, and when he does it is
always on trarihues.
The geometric, the conventional (cubistic, I should say, applying
this modern appellation to a very ancient style), is a characteristic tend-
ency of the Araucanian textile art, and purely of Peruvian origin.
Perhaps no other people developed that tendency so thoroughly and
attained such remarkable results as the peoples of ancient Peru and
Bolivia, as the ruins of Tiahuanaco and Chimu bear witness to this
day. An interesting realistic school flourished in Peru also; but
the Araucanians received only the influence of the Incas, who belonged
to the former school. Moreover, the relative technical shortcomings
of the Araucanians forced them to imitate the easiest designs; that is,
the geometrical.
There occasionally appear on the market so-called Choapinos
bearing designs representing flowers, animals, or the human figure.
. These are gross frauds. Neither the Araucanians nor their Inca
masters ever incorporated such figures in their designs. It is one
INCGAN WEAVINGS 365
of the mysteries of archaeology that, in spite of the fact that flowers
are such a decorative motive and one employed so extensively in the
Old World, it so seldom appears among the Incas. In the textile
handicraft and ceramics of ancient Peru we find the most unexpected
forms, such as birds, animals, fishes, crustacea, houses, fruits, men,
and women. But I have never seen animal figures in genuine Arau-
canian patterns, and as to human figures, they are, as already stated,
profoundly conventionalized.
Care should be taken not to confuse the Choapinos with the
mantas of the huaso, the Chilean peasant and cowboy, as these latter
Fic. 9—A POPULAR, SIMPLE PATTERN
are of evident European origin. As to these people, we find them to
be only partly of Araucanian descent, with an increasing proportion
of Spanish blood as we travel northward.
One of the most insistent questions is how it happens that these
designs have remained practically the same through the centuries,
despite the destruction of the civilization that gave them birth. I
believe the answer to this question is easily found. Among primitive
peoples their habits and customs often attain a ritualistic character
which makes any attempt to change a punishable deed. Arau-
canian weavings are made by the women, and they repeat during
a whole lifetime the same few designs which thus pass from one
generation to another.
Fic. 10—ONE OF THE PRIMITIVE DESIGNS
Moreover, in the people of central Chile there are observable cer-
tain habits redolent of the Incan civilization which can not but
surprise the observer. These are even more interesting than the
influences still persisting among the Araucanians, for in central
Chile modern civilization has steam-rollered everything, and the
people themselves have a strong proportion of European blood.
Nevertheless, the Chilean people continue to recreate objects and
images of Incan origin without the least understanding as to their
meaning. How much easier to understand are the survivals of
Peruvian influence among the Araucanians, who have come into
366 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION
full close contact with occidental culture only during the last 50
years. But the conservative spirit dies hard. More than 2,000 years
ago Aristotle had already defined man as an animal of settled habits.
For my part, I have tried to give an approximate idea of the Arau-
canian textile art. It is as ingenious as it is simple. They use no
more than 10 colors (white, red, violet, blue, green, etc.), which they
never blend. Like all primitive peoples, they have a horror of shades.
Neither do the number of their decorative designs run high; but the
deft combination of colors achieves pleasing results, thus explaining
the present vogue of the Choapinos.
CHURCH AND STATE
COOPERATE IN PUBLIC
N THE nation-wide campaign against disease now being con-
ducted with such vigor by the public-health authorities of Chile
with the object of decreasing the alarmingly high rate of infant
mortality and raising the health standards of the nation in gen-
eral, it is extremely gratifying to note that the church is taking a
very active part. As a part of this cooperation the archbishop of
Chile, Monsignor Crescente Errazuriz who, it will be remembered,
made an extended visit to this country some years ago, recently
addressed a forceful encyclical letter to the clergy and other spiritual
directors and advisors in the archdiocesis, a somewhat condensed
version of which is as follows: ;
The church must consider the individual as a whole, just as he is, and if it
be true that her mission is chiefly spiritual, it is no less true that she has con-
sistently down the ages collaborated in everything which signified human progress
and well-being, more particularly in favor of the needy classes.
We desire, therefore, to cooperate with the Director General of Public Health,
and to this end we bespeak the collaboration of our parish priests and of all those
beneficent institutions which are so devotedly ministering to the spiritual and
physical needs of the poor and helpless.
In order that our people may be educated in the habits and customs of hy-
gienic living, we earnestly desire that full use may be made of every means at
our command: Of the catechism classes, the welfare guilds, the St. Vincent
lectures, the visitations in the home by the Dolores Sisterhood, and all charitable
institutions.
1 La Nacion, Santiago de Chile, Jan. 12, 1927.
CHURCH AND STATE COOPERATE IN PUBLIC HEALTH CAMPAIGN 367
The child especially must be had constantly in mind, teaching him, and requiring
of him in the school, the class, the church, a clean body and a neat and orderly
appearance in his clothing and bearing. We all know the force of habit and
how difficult it is to lose the good habits firmly established in childhood.
Moreover, to the end that the instruction and example of the school may not
be in open contradiction to that in the home, the visiting agencies must
endeavor to instruct and help the parents in cleanliness and orderliness of
the home. Christian employers, who have done and are doing so much to pro-
vide sanitary homes for their workers, can still further collaborate by offering
prizes or other stimulus for the cleanest and best-kept homes.
As a practical working plan for the health education of children, we have
laid down the following:
1. Careful inspection as to personal cleanliness of hair, hands, finger nails,
face, neck, mouth and clothing of each child attending catechism classes.
2. Teaching children the proper care of the teeth.
3. Teaching children to wash their hands and clean their finger nails before
eating, and the reasons for doing so.
4. The inculcation in children of a love of fresh air, sunshine, frequent bathing,
etc. :
5. Teaching children practical and inexpensive means of providing bath-
tubs.
6. Inculeating the idea that poverty need not prevent cleanliness. Teaching
them how to keep the clothing clean and in order, and to feel ashamed of the
disorder and dirt which make them repulsive to others.
7. To note, as this instruction is continued from class to class, whether the
pupils have profited by their health training in previous classes.
8. To make the children understand that one of their greatest enemies are
flies, which transmit the most dangerous diseases, such as typhoid fever, and
to teach them that flies should be exterminated, to this end stressing the neces-
sity of eliminating uncleanliness in the home.
We can count with certainty on the cooperation of the Bureau of Public
Health with respect to furnishing publicity material to our parish priests and
other directors for this work. We are also certain that the cooperation of the
Church and the Bureau of Public Health will raise the people of this nation to
a higher level of well-being and happiness which can not fail to be conducive to
the wider practice of all Christian and civic virtues.
AYISIOATU) OY} AQ posojsoy ATIPBo}s 0q 09 oIv s}10ds UvOTIOWL Wy Ul{eT + “[Beprl STyy Jo qaed B AT[VINyeU st
SOOTYIV 0} VISop[OOIE} UL JO JUSMEsvINOOUS oY} PUR ‘RdIJOUTY Ue] PUR So7v4g Po}IU 94} Ur s}yUepNys W90M10q SAIYSUOT} BOI [BNO] [OJ UT 9}VATI[ND 04
PepuNo] sv TWRI] JO APISIOATUE) METOY,T, *Se}B1IG peyTUL oy} UT peALTd [[eVqQ40oj URoTIEUTY UB Jo oUIeS INe}RUIR YsIy OY} 10U JI “Js1y 9} JO eUO oq 0}.
PoAat[oq St ‘TOUIIOJ oY} JO Ply O10 TWA" 9y} UO ‘eqnH ‘euRqey Jo AzIsIOATUA oY pu ‘eprIO[y ‘TurerPL JO APISIOATU() OY} JO SUI, OY AQ OUILS YUd00I OU,
TIV€ALOOW NVOINUNV NVd
WUBI “IA UOHTUIBTT JO AsOgIn0D
lubed
"
tt
i
ee
Courtesy of ‘‘Peru”’
THE WOMEN’S ATHLETIC CLUB, IQUITOS, PERU
Iquitos, it may be added, is Peru’s most eastern port on the Amazon
River, 2,300 miles from its mouth
that part of Peru.
in
tiators of sport for women
inl
The members of this club are the
flEXIC
HE summer school of the National University of Mexico was
inaugurated in 1921. It is not only an institution where
students and teachers of Spanish will find a great variety of
courses suited to their needs, but also a laboratory for inter-
national friendship. Here the students and teachers from the United
States and other countries mingle with Mexican students and educa-
tors in a sincere effort to know and understand each other better.
During the past five summers there has been a total of 1,600 students
from the United States—mostly teachers in secondary schools and
colleges—to whom may be applied the title with which Dr. William
F. Russell, Dean-elect of Teachers College, Columbia University,
has designated the,foreign students in the United States: ‘Mer-
chants of Light.’’ They have brought to us their cultural goods and
have taken back ours in exchange.
The principal subjects offered are:
Elementary, intermediate, and | Methods of teaching modern lan-
advanced Spanish. | guages.
Commercial Spanish. | History of Mexico.
Philology. Phonetics. Education. Economics.
Mexican, Spanish-American, and Social and political problems of
Spanish literature. Mexico.
Life in Mexico and Spanish Mexican archaeology.
America. Mexican and Spanish art.
Mexican Folkways.
The courses are planned to meet the needs of teachers and students
as well as of social workers, artists, business men, and people interested
in the study of international affairs. Lecture courses in English are
offered for the benefit of those students whose knowledge of Spanish
is limited.
Just as important as the academic work of the school are the social
gatherings, the picnic luncheons followed by typical Mexican enter-
tainments held in the patio of the school every Thursday, and the
week-end excursions to places of great natural beauty and historic
interest. Among the places visited every year are: Puebla, rich in
colonial church architecture and noted for its fine pottery; Cuerna-
370
UWAULO AA IO} [OOYDY [BUIION oy)
Aq pardnoo0 svm 4 sivad Jo loquinu v JOY ‘apedey sqrt jo Aynveq pure AajourUTAS 9} Jo} poysinsurysip ApAepnoyased st pue ‘o1n40041YOIw [BIUOTOD Jo seTdurexe
914R4OU JSOUL OY} JO OUO ST SUIP[ING oYL “SIBVaA OAXg 4sVd OY} UT SB soy Ploy oq [TM OdIX9PY JO ATISIOATU LE, [BUOT{VN 94 JO [OOYDs JOULUINS BY} JO WOTSses 2Z6T OL,
ALIO OOIXAW «"SHSVIN JO ASNOH,, YO SHNOUVOSVIN SOT AC VSVO
OdIxo]] JO S}IY OUT JO NBeINg oq} JO ASaqIN0D
: so gianna ROET™ Peee8 FEE
oe, THE PAN AMERICAN UNION.
A PATIO IN THE SUMMER SCHOOL BUILDING
vaca, where Cortés and Maximilian once rested from the affairs of
war and state; San Juan Teotihuacan, where the Pyramids of the Sun
and the Moon are the massive remnants of a civilization that was
many centuries old before America was discovered, and Xochimilco,
fragrant with the flowers of the floating gardens. The school makes
arrangements for parties in private homes where the students have
an opportunity of meeting distinguished Mexican educators, writers,
musicians, and artists. Attention is also given to requests for visits
to schools, social service institutions, etc., whenever a group of stu-
dents is interested in such. In general, an earnest effort is made to
adjust this, as well as all the other phases of the work, to the indi-
vidual needs of the students.
The members of the faculty of the summer school are from the
regular staff of the university. In addition, the valuable services
of several visiting professors from the sister universities of Europe
SUMMER SCHOOL OF UNIVERSITY OF MEXICO 3/3
and the United States are secured every year. Last summer Dr.
John Dewey, of Columbia, who lectured on education and philosophy,
was the guest of honor.
Students complying with all requirements are entitled to certifi-
cates of credit; others may obtain certificates of attendance only.
The leading universities of the United States accept credits from the
Mexican summer school; among them Columbia, Harvard, Cali-
fornia, and others.
ANOTHER PATIO OF
THE SCHOOL
Mexico City is cool all summer. It is situated in the valley of
Mexico, surrounded by beautiful mountains, visible from each and
all its streets. It is rich in tradition and legend, and has a greater
number of magnificent architectural examples than any other city
on the American Continent. The summer school is located in the
historic “House of Masks,” with its spacious and delightful patios.
The maximum expenses need not be more than $450 for the
students coming from the farthest States. For the students from
Texas and other Southwestern States $350 is a very liberal estimate.
374 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION
These amounts cover all traveling expenses, room and board in
Mexico City, a tuition fee of $30 and incidentals such as souvenirs,
etc. Reduced rates are offered by all railroads and by the Ward
Line of steamers. The round-trip ticket by water from New York
City costs $185.
GENERAL INFORMATION
Special advisors who speak English and understand the needs of
American students, help in arranging programs and in all matters of
research.
The school keeps a directory of approved homes and hotels where
summer school students may secure room and board at reduced rates.
Summer sport clothing is recommended as eminently adequate
and comfortable for use in Mexico City. One should also come
provided for cool evenings. There are excellent opportunities for
horseback riding and hiking.
With regard to requirements for crossing the border, it is advisable
to consult the nearest Mexican consul.
Requests for further information should be addressed to Prof.
Tomas Montafio, Director of the Summer School, Ribera de San
Cosme, nim. 71, Mexico City, D. F., or Mrs. Concha Romero James,
representative in the, United States of the Department of Public
Instruction of Mexico, 2585 Sedgwick Avenue, New York City.
PYRAMID OF THE SUN, TEOTIHUACAN, MEXICO.
De I
. i
Y DQ i | Y yy ah Lf »
bed bend ISrod L OFA AY
F THE QUICHUA
OF |] QL Tae
ql e@ © @ © © e e@ e@ ©
@ @ @ Q@ @ 2) @ @ @
By H. E. ANtHony
Curator, Mammals of the World, American Museum of Natural History
HE intensive studies of the mammal and bird life of Ecuador
carried on by expeditions from the American Museum
annually since 1920 have been the means of bringing the
field parties into intimate contact with the native peoples.
Some of these natives are still savage, such as the Jivaros, an account
of whom was given in Natural History in 1921 (Vol. XXI, No. 2, pp.
146-159). Others, while primitive when judged by certain modern
standards, have developed extensive cultures dating far back, which
are to-day only thinly veneered by the aftermath of the Spanish
invasion. To this group belong the Quichuas, who live in Ecuador
and northern Peru. While the museum expeditions did not under-
take to make ethnological studies of the Quichuas, nor was the
personnel of the party qualified by experience for such studies, many
interesting impressions were obtained from even the casual contacts
with the life and customs of these descendants of the Incas.
The historian Prescott tells us of the conditions prevailing in
western South America when Pizarro led his conquistadores against
the empire of the Incas. This empire had its northern capital at
Quito in what is now Ecuador, and a vast dominion stretched south-
ward for hundreds of miles, more or less confined to the Andean
region. The most important of the northern tribes which gave
allegiance to the empire were the Quichuas. They tilled the soil,
tended flocks of llamas, maintained the extensive systems of moun-
tain trails and irrigating ditches, and carried on an industrious liveli-
hood at elevations of 8,000 to 13,000 feet above sea level. The Incan
form of government imposed strict obediance to authority and
tended to develop a docile and uncomplaining proletariat. This
state of affairs made the task of subjugation far easier for the Span-
iards than it would otherwise have been, and it is one of the present-
day attributes of the Quichua that he accepts his lot as he finds it,
and is patient and hard-working in the face of discouraging difficulties.
1 Copyright. Permission of Natural History, November-—December, 1926.
34206—27— Bull. 45 375
376 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION
The simplicity and trustfulness of the rural Quichua, unsophisti-
cated by contact with cities, was impressed upon me by incidents
which took place in the Punin region, where we searched for fossil
mammals. When our small pack train filed over the eroded ash beds
from Punin and headed up into a wild ravine, the Quebrada Chalan,
there was scarcely any sign of human habitation. Here and there
in the distance one might see evidence of cultivation, but the general
impression was one of barren lifelessness. With the halt of the pack
train and the unloading of the mules at our selected camp site, the
community began to stir. The unexpected arrival of strangers and
the erection of a green tent on the open hillside was too much for
the curious Quichuas. Moving figures cropped up on the sky-line
ridges and our camp was soon the focus of converging attention.
Indians gathered along overlooking crests and a few bolder spirits
came directly down to where we were. When nothing happened to
TYPE OF QUICHUA
The Quichua wife is often seen
tha “topa? wien repeal
not sell because it is a mar-
riage token
these individuals, others lost their shyness, and very soon we had
quite an assemblage of very much interested spectators.
The Quebrada Chalan is open and practically devoid of any vegeta-
tion, so we were forced to scheme out some means of erecting our
large tent fly with whatever ridgepole the locality afforded. This
meant cutting down a small wild cherry tree which grew at the bottom
of the quebrada and which:seemed to be ownerless so far as we could
see. But I felt some of the George Washington complex after the
deed was done, and the raw stump and litter of twigs were damning
evidence at our very tent door.
It was not long before one of the older Quichuas came up to the
bank directly above the tent and noted that a tree had been cut down.
He promptly demanded payment for the tree, representing that it
belonged to him, but it was evident from the snickering in the crowd
that he was simply trying to make the best of the situation. When he
A COLLECTOR’S IMPRESSIONS OF THE QUICHUA INDIAN 377
realized that he must prove ownership before he was paid, he lost
interest in the episode and we hever heard from him again.
Apparently the Quichua believed that our unusual activities
indicated that we were skilled in all of the higher branches and could
discharge the office of priest or of doctor as well. A young man
came up to me where I was excavating fossils and knelt before me,
removing his hat as he
did so.
‘“What do you want,” I
asked, rather impatiently,
I suspect.
‘Your blessing,’’ was the
humble answer that made
me ashamed of my impa-
tience.
I was halted on the trail
one day by a man and his
wife who asked if it were
not true that I could heal
sickness, if I were not truly
a “‘médico.”’ When I re-
plied that I was truly not
a ‘‘médico,”’ but would
be glad to give whatever
assistance the occasion and
my limited medical kit in-
dicated, I learned the
symptoms. The man had
a bad heart, so he thought,
but since his troubles ap-
parently could also be due
to colitis, which I could
treat, I chose that diag-
nosis rather than heart AN ANDEAN SPINNER
trouble, for which I could The native women are seldom seen idle, for when their hands
‘1: are not otherwise engaged they spin. A loose tuft of the
do nothing. ‘ eo is twisted on vie endo! a stick and then fed out grad-
ually as a coarse strand, which is twirled into thread or yarn
Then I announced that I and wound on a spindle. Long practice makes the fingers
a OS) adept, and the yarn is even and free from lumps. The
had a remedio for the woman’s dark skirt is made from homespun woolen
patient; the man spoke
quickly in an aside to the woman and she produced, seemingly from
nowhere, two eggs, which the “doctor” gravely accepted as his fee.
In the Quebrada Chalin the gift of an egg is a favorite expression of
esteem.
Near Molleturo, in southern Ecuador, Mr. Tate, in charge of an
expedition, was approached by a Quichua, who asked how long it
/
378 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION
would take him to make a pilgrimage to the Holy Land. His simple
and devout mind grasped something of the desirability of such a
journey, but nothing of the physical barriers in the path of a pedes-
trian. A similar naive view of the external world was expressed by
a native who asked me whether a certain foreign people we were
discussing spoke English, and, when I replied in the negative, he said:
“Oh, then they speak Chinese.”
The only foreign tongues he had ever heard were English and
Chinese; hence all foreigners must speak one or the other.
These childlike concepts do not always take a harmless outward
manifestation, for on two different occasions Mr. Tate has been the
target for shots fired by
normally well-behaved,
but temporarily illusioned,
Indians. Some of the
Quichuas have a_ belief
that leprosy may be cured
by bathing in human
blood. When Mr.Tate was
collecting near Cuenca, the
Indians became alarmed
at the strange behavior of
a man who did so many
things unaccountable to
them. They concluded
_ ar that he was an escaped
aa — leper from the leper col-
ss SOAD EACH NEES LOD ony situated between Cue-
Everything the typical Quichua wears is homemade. This neq and Cinicay, and that
boy has on a heavy wool hat, and his poncho is made of wool,
spun, dyed, and woven by his family he was lurking about to
capture a cure for his malady. Fortunately their apprehensions
disturbed their aim and no serious results took place.
On another occasion we camped on the basal slopes of Cotopaxi
on an ancient lava flow. One night when Mr. Tate went hunting
with a headlight several rifle shots were fired at him. The native
who did the shooting evidently thought that the spot of light, mov-
ing about where no normal-minded native would be at night, was
an evil spirit, and he acted accordingly. We showed no more lights
about camp that night, and thereafter took particular pains to
advertise in advance any night hunting we attempted.
Although I learned very little tradition or legend directly from
the Quichuas, I have little doubt that the material is there for the
observer who seeks it. Several stories that had gained current
belief dealt, respectively, with an enchanted lake, a man who appeared
A COLLECTOR’S IMPRESSIONS OF THE QUICHUA INDIAN 379
in the guise of a mountain lion, and a vast treasure buried by the
Incas when Atahualpa was killed by the Spaniards and all hope of
ransoming that monarch had fled.
I had pointed out to me the site of the enchanted lake, at the top
of a nearly inaccessible peak. The lake was surely enchanted, be-
cause it always disappeared when anyone climbed up to that spot.
An unusually destructive lion could not be killed because he was not
an ordinary puma, but in reality a clever man disguised as a lion.
Belief in the existence of hidden treasure has led to the formation
of an unsuccessful syndicate
and to the devotion of years
of search on the part of indi-
viduals. There is nothing
supernatural in the legend of
the treasure, and while all such
tales are apt to arouse skepti-
cism, it must be confessed that
the account of the lost ransom
of Atahualpa as it was told to
me was a fascinating and
plausible story.
The Quichuas are a musical
people and have their own
instruments for the production
of their native airs. One of
the commonest instruments 1s
a series of graduated tubes of
bamboo, like the pipes of Pan,
played by blowing across the
open ends, thus producing a
flute-like tone. This piping re-
quires a great amount of air,
and I wondered how the boy
who visited us in camp on Pich- The clear, Hurelice Noles of tne a eae pipes carry far
incha, 13,000 feet above sea
level, could find the breath to lilt his tune as he trudged along the
trail. We had no breath to spare at this elevation, and when we
walked we kept our mouths shut.
There is a peculiar minor quality to the Quichua music. Just
what Quichua airs may be indigenous or to what extent they may have
been modified by European influences, I am not competent to judge,
but the strains sounded original, and furthermore, seemed to have
latent possibilities for adoption into modern scores. I was told by
Senor Jijon, of Quito, who has made an exhaustive study of his
country’s pre-Columbian history, that the Quichuas have had an
extensive musical experience.
A FLUTE PLAYER
380 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION
CULTIVATED FIELDS ABOUT PUNIN
A network of cabuya hedges marks off the fields. While the hills beyond look desolate, they are the home
of many Quichuas
At a festival in Loja I saw a Quichua orchestra of one musician
who played a flute with his right hand and beat a drum with his left,
providing music for four young Indians who danced and gestured to
the rhythm. During the same fiesta I saw another Indian flute
player, who was also a devotee of Bacchus, stop a passer-by and carry
on what might be described as a musical monolegue. He addressed
his flute to his audience of one and with great earnestness and gravity
proceeded to search the depths of his repertoire. The incident served
to demonstrate to me that love of music was a fundamental instinct
with this Quichua, who had reached the state in his celebrations where
his very equilibrium was threatened.
The Quichua still does many things in the way of his forefathers.
His farming methods are crude in the extreme, from the plowing with
a wooden plow to the threshing and winnowing by slow hand pro-
cesses. While there are many cultivated fields, it is seldom that a
A COLLECTOR’S IMPRESSIONS OF THE QUICHUA INDIAN: 381
large and bountiful harvest is seen, and the yield is inadequate to the
long hours of labor that the Indians spend over the crop.
These farmers are adept at sidehill cultivation, and in a fertile
section the fields of grain, peas, alfalfa, etc., are perched on the sides
of the mountain slopes with a fine disregard of gravity. In many
places one can still see the traces of the old ditches, built by the Incas
to irrigate these high Andean fields, at elevations of 12,000 and
13,000 feet.
The landscape in one of the agricultural sections is most interesting
and unusual, presenting as it does the aspect of a gigantic patchwork
quilt made up of broad, geometrical outlines of brown, green, and
EE NE ies EY,
AFTER HARVESTING
Grain is stacked in neat symmetrical piles which look almost as if they were the work ofa landscape gardener
who trimmed them with shears
yellow, depending upon whether the field is plowed, is growing grain,
or is ready for harvest. Add to this the ever-present hedge of green
cabuya, related to the century plant, which represents the stitching
around each patch, and the simile is complete.
When soil is to be prepared for sowing, the Quichua yokes his
oxen, mules, burros, or horses, or any combination of these animals,
and they drag a rough wooden plow, sometimes scarcely more than
a sharpened stick, over the field, scratching up shallow furrows.
In some of the best agricultural sections, where great, level expanses
exist, modern plows may be seen; but most of the cultivation done by
the Quichua is by the old-time method, and perhaps on certain of the
steep slopes it is about the only practical method.
382 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION
When the crop appears above ground, apparently it is left much to
itself, as we saw little to show that nature was being assisted. Some
pulling of weeds may take place. After the grain is cut down, the
threshing is done by driving horses, mules, or cattle over the stalks
which are scattered over a hard, earth threshing floor. Finally the
resulting mixture of chaff and grain is winnowed by pouring it from
bowls on a day when the wind is strong enough to divert the light
chaff, the plump, heavy grain falling at the feet of the harvester.
The Quichua women are inveterate spinners, and one seldom sees
a woman without her spindle, which is simply a slender reed or splinter
weighted by a small potato or other handy object. The yarn is spun
from wool grown on their own sheep. The ponchos and all of the
NATIVE ROPE
All rope used by the Quichua is made from the fiber of the cabuya plant. Great piles of this cordage are
brought to the market at Riobamba
woolen fabrics used by the Quichua are hand woven. Cheap cotton
fabrics, woven by power mills, are marketed in the towns, but the
Quichua of the high Andes places more reliance upon the warm cloth
of domestic manufacture.
Other native industries are the making of pottery and the twisting
of rope and cordage. Clay suitable for the structure of jars, pots,
tiles, etc., is of fairly common occurrence, for all through Ecuador
one sees the ever-present, red-tiled roof and the dark-red water jars,
cooking pots, and other vessels. The Incas were noted for their
achievements in this field, and seemingly the Indian of to-day utilizes
the same processes, although by no means with the same degree of
artistic skill. In the native markets one sees quantities of such hand-
made pottery for sale.
A COLLECTOR’S IMPRESSIONS OF THE QUICHUA INDIAN 383
The native rope is made from the cabuya, one of the Agaves, which
has a long, strong fiber well suited for cordage. This plant grows
everywhere throughout the Andean plateaus, and because of the thick,
spiny leaves makes an effective hedge. Most of the fences are simply
rows of cabuya plants.
One seldom sees llamas in any number in Ecuador. These ‘“‘sheep”’
of the Incas, so called in the early Spanish chronicles, may have been
common as far north as Quito in Pizarro’s time, as Prescott would lead
us to believe; but to-day they are to be found in comparatively small
numbers and are more or less restricted to the region about Chim-
borazo and Riobamba. In their place the Qhichuas raise the true,
domestic sheep, and rather an unusual feature of these flocks is the
high percentage of black animals. The Andean meadows furnish
almost exhaustless pastures for livestock, for they are always green
and well watered.
Like so many native peoples, the Quichuas love to bargain, and a
transaction is spoiled for them unless it passes through a lengthy
preliminary. Market day is a big event in their lives, and if anyone
offers to buy the entire load of produce that an Indian is carrying along
a trail, at a figure above the market price, it will not be surprising if
the Indian refuses to sell, because he is then deprived of the joy
of bargaining at the market.
The market at Riobamba is especially interesting because it draws
a large attendance of Quichua Indians. While the Indians are rather
given to wearing black when one finds them about their own terrain,
many of them wear brighter-colored ponchos when they come to
market, so that in the crowded plaza bright reds, yellows, and browns
relieve the somber black homespun. The women have babies slung
in cloths over the back, between the shoulders, and if the hands are
free they spin as they walk. Women and men alike carry huge
bundles on their backs, if they have produce to bring to the market.
One quarter of the plaza may be given over to the display of native-
made rope which lies about in great piles; another section displays
various sizes and shapes of pottery vessels; a native at a sewing ma-
chine gathers a crowd about him as he stitches the brims of hats to
make them stiffer; here and there, dotted on the ground where space
allows, are the open-air cafés: A pot of charcoal and four or five
earthen vessels with stews and other concoctions for the hungry
passer-by.
The Quichua has a legacy of unsurpassed landscapes and grand
mountain scenery. After one has watched the dawn from Pichincha,
Antisana, or from any other vantage point on the vast Andean up-
land, or felt the beneficent effects of the sun’s rays after passing
through an Andean rain or fog, he finds it not difficult to understand
why the Incas were sun worshippers.
ARGENTINA
ForEIGN TRADE.—Last December the Bureau of Statistics pre-
sented a report on foreign trade for the first half year of 1926 to the
Minister of the Treasury, from which the following figures were taken:
The cash value of the foreign trade for the first half of 1926 amounted to
873,764,449 gold pesos as against 936,058,341 gold pesos in the corresponding
period of 1925, or a decrease of 62,293,892 gold ope that is, 6.6 per cent. The
imports of the first half year of 1926 punted to 427,299,234 gold pesos against
438,373,857 gold pesos in the first half year of 1925, or 11,074,623 gold pesos less,
a decrease of 2.5 per cent. The exports in the first half year of 1926 amounted
to 446,465,215 gold pesos against 497,684,484 gold pesos in the first half year of
1925, or a decrease of 51,219,269 gold pesos (10.3 per cent). The favorable
trade balance of the first half year of 1926 was 19,165,981 gold pesos, compared
with 59,310,627 gold pesos in the first half of 1925, or 40,144,646 gold pesos less.
Imports have increased in almost all classes of articles, with the exception of
foodstuffs and hard woods. The decrease in value of exports in the first six
months of 1926 is owing to three factors: 1, reduction in meat shipments; 2,
decrease in wheat exports;/and 3, Jower prices on the majority of exported
products. Notwithstanding these reductions in meat and wheat, the volume of
exports was greater in 1926 than in 1925, due to increases in exports of linseed,
maize, barley, oats, rve, and unwashed wool. The 1926 exports for the first half
year totaled 6,444,000 tons, as against 5,675,000 tons in the same period of 1925,
showing an increase of 13.6 per cent, whereas the values showed a decrease of
10.3 per cent, as stated above.
PETROLEUM PRODUCTION.—The General Bureau of Petroleum
Fields reported on December 20, 1926, the following facts on pro-
duction in 1926 in the Comodoro Rivadavia and Plaza Huincul
Government fields:
1926 Comodoro Plaza
75 Rivadavia Huincul
| Cu. meters Cu. meters
SANA Yer- = ses oe ee ee nen COS Sa ne ee eee Mr ee a Ne ee Tae | 71,352, 290 | 1, 864, 409
I SDE ra ee Ss a es Se eee ee ee ee aes } 59,912, 200 | 1, 659, 758
ING AT GH Seis 8 Sse I ee ae Da ie eee ee ! 62, 985, 700 | 2, 005, 259
PASTA Se re RR Se eee a Oe ere be See we ee aes oe 58, 973, 020 1, 730, 654
Misi. 2) ie Soe eS an een Se a ee ee Sa ete sae eae 58, 676, 920 |, 1, 594, 389
JUL ING ee on BE BE AO Er eae eae re a en cn ee A eer Seed 54, 351, 740 1, 387. 678
EDU Yj a ee er On 0 I ep ey ee 48, 864, 140 1, 378, 806
PAQIEAS Ea Ss Se ERE ie ES SS ea eee ea a eee eee 56, 264, 770 2, 602, 635
SO DLGI DOE aoe sie See Wee Se ca eae er re te ee Oe ee 58, 576, 690 1, 933, 440
October’== 22" 23. Sai ee eS ee aa ee ee eee 60, 716, 600 | 1, 866, 626
INOVeEm ben: see 32 22S SS SS ee Se Se a ee ee eee 57, 570, 480 | 1, 856, 008
Mecembersno 2s Bt ee Ee eae ee a Se ae ee tee | 157, 728, 160 11, 856, 008
Motil ats ee Sk ees ees ee Fone | 705,972,710 | 21, 735, 670
1 Estimated.
384
AGRICULTURE, INDUSTRY, AND COMMERCE 380
MacaDAM HIGHWAYS OUT OF BuENos ArIRES.—On December 20
the Ministry of Public Works announced that the President had
approved the project for seven macadamized highways leading out
from the capital, namely:
Estimated
; Kilometers cost (pesos)
IBWEMOSPAITESRtOMM SCO Alves seen panne ee 28 2,159, 000
BUCMOSMAMIGES TOW lat seis serete ni lass atte Malbe ages ie ree ee 42 3, 042, 000
Buenos Aires to Cafiuelas via San Justo_________+____---- 54 3, 329, 000
Buenos Aires to Cafiuelas via Temperly_________________- 50 ~~, 158, 000
Buenos sAines toward: las Wloréss222 == ee ee 30-1, 990, 000
Buenos: Aires toward’ San’ Vicentes==252 2222 222 18 = 1, 427, 000
Buenos Aires toward Coronel Brandsen_________________- 44 2,815, 000
266 17, 920, 000
AGRICULTURAL cosTs.—Last December the Board of Directors
of the Argentine Rural Society approved a plan for the establish-
ment of an office to undertake studies of the cost of production
and distribution of the principal crops. Though the national and
provincial governments and the universities and interested trade
associations make some investigations of a similar nature, the Rural
Society believes it should offer complete, impartial and truthful data
covering ground not shown in the very general or very specific reports.
FRENCH-ARGENTINE SEA AND AIR MAIL.—An Associated Press
despatch reports that the French Air Mail and the Argentine Govern-
ment have completed arrangements for a combination air and sea
mail service between the two countries to begin September 1, 1927.
Mails will be carried by airplane relays from Toulouse, France, to the
Cape Verde Islands, whence fast steamers will take them to the island
of Fernando Noronha off the cost of Brazil. Thence they will again
be carried by airplane to Buenos Aires.
BOLIVIA
RAILROAD DEVELOPMENT.—The Governments of Peru and Bolivia
have entered into an agreement to connect the Peruvian Railroad
ending at Puno, on Lake Titicaca, with the Bolivian Railroad starting
at Guaqui, on the same lake, thus avoiding the boat trip now neces-
sary between the two terminals. The new line will follow the shores
of the lake, shortening the time of transit and contributing to trade
exchange between the two countries.
The so-called Yungas railroad, now being built from the city of
La Paz to the valley of Yungas, has reached the town of Huichuloma,
50 kilometers distant, and will be continued for another 10 kilometers
as far as Yerbani. From this point automobile roads will be built to
the two principal sections of the Yungas region, one to Coroico and
the other to Chulimani, centers of coca, coffee, and tropical fruit pro-
duction. It is expected that a loan of 7,000,000 bolivianos will be
raised for this purpose.
386 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION
PoTATO GROWING IN THE HIGHLANDS.—In the December, 1926,
issue of Bolivia, a quarterly review published by the Bolivian Con-
sulate in New York, a very interesting article regarding the varieties of
potatoes cultivated on the Bolivian high plateau is published. The
list of the Bolivian varieties of potatoes numbers 186 in all, and the
fact to be noted is that all of these are actually cultivated in the high-
lands. The Indian names of these different varieties of potatoes are
given together with the English translation, and we find that the
names applied to the various varieties of this vegetable represent the
activities of the Indian’s daily life, his interests and sympathies. One
of the staple foods of the Indian in Bolivia is the Churo, made by
exposing a sour variety of potato to the the sun and frost.
INCREASE IN COMMERCIAL AIR SERVICE.—The Government has
accepted a proposal presented by the Compania Boliviana de Trans-
portes Aéreos for the installation of fournew aerial routes for passengers
and mail on the following routes: La Paz-Irupana-Trinidad; Trini-
dad-Villa Bella or Riberalta; Villa Bella-Cobija or Riberalta-Cobija;
and La Paz-Sucre. The contract, signed for a period of six years,
calls for a weekly service between the above-mentioned points. The
company engages to carry official correspondence free of charge, and
to give public officials and members of Congress a rebate of 30 per
cent on the regular passenger rate. Furthermore, the company
agrees to provide suitable landing fields, hangars, and telephonic and
telegraphic communication. One section, at least, of the new route
must be opened for public service a year from the date of signing the
contract, October 30, 1926, and at the end of two years if the full
service is not in operation, the contract becomes void. The Govern-
ment grants the company a subsidy of 160,000 bolivianos a year,
payable every three months, from the time the service is fully
established.
TEXTILE FACTORY.—On November 24, 1926, a law was promul-
gated authorizing the Chief Executive to contract with some responsi-
ble firm for the establishment in the Department of La Paz or Cocha-
bamba of a textile factory, said factory to be established not later
than two years from the date of signing the agreement. According
to the stipulations of the contract, the capital invested in the concern
shall be 700,000 bolivianos and may be increased according to
the needs of the company. The yearly production of the factory
shall represent an average of not less than 3,000,000 meters of
cloth. Raw materials needed for the fabrication of the cloth may
be imported free of all duties during the first four years of the con-
cession. The concessionaries also undertake to distribute cotton
seed to farmers.
WIRELESS STATION.—In the budget for the year 1927 an appropri-
ation of 15,000 bolivianos is made for the construction of a wireless
station in the town of San Ignacio, Department of El] Beni.
AGRICULTURE, INDUSTRY, AND COMMERCE 387
BRAZIL
Fourtu Nationa Highway Conaress.—The Fourth National
Highway Congress of Brazil was opened in Rio de Janeiro by the
President of the Republic on December 26, 1926, under the auspices of
the Federal Government and the Automobile Club of Brazil. Among
the speakers at the opening session were Dr. Washington Luis, Pres-
ident of Brazil, and Dr. Victor Konder, Minister of Highways.
Among the plans discussed during the Congress was a proposal
for a national trunk highway system connecting with the State and
municipal highways. <A recent decree passed by Congress provides
funds for highway construction from certain surtaxes on imports,
which revenue is expected to amount to about 15,000 contos the
first year. The State of Sao Paulo has also levied additional taxes for
highway construction and established a highway bureau.
Buenos Atres-Montevip&o-Rio DE JANEIRO FLIGHT.—A recent
trial flight preparatory to the establishment of regular service was
made from Buenos Aires via Montevideo to Rio de Janeiro by rep-
resentatives of the German Junker Airplane Co., in the Junker
hydroairplane G—24, which left Buenos Aires on Friday, January
14, at 5.35 a. m., arriving at Montevideo at 7 a.m. After arest of an
hour and a half, flight was resumed at 8.30 a. m., the plane arriving
at the city of Porto Alegre at 2.55 p.m. The following day at 5.53
a.m. the G—24 again took the air, reaching Santos at 2.30 p. m. after
a stop in Florianopolis. No flight was made on Sunday, the plane
leaving Santos at 1.20 p. m. on Monday, January 17, and arriving in
Rio de Janeiro at 3.40 p.m. The hydroairplane, which has three
propellers, is provided with motors developing 900 horsepower, which
give it a speed of from 150 to 170 kilometers an hour. It has, in addi-
tion to places for pilot and mechanician, a cabin for passengers. The
total distance traversed was approximately 1,500 miles.
BRAZIL IN THE SEVILLE Exposition.—The press reports that a
bill has been passed by the Chamber of Deputies granting the Min-
istry of Agriculture 1,500 contos for Brazil’s participation in the
Ibero-American Exposition to be held in Seville, Spain, in 1928.
JAPANESE-BRAZILIAN AssociaTION.—The Commercial Associa-
tion of Rio de Janeiro received in December a notification from Kobe,
Japan, that a Japanese-Brazilian Association had been formed there
to increase trade relations between the two countries. The associa-
tion has over 3,000 members among leading business men, financiers,
and other prominent citizens, including the former Japanese minister
to Brazil, Fouma Horiguchi, and the Brazilian consul in Kobe.
The association has requested that a case of samples of Brazilian
products, with prices attached, be sent to Japan so that Japanese
merchants may be interested in these products. It will be recalled
that there is considerable Japanese emigration to Brazil.
388 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION
CHILE
AGRICULTURAL CoNnGreEss.—A congress of agriculturalists was
held recently in Valdivia at which subjects of vital importance for
the development of agriculture were discussed. Some of the resolu-
tions referring to the development of roads and other means of trans-
portation in the Provinces of Valdivia and Llanquihue were as follows:
The lands in the district traversed by the Central Railroad should be
served by a system of transverse highways leading to the railroad.
These roads should be constructed with funds provided by the
departmental councils and by Government loans, the survey and
construction of a road from Temuco via Valdivia to Paso de Pérez
Rosales to be given preference. Furthermore, a study of navigable
rivers in the Province of Valdivia should be made in order to promote
traffic on inland waterways.
New AVENUE ovT OF Sant1aco.—The Board of Public Works has
approved the plan for building a concrete boulevard 30 meters (meter
equals 3.28 feet) in width from Santiago to the suburb of San Ber-
nardo. The estimated cost of this piece of work is 6,372,381 pesos.
Construction will commence in April of this year, and the work must
be completed within three years.
New Gas pLANT.—The Gas Company of Santiago is constructing
a new plant in that city, costing approximately 7,500,000 pesos.
This new plant, which is provided with up-to-date equipment, has
excellent offices, accommodations, and baths for the employees.
COLOMBIA
DEVELOPMENT OF RAILROADS AND OTHER PUBLIC WORKS.—The
Minister of Public Works made the following statement regarding
the condition of certain public works at the beginning of the present
year:
On the Puerto Wilches railroad 80 per cent of the work to Conchal, kilometer
90, is completed. A survey of the section from Conchal to Bucaramanga, a dis-
tance of 40 kilometers, is practically finished, so that construction on this part of
the road will commence shortly. On the Northern Railroad, it is planned to
commence work on a new section, not less than 50 kilometers in length, making
Puente Nacional the terminus of the road. It is hoped to have this work com-
pleted within four years. In the year 1926 the Pacific railroad yielded a net profit
of 1,800,000 pesos, and for this year it is expected the profits will be not less
than 2,000,000 pesos. Construction on this road is centered on the section leading
to Armenia. Great progress was made on the construction of the pier at Buena-
ventura, which is of vital importance to the Pacifie railroad; the prompt termi-
nation of this work is expected. At present the activities on the Pacific railroad
are in three sections, from Cartagena and Caceres northwards and from Bolom-
bolo towards the South. On the Narifo railroad, in the western part of the
country, from Aguaclara towards the interior, 33 kilometers have been completed,
and the roadbed has been leveled as far as kilometer 45. On the Tolima-Huila-
AGRICULTURE, INDUSTRY, AND COMMERCE 389
Caqueta railroad work has been completed as far as Neiva, the roadbed leveled
and prepared for laying the rails up to Natagaima.
The Government is taking all necessary steps in order that the great railroad
bridges over the Magdalena River, in the Department of Girardot, and over the
Saldana River shall be completed in a few months. Every effort is also being
made for the completion this year of the 53 kilometers of aerial cable between
Gamarra and Ocafia. Work is being pushed on the dredging of the Bocas de
Cenizas at the mouth of the Magdalena near Barranquilla, and construction will
be commenced shortly on the sea wall. Improvements will be carried out in
the ports of the Magdalena River, and a survey made of the channel at Ciénaga.
Work on the aerial cable from Manizales to Chocé has also progressed; the
direct line of this cable, starting from Manizales, goes through La Linda, San
Joaquin, Armenia, Belén, Apia, Pueblo Rico, Quibdé, and Utria. Plans were
completed for dredging a channel in the port of Buenaventura and constructing
a pier. During the present year improvements will be made in the ports of La
Dorada, Calamar, and Barranquilla. (Courtesy of the Legation of Colombia in
Washington.)
PROMOTION OF AGRICULTURE. —The Agricultural Development
law recently enacted by Congress will be carried out by the Govern-
ment as far as available funds will permit by establishing agricultural
training in the primary, secondary, and normal schools, and in the
agricultural institutes. The last-named will prepare agricultural
experts, who in turn will teach farmers modern methods. Model
farms with experiment stations will be established in different sec-
tions of the country, covering the cold, temperate, and hot zones; spe-
cial attention will be given to the cultivation of cotton. The Depart-
ment of El Valle has taken the lead in this respect, having appropri-
ated 100,000 pesos for the development of the cotton industry, in
accordance with Act No. 41 of 1926, which allots an equal sum for the
establishment of a model farm in that Department.
IMPROVEMENTS IN THE STREETS OF BoGcorA.—An _ appropriation
of 800,000 pesos has been made by the National Government for
repaving the streets of Bogoté. The Municipality of that city has
engaged an engineer in the United States to direct and supervise the
work.
COSTA RICA
INTRODUCTION OF sTocK.—Consistent with its plan to improve
Costa Rican stock, the Department of Agriculture announced the
arrival and sale of another shipment of Guernsey bulls from the United
States on December 18, 1926. Special breeds of chickens have also
been introduced in this manner and a large quantity of rainbow trout
eggs were recently imported to stock the rivers with valuable fish.
SUBDIVISION OF LAND.—According to La Gaceta of November 16,
1926, Hl Salvador, a large tract of government land, will be subdivided
and sold for occupation. Some parcels of 5 hectares (12 acres) will be
given outright to deserving poor.
AGRICULTURAL SCHOOL.—See page 407.
390 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION
CUBA
WIRELESS SERVICE BETWEEN CuBA AND Mexico.—Under the terms
of the radiotelegraphic convention recently signed by the Republics of
Cuba and Mexico, the Secretary of Communications of Cuba inaugu-
rated radiotelegraphic service between the two countries on Jan-
uary 1, 1927. The first message sent was one of greetings from
President Machado to President Calles of Mexico. This new service
fills a long-felt need, and will furthermore help to develop still closer
relations between these two sister nations. The rate is $2.50 for the
first ten words, and twenty cents for each extra word. (Courtesy of the
Cuban Embassy in Washington.)
MemBers OF AUTOMOBILE CONGRESS INVITED TO CuBaA.—At
a banquet given in New York to the members of the Third World
Automobile Transportation Congress, which convened recently in
that city, a message was received from General Machado, President
of Cuba, extending a cordial invitation to the members of that
congress, as well as to the National Automobile Chamber of Commerce
of the United States, to visit Cuba and be present at the opening
ceremonies of the Central Highway four years hence. A feature
of the inaugural program will be an automobile tour over the entire
length of this highway, from one end of the Island to the other.
(Courtesy of the Cuban Embassy in Washington.)
DOMINICAN REPUBLIC
Pusiic worKs.—The Dominican Government has planned an
extensive program of public works to be carried out during the
present year. Of special interest are the projects for the completion
of the Central Highway toward the North and South, and of the
highways from Puerto Plata to Santiago, from Barahona to Azua,
from Sanchez to Matanzas, from Hato Mayor to Sabana de la Mar,
and from Arenso to San José de Ocoa. Buildings are also to be
erected this year for the Central University, the National Theatre,
the Palace of Justice, and a Normal School.
ImMMIGRATION.—The arrival in the Dominican Republic during the
early part of January of several Spanish families from Cuba draws
attention to an interesting experiment in colonization which was
undertaken during 1926, under the supervision of the Department
of Agriculture. Much importance is attached to this movement
and its possibilities for developing the great tracts of fertile land still
available. The first 2 colonies were opened about the middle of
last year. At Monte Cristi, where 14 Spanish families were located,
each colonist received 10 acres of irrigable land. At the other
colony, located in Bonao, and comprising 40 families or about 100
persons in all, the allotment of land was 20 acres for each colonist.
Port works.—A report of the Department of Promotion and
Communications states that special attention is being given to the.
AGRICULTURE, INDUSTRY, AND COMMERCE 391
program of improvements in the ports of Santo Domingo, Puerto
Plata and San Pedro de Macoris. A consulting engineer has been
engaged by the Government to study the situtation and prepare
the necessary plans. Preliminary work has already commenced
on the port works at San Pedro de Macoris.
ECUADOR
SERVICE OF THE GUAYAQUIL & Quito Raitway.—It may be of
interest for tourists contemplating a visit to Ecuador to know that
the trains on the Guayaquil & Quito Railway leave the port of
Guayaquil for Quito, and vice versa, three times a week, on Monday,
Wednesday, and Friday mornings, respectively. Two days are re-
quired for the journey, a stop-over for the night being made at the
town of Riobamba. The altitude of Quito is 9,348 feet.
IMPROVEMENT IN SALT SHORTAGE.—The extraction of salt from the
various deposits is being pushed actively, owing to the acute short-
age of this article throughout the country. The director of the
Salinas salt deposits, in a recent interview, stated that 3,800 quintals
had been shipped to Quito from the Salinas deposits, and that 25,000
more quintals were ready for shipment. Approximately 4,000 quin-
tals are being produced daily and it is hoped the situation will soon
be brought back to normal.
PRODUCTION OF CACAO AND EXPORTS OF OTHER COMMODITIES.—
Cacao receipts during December last were 57,000 Spanish quintals
(approximately 5,780,000 pounds), compared with 3,600,000 pounds
reported in November. Exports of cacao totaled 2,629,000 kilos, -
or 5,783,800 pounds, 35 per cent of which was shipped to the
United States. Other exports were: Chinchona, 6,000 kilos; coffee,
97,000 kilos; hides, 28,000 kilos; kapok, 60,000 kilos; rubber, 3,000
kilos; and ivory nuts, 106,000 kilos. Total exports were valued at
4,900,000 sucres. (Commerce Reports, Jan. 17, 1927.)
Boarp or Pusitic Worxs or Manasi.—A recent Presidential
decree reorganizes the Board of Public Works of Manabi, estab-
lished by virtue of a decree of October 21, 1919. The board is now
composed of five members, namely: The Governor of the Province,
acting as chairman, the President of the Municipal Council of Porto-
viejo, the technical advisor of Public Works, and two delegates to be
designated annually by the Assembly of Municipalities.
GUATEMALA
MINING, INDUSTRY, AND COMMERCE REPORTS.—It was stated in
1925 reports of the Government bureaus of mining, industry, and
commerce that:
During the year, 20 claims for mines of various kinds were granted.
A total of 14,575 ounces of gold was produced in Las Quebradas washings,
being exported at 10 gold pesos an ounce. The Villa Linda, Felicidad, Argen-
34206—27—Bull. 4——_6
392 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION
tina, Bol de Oro, and Tres Cerritos mines in Huehuetenango produced. 520
quintals of Jead, while the marble quarries of Zacapa produced 4,500 tons of
marble, of which 2,000 tons are ready for export. Of the 15 tons of mica brought
from the Quiché mine, 7 were exported at 500 gold pesos a ton. Other deposits
being exploited include amber, tale, sulphur, rock salt, and mineral ochre.
Eleven new industrial concessions were granted during the year. Among
the products to be manufactured were matches, paper, nails, and rubber articles,
while other plants were designed to prepare cellulose for commercial uses, and
extract coconut oil and other vegetable fats for soap.
EXTENSION OF RADIO-TELEGRAPH COMMUNICATION.—On Decem-
ber 4, 1926, a contract providing for the connection of the Gov-
ernment radio station with the system of the Tropical Telegraph
Co. was signed by the President of Guatemala. The station at
Tegucigalpa has been designated as a connecting link with the
various other Central American countries, and the one of the company
in New Orleans will perform the same service with the rest of the
world. Not only will press notices be transmitted at a discount
not to exceed 50 per cent of the actual rates, but by a decision of
of the Minister cf Promotion, announced on December 18, 1926,
all messages of general interest up to 300 words from the press of
Guatemala City to Salvador will be transmitted free of charge.
TourinG cLuB.—At, the initiative of the Rotary Club of Guate-
mala, a touring club has been inaugurated in that country. The
object of the latter will be to promote the construction, extension,
and conservation of roads and highways not only for recreational
purposes, but also for the commercial advantages derived therefrom.
HAITI
PuBuLic works.—Considerable activity was shown in this field dur-
ing the last months of the past year, a number of important projects
being completed, among them two rural agricultural schools, accom-
modating approximately 260 students, three additional ones being
commenced. Very satisfactory progress was also made on the con-
struction of the new medical school at Port-au-Prince. Another
project of prime importance, on which active work was begun during
this same period, was the construction of a permanent highway from
Trouin to Jacmel. The foundations were also begun for the first steel
bridge over the river near Jacmel. This structure will be a standard
span of 91 feet. A feature of public building construction worthy of
note is the class of workmanship which is now obtained from the
building trades. Plasterers, carpenters, and builders in general are
not only becoming more plentiful, but are turning out far better
work than that accomplished afew years ago. (Bulletin of the Finan-
cial Adviser-Receiver General.)
Propucts oF ExprertMEeNtT Statron.—During the past fiscal year
12,385 quarts of milk were produced at the Damien Experimental
AGRICULTURE, INDUSTRY, AND COMMERCE 393
Farm, the gross receipts from these sales amounting to 6,192.50
gourdes. During the month of November 1,134.5 quarts were
delivered to 38 customers. During the past season a total of 1,690
eges of pure-bred white Leghorn and Rhode Island Reds were sold
for hatching to 48 different customers. The livestock on the Central
Farm consumed during the year 416 tons of forage, all of which was
produced on the farm. Pure-bred Duroc hogs raised at Damien are
being distributed throughout the country for breeding purposes,
being placed in various breeding posts. The offspring of the animals
at the breeding posts will be sold locally to improve the native stock
owned by Haitian farmers. (Bulletin of the Financial Adviser-Receiver
General.)
HONDURAS
Two NEW FRUIT COMPANIES.—The Gaceta Oficial publishes in its
issues of December 21 and 29, 1926, the approved statutes of two
fruit companies, granting them incorporation with the right to operate
in Honduras. Both are capitalized at 50,000 silver pesos, and are to
produce fruit and agricultural products for sale in the Department of
Cortés with headquarters in San Pedro Sula.
Roap constrRuction.—The United States Commerce Reports for
January 10, 1927, give the following information on highway
construction:
Funds collected for highway construction are being used on the main highway
between San Lorenzo and Pespire where 200 men are working now that the rainy
season is over. A bridge is being built on the Olancho road out of Tegucigalpa, a
necessary link with the rich mining and cattle districts around Juticalpa. Con-
tracts for another important bridge and a short stretch of road have been arranged
for. The contractor is an American engineer and all the steel bridge material has
been ordered from the United States.
MEXICO
RAILWAY EXTENSIONS.—It is reported that slow but steady
progress is being made in the construction of the Kansas City,
Mexico and Orient Railroad northeast from Marquez, Mexico, to
Ojinaga, the crossing point on the Rio Grande opposite Presidio,
Tex., 75 miles distant. The first 25 miles of this extension will
soon be opened to traffic and work will be continued on the remainder.
This section traverses the fertile Conchos Valley, where cotton
erowing is carried on. There is a further gap of 75 miles between
Presidio and Alpine, Texas, but it is predicted that construction
will begin on this portion during 1927. As the line is now in opera-
tion from Marquez to Chihuahua, the completion of the two sections
mentioned would provide a shorter route to the latter city from the
northeast than now exists.
It was expected that the last link on the Mexican Southern Pacific ,
from Tepic to La Quemada, a distance of 100 miles, would be opened
394 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION
to traffic in March. This gives a through route from Nogales,
Ariz., along the west coast to Guadalajara, and thence to Mexico
City, as has several times been described in the BULLETIN.
Port works at MazaTLAn.—Extensive port works, to cost
10,000,000 pesos, are being carried out at the Pacific port of Mazatlan
which, by the completion of the Southern Pacific Railroad, mentioned
above, will now be joined by rail to the interior of the Republic,
thus affording an opportunity for commercial interchange between
the west coast and other sections of the nation. Construction
includes two large breakwaters of solid stone, topped by concrete,
with an entrance between them 250 meters wide and 14 meters deep
(1 meter equals 3.28 feet). The wharves will be constructed for a
distance of somewhat more than 2 kilometers (1 kilometer equals
0.62 mile) along a channel dredged to the depth of 10 meters at low
tide. They will be provided with six concrete warehouses, in a direct
line with and very near the railway terminal. Secondary break-
waters will protect the port from fresh deposits of sand. When the
port works are finished, which it is expected will be at the close of
1928, the port will have an area 1 kilometer wide by 5 kilometers
long. )
Pavine in Mexico Ciry.—During the first eleven months of
1926 the sum of 1,673,159 pesos was expended on sidewalks and
paving in Mexico City, as follows:
Pesos
Asphalt, new pavement (187,889 sq. meters) and repairs_____-___-- 1, 436, 433
RSH V0 (eh if2 WN ke peat pee ge ae Le eR tn ee etree ee ie Set ley, 3 be 145, 037
Cobblestone spavemen ts ses oe cae hy Se eee ee ee 62, 245
Stone sidewalks and macadam pavements__________________------ 24, 278
Imeidentalkexpenses*.2 2 Bs Sees ee en ee eee 5, 166
Tue Catytes Dam—A preliminary project has been completed
for the construction of a great dam over the Santiago River canyon,
not far from the city of Aguascalientes, which will store the immense
quantity of 320,000,000 cubic meters of water in a natural basin.
The Calles Dam, as it proposed to call the structure in honor of the
President because of his interest in irrigation, will be approximately
73 meters (meter equals 3.28 feet) in height and 380 meters across,
measured in a straight line. At the foot of the dam it is planned to
build an electric plant capable of developing 3,000 kilowatts, to be
supplied to the city of Aguascalientes and the mines of that region,
while a secondary dam, 35 meters high, at the further end of the
canyon, will be the point of departure for the irrigation canals. These
will serve an area of about 20,000 hectares (hectare equals 2.47 acres),
whose climate is temperate. The elevation of the river bed at the
dam site is 1,960 meters above sea level.
Bureau oF AGRICULTURAL Drrense.—A Bureau of Agricultural
Defense has been created in the Department of Agriculture and
AGRICULTURE, INDUSTRY, AND COMMERCE 395
Promotion to take over the duties of the national committee in
charge of fighting the locust plague and to have charge of measures
directed against other agricultural pests.
NICARAGUA
RUBBER PLANTATION CONCESSION.—A 50-year contract has been
signed by the Government and a concessionary for the right to culti-
vate and exploit rubber of one or several kinds over an extension of
100,000 hectares of land in the Rio Grande section of the Department
of Bluefields. For the land the concessionary is to pay the Govern-
ment a rental of 5 per cent of the product of the rubber for the first 25
years of the concession, and 10 per cent during the second 25 years.
The concessionary has the right to import, duty free, machinery and
equipment and is to be free of taxes during the term of the contract;
he also has the right to construct railroads, docks, and other necessary
improvements. At the termination of the contract the rubber trees;
the improvements, and the land return to the ownership of the Govern-
ment. The concessionary is also required to deposit a bond of 5,000
cordobas to the order of the Government for the beginning of opera-
tions within six months after approval of the contract by Congress.
PANAMA
LARGE BANANA PLANTATION.—The press gives the following report
of a banana plantation development, the contract for which has been
submitted to Congress:
The United Fruit Company is planning to invest from $9,000,000 to $12,000,000
in banana cultivation in the Tonosi Valley, Province of Los Santos, which should
be of great importance to Panama, since no development on any such scale has
previously taken place on the Pacific coast of the Central American Republics.
The plan involves the following improvements: A concrete wharf to accommodate
steamers of 26-foot draft; oil-storage tanks for 50,000 or 60,000 barrels of fuel oil; 60
to 70 kilometers of first-class railroad line including a steel bridge across the Tonosi
River; village dwellings for 4,000 to 5,000 employees; irrigation works, including
a dam on the upper Tonosi River and canals leading to the village and cultivated
areas. The cultivated areas will eventually amount to 15,000 or 16,000 hectares
with an annual production of 4,000,000 stems of bananas. Irrigation is necessary,
since the Pacific side of Panama has a longer dry season than the Atlantic side.
New inpustries.—Early in December the first national shoe fac-
tory was opened for business in Panama City, and a little later a
national whisky distillery started operations. Its production, owing
to the scarcity of corn in the Republic, will be limited at present to
600,000 liters a year. (Courtesy of Panaman Legation, Washing-
WO ID CE)
PARAGUAY
IMPORTATION OF PLOWS.—A graphic picture of the results achieved
by the Agricultural Bank in its work for the further development
396 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION,
of the agricultural regions of Paraguay is given in the figures showing
the importation of plows from 1915 to June, 1925. An average
of 437 plows was imported yearly up until 1924; in that year,
however, 2,928 were imported, almost as many as the total for the
previous 9 years. Furthermore, 2,189 plows were imported during
the first six months of 1925.
PARAGUAYAN MEDICINAL PLANTS.—Interesting both from a botan-
ical and medical viewpoint was the announcement that Sr. Jenaro
Romero has prepared a book on the medicinal plants of Paraguay.
According to the author, the abundance of various species of these
plants and the ease with which they can be grown and sold point
to a considerable source of national wealth.
HiGHWAY REPAIR.—By an executive decree of December 2, 1926,
the repair of the Luque-Aregué, San Lorenzo-Capiata, and Capiat4-
Itaugua highways was authorized at a cost of 150,000 pesos.
PERU
COASTWISE TRADE NATIONALIZED.—On October 20, 1926, the
Peruvian Senate passed a bill authorizing the Government, through
a National Council of Navigation, to limit coastwise and inter-
coastal trade to Peruvian vessels. The foreign carrying trade
remains unrestricted, but the new law provides that merchandise
imported or exported in Peruvian vessels shall receive a discount
of 2 to 5 per cent of the respective customs duties. The Govern-
ment is also authorized, in its discretion, to permit vessels of foreign
register to engage in Peruvian coastwise traffic, provided reciprocal
rights are extended to Peruvian vessels in the countries of registry.
Another feature of the new law is the provision for subsidies to be
paid to persons building or purchasing foreign vessels of over 500
tons register, to be used under the Peruvian flag. (Commerce
Reports, January 10, 1927.)
STATISTICS OF SUGAR PRODUCTION.—Sugar planters in Peru are
now obliged to keep a daily record of the output of their mills,
specifying the quantity and quality of the sugar produced. This
regulation was made for the purpose of facilitating the preparation
of statistics on the production and consumption of sugar.
RAILWAY FROM YURIMAGUAS TO THE PaciFic.—A concession for
the construction of a railway from Yurimaguas to a point on the
Pacific coast between the towns of Paita and Pacasmayo was signed
by President Leguia on December 1, 1926, following approval by
Congress. The concession provides that construction work on this
railway shall commence within one year, the line to be completed
within eight years, computed from the date of approval by Congress
(November 26, 1926). Construction work shall proceed at the rate
AGRICULTURE, INDUSTRY, AND COMMERCE 397
of not less than 70 kilometers per year. The concessionary receives
grants of 5,000,000 hectares of Government lands together with cer-
tain mineral and other rights. During a period of 30 years the
concessionary has the privilege of importing free of duty materials
required for the construction and upkeep of the railway.
LONG DISTANCE TELEPHONE SERVICE.—The Peruvian Telephone
Company recently opened for public use a new long-distance toll
service between Lima and its suburbs, extending to the towns of
Ancon and Chosica. Any telephone subscriber can now talk with
persons in those towns by simply asking for “‘long distance.’”’ This
is the first system of toll calls established in the Republic. (Com-
merce Reports, January 24, 1927.)
MarKING OF HIGHWAYS.—The Touring Club of Peru has com-
menced the important work, heretofore neglected, of placing road
signs along the highways in order to insure greater safety in road
travel.
FiuMs oF PERUVIAN cITIES.—Under Government supervision, Inca
Film, a Peruvian motion-picture company, is preparing a film fea-
turing 12 different Peruvian cities, and also certain historical and
picturesque places, particularly those relating to Incan civilization.
This film will be sent to Spain for exhibition at the Ibero-American
Exposition to be held next year in Seville.
SALVADOR
ELECTRIC-LIGHT CONTRACTS.—Two electric-light contracts, one for
the municipality of Chinameca, Department of San Miguel, and the
other for the municipality of Jujutla, Department of Ahuachap4én,
were approved by the Government and published in the Diario
Oficial for December 13 and 18, 1926, respectively.
REGULATIONS FOR HIGHWAY LAW.— see page 404.
URUGUAY
RuraL Housina.—The patriotic initiative of the Rural Associa-
tion of Uruguay in opening an architectural competition on plans
for low-cost rural dwellings found a sympathetic response among the
architects of that country, 24 of whom participated in the competition.
Indeed, so successful was the competition considered that the associ-
ation has decided to hold future competitions on similar subjects
with the object of bettering rural living conditions. The plan by
Alberto Mufioz del Campo was adjudged the best, while that by
Mauricio Cravotto received the second prize. Both were planned for
a family of five or six, are simple in design, and entirely in harmony
with the Uruguayan landscape, and possess the advantages of econom-
ical construction and all possible hygienic comforts. The former, a
398
THE PAN AMERICAN UNION,
one-story dwelling of five rooms, is as pleasing in arrangement as ex-
terior, the three bedrooms forming what might be termed the central
portion of the house with the kitchen and dining room built as a
wing with inviting porches on either side. Constructed of materials
easily obtained, the walls being of brick covered with clay and the
roof thatched, and requiring but little skilled labor, this house was
estimated to cost but 1,199 pesos; the other, however, which has a
corrugated-iron roof, would cost 1,676 pesos.
ITALIAN SETTLERS.—Fifteen Italian families, totaling 80 persons,
arrived in Montevideo on January 6, 1927, to take up agricultural
pursuits, especially truck gardening, on land in Itapebi near Salto.
Other Italian immigrants having already settled there, the colony
will now number 1,000 persons in all.
AUTOMOBILE PLANT.—A large assembling plant with spacious offices
and salesrooms was recently inaugurated in Montevideo by a promi-
nent American motor corporation.
CREATION OF DAIRY COURSES.—According to the Diario Oficial of
November 9, 1926, the expenditure of a sum of 30,000 pesos was
authorized on November 4, 1926, for the installation of a course in
dairying, cheese and casein making in the Paysandti School of Agri-
culture. The course, which will be independent of the regular cur-
riculum, will be carried’on under a cooperative plan with the farmers
of the region, 20 per cent of the profits, however, being retained by
the school for a reserve fund, the payment of expenses, and the
improvement of facilities.
VENEZUELA
FOREIGN TRADE OF VENEZUELA.—The following is a portion of
a report by the Minister of Finance showing the value of Venezuelan
exports and imports during representative years. The figures
include all trade through the ordinary channels and the mails, but
do not take into account importations of specie.
Year Exports Imports Total
_Bolivars Bolivars Bolivars
QDS sa ee ie dated earn ed een 136, 392, 867 83, 905, 713 220, 298, 581
OZ OS 2s Soh. Bevel ie Soa eal teg 117, 724, 028 189, 002, 020 306, 726, 048
NG a 2 eae ee etek oe eRe ane 148, 280, 727 89, 392, 924 237, 673, 651
NO D2 2B oes wee eas ares Uae 144, 498, 032 124, 596, 1380 269, 094, 162
GD BD Ar meee ade ae eS) gh See 183, 304, 261 171, 668, 718 354, 972, 979
ILL Ar ee a i ea Nk i CN Ah 281, 939, 089 226, 901, 747 508, 840, 836
INAUGURATION OF PUBLIC WoRKS.—The international bridge span-
ning the Tachira River between Venezuela and Colombia was formally
ECONOMIC AND FINANCIAL AFFAIRS 399
opened to public traffic on December 19, 1926. The construction of
this bridge, linking as it does the cart roads running from San Antonio,
Venezuela, to Cucuta, Colombia, is considered an important step
significant of the friendly relations existing between the two countries.
Likewise in celebration of the 25th anniversary of the battle of
La Puerta on December 19, 1926, a monumental stone arch 19 meters
(63 feet) high was dedicated at La Puerta and numerous public works
inaugurated throughout the country. These included public build-
ings, extension of telephone and electric light lines, highways, and
bridges, one of which, erected in the State of Carabobo, is 60 meters
(approximately 197 feet) long and 10 meters (33 feet) wide.
HERBARIUM OF VENEZUELAN PLANTS.—In a study on Forest
Products of Venezuela, Dr. H. Pittier, the distinguished botanist of
the Government Commercial Museum in Caracas, states that the
present valuable collection of that herbarium contains about 10,000
specimens, representing 6,996 distinct species of woody plants known
in Venezuela. The creation of this museum was decreed in 1912; how-
ever, it was not until 1924 that the inauguration of the first exhibit
took place. To-day another hall devoted solely to forest products is
about to be opened.
ARGENTINA
ProvinctaL LoANns.—A loan for $24,121,000 at 7 per cent sold at
9434, maturing in 30 years, was offered for the Province of Buenos
Aires in New York City and Europe in December, 1926, and another
25-year loan for $6,500,000 bonds of the Province of Mendoza dated
December 1, 1926, due June 1, 1951, selling at 98.75 and bearing
7.50 per cent interest, was placed in January in New York.
INTERNAL LOAN BOND ISSUE.—The President in the latter part of
December, 1926, authorized the Treasury to issue a second series of
bonds of the Argentine internal credit of 1925, the issue to amount to
14,000,000 pesos in bonds bearing 6 per cent interest and 1 per cent
annual accumulative amortization. The bonds are to be called by
lot at par or when above par, and will be amortized by purchase or
bids when they are below par. The bonds will be dated as of
November 1, 1926.
BRAZIL
CHANGE IN MONETARY SYSTEM.—See page 402.
400 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION.
CHILE
BANKS SHOW EXCELLENT CONDITION.—Recently reported annual
balances show that the banks of the country are in excellent con-
dition, the reserves of all financial and savings institutions being
shown as 73,000,000 pesos over the legal requirements. Reserves
for January were smaller, owing to an increasing demand for loans,
which has strengthened the money rates somewhat. Private bank
discount rates are now on a par with those of the Central Bank.
The Government has discontinued minting gold pesos and has com-
menced coining silver subsidiary coins. The note circulation as of
January 21, 1927, was: Government issues, 124,952,260 pesos, and
Central Bank notes, 239,417,655 pesos. (Commerce Reports,
February 7, 1927.)
Loan For Cuite.—EKarly in February the Chilean Government
completed negotiations with a group of bankers in the United States
for a loan of $27,500,000, due February 1, 1961. The bonds, which
bear 6 per cent interest, were sold at 9314. Part of the bonds have
been placed in Europe, while the remaining bonds were sold in the
United States.
COLOMBIA
Loan FoR THE MortTGAGE BANK.—The Mortgage Bank of Colombia
has placed with certain New York bankers an issue of bonds for
$3,000,000 at 7 per cent interest, with an amortization fund of 114
per cent. The issue is for 20 years. The bankers took the bonds
at 88 per cent, with the obligation of dividing equally with the Mort-
gage Bank anything over and above the price of 94 per cent obtained
in the market.
BupGeT For 1927.—Under date of December 28, 1926, the Presi-
dent signed Decree No. 2152 estimating national receipts for the
year 1927 at 44,896,434.25 pesos, and providing for the following
expenditures:
Ministry of Foreign Pesos | Ministry of Public Pesos
Relations a." saa OUSertAsV AOE eWVOrkstas aa ae ae Sees 15, 881, 182. 57
Ministry of the Treas- _ Controller of the Cur-
ANTE Ses Se a ee ae 8, 797, 997. 50 TeNCYy 222 = ae ee 349, 922. 48
Ministry of War_____-_ 3, 631, 091. 56 Bureau of Supplies_-_-- 209, 922. 80
Ministry of Industries_ 424, 564.06 | Ministry of the Inte-
Ministry of Instruction Ts] OTe cee nee eee 6, 902, 665. 64
and Public Health__ 3, 862, 677. 18
Post and Telegraph |
Department________ 4, 217, 967. 60 |
44, 896, 434. 25
The appropriation for the Ministry of the Treasury includes
3,861,234.90 pesos for public debt service, and that for the Ministry
of Public Works 6,950,000 pesos for construction authorized by Law
No. 102 of 1922 and acts amendatory thereof.
ECONOMIC AND FINANCIAL AFFAIRS 401
NATIONAL REVENUES FOR 1926.—During 11 months of the year
1926 receipts from national revenues amounted to 59,360,859.96
pesos. It is estimated receipts for the entire year will reach the
sum of 64,000,000 pesos.
DOMINICAN REPUBLIC
Bupcet For 1927.—The budget for the year 1927 published in
the Gaceta Oficial of January 1, places the revenues at $11,700,250,
to be distributed in the following manner:
Legislative Power_____ $287, 960. 00 | Ministry of Agriculture
Executive Power______ 149, 300.00 | andImmigration-.__ $257, 902. 00
Ministry of Police, War | Ministry of Promotion. 1, 698, 376. 00
and Navy ----_____ 1, 472, 642.00 Ministry of Sanita-
Ministry of Foreign _ tion and Charities___ 149, 425. 00
Relations=.22 225 82 391, 245.85 | Special expenditures
Ministry of the Treas- | (debt service, etc.)__ 4, 408, 610. 00
ury and Commerce__ 849, 170.00 Obligations pending
Ministry of Justice____ LEG GOSS Sa |e sthOomel9 2 Gees ne 110, 908. 23
Ministry of Public In- | 5
ee rare a in ta 1, 137, 753. 04 | foi 11, 700, 250. 00
MEXICO
DEBT PAYMENTS.—Sums due for 1926 from the Mexican Govern-
ment according to its agreement with the International Committee of
Bankers were fully met, payment having been made of $11,021,999
on the “‘direct debt,’’ resulting from unpaid bonds and interest, and
of $2,029,943 on the debt of the National Railways, which the latter
were themselves unable to meet.
Bupcet.—Budget receipts for 1927, based on the revenue act of
January 4 of this year, are expected to reach 329, 687,907 pesos, while
expenditures are estimated at 295,997,449 pesos, thus giving a favor-
able balance of 33,690,458 pesos. It is planned to devote 20,000,000
pesos of this surplus to irrigation works, 10,000,000 pesos to highway
construction, and the balance probably to the reduction of stamp
taxes.
PANAMA
LOAN FOR RAILROAD AND ROADS.—On December 16, 1926, the Presi-
dent signed a contract with 2 New York banking firms for a loan of
$2,200,000 for 30 years at 6% per cent with an initial discount of
$4.90 per $100. The loan, which is guaranteed by the liquor revenues,
will be used to extend the Chiriqui Railroad, to build a sewer and
water system in Bocas del Toro, to retire bonds of the Government
debt and to construct highways in the interior of the Republic. (Cour-
tesy of Panaman Legation, Washington, D. C.)
402 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION
SALVADOR
Prorue’s BANK REGULATIONS.—New regulations for the People’s
Banks were approved by the President on December 16, 1926. These
regulations were made to conform with the present legal requirements
for establishments lending money on personal property and therefore
annul the previous regulations approved in October, 1925.
URUGUAY
Loan.—The city of Montevideo recently accepted the bid of a trust
company in the United States for a loan of $5,000,000 at 89.95
with interest at 6 per cent. This money will be used to finance the
construction of a boulevard along the southern water front, known as
the Rambla Sur. (Commerce Reports, January 17, 1927.)
VENEZUELA
VENEZUELAN REVENUES.—The following figures, taken from the
special number of the Bulletin of the Minister of Finance for Decem-
ber, 1926, show a gradual increase of Government revenue during
normal representative years:
/
|
| Customs | ; a |
Year coamiak | Tievenaes cole boas!
| fees
Bolivars | Bolivars Bolivars Bolivars
LOTG TAR eee awe AANSAQFAGO |e 1602 1.0524 «| tea aa eee | 60, 370, 993
1920 = Ziv eee es | 44, 162, 483 37, 298, 233 100,000 __— 81, 560, 716
192122 Se eee | 28, 262,711 | 36, 664, 239 6, 000, 000 70, 926, 950
O22 > 2 saps eee l=. 43.919, 480 AA CATA 839. ee ene oe SES | 87, 691, 319
G23 = 24 ween eles 52, 205, 323 43, 0438, 728 7, 000, 000 | 102, 249, 051
A192 A 2 pe alpaca | 70, 164, 683 49, 800, 456 200, 000 120, 165, 139
| | |
BRAZIL
CHANGE OF MONETARY systEM.—Decree No. 5108 of December
18, 1926, providing for a new monetary system with the crwzeiro as the
gold-standard unit, was published in the Diario Official of December
LEGISLATION 403
23, 1926, and its regulations (Decree No. 17618 of January 5, 1927)
in the Diario Official of January 9, 1927. The cruzeiro will be divided
into centimos, and will be nine-tenths fine. (Its value is not given.)
The paper money now in circulation, amounting to 2,569,304,351
milreis, is to be converted into gold on the basis of 200 milligrams per
milreis, the method and date of conversion to be determined by an
executive decree six months in advance of such conversion. The law
also provides for the establishment of a stabilization bureau, with
New York and London branches, which will issue bills and have
charge of the gold deposits guaranteeing the bills. The law specifies
the sources of the gold reserves to be devoted to stabilization.
According to these decrees the milreis will have a value of $0.11963
in United States currency.
HiGHWAY FUND SURTAX ON ImporTs.—Legislative Decree No. 5141
of January 5, 1927, provides a surtax on imported gasoline, automo-
biles, motor busses, automotive trucks, chassis for automobiles,
pneumatic tires, solid tires, bicycles, side cars, and other articles as the
source of a fund to be used for constructing the roads of the Federal
highway system. The full text of the decree is published in the
Diario Official of January 8, 1927.
HONDURAS
ParceL post.—Last December the Treasury Department issued
a notice that parcel-post packages arriving after January 1, 1927,
without a consular invoice would be examined and the corresponding
fees collected. Consignees who can not present a consular invoice
when the package is examined will pay in addition to the consular
fees a fine of 10 per cent. Packages sent from points where there is
no Honduran consul are liable to only 3 per cent fees, being exempt
from the aforementioned fine.
MEXICO
CONSTITUTIONAL AMENDMENTS.—Subject to ratification by the
majority of State legislatures, Congress, by act of January 15, 1927,
amended articles 82 and 83 of the Federal Constitution, regarding
the qualifications necessary for candidates for the presidency of the
Republic. According to the amendments, an ex-president may be
elected for a second term, although not to succeed himself, thereafter
becoming ineligible for the office. By the original terms of the con-
stitution only one term was permitted. It is now required also that
a candidate, if he belongs to the Army, should not have been in active
service for a year prior to the election, and that he should not have
acted as secretary or assistant secretary of any executive department,
governor of any State, Territory, or the Federal District for one year
prior to election day. In these cases the length of time has been
A404 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION
increased from 90 days to one year, and governors have been added
to the list.
PANAMA
REGULATIONS FOR SALE OF PATENT MEDICINES.—On December 28,
1926, President Chiari signed a decree approving the regulations
drawn up by the National Pharmacy Commission for the importation
and sale of patent and proprietary medicines. To comply with the
regulations, all such medicines must state their principal ingredients
on a label, and no such medicine not now imported can be brought
into the country hereafter without a permit. Those already on sale
may later be prohibited, if they are found to be dangerous to health.
Patent or proprietary medicines may be manufactured in Panama
only in regularly established pharmacies or in laboratories licensed
for the purpose.
PARAGUAY
CONSULATE IN THE PHILIPPINES.—On November 18, 1926, Presi-
dent Ayala issued a decree establishing a Paraguayan consulate in the
city of Manila.
PERU
/
PENSIONS FOR MEMBERS OF THE JUDICIARY.—Law No. 5524, pub-
lished in El Peruano of December 21, 1926, states that members of
the judiciary who have given 30 years’ service or more and are there-
fore obliged to retire by virtue of the law of October 24, 1899, are
entitled to a pension computed in accordance with the salary received
by them during the last year of their employment.
SALVADOR
Reauuations oF Highway Law.—The President issued regula-
tions on December 27, 1926, for the application of the Highway Law
of May 31, 1926, which provides for a highway tax as the basis of
the fund to be used for the national highway system. Roads are to
be divided into three classes, national, regional, and municipal. The
funds are to be collected by a Highway Section of the General Bureau
of Direct Taxes, and the road construction and repairs undertaken by
the Departmental Highway Commissions. The full text of the
regulations was published in the Diario Oficial of December 28, 1926.
INTERNATIONAL lt
¢ TREATIES 4: 2@ 2
BRAZIL-URUGUAY
SUPPLEMENTARY PROTOCOL.—The supplementary protocol of the
Extradition Treaty signed by Brazil and Uruguay in Montevideo on
December 7, 1921, and approved by Brazil on February 4, 1922, and
Uruguay on SU piember 13, 1926, was formally promulented by Uru-
guay on November 12, 1926. (Diario Oficial, Montevideo, November
22, 1926.)
CUBA-UNITED STATES
CoNSULAR CONVENTION.—The consular convention signed by the
Republic of Cuba and the United States on April 22, 1926, the
ratifications of which were exchanged on December 1, 1926, was
published in full in the Gaceta Oficial of Cuba of January 19, 1927,
thus becoming effective in Cuba. This treaty was proclaimed by
the President of the United States on December 2, 1926, as No. 750
of the Treaty Series of the United States Department of State. Said
treaty determines the rights, immunities, and prerogatives which
consuls of either of the contracting States shall enjoy in the other.
EX @a s ANDEDUCATION ny
ARGENTINA
CorRNER STONE OF TrACHERS’ Houst.—On December 29, 1926,
the corner stone was laid by President Alvear for the Teachers’
House to be built by the teachers themselves with the help of the
Municipality of Buenos Aires and the National Government. The
house will not only contain comfortable rooms where retired teachers
may live but will also serve as a center of educational interest and
study for members of the profession.
ScHoou sratistics.—The figures given below are taken from
a publication of the Statistics and Personnel Bureau of the Argentine
Republic:
Primary schools of all classes functioning in the Federal Capital, 855; average
daily attendance, 237,450; primary schools in the Provinces, 8,697; average
405
406 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION
daily attendance, 724,822; primary schools in the Territories, 806; average
daily attendance, 56,547.
Attendance at the 84 normal schools of the country averaged 12,650 students
during 1925, and in the practice-teaching schools, 27,312.
The average daily attendance in the 44 national preparatory schools of the -
country was 13,437 students.
The University of Buenos Aires and its annexes had an enrollment of 10,433
students; the University of La Plata and its annexes, 3,126; the University of
Cérdoba, with annexes, 2,551; the University of the Litoral, with annexes,
3,954; the University of Tucumaén, with annexes, 682.
SociaL Service InstTiITuTE.—An institute has been formed to
conduct the social-service work of the University of Buenos Aires,
to study present-day problems, and to coordinate the services ren-
dered by the University Extension Division.
UNIVERSITY ENROLLMENT RESTRICTED.—In order that the stu-
dents of the University of Buenos Aires may conduct their studies,
observation and research work under the most favorable conditions,
the enrollment in university schools will be restricted as follows
after January 1, 1928: 400 students in the School of Medicine; 100
students in the School of Dentistry; and 100 students in the School
of Pharmacy. Admission requirements will be very strict. No
entrance examinations will be required of graduates of the National
Preparatory School of Buenos Aires or of the Institute of Secondary
Education, provided their average grade in all of their studies is
70 per cent or higher.
THe LAMBERTI BEQUEST.—The late Antonino Lamberti, an emi-
nent Argentine poet, has bequeathed 20,000 pesos to the School of
Philosophy and Letters of the University of Buenos Aires for the
endowment of two prizes, one to be awarded to the student holding
the highest scholastic record in that school, and the other to the
student presenting the best essay on subjects of Argentine literature.
He also instructed his executor to use the returns from his hitherto
unpublished poems to pay for the education of poor but deserving
students in that school.
BRAZIL
NEW MEMBER OF ACADEMY OF LEeTTERS.—On January 9, 1927, the
Brazilian Academy of Letters elected Dom Aquino Corréa, Arch-
bishop of Cuyaba, to fill the vacancy caused in that body by the
death of the late Lauro Miller. The new academician is a profound
student of the classics, the author of prose writings and of two vol-
umes of sonnets and regional poetry, and a celebrated orator.
New PRESIDENT OF THE University oF Rio pr JANEIRO.—The
post of rector (president) of the University of Rio de Janeiro, left
vacant by the resignation of Sr. Conde de Affonso Celso, has now
been filled by the appointment of Dr. Manuel Cicero Peregrino da
Silva, Director of the Patent Office and acting Dean of the Law
PUBLIC INSTRUCTION AND EDUCATION 407
School. Dr. da Silva has also been Director of the National Library,
and has held other important public posts.
CHILE
NEW EDUCATIONAL FOUNDATION.—National education in Chile has
recently been greatly enriched by the endowment of a great educa-
tional foundation, the gift of Dr. Miguel Cruchaga Tocornal, Am-
bassador of Chile in the United States. This foundation, which will
bear the name of the Elvira Matte de Cruchaga Seminary for Ad-
vanced Study, will be organized along the lines of the Rockefeller
Foundation. As its name indicates, the seminary is a memorial to
the late wife of Dr. Cruchaga Tocornal, known and beloved for her
contribution to social service not only in her own country but in
other nations where she resided during the course of her husband’s
distinguished diplomatic career.
The seminary is an independent institution, but may be affiliated
later with any other center of learning if such a relation appears
conducive to its best development. It will comprise a school of
foreign service for men and women, a social service school, and a
school for librarians and secretaries.
Preliminary arrangements for the establishment of the seminary
have been placed in the hands of an administrative council which
hopes to open the three schools in March, 1928.
COLOMBIA
CAMPAIGN AGAINST ILLITERACY.—The Director of Public Instruc-
tion of Cundinamarca has issued a decree promoting a campaign
against illiteracy and establishing prizes. One prize, to be awarded
on October 12 every year, will be given to the director of any primary
school who on that date can present the largest number of adults who
have been taught to read and write by him, or who has performed
some special service in benefit of his respective school. Other prizes
will be awarded to pupils who during the school year have taught
some person to read and write.
COSTA RICA
PUBLIC LIBRARY.—It was announced in the Diario de Costa Rica of
January 4, 1926, that a public library had been opened in the city
of Liberia.
AGRICULTURAL SCHOOL.—According to a decree published in La
Gaceta of December 18, 1926, a national school of agriculture will be
established by the, Department of Promotion, a sum of 100,000
colones having been authorized for its installation and maintenance
34206—27—Bull. 4—_7
408 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION
during the first year. Courses of study in the theory and practice of
agriculture as well as related sciences will be given and experimental
farms established as soon as Government finances permit.
VacaTION coursEs.—The Gaceta Oficial of January 8, 1927, pub-
lished an executive decree establishing normal courses in San José,
Cartago, Heredia, Alajuela, and Liberia for six weeks of the annual
school vacation period. The courses, which will be both elementary
and advanced, will lead to certificates.
CUBA
DoMESTIC TRAINING SCHOOL FOR GIRLS.—The Senate has approved
a bill establishing a vocational training and domestic science school
for girls in Habana. The curriculum includes (a) practical care of
the home; (b) domestic arts and science; (c) commercial training;
(d) artistic and industrial training; and (e) other subjects especially
appropriate to women.
The course in domestic arts and science comprises elementary
natural and physical science, arithmetic, bookkeeping, drawing, die-
tetics, biology, physical culture, gardening, home hygiene, and care
of the child. Applicants for this course must be at least 14 years of
age and not over 25, years and have passed the primary grades.
For admission to all other courses the applicant must be at least 16
years old. The commercial training course includes bookkeeping,
typewriting, stenography, and the study of English. The artistic
and industrial training course comprises drawing and subjects such
as dressmaking, lace making, embroidery and telegraphy. These
courses are all given free; the pupils must, however, pay a small fee,
determined by the school regulations, for food and books or materials
required in any particular course.
ECUADOR
IMPROVEMENT OF EDUCATIONAL METHODS.—On December 18 last a
eroup of functionaries connected with various educational institu-
tions held a meeting in Quito, at the suggestion of President Ayora
and the Minister of Public Instruction, for the purpose of discussing
means for developing and improving the system of public instruction
throughout the Republic.
EXHIBITION OF CHILDREN’S DRAWINGS.—Under the auspices of the
Society Amigos del Arte, an exhibition of drawings and paintings by
school children was held in Guayaquil. About 2,000 subjects were
shown, some of them giving much promise of future artistic
achievement.
GUATEMALA
REGULATIONS GOVERNING THE TEACHING PROFESSION.—By the new
law regarding the teaching body of the Republic of Guatemala, all
PUBLIC INSTRUCTION AND EDUCATION 409
persons desiring to devote themselves to that profession must meet
the following requirements: They must be at least 18 years of age,
suffer from no contagious disease, be of good character, enjoy full
civil rights, and hold a certificate as primary teacher, normal
teacher, or a certificate of competence for the exercise of the teach-
ing profession.
CAMPAIGN AGAINST ILLITERACY.—On December 1, 1926, following
an investigation made by the Secretary of Public Education, an insti-
tute to combat illiteracy was started in Guatemala City. Don
Francisco Javier Carranza was chosen principal.
HAITI
AGRICULTURAL EDUCATION.—According to the Report of the Di-
rector General of the Technical Agricultural Service and of Profes-
sional Education, the work conducted on the experimental farms has
been very satisfactory. The number of students attending the Cen-
tral School of Agriculture has increased considerably and the school
continues to function successfully. The industrial schools are also
well filled, the one called the ‘‘Maison Centrale” boasting a maximum
enrollment of 300 students.
HONDURAS
PUBLIC INSTRUCTION.—In his message read before Congress on
January 1, 1927, the President spoke in part as follows:
It is to be desired that our system of education, now too theoretical and pedan-
tic, should be replaced by one more fitted to the necessities and ideals of the
time, a system which may better prepare our younger generation for an honorable
means of livelihood. Plans for a vocational school for women are now being con-
sidered.
During 1926, 863 public and 34 private schools were open, making a total of
897, in which 28,048 pupils were enrolled. Agricultural training has been given
to boys, while the special instruction given to girls showed good results in the
recent exposition of feminine handiwork.
CAMPAIGN AGAINST ILLITERACY.—On November 8, 1926, President
Paz Barahona signed an order authorizing the institution of vacation
classes to be taught by the students of the secondary and professional
schools and of the upper grades of the elementary schools all over the
country. The courses are to be given for the benefit of illiterate
persons and the general population, and will also be of no small
benefit to the students acting as teachers.
MEXICO
ScHooL yEAR.—During 1927 the school year in the primary,
secondary, and normal schools under the jurisdiction of the Federal
Department of Education will consist of 193 days, and the university
410: THE PAN AMERICAN UNION
year of approximately the same number. For comparison it may be
stated that the school year in New York State is 180 days.
AGRICULTURAL SCHOOLS.—Readers of the BULLETIN will recall the
account last month of the opening of one of the four new elementary
agricultural boarding schools which have been so admirably equipped
for the instruction of farm youth in different parts of the Republic.
It is now announced that three more such schools will be established
this year, one each in the States of Puebla, Chihuahua, and Mexico.
PANAMA
MepicaL scHooL oF BotivARIAN Universiry.—By Decree 109 of
December 17, 1926, the President authorized the establishment of
the medical school which is to be opened in the grounds of Santo
Tomas Hospital in Panama City as part of the Bolivarian University.
The medical school will also include the school of pharmacy in
the National Institute, and the School of Nursing in the Santo
Tomas Hospital. (Courtesy of Panaman Legation, Washington, D. C.)
RepusBiic oF Cuspa ScHoout.—On December 28, 1926, a school
named in honor of the sister Republic of Cuba was opened in the
capital of Panama. The program included an address by the Secre-
tary of Foreign Relations and the presentation of the Cuban flag
to the school by the wife of the Cuban Minister in Panama. The
exercises closed with the singing of the Cuban national anthem.
PARAGUAY
VACATION CLASSES.—At the request of the pupils, classes in the
prison school were continued throughout the vacation period under
the direction of one of the prisoners who had previously shown
special ability in his studies.
NorMAL courRsE.—On December 1, 1926, the first classes of the
vacation normal courses given annually by the Regional Teachers
Association of Asuncién were held in the President Franco Normal
School. :
VocaTIONAL scHooL.—The building for the vocational school
erected with funds raised by charitable women of Asuncién for girls
of destitute parents is reported to be finished, and will be inaugurated
upon the installation of necessary equipment.
SALVADOR
RURAL SCHOOL OPENED.—On December 26, 1926, President
Quindénez Molina motored to the town of El Rosario in the Depart-
ment of La Paz to be present at the opening of the new rural school
in that place. The President has done much to improve the public-
school system, as he has been fulfilling his ante-electoral promise to
further education by the building of new schools.
LABOR All
ScHOOL VACATION CAMPS.—On December 1, 1926, the third group
of children started for the school vacation farm at Planes de Rendero
which is maintained by the Salvadorean School Protective Associa-
tion. At this farm successive groups of children from the capital
spend short vacations in the mountain air.
SALVADOREAN ATHENEUM.—On January 2, 1927, the Salvadorean
Atheneum held a meeting in the capital to honor Gen. José Maria
Peralta L. in recognition of distinguished literary productions, and
also to install the new executive committee, of which Dr. Lazaro
Mendoza is president.
ScHOOL GARDENS.—-In order to spread more widely a knowledge
of the modern methods employed in agricultural education, it has
been agreed that all Government schools shall add school gardens to
their plants.
ARGENTINA
Nicutr BAKING.—On November 29, 1926, the President of Argen-
tina signed a decree whereby the National Labor Department of
Buenos Aires is empowered to grant exemptions from the act pro-
hibiting night work in bakeries, in specified circumstances, to estab-
lishments for the manufacture of machine-made bread.
For the purposes of the decree all establishments in which only mechanical
processes are used are considered as establishments for the manufacture of
machine-made bread. They may be granted exemptions from the prohibition
of night work:
(1) When, by reason of force majeure, a decrease in production occurs which
hinders the regular working of the industry.
(2) In order to meet national needs.
(3) In order to satisfy urgent requirements for public institutions such as
almshouses, hospitals, or schools.
(4) When by accident the working of the machinery is interrupted during the
daytime. (Industrial and Labour Information, Jan. 10, 1927.)
SALVADOR
ComMercIAL HEmMpLoyers’ Union.—A commercial employees’
union was founded in San Salvador in December. The union, which
has appointed committees on publicity, membership, and constitu-
tion, hopes to have a membership of 1,000.
LABOR ASSOCIATION.—The newly formed Artisans’ Cultural Asso-
ciation of Cojutepeque proposes to start a library, lecture courses,
and a school for adults with a section for illiterates.
ARGENTINA
VACATION CAMPS FOR CHILDREN BELOW NORMAL IN HEALTH.—
Three vacation camps for public school children of Buenos Aires
below normal in health were opened for the season on December 6,
1926, and two more later in the month. They were located in five
of the public parks, accommodating respectively 1,000, 450, 1,500,
1,200, and 1,100 children at once. Each group of children is allotted
a certain length of time, so that usually three successive groups during
the season enjoy swimming and other recreations in the fresh air,
benefiting also by the good meals furnished. This is the eighth year
that the city has made this provision for safeguarding the health
of its children in the summer.
Leper coLtony.—A leper colony is to be built by the Government
on Cerrito Island at the juncture of the Parana and Paraguay Rivers.
First Pan AMERICAN TUBERCULOSIS ConGreEss.—The organiza-
tion committee of the First Pan American Tuberculosis Congress has
set the meeting of that body for October 10 to 15, 1927, in the city
of Cérdoba. During the Congress members will visit hospitals and
other medical establishments. The president of the organization
committee is Dr. Juan F. Cafferata, who has appointed Dr. Carlos
Bonorino Udaondo to constitute a committee to handle matters
connected with the Congress in Buenos Aires.
SOCIAL SERVICE INSTITUTE.—See page 406.
BRAZIL
TWELFTH CHILD WELFARE cLINic.—The twelfth child welfare
clinic of the Public Health Service was opened last December in the
Inhau’ma section of Rio de Janeiro for the benefit of expectant
mothers and children under school age. Dental service for the
children of the same neighborhood is soon to be established.
Rep Cross News.—In December Senhora Washington Luis, wife
of the President of Brazil, was made president of the women’s section
of the Brazilian Red Cross. She was installed in office on January 6,
1927, that date bemg made also the occasion of the opening of the
Paulo de Frontin mouth, nose, and throat clinic of the Red Cross.
First Brazi~tian TusercubLosis Preventrortum.—The Brazilian
League against Tuberculosis planned to open in the latter part of
January, 1927, the first tuberculosis preventorium in Brazil. The
412
SOCIAL PROGRESS 413
institution, which is to be in Paqueta, is called the Dona Amelia
Sanitorium. It will furnish a home for about 100 children predis-
posed to tuberculosis, giving them proper food, clothing, medical
care, and education in hygiene. After the children have reached a good
physical condition they will be sent home, while others will come to
be made strong and well. The institution will be under the care of
Sisters of Charity and the first six patients will be daughters of poor
tubercular families of Paqueta parish.
CHILE
HospPITaAL FOR CHILDREN.—The Manuel Arriaran hospital for
children in Santiago offers some interesting features in construction
and management. Each of the separate pavilions which make up
the plant is under the direction of a Sister of Charity and a head
nurse assisted by a corps of student nurses from the training school
connected with the hospital. At present there are 50 student nurses,
4 of whom are sisters of charity connected with the institution. The
hospital service is divided into medical, surgical, and laboratory
sections, each division being under the direction of a special physician.
The site for the hospital was purchased from the proceeds of a legacy
left by Sefor Manuel Arriaran, for whom the institution is named.
Large sums have also been donated by other persons, while the
Government made several appropriations for construction purposes,
the total cost of building and grounds amounting to 5,246,433 pesos.
Every ward has a sun parlor, and for the convalescent children
kindergarten classes are held in the garden, where they are enter-
tained and taught to play games, and to care for and protect flowers
and plants.
ATHLETIC CLUBS.—At a recent meeting of the Board of Directors
of the University Athletic Federation in Santiago a committee was
appointed to organize university athletic clubs, with swimming pools,
tennis courts and all other arrangements necessary for sports.
DENTAL SERVICE FOR SCHOOLS.—The administration of the School
Dental Service for primary grades carried out a very active campaign
last year for the promotion of dental hygiene among the pupils.
For this purpose corps of dentists, nurses, and inspectors were
organized to visit cities and schools where a dental service had not
yet been installed. These dental inspectors also gave lectures on
pathology and dental hygiene in the normal schools of the cities
visited.
COLOMBIA
IMPROVEMENTS IN LEPER HOSPITAL.—In the Agua de Dios Leper
Hospital new water pipes and a tank holding 1,000,000 liters of water
have been installed. Another improvement in this hospital is the
414 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION.
construction of a new pavilion, costing 120,000 pesos, which will con-
tain all modern comforts and improvements.
SUBSIDY FOR CHILD HEALTH CENTER.—The Ministry of Instruction
and Public Health has passed a resolution providing a subsidy of
5,000 pesos a year for a charity association of Barranquilla, entitled
Estrella de Caridad, this sum to be used for the child health center
which functions under the direction of that society.
ActIviTies OF THE RED Cross ComMItTEE oF Manizates.—The
Red Cross Departmental Committee of Caldas has purchased, for
the sum of 12,000 pesos, a building in which to establish the Red
Cross offices, a maternity center and bathing facilities for children.
The public dispensary which has been functioning in that city with
great success for some time past will also be installed in the new
building.
COSTA RICA
New LABporatory.—A new laboratory for the study of parasitical
diseases will be placed at the disposal of the Charity League of
Heredia during the early part of 1927. The sum of 5,000 colones has
been given for the purpose by the Government.
CUBA
}
INSTITUTE FOR THE BLIND.—On January 18, 1927, the President
signed a decree by virtue of which an institute for the blind was
created in Habana under the name of Juan Santos Fernandez Insti-
tute. The primary purpose of this organization is to study the
various diseases and accidents producing blindness and to suggest
measures for their prevention. The institute will also disseminate
information relating to the prophylaxis of blindness, organizing for
this purpose lectures in public and private schools and in workshops
and factories, particularly in those where certain materials are used
which are likely to injure the eyes. This institute will also prepare
a census of all the blind in the Republic, according to age, sex,
race, and if possible, nationalities, naming the cause of the affliction
in each case. Every year the institute shall present a report to the
Secretary of Sanitation and Public Charities on the work accom-
plished, recommending any measures deemed necessary for further
developing the usefulness of this organization.
PuBuLic BENEFITS.—Dr. Francisco M. Fernandez, Secretary of
Sanitation and Public Charities, made a statement at the end of the
year 1926 regarding the work accomplished by his office during
that year. Among the serious problems which were successfully
handled were outbreaks of typhoid fever in Colén, Tapaste, and
Marianao which were quickly gotten under control. Prompt
and effective action was taken in reconstruction work following the
SOCIAL PROGRESS 415
cyclone of October last, while valuable aid was also rendered in
Miami after the similar disaster in that city. An important cam-
paign against malaria was commenced in Camagiiey and Oriente.
Work was likewise started on a large national asylum for aged and
destitute survivors of the cyclone at Triscornia encampment. During
the present year the Secretary of Sanitation expects to complete the
program of repairing and renewing the equipment of all the various
hospitals and asylums of the Republic, having already ordered 4,000
complete outfits. The Child Welfare Service will be reorganized;
and every effort will be made to relieve the congestion at the hospital
for the insane at Mazorra. (Courtesy of the Cuban Embassy in
Washington.)
DOMINICAN REPUBLIC
CHILD WELFARE.—Plans are now being worked out, under the
patronage of the Secretary of Sanitation and Public Charities, for
the organization of a better baby contest and a maternity contest
to be held during the present year, probably in the month of July.
New HospiTaLt IN Azua.—Last December a new municipal hos-
pital was inaugurated in the city of Azua. It has been named in
honor of Doctor Vasquez, President of the Republic.
ECUADOR
BEQUEST FOR NEEDY CHILDREN.—Don Francisco Fernandez
Madrid, a native of Quito, was decorated by the Ecuadorean Gov-
ernment shortly before his recent death for his many deeds of charity.
By his will he left practically all his fortune to the city of Quito to be
employed in caring for needy children.
GUATEMALA
Report oF THE Curtp WELFARE INstITUTE.—FI Nino, the bul-
letin of the Child Welfare Society, reports that 130 consultations were
given by the Child Welfare Institute during September, 1926, 37 of the
children being vaccinated against whooping-cough. Besides this, 35
articles of clothing were distributed and 67 liters (approximately 71
quarts) of milk were given outside that used in the institute itself.
The total expenditures for the month were 46,329 pesos. Funds
were also sent to the branch institutions in Quezaltenango and
Antigua.
HAITI
SANITATION.—Sanitary measures taken in the Cap-Haitien district
for mosquito control have proved satisfactory, notwithstanding the
fact that this whole area is of a marshy nature and rather difficult of
control. Considerable work has been accomplished, however, in ditch-
ing, filling, cutting vegetation, and oiling. In this district 19 clinics
A16 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION
have been held at 18 different places in the last few months, with a
very good attendance. Work has been commenced on the rural dis-
pensary at Marmelade, also on the dispensary building at the hospital.
In the Marmelade section 20 clinics were held during the month of
November at 7 different places, with a very gratifying attendance.
New clinics were started at L’Attalaye Plantation and at La Brande.
The clinic at the latter place commenced on November 16, the attend-
ance increasing from 49 on the opening morning to 162 on November 30.
(Bulletin of the Financial Adviser-Receiver General.)
HONDURAS
BABY CLINIC AND MILK STATION.—The Gota de Leche, or free milk
station and baby clinic of Tegucigalpa, is now under the administra-
tion of anew board of directors, as follows: President, Senora Camila
Midence de Soto; honorary president, Senhora Emma viuda de Bonilla;
vice president, Sefiorita Sofia Vega; treasurer, Senorita Rosinda Fia-
llos Z.; and secretary, Sefiorita Amalia Lanza y Lanza.
This Gota de Leche in the Honduran capital conducted its annual
better baby show at Christmas time, giving a prize to the baby whose
weight curve was most regular over a period of six months; and an-
other prize to the mother whose personal cleanliness and that of her
child showed that she had most faithfully followed the rules for child
care. Toys and clothing were distributed to the other children in the
clinic.
The General Bureau of Health, in connection with the Child Wel-
fare Section and the Gota de Leche, conducts free health examinations
for wet nurses every business day.
MEXICO
CAMPAIGN AGAINST VENEREAL DISEASE.—The Federal Bureau of
Public Health has taken as one of its major activities for this year the
waging of a national campaign against venereal disease. This cam-
paign was opened on January 16 by Dr. Bernardo J. Gastélum, chief
of that bureau, who, with other officials and a large corps of physicians,
nurses, and other assistants, visited the city of Toluca, capital of the
State of Mexico. Large posters with health admonitions were dis-
tributed broadcast; talks were given by the bureau physicians on
street corners, in theaters, labor centers, and places of popular amuse-
ment; nurses went from house to house; and at nightfall three motion
picture outfits showed instructive films. The corps of experts, after
remaining several weeks more in the State, was to move on to another
center, there to repeat its good work.
CHARITIES BUILDING.—A splendid new building for the general
offices of the Public Charities was recently opened in Mexico City.
SOCIAL PROGRESS 417
It also contains laboratories, bakeshops to prepare the bread for all
hospitals, asylums, and other institutions under the jurisdiction of the
Public Charities, and storerooms for clothing, linen, and other supplies.
PANAMA
HEALTH CERTIFICATES FOR PERSONS EMPLOYED IN PREPARING
OR SERVING Foops.—On January 10, 1927, the mayor of Coldén
issued a decree appointing two physicians to examine and issue health
certificates to all persons employed in establishments serving foods
or beverages, such as hotels, cook shops, ice cream parlors, fruit
stands, and canteens. A term of 20 days from January 10 was
given for the persons so engaged to be examined and secure a cer-
tificate of good health to permit them to continue in the same
occupation.
PARAGUAY
Hookworm cAmpaicn.—Following an intensive and _ successful
antihookworm campaign in Acahay, Ubycui, and Quyquy6, Dr.
Pedro Lépez, representing the Rockefeller Foundation in Paraguay,
has begun a similar sanitary work in the cordillera region.
CHILD HEALTH STATION.—A contribution of 950 pesos has been
made by the teachers of the Normal School of Asuncién for giving
a daily glass of milk to pupils in the practice school suffering from
deficient nutrition.
Hearty PuBLICATION.—A Handbook of Practical Rural Information
was recently issued by the Department of Land and Colonies; its
contents include a description of and possible precautions to be taken
against some of the most common diseases, first aid treatments, and
information on medicinal plants, their properties, and use.
PERU
ScHOOL MEDICAL SERVICE.—A report prepared by the Pedagogical
Committee of the National Board of Education on the creation of a
school medical service recommends that a preparatory course for
school nurses and physicians be established and that a school medical
service be created, beginning with the schools in the capital city
of Lima.
URUGUAY
SERIES OF MEDICAL LECTURES.—Two lectures of a series on prob-
lems of public hygiene given recently under the auspices of the
Medical Association were entitled “‘Typhoid Fever in Uruguay”
and “The Uruguayan Fight Against Cancer in Women,” presented
by Dr. Justo F. Gonzalez and Prof. Enrique Pouey, respectively.
418 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION
VENEZUELA
Firre VENEZUELAN Mepicau Coneress.—The opening session of
the Fifth Venezuelan Medical Congress was held in Maracay on
December 20, 1926. Important works presented were those of Dr.
Peter Miihlens, an especially invited guest of the Institute of Tropical
Diseases of Hamburg, on the treatment of malaria and other tropical
diseases, and that of Sefior Luis R. Oramas, ‘‘Gums and Resins of
the Venezuelan flora,” the latter receiving an award of 5,000 bolivars
as being the best paper presented to the congress. Among important
resolutions adopted were the following to be presented as petitions to
the Government:
A provision for a complete record of climatic and demographic conditions in
each section of the Republic, including a description of geographical, geological, and
ethnological characteristics, and the establishment of a meteorological station
with an observer in each State, district or territory, so that the above data may
be presented to the next medical congress.
The creation of a botanical garden in which native plants may be grown for
study.
The creation of a chair of orthodontia in the dental school of the Central
University with provisions for study for the said chair by a Venezuelan graduate
dentist in a Philadelphia dental college, and the appointment of school dentists.
The congress adjourned on December 25, 1926, to meet in Caracas
on December 13, 1929.
BETTER BABIES COMPETITION.—On December 30, 1926, following
a six months’ competition conducted by the Simén Rodriguez Insti-
tute in Caracas for children reared by breast feeding, a prize of 500
bolivars was awarded the baby who had made the greatest gain in
weight and general good health during that time. <A second prize of
100 bolivars was also awarded, and as a result of gifts made by
interested persons, all seven babies who had taken part in the com-
petition received some award. This was the first better babies com-
petition in Venezuela.
COSTA RICA
SYMPHONY CONCERT.—Great interest was shown in the farewell
concert given in San José on January 15, 1927, by the Costa Rican
symphony orchestra on the eve of its departure for a tour of the
Central American countries and Mexico.
GENERAL NOTES 419
CUBA
Girt oF CUBA TO THE CITY OF PHILADELPHIA.—At a recent Cabinet
meeting it was agreed to adopt the suggestion made by the Secretary
of State, Dr. Rafael Martinez Ortiz, that the Cuban pavilion at
the recent Sesquicentennial Exposition be donated to the city of
Philadelphia.
HONDURAS
DeatuH or EX-PRESIDENT BoGrAn.—The Government of Hon-
duras declared three days of official mourning in memory of Dr.
Francisco Bogran, a former President who died in New Orleans on
December 7, 1926, giving him a funeral with presidential honors,
Doctor Bogran was a distinguished Honduran physician and surgeon
who filled numerous public offices, including that of the National
Presidency for a period of six months. His loss is deeply felt in his
own country and among those who knew him elsewhere.
URUGUAY
MonTEVIDEO’S TWO HUNDREDTH ANNIVERSARY.—On December
24, 1926, the two hundredth anniversary of the founding of Monte-
video was celebrated by that city. Congratulatory notes were
received from Buenos Aires and Madrid, and patriotic and historical
programs made up the events of the day, among which perhaps the
most important was the laying of the first stone in the Rambla Sur,
a boulevard which is being constructed along the southern water
front.
ART EXHIBIT.—It was announced on January 7, 1927, that the
First Annual Photographic Art Exhibition would be held in Monte-
video from February 16 to 22, 1927, under the auspices of the
Uruguayan Photographic Association.
REPORTS RECEIVED TO FEBRUARY 15, 1927
Subject Date Author
BRAZIL
1926
Privileges for colonization of Amazonas government lands_| Dec. 1 Georees E. Seltzer, vice consul at
lanaos.
Livestock improvement in district .-.-_.--------.-__------ Dec. 4 Do.
Mining laws of the State of Amazonas, Law No. 1297_____- ~23d Ose Do.
Cattle fair for Manaos, regional livestock exposition to be |_.-.do___- Do.
held at Manaos, Sept. 5-7, 1927.
November review of commerce and industries of Brazil__.-_| Dec. 12 | Digby A. Willson, consul in charge,
| Rio de Janeiro.
OctobersimportstateB ania eee ee ee eee Dec. 16} Allan Dawson, vice consul in
charge, Bahia.
Woaneforsearahy bard ovNOntenese sees ee Dec. 17 | Nathaniel P. Davis, consul at
: Pernambuco.
Proposed new geographical division of Brazil___-_ _______- Dec. 23 | Digby A. Willson.
The Rio de Janeiro financial and commercial market dur- | Dec. 24 Do.
ing November, 1926.
Loans to municipalities and for construction and exten- | Dec. 27 | Fred E. Huhlein, vice consul in
sion of municipal water supply systems in State of Rio | charge, Porto Alegre.
Grande do Sul. &
1927
Review of Brazilian commerce and industries for Decem- | Jan. 12 | Digby A. Willson.
ber, 1926.
Project for a special fund for the construction and conserva- | Jan. 14) Fred C. Eastin, jr., consul at Rio de
tion of federal roads. | Janeiro.
Review of commerce and industries at Bahia for quarter |__-do-.__| Allan Dawson.
ended Dec. 31, 1926. |
Brazilian bow Ose talo rel 9 2 pees oe ee ee Jan. 17 | Digby A. Willson.
Bank of Brazil balance-sheet for December, 1926__________- Jan. 18 Do.
COLOMBIA
Dredging the entrance of Cartagena Bay---.---.---------- Jan. 12 | Lester L. Schnare, consul at Car-
tagena.
Review of the commerce and industries for quarter ended | Jan. 15 Do.
Dee. 31, 1926.
Annual report of the Cartagena district, for the year 1926_.| Jan. 17 Do.
COSTA RICA
Executive decree providing for the construction of a new | Jan. 20 | Legation, San José.
pier at Puntarenas, and other public works. |
Law establishing ‘‘Credito Hipotecario de Costa Rica,” | Jan. 21 Do.
La Gaceta, San José, Jan. 19, 1927.
CUBA
1926
Prospects for 1926-1927 sugar crop of the district __________- Dec. 18 | Francis R. Stewart, consul at San-
tiago de Cuba.
Review of commerce and industries for November, 1926.--| Dec. 21} Carlton Bailey Hurst, consul
general at Habana.
Disastrous fire in Santiago de Cuba_---.--_---- 2222-21-28 Dec. 27 | Francis R. Stewart.
Heview. of commerce and industries, quarter ended Dec. | Dec. 31 Do.
31, 1926. %
Crop movement through ports of Nuevitas and Tarafa, |_--do.___- Lawrence P. Briggs, consul at
quarter ended Dee. 31, 1926. Nuevitas.
1927
Report on commerce and industries for Matanzas district | Jan. 5 | Augustus Ostertag, vice consul at
for quarter ended Dee. 31, 1926. Matanzas.
Review of commerce and industries of Isle: of Pines, | Jan. 14 | Sheridan Talbott, vice consul at
quarter ended Dec. 31, 1926. Nueva Gerona.
December review of commerce and industries, 1926________ Jan. 18 | Edward Caffery, consul in charge,
Habana.
Proposed municipal improvements at Antilla.__._________ Feb. 1 Horace J. Dickinson, consul at An-
tilla.
DOMINICAN REPUBLIC
Immigration and labor, general conditions________________ Jan. 4 | Legation, Santo Domingo.
Summary of important laws enacted during recent session | Jan. 11 Do.
of Congress.
Customs and internal revenue collections of the Republic | Jan. 14 Do.
for December, 1926.
National exposition at Santiago, Mar. 30, and the succeed- | Jan. 18 | W. A. Bickers, consul at Puerto
ing days (agriculture, industries, and arts). Plata.
Review of commerce and industries of district for quarter. |__-do___-_ Do.
ended Dec. 81, 1926.
420
SUBJECT MATTER OF CONSULAR REPORTS
421
Reports received to February 15, 1927—Continued
Subject Date Author
ECUADOR
1926
November, 1926, report on commerce and industries_______ Dec. 12 |} Harold D, Clum. consul in charge
at Guayaquil.
1927
Vegetable ivory crop and prices______________22__________- Jan. 15 | Legation, Quito.
GUATEMALA
Opening of American Academy in Guatemala_____________ Jan. 11 | Legation.
PANAMA
1926
November, 1926, report on commerce and industries______- Dec. 9 | H. D. Myers, vice consul at Pana-
ma City.
Loan for construction of new branch of Chiriqui Railroad, | Dec. 13 | Legation, Panama City.
and for the extension of the national highway system.
Contract for establishment of whale fishery ______________- Dec. 14 Do.
1927
Law 60 promulgated Dee. 17, 1926—Construction of roads__| Jan. 11 Do.
December report on commerce and industries____________- Jan. 14 | H. D. Myers.
Contract for exploration for ‘“‘hidden treasure’’___-________ Jan. 24 Do.
Annual report of commerce and industries for 1926________ Jan. 25 Do.
|
PARAGUAY |
Banco Agricola calls economic conference, immigration | Jan. 8 | Legation, Asuncion.
and labor matters.
URUGUAY
Report on general financial and economic conditions—Wool | Jan. 13 | Legation, Montevideo.
market; crop conditions; livestock; debt, exchange, etc.
VENEZUELA
1926
Annual report on commerce and industries for 1925 _______ Dec. 29 | George R. Phelan, vice consul at
Puerto Cabello.
1927
he Maracalborqueducti= a= s-ss 22-52 = nae e oe eee Jan. 4) A.K.Sloan, consul at Maracaibo.
Oro from Maracaibo district for month of December, | Jan. 19 Do.
1926. .
Statement of ‘‘Banco de Maracaibo,’’ Dec. 31, 1926_______ Jan. 25 Do.
Statement of ‘‘Banco Comercial de Maracaibo,’”’ for Dec. |__-do___- Do.
31, 1926.
or)
Coming Pan American Conferences___________________________ =e
The Great Mennonite Migration to Paraguay____________________ se
By John W. White, Editor and Publisher of ‘‘The American Weekly,’’ Buenos Aires.
A Pan American Friendship Pilgrimage __-_________________- =e
Lima’s Half Million Dollar Country Club_____-________-_--- 8 =e
The Construction of Long-distance Lines in Mexico._________-___ = L
By P. M. McCollough, Mexican Telephone & Telegraph Co.
By Rudyard Kipling. Spanish version by Efrén Rebolledo (Mexico).
Brazil Fosters Pan American Spirit in Her Public Schools ______________
Chile: A Land of Industrial Opportunity...-.-_____--_- ===
By F. de la Parra, Commissioned by the Chilean Government for the Study of Industries.
Fifth Pan American Labor Congress__________________________________
The Cultivation of Phormium in the Parana Delta-..___________________
Are entinaeD Of Gaye fae wy ta Sts eb peat pet Se ay Sayer es an dha eaeie aie ee
By The Export Committee, Chamber of Commerce of the United States in the Argentine
Republic.
Agriculture, Industry, and Commerce ____________________________ es
Argentina — Bolivia — Brazil — Chile — Colombia — Costa Rica — Cuba — Dominican
Republic — Ecuador — Guatemala — Haiti — Honduras — Mexico — Nicaragua —
Panama—Paraguay— Peru—Salvador—Uruguay— Venezuela.
KconomicvandehinancilaleAthains 000. uuee oe ee eee le eee planed
Argentina — Bolivia Brazil Chile Colombia — Dominican Republic — Haiti —
Mexico—Uruguay.
MFO BUS a G1 Tica eee fee ss ee ee ed ae page eadiens cep Ge anes! oo dey RON ML
Argentina — Brazil — Dominican Republic — Guatemala — Mexico — Panama — Peru.
InternationaleDreatiessescn eo oe ie aoe ee bas ae Siete sg damian de ne,
Brazil-Uruguay—Great Britain-Mexico—Mexico.
Publiceinstructionvand@h ducationes 25 ss ss eee eee eee
Argentina — Bolivia Brazil Chile Colombia — Costa Rica — Cuba — Dominican
Republic— Guatemala — Honduras — Mexico — Panama — Paraguay — Peru — Uru-
guay—Venezuela.
Argentina—C hile—Colombia.
SOCIAIEP RO PRES Soe se eee) UA aI eH eR cee ad chs cede Le pe Bud th a aed
Argentina — Bolivia — Brazil — Chile—Costa Rica — Cuba — Haiti— Honduras — Mexico —
Nicaragua— Panama—Peru—Uruguay—Venezuela.
GemeralaNiote ses iecj sie aie Wiese Seis OSL at niece tice ee O20 Umit nial ee ean lee
Argentina — Bolivia — Colombia — Cuba — Ecuador — Peru — Salvador — Venezuela.
Subject: Matter of-Consular Reports) se2 225205228 25255 ee
443
447
455
460
473
476
481
510
510
517
518
BOS
;
}
;
|
HOT 9081 oT
,, JO ASaqinoy
87819 oy} UMqnya
BYons JO loqmieul 10440 Aue Aq poonp
-O1d SVM ULI PSA Ao}VoIs B ‘9I10B
JT UO 09409 JO soTeq %Z Mors ‘qnTO
jeanqInouisy H-P Sey pue ssog
sexay, B JO loquroul v ‘Ydeis0j0y4d 044
Ul U9dS ULUIOM SUNOA oY, “Nveing
[euotvonpy BpOs JO 9V4IN UeITIYO
oud JO ays oy ‘YooVM plos vB YIM
yovea suluesoid ‘Assequiy uUeeTIqO
oy} 4B UOVYoUNyT B ULI} pelapue} 1Op
-BSSBQULY UBIO oY} ‘WOM4VZI[I4I10} UL
JUSUII[O UASO.AjIU V4 IO} BPOS JO 99R.141U
uvo[IuQ uUodn Asse], pelfel pey
SIOUUIM OZLId oY} VsNnBdVgG ‘“IdBIIOAV
oy} UBYA 9108 9} OF QUIT e10M YonuT
Sursivit ‘saotid MOT JO 90vj 9} UI WOAD
‘sdo1o0 10yy UO ADUOUL VpBUI SOTTIV]
9S9yI UWOMNezyysoy puv woMeayyno
JO spoyjeur ssbpo-JsIy SUIMOT[O] Ag
*sa7e19 pou, oY} UL 4Se4UOd ,SIOMOIS
009409 9261 9} UI StoUUTM 9ztId 944
0} SoydIVM POs syuesaid ‘UOAsUTYSe MA
Ul IYO JO JOpessequiy ‘[BUIODO,
esvyonig ens, “Aq AoUeT[[eoxy SIAL
LSHLNOO DNIMOYWD NOL
“LOO NI SHANNIM OWL SHZTUd
SLNASHUd SHLVLS GALINA
AHLOLYTIHO 40 YOACVSSVEANV
AR «
oe wath, Serr == 7 ie ae
rrr ot ee, ME AEDBE SIS Se Seeosts = Ae ouSs
AMERICAN UNION |
Vol. LXI MAY, 1927 No. 5
i
THIRD PAN AMERICAN COMMERCIAL CONFERENCE
MAY 2 TO 5, 1927, WASHINGTON, D. C.
OVERNMENTS of the 21 American Republics, commercial
organizations, and other associations interested in inter-
American commerce have been invited by the Governing
Board of the Pan American Union to send representatives
to the Third Pan American Commercial Conference, which will
meet in Washington on May 2, 3, 4, and 5, 1927, under the auspices
of the aforesaid Union.
At the same time, the Governing Board of the Pan American Union
designated the first days of May, 1927, as the date for the convening
of the Inter-American Commercial Aviation Commission, provided
for in a resolution adopted at the Fifth Pan American Conference at
Santiago, Chile, in 1923. This will be a meeting of technical experts
for the purpose of considering aviation routes, landing stations,
customs regulations, etc. It was thought desirable to have the two
conferences meet at the same time in order that the delegates might
consult together relative to the best means of accomplishing the pur-
poses of the meetings.
It will be remembered that the First Pan American Commercial
Conference was held in 1911, the principal question then under dis-
cussion being the probable effect of the opening of the Panama Canal
423
424 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION
on inter-American commerce. In 1919 the second meeting was called
to consider the commercial problems which had developed as a result
of the World War. And now a majority of the nations of the world
having readjusted themselves to postwar economic conditions, the
time is deemed opportune for a Third Pan American Commercial
Conference to study not only questions arising out of these newly
created conditions but, also, the extension of the commerce of the
American Republics in the years to come, as well as all matters tend-
ing to develop more intimate commercial relations between the
American nations. With such antecedents, it is evident that a great
number of business men, including bankers and other financiers, large-
scale importers and exporters, railway and highway officials, agents
of the principal steamship lines, purchasing agents, and many other
commercial and industrial leaders of the Americas will attend.
There is also no question as to the favorable outcome of these con-
ferences. Many manufacturers, particularly those of the United
States, will recall the great increase in number as well as in the im-
portance of orders placed with them as a result of the conference of
1919, at a time when the nations had scarcely begun to reestablish
themselves after the abnormal conditions resulting from the World
War. The forthcoming conference, however, occurs at a more
auspicious time when positive and notable progress is widespread in
the Americas, at a time which is in general one of peace and prosperity,
and for this reason the Third Pan American Conference will, without
doubt, be the most important and successful of its kind held up to the
present time.
Opportunity will be offered during the sessions of the conference for
the presentation of the outstanding trade problems of each of the
American Republics; and through such frank discussion of the existing
situation affecting the trade between the countries of the American
Continent it is believed that many of the obstacles that now retard
the normal development of inter-American commerce will be removed.
At the same time provision has been made in the program of the
conference for round table meetings between representative groups
of the nations participating in the conference, and manufacturers,
exporters, and importers of the United States, sessions at which inter-
American trade problems will be considered and discussed. These
group meetings will not be open to the public; nor, unless the mem-
bers of the group so desire, will the proceedings be reported. The
delegates will, therefore, be at entire liberty to express themselves
freely on the questions that now confront their respective countries.
While the conference is in session the delegates will be guests at
the series of luncheons, dinners, and receptions which have been
arranged in their honor. Among these functions will be a luncheon
by the members of the Governing Board of the Pan American Union ;
COMING PAN AMERICAN CONFERENCES 425
a reception by the Secretary of State of the United States, Hon.
Frank B. Kellogg and Mrs. Kellogg; a dinner by the American
Section of the International Chamber of Commerce; a luncheon by
the honorary chairman of the Inter-American High Commission,
Hon. Andrew W. Mellon, Secretary of the Treasury of the United
States; and a dinner by Mr. John H. Merrill, President of All
America Cables.
On the closing day of the sessions and the two succeeding days the
delegates will visit the public buildings of the Capital, Mount
Vernon, and those Government departments which may be of special
interest to those engaged in the import and export trade, including
the Department of Agriculture and the United States Bureau of
Standards.
It will be noted that the annual sessions of the United States
Chamber of Commerce, at which representatives of all the various
commercial associations of the country will be in attendance, are to be
held in Washington at the same time as those of the Third Pan
American Commercial Conference, also that at a joint session to take
place on Tuesday evening, May 3, President Coolidge will deliver
an address of welcome to the delegates of both conferences.
PROGRAM OF THE THIRD PAN AMERICAN COMMERCIAL
CONFERENCE
I. TRANSPORTATION AND INTER-AMERICAN COMMERCE
1. The need of adequate means of transportation to facilitate commercial
development.
2. Transportation facilities in inter-American commerce.
Il. FOREIGN INVESTMENT AND INTER-AMERICAN TRADE
1. Foreign investment as a factor in the development of inter-American
commerce.
2. Principles that should govern the foreign investment of capital.
III. CONSULAR PROCEDURE
1. Simplification of consular procedure in inter-American commerce.
2. Consular documents essential in inter-American trade.
3. Possibility of securing uniformity in consular documentation and procedure.
IV. CUSTOMS REGULATIONS
The purpose of customs regulations and the minimum regulations required to
secure their purpose.
V. BARRIERS TO INTER-AMERICAN COMMERCE
1. Barriers to the development of inter-American commerce.
2. Consideration of measures for the elimination of inter-American trade
barriers.
VI. ARBITRATION OF COMMERCIAL DISPUTES
Measures for the extension of the principle of the arbitral settlement of com-
mercial disputes.
496 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION
VII. INTER-AMERICAN TRADE PROBLEMS
(During the conference there will be a joint meeting with the Chamber of
Commerce of the United States of America, which will be in annual session at
the same time as the Pan American Commercial Conference. At this joint
meeting consideration will be given to the outstanding commercial problems of
the American Republics, as presented by leading commercial representatives of
the respective countries. )
VIII. ROUND-TABLE CONFERENCES
(On the final day of the conference round-table meetings will be held between
representatives of the nations participating in the conference and manufacturers,
exporters, and importers of the United States, at which inter-American trade
problems will be considered and discussed.)
IX. PERMANENT COOPERATION BETWEEN COMMERCIAL ORGANIZATIONS
(During the conference a meeting of presidents of commercial organizations of
the American Republics will be held for the purpose of considering means of
establishing permanent cooperative relations between these associations.)
II
FIRST CONFERENCE OF THE INTER-AMERICAN COM-
MISSION OF COMMERCIAL AVIATION
TO CONVENE IN WASHINGTON, D. C., ON MAY 2, 1927
Another inter-American conference to be held in Washington under
the auspices of the Pan American Union is the first aviation con-
ference, called by the Governing Board of the aforesaid Union by
virtue of a resolution approved by the Fifth International Conference
of American States in 1923.
Since commercial aviation, under the subject of transportation,
constitutes one of the principal topics for discussion by the Third
Pan American Commercial Conference, there will be a close relation
between the two assemblies, above all now that they are to meet
more or less simultaneously. -
Two new means of transportation have become important factors
during recent years—the automobile and the airplane—and_ not-
withstanding the fact that the latter is so recent, it will in time come
to be a most important element of world progress, above all in the
transportation of certain kinds of commodities. Therefore, special
attention is being given this subject. The underlying object of the
Commercial Aviation Conference should be to study the best manner
of removing every obstacle to the normal development of this branch
of inter-American commerce.
The extraordinary compass of the topics under consideration by
the Inter-American Commercial Aviation Commission may be
appreciated on reading the program, which follows:
The program of the Inter-American Commercial Aviation Conference will
be divided into two sections, one devoted to juridical problems which must
COMING PAN AMERICAN CONFERENCES 42
be studied for the purpose of formulating the convention; the other covering
technical problems which must be studied in order to draft the service regulations
for commercial aviation which will be annexed to the convention.
The topics contained in the following list are merely suggestions of a project
of program for submission to the consideration of the respective Governments.
The final program will be formulated in accordance with the points of view and
suggestions made by the Governments.
FIRST SECTION
TOPICS RELATIVE TO THE INTER-AMERICAN COMMERCIAL AVIATION CONVENTION
I. (a) Aerial space; sovereignty over aerial space. (b) Passage through aerial
space. (c) Territorial zones excluded from aerial navigation.
II. Nationality of aircraft.
III. Conditions of navigability of aircraft.
IV. Wireless telegraphy on board aircraft.
V. Certificate of capacity and licenses of members of the crew of aircraft.
VI. (a) Rules for the admission and navigation of foreign aircraft in the
aerial space of another State. (b) Aerial traffic between two points in the terri-
tory of a State.
VII. Rules governing the departure, flight and landing of aircraft.
VIII. Prohibited transport by aircraft.
IX. Juridical relations arising on board aircraft.
X. Rules governing civil or criminal responsibility for damage caused by air-
craft, their crew and passengers.
XI. Customs regwations for commercia! aircraft.
XII. Insurance of cargo, passengers, and aircraft.
XIII. Inter-American Office of Aerial Navigation.
XIV. General provisions.
XV. Provisions relative to the exchange of ratifications, adhesions, duration
of the convention, revision of the convention and regulations, denunciation, etc.
The bases of a protocol for the regulation of aircraft engaged in postal transport
will also be studied.
SECOND_SECTION
TOPICS RELATIVE TO THE SERVICE REGULATIONS OF THE INTER-AMERICAN COM-
MERCIAL AVIATION CONVENTION
A. Airdromes, airways, traffic rules, and signals —(1) Recognition ground marks
for landing fields and seaplane stations by day and night. (2) Landing direc-
tion indications at airdromes. (3) The identification of airways by ground marks,
lights, and names of places. (4) The identification of radiobeacons and beacon
lights along airways. (5) Rules for the use of airways and rules to minimize
collision hazards along them. (6) Rules as to rights of way both in the air and on
the surface. (7) Public safety provisions; altitudes over inhabited districts; bal-
last to be unloaded by aireraft in flight. (8) Landing; taking-off maneuvers; regu-
lations as to flight in close proximity to airdromes to minimize collision hazards.
(9) Navigation lights and signals for aircraft when moored, taxying, and in
flight. (10) Course and landing signals at airdromes. (11) Warning signals at
airdromes. (12) Storm and fog warning signals. (13) Distress signals.
B. Customs.—(1) Provisions for ‘customs airdromes’’; limitations as to inter-
national flights leaving from and arriving at such airdromes. (2) Agreement as
to manifests, declarations, and other documents concerning cargoes in inter-
national aerial navigation. (3) Agreement as to through transit across a State.
(4) Agreement as to rights of visit, search, verification, etc., of aircraft.
498 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION
C. Maps for use in aerial navigation.—(1) The correlation of national or local
airway maps with international general maps. (2) The indication on maps of
information and details of the physical aspects and particularly the topographic
features of the land necessary or advisable to be shown on maps for aerial naviga-
tion to facilitate their use. (3) Agreement as to conventional symbols and other
cartographic details, including projections and scales, conventional signs and
colors, abbreviations, spelling, and translation of names, etc.
D. Maintenance and operation of aircraft-—(1) The determination of national-
ity and registration marks identifying aircraft; methods of displaying these marks
on aircraft. (2) Uniformity in the use of log books; record of the journeys of
aircraft and their engineering history. (3) Necessary instruments required on all
aircraft for the safety of flight. (4) Safety equipment on aircraft; emergency
devices on board aircraft in transit. (5) Engineering regulations as to routine
maintenance and inspections of aircraft in service; recording of inspections and
repairs.
EK. Medical Section.—(1) The specification of general physical qualifications
and examinations for airmen, such as pilots, engineers, ete. (2) Specifications as
to skill, training, and experience of pilots, navigators, engineers, ete. (3) Quar-
antine and public-health rules in international aerial navigation.
F. Meteorological information.—(1) Nature and object of meteorological
information to be furnished or disseminated by contracting States; analysis and
summaries of past records, current observations, and forecasts. (2) The informa-
tion necessary and desirable to be included in individual and collective station
reports. (3) The information to be included in, and the periods to be covered by,
forecasts. (4) Methods of transmitting reports; codes; abbreviations.
G. Radiotelegraphy, radiotelephony.—(1) Requirements for radiotelegraphic
and radiotelephonié equipment for aircraft and airdromes. (2) Agreement as to
radio communication for the safety of aircraft, and distress messages. (3)
Correlation of radio-frequencies assigned and available for aircraft. (4) Agree-
ment as to means for identification of radiobeacons and for the elimination of
interference between beacon signals.
H. Structure and materials of aircrafts —(1) Determination of airworthiness of
aircraft. (2) General features of design of aircraft bearing on their conditions of
navigability, safety, stability, and controllability; structural analysis, including
materials of construction and factors of safety. (8) Comparative tests and
requirements for aircraft power plants.
il
SECOND PAN AMERICAN STANDARDIZATION
CONFERENCE
WASHINGTON, D. C., MAY 6-14, 1927
Invitations for participation in the Second Pan American Standard-
ization Conference were sent to the respective national sections of
the Inter-American High Commission by Hon. Herbert Hoover, in
fulfillment of his duties as president of the said commission. It will
be remembered that this conference will be celebrated in accordance
with a resolution adopted by the Fifth International Conference of
American States, the First Pan American Standardization Conference
having been held in Lima, Peru, at the end of 1924.
COMING PAN AMERICAN CONFERENCES 429
The object of the conference as expressed in that resolution is the
reduction to ‘‘standardization and uniform nomenclature of specifica-
tions on raw materials, supplies, tools, machinery, equipment, and
other merchandise, with a view to reaching agreements which may
be embodied in inter-American conventions on this subject.”
Therefore, in accordance with the above, delegates of all Republics
of the Western Hemisphere will confer with representative American
importers and consumers of products such as cacao, coffee, hides,
wool, and vegetable oilseeds, in an effort to come to some mutually
beneficial and practical agreement as to the proper grading of such
commodities to facilitate national commerce.
There is a consensus of opinion among experts in this field that
standards fixed for the principal products of Latin America will
bring international recognition, resulting in a consequent increase
in the amounts of such products sold and better prices, a condition
which would be beneficial not only to the producer in Latin America
but also to those in the United States and Europe who buy and use
such commodities, through the reliance that could be placed on them
as standard grades.
The meetings of the Second Pan American Standardization Con-
ference will be held under the joint auspices of the Inter-American
High Commission and the Pan American Union, being under the
direction of a general committee, the membership of which was
recently announced by the Hon. Herbert Hoover, chairman of
the Executive Council of the Inter-American High Commission, as
follows:
President: Dr. Dexter 8. Kimpatt, dean of the Engineering College of Cornell
University and president of the American Engineering Council, chairman of this
committee.
Secretary: WALLACE THompson, editor of Ingenieria Internacional.
Members: KE. A. CANnauizo, president of New York Cocoa Exchange; F. ABBoTT
GoopHUE, president of International Acceptance Bank; FRANKLIN Hopps, presi-
dent of National Association of Wool Manufacturers; Fraser M. Morrart,
president of Tanners Council of America; C. R. Parker, president of American
Importers & Exporters Association; Carvin W. Rice, secretary of American
Society of Mechanical Engineers and United States delegate to the International
Congress of Engineering at Brazil; ARrHur R. RuLs, general manager of Feder-
ated Fruit & Vegetable Growers (Inc.); F. G. Russe, president of National
Coffee Trade Council; C. E. Sktnn&r, chairman of American Engineering Stand-
ards Committee; C. D. Snow, Chamber of Commerce of the United States;
JaMEs C. Stone, president of the Burley Tobacco Growers Cooperative Associa-
tion; Davip Wesson, Cotton Seed Crushers Association; and A. F. WHITNEY,
president of the United States delegation to the First Pan American Standardiza-
tion Conference at Lima, Peru, 1924-25.
SENOR DR. RICARDO JAIMES FREYRE
Envoy Extraordinary and Minister Plenipotentiary of Bolivia to the United States from October 8, 1923,
who left Washington March 31, 1927, to represent his country in the International Congress of Jurists
meeting in Rio de Janeiro in April, 1927
Copyright by Harris & Ewing.
‘SENOR DR. HECTOR DAVID CASTRO
Chargé d@’ Affaires ad interim of El Salvador in the United States from December 16, 1922, who left Washing-
ton April 15, 1927, to occupy the position of Assistant Secretary of Foreign Relations and Justice of his
country. The numerous Washington friends of this young and distinguished diplomat are a unit in
wise the fullest measure of success in the new mission intrusted to him by the Government
of Salvador
ITE MIGRATION TO
By JoHn W. WHITE
Editor and Publisher of ‘‘The American Weekly,’ Buenos Aires
S THIS is being written on a quiet, sunny afternoon, the
little paddle-wheel steamboat Apipé is chugging its way
slowly up the Parana and Paraguay Rivers. Close at hand
on either side of it are the high jungle-clad shores of the
Argentine Chaco. Occasionally a jaguar comes down to the water’s
edge to drink. Perhaps once or twice in the day an Indian appears
from the brush and watches the steamer pass. Overhead is a clear,
blue sky. It is rare that any sound is heard. Everywhere is quiet
and peace. For those on board, the .ipipé is bound for the Promised
Land. Its destination is a poiit 1,7C0 miles above Buenos Aires on
the River Paraguay, and history may look back on this voyage as
being every bit as important as the famous voyage of the Mayflower,
for the 309 passengers on the Apipé form the venguard of the great
Mennonite migration to Paraguay; and. Jv ouce the Pilgrims boarded
the Mayflower at Delft Haven and started their search for new homes
where they could worship God according .> tue dictates of their
own hearts has there been an ideal-impelled mivratien of people such
as this Mennonite migration to Paraguay.
Another 400 Mennonites are arriving at Buenos Aires next week by
the steamship Western World, and by the end of April 2,009 of them
will have been settled in Paraguay. After that they will continue to
migrate as rapidly as arrangements can be made for their transporta-
tion, so that within a very few years it is expected that more than a
hundred thousand of these new colonists will come to Paraguay.
But the Mennonite migration is more important even than these
figures indicate, for it is being watched by 42 sects of noncombatant
peoples in all parts of the world, and several of these sects have already
made plans to join the migration.
What is it that is impelling these people to break up their homes
in all parts of the world to seek new homes in Paraguay? What
great force is it that is inducing this land-loving people to abandon
1 The American Weekly, Buenos Aires, Jan. 1, 1927.
432
es Nm Nl a at | Mr Ferree! NP Nem Wee mt Se, Neer? Fs enon et er fe hae Saree Nee or 3! MF ee Ne Nem? Ie meee heen? Nee I ele em” reed a ia
their lands and to face a voyage of five weeks to follow an ideal into
a region that has never been explored by the white man?
For 400 years the Mennonites have been wandering over the face
of the globe in search of a place where they may shut themselves in
from the rest of the world and live in peace. They desire no inter-
course with the rest of the world; they merely ask to be let alone.
While several countries have made them welcome and guaranteed
them the right to keep to themselves, sooner or later the outside world
comes to them, as it went to Japan, demanding that they mix in
world affairs, and especially in the world’s wars. Now the Mennon-
ites are, above everything else, noncombatants; they believe that war-
fare is un-Christian, and this belief is part of their religion. The
THE PARAGUAYAN CHACO
A typical view of the land to be settled by the Mennonites
present migration is an outcome of the World War, as will be explained
later, and the progressive and far-seeing Government of Paraguay
has granted to the Mennonites the charter they have been seeking
in many climes for four centuries. .
The Mennonites take their name from Menno Simons, a contem-
porary of Luther who, like Luther, was a Catholic priest and who
drifted out of the Catholic Church about the same time as he.
Menno Simons was born in the year Columbus discovered the Amer-
icas, and although he was not the originator, he was the chief exponent
of the views which afterwards became known as Mennonite. The
original home of these views was in Zurich, where, as early as 1525,
Grebel and Manz founded a community having for its most dis-
434 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION
tinctive mark baptism upon confession of faith. The main interest
of the sect, however, lay not in dogma but in discipline. Within the
community evangelical life was reduced to a law of separation from
the world, and this separation—enforced by a stringent use of excom-
munication and the prohibition of marriage beyond the brotherhood—
involved not only abstinence from worldly vanities but refusal of cer-
tain civic duties (the state being held to be un-Christian): refusal to
take the oath or to use the sword. .
The Mennonites soon became the objects of far from kindly atten-
tions from both Protestants and Catholics. But they had no desire
to found a new theocracy in opposition to the anti-Christian State;
they sought only to withdraw from what their conscience condemned,
content to live as strangers upon earth and to devote all their energy
to preserving the purity of their own communities. Under continued
persecution, the Mennonites began wandering over the civilized
world. Large numbers of them migrated into southern Russia upon
the invitation of Catherine the Great in 1783, and these communities
in Russia later sent many emigrants to North America. To-day
there are 175,000 Mennonites in the United States and 25,000 in
Canada, but there are hundreds of thousands of other noncombatant
peoples in all parts of the world who have branched out from the
original Zurich community and who are practicing under various other
names the same principles as the Mennonites. The one outstanding
principle that marks these 42 sects of noncombatant peoples is their
belief that war is against the will of God and the teachings of Christ.
And it is the common practice of that religious belief that has caused
these 42 sects to turn their eyes toward Paraguay. For Paraguay
has granted them and their descendants, for all time, complete immu-
nity from military duty both in times of peace and in war, as well as
exemption from participation in warfare, even as noncombatants.
As already stated, the present migration of the Mennonites is an
outgrowth of the World War. Noncombatant peoples were persecuted
in all the belligerent countries, but the persecution became par-
ticularly active in Canada after the armistice, when the returning
soldiers found large communities of these noncombatant people
speaking German. So nine years ago agents started out again to
tour the world in search of new homes for the Canadian Mennonites.
Seven years ago one of these agents went into Paraguay, and there
on the eastern Andean slope he discovered a natural paradise.
Negotiations were begun with the Paraguayan Government and
five years ago that Government granted a charter such as no govern-
ment has ever issued to a foreign people. The charter and the
glowing reports of the territory that have been made by investigating
committees which were sent there from Canada have made Paraguay
the Land of Promise for all the noncombatant people of the world.
MENNONITE ACTIVITIES AT PUERTO CASADO
A base of operations for the colonists has been established at Puerto Casado on the Paraguay River.
Upper: The hotel built for the newcomers. Center: Construction of community houses, which will
be occupied by the colonists until they have built their own homes. Lower: Transporting intake to
the middle of the river, in connection with the installation of the water system
39172—27—Bull. 5 2
436 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION
The Mennonites who arrived at Buenos Aires last week by the
Steamship Vasari and who are now on board the Apipé were from
Canada, as are those who are arriving next week; but many mem-
bers of the Mennonite communities in the United States are already
planning to join the migration and are expected to begin moving
next year.
The Mennonites are to be settled on 3,000,000 acres of fertile land
in the upper Paraguayan Chaco, and five years of preliminary work
has been done in preparing the way for them. There are many
things about this migration which parallel the colonization of the
United States by the Puritans and those who followed them. Like
the American colonists, they will build their first town on the shore
and, like the colonists, they will work westward into an unknown land;
but, unlike the American pioneers, they will not have to fight the
PUMPING STATION AND
WATER TANK FOR
IRRIGATION PUR-
POSES
Indians as they move westward, for the Paraguayan Government has
sent troops into the territory ahead of them to build fortifications
and do their fighting for them.
When the passengers of the Apipé reach their destination they
will not find ‘‘a stern and rock-bound coast.’’? They will find three
of the four essentials to their success—a wonderfully fertile soil,
plentiful sunshine, and abundant water. Only one essential is want-
ing and that one they will supply, for it is labor. Think it over.
What is necessary for the success of any colonization project? Fer-
tile land, sunshine, water, and labor. Transportation suggests
itself as a desirable adjunct, and it has been included in the carefully
laid plans on which the preparatory work has been done. But this
work can not be described until Mr. Fred Engen has been introduced.
It was he who found this paradise in the Paraguayan Chaco 1,700
THE GREAT MENNONITE MIGRATION TO PARAGUAY 437
miles above Buenos Aires, and it is he who is leading the Mennonites
into the Promised Land. It was he who negotiated the Great
Charter with the Paraguayan Government, and it has been he who
has made all the preparations for the reception of the first Mennon-
ites. He came down to Buenos Aires to meet them and accompany
them on their trip up the river, and the last thing he did before leaving
Paraguay was to call on President Ayala and obtain his promise to
board the Apipé at Asuncion and welcome the Mennonites in their
own language—German.
Mr. Engen came to South America seven years ago with the idea
of looking for colonization lands in Bolivia, but the conditions in
Bolivia at that time were not favorable for the initiation of such nego-
tiations. Mr. Engen had heard of the great Paraguayan Chaco, so he
decided to have a look at it. He entered the Chaco at Puerto Casado
and crossed a territory that had never before been visited by the
PARAGUAYAN TROOPS
The government dispatched troops to the Chaco for the protection of the colonists
whiteman. Whenhe returned to Puerto Casado he declared the land
to be the most beautiful he had seen anywhere in the world—and
he has spent his entire life seeking out new lands for colonization.
The territory in which the Mennonites are settling belongs to the
Carlos Casado family. They own 7,000,000 acres of this wonder-
fully fertile land between the River Paraguay and the eastern range
of the Andes. Of this they have set aside 4,000,000 acres, of which
the company financing the migration of the Mennonites is to pur-
chase 3,000,000 acres.
Having found this land, Mr. Engen cabled to Canada for author-
ized representatives of the Mennonites to come to Paraguay to inspect
it. They were as well pleased with it as was Mr. Engen and negoti-
ations were begun with the Paraguayan Government for a charter.
This charter was eventually granted, and it virtually gives the Men-
438 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION
nonites the privilege of creating a State within a State. The charter
grants them everything demanded by their religious beliefs—freedom
from military service, exemption from the oath, the privilege of con-
ducting their own churches and schools—and places the administra-
tion of the communities in the committees of trustees under which
Mennonite communities are administrated. Mennonite leaders say
the charter granted to them by the Government of Paraguay is the
sort of charter they have been seeking for 400 years. The following
is an English translation of it:
The Senate and Chamber of Deputies of the Paraguayan nation, assembled
in Congress, sanction with the force of
LAW
Art. I. Members of the community known as Mennonites who come to the
country as components of a colonization enterprise, and their descendants, shall
enjoy the following rights and privileges:
1. To practice their religion and to worship with absolute and unrestricted
liberty, to make affirmations by simple “yes” or ‘‘no” in courts of justice
instead of by oath; and to be exempt from obligatory military service either as
combatants or noncombatants both in times of peace and during war;
2. To establish, maintain, and administrate schools and establishments of
learning, and to teach and learn their religion and their language, which is German,
without restriction;
3. To administrate inheritances and especially the properties of widows and
orphans by means of their special system of trust committees known as Waisenami
and in accordance with the particular rules of the community without restriction
of any kind;
4. To administrate the mutual insurance against fire established in the colonies.
Art. IT. The sale of alcoholic or intoxicating beverages is prohibited within a
zone of 5 kilometers from the properties belonging to the Mennonite colonies
unless the competent authorities of those colonies request the Government to
permit such sale and the Government accedes to the request.
Art. IIT. The following concessions are granted to the Mennonite colonies for
a period of ten years from the arrival of the first colonist:
1. The free entry of furniture, machinery, utensils, drugs, seeds, animals,
implements and, in general, everything that may be necessary for the installation
and development of the colonies;
2. Exemption from all classes of national and municipal taxes.
Art. IV. No immigration law, or law of any other character, existing or that
may be passed in future, shall impede entrance of Mennonite immigrants into
the country because of age, physical or mental incapacity.
Art. V. The concession referred to in paragraph 3 of Article I is to be under-
stood as not affecting the rights of persons capable of administrating their own
property. In the case of those incapable of administrating their own property,
the judges, as soon as it is proved that the person or persons involved belong to
one of the Mennonite communities, shall appoint the trust committee of the
respective community to act as guardian. Such guardianship shall be exercised
in accordance with the rules of the trust committees.
Arr. VI. The company in charge of the Mennonite colonization or the recog-
nized authorities of the colonists must inform the Executive power of:
1, The lands to be colonized by the Mennonites;
THE GREAT MENNONITE MIGRATION TO PARAGUAY 439
2. The persons or corporations which represent the colonists;
3. The names, authorities, and regulations of the trust committees (Watsenamt)
in order that these may be approved by Congress.
Art. VII. The privileges and concessions granted by this law shall extend also
to individuals of the Mennonite community who may enter the country singly,
after their identity as Mennonites is certified by the competent authorities of the
community.
Art. VIII. Notify the executive power.
Given in the Hall of Sessions of the honorable Legislative Congress this twenty-
second day of July in the year one thousand nine hundred and twenty-one.
Fruix Paiva,
President of the Senate.
JuAN DE D. AREVALO,
Secretary.
ENRIQUE BORDENAVE,
President of the Chamber of Deputies.
MaANvuEL GIMENEZ,
Secretary.
ASUNCION, July 26, 1921.
Be it enacted, enforced, published, and filed with the official registrar.
GONDRA,
Jost P. Guaatart,
Minister of the Interior.
Ram6én Lara Castro,
Minister of Foreign Relations.
Euiaio AYALA,
Minister of Finance.
Rogerio IBARRA,
Minister of Justice, Worship, and Public Instruction.
ADOLFO CHIRIFE,
Minister of War and Marine.
(This is a certified copy of the original which is filed in the Secretariat General
of the Government, Section ‘“ Registro Oficial.’’)
The charter, as enacted into Paraguayan law, extends the fore-
going privileges only to the Mennonites, but in view of the interest
that is being taken in the movement by all other noncombatant
peoples, the Paraguayan Congress now has before it an amendment
to the charter which will extend these privileges to all the noncom-
batant peoples of the world. The people of these 42 sects are to be
welcomed to Paraguay and guaranteed full liberty to practice their
religious beliefs in their own way, with the added guaranty that
they and their children may live in peace during all coming genera-
tions without having to participate in warfare of any kind.
As soon as the charter was granted, arrangements were begun for
getting things into shape for the colonists. A base has been estab-
lished at Puerto Casado, on the Paraguay River, where a hotel and sev-
eral substantial community houses have been built for the housing of
the first colonists. A pumping station has been installed to provide
all the fresh, potable water the colonists can use. ‘The two parties of
440 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION
colonists now en route will be temporarily housed in the community
buildings, lands will be allotted to them, fences built, and agriculture
begun. As soon as they have built their own houses they will
vacate the community houses to make room for other newcomers.
With the preparations that have been made, it is expected that the
first arrivals will become self-supporting within eight months. By that
time enough colonists will have been settled at Puerto Casado to make
a sizable base for future operations. About a year after the first
landing it is planned to send a hundred families about 100 kilometers
inland to explore the country and pick out the best locality for
another colony. ‘Transport communication between this party and
the base will be maintained with motor trucks and bullock carts
which will carry them supplies and bring back their produce for sale
XN
AN EXPLORING EXPEDITION INTO THE INTERIOR
at the port. After this second colony has been firmly established, the
colonists will work farther inland, establishing still newer communities.
The plan calls for practically a repetition of the westward movement
of the American pioneers into Ohio, Illinois, and Kansas, with the
very material difference that those pioneers had to fight their way as
they went, whereas the Mennonites are migrating under the paternal
care of aGovernment that not only isweleoming them into the territory
but is using the national army to push back the Indians and protect
the colonists from marauders.
As already stated, other noncombatant peoples are interested in
this Mennonite migration, and last year one of these sects sent four
delegates to go over the territory which has been set aside for the
Mennonites. Mr. Engen organized an expedition of 6 bullock carts
with 24 men and 100 oxen, and they spent three weeks exploring
THE GREAT MENNONITE MIGRATION TO PARAGUAY 44]
the territory. Their report to headquarters states that the land looks
like an immense park, that the soil consists of alluvial and humus
deposits 12 feet deep, and that they found oranges, lemons, bananas,
and cotton growing wild, in addition to many other valuable trees.
The land, they reported, ‘is covered with grass.”’
This Promised Land of the world’s noncombatant people is de-
scribed as follows in the official report which this delegation submitted
to the authorities of their sect:
Large, beautiful trees of great value and of various kinds, such as quebracho
and other wood, are luxuriously scattered over the extensive openings of the
Upper Chaco, giving the appearance of an extremely large and beautiful park,
with green and bushy leaves of all colors and shades. Looking at all this with a
sense of admiration, one seems to realize that he at last has found the land of
his dreams, and not being able to keep from expressing his thoughts, murmurs
to himself with a sigh of relief: ‘This is beautiful; this is wonderful.”
The many valuable trees can be turned into a source of wealth production,
and much more so when utilized for manufacturing purposes, for the making of
all sorts of furniture, wagons, and many other useful articles for husbandry.
We saw bushes of wild cotton growing on the prairies of the Chaco.
There are endless opportunities awaiting the skillful and industrious man, and
there is not a place on earth except Paraguay that offers such attractions with so
few obstacles to overcome. Beautiful nature in the Chaco seems to say to those
endowed with vision and foresight: “‘I am yours; come and exploit me; take al]
that you are capable of taking, as I am inexhaustible in resources.”’
Riches lie dormant awaiting men of energy, thrift, and skill to turn the immense,
wild, uncultured prairies and meadows into a paradise. There are all resources for
the creation of wealth, coupled with the most wonderful climate which can be found
anywhere on the globe. The sacred silence in the Chaco inspires one to high
and noble aims, and the solitude and the atmosphere purifies the soul, filling it with
wonderful dreams of a life sublime and beautiful. I do not wish to convey that
paradise is already there; it has to be made from the material which lies dormant
awaiting men with brains and muscle.
Not all are endowed with the gift of perceiving and envisaging the practical
ideals which are close at hand. The world to-day begins to question the useful-
ness of institutions long deemed wise, and more and more voices are heard pro-
claiming truths spoken by sages of all times—that happiness is not to be found
in the turmoil of the money-mad world. Discontent and social unrest daily
become greater, and it requires no prophet to foretell the outcome of the conditions
of the world to-day. In order to avoid the inevitable, men of vision must begin
to build and direct the current into a new channel, from the destructive to the
constructive. ‘‘ Back to the land”’ should be the slogan of all who seek to establish
peace on earth, good will toward men, in place of continual combat.
Fred Engen, who found this paradise for the Mennonites and is
leading them into it this year, is worth a story in himself, but it can
not be told here. One of the reports sent back by investigating com-
mittees said of him:
Mr. Engen made every effort to accommodate the delegates, and he was always
willing to impart his experience in pioneer life to the expedition. His sign language
with the Indians is simply wonderful, and they seem to understand him quite
well. On several occasions we saw them manifest their eagerness to do anything
449 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION
in the shape of work that they were asked, and although they are evidently of a
mild and kind disposition by nature, yet the spirit which they displayed on every
occasion in working for Mr. Engen was remarkable, which undoubtedly indicates
his sincere and truthful attitude toward the Indians, who, like children, are hard
to deceive; they feel the heart of the man nearthem and they look with suspicion
at one who shows no sympathy for them, but they are real devoted friends to the
others. ;
We shall always, under any conditions of life, remember the creative and
inexhaustible energy which has been so generously displayed by Mr. Engen during
the entire two months of our inspection of the Chaco; and when one thinks that such
energy and ability is used in furthering the great cause of establishing colonies of
industrious and peaceful people in the wonderful prairies and meadows of the
silent, soul-inspiring inland of the Chaco, then and only then the wonderful
character of such men stands out unique.
SCENE IN THE MENNONITE COLONY
A PAN AMERICAN FRI
SHIP PILGRIMAGE .. *. ..
MOST unique tour to South America, under the personal
leadership of Dr. Harry T. Collings, professor of Latin Amer-
ican relations and economics at the University of Pennsyl-
vania, is announced by the Committee for Educational
Advance in South America.
It is desired to restrict the party to a small congenial group. Ample
provision will be made en route to create helpful South American
backgrounds through Doctor Collings’s leadership in informal conver-
sations and discussions. Doctor Collings speaks Spanish and has
toured South America repeatedly. The members of the party will
also greatly appreciate the helpful local cooperation of South Amer-
ican leaders, including such men as Doctor Braga, of Brazil, Mr.
Ernesto Nelson, of Argentina, and Professor Monteverde, of Uruguay.
The party will sail from New York in late June or early July, pro-
ceeding to the Panama Canal and thence to Callao, Peru, the port of
Lima, and to Lima itself, the ‘‘City of Kings,’ 8 miles from the
coast. The next day the party sails for Mollendo, Peru, from there
making the wonderful tour inland to Arequipa, perhaps the most
colonial in aspect of all South American cities. Still farther inland
and upward into the beauties of the Andes, the party reaches Cuzco,
ancient capital of the Incas, so alluring in its mysterious Inca ruins.
Returning via the beautiful trip across Lake Titicaca (elevation
12,500 feet) several days are spent in La Paz, capital of Bolivia. The
two-day descent to the Pacific will be made over the Bolivian Andes,
through extensive tin and copper mine areas, past the famous borax
lake and across the rainless coast of northern Chile, with its celebrated
nitrate fields, to Antofagasta. Here a steamer is boarded for Val-
paraiso.
About 50 miles inland is Santiago, lhe superbly situated capital of
Chile. The party will spend a few days among these ‘“‘ Yankees of
South America,’ as the Chileans are sometimes called. The trans-
Andean journey to Buenos Aires first crosses the fertile Chilean
countryside. In the comfort of excellently equipped Pullmans and
dining car, a day of thrilling interest is spent amidst the superb
grandeur of towering Andes. At a height of 10,000 feet the train
rushes into the brief darkness of the Uspallata Tunnel, emerging
into scenes of unrivaled beauty—glaciers, tinted crags, and the
twin peaks of Aconcagua, the loftiest mountain in America (22,817
feet). Later the great pampas of Argentina, with their immense
443
444 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION
herds of cattle and great stretches of wheat fields, are traversed before
arriving in Buenos Aires, metropolis of South America.
Buenos Aires, with its 2,000,000 population, is, next to Paris, the
largest Latin city in the world. Here the visitor finds himself in
typical metropolitan surroundings—big business, art, recreation, shops
de luxe, grand boulevards, famous race tracks, beautiful parks, and
imposing public buildings.
SANTIAGO, CHILE
The handsome building which houses the Courts of Justice -
Leaving Buenos Aires in comfortable Pullman coaches, the fasci-
nating journey goes on to northern Argentina, through vast planta-
tions of sugar cane, bananas, tobacco, and cotton, to Posadas on the
Parana River. From here, an optional trip may be made to the
world-renowned TIguazti Falls, outrivaling Niagara in size and gran-
deur.
From Posadas the party proceeds across Paraguay to Asuncion,
the picturesque capital of Paraguay. The return journey is made by
steamer down the Paraguay River, the Parana River, and the great
Rio de la Plata to Montevideo, capital of Uruguay, with its far-
famed plazas and seaside resorts. From Montevideo the party sails
BUENOS AIRES, ARGENTINA
Residences on the Avenida Alvear, one of the finest boulevards of the city. The monument in the fore-
ground is of Dr. Carlos Pelligrini, a former president
LACORS, 16 STNG HOE I A
POCITOS, URUGUAY
The rambla (promenade) and beach at one of the most popular water resorts of Montevideo
446 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION
for Brazil, concerning which Amerigo Vespucci said: ‘‘If Paradise
exists on earth, it must be somewhere along the shores of Brazil.’’
The first stop is Santos, the world’s greatest coffee port. A 40-mile
railway trip inland takes us to Séo Paulo, ‘‘the Chicago of South
America,’ vibrant with energy. Here are to be seen the palaces of
the coffee millionaires, the noted Instituto Butantan “Snake Farm,”’
and Mackenzie College.
The last days in South America are spent in Rio de Janeiro, often
called the most beautiful city in the New World. Encircling the
wide Guanabara Bay runs the famous Avenida Beira Mar, which
offers unforgetable views of sea and mountain and is lined with
delicately tinted villas, palatial residences, and stately public build-
RIO DE JANEIRO, BRAZIL
A picturesque view of the Brazilian capital from the Corcovado hill
ings. Here also are the fashionable resort beaches of Flamingo and
Copacabana. Balmy climate and verdant nature make this Brazilian
capital an enchanting city to visit.
The party will arrive in New York the latter part of September.
At this writing it is impossible to quote the exact cost of the tour,
as that will depend upon the final itinerary, but it is estimated at
approximately $2,000, including (minimum) first-class steamer and
railway tickets, sight-seeing, transfer of baggage, and hotel accom-
modations at the best available hotels.
For further particulars regarding this tour address Emil Hanke,
Tour Manager, Room 1014-1017 East Forty-second Street, New
ork Np oye
LIMA’S — HALF MILLION
YUNTRY CLUB
A NEW HIGH-WATER MARK OF PERUVIAN CIVIC ACHIEVEMENT !
ET in the center of a level valley land, with the Pacific Ocean
visible to the westward between the Morro of Chorrillos and
San Lorenzo Island, and with the semicircle of the cordillera
of the Andes in the background, the new Lima Country Club,
now opened for the use of members, is one of the most palatial
structures of its kind in South America. For the present it con-
stitutes a high-water mark in the civic progress of Lima, ‘‘City of
the Kings” and ‘Pearl of the Pacific,’’ as Limefians of the past
designated their city; a further advance in the wave of municipal
and suburban expansion that has marked the seven years of President
Leguia’s administration with structures such as the Italia, Wiese,
and Mineria Buildings, the Archbishop’s Palace, the Hospital Arzo-
bispo Loayza, the Hotel Bolivar, Italian Art Gallery, Ministry of
Fomento, and numerous other works of public and private initiative.
Moreover, it should not be forgotten that while all of this work
designed to beautify the city and its surroundings has been going
on, the more vitally important work of renewal of the city’s water
and sanitation systems, miles of paving, a modern incinerator, and
similar undertakings have been inaugurated and are » being carried
forward to completion.
Only personal inspection of the new Country Club can fully reveal
the infinite care and superb workmanship that have gone into every
detail of the structure. The best that Peru, the United States, Great
Britain and other nations could produce in the way of tiles, glass,
woods, electric and plumbing fittings, steel and cement, furniture,
rugs, and service equipment has entered into the building which, in
turn, is set in an area of some 113,000 square meters (28 acres),
including a polo field, tennis courts, an outdoor swimming pool, and
in addition the fine 18-hole golf course of the Lima Golf Club, which,
while still retaining its identity as such, forms part of the Country
Club ensemble.
THE COUNTRY CLUB URBANIZATION
About the club itself lie 1,300,000 square meters or 321 acres of
urbanized land, through which run miles of paved streets, complete
1The West Coast Leader, Lima, Jan. 25, 1927, p. 10. 447
448 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION
with sanitary and lighting systems, built to the highest class of
specifications.
This urbanization undertaking is the background and the sub-
stantial foundation on which the new Country Club rests.
The Sociedad Anénima Propietaria del Country Club, which is the
holding company for the club, as well as proprietor of the urbaniza-
tion project, was definitely organized on May 26, 1925, with a capital
of £150,000. It is estimated that the Country Club and the
Site es
Seer «2 Henne a
ra
a Torre
@ oe
tias——
Coe ree iS, ati,
T ay anaai; oa
Courtesy of The Foundation Company
THE COUNTRY CLUB, LIMA, PERU
This handsome club house, one of the finest structures of its kind in South America, was opened for the
use of members in January of this year. The cut shows the main entrance and the rear of the
building
surrounding grounds represent an investment of approximately
£150,000, derived in part from the original capital investment and
from the sale of building lots in the new urbanization.
Individual credit for the inception of the Lima Country Club is due
entirely to W. C. Hebard, vice president and general manager in Peru
of the Foundation Company of New York. He not only launched
the enterprise in the face of discouraging forecasts, but has also been
at the financial helm of the undertaking during the two years required
for its completion. The Country Club is an achievement of which
LIMA’S HALF MILLION DOLLAR COUNTRY. CLUB 449
everyone associated with the enterprise may well be proud, but those
who have watched its growth month by month will not fail to accord
the greatest measure of praise to Mr. Hebard’s driving power and
implicit belief in the future of Lima and of Peru... .
The construction plans were completed under the able direc-
tion of Mr. T. J. O’Brien, the company’s architect. Many new
ideas had to be incorporated before the building as it now stands |
could be commenced. Owing to the fact that much of the material
had to be imported, it was necessary to exercise considerable fore-
thought in placing the orders. Tiles, bathroom, plumbing and elec-
tric lighting fixtures, kitchen equipment, furniture, carpets, china,
and glassware had to be selected with the greatest care from cata-
logues and drawings. The Country Club was to be the last word in
perfection and no mistakes might be made.
LOUNGE AND WINTER GARDEN
The plans were worked out with the lounge, a vast room approxi-
mately 28 by 651% feet, as the central feature. It is, in fact, the
keynote of the entire building. The style which has been adopted
is the Spanish colonial, the ceiling heavily timbered with stained
beams, and walls and pilasters roughcast. Around the room runs a
plinth, striking a note of color with its Moorish tiles and harmo-
nizing with the warm, red tone of the tiled floor. The furniture is
also appropriate to the period.
Directly behind the lounge lies the winter garden, overlooking
the polo field and with a wonderful vista of the skyline of Lima in
the distance. The ‘‘winter garden” is semicircular in shape, and the
windows are arranged in such manner that practically the entire
exterior wall is glazed so as not to lose a single detail of the panorama
which is spread before the eye. The room is surmounted by a dome
of leaded glass, but the decorators have cut themselves loose from the
usual conventional designs which in general make domes so depress-
ing in their effect. Instead, the idea of a garden is carried into the
glass, and the eye wanders from the growing plants up to a similitude
of green palm leaves in a setting of silver color, a very happy touch of
nature converted into glass. To carry still further the effect of green
glades, the columns, cornices, and all the other woodwork are painted
a Nile green, and the tiled floor is laid in a pattern of blocks 154%
inches square.
DINING ROOMS AND BAR
To the right of the lounge are the main and private dining rooms.
Here a fresh note in decoration is struck. The Georgian style has
been adopted, and the walls have been finished in two-tone work.
The body of the color is ivory, and all the ornamentation has been
450 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION
brought out in relief by means of a darker color, as in the interstices
of the molding and the leaf and scroll work in the beams. The main
dining room is about 28 by 651% ft. in size and has accommodations
for some 200 guests.
Adjacent both to the lounge and the dining rooms is the main bar.
This is in the Tudor style, and the walls both in the bar itself and in
the vestibule which leads to it are paneled in mahogany, the wood
being stained a dark color to give the impression of age.
The social hall is to the left of the lounge, and once more the deco-
rative scheme is changed. The effect is that of a Dutch interior
The beamed ceiling is again selected, with walls of roughcast plaster,
Courtesy of The Foundation Company
THE GRILL ROOM OF THE CLUB
THE SOCIAL HALL
but the main decorative novelty lies in the border of colored tiles—
green, orange, and lilac—in which the windows and door openings are
set. These tiles are of royal delft faience and were especially
imported from Holland. They contrast charmingly with the rich
colors of the red tiles, an admirable product of Lima manufacture,
which are used in the floor. Beyond, again, and occupying the
extreme left wing of the building, both on the ground and first floors,
are the commodious quarters of the golf club, which still maintains its
separate organization although amalgamated with and an essential
part of the Country Club.
LIMA’S HALF MILLION DOLLAR COUNTRY CLUB 451
THE GROUND FLOOR
The ground floor is a little club world to itself. Here are located
the grillroom, with its own kitchen and pantry, the barroom, and the
locker room, furnished with 300 individial lockers of the latest
pattern, painted and enameled in olive green. Leading from it are
the men’s toilet rooms and the shower baths. The walls here are
covered with white glazed tiles, with a green border, all imported
from England. The floor tiles and the plumbing fixtures are from the
United States. For the partitions the material used is a glass known
as Carrara from its marblelike appearance which was selected in
preference to marble itself on account of its nonabsorbent qualities.
The ladies’ locker room and toilets are decorated in a similar style.
Also on the ground floor and directly underneath the lounge is the
plunge room, approximately 32 by 524% feet and furnished with a
plunge bath 15 by 241% feet.
TURKISH BATH AND PLUNGE
To the right of this room is the Turkish bath section, destined to
be one of the most popular features of the Country Club. It is laid
out with a spacious dressing room, a hot and a warm chamber, and
two massage rooms. The floors are tiled throughout; and the walls,
the steps to the plunge, and the sides of the plunge itself are done in
white and black tiles alternating, with a molding in a similar design.
On the same floor, and to complete the needs of the outer man, is
a barber shop, fitted with three chairs and complete with every latest
contrivance of the most modern establishment. The ladies are also
provided for in a manner not less complete or comfortable in a separate
department of their own.
GRILLROOM
Immediately behind the plunge is the grillroom, which is intended
to convey the impression of an English taproom in the coaching
days. In shape it is semicircular. On the base line is an open fire-
place with the bar on one side and the grill on the other. Both floor
and fireplace are of brick laid in a herringbone pattern, while the
wainscot, the woodwork of the bar, and the heavy beams in the ceiling
are fashioned of cedar, stained a dark oak color. Around the walls
set in niches and under the broad circular windows, are wooden
benches, leather cushioned.
The further end of the group floor is taken up by the kitchens,
bakery, servants’ dining room, brush and store rooms, wine cellars,
and refrigerating plant. The last is an important feature. It has
been installed not only to meet the needs of the club itself but also to
39172—27— Bull. 5——3
452 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION
furnish ice for the colony which in the near future will occupy the
adjacent urbanization. In the same section, but entirely removed
from the rest, is the boiler room. The heater has been designed to
burn oil. By this means the club will always have the benefit of a
constant supply of hot water in every corner of the building.
PRIVATE APARTMENTS
The second floor is laid out in suites of private apartments and
furnished bedrooms for permanent and’ transient guests. Twenty-
six perfectly fitted bathrooms complete the tale of this most comfort-
able of clubs.
SERVANTS’ QUARTERS AND GARAGE
And yet the tale is still incomplete, for no reference has been made
to the thought and attention which has been devoted to the housing
Courtesy of The Foundation Company
A CORNER OF THE MEN’S SMOKING ROOM, LIMA COUNTRY CLUB
-
of the club’s staff and servants.. These have their own quarters in a
large building finished in stucco, situated on the west boundary of
the property. This serves as a combination garage, servants’
quarters, laundry, ete.
A portion of the ground floor is devoted to a modern garage, with
accommodation for 30 or more cars. One of the leading features is
the installation of a separate drain for each car, designed to take care
of any gasoline or oil which may drip from the car above. An ad-
joining compartment is equipped as a repair shop to be used in
connection with the garage. At the farther end of the building is
the laundry, fitted with every modern contrivance, to administer not
LIMA’S HALF MILLION DOLLAR COUNTRY CLUB 453
only to the needs of the club itself but of the urbanization as well.
Here, too, is a tailor shop for pressing and general tailoring work.
At the rear is the generating plant, the power being derived by
means of one 60-horsepower and one 100-horsepower Diesel engine
and generators designed to furnish power and light for the clubhouse
and the lighting of the urbanization. A transformer room adjacent
to the generating plant has also been provided so that at any time it
may be connected with the Empresas Electricas in Lima.
The second floor of this building has been laid out with sufficient
single and double rooms to house from 45 to 50 menservants. An
attractive room at one end of the men’s quarters is fitted with fire-
place and comfortable furniture. The men have also their own
Courtesy of The Foundation Company
THE LOCKER ROOM OF THE CLUB
toilets and shower baths. At the south end a separate apartment
has been provided for maidservants, who have their own appro-
priate accommodation in a style similar to that which is designed
for the men. Adjacent to the maids’ quarters are separate apart-
ments for the administrator, the engineer in charge of the mechanical
equipment, and their families. The decoration of the rooms through-
out this building is plain but attractive in its simplicity. The
woodwork has been stained dark, the walls of the living rooms are
of a cream color, and the ceilings are generally white.
SWIMMING POOL
Such, in brief outline, are the principal amenities of the interior
life of the Country Club. For the moment it is necessary to pass by
all that is offered to the sportsman and sportswoman on the links
454 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION
and tennis courts and upon the polo ground. But a fleeting refer-
ence must be made to the swimming pool, which is destined to be so
attractive a feature of the club life in the hot days of summer. The
inside length of the pool is 82 feet, with a width of 31 feet.
The depth varies between 3 and 10 feet. The pavement is of
cement, marked off in pattern, 3 meters wide, and with a curb all
round. Scum gutters run entirely round the inner side of the pool,
with a curb between pool and pavement. As there is a constant
inflow of water at the bottom of the pool, any scum that may form
is carried off at the gutters, and the water is thus kept clean and
cool. Pool and curb alike, above the water line, are decorated with
green tiles flush with the face of the concrete and laid in an attractive
pattern.
INITIATION FEES, ETC.
The initiation fee of the Lima Country Club is now only £25,
with the membership roster at 400. With the completion of the
club, we have no hesitation in predicting a rapid influx of new mem-
bers, and those entering now at the minimum rate will be well
advised. Club dues are £1 per month.
The foreign staff of the club now consists of 25 servants, the
majority brought out from Switzerland.
With reference to the handling of tourist parties visiting Lima, it
is the intention of the club management to extend every courtesy to
such visitors, in accordance with the club regulations.
The construction of the Lima Country Club has been under the
direct supervision of Mr. W. J. Spalding, general superintendent of
the Foundation.;Company. Mr. T. J. @pBiien has been in charge of
the architectural-work. Col. Arthur J. Woodroffe is secretary and
treasurer of the holding company, and Mr. E. W. I’Anson is general
manager and secretary of the club proper.
Courtesy of The Foundation Company
THE CADDY HOUSE, LIMA COUNTRY CLUB
THE CONSTRUCTION OF
LONG-DISTANCE LINES
MEXICO
By P. M. McCollough
Mexican Telephone & Telegraph Co.
F BENJAMIN FRANKLIN had returned to the earth in 1925
to see what man had accomplished with the discovery of elec-
tricity, he would have been amazed at the progress made. The
electric lights, the street cars, the telegraph and the telephone,
would probably have held him speechless. There is no question
but that to him, one of the greatest marvels would have been the
long-distance telephone, which in the United States is developed to
a point where it is one of the wonders of the world.
However, had “‘ Poor Richard”’ crossed the Rio Grande into Mexico
in 1925, he would have seen no network of long-distance lines, nor
any development of long-distance telephony. But if his trip had
been postponed until late in 1926, he would have been highly inter- -
ested to find that the Mexican Telephone & Telegraph Co. had been
actively engaged in the initial steps of constructing a comprehensive
long-distance network, designed to give to the Republic intereommu-
nication between the important cities which will be comparable to that
furnished in any part of the world.
The first line to be erected by the company is the main backbone
route connecting Mexico City, the capital of the Republic, with
the capitals of the States of Querétaro, San Luis Potosi, and with
Tampico, the first port of the country. From Tampico this line will
be extended through Ciudad Victoria, the capital of the State of
Tamaulipas, through Monterrey, the capital of the State of Nuevo
Leon, to Nuevo Laredo. Good progress has already been made on the
Mexico City-Tampico section of this line. The construction of this
line has presented to the engineers of the Mexican Telephone &
Telegraph Co. some very interesting problems due to ) ela, topo-
graphic, and sociologic conditions.
Mexico City is situated at an elevation of 7,400 feet above sea level.
It lies in the Valley of Mexico on the central plateau of the country.
Tampico, at sea level, lies at the mouth of the Panuco River on the
1 International Telephone Review, New York, January, 1927, p. 65.
455
456 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION
Gulf of Mexico. Between Mexico City and Tampico there is a dif-
ference in elevation of over 14% miles, and between the two cities
the line rises at points to a height of two miles. The physical problem
of the construction of long-distance telephone lines under these con-
ditions is severe. The country between Tampico and the mountain
range, about 100 miles west of Tampico, is tropical. The country
from Mexico City to Tamasopa, at the foot of the mountains on
the way to Tampico, has a mild dry climate, due to the altitude.
The differences in these conditions led the engineers to adopt slightly
different types of construction to meet the various climatic conditions.
Courtesy of International Telephone & Telegraph Corporation
CONSTRUCTION OF TELEPHONE LINES IN MEXICO
Placing the distributing crossarms along the line
The variations in humidity between the high and the low altitudes
through which this line passes necessitates the use of different types
of insulators. In the section of the line from Mexico City to Car-
denas, single-cup glass insulators are used. In the more humid sec-
tion, from Cardenas to Tampico, double-cup glass insulators will be
used. Leakage must be kept as low as possible on these lines for
proper repeater functioning. The double-cup insulators add about
20 per cent to the insulation resistance of the line under usual operat-
ing conditions.
The toll lines themselves are designed to maintain proper trans-
mission levels and to meet the requirements from a transmission
standpoint on the same basis as the lines of the American Telephone
& Telegraph Co. in the United States. Repeater points are placed
THE CONSTRUCTION OF LONG-DISTANCE LINES IN MEXICO 457
at properly spaced intervals to insure that these levels are maintained.
The lines themselves are being constructed with hard-drawn copper
wire. The physical design of the long-distance system in Mexico
is probably one of the simplest parts of the work. The size of wire
chosen is due to the fact that, for economical maintenance, repeater
points must be located in principal cities where the company owns
other properties.
In Mexico it is very difficult for the crews constructing new lines
to live in the small towns through which the lines pass. For this
reason it was necessary for the telephone company to furnish living
quarters for the men and storage space for the material along the
Courtesy of International Telephone & Telegraph Corporation
STRINGING WIRES AT AN ALTITUDE OF 9,700 FEET
route. So far, it has been found best to use freight cars for this
purpose. ‘Trains are made up of three cars each. One is assigned to
the crew for sleeping quarters; another is used for offices, kitchen
and dining car; and the third is used as a storeroom for the materials
and tools.
The sleeping car is supplied with running water; the office and
dining car has quarters for the foremen. The dining room has a
seating capacity for 20 men and storage space for food. Each man is
given a certain allowance for food, and they appoint from among
them a man to be in charge of their own mess. Usually, while pass-
ing through a town, they arrange with some local woman to come to
458 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION
the car and prepare their meals and furnish them with frijoles and
tortillas, the celebrated beans and corn cakes which constitute the
main diet of the natives.
The crews generally start work at 7 in the morning, continuing
until 3 in the afternoon. There is, therefore, considerable time left
In the afternoon for recreation which is freely indulged in by all
members of the crew. Work on the long-distance lines is much in
demand among the linemen because it gives them an opportunity to
travel and see the country.
In constructing new lines, the taleohane company not only has to
provide living quarters for the crew and storage space for material,
but they have also to provide means by which new material may be
constantly supplied to the traveling crews. Along the line between
Mexico City and Tampico two freight cars are used for the delivery
of material to the crews. There are large storehouses in the places
where the repeater stations are to be located. An idea may be had
of the amount of material to be moved when it is realized that each
of the five crews requires a carload of material every week.
Each crew has also two push cars, one motor speeder, and one
hand speeder for use on the tracks. Men and material can be trans-
ported with this smaller equipment, the trains themselves being left
on sidings as temporary headquarters for the crews. Most of the
construction at present is along the railroad right of way of the
National Railways of Mexico. This naturally simplifies the con-
struction, especially as regards transportation. Crews are equipped
with all modern types of small railroad material. The speeders now in
use are capable of making 60 to 70 kilometers an hour, which enables
them to cover fairly long distances quickly.
A very important work of the company was the organization of
the crews and the training of each crew in the placing of cross arms
and the stringing of wire, as this is the first time that copper wire
in large quantities has been placed in Mexico and the first time that
long-distance telephone lines have been built. The men are apt
students and have progressed to the point where their work is com-
parable with that of linemen in other countries. The Mexican
lineman, however, is quite small, and his weight and stature must
be taken into account in considering the work that he accomplishes.
The average weight of the linemen is about 110 pounds, which is
only slightly more than the weight of a 10-foot, 10-pin cross arm,
fully equipped with braces and insulators, and as their average
height is only a little over 5 feet they are not able to reach from the
pole to the end pin on the cross arm without climbing onto the cross
arm itself. This question of size has meant that the crews can not
accomplish the same amount of work in a day which would be done
by a crew of taller men.
THE CONSTRUCTION OF LONG-DISTANCE LINES IN MEXICO 459
There are at present two wire-stringing crews and three cross-arm
crews constructing the new lines. This number will be increased
shortly by one additional cross-arm crew and two additional wire
crews. When the organization is complete, the crews will be con-
structing approximately 44 kilometers of line a day. With this
schedule, the line should be complete to Tampico on or before the
date of publication of this magazine, and the long-distance telephone
lines of the Mexican Telephone & Telegraph Co. will be inaugurated.
There is little doubt that long-distance telephone communication
in the Republic of Mexico will add considerably to the social and
business life. Through the ages, from the time of the signal fire
DINING AND OFFICE
£
The Mexican Telephone Co.
finds it necessary to supply
living quarters for the con-
struction crews, aS well as
storage space for materials
along theline. Freight cars
have been remodeled for the
purpose
down to present-day long-distance telephone, telegraph, or radio
communication, the progress of mankind has gone hand in hand with
his means of communication.
It is hard to estimate the actual monetary saving to commerce
brought about by long-distance telephone communication. It 1s
safe to say, however, that the saving is much greater to commerce
than the cost. Delays in communication often cause considerable
loss not only in time but in money. The service which will be in-
stalled by the Mexican Telephone & Telegraph Co. will make rapid
intercommunication possible for social, commercial, and govern-
mental purposes, making for the continued enhancement of prosperity
in the Republic.
SPANISH VERSION OF KIPLING’S “IF”
By Errtn REBOLLEDO (Mexico)
St puedes estar firme cuando en tu derredor
Todo el mundo se ofusca y tacha tu entereza;
Si cuando dudan todos, fias en tw valor
Y al mismo tiempo sabes excusar su flaqueza;
Si puedes esperar y a tu afdn poner brida,
O blanco de mentiras esgrimir la verdad,
O siendo odiado, al odio no dejarle cabida
Y ni ensalzar tu jwicio ni ostentar tu bondad;
Si suefias, pero el sueno no se vuelve tu rey;
Si prensas y el pensar no mengua tus ardores;
Si el Triunfo y el Desastre no te imponen su ley
Y los tratas lo mismo, como a dos impostores;
Si puedes soportar que tu frase sincera
Sea trampa de necios en boca de malvados,
O mirar hecha trizas tu adorada quimera
Y tornar a forjarla con utiles mellados;
Si todas tus ganancias poniendo en un montén
Las arriesgas osado en un golpe de azar,
Y las pierdes, y luego con bravo corazén
Sin hablar de la pérdida vuelves a comenzar;
Si puedes mantener en la ruda pelea
Alerta el pensamiento y ei misculo tirante,
Para emplearlos cuando en ti todo flaquea
Menos la Voluntad, que te dice j; Adelante!
Si entre la turba das a la virtud abrigo;
Si marchando con Reyes, del orgullo has triunfado
Y no pueden herirte amigo ni enemigo;
Sz eres bueno con todos, pero no demasiado,
Y si puedes llenar los preciosos minutos
Con. sesenta segundos de combate bravio,
Tuya es la Tierra y todos sus codiciados frutos,
Y lo que mds importa jserds Hombre, hijo mio!
460
IF
By Rupyarp KiIpLine
Tf you can keep your head when all about you
Are losing theirs and blaming it on you;
Tf you can trust yourself when all men doubt you
But make allowance for their doubting too;
Tf you can wait and not be tired by waiting,
Or being lied about, don’t deal in hes,
Or being hated don’t give way to hating,
And yet don’t look too good, nor talk too wise:
If you can dream—and not make dreams your master;
Tf you can think—and not make thoughts your aim,
Tf you can meet urth Triumph and Disaster
And treat those two impostors just the same;
Tf you can bear to hear the truth you’ve spoken
Twisted by knaves to make a trap for fools,
Or watch the things you gave your life to, broken,
And stoop and build ’em up with worn-out tools:
If you can make one heap of all your winnings
And risk it on one turn of pitch-and-toss,
And lose, and start again at your beginnings
And never breathe a word about your loss;
Tf you can force your heart and nerve and sinew
To serve your turn long after they are gone,
And so hold on when there is nothing in you
Except the Will which says to them: ‘ Hold on!”
If you can talk with crowds and keep your virtue,
Or walk with Kings—nor lose the common touch,
If neither foes nor loving friends can hurt you,
Tf all men count with you, but none too much;
Tf you can fill the unforgiving minute
With sixty seconds’ worth of distance run,
Yours is the Earth and everything that’s in it,
And—which is more—yow'll be a Man, my son!
461
BRAZIL
SCHOOLS = - .
66 OW beautiful it is to feel that in the brief adventure of life
the greatest of all dreams to be cherished is not that of
riches, power, or fame, but the ideals of unity, justice,
and love! In this, one of the most grave and decisive
moments of history, we are charged with the delicate mission of direct-
ing boys and girls toward a higher and nobler destiny. Let us then
inspire them with high ideais, for the loftier their aspirations, the higher
will be their scale of values and, in consequence, the objectives of their
actions. And there is no setting more propitious for the realization
of noble ideals and activities than our great American continent.”
It was in these words that Dr. Carneiro Ledo, the Director of
Education of the Federal District of Brazil, at the inauguration of
“The United States Sehool,’’ expressed the motives underlying his
devoted and tireless efforts to promote Pan American friendship
through the public schools. The names of a number of other Amer-
ican Republics had already been given to schools in the Federal
district when, last July, it became the turn of the United States.
Each of the schools so named gives special attention to the study
of the geography and life of the country for which it is named, school
correspondence being one of the most favored methods for bringing
the children of one nation into vital contact with those of another.
The official christening of the United States School was made a
significant educational event, at which Dr. Affonso Penna Junior rep-
resented the Government of Brazil, and His Excellency Mr. Edwin
Morgan, the United States Ambassador, his own country. After the
pupils of the school had sung both the Brazilian and American national
anthems, Ambassador Morgan proceeded to unveil the portraits of
Washington, Lincoln, and Horace Mann, which are to adorn the
walls of the new school. Dr. Carneiro Leao then delivered a most
scholarly address, prefacing it with the following quotation from
Longfellow:
Act—act in the living Present!
Heart within, and God o’erhead!
1 Translated and compiled by Elsie Brown, of the BULLETIN staff.
462
THE “UNITED STATES SCHOOL”? IN RIO DE. JANEIRO 463
He traced in eloquent phrases the history of the United States, in
the course of which he eulogized Washington, Hamilton, Marshall,
Lincoln, Wilson, Mann, and others of her great men. In conclu-
sion he addressed himself directly to the pupils of the newly christ-
ened school and then to the American ambassador, as follows:
Children, you scarcely realize to-day the greatness of your patron country.
It has been the champion of democracy throughout the world and, in the presence
of three of its great sons, Washington, Lincoln, and Horace Mann, whose por-
traits will henceforth look down upon you from the walls of the rooms bearing
their names, you will forever be conscious of its inspiration of kindness and
understanding. No better symbols could be placed before you for the develop-
ment of your intelligence, your character and heart.
Courtesy of Dr. M. de Oliveira Lima
THE SCHOOL RECENTLY CHRISTENED “UNITED STATES” IN RIO DE JANEIRO
The latest of the public schools named in honor of an American Republic to be opened in the Brazilian
capital
Mr. Ambassador, the municipality of Rio de Janeiro, in giving to one of its
public schools the name of your country at the time when you are celebrating
the sesquicentennial of the Declaration of American Independence, desired to
inculcate more and more in the hearts of Brazilian children a love for the United
States, that champion of right and justice, of the Monroe Doctrine, the great
paladin of Pan Americanism.
Let me, therefore, as a happy stimulus to action in the future, remind the
children of my own country of the noble words of Roosevelt to the Ibero-
American nations: ‘‘ Let us all strive upward, shoulder to shoulder in honest and
manly brotherhood.”’
As a well-deserved tribute to Dr. Carneiro Leao’s distinguished
work in furthering international amity, and also as a proof of the
importance attached to this kind of work, the American diplomats in
Rio de Janeiro united in giving a banquet in the Brazilian educator’s
464 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION.
Courtesy of Dr. M. de Oliveira Lima
INAUGURATION OF THE “UNITED STATES” SCHOOL
Upper: Group of teachers and students of the ‘‘ United States’? School on the day of the formal inaugura-
tion, July 17, 1926. Lower: Participants in the opening exercises. The United States Ambassador
to Brazil, Honorable Edwin V. Morgan, is seated in the center, and on his left the Director General
of Public Instruction of the Federal District of Brazil, Dr. A. Carneiro Ledo
honor. In his address of weleome, Dr. Dionisio Ramos Montero,
Minister of Uruguay, spoke of the honor guest as teacher, sociologist,
diplomat and man of letters, praising his initiative by which ‘the
schools pay homage to our common America and think of her repub-
lics with the affection of one member of her family toward the other
members.”’
Dr. Vlastimir Kybal, Minister of Czechoslovakia, referred to
Comenius, the great educator of his country, a celebration in whose
honor had been arranged by Dr. Carneiro Leao in connection with
“this praiseworthy cult of international peace and understanding
introduced by him into Brazilian education.”
In the eloquent response made by Dr. Carneiro Ledo he spoke in
part as follows:
CHILE: A LAND OF INDUSTRIAL OPPORTUNITY 467
agricultural as well as an industrial country, is a fact too often over-
looked. The question may even be asked in all good faith, “‘Is
Chile not primarily industrial rather than agricultural?’’ To grant
this we should have to disregard the mining industries of the north
(nitrate, iron, copper, borax, and sulphur), which can not be consid-
ered in the range of national industries due to the fact that they only
extract the ore which, when sufficiently rich, is shipped abroad almost
as fast as it is dug out of the earth. In other cases it is exported in
the form of ingots and bars. The process of separating the soda and
the potash from the nitrate is also done out of the country. It would
1
LAJA FALLS, CHILE
In the development of manufacturing industries, Chile is taking advantage of the great sources of power
existing in various sections of the Republic
be quite another matter if the copper now exported should first be
treated and beaten into sheets or drawn into wire according to the
uses for which it is destined. So that we have to look into these two
fields of Chilean activities from the standpoint of what must be
considered true national industry, keeping in mind the source and
employment of the capital behind the different industrial and agri-
cultural enterprises in Chile and the economic importance of each in
the future of the nation.
Most of our farm and other agricultural industries are true national
enterprises, primarily, because the respective capital is radicated in
the country, increasing its wealth day by day; and, secondarily,
39172—27—Bull. 5——4
468 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION
because these industries convert the raw materials into finished goods
which are then transported to different parts of the country or abroad.
In contrast with this the capital invested in most of the mining indus-
tries, such as iron and copper, as well as part of the capital represented
by the foreign nitrate plants and the sulphur and borax developments,
does not, as we all know, yield as much as the capital invested in the
national industries—strictly speaking—and this is a very important
factor in any consideration of the commercial equilibrium of our
national wealth.
Because of the preceding facts, we are forced to consider Chile as
still an agricultural country, although the statistical data show the
industrial trend to-day as apparently paramount.
The entire mining production of Chile amounts yearly to the sum
of $1,500,000,000 (Chilean currency) from which the treasury gets
a revenue of about $200,000,000; but this is a fluctuating and uncer-
tain income bound to diminish in time to come.
On the other hand, we have agriculture with its allied industries and
a few manufacturing enterprises representing altogether an annual
production of $1,680,000,000 (Chilean currency), from which the
country derives more real benefit than from the mining industries
of the north. The former include the best portion of the coun-
try, from Aconcagua to Magellan, offering tremendous possibilities
for development, providing markets for almost the whole commerce
of the nation and the sustenance of four-fifths of its population.
This is the portion of the country which counts in the present and
future development of the manufacturing and agricultural industries
soon to be realized; this wonderful zone with a magnificent climate,
varied and extensive sources of wealth, the mass of whose population
represents the live and active forces of the nation.
In view of these favorable factors it is not strange that Chilean
manufacturing industries are on the increase and that there are good
opportunities for establishing new ones. The number of manufac-
turing plants now functioning is about 8,444, with a joint capital of
$1,017,000,000 and utilizing raw materials to the value of $594,000,000
in finished products to the value of $1,090,000,000 (Chilean currency).
It is true that the progress made is relatively small when compared
with the manufacturing output of older countries, but its importance
can not be questioned when it is remembered that the larger share of
the available capital, energy, and attention have been devoted in the
past, as is only natural, to agriculture and mining. As long as a
country receives everything ready-made, it does not trouble to pro-
duce anything—making a proper exchange impossible, and without
exchange there can be no intensive commerce.
Countries, like individuals, have certain characteristics that are
indisputably recognized, and just as none can challenge the advan-
CHILE: A LAND OF INDUSTRIAL OPPORTUNITY 469
Courtesy of the Scientific American
AN ELECTRIC LOCOMOTIVE
An express passenger locomotive of the Chilean State Railways. The installation of powerful hydro-
electric plants has made possible the electrification of important railways
tages which the United States has enjoyed in the Western Hemisphere
from the industrial point of view, so everyone appreciates the corre-
sponding advantages in South America possessed by Chile. Chile
can not compete with the Argentine Republic in agriculture and live-
stock, nor with Bolivia. and Peru in gold and silver mines; neither
can it match the tropical produce of Brazil and Ecuador; but it pos-
sesses a combination of other qualifications lacking in those countries
which guarantee a magnificent future for industrial manufacturing
enterprises.
In spite of being at the farther end of South America, the geo-
graphical position of Chile gives it more facilities for communication
with all parts of that continent than enjoyed by any other com-
ponent nation. The Transandine Railway, that permits of hauls from
the Atlantic to the Pacific, in combination with the Longitudinal
A470 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION
Railway and the long sea-coast line, are important factors that promise
an enviable future for Chile, since potentially she is the future center
of supplies for all of South America, distributing and marketing her
commodities with remarkable advantage over her competitors.
Now, in view of the great prospects for the propagation and improve-
ment of Chilean manufacturing industries due to the circumstances
already set forth, and bearing in mind the difficulties that our
Government is confronting in the northern Provinces, it is time we
pledged our earnest and united efforts to the solution of those social
and economical problems which should be the common burden, jointly
shared by all Chileans.
A COPPER STORAGE YARD IN ANTOFAGASTA
Copper is one of the most important mineral products of Chile
Chile is dependent on foreign markets for most of the manu-
facturing elements she needs, and if her economic development is to
continue uninterrupted the Chilean people must take advantage of
the opportunities offered by the great electrical plants that now
supply energy for industrial purposes in Valparaiso, Santiago, and
other towns of that zone, in addition to those installed in the Loa River
Tocopilla, Chanfaral, and Iquique for the electrification of railways
and the lighting service of these cities. Moreover there is the project
for the installation of a powerful plant in the Maipo River which
should be used for industrial purposes. In the southern zones of
the country a number of electric plants are also being built for
lighting and industrial requirements.
CHILE: A LAND OF INDUSTRIAL OPPORTUNITY 471
All these undertakings may be taken as an announcement that the
electrical industry has already taken root in Chile, and that conse-
quently there is much to be done to meet its future growth. The first
practical idea in this direction would be the establishment of a factory.
to furnish some of the numerous materials and appliances used in
electrical installations, as a conservative foundation for an industry
with large future prospects. Now, one of the most necessary articles
in electricity is copper wire, and this can be manufactured in Chile
since she possesses the copper and the sulphuric acid for the refining
process. Copper wire used in electricity must be of the highest grade
of purity, and the best and most compact grade is produced by this
process.
The installation of a factory to produce insulated and non-insulated
wire for electrical and other industrial purposes could be the foundation
of a big organization in the future. The field for the use of copper,
brass wire, and other alloys is very large; they are employed in all kinds
of industries and by mechanics in general, to say nothing of the ordi-
nary covered wire for the use of milliners and florists. The imports of
bare and insulated copper wire, brass wire, and silk and cotton cov-
ered wire for the millinery shops and hat factories in Chile amount
to the sum of a half million gold pesos every year. And this is only the
first step in this industry, the installation of which would cost no
more than $20,000 (United States currency).
The second stage of this industry would be the production of copper
and brass plates, and bars of all lengths and forms, also tubing, wire
ropes, and concentric bare or insulated cables for the use of high-power
transmission. ‘To undertake this further development of the primary
factory it would be necessary to add to the original plant three or
four powerful machines representing an additional capital of $30,000.
The machines to be added are: One rolling machine, one tubing
machine, one insulating wire machine, and one cutting machine;
also a large wire-drawer machine.
If the plant here suggested could also set aside some capital for the
manufacture of the innumerable articles made by the stamping process,
it could be said without fear of contradiction that anything made of
copper and the various alloys of brass can be made in Chile.
OFFICERS OF THE PAN AMERICAN FEDERATION OF LABOR
Center: William Green, Chairman. Upperleft: LuisN. Morones, Vice-Chairman. Upper right: Matthew
Woll, Treasurer. Lower left: Chester M. Wright, English-Language Secretary. Lower right: Santiago
Iglesias, Spanish-Language Secretary
FIFTH PAN AMERICAN
LABOR CONGRESS .. --
SOME EXTRACTS FROM RECENT CONVOCATION CALL
To the workers of all the American countries, greetings:
Complying with the instructions of the Fourth Congress of the
Pan American Federation of Labor, held in Mexico City, December
3-9, 1924, we, the officers of the Pan American Federation of Labor,
hereby issue a call for the convening of the Fifth Pan American Labor
Congress, which will begin its session at 10 a. m. July 18, 1927, at
the Executive Council Hall of the American Federation of Labor,
in the city of Washington, D. C., Republic of the United States, and
continue in session until all of the business before it shall have been
transacted.
The labor movements representative of each of the Pan American
Republics are entitled to send not more than five delegates, all of
whom must be bona fide labor men in compliance with a resolution
adopted to that effect by the New York congress.
In issuing this call we do not think it necessary to specify what
matters should come up for discussion during the sessions of the
congress; a very wide field of discussion is offered to a labor congress,
and we feel confident that the delegates will concentrate their efforts
on questions that properly belong to a labor congress.
The problems of the working people of one country are identical
with those of all countries with which their country has intercourse.
Every problem of international relations has its human phase—for
nothing can be done without human agents, hence the problem of
human welfare. The safety of the liberty and democracy of the
working people of every country of Pan America depends upon the
existence of an industrial organization among the workers and close
relationships between these organizations. Such relations are slowly
being established between the Pan American Federation of Labor
and the bona fide organized Pan American workers throughout the
American Continent. |
The higher representatives of big business in all Latin countries
united with those of the United States are teaching a great lesson to
the workers of the two Americas; they are showing how to develop a
common policy of defense and international union in their industrial
organizations and to take constructive forethought in order to shape
future events.
A473
474 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION
The working peoples of the Pan American countries welcome
such an opportunity to dispel the unjust judgments created in the
minds of fellow-workers among all the nations. Such a thought,
based upon bedrock economic and social human power, would place
the workers of the Western Hemisphere in a position to adhere to the
Pan American Federation of Labor in maintaining peace and to
demand and enforce the good will and the rights in matters affecting
the welfare and progress of their own vies and nations, from with-
in and from without.
The following fundamental principles were laid down by previous
conferences:
We hold this to be fundamental—no relations between the Pan American
countries can be permanent that are not based upon the will of the masses of
the people and in accord with their concepts of justice.
We deem it an essential step toward democracy and justice that opportunities
shall be established for the masses who have hitherto been without regular
agencies for expressing their views and desires that will enable them to have a
voice in helping and determining international affairs.
The labor movements of the various countries constitute the instrumentalities
that can best accomplish this purpose and give expression to national ideas
and convictions that have been too long inarticulate and impotent.
At this time we especially desire to mention one of the most
important and pressing questions that suggests itself, namely, the
formation of national labor organizations in all those countries where
the various labor organizations have heretofore struggled along inde-
pendent of and in rivalry to each other. It can be seen at a glance
that in those countries where there is a well-defined and strong
federation of labor unions with national jurisdiction, both working
and social conditions are a great deal better than in those countries
where the movement is disintegrated.
At the Laredo conference, the first Pan American Labor Congress,
which consisted of delegates from the labor movements of the United
States, Mexico, Guatemala, El Salvador, Costa Rica, and Colombia,
the Pan American Federation of Labor was Remmalihy organized and
its objects declared to be—
1. The establishment of better conditions for the working people who emigrate
from one country to another.
2. The establishment of a better understanding and relationship between the
peoples of the Pan American Republics.
3. The utilization of every lawful and honorable means for the protection and
promotion of the rights, the interests, and the welfare of the peoples of the
Pan American Republics.
4. The utilization of every lawful and honorable means for the purpose of
cultivating the most favorable and friendly relations between the labor move-
ments and the peoples of the Pan American Republics.
FIFTH PAN AMERICAN LABOR CONGRESS 475
Until a short time ago there were practically no means of communi-
cation between the workers of the American countries. The only
existing relations were those established by the financial, commercial,
and industrial interests, which as everyone knows are not always
actuated by a desire to promote the welfare of the people, nor do
they always represent the higher and nobler ideals of the peoples of
the American countries. * * * Since the financial, commercial
and industrial interests of Pan America are so closely allied and are
every day extending their activities over a wider field opened up by
the conditions created by the late war, it is all the more evident that
the wage earners of Pan America must unite for their own protection,
for in our present day the organization of the wage earners on a purely
national scale will not be adequate for the protection and promotion
of their interests and for the attainment and realization of their hopes
and aspirations. * * *
Of the labor and friendly press, whether daily, weekly, or monthly,
we earnestly request the publication of this call. Labor organiza-
tions and labor leaders are asked to spread its contents by means of
correspondence, pamphlets, conferences, and by all means at their
disposal, and are also asked that they communicate with us, giving
us their views and impressions.
Fraternally yours,
THe Pan AMERICAN FEDERATION OF LABOR,
WILLIAM GREEN, President.
Luis N. Moronss, Vice President.
MatrHew Wott, Treasurer.
CuesterR M. WriGuHrt,
English Language Secretary.
SANTIAGO IGLESIAS,
Spanish Language Secretary.
AFFILIATED ORGANIZATIONS
American Federation of Labor; Confederacién Regional Obrera Mexicana; Con-
federacién de Obreros del Salvador; Unién Obrera Salvadorena; Union de Obreros
“El Progreso,’ Republic of Honduras; Federacién de Obreros Nicaragiiense; Con-
federacién Obrera Dominicana; Centro Internacional Obrera del Peru; Confederacion
Obrera Ecuatoriana; Federacién Obrera de Guatemala; Sindicato Central Obrero,
Colombia; Unién Obrera Venezolana; Brotherhood of Railroad Workers of Cuba;
Federacion Libre de los Trabajadores, Puerto Rico.
e
qd U7 VW A
SD Lf Lexa ‘F 7
> Y TF dant
OME one has said that in phormium lies the future of the delta
islands, and, indeed, great interest is being manifested at
the present time in the cultivation of this textile plant, the
first results of which are evident in this region, moderately
important lots of fiber having already been offered for sale.
It is believed that the vast amount of fertile land suitable for
agriculture existing in the delta could scarcely be used to advantage
in the cultivation of fruit trees and garden stuff, since the sale of
such products through the existing number of middlemen does not
pay the actual cultivator for his cost of production.
Hence other crops have been considered, it having been found up
to the present time that phormium, the cultivation of which is con-
stantly increasing, has given the best results. One can understand
what an interest there is in phormium when everyone in the delta
is talking about it, and in the islands signs offering phormium plants
for sale are displayed everywhere.
Argentina’s constant development makes necessary the importation
of great quantities of raw materials, among which textile fibers hold
no insignificant place. And since it would be possible to produce
many of these in the varied soils and diverse climates of Argentina,
the dedication of capital and energy to freeing the country to a cer-
tain extent from the necessity for such imports is but a patriotic
duty.
The following figures show even better the enormous sums which
these foreign purchases involve:
Kilograms Gis
YEAR 1924
Articlessmanufacturedefrom bem pes se see ee oe oe eee eee eee nee ety 56, 454 86, 483
Ma TIA ODO s! 22 Sie Gi age Seem Pipe ne coe ee Pe ce en ny) eee 92, 577 24, 980
Fem Pp (UNGTESSCG) JE Sah aE Ga Oe yma FAAS fae ethan ae mise 249, 010 27, 889
BUCA D2 (COW) See are Es ee recreates Oye TI aS Sec wel Seay Se all alc ape 1, 774, 705 291, 903
Sack clothes == wae sears EeU a NO) fee epee ee Oe ea TO ORE eae ed ee AGE 69,555,437 | 16, 641, 427
Sackclothibagsms suse. ae ee eine RE ae SE nt Eee Dim as re PN Dice Re Ur te and 8, 079, 237 2, 059, 082
pbhreade (Special at orem aiken oe Saye lcs) een een ere rn ec Ne ea a a 3, 000, 632° 1, 435, 747
AD EAG ORL VTE Ee yO Oe eae os eo = a ed OU tres SS Oa NR | 322, 131 51, 541
Abroad: (ime) wise eee a CN SA eis ll OPS ie Clee a a, aE OLS et RR eee pag 50, 266 50, 266
hreads(otherimaterials), Mes ce ene Nase eee Tarte miLney laa Soo Ip eer tite Mere | 670, 788 334, 028
Macklean dicor dape tae Ne a aces Ses Mets Sp ara ea terse ine ee pe cae OR | 1, 405, 700 389, 500
ELOUSin py (Large) aay clysraell |) pete ss oye cae ae me seep aonne 230, 705 129, 171
Agave in stalk___________ 1, 859, 025 208, 210
Agave fibers for sandals_ ae 1, 231, 008 393, 880
uitennistallcsasslee seen __| 1,939, 965 217, 276
Spun jute for braids __._______ 1, 429, 859 183, 021
Spun jute for the loom__ 6, 129 980
Braided jute 101, 532 19, 494
1 Riel y Fomento, Buenos Aires, October, 1926.
? Islands formed by the various currents of the Parana and Uruguay Rivers at their junction with
the La Plata.
476
THE CULTIVATION
OF PHORMIUM IN THE
477
DELTA
Although it is not possible to obtain all these things from phormium
fiber, many things can be made from it.
the cultivation of hemp, flax, etc.,
for fiber will finally prove suc-
cessful, and although at present
valiant attempts in this respect
as well as complete failures may
be pointed out throughout the
country, it is not to be doubted
that the time will surely come
when we shall be producers not
only of sufficient quantity for in-
ternal consumption but of enough
to offer it for export.
The observations which sug-
gested to us the cultivation of
phormium in the Delta are the re-
sult of a recent trip to the ‘‘ Textile
Argentina, S. A.”’ island, situated
in Section III in the Parana Mini.
We had been kindly invited by
one of the principal stockhold-
ers of that company, Don Carlos
Moreover, like phormium,
x.
Photograph by Mary E. Carpenter
THE DELTA REGION
Loading lumber in one of the main channels
Alfredo Tornquist, and made the trip comfortably in the Camalote, a
Photograph by Mary E. Carpenter
IN THE DELTA ISLANDS
Lombardy poplars are planted to retain the banks
along the narrow canals in this region
magnificent yacht, receiving all
the while the courteous attentions
of its owner.
THE PLANT
Phormium is a plant of the lily
family characterized by having a
leaf from which good fiber may
be obtained. Like other plants of
this family, it does not have astem,
its leaves being phyllodial, start-
ing from the rhizome, in number
of eight or more in fan form.
With the growth of the plant
the roots ramify in the soil about
it, each one tending to become an
independent plant, which when
isolated, flourishes perfectly well.
This, therefore, is the most practi-
cal and generally employed means
of propagation.
478 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION
THE FIBER
The leaves grow to 3 or 4 meters (approximately 10 to 13 feet) in
length by 10 centimeters (approximately 4 inches) in breadth, this
being especially true when the plant is well developed and is har-
vested every two years. The strength of the leaves is a well-known
characteristic, many times tested in places where it abounds. In
New Zealand it is commonly called flax.
PHORMIUM: A NEW
SPECIES OF FIBER
PLANT
A good quality fiber is
obtained from the leaves
Phormium is known in two varieties—Phormium tenax Forster and
Phormium colensoi de Hooker, the former being the most generally
grown and commercially used.
THE INDUSTRIAL PROCESS
The industrial process, which could not be more simple or more
easily applied, may in time be made very inexpensive; but at present,
as in all such processes, the great need is to diminish hand labor.
A machine is already in use which extracts the fiber from the cut
leaves with great ease. After the leaf has been separated into its
fibers by the machine it must be washed, a process accomplished by
running water through it. When the fiber is dry enough to spread
out it is bleached and combed, thereby improving it and increasing
its commercial value.
Photographs by Mary E. Carpenter
THE DELTA ISLANDS
Upper: A small steamer which provides passenger and mail service for the islands. Several small boats
of varied cargo are in tow. Lower: Waiting for the mail. As the steamer passes, the mail is deposited
therein, and vice versa, by the use of a long pole
480 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION
YIELD AND USB
Phormium fiber has very good qualities which make it resemble
manila to a great extent. In its native country, New Zealand, it has
two principal uses—thread for harvesters and ship chandlery. There
have been some attempts to utilize the Delta phormium for rope,
which have given very good results.
A hectare of Delta phormium planted from rhizomes, as is generally
the custom, begins to produce in the fourth year, the first yield, always
the smallest, reaching 50 tons per hectare. By the seventh, the yield
A FIBER DRYING FIELD
-
After extraction, the fiber is washed and hung on wires for drying, bleaching, and combing
has increased to 120 tons per hectare. The sale price may be calcu-
lated at from 15 to 20 pesos. —
Once the fibers have been removed (the fibers represent 15 per cent
of the crop, 10,000 kilograms of leaves giving 1,500 kilograms of fiber
and tow), the long clean fiber will bring from 350 to 500 pesos, and
the tow from 150 to 275 pesos. In round numbers, then, a hectare
in full production will give 1,800 pesos (100 tons at 18 pesos) worth
of leaves, or 6,000 pesos (15 tons at 400 pesos) worth of fiber.
It would be interesting to refer to the cost of production, cultiva-
tion, and industrial preparation, but lack of space forbids.
TRE 1
D A
Ay
Md
S
piper oe
FEY
A Y
y
‘A
te <Q
By Tue Export CoMMITTEE,
Chamber of Commerce of the United States in the Argentine Republic
NE of the chief obstacles at the present time to a more inten-
sified commercial interchange between the United States
and Argentina is undoubtedly the lack of a proper appre-
ciation of the size, the wealth, the agricultural and commer-
cial life, and of the importance of the Argentine Republic on the part
of American merchants and traders.
Most of our chief competitors have been established in commercial
relations with Argentina for decades more than has the United States,
and while their abilities to sense the importance of and to understand
this Republic are not more keen than our own, yet the years of close
contact have given to them that which must necessarily come only
with time—a more exact appreciation of the a ae of Argentina
as a great producer.
Argentina, the second largest country of Latin America, has an
area of 1,153,417 square miles, with a total population of 10,087,118,
according to the most recent official estimate. It is a country a
extensive rich plains reaching from the River Plate to the foothills
of the Andes. A fine railroad system, with nearly 22,000 miles of
track, connects the scattered cities and producing centers of impor-
tance with Buenos Aires, and the Government railways are gradually
opening up the more remote districts.
Buenos Aires, the national capital and the commercial center of the
Republic, is situated about 125 miles from the mouth of the River
Plate and has a population of nearly 2,000,000, or one-fifth of the
total population of the entire country. In 1925 a total of 2,418 ships,
with a tonnage of more than 8,000,000, entered this port. Of this
total, 141 ships, with a total tonnage of 623,600, were under the
American flag.
Among the other large cities of importance are Rosario, population -
250,000; La Plata, 161,978; Cordoba, 186,000; Bahia Blanca, 87,400;
Tucuman, 110,000; and Santa Fe, 105,000, the last of which is
rapidly coming to the fore as the cotton-marketing center of Argen-
tina. Rosario is the chief grain port of the Republic, and from her
elevators are carried thousands of tons of some of the world’s best
grains yearly, to be sold in almost every part of the globe. ‘Tucuman
1 Comments on Argentine Trade, Buenos Aires, December, 1926.
481
482 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION
is the center of the cane-sugar industry, which is assuming great pro-
portions from the point of view of production. Cdérdoba, the capital
of the Province of the same name, lies in a district well known for
its wheat and cattle as well as for its incomparable summer resorts in
the hills. Bahia Blanca is the chief city of the Atlantic coast territory
of Argentina and is noted as an important grain-shipping port. It is
chiefly from this port that the grains from the lower sections of the
very productive Province of Buenos Aires and of the south of Argen-
tina are exported. La Plata is a port of considerable importance
whose progress is, however, somewhat limited owing to its geo-
graphical proximity to Buenos Aires. It is the seat of two large
THE NATIONAL CONGRESS, BUENOS AIRES
American meat-packing plants and of the Government of the
Province of Buenos Aires.
A good system of telegraph lines connecting the cities of the
Republic and extending to some of the neighboring countries is com-
plemented by an excellent cable and wireless service to all parts of
the world. Fast passenger and mail boats have added much to
bringing Argentina into closer touch with the United States and other
countries, and international trains take the traveler to any of the
neighboring countries with the most modern of comforts.
Argentina is foremost a producer of grains and a cattle-raising
country, the vast mineral wealth that she is credited with having
in the Andes being as yet quite unexploited. The Andean Provinces
are noted for their fine grapes and other fruits, while the subtropical
ARGENTINA OF TO-DAY 483
north has a variety of hardwoods, most notable among them the
quebracho, the extract from which is sold principally to the tanneries
of the United States. In this particular product she has a natural
monopoly with Paraguay and some of the Central American countries,
from whom we buy relatively little quebracho as compared with
our imports of this commodity from Argentina.
The northern Provinces, such as Tucum4n and Salta, produce the
bulk of Argentine cane sugar. The local consumption, which has
been variously estimated at 250,000 to 275,000 tons annually, is far
too small for the increasing production of the past few years, and it
is calculated that there is a carry-over of more than 80,000 tons from
last year’s crop, while the present crop is expected to be the greatest
in the history of the country. Exports of sugar are comparatively
negligible, and, according to the leaders in the industry, some measures
must soon be taken to give the industry stability. It is needless to
state that imports of sugar from the United States, which has been a
big supplier, have fallen off tremendously.
Cotton is expected to be the keystone to the progress of the Chaco
district in the north. In 1921-22 there were planted 15,600 hectares
of cotton, which resulted in a production of 12,490 tons of raw cotton,
while in 1925 the area planted reached 110,058 hectares and the
estimated production was 97,400 tons. The fiber is far superior in the
judgment of experts to that hitherto produced in the Republic.
It is interesting to note that American experts have been brought
to Argentina by the Government to assist in the proper organization
not only of the planting and care of cotton but in the marketing as
well. The marketing is a difficult problem at present because the
cotton district is so far removed from the commercial centers. In
1925 Argentina exported 11,056,822 kilos of cotton fiber as compared
with 5,056,867 exported in 1924.
The central part of the Argentine Republic is by far the most pro-
ductive, supplying the greater part of the grain and cattle for which
the country is well known. An accurate Government census of the
cattle-raising industry is at present being planned, the following
being an estimate of animal stocks in 1924: Cattle, 37,064,850; sheep,
30,671,840; and hogs, 1,436,640. The Province of Buenos Aires,
which takes up the greater portion of the central plains, has many
meat-packing plants owned by foreign capital, and from those are
shipped chilled and frozen mutton and lamb which are in greater
part destined for the Smithfield and continental markets. In 1924
the Argentine packing houses killed approximately 3,800,028 sheep,
3,789,129 cattle, and 96,547 hogs, while in 1925, 4,240,275 sheep,
3,322,677. cattle, and 100,451 hogs were killed in these establish-
ments. The statistics for the first nine months of the current year
39172—27— Bull. 5——5
484 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION
(1926) indicate an approximate 100 per cent increase in the hog
slaughterings, a 30 per cent decrease in sheep and perhaps little
difference in cattle slaughterings, as compared with last year. Ap-
proximately 832,400 tons of frozen and chilled meat were exported
last year aside from all of the numerous by-products which the pack-
ing industry prepares principally for export. Hides, bones, tallow,
hair, horns, edible organs, and fertilizers, all products turned out by
the meat-packing plants, find a market abroad, and the United
States has no small interest in these offerings.
Argentine wool has for many years been known for the quality of
some of its classes; and the Boston wool market, although recent
CATTLE HERD IN THE ARGENTINE PAMPAS
operations have been small, is always closely in touch with the wool
production of Argentina. Three hundred and forty-four thousand
three hundred and eighty five bales of wool were exported last year,
which is a considerable decrease as compared with the previous year,
which is accounted for in the general trend of export movement per-
haps more than as an isolated commodity. Concordia wool is noted
the world over for its quality, is always in great demand, and brings
the best prices of all Argentine wool.
Among the various Argentine agricultural products are wheat,
corn, linseed, oats, barley, rye, and birdseed.
Last season was rather an unfortunate one for the wheat crop in
the Province of Cérdoba and in some sections of the Province of
Buenos Aires and the Pampa region, and the crop did not measure up
ARGENTINA OF TO-DAY A485
to the estimates which had been established. However, official
reports of the areas sown to these products this season are encourag-
ing, and with favorable conditions prevailing a good crop will result.
The production during the season 1925-26 was as follows:
Tons
(CORE a Semper en Aon ewe Resch nh ene eee te seh ale 7, 000, 000
AGW S29 Soe a ee a ee eee ae Rea ha iw Eee ay aoe Sere 5, 202, 062
ME imn'S CC Gis a espresso realy enon rene a ena ne Aeneas ee © eS 1, 907, 989
(Oa See ete toe Spee id lin 5 ce eres Meee Oe alae Sok 2K a 1, 167, 484
IB fle Ves ieee g es oe haiy avec Uae oe ny eee ae eS pies ere 371, 316
MER i Ca he US eo shee ny oe Seed oe Ne 120, 231
BITS CG art mis at PURSUED a alert sda shee ee eee 31, 246
Argentina has been peculiarly dependent upon other countries,
notably England, Germany, and the United States, for her fuel, but
THE WATER FRONT OF BUENOS AIRES
One of the large meat-packing establishments in the right background
the increasing production of petroleum at the Comodoro Rivadavia
oil fields on the South Atlantic coast and of those at Neuquén in the
interior are meeting much of her requirement. There are numerous
private American, British, and other foreign production companies
operating in these districts, and the Government has a special depart-
ment under which vast tracts of oil land are operated as a public
utility. In this way Argentina hopes to ameliorate her position in
the question of fuel. Recently the Government undertook a con-
tract with the Government of Uruguay for supplying 50,000 tons of
petroleum a year; 1925 statistics indicate that the Comodoro Riva-
davia fields yielded 815,637,181 kilos and the Neuquén field 15,840,801
kilos of petroleum, a total increase of approximately 154,000,000
kilos over the 1924 production.
486 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION
There are a number of refineries established in the Republic, and
an American corporation has recently constructed for the Argentine
Government a refinery with large capacity at La Plata.
From the most southern districts and along the Andes come some
of the best furs used in the United States. Among them are the
nutria skins which are highly valued for the making of hats. From
all over the Republic are brought to the Buenos Aires hide markets
hides and skins of all classes and grades, and American tanners find
themselves dependent upon Argentina for her hides and tanning
extract.
The dairy industry necessarily is a very important one, and the
United States is Argentina’s best customer for casein, used prin-
THE CUSTOMHOUSE, BUENOS AIRES
cipally by the paper manufacturers and glue factories. Cheese and
butter are also exported in considerable quantities. Over 26,000 tons
of butter and 17,000 tons of casein were shipped in 1925. .
The Argentine producer has long been known for his resource-
fulness, and merely as a matter of interest it is worthy of mention that
not long ago a large shipment of fertilizer made from tons of locusts
that have infested grain-covered sections of the north was sent to
Europe as an experiment. Undoubtedly the Argentine farmer would
be much happier to be rid of these destructive pests than to have
discovered a means for capitalizing the injury to his crops.
A word concerning Argentina’s manufacturing interests will serve
to supplement the foregoing in presenting a contemporary picture
of this country.
ARGENTINA OF TO-DAY 487
Manufacturing has increased slowly for various reasons, among
which are principally the lack of good water power and a cheap and
easily accessible fuel. The latter obstacle will undoubtedly be
overcome to a great extent by the increase in petroleum production.
Of course, Argentina lacks many of the raw materials necessary
for the establishment of great industries, but this same situation
exists In many countries. The raw materials could be imported
and the finished product made here. A number of industries are
already well established, notably among them the hosiery, canvas,
heavy cloth, steel safe, furniture, and boot and shoe industries,
besides the very modernly equipped meat-packing houses before
mentioned. During the war manufacturing made rapid strides,
but with the subsequent reduction in the cost of imported articles
following the immediate postwar years and for other reasons
which are axioms of economics, manufacturing has not made great
progress.
An interesting index of the relation of the national capital,
Buenos Aires, to the rest of the country from a commercial point of
view is afforded by a comparison of clearing-house returns. In
1925 the total value of the checks that passed through the Buenos
Aires clearing house was 40,000,000,000 paper pesos, while the
clearings in all the clearing houses of the rest of the Republic amounted
to somewhat over 5,000,000,000 paper pesos; in 1924 the figures were
comparatively the same.
The traders of nearly every nation of any importance in Argentine
foreign trade will find one of their own banks established in Argentina,
and American business men are fortunate in having at their disposal
the services of such well-known institutions as the First National
Bank of Boston and the National City Bank of New York, both of
which have large branches in Buenos Aires housed in their own
edifices.
One of the most pressing needs of Argentina to-day is an increase
in rural population, a population which will be stable and will settle
down to the development of the many miles of some of the arable
land which is at present receiving no, or at best careless, atten-
tion. The Government is now engaged in a definite program by
which immigration will be encouraged.
ARGENTINA
Exports 1N 1926.—The following table on exports for 1926 was
prepared by the General Bureau of Statistics of the nation for the
Ministry of the Treasury:
Value of exports, in gold pesos
Difference, plus (+)
| or minus (—)
Group of products 1926 | 1925
Relative
Real (pesos) | (per cent)
iVeStOC Kes sete toe See Se ee Ean ae Ne 347, 648, 691 | 386, 385, 023 | —38, 736, 332 —10
A oriculturale seers ee a= 2 Gee See re oe Ce 410, 862, 575 | 444, 666, 437 | —33, 803, 862 | —7.6
orestaleesree eevee, wack nt eu RES 19,217,520 | 21, 628,639 | —2, 411,119 lien
Othersproducts === ee et ee ee ces 14, 449, 736 | 15, 249, 783 —800, 047 ne,
ASO Gelli oes ee ies Gel yer et fee ee eh ee eee eee | 792, 178, 522 | 867, 929, 882 | —75, 751, 360 —8.7
As may be noted, though the value was less, the total volume of
products exported in 1926 was greater than that of 1925, due to
increase in grain exports, as shown below:
Quantities exported, in tons
Difference, plus (++)
| or minus (—)
Group of products 1926 1925
Relative
Real (per cent)
|
TH Ves LOG lest eames Aa RAR A OS MON cast | 1,517,366 | 1, 489, 744 +27, 622 +1.9
Ari ctl tinal te serie ast tae lee eee eens ea | 10, 021, 287 | 7, 900, 934 | +2, 120, 353 +26. 8
MOTOS tall Seo aera oe sae fs SLE Se ee ney teleeaies oI 313, 563 | 381, 880 —68, 317 —17.9
Otheriproductss2-= haere re ee ee 422, 652 475, 455 — 52, 803 —11.1
ATO bel] sues eo ote, Unc ea oes ae a ae eer | 12,274,868 | 10, 248,013 | +2, 026, 855 +19. 8
|
Pan AmeErRIcCAN Ratuway IN ARGENTINA.—An interesting report
was recently presented to the Ministry of Public Works by two
engineers, Sefor Juan A. Briano and Sefior Eduardo Sagasta, who
had been appointed by the President to study the various routes
feasible in Argentina for the Pan American Railroad. By this rail-
488
AGRICULTURE, INDUSTRY, AND COMMERCE 489
road it is hoped to unite all the Republics of the American continent.
A condensation of the main features of the report follows:
La Quiaca, on the Bolivian frontier, may be reached from Buenos Aires by
three routes, two via Tucumdan and the third via Rosario and Santa Fe. The
shortest route via Tucuman (1,796 kilometers) is a combination of wide gage
(1.676 meters) and narrow gage (1 meter). The other two, although formed of
sections of different railroads, are entirely narrow gage. This is an advantage,
as the Bolivian railroad leaving La Quiaca for La Paz is also narrow gage. Con-
nections with the latter railroad for Chile and Peru are in operation.
Another narrow-gage connection with Bolivia will be possible through Yacuiba,
which the railway is approaching from the Argentine side. The Gutiérrez-
Carrillo protocol of 1922 named the conditions under which Argentina would
undertake to construct a narrow-gage line from Yacuiba to Santa Cruz, 600
kilometers distant, giving a railroad 2,465 kilometers in length from Santa Cruz
to Buenos Aires. This route, through plains rather than over the Andes, is
suggested by Sefior Briano for a section of the Pan American Railway, as con-
nections could be made over projected lines at Santa Cruz for Chile via Sucre
and for Peru via La Paz, while the narrow-gage lines from Formosa to Em-
bareacién and from Resistencia to Metéin would act as links between this route
and other possible sections of the Pan American Railway from countries to the
north of Argentina.
The Argentine provinces of Entre Rios and Corrientes and the Territory of
Misiones are also well provided with standard-gage (1.465 meters) railways, with
which lines from Brazil, Paraguay, or Uruguay might form a junction. A branch
line leads from the aforesaid provinces to Buenos Aires.
Furthermore, Argentina has under construction a line from Rosario de Lerma,
in the province of Salta, to Socompa, on the Argentine-Chilean frontier. Nothing
has as yet been done on the Chilean side, however.
Other projected lines might also be advantageously combined with railroads
of neighboring countries.
BOLIVIA
DEVELOPMENT OF AUTOMOBILE INDUSTRY.—During the 10 years
since automobiles were first introduced into Bolivia for practical use
many improvements have been made in furnishing equipment and
repairs. About three years ago a garage and service station were
established in Oruro in connection with a workshop where auto-
mobile bodies are manufactured and first-class repairs of all kinds
are made. Practically all the labor employed in this concern is
native, thus constituting a real national industry. In La Paz, about
a year ago, a modern garage was erected at a cost of approximately
180,000 bolivianos. - The company owning this garage has a capital
of 1,000,000 bolivianos, including real estate, garages, and equip-
ment. Seventy workmen, 40 clerks, and 3 mechanical engineers are
employed.
AVIATION COMPANY ORGANIZED.—The Bolivian Government has
signed a contract with the newly organized Bolivian Aerial Transport
Co. The organization of this company represents the united efforts
of a group of national and foreign capitalists, the main object being to
49() THE PAN AMERICAN UNION
establish aerial communication between La Paz, the Yungas region,
the northern and northeastern sections of the Republic and the city
of Sucre. According to the contract, the company will deposit funds
in the national treasury as a guaranty that flights will be started
within one year. The pilots and mechanics will be brought from
Europe. The most modern types of airplanes, especially suited to
the altitude conditions in Bolivia, will be imported and equipped
with all appliances necessary for the SEC? of passengers.
RAILROAD LOAN.—See page 503.
BRAZIL
ImmicratTion.—The Immigration Service of Brazil during 1926
inspected 948 vessels from foreign ports, of which 797 brought to the
port of Rio de Janeiro 67,171 immigrants (intermediate, second, and
third class passengers), including 1,169 Brazilians. The greatest
number of immigrants came from the following countries: Germany,
4,021; Spain, 3,156; Italy, 3,752; Japan, 7,552; Lithuania, 1,901;
Poland, 2,056; Portugal, 22,334; Rumania, 9,379; and Turkey, 3,123.
During this same period the immigration service sent to the interior
of the country by rail and boat 34,426 immigrants and laborers,
national and foreign, with their baggage.
With the exception ‘of the second-class passengers and the Bra-
zilians, all these immigrants passed through the Government immi-
eration station on the Ilha das Flores, where they received a medical
examination and all heads of families and single men over 18 were
registered. In addition to the immigrants received through the port
of Rio de Janeiro the immigration service reported that from January
to October, 1926, 44,180 immigrants had entered the country by
other ports, thus bringing the total number of immigrants so far
reported for the year to 111,351.
BrazintiAN FEDERATION FOR HiagHway Epucation.—On_ the
motion of Drs. Licinio de Almeida, Joaquim T. de Oliveira Pen-
teado, and Philuvio de Cerqueira Rodrigues, the Fourth Brazilian
National Highway Congress voted to appoint a committee of 5 to 10
members to consider the entrance of Brazil into the Pan American
Federation for Highway Education. The committee is also to draw
up statutes for the Brazilian Federation for Highway Education.
Hicuways.—According to the Brazil Ferro Carril of January 13,
1927, the total length of highways in use in Brazil in October, 1925,
was 6,592 kilometers, to which were added 5,000 kilometers during
1926, making at the beginning of 1927, 11,592 kilometers of highways
(kilometer equals 0.62 mile).
SERVICES OFFERED BY Associagdo CoMMERCIAL DE SA0 PavLo.—
This association, one of the most important chambers of commerce
in South America, has an interchange department the purpose of
AGRICULTURE, INDUSTRY, AND COMMERCE 49]
which is to facilitate commercial relations between Brazil and foreign
countries. For a small charge this department will supply informa-
tion on credit and commercial law, market reports, tariff rates,
import and export statistics, and a list of all Brazilian firms classified
according to the nature of their business. It also undertakes to
collect accounts due.
CHILE
Nirrate Exports.—According to information furnished to the
Minister of the Treasury the nitrate exports for 1926 amounted to
16,583,262 metric quintals, which paid export taxes to the Govern-
ment of 168,154,284.88 pesos national currency, aside from the
export tax on by-products, such as iodin and borax, which amounts
to several million pesos.
AGRICULTURAL CONGRESS.—The Agricultural Congress held at
Aconcagua in the latter part of January, 1927, passed resolutions
recommending that the Bureau of Highways be separated from the
Department of Public Works; that more funds be appropriated
annually for highway construction and maintenance; that a flexible
tax be placed on imported livestock to protect national livestock
breeders; that the production of fruits and hemp be increased; and
that new markets in Colombia and Ecuador be developed for Chilean
products.
CoMMERCIAL AVIATION.—It was expected that a commercial air
line between Santiago and Valparaiso would begin operations about
the middle of February. The contract for this passenger, mail, and
parcels post service was signed by Senor Testart and a representative
of the Government in 1924.
COLOMBIA
BROADCASTING STATION.—An agreement was signed recently by
the Minister of Posts and Telegraphs with a foreign company pro-
viding for the installation of a broadcasting station in the city of
Bogota. This station will have a range of 300 kilometers, and may
be heard at a still greater distance, according to the class of receiving
set used. Considering the advantages Bogot&é would derive from
direct radiotelegraphic communication with other parts of the
Republic, the Minister of Posts and Telegraphs has decided that, in
connection with the new broadcasting station, a wireless telegraphic
system shall be installed, thus putting Bogota into wireless tele-
graphic communication with the entire Republic. (Courtesy of the
Colombian Legation in Washington.)
CONSTRUCTION OF HIGHWAYS.—The Departmental government of
Cundinamarca has obtained a loan of 350,000 pesos from the Central
Bank of Bogot4, which will be used for the construction of highways
in that Department.
492 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION
Gop mINE.—In the Department of Narifio recent investigations
have disclosed gold deposits. According to the reports of two
English engineers who have made extensive examinations of this
region, these deposits give promise of the existence of a valuable gold
mine, perhaps one of the richest in the southern section of the Re-
public. (Courtesy of the Colombian Legation in Washington.)
EXTENSION OF ELECTRIC TRAMWAY.—see page 505.
COSTA RICA ’
IMPROVEMENT OF HARBOR FACILITIES.—Definite plans are being
made for the construction of a wharf in Puntarenas to accommodate
ocean liners. This work, authorized by an executive decree of
January 17, 1927, will be financed from the $8,000,000 loan recently
concluded with New York bankers by the government.
MANUFACTURE OF, REED FURNITURE.—A new industrial field for
Costa Rican women has been opened by the directors of the Buen
Pastor women’s reformatory in San José who have started the
manufacture of reed furniture in that place. Directed by experts, the
women have made good progress, an excellent set of furniture having
already been placed on sale in San José. Although the fiber used
is not produced in the country, it is believed that some adequate
species of Costa Rican plant may in time be found.
STONE CRUSHER.—On January 31, 1927, all necessary equipment
for the stone crusher recently constructed in the neighborhood of
Cartago had been installed, and the work of supplying crushed rock
for the roads was begun. Run by a motor of 25 horsepower and
with a hopper capacity of 100 tons, the crusher turns out 50 to 70
cubic meters (meter equals 3.28 feet) of crushed rock in an 8-hour
day.
CUBA
AssocrIaTION OF FisHinc Crarr Owners.—Last February an
association of fishing craft owners was organized, with a view to
protecting this important industry which, although the third largest
in the country, employing about 20,000 persons, has never before
had a definite organization. The Cuban waters abound with fish
of a fine quality but in spite of this fact the association states that
approximately one-half of the fish consumed in Cuba is imported
from the United States. The Association of Fishing Craft Owners
will endeavor to have experts investigate actual laws governing fish-
ing and draft laws and regulations for improving such conditions
and will also seek the enactment of a protective tariff.
STOCK COMPANIES TAXED.—The law signed by President Machado
on January 27, 1927, regarding the application of the 8 per cent
AGRICULTURE, INDUSTRY, AND COMMERCE 493
tax on the profits of all companies with a share capital, whether
domestic or foreign, and the extension of the 114 per cent gross
sales tax to transactions in foreign goods made through Cuban com-
mission agents, was published in the Gaceta Oficial of January 29,
LO2e
DOMINICAN REPUBLIC
BREAKWATER FOR THE HARBOR OF SANTO Dominco.—A contract
has been signed by the Dominican Republic with an American
engineering corporation for the construction of a breakwater in the
harbor of Santo Domingo. (Courtesy of Sefior Félix M. Pérez S.)
CITY IMPROVEMENTS IN Santo Dominco.—The full text of the
contract recently signed by the Dominican Government, for the
construction of water and sewer systems in the city of Santo Domingo
and the paving of the streets of that city is published in the Gaceta
Oficial of December 18, 1926. The water and sewer systems will
cost $2,245,000. Payment is to be made for pavements and side-
walks on a unit basis.
ECUADOR
MANUFACTURE OF CHINAWARE.—In Ambato, a very progressive
and industrious city located in the central highlands of Ecuador, a
new manufacture has been established, that of making chinaware,
which is giving promise of developing into an important industry.
INDUSTRIAL ASSOCIATION.—Karly in January last a group of
leading business men met in Quito for the purpose of organizing the
Industrial Association of Ecuador, the aim of this organization being
to encourage the development of Ecuadorean industries, especially
textile manufacture.
ESMERALDAS RAILROAD.—The first shipment of rails for the Quito-
Esmeraldas Railroad was recently received in Ecuador. Monthly
shipments are promised hereafter so that the construction of this
road will continue without interruption.
EsMERALDAS-QUININDE HIGHWAY.—Work on the highway from
Esmeraldas to Quinindé is progressing rapidly, and it is hoped the
road will be completed within the next few months. Part of the
work on this road has been done by the Western Agricultural So-.
ciety, which is responsible for the agricultural development of lands
in the vicinity of Quinindé. The society also proposes to develop
on a large scale the cultivation of bananas, rice, and coffee, and to
raise hogs in considerable numbers.
GUATEMALA
NEW INDUSTRIES IN QUEZALTENANGO.—Laundry soap made at a
low cost from national raw material was recently placed on sale in
Quezaltenango by an enterprising manufacturer. Latest reports
494 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION,
state that, owing to the growing demand, machinery has been
ordered from abroad, and within a short time the present output will
be increased by the manufacture of high-grade toilet soap and stearic
candles.
HAITI
CONDITION OF ROADS IN THE ReEpuBLIC.—It is worthy of special
note that the roads of the Republic held up particularly well during
the past rainy season. At no time was traffic closed between Port au
Prince and Cayes, and for only a few hours was there an interruption
between Port au Prince and Cape Haitien, due to a break in the dike
in the Artibonite River. At the end of December the roads in general
through the country were in better condition than ever before. The
constant improvement to the roads through gravel surfacing has been
largely responsible for this condition, although the ever-increasing
traffic will continue to render necessary additional maintenance.
(Bulletin of the Financial Adviser-General Receiver, December,
1926.)
AGRICULTURAL AGENTS.—During the month of December last,
there were 11 agricultural agents working through the country.
The greatest part of their activity was directed toward getting their
demonstration farms in shape, and planting red beans and sweet
potatoes. Several varieties of seeds have been distributed by some
of the agents, 80 farms and agricultural sections have been inspected,
and valuable instruction given in the methods of harvesting crops,
especially coffee and cotton. (Bulletin of the Financial Adviser-
General Receiver, December, 1926.)
Hoe raistnc.—In order to encourage progressive farmers in hog
raising, an arrangement is in force whereby such farmers may secure
the loan of a purebred pair of Duroc hogs free of charge for a certain
period. Tentative arrangements were made with a prominent
planter to cooperate with him in establishing a hog demonstration
farm and also to assist him in grading up his native dairy herd.
Last summer he bought a pure bred Duroc boar from the agricultural
service and now has several litters of crossbred pigs. As a result of
his willingness to cooperate, an animal clinic was established at his
plantation by the veterinary science department. (Bulletin of the
Financial Adviser-General Receiver, December, 1926.)
HONDURAS
Exports ror 1926.—According to figures published in the press of
Tegucigalpa, exports for 1926 amounted to 26,912,011.51 silver
pesos, or 2,945,904.90 silver pesos more than those of the previous
year. The exports subject to duties were valued at 20,379,906.66
silver pesos and the free exports at 6,532,104.85 silver pesos. Gold
AGRICULTURE, INDUSTRY, AND COMMERCE 495
coin to the amount of 3,000 pesos, silver coin to the amount of 22,321
silver pesos, and 100,000 pesos in American bank notes were sent
out of the country. The chief exports were bananas, silver, and sugar.
Hiauways.—The following figures on highways were taken from
the report made in January, 1927, by the Minister of Promotion,
Public Works, Agriculture, and Labor:
The sums expended last year on the various highways are as follows: Southern
highway, 28,983.36 pesos; northern highway, 208,026.16 pesos, including 25,392.81
pesos and 34,404.92 pesos expended on the Celguapa and Humuya. bridges,
respectively. On the northern highway 45 masonry bridges were built, in ad-
dition to the iron bridge which is to cross the Humuya River. The inhabitants
of Santa Barbara, who have begun a road to connect their city with the cities of
Trinidad, Colina, and San Pedro Sula, have already constructed 117 kilometers
(kilometer equals 0.62 mile).
WIRELESS STATIONS.—The wireless stations in Honduras are the
Tropical Wireless station at Tegucigalpa; La Ceiba station, of the
Standard Fruit Co.; Puerto Cortés station, of the Cuyamel Fruit
Co.; Puerto Castilla station, of the Truxillo Railroad Co.; Islas del
Cisne station, of the United Fruit Co.; and Nueva Tela station, of
the Tela Railroad Co.
MEXICO
AIR PASSENGER SERVICE.—It was expected that the Lloyd Air Line
would start a passenger service in March between Veracruz and
Progreso, Yucatan, with Dornier-Merkur all-metal monoplanes.
The time of the journey will be about eight hours, with three half-hour
stops at Puerto México, Frontera, and Campeche, in contrast to a
trip of more than 30 hours by sea, boats being at present the only
means of communication between Veracruz and Progreso. The
monoplane to be used is 12.5 meters in length (meter equals 3.28
feet), seating eight passengers comfortably in its cabin. Later the
Lloyd Air Line expects to extend its service along the entire Gulf
coast of Mexico, and eventually to Habana.
LONG-DISTANCE TELEPHONE SERVICE.—Long-distance telephone
service between Mexico City and San Luis Potosi, a distance of 525
kilometers (kilometer equals 0.62 mile), was opened on February 14
of this year. This will shortly be followed by long-distance lines from
the capital to Tampico and thence to Ciudad Victoria, Monterrey,
and Nuevo Laredo, where they will connect with the long-distance
telephone system of the United States and by means of that system
with those of Canada and Cuba.
HiGHWAY PLANS FoR 1927.—As previously stated in the Bulletin,
the sum of 10,000,000 pesos is to be spent by the Government on
highways in 1927. Although this is 2,000,000 pesos less than the
appropriation for 1926, more work will be accomplished, since last
496 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION
year a large outlay was made for road machinery, and in addition a
reorganization under the national highway commission is expected
to effect a daily saving of more than 7,000 pesos, although producing
equal results.
Work on the highway from Mexico City to Acapulco, on the Pacific
coast, will be energetically pushed, 500,000 pesos a month being
devoted to its construction. The section from Acapulco to Iguala
will receive preferential attention, as by this means communication
will be established between the Pacific port and the capital via the
highway to Iguala and thence to Mexico City by rail. An additional
sum of 100,000 pesos a month is appropriated for the construction of
two large bridges over the Papagayos and Mexcala Rivers on the
section mentioned.
The Mexico City-Laredo highway, which connects at the latter
city with the United States highway system and has aroused great
interest among the motorists of Mexico’s northern neighbor, will also
be considerably advanced during the year, beginning with the section
from the border south to Monterrey, approximately 200 miles in
length. From Monterrey a branch road will be constructed to
Montemorelos through the picturesque Huajuco Canyon and other
points of great scenic beauty in the Sierra Madre.
Final dressing and oiling will be given to the highways from Mexico
City to Pachuca and Puebla and all other work on them completed.
In addition, the Government is assigning from time to time sums
to assist States or municipalities in constructing local roads.
PARTICIPATION IN IBERO-AMERICAN Exposition.—The Govern-
ment appropriation for participation in the Ibero-American Exposi-
tion to be held in Seville, Spain, next year, has been increased to
300,000 pesos in order that the building to house the Mexican exhibits
may be of permanent rather than of temporary construction. The
design for the building will be selected from those submitted in an
architectural competition held for the purpose.
PETROLEUM PRODUCTION.—The National Bureau of Statistics, as
reported in El Universal of Mexico City for March 4, 1927, gives the
production of petroleum in Mexico during 1926 as 14,386,224 cubic
meters, or 90,609,991 barrels, a decrease from that of 1925 of 3,990,318
cubic meters, or 24,978,458 barrels.
NICARAGUA
Fiour mitus.—The flour mills installed in Masaya in the latter
half of 1926 were put to use in November, producing a good flour
which the bakers agree is satisfactory. It is believed that before
long these mills will furnish enough flour to supply local demand
without using the imported article.
AGRICULTURE, INDUSTRY, AND COMMERCE 497
Woop »exports.—According to the press of Managua, the follow-
ing exports of woods were made between November, 1925, and
December, 1926:
Feet Feet
Man oranivs so ea=2-- Sete Se ee OM 96856 (in| ©, OCOD OL Os seer eee ee eee ere 1, 933, 418
Wed aren ua eis bth eon cae te e OP AS. |) INehalopre 394, 380
IRinete See hee ere cee ee ee eee 25582208) eB Tasll een eee ks Sens ee A eee 664, 198
Guravacaneee sane ase aeces cee Dees 652523 Oya leel VO na ee aeeeeee San ate ere 4, 140, 067
PANAMA
PEARL FISHING.—The Government has signed a contract with
Sefior Carlos J. Roquebert granting him a monopoly of pearl fishing
off the Island of Coiba, a Government penal colony. The contract
runs for two years from January 1, 1927, during which time the
contractor undertakes to fish for pearls and pearl shell at his own
expense, paying to the Government 25 per cent of the value of pearls
and pearl shell obtained.
Business 1N AGuADULCE.—Reports from Aguadulce state that
business is thriving in that section. Two sugar mills are in operation
with additional machinery this year and are producing a fine granu-
lated sugar.
Automobile traffic is now growing between Aguadulce and the city
of Panama and the Canal Zone, due to the good roads, while there is
also daily automobile traffic to Calobre, a hot-spring resort.
San BuAas BANANA couNTRY.—The San Blas region, which has
long been famous for the quantity and quality of its coconuts, is now
becoming an important banana center. The San Blas Co. is the
largest such company in that region, having seven plantations of
which but three are yet in full production, yielding a weekly output
of 9,000 to 12,000 bunches. This company also possesses a coconut
plantation with 75,000 coconut palms. The United Fruit Co. is
laying out a plantation and planning a port near Permé. During the
month of January there were 395,000 coconuts exported from the
San Blas region, as well as 43,000 bunches of bananas, shipped by the
San Blas Co.
PARAGUAY
EXPORTATION OF SALTED HIDES.—According to data received from
the National Bureau of Statistics, 288,235 salted hides were exported
from Paraguay during 1926, the destination of the shipments being
-as follows:
Destination Quantity
Nvoentina jo ou 2 as ed She ee UO eee Dee ae ee He LO) DO
Bel pianists rs a ae eer tees elie eee Bae oe ee 9, 950
AE Tapa ain CL eos es ee Sr ah ea es Pe he ee ae wee Cpe 4, 895
TESST aT YS aah ea ee gee Us la BE 9p AR Seg ay ay Un tee Si 7, 000
(Geer Arye eee ha Lt Seen we ys Se Se a age ee hea 60, 475
498 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION
Destination Quantity
SS [09 ee ee eee 1, 500
Switzerlando. 222 a2 ee ee pin ial Shs ays ee eee 3, 500
United States. se 2. Ss a ee eee 2, 500
Uruguay® = 22 222" 2 eee eee 18, 596
IMPORTANT PURCHASE OF HIGHWAY CONSTRUCTION MACHINERY.—
An expenditure of 1,000,000 pesos in the purchase of highway con-
struction machinery including two large levelers, plows, a steam
shovel, two caterpillar tractors, trailers, carts, an automobile truck,
disk plows, a dump cart, and other machinery for the use of the De-
partment of Public Works received Government authorization on
January 21, 1927.
EXPERIMENT STATION.—In accordance with a recent resolution, an
agricultural experiment station will be established on a 5-hectare
(hectare equals 2.47 acres) tract of land at Tacumbt, a Government
estate near Asuncion.
New STEAMER SCHEDULE.—On December 28, 1926, transportation
facilities on the Parané and Paraguay Rivers between Buenos Aires
and Asunci6n were materially increased by the inauguration of a new
schedule of three trips a week for passenger steamers.
AUSTRIAN AND GERMAN IMMIGRATION.—A group of 50 German
families, all possessing some capital, was expected to arrive in Para-
guay during April; they will settle on a 6-league tract of land recently
purchased for them in Barranquerita at a cost of 1,500,000 pesos.
Moreover, an advance group of Austrian immigrants fully equipped
for agricultural pursuits was expected to reach Asuncién by the last
of January.
YERBA-MATE CULTIVATION.—Owing to a continued increase in the
demand for yerba mate and consequent high prices, a company has
been formed for the cultivation of that plant, also known as Para-
guayan tea. Located near Concepcion, the company’s plantation is
the largest single enterprise of its kind in Paraguay, having 7,000,000
plants under cultivation.
ASUNCION-SAN BERNARDINO BUS SERVICE.—Permanent bus service
on a schedule of three trips a week was recently started between
Asuncién and San Bernardino.
Cotton coMPETITION.—According to El Dario of Asuncidn for
January 14, 1927, the Bureau of Agriculture is perfecting plans for
a cotton competition to take place in May. Provision will also
be made for an annual competition of raw, seed, ginned and graded
cotton to be held each year in May under the auspices of the Bureau
of Agriculture in cooperation with similar organizations. The prizes,
which are to be donated by individuals, societies, and commercial
houses interested in the promotion of agriculture, will be awarded
on a basis of quantity, quality, preparation and selection, and the
AGRICULTURE, INDUSTRY, AND COMMERCE 499
crops represented by the prize specimens sold on the market as
selected grades.
PERU
IMPORTATION OF AUTOMOBILES AND TRUCKS.—It is interesting to
note from commercial statistics for the year 1925 that the United
States supplied 1,341 of the trucks imported into Peru during that
year, aS against 65 imported from other countries. Passenger cars
imported into Peru during 1925 numbered in all 1,239, of which
1,160 were from the United States, the remaining 79 being of European
make.
INVOICES FOR PACKAGES OF SMALL VALUE NOT REQUIRED.—Accord-
ing to a decree effective February 9, 1927, consular invoices from the
country of origin are no longer required for packages sent to Peru
by parcel post where the value of the merchandise does not exceed
10 Peruvian pounds. The usual consular fee, however, will be col-
lected at the office of destination. (Commerce Reports, February 28,
1927.)
DEMONSTRATION FARM.—The Government recently made an
appropriation of 500 Peruvian pounds for the establishment of an
agricultural and livestock demonstration farm near the city of
Arequipa. The sum of 120 Peruvian pounds a month is allowed
for the upkeep of this farm.
REGULATIONS FOR PETROLEUM CONCESSIONS. See page 509.
SALVADOR
NEW SECTION oF INTERNATIONAL RatLways.—On January 17,
1927, Dr. Quifiénez Molina, President of the Republic, officially
opened the new Soyapango-Texistepeque-Santa Ana section of the
International Railways of Central America, which connects the east-
ern and western sections of the country. <A section still to be
constructed will unite Salvador with the sister Republic of Guate-
mala, and open the Atlantic coast to Salvadorean commerce. The
length of the entire section from Cutuco to Santa Ana, including the
Soyapango-Texistepeque branch, is 359 kilometers.
ARMY AIRPLANES.—On January 11, 1927, in honor of the birthday
of Dr. Quifénez Molina, retiring President of Salvador, the Ministry
of War held the christening of the 15 airplanes of the aviation service
of Salvador. President Quifiénez Molina opened the ceremony by
presenting a war plane as his gift to the national aviation service.
Each plane was christened by a young lady from the Province for
which it was named.
39172—27— Bull. 5——_6
500 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION
URUGUAY
ExrorTATION OF ANIMAL PRODUCTS.—According to customhouse
reports, the following animal products were exported from Uruguay
through the port of Montevideo during 1926:
|
|
|
|
Wool:
Roughecescees Se ee te eee ence) Of ets
WiSSHOde o6 so occse weet ad Goan Se See BOER ee ea ee eee oe ee OL earn
Soemiwashed_:....-..... Shoe ta couse aS ee ee eens dou
Hides:
Sheepskins cldvé cece ceecmecccsuads Jeaesee coe OEere
Lambskins : Sette ueciiceeswutenteaees douees
BST Geer 2 as cea ee eeeetamac coee eens doses
Salieeesecss Sk nesses ete ee os Se eae dogess|
Calfskins
Flint Eee Leeae pe ee eee dose==
Salt Beaks : one ame ciate SSeS AEA OES
Flint, stillborn : ~or Jame eet wow otetncceneed qdos==
Salt, stillborn BS ee he Ce a RE re on oer eee bundles_-
Otter skins, dry : we I Se Ya units_-
Pony skins, dry-... ee : Pees Secs cece eck ee a
Capibara skins— —..- oan once eae See Se a ee ee do..--|
VV OL ESI TID Scere ete a ee ee ee Re OO See
Hides, tanned se Oe EEE Ie StL Uae
Meat:
Beof—
Hind quartersirozene os es ae ee eee ee Deena bundles__!
Forequarter, frozen... ate aoe ate ioe ia te vanes tos doseee|
Forequarter, chilled an atmamane Seo uee eae ou eacee Qoses-
Hindquarter, chilled a are nee re nee Sete ane coone earned Oseeal|
Pork sausage, frozen : Bee eRe a OSE Se Ce RE Goss
Mutton, frozen >. : ee eee eee ee eee doses
Ment
Extract : Sense ae oe coeee GOSS ce]
Broth ok: ea eee a eg SE dos
Canned : Re ee eee ee ee boxes__|
‘Tongue, canned : : = SS eee eee Oe
Meat, frozen face eGR Ae eR ee ee DUN GLESES
Pork
Frozen : : Se ee en eee een eee downs
Salted : ‘ Lene fe on cal Re re EE, do-___-|
Grease:
Fat , Sree Sec cuneeeaneasdOsee=
Tallow. —- ‘ a J. ora) Meets Et A SSM om Ree qdo=ce
Stearine Se ee ee ok re do=---
Neat’s-foot oil Re a ee es en EEA OEE
Other products:
Hair and bristles : é : poraes Jae cee eee Cee DALOS se]
Claws : : : : Cees BR eee ene does
Nerves and tendons Ee ee
Mankare; drisdcandisalted: 62 2-5 soe eee ee dose!
Horn Bese Si Re eee units__
Bone.
Hoofs
Quantity
109, 888
4, 540
2, 773
7, 539
84
304, 882
722, 145
182, 161
114, 308
78, 952
7,606 |
48, 842
15, 072
13, 276
963 |
492, 941
492, 354
138, 785
147, 830
178, 616
S84, 826
Bea |
Oo, 660)
220 |
415, 705
9, 910
588, 540
30, S41 |
25, S41
716 }
585
4, 606
6, 210 |
1, 878, 780
Blood, dried
Casings
Ostrich plumes
Kilograms
50, 789, 398
952, 498
1, 164, 236
3, 588, 517
30, 600
2, 869, 298
17, 862, 457
507, 246
1, 231, 180
109, 468
24, 330
11, 714
206, 065
33, 626, 186
38, 912, 654
10, 278, 748
11, 864, 734
4, 848,067
18, 610, 989
358, 933
9, 548
13, 8383, 760
433, 228
6, 227, 835
36, 181
44, 424
6, 476, 283
5, 596, 985
5O4, 624
150, 514
282, 810
119, 250
380, 982
1, 631, O34
6, 669, 242
617, 711
2, 007, 415
2, 236, 667
7, 256
Breeping srarions.—It was announced on January 31, 1927,
that five breeding stations, located in Colonia, San José, Canelones,
Maldonado, and Treinta y Tres, respectively, have been established
AGRICULTURE, INDUSTRY, AND COMMERCE 501
by the Bureau of Agriculture for the production of choice breeds of
Shorthorn cattle and Normandy horses.
HiGH-TENSION LINE CoNSTRUCTION.—According to a recent report
plans are being completed by the State Electric Plant of Montevideo
for the provision of electric current to the city of San José, about 98
kilometers distant, over a high-tension aerial wire of 25,000 volts
capacity. It is estimated that the cost of construction will reach
$500,000.
Buenos Arres-MONTEVIDEO AIR SERVICE.
December, 1926, the aeroplane service maintained by the Junker
Mission made 28 regular flights, carrying 84 passengers, 390 kilo-
grams of baggage, and 388 kilograms of mail. All flights were made
on schedule time at an average rate of 130 kilometers an hour, and no
During the month of
losses were incurred.
PRICE INVESTIGATION.—A commission recently appointed by the
Government to make a study of the cost of the production and trans-
portation of meat with the purpose of setting a minimum price on
animal products for exportation held its first meeting on January 14,
1927.
VENEZUELA
VENEZUELAN OIL pRODUCTION.—According to O’Shaughnessy’s
South American Oil Reports, the total production of Venezuelan oil
fields during 1926 was 37,226,019 barrels (barrels of 42 gallons), an
increase of about 6,326,000 barrels over the 1925 production. Of
this amount 33,862,027 barrels were shipped in 1926.
ForerGn TRADE THROUGH LA Guarra.—The total foreign trade of
La Guaira, exclusive of merchandise carried in sailing vessels to and
from near-by countries, amounted to 161,649 metric tons (metric
ton equals 2,204.6 pounds), or 13,489 tons of exports, and 148,160
tons of imports, showing a gain of approximately 39 per cent over
1925, and 88 per cent over 1924. Imports increased approximately
57 per cent over 1925, and 115 per cent over 1924. Exports decreased
approximately 38 per cent in comparison to those of 1925 and 20
per cent in comparison to those of 1924. Dutch ships handled the
largest percentages of the carrying trade. Exports during 1926,
listed according to commodities, were as follows:
‘ vr First | Second) Third | Fourth |», .
Commodity quarter | quarter | quarter | quarter otal
Tons Tons Tons Tons Tons
COleer ae weno Salen maine a 3, 409 2,474 1, 117 272 7, 272
CAcdomee se Be alo eo or ee 1, 564 2, 099 1, 000 | 453 5, 116
hile sinew Seis ioe eas ern 59 48 | 96 | 83 286
SUN Ota Toten ye wo realli 2 Baris Gite TAOW eee se cl arc eich en 140
Whiscellaneouse 222d. 522.0 oe 282 134 137 122 675
AIS ayes SS LaPeer eee 5, 454: 4, 755 2, 350 930 13, 489
502 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION
CoFFEE EXPORTS FROM Maracarso.—According to the best avail-
able nonofficial information, coffee exports during 1926 through the
port of Maracaibo were 473,795 sacks weighing approximately 60
kilos each (kilo equals 2.2 pounds). Their destination was as
follows:
Destination Sacks
@uracao== 222 = Pipe gO espe eee re teers yw EE eee 2am
TaN COS= ue Se So ioe Ae nr ee ae 250
German yioo. 225552 2282! oe eee ee eee ep 28, 375
Elollamde 275 2255 22 ee ee ee eee eee 25, 972
Uitaly2e ss Nee De eo Tee ae aa sie ee eee 3, 734
Ne) OFF HN bears eee ame ee Sia eh Seiad, ge See or seo 810
Winited Sta tessa cack 2 oe ee ees a ote ene ie a ices eye es er 370, 973
Various UTOPe ANS OG See meee ee ere ele See 3 9993
Venezuelan; ports222 2 22). ease AOS ee i RNS at oye IRE eel Oe 1, 051
6 Bo Fee ere ee eg Cy aN et aS SEB so 473, 795
MARKETING OF CORDILLERA WHEAT.—Last year for the first time,
as a result of improved transportation facilities brought about by the
construction of the Transandine Highway, more than 1,000 sacks of
wheat produced in the cordillera regions near Mucuchies were brought
to the mills at Vargas, State of Tachira, 200 sacks of flour from
Mucuruba also being placed on sale in Tériba (Tachira). Although
of seemingly insignificant quantities, the mar keting of these products
is nevertheless important as senalizing the opening of new areas of
consumption and production.
IMPROVEMENT OF Widen wouns “Work on the improvement and
reconstruction of the Valencia waterworks was reported to have been
begun on January 27, 1927. It is estimated that when completed
the aqueduct will have a capacity of 75 liters of water a second, or
61 liters more than its present capacity.
NEW TELEGRAPH LINE.—The erection of a new telegraph line
between Caracas and Maracay at a cost of 100,000 bolivars was
authorized by a presidential decree of January 27, 1927.
af’ AFFAIRS 4 na 28
ARGENTINA
BupGer For 1927 PASssED.—On January 28, 1927, the President
signed the budget law No. 11389 for 1927 as approved by the Senate
the previous day. Instructions were given to the Ministry of the
Treasury for the distribution of copies of the budget among the
ECONOMIC AND FINANCIAL AFFAIRS 503
Government bureaus. The total figures, including ordinary expendi-
tures, public works, Annex K, subsidies and bonds for the indebt-
edness of the State railways, amount to 977,679,517 paper pesos.
BOLIVIA
EXPANSION OF NATIONAL BANKS.—The following banking statistics
show not only the progress made by the national banks, but the
economic development of the country during the last 10 years as
well. The capital and reserves of the three banks, Banco de la
Naci6n Boliviana, Banco Nacional de Bolivia, and Banco Mercantil,
have increased 40 per cent from December, 1915, to December, 1925,
as the following table shows:
Per
1915 1925 Increase Cent
Capital in boli- |
WO essen | 40, 962, 500. 00 | 46, 500, 000. 00 5, 537, 500. 00 13. 5
Reserves_____-_-_- | 5, 693, 920. 61 | 18, 651, 270. 94 | 12, 957, 350. 33 227.5
| |
Motels ss | 46, 656, 420. 61 | 65, 151, 270. 94 | 18, 494, 850.33 | 39. 64
Gold coin in the vaults of the three banks, Dec. 31, 1925: Bolivianos
IBancordenl ag Nacio mel ollitva aie em sete eee eee eee eee ee 16, 834, 270. 80
BancopNactonalucler olivia aes ee eee ae eee mee 2, 610, 585. 00
BancogNlercan tilts sai ae ae SS ie. eee ee ep 1, 622, 756. 25
A @ Galles Sa Nps See ota ee cate ee ee ee ee De OOO 205
As on December 31, 1915, the stock of gold coin held by all the
national banks amounted to only 12,820,825 bolivianos, an increase
of 8,246,787.05 bolivianos was made in 10 years.
RAILROAD LOAN.—Last January the Bolivian Government, through
a special financial agent, negotiated a loan with a New York firm
for $14,000,000 at 7 per cent interest. The bonds sold at 98%.
The Bolivian Government pledges certain revenues to secure pay-
ment of interest, amortization, and principal. The loan will be
applied to railroad construction. The Potosi-Sucre railroad, on
which only 50 kilometers of rails are lacking, will be finished at an
outlay not exceeding $5,000,000. For the La Quiaca-Atocha line,
in operation since 1925, approximately $1,000,000 will be allowed
for equipment and improvements. The Government will ask for
bids for the construction of the railroad from Cochabamba to Santa
Cruz, for which approximately seven millions of the above-mentioned
loan will be spent during the years 1926 and 1927. According to
the complete plans outlined by the engineer in charge of this rail-
road an expenditure of about $30,000,000 will be required to finish
this line.
50d THE PAN AMBRICAN UNION
BRAZIL
Bupann ror PiscaL YWAR.——-Law No. 5 of January 12, 1927, places
the budget of expenditures of Brazil for the fiscal year 1927) at
109,028 gold contos and 1,288,519 paper contos, as follows:
Cold contos Paper contog
Ministey of Justice and Interior 22 123, 921
Ministry of Moreign Relations 6, 208 4, 480
Ministery of the Navy 1, 400 Ll4, 127
Ministry of War LOO 194, 831
Ministry of Agriculture, Industry, and Commerce DAS 74, 102
Ministry of Tlighways and Publie Works 13, 407 505, 270
Ministery of the Treasury 87, 338 272, 288
Law No, 5,127 of December 381, 1926, estimates the receipts at
140,605 gold contos and 1,155,736 paper contos, giving a surplus
of both gold and paper.
CULL
Bupawr ror 1927,—Aeccording to information in the press of
Santingo the following figures show the estimated gross receipts
and expenditures of the Government for the year:
Receipts, in pesos
Ordinary revenues: ;
(a) National proporty . 18,290,018, 92
(OD) National serviaas : 102, G50, 860, 26
(eo) Direct and indirect taxes : TOO, S72, LOL, O4
(/) Various revenues 124, 768, 126, 42
Potal O56, O74, B65, 68
Rovennos from spocial hiws, daevotod to partioular objects:
Plans and construction of sower systems 5, O85, 000
Dredging of the Mapocho River 2,000, 000
Port works 26, 900, 000
otal 37, 488, 000, 00
Grand total 08, O59, 665, 68
Hependitures, ir pesos
188, 796, 415, 28
0, 326, S80, 31
28, O60, 774.78
Interior
Moroign relations
Justice
.
Public instruction . 141, S87, 605, St
Proasury 208, 200, 274, O4
War 118, 228, 660, OS
Navy Q7, 088, 786, 21
Agrioultare and tadustey : 14, 470, 90S, 00
Lands and colonisation 1, 980, S65, SO
Publio works, commerce, and communications ft 126, OST, 267, 00
Hygione and public charity M4, GO0, 915, G2
Sooial welfare and labor 1, 718, 202. 00
Votal oxponditures 8, SO, 665, 68
Morreaaan BANK GoLD NorHs.— Guaranteed five-year 6 per cent
agricultural gold notes of the Mortgage Bank of Chile, maturing
December 81, 1931, were placed at 9884 per cent on the New York
ECONOMIC AND FINANCIAL AFFAIRS 505
market last December to the amount of $10,000,000. The proceeds
will be used for the purpose of making loans secured by agricultural
products or implements.
COLOMBIA
EXTENSION OF ELECTRIC TRAMWAY.—The departmental govern-
ment of Antioquia has made an agreement with a foreign banking
firm for a loan of £100,000. The loan, which bears 8 per cent interest,
is authorized for a period of five years, with the privilege, on either
side, of renewing the contract if so desired. The funds from this
loan will be used to extend the eastern electric tramway to the
Cundinamarca Railway.
Loan FOR THE DEPARTMENT OF BotLivar.—The government of
the Department of Bolivar has published a brief description of
industrial and financial conditions in that Department for the benefit
of banking firms that may be interested in subscribing a loan of
5,000,000 pesos, the proceeds from which will be used for the following
purposes: Organization of a monopoly of the production and sale of
beverages, which would mean doubling the revenues from the sale
of liquors in that Department; construction of a government palace
with offices for all the different branches of the administration, 4
hall for the sessions of the departmental assembly, and an apartment
to serve as the private residence of the governor; construction of two
large buildings for normal schools; completion of police headquarters;
improvements in the building of the University of Cartagena; con-
struction of a highway system to facilitate road transportation, thus
helping to promote agriculture. The above-mentioned report of the
Department of Bolivar states that this Department has no outstand-
ing debts nor mortgages on any of itsrevenues. As security for the
new loan the revenues from the sale of liquor, tobacco, and livestock
are offered, yielding in all about 1,000,000 pesos annually. (Courtesy
of the Colombian Legation in Washington.)
DOMINICAN REPUBLIC
RECEIPTS AND EXPENDITURES DURING 1926.—Figures from the
Treasury Department, for the year 1926, give the receipts and
expenditures as follows:
Receipts
Receiver Generalvot Customss 222222 - 2 a as ee ee $4, 608, 799. 65
Heras rer AMT! Vie THUY SS als en Pe a Ae ener eae pe a 5, 527, 725. 85
NG tbe Taye atte Ne ae Na Sa SUE a NU ae AE ee i ED ali sae 2, 235, 690. 00
1 Oram Carma © erat ate ells yyy ps ee ren pe ee ee 299, 070. 05
AN OIG St Rae re SE IEE SER a eae eT SS etaieas Se NI a 12, 671, 285. 55
Balanceion: Decemberkol, WO2525 5225 ee 1, 608, 089. 44
STP ek Epa gerd ae ag ha ts Oa eR tae 14, 279, 374. 99
506 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION,
Expenditures E
ReceiversGeneral ote Customise a eee eee pe a $295, 284. 56 °
Mblicalebt-Servicelss -cs 2. Se ent ty eo eee ne eee a 2, 985, 977. 99
Ceneraleand specialiexpenditunres! sass = see ee 8, 216, 639. 34
cy E GCE Ee ee ea ge arg el ahd ee a 1, 586, 876. 28
Drona (Comme Iaewibenso Hos ae ee eae 331, 810. 08
) Oo) Fr mam Oh Pe pe A os ae ee 13, 416, 588. 25
Cheques paid during the year and credits authorized__________ 65, 031. 23
Wr eee ps Sa el a a ee here Se Er ae 13, 481, 619. 48
lekeile avers: (over 1DYereerenjoyerr Gly MCPD ee ee 797, 755. 51
Bo) eae ee ip i aap mn A eA OE eet ete eae 14, 279, 374. 99
(Courtesy of Senor Félix M. Pérez S.)
AMORTIZATION OF DEBT.—On January 20, 1927, the Receiver
General of Customs placed a check in the National Treasury for the
sum of $213,953.58, these funds to be applied to the final amortiza-
tion of the 1908 loan, due in 1958, thus covering the obligations on
this loan 31 years before the time limit. (Courtesy of Seftor Félix M.
Pérez S.)
FINANCIAL CommiTTEr.—President Vasquez has appointed a
committee to supervise the expenditure of the $5,000,000 loan of 1926.
This committee is composed of the following persons: Sefor M.
Martin de Moya, Secretary of the Treasury, chairman; Sefior Rafael
A. Espaillat, Secretary of Agriculture and Immigration; Sefor
Andrés Pastoriza, Secretary of Promotion and Communications;
Senor Francisco A. Herrera, national treasurer; and Sefior Victor E.
Garrido, who will act as secretary of the committee.
HAITI
Pusiic pEBT.—Each item of the public debt was reduced in
December, with amortization of substantial proportions occurring
in the series Bloan. Asa result gross debt declined from 113,092,000
gourdes at the end of December, 1925, to 105,549,000 gourdes on
December 31, 1926, a decline of 7,543,000 gourdes, or 6.67 per cent,
showing the very satisfactory rate of debt reduction which is at
present characterizing the administration of Haitian finances.
By reason of the enlarged cash balance the net debt on December
31 stood at 94,245,000 gourdes, a point hitherto unapproached since
the public debt of Haiti has been presented in its present form. As
subsequent months are expected to reveal an excess of receipts over
expenditures the net debt will continue to decline and should be
not greatly in excess of 90,000,000 gourdes by the close of the present
fiscal year. (Bulletin of the Financial Adviser-General Receiver,
December, 1926.)
LEGISLATION 507
MEXICO
New GOVERNMENT FINANCIAL OFFICIALS.—In February last
Senor Luis Montes de Oca, Federal Comptroller General, succeeded
Sefior Alberto J. Pani as Secretary of the Treasury. Sefor Julio
Freyssinier Morin, Auditor General, was appointed to the post of
Comptroller General.
URUGUAY
DETERMINATION OF PESO VALUE.—In order to facilitate the
determination of exchange values in payment of consular fees the
value of the Uruguayan peso was decreed equivalent to 40 francs in
France, the same to apply in Bulgaria, Czechoslovakia, Hungary,
Norway, Poland, Yugoslavia, Austria, and Sweden by an act of
November 26, 1926. In Belgium the peso will be equivalent to 40
Belgian francs. (Diario Oficial, December 3, 1926.)
ARGENTINA
LAW FOR COOPERATIVE ASSOCIATIONS.—On December 20, 1926, the
President signed and published the law passed by the Congress of
Argentina for the establishment and reguiation of cooperative
societies. Among the provisions are the following:
When loans are made to members no charge shall be collected reducing the sum
of the loan except the discount for interest payment, if this is established by the
statutes of the society. The interest may not exceed by more than 1 per cent
the rate charged by legal banks and may not be increased during the term of the
loan. Loans may be canceled at any time by the borrower without additional
interest.
Of the profits realized each fiscal year, at least 5 per cent shall go to the reserve
fund and 90 per cent shall be distributed among the members (a) in cooperative
associations making sales in proportion to the purchases of each member; (0)
in cooperative associations for purposes of production in proportion to the pro-
duction of each member; (c) in cooperative associations for purchase of equipment,
manufacture, or sale of products in proportion to the total of operations of each
member, and in credit cooperative associations in proportion to the capital.
ARGENTINE BRANCH OF INSTITUTE OF INTERNATIONAL Law.—In
January preliminary steps were taken for the reorganization of the
Argentine section of the American Institute of International Law,
the new executive committee of which is composed of the following:
Dr. Leopoldo Melo, chairman, Dr. Ernesto Bosch, Dr. José Luis
508 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION
Murature, Dr. Carlos Saavedra Lamas, and Dr. Ernesto Restelli,
secretary. The president of the American Institute of International
Law, Prof. James Brown Scott, has expressed gratification at the
renewed activity of the Argentine section.
BRAZIL
MiniraRy AVIATION.—Law No. 5,168, passed by Congress on
January 13, 1927, provides for the establishment of the aviation arm
of the military forces of Brazil with the following sections: Bureau
of Aviation, Military Aviation School, Central Supply Depot of
Aviation, units of aviation and the corresponding services.
THIRTEENTH INTERNATIONAL PARLIAMENTARY CONFERENCE OF
ComMeERCcE.— Preliminary work is now being carried on in Paris, Brus-
sels, and Rio de Janeiro for the Thirteenth International Parliamen-
tary Conference of Commerce which is to take place in the capital of
Brazil from September 5 to 10, 1927, under the patronage of President
Washington Luis. Particular attention will be given to the question
of international maritime transportation. Phases of the transporta-
tion problem have been considered at each meeting since the third
session of the conference in Paris in 1916. At Rome in 1925 drafts
of conventions for commercial aviation were signed, and in London
in 1926 the constant increase in international commerce was a most
important subject of discussion. Preparations are being made for
renewed consideration of the problem at the meeting this year.
Minors’ Copn.—Legislative Decree No. 5,083 of December 1,
1926, enunciates a Minors’ Code combining previous laws on child
welfare and laws on juvenile delinquency. Its purpose is to provide
for the protection, tutelage, supervision, education, and reform of
abandoned or delinquent children. The code was published in the
Mario Official of December 4, 1926.
DOMINICAN REPUBLIC
DIPLOMATIC PRIVILEGES.—A recent executive decree provides that
foreign diplomatic and consular representatives stationed in the
Dominican Republic shall enjoy the same privileges as are accorded
by their respective governments to the diplomatic and consular repre-
sentatives of the Dominican Republic accredited to those countries.
GUATEMALA
CREATION OF ECONOMIC AND FINANCIAL COMMISSION.—A permanent
consultative commission composed of four experts and three repre-
sentatives from the principal industries of Guatemala was created
by an executive decree of January 17, 1927. Functioning under the
Department of Finance this body will make studies of current
economic and financial conditions, and furnish data on the same.
LEGISLATION 509
MEXICO
CooPERATIVE SOCIETIES.—On January 21, 1927, President Calles
signed the cooperative societies act, which governs the activities of
agricultural and industrial cooperative societies and also of those for
cooperative purchase and sale. Societies of all three types may be
local in character or formed of local cooperatives. The activities
permitted agricultural and industrial cooperatives are the follow-
ing: Credit, production, labor, insurance, construction, transporta-
tion, and cooperative purchase and sale, while societies for cooper-
ative purchase and sale may also engage in credit operations. Unions
of cooperative societies may also make loans on agricultural or
industrial property, according to the type of union, deposited in ware-
houses established for the purpose. The capital of cooperative
societies is unlimited, but the statutes of each society must state the
value of each share and the number of shares any member may have.
The act also provides for the management of the societies, and
requires that annual net profits be distributed as follows: 20 per cent
to the reserve fund, 10 per cent to the administrative and supervisory
councils, and 70 per cent to shareholders.
PANAMA
INDUSTRIAL AND AGRICULTURAL BANKS.—On December 21, 1926,
the National Assembly passed law No. 63 of 1926, whereby authoriza-
tion is given for the establishment of industrial and agricultural banks
to make loans for the development of agricultural projects and the
livestock industry. The full text of the law in published in the
Gaceta Oficial for January 6, 1927.
PERU
REGULATIONS FOR PETROLEUM CONCESSIONS.—On January 7, 1927,
the President signed a decree containing the regulations for granting
petroleum concessions. According to these regulations, concessions
for the examination of oil lands shall not exceed four years, at the end
of which period the concessionary desiring to exploit the lands must
obtain a concession for so doing. The complete text of these regula-
tions appears in the official paper, El Peruano, for January 19, 1927.
510 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION .
INTERNAT IONAL
» TREATIES 38
BRAZIL-URUGUAY
PROTOCOL TO EXTRADITION TREATY.—Ratifications were exchanged
in Montevideo on November 10, 1926, of the protocol signed in
Montevideo on December 7, 1921, and added to the treaty on extra-
dition of criminals signed by diplomatic representatives of Brazil
and Uruguay in Rio de Janeiro on December 27, 1916. Decree No.
17572, of November 30, 1926, publishing the date of the exchange
of ratifications appeared in the Diario Official of Brazil for December
2, 1926.
GREAT BRITAIN-MEXICO
CLAIMS CONVENTION.—The claims convention signed by repre-
sentatives of Great Britain and Mexico on November 19, 1926, was
ratified by executive decree of President Calles of Mexico on Decem-
ber 30, 1926. (Diario Oficial, February 26, 1927.)
MEXICO
Pan AMERICAN POSTAL CONVENTIONS.—By an executive decree of
December 30, 1926, Mexico ratified the conventions signed at the
Second Pan American Postal Congress which assembled in Mexico
City October 15, 1926. (Dario Oficial, February 26, 1927.)
F PUBLIC INSTRUCTION Te
ES @an s ADEDUCATION : e@ 22
ARGENTINA
SECTION OF CHILDREN’S GARDEN CLUuB.—A section of the Chil-
dren’s Garden Club was recently opened in the neighborhood of
apartment houses built by El Hogar Bank of Buenos Aires near
Chacabuco Park. The children of this new section are undertaking
the preparation of gardens for the houses of that neighborhood, each
child being allowed to care for as many as three during two hours
daily when he is out of school.
PUBLIC INSTRUCTION AND EDUCATION 511
BOLIVIA
BouivIA STUDIES EDUCATIONAL SYSTEMS ABROAD.—Senhor Luis
Arce Lacaze, a Bolivian educator, arrived in New York a few
months ago after a long stay in European capitals, where he was sent
on a Government mission to study the development of education in
the principal countries of the Continent. Sefior Lacaze intended to
study the school and college systems in use in the United States,
later submitting a detailed report on the subject to the Bolivian
Government, with a plan for modifying and improving the educa-
tional system of Bolivia.
VOCATIONAL-TRAINING SCHOOL.—By virtue of a recent decree, a
vocational-training school was created in the city of Tupiza. The
school will be divided into three sections, namely, trades, commerce,
and mining. For enrollment in this school it is required that ap-
plicants shall have completed the six primary grades. In the trade
section, carpentry, shoemaking, tailoring, and saddlery will be taught;
in the commercial section special attention will be given to arith-
metic in its relation to commerce and mining; in the mineral section,
geology, metallurgy, and mineralogy will be the chief subjects.
In all the courses general instruction will be given in arithmetic,
chemistry, physics, and commercial drawing, every pupil being obliged
to take these subjects.
BRAZIL
Pror. ALOYSIO DE CASTRO MADE HEAD OF NATIONAL EDUCATION.—
On February 4, 1927, the President of Brazil appointed Prof. Aloysio
de Castro Chief of the National Bureau of Education. Professor de
Castro has won distinction both at home and abroad, as he was the
first South American to be elected a member of the Paris Academy
of Medicine and has also served on the Committee of Intellectual
Cooperation of the League of Nations.
DEAN oF THE ScHooL oF Mepicine.—On February 4, 1927, the
President of Brazil appointed Prof. Abreu Fialho dean of the School
of Medicine of Rio de Janeiro.
CHILE
TEACHERS’ CONVENTION.—Beginning January 4, 1927, the Fifth
General Convention of the General Association of Primary Teachers
met in Talca for a week. Among the 169 delegates, in addition to
those from teachers’ associations, were representatives of the Labor
Federation of Chile, the Federation of Printers, and the Union of
Chilean Employees. In all 54 associations were represented. Res-
olutions were passed on matters of education. The city of La
Serena was selected as the meeting place for the next convention.
512 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION
AUTOMOBILE MECHANICS’ CoOURSE.— During vacation the vocational
school in Santiago is again offering a course in automobile mechanics.
Many business and professional men have taken advantage of these
courses in order to learn how to care for their cars.
ARGENTINE GIFT TO NATIONAL Liprary.—The collection of books
by Argentine authors donated by their country to the Chilean
National Library was inaugurated on January 18, 1927, under the
chairmanship of President Figueroa of Chile and in the presence of
Sefior Malbran, the Argentine ambassador, Doctor de Veyga, the
special representative of the Argentine Public Library Commission
(which is making similar gifts to all the American countries), cabinet
ministers, members of the Argentine colony, and other distinguished
guests. The Argentine room was decorated with the flags of the
two Republics and the bust of Sarmiento, the founder of public
instruction in Argentina, who spent some time in Chile. Words
expressing mutual esteem and desire for cooperation were spoken
in the addresses of the Chilean and the Argentine representatives
who took part in the ceremony.
COLOMBIA
ScHOOL IN THE QuINpfo REGION.—The municipalities of the
Quindio region have agreed on a plan for establishing a school for
boys having a capacity for 600 students, which will serve as the educa-
tional center of that entire section. (Courtesy of the Colombian
Legation in Washington.)
COSTA RICA
PopuLAR UNIVERSITY.—Classes in reading, physiology, hygiene,
sanitation, economics, and mathematics were opened by the Popular
University at the beginning of the school year in San José, frequent
lectures on varied subjects also being given at stated intervals.
INSTRUCTION IN THE ENGLISH LANGUAGE.—The Minister of Public
Education, who wishes to introduce the study of English into the
elementary schools of the country, has engaged the services of seven
American teachers, who will teach in the primary schools of the
capitals of each of the seven Provinces. At the present time English
is taught in all the secondary schools of the country.
CUBA
ORGANIZATION OF COMMERCIAL SCHOOL.—At the suggestion of the
Secretary of Public Instruction and Fine Arts, President Machado
has appointed Dr. Arturo Montori, professor in the Normal School
of Habana, to organize the National School of Commerce in that
city in accordance with the latest methods. Doctor Montori, who
was formerly educational attaché of the Cuban Embassy in Washing-
ton, made a study of commercial education while in the United States.
(Courtesy of the Cuban Embassy in Washington.)
PUBLIC INSTRUCTION AND EDUCATION 513
WoMAN PROFESSOR IN THE UNIVERSITY.—The first woman to
receive a professorship in the University of Habana is the eminent
Cuban physician Luisa Pardo Suarez de Castanedo, who has for a
number of years been practicing medicine in Habana, specializing in
women’s and children’s diseases. Doctor de Castanedo has been
given the post of assistant professor of histology in the University of
Habana, having been thus honored by the faculty of medicine of
that university after a spirited contest in which she received the
highest number of points. (Courtesy of the Cuban Embassy in
Washington.)
NEW PRESIDENT OF THE NATIONAL TEACHERS’ ASSOCIATION.—
The new president of the National Association of Teachers is Sefior
Ramon Rosainz, a well-known teacher, who has been practicing his
profession since 1870 and has the sincere regard of his colleagues,
his pupils, and their parents.
CREATION OF A SAVINGS BANK.—The Department of Public In-
struction has established a savings bank in which will be deposited
the voluntary contributions of school children, teachers, and public-
school officials, together with donations made by individuals. De-
posits are not withdrawable before the end of 10 years, except in
very special cases.
DOMINICAN REPUBLIC
APPROPRIATIONS FOR SCHOOL BUILDINGS.—An appropriation of
$125,000 has been made for erecting and equipping a new building
for the University of Santo Domingo. A credit of $75,000 was also
passed for a new building for the Superior Normal School of Santo
Domingo.
New scHoots.—It was planned to open on February 1 of this
year 250 new primary schools, new evening schools for workers, and
a superior primary school for the city of Santo Domingo. The last
mentioned will have a six-year course and a five-hour school day.
Steps will also be taken to have additional school rooms built in
various elementary primary schools and to open more superior
primary schools. (Courtesy of Senor Féhix M. Pérez S.)
GUATEMALA
OPENING OF NEW SCHOOLS.—It was announced on January 17,
1927, that final arrangements for the opening of six new primary
schools in Guatemala City at the beginning of the coming school
year were being concluded by the Secretary of Public Education.
BUSINESS COURSES OUTLINED.—A plan of study for the national
commercial schools privately incorporated and officially recognized
was issued by the Secretary of Public Education on January 10, 1927.
Two general courses, a two-semester secretarial, and a six-semester
514 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION
bookkeeping course were outlined, both requiring a year of prepara-
tory study in arithmetic, Spanish grammar, geography, and penman-
ship. It has been arranged that upon the successful conclusion of the
bookkeeping course a further course of two semesters in finance,
commercial law, and related subjects, leading to a certificate as com-
mercial expert, may be taken by the student.
ANTI-ILLITERACY CAMPAIGN.—The People’s University of Guate-
mala has addressed a request to the labor unions that they advise
those of their members who can not read and write to attend the
university classes so that they may be taught in the shortest time
possible. The labor unions are also urged to require a knowledge of
reading and writing of all persons applying for membership.
AMERICAN AcapEMy.—The 9th of January witnessed the opening
ceremonies of the American Academy, an elementary and secondary
school in Guatemala City, in the presence of a large number of
notables from the United States and from Guatemala. In his speech,
His Excellency, Mr. Arthur Geissler, minister of the United States in
Guatemala, stated that the American Academy had been established
“to give instruction in the language of the United States as well as
that of the Republic of Guatemala, so as to acquaint each country
with the ideals and customs of the other.”
NorMAL EDUCATION.—A fourth year of normal instruction has
been added to the course given at the Instituto de Sefioritas at Coban.
HONDURAS
NIGHT SCHOOL FOR WOMEN.—On February 1, 1927, a night school
for women was opened under the auspices of the Feminine Culture
Society of Tegucigalpa in the José Trinidad Reyes School for Girls,
the building being offered to the society for the night school by the
municipality. Illiterate pupils from 10 to 40 years of age are
received.
WEAVING TAUGHT IN VOCATIONAL SCHOOL.—A course in weaving has
been given in the vocational school for women located in Tegucigalpa.
The course included the weaving of wool, cotton, and other fibers, the
work having attracted much attention at the recent exhibition of the
products made by the pupils of the school. The instructors are now
planning to establish the textile industry, the Government having
approved a school factory in connection with the vocational school,
where weaving will be taught to 34 students with scholarships. Ma-
chinery has been ordered for the manufacture of sacks, carpets,
cloth, hammocks, covers, curtains, drills, and cashmeres.
MEXICO
Hispano AmeErICcAN University Concress.—The Union of the
Youth of Hispano America proposes to hold a Hispano American Uni-
versity Congress in Mexico City some time during the year 1928.
PUBLIC INSTRUCTION AND EDUCATION 515
Mexican uHistory.—The National Library in Mexico City has
arranged a special section for books and documents on national his-
tory, of which it possesses a priceless collection. All have been cata-
logued so that they are readily available. To part of the books the
public has free access.
EpucaTIon IN TAMAULIPAS.—The State of Tamaulipas, which is
reported to lead all Mexican States in the proportion of its budget
spent for education, disbursed for this purpose last year 40 per cent
of its total expenditures, or 1,132,808 pesos, to which should be added
475,000 pesos expended by the city of Tampico. The State expects
to increase its appropriation this year by 100,000 pesos. In addition
to the 60 schools supported by the Federal Government, the State
has 452 schools, including, in addition to the elementary schools, a
normal and secondary school and 39 evening schools for adults. The
total number of pupils registered last year was 36,205, or 65 per cent
of the children of school age. Governor Portes Gil takes an active
interest in education, and has done much to reduce illiteracy in the
State, which boasts the lowest proportion of illiterates in the Republic.
PRIMARY SCHOOLS IN THE FrprERAL District.—The Federal
Department of Education plans to start this year nine new open-air
schools in the Federal District, in which work it has received the coop-
eration of various individuals and companies, some having contributed
the land on which the school will be placed and others sums of money.
By means of these new schools and double shifts in some of the old
ones, no child in the Federal District will lack an opportunity to
attend school. Free textbooks will be provided for pupils unable to
buy them.
Mental tests have been given by the school physicians to more than
20,000 children, and physical examinations to many, those with
defects being sent to clinics for treatment.
ForEIGN LECTURERS IN Mexico.—Among the notable foreign
scholars who have recently delivered lectures in Mexico City under
the auspices of the Department of Education are: Dr. Paul Monroe,
director of the International Institute of Education of Columbia
University, New York; Doctor Muehlens, of the Institute of Tropical
Medicine, in Hamburg, Germany; Dr. José Maria Galvez, professor
in the University of Chile, in Santiago; and Sefior Julio Navarro
Monzé, an Argentine intellectual.
PANAMA
VOCATIONAL SCHOLARSHIPS.—In a session of the Municipal Council
of Panama City held on January 28, 1927, approval was given to the
plan to establish 10 scholarships in the vocational school for girls in
Panama City.
39172—27— Bull. 5
7
516 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION
PARAGUAY
ANNUAL SCHOOL REPORT.—According to the annual report of the
National Board of Education for 1926, 93,334 pupils were enrolled
in Paraguayan schools during the past school year. Of this number
65,567, or about 70 per cent, concluded the full year’s work and took
a examinations. The teaching personnel numbered 2,096, or
1,587 women and 509 men. Only 703 teachers were listed as normal-
Phos! eraduates.
CLASSES IN REFORMATORY.—The ponents of educational instruction
were recently extended to the Buen Pastor women’s reformatory in
Asuncién, when the work of teaching the inmates was voluntarily
undertaken by a young normal-school teacher. Another young
woman is teaching in the men’s prison.
INSTRUCTION IN PHYSICAL CULTURE.—It was announced on January
19, 1927, that arrangements were being made by the director of the
Military Academy to start public classes in physical culture in
Asuncion, a teacher of the school being detailed as instructor.
PERU
EpucaTION NoTEs.—According to the report of the President of the
Republic, the vocational schools in the following cities were in session
during 1925: Lima, Cuzco, Cajamarca, Arequipa, Huanuco, Tara-
poto, Barranco, Requena, and Cotahuasi. In order to encourage
vocational instruction in other centers, subsidies have been granted
to the order of Maria Auxiliadora at Tarma, the society known as
“Bien del Hogar,’ and the Brado Domestic School.
At present most of the prisons of the Republic have schools for
adults. An asylum has been created for delinquent children.
Traveling schools have been organized to visit the districts where
the population is chiefly native. <A fresh-air school was opened at
the beginning of the school year for the purpose of taking in such
children from the Government schools as show a propensity to
tuberculosis... The school lunch system for poor children has been
established in the schools of Lima. There were more than 264,000
pupils registered in the schools throughout the Republic in 1925,
which shows an increase of ‘38,000 over the previous year’s total.
The number of national secondary schools which were in operation
was 28, three of these being for girls. Six normal schools were in
session, and of these three were of higher grade.
A board of censors for motion-picture films has been organized,
the members of which represent the Government, the municipalities,
and society in Lima.
ART EXHIBITION.—The exhibition of the National Arts School in
Lima for the year 1926 was held last January and proved agreat success.
LABOR SIU7/
Some interesting subjects were shown, especially among the works of
sculpture, in which a decided tendency was evinced toward art of a
national character.
URUGUAY
TEACHERS’ COURSE IN PEDAGOGY.—The first of a series of six
lectures comprising a teachers’ pedagogical course was given in
Montevideo on January 31, 1927, by A. E. Grompone. Most of the
lectures had to do with secondary education.
CREATION OF HISTORICAL MUSEUM AND PUBLIC-SCHOOL LIBRARY.—
On December 2, 1926, the Minister of Public Instruction of Uruguay
authorized the Departmental government of Minas to dedicate the
home and birthplace of Juan Antonio Lavalleja, a Uruguayan patriot
and general of the war for independence, as a historical museum and
public-school library for the city of that name. Although its pur-
chase had been effected in 1910, it was not until the present time
that definite plans for its use had been made.
VENEZUELA
EDUCATIONAL PROGRAM OF BOYS’ HOME.—According to a report of
January 9, 1927, 150 boys living in the boys’ home in Maracay re-
ceived instruction during the past school year, a total of 4,224 hours
being spent in class work and 1,664 in practical labor within the
institute and in the fields. Four boys mastered typewriting. Of the
34 who left the home, some have gone to work, while others are
continuing their studies.
ARGENTINA
PUBLIC EMPLOYEES’ CONGRESS.—Plans were made early this year
for a congress of public employees to be held in Buenos Aires on
April 1, 2, and 3, 1927. The topics to be discussed included tenure
of office and regulation of the administrative career, social welfare,
mutual benefits, pensions, home ownership, and other subjects.
CHILE
MEDICAL SERVICE FOR WORKERS’ FAMILIES.—In the middle of
February, 1927, the President signed an act for an amendment to
the obligatory insurance act (No. 4054) which would provide for
medical attendance for the family of the insured person. The act
518 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION
also provides for the establishment of funds for the prevention of
syphilis, tuberculosis, and infant mortality, the establishment of
_ rural relief stations to carry on work in preventive medicine and
provide attendance for sick persons either at the station or at their
homes, and for incapacity and retirement pay.
COLOMBIA
SUNDAY REST LAW.—Law No. 57, of November 16, 1926, declares
that Sunday shall be observed as a day of obligatory rest for all
employees and working people employed in commercial or industrial
concerns, whether these be of a private or public nature.
ARGENTINA
ANNUAL REPORT OF THE Rep Cross.—Last January the board of
directors of the Argentine Red Cross made public their report of the
work accomplished during 1926. Among other activities, the report
mentioned the education of public opinion through the Red Cross
magazine, the school of trained nurses from which 70 men and
women were graduated, the aid lent to victims of the catastrophe at
Villa Enearnacién, Paraguay, and Argentine participation in the
Second Pan American Red Cross Conference, closing with an indi-
cation of what is still to be done, with the aid of the public.
Cuarity Socrnty oF BuENos Atres.—The Sociedad de Bene-
ficencia (Charity Society) of Buenos Aires, the largest and oldest
charitable organization in the country, elected Sefiora Elena Napp de
Green to the presidency for 1927-28. For over 100 years this associ-
ation of the foremost women of the Argentine capital has been caring
in ever-increasing degree for the women and children of that city
who are in need of homes,.asylums, or medical attention. It has
under its management about 26 hospitals, homes, asylums, and pre-
ventoriums, a dental service, and a school vacation camp.
ANTITUBERCULOSIS DISPENSARIES OPENED.—The Public Health
and Charity Department early in January opened two more anti-
tuberculosis dispensaries in Buenos Aires, No. 6 being in Vélez Sars-
field Ward and No.7 in Villa Urquiza Ward. The seven dispensaries
maintained by the municipality give free treatment to patients, and
supply food, if necessary.
SOCIAL PROGRESS 519
BOLIVIA
Miuirary HospITaAL.—Two pavilions of the new military hospital
under construction in La Paz were opened recently. The plans for
this hospital, prepared by Senor Julio M. Pando, call for 11 separate
pavilions, 4 of which will be 2 stories high. Modern equipment will
be provided throughout the hospital, including X-ray apparatus. A
well-equipped surgical ward and an isolation ward will be built.
BRAZIL
REPORT ON JUVENILE couRT.—According to the report for 1926
made by Dr. Luiz Pio Duarte Silva, guardian of minors, on the work
of the juvenile court, the number of abandonment cases was 903
and of other cases 766, making a total of 1,669 cases for the year.
During this time 1,369 children, of whom 982 were boys and 477
girls, were placed, chiefly in institutions, 182 going to Government
agricultural home schools, and 110 to the School for Apprentice
Sailors, while 184 were put under the charge of suitable persons.
Adding the minors placed during 1926 to those placed during the
two previous years during which the court has been in operation
gives a total of 3,764. One of the greatest lacks of the juvenile court
at present is an institution for minors between the ages of 17 and 18,
since the agricultural home schools admit only boys from 10 to 15
years of age, releasing them at 17.
HEALTH CENTER.—A health center has recently been established
in Inhatma, a suburb of Rio de Janeiro. This station of the Public
Health Department, with its various specialists and visiting nurses,
will aid the poor who have no physician, provide a playground,
physical culture, and medical care for the children, and educate
midwives in the proper methods of caring for mother and child.
FrencH Honorary DrGcrer ror Doctor CuHacas.—On January
22, 1927, the Minister of Foreign Affairs, Dr. Octavio Mangabeira,
transmitted to Dr. Carlos Chagas, director of the Oswaldo Cruz
Institute, the diploma and insignia of Doctor honoris causa of the
University of Paris, said to be the first degree of this kind conferred
by that university upon a South American.
Minors’ CoprE.—See page 508.
CHILE
VACATION CAMPS FOR SCHOOL CHILDREN.—On January 15, 1927,
the School Charity Commission sent 100 children below normal in
health from the city schools of Santiago to Vina del Mar and Quilpé,
the first camp being at the seaside and the other in the country,
where these pupils may recover strength away from the summer
heat of the city. On January 18 another colony of this sort was
opened for the season at San José de Maipo.
520 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION
SocIAL DISEASE CLINICS.—During 1926 the work against venereal
diseases carried on by the clinics under the Ministry of Public Hygiene
has won public confidence and has done much to spread a knowl-
edge of the danger of allowing such infections to continue untreated.
The number of patients registered during the year amounted to 3,065
men and 2,524 women, while laboratory examinations numbered
107,982. Of the total number of patients registered, 35 per cent
had syphilis, the percentage being 36.5 per cent among new women
patients and 36.3 among men. Most of the women suffering from
this disease were wives of men patients and were employed for the
most part in their household tasks, factories, or shops. Of the men
and women affected by this disease, 47 per cent were between the
ages of 20 and 30. One hopeful sign is that, due to public education
on venereal diseases through the clinics, many patients now come at
the first warning, with greater probabilities of cure.
CHILD WELFARE MUSEUM.—Dr. Cora Mayers, head of the Depart-
ment of Health Education of the Ministry of Hygiene, has requested
the ministry to aid in the establishment of a museum of wax models
to be shown as an exhibit throughout the country for the purpose
of explaining to mothers methods of infant care. In addition to the
figures already owned by the bureau other models costing about
30,000 pesos will be ordered from Germany. Dr. Mayers has already
received one donation for this purpose.
TAX EXEMPTIONS ON WORKERS’ DWELLINGS.—The decision has
been rendered that all houses for workers declared sanitary under
the provisions of Law No. 1838 of February 20, 1906, shall be exempt
from municipal and Government taxes for 25 years provided that
the rent therefrom does not exceed 150 pesos and the value 15,000
pesos; that houses declared sanitary under Law No. 2714 shall enjoy
the same exemption for five years; that half the real estate tax may
be remitted on dwellings which in the future may be declared sani-
tary, provided the rent is not over 80 pesos; and that sanitary
dwellings the rent of which has been fixed by the Housing Court
shall be exempt from all municipal or Government taxes, provided
that the owners obtain and show annually the respective certificate
from the Housing Court.’
‘COSTA RICA
AcTIVITIES OF THE Max Prratta Hospitau.—The extent of the
activities carried on by the Max Peralta Hospital, a charitable
institution of Cartago, is revealed in a recent report. During 1923,
1924, and 1925, 3,210 cases were treated in the hospital, 2, 388 being”
cured and the condition of 444 improved. During the year 1925 a
total of 1,124 cases were treated, resulting in 865 cures; of the re-
mainder, the condition of 155 was improved, that of 99 remained
the same, while 33 died. Operations effected during the year
numbered 291.
SOCIAL PROGRESS ilk
CONSTRUCTION OF CHILDREN’S HOSPITAL.—The construction of a
children’s hospital in San José will soon be begun under the direction
of the Assistant Secretary of Hygiene, who has reserved a sum of
50,000 colones for the financing of the initial work. The building
site, which adjoins the present hospital, was donated by the Charity
League.
VISITING NURSE.—In order to establish better control over con-
tagious diseases, provisions have been made for the visitation of the
homes of the San José poor by a competent nurse.
CUBA
INCINERATORS FOR HOSPITALS.—An important sanitary measure
suggested by the Secretary of Sanitation, and adopted by virtue of
a decree dated January 25, 1927, is one making obligatory the use of
incinerators in all hospitals, clinics, and sanitoriums for disposing of
bandages and similar articles used in sick rooms.
MAGNIFICENT NEW CLUB.—Last February work was commenced
on what is to be one of the largest and finest clubs in the world, the
Habana-Biltmore Yacht and Country Club, located on Jaimanitas
Beach. This project includes, in fact, a combination of clubs, and
will cover an area of about 1,500 acres of land, including an 18-hole
golf course. Part of the land will be divided into lots on which
villas will be built for club members. (Courtesy of the Cuban Embassy
in Washington.)
HAITI
STATISTICS OF PUBLIC-HEALTH SERVICE FOR DECEMBER, 1926.—Sta-
tistics of the public-health service for the month of December, 1926,
were as follows: Admissions for all causes to the various hospitals of
the Republic, 500; discharges, exclusive of deaths, 512; deaths, 64;
number of out-patients, including rural clinics, 46,177; number of
rural clinics, 195; major operations, 61; minor operations, 311; X-ray
examinations, 76; Wassermann tests, 970; injections for trepone-
matosis, and with neo-salvarsan, salvarsan, and bismuth, 21,090;
properties inspected, 34,291; notifications regarding sanitary condi-
tions sent, 2,713; and foreign ships inspected, 84. (Bulletin of the
Financial Adviser-General Receiver, December, 1926.)
HONDURAS
Moruers’ Day.—The Feminine Culture Society of Tegucigalpa
has resolved to establish Mothers’ Day in the Republic of Honduras,
to be celebrated the second Sunday each May, and to seek official
recognition thereof by the National Congress.
ANTIHOOKWORM worRK.—A station of the antihookworm depart-
ment has recently been established in the city of Nacaome where,
though a number of people have been treated, there is need of more
education of the public as to the free benefits afforded by this Govern-
ment service.
522 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION
MEXICO
Spventu Latin AMERICAN MepicaL Concress.—The date for the
opening of this congress, which will meet in Mexico City, has been
postponed from May 15 to July 15 of this year, in order that the
beautiful new building of the Bureau of Public Health, where the
sessions will be held, may be finished. It is expected that the build-
ings and installations of the new public-health laboratories at Popotla,
near the capital, will also be completed by the latter date.
NICARAGUA
PusLic-HEALTH WoRK.—The fourth section of the Bureau of Public
Health is in charge of the treatment of intestinal parasite cases and
the prevention and cure of tropical diseases. According to data
furnished by the section chief, Dr. J. Bernabé Rosales y Brenes, the
section accomplished the following work in Managua between January
1 and December 25, 1926:
Of the 7,055 persons examined for the first time, 1,934 were found to be infected
with hookworm. First treatments were given to 1,048 persons, second treat-
ments to 469, third treatments to 67, and fourth treatments to 24. A total of
2,566 treatments was given for hookworm and other tropical diseases. _Hemo-
globin tests numbered 182, trichocephalus treatments, 8, and treatments for
tapeworm and other worms, 949. In 1919 the proportion of persons infected with
hookworm reached 65 per cent, whereas in the present year the proportion
had dropped to 27.4 per cent. When the institution was first established it was
used only by persons of more or less education; the poorer people looked askance
at the services offered and made use of them only when obliged by the authorities
to do so. To-day the popular prejudice has been removed and the various offices
of this service in the different cities are furnishing medical aid to many people.
PANAMA
TRAINED NURSES GRADUATED.—On January 29, 1927, the Santo
Tomas Hospital of Panama City graduated a class of trained nurses
who received diplomas for the completion of their course in nursing
and in obstetrical work. Dr. Samuel Lewis made an eloquent-address,
in which he praised the spirit of the young women who had engaged
in the career of alleviating suffering, and rejoiced in the fact that
the hospital was now training its own nurses.
Rep Cross work.—The following facts are taken from the report
of the Red Cross for 1926:
In March, 1925, the Panama National Red Cross opened its prenatal clinic,
which functioned once a week during that year. The following year, 1926, the
clinic was open daily, the physicians making 4,153 visits to homes, and 1,552
more examinations than in 1925. With the cooperation of the school medical
service the postnatal clinic weighed, during 1926, 21,344 babies under 18 months,
or 13,236 more than in 1925, and 19,028 more than in 1917, when the Red Cross
began its work. The physicians examined 3,516 children, or 1,448 more than
SOCIAL PROGRESS 523
during 1925; made 48,394 home visits, or 27,588 more than in 1925; and in al
the clinics have treated 76,579 children during 1926.
A vacation camp for 25 school children below normal in health was organized
on Taboga Island at the suggestion of Dr. Méndez Pereira, ex-Secretary of
Public Instruction. Here the children had a two weeks’ holiday, during which
they all gained in weight and health.
The Red Cross sent $1,000 to the victims of the cyclone in Cuba.
Chapters of the Junior Red Cross were started in the Republic of Chile School
and the Republic of Peru School, with 500 members. The former held a ‘“‘tooth-
brush day,’’ while in the latter the juniors have charge of an emergency medicine
chest and serve milk to poor children in the school.
PERU
New country cLuB.—The new country club recently opened in
the outskirts of Lima is one of the finest structures of its kind in
South America. About the club lie approximately 1,300,000 square
meters (meter equals 3.28 feet) of urbanized land, through which run
miles of paved streets, complete with sanitary and hghting systems.
The company responsible for the construction of the club, as well
as for this urbanization project, was organized in May, 1925. The
interior of the club is beautifully fitted, and includes a winter gar-
den, grill room, lounge and dining rooms, also private apartments,
as well as furnished rooms for permanent and transient guests. It
is estimated that the club and the surrounding grounds of approxi-
mately 113,000 square meters of land, including a polo field, tennis
courts, and outdoor swimming pool, represent an investment of about
150,000 Peruvian pounds, derived in part from the original capital
investment and in part from the sale of building lots in the new
urbanization. The splendid 18-hole golf course of the Lima Golf
Club, though the latter still retains its identity as such, forms part
of the country club ensemble.
Pusuic Heattu Service.—According to a recent decree published
in El Peruano of January 12, 1927, the Public Health Service, here-
tofore under the direction of the Minister of the Interior, will hence-
forth be under the administration of the Minister of Promotion.
MepIcAL AND DENTAL CLINIC.—Last January a free medical and
dental clinic was opened in the municipal district of La Victoria in
the city of Lima.
URUGUAY
OPENING OF NURSING CLASSES.—As a result of efforts made by the
Bureau of Public Welfare for the foundation of additional schools of
nursing throughout Uruguay, classes in the theory and practice of
nursing were inaugurated in the Pasteur Hospital on January 15,
1927, with a lecture by Dr. Pedro Delfino.
524 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION
VENEZUELA
QUARTERLY HOSPITAL REPORT.—According to a recent report,
7,691 persons were cared for in the 58 Government hospitals during
the third quarter of 1926. At the close of the quarter, 3,788 still
remained under treatment, 555 had returned to their homes, 798
had died, and 2,425 had been discharged as cured. The total hos-
pital expenditure during that period was 580,625 bolivars.
ACTIVITIES OF THE RED Cross.—Two reports of the activities of the
Venezuelan Red Cross in its General and Antivenereal Clinic of
Caracas from December 15, 1926, to January 15, 1927, give an idea
of the nature of work carried on by that institution in behalf of
public welfare. During that period 693 consultations and 424 serum
injections were given and 41 laboratory tests made, 14 teeth extracted,
1 operation performed, and 107 treatments given.
ARGENTINA
Nationa History Musreum.—Some time ago the Bernardino
Rivadavia National Museum of History in Buenos Aires sent an
expedition to Necochea and Quequén for geological and paleonto-
logical investigations. The mission, which was led by Dr. Martin
Doello Jurado, director of the museum, found many rare fossils in
addition to those discovered on a previous visit. The new discoveries
included a rare snake skeleton, and other extinct species.
BOLIVIA
“BOLIVIA”? INCREASES ITS ISSUES.—The BULLETIN is pleased to
announce that due to the increasing interest in Bolivian affairs and
to the great success of the interesting magazine entitled ‘“ Bolivia,”
published by Sefior Alberto Palacios, Consul General of Bolivia in
New York, this publication began in January to appear bimonthly
instead of quarterly.
COLOMBIA
PresipeNt Apapfa MENDEZ HONORED BY FRaNcE.—Dr. Miguel
Abadia Méndez, President of Colombia, has been honored by the
French Government, which has conferred upon him the grand cross
of the Legion of Honor. (Courtesy of the Colombian Legation in
Washington.)
GENERAL NOTES 525
CUBA
MonuMENT TO GENERAL GOMeEz.—An interesting ceremony was
held in Habana early last February on the occasion of the laying of
the corner stone of the monument to Gen. José Miguel Gémez, second
President of the Republic. The site chosen for this monument is on
the Avenue of the Presidents. A bronze statue of General Gémez
is the central figure of the monument, while on either side appear
figures representing Strength and Magnanimity. Bas reliefs depict
the work of General Gé6mez in war and peace. (Courtesy of the
Cuban Embassy in. Washington.)
INTERNATIONAL CONFERENCE ON IMMIGRATION AND EmiGra-
TION.—One of the most vital questions to be discussed at the Second
International Conference on Immigration and Emigration, which is
to meet in Habana in 1928, is the project for an international code
on immigration and emigration. The members of the organizing
committee of this conference are the following: Dr. Fernando San-
chez de Fuentes, chairman; Dr. José de Sandoval, secretary general;
Dr. José A. Lépez del Valle, Dr. Alberto Hevia, Dr. Francisco
Domeneche, and Sefior Carlos Loveira.
New capiroyt.—Work on the new capitol in Habana was com-
menced in April, 1926, under the direction of the architects Sefiores
Eugenio Rayneri and Mario Bens, the latter a graduate of the
University of Habana and the Ecole de Beaux Arts of Paris. In spite
of the great activity with which the work is being pushed, 1,000 work-
men being employed during the day and a shift of 400 going on at
night, it is not expected to finish the building for several years.
This structure, which is of stone, covers nearly 18,000 square meters
of ground, being 210 meters across and 85 deep. The Chamber of
Deputies will have a seating capacity of 200, and the Senate Chamber
of 100.
Worwp Latin Press AssociaTion.—In response to a special invi-
tation of President Machado, of Cuba, the Eighth Congress of the
World Latin Press Association will meet in Habana next year—1928.
Col. Domingo de Battenberg, who has been commissioned to organize
this congress, arrived recently in Habana. The meeting of this con-
gress in Habana gives Cuba the honor of being the first country of
the New World to receive on her soil the members of this intellectual
association. (Courtesy of the Cuban Embassy in Washington.)
ECUADOR
REORGANIZATION OF GOVERNMENT DEPARTMENTS.—Commencing
January 1, 1927, the various Government departments were reorgan-
ized in the following manner: Under the Ministry of the Interior
come all affairs pertaining to police, justice, jails, municipalities, civil
526 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION
registry, public works, and railroads. The Ministry of Foreign Affairs
has jurisdiction over all international affairs, the consular service, and
Government propaganda. Under the Ministry of Public Instruction
are placed all matters relating to public education, the fine arts,
theaters, telegraphs and telephones, and mail service. Under the
Ministry of Social Progress and Labor come social welfare, labor,
public health and sanitation, sports, agriculture, immigration, coloni-
zation, uncultivated lands, industries, and statistics. The Ministry
of the Treasury supervises fiscal revenues, customhouses, commerce,
public credits, all banking institutions, patents, trade-marks, and
mines. Under the Ministry of War and Navy come the army and
navy, merchant marine, aviation, lighthouses, and captaincy of the
port.
PERU
STATUE OF SucrE.—On December 9 last, the hundred and second
anniversary of the battle of Ayacucho, a statue of Marshal Antonio
José de Sucre was unveiled in the town of Ayacucho. The statue is
the work of the famous Peruvian sculptor David Lozano. The
unveiling ceremony was attended by a large party of officials,
including Ministers of State, Members of Congress, and Army officers.
SALVADOR
LeaGurE or Nations orricE.—The press of San Salvador reports
a dispatch from Geneva to the effect that the Salvadorean inter-
nationalist Dr. Salvador Castro Ramirez has been appointed by
Sir Eric Drummond as corresponding member of the Secretariat
of the League of Nations, in order to establish in Salvador a permanent
office connected with the league.
VENEZUELA
AUTOMOBILE CLUB.—A fine clubhouse on the outskirts of Caracas
was recently completed and opened by the automobile club of that
city.
REPORTS RECEIVED TO MARCH 15, 1927
Subject Date Author
BRAZIL |
1927
Review of foreign trade of Mandos for 1926______________________ Jan. 12 | George E. Seltzer, vice con-
| sul at Mandos.
Commerce and industries of consular district of Pernambuco for | Jan. 15 | Nathaniel P. Davis, consul
quarter ended Dec. 31, 1926, and review of the year 1926. at Pernambuco.
Review of commerce and industries of district of Mandos for quar- | Jan. 18 | George E. Seltzer.
ter ended Dec. 31, 1926.
Proposed new water system for city of Caruarti__________________ Jan. 19 | Nathaniel P. Davis.
PopulationvofeBraziliimel926 ese Jan. 24 | Digby A. Willson, consul in
| charge, Rio de Janeiro.
Commercial attachés to be sent abroad by State of Sao Paulo___| Jan. 31 | C. R. Cameron, consul at
| Sao Paulo.
Second National Oil Congress to be held at Sao Paulo, in May, | Feb. 2 Do.
1927.
Preliminary annual report of Brazil for the year 1926_.__________| Feb. 8 | Digby A. Willson.
Report on commerce and industries of consular district of Porto | Feb. 10 | Fred E. Huhlein, vice consul
Alegre for 1926. | in charge, Porto Alegre.
COLOMBIA |
Review of commerce and industries of Barranquilla for the past | Feb. 3 | Alfred Theo. Burri, consul at
four months. | Barranquilla.
Exportation of crude petroleum from Cartagena during the | Feb. 4 | Lester L. Schnare, consul at
month of January, 1927. Cartagena.
New waterworks plant for Cartagena________-__________-_______- Feb. 15 | Do.
CUBA
The production and exportation of minerals in the consular dis- | Feb. 3 | Lawrence P. Briggs, consul
trict of Nuevitas, calendar year 1926. at Nuevitas.
Review of commerce and industries of district, quarter ended | Feb. 4 | Do.
Dec. 31, 1926. |
Information in connection with the measures taken by the Cuban | Feb. 9 | Embassy.
Government for the restriction of sugar crops and the stabili-
zation of the price of sugar.
January, 1927, review on commerce and industries_______________ Feb. 21 | Edward Caffery, consul in
| charge at Habana.
Cuban decree affecting the definition of fuel oil under theimport | Feb. 23 | Do.
tariff.
Government quotas for 1926-27 sugar crop in the Santiago de | Feb. 26 | Francis R. Stewart, consul at
Cuba consular district. | Santiago de Cuba.
DOMINICAN REPUBLIC |
Quarterly report on commerce and industries of the district end- | Jan. 10 | James J. Murphy, jr., consul
ing Dec. 31, 1926. | at Santo Domingo City.
ECUADOR
Formation of Industrial Association of Ecuador-__________-__-_- Jan. 31 | Legation.
HAITI
Review of commerce and industries for calendar year 1926 ______- Jan. 15 | Winthrop R. Scctt, ecnsul at
Cape Haitien.
Economic conditions and general summary for Haiti, during | Feb. 10 | Maurice P. Dunlap, consul
December, 1926. at Port au Prince.
A HONDURAS
Decrees passed by the National Congress in its ordinary sessions | Jan. 1 | George P. Shaw, consul at
Jan. 1, 1926. to Apr. 10, 1926, Tegucigalpa.
The message of the President to Congress on Jan. 1, 1927________ Jan. 3 | Legation.
MEXICO
The Southern Pacific Railway of Mexico to clcse gap ketween the | Feb. 16 | William P. Blocker, consul
west coast of Mexico and Guadalajara, Mar. 15, 1927. at Mazatlan.
PANAMA
Annual report on commerce and industries of Panama fcr the | Jan. 25 | H. D. Myers, vice consul at
year 1926. Panama City.
VEIT BY CONCESSIONS airs aay Shen es are oh UU a ey ROE NOY eee Feb. 38 | Legation.
527
528 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION
Reports received to March 15, 1927—Continued
Subject Date Author
PARAGUAY
1927
Manufacture of textiles to begin in Paraguay_--__---.------------ Jan. 22 | Legation.
Project providing for canalization of certain parts of Paraguay____| Feb. 5 Do.
Imereased interestin good roads=22 = oe. 5 wee ee PesdOmea2 Do.
URUGUAY
Project for construction of hydroelectric works to be carried out | Feb. 10 | Legation.
on the Rio Negro. ae fe 5 :
Proposed rapid communication between Montevideo and |__-do___- Do.
Buenos Aires. ee
Hinance.an ditradexconditiomsS asses === see ee eee eee 2d 0 aes Do.
VENEZUELA
Review of commerce and industries of district of La Guaira for | Feb. 2 | Daniel J. Driscoll, vice con-
quarter ended Dee. 31, 1926. sul at La Guaira.
Production and distribution of coffee in Maracaibo district for | Feb. 9 | Alexander K. Sloan, consul
quarter ended Dee. 31, 1926. at Maracaibo.
January, 1927, coffee report for Maracaibo_____________--_____-__ Feb. 10 | 0.
Foreign trade of La Guaira for the year 1926_____________________ Feb. 17 | Daniel J. Driscoll.
Cuba’s President Visits Washington__________________________________
Paraguay Loses a Distinguished Son_________________________ ee
Latin America’s Homage to Henry Clay_________________________________
Report on the Teaching of Latin-American History_____________________
Dietetics in Institutions and in the Field___-_-_________________________
By Lucy Minnegerode, Superintendent of Nurses, United States Public Health Service.
The Book in Inter-American Cultural Commerce________-_______________
Some Modern Hotels in Latin-American Capitals (Photographs) -_________
A New Organization of Labor—Division of Labor by Sexes_____________.
By Gabriela Mistral, Technical Adviser on Latin American Affairs, Institute of Intellec
tual Cooperation of the League of Nations.
Maintenance of Soil Fertility in Latin-American Countries.______________
By P. A. Ingvason, Consulting Agronomist.
New Botanical Gardens of International Significance.______________
By Louise F. Shields
ThesCeramicssof.Puebladenlos Angeles oe) 9) ee
By Rafael H. Valle.
Central Agricultural School, State of Michoacan, Mexico (Photographs) ___-
Agriculture, Industry, and Commerce_____-_-____-______-_ =e
Argentina—Bolivia—Brazil—Chile—Colombia—Costa Rica—Cuba—Dominican Repub-
lic—Ecuador—Guatemala— Haiti— Honduras — Mexico— Nicaragua— Panama— Para-
guay— Peru—Salvador—Uruguay—Venezuela.
LIGO UH TIKO EHC HoNEN NOE Witho i ee ee ee
Costa Rica—Dominican Republic—Guatemala— M exico— Peru.
DESY SUSY IEW Ao og Sg cl egy pc es Oe so ag th en NOS De iro ra Opp rename ee
Costa Rica—Panama— Paraguay.
Public) Instruction and Education=- 222222 232 ee
Argentina—Bolivia—Brazil—C hile— Colombia— Costa Rica— Cuba — Ecuador— Guate-
mala—H onduras—Mexico—Panama—Salvador—Uruguay—Venezuela.
Argentina—Brazil—Guatemala—H onduras— Mexico.
SocalyPro gress ees oe as eps ey eee es Es SA en er ie een ellen Sopllc Rage
Brazil—C hile—Colombia—Cuba—Dominican Republic— Ecuador — Haiti— Honduras—
Mexico —N icaragua—Paraguay— Peru—Salvador—Uruguay—Venezuela.
Geena rar] SINOte Sie eee cpa arcane ae Aarne lap ac) ep ta i. NS rN el las
Argentina—Brazil—Dominican Republic—Guatemala— Panama—Peru— Uruguay—V ene-
zuela.
Subject Matter of Consular Reports.._____________________
558
566
574
579
585
591
594
596
BqnYD JO JUepIseig 04} 04 eply AIAN “URINYS “HH UeYTIM “fe swoysuryse AA ‘Assequig uUeqn,) ey4 Jo Areyoe100g
uoleg gsor “Iq ‘0}e4g Jo JuotyIedeq ‘sR Vy ULdTIOULY UlYe’'T JO UOISIAIG 9} JO Joly ‘URSIOT “AA AvTOYOIG “AP ‘Vqny Jo ‘ezopucsy, op zopezuoy oIpne[D Aq
‘Zo[BZU0L) “Y OULIO[[INH) UOT IOUEY “BOTY B4ISOD JO SoIIVY YP IsIVYO IY} :OaTeUOT] O[TUOST “AC, ‘IOPBVA[BS [WY JO SoMeYYV,.P ysieyO oy} ‘veqnyH jo ‘opuon4log olfeiny
uod JOUsg ‘uO4sUTYSe AMA ‘AssequUIg, UBGNDH 944 Jo JO[esuNOD “esvUNITY ZonsIpoyY exjey “Iq ‘vqnH Jo JUaptIselg oY} 0} Opry [VABN ‘UOJ OT “PW praeq 3ydeo
:ZolMeyY 9{UVIA UeNL Iq ‘AvnsvIVd JO SOMBYY Pp gsIVYD IY] ‘UOlUL) UBOTIOMIY UY 94 JO [BAOUAY) IOJOIIC[ ‘AMOY ‘ST AC 4B 0} Yo] ‘MOI PIL “elieg ev] op
ad1004) UO IOUDY ‘BIAT[Og JO SollBYY,p ysley 94} ‘slloqieg uene UO JOUVg ‘IOpENdy Jo soneyy,.p adieyH oy} ‘faesaH ospuvlopy “Aq ‘BnBeIROIN Jo Jo\stuTp, oy)
‘TURSIIL) “Y SOIR “Id “BfenzeusA JO Jo4SIUIJ 9} -OlBJ[V “( OpIwoTY “Iq ‘vuIvUR JO JoISIUITY 9} fefoIVA Oqooee “IG ‘AvNnsNA JO JoysIUPAY 9Y} fInoyeT zoyouRs
OosfouRIy UOC JOUVg “B[eUloJwNy) JO Jo\sIUIPY oY} ‘ad [BquuRH “J ‘We Jo Joystulyy ey} ‘sefesioyy Josuy uod sOUVg ‘dI[Gndey uBoTUTUIOG oY} JO Io SIUITY
oy} ‘[eqy zoyoues [evjey Uod 1oUsg ‘Veqn,) Jo SUOT4BOTUNMIUIO,) Jo AlvjoIN9g 74YSII 0 Jol ‘MOI PuodIg “BIBIIAY SOISeIQ “IG ‘VqngD Jo Jopessequy ey} ‘fereury
Op jesint) “Iq ‘[izvig JO Jopessequiy 94} ‘aplejaA UvUIOHY “AC ‘Nlog JO lOpessequIy 94} ‘BIqUIO[OD JO Je\SIUTPY ‘BALI oNbHUUY AC ‘parweog BSuruwA0H yy Jo
UBUINGYD VIA 8} ‘opeyoey Opdedoy) “Uat) ‘BqnD jo JUepIselg oY} ‘ss0[[oy “{ YuURIA “UOF{ ‘soqejg pou oy} Jo aye4g Jo AseyjaIoVg oY} ‘uvpotiAoNg oOMouoy
Iq ‘euljuesry JO JOpessequry 984} ‘29][aL “Oo Jenuey, “Aq ‘OoIxey, JO Jopessequry ayy ‘eseyond
:SUIMOT[OJ 944 Aveodde dnois 944 UT “uoIU_
O PNB Aq ‘o[tyO Jo Jopessequiy oy, :4y3tt 04 AWoT ‘Mor quomg
uBdIIOMY Ue OY} 4k “YZ6T “€% [dy ‘eqnD Jo yuapiselg ey} JO JoUDY UL UOSYoUN] B 4B SJsOYy 919M WOTUL) UROLIOUIY UB VY} JO pAlvog BuluIoaoy oy} Jo sioquIOW sy,
VdOoO 40 LNUCISHYd ‘OGVHOVIN OGUYVUAD TVYUANAD AO HO
OH NI NOWHONNDT LY SLSHND
— SSS wh
BaF Sissi ereests Gn rok
4a cp
S's ates 10007 MD S58 0227
WASHI
=
{ \)
HE luncheon given by the governing board of the Pan
American Union to His Excellency, Gen. Gerardo Machado,
President of the Republic of Cuba, during his recent brief
visit to Washington, was attended, in addition to the diplo-
matic representatives of the American Republics who compose the
governing board and members of the party accompanying President
Machado, by a number of high officials of the Department of State.
In welcoming General Machado on behalf of the members of the
governing board, the chairman of the board, Hon. Frank B. Kellogg,
Secretary of State, spoke as follows:
I am certain that I am expressing what is in the mind of every member of the
governing board, in extending to you a warm welcome to the Pan American
Union, and in saying how much we appreciate the honor that you have done us
in being here to-day.
Within a comparatively few months the representatives of the Republies of
the American Continent will assemble at Habana to participate in the Sixth
International Conference of American States. They will then have an oppor-
tunity to see for themselves the splendid progress made by your country during
the quarter century of her independence. Under your able direction Cuba is
moving forward to ever higher levels of national well-being.
The members of the governing board join with me in warmest wishes for the
continued progress and prosperity of the Cuban people and for the personal
well-being of their distinguished Chief Executive. :
President Machado, in replying to the welcome of the chairman of
the board, said:
I thank you all for your presence on this occasion, which is an evidence of
American brotherhood in addition to being the expression of the personal kind-
ness of each one of you. I wish to express my thanks also to the chairman, Mr.
Kellogg, for his most courteous words, which I have heard in the double réle I
529
530 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION
play as head of the Cuban Nation and a sincere and devoted member of the great
American family.
The greeting tendered me in the name of the board reechoes in my spirit and
evokes the memory of critical hours 30 years ago, when from the South with
stirring words of courage there came to us great stores of the material necessities
of war and from the North the decisive word, ‘‘ Victory.”’ The ery ‘“ Viva Cuba
Libre,”’ as those of you well remember who have passed the age of 50—was heard
in the streets of cities all over America, expressive of the same faith, the same
emotion with which it resounded through the blood-soaked Cuban jungles.
This cordial reception shows mé once more that there does exist a powerful
American spiritual unity. Cuba, like her sister Republics at the beginning of
the last century, received substantial evidence of this unity in her struggle for
redemption, when from the neighboring island of Santo Domingo there came to
us the general in chief of our army, the never to be forgotten Maximo Gémez,
one of the most noble figures of unselfish soldier and valiant hero, who embodied
on Cuban soil the courage of his compatriot, the Indian Hatuey, and came to
our home to die for the freedom of Cuba and for the glory of his race. There
came to us also from every country from Chile and Argentina to Mexico a legion
of volunteers ready to face death, volunteers representing nations that have
the same Spanish and Latin origin.
This reception awakens in my spirit, too, a feeling of boundless sympathy and
gratitude toward this great Nation, a feeling which was kindled in our bosoms the
day we learned that a strong army was coming to help us solve the dilemma of
‘Independence or death,’’ under which banner we had chosen to place ourselves;
an army which came not with the idea of conquest, but with the sole purpose,
unique in history, perhaps, for its complete disinterestedness, of shedding their
blood in order to give effect to a joint resolution of the Congress of their Nation,
which affirmed in the face of the world that ‘‘Cuba is and of right ought to be
free and independent.”’
Gentlemen, I speak to you as President of a State that is the direct result of
Pan Americanism, and it is these cireumstances and the inspiration of my own
conscience that dictate the brief comments which I now make.
Pan Americanism is the consequence and the product of three concurrent
factors—tradition, similitude of our political institutions, which are inspired
by the same spirit of continental fraternity, and the absence of conflicts and
opposing interests.
We have reached international life in the same manner and under the egis of
the same fundamental principles. In any one of our nations in the hour of
rebellion it would have been possible to write, accept, and swear to the Declara-
tion of Independence of the United States of America. Identic words might
have reechoed on the Rio de la Plata, the Orinoco, and the Rio Grande. Truly
the Declaration of Independence of the United States, which was the first
document to proclaim the independence of an American nation with arms to
sustain that independence, is at bottom equivalent to the Manifesto of Monte-
Cristi, signed by Marti and Maximo Gémez as the warrant of Independence of
Cuba, which virtually put an end to the domination of Spain in America.
Those who feel their courage fail before Pan Americanism I invite to read
pages from the history of our nations a century ago, and in the life of a nation a
century constitutes but a brief period or, through errors of government, may
even be reduced to a mere parenthesis.
Our institutions are fundamentally similar. Attempts at monarchy, although
sometimes brilliant, among us have withered like exotic plants, impossible of
acclimatization. Republics of the pure parliamenatry form have not prospered
for the twofold reason common to us of strict constitutionalism and the con-
tinued influence of public opinion on acts of government. On the two continents
: CUBA’S PRESIDENT VISITS WASHINGTON 531
and in the islands of the Antilles we have adopted the separation of powers as the
basis of liberty and order. In internal affairs we have experienced the changes
common to new organisms, but always on the basis of principles which have been
extolled by the very ones who at times have desired or believed themselves called
upon to violate them. In foreign affairs we have always been guided by the
single policy of equality between States, mutual respect, peace, justice, and
cooperation.
In the midst of historical changes, American public spirit has always been
opposed to acts of violence or arbitrary measures, and in difficult moments we
Americans have not been divided by frontiers but by differences of opinion
freely held and as freely expressed. But above all this I see Pan Americanism as a
natural consequence of the almost providential combination of happy events and
circumstances; a whole hemisphere without economic or political contradictions
or conflicts of traditions or interests; rather, a whole hemisphere which is
complete in itself and grows in union, friendly understanding, and mutual
comprehension.
In our times it is economic strife that divides the nations. Strictly speaking
we have no economic rivalries because our products are not competitive, and in
the case of those that might compete, nature herself has providentially come to
our aid, giving us different seasons so that a product that is being harvested in
the south, at the same time is being sown in the north.
This absence of all economic and political conflicts in my opinion constitutes
the principal factor of our union. As we come to know each other better, we
become closer friends. All the problems we have are psychological, the con-
sequence of individual appreciations, of passing circumstances, and sometimes
even the product of a passing wave of opinion.
It is for these reasons that I have great faith in this Pan American Union, and
I hope that the coming conference, which will meet in the capital of Cuba in
January of next year, will have far-reaching consequences. I make bold to
affirm that the future is ours; ours not to create exclusivisms of national groups,
but to serve the great cause of humanity and civilization which marches bravely
onward without pause toward a progress that is limitless.
I offer a toast to the President of the United States, the head of this great
sister Nation which offers deferential, nay rather, cordial hospitality; I offer a
toast to the Secretary of State, Mr. Kellogg, who so ably presides over the
governing board of the Pan American Union and at the same time guides the
foreign policy of the United States. I offer a toast to all of you who worthily
represent the Latin nations of our America, and to the director general of this
institution who, a true leader, with zeal and unequaled competence directs its
work: This institution which is the life and spirit of Pan Americanism.
x Fy
Certainly the most altogether and completely simpdtico, in fem-
inist circles, of the events connected with the recent visit to Wash-
ington of His Excellency, Gen. Gerardo Machado, President of
Cuba, was the visit of a delegation from the National League of
Women Voters with the object of expressing in the name of the
leading suffragists and women voters of the United States their
appreciation and thanks for his promise to support the campaign
for the franchise of Cuban women, now being actively carried on in
that country.
$1910 A WAULO A JO OnIvOT
[LUOVN “QUOUTUIVAOLD Ul oIeJPOM Ol[Gnd JO JusuTyIvded ‘Arie oIOVG ‘YIOX MON JO SYVIH VITNE SSIPL ‘OoslouvI WA UBY JO TIN dITV SST {S10}0 A UdULO AA
JO onsveyT [BUOTIVN ‘AsejoIN0g DATJNOOXY ‘sOdevouul JO UosTIeFY SAP] SSI ‘SloJOA USMIOM JO ONnsvOT [BUOTIVN ‘QUOPIseIq IOUIIOJ ‘OUIeTAL JO
yled poOoM pney ‘SAP ‘{Oostouviy uBg JO JOUIN, [PUI SSTIN ‘eqnD JO JUOpIselg ‘opeypey Opdeloy ‘ust AdUOT[POXY SIFT ‘soeywig poly oy) 07
Bang Jo JopessequLy ‘viele SeyselQ “Iq AdUd[[IOX STE ‘S10J0A UOUIO MA JO ONSvOT [VUOTIVN ‘1OJOOIIG, ‘OOSTIOURIY UBS JO JOT “¢ JSOUID ‘SITY {S1090 A.
UsUIO MA JO onsvOT [PUOTIVN ‘QUOPIseIg ‘UIMIOYUS O[[PG SSIP :S10JI0A UOUIOM JO onsvOT [BVUOTIVN *1OQOOIIG ‘sT[odvoUUIPL JO ST[OM “We ons IV py
SSIT, {S1090 A WOUIO AA JO ONBVOT VIQUIN[OD JO JOIYSIG ‘JUOpIseIg ‘AoUjN, “H WO TV “SAP *IY SII 04 WoT Uo’ ‘dnoas oy4 ul dulmwoddy =‘vqno ur osvayns
uBUIOM JO} UsIBVdUIvO 9YY JO AOddns pospo{d sty Jo UOTWeVIdde IToYyy ‘S9IbI9 Po9IIU A, 94 JO S190JOA UOMIOM PUB S{STISBIYJNS SUIPvOT JO JTBYoq UO ‘ssoidxo 04
PoT[vo YOIYA S100 A UOUIO MA JO ONDvO'T [BUOTVN OY} ULI] UOTWVZIJop B POATODEI BND Jo OpeYyVIA, OPAvJOy) JUOpIsoIg ‘UOJSUTYSe AA UT YISTA JUOdI sTY SULING
VanO JO OGVHOVW LNUCISHUd NO STTVO SUALOA NUWOM FO HADOVAT TVNOILVN 4O NOILVDE TAG
pooMiopuy) Y poomsopuyy Aq YdeidFoyoyg
CUBA’S PRESIDENT VISITS WASHINGTON 533
“Women voters of the United States believe the women of Cuba
are ready for suffrage and that votes for women will mean votes
for the welfare of Cuba,” Miss Sherwin told President Machado.
The President was asked to take greetings and good wishes to the
women’s societies of Cuba from ‘“‘their sisters in the United States.”’
The President said he would arrange an occasion to do this, immedi-
ately on his return to Habana.
Through his genial interpreter, the Cuban ambassador, President
Machado told the delegation that suffrage for women of Cuba
would, in his opinion, be an act of justice. He paid high tribute
to the progress Cuban women have made in 28 years, and reiterated
his previous statements that no longer should they be deprived
of the right of voting.
The President told the delegation be was delighted to receive them,
particularly because their visit expressed to him the great interest of
American women in the welfare of the women of his land. He also
said he had followed the influence of women in politics, and he be-
lieved that many of the achievements in the social and political
fields are due in large part to American women.
The delegation, headed by Miss Belle Sherwin, president, was
received by President Machado and Ambassador Orestes Ferrara at
the Cuban Embassy Sunday morning, April 24. Others in the dele-
gation were Mrs. Maud Wood Park, of Portland, Me., former league
president; Miss Marguerite M. Wells and Miss Gladys Harrison, of
Minneapolis; Mrs. Ernest J. Mott, Miss Alice Burr, and Miss Ruth
Turner, of San Francisco; Mrs. Albert H. Putney of Washington,
D.C.; and Miss Julia Margaret Hicks, of Granville, N. Y.
Miss Sherwin’s message to President Machado was as follows:
It has been our pleasure to hear from a distinguished Cuban lady, Senora
Amalia E. Mallen de Ostolaza, that you have pledged the weight of your great
influence to the cause of suffrage for the women of your land. We who were
leaders in the movement to secure the same benefits in this country, not so long
a time ago, and who now are Officers of a national body of women organized as
voters, desire to felicitate you upon the position you have taken and the promise
you have made. We await with interest and with hope the day when the Senate
of your country shall approve that constitutional amendment which will open to
women the full opportunities and responsibilities of adult citizenship.
All great changes in the social or political organization of a people arouse
foreboding. There were not lacking prophets of disaster when it was proposed
that in these United States the achievements and the potentialities of women
should be recognized through the bestowal of the franchise. Woman suffrage
is now a fact and the contribution it has made to the social and political develop-
ment of the Nation is recognized by leading men and women throughout the
country. As one of them has written, ‘‘No friend of woman suffrage need have
any other feeling than one of happiness for the practical results of the movement.
I trust that it will not be long before women in every country in the world are
given the privilege of suffrage, and I pray that they will exercise the right.
The women of Cuba will receive the franchise as no light gift. Their public
interest and activity have long been shown, and it is a matter of pleasure to us
034 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION
that the efforts of Cuban and American feminists have been frequently intertwined.
We rejoiced when in 1899 the petition of that Cuban patriot, Emilia de Cérdoba,
that women be admitted to public office marked the first victory in the struggle
for woman’s equality; we admired the progress shown so clearly in the First
National Congress of Women, in 1923, with its thoughtful and constructive
program. We are informed as to the growth and scope of the women’s societies
of Cuba, and we beg that Your Excellency will on your return carry to them the
greetings and good wishes of their sisters in the United States. We feel that the
women of Cuba are ready for suffrage, and that votes for women will mean votes
for the welfare of Cuba. That Your Excellency, in whose hands lie such great
powers, has pledged yourself to the support of this forward movement brings joy
to us in only less measure than to the women of the Cuban Republic.
The enfranchised women of the world, and more especially those
of the United States, will follow with intense and sympathetic interest
the approaching campaign in. behalf of their Cuban sisters whose
enfranchisement will mean so much in the way of heartening example
and encouragement to the remainder of the Latin American woman-
hood of America.
T THE regular meeting of the Governing Board of the Pan
American Union which took place April 12, 1927, action,
in the form of a resolution, was unanimously taken by the
board with respect to the recent death of Manuel Gondra,
former President of the Republic of Paraguay, the text of which is
as follows:
Whereas the Governing Board of the Pan American Union has learned with
sincere regret of the recent death of Dr. Manuel Gondra, ex-President of the
Republic of Paraguay, formerly Minister of State and representative of Paraguay
on the Governing Board of the Pan American Union and at the Fifth Inter-
national Conference of American States; who, in addition to the great services
which as a statesman he rendered to his country and to the development of Pan
American ideals, also contributed largely and rendered eminent service to the
progress of American Law, the Governing Board
Resolves, to express the condolences of the Pan American Union to the Govern-
ment of the Republic of Paraguay and to the family of the deceased.
Dr. Juan Vicente Ramirez, the Chargé d’ Affaires of Paraguay, well
expressed the general feeling at the untimely passing of this eminent
statesman and Pan Americanist in the following address:
Mr. CuatrMan, GENTLEMEN: As the representative of the Government of
Paraguay, I have the honor to acknowledge in the most heartfelt terms the
expressive words of condolence which have just been spoken in the name of the gov-
erning board of the Pan American Union by the distinguished chairman, the
Hon. Frank B. Kellogg, on the occasion of the death of Dr. Manuel E. Gondra.
Counting on the well-known kindness of the board, I may be permitted to
take a few moments of your time from the important business that awaits your
attention to say a few brief words as my personal homage to the memory of the
ereat Paraguayan who has just passed away.
Gentlemen, the death of Dr. Manuel Gondra is necessarily a source of deep
grief to the Government and people of Paraguay because, in the first place, they
find themselves deprived of the valuable work of a most able man and, secondly,
of the clear-seeing counsel of one who has for more than 25 years been a beloved
leader. :
The outstanding virtue of this illustrious public man of Paraguay was that he
clearly understood the mission which was his to fulfill in his fatherland, and that
he willed to perform it with nobility of spirit and purity of heart.
Endowed by nature with a most unusual gift of sympathy which without his
seeking soon made him the idol of the masses, possessed, moreover, of a brilliant
and carefully cultivated mind, it soon became evident that he was predestined
to exercise a leadership which should redound to the benefit of the people whose
great good fortune it was that he should have been born among them.
535
Y
Yh Yi
Ga
LD Yrs
C7 Zs
=
1
an
ay
=
(aay
Q
Z
e)
y
Oe
yan statesman,
VL
a Y
Yih 7 Z Yop
LA he RH. Ll UYUY/
MANUEL (
PARAGUAY LOSES A DISTINGUISHED SON 5a
And his response to the call of destiny was indeed complete, for throughout
his entire lifetime and with exemplary unselfishness and disinterestedness, he
placed himself at the service of the great ideals of a true republic and a real
democracy.
Dr. Manuel Gondra was the inspiration of a thorough political evolution
within the sacred canons of the national constitution and the laws of the Republic
he served, and his entire life shines as an enduring lesson of sincere devotion to
the purest spirit of republicanism and the strict practice of democracy.
As the undisputed idol of the popular masses in Paraguay he could have
trampled under foot, had he so wished, those wise systems of good government,
and made himself a power whose slightest wish and caprice was law and the
misfortune of his people. But he did not choose the vain satisfaction that would
have come from the exercise of unlimited and arbitrary power; he preferred
instead to tread the difficult path of disinterest and renunciation to the end that
the juridical institutions of the country might be preserved inviolate; thus pro-
viding an opportunity for the people to become acquainted with the activities of
publie life so that later they might with full understanding take part in the
solution of their problems of vital interest.
Thanks to his teachings and to the invaluable example of his own life—an
example of the highest civic virtues—there flourished in the Paraguay of his day
an active and progressive political life in which the chiefs of State, alike in official
document and public proclamation, were enabled to renew their faith in democracy
and eloquently defend the rights of man despite the systematic preaching of the
new devotees of unrestrained force and arbitrary power; a political life in which
the masses raise to the highest executive offices of the Republic those men who
by their proven capacity and their manifest worth have shown themselves
deserving of that honor.
Moreover, gentlemen, it should be noted that Don Manuel Gondra, in order to
be loyal to his mission, chose to be a statesman rather than a pure intellectual, in
spite of having been endowed with the rare gifts which so greatly distinguished
him as a writer. He renounced the task of writing books to give himself entirely
to the task of modeling from the ever plastic multitudes a society loving order
and progress and adorned with the graces of the most advanced civilization. As
a proof of his high intellectual qualities which might have made him famous in
letters, we may recall the words devoted to him by Rubén Dario in El Figaro, of
Habana, after their meeting in Rio de Janeiro at the Third International American
Conference:
“Frugal in words,” said Dario, ‘‘of profound ideas and gentle manners, with a
literary culture which I have found in few professional men, the wisdom acquired
in thoughtful study, and the artistic perception gained from contemplation of the
infinite, I adjudged him a master, such as those who have found a place in the
French Academy.”
As for his love of the American Continent, it stood out in high relief in the
International American. Conference in Santiago, Chile, when he advocated with
such suecess the convention which bears his name and the object of which is,
as we all know, to guard American peace from any serious misunderstandings
which may arise between these sister nations at crossings in the highway they
tread in common. 5
I can only add that I am certain that the Government and people of Paraguay
have felt and feel the deepest grief at the death of this illustrious citizen.
HENRY CLAY
AGE TO 7h RY ” CLAY
ON THE OCCASION OF THE ONE HUNDRED AND FIFTIETH
ANNIVERSARY OF HIS BIRTH (APRIL 12, 1777-APRIL 12, 1927)
OT the least interesting of the heartening results of the cam-
paign now being carried on by students of history in all the
American countries is the light thrown upon the no incon-
siderable part taken by American statesmen in that difficult
period immediately prior and subsequent to the gaining by the Latin-
American colonies of their independence from Spain. And it is a
curious commentary on the inadequacy of existing interchange
between the two dominant cultures of this Continent to find that
certain eminent figures in the national life of these United States are
more generally known and their work as American statesmen—in the
most ample sense of the word—better appreciated in the Latin-
American countries than in the land of their birth.
No more striking case of what might be termed a certain provin-
ciality in our appreciation of national figures can be adduced than
that of Henry Clay, the one hundred and fiftieth anniversary of whose
birth received the most perfunctory mention, if any, by the press
outside the limits of his native State.
Not so, however, with Latin America, 20 of whose Republics, in
the persons of their accredited diplomatic chiefs in Washington,
assembled in the Pan American Union, there to dedicate to the
memory of the ‘Great Pacificator” a tribute of homage and venera-
tion as generously spontaneous as it was sincere and heartfelt. That
this tribute was fully appreciated by the United States was abun-
dantly shown by the Secretary of State of the United States, Hon.
Frank B. Kellogg, who expressed himself in the following terms:
I want to express to the members of the governing board the deep apprecia-
tion of the Government of the United States, as well as my personal thanks, for
your thoughtfulness in dedicating this session to the memory of the great states-
man who, with prophetic vision, foresaw the greatness of the republics of Latin
America during the period of their struggle for independence. His constant and
unremitting effort to contribute in every possible way toward the progress of
the republics of Latin America entitles him to the gratitude of every citizen of
the Western Hemisphere. Permit me again to express the appreciation of the
United States, as well as my personal gratitude, for this tribute which you are
to-day paying to his memory.
His Excellency the Minister of Colombia voiced the tribute of
his country in a most eloquent address, the text of which is as follows:
This meeting of the Governing Board of the Pan American Union on the one hun-
dred and fiftieth anniversary of the birth of Henry Clay adds one more tribute,
simple but fervent, to the many and great tributes rendered his memory. The
539
540 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION
echoes of his voice in defense of the independence of the Spanish colonies had
hardly ceased to vibrate when that immortal speech was repeated as a proclama-
tion and as a most powerful and friendly voice on the fields of battle where the
liberty of a whole continent was at issue. And scarcely had the civil life of those
peoples been organized in Assemblies and Parliaments, when the new nationalities
rendered the most solemn tribute of gratitude to that great advocate and tribune.
And when, after the lapse of a century, the memory of those heroic days was to
be perpetuated in bronze, the figure of Henry Clay was chosen as the symbol
which unites the peoples of this continent in one single aspiration of confraternity
and justice. A hundred and fifty years is a long time, even dealing with the life
of nations, for the memory of a man to withstand oblivion beyond the borders of
his own country, and when, like Clay, he is venerated as one of the group of
immortals, his labor in the great cause of humanity must have been inspired in
the highest motives and been distinguished by the most lofty of qualities.
The life of the statesman we to-day honor was one of the most fruitful and
combative of his generation. In the Senate his eloquence for more than half a
century illuminated every question of public importance discussed in the epoch
of which he was a part. His voice on solemn and decisive occasions, like a battle
standard was uplifted in every struggle of civil life from the day he first appeared,
a vigorous and gallant youth, in the American Congress, to the day when full
of years and laurels—and disillusions—his mortal remains received the last
tribute of homage from the people and the nations in whose behalf he had so
long labored.
Among the great discussions touched by his fiery tongue was, from the beginning,
that dealing with the independence of this continent. And Henry Clay’s action
in this direction, initiated in the darkest and most uncertain period of the war for
emancipation, became, by reason of his vigorous enthusiasm, something like a
creed of generous idealism which, by the power of his reasoning, was the pro-
phetic interpreter of a spirit born to prepare for the future. From his first
interposition, in his speech in the House of Representatives in January, 1817,
he lifted congressional debate from the limited sphere of purely local interests
and dispositions to the transcendent themes of human liberty and the future
of the American Continent. ‘‘I may be accused of an imprudent utterance of
my feelings on this occasion; I care not. When the independence, the happiness,
the liberty of a whole people is at stake, and that people our neighbors, our
brethren, occupying a portion of this same continent, imitating our example
and participating of the same sympathies as ourselves, I will boldly avow my
feelings and my wishes in their behalf, even at the hazard of such an imputation.”’
Firm in this attitude throughout the long years of the war for independence,
the voice of Henry Clay was lifted anew in praise of that movement in that
memorable session of the House of Representatives of March 24, 1818. His
address in support of sending a Minister from the United States to-the Provinces
of the River Plate is a classic of eloquence, and in it he presented every phase of
the emancipating movement—moral, political, and economic. In it he emphasized
the wonderful extension and character of the countries in which that war was
being carried on, and, directing the eyes of his fellow Representatives toward
those distant horizons, he made them see the riches of the Vice-Royalty of Mexico
and the Captain-Generaley of Guatemala, the potential wealth of the Vice-
Royalty of New Granada and the Captain-Generalcy of Venezuela, the future of
Brazil—soon to break her colonial bonds—and that of the United Provinces
of the River Plate. Crossing the Andes he paused in eulogy of Chile and the
history of the Vice Royalty of Peru, concluding with these words:
“Each of these several parts is sufficient in itself, in point of limits, to con-
stitute a powerful state; and, in point of population, that which has the smallest,
contains enough to make it respectable,”’
LATIN AMERICA’S HOMAGE TO HENRY CLAY oe Bh
Convinced that sacrifices made for the formation of a nation are like sap sup-
plying vigor and nourishment, Clay recalled to the American legislators the
heroic deeds of the Hispanic Americans before the high altar of independence in
that long-drawn-out war. In phrases like a bugle call, Clay recalled the suicide
of Captain Ricaurte at Mateo to save the liberating army and with it inde-
pendence, itself; the victory of Maipti and the deeds of prowess there enacted;
the campaigns waged by the genius of Bolivar in New Granada and Venezuela,
and the collective willingness which everywhere animated the revolting peoples
to make every needed sacrifice. Having captivated his hearers by this heroic
presentation of events, he then pointed out the intellectual traits which dis-
tinguished the revolting colonies which he appraised in eulogistic terms, quoting
the opinion of Humboldt, Despons, and other learned men as to the special
aptitude of the Hispanic-American peoples for ‘“‘the acquisition of the exact
sciences and others which they have been allowed to cultivate,’ and offering the
Message of the Supreme Director of the Provinces of La Plata as an excellent
model of a state paper which—to quote his own words—‘‘challenges comparison
with any, the most celebrated, that ever issued from the pens of Jefferson or
Madison.”’
He went even further. Not confining himself to a consideration of the present,
he pierced the future to depict the place which, with the passage of time, democ-
racy and self-government should hold in Hispanic America. And in so doing he
exclaimed:
“T have no hesitation in asserting my firm belief, that there is no question in
the foreign policy of this country which has ever arisen, or which I can conceive
as ever occurring, in the decision of which we have had or can have so much at
stake. This interest concerns our politics, our commerce, our navigation. * * *
The independence of Spanish America, then, is an interest of primary con-
sideration. Next to that, and highly important in itself, is the consideration of
the nature of their governments. That is a question, however, for themselves.
They will, no doubt, adopt those kinds of government which are best suited to
their condition, best calculated for their happiness. Anxious as I am that they
should be free governments, we have no right to prescribe for them. They are,
and ought to be, the sole judges for themselves. I am strongly inclined to
believe that they will in most, if not all parts of their country, establish free
governments. We are their great example. Of us they constantly speak as of
brothers, having a similar origin. They adopt our principles, copy our institu-
tions, and, in many instances, employ the very language and sentiments of our
revolutionary papers.”
Clay’s attitude, always ardent and never failing in its advocacy of the new
independent governments, had its reward when the House of Representatives of
the United States in February, 1821, approved the resolution presented by him
declaring that the House ‘“‘will give its constitutional support to the President
of the United States whenever he may deem it expedient to recognize the sover-
eignty and independence of any of said Provinces.”’ .
Thus, Clay lived to see the realization of one of the most fervent desires of his
heart, and on communicating the fact to his great friend Torres, the representative
of Colombia, he said: :
“The cause of South America has at last prevailed; the House yesterday .. .
adopted my resolution, which has for its object, substantially, the recognition
of the independent governments. I congratulate you on the occasion. It has
been to me a day of proud and deep satisfaction. What is much more important,
its moral tendency will be deeply felt everywhere. ”’
When we bow reverent heads before the memory of the man who earned so
many claims to the gratitude of the American nations, we but fulfill the duty
43851—27—Bull. 6——2
542 | THE PAN AMERICAN UNION
owed by posterity to the great figures who have ennobled the pages of history.
And although we may wish that his mind had been favorable also to the great
plan of Colombia and Mexico for carrying the armies of independence to Cuba,
Henry Clay will always be remembered, as one of his biographers justly says, ‘‘as
the combatant who achieved one of the most brilliant triumphs for the cause of
Humanity and the Rights of Man; as the apostle whose generous words in solemn
and decisive moments were always heard on behalf of the Emancipation of this
Continent; and as the statesman whose admirable spiritual contribution entitles
him to a place among those great benefactors worthy of the undying gratitude of
our American Nations.”
Doctor Olaya’s eloquent tribute was followed by that of His Excel-
leney the Minister from Guatemala, the text of which is as follows:
From 1810 to 1826 two great events determined the destiny of America and
marked a stage in the history of the world. One of these events was the organi-
zation of the national life of the peoples in the political form of the Republic. The
other event, no less far-reaching, was the organization of the national life of the
States of the New World in a system of American harmony and solidarity.
America was carrying out an ideal which the peoples of Europe had pursued in
vain, a society of nations organized for the development of the aspirations of
human liberty for democracy and of a continent organized for peace through
right and international cooperation.
Those two ideas are fundamental to the conscience of America. They appeared
simultaneously, and that synchronism demonstrates that those two formulas of
political ideology obeyed the continental rhythm of life in this hemisphere.
From 1810 to 1826, all thought converged toward the construction of an American
unity. The letter of Jamaica was the prophecy and the Congress of Panama
initiated its fulfilment. From the Plata to the Orinoco the idea of continental
unity leads the spirit of all the liberators, inflames the eloquence of the tribunes,
directs the work of the chanceries.
In the United States, Henry Clay was the apostle of the idea. In 1818, he
expressed his attitude toward the neighboring peoples who were struggling to
obtain the independence of Spanish America, and he then said, and I will repeat
his words:
“In the establishment of the independance of Spanish America the United
States has the deepest interests. I have no hesitation in asserting my firm belief
that there is no question in the foreign policy of this country which has ever arisen
or which I can conceive as ever occurring in the decision of which we have had,
or can have, so much at stake. . . . There can not be a doubt that Spanish
America, once independent, whatever may be the form of the governments estab-
lished in its several parts, these governments will be animated by an American
feeling and guided by an American policy.”’
His vision of the future of America is expanded and reaches a magnificent
amplitude in his speech to the Senate in May, 1820, and in his speech at Lex-
ington in 1821, his words rise to the solemn accent of a prophecy of the future
league of the American nations founded on a new conception of international
justice.
As in the most illustrious days of the ancient tribunes, the orator had peoples
as his clients and a continent as his forum.
In the name of those peoples which he so generously served with his eloquence
we have come to render this testimony of gratitude and this tribute of reverence
to his memory.
I submit to the consideration of the Governing Board of the Pan AMSG
Union, the following resolution:
LATIN AMERICA’S HOMAGE TO HENRY CLAY 543
‘““Whereas Henry Clay supported with the eloquence of his speech the cause
of the recognition of the peoples of America during the struggle for their eman-
cipation, and
‘“Whereas as Secretary of State he took the initiative for the participation of
the United States in the first assembly of the American nations which took
place in 1826, and
‘Whereas on various occasions, with a clear vision of the future of America,
he proclaimed the solidarity of the democracies of the New World:
“The Governing Board of the Pan American Union
“‘ Resolves, To place on record in the minutes of its sessions the tribute which
the representatives of the States of America render to the illustrious citizen,
who as an orator served with his eloquence, and as a statesman with his thought
and action, the ideals of a policy of cooperation in America with right as its
foundation and organized for peace.”
This resolution was unanimously approved and extended on the
official record of the minutes of the session.
The Minister from Venezuela then added the tribute of his country,
which will have a special interest to Pan Americanists because of the
reference made to the recent action of the United States Congress
authorizing the Secretary of State to offer Venezuela a statue of
Henry Clay to be erected in Caracas. The text of Doctor Grisanti’s
address follows:
Mr. PresipENT AND HoNnorasLe CoLuEaaues: As Minister of Venezuela I
desire to express the homage of my Government and compatriots to the glorious
memory of an illustrious republican.
Henry Clay lays just claim to the gratitude and veneration of the American
nations. From 1818 on he devoted his powers of eloquence, for which he is dis-
tinguished among the most gifted Members of Congress, to the cause of the libera-
tors of America, urging official recognition of the United Provinces of the Rio
de la Plata and later of the other States. And he spoke not as a mere idealist,
vielding to the enthusiasm inspired by deeds of high emprise, but also as one who
consulted the material interests of his great Nation.
“Tn the establishment of the independence of Spanish America,” he said,
“the United States have the deepest interest. JI have no hesitation in asserting
my firm belief that there is no question in the foreign policy of this country
which has ever arisen, or which I can conceive as ever occurring, in the decision
of which we have had or can have so much.at stake. This interest concerns
our politics, our commerce, our navigation. There can not be a doubt that
Spanish America, once independent, whatever may be the form of the govern-
ments established in its several parts, these governments will be animated by an
American feeling and guided by an American policy. They will obey the laws
of the system of the New World, of which they will compose a part, in contra-
distinction to that of Europe.” !
In Clay’s addresses a profound knowledge of the history of the Spanish colonies
vies with a knowledge of the vicissitudes of the war in which they were engaged,
the heroism displayed by those peoples in their struggle for independence, their
capacity for establishing a democratic form of government, and the advisability
that his great Nation should establish official relations with the sister nations of
the continent. His attitude at that time proves him a man of high ideals whose
vision divined the secrets of the future, and constitutes him an apostle of liberty
and justice.
1 Colton, Reed, McKinley: The works of Henry Clay, vol. 5, p. 145.
544 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION
No policy could have been so lofty and so worthy of the United States, as well
as so advantageous, as to extend a friendly hand to its siste rnations of the conti-
nent, struggling with unshakable faith and unparalleled heroism for full admis-
sion to the concert of nations, in which they already occupied a distinguished
position, soon to become yet more prominent. Clay was vouchsafed the happi-
ness of seeing his efforts crowned with success. In 1822 President Monroe
recommended to Congress the official recognition of the American nations.
Foreseeing with singular clarity the greatness which his Nation was soon to
attain, Henry Clay initiated that wise policy of material progress which has
transformed the nature of his country by means of public works which are the
legitimate pride of the American people and the admiration and amazement of
other nations.
Like all great gladiators who, stirred by passion in the arena of politics, bear
the brunt and heat of the fray, Clay was violently criticized, a phenomenon
observed in all ages and nations; but under these attacks his moral integrity
and the purity of his soul shone resplendent. His public life lasted more than
half a century without the slightest shadow dimming the clarity of his conscience.
As a statesman he was characterized by his lofty views. His policy may be
synthesized in a few words: At home, the moral and material aggrandizement of
his country; abroad, the cooperation of his Nation in the establishment on the
American Continent of an aggregation of independent nations, democratic in their
institutions and capable of checking the influence of the personal European
governments of that time.
All praise to the man of power, the eminent statesman, the indefatigable toiler
for his country’s greatness, the friend of the American peoples!
My nation has welcomed with great satisfaction the news that the Congress
of the United States has enacted a law, already signed by His Excellency President
Coolidge, authorizing His Excellency the Secretary of State to offer to Venezuela
a statue of Henry Clay, to be erected in Caracas. This distinction inspires
pride and gratitude in the Venezuelan Nation, which has always professed love
and veneration for the memory of that illustrious apostle of the independence of
the Latin-American nations.
The Chargé d’Affaires of El Salvador, Dr. Héctor David Castro,
spoke as follows:
Mr. PRESIDENT AND CoLLEAGuES: We meet here to dedicate our thoughts and
our words to the memory of Henry Clay, and I feel that it is most proper that we
should do so.
Henry Clay was known as a great friend of the Republics of Central and South
America during their struggle for freedom, and he was always ready to devote
his best efforts to establish and develop the most amicable relations between his
country, the United States, and the other countries of this hemisphere. He
was aware of the common interests of all these countries and of their desire to
live in peace and to enjoy and insure their freedom, attained at such great cost.
He also fostered a spirit of cooperation among them, and as this is what we now
call Pan Americanism, we may say that he was one of the recognized leaders of
a movement which day by day increases in importance.
It is with pleasure that I recall that José Antonio Cafas, the first minister
plenipotentiary accredited by the United Provinces of Central America to the
United States, had, as early as 1825, opportunity to express his admiration for
Henry Clay, who was appointed that year to be Secretary of State of the United
States and whose ideals of real cooperation and friendship in this hemisphere
were already known far and wide.
The purposes of the Pan American Union, and all our activities as members
of the governing board, are simply meant to continue that work for cooperation
and sympathetic understanding which had its birth when the republics of
America secured their independence; and in this respect it is gratifying to say
LATIN AMERICA’S HOMAGE TO HENRY CLAY 545
that now, exactly as a century ago, we may still continue to draw inspiration in
our common work from the memory of Henry Clay.
The commemoration was brought to a close by His Excellency the
Minister of Panama, Dr. Ricardo J. Alfaro, who spoke as follows:
Mr. PRESIDENT, GENTLEMEN: A century and a half ago to-day Henry Clay
was born on Virginia soil—so prolific in great men—and I beg of you to permit
me also to contribute the flower of my re-
membrance to the venerable memory of
that great continental figure.
I find highly fitting and deserved this hom-
age that we, the representatives of the 21
free nations of the New World, pay to Henry
Clay, by celebrating in his honor the session
of the Governing Board of the Pan American
Union corresponding to this month. Under
this roof where we fraternize, Latins and
Saxons; here where the diversity of tongues,
races, cults, and customs is overcome by a
common love of liberty and democratic insti-
tutions; in this mansion of peace and _ har-
mony which is something approaching the
realization of the international dreams of our
forefathers, if there isa name which may be
pronounced with reverence and with affec-
tion it is the glorious name. of Henry Clay.
If Bolivar was the father of Pan Ameri-
canism in the south, Clay was the promoter
of the movement in the north. The name of
the two will be eternally linked in history
with the Panama Congress, where in 1826
was sown the seed which later flourished
in the conference of 1889. And just as the
glory of having convoked that Congress is
Bolivar’s, to Clay belongs that of having
supported it before the people of the United
States, and of having obtained the sanction
of the legislature of this country to send
the delegates who would tie that first knot
of continental solidarity.
Few figures excite such intense attraction
as that of Henry Clay. He possessed in a
high degree gifts which rarely are found united
in a single person: Nobility of appearance
and superiorityof soul; a voice of magnificent
sonority and elegance of phraseology; love of
principles and the courage to defend them in all fields; personal magnetism and
uprightness of character; creative talent and the learning which is the offspring
of constant study; a brain of the highest order placed at the service of a great heart
open to all magnanimities.
His public life was picturesque, varied, filled with contrasts, vicissitudes, and
arduous struggles, from which he always emerged untouched and erect. Never-
theless, it is not for me to express ideas about the participation of Henry Clay in
the questions which exclusively concern the internal polities of this country.
The phase of his activities which interests us is his attitude toward the new nations
awiG DISTR,
ws en ST
AME
an oe
The fearless fre Hel
of his Countrys lirghes
LYSCMPURG, October S8 4k 4 e
aes
£
3 oe e Nes 4 oe
ee MO (OTA
546 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION
which sprang up during the first quarter of the nineteenth century. Clay was
their first and greatest friend. He loved liberty with a fervent passion, with that
exaltation peculiar to an epoch in which romanticism manifested itself even in
the field of politics; and loving so the liberties obtained by his country, he
embraced with fervent enthusiasm the cause of those peoples who in the south
fought and died to emancipate their liberties.
It is necessary to be transported by imagination to what the United States
were more than a hundred years ago, in order to be able to realize how difficult
the labor of Henry Clay must have been in favor of the new Republics. If
to-day with the marvelous development of commerce, the constant and growing
interchange of products and manufactures, the rapidity and facility of com-
munications, the profuse circulation of newspapers and books, international
conferences and organized work of information, mutual knowledge is still so
imperfect, it must be concluded that knowledge of the potentialities and sig-
nificance of meridional America in that distant epoch could only be expressed by
the cipher zero. But neither ignorance nor prejudices deterred Clay and he
raised his banner. ‘‘I have no hesitation in asserting,’’ he said in his masterful
speech of 1818, “my firm belief that there is no question in the foreign policy of
this country which has ever arisen, or which I can conceive as ever occurring, in
the decision of which we have had or can have so much at stake.” The struggle
of the Spanish colonies for emancipation he ealled ‘“‘the greatest cause which
could possibly engage our affections and enlist our feelings in its behalf.”’
In 1816 he had already announced as a possibility that the United States
might have to stand openly by the side of the patriots. In 1818 he lifted his
voice to extol the grandeurs of the countries of the south and to support the
opening of diplomatic relations with the Provinces of the La Plata River. In
1820 his prestige overcame the resistence of the partisans of strict neutrality and
he obtained the approval of the House of Representatives to that memorable
resolution by which a message of encouragement was sent to the rebel colonies
and support promised to the Executive for the recognition of their sovereignty and
independence. In 1822 his indefatigable efforts culminated in the acts of express
recognition which took place under the Presidency of Monroe. In 1823 he
influenced as a decisive factor, together with Jefferson, Madison, and Adams, the
formulation of the celebrated doctrine to which that president gave his name and
which declared the American continent forever closed to European colonization
or aggression. In 1825, as Secretary of State, he brought before the various
courts of the Old World earnest efforts with the purpose of bringing to bear
powerful international influences, especially that of Russia, on the Spanish
Crown, in order to obtain from it the recognition of the new Republics. In 1826,
after a heated parliamentary debate, he succeeded in carrying through the
participation of the United States in the deliberations of the Congress of Panama.
In all his labor as a statesman the spirit of Pan Americanism shines, and the
international life of to-day is in many respects that which his noble spirit visioned
more than a hundred years ago. These are, in brief outlines, the claims that
Henry Clay has to the gratitude and affection of Latin America.
That remarkable man who filled a long and stormy epoch with his eloquence,
his talent, his idealism, his fire, his popularity, his civic and personal valor, that
splendid combination of virtues which made of him a true idol, did not, neverthe-
less, attain the supreme power. Four times he was a candidate for the Presidency
and another four he was defeated. Peculiarities of democracy which only serve
to demonstrate that one does not always enter into immortality through the gate
of high dignities. Merit purified by history, work which endures and flourishes
down the centuries, are the factors which assure the homage of posterity. Thus,
in the name of the entire continent we pay tribute to-day with love to Henry
Clay, fervent champion of political liberties, apostle of Spanish democracies,
uoblest Precursor of Pan Americanism.
T the end of 1925 the Director General of the Pan American
Union, believing that valuable information could be gained
from a survey as to the extent and character of the teaching
of Latin American history in American institutions of
higher education, secured the cooperation of the American Historical
Association in making such a survey. The following persons,
nominated by the Executive Council of that Association, were there-
upon appointed as a committee of the Pan American Union for this
purpose: Profs. P. N. Garber, Duke University; J. F. Rippy, Univer-
sity of Chicago; W. W. Pierson, University of North Carolina; J. A.
Robertson, Stetson University; and W. S. Robertson, University of
Illinois. Prof. W.S. Robertson was chosen as chairman.
The report recently submitted by this committee reviews the
progress made in the extension of Latin American history teaching
since 1895, when the University of California first offered a course
entitled “Spanish-American history and institutions.”’ In 1904-5
the University of Texas and Columbia University introduced similar
courses, while in the Middle West the University of Illinois led the
way in 1909, and in 1915 a course in the history of Latin America
was given at Harvard University. From then on, more rapid progress
was made.
In order to ascertain the present status of the subject, the com-
mittee above referred to prepared a comprehensive questionnaire,
calling for information as to number and character of courses offered,
methods of instruction, textbooks and reference works, enrollment,
suggestions regarding needs to be met, ete. Early in 1926 this
questionnaire was sent out to 145 normal schools, 29 private general
training schools, 86 teachers’ colleges, and 633 colleges and universities
in the United States listed in the 1925 Directory of the Bureau of
Education, making a total of 1,172 educational institutions. The
report states:
Replies came from institutions as widely separated as the University of Maine
and the University of the Philippines. In the group designated as colleges and
universities, where the percentage of replies ran about the average, 288 institu-
tions responded out of a possible 633. In general, less than 50 per cent of the
institutions addressed made reply. The results indicate the status of the teach-
ing of Latin American history in the United States for the academic year 1925-26.
547
548 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION
Of the general private training schools only one responded to state that it did
not offer a course in Latin American history. Of the junior colleges 5 replied
that courses in that field had been offered, but in 2 of these colleges such courses
were given only in alternate years. Of the normal schools and teachers’ colleges
36 replied that they gave Latin American history a place in their curricula.
Replies from colleges and universities showed that 135 institutions regularly
gave courses in the history of Latin America. In addition a number of institu-
tions of higher learning had given such courses intermittently. Thus the returns
showed that 175 colleges or universities had in the last few years given instruction
in the history of our southern neighbors.
The report goes on to say that in a number of institutions, especially
those on the Pacific coast, considerable attention was paid to Latin
America in courses on the History of the Americas, and that several
expressed the intention soon to introduce Latin American history
as a separate subject. There are striking differences in the size of
classes at different institutions, probably due to local circumstances;
the largest enrollment was found in the Hispanic South-West, at
the University of California. Courses were naturally given as a
rule by the department of history, but occasionally Latin American
government or history was found in the offerings of the department
of political science or that of romance languages, while in a few
cases some attention was paid to Latin American history by the
department of economics.
With regard to the type of work given, the report says:
The courses offéred in addition to a one or two semester survey of Spanish
and Portuguese America—which was the course that most frequently served as
introductory—were varied in kind and scope. Very often the second choice
was a course which dealt with the relations between the United States and Latin
American nations. Occasionally a course was offered in the history of Spain
or in the history of Spain and Portugal. Of 36 institutions for the training of
teachers which offered courses in the history of Latin America only 4 reported
that they gave more than an introductory course or introductory courses in
this subject. Many colleges gave only introductory work for which ordinarily
other history courses were prerequisite. In general, advanced and graduate
instruction in Latin American history is confined to certain colleges and insti-
tutions where this branch of study is firmly established. Less than a score
of institutions of collegiate rank offered more than three 1-semester courses.
The greatest variety of advanced courses was offered by endowed institutions
located in cities on the eastern seaboard, by leading universities of the old North-
west, and by State universities in our Hispanic Southwest.
The committee discovered that certain leading institutions,
notably Minnesota, Princeton, Wisconsin, and Yale, in 1925-26
were not offering any courses in the history of Latin America. It is
believed that the explanation can be traced to the additional cost
required for a well-qualified instructor and for adequate library
facilities, and in some quarters to the belief that for Americans a
knowledge of Latin American history is a luxury rather than a
necessity.
REPORT ON THE TEACHING OF LATIN AMERICAN HISTORY 549
As regards methods of teaching, it was found that in the introduc-
tory courses a textbook, lectures by the instructor, and collateral
readings were generally all used, with class discussions probably a
feature. In about 20 colleges or universities, however, no text
whatever was employed, and sometimes not even a syllabus, recourse
being had to rich library resources.
The texts most used in introductory courses in Latin American history in
colleges and universities were as follows: James and Martin, The Republics of
Latin America; Robertson, The History of the Latin American Nations; Shepherd,
The Hispanic Nations of the New World, and Sweet, History of Latin America.
In teacher training schools Webster’s Latin America was used considerably
in addition to the texts mentioned in the above list. In many cases more than
one text was used.
About 25 institutions reported that the students were required to use a
printed syllabus. The syllabi mentioned were as follows: Bolton, History of the
Americas; Hoskins, Guide to Latin American History; Meacham, A Syllabus of
Hispanic-American History; Colonial Pericd; and (giving the title of the last
edition) Pierson, Hispanic-American History: A Syllabus. In about a dozen
cases the statement was made that the instructor prepared a syllabus for the
use of his class.
It appeared to the committee that more than one-half of the 135
colleges and universities that gave regular courses in Latin American
history did not have proper library equipment for collateral reading;
25 of these did not mention any reference books as being used at all.
In some large universities, however, the number of available reference
books was extremely large. ‘‘In general, only in certain institutions
where the subject was well established did the library equipment
seem altogether adequate for both elementary and advanced work.”
The remaining portions of this interesting report are quoted in full:
As indicative of the lines along which progress is being made we shall next
notice the character of the advanced courses in Latin American history which
were given in 1925—26 at universities where more than three 1-semester courses
were offered. The University of Arizona offered an advanced course in Latin
American relations and another in the history of our Southwest. Among
advanced courses at the University of California were the following: The history
of the A B C powers, and Spain in North America. Among its graduate courses
were offerings in the history of Spain and Portugal, and Latin America since 1810.
At Columbia University advanced courses were given by the history department
in Latin American civilization, and a course in Pan American relations was offered
by the department of publiclaw. At the University of Chicago advanced courses
were given in such fields as the following: Latin America in World Politics;
The United States and England in Latin America; Problems in Latin American
Relations. At the University of Illinois advanced courses were given in Latin
American relations with the United States and in European relations with Latin
America. At Harvard University special courses were offered on the history of
Mexico, and on the A B C countries. The University of Kansas offered a
seminar in Latin American history. At the University of Michigan a detailed
course was given on the history of Spain and Portugal and on the colonization of
North America. Ordinarily Northwestern University offered a seminar in Latin
American history. At Ohio State University an advanced course was given on
550 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION ‘
the International Relations of Latin America. The University of Pennsylvania
offered a course on Latin America and the United States. The University of
Pittsburgh offered a course on the A B C powers. Besides a course on the
history of South America and another on Spanish North America, the University
of Texas offered a course on the Spanish Southwest. In addition to a seminar in
Latin American history, Leland Stanford University gave work in the history of
Brazil. A number of institutions, including the University of Southern Cali-
fornia, gave a course in the history of Mexico.
It is to be regretted that a larger number of the colleges and universities that
sent responses did not make practical suggestions in regard to improvements
which might be made in the apparatus of teaching. About a dozen replies
mentioned the need of a better textbook. Two of these urged that text-writers
should show a better understanding of Catholic institutions and viewpoints.
Two or three teachers suggested that the writers of texts should give more
attention to social and economic history. Less than a dozen urged the need of a
volume of readings in Latin American history. More than a dozen mentioned
the need of a good atlas or of good wall maps. In three responses the argument
was made that there was a erying need of scientific monographs dealing with
specific phases or problems of Latin American history. Two instructors expressed
a wish that national histories of Latin American countries should be translated
into English. One instructor said that there was great need of “‘a good magazine
in English which will give an accurate survey of political events throughout
Latin America.” Another instructor expressed a desire for ‘‘more popular
biographies of Latin American leaders.’”’ Another emphasized the need for
general histories of the different nations. At a time when the resumption of the
Hispanic-American Historical Review was still uncertain, a goodly number of
teachers expressed an ardent desire to see it revived.
This survey leads the committee to the following conclusions regarding the
present status of instruction in Latin American history in the United States.
The returns received indicate that in junior colleges such instruction has only
begun in a few institutions. In teacher training institutions such instruction
has made considerable headway but is still neglected in the majority of cases.
In a large number of colleges and universities Latin American history has not
yet been given a place commensurate with its importance. In some leading
educational institutions it has not been accorded a place at all.
The most encouraging feature of the situation is the progress made in the
instruction in Latin American history in our colleges and universities since 1895.
The great variety of courses now offered in that field by certain universities may
indicate either that the courses are adapted somewhat to local circumstances
or that the subject has not yet found its proper place in the curriculum. Possibly
both conditions prevail in varying degrees in different institutions. The steady
development of an interest in Latin American history in the United States
indeed encourages the hope that leading educational institutions can not much
longer neglect to readjust their library and teaching facilities so as to give some
attention to the history of our southern neighbors.
Lastly, the committee would suggest to teachers of Latin American history
the wisdom of emphasizing certain phases of development more than others.
In so vast and so varied a field it feels that stress might well be laid upon political
history with considerable attention to international relations and to the structure
of society. It hopes that a competent scholar will prepare and that an enter-
prising firm will publish a comprehensive atlas of Latin America. The committee
would call the attention of teachers to the need of encouraging praiseworthy
attempts to improve the equipment available for instruction, whether those
attempts take the form of wall maps, textbooks, or source books. It urges
DIETETICS IN INSTITUTIONS AND IN THE FIELD 551
every teacher to see that his pupils have access to the files of the Hispanic-
American Historical Review. It commends the recent proposal to translate
into English and to publish national histories of Latin American countries in a
“Bolivarian Historical Series’’; for such a series would be of inestimable value
in making available to our students the views of Latin Americans concerning
their history, government, and philosophy. Further, it believes that our
university teachers can effectively promote the cause of Latin American history
not only by contributing to the literature of that subject themselves but by
encouraging competent graduate students to investigate salient topics in the
bibliography and history of Spanish and Portuguese America. For in spite
of the commendable efforts of native historians, there is a dire need of readable
monographs on important topics in the national history of the Latin American
States.
By Lucy MINNEGERODE,
Superintendent of Nurses, United States Public Health Service
OOD, its quality, quantity, and preparation, has been a vital
question in all ages and for all people.
Since the days when, according to legend and story, prim-
itive man handling a piece of meat which had been inadver-
tently cooked licked his finger and found it good, methods of cooking
have been improved and extended until to-day cooking and the prep-
aration of food has become not only an art but a recognized science.
The nutrition worker and dietitian have come to stay, and their
field of operations extends as their usefulness in various fields of
endeavor is tested.
It is a backward institution to-day in the United States which
does not employ a dietitian for supervision of its food department.
Universities are developing courses of instruction in home eco-
nomics and dietetics leading to a degree of bachelor of science, such
courses being outlined and approved by national organizations of
workers.
The food provided for the soldiers and sailors may make or break
a nation. This is a broad statement, but apart from the necessity
for nutritious and sustaining food for soldiers and sailors there is the
necessity for providing for these men food which is also palatable
and of the kind to which they are accustomed and which they like.
In this country for the Army mess there is a per capita allowance
of 50 cents a day. This is also the allowance for the Philippine
552 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION °
Scouts. The Navy allows 55 cents a day. Such an allowance for a
ration prepared in large quantities in barracks or on ships should
provide an excellent, well-balanced menu.
The allowance for Government hospitals is in excess of these rates,
and usually runs from 60 cents to $1.20 a day. The allowance for
hospitals is greater than a general ration allowance, because of the
special diets and because sick people need a higher quality of food,
probably, than people who are up and about; particularly for the
tuberculosis hospitals they need quantities of especially nourishing
food.
Since interest in scientific preparation of food has become an
accepted fact, we hear much of a balanced ration, calories, vitamines,
etc., and so much has been said and written of certain fundamental
principles as applied to the nutriment of families that a balanced
ration (a proper proportion of proteins, carbohydrates, fats, etc.) is
generally found on the tables of those people who can afford to con-
sider such a question. Among the poorer classes this balanced ration
is not found, and as a result there develops among the poor, to a far
greater extent than among the ‘well to do,” all sorts of diseases of a
dietary nature. Malnutrition in infancy leads to further handicaps
in later life. Of course, if persons in poor economic circumstances
were better informed as to food values they could secure a much
better balanced ration with the money they have to spend for food.
The value of their ration is also dependent somewhat upon methods
of cooking. Therefore, if poor people bought wisely and prepared
their food well they would be much better nourished than if such were
not the case even though there is a limited amount of money to be
expended for food.
The proper number of calories must be maintained, and the vita-
mines, those life-giving properties, must be present in sufficient
amount if the general health is to be built up and maintained.
Therefore for a proper ration in the home a certain amount of
knowledge of food values, how to buy and how to prepare the family
ration, is essential. For institutions, dietitians, graduates of recog-
nized schools and colleges have become a necessary part of the
personnel. The dietitian takes charge of a dietary department. The
nutritional worker is to the dietitian what the public health nurse is
to the general nurse. She is a teacher in the field. Her efforts aro
directed toward bringing to housewives a knowledge of how to bettcr
prepare such food as they have, how to estimate a balanced ration,
how to conserve surplus foods by the most approved methods cf
canning and preserving, and what is meant by hygiene in relation to
food. It is for this reason that field work and instruction by nut1i-
tional workers among people of more moderate means has proved of
immense value through teaching not only a better selection in foods
DIETETICS [IN INSTITUTIONS AND IN THE FIELD 553
but a better method of preparation, so that the nutritional qualities
are safeguarded to the greatest extent. These activities are and
must be coordinated with those of other health workers; chiefly the
public health nurse, whose instruction would take in the general
hygiene of the home, including naturally the cleanliness of kitchens,
proper disposal of garbage, protection of water supplies from surface
or other contamination. Close cooperation between all health
workers is necessary, therefore, if the best results are to be obtained.
Now comes the question of how the student can be best prepared to
meet the great demands which will be made upon her and which she
will be expected to meet.
MAIN KITCHEN, U. S. MARINE HOSPITAL, STAPLETON, N. Y.
1. Dietetic organizations have outlined courses for the training of
dietitians, which must be accepted by and established in universities
and colleges desiring to give such training.
2. Institutions and organizations employing these workers demand
and need a certain type of knowledge to obtain the desired results.
3. The courses of instruction and the needs of the institution should
be correlated to meet both needs.
A. Course of instruction.—The course of instruction as outlined by
the dietetic organizations includes in addition to English one language,
the principals and methods of teaching, and many of the sciences,
chemistry, zoology, psychology, sociology, physiology, bacteriology,
physies, ete. The practical courses include cooking, food prepara-
tion, experimental cookery and meal service, marketry, teaching and
problems of nutrition, etc. The theoretical course, four years, is
O04 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION
followed by a practical course, under supervision, in a hospital dietetic
department of four to six months. The course entitles the graduate
to a degree of bachelor of science. Those students desiring to do
field work—that is, teaching of nutrition in public schools or other
fields are not required to take the six months’ hospital apprenticeship.
B. Practical work in “institutions and other organizations.—
Institutions and other organizations employing dietitians are more
concerned with the development of the practical aspect of this
profession. In hospitals dietitians in varying grades are assigned
to the department.
In their duties are included purchase of food supplies, employment
MAIN KITCHEN IN MARINE HOSPITAL NO. 66 (NATIONAL LEPROSARIUM),
CARVILLE, LA.
A general view of the kitchen, showing battery of steam equipment—roasters, steamers, cereal cookers,
and coffee and tea urns—30-foot oil-burning range, steam tables, and Bain Marie. Steam equipment
is set in a depression in the floor, gradually sloped toward the center, which has a separate drain.
There is also a live steam pipe here to which a wire-wrapped hose may be attached and the entire kitchen
and all equipment sterilized; by doing this routinely once a week, with particular attention to corners
and crevices as well as the under side of tables, etc., the kitchen is kept free of roaches, ants, and similar
nuisances
of kitchen help, waitresses, and maids for diet kitchens, proper
preparation of food, outlining of menus for all personnel, preparation
and serving of special diets, maintenance of discipline in mess halls
and among employees of the department, responsibility for cleanli-
ness and general hygiene of kitchens, storerooms, mess halls, and
equipment, and many other incidental duties and tasks.
It is seen, therefore, that in this profession there are combined
both practical and scientific functions. The dietitian’s work is at
once one of the most important and one of the most difficult activities
of any hospital organization. Hours are long, since all meals for all
types of personnel must be covered, and the apportionment must
be checked up and carefully supervised. An accurate account of
DIETETICS IN INSTITUTIONS AND IN THE’ FIELD 555
waste must be kept. The allowance of one-third pound per day
per ration is considered the minimum of necessary waste and includes
both the edible and inedible residue.
Since it is in this department that the greatest expenditure is
made, so it is also here that the most effective economies may be
practiced, not through the purchase of lower grade, cheaper foods,
but through the elimination of unnecessary waste. In order to
obtain desired results, therefore, the dietitian should frequently
inspect the tray service and visit the patients in the wards so as to
ascertain firstly if the patients are receiving sufficient food and
secondly if this food is of a kind and quality which is acceptable and
palatable. An unusual amount of edible refuse on served trays
indicates inevitably one of two things: Either the portions served
are too large or the food is not of the kind or quality which the
patients desire.
MEAT AND VEGE-
TABLE PREPARA-
TION ROOM
United States Marine Hos-
pital No. 66. Opening off
this room are five cold-
storage compartments for
24-hour supplies. Equip-
ment includes electric mix-
ing machine, potato peeler,
meat and vegetable chop-
per, meat slicer, and silver
polisher. Vegetable bins,
tables, and sinks are con-
veniently located. Food
is not taken into the
kitchen until. it is ready
for cooking
Nie
The practical apprenticeship in institutions following the college
course is given so that the student becomes thoroughly conversant
with all these elements before she attempts to conduct the dietetic
department of any institution. The chief dietitian in civilian hospi-
tals is also expected to act as instructor in dietetics, both theoretical
and practical, for student nurses.
C. The question naturally arises, therefore, in view of the mani-
fold duties which the dietitian must perform and the variety of
types of personnel which must be fed and satisfied, whether the
training is adequate to the needs. Combining, as it does, a practical
with a scientific job, the balance between the two functions is a
matter for very delicate adjustment.
It is a question in the minds of many institutional administrators
whether the practical aspects of the work are not sacrificed to the
theoretical and scientific sides of it.
556 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION
It would seem, in view of the important practical character of this
work, that more apprenticeship would be desirable. The sick person,
below par in mind as well as body, with few interests beyond the
daily hospital procedure and with possibly idiosyncrasies and fancies
regarding food, must be understood, studied, and deferred to.
Only a close contact with patients over a prolonged period of time
can give this understanding point of view.
In the Government hospitals the most acceptable dietitians are
recruited from those schools, of which there are a few, which give
practical experience along with their theoretical training.
It is a self-evident fact that in a comparatively new profession the
SUBSISTENCE STORE ROOM, U.S. MARINE HOSPITAL NO. 5, CHICAGO
evidence of ability to do the practical job will soon bring recognition
of the scientific angles of the dietitians’ duties.
To-day many medical cases are treated largely by diet. Accuracy
in the preparation of special therapeutic diets, therefore, becomes a
necessity, and too great care can not be expended toward making
these diets as accurate as a medical prescription.
The position of dietitian in all institutions is analogous to that of
the chief nurse in Government institutions or the superintendent of
nurses in civilian hospitals. Both departments, nursing and dietetic,
are so vitally necessary to the comfort and welfare of the patients
that the closest cooperation between the department heads is essential
if the best interests of the patients are to be served. Friction inside
DIETETICS IN INSTITUTIONS AND IN THE FIELD 557
an institution always results disadvantageously to those for whom
the institution is established.
The pay in Government hospitals ranges from $1,800 to $2,500
with from $600 to $780 deducted for quarters, subsistence, and
laundry. In civilian hospitals the pay range is approximately the
same. For public health work or field work it may be higher, and
in the fields outside the health activities it is still greater.
This profession is still young. It has made great strides since the
war in this country and each day sees new developments and oppor-
tunities opening up. The field is almost limitless for the right
woman given the right educational training, both practical and
theoretical.
DINING-ROOM COMPARTMENTS, MARINE HOSPITAL NO. 66
There are four tables to each compartment. Two double windows, a lighting fixture, and an electric fan
insure the maximum of air, light, and ventilation
43851—27—Bull. 63
By Jos& Papin, Ph. D.
Member of Advisory Council, Department of Spanish Studies, University of Porto
Rico; Spanish-American Bureau, Instituto de las Espanas
OMETHING like 10 years ago a young Porto Rican of unusual
intelligence and originality entered one of the oldest univer-
sities in the United States with the purpose of obtaining the
degree of doctor in philosophy. During the course of his
studies his professors advised him to devote himself to teaching, a
profession in which they prophesied he would find a brillant career.
‘‘And what do you really think of doing?” I inquired of him.
“Return immediately to my own country,” he replied. ‘‘If it be
true that God has endowed me with the talent my professors say I
possess, and if I am really destined to do something worth while, the
most natural thing is to give my country the benefit of the first fruits
of my work.”
The young man returned to his native land, and it was fully six
months later when I ran across him again, this time on the eve of
returning to the United States.
“You see,” he said somewhat bitterly, “‘I was not a prophet in my
own country after all.”
“EXxplain yourself,’ I said.
“Well, my countrymen were not willing to accept me as an
authority in philosophy. Even my own uncle, a person of con-
siderable political influence whose help I requested in removing the
obstacles to my obtaining a modest professorship in the faculty of
philosophy, ridiculed my pretensions. ‘Look here, Manolo,’ he said,
‘we are not so ignorant as you think we are. We know the United
States even better than you. Don’t think for a moment we don’t.
The United States is the land of clever commercial experts, fine
bankers, great engineers, and formidable captains of industry. But
philosophers! No, sir, never; they do not flourish in that atmos-
phere any more than the banana in the Arctic Circle, or wheat at
the mouth of the Amazon. Everything has its proper habitat.’
“Tt was perfectly useless for me to mention Emerson, William
James, or John Dewey. My uncle believes in some obscure law of
558
THE BOOK IN INTER-AMERICAN CULTURAL COMMERCE 559
compensation by virtue of which the land which produces excellent
bankers and industrial captains can not possibly—perhaps shouldn’t—
produce philosophers. And I would have you know,” my friend
concluded, ‘‘that my uncle is a lawyer of good standing in a country
where good jurisconsults abound. But, unfortunately, his entire
knowledge of the United States is limited to half a dozen clichés as
stereotyped as his ideas of cultural zones.”
This episode dates back with the last expiring echoes of the World
War. Between then and now much water has flowed under the
bridge. My young friend has been called back to his country where
he is now demonstrating the fruits of his clear intelligence and robust
talent. In other words, he is now a “prophet” in his own country.
‘““T had believed’’—for so the uncle confessed to him—‘‘that the
breed of philosophers in the United States had ended with Emerson,
and that the youthful culture of the United States had been smoth-
ered beneath an avalanche of dollars. But I see that this is not
so. ... Tell me something more of William James, John Dewey,
and that other Yankee with a Spanish heart and name: George
Santayana.”
The belief that it was impossible to produce seasoned intellectual
and spiritual fruit in the United States was at that time unfortunately
quite general in Hispanic America—a misconception clearly due to
the scanty intellectual interchange between the American peoples.
The American Republics imported their manufactured articles from
the United States, and their ideas from Europe. The United States
might be the home of the locomotive and canned food, but Europe,
particularly France, was the home of pure science and the fine arts.
This ignorance was mutual. Hispanic America in the United
States was regarded merely as the source of coffee, hides, beef,
fertilizer, petroleum, precious metals and revolutions; they quite
ignored the fact that those peoples, in addition to robust bodies
full of life, also possessed souls capable of the deepest emotions and
of a self-revelation both delicate and beautiful. Hispanic-American
culture did not reach the United States; neither the writers nor their
works were received. What did with some frequency reach this
country, in addition to cargoes of raw material, was an occasional
party chief in defeat, the free lance, and fugitive from justice.
Neither did the culture of the United States reach the countries
to the southward, in any true sense. The representative of North
American civilization best known in Latin America, the representa-
tive making the deepest impression, was without any manner of
doubt the commission agent. The intellectuals of the United States
very rarely visited the other American republics and, when they did,
it was with a definite purpose—to study the fauna, flora or pre-
Columbian monuments. The existing present culture did not interest
060 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION
them at all, and consequently little or no effort was made either to
become acquainted with, or to make themselves known to, their
natural colleagues in those countries. Finally, the product of the
United States press which enjoyed the widest circulation in Latin
America was the commercial catalogue, published in such barbarous
Spanish or Portuguese that it frequently became the occasion of
the strangest misconceptions and the subject of ribald mirth—as in
the case of a certain silk hat.
It appears that a certain South American gentleman received one
of these flamboyant catalogues advertising the most diverse wares—
from drugs to clothing—to be delivered by mail, at extremely low
cost. In the belief that a certain article listed therein at an incred-
ibly modest price was a fine silk hat, which if ordered would be
sent postage, registration, and insurance against theft and_ ship-
wreck all free, he hastened to send the necessary postal money
order, together with the request that shipment. be made by first
steamer. After waiting two months, a parcel post package arrived,
admirably wrapped and fully insured by land and sea. His wife
quickly unwrapped the parcel only to pause in stupefied amazement:
“Took here, Juan, this article would be simply priceless for boiling
potatoes but, frankly, I can’t see you going to Sunday mass in it.”
An enameled saucepan had been sent, instead of the hat, as listed in
the alleged Spanish catalogue!
But this mutual ignorance rapidly disappears as the cultural
relations between the Hispanic-American peoples multiply. North
and South Americans understand each other much better to-day
than yesterday, and there are well-founded reasons for believing
that they will increasingly continue to do so, and that this better
knowledge and understanding will bring with it that mutual appre-
ciation and respect so greatly to be desired.
Each year sees a greater number of students from the Hispanic-
American countries taking advanced courses in the principal uni-
versities of the United States, and it would be a great mistake to.
think that these courses are always commercial or engineering. On
the contrary, a constantly increasing number of students matriculate
in the faculties of philosophy where they take courses in the history
and civilization of the New World, as also in European languages and
culture. Still others—and their number is considerable—perfect
themselves in methods and practice of teaching by entering one of
the several colleges for teachers which enjoy a universal reputation.
Another stream of students, each year greater, goes from the
United States to the republics south of the Rio Grande. Almost a
thousand students and teachers from this country enrolled last
year for the summer course offered by the University of Mexico.
And they do not do this with the sole objective of perfecting their
THE BOOK IN INTER-AMERICAN CULTURAL COMMERCE 561
knowledge of Spanish but also of familiarizing themselves to some
degree at least with Mexican art and culture in general. Still others
enter South American universities to complete research work related
to the history and culture of those republics. ‘‘Merchants of light,”
these students have been called by a distinguished educator in the
United States. It is indeed a happy phrase.
But intellectual intercourse between the countries of the two
Americas is not limited to the simple interchange of students. Dur-
ing recent years, through the principal cultural centers of these
United States have passed some of the most eminent Hispano-
American educators, writers, and thinkers, among whom may be
mentioned: Nelson, Palacios, and Alberini from Argentina; Gabriela
Mistral and Salas Marchan of Chile; Méndez Pereira of Panama;
Vasconcelos, Pruneda, and Puig Casaurane of Mexico. From the
United States have gone to the southern republics men of the intel-
lectual caliber of Dewey, Monroe, and Lindsay. Veritable ambas-
sadors of light and peace, both those who come and those who go.
The University of Puerto Rico, where United States, Spanish, and
Hispanic-American elements collaborate harmoniously, aware of its
strategic position in the cultural forefront of the Americas, is being
so organized that in her lecture halls the students of the New World
may become familiar with the two fundamental cultures of the
American Continent and, by bringing to the head of her various
faculties such authoritative interpreters, that no opportunity of
fomenting a closer intellectual interchange between the Hispanic
and Anglo-Saxon cultures may be lost.
It is evident, then, that both in the United States and in Hispanic
America there exists to-day a deeply rooted desire to know the
spiritual side of their neighbors, and moreover that this desire is
being translated into action. The commercial agent is no longer
the only nor even the chief link between the United States and the
southern republics; nor is the defeated party chief in disgruntled
exile the only exponent, here, of those sister nations. Both have
been displaced by the ‘merchants and ambassadors of light.”
Neither can it truthfully be said that the commercial catalogue is
the United States publication of widest circulation in Latin America,
for it has been obliged to cede that place to a very different type of
publication—the United States textbook.
The book has always perhaps been one of the most readily ex-
changeable articles in the cultural commerce—if we may be per-
mitted to so express it—between countries—perhaps because it is
the most tangible of all spiritual fruits. Who can doubt that the
extraordinary influence of France in Hispanic-American thought
during the whole of the nineteenth century was due to the French
book which crossed the Atlantic in uncounted numbers. And it is
562 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION
only natural that the interest in books should have kept pace with the
cultural interchange effected between the two Americas.
This growing literary production aroused a most lively curiosity
in this country, so much so, that it has been necessary to organize
courses of Hispanic-American literature in the universities and
publish, with critical notes and vocabularies, the master works of
that literature in order to satisfy the endless number of students
desirous of Knowing the culture of the southern republics. In addi-
tion to a notable history of Hispanic-American literature, a number
of individual works have recently been published in the United States
among which may be mentioned the Mexican novel “La Navidad en
las Montanas”’ (Christmas Among the Mountains), by Altamirano;
the Colombian novel ‘‘Maria’’ by Jorge Isaacs; the Argentine novel
“Amalia” by José Marmol, and the Brazilian novel, ‘Innocencia’”’ by
Taunay. The university libraries, which are legion, are constantly
adding to their collections of books, reviews, monographs, and
Hispanic-American documents. The principal book dealers of the
country now habitually import books from Cuba, Mexico, Chile,
Argentina, Uruguay, and other American Republics.
And something similar is occuring in Hispanic-America with books
from the United States. People there learn English to read books in
the original; they are read in translation; and, in the case of a notable
treatise on mathematics, physics, chemistry, or geology, it is fre-
quently studied in English in the universities. Textbooks in algebra,
geometry, and trigonometry, for example, the series by Wells, are
used in English in various Hispanic-American schools and colleges.
The textbook is, in truth, the last word in bookmaking in the
United States. The print shops in which it is set up, printed, and
bound are invariably the finest and best equipped in the country;
the operatives who make it are among the most skilled and best
paid in the country. In the forests of Canada grow thousands of
trees destined only to provide pulp for the manufacture of paper to
be used in textbooks. Poets, story-tellers, those learned in-folklore,
and masters of the pencil and brush devote their lives to writing,
collecting, adapting, and illustrating material to the greater glory
of the national textbook.
For the scientific and pedagogic preparation of the work there are
special and complicated organizations in which, in one form or
another, the most eminent teachers and men of science of the nation
collaborate. In the first place a large number of publishing firms
specialize exclusively in textbooks. The editorial staffs of such
houses are divided into various sections corresponding to primary,
secondary, and higher education. These sections are usually sub-
divided in various ways, and at the head of each department is an
expert who has a thorough knowledge of everything relating to the
type of book published under his direction: The subject matter, the
THE BOOK IN INTER-AMERICAN CULTURAL COMMERCKH 563
methodology of its teaching, the curriculum requirements, the
teachers of greatest reputation, and—this is most important—those
best fitted to write textbooks on any given subject. These editorial
heads rarely write textbooks themselves, their mission being to dis-
cover the most competent authors and get them to write the book
required by prevailing pedagogical thought and practice. These
publishing houses, moreover, employ readers, critics, and special
advisers throughout the nation who, as a rule, are the cream of the
teaching profession in public and private schools, from the kinder-
garten teacher to the professor of philosophy in the most authoritative
universities. The fruit of this vast organization is a textbook which
faithfully reflects the pedagogical thought of any given moment.
If the prevailing theories are bad, it may be poor, but it will never be
an improvisation.
The United States textbook does not become fossilized. Like
Malherbe’s roses, it lives the short space of the fresh morning-tide and
then dies, that is, undergoes complete revision or is replaced by an
entirely new text. There are countries in which three to five genera-
tions have learned to read from the same antediluvian primer, as if
the art of teaching children to read had reached its apogee toward the
close of the eighteenth century—but this does not happen in the
United States. Nor does the United States for one moment have any
part in prolonging the life of those handbooks of archaic and undi-
gested science which still linger, here and there, in the world. For
the schools of pedagogy in this country are intensely active labora-
tories, whose discoveries are promptly spread abroad by numerous
reviews which, carefully read by a majority of the teaching profession,
exercise a very considerable influence on educational thought and
school practice in general. These and other similar reasons have
made the United States textbook the best example of bookmaking
this country has to offer to the republics south of the Rio Grande.
Democracy in the United States rests squarely on the public school,
attendance at which is free and compulsory. And since the loftiest
thought and that amazing creative and executive genius which has
always distinguished this nation are alike at the service of the public
school, the foundations of the Republic will never be undermined.
Among the many agencies invented or perfected to increase the
efficiency of the school the pupil’s textbook, by common consent,
occupies the place of honor, especially the elementary textbook,
which is universally recognized as the best in content, arrangement,
and manufacture.
It is now more than 50 years since the United States textbooks first
began to circulate through the Hispanic countries of America. The
publishers with sound judgment sought from the beginning, and
sometimes obtained, the collaboration of eminent Hispanic-American
educators and thinkers in adapting and translating into Spanish ap-
propriate works as, also, in writing completely original texts in which
564 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION
the excellent material and pedagogical qualities of the United States
textbooks would be combined with acontent adapted to the educational
needs in those republics. Among the first authors and adapters may
be mentioned José Abelardo Ntifez, Kugenio Maria de Hostos,
General Alejandro Ybarra, and José Manuel Marroquin. Later the
collaboration of many other eminent teachers and writers was
obtained, of whom may be cited José Enrique Varona, Manuel
Fernandez Juncos, Enrique C. Hernandez, Peter H. Goldsmith,
Octavio Méndez Pereira, Guillermo A. Sherwell, Isabel Keith
Macdermott, Alejandro Fuenmayor, Juan B. Huyke, Luis A. Baralt,
and Pedro Henriquez Urefia.
The textbook for the primary school, as already stated, is the best
of all the United States schoolbooks: The best in manufacture, plan,
and content. As a rule, two or more authors collaborate in writing
it: The one contributes a rich classroom experience, the other, solid
scientific knowledge, the resulting book being closely adapted to
the pupil’s mental capacity and to the most exigent scientific standards.
The specialist, everywhere, writes for the specialist; it is very difficult,
if not impossible, for him to write at the level of the child mind.
Nevertheless, the collaboration of the specialist is necessary in the
preparation of the geography, hygiene, or history textbook, no
matter how elementary, and the solution is a well planned collabo-
ration in which the specialist is responsible for the scientific truth,
while his co-author, the experienced teacher, humanizes and brings
this truth within the grasp of the average child’s intelligence.
Everyone knows that the most typical and outstanding American
textbook is the primary reader; indeed, it might be said without
serious exaggeration that, in thé United States at least, this is the
book to which the publisher devotes the most time, money, and
attention. The teaching of reading is perhaps the most highly
specialized in the country, and it also provides the favorite and
most worked field for the pedagogical investigator. The extraor-
dinary attention devoted to reading is due in part to the difficulties
of English spelling, which enormously complicate the problem of
teaching a child to read, in itself a sufficiently difficult task. This
difficulty, however, far from being an obstacle, has proved, in the
United States at least, to be the most fruitful stimulus both to
psychologists and teachers in their really brilliant solution, as
embodied in the modern primary reader.
It is, therefore, perfectly natural that of all United States text-
books, it was the elementary reader which from the beginning
received the warmest welcome in Hispanic America. Indeed, no
more pertinent example could be cited of the mission of the book
in inter-American cultural commerce or its réle as the common
exponent and interpreter of the two dominant civilizations of
America, than one widely known series of readers,! of which well
1D. C. Heath and Co., New York.
THE BOOK IN INTER-AMERICAN CULTURAL COMMERCE 565
on to a million copies have gone from the United States to every
country of Latin America. Nor could a better example be found of
the intelligent care and workmanship, alike in content, method, and
material presentation, on the part of the United States textbook
publisher, than this series of books—a care and workmanship equal
to and, if anything, even greater than in books for home consumption.
The series referred to is neither a translation into Spanish nor a
mere imitation of similar textbooks used in the United States, but
rather the fusion of essentially representative ideas, Hispanic and
Anglo-Saxon, as to what constitutes a good reading text for young
children. The author, who has devoted the best years of her life to
promoting a wider cultural exchange between the American peoples,
evidently had a clear vision of what must be done to bring about
closer spiritual relations between these peoples, and because of a
thorough knowledge of their language and psychology was singularly
well fitted to bring a work of this nature to a happy conclusion.
It may surprise the average reader to know that another very
popular type of book in the Hispanic-American countries is the
modern work on psychology, such as Dewey’s ‘‘How We Think,”’
both in English and in Spanish version—the latter by Alejandro
Jascalevich, formerly of the University of La Plata—as also works
on almost any aspect of modern pedagogic thought and practice.
Space forbids mention of other and better known types of books,
such as fiction, history, and poetry, in each of which inter-American
exchange is not only already appreciable but slowly and constantly
increasing. Indeed, the amount of occasional verse from English
and United States sources which, in adequate Spanish version, is
circulating in the periodic press of the Hispanic-American countries
is truly amazing; while, thanks to such indefatigable Pan American-
ists as Alice Stone Blackwell, Harriet Munroe, Elijah Clarence Hills,
Muna Lee and Thomas Walsh, to mention but a few, an even larger
amount from Hispanic-American sources is circulating, in English
version, in the United States.
In general the mission of the book in inter-American “cultural
commerce”’ is clear and direct, namely, to serve as a vehicle for intel-
lectual intercourse between the peoples of America and as a crucible
for the constant fusion of ideas. Like the bee, it should both give
and take and, in its never ceasing journeyings to and from the coun-
tries of America, contribute to the fertilization of both cultures. It
should spread Hispanic culture here, and Anglo-Saxon culture there,
to the end that the peoples of both continents may know each other
by their spiritual fruits as, to-day, they know each other by their
material products; and that, just as they are mutually benefited by
the exchange of raw materials and finished products, so they may
also benefit by the interchange of ideas, and become, in turn, ‘‘mer-
chants of light.”
‘
SOME MODERN HOTELS IN
y
~~
HOTEL SEVILLA-BILTMORE, HABANA, CUBA
LATIN AMERICAN CAPITALS
BILTMORE, HABANA
the hotel.
HOTEL SEVILLA
The grillroom
Lower
: A lobby in
Upper
SOME MODERN HOTELS IN
\\
SAS
HOTEL PLAZA, HABANA, CUBA
View taken from Central Park
LATIN AMERICAN CAPITALS
*
~
‘3
¥
¥
%
F
&
#
¥
¥
¥
E
&
¥
¥
id
-
ld
¥
¥
Vdd
HOTEL PLAZA, HABANA, CUBA
Upper: One end of the convention hall, on the roof. Lower: The roof garden, overlooking the city.
SOME MODERN HOTELS IN
HOTEL REGIS, MEXICO CITY, MEXICO
A unique feature of this hostelry is the theater, with a seating capacity of 1,100
LA'TIN AMERICAN CAPITALS
HOTEL REGIS, MEXICO CITY, MEXICO
Upper: The lobby. Lower: A corner of the Maya salon
SOME MODERN HOTELS IN
OOTXHW ‘ALIO OOTXEWN ‘AAUNDD 'TULOH
ee oe
LATIN AMERICAN CAPITALS
HOTEL GENEVE, MEXICO CITY, MEXICO
Upper: Grand lobby of the hotel. Note the unusual windows of stained glass. Lower: The Colonial
room
sl—2/—Bull. 64
DIVISION OF EABOR BY SEXES
By GasrieLta MIsTRAL
Distinguished Chilean Educator and Poet; Technical Adviser in Latin American
Affairs, International Institute of Intellectual Cooperation of the League of Nations
OMAN’S entrance into the field of labor, that most serious
phenomenon of our times, should have brought with it
a reorganization of the working world. This, however,
it did not do, the result being the state of actual bar-
barism which I am about to discuss. In order to unburden myself,
I shall begin by expressing my viewpoint on feminism.
Contemporary civilization, so-called, which is supposed to be the
result of ordered and methodical processes both material and intel-
lectual, a rule of conduct in a badly upset world, has not thus far
straightened our minds with respect to that fundamentally essential
thing, the division of labor in accordance with the sex of the workers.
Woman has now entered each human task. According to the
feminists, this is a triumphal moment, a vindication, tardy but praise-
worthy, of woman’s ability which, according to them, is equal to
man’s. Personally, I am not aware of any such triumphal entrance,
nor do I perceive any such consummate success as they describe.
I find, instead, that the brutality of the factory now extends to
woman; that unions of unbeautifuland deadening trades haveadmitted
woman to their ranks; that woman has been caught in the quagmire
of professions of no spiritual significance whatever, of unadulterated
and hideous greed. Before opening these doors, 1t was necessary to
know just what doors should be opened, and before setting foot into
the new territory, that being abandoned should have been coolly and
deliberately appraised.
Woman herself is the chief culprit in this result. She wanted to
be admitted, no matter to what; she was eager to enter wherever
man entered; the unknown was to her a palace in a fairy-tale. It
can not be denied that her entrance into the masculine trades and
occupations has been rapid, at the dizzy speed with which one falls
over a precipice. We already had the woman physician—all praise
to this innovation—but offsetting her we now have the chauffeuse;
contrasted with the children’s lawyer in the juvenile court, we have
the woman street-sweeper; contrasted with the woman university
1 Translated from La Nueva Democracia, New York, March and April, 1927.
574
A NEW ORGANIZATION OF LABOR SD)
professor is the woman employed in the explosives and ammunition
factory, the unhappy vender of newspapers and the street-car
conductor. That is to say, women have entered at one and the
same time the most noble professions and the most ignominious and
wretched trades.
It is a significant symptom of the times that in the last Interna-
tional Suffrage Congress held in Paris a well-known and representa-
tive woman submitted a proposal, which was given to the French
press, ‘‘to repeal one by one the laws granting special privileges to
working women which thus place them on a different footing from
men workers.’ This proposal, the absurdity of which is beyond
adjectival qualification, includes the suppression of the so-called
“chair law’’ providing seats for women during working hours, and
the leave granted a working woman a month before and a month after
childbirth. The proponent expressed her belief that such privileges
lessened a woman’s right to the franchise and other legal prerogatives
of men. Her supporters talked of ‘‘mathematically exact justice,”
‘“‘nure logic,’ and other nonsense.
Discussions such as the foregoing serve, by their very grotesque-
ness, to set limits, to crystallize ideas, and to draw the moral in these
amazing assemblies of the wise and foolish virgins. There is the
camp of ultra-amazons and super-valkyries who demand, with a
daring which inspires me with more pity than irritation, compulsory
military service and the suppression of sex from the language.
But there are others who firmly believe that new legisla-
tion should be motivated by the imperative of physiology, which
may be more or less expressed as follows: Woman will be equal to
man when she no longer nourishes her child and when her body no
longer serves creative ends—in other words, some day in one of those
planets which theosophists explore in their astral bodies.
I am not yet convinced of the much-trumpeted mental equality
of the sexes; I do not always go even as far as the feminist ‘‘right
wing,’ and I therefore hesitate to answer in the affirmative the ques-
tion a thousand times propounded: ‘‘Are you a feminist?” It
almost seems more honorable to utter a downright ‘‘no,’’ when I
haven’t time to qualify a long declaration of principles.
In view of all this, some sort of program of the feminist right would
appear to be necessary. As the very heart of such a program I
would suggest this article: We demand that human labor be so
organized that all work will fall into three groups: Group A, pro-
fessions or trades reserved exclusively for men either because of the
greater physical strength or superior creative ability required;
Group B, professions or trades reserved exclusively for women be-
cause of the physical ease with which they can be carried out or their
direct relation to the child; and Group C, professions or trades open in- |
differently to both men or women.
576 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION
The first division offers widely contrasting occupations: Those
involving only brute strength or manual labor and those which are
factors in the guidance and direction of the world. In it would be
found workers of all ranks, from the coal miner to a new Aristotle,
the philosophical and political counselor of nations. The second
group would serve to exclude men from those occupations which
tend to effeminize or lessen masculine dignity. The third group
would embrace occupations impossible to define as masculine or
feminine, and which demand only a medium amount of strength.
These would not be exhausting for women nor inadequate or ridicu-
lous for men.
I have no desire to see a woman as chief justice in a high tribunal,
in spite of the fact that I think she has a very real place in the juve-
nile court. The problem of justice in the higher courts is the most
complex of the world’s many problems; it requires a genuine maturity
of conscience, and a wide all-embracing vision of human passions,
never, or almost never, found in woman. Neither, in spite of all
the Elizabeths and Isabellas, do I wish to see a queen in power,
because the government of a queen is almost always that of her min-
isters, wise or otherwise. And I feel a physical nausea for those
monstrous attempts at military service which have been made in
Russia and which some are trying to introduce into Fascist Italy.
This, too, in spite of Joan of Arc; ves, even in spite of the great deeds
of that poor peasant girl of France which mark an hour in which men
must have sunk to I know not what depth. The worst thing that
could happen to a woman in this world is that she should become the
miraculous contrast to the political or other corruption of man,
her natural guide, her natural defender, her natural hero.
To make Madame Curie the ground for claiming that the presidency
of a nation should be open to women is desperate and illogical reason-
ing. And it is also the height of ingenuousness to claim the Papacy
for women simply because there was once a Saint Teresa—who would
most certainly have declined with a dry wit, if even a cardinalate
had been suggested for her.
The new organization of labor which I have been discussing would
be based upon the principle that women should seek their trades
within the mission marked out for them by nature. I shall proceed
now to explain my idea of that mission.
Woman’s natural place—and when I say natural, I mean aesthetic
also—is never far from the child or the suffering—the latter, because
of their need, being also children. Her natural professions are those of
teacher, physician or nurse, social welfare worker, defender of juvenile
delinquents, a writer of literature for children, children maker of
toys—to mention the principal of many.
A NEW ORGANIZATION OF LABOR ST
In the rich field of medicine and the arts and trades which serve
the child there is abundant room for all women, and from this, her
kingdom, she must never be exiled by men nor should she brook mas-
culine competition therein. There is no need, therefore, to bridge the
abyss to masculine trades, either in pure daring or for the insensate
pleasure of measuring arms with men.
When the home was first apportioned as woman’s only sphere, she
may perhaps have fretted at its limited space, and like the squirrel
in the zoo attempted to escape over the barriers. But that limited
domain has in our time been enlarged ten, twelve, or fifteen fold.
To encourage woman to enter the field of masculine occupations is
either foolish or wicked; foolish, in that she will rarely do as good
work as the natural worker therein, and wicked, because the sudden
generosity with which man has accepted woman’s cooperation
includes a mercenary element, since the former companion for whose
maintenance he was voluntarily responsible has converted herself
into a worker who brings in half the domestic budget.
So long as woman’s work is ruled by the tutelary genius of the
child, so long as her eyes are fixed upon the child and she develops
in this wholesome atmosphere, her occupations will be invested with
the dignity and beauty characteristic of everything relating to
childhood. There is nothing disquieting or irritating—much less
distasteful—in the woman thus occupied.
It would be a profound satisfaction to see councils for the super-
vision of primary education composed entirely of women, and other
boards and commissions for supervising factories where women
are employed similarly composed. But my blood rises wrathfully
when I remember hew a chauffeuse whom I knew, in a country | do
not wish to name, waited until dawn for her passenger in a tempera-
ture below freezing. And the Russian Brunhilde in her heavy boots
and perspiration-soaked breeches after a forced march is a repulsive
sight, and that group of women cleaning the railway tracks, bent
over like animals under the burning sun of the [lapel range, of which
a paper from my own province tells me, is to me as infuriating as an
act of Tartar barbarism.
The Belgian socialist minister Anseele recently denounced in
wrathful words the barbarous conditions in which some women
work in the dye industry. Half nude, because of the heated tempera-
ture of the workroom, mingling with the men workers, working in a
dense steam, they become inevitably brutalized by what is so often
referred to as ‘“‘sacred”’ work, ‘‘the will of God.’ Such abnormali-
ties as these spring from the fact that human labor is not organized
on the basis of the difference between the sexes.
A clever Spanish lady once said to me, in speaking of feminism:
“This partial or absolute abandonment of young children and the
sick, demands the creation of a third sex to fulfill the duties which
578 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION,
women are beginning to reject.”’ ‘‘An angel is needed,”’ I rejoined,
‘“‘to gather up the children now pushed aside as of no account.” But
as the angels still remain in heaven, there is nothing for it but to
strike a bargain with the rebellious women to the end that, for
a pecuniary recompense, they will exercise their womanly qualities in
their legitimate field.
J am aware, however, that not all employed women are rebels and
that at least a third of their number is composed of those obliged to
labor. There is the widow; and more especially there is the wife of
the wretch who has abandoned both her and her children—an
artificial widow, in sadder plight than the other.
I am speaking, however, particularly for those whose plea has
often wrung my heart: We want to work, either at home or in some
manner which will not interfere with our domestic life.
There is something divine about the work done in the light of a
child’s face, as I have found in my own experience. When I have
written a roundelay for children, my day is really bathed in heavenly
erace, my very breathing is more rhythmic, and my face regains the
smile lost in thankiess tasks. The effort may not have differed from
that exerted in writing an article on another theme, but something
not of this earth bathes my senses and refreshes my worn body.
While copying one of’ my stories for children, a typist said to me:
‘You have no idea with what a different touch I do this, after having
copied 30 sheets of figures whose columns weighed upon me like lead.”’
Her undoubted place, occupied, alas, by a usurping man, was In a
firm publishing children’s books, copying stories.
The crime of taking a body formed fiber by fiber for compassion
or for maternity into the factory and other stultifying occupations
can not be committed with impunity. The invisible Ordainer exists,
the Law-Giver of human economy who, unseen, has nevertheless
graven His law in the curve of a woman’s breast, in her compassionate
eye, her slender hand.
We women must right-about-face; we must return to our own place;
this second entrance of women into the house of the Child is urgent,
whether as penitents—and from Ellen Key on there are many who
have corrected their opinions—or as those who were unwillingly
drawn away and have never ceased yearning for what is truly theirs.
What is ours must be ceded to us: In the shoe industry, we shall
make children’s footwear; in carpentry, children’s toys; in the
newspaper, we shall write for children; in medicine, we shall give
preference to the child health clinic, rather than the ward for syphilitic
cases, as happened in a certain hospital which shall be nameless,
where in an outburst of cynicism a group of women students was
assigned to care for the patients.
And this return of woman to her own is beginning to be urgent.
MA “adele ANC ee
sale COUNT’ PRIES
<
Cy
By P. A. Inevason
Consulting Agronomist
HE fact is well conceded the world over that soil deteriora-
tion is a factor of greatest significance in all the newer
regions where bonanza farming has been carried on.
The famous Country Life Commission, which was ap-
pointed by President Roosevelt during his régime, stated in its
official report, which was based upon extended and searching investi-
gation into every aspect of the rural industries: ‘‘This lessening of
soil fertility is marked in every part of the United States, even in the
richest lands of the prairies. It marks the pioneer stage of land
usage. It has now become an acute national danger, and the eco-
nomic, social, and political problems arising out of it must at once
receive the best of attention of statesmen. The attention that has
been given to these questions is wholly inadequate to the urgency of
the danger involved. ”’
Through the influence of the President and a group of public-
spirited and far-sighted citizens, public sentiment was aroused and
the conservation policy in the United States was launched as an
economic issue. There is no gainsaying the fact that the results
have been very great indeed and far-reaching. Especially since the
World War has there been evinced a material improvement in the
different methods of field husbandry as it relates to control of erosion,
conservation of humus, and the inauguration of a systematic crop
rotation.
As a matter of fact, the greatest single factor in the conservation
of arable soil in the United States is to be found in the application
of leguminous plants, both as standard crops in the rotation and
green manures, thus constituting by far the safest, yet most econom-
ical and effective means for maintenance of soil fertility. It is no
exaggeration to say that the time is coming when the rank and file
of the farmers of North America will be recognizing legumes as an
indispensable thing in almost every system of soil husbandry.
There is one State in particular where experimentation and demon-
stration of the enormous capabilities of these valuable crop plants
579
A FIELD OF “CAJANUS”
Grown for seed in the San Joaquin Valley, California, This particular legume is most excellent green
crop manure for various soil types in tropical regions
A FIELD OF “GRAMILLA DULCE”
A wonderful perennial forage plant growing in the mountains of California. This plant was introduced
from the Mediterranean region
SOIL FERTILITY IN LATIN AMERICAN COUNTRIES 581
has gone farther afield than elsewhere. That State is California.
By virtue of its wide range of climate, as well as diverse topographical
features and varied types of soil, California constitutes from an
ecological point of view the most wonderful testing ground for new
crops and new methods in field technique.
It has been the writer’s privilege during the past seven years to
have been engaged in field investigations pertaining to leguminous
plants of tropical origin as well as those of the warmer regions of the
Temperate Zone, especially with regard to adaptation of those
crops for green manurial purposes in California, horticulture and
A FIG ORCHARD IN CALIFORNIA
Intensive fertilization (green manuring) is practiced, coupled with judicious pruning and _ irrigation.
The yield of fresh figs from 60 acres amounts to about 360 tons in an average crop year
agriculture, and also for certain specific industrial purposes, such
as the production of vegetable oil, vegetable proteins, and fibers.
During this period of work, several new and highly important
facts have come to light. For instance, the discovery that a great
many of the tropical legumes will produce in California an abundant
seed crop under average field conditions such as there obtain,
constitutes a fact of great economic significance, as it lends encourage-
ment to the tropical plantation industry in that this industry will
be enabled to secure a better grade of seed and even at a lower
cost than could be produced under humid tropical conditions.
582 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION
Secondly, the general methods and mode of tillage where green
manures have been grown has been radically changed, resulting
in greater economy in expenses incurred as well as the most phe-
nomenal results in the way of increment in the stores of soil humus,
intensification in bacterial flora of the soil, and effective conservation
of soil nitrogen.
Thirdly, the development of field technique in growing and har-
vesting of legumes has placed several o these new crops in a line of
staples. Suffice it to mention, a new type of seed drill permits of
absolute regulation of spacing of the seed rows at any given distance
apart as well as control of the spacing of the individual seeds in
A NEW TYPE OF SEED DRILL
This drill, which is used specially for handling seeds of tropical species of legumes, regulates the spacing
of seed rows and controls the spacing of individual seeds
the row, which factor enables the farmer to gauge the rate of seeding
according to the available moisture supply in the ground and also in
accordance with the purpose for which the crop is grown, be it as an
industrial crop, for seed or for fertilizer. Still another thing of
general importance is the development of a thresher which has
capacity of about one-third more tonnage of seed during the average
working day than the ordinary thresher of any standard make hereto-
fore in use. Moreover, the new thresher does cleaner and better work
than the old machine.
Again, the designing and building of a new type of tillage tools
has reduced the cost of row cultivation to a remarkable extent. At
SO1L FERTILITY IN LATIN AMERICAN COUNTRIES 983
the present time it is entirely feasible to use a motor tiller for culti-
vating legumes covering four, six, or even nine rows simultaneously.
Fourthly, the phys ological characteristics of these new crops have
been studied intensively and in great detail. For example, the
seasonal adaptation of each individual species and to a given environ-
mental condition as well as their responses to different modes of
tillage and irrigation have been carefully investigated.
When taken in their entirety, all of those factors open up a vast
field for application of legumes in the plantation industry of semi-
SULTANINA GRAPES
Twenty-four pounds were
produced on a 22-inch
section of fruit-bearing
cane. Whole vineyards
produce, under modern
methods of green manur-
ing and general good han-
dling, an average yield of
20 tons of grapes per acre
tropical and tropical regions such as one encounters in Central and
South America. Take there as an illustration the sugar-cane planta-
tions of Cuba. The fact is admitted freely by intelligent plantation
operators that after a few years of cane growing the land becomes
hard and half sterile. To discard the plantations and move a mill
into a new locality is coming to be recognized as an unsound and
even an infeasible economic policy. How much more economical
and sensible would it not be to employ legumes systematically in
rotation with the sugar cane and in that manner never to allow the
land to get out of high condition nor to revert to the jungle!
584 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION
There is even a greater scope for soil conservation on the light and
loose hill lands of Central America which have been exploited for
plantation crops, such as bananas and coffee. Throughout this terri-
tory erosion is an everlasting menace, and every intelligent person
can realize that the gradual washing of the fine-grained soil particles
down the slope spells eventually the ruination of the land beyond
redemption. Consequently, it would seem quite reasonable to adopt
legumes for culture under such circumstances, using them as a
A RECENT GRAPE INTRODUCTION
One of the several high quality and heavy yielding varieties of table grapes introduced in California in
recent years. Along with the Eurasian legumes utilized for fertilization of fruit land, California is
rapidly acquiring the meritorious grape varieties of Western Asia
eround cover for checking erosion and conserving the organic matter
of the soil.
Finally, one might consider the tremendously great field which
exists for augmenting the yield of forage in the semiarid Andean
regions and the Patagonian pampas and the Mexican table-lands
through artificial reseeding of depleted ranges to vigorous-growing
annual legumes which are capable of making a stand and growing to
NEW BOTANICAL GARDEN 5S5
maturity where the ecological conditions preclude the establishment
of a grass cover such as existed prior to the exploitation of these areas
by grazing.
Truly the possibilities are most extraordinarily bright. In the
light of present knowledge of the economic value of lezumes generally,
and in view of the tremendously urgent need which exists for their
use in plantation farming, the tardiness which marks their adoption
by the plantation interests is almost astonishing.
There are of course a certain number of progressive managers who
have taken up the work in earnest and are already getting remarkably
good results.
The general progress of a rational system in permanent soil hus-
bandry in Latin America depends in a large measure upon the splendid
work which those men are accomplishing.
DEN OF INTERNA-
TIONAL SIGNIFICANCE
ca:
By Loursm F. Sxureips
HE United States of America will have a botanical garden
of titanic proportions in that State of superlatives, Cal-
fornia.
This combination of scientific research with decorative
landscape effects and gardens representing all regions of the earth
has caused Dr. H. A. Gleason, director of the New York Botanical
Gardens, to exclaim:
“Such a project as you contemplate will make of this district the
botanical center of the world!”
The tocation chosen after 40 years of investigation and effort to
obtain sufficient funds is in Mandeville Canyon, running 4% miles
into the Coast Range foothills between Los Angeles and the Pacific
Ocean. Eight hundred acres will be under scientific cultivation,
and the remainder of the 3,500 acres in the tract will form a restricted
zone of private estates with highly cultivated gardens and groves.
Sheltered from the cool mountain air currents and the salt spray
of the sea, and receiving even more than the usual California allowance
of sunshine, this canyon has already demonstrated its adaptability
586 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION
OAXACA PALMS AT OAKMONT
Oakmont, the estate of H. C. Oakley, is to become the nucleus of the semitropical section of the California
Botanical Gardens. These 8-year-old palms, 40 feet high with boles 18 inches thick, forecast the speed
with which the project will develop
for producing semitropical vegetation heretofore considered impossible
in any part of the United States.
A nucleus of the gardens is land ceded from the private estate of
H. C. Oakley, who in 8 years has changed barren hillsides and brush-
grown ravines into a subtropical area with rare plants from many
countries. He has demonstrated the practicability of growing in
this sheltered canyon a banana grove of several varieties, now
reaching a height of 18 feet and bearing fruit for his table use; Oaxaca
palms, or Cocos plumosa, the most graceful of all the palms, now 40
feet high and with boles 18 inches in diameter, which, for the first
time in this country, are reseeding themselves.
NEW BOTANICAL GARDEN 587
NEW BOTANICAL GARDENS IN CALIFORNIA
Shrubs assume the proportions of trees in this wonderland. Oleander and syringa reach up almost as
= far as the cyprus
The Zapote tree from the American Tropics is also thriving, bearing
a fruit whose flavor is a cross between custard and ice cream. Here
too, is a mango with delicious fruit about the size of the avocado,
and there is an avocado grove. Just beyond is the Natal plum from
South Africa, and there the Australian nut called the Queensland, with
sweet kernel and a shell hard as concrete.
588 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION
Regional gardens will afford an easy means of studying the flora
of any chosen locality. Prospective tourists may study here the
vegetation of every country they expect to visit on a world tour,
and need no longer have the embarassment of confusing acacias
with grevilleas on an Australian visit. The regions will include the
species of each land which subsist from sea level to an altitude of
2,000 feet. The Asian region will show zones running from Ceylon’s
palmy plain to the foothills of the Himalayas. Only the extreme
tropics will be represented under greenhouse covering.
CALIFORNIA BOTANICAL GARDENS
This sheltered nook affords a view of a magnificent waterfall through a vista oi palms and ferns
Each of the regional gardens will run up the sides of the canyon
walls in order to gain the variety in temperature and soil necessary
to the zoning of each land’s vegetation. Visitors will be transported
in comfort, probably on a miniature railway, now hanging over the
edge of a beetling cliff, now running through a tiny tunnel, overlooking
waterfalls and lakes with marine vegetation.
A formal garden will occupy 100 acres on the floor of the
canyon, with decorative flowers and shrubs. Near by will be con-
servatories, laboratories, a library, and the administration buildings.
This plan also includes a museum, an herbarium, a plant introduction
station, plant experimentation, and plant propagation. The plant
NEW BOTANICAL GARDEN 589
BANANA TREE AT OAKMONT {
quarantine station will be located on one of the channel islands. <A
division of research will provide for biology and genetics. An
arboretum will preserve hundreds of tree species and will afford an
unparalleled bird refuge. It is not impossible that the conditions
will prove favorable to the songful and gay-plumaged birds of the
Tropics.
For the study of the trees, shrubs, and plants of colder climates
than the 2,000 feet elevation can sustain, there will be affiliation
with institutions in higher altitudes.
43851—27—Bull. 6——_5
590 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION
Immediate cash returns will justify the investment in the gardens,
through the determination of grasses and browse suited to the semi-
arid public domain in the Southwest, where one steer now requires
27 to 40 acres for sustenance, in contrast with Australia’s support
of one animal on 4 acres with similar soil and climate. It is hoped
that the gardens will enable southern constituents to greatly increase
their flocks and herds.
Secretary William Jardine, of the United States Department of
Agriculture, indorses the service the gardens will give in determining
new commercial crops for the Southwest which will not compete
with the products of the Middle West, such as rubber-substitute
plants, special cottons and other fibers, drugs, dates, ginger, new
citrous and subtropical fruits, such as mangoes and lichis, coffee,
and cork.
Several Federal experts have expressed their conviction that the
proposed school of plant genetics would prove of inestimable value,
not only to California and the United States, but to the entire world.
A note of international cooperation for the good of all humanity
is found in the offers from botanical organizations throughout the
world. The service of officials to assist the new California Botanical
Gardens has been proffered by institutions in London, Edinburgh,
Berlin, Missouri, and New York. Among the world-famous bota-
nists who have visited the gardens are Dr. A. W. Hill, director of
the Royal Botanic Gardens, Kew, England; Dr. H. A. Gleason, of the
New York Botanical Gardens; Dr. Harvey M. Hall, of the Carnegie
Institute; and Mrs. Charles D. Walcott, of the Smithsonian Institute.
Since there is a thousand-year contract between Harvard Univer-
sity and the city of Boston for the development and maintenance of
the Arnold Arboretum, it is not surprising that Dr. George P. Clem-
ents, of Los Angeles, for many years chief sponsor of the California
Botanical Gardens, should declare that the new project can not
reach its maturity within 500 years. He states, however, that six
months will see enough accomplished to indicate the entire plan and
its method of procedure.
Field work here will allure students from many lands to use the
opportunities for investigation in plant propagation, biology, and
genetics, food values in crops, soils, humidity, forestry, decorative
effects in formal gardens, and landscaping. It is hoped that in this
work Latin American botanists will be well represented.
In consideration of the three great universities nearby, and the
students who will come from all parts of the United States and abroad,
a great world university might well spring up in the vicinity of these
800 acres which are to be devoted to scientific cultivation and research
in the California Botanical Gardens.
By Rarart H. VALLE
HEN the traveler who is also a devotee of exquisite and
ancient things finds himself in Puebla de los Angeles
(Mexico), it is his bounden duty to become acquainted
with the magnificent collection of Seftor Mariano Bello.
Not only will he enjoy in that house the manifold courtesies of its
owner, but he will also have the best possible opportunity to acquire
an understanding of the characteristics of Mexican colonial art.
It is to be doubted whether elsewhere in Mexico there is an edifice
more carefully embellished and furnished than the Bello Museum,
valued by connoisseurs at approximately $500,000. The photo-
graphs adorning these pages give a slight idea of the miracles of
Puebla ceramics, those treasures of beauty. Here the visitor may
also delight in a collection of diamonds, part of that formed by Senor
Bello’s father and divided among his sons. Furthermore, there is
a gallery of paintings, enamels, Chinese ceramics, antique jewelry,
and furniture inlaid with ivory which represent a fortune.
Downstairs is the magnificent private office, which boasts a desk
resplendent with ivory and adornments of red lacquer, and a silver
lamp which might serve as the theme of a romance. The walls,
faced with tiles and hung with red damask, emphasize the beauty of
fine etchings, while one’s attention is also attracted by a carpet, the
work of Mexican Indians, in which Spanish influence is plainly to be
observed. Moreover, there is a large iron chest, which speaks
eloquently of bygone days. At the entrance, which is made of
stained glass and fine gold, the visitor has the pleasing illusion that
he is opening the door of Mexican colonial history, through which
pass like birds the delightful caprices of an antiquary.
The music room on the next floor contains a harpsichord all of
steel—unique of its kind; an organ of viceregal times; choir books
such as were seen only in wealthy convents like Santo Domingo
in Mexico City; carved brackets on which should stand statuettes
of the saints shaped by the skillful hands of Guatemalan artisans,
or some of those trifles from fabulous China brought to Mexico in the
galleons which sailed the seas of romance and piracy; an oil lamp
1From Plus Ultra, Buenos Aires, February 28, 1927.
591
592 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION
Courtesy of ‘Plus Ultra’’
A BEAUTIFUL AND ARTISTIC ALTAR OF TILES
One of the treasures in the collection of Senor Mariano Bello
sold to Senor Bello by that intrepid antiquary Ricardo Barreda—
may heaven prosper him in his journeyings through remote regions
known only to himself—an oil lamp which, it should be said, is of
Bohemian colored glass.
The fine ceramics are in the lower part of the museum. Among
these pieces are unsurpassable examples of the Talavera no longer
THE CERAMICS OF PUEBLA DE LOS ANGELES 593
obtainable, examples which may well be called the trophies of the
Bello collection. There are also more pieces of ancient furniture and
carefully chosen textiles woven of unknown fibers. A blue jar more
than 3 feet high rises in distinguished elegance a few paces from
delicately carved furniture. Here are basins of such size that a
dainty marchioness might bathe in them; there is a St. Michael, a
. beautiful statue from Talavera. Over the fireplace is displayed an
altarpiece of lines and motifs which delight draftsmen and jewelers.
And finally, in a small room are shown beautiful examples of lacquer
and crystal, the contemplation of which is an ecstasy.
The Bello collection, which in many directions is superior to the
former Aleazar collection, now one of the gems of the National
Museum in Mexico City, is distinguished for the multiplicity of its
attractions. Meticulous arrangement, in which both the good taste
and the pecuniary resources of its proprietor are evidenced; its
charm, which is especially perceptible when this museum is compared
with the collections of dilettantes; and, finally, its abundance without
superfluity, the harmony of all the elements, the perfect unity
attained, to such degree in fact, that it might be believed that every-
thing there had been installed article by article in an edifice erected
especially for the purpose, with the combined aid of artisans and
artificers. Itis apparently the intention of Seftor Bello to designate
the city of Puebla as the legatee of this marvelous temple of colonial
art, sanctuary of a splendid epoch which appears to have found in
these precincts one of the supreme manifestations of its florescence.
In fine, this magnificent museum, an honor to the city, faithfully
mirrors forth the ceramic art. Our readers may admire in one of the
illustrations the admirable altar of tiles, which amazes the beholder
by the purity of its design and the variety of religious motives there
employed.
Courtesy of ‘‘ Plus Ultra’
CERAMICS OF PUEBLA DE LOS ANGELES
Left: An attractive piece in Sefior Bello’s collection. Center: A large bowl, the central figure of which
is St. James the Apostle. Right: A marvelous example of Pueblan ceramics
CENTRAL AGRICULTURAL SCHOOL, STATE OF MICHOACAN, MEXICO
This school, opened last year, is one of a number of the same type established in various States of Mexico
at the suggestion of President Calles. They are designed to give country boys a suitable education
for rural pursuits, including both agricultural training and the usual elementary instruction, and to
make these boys capable of tilling their own land in an enlightened manner, instead of merely working
as peons. Upper: General view of school buildings near Morelia, Michoacan. The school. farm con-
tains more than 11,000 acres, of which 6,300 acres are forest and 2,600 acres pasture land, while 1,600 acres
are under irrigation. Lower: The school infirmary. Modern methods of hygiene and care of the sick
will be part of the gospel spread by the school
CENTRAL AGRICULTURAL SCHOOL, STATE OF MICHOACAN, MEXICO
Schools of this type will serve as centers of agricultural information for the small farmers of the respective
neighborhoods. Upper: Flour mill. As considerable quantities of wheat are grown in the Michoacan
district, the school mill has been provided with excellent machinery for grinding not only the wheat
raised on the school farm, but also that produced by the small proprietors in the State. Lower: Interior
of the cow barn. It will be observed that the equipment lends itself to the most careful sanitary pre-
ceutious aE handling the milk, which will be taken care of in a modern dairy. Milk, cheese, and butter
will be so
Jt. AGRICULTURE, INDUSTRY, Ss
ES @as ANDCOMMERCE : a@ 23
ARGENTINA
Province oF Corposa.—The special number of Riel y Fomento
for February, 1927, devoted to the Province of Cérdoba, gives the
following facts on the land and highways:
Cérdoba has an area of 168,808 kilometers of the best land in the Republic,
suitable for varied crops, and well supplied with forests and mountains, where
there are rich undeveloped mineral deposits. It is estimated by the Govern-
ment that its immovable wealth amounts to 1,590,538,888 pesos national currency,
which probably represents less than 50 per cent of its real value. The 1,005,180
inhabitants, including 205,189 children of school age, carry on business and indus-
tries in 24,806 establishments, with a total capital of 1,066,732,000 pesos
national currency.
This territory is crossed by 4,123 kilometers of railroad, serving the six princi-
pal cities and 283 towns. Its highways cover 5,720 kilometers of dirt roads and
354 macadamized roads. Highway construction is being carried on over 1,334
kilometers, at a cost of 852,946 pesos, and contracts have been let for the repair
of 1,159 kilometers of roads, at an annual expenditure of 217,628 pesos.
PULP FOR PAPER MANUFAC The Buenos Aires School of
Medicine has awarded the Félix Azara Prize, consisting of a gold
medal and diploma, to Pedro J. Mesigos of its faculty for work
relating to the utilization of Patagonian plants in the preparation
of pulp for paper manufacture. Senor Mesigos claims that there are
plants and trees in Patagonia which, owing to the length of their
fiber and other properties, are better suited to paper manufacture
than other materials now in use. He believes that the supply of such
materials in Argentina is inexhaustible, and that though transpor-
tation from Patagonia at present is a great problem, prospects for
the industry would warrant expenditures for transportation facilities.
(Review of the River Plate, February 18, 1927.) -
SEVILLE-BuENos AIRES AIR SERVICE.—The Sociedad Colén
Transaérea Espanola has recently been authorized to establish a
service of dirigibles between Seville and Buenos Aires. The airships
are to accommodate a minimum of 40 passengers and 10 tons of cargo
and two official passengers and 500 kilos of cargo for special Govern-
ment service. The service between Seville and Buenos Aires is to
be begun within four years, and trips are to be made each way once
a month, increasing to every two weeks when the postal traffic
exceeds 10 tons. The Spanish Government will pay the company
500,000 pesetas for each successful flight until 30,000,000 pesetas
have been paid, when the landing field and equipment in Seville will
596
AGRICULTURE, INDUSTRY, AND COMMERCE 597
become the property of the Government and will be rented to the
company for the remainder of the 40-year concession.
PLANT EXPERIMENT STATIONS.—The Ministry of Agriculture has
decided to organize plant experiment work into a single service with
a central propagation and investigation station which will cultivate
seeds that have been tested by the branch stations, and proved suit-
able for planting in different parts of the Republic.
RAILROAD SEED GRADING MACHINES.—The Argentine Central
Railroad recently acquired a seed-grading machine which it is sending
out over its lines for the benefit of farmers in the Province of Cordoba.
The Argentine State Railroad Lines have previously operated these
seed-grading machines for the benefit of farmers in other sections of
Argentina. The Governor of Cérdoba Province is cooperating in the
service now offered in his jurisdiction.
BOLIVIA
HigHway FRoM Sorata To Maprri.—The Executive has been
authorized to contract a loan with any banking firm in the Republic
for 1,500,000 bolivianos to be used exclusively for the construction
of an automobile highway between Sorata and Mapiri, in the Province
of Larecaja, Department of La Paz. Interest and amortization on
this loan will be guaranteed by 30 per cent of the total revenues which
this Province contributes to the National Treasury, and by 75 per
cent of the road taxes. After the opening of this new road all vehicles
passing over it will have to pay toll.
MINERAL EXPORTS DURING THE MONTH OF DECEMBER, 1926.—
The principal mineral exports for the month of December, 1926,
distributed among various countries, were tin, 4,680 tons; lead, 2,564
tons; zinc, 1,249 tons; silver, 611 tons; copper, 2,545 tons, and anti-
mony, 481 tons. (Commerce Reports, February 7, 1927.)
Marcu monoporty.—The National Match Factory of Bolivia,
now operating under a Government concession in that Republic to
manufacture matches as a home monopoly, will complete the term of
its grant on May 1, 1929, and the Bolivian Government is making
plans for renewing the grant either to the present company or to a
new one. As yet no definite conclusion has been reached. (Com-
merce Reports, March-14, 1927.)
CoLoNIZATION CONTRACT.—Congress has approved a contract
signed between the Government and the Bolivian Oil and Land
Syndicate (Ltd.), of London, for the establishment of a port on Lake
Gaiba, the construction of a railroad from that port to the town of
Santo Corazén, the establishment of a steamship line on the Paraguay
River, and the colonization of this region. All machinery, building
materials, and equipment necessary for this work will be exempt
from import duties for a period of 25 years.
598 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION
BRAZIL
CEMENT FACTORY.—The State Assembly of Parahyba recently
authorized the establishment of a cement factory exempt from taxa-
tion for 30 years to be erected anywhere in the State, on the necessary
land expropriated for the purpose. The concessionary agrees to
begin construction work six months after the approval of the company’s
statutes by the Government; to found an asylum for 50 children
furnishing to them primary and vocational education; to employ 50
per cent Brazilian labor; to sell the cement produced to the State at a
price 20 per cent below the cost of imported cement; and to fulfill
other conditions.
CoFFEE EXPORTS FROM SantTos.— Wileman’s Brazilian Review of
Rio de Janeiro for February 24, 1927, gives the following report on
coffee exports from Santos:
Exports overseas during the first seven months of the current crop (July, 1926,
to January, 1927) amounted to 5,742,069 bags of 60 kilos each, as against 5,833,222
bags during the same period of the 1925-26 crop, 5,792,262 bags in 1924-25,
and 6,331,745 bags in 1923-24, as follows:
July to January
/ 1926-27 | 1925-26 1924-25 1923-24
WWimitedeS tales =e ae Oe hele Se aa Set ee oer 3, 869, 539 | 3, 692, 481 3, 396, 132 3, 831, 691
Teh 5 0 (epg ech ah Ae Ue Ne er apo 438, 527 662, 640 660, 000 872, 975
TEA Vai Gl eet Oe a Pe eae 376, 878 421, 130 | 609, 284 430, 225
Gerritsen eee Biers pe rena oee eee a ay bo De 352, 403 242, 889 | 294, 014 178, 812
GE Sy eee ae TS nT I Oe LO AE rape rh Beas 199, 342 282, 155 309, 773 365, 623
Soe Gl nese ee enh ae oe Re eg ee a 184, 907 | 191, 046 127, 608 165, 716
1) Gra Sr ee eee Oe Ee EtG Cy Seg nn gr eats 93, O71 78, 387 | 89, 492 128, 205
IB CYST ee aS eR PORE Sunes Mirae = Gates Mn ae ee 91, 423 126, 706 159, 258 158, 244
River Plate___- DS TE EOS A hn Re ASE Si Sk Ne ES 55, 743 77, 747 93, 922 84, 925
JDYEAY 0) pene ree eee ee oe a Rene Sie feet Serer ta eneenee 22, 150 19,375 24, £30 49, 175
INTO Wy ee ee ere eee 12, 875 15, 500 11, 375 24, 980
Saree ne ee eR RO ee eee ee 10, 304 1, 225 100 215
i an a ees ee kei 2 Ar eee «cae 9, 550 5, 360 3, 876 14, 228
Unifedeking domes ea ae eee eee 8, 271 14, 498 11, 534 10, 178
UD UREN as ays een ute a ee ere Riper RON ie Ie Sara 500. 500 283 2, 876
AIRE OFS ote, ice ey A a A ee ee ee ek AG 3iq|( see Se Sa ens SE eee 550
Spanish Moroeco------_-----_- 2 375 250M Fee 250,
UUM an ase es Se ee ee E 125 9b eee 250
INGweZenlan d= 2 5. See ee eS T2550 |) ee S| ee
RSthOna= 222s s= Bek Aah fins LIAR EN (Cis A Ed SORE Z 124) |e ee | 125
Gree Ceres Un ae su rean: She Soke an Fee ees PLES He, 25 47 | 20
Rontuga lees ean os SSR eae poe Se ae ie eee 14 132 762
Othericountridsss= seas ees ee eee eee eee 15, 335 4, 878 | 449 13, 720
|
TRO Ges ese ete se ee ee a ore ee tyne ems rete 5, 742, 069 | 5,833,222 | 5, 792, 262 6, 331, 745
Ophery Bra zl ang Ont see eee ee ecco me 24, 557 18, 380 37, 961 5, 636
Grandstotal- Sea seee bee tee eons a. we wees 5, 766, 626. | 5,851,602 | 5, 830, 223 6, 337, 381
It will be noted that exports to the United States show appreciable increases
during the first seven months of the current crop as compared with the same
period in 1925-26 and 1924-25. :
HIGHWAY REPORT ON ROAD TO Uruauay.—The Highway Associa-
tion of Brazil has recently received reports and letters on the Cis-
Platina Highway, planned to extend along the southern border of
Brazil and thence to the capital of Uruguay. The Municipal Prefect
AGRICULTURE, INDUSTRY, AND COMMERCE 099
of Rio Negro sent in a report on the section from Curityba to his
city, which is on the boundary between the States of Parana and
Santa Catherina. This section, which is about 60 miles long, is in
perfect condition, with the necessary bridges over the Iguassi and
Varzea Rivers. The highway is to be continued through the State
of Santa Catherina. The Highway Association took advantage of
the inauguration of the new President of Uruguay to plan an auto-
mobile tour from Rio de Janeiro through Sao Paulo to Montevideo.
Efforts were therefore made to improve the route before the inaugura-
tion of President Campisteguy.
CHILE
Lacuna RIverR TO BE DAMMED.—At a meeting on February 16 the
Council on Public Works approved the project of damming the
Laguna River in Coquimbo. It is expected that the construction of
this dam will take about 6 years, costing approximately 5,000,000
pesos. With the completion of the dam water will be supplied for
7,000 hectares of land already under irrigation, and for 5,000 addi-
tional hectares. Estimates place the benefits thus provided to
farmers of that region at 36,000,000 pesos.
COLOMBIA
NorTHEASTERN Rattway.—On February 12, 1927, the first
passenger train passed over the Northeastern Railway, which at that
time reached Gachancipé station, located 54 kilometers from Bogota,
the starting point of this railroad. Construction on this line was
commenced two years ago by a Belgian company.
IMPROVEMENTS IN BUENAVENTURA Harsor.—The board of
directors of the Pacific Railroad have signed a contract with a
Swedish firm by virtue of which the latter agrees to install in the
port of Buenaventura, along the Negritos reefs, five light buoys
and one large bell buoy. The same company will erect a large light-
house of 1,500 candlepower near the wharf. (Courtesy of the Colom-
bian Legation in Washington.)
WIRELESS stTaTIoNs.—The Colombian Government, through the
Minister of Communications, has placed an order with a firm in
Germany for three wireless stations to be sent to Colombia, these
stations to be erected in the cities of Honda, Neiva, and Ocafia,
respectively. Besides the stations already operating in Barranquilla,
Manizales, Pasto, and Bucaramanga, a high-power station will be
sent to Colombia from Germany in the near future. This station
will be able to communicate not only with the home stations but
also with those in foreign countries.
600 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION
Pusiic worKs.—During the first seven months of the administra-
tion of President Abadia Méndez, that is to say, from August, 1926,
to February, 1927, the sum of 6,889,379.68 pesos was appropriated
by the nation for railways and allied public works, including aerial
cables and the highway from Ibagué to Armenia. These funds are
distributed in the following manner:
Pesos
Central Railroad of the North (Puerto Wilches section)_________ 1, 150, 732. 53
Central Railroad of the North (Bucaramanga section) __________ 578, 625. 81
@Wararesallioa dit atiwase e Set A ae Adan 2 eS OS a eee 210, 000. 00
SouthwernvRatnoad sas = eat Sk Ns Be ee A aie omens 195, 000. 00
PERE C UAV Cer AA NII © sclera ee Bee he ENS See 0 Ue ln shed oetea 726, 850. 00
Nacederos-Armenia allroad. 222. 4 8 {eel ee eee 340, 000. 00
INSTI O Sa tInOAGE ark aei 6 aii Ge Meee She ue ant ae ee Te cae eS 370, 000. 00
NViestermeth iain oe clei ser lan arbre LE ape ane Aner ee eee eel alia 730, 000. 00
CentraleBolivar Railroad iat sae e aoe oo Meee ee Se 520, 000. 00
Mohima=Eunla=Caquetasnallro ae aa = ee ee ae 343, 393. 50
Tbaeué=Armeniay bighway=son5 9 oe ee nee ee ee 170, 000. 00
ibacuéesArmenia Railroads (survey) sams s ne eee eee eee 30, 000. 00
Cucuta=GamarnagNerialy Callen = ayes 2 eee a ae eyo eer a 380, 000. 00
Manizales-Chocoz:Aerial: Cables 2222) 22 0 a ee eee 195, 000. 00
Citounmal eh anjol onary, laryibxoynel = ee ee 157, 142. 00
SHANE OG Key oA Diboalloyeh I RvreNUb RoyeNC hee 57, 000. 00
@aldacwakva ir aCe Saree eat ais es ee i eye ee els DE aly, cn ee Oa 340, 000. 00
Amb alenta—lo are allo Acs eee ae ee ere eee 75, 000. 00
(Ojunavshrawsnnayycey Iwi hgoy Ke ee ees ee 38, 292. 80
Central Bolivar Railroad (payment for rights of Department of
IBS OL Vici te) Reece ce a a Se eA aie ce ee IPI Se Serpent 83, 630. 86
Puerto Wilches Railroad (payment for rights of Department of
Sanita Cer ele Sui) Ape 5s eee Spee en ee eee ee ose en eee 188, 712. 18
Saldafia Bridge________ DEEN SIRES anton eee Sas ares sine ae Lye aS 10, 000. 00
COSTA RICA
CorreE EXPoRTS.— According to a report of the Director General
of Statistics, a total of 273,520 bags of coffee, weighing 18,249,045
kilograms (kilogram equals 2.2 pounds), was exported from Costa
Rica during the year 1925-26. The destination of 1925-26 exports
and the comparative weight and value of exports of the past 10
years are as follows:
|
: B ip }
Destination (1925-26) Bags Kilograms value a
|
TATE @ CLK gC ep ran ae Sealy PS eee tr SA ec 179, 483 | 11,771,368 | 27, 847,799
AUD frat eveYo Utes) ees estes we re ee eee ce TP eee SU a a se ee earn te 49, 916 3, 491, 552 7, 150, 448
Gra ray, ea ee noes Ce ane ae DY ioe A ete ee Ne Sah er Slgtoo 2, 547, 322 6, 351, 808
SUT A Se Eee an as ele A Ey eR a SVMS Reactor et a Meee pipet 100 | 7, 000 18, 277
IL Easy Pa ee MY SC eT IE eS oe een re, Mi a eae 35 | 2, 339 6, 099
EOL air ee as PE Re emia sare een Pee Reece 5, 923 402, 786 1, 050, 892
a3 GV AUT sac a Shee aed Se eS cen RNY on ie a ew Bon WR i 330 23, 318 60, 900
(Gil eee ae ae BE A A SON arc Pa ens eyes foe aie eat MN 48 3, 360 8, 774
ERO GA] Bes Boe fe NaS Se eee ee Sy Sere ot tees, Sian 273, 520 | 18, 249, 045 42, 495, 000
AGRICULTURE, INDUSTRY, AND COMMERCE 601
Comparative table of coffee exports during the past 10 years
Average
| price in
Year Kilograms | colones
| | for each 46
| kilograms
TAS) GSH Gis i we ic ie Nap mg Ae | ie en ed ee ee ae ep a | 12, 267, 203 55
TG 1 ea $3 Resear Ree Ee SNS Ail eon Sac ee ES Ue ee EY Bice SEA wate shoes ee | 11, 451, 719 49
TNS AS the hs fy cE OR is acs ga Got Sc a BE NR | 13, 963, 473 | 99
TUS TAD a SS ca ey BE cs reat Sian EN he aac a eee et a ee ee 13, 998, 150 | 66
NO 20D ese Retienetes cars ae eA ree lowe aca lge thes eg aa) Sao Serr epT A Bite RUS ERE Nee wae 13, 336, 381 28
1921-22 ___ eel 18861658033) 35
1922-23 -___ nee 11, O88, 400 | 42
1923-24 ___ ees 18, 210, 760 | 95
Spa ee a RU EI NAST On ORT RS aside Co ea | - 15, 352, 863 | 102
O25 [ZOE Sateen eae kee ees lo. De SON Sear ee See eee eee | 18, 249, 045 112
RAILWAY FREIGHT TONNAGE.—It was stated in the Diario de Costa
Rica, of San José, for February 19, 1927, that the freight carried on
the Government-owned railways of Costa Rica during 1926 amounted
to 88,805 tons, or 1,700 tons over that of 1925. Of this total 25,742
tons were lees:
CUBA
CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION OF CENTRAL HIGHWAY SIGNED.—
The contract for building and financing the Central Highway of
Cuba was signed on February 19 in the Presidential Palace of Habana.
President Machado, members of the Cabinet, and representative
persons from social and political circles were present. The President
stated, in a short address delivered on this occasion, that he wished
to give all possible dignity to the ceremony of signing the contracts
in order to impress the people with the fact that these agreements
would be punctiliously carried out in all their details by the con-
tractors as well as by the Government. The contract for financing
this road, which will be approximately 1,000 kilometers long, places
the cost of the work at 10,000,000 pesos, and the guarantee given
by the contractors amounts to 1,600,000 pesos. (Courtesy of the
Cuban Embassy in Washington.)
Map or Cusa.—A historical and fopocrephical map of Cuba
prepared by the School Cartographical Commission has been deliy-
ered to the Secretary of Public Instruction. This map, which is 5
meters in length and 3 in width, is made on a scale of 1 per 250,000,
and is the result of long and careful study. The Commission proposes
to print 30,000 copies, of which 10,000 will be distributed free to
the public schools by the Secretary of Public Instruction. The map
will sell for 3 pesos a copy.
NationaL HyproGrapHic Commission.—By virtue of a recent
Executive decree the National Hydrographic Commission was
created for the purpose of collecting data on hydrology and carrying
on scientific studies in order to prepare a chart of Cuban waters,
which will serve as a basis for establishing hydrographic stations, as
may be determined by the Government. (Courtesy of the Cuban
Embassy in Washington.)
602 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION
RADIOTELEPHONIC COMMUNICATION WITH GREAT BritTaiIn.—On
March 11, 1927, radiotelephonic communication was inaugurated
between Cuba and Great Britain, the first call being made from the
central office of the Cuban Telephone Company in Habana. This
is the first radiotelephonic service established by any Latin-American
country with Great Britain. (Courtesy of the Cuban Embassy in
Washington.)
CUBAN INVENTION.—On March 5, 1927, tests were made in Habana
Bay of a new circular-cylinder motor, the invention of Sefior Mauricio
Rebollar, a native of Santiago de Cuba. By means of the circular
cylinder the weight of the motor is reduced, the moment of inertia
abolished, and rotation is obtained either way, to the right or to the
left. The motor, which is quite light and small, was installed in a
lighter and developed 15 horsepower. Sefor Rebollar has prepared
plans for converting this circular-cylinder steam motor into an
internal-combustion engine.
DOMINICAN REPUBLIC
AUTOMATIC TELEPHONE SYSTEM.—According to recent reports from
the Dominican Republic, work on the installation of the new auto-
matic telephone system in the city of Santo Domingo has been com-
menced by an American firm.
NATIONAL PROPAGANDA FILM.—The Department of Agriculture
has completed plans for having a national propaganda film made for
exhibition abroad. Twenty copies of this film will be printed, costing
approximately $17,000. The picture will consist of general views of
towns, places of historic interest, forests, rivers, and farm lands.
ECUADOR
PROMOTION OF IMMIGRATION AND COLONIZATION.—Due to the ever-
increasing number of European immigrants going to Ecuador to
settle, the Government issued a decree on December 30, 1926, desig-
nating certain lands for colonization. This decree states that all
uncultivated land located in the region between the rivers Blanco
and Guayllabamba, in the Provinces of Pichincha and Esmeraldas,
and 81° west longitude, shall be set aside for colonists, allotment of
land to colonists in this section to be made by the Minister of Immi-
gration and Colonization. The decree states furthermore that all
assignments of land made previous to August 1, 1926, are declared
to be provisional only. Because of the considerable time required
before a crop can be harvested, the Ecuadorean Government will
concede the following privileges to European immigrants authorized
to come to Ecuador for colonization:
(a) Food and transportation free from the port of disembarkation to the
Government home for immigrants nearest their ultimate destination;
AGRICULTURE, INDUSTRY, AND COMMERCE 603
(6) Lodging and food in these homes free for one month;
(c) A monthly allowance for a period of not less than six months nor over one
year in accordance with the following scale: For each man or woman over 18 and
under 40 years of age, 60 sucres; for every married couple under 40 years of age,
120 sucres; for every family with children under 18 years of age, irrespective of
the number of children, 135 sucres;
(d) Right of every man or woman over 18 years of age to purchase 50 hectares
of ground, at 60 centavos per hectare, paying for it in cash or on the installment
plan.
(e) Privilege of purchasing from the Government agricultural implements and
seeds at a 10 per cent discount, with a three months’ credit.
These privileges will be granted only to colonists engaging in agri-
culture or livestock breeding, forming a company incorporated for
such purposes under the Ecuadorean laws, and duly settled in their
respective locations. For the year 1927 the number of immigrants
having a capital of less than 5,000 sucres who will be permitted to
colonize in Ecuador is limited to 300.
INTENSIVE AGRICULTURAL COURSE.—An intensive course in agri-
culture has been opened in Quito under the Ministry of Agriculture
to prepare agricultural experts, who will be sent to the various
Provinces of the Republic as agents of the Government agricultural
organization. The Government will give scholarships for this course
to 15 young men, preferably from the Provinces, and will allow them
80 sucres a month. To be eligible for this course candidates are
required to be between the ages of 18 and 30 years; to have completed
the course in tobacco raising or have a bachelor’s degree; to pass an
examination in general culture; and to agree to take the full course
from beginning to end.
The Government will pay for the transportation to Quito of
nonresident applicants, and for their return to their respective homes
on completing the course. The subjects covered include theory of
agriculture, plant biology, zootechnics, and rural economy, with
special reference to climatic conditions in Ecuador. Teaching will be
both theoretical and practical; for the latter purpose students will be
taken to certain farms designated for the purpose, where they will be
required to perform all kinds of labor connected with farming. At
the completion of the course students who have shown special quali-
fications and ability may be sent abroad by the Government to take
a postgraduate course.
GUATEMALA
HIGHWAY CONSTRUCTION AND PUBLIC IMPROVEMENTS.—In his mes-
sage at the opening session of Congress on March 1, 1927, President
Chacon stated that:
During the year 285 kilometers (kilometer equals 0.62 mile) of highway were
constructed in Guatemala, work on 23 new highways was continued, 1,734
kilometers of old highways were repaired, and 93 bridges opened for use. The
total expenditure for these items was about 29,000,000 pesos.
604 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION
The Bureau of Public Works expended 28,000,000 pesos in the repair and
reconstruction of Government buildings and other improvements in Guatemala
City during that period.
Mextco-GuaTEMALA HIGHWAY.—Members of a Mexican commis-
sion who are employees of the Mexican Government recently
arrived in Guatemala for the purpose of assisting in making prelimi-
nary surveys for the international highway which is to be built at
the joint expense of the two Governments between Malacatan, Gua-
temala, and Tapachula, Mexico, a distance of perhaps 75 kilome-
ters. It is hoped that this road will be a link in the Pan American
Highway.
RAILWAY LOAN.—See page 610.
HAITI
CorrrEE BoNUS.—The coffee bonus which is paid to farmers for
the planting of new coffee trees has been claimed by 2,217 individuals.
A total of 1,626,184 trees have been planted, of which 1,183;893
have passed inspection. For these a bonus of 59,192.65 gourdes
was paid to the planters. (Bulletin of the Financial Adviser-General
Receiver, January, 1927.)
CANNING VEGETABLES.—An experiment in the canning of do-
mestic-grown vegetables was begun in Haiti last January. At first
this work will be confined to tomatoes. The importance of this
experiment will be realized when we remember that Haiti imports
annually approximately 7,114 kilos of canned vegetables. Canning
is being done on a scale sufficiently large to determine not only the
keeping quality of Haitian tomatoes, but also their salability, the
cost of production and probable profits te be gained in the establish-
ment of a canning industry. Later fruits and other vegetables will
also be made the subject of experiment. (Bulletin of the Financial
Adviser-General Receiver.)
NEW PUBLIC BUILDINGS.—A most noteworthy event which took
place in Port-au-Prince on February 6 last was the laying of the
corner stone of the Palace of Justice by President Borno. The
foundations of this building were already well under way, and the
indications are that the structure will be completed within a few
months. Another work of prime importance begun in Port-au-
Prince was the demolition of part of the old customhouse to clear
the site for the construction of the new customs warehouses. These
new buildings will include a two-story reinforced-concrete structure
facing on the Rue du Quai and, in the rear, two large storage sheds of
structural-steel framing. Parcels-post facilities will be located on
the first floor of the main building, and the general offices of the
Port-au-Prince Customs Service on the second floor. (Bulletin of the
Financial Adviser-General Receiver.)
AGRICULTURE, INDUSTRY, AND COMMERCE 605
HONDURAS
WATER CHLORINATION FOR [’EGuCIGALPA.—On March 1, 1927, the
chlorination plant for the water supply of Tegucigalpa and Co-
mayagtiela was put into operation at La Leona. The plant was
installed by an agent of the Rockefeller Foundation.
OrFicr oF Review of Concrssions.—The Government of Honduras
maintains an Office of Review of Concessions in which are kept records
of the various concessions granted to companies and individuals.
The records go back as far as 1877.
TruxILLo RatLRoAD COMPANY BRANCH LINE.—In the latter part
of 1926 the Honduran Government authorized the Truxillo Rail-
road Company to construct a tramway 10 kilometers in length to
the town of Bonito Oriental in the district of Trujillo on which to
operate service for the transportation of passengers, bananas, and
other products.
MBXICO
Occupations oF Mexicans.—According to estimates of the
National Bureau of Statistics, the inhabitants of Mexico are occu-
pied as follows:
Occupation | Number Per cent
Exploitation of the surface of the soil (agriculture, hunt-
, ing and fishing, surface mining, quarrying, extrac-—
eT TELS Oh Si) wise ee cee hs SI a in UN, DIN SY tee ee Not | 3,490, 029 24. 35
Extraction of minerals (subsoil mining)_______________ 27, 842 | 0. 19
Industries, excepting transportation _________________-_ 632, 679 4. 41
shran's portable. esate al Raa a Te a a eat 74, 897 | 0. 52
Comimercessosues 2s Sen Oi se ie pee ey COP aera aes 270, 660 1.89
Public protection (army, police, firemen, etc.)_________- 54, 195 0. 38
lewilolne AGlaaniansiesynO ee Le | 8, 769 0. 06
RG ORESSLOMS 5 res Ces ashe et Mae OE epee, re ae eat 80, 110 0. 56
lALOUIR NaS) euoxel Clom~emnOss oo ee 4, 740, 006 | 33. 07
INS ella me @ Use eerie see tie aS we ese a a laa ash 215, 539 | 1. 50
Unknown or unproductive occupation (persons living
on income, children, students, the indigent, ete.) _____ 4, 740, 044 33. O7
AAI fey] uae St aa) caer ee a Bea pat a eS fe TS I eed 14, 334, 770 100. 00
TROOPS CONSTRUCT ROAD.—Instead of remaining idle in garrison,
the troops stationed at Tuxpan, State of Veracruz, have been en-
gaged in constructing a road of 25 kilometers (kilometer equals
0.62 mile) from that city to a junction with the Huastecas highway,
which leads to the port of Tampico. The petroleum companies in
the district have cooperated by giving all the oil needed. Running
time between these two important petroleum centers will be six
hours.
FINANCIAL AID TO THE FARMER.—See page 611.
43851—27—Bull. 6-——6
606 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION
NICARAGUA
BraGMan Biurr.—Bragman Bluff, situated on the Atlantic coast
between Sandy Bay on the north and Rio Grande on the South,
about 100 miles from El Bluff, has at present perhaps 10,000 inhab-
itants. It is believed that within a year it will be one of the chief
Central American Atlantic ports, as it is the shipping point for two
fruit companies. These companies are responsible for the building
of a town which has a good electric light plant, a hospital, a theater
and a Tropical Radio station. There is a dock a mile long connected
with a railroad running inland to Obrayeri, 37 miles distant. The
mining region in the northern section of the Department of Jinotega
will be opened up when the railroad, on the construction of which
about 6,000 workmen are now engaged, is completed to its proposed
length of 120 miles.
PANAMA
RECONSTRUCTION OF AGUADULCE WHARF.—The President recently
signed a contract for the reconstruction, at a cost of $148,000, of the
wharf at Aguadulce, Province of Coclé, with the necessary warehouses
and a dock for landing cattle. (Courtesy of the Panaman Legation in
Washington.)
Narrow GAUGE RATLROAD.—The press reports that a 10-mile rail-
road of 3-foot gauge is to be built from Arenosa on Gattin Lake to
the headwaters of the Lagarto River. The railroad will be equipped
with 4 locomotives and 50 cars, which will be used to haul bananas
from inland plantations to Gattin Lake. From there they will be
reloaded for shipment to the United States. Plantations in the
interior of this section have so far been unable to send out fruit for
export, as there are no navigable rivers to the coast.
PARAGUAY
ForEIGN TRADE.—The following statistics on the foreign trade of
Paraguay were taken from Jndustrias, of Asuncién, for January 30
and February 6, 1927:
The total value of Paraguayan exports for the year 1926 was 15,497,504 pesos,
the largest amount, valued at 11,957,427 pesos, having been purchased by Argen-
tina, and the second largest, valued at 1,151,955 pesos, by the United States.
Other importing countries named in order of their importance in Paraguayan
trade were Uruguay, France, Germany, Italy, Holland, Belgium, England,
Spain, Chile, Brazil, Japan, and Switzerland. The total value of Paraguayan
imports was 12,205,280 pesos, Argentina leading with 4,099,461 pesos and the
United States, England, and Germany following closely with 1,938,409, 1,688,521,
AGRICULTURE, INDUSTRY, AND COMMERCE 607
and 1,273,568 pesos, respectively. The following is a comparative table of the
principal articles exported from Paraguay during the past three years:
Article Quantity | 1924 | 1925 1926
TBl@rern ce Cs on ees | Kilograms____| _ 240, 041 364, 772 351, 134
tonsehain 2a. tae Bis [eee Gls S22 lO, O78 109, 267 104, 877
Catilesnides:222 222 = | Number. _=—-_- | 343, 322 398, 405 365, 391
Meat. extract_._________- KKilograms____| 148, 407 | 1, 284, 144 969, 963
Meateilour sa as aint Boa ee dose: os: | 625, 620 | 2, 373, 660 | 2, 069, 587
OMe tes Sener aie tee SES ean dotaxssse | 25,631 | 256,171 | 1, 224,955
BUN (ee Sah a oe Lea dora = 53, 709 49, 461 23, 442
slomoue;canneds= 382222 5 |bus Go eeaeeee 10, 918 90, 364 | 84, 875
Waldeanimail hides=2 2-2 2/2252 dAO2 uses 65, 558 | 51, 372 | 40, 976
Tankage, dried and salted _|_____ GOste ee ue Dio o |e O20NCOK Na azo OO
Beet jerked tee. So vas Sale 2 GOr ee ee | 462, 624 | 1, 244, 536 | 1, 301, 556
Nerves and tendons__-___-_ [Boe A doe 12, 196 | 35, O87 | 48, 441
IPeeinUnh len [fees Gost ees | 300;-392-) - 166, 897 | - 252° 190
Gimmedtcottonsa= as a | bee Closet | 3, 011, 009 | 2, 786, 278 | 2, 006, 744
PAN alia eatees sas eS per a | Ss ae dosae aw = | 24, 060 | 22, 000 55, 500
Alligator pears__________ Number__-___-_ 10, 750 | 24, 000 | 64, 300
Cane sugar syrup______-_- Ihiterss= === == 10, 971 153, 856 | 191, 307
emOnssamsnier at Wea, Numbers sae 2 92,000 | 224 250) 260, 750
Watésies, Snes Siig) Saat Sees Gore se 325,850 | 384, 616 | 1, 117, 552
@rangesss sess. 2. so Thousand____- | 1927567, | 239) 66800) 2romo ol
C@ottoneseedse = sae | Kilograms____| 6, 183, 855 | 4, 832, 748 | 3, 601, 461
SROWACC ORS <2 sane Se ae eee Bones doe= 2222 == | 6, old; 4435 78,657,290 15, 073,467
RYE Te fo Aigner GC ees eee 5 See Wee lie 29s SL £6 (Gs ec eet 6, 850, 063 | 9, 277, 580 | 8, 118, 639
Quebracho extract_—-.___|_____ Coke es 31, 684, 757 |64, 652, 268 |57, 550, 183
Olof petit graim 2 === = |2 ee doves ee 73, 358 75, 923 | 90, 176
Palin tS he SS te Num CT | 2D, HENS 24, 371 22, 019
Logs, quebracho and | Kilograms____|21, 774, 080 (38, 835, 693 |34, 280, 292
others. |
animal eresaywie dts == = aan Cubie meters_ 49, 879 82, 577 67, 246
Wool, jnostis 2 Number_-_-_-__- 26, 321 101, 300 124, 548
Joba lbiraye. ee Bundlessess.= 2, 309, 243 | 3, 170, 253 | 2, 844, 107
Apallll Onesies eet ot KKilograms____| 1, 588, 416 2,396 | 2, 416, 755
PO Of See tat cbr Mins See LI ce Ope eN Ls 23, 352 22, 368 147, 489
CONSTRUCTION OF TELEGRAPH LINES.—An expenditure of 51,000
pesos for the repair of old telegraph lines and the construction of
new lines was authorized by a presidential decree of February 23,1927.
DAILY MAIL DELIVERY SERVICE.—Daily mail delivery service in
Recoleta, Villa Mora, Tuyucudé, Ciudad Nueva, Pinoza (Dos Bocas),
Vista Alegre, and Loma Clavel, suburbs of Asunci6n, was recently
made possible by the appointment of additional mail carriers by the
Post Office and Telegraph Bureau.
HIGHWAY IMPROVEMENT.—It was recently announced that neces-
sary work including clearing, filling, the construction of 4 culverts,
and 3 bridges on the Asuncién-Luque Highway had been authorized
by the Government at a cost of 1,000,000 pesos.
PERU
AIRPLANE MAIL seRvICH.—The Peruvian Government has con-
tracted with an American firm for the purchase of 6 airplanes (2 land
planes and 4 seaplanes) for use in carrying mail and passengers
608 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION
between Iquitos and La Merced. Iquitos is on the Amazon River,
and from La Merced, the western terminus, there is an automobile
highway to the Peruvian Central Railway, which makes connections
with Lima. The air service will be in three sections, the two land
planes being used for the La Merced sections. With the inauguration
of this service, which is set for July, traveling time from Iquitos to
Lima will be cut from 22 to 2 days.
AIRPLANES USED FOR SPRAYING COTTON.—Several months ago
representatives of an American firm arrived in Peru to make arrange-
ments for dusting cotton by airplane in the Cafiete Valley as a means
of ridding it of the plagues which have recently been affecting the
production.
SALVADOR
CONSTRUCTION OF BRIDGES.—Bridges across Quebrada Seca and
Quebrada de Mariona on the national road which connects the capital
with Santa Ana were to be inaugurated on the 28th of March.
Puspiic works.—The drainage of Lake Ilopango was finished
about the middle of February. The inauguration of the works of
sanitation, paving, electrical lighting, water supply, and the pier at
La Libertad was celebrated on the 16th of February.
Plans are being made and contracts concluded for the construction
in the Republic of the following public works: A public slaughter-
house in the town of Aculhuaca; the necessary masonry structures
for supplying potable water to the town of El Paisnal, Department of
San Salvador; and a cement structure to be used as a market in the
city of San Vicente. Likewise, a contract has been made by the
municipality of Antiguo Cuscatlin and the electric lighting company of
San Salvador for the introduction of electric lighting into the former.
AGRICULTURAL EXPERIMENT STATION.—The Executive power has
authorized the Department of the Treasury to purchase a piece of
property situated in San Cristébal, district of San Vicente, for the
purpose of establishing thereon an agricultural experiment station.
Import TRADE.—The imports to San Salvador have greatly in-
creased since 1921, in which year they represented less than 4,000
tons of 2,000 pounds, while in the year 1926 they reached the amount
of 40,000 tons. The completion in 1922 of the International Rail-
ways as far as San Salvador was a determining factor, as shown by the
fact that almost the total of said increase was made up of imports to
San Salvador.
RAILROAD CONSTRUCTION.—The section of the International
Railways of Central America connecting Santa Lucia with Ahuacha-
pan was inaugurated on the 27th of February, 1927.
AGRICULTURE, INDUSTRY, AND COMMERCE 609
URUGUAY
ForEIGN TRADE.—According to official statistics quoted by La
Marana of Montevideo for February 26, 1927, the total value of
Uruguayan foreign trade during the year 1926 was 168,045,247 pesos.
Of this sum 73,271,830 pesos represent the value of imports and
94,773,417 pesos the value of exports.
CONSTRUCTION OF INTERNATIONAL BRIDGE.—Plans have been
approved and preliminary work begun on the international bridge
over the Yaguarén River between the cities of Rio Branco, Brazil,
and Yaguarén, Uruguay, as authorized by the treaty of July 22,
1918, between Brazil and Uruguay.
INTERNATIONAL AIR MAIL.—It was stated in La Manana of Monte-
video of February 15, 1927, that negotiations for a provisional air-
mail concession to operate between Recife, Brazil, and Buenos Aires,
Argentina, are being made by the Junker Mission with Brazil,
Uruguay, and Argentina. The proposed service, which includes
stops at the cities of Caravellas, Bahia, Victoria, Rio de Janeiro,
Santos, Paranagua, Floriandépolis, Porto Alegre, Rio Grande, Monte-
video, and Buenos Aires, is expected to be initiated sometime within
the coming six months.
AGRICULTURAL FAIR.—The fourteenth annual agricultural fair at
Durazno, held under the auspices of the Rural Society of that depart-
ment, was formally opened on March 7, 1927.
Prorposep Rio DE JANEIRO-MONTEVIDEO HIGHWAY.—It -was
announced in La Manana of Montevideo for February 17, 1927,
that the Highway Commission of Sao Paulo, Brazil, had undertaken
studies preliminary to the construction of a highway uniting Rio de
Janeiro, Sao Paulo, and Montevideo. (See p. 598, under Brazil.)
VENEZUELA
FIrTH NATIONAL CENSUS.—A partial report of the fifth national
census of Venezuela decreed August 15, 1925, and taken January 31
to February 3, 1926, was published recently. The population of five
States as given in the report is as follows: Anzodtegui, 112,797;
Apure, 42,999; Aragua, 105,839; Bolivar, 75,227; Carabobo, 147,204;
and Cojedes, 82,153.
TONKA BEAN TREE REFORESTATION.—In an effort to preserve the
tonka bean tree, a valuable source of Venezuelan national wealth, an
Executive decree was recently issued forbidding the picking of the
tonka bean crop during the coming season. When the fruit re-
mains unpicked the ripened seeds fall to the ground, and soon spring
up as young trees, thus effecting reforestation. The exports of tonka
beans from Venezuela are considerable.
610 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION
PROGRESS IN THE STATE OF APURE DURING THE YEAR.—lIn his
message to Congress at the opening of the annual session of 1927,
General José Dominguez, President of the State of Apure, stated that
during 1926 a central committee for the extension of agriculture had
been organized. The interest thereby aroused resulted in great agri-
cultural development and a consequent increase in the size of crops
and lower prices. He also stated that some 110 kilometers (kilometer
equals 0.62 mile) of old highways had been repaired, 614 kilometers of
streets and new highways constructed, 2 new bridges built and 12 old
ones repaired, and numerous public buildings erected during the year.
HypRAULIC POWER PLANT.—On February 6, 1927, the hydraulic
power plant at Rio Claro near Barquisimeto in the State of Lara was
put into operation; it is expected that the construction of this plant
will mean much toward the industrial development of the region
round about.
INSTALLATION OF ELECTRIC LIGHT SERVIcE.—According to El
Universal of Caracas for February 20, 1927, the installation of electric
light service in Antimano has been completed and improvements
effected in the service in Maiquetia and La Vega.
COSTA RICA
MortGaGE BANK.—A mortgage bank to be established in San José,
with branches in such other places as may be decided, was created by
legislative decrees of January 17 and 20, 1927, for the purpose of
facilitating mortgage loans payable over long periods. Organized
with an administrative body of five directors chosen by the Govern-
ment, the bank will issue securities and mortgage bonds in exchange
for mortgages made in its favor and carry on other financial opera-
tions.
DOMINICAN REPUBLIC
OprreNntna or Concress.—In compliance with the provisions of the
Constitution, Congress met for its first regular session of the year on
February 27, at which time the President presented his annual
message.
GUATEMALA
Raitway toan.—A first lien and refunding mortgage loan of
$7,500,000 in 614 per cent gold bonds dated February 1, 1927, due
ECONOMIC AND FINANCIAL AFFAIRS 611
February 1, 1947, was launched in the United States by the Interna-
tional Railways of Central America on February 10, 1927. The
proceeds of the sale will be applied in part toward financing the con-
struction of 197 miles of railroad in Guatemala and Salvador, and in
part for other corporate purposes. This railway, which traverses a
rich agricultural region of the two countries, is expected to be finished
in 1928.
REVENUE.—In his message to Congress on March 1, 1927, President
Chacon stated that:
Government revenues during the past vear amounted to 10,839,070 quetzales,
or an increase of 1,161,449 quetzales over those of the previous vear.
In pursuance of a policy to increase the efficiency of the treasury department,
the services of an expert who has successfully concluded similar work in Chile,
Panama, and Salvador were recently acquired by the Government for the com-
plete reorganization of the customs service and the training of an efficient corps
of clerks for that branch.
MEXICO
GOVERNMENT ECONOMY PROGRAM.—At a meeting of the Cabinet
in March, President Calles presented a program for Government
economy, in which the members of his cabinet heartily concurred.
The President expressed his desire that no check should be placed on
those activities which promote the progress and immediate welfare
of the Mexican people, such as highways, irrigation projects, the
establishment of agricultural schools, and education in general, and
also pledged the Government to the payment of the 68,000,000
pesos due this year on the foreign debt. It is planned to economize
12,000,000 pesos from the total of 327,525,000 pesos at which the
budget was originally balanced. Arrangements will be made to
pay the floating debt, which amoumts to somewhat more than
15,000,000 pesos, over a term of years.
FINANCIAL AID TO THE FARMER.—The Government is extending
aid to the small farmer through the National Agricultural Credit
Bank with its 200 local branches and through the Cooperative
Agricultural Bank. Through the former, which began to function
in June, 1926, more than 8,000,000 pesos have been loaned to farmers.
Agricultural inspectors employed by the bank to see that loans are
being put to good use have been able so to advise and instruct
borrowers that they have largely increased their production of
agriculture and stock. The bank has also taken a constructive part
in systematizing and developing certain crops whose producers have
sought their aid, as in the case of the sugar and tropical fruit growers.
The Cooperative Agricultural Bank, which started its work May
20, 1926, works entirely through cooperative societies, of which 19
had been organized in various States by December 31, 1926. These
were all rural, but the shareholders have voted to extend the bank’s
612 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION,
facilities to industrial cooperatives as well. The rural cooperatives
are agricultural, forestal, stock raising, and corn grinding. The
forestal cooperatives have been responsible, the press states, for
decrease in the price of charcoal (a much-used fuel) in Mexico City.
Loans were made in 1926 to the amount of approximately 126,000
pesos. It is interesting to note the friendly gesture of the Federation
Bank and Trust Co., a labor bank of New York, which made a
deposit of $5,000 in the Cooperative Agricultural Bank.
PERU
Loan For $15,000,000.—In March last bonds of the Peruvian
Government for $15,000,000, the first part of an authorized loan
of £5,000,000, were placed on the New York market at 96%. Of
the proceeds of these bonds, which mature September 1, 1959,
$3,000,000 will be used to pay existing debts, while the remainder
will be employed in the purchase of machinery and equipment for
the manufacture of tobacco products and for the construction of
railways, irrigation works, and sewer systems. The loan is guaran-
teed by the proceeds of the tobacco monopoly.
LoAN FOR THE CITY OF CaLuao.—The Chamber of Deputies has
approved a bill authorizing the Government to guarantee the pro-
jected Callao municipal loan for $1,500,000 negotiated in Los Angeles,
California. The loan is to bear interest at 744 per cent annually,
certain municipal revenues being pledged sufficient to provide for
the requisite semiannual interest payments, and for a sinking fund
out of which bonds of the new issue are to be retired at a price not
to exceed 107144. The Callao loan will mature January 1, 1942,
when all outstanding bonds are to be retired at par.
COSTA RICA
ACCIDENT COMPENSATION.—New regulations regarding labor acci-
dent compensation issued in accordance with the insurance law of
October 30, 1924, were decreed by the President on January 17, 1927.
In addition to regulations included in the decree of June 10, 1926,
annulled by the present law, the act names the trades included in the
scope of the accident compensation, specifies the procedure to be
followed in case of accident, defines duties of the superior court in
case of dispute, and determines compensation of injured persons
or, if the injury resulted in death, of their dependents.
PUBLIC INSTRUCTION AND EDUCATION 613
PANAMA
ALCOHOL FUEL LAW.—A law was approved in February for the
manufacture of fuel alcohol in combination with gasoline or petroleum,
as experiments along this line have given satisfactory results.
PARAGUAY
AMENDMENT OF ELECTORAL LAW.—Amendments to law No. 702 of
November 14, 1924, governing the election of deputies, senators,
conventioners, presidential electors, and members of electoral boards
and municipal councils were passed on January 28, 1927, being
published in the Diario Oficial of February 3, 1927.
5 PUBLIC INSTRUCTION | Te
get » ADE}\DUCATION : s@ 7
ARGENTINA
EXCHANGE OF FOREIGN AND ARGENTINE PROFESSORS.—Dr. Corio-
lano Alberini, dean of the School of Philosophy and Letters of the
University of Buenos Aires, has recently returned from the United
States and Europe where he arranged for the exchange of foreign and
Argentine professors. Doctor Alberini served as Argentine delegate
to the Sixth International Congress of Philosophy held in Boston.
Among the foreign lecturers to come to Argentina during the present
university year are: Federico Enriquez, Italian philosopher and
mathematician; Paul Rivet and Paul Langevin, renowned French
scientists; and Waldo Frank, an American writer; and for the follow-
ing year: Giovanni Gentile, Italian philosopher; Hans Driesch, German
biologist; and other professors from the United States, France, and
Italy. Doctor Alberini said that the professors invited will give
university courses in their special subjects as well as lectures to other
audiences.
BOLIVIA
ScHOOL POPULATION OF OruRO.—The school population of the city
of Oruro, which has been steadily growing from year to year, has
shown a very decided increase in the present year. In the public
elementary and secondary schools alone the registration of pupils
last January was 2,359, distributed among the following schools:
Ignacio Le6én school for boys, 413; Ildefonso Murguia school for boys,
260; Jorge Oblitas school for boys, 317; Maria Quiroz girls’ school,
246; Donato Vasquez girls’ school, 426; Soria Galvarro kindergarten,
237; Bolivar academy, 350; and ihe Dalene high school, 110.
614 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION
TracHers’ Leacue.—A meeting of teachers was held recently in
Potosi for the purpose of reorganizing the Teachers’ League, created
a year ago. The following board was elected at this meeting:
President, Senor Arturo Aranibar; vice president, Sefior Salvador
Revilla; treasurer, Sefor Francisco Chacén; and secretaries, Sefior
Jorge Schmidt and Sefior Carlos Medinaceli.
BRAZIL
GEOGRAPHICAL SOCIETY OF Rio DE JANEIRO.—On February 25,
1927, the Geographical Society of Rio de Janeiro held a large as-
sembly for the celebration of its forty-fourth anniversary. In an
address on this occasion Dr. Joéo Domingues spoke of the five presi-
dents under whom the activities of the society have grown. They
were: Marquis de Paranagua, Baron Homem de Mello, Marshal
Thaumaturgo de Azevedo, Admiral Antonio Coutinho Gomes Pereira
and General J. M. Moreira Guimaraes, who now holds the presidency.
Concress oF History.—The press reports that the Historical
Institute of Brazil plans to convoke a Congress of History in April,
1931. The Historical Institute was founded in 1838 to collect,
classify, publish, and preserve the documents necessary for the history
and geography of Brazil, as well as to promote public knowledge of
these two subjects. Dom Pedro II, the Magnanimous, presided
over approximately 500 sessions of the institute during a period of
more than 40 years. President Washington Luis became a member
of the Institute in May, 1912.
CHILE
SCHOLARSHIPS.—By a recent decree a change was made in the
method of granting scholarships in public high schools. Henceforth
these scholarships will be awarded by a committee composed of the
Assistant Secretary of Public Instruction, the president of the League
of Indigent Students, and the principal of the respective school for
which the scholarship is given. It is hoped by this means to facilitate
the admittance to the high schools of really deserving students.
COLOMBIA
New Minister oF Pusiic INstruction.—Dr. José Vicente
Huertas, a well-known physician and surgeon, has been appointed
Minister of Public Education and Public Health.
ScHOOL NotEes.—According to a recent message of the President
of the Republic, the number of primary schools increased from 1922
to 1926 by 874 schools; the number of students enrolled, by 126,245;
of normal graduate teachers, by 124; of provincial school inspectors,
by 26; of school sites owned by the Government, by 517.
PUBLIC INSTRUCTION AND EDUCATION 615
The number of secondary schools was also augmented, the increase
in students in these being 583.
The girls’ normal schools in the provincial capitals which were
closed in 1922 have been reopened. A fine school building has been
completed at Chapinero, which will be used as a teachers’ college for
women under the direction of German teachers who have recently
arrived in Colombia.
Professional instruction has also shown considerable progress.
Tue ‘“UniversipaD Lisre.’’—This university was established in
Bogota five years ago by the Liberal Party with the idea of strengthen-
ing the foundations for popular education. The ‘Universidad Libre,”’
according to its constitution, is an institution of general culture and
of higher and professional instruction, based on modern ideas. It
enjoys the cooperation of a large number of persons who are interested
in the education of youth. The number of departments which it
comprises at present—the Preparatory School, High School, Schools
of Commerce, Law and Social Science, and Engineering—will be
increased by schools of Economic Sciences, Agriculture, Liberal Arts,
and Education. Plans are also being made to establish a preparatory
school for girls, as the university is dog everything possible to
encourage the attendance of women students. The university is
maintained by Colombian liberals.
New pictTronary.—A_ syntactic, orthoepic and orthographical
dictionary has been published recently in Colombia, written by the
well known teacher Don Manuel de Jestis Andrade. This dictionary
will be very important and useful for schools and colleges, as well
as for general use.
COSTA RICA
TEXTBOOK COMPETITION.—A competition to obtain elementary
arithmetic, geography, introductory botany, and physical geography
textbooks especially adapted for use in Costa Rican schools was
officially announced on January 26, 1927. At the conclusion of the
competition on December 8, 1927, the authors of those texts adjudged
best by the committee of secondary-school principals and the chief
of primary instruction will receive 2,500 colones and the right to 20
per cent of the copies of the first edition.
CONSTRUCTION CLASSES.—It was recently announced that in view
of the success attained last year, free classes for carpenters and
bricklayers will again be held this year by teachers of the School of
Engineering. The curriculum is divided into an introductory and
advanced course and includes arithmetic, construction and survey-
ing, drawing, blue prints, architecture, and history of art.
SECONDARY EDUCATION.—The course of studies in the national
secondary schools has been reorganized according to the schedule
616 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION
given below, with the idea of making possible for the students a more
intensive study of the most important subjects:
Years
Se — ,
I IN III IV Vv VI | Total
Spanishees*o amet te aa 4 4 | A 4 4 | 4 24
| Sra TS ee ea 3 | 3 3 3 3 | 3 | 18
Bie 1G hike tes ee enn sea wee a 0 | 2 2 3 | 3 | 3 13
Geoonraphiy ae tea Sea ee | 2 3 3 | 2 | 28 14
nlistony Seen: aoe Gaeeee DR Rae sla ee Sales Se 8 15
Physics and chemistry ____-___ 3 5) 3 3 4 3 | 19
Naturalisciences-—-=2 522 -22— 4 | 4 4 2 | 2 45 20
Mathematics 22+. 5225 22 en | 4 4 4 f 4 3 | 23
22 24 25 25 25 25 146
| }
Under certain conditions the following subjects may also be taught
in these schools: Dead languages, other modern languages, psy-
chology and logic, good manners, civics, agriculture, stenography
and accounting, sewing, cooking, drawing, manual work, music,
and physical education. However, no student may take more than
34 hours of work per week.
CUBA
NATIONAL SOCIETY OF EDUCATION AND CULTURAL ADVANCEMENT.—
In order to foster cultural development and to extend it to the most
remote sections of the country, the Government has created a
National Society of Education and Cultural Advancement, whose
membership will be composed of persons on the university faculties,
teachers, and in general all persons connected with education.
GOLD MEDAL FOR THACHERS.—As a well-merited recognition of
service, the Government will in the future award a gold medal to
each primary school teacher who has served in the public schools for
25 successive years, without receiving an adverse entry in his personal
record. On the obverse the medal will be inscribed ‘Tribute of the
Republic to the Primary Teacher.”’
UNIVERSITY ENROLLMENT.—According to the figures published by
the National Statistical Commission for the academic year 1925-26,
the number of students registered in the various schools of the
National University was as follows: Law, 46; Medicine and Pharmacy,
179; Science and Letters, 278; total, 503 students.
PUBLIC INSTRUCTION AND EDUCATION 617
ECUADOR
Prorressor KEMMERER HONORED.—Shortly before leaving Ecuador
last March Prof. Edwin W. Kemmerer, who had been in that country
for several months at the head of a financial mission, was named
Doctor in honoris causa, by the University Council, at the sugges-
tion of the Faculty of Jurisprudence of the Central University.
According to the educational laws of Ecuador this honor can be
conferred only on persons who have rendered some important service
to the nation.
GUATEMALA
Scuoout Nores.—The recent message of the President of the Re-
public shows a marked advance in the field of education during the
preceding year. Primary schools which were in session numbered
2,909, with 3,212 teachers, and there was an average attendance of
80,997 students out of the 103,859 who were registered. The in-
crease in private primary schools was also marked (146 over the num-
ber in 1925). University, secondary, normal, and special instruction
was given in forty schools in the country, with flattering results.
A teacher-rating bureau and a bureau for indigent education and
the eradication of illiteracy were created during the year.
New pPERIODICAL.—The Department of Public Instruction has
initiated the publication of an interesting journal entitled ‘Rural
Education,’’ as the organ of the Department for the Education of
Indians and Control of Illiteracy. ‘‘This journal,” according to the
department, “is intended for teachers and all persons interested in
the advancement of the poorer classes, and especially for rural teachers
in remote districts who are working among the poor Indian popula-
tion.’ The Buuuerin cordially greets this new publication and
wishes it great success in its splendid undertaking.
PoruLarR UNIvERSITy.—At the beginning of the school year, the
Popular University announced that two more schools for illiterates
had been opened in Huehuetenango and another organized in Ayutla.
HONDURAS
Socipty oF GEOGRAPHY AND Hisrory.—On February 19, 1927, the
right of incorporation was granted to the Society of Geography and
History of Honduras, with headquarters in Tegucigalpa. The
society purposes to preserve the archives of the Nation, collect docu-
ments of historical value, make preliminary studies for a general map
and general statistics of the country, publish the works of foreign
writers on the geography and history of Honduras, and render other
similar services.
Niautr Scuoou.—The Unién Obrera, or Labor Union, of Juticalpa
opened a night school in that city on February 11, 1927. Sixty-seven
persons are enrolled in the two sections.
618 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION
MEXICO
Liprarians’ Conecress.—The first Congress of Mexican Librarians
was held in Mexico City last March, under the auspices of the Depart-
ment of Public Education, of which the Library Bureau is part.
Seventy delegates from all parts of the Republic assembled to discuss
the best means for improving and developing along modern lines the
4,000 libraries of the Nation. Sefior Rafael Aguilar y Santillan,
librarian of the Antonio Alzate Scientific Society, was elected presi-
dent of the Congress. Many interesting papers were read, and impor-
tant addresses were made by Srta. Esperanza Velazquez Bringas,
chief of the Library Bureau, Prof. Moisés Saenz, Assistant Secretary
of Edueation, Dr. Julio H. Brand4n, Secretary of the Argentine
Legation, and Senor Maximino Martinez, of the Bureau of Biological
Studies.
Srta. Bringas said in closing her address that the purpose of the
Department of Education is to mold the Nation by means of the
school and the book. Professor SAenz upheld as the goal of the library
a book for every taste or need, and gave many practical suggestions
on the use of the library. Doctor Brandan described the popular
libraries in Argentina, as well as those of the Nation and universities.
Professor Martinez spoke especially of lectures on popular science
and the use of lantern slides or motion pictures to illustrate them,
giving a demonstration as he talked.
PANAMA
Boutvarian Universiry.—In a recent session the Council of the
Bolivarian University announced that it is probable that the Univer-
sity will begin to function this year. It was also stated that Peru in-
tends to send in April the first installment of 5,000 Peruvian pounds
of the 50,000 pounds which she has offered toward the University.
The Peruvian quota will be used for the construction of the amphi-
theater of the Medical School. Ecuador has voted a contribution,
Colombia has already made hers, and Venezuela has ordered the
building of the School of Political and Social Sciences. The Medical
School Building was completed on January 28, at a cost of $81,000.
It is located near Santo Tomas Hospital in the outskirts of Panama
City. (Courtesy of Panaman Legation in Washington.)
ScHoou NorEs.—The interesting report of the Secretary of Public
Instruction for 1926 states that, with a view to extending education in
the country, three competitive scholarships in foreign countries have
been established “for advanced studies in education, two scholarships
to be awarded to experienced teachers and one to a normal or sec-
ondary teacher.”’ Summer courses for teachers and school inspectors
have been opened; school libraries have been created, and to give
ereater impulse to this movement a ‘‘ Book Day” has been established
and also a ‘““Committee on Good Books.”
PUBLIC INSTRUCTION AND EDUCATION 619
There were 446 primary schools in 1926, with 1,492 teachers and an
enrollment of 54,214 pupils; the number of private schools reached
71 with an enrollment of 9,156 pupils; and the enrollment in the night
schools for adults was 1,345. The number of students enrolled in the
National Institute amounted to 1,573. In the industrial and
vocational courses the enrollment was 573, with an average attend-
ance of 520.9. In the Normal School the enrollment was 696 and the
average attendance 666.2. The enrollment in the higher courses
(law, pharmacy, agriculture) was 67, and the average attendance
58 students.
SALVADOR
A PUBLIC READING ROooM.—A reading room was opened on the
General Ramon Belloso athletic field in San Salvador on the 15th
of February of the current year. It was named Juan de Dios del
Cid Reading Room to honor the memory of Juan de Dios del Cid,
who is said by the press of San Salvador to have constructed the first
printing press in America and who printed his first book in that city
in 1647.
NEW RURAL scHooLts.—Three more rural schools were inaugurated
in the municipality of Santa Ana on the Ist of March of this year.
ScHOOL oF TyprwritinG.—The first school of typewriting in the
city of Santa Tecla has been established as an annex to the Academy
of San Luis. Due to the fact that tuition is moderate it is expected
that it will be within the means of all.
New Minirary ScuHoou.—A military school has been established
in San Salvador to take the place of the Polytechnic Military School.
The director, as well as the greater part of the teaching staff, will be
officers of the National Army. The course of study covers three years.
URUGUAY
CONGRESS OF SECONDARY EDUCATION.—The first annual Congress
of Secondary Education, organized with the idea of bringing the
teachers and administrative personnel of the Uruguayan schools into
closer contact for the consideration of educational problems, was
formally opened in Montevideo on February 18, 1927, by Dr. Agustin A.
Musso, the dean of the university. Afterwards the congress divided
into sections to study the works presented under the several heads
of Curricula, Pedagogy, and University Organization and Problems of
the Teacher, the closing session being held on February 26, 1927.
UNIVERSITY EXCHANGE.—On March 20, 1927, in accordance with
a plan for intellectual’ exchange agreed upon by the Universities of
Uruguay and Brazil, a large student delegation from the University
of Rio de Janeiro arrived in Montevideo, where its members will
both teach and study.
620 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION
VENEZUELA
PUBLICATION OF Rosas’s worKs.—It was announced on February
22, 1927, that Dr. José E. Machado has completed the work of revising
and editing the second volume of the Historical Studies, by Aristides
Rojas, the publication of which was authorized by the Government
last year in commemoration of the Rojas centenary.
ACARIGUA NIGHT SCHOOL.—<According to information recently re-
ceived, a night school has been established in Acarigua; at the present
time it has an attendance of 44 pupils.
ARGENTINA
SEASIDE VACATION CAMP FOR WOMEN WORKERS.—Senorita Victoria
Aguirre for some years has maintained a seaside vacation camp at
Miramar for employed women who attend one of the evening schools
in Buenos Aires. The provincial government cooperates with
Senorita Aguirre in this good work by lending a school at Miramar
to house the camp, while the railroad fares to and from Buenos
Aires are met by the Ministry of Justice and Public Instruction.
Groups of 75 women are sent to this vacation camp for a stay after
having been recommended by the physician.
BRAZIL
ComMERcIAL Empioyess’ AssocraTtion.—On March 7, 1927, the
Commercial Employees’ Association of Brazil celebrated its forty-
seventh anniversary. This association has grown from the original
43 members to 27,000. The new officers for the year 1927-28 were
installed at the anniversary meeting, Senhor Arthur Osorio da Cunha
Cabrera being reelected president. The association carries on a
number of services such as a vacation farm, a dental service, mutual
benefit fund, and a school. Plans are being made for the opening of
a hospital for tubercular members.
GUATEMALA
APPROVAL OF BY-LAWS.—On January 19, 1927, the by-laws of the
Mechanics Mutual Aid Association, which was recently organized in
Jalapa to better working conditions and afford membership benefits,
received Government approval.
SOCIAL PROGRESS 621
COMPLETION OF LABOR BUILDING.—A building erected by the
Workmen’s Life Insurance Co. at a cost of over 1,000,000 pesos has
been completed in Guatemala City. It contains a large hall and
spacious offices for the society.
HONDURAS
CounciL oF CENTRAL AMERICAN LABOR FEpERATION.—On March
28 of this year the Council of the Central American Labor Federation
was constituted as follows at a meeting held in Tegucigalpa: Presi-
dent, Sefor Manuel E. Sosa, delegate of Honduras; secretary gen-
eral and foreign secretary, Sefior Julio C. Castro, delegate of Salvador;
and home secretary and treasurer, Senor Nestor J. Juarez, delegate of
Guatemala.
MEXICO
DispuTEs IN TEXTILE INDUSTRY.—An Executive resolution of
March 15, 1927, requires that hereafter all disputes arising between
employers and employees in the textile industry shall be submitted
to the consideration of the Department of Industry, Commerce, and
Labor. This is made necessary by the fact that a general agreement
between employers and employees was made for the entire industry
as a result of the Textile Convention which convened last year.
Therefore, should local authorities mediate in disputes, confusion in
the general agreement might result.
SOCIAL PROGRESS
Sad vs
BRAZIL
Scour excursions.—The Federation of Boy Scouts of Brazil is
promoting excursions by various troops to visit other troops, and to
some of the warships of the Brazilian Navy. It is considered that
these trips, beside making troops of scouts acquainted with each
other, give the public an idea of the good results of the scout move-
ment, and also provide the boys with interesting and instructive
outings.
BraziLiaN LEAGUE OF Mentat Hyarene.—The consultation office
of the Brazilian League of Mental Hygiene is again open for the
service of the public in Rio de Janeiro at the headquarters of the
league, in the building of the Elviro Carrilho Dispensary, which is
part of the Gaffrée-Guinle Foundation. Here two physicians give
advice daily to sufferers from nervous troubles.
43851— 27—Bull. 6——7
622 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION
CHILE
PsycHoLtoeicaL Lasporatory.—In the Mercurio of Santiago an
interesting account was published recently of an interview with
Dr. Luis Tirapegui, Professor of Psychology of the Pedagogical
Institute of Santiago and Director of the Experimental Psychological
Laboratory. Speaking of the various functions of the laboratory,
Doctor Tirapegui said that among other things an anthropological
and psychological study of children was being made there and
intelligence tests prepared. These tests have already been tried
out in some schools, although not in all educational establishments,
as this practice has not yet been officially authorized. A psychiatric
clinic for backward and abnormal children functions in connection
with the laboratory. Children sent here by their parents, teachers,
or physicians are examined, and inquiries are made regarding their
medical history, inheritance, and mental capacity, as a basis for a
report on the method best suited for their education.
CoURSE FOR PUBLIC-HEALTH NURSES.—The opening of the Govern-
ment school for public-health nurses in Santiago was held on February
28 last, in the presence of Dr. Lucas Sierra, Director General of
Public Health, and other officials. The first course was started
with an enrollment of 30 pupils, selected from a group of persons
having already some medical experience; these pupils will graduate
at the end of the present year. Next year, however, a three-year
course will be opened, for enrollment in which applicants will be
required to have certain special knowledge. The school is furnished
throughout with a view to comfort and hygiene, in order to demon-
strate to the student nurses the pleasure and benefit derived from
living under sanitary conditions, thus helping them to carry this
spirit into the homes where their work will be done. Two hospital
wards, one for adults and the other for children, are established in
connection with the school, where nurses will acquire practical
training in the care of the sick.
PLANS FOR WORKERS’ HOUSING.—Funds were allotted in the 1926
budget for constructing houses for workers in Santiago and Val-
paraiso, and the building law also provides certain funds for this
purpose. The plans prepared by the Council of Social Welfare
call for the construction of 270 houses in Santiago, containing two
and three rooms each, while in Valparaiso 33 houses of the same
size will be erected.
IMPROVEMENTS FOR THE STREET-CLEANING DEPARTMENT.—The
street-cleaning department of Santiago expects to put into full use
very shortly the garbage incinerators installed recently in that city.
The equipment of the street-cleaning department has also been
increased by the recent purchase of street-sweeping machines, water-
ing trucks, and 15 motor trucks for removing trash and garbage.
SOCIAL PROGRESS 623
IMPROVEMENT IN PUBLIC HEALTH REPORTED.—According to statis-
tics prepared by the Director General of Sanitation the mortality in
Chile has been reduced from 35 to 21 per thousand since the adoption
of the new sanitary code.
COLOMBIA
INSTITUTE FOR THE BLIND.—In a recent issue of the Bulletin men-
tion was made of the Institute for the Blind founded in Bogota, which
has by virtue of law No. 45 of November 10, 1926, been given an
official character. This institute has at present 46 pupils who,
besides taking the regular educational courses, are taught some
means of earning a livelihood. Both governmental and depart-
mental scholarships are given for those who request them. Board-
ing pupils are also admitted. (Courtesy of the Colombian Legation in
Washington.)
INSTITUTIONS OF THE NaTIONAL Rep Cross.—The Colombian
National Red Cross has several welfare institutions operating in
Bogota, the capital city, among which is a general clinic, under the
direction of a corps of visiting nurses and Dr. Jorge Cavelier, spe-
cialist in diseases of the kidneys; Dr. Miguel Rueda, obstetrician and
specialist in children’s diseases; Dr. Roberto Franco, specialist in
tropical diseases; Drs. Juan N. Corpas and Pompilio Martinez,
surgeons; Drs. José Ignacio Uribe and Manuel José Silva, skin
specialists; and Drs. José Maria Lombana Barreneche, Abraham
Salgar, Carlos Esguerra and Julio Manrique, general practitioners.
This clinic also takes care of first-aid cases, having special provisions
made for this purpose, sending the patients afterwards either to a
hospital or private nursing home as the case may demand. The
Red Cross also maintains a child-welfare center for children under
12 years of age, under the direction of competent physicians and
specialists in children’s diseases. This center is provided with baths,
and a milk station for poor children. In addition the Red Cross
manages two day nurseries for infants, in charge of a competent
staff of nurses and physicians. Besides bathing facilities for the chil-
dren, there are baths connected with these nurseries for adults. both
men and women.
CUBA
NaTIonaL INSTITUTE OF SOCIOLOGY AND SoctaL WELFARE.—Under
the foregoing name a society has been organized in Habana which
intends to study the best modern social thought and practice of other
countries tending toward the welfare and peace of society; to spread
as much of this information as possible among all classes of Cubans
and to awaken their social conscience to the problems facing them;
to suggest social legislation; and to cooperate in Government or
private efforts toward the solution of social problems. The officers
of the institute are as follows: President, Senor Felipe Correoso del
624 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION
Risco; vice president, Sefor Carlos Loveira Chirino; secretary gen-
eral, Senor Andrés Hernandez Fernandez; and treasurer, Sefor
Celestino Aguilar Mora.
SANITARY MEASURES.—T'wo important decrees regarding special
measures to combat tuberculosis were issued recently by President
Machado, acting on the advice of Dr. Francisco M. Fernandez,
Secretary of Sanitation and Charities. One decree refers to enlarg-
ing the National Board of Sanitation and the other to the creation of
a Bureau of Tuberculosis under the Secretary of Sanitation. A cam-
paign against tuberculosis will also be started throughout the Repub-
lic by the Secretary of Sanitation, lectures being given in workshops,
schools, and theaters, telling how to treat this disease and how to
prevent infection. (Courtesy of the Cuban Embassy in Washington.)
REGULATION OF MILK supPLY.—The United States Children’s
Bureau reports that in view of the high infant-mortality rate in Cuba,
attributed mainly to gastrointestinal disorders, the Cuban Government
recently called a conference of public-health officials for the purpose
of deciding on measures for the regulation of the milk supply. One
public-health officer has been appointed to supervise the milk supply
in the urban areas and another to supervise the supply in the rural
districts. Dealers have also been ordered to test the milk and if they
find adulteration to report the fact to public-health authorities.
Failure to do so will be punished by a fine.
Another outcome of the conference was an order published by the
Secretary of Sanitation, Circular No. 473, stating that in towns where
there exists a plant for Pasteurizing milk in quantities large enough to
meet the demands for this commodity, it is forbidden to sell un-Pas-
teurized milk, except to the Pasteurizing plant. Regulations for the
sale of certified milk will be issued later.
NatronaL Mepicat Coneress.—The Executive Committee of the
Seventh National Medical Congress has resolved that this congress
shall convene in the city of Habana from December 11 to 17, 1927.
The principal subjects which will be discussed at the congress will
be divided into five different groups, namely, general mediéal treat-
ment, general surgery, pharmacology, dentistry, and veterinary
science. (Courtesy of the Cuban Embassy in Washington.)
Rep Cross DISPENSARY.—In the dispensary of the Cuban Red
Cross in Habana the following services were rendered during the last
six months of 1926:
General medical examinations. 1, 022 | Injections__-________________ 584
Whobonere HeRNOW ak 136 | Patients registered___________ 4, 084
Digestive organs.____________ 695.|:Consultations=__25 =) 5s 8, 383
Respiratory organs_____._____ 953 | Eye examination____________ 1
Children’s diseases________ ___ ADRS We MUinerhnanermny 2 6
Skin diseases and syphilis_—___ 386 | Mental and nervous diseases___ 82
Throat, nose, and ear diseases_ 280 | Prescriptions filled at the phar- ~
Teethipulled.. (ve ame eee 1, 024 MACYS Lee eee ere 10, 173
SOCIAL PROGRESS 625
This dispensary took care of 28,226 patients from November 13,
1922, to December 31, 1926, and filled 66,461 prescriptions.
DOMINICAN REPUBLIC
SURGICAL HOSPITAL TO BE CONSTRUCTED.—The corner stone of the
building for the new surgical hospital, which the Committee on Public
Charities of Santo Domingo plans to construct in that city, was laid
with appropriate ceremony on February 26 last in the presence of a
large and distinguished company.
ECUADOR
CLASSES IN CHILD WELFARE.—Great interest is being shown in
the classes on child welfare recently opened in the Juan Leén Mera
School of Quito. This instruction will fill a long-felt need, as reports
from many charity associations show the ravages of disease among
children of the poor, due largely to lack of proper hygienic knowledge
and care.
HAITI
New HospiraLt.—The new hospital opened at Petit-Goave early
this year includes a combined dispensary and operating building, a
ward building, kitchen, sanitary arrangements, and_ storehouse.
Extensions have also been authorized for future construction. (Bul-
letin of the Financial Adviser-General Receiver.)
Property carps.—The work of gathering data for the new
property cards, begun on August 31, 1926, was completed on January
29, 1927. These property cards contain the owner’s name, address,
number of people in each dwelling, kinds and conditions of sanitary
arrangements, number of springs or wells, drains, condition of yards,
and disposition of garbage. Each inspector has one zone, which is
divided into eight districts. The chief inspector determines the size
of the district, which usually varies from 50 to 110 properties, accord-
ing to the nature of the various neighborhoods. During the month
of January 22,919 property inspections were made in Port au Prince.
(Bulletin of the Financial Adviser-General Receiver.)
HONDURAS
Pusiic Heatru Service.—The General Bureau of Public Health
in February opened a new daily service for injection of neosalvarsan
in the office of the bureau in Tegucigalpa and in other cities of the
Republic. The injections are sold to patients for injection by their
own physicians or at a higher cost will be injected at the Bureau of
Public Health. A house visiting service has been organized in
connection with this new effort to stamp out venereal disease.
626 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION
EXAMINATION FOR WET NURSES.—The General Bureau of Health
has undertaken in connection with the child welfare section and free
milk station (Gota de Leche) to examine women who desire to
become wet nurses. These women in addition to having a medical
examination will be given laboratory tests for tuberculosis and
syphilis.
MEXICO
ANTINARCOTIC WEEK.—A week of antinarcotic education was
celebrated in Mexico City last March under the auspices of the
Departments of Education and Industry, the Bureau of Public
Health, the Government of the Federal District, the Public Charity
Board, and the Newspaper Employees’ Union of the Federal District.
Lectures were given by well-known physicians on the dangers of
narcotic drugs, including marihuana. Theaters, schools, hospitals,
military posts, prisons, markets, and street corners were the scene of
these talks. Several showings of The Destruction of Humanity, an
impressive film on the perils of drug addiction, were given before
large audiences.
REDUCTION OF INFANT MORTALITY.—The Federal Bureau of Public
Health hopes to reduce infant mortality in Mexico by enlisting the
services of a corps of voluntary visiting nurses, who will be instructed
in infant care and feeding by means of a series of lectures to be given
in all branches of the bureau throughout the Republic.
NICARAGUA
Work OF SANITARY SECTION.—The Fourth Section of the Depart-
ment of Public Health, which has charge of the treatment of diseases
caused by intestinal parasites and of the prevention and cure of
tropical diseases, carried on the following work during the last three
months of 1926 throughout the country: Examination of patients,
5,302; hemoglobin tests, 2,700; hookworm treatments, 5,309; treat-
ment for other intestinal parasites, 608; and antihookworm propa-
ganda lectures in public halls, in schools, in the laboratory, and in
homes, 629, reaching 4,901 persons.
The headquarters of the Fourth Section is located in Managua,
but sends out commissions to oversee the work of the branch labora-
tories in other cities. There are two classes of laboratories established
throughout the Republic; the permanent ones in Managua, Masaya,
Leon, Granada, Chinandega, Rivas, and Matagalpa have an official
who travels about to the neighboring towns to conduct sanitation
campaigns, while the towns of Esteli, Chontales, Carazao, Jinotega,
and others (where service is temporarily suspended) have ambulatory
laboratory sections which care for the surrounding country.
~ Dr. Daniel Malloy of the Rockefeller Foundation was in Matagalpa
early in January with Dr. Bernabé Rosales, Chief of the Fourth
SOCIAL PROGRESS 627
Section of Sanitation, to establish the traveling laboratory services
in Jinotega and Matagalpa and to inspect the sewer construction
in progress there.
The Sixth Section of Sanitation, in charge of school hygiene, finds
in its examination of school children that the most prevalent diseases
are anaemia and other troubles resulting from lack of personal
cleanliness and from poor nutrition.
PARAGUAY
ACTIVITIES OF TUBERCULOSIS HOSPITAL.—In his annual report
to the Director of Public Welfare, Dr. Ernesto Gruhn, head physician
of the Tuberculosis Hospital in Asuncién, stated that during 1926
132 chronic cases had been treated in the hospital, an average of 40
being cared for at one time. A total of 2,185 prescriptions and 12,946
injections was given, and while no cures were reported, only a rela-
tively low number of deaths—37—occurred.
REORGANIZATION OF HOSPITALS.—It was recently announced that
after the practical suspension of its activities for the past five years,
the Villarrica Hospital has been repaired and refurnished, new
furniture, surgical instruments, medicine, and other necessary
articles donated by the Government having been used to complete
the equipment of the wards and operating room. At present the
hospital has a total of 20 beds. Similar gifts, following the erection
of a new building, have made the reorganization of the hospital at
Concepcion also possible.
PERU
LICENSED NURSES FOR CENTRAL Rattway.—The Peruvian Govern-
ment has authorized the employment of two licensed nurses on the
trains of the Central Railway of Peru. The services of these nurses
will be directed to attending passengers who suffer from soroche, or
mountain sickness, due to the effect of the rarefied air of high altitudes,
as this road reaches the elevation of 15,800 feet in crossing the Andes.
PoOLYCLINIC TO BE BUILT IN Lima.—A recent law provides for the
construction of a polyclinic in Lima for the Medical School of that
city. For the support of this organization a tax of 6 per cent ad
valorem is placed on all imported pharmaceutical preparations. A
commission has been created to supervise the construction of the
polyclinic, said commission being composed of the Minister of
Instruction, the Director of Public Health, the Dean of the School of
Medicine, and two members of its faculty.
ScHOOL FOR PRISON EMPLOYEES.—The Chief Executive, considering
that a scientific plan of prison reforms can not be accomplished with-
out a properly trained personnel, has decreed the establishment of a
school for prison guards and employees in the Lima penitentiary.
628 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION:
All employees, such as inspectors, assistant directors, guards, and
similar officials connected with prison work, must attend this school.
Applicants for any of these positions must also enroll in the prison
school, and are required to be Peruvian citizens, by birth or naturaliza-
tion, between the ages of 21 and 55 years, able to pass a physical
examination.
SALVADOR
ADDITION TO ASYLUM FOR THE POOR.—The construction of the
Francisca Alfaro Pavilion for Indians has been started on the grounds
of the Sara Asylum for the Needy, in the city of San Salvador.
This new building will be a two-story structure of reinforced concrete
with well-equipped kitchen, baths, and laundries. Its cost has
been estimated at 50,000 colones.
NEW PARK AND RENOVATION OF PUBLIC BATHS.—Plans are being
made for the construction of a park and the adequate renovation of
the public baths of the city of Usulutan.
URUGUAY
LecrurrEs By FRENCH SPECIALISTS.—Great interest was recently
aroused in Uruguayan medical circles by a series of lectures on
parasitology given in the Institute of Hygiene, Montevideo, by Drs.
Emilio Brumpt and M. Langerou, French specialists in this field.
The lectures were supplemented by extended study trips throughout
the country.
INAUGURATION OF HOSPITALS.—A fully equipped hospital recently
erected at Durazno at an estimated cost of 200,000 pesos was formally
opened on February 20, 1927. Including several buildings with
operating rooms, ample wards, special rooms for the treatment of
contagious diseases, general and dental clinics, building for the per-
formance of autopsies, dormitory and dining room for the employees,
it constitutes one of the most modern institutions of its kind in the
country. :
According to an announcement in La Mariana, Montevideo, of
March 9, 1927, the hospital at Sarandi de Yi, built by Sr. José M.
Rodriguez Sosa for the poor of that city and named in honor of the
donor, was opened on March 20, 1927, and its administration turned
over to the National Bureau of Public Welfare.
CHILDREN’S HOME ESTABLISHED.—A children’s home to care for
boys under 12 and girls under 14 who have been left destitute, or
who are foundlings or orphans, was recently established in Salto.
Although constructed by the National Bureau of Public Welfare, it
will be administered by the Public Welfare Society of Salto, and its
activities extended to aid mothers who because of sickness or other
causes are unable to support themselves.
GENERAL NOTES 629
PASTEURIZATION OF MILK.—In its session of March 14, 1927, the
Departmental Council of Montevideo decided to authorize the
establishment of privately owned laboratories for the Pasteurization
of milk.
CONCLUSION OF SOCIAL WELFARE COURSE.—Diplomas and service
badges were recently awarded those in training as visiting nurses who
had successfully completed the course in infant hygiene given by the
Uruguayan Child Welfare League in Montevideo.
VENEZUELA
HospITAL IMPROVEMENTS DURING YEAR.—Interesting details taken
from the annual report of the Inspector of the General Hospitals in
the Federal District for the year 1926 state that in the amplification
of the work being carried on by the various departments important
purchases of surgical instruments as well as other necessary equip-
ment were made during the year. An electric generator furnishing
110 to 190 volts electric current for use in the operating room was
acquired and a fully equipped endoscopic laboratory installed.
ARGENTINA
ARGENTINA HONORS DEAD PAN AMERICAN FLIERS.—At the
untimely death of the two young Pan American Flight aviators,
Captain Woolsey and Lieutenant Benton, who lost their lives as a
result of a collision over Palomar Field, Buenos Aires, on February 27,
Argentina tendered through her officials, her Army, and her people
every manifestation of sorrow and every honor.
BRAZIL
TABLET MARKING HOUSE WHERE Dom Perpro II piep.—Recently
a tablet was unveiled on the Hotel Bedford, the last home of Dom
Pedro II, in Paris, where he died on December 5, 1891. The bronze
tablet is the work of Jean Magrou, a well-known sculptor, who
made several busts of the former Emperor of Brazil. Dr. Heitor
da Silva Costa, a Brazilian engineer and architect now working in
Paris on the statue of Christ, which is to be erected on the Corcovado
(a peak in Rio de Janeiro harbor), suggested the placing of the
tablet. He made an eloquent address at the unveiling ceremony,
in which he reviewed the fine qualities of mind and heart possessed
by the late Emperor of Brazil.
630 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION
Rupyarp Kreuine visits Braziu.—Rudyard Kipling, the famous
British author, arrived in Brazil on February 13, 1927, where he was
much honored during his stay by the men of letters and the society
of Brazil. He was received by the National Academy of Brazil at a
special session given in his honor.
DOMINICAN REPUBLIC
NEW DAILY PAPER.—The BULLETIN Is pleased to note the receipt of
the newspaper La Opinion, a new daily published in the city of
Santo Domingo. Since the first number of this newspaper appeared
early last January, 45 agencies have been opened in various towns,
and according to a notice published in La Opinioén it is hoped to
increase this number to 70 in the near future.
GUATEMALA
ARCHAEOLOGICAL BXCURSION.—According to the Diario de Centro-
America of February 15, 1927, 150 residents of Guatemala City
recently made a trip under the auspices of the Historical and Geo-
graphical Society to Quirigu& and San Felipe for the purpose of
studying the pre-Columbian monoliths and ruins found there.
}
PANAMA
DeatH oF Ricarpo ArtAs.—Sefior Ricardo Arias, a Panaman
patriot, died March 7, 1927, and was buried in Panama City on
March 8 with national and municipal honors. In addition to the
Government representatives, members of the Diplomatic Corps, and
Canal Zone officials, a multitude of citizens attended the funeral of
this distinguished citizen, who had served the Nation in many
capacities, including those of Minister of Foreign Relations and
Fiscal Agent.
San Mato, PANAMAN VIOLINIST.—Sefior Alfredo San Malo, a
young Panaman violinist, who in 1916 was one of the two foreign
students admitted to the Paris Conservatoire, recently made his
début in the United States after having achieved a high reputation
in Europe. Sefor San Malo played at a musicale in the Panaman
Legation in Washington in December, 1926, and later gave a public
concert in Carnegie Hall in New York City, at both of which he was
enthusiastically received. He is now making a concert tour of the
United States.
PERU
Procress or La Punta.—A short distance from Lima, and con-
nected with that city by an excellent automobile road, the town of
La Punta, located on the Pacific coast, near the port of Callao, is
GENERAL NOTES 631
fast becoming the principal bathing beach for society circles of the
Capital. Under the present mayor, Senor Luis Larco, remarkable
progress has been made during the last few months. All the streets
throughout the town have been paved and powerful electric lights
placed along the principal streets and avenues. Along the sea front
a beautiful malecén or sea wall, constructed of cement, has been
built, making a delightful promenade.
URUGUAY
New Casinet Orricers.—The following have been chosen as
Ministers in the Cabinet of Dr. Juan Campisteguy, the new President
of Uruguay: Don Rufino T. Dominguez, Minister of Foreign Affairs;
General Estanislao Mendoza y Duran, Minister of War and Marine;
Dr. Eugenio J. Lagarmilla, Minister of the Interior; Dr. Pablo
Minelli, Minister of the Treasury; Don Enrique Rodriguez Fabregat,
Minister of Education; Dr. Eduardo Acevedo Alvarez, Minister of
Industry; Engineer Victor Benavidez, Minister of Public Works.
VENEZUELA
Girt oF LEGATION PROPERTY.—Deeply significant of the friendship
between Peru and Venezuela was the formal presentation last
February of the deed of the Venezuelan Legation property in Lima
to the latter country by the Peruvian Minister of Foreign Affairs,
Dr. Pedro José Rada y Gamio, and Sr. Samuel Barrenechea y
Raygada, senior member of the Cabinet. Sr. Emilio Ochoa, Minister
of Venezuela to Peru, accepted the gift, expressing his gratitude on
behalf of the Venezuelan Government.
Visir or ApmiraL HucGuers.—The arrival at La Guaira on
February 23, 1927, of the Seattle with her distinguished party marked
the beginning of a short visit paid by Admiral Charles F. Hughes,
of the United States Navy, to the Government of Venezuela. The
time during his brief stay was occupied with ceremonies and social
functions held in his honor.
New State Capitau.—According to El Universal of Caracas for
February 9, 1927, the Capital of the State of Miranda has been
moved from Ocumare de Tuy to Los Teques in conformity with the
new State constitution.
REPORTS RECEIVED TO APRIL 15, 1927
| Date
Subject Author
BRAZIL
192 aes
Annual report of commerce and industries of Mandos | Feb. 1] George E. Seltzer, vice consul at
consular district for the year 1926. | Manaos.
Eucalyptus paper factory in Sao Paulo____--_-_-_----- | Feb. 4) C. R. Cameron, consul at Sao Paulo.
Rubber crop and exports during 1926_________________- Feb. 5 | George E. Seltzer. :
Preliminary report on commerce and industries for the | Feb. 8 | Digby A. Willson, vice consul at Rio
year 1926. ; de Janeiro.
Brazil nut crop and exports for the year 1926, and esti- | Feb. 9 | George E. Seltzer.
mated crop for 1927.
Economic problems of State of Amazonmas____________-} Feb. 11 Do.
Annual report of the State Bank of Sergipe for 1926._.| Feb. 22 | Howard Donovan, consul at Bahia.
Road building in the State of Bahia during 1926_______ | Mar. 2 |} Do.
Cocoa inovement at Bahia during February, 1927_-__--- Mar. 14 Do.
Manganese deposits in State of Rio Grande do Norte_-; Mar. 21 | Digby A. Willson.
hemationaliwealthiotBrazileyessesee ee eee eee Mar. 22 Do.
The motion-picture industry OfiBraz ilies SSeeare Mar. 23 Do. :
Construction of the Rio-Sao Paulo road __________----- Mar. 25 | Rudolf Cahn, vice consul at Rio de
| Janeiro
CHILE i
Deisel engines favored in the nitrate industry___------ Mar. 15 | Harry Campbell, consul at Iquique.
Annual report of the Arica and Tacnarailway for year | Mar. 16 | Willard L. Beaulac, consul at Arica.
ended Dec. 31, 1925. |
Proposed port works for liquique=-s-= eases eee Mar. 24 | Harry Campbell.
COLOMBIA
| |
Road construction, air mail service between Girardot | Feb. 19 | Legation, Bogota.
and Neiva twice weekly.
Report on commerce and industries of Santa Marta | Mar. 8 | Lawrence F. Cotie, vice consul at
district for the year 1926. | _ Santa Marta.
Report on general conditions, railway construction, | Mar. 10 | Legation.
high cost ofliving. | |
Articles imported through the port of Buenaventura | Mar. 17 | Charles Forman, consul at Buenaven
during the months of September, October, and \) ature.
November, 1926
COSTA RICA |
Annual report on commerce and industries, Port | Feb. 25 | Thomas J. Maleady, vice consul at
Limon district, for 1926. | Port Limon. :
February, 1927, report of commerce and industries____| Mar. 8} Roderick W. Uncles, vice consul in
: | charge, San Jose.
CUBA
Fire in sugar warehouses at Matanzas__________-_-_-_- Mar. 5 | Augustus Ostertag, vice consul at
: | Matanzas. é
The cattle industry in eastern Cuba in 1926______-___- Mar. 15 | Francis R. Stewart, consul at Santiago
| de Cuba.
Coffee production in eastern Cuba in 1926__________-_- Mar. 21 | Do. 2
Cuba’s trade balance for the year 1926____-___-------_- Mar. 29 | Embassy.
Report on the commerce and industries of the Isle of | Mar. 31 | Sheridan Talbott, vice consul at
Pines for calendar year 1926. Nueva Gerona.
DOMINICAN REPUBLIC
Customs and internal revenues collected during Jan- | Mar. 10 | Legation, Santo Domingo.
uary, 1927.
Foreign trade of the Republic for 1926___________-___-- Mar. 16 | James J. Murphy, consul at Santo Do-
mingo.
The National Exposition at Santiago will open May | Mar. 22 | W. A. Bickers, consul at Puerto Plata
5, 1927
GUATEMALA
Eernalional highway between Mexico and Guate- | Feb. 5 | Legation, Guatemala City.
mala
Statement of the Central Bank of Guatemala, as cf | Feb. 28 Do.
Jan. 31, 1927.
Opening ‘of Legislative Assembly and message of the | Mar. 3 Do.
President.
Review of commerce and industries for February, 1927_| Mar. 11 | G. Otis Ogden, vice consul at Guate-
632
mala City.
SUBJECT MATTER OF CONSULAR REPORTS
633
Reports received to April 15, 1927—Continued
Subject
HAITI |
Annual Report of the Adviser-General for the fiscal |
year October, 1925-September, 1926.
Commerce and industries of Haiti for the year 1926__-
Economic and commercial summary of Haiti for
March, 1927.
HONDURAS
Review of commerce and industries of La Ceiba dis-
trict for year ended Dec. 31, 1926.
PANAMA
Municipal buildings for Colon and Cristobal_________-
Law 16 of 1927 amending the immigration law adopted
in October, 1926.
PERU
January, 1927, review of Peruvian economic and trade
conditions, construction, highways, loans, taxes,
mining, airplane mail service.
VENEZUELA
Oil report from Maracaibo for January, 1927__-_-______
Changes in tariff to go into effect Mar. 20, 1927_-______
Coffee report of the Maracaibo district for February,
1927.
Trade report fer La Guaira, for February, 1927________
New dock to be constructed at La Guaira____________-
Date Author
1927 2
Mar. 22 | Maurice P. Dunlap, consul at Port au
Prince.
Mar. 23 Do.
Apr. 5 Do.
Mar. 16 | James B. Stewart, consu Jat La Ceiba.
Mar. 7 | Geo. M. Hanson, consul at Colon.
Mar. 10 | Legation, Panama City.
Feb. 7 | Nelson R. Park, consul at Callao-Lima.
Feb. 21 | Alexander K. Sloan, consul at Mara-
| eaibo.
Mar. 2) Arthur R. Williams, vice consul at
Caracas.
Mar. 14 | Alexander K. Sloan.
Mar. 24} Daniel J. Driscoll vice consu at La
Guaira
Mar. 28 Do.
AneOpportunity.1or allithesAmericas@ see) oe ee ee ee
By Arthur Stanley Riggs, F. R. G.S., Editor of Art and Archeology.
Aericultunesand Irrigationeineb eres == === = ee ere
By C. W. Sutton, Government Consulting Engineer, Paita, Peru.
Kichth Pan American Sanitary Conterence- —-~2= 2). 2 eset eee
ASRillion=DollaroMarketssec = on See he en ae ee ee eee
By Ernst B. Filsinger, Export Manager of Pacific Mills and Lawrence & Co.
The Importance of calenies: Reform to the Business World_.___________
By George Eastman.
New Light on Ancient American Calendars___________________________
DIANE, Tavs) Jé(opensy Ope NG. Otello ee
By Jean Heald.
EAM CatloneotelrisOMeT:S elite be; CT, mee ape ene eee ee pee
By Pedro Barrantes Castro. Director of the Escuela Panoptica, Lima, Peru.
Home Economics in the Rural Schools of Po1r'o Rico.-_-_________________
By José C. Rosario, General Superintendent of Rural Education, Department of Education,
Porto Rico.
Argentine Roomany National library of Chile==- ===) 5252522) ees
PublicehealthwAdministration in) Colombia ssa a ee ee ee
By Dr. Jorge Bejarano, Professor of Hygiene in the School of Medicine of Bogota, Member
of the National Red Cross Committee.
Acricultunesminaustryaande omim crc chee seems = eye eee ieee ee
Argentina— Bolivia —Brazil—Chile—Colombia—Cuba—Dominican Republic—Ecuador—
Guatemala—H aiti— H onduras — M exico —N icaragua— Panama— Paraguay— Peru—Salva-
dor—Uruguay—Venezuela.
Doone MnCl I shnepVoey| Ailes ee ee
Argentina—Chile—Colombia—Costa Rica—Ecuador—H aiti—M exico—Salvador—Uruguay.
ORISA CLO Tie meee ee tees eee ioe Et igre Soy oye. Mapu wae mpeg ows GRE IE SA
Argentina—Chile—Cuba—Dominican Republic—Ecuador —Honduras— Mexico —Nicara-
gua—Panama.
Internationale Dre a ties asp eee sweat se rah ee ees ee et opera eee ee
Chile-Italy—M exico—Salvador.
IPriolbo IbnsHenCiAtomn Eyal JClnORHOM ee
Argentina —Bolivia— Colombia— Costa Rica—Cuba—Ecuador— Guatemala —Haiti—Mex-
ico—N icaragua— Panama— Paraguay—FPeru—Salvador—Uruguay.
Chile—Guatemala—Peru—Venezuela.
SOCIAIGPTORTESS Hake name aye A tS BO He Seow. eT a eee ae
Argentina—Brazil—Chile—Colombia—Costa Rica—Cuba—Dominican Republic—Ecuador—
Guatemala —Haiti— Honduras — Mexico— Panama— Paraguay— Peru — Salvador— Uru-
guay—Venezuela.
Generale Note see sin ts oe aaa Oe ete Spree Rane ee eal pe ea eee)
Argentina—Colombia—N icaragua— Paraguay— Uruguay—Venezuela.
SIMDVCcteMatler Ore ONS ATE OTS ees ee meet see ep
649
651
655
667
671
679
685
714
716
729
737
UolU:), UBdWEULY UPJ 04 JO [e190
-Wat) lope ‘eMOY “G “T “AC pue ‘sjsu Jo
UOISSIUIMMOD [BUOTIVUIEJUT 94} 04 UOTYeSoTOT
UBITEULY 9} 0} Areqaloeg ‘TTeqduey volun
Aquoy IN ‘s}sung JO aoIsstwuuL0y [euoTyeu
-19jUT Of} 0} Seywig poyluy sq} Jo oyeso[od
‘sonooy “GF osser “Id ‘sisting JO WOTSSTUIULOD
[euoNVUIOJUL 94} 07 SoqYVIS Pe}Uy, 94} JO
ayesopey ‘44009 UMOIg SOTMBE “IC. 34YSTI 09 Yo]
‘MOL PII, “VUVUe Jo [BI0UNK) AOUI0IZV
yourro} ‘pAOG “WH os10f “Iq pue ‘vureurg
0} JOIST WVIOULY JoUIIOJ ‘ddIIg SduTUUEL
WIRE “AIA 109899 JO quouTyIedod “UOISTATCT
uvoLlouLy ulyey 94} JO JoIyD ‘UeBIOTL “WM
AVPOYOIS “ATA, SUOASUIYSe MA Ul vUIvUe| JO WOTY
-ede'T 04} Jo Areyoloag ‘IeTTVACYO “{ UNL “IPT
‘ToIuy, UWkOTIOULy Ug ef} JO JOpoId Jue
-isissy ‘sesi0g [1D “A “Id 4UBII 04 YJoT ‘MOL
puoossg ‘938419 Jo AreyoIOVg JUBISISSV “OUI MA.
souvly “IP puw ‘ezeig Jo AxvzoIOsIEpUL)
‘morn “QO ydesor “TIN {soqej9 pojyugQ ey
0} BUILVUBY JO IOISIUTAL ‘OILY “ff OpsVory “AG
‘eueUue JO SIIB VY Uslol10y JO JoISIAl AL ‘OIeITV
“q OfRIO_ “AC +04BIS Jo AI’YOINIG JUCISISSV
‘SPIO “A Weqou “TOO :44S11 0} Yor ‘MOL 4ST
:dnois oy} ur wevodde surMmorjoy oy “Le6T
‘gL oung ‘XoUUY UvOIOULY UL olf} 4B VUIVUL
JO SIIVHV UBIOIO JO JoySIUTT 9q} JO OUOY UT
WootounNy B 4B 4soy SBM ‘oMOY “ST “AC ‘Moly
UBdLOULY Utd OY} JO [BoUe_) AOPOIIG ONL
OUVATV
‘y OIOVUOH ‘Ud AONAS ‘VINVNVd
40 SUIVEAAVY NDIWUOX AO UALST
-NIW AHL JO YONOH NI NOWHONDT
AX
——S— ayes
Gevaert s Gm (NT
TY EIA Y
SiR
VOL. LXI
AN Claw
A L 7
By ArtTHur Stanuey Riaes, F. R.G.S.
SS
Editor of Art and Archzxology
AN AMERICANISM is a text upon which many fine political
sermons and commercial homilies have been preached.
Yet perhaps no movement in the recent history of both the
Americas is more misjudged by the majority in both halves
of this hemisphere. Many of our North American fundamentalists
are quite as bitterly opposed to it as their modernist cousins of the
South are suspicious and hesitant. Perhaps neither group quite
understands that those behind the movement in both sections are
merely trying to accomplish on a large scale and in its broadest
implications the very sort of thing for which the Christ of the Andes
raises its eloquent testimony.
Just at present a new factor has entered the equation, fortunately
without disturbing its equilibrium. In the past year or so an
awakened Spain, pulsing with fresh life and ready to avail herself
of opportunity, has made it plain that she welcomes closer relations,
both culturally and in the economic sense, with her former children
of all the Americas, but especially with those of the South. Whatever
lasting contacts Spain—as a European State—establishes on this
side of the world are a matter of the deepest interest and concern to
the United States. The remarkable persistence of the Spanish type,
the astonishingly permanent roots her culture, language, and physical
being strike down into even the least likely or friendly of soils, make
her formidable, alike as friend or enemy. ‘To-day, fortunately, she
approaches in no spirit of conquest but as a friend, and we may look
635
636 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION
with satisfaction in this country at the efforts she puts forth and feel
no quiver of jealousy or suspicion.
In the matter of trade, if we consider her rapprochement with
South and Central America, we need have no concern. The geo-
graphical position of the States of this hemisphere is such that their
commercial solidarity must of necessity remain unbroken. No long
Courtesy of the Library of Congress
THE CASTLE AT COCA, SEGOVIA
credits or low prices or methods of sale or delivery can interfere with
the natural trend of the established trade, and what Spain gains will
be so much and so peculiarly hers that we of the North can be glad
of her advances. In politics, also, we need have no anxiety. No
self-sustaining Republic in this western world is likely at this stage
of its development to turn aside from its deliberately chosen path,
and Spain, wise with the experience of long colonial dominion, would
be the last nation in the world to wish any alignment or creation of
sentiment tending toward such a transformation. There remains,
then, only the fostering of intellectual relations.
It is at this point that the United States is weak, and the least
interested—because of our inherited prejudices and the general
ignorance of our conglomerate people as to what so old and marvel-
ously rich a culture as that of Spain truly represents. This is at once
an exceedingly curious, as well as an interesting, anomaly since
Spain actually is, and we claim to be, the most democratic country
in the world. Accordingly, when Spain recently announced the
AN OPPORTUNITY FOR ALL THE AMERICAS 637
biennial Cervantes contests, the present writer rejoiced in what seemed
to prove an unusual opportunity to stimulate not only North Ameri-
can intellectual interest in Spain, but in the broad general movement
of Pan Americanism.
For the benefit of those who have not seen the previous announce-
ments of the contests, it may be said that they present to every
thoughtful student of Hispano-American relations a golden chance
for accomplishment. At no previous time has there been such an
incentive to good work, nor such reason to anticipate excellent results.
The details of the two contests will, I believe, make this clear.
Something like eight months ago, the Grandees of Spain proclaimed
that the Cervantes memorial contests which they institute every
two years, and which carry cash prizes of 10,000 pesetas each ($1,900
or more), would cover both worlds in 1928 and 1930. The 1928
contest deals with that most fascinating and romantic figure in
Spanish history, the castle. The conditions may be summed up as
follows:
Courtesy of the Library of Congress
CASTLE IN TUREGANO, PROVINCE OF SEGOVIA
Essays may be submitted up to February 1, 1928, by which time
they must have been received in Madrid. Notice of the award of the
prize will be made on or before May 1. It is officially announced
that the subject may be considered to cover any castle or castles in
Spanish territory, of whatever date or ownership, providing the paper
deal principally with the historic and archeological aspects. This
638 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION
Courtesy of the Library of Congress
THE ALCAZAR, SEGOVIA
makes eligible many of the important Roman and Moorish castles.
The papers must be written in Spanish, be purely original, and must
never have been published in any language. The basis may range
all the way from the purely popular to the highly technical, but the
point upon which competing manuscripts will be judged will be the
historical and archeological completeness and accuracy, the diffi-
culties overcome in the presentation of the theme, and the dignity
and style of presentation. It is obvious, of course, that the-antiquity
of the castle considered will affect the judgment only if the obstacles
in presenting the study are greater than would be the case for more
modern structures. It is assumed, of course, that good morals and
patriotism will play their part in the preparation of any essay.
Could any subject have a greater fascination for the North Amer-
ican scholar? ‘A Castle in Spain” has been the popular symbol, the
proverbialized rendering, of happy dreams from time immemorial.
It connotes everything heart can wish for, bathed in the glamor of
romantic beauty and chivalry. Yet nobody knows anything definite
about the Spanish castle! It has lingered through the centuries
purely as a figure of speech, a warm and enticing phrase. And now
we are to bring it down to earth, to learn of the hopes and fears,
AN OPPORTUNITY FOR ALL THE AMERICAS 639
the toil and pain, the genuine romance and stern realities, to say
nothing of the social, economic, and political conditions which made
it a mighty factor in shaping the character and growth of the whole
Spanish nation. As a theme it is tremendous, inspiring. North
Americans, as well as their fellow scholars to the South, will be
entered in the contest, notwithstanding their linguistic handicap, and
both the Americas will be the richer for their effort and by the
better understanding which will quickly spring from the publication
of the successful essay, whether it is their work or not.
In a political sense the contest of 1930 even more closely concerns
Americans; for while the romance of the castle theme is cultural and
poetic and will probably be handled with something of the courtly
Courtesy of the Library of Congress
THE ALCAZAR, TOLEDO
grace and charm we brusquer folk associate always with Spain at her
best, ‘The Viceroyalties of New Spain or of Peru” provide a subject
which touches us at many points. With this formidable theme the his-
torian, the economist, the statesman, above all the ripened research
scholar of sympathy and discernment, can build high and well. The
incredible achievements of the Spanish culture in the savage new
world impinge directly upon our own similar experiences; parallel
after parallel is immediately evident.
As the original conditions governing both these contests were incom-
plete from the North American point of view, the Dean of the Grandees,
the Duke of Fernan-Ntifiez, was appealed to for more definite instruc-
tions. In general, the conditions are the same for both contests. In
640 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION
particular, it should be remembered that the conditions of this
second contest are the same in a material way as that of the first.
Papers may be submitted up to February 1, 1930, and the award
will be announced the following May. Any study will be eligible
which considers either or both of the viceroyalties or even the reign
of a viceroy, only provided they are connected with the historical,
social, and political aspects of the case as the more important fea-
tures. In both contests the manuscript should be signed with a pen
name and accompanied by an envelope sealed with wax containing
PRINCIPAL ENTRANCE
TO THE CASTILLO DE
LA MOTA, MEDINA DEL
CAMPO
Courtesy of the Library of Congress
the author’s real name and address. All communications should be
addressed to Exemo. Sefior Decano de la Grandeza, Duque de Fernan-
Nitiiez, 43 Calle de Santa Isabel, Madrid. They should be fully post-
paid and competitors should retain copies of their work in case of
loss.
With all the disagreements and misunderstandings of history in
the category of forgotten things, and the only interest of both con-
testants and judges that of sound and constructive research to the
end of bringing our different peoples more closely into intellectual
harmony, the result can hardly fail to be salutary from Alaska to °
AN OPPORTUNITY FOR ALL THE AMERICAS 641
Tierra del Fuego. By no means the least of these results may be
the eventual reading in these United States, as well as in our Spanish-
speaking neighbor lands, of the winning essay, with its thrilling unfold-
ment of the daring, the piety, the heroism, the persistence, and the
magnificent constructive efforts put forth over forty-three degrees of
latitude in this hemisphere alone, with an effect still alive and of
absorbing interest.
Courtesy of the Library of Congress
PUERTA DEL ALCAZAR, AVILA
Several North American scholars have signified their intention to
compete. Pan America as a whole should be represented in so note-
worthy a contest, and it would surprise no one familiar with the
power and brilliance of Central and South American letters to see
the successful contestant a man of Spanish descent and sympathies,
living to-day in one of those ancient viceroyalties and drenched with
the tradition and spirit he thus memorializes.
AGRICULTUR
GATION ID
By Mr. C. W. Sutton,
Government Consulting Engineer, Paita, Peru
SSS Say
(The following is the text of a letter by Mr. C. W. Sutton, Consulting Engineer of the Government Irrigation
Works to Senor Enrique Torres Belén, who represented Peru at the Pan Pacific Conference on Irrigation,
Land Settlement and Education held in Honolulu in April, 1927.)
T would be rash to attempt to say what is the total area of land
under cultivation in Peru or how much capital has been invested
init. I estimate, from isolated figures which I take to be typical,
that the national capital is not less than Lp.? 400,000,000 and that
the total area under cultivation is about 1,600,000 hectares (4,000,000
acres) without counting small farms in process of formation in the
montana. The greater part of these lands are irrigated; that is to
say, that in the sierra and coastal lands of Peru irrigation is a tradi-
tional part of the agricultural equipment.
This is especially true upon the coast where, with an annual rainfall
of less than 6 inches, 254,000 hectares (640,000 acres) were dependent
in 1919 entirely upon irrigation. It is probable that this area yields
almost half of the agricultural produce of the country. Nevertheless,
the coastal lands as everywhere else in the country suffer from an
insufficiency of capital, lack of method in administration and culti-
vation and, above all, from a scarcity of adequate and permanent
means of communication, drainage, or irrigation.
In spite of these drawbacks the climate and the physical conditions
are so favorable to agriculture and the land yields all that is required
of it in response to so little effort that few people take note of the
ereat possibilities which exist and the meagerness of ae present
returns.
Of the Lp. 400,000,000 which is estimated to be the “anil of the
country, it is probable that not more than Lp. 40,000,000 are invested
in irrigation. Nevertheless, this capital produces annually at least
an equal amount, which can also be estimated as 30 per cent of the
total product of all the industries of the country, including agriculture
itself. There is no other investment which gives a gross return so
great in comparison with the capital invested. Ten per cent of the
capital of the country produces, by irrigation, 30 per cent of the
annual revenue of the country.
1 The West Coast Leader, Lima, March 22, 1927.
2 Abbreviation of ‘‘Lebras Peruanas,’’ or Peruvian pounds.
642
AGRICULTURE AND IRRIGATION IN PERU 643
However, the distribution of this revenue is very uneven. The
native population forms 70 per cent of the total population; yet they
do not receive even so much as 30 per cent of the gross product of
the lands which, theoretically at least, they used to draw under the
Inca Empire.
The principal reasons which contribute to the fact that the agricul-
tural population can not attain the level of its aspirations in the
measure that the national welfare demands are the following:
(a) The natural limitation of the lands under cultivation and irri-
gated, and the small capital which is invested.
(6) The natural tendency towards the expansion and consolidation
of the large sugar and cotton estates.
(c) The lack of a farmer’s bank.
(d) Lack of agricultural credit for cotton producers.
(e) Distance from markets.
With the object of diminishing the effect of these obstacles to the
progress of the national agriculture, the government began in 1904 to
make a systematic inventory of its resources in land and water along
the coast, a region which offered the greatest facilities for solving
this problem both on account of its nearness to the world’s markets and
to the principal centers of the national consumption. The coast
has always been from colonial times the center of commerce and of
government, and is connected with foreign markets by 25 ports
extending for a distance of 1,400 miles.
Probably half of the agricultural capital of the country is invested
in this coastal region, which included, in 1919, 264,000 hectares or
640,000 acres. In 1920 the Government drew up a program for a
colonization and irrigation scheme upon the coast from which it has
been possible to deduce that there are a million acres or 400,000
hectares which are capable of being irrigated. This area is scattered
over 20 valleys.
The measure of the feasibility of these projects was based upon an
estimated value of Lp. 100 per hectare as the limit, which is equivalent
at the present rate of exchange to approximately $150 per acre.
This limit, which would be considered high in the United States,
must be judged in relation to the fact that in 1920 1t was impossible
to buy small properties up to 10 hectares in area for less than Lp. 400
per hectare, or $600 per acre at the present rate of exchange. This
high valuation of small properties is due to the fact that the small
holding is the only means of assuring the economic-and social liberty
of more than 50 per cent of the population. If the small farmer has
the opportunity of selling his land even at very high price, he replies:
“What should I do with the money?” If he exchanges his land for
money, he is unable to buy other land or to invest his money capital
in a business which would yield so profitable a dividend and which
644 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION
would at the same time assure him his daily bread in any economic
or social emergency.
In considering the demand for land, however, we must not fail
to take into account the agricultural class actually in possession of
lands. The agricultural traditions of Peru are so strong that it may
be said that there is no element in the population which is not glad
of the opportunity of buying agricultural land whenever the oppor-
tunity presents itself in a realizable manner.
The population of Peru is increasing at the rate of seven per thou-
sand per annum. Each year adds 28,000 individuals to the poten-
tially agricultural population; every year the country needs to pro-
vide opportunities for the support of 14,000 families of new Peruvians.
This increase, although not immediately effective in stimulating a
demand for land, in practice is retroactive because it has been bound
up for years past with the accumulation of large masses of population
who are without economic opportunities.
The increase of population has given rise on the one hand to the
subdivision of small properties between the sons of one father, to the
point of rendering impossible any further subdivisions and, on the
other hand, has had the tendency to preserve the day labor and the
social conditions of the agricultural class at a level so low that it is
an obstacle to social progress.
To those who deny that such a situation exists and suggest that it
is difficult to secure for public works or for any new agricultural
undertaking sufficient day laborers, it is necessary to sketch the con-
ditions in a little more detail.
There still exists in the great farming districts of the cordillera the
traditional system of Encomiendas and Reparticiones. The Indian,
even if he is theoretically free under the law and the constitution,
is incapable of grasping the fact and continues to regard the patron
as lord of the land and of the Indian. Receiving from the owner the
land which he cultivates and paying for it by service and in produce
and cattle, even to the point of leaving the Indian without the means
of satisfying his most elementary bodily and material wants, the
Indian can not conceive of an economic situation under which he
is free to go and offer his services in another part of the country,
without the intervention of this patron who is the very essence of the
system of Encomiendas. There is no dearth of agricultural laborers.
But it is certain that these are under the control of patrons who seek
to exploit not only them but also the employer who wished to hire
them.
There is another factor also which tends to modify the situation,
and that is the establishment upon the coast and in the sierra of large
mining companies. It is true that they pay good wages and raise
the economic condition of the Indian. But on the other hand their
intervention in the economy of the country necessarily takes the form
AGRICULTURE AND IRRIGATION IN PERU 645
of increasing the cost of food and of other necessities whose price is
affected by international monetary exchange. It is true that the
intervention of oil and mining companies financed by foreign capital
is of great advantage to Peruvian industry, but their influence must
not be allowed to deny agricultural opportunities to that class of
population which supplies day labor to those undertakings.
The fact that there is a strong demand for land among the agri-
cultural, mining, and pastoral population, as also among the sons of
professional and business men of the towns, is not only supported
by general demographic studies but also by the positive experience
of the last six years in the development of the Government’s agri-
cultural program.
The first lands irrigated by the Government were offered in lots
of more than 40 hectares, or 100 acres, and even as small as 5 hec-
tares, or 121% acres; they were all sold within 24 hours of the opening
of the sale to men of every social class, ranging from the day laborer
earning less than 3s. per day to medical men, engineers, and lawyers
with incomes which enable them to live at the rate of £2,000 or
£3,000 a year.
The other instance is in the Department of Lambayeque. There
the daily wage of the agricultural laborer varied between 1.50s.
and 2.50s. on the sugar estates. These haciendas had their own
systems of hiring men, their own districts where they hired them and
all the mechanism for the mobilization of labor, and they were organ-
ized to such a high degree that they resisted the mobilization in the
department of other groups of labor, especially when these were
recruited in the same districts wherein they were accustomed to
secure their own peons. In consequence, the irrigation service had
to organize a special department for the mobilization of labor,
taking care not to hire or to receive laborers from the haciendas,
going dozens of leagues outside of those districts when additional
labor was required. Nevertheless, though fixing a daily wage of
no more than 1.80s. in some districts, it has been possible to engage
4,000 day laborers in less than a year. When one takes into con-
sideration that, upon the haciendas, in addition to wages the laborer
often is given a small plot of land to cultivate for himself, has a
permanent residence and many of the diversions which can usually
only be obtained in the cities, and when one considers on the
other hand that the construction of hydraulic works necessitates
that the laborer should live far from towns and without the oppor-
tunity of gratifying many of his social instincts, it is evident that
it is perfectly possible to mobilize sufficient elements in Peru not
only for the irrigation but also for the colonization of new lands.
After all the circumstances had been taken into consideration,
in June, 1920, the first steps in the history of Peru were taken to
remedy and reduce the lack of social agricultural opportunities in
646 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION
the country. This commenced with the construction of a scheme
for the irrigation of the Pampas Imperial, situated 80 kilometers
from Lima, in the Cafiete Valley. The project embraced 8,000
hectares, or 20,000 acres. The work was completed in 1923 and
opened for colonization in June, 1924, at the price of Lp. 75 per
hectare or approximately $110 per acre according to present rates of
exchange.
The scheme was divided into two parts: Irrigation by gravity and
irrigation by pumps. The latter constitutes about 15 per cent of the
totel. To-day, two and a half years after the sale to the public,
66 per cent of the land is under cultivation. The area to be served
by pumps can not be cultivated until a hydroelectric plant has been
installed to provide cheap power. This was provided for in the plans
by the construction of a canal which develops in its course 7,000
horsepower. The Government hopes that private enterprises will
embrace the industrial opportunity offered to establish, within the
boundaries of the colony, cotton mills and other enterprises directly
concerned with the development of agricultural products. Even
should this espect of the project not be realized, the Government
itself will, no doubt, install a power station sufficient at least to work
the pumps.
Many precedents were studied for the colonization of the lands of
the Pampas Imperial. As happens in the majority of cases, the land
which was to be irrigated was not Government property. The
possibility of settling this difficulty in the manner adopted in some
other countries by putting an ad valorem tax on the land, reserving
to the State the right to apply the tax in conformity with the valuation
of the proprietors themselves, or to expropriate the land in accord-
ance with the same valuation, was considered to be inapplicable on
account of the strong resistance of the populace, whose elements were
almost entirely formed of the owners of large tracts of arid or semiarid
lend.
Recourse was, accordingly, had to the following expedient:
Congress passed a law offering to purchase from the owners of the
pampas half of their land within a certain period at the price of Lp. 7
per hectare or $10 per acre, offering also to sell the water rights re-
quired to irrigate the other half which remained in the hands of the
original proprietors. Jf within the period of time laid down the
owners did not accept, then the State under the terms of this law
could expropriate the whole at a price of $10 per acre.
The proprietors gladly accepted the conditions, and the Govern-
ment sold the land in lots varying from 12 to 100 acres. The terms
of payment alike for the original proprietors and the new colonists
were very favorable to the purchaser. The whole price had to be
paid in 25 years, without interest. Interest was only collected upon
overdue quotas.
AGRICULTURE AND IRRIGATION IN PERU 647
On the completion of the Pampas Imperial project the State com-
menced another scheme 500 miles to the north of Lima. This pro-
vides for the irrigation of 70,000 hectares completely arid (175,000
acres) and 70,000 hectares which only enjoy limited rights of irriga-
tion. Under this scheme the provision of water will be increased
from a quantity sufficient to irrigate 60,000 acres to a quantity suffi-
cient to irrigate 350,000 acres, which is equivalent to increasing the
national agriculture by the addition of 290,000 acres of new lands with
a perpetual water supply.
This project includes the construction of two hydroelectric dams
150 feet high and the drilling of 18 miles of tunnels. One of these
alone is 10 miles in length and, passing through the Continental
Divide, will draw 700 cubic feet of water per second from the
Atlantic to the Pacific.
This project, which is popularly known as the Olmos irrigation
scheme, will unit the flow of six rivers into one system of discharge.
It embraces six major diversion works and the construction of 150
miles of trunk canals, 100 miles of trunk outlets, 300 miles of main
roads, the reform and sanitation of more than 15 urban centers and
the formation of a port.
Not more than 20 per cent of this scheme has as yet been put into
effect, owing to the destructive rains and floods of 1925, but all the
preparatory work, such as construction plants, repair shops, ware-
houses, and offices, has been finished.
Owing to the complete destruction, also in the same year, of the
works which irrigated 18,000 acres along the rivers Chira and Piura
in the Department of Piura, the Government has been obliged to
proceed with the construction of these as well and has purchased the
works from a private company for this purpose. The Government
contemplates reconstructing these works in such a manner as to
irrigate 45,000 acres immediately and ultimately 95,000 acres. In
January of this year it has been able to hand over 20,000 acres
irrigated by means of a new canal and intake in the Piura Valley.
The works in the Chira Valley, which will eventually irrigate 25,000
acres, are 50 per cent complete, and within three or four months the
first part of the canal will be available to supply water to 10,000 acres.
To sum up, the Government in the last six years has constructed
works to give complete irrigation to 40,000 acres. Of this total,
34,000 acres have already been colonized and are under cultivation.
Within four months the irrigation of 10,000 additional acres will
have been completed and will be colonized immediately; and there
are under construction other works which will eventually irrigate
365,000 acres more. At the present rate of progress these projects
can be completed at the rate of 40,000 acres a year and there is good
hope of doubling this speed.
48438—27— Bull. 7——2
648 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION
Apart from these works constructed and colonized under the imme-
diate direction of the Government, there are other works which are
being carried out with private capital but with Government assist-
ance. These are an area of 4,000 hectares, or 10,000 acres, in the
Pampa of Chilca, 50 miles to the south of Lima, and 7,000 hectares, or
17,500 acres, in the Pampas of Huambo, 50 miles to the north of Lima.
The collaboration of the Government in the first case takes the
form of allowing the engineers of the State to cooperate with a pri-
vate firm in drawing up plans with due respect to the public interest
and which include a colonization program. In the second case the
Government is assuming the debt of the firm and is completing the
work at its own cost, thereby securing title to dispose of the lands
in small lots for colonization.
This description of the agrarian policy of the Peruvian Govern-
ment in relation to its irrigation policy covers the principal points
which may interest the conference of Honolulu. The figures which I
have given of the national capital and national production and the
division of the revenues are necessarily empiric and deduced indirectly
from a few typical cases; but in the absence of official statistics there
is no other means. But as regards the figures appertaining to the
projects already completed or in course of construction these are
exact. It is certain that if the Government maintains its present
interest and on the same scale as in the last three years we shall
have irrigated, in 1931, 200,000 acres, of which 120,000 will have
permanent irrigation and 80,000 acres summer irrigation. This is
in addition to the 40,000 acres irrigated in the last six years. This
economic achievement carries with it the sanitation of the towns
within the irrigated areas, the construction of roads and systems of
drinking water and drainage. Also, the steady increase year by year
in the number of acres benefited is a consequence not only of an
annual expenditure of approximately half a million pounds but also
of the organization and equipment which has been built up and
accumulated in the last six years.
CONFERENCE
HE Seventh Pan American Sanitary Conference, which met
in Habana, Cuba, November 5-15, 1924, designated the
city of Lima as the meeting place for the eighth of that
series of notable conferences, out of which has come con-
certed Pan American action for the suppression of the physical ills
which afflict humanity and impede intercourse between nations.
Welcoming the selection of Lima as the next conference city, the
Government of Peru set October 12—20, 1927, as the date for the
Kighth Pan American Sanitary Conference, inviting the other Amer-
ican nations, through their ministries of foreign affairs, to send
delegates to represent them on that occasion.
The organizing committee appointed by the Peruvian Govern-
ment to prepare for the conference includes the following eminent
Peruvian physicians:
Dr. Caritos Enricur Paz SoupAn, provisional president of the Kighth Pan
American Sanitary Conference, member of the executive committee of the Pan
American Sanitary Bureau, and professor of hygiene in the Medical School in
Lima; Dr. SepastiAN Lorentes, Director of Public Health and president of the
Child Welfare Board of Peru, and chairman of the program committee appointed
by the First Pan American Conference of Directors of Public Health; and Dr.
BALTASAR CARAVEDO, Chief of the Peruvian Service of Industrial Hygiene and
Safety, member of the Patronato de Menores, and head physician of the Victor
Larco Herrera Asylum.
The provisional program for the coming conference, as formulated
by the First Conference of Directors of Public Health, which assem-
bled in Washington last September, and the Pan American Sanitary
Bureau, is subject to amplification by the conference itself, as follows:
1. Revision of and suggestions for amending the Pan American Sanitary
Code, approved in Habana in conformity with certain proposals. (Here follow
12 references to the aforementioned code.)
2. The campaign against drug addicts and drug addiction.
3. Rules for the international control of the trade in drugs.
4. Regulations for the assistance and compulsory confinement in special
State institutions of drug addicts.
5. Ministries or bureaus of health in America and the centralization therein
of all public health and social welfare services.
6. Necessity for the contribution by municipalities of a percentage of their
revenues to the support of public health services, these to be carried on, however,
only by experts employed by the national government.
7. Study of the bubonic plague, in its nosological, epidemiological, and medico-
social aspects, with a recommendation to the respective governments that
649
Eo
650 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION
they appoint committees of experts to undertake investigations in each country
leading to the understanding of the problems connected with this endemic-
epidemic disease.
8. Intensification in all Pan American Republics of the campaign for the
promotion of child welfare, in its triple aspect of sanitary environment, eugenics)
and proper care; also the study of the morbidity and mortality of children.
9. Study of intestinal parasitism in the American continent.
10. Potable water supply in cities and towns and its purification by means of
chlorinization.
11. Adequate measures for plant sanitation and quarantine.
12. Consideration of the best means for discovering carriers of communicable
diseases and for rendering such carriers harmless.
13. Consideration of cooperative means to be used in the campaign against
venereal disease in America.
14. Research in tuberculosis and leprosy; methods of treatment and prophy-
laxis.
15. Sex hygiene and education.
16. Industrial hygiene.
17. Morbidity and mortality statistics.
18. Extinction of the house fly.
19. Prophylaxis of trachoma.
20. Study of alastrim.
21. Regulation of immigration from the sanitary viewpoint.
22. Study of malaria and its eradication from America; work of special com-
missions in each American,nation.
23. Pan American medical geography from the epidemiological viewpoint.
24. Actual needs of Pan American nations for quinine to reduce or to eradicate
malaria. (Recommendation of the Seventh Pan American Conference.)
25. Methods by which Governments may secure the rat-proofing of ships.
(Topic proposed by Pan American Sanitary Bureau.)
26. What are the easiest means for simplifying and putting into practice the
inter-American agreements regarding the declaration of communicable diseases?
(Topic proposed by the Pan American Sanitary Bureau.)
27. What shall be the future development of the Pan American Sanitary
Bureau? (Topic proposed by the Pan American Sanitary Bureau.)
On this topic Dr. H. 8S. Cumming, Director of the Pan American Sanitary
Bureau and Surgeon General of the United States Public Health Service, will
present a communication entitled ‘‘The Organization, Development, Functions,
and Present State of the Pan American Sanitary Bureau: Its Future.”’.
28. Progress of public health in the American nations: Reports and data.
29. Hospital facilities in America and their organization from a sanitary
viewpoint.
By Ernst B. FIusincEer
Export Manager of Pacific Mills and Lawrence & Co., New York
O FIGURES relating to any great trade region of the world
are more eloquent than those pertaining to Latin America.
The imports and exports of the 20 Latin American Republics
practically doubled in the 12 years between 1913 and 1925.
Curiously enough there is only a slight disparity between the growth
of imports and exports. Of extraordinary significance is the growth
of imports from Latin America into this country. In 1901, scarcely
26 years ago, we took only 8 per cent of its exports. In 1926 this
percentage had arisen to 35. Indeed, almost 69 per cent of the
exports of the Republics lying nearest to us—that is Mexico, the
West Indies, and Central America—are now consigned to the United
States.
But even more extraordinary is the volume of exports from our
country to the sister Republics. In the year which closed December
31 these reached the total of almost $900,000,000—to be exact,
$872,800,000. Considering the marked decline in the prices of many
items which figured in our exports, it is amazing that these figures
register a decline of only about 1 per cent over 1925. It is, therefore,
entirely justifiable to speak of Latin America as a_ billion-dollar
market. Equally interesting is the fact that as regards exports from
Latin America the United States may also be known as another
billion-dollar market. This figure has already been exceeded,
because the imports last year from the 20 Latin American coun-
tries reached a grand total of $1,045,000,000 as compared with
$1,009,200,000 the year before.
If the same rate of growth obtains during the next dozen years
that has been shown during the past 12, the business of the vast
region which we are discussing to-day, imports and exports, by 1937
will reach the extraordinary total of eleven or twelve billion dollars.
By that time, as regards our own participation in the trade of that
region, we shall be purchasing annually over two billion dollars worth
of products of all sorts and shipping to them practically an equal
quantity of American manufactures.
1 Address delivered at the Third Pan American Commercial Conference, Washington, D. C., May 4,
1927.
651
652 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION.
The question may well be asked, Is this estimate too optimistic?
The answer must inevitably be that it is not. Perhaps it would be -
well to point out very briefly some of the forces now at work which
will bring about this vast exchange of natural products for the
finished goods of our mills and factories. First of all, there is the
rapidly growing economic well-being in almost all of the countries that
lie to the south and southeast of the United States. With but few
exceptions, the increase in national wealth of all of these countries is
proceeding at a phenomenal rate. This obviously is due to the invest-
ment of huge amounts of foreign capital. Our own participation
in this movement is astounding.
During the first three months of the current year American invest-
ment in Latin American foreign capital issues publicly offered in the
United States, 23 in number, represented $141,682,000 out of a total
of $360,000,000 new capital issues publicly offered in the country for
the entire world. At the end of 1925 the estimated value of American
investments in Latin America totaled $4,201,000,000, of which
$3,300,000,000 were in industrial securities and direct investments.
Only $910,000,000 were represented by Government-guaranteed
obligations. Needless to say that in addition to the huge sums
mentioned, a considerable amount was invested in private enter-
prises, for which there ‘were no public issues of capital.
The growth of manufacturing establishments of every sort in
Latin America is proceeding at an amazing rate. In many of these,
American participation is heavy. The inevitable result will be a
continuously growing volume of invisible imports into this country
in the shape of dividends paid to American shareholders, interest on
the obligations of Government, agricultural, mining, and other
enterprises in which our citizens have invested. Account must also
be taken of the substantial volume of freight charges paid by Latin
American buyers of merchandise imported in ships owned by Ameri-
can companies. In addition, there is the rapidly growing volume
of commissions on transactions involving banking, insurance, etc.
There is one feature of our trade with Latin America that deserves
special mention. It is this: Excluding sugar imported from Cuba,
which is naturally on a special footing because of the preferential
tariff arrangements, more than 80 per cent of the total imports of
the United States from Latin America enter free of duty. I mention
this because one of the results of the industrial development in the
Latin American Republics is usually a higher protective tariff for
the benefit of the local industries.
The fear expressed in some quarters that because of this industrial
development and consequent protective tariffs our trade in that
region may be curtailed, is not, in my opinion, well founded. What
is likely to happen is a change in the character of the imports into
A BILLION-DOLLAR MARKET 653
certain countries. Greater quantities of machinery, industrial
equipment, and semimanufactured goods will be demanded. More-
over, in the case of manufactured articles it is almost inevitable that
exports of these will also grow.
The reason why this is likely to be so can be easily stated. A
large percentage of the Latin American people are as yet nonconsumers
of imported goods. With increasing prosperity, due to the growth
of commercial enterprises, will come new demands. In one direction
especially will this be noticeable—in the insistence upon typical
American specialties. For proof of this assertion mention need be
made only of Brazil, a country whose textile industry is more highly
developed than that of any other of the Latin American Republics.
Notwithstanding this fact, Brazil is a large importer of textiles of
many kinds. |
If it be urged that the industrial development of Latin America is
creating a new source of competition for our American manufactures,
it may be pointed out that this is not without its advantages. To
hold these important and growing markets will require a higher degree
of efficiency than ever before. The responsibility of management
will be greater than in the past. The men who direct our foreign
sales must have a more intimate personal knowledge, gained on the
ground by travel and research, of the requirements of the markets
in each of the 20 different countries. They must realize to a greater
degree than at present the marked differences between the several
States which make up Latin America. They must take into account
the extraordinary differences in the social and economic development
of these Republics.
One of the features of our methods of manufacture that will stand
us in good stead in the new competitive era is our system of mass
production. In spite of higher wages, our low unit cost will enable us
to compete, where, at first thought, it might seem impossible to do
so. If we can succeed in inducing an increasing number of Latin
Americans to visit us and inspect our plants, the knowledge of our
advantages will not only be spread more rapidly, but we shall add to
the store of international good will.
There is one policy upon which I would strongly insist as a legiti-
mate means of promoting commerce with Latin America in competi-
tion with local producers and manufacturers overseas. It is the
application of that high type of American salesmanship for which
this country is favorably known throughout the world. Nor must we
overlook the immense advantage that we enjoy from a geographical
standpoint. Our proximity to the countries whose trade we are
discussing confers on us well nigh insuperable benefits if we take
proper advantage thereof. In this connection I can not too strongly
emphasize the importance of service. Buying habits, not only in the
654 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION
United States, but throughout the world, including Latin America,
are being revolutionized. ‘‘Hand-to-mouth”’ buying has taken hold
as firmly in the countries to the south as at home.
If we are to take the fullest advantages of our opportunities in
that great trade field, we must measure up to the most exacting
requirements of the situation. In dealing with that region let us
regard these countries as 20 additional States, subjecting our trading
methods there to the same rigorous research as in the home market.
If this is done it is inevitable that there will be a growing realiza-
tion of the need for carrying on hand, in strategic centers, stocks
of finished goods, parts, accessories, etc., in order that our Latin
American friends may be served with the same celerity as our fel-
low citizens at home. Indeed, in this connection it is appropriate
to refer to the growing use of motor transport throughout Latin
America. The need for speed influences the construction of good
roads. Automobiles and motor busses everywhere are fast becoming
an integral part of the vast railroad development in Latin American
countries. Sales opportunities in this direction will follow in the
natural course of events. In our sales expansion we will be greatly
aided by the efficient organization of the Bureau of Foreign and
Domestic Commerce,, which is already functioning in almost all of
the Latin American countries. In the few important places still
uncovered offices should be opened in ‘the very near future.
Those who may have any doubt about the importance or possi-
bilities of Latin America as a market for our products may read with
profit the comments of English, German, and French manufacturers,
who are competing with us for a share of Latin American trade.
Overseas journals are full of warnings to their nationals regarding
the growing efficiency of American business methods, including
salesmanship, distribution, and management; and they concede to us
a quality which we shall need in an increasing degree—imagination.
In conclusion, there is one thought that I wish especially to em-
phasize: The figures I mentioned in beginning indicate clearly that
the United States is one of the best customers of the Latin American
countries. That being true, we shall be particularly favored if we
encourage the greatest possible use of the products of the southern
Republics. It is, therefore, the duty of all of us to do everything that
lies in our power to accelerate this development. If we do so we shall
not only confer an everlasting benefit on Latin America but we can
fearlessly face the injunction laid upon the citizens of certain countries
to ‘“‘buy only from those who buy from you.”
IE BUSINESS
By Grorce Eastman?
(Readers of the Bulletin will recall the arresting article on International Calendar Reform by Moses Cots-
worth which appeared in the Bulletin June, 1922, a presentation cf the subject which aroused the liveliest interest
not only in the United States but in the entire family of American nations. In view of the surprising progress
reported to Dr. de Agtero y Bethancourt, of Cuba, Chairman of the corresponding Advisory and Technical
Committee in the League of Nations, at Geneva, June 23, 1926, the article which follows is peculiarly illumina -
ting, particularly in view of the findings and suggestions of the Seventh Assembly of the League looking
toward the formation of international organizations, and the possibilities in the way of Inter- American coopera-
tion in the matter. The fact that Argentina, Brazil, Chile, and Uruguay submitted calendar reform plans to
the League is worthy of note.-—Editor’s note.)
UNITS OF TIME
USINESS men are becoming more and more dependent upon
accounting and statistical records for the proper conduct of
their affairs. It therefore becomes increasingly important
that the periods of time, which form the basis for all records,
should be invariable.
Unfortunately two of the units of time of our present calendar have
been arbitrarily, even capriciously, established as to length of time,
making unequal divisions of the month and year. The day and the
week are invariable and the year practically so, but the month, the
quarter, and the half year are not equal or uniform.
AJl other factors and auxiliaries of business, such as mediums
of exchange and currencies, commercial laws, banking and credit
systems, standardization of time, labor-saving machinery, production
methods and transportation methods have been changed and are
constantly being changed to conform to its ever changing demands;
but the base for all business transactions and records—the cal-
endar—is still, with very little change, the.same calendar as that
devised by the Egyptians and the Caesars.
In view of the great developments which have taken place in
business during these past 20 centuries, it is logical to inquire as to
whether the calendar can not be changed in order to conform more
nearly to modern business and economic needs.
1 From “ Nation’ s Business,’’ Washington, D. C., May, 1926.
? President Eastman Kodak Company, maenesiers INfo Ge
656 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION
DEFECTS IN THE PRESENT CALENDAR
The principal defects in the present calendar are summarized
as follows:
(I) THE VARIATION IN THE LENGTH OF THE DIVISIONS OF THE YEAR
The variations in the length of the month cause the most difficulty
to business. There is a difference of 11 per cent between the length
of February and the length
NUMBER OF WORKING DAYS IN EACH - :
MONTH OF 1926.27 of March. There is an even
(Allowance made for Saturday half holiday and 7 holidays) ereater difference between
the number of working days
which is the important fac-
tor in industry. Chart No.
GaP NizAN se saya
iN y\ =
IAN Ai ees Ga 1 shows the number of work
rol NC I] ~=soing days in each month of
Lil [A NT, 1926 and 1927, allowance
1 ae ae)
[eee
having been made for Sun-
days, holidays, and Saturday
half bolidays. There is a
variation from 21 working
days in February to 25 in
March, or a difference of 19
per cent. If, for instance,
the output or sales of a con-
Rare nnn je aug) sep teg ney eee Cer were Uniornm, throueh=
CHART NO. 1 out the year, the monthly
reports would show the same
variation as the chart, and the manager would get a misleading
impression. For instance, in May he would think that operations
had decreased for two months. All monthly comparisons are upset
by this variation, and it
NUMBER OF SATURDAYS IN EACH
is expensive to make the MONTH OF 1926
necessary adjustments. *qqq@—7—] 7 pg
There can also be a dif- ESERIES GES Gee e Hos
: Ha *
ference of three days in 3[f He OS 08 08 Be Be ee ee Be
0 00 08 68 68 8 2 2 ee
the two half years and of ,fET EES e eee a,
rae pee On 68 08 08 88 2 2 ee 2 8
two cays wo ueerters | HEE
of the same year. AG G8 G8 08 G6 68 66 G8 68 Ge ne 8
Due to the Variations in JAN. FEB. MAR. APR. MAY JUN. JUL. AUG. SEP. OCT. NOV. DEC.
the month which may con- CHART NO. 2
tain 28, 29, 30, or 31 days,
all calculations of salaries, interest, insurance, leases, which are fixed
on a monthly, quarterly, or half-yearly basis, are inaccurate and do
not correspond with one-twelfth, one-quarter, or half of the year.
THE IMPORTANCE OF CALENDAR REFORM 657
In order to make daily calculations in current accounts, banks are
obliged to make constant use of special tables.
(2) THE VARIATION IN THE NUMBER OF WEEKS IN THE MONTH
Another feature of our present calendar which causes great difficulty
is that the month is not the exact multiple of the week, some months
having four weeks and some five weeks. Chart No. 2 shows the
number of Saturdays and likewise the number of weeks per month
during 1926. This variation in the number of pay-days in the year
causes an endless amount of confusion and adjustment for the manu-
facturer in preparing his monthly cost and burden reports. This
FACTORY PRODUCTION
8-HR. DAY, SAT 4 HRS
THE VALUE OF EACH DAY OF THE WEEK EXPRESSED AS A PERCENTAGE
OF THF WEEK AS A WHOLE
SUN MON TUES WED THURS FRI SAT
PERCENTAGE VARIATIONS IN VALUE OF THE MONTHS IN 1926
EACH MONTH AS A PERCENT OF JAN AS 1
SS
CHART NO. 3
variation especially upsets monthly comparisons in those lines of
business in which week-end operations are heavy, as the department
stores and railroads. There is also confusion in those small stores
that make collections on a weekly basis and pay on a monthly basis,
and corresponding confusion for those families whose income is on a
monthly basis and whose expenses are on a weekly basis.
In view of the fact that, in most lines of business, the various days
of the week are not of the same value as regards the volume of trade,
and the fact that the same month in different years does not contain
the same number of individual week days, statistical comparisons
from year to year are inaccurate.
658 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION
(3) LACK OF FIXITY IN THE CALENDAR
The calendar is not fixed; it changes each year. The day of the
month falls each year on a different day of the week from the one
on which it fell the previous year. As a result of this the dates of
periodical events can never be fixed with precision. Complications
arise especially in setting regular dates for meetings and providing
for holidays that fall on Sundays. The same holiday occurs on
DEPARTMENT STORES—ALL DEPARTMENTS
THE VALUF OF EACH DAY OF THE WEEK EXPRESSED AS A PERCENTAGE
9, OF THE WEEK AS A WHOLE °
: x
2 SP ee 20
1 15
1 10
= PecSieia 5
ty)
SUN MON TUES WED THURS FRI SAT
PERCENT AGF VARIATIONS IN VALUE OF THE MONTHS IN 1926
EACH MONTH AS A PERCENT OF JAN AS 1
b
%
JS==SSSeeracay
Fes ean ees] eeu
Jan FER a APR er JUN SH AUG SEP ocr
CHART NO. 4
different days of the week in different years. If the holiday occurs
in the middle of the week, it is quite expensive for certain industrial
plants to shut down at that time.
(4) THE “‘WANDERING’’ EASTER
The date of Easter varies at present between March 22 and April
25—1. e., a period of 35 days. This variation causes dislocation both
to the churches and to business. The ‘‘wandering”’ Easter causes the
church year to be of varying length. Early Easters often cut down
the volume of Easter retail trading and sometimes bring unemploy-
ment, for example, in the clothing and shoe industries.
In view of all these defects, the question immediately arises as to
why the calendar should not be changed, especially when it is realized
that the present calendar was not based upon any well-thought-out
plan.
THE IMPORTANCE OF CALENDAR REFORM 659
ORIGIN OF PRESENT CALENDAR
The Gregorian calendar had its origin in the calendar devised by
the Egyptians, which was developed through years of study of the
length of the noonday shadows cast by the pyramids. The Egyptians
determined the true length of the year—365.242 days—and divided
it into 12 months of 30 days each with the five extra days (or six
extra days in leap years) devoted to festival holidays.
Julius Caesar adopted the Egyptian calendar for the Roman Em-
pire, but, instead of continuing the equal months, he distributed the
five extra days throughout the year, adding one day to every other
month, January, March, May, July, September, and November,
“because odd numbers were lucky,’ and took one day off February.
Augustus Caesar, in order to have 31 days in the month of his birth ~
(August), moved the 29th of February to August. On account of
HOTELS
THE VALUE OF EACH DAY OF THE WEEK EXPRESSED AS A PERCENTAGE
°, OF THE WEEK AS A WHOLE x
‘9
2
SUN MON. TUES. WED. THURS. FRI.
PERCENTAGE VARIATIONS IN VALUE OF THE MONTHS IN 1926
EACH MONTH AS A PERCENT OF JAN. AS
90
JAN, FEB. (MAR, APR. MAY. JUN. JUL. AUG. SEP ocr wNoV. DEC.
CHART NO. 5
the unequal quarters which resulted from this change, October and
December were made 31-day months instead of September and
November.
When. the Gregorian calendar was adopted in 1582 (in 1752 by
England and her colonies), no change was made in the months, the
only change from the Julian calendar being the arrangement for leap
year.
|
660 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION
PLANS FOR OVERCOMING THE DEFECTS
All the defects in the Gregorian calendar are due to three features:
(1) The months are unequal; (2) the month is not an exact multiple
of the week; (3) the ordinary year consists of 365 days, just one day
over 52 weeks.
Several plans have been proposed to eliminate these features, but
the plan which seems to have the most advantages and to be the most
practical from the point of view of modern business is the International
Fixed Calendar. This calendar was devised by Moses B. Cotsworth,
who has devoted many years of his life to the study of the origin and
development of the calendar and to methods for overcoming the
defects in the present calendar.
THE INTERNATIONAL FIXED CALENDAR
In brief, the International Fixed Calendar consists of 13 standard
months, with each month as follows:
1 3 Adee es 6 7
2
eh Petra protest walle eye ac
Se etc (ny ea, ES. |
AOS Or, 7) 18) | 1am 0; 2a
22 | 53) | oui on logue log
Each month in the year will always be exactly the same as that
shown above. A new month will be inserted between June and July,
as at that time of the year the change will cause the least confusion
in respect to the seasons. The three hundred and sixty-fifth day
will be December 29 but will have no week-day name. This day,
to be known as ‘Year Day,” will be inserted between Saturday,
December 28, and Sunday, January 1. In like manner, in leap
year the extra day, June 29, will be placed between Saturday, June
28, and Sunday, the first day of the new month.
ADVANTAGES OF THE INTERNATIONAL FIXED CALENDAR
All the defects referred to can be overcome by this plan. The
proposed calendar will therefore have the following advantages over
the present calendar:
1. All months would be equal, having exactly the same recurring
28 week days of equal monthly calendar value.
2. The day of the week would always indicate the monthly date,
and conversely the monthly date would indicate its week-day name.
Both day and date could be recorded on clock and watch dials.
THE IMPORTANCE OF CALENDAR REFORM 661
3. The complete four weeks would exactly quarter all months,
harmonizing weekly wages and expenses with monthly rent, accounts,
etc.
4. Pay days would recur on the same monthly date, which would
facilitate both business and home life.
5. Each week day would recur on its four fixed monthly dates,
thereby making more regular the weekly and monthly work, pay-
ments, production, etc.
6. All periods for earning and spending would be either equal to or
exact multiples of each other.
BANK DEBITS IN NEW YORK
THE VALUF OF EACH DAY OF THE WEEK EXPRESSED AS A PERCENTAGE
OF THE WEEK AS A WHOLE
‘ %
15 5
10 0
5 5
oO C)
SUN MON TUES WED THURS FRI SAT
PERCENTAGE VARIATIONS IN VALUF OF THE MONTHS IN 1926
EACH MONTH AS A PERCENT OF JAN AS 100
CHART NO. 6
7. Holidays and other permanent monthly dates would always occur
on the same week day. e
8. Every month end would coincide with the week end, most
convenient for business, rents, and general affairs. Fractions of
weeks at month ends would cease.
9. The month of exactly four weeks would obviate many of the
adjustments now necessary between four and five week months.
10. The reckoning of lapse of time for interest and other purposes
would be greatly simplified.
11. All months would be comparable without any adjustments
being made for unequal days or unequal number of weeks, and a great
amount of clerical work would be eliminated in the preparation of
accounting and statistical reports.
662 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION
12. All holidays could be placed on Monday with advantage both
for industry and for workers.
13. Easter could be fixed, which would be of benefit to certain
industries and to churches.
14. As there would be 13 monthly settlements during the year
instead of 12, there would be a faster turnover in money; the same
volume of business could be handled with less money. This would
result in considerable saving throughout the country as a whole.
RAILWAY CARS HAULED IN U S.
THE VALUE OF EACH DAY OF THE WEEK EXPRESSED AS A PERCENTAGE
OF THE WEEK AS A WHOLE
PERCENTAGE VARIATIONS IN VALUE OF THE MONTHS IN 1926
EACH MONTH AS A PERCENT OF JAN AS 100
WAN FEB. MAR APR May JUN JUL AUG SEP OCT WOV DEC
CHART NO. 7
OBJECTIONS TO CHANGING THE CALENDAR
Any calendar change would cause a certain amount of inconven-
ience during the first year after its adoption. There would be diffi-
culty in making comparisons between the month of the:new calendar
and the corresponding month of the old calendar. Adjustment
tables, however, would considerably reduce the time necessary for
making these computations. All anniversary dates, birthdays, and
holidays would be changed, but there would be little actual difficulty
in determining these dates from the adjustment-table. The legal
difficulties, due to changes in maturity dates of leases, contracts, and
mortgages could be easily overcome by appropriate acts of the legis-
latures. There would be no loss in investment, as practically nothing
is invested in calendars beyond the current year.
The inconveniences and difficulties which would be experienced
during the first few years of the new calendar are comparatively
THE IMPORTANCE OF CALENDAR REFORM 663
ADJUSTED INDEX
INDEX NUMBERS
From “‘ Survey of Current Business”
MANUFACTURING PRODUCTION INDEX. 1920-1924
(Comparison of original and corrected data, with percentage applied to reduce to comparable working-day basis.)
1920 1921 1923 1923 1924
Manufacturing Manufacturing | Manufacturing Manuf ‘turing Manufacturing
index index index In ox | index
MON Work Work- ——|] Work-)——--—-- —- Work-|———-____
ing Per Ing | Per ing | Per || ing : Per ing Per
Gays | Origl-| Cor- | cent || days | Origi-| Cor- | cent || days | Origi-} Cor- | cont || days | Origi-| Cor- | cent || days | Origi-| Cor- | cent
nal | rected |correc- nal | rected |correc- pal | rected |correc-|) nal | revpd |correc- nal | rected | correc
,tion Ws ie tion | tlon |! . | tion. tion
= ee — 1 |
|
ma 27 107 103 |; —4) Pi) 7 bans] 26 81 SIG) eee 27 116 ALL -4 n 118 113 -4
Tenens seers %| 100} 108), +8 2%} 68| 73| +8 2%| 79) 985| 48 | 109) +15) +8 2) u7| im] +4
Mach, -.. --.-- 27 113 108 —4 2i 7 76 -4 v4 4 90 —4 r4i 129 vA -—4 26 14 1A |_22..
Apmi_--.. 261 104 104 |---_-_- 2 738 Teh beac % 92 06 +4) Bb 125 20 +4 e) 118 118 |......
i} i
2%) 104 104 |__._..-) 3) 82 £7) es mecel 27 106 102 —4 |i 27 135 130 -4 27 112 1 -4
ae 26) 106] 100 26) 82) || 825 | ene 26) | ol 13) rend 13) eee | 26] 126) #23). 25| 100] 108 +4
July -- 26) 99) a OO) | ae p>) 76 7 +4 25 104 108 +4 || 25 114 il9 +4 26 97 OUR Seana
August 26; 101 1014) Seeeeae| ra 8 80 —4 27 lll 107 —4 | 2 121 116 -4 26 108 103 |_-..2.
26 | 96 96 |.----.. yi) 81 26 103 103))2=Sose | B® 113 118 +4 3) 114 114 |..--.
ae ees 26 92 92 |. 26 85 26 113 L133 Pee H v4) 133 118 -4 27 122 7 —-*
November 26 | 82 82 |. vi) 85 26 112 } 112 |---.--. | 26 113 113) |SSo—- =| 2 110 114 +H
December 26} 72 0) | reeeceed a 75 2 106 110 +4 F 25 105 109 +4 #25) | beacon eee <4 peace
From “' Survey of Currert Business ”’
CHART NO. 8
slight compared with the many advantages which would be obtained
in the business, social, and religious worlds by the adoption of the
proposed calendar,
In considering the difficulties involved in changing the calendar, it
is well to recall that prior to the adoption of Standard Time in 1884,
many difficuities were predicted if that system were adopted, and
it took years to overcome these objections. It is now difficult to
realize how business could have been conducted under the old
system.
PRESENT USE OF 13-MONTH CALENDAR
A number of concerns are already using the 13-period calendar for
their accounts and records. These concerns arbitrarily divide the
48438—27— Bull. 7
o)
oO
664. THE PAN AMERICAN UNION
COMPARISON OF THE PRESENT CALENDAR “A” (YEAR eee) WITH
PROEOSAES 5: > AND =. ©.
A THE PRESENT CALENDAR
4m wax
CAO ree SGD Ss SLMS we ater ans)
17 18 19 20 24 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 3%
2t 22 23 24 25. 26 27 28
21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 0 3
18 19 20 21 2% 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30
16 17 18 19 20 2t 22 23 24 25 26 27 28-29,
ZA AY 792 vhS chy pb} 243 27 28 29
8 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 oY 28 29 30
22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30
19 20 2t 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29
won| Sa] aia] oon
17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 8 a8 27 28 29
21° 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29
195020212 Zee2 Sez 4ere> 26 27 8 29 WwW Hs
won| m=~| oun
aan | ene] uewloaan| o
aae|non| New! anel| &
whe] uae! ane] ane] a
THE FRENCH PLAN
ist wren 2ND WELK 3a WEEK
Cae oA ie Pe Soom. a mh fF Wat 3s Sin Patent PS,
£7180 19) 720) 217225923: 24 25 26 27 28 29° 30
22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30
20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31
17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30
red r ey 2h PESO HLS “ehh ek} 29 30
rr)
4
é
4
wSu| eS! moun} aon
Verdes ths
12s,
3 20 24 22 23 24 25 26 27: 28 29 3 3L
17 18 19 20 2t 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30
22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 80
20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 3
4
17 18 19 20 2L 22 23 2A z 26 27 28 29
22) 23) (24; (2S) 26) 27) 28: 30
20 24 22 23 24 25 26 3 28 29 30 3
1
6
4
1
6
4
1
6
4
1
6
4
naw! now! maw! aaw|s
wn] ann | unn |] ann
woe] Nos] Nos] vce
ist weex 2 vEEK 4TH weex
Sah eT Wiest:
22 23.24 25
eek eRe k 70)
aah eek Y7k)
AAA! >
wae] uy
|
o00|]o000]0]/000]/coo0]z
Zoe SER Eye,
22 23 24 25
22a 2425:
22 23 24 25 PROPOSED NEW MONTH
22 23 24 25
22 23 24 25
22 23 24 25 2
22 23 24 25
22023) 247425
22 23 24 25 29 "'vear-pay”
nan | ann | XN | een | een] &
DAR] AAA! A] aan
wnm| ann) m| ong
CHART NO. 9
year into 13 periods of four weeks, and they have found the system
of special value in pay-roll distributions and in making comparisons
between periods. The experience has been that the additional cost
involved in compiling the 13 records a year instead of 12 is more
than offset by the increased value of the statistics and the elimina-
tion of the adjustments made necessary by the present calendar.
These concerns are therefore getting already some of the advantages
of the proposed plan, although in dealings with outside concerns and
with their customers they must necessarily follow the old calendar.
For instance, their customers’ statements must be rendered at the end
of each calendar month, and not at the end of the period which they
use in their own records. There are obvious disadvantages in hav-
ing to use two calendars. Only the universal adoption of the pro-
posed plan would give all the benefits to business as a whole, or to any
one concern.
ADJUSTMENT TABLE
syiuow Aep-gz Jo sadequReApe AUeW OY) SULAIS apTyM BuguNOse Buijeypoes AQo1OYZ +SYJUOU! JSE] 11947 JO % pue & ‘'%
x,
ny
Ajjoexa ye ‘17 1daS pueF] JOS ‘7 Judy uo syoom YE] M943 YW pus pjnom sie9A-19}1eNH S4YL “6Z FUNf 2738p YALLA 24}
ay
nyL
"PaM
‘ony
“uo
‘uns
7S
Beet
WAL,
‘PPM
‘on,
“U0y
‘uns
"3eS
a
nYyL
‘PEM
‘on
“UOJ
‘ung
‘Md
YL
‘PPM
‘ony
“UOT
‘uns
pesuey)
WAIN
SAVG
4eg-322A | 01 paaoul 9q 0} ‘62 ‘qoy ‘Aeq-deoy] “yoom 1eYy) Ul AeBp 47g Ue SE '6Z 99G PIIPP ‘AVYC-YVAA 24 OF Aep se] S,AeoA YORY >
67 * TE
8c Of | gz Zz 8¢ 8¢ L 8c 6 82 ZI | 8c Sit} 8z LI) 8z*0z | 8c 7 {sz Sz |sz Sz] sz sz
Le 62} 17 Yea) 42 ¢ | Lz 9 £6 8 | LO IF) Le VE | £e OF} Le Of | ke Ne} le re htc Ye | te (Le
9¢ 82 |oz o¢ }9z zc |9z Ss | 9% £ [9% OL] 9% ET} 9z ST] 9z B81] 9% Oz] 92 fz] 9% ez] 9% 92
SC L0} cz 62] SZ TAN| SZ + oOo St 6 SCOaGE INS. avila SG Lb SC MON SG CG leSCamCCH eS SC
ve ae tC SC} re Te} re € ve oS tC 8 tC IL} bc Cl] PC OF | PC SL | be IC} re UCC Le OCC
BOING | i Jie |) Be 08 || Ge £¢ Pv €2 L SCO ECA Gla eS Casieline Carrea te Cem OGM ec CuOGa| Re cGamec
ee | Te 9 | WZ OF | eZ_ WO] 7 € [UW 9 | 6 |W I] HL} 91) oll ew oll ez zc
AUP-sules 5 419}1UNCS pag
LC SOM SCG SGC OSG ic Gime! 1 8 LC OV GSS Ce ST CSTs CSS CaLC
OZ 7% | 0% 2] 02 L27] 02 62] 02 T9S} 02 F 0c L 0c 6 OZ ct} Oz #1] 02 LIE] Oc LI} 0c 0¢
6f I2] Of €@ | OF 97] OT 82] 6r Te] ot € or 9 or 8 6l TTL} 6t ¢€1 | OF OT] OT OT} 6t Ot
8 02 | 8b co 18 St} sl £2) 80 Of | BI 2 st S 8 2£ 8t OL] 8t ct] st St] 8t St] st st
LL Ob Zt wy et ve} et OT] LE 6c} LT IMVI LT OP Lt 9 i © LAV ea Vea Wem Vn Ni Fon ea De
OT SI] 9L OC |] OT £2] 9T ST] OT 8c] Or Te} Or & SES oT 8 DESO Ss Lal OM SPO SO
St LU, St 61] St c2] St be} st La} st OF | st 2 st st L cl o | St ct] St ci {st st
IeIA-J[PH APP-191Se7]
VO VE Shall VO er CCP OC (Poe | Ph TAL) Visca hy On NAV Ie cee Vigmulalayis EHS aie
CE SE Pel LE St OC 1 et cc St SZ | et 8c] et OF | et Cc sit Sh fg ft OF} et OF] Et et
CL PE | cl OL] @E oO] cl T7) cl te ict Lc] 2k oz) et imf}7r oF cI 9 (4 ae) cl 6 cl ot
WE Shy WE SU TS I PS OG UE SGT WE OK NIE | NE RS ES I Ss We 1S $3 ist
Ol ct] Ol FF] OF LE] OF OL] OT czy Or Sz] Or Ley Ot OF | OL Z Oly Or 2 QU ROO}
OC VUlG SG OG BG WEG WG MG GG VENI O CO 9 1G - 9 16 ©
8 O1]8 cli s8 ST]8 ZT]8 O7C]8 sc}]8 Sce];s 87;8 OF] 8 2 BS Be Sl 3
et AGP-USzy AA 13}1ENG IST
£ 6 BWR A OU NBR OE BR Gate EN We rg IGA ho WA 2
OS DOF O So O° SIN @ “BO UG IES Be O- Ge || BE9 Wo €& OE as “) ®)
Got Ss 6 S COS Wis L0G OS gaits Seis WS GS @ SC SS
v 9 b 8 i We ae OUI? OL az Wa te ie SE G1? UN i? SI 2
CeeceSealnes nL, GC ONS = Ge Shi e GEIS Gil Bele “SCI oS Bele wee
C8, ¢ 9 cf 66 G WONG SAG BENG OWN G. aolle Wie 26O\|G UGG UWS)1G
Lf fs be aS wo BS Uo ON BIN OUI SE ue Il BA Oe Se I BD. OY
toaq ‘saq}AoN ‘AONTI9Q «'3D0O;'dag “dasf3ny 3ny} int "Infos ‘unfj|unf AeypfAe dypidy ‘rey pueyl ‘qayfqey ‘ueffuef ‘ues
ey Leese | ERS MSAD (0) (eer Del DY Cece) RH (GRMN) GR Te Yl FES Cee | fC) ates | (8 (PES 20h | SRS Jed tee | LSD) |e ee)
OF v— i Os GW > Sy et+ r+ gt+ 9+ SG 0 BSP 9UIeS
OUd | “AON LOO ‘das ONV “al TOS ‘Nof | AVN ‘UdV | UVAW | “Aas NVI
ra (a TI OT 6 8 Ll 9 S v £ (4 T
AIM |
Sd}ep 8,yIUOUF yUaSeId yea spadeI 10 aDURAPL P[Nom aepualed [euoeUuIazU] ay} SAPP Jo SloquINU ay} MOYs sue 6,4JUOM Yoea JapuN seinsy — pue -+ sy
*] UWINJOD 7YSII s,yJUOUT YOva UMOPp- BazeP-[EUOIJeUIAIUT JY? YIM ‘UUINJOD &,YIUOW Yova JO apis ,,D,, 247 UMOP ase Sazep JUaSaIg “YWWOUT AyaAa But
-18adaJ 89,ep-gz pasodosd ay1 JO} ‘UUINJOD Jar ay] UI SAMIEU-AEP-FoOM Poxly Sz YI “WU VANAITVO GAXIA TWNOILYNUGINI,, SUOW ET 243 SMOYS ,,D,, ULI
CHART NO. 10
666 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION
PROGRESS OF THE MOVEMENT
While there has been agitation among business men in various
countries of the world for a change in the calendar, and while a num-
ber of business organizations have from time to time gone on record
in favor of the proposed International Fixed Calendar, there was little
actual progress in the movement until the League of Nations Transit
committee in 1923 set up a special committee of enquiry to consider
the whole question of calendar reform. This committee, which
included representatives of the churches, astronomers, and Mr. Willis
H. Booth, a former president of the International Chamber of Com-
merce, studied 130 different proposals for calendar reform. In
1926 this committee submitted its report to the transit committee,
and through the transit committee to the Assembly of the League
of Nations.
The transit committee reached an agreement upon the point that
the date of Easter should be fixed, and suggested that organizations
be formed in the various countries to study the question of calendar
reform and to obtain the consensus of opinion of people in various
fields. Many churches have already gone on record in favor of the
fixed Easter and the effort is now being made to have the plan
adopted by all Christian churches.
Of all the plans submitted to the transit committee, the interna-
tional fixed calendar is the one outstanding proposal which meets the
needs of business. It is expected that a movement will soon be
inaugurated in this country to obtain an expression of views from men
and women in all walks of life as to whether they would desire a
reform in the calendar and whether they would favor the inter-
national fixed plan.
Because of the many advantages which would ensue to business,
and hence to the country as a whole, from the adoption of the inter-
national fixed calendar, it is hoped that business men will lend this
movement their support.
If sufficient sentiment in favor of the change denclone in the
principal countries, the inauguration of the proposed change would
be a simple procedure. All that would be necessary would be the
passage of laws in each country to the effect that the new calendar
would take effect on a certain date and that the dates of existing legal
documents, mortgages, business contracts, etc., would be automati-
cally changed to the corresponding dates of the new calendar.
(Summary of the paper entiled ‘‘ Fresh Light on Ancient American Civilizations and Calendars”’ read by Zelia
Nuitall, honorary professor of archzxology National Museum of Mexico, fellow of the American Anthropo-
logical Association and member of ihe American Philosophical Society, at the meeting of ihe British Associae
tion for the Advancement of Science at Oxford on August 11, 1926, at the meeting of the X XII International Con-
gress of Americanists held at Rome September—October, 1926, and at the special meeting of the Anthropological
Society of Washington on February 3, 1927)
N ACCURATE knowledge of the true length of the solar
year by primitive people has always been regarded by
modern writers as an intellectual achievement which has
entailed a prolonged series of careful observations by the
ancient astronomer priests. Recently an eminent American scholar
wrote of the Mayas:
The true length of the year was probably obtained by observations at sunrise
or sunset on summer or winter solstices. From some fixed point of observation,
such as the doorway of a temple, the extreme point on the horizon reached by
the sun in its northward march could be accurately determined. Over a period
of years the average solstitial period could be readily obtained if only the days
were recorded and the intervals compared.
In her paper Mrs. Nuttall, whose preliminary announcement of
her discovery met with an enthusiastic reception at the meeting of
the British association in Oxford last July, demonstrates that, as
all the centers of ancient American culture are situated between
20° N. and 20° S. of the Equator, the inhabitants had a much more
simple means of learning the true length of the solar year. In
point of fact the sun itself registered it for them, as within this zone
the sun passes twice a year through the zenith causing the striking
phenomenon that for a moment about noon all vertical objects are
shadowless.
Mrs. Nuttall submitted a solid array of irrefutable proofs, con-
sisting of historical, documentary, archelogical, and photographical
evidence, which establish | eyond a doubt that the Mexicans, Mayas,
Ecuadorians, Peruvians, and others inhabiting the Tropical Zone
observed the strange periodical disappearance of shadows and
interpreted it as ‘‘a descent of the sun god.” As this ‘“descent’’
was always immediately followed by rains caused by the heat of
the vertical solar rays, this momentary descent, which marked the
advent of the rainy season, was of transcendental importance to the
native agriculturists. After this ‘“‘descent of the god” they could
confidently sow the seeds of maize and other food plants with a
a 667
668 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION,
certainty of rain. Mrs. Nuttall showed how the observation of the
sionificant solar phenomenon and its vital importance on account
of its intimate association with the arrival of the rainy season gave
rise to the religious ideas, the form of cult as well as the art and
architecture prevalent throughout ancient America.
It explains why, as civilization gradually advanced under favor-
able conditions, this phenomenon, first observed by means of any
vertical staff, pole, or stone, led to the erection of pillars, stelae,
eae ee
a ;
AES : 360 j
— 300 | Bees i SLAG a
: a — \ abe init :
PO atin a
Aa ue : oe 2 ae a : ,
y, La <—— -
an
\
BASIS OF THE ACTUAL CALENDAR: THE ZODIACAL CLOCK
altars, towers, shrines, and temples, ultimately erected on the sum-
mits of pyramidal structures, which were to serve as worthy seats
or places of rest for the descending sun god and constituted constant
invitations for him to descend and linger. .
Garcilaso de la Vega, the native Peruvian historian, records that
the sun pillars on which the sun god rested ‘“‘plumb”’ were of par-
ticular sanctity.
NEW LIGHT ON ANCIENT AMERICAN CALENDARS 669
It also throws light on the purpose of the mysterious “‘intihuatana”’
of Peru that are so numerous and consist of a large circular platform
in the center of which is a conical altar. Just as the Pueblo Indians
of to-day celebrate their New Year’s festival by laying the seeds
and roots of all food plants upon the altar so that the sun might
descend into them and give them life and vigor, so the ancient
Peruvians may well have done on these platforms the name of which
signifies literally ‘‘the point where the sun stays, 1. e., is fixed.”
In Guatemala, Yucatan, and Mexico similar structures and cere-
monies were held. The strange ‘‘Chultunes”’ of Yucatan, the sub-
terranean structure shaped like a long-necked decanter with a circular
opening at the top, large enough for a person to be lowered into the
chamber below by means of a rope, were obviously admirably adapted
for the accurate registration of the passage of the sun through the
zenith by persons occupying the wide chamber below. The per-
fectly preserved ‘‘Chultun”’ at Yakal-Xiv, photographed by the late
Teoberto Maler, is surrounded by a large circular platform with a
cemented floor and a low surrounding wall, the entrance to the
underground chamber being in the middle of a square central altar.
A new light is also thrown on the purpose of the deep vertical
shafts that have been discovered in ancient ruins.
Mrs. Nuttall also demonstrated by means of numerous illustrations,
pictorial and sculptural, how the sun god was represented as descend-
ing in human form or in that of a bird (a ‘quetzal’”’ or a humming
bird—“‘huitzilin”’) or ‘ocelot,’ and was generally associated with
plumed serpents which symbolized the rains from heaven that
invariably followed his descent.
By means of tables giving the varying dates of the passages of
the sun through the zenith of each latitude and the intervals of days
between these passages, furnished by the president of the University
of California, W. W. Campbell, the director of the Lick Observatory,
whose valuable aid Mrs. Nuttall gratefully acknowledges, she was
able to localize the origin of the Tonalamatl or period of 260 days,
which forms the base of the Mexican and Maya calendar system,
as it proves to be a natural period which determined the regulation
of communal life durmg untold centuries in a zone proven by the
recent archeological investigations of Sefior Gamio and others to
have been inhabited at a remote period by an archaic civilization.
Mrs. Nuttall also notes that the interval of days between the two
descents of the sun god in other archzological zones, being of 282
days, or the average period of human gestation, this might furnish
a plausible explanation of the origin of the native local belief in
“Sons of the sun’’ of divine descent, who formed the ruling, privi-
leged class.
670 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION
She pointed out that there was no reason why the identical belief
and solar cult should not have originated and developed independ-
ently in the same latitude, under identical climatic conditions, in
other parts of the world and referred to Nubia, Ethiopia, and south-
ern EKgypt as lying in the same zone.
Mrs. Nuttall’s communication, the outcome of an investigation
extending over 30 years, throws an entirely new light on the religions
and calendars of ancient America and proves primarily that they all
had a common and local origin.
ie)
0°?
{o)
Oo
©0000 90
Co
fe)
fo)
Qo
fo)
te)
fe)
Oo
ie)
THE MEXICAN AZTEC CALENDAR STONE
Based on the recognition of a striking, periodically recurring, solar
phenomenon marking the advent of the vitally important rainy
season, this gave rise to a logical sequence of naif inferences and the
invention of a ritual in keeping with the psychology of a peaceful
agricultural people, such as the Pueblo Indians of to-day.
Possibly first suggested by the observation that the sun absorbed
moisture, the idea that the offering of life blood to the sun god seems
to have developed, culminating in the hideous idea conceived by the
barbarous Aztec priesthood of divinities thirsting for human blood
and demanding this in exchange for the bestowal of life-giving rains.
PANAMA, THE HOME OF THE ORCHID 671
Mrs. Nuttall’s paper offers solid food for throught to all students
of solar cult and methods of measuring time not only in America but
also in the Old World.
Her discovery forms a fitting complement to her publication, in
1901, of the view that the fixity of Polaris and the periodical changes
in the position of the circumpolar constellations, Ursa Major, coin-
ciding with the four seasons of the year, enabled primitive observers
inhabiting northern latitudes to accurately determine the true length
of the year, while their discovery that Polaris could serve as an
infallible guide in travel by land or sea inspired a logical train of
thought which led to the adoption, as a sacred’ symbol, of the
swastika or cross.
In a future paper Mrs. Nuttall will show that it is possible to trace
the migration and fusion of the two sets of ideas inspired by local
natural phenomena which, for the sake of brevity, may be designated
as the ‘‘ Polaris”’ and the ‘‘Zenith solar’? complexes.
dy, So p Ui Yj F A Y. Gn 7 aes
Dy, 2s Y Li Zé a9 2 A
THE ORCHID «. <1.
| I ji Vy) 0 tL | iy 2 0 e) @ @ a)
AY
@
SS
By Jean Hap
ANAMA, from the earliest times, has been a fruitful field
for the orchid collector and, antedating the commercial
enterprises of building a railroad across the Isthmus and
later constructing a canal, are the records of famous botanists
and orchid collectors who came here in search of rare and interesting
plants. The great variety of orchids found here is due to the fact that
while Panama is small in area the configuration is such that within
the radius of a few hundred miles there is a great variation of climate,
ranging from the humid lowlands of the jungle to the mountains
of Chiriqui, where the altitude is over 5,000 feet. This condition
furnishes an ideal environment favorable to the development of the
varied genera. The first professional collector of whom we have any
record was Luis Nee, a French botanist, who visited Panama in 1784
and in 1789 while on the famous expedition around the world. This
expedition was under Malospina, a Spanish navigator. Some time
was spent in Panama, where Nee collected a great many orchids on
Ancon Hill, which is a dominant note in the landscape on the Pacific
side of the Isthmus. Parenthetically, until recently this hill was
heavily wooded, the favorite haunt of humming birds and orchids,
672 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION
but it is now the formidable site of fortification guns. Another
collector of note was Warscewicz, who in 1846 made an excursion
into Panama in search of orchids and made many valuable discoveries
of rare and beautiful ones, some of which bear his name to-day.
The record of his exploration is extremely interesting to the collector,
and a detailed account of the Warscewicz collection from the Chiriqui
Province in Panama can be found in Reichinbach’s book, which gives
qt
b
t
nee
ADMINISTRATION BUILDING, BALBOA
Once the haunt of humming birds and the home of an infinite variety of orchids and other exotic blooms
a complete index of the orchid flora of this region. Reichenbach was
a collector himself, and he writes that at an elevation of 2,500 feet
one encounters a vertiable El Dorado for the orchid collector.
Despite the fact that much progress has been made in recent years,
and that Panama is accessible to all the world, this region is still
beyond the confines of civilization, and there is much undiscovered
flora on these misty mountains and in these primeval jungles.
Another botanist of note was Berthold Seamen, of the famous
Herald expedition which came to Panama in 1852 and made extensive
explorations of the flora here and left a record of 104 species of orchids,
among them the Paristera Elata, known locally as the Espiritu Santo
(Holy Ghost) orchid, which in point of interest is the most remarkable
orchid indigenous to Panama. The flower is of an alabaster whiteness
and emits a strange and heavy fragrance. In form it bears a resem-
blance to the magnolia but is smaller, and in the cup of the flower,
in exquisite purity, rests the snow-white image of a dove, so perfectly
executed in detail that it is little short of startling. This unusual
orchid is terrestrial, grows in the lowland regions, and attains a
height of from 8 to 4 feet. The flower stalk grows from a cluster of
PANAMA, THE HOME OF THE ORCHID 673
bulbs, surrounded by long slender green leaves, and there are numer-
ous blossoms on the stalk. This curious orchid is enshrined in much
legendary lore by the natives. It is traditional that the Spanish
friars who settled Panama in the fifteenth century taught the Indians
to regard the flower as symbolic of the white dove in the New Testa-
ment which descended on the Son of Man when the heavens were
opened. Hence the name Holy Ghost orchid. That the lesson was
well taught, and that it has been carefully handed down, is evidenced
to-day by the reverential manner in which the native handles and
speaks of the plant.
Perhaps the most famous as well as the most interesting of the
early collectors to visit Panama was the Bohemian botanist Roezel.
He traveled extensively in the Americas when travel was difficult
and dangerous, and the record of his experiences are as thrilling as
any book of romantic adventure ever written. Mr. Frederick Doyle
has written entertainingly of him as follows:
Courtesy of the Smithsonian Institution.
A CORNER OF THE POWELL ORCHID GARDEN, BALBOA, CANAL ZONE
Over 7,000 plants grow in the garden, representing nearly all the orchids known to occur in Panama
Roezel will be gratefully remembered as long as science and horticulture
survive. I have heard it alleged that he discovered 800 new species of plants
and trees. A wise regard for his own interest confined him almost to orchids
in his later years. In one expedition he sent 8 tons of orchids to Europe; in
another 10 tons of cacti, agaves, dion, and orchids. The records of bis traveling
are startling, and it must be observed that Roezel’s first aim was to escape the
674. THE PAN AMERICAN UNION
beaten track. His journeys were explorations. Many an Indian tribe never
saw a white man before, and perhaps have never seen one since. Mexico was his
first hunting ground, and thither he returned more than once; Cuba the second;
then he was drawn to the Rocky Mountains, California, and Sierra Nevada.
Then in succession he visited Panama, Sierra Nevada again, California again,
Colombiana, and Panama again. Later he practically repeated this same
itinerary.
Mr. Doyle continues:
How many thousands of miles of journeyings this chronicle represents is a
problem for laborious youth, and the botanist uses roads and railways and horses
only to get him from one scene of operations to another. He works afoot.
THE “HOLY GHOST”
ORCHID
This beautiful orchid is en-
shrined in legendary lore
by the natives whose fore-
bears were taught by the
Spanish friars that the sim-
ulation of the white dove
in the center of the flower
represented the Holy
Ghost
Photograph by E. Hallen.
It is good to know that Roezel had his reward. In 1883 he died, full of years
and honors, in his native Bohemia. -
Notable among the collectors of recent years who have visited
Panama are H. D. Pittier and Maxon who, during the period of
canal construction in 1910-11, made extensive explorations through-
out the entire Republic. Their work was not confined to orchids,
however, but embraced all the flora of Panama, and their records are a
guide more or less for interested botanists who come here for scientific
work.
Of the still more recent collectors is Mr. W. C. Powell, who during
the past 10 years has made a vast collection of Panama orchids and
Photographs by E. Hallen.
ORCHIDS OF PANAMA
Upper: Brassia longissima. Flowers are yellow-
ish green, the lip marked with purple. Lower
left: Sobralia Panamensis. Lower: Epiden-
drum antropurpurem, a common species of
Panama
676 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION
Photographs by E. Hallen.
ORCHIDS IN THE POWELL GARDEN
Upper left: Aspasia Rousseanal. Upper right: Oncidum Stifitatum. Lower left: Xyolbrium stachy-
biorum. Lower right: Stanhopea bucephalus
has become internationally famous for his new discoveries and valu-
able contributions to orchidology. Mr. Powell has assembled his
collection in a beautiful garden at Balboa, in the Canal Zone, and by
much thought and painstaking labor has converted it into a miniature
jungle—plus all the beauty and minus all the dangers of a real
jungle. Here ideal conditions are obtained for the growth of these
regal plants which have been wrested from fever-ridden jungles, torn
PANAMA, THE HOME OF THE ORCHID 677
from the crags of lofty mountain tops, and gathered from trees
infested with poisonous insects. Here they grow “‘in beauty and in
peace,”’ and while it can not be said of them as of their jungle rela-
tives—
In this secluded shrine
Oh! miracle of grace,
No mortal eye but mine
Hath looked upon thy face,
they are none the less beau-
tiful for having been ad-
mired by numerous visitors,
for into this labyrinth of
blossoms and verdure wan-
der and linger the casual
tourist, the scientific bota-
nist, and the mere lover of
flowers.
Here are found growing
the luxuriantly beautiful
oncidiums, covered with nu-
merous golden yellow blos-
soms flecked with brown,
and, when seen in full blos-
som, each separate flower
poised and quivering on
long sprays, gives the im-
pression of ‘‘The Dance of
the Butterflies,’’ which ac-
counts for the local name,
Butterfly orchid.
The Sobralias, which
are terrestrial and easily
grown, are also here—three
é There are several species of vanilla in Central America, two
species—deep TOse, purple, of which are to be seen in the Powell garden in Panama.
and white. There are few The bean is picked before ripening and then dried
thrills equal to seeing in the early morning a host of these beautiful
flowers that have suddenly burst in full blossom, nodding a merry
good morning. However, they are but a breath of beauty, for their
day is brief but glorious. With mathematical regularity, just eight
hours after their opening they vanish as suddenly as they appeared,
to reappear in about a fortnight to again reward you with their sur-
prising beauty.
In the Powell Garden are also found in great profusion the lovely
Brassovala Nodosa, which grows upon a rock or a bleached bone as
TREE FESTOONED WITH VANILLA ORCHID
678 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION
readily as upon a tree. The flowers are singularly appealing with
faintly green sepals, and petals with a pure white lip. This dainty
and popular orchid has the charm of a subtle fragrance which is
greatly enhanced at night and accounts for the poetic local appella-
tion, “‘My Lady of the Night.”
Not so beautiful, per-
haps, as some (all orchids
are not beautiful though
all are interesting), we
find here several speci-
mens of the Coryanthes
Hunterarinum, locally
known as the Bucket
orchid. The flower is a
deep yellow color and
is suspended from the
orchid plant by a long
ropelike stem. In the
flower cup there is a
generous supply of al-
luring nectar for the
purpose of enticing the
THE ORCHID WHICH PRODUCES THE VANILLA ; : ne
BEAN desired insect visitors.
Also we find here, cling-
ing to the branches of a large tree in strange contrast to the idle
flowers that ‘toil not, neither do they spin,” the fruitful and useful
Vanilla Pompona; also a group of marvelous Holy Ghost orchids
with numerous radiant blossoms.
The lovely Cattleya Deckeri, which is easily the most decorative of
all Panama orchids, with its lovely rose-purple flowers in great
masses, is found here, as well as the eccentric Catasetum Viridflorum,
with flowers of greenish yellow with a deeper yellow throat, which
is appropriately called by the natives ‘‘Monkey Cap.” ‘
Another group, both beautiful and interesting, are the Hpiden-
drums: The species Antropurpureum with exquisitely colored sepals
of purple, the lip white with faint markings of rose is very lovely;
while the Epidendrum Fragrans, with white flowers splotched with
dark purple markings, is of unusual interest. In all, the Powell
Garden contains over 7,000 plants, representing over 500 species,
and includes all of the orchids found in Panama.
Recently Mr. Powell generously donated his orchid garden to the
Missouri Botanical Gardens and now, as a southern branch of that
institution, with secure foundations in support of research work,
the Powell Garden will afford many experiments in orchid culture
and has already given stimulus to the interest and study of orchid-
ology in tropical America.
By Prepro BaRrRANTES CaAsTRO
Director of the Escuela Panéptica, Lima, Peru
ENAL science is being developed on new lines in all countries.
As yet it has not emerged from that primary stage of tra-
ditional empiricism where a few men with revolutionary
ideas, dreaming of founding a new scientific discipline, are
struggling, with little or no success, against the old routine.
If indeed, as it appears, a new science abreast with the times is
developing, that science is criminology, for in it may be discerned
the miracle of life; germination and birth, the enthusiasm and urge
of that which impassions, and principles which, like roots, seem to
penetrate and hold, so that the study of delinquency and criminal
legislation is to-day the favorite field for the jurisconsult, the physician
of legal training, the psychiatrist, the teacher, the legislator, and
those who govern.
Peru—most unexpectedly in view of our characteristically stubborn
conservatism—has placed herself in the vanguard in this reform by
the bold rewriting of her penal code. This, therefore, is a moment
in which we are bound to transform into action at least a part of the
complicated and costly plan resulting from these new and generous
postulates.
Various and harmonious are the preventive and regenerative
instruments for the treatment of criminals recommended by the
new science, instruments not to be molded into rigid procedure, but
rather to be weighed and selected according to the racial and national
characteristics of those to whom they are to be applied.
For example, there exists in Peru a special delinquency problem
for which, as never before, we are striving to find a thoroughly scien-
tific solution. In a long and wearisome questionnaire appear,
among others, the following questions: What are the general causes
of crime among us? Is it due to race perversion or the neglect
of the State? Is it caused by economic pressure, the absorbing
centralism, ruthless caciquismo, fanaticism and idolatry, alcohol,
immorality, lack of adequate police force, insufficiency of obligatory
public instruction, or class prejudice and economic putea
1 From Boletin de Ensenanza, mimes pert
48438—27—Bull. 74 679
680 | THE PAN AMERICAN UNION
Which of these factors has the greatest influence? In our conglom-
erate population of Peru is it the Indian, the Negro, the mestizo,
the white man, or the transplanted Asiatic who shows the largest
coefficient of delinquency? What degree of responsibility can be
attributed to each individual within the limits of the moral freedom
which life has permitted him? Is it just to execute the full rigor of
common and military law against the uncared for and degraded
Indian?
ee
me we me ee
ma we
THE PENITENTIARY, LIMA, PERU
This is the first Peruvian prison in which a school was established. From this beginning the education
of prisoners is being extended to other penal institutions throughout the Republic
A little study of actual Peruvian criminology shows clearly that
it differs substantially from that in the majority of the other coun-
tries where, because of a more widely spread culture and a more
general responsibility in the matter of individual rights throughout
all grades of society, the fullest retribution is exacted from those
who commit criminal acts. In Europe and the United States, for
example, the criminal is almost always one who acts more or less
under the impulse of his own moral perversion, making use of means
which civilization itself has brought within his reach.
If it be inquired whether this is typical of our country, it is not
indiscreet to answer in the negative. It is true that cases of evil,
cowardice, and cruelty, repeated and continued, exist, but the number
of educated persons, aware of their rights and obligations, who by
their actions show themselves to be specific and dangerous criminals,
constitutes a small minority, in prison or outside.
On the other hand the majority of the inmates of Peruvian prisons
consists of indigenes, so that the question is reduced to discovering
whether the indigene is criminal because of reprehensible instincts
EDUCATION OF PRISONERS IN PERU 681
and a mistaken and harmful education, or because, rather of the un-
conscious tragedy in which his naturally upright and tranquil temper-
ment is involved, a tragedy precipitated by his complete lack of
education and by extraneous causes both hostile and insuperable.
As director of the school of the penitentiary in Lima, which was
organized in July, 1925, I have been able to study in detail a number
of criminal cases and to draw some general conclusions from which an
educational plan was afterward evolved.
The national penitentiary is the prison to which are sent criminals
condemned in different sections of the country. This, therefore, is
the very place where, without fear of beginning work that might
never be completed, investigations should be made and conclusions
reached. Here, in a community of expiation, are gathered men
from the coastal region, the mountaineer and the forest dweller,
the occasional delinquent and the bandit, the city thug and the
peon from the great plantations who kills as vengeance against the
civil order.
When, full of misgivings with respect to prisons and their inmates
because of the stupid prejudices held by practically all outsiders,
I passed within the penitentiary, leaving behind me numerous
grating locks and bars, to begin the preliminary task of classifying
pe eee ee) ee
i ; é ba: i
Le ee ar a]
i ae A
NATIONAL PENITENTIARY, BUENOS AIRES
Argentina possesses a fine penitentiary as may be seen from this view, which also shows a section of the
penitentiary gardens in the foreground
the inmates, I found myself before long confronted by fair-sized
groups made up of persons of normal appearance and _ restrained
manner, who professed a vague but general interest in receiving
instruction. Of the fierce, enigmatic faces biologically degenerate,
such as led Lombroso to formulate his theory of the born criminal,
there appeared to be none. Of the 300 and more whom I examined
only one appeared to be utterly worthless. Disquieting and repul-
sive, he came before me, rough sacking wound about his neck, stiff
THE PENITENTIARY AT MONTEVIDEO
Uruguay has one of the most modernly equipped penitentiaries in America. The upper view shows
the castle-like entrance. The lower view shows one of the corridors of the main prison
EDUCATION OF PRISONERS IN PERU 683
perhaps from diabetes. Silent at first, it was easy to read in his
sidelong glance the irritation which later led him to snarl at my
questions and finally to damn with furious words my presence. But
this proved to be a mentally sick man whom it was later necessary
to transfer to an asylum.
Fifty per cent of the penal population proved to be illiterate, 30
per cent semi-illiterate; 15 per cent had received primary instruction
only and 5 per cent had some rudiments of secondary and technical
education; only one had academic learning. The pure Indian race
accounted for 40 per cent of the total distributed between the illiterate
and semi-illiterate classes. The remaining 60 per cent was composed
chiefly of half-breeds, the coastal zambos or mulattos, a few white
Peruvians and foreigners, and several Asiatics.
On organizing the prison school it was necessary to create a bilingual
section for the illiterates whose customary language was Quechua.
For the remainder, the work was laid out according to the regular
primary instruction plans in use to-day, two grades with four teachers.
As to this curriculum, it was necessary to make the modifications
required for a school of adults, and to try out at the discretion of the
teachers attempts at corrective training, entirely without precedent
adapted to pupils in the position of prisoners for whom no penal
schools had been provided.
The results of this work, which has been carried on for over a year,
thanks to a wise government decree, the facilities afforded by the
authorities, the enthusiasm of the teaching staff and, above all, good
will on the part of the great majority of the prisoners, are now becom-
ing visible. To these results the director of the prison and the official
investigators bear ample witness and, what is more, the prisoners
themselves note with delight and gratitude their progress in capacity
for a better life. It may be stated that notwithstanding the short
time this Lima penitentiary school has been open, it is already a
new and powerful factor in the habilitation of delinquents and their
restoration to society, which is the final objective of every penal code.
We are convinced, moreover, that the men who have remained more
or less time under our educative régime will not readily, or often,
become second offenders, and this not because we are by any means
miracle workers . . . but because the suppression of crime in Peru,
in general, is largely a duty, incumbent upon the State as part of the
national elementary education, which those who are delinquents and
those who are on the threshold of delinquency, failed to receive in
childhood, an education, moreover, which they urgently need.
Conjointly, and in order to reach the sources of what might be
called casual or fortuitous crime, prisoners must be given an oppor-
tunity to work and the assurance of elementary justice in obtaining it.
If it has been possible to carry on the work described in the peni-
tentiary of Lima, and the similar efforts carried on in the penal
684 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION
colony of Frontén and in some other prisons throughout the Republic,
in order to test one of the cardinal methods adopted by modern penal
science; and if, as is shown, the largest proportion of criminals in
Peru is absolutely devoid of the most rudimentary preparation for a
worthy life of honest labor; it is clear that if this proportion is to be
reduced, preventive and remedial measures must be taken: preventive,
by multiplying schools for adults in the cities, towns, and country
districts, and remedial, by making school attendance obligatory in
the larger prisons such as those in the county and provincial capitals.
The latter implies that the purposes of penal education be formulated
in advance, since these differ greatly from those of ordinary instruc-
tion, including, as they do, much more. This formulating of objec-
tives can be made efficient only by the adoption of a special curricu-
lum, and by a uniform regulation which shall include all penal
institutions except in the case of those establishments outside the
general prison system, the organization and requirements of which
differ.
The present article, which is neither a review nor the statistics
of the points touched upon, is merely an attempt to set forth an aspect
hitherto ignored in the educational activity of the country, an aspect
which because of its undeniable importance is worthy of the early
attention and consideration of the Ministry of Public Education, to
be followed by the necessary steps for the organization of an educa-
tional service for the inmates of all prisons in Peru.
HOME ECONOMICS
THE RURAL SCHOOLS
\F PORTO RICO -. ~
By Jost C. Rosario
General Superintendent of Rural Education, Department of Education, Porto Rico
KNOW nothing about home economics. I know a little about
education. I know a great deal about rural life in Porto Rico,
being a ‘‘jibaro”’ myself, and having been in contact with
jibaros practically all my life. The last two facts are presented
as an excuse for my being here addressing you on the subject of
‘““Home Economics in the Rural Schools of Porto Rico.”
There are certain principles of education that apply to home
economics as well as to any other subject, and that apply to the
rural schools of Porto Rico as much as to the city schools of Germany
or China.
I am going to quote two of these principles:
The first duty of the school is to teach pupils to do better the desirable things
which they will do anyway.
Another duty of the schools is to reveal higher activities and to make these
both desired and to an extent possible.
The average man in the open country in Porto Rico is a laborer.
He is a man with an average family of 5 children (some of them have
as many as 10 or 12), who makes 50 cents a day working for a more or
less well-to-do farmer. This family lives in a house having a sitting
room and a bedroom. Back of the house and adjoining it there is a
shelter where they cook their meals on a sand table upon which there
are one or more groups of three stones in triangular formation. A
wood fire is built among these stones and a kettle with the food that is
to be cooked is placed on top of the stones and over the fire. The
kitchen utensils consist of two or three iron kettles, a small can to
make the coffee, and one or more gourds (calabazos) to bring water
from the brook for culinary purposes. Dishes are washed in one of
the larger kettles.
In the sitting room we find a chair bought at some time of great
financial prosperity, and one or two wooden benches. ‘There also
may be a small table for use as a handy place to put things, such as
a water can for the family to drink from; a few bananas, or groceries
685
686 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION
bought in the local store. This table may be used as a dining table
when there is any guest to partake of the simple meals.
The bedroom is not more lavishly furnished. There are several
cots, which are opened at night and closed up and leaned against
the wall in the daytime.
Finally there may be found a latrine within 100 feet of the house.
Frequently this is lacking.
These are conditions as we find them to-day. How can the
teaching of home economics make these conditions better—these
conditions that pupils are going to face in their homes anyway?
Certainly not by disregarding the facts, but by teaching them to
handle the present and real and not the future and ideal.
PORTO RICAN LABORER’S HOME
Here is the home of a “‘jibaro’’ or Porto Rican laborer, housing a family which should profit by the home
economics course taught in the rural schools
-
The commission appointed by the National Educational Associa-
tion, speaking of the little coordination that exists sometimes between
the teaching of home economics and the homes, expresses itself in
the following terms:
Teaching in home economies has not been adequately articulated with home
life and home experiences . . . home economics instruction has failed to function
in the home life of the child. Foods have been cooked under laboratory condi-
tions differing so greatly from home conditions that no incentive has been
provided to tempt their reproduction in the home. Articles have been chosen
for preparation and recipes have been followed that have directly conflicted
with racial or religious traditions, and which have called for materials with
which the parents were unfamiliar or which they have been financially unable to
purchase. .
HOME ECONOMICS IN RURAL SCHOOLS OF PORTO RICO 687
This opinion is entirely in accord with the principle above stated
that ‘The first duty of the school is to teach pupils to do better the
desirable things that they will do anyway.”
If in the majority of the pupils’ homes they cook on a sand-table
stove, and with wood, we shall not be teaching them to do it better
by using an oil stove in the school. We might teach them the proper
size of sand table that should be built; the proper height from the
floor to make it more convenient; the kind of wood that they might
use, and how to cut it in certain sizes for convenience and to avoid
danger; to keep a certain amount of wood conveniently at hand in
anticipation of rainy weather; and even the kinds of fast-growing
bushes or trees that they might plant to insure a permanent supply.
Again we might emphasize in our teaching the use of hot water for
washing dishes, which can be obtained at no higher cost; and inci-
dentally combat by actual demonstration the theory that if you do
this you may catch an espasmo. We can teach them to make an
oven out of an oil can and open to them this other way of cooking
food; to keep the home and surroundings clean; and to alter the
belief that the kitchen need not be clean. ‘‘Parece una cocinera”’
(she looks like a cook) is a common remark made about one whose
dress is very dirty. Love for beautiful decoration may be cultivated
by bringing to school reproductions of famous pictures, having them
framed in the school in glass and passe partout and then offering
them to pupils as a prize for the cleanest house or the cleanest kitchen,
or the best oven made. The lesson that may be offered in beautifying
the home surroundings by the cultivation of a flower garden should
be a very important one. The home may improve its appearance if
girls learn how furniture can be made out of packing boxes, and can
induce their fathers or brothers to make it.
Shelves in the kitchen, sitting room, or bed room may add greatly
to the comfort of the home without any extra expense. Keeping
animals, such as chickens, out of the house will add to its cleanliness;
and having some sort of an enclosure for pigs or hogs will keep the
surroundings cleaner and healthier. Avoiding pools of stagnant
water destroys mosquitoes, which are a constant annoyance, to say
the least. Building latrines or keeping clean those already built is a
ereat convenience.
These are only a few of the ways in which this particular phase of
home economics in the rural schools may put into practice the princi-
ple that ‘‘The first duty of the school is to teach pupils to do better
the desirable things which they will do anyway.”
Now, how could we put into practice in this particular phase of the
work the principle that “A second duty of the school is to reveal
higher activities and make these desirable and to an extent possible’’?
Home economics is essentially a practical subject. Pupils should be
688 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION
taught to do things by doing them. For this reason I believe that in
teaching home economics in the country it is necessary to secure at a
convenient distance from the school an average peasant’s house and
let the pupils run it in accordance with the above suggestions for at
least one-half of the year, and use it the remainder of the school year
to let them have a glimpse of better things and awaken their ambition
for more beauty and comfort.
During the second semester the house may be painted, one or more
beds might be placed in the sleeping room, and perhaps a dresser,
the table in the sala might be varnished and actually used as a dining-
room table, after provisions for tablecloth and silver were made;
two or three rocking chairs could be placed in the sitting room; the
kitchen may be provided with an oil stove, and shelves, and utensils;
the flower garden may be fenced and newer varieties of flowers
introduced; a balcony might be built and a vine planted to cover it
in part; a water tank might be built to provide running water for
most purposes. The girls could then be taught to work under these
new conditions and stimulated to secure them for their homes at
some future time.
In this way we shall teach not only ‘‘the present and real” but also
“the future and ideal.’’ In other words we may have our heads in
the clouds, but would keep our feet on firm ground to avoid an
unnecessary fall and an unpleasant awakening.
CHILD CARE
The average country people are very ignorant of the care of chil-
dren. The mothers usually nurse them as long as possible, which is
not very long. Then the ruinous process of artificial feeding begins,
guided only by their ignorance, their superstition, and the advice
of people as ignorant as themselves. They will feed coffee to their
children at a very early date, but believe that a little orange juice
will do them great harm. They rock their babies to sleep, but think
nothing of leaving them alone in the house under the care of @ brother
or sister 3 or 4 years old. More than once a mother has returned
from her work to find her home in ashes and her two or three infants
burned to death. They would not think of feeding their babies a
puree of banana starch, but will give them a piece of ill-baked bread
or a country-made cracker capable of giving indigestion to an adult.
Home economics in the rural schools has a wide field in this respect.
To teach the girls the value of cow’s or goat’s milk for the babies
after they are weaned, and the use and preparation of the different
starches, such as yautia, malanga, calabaza, platano, guineo, yuca,
rice (especially Porto Rican rice the vitamine cover of which has not
been polished off), in preference to bread and other flour products,
is a task that will repay our efforts and diminish the terrible infant
HOME ECONOMICS IN RURAL SCHOOLS OF PORTO RICO 689
mortality among our rural population. They need to be taught
the value of vitamines in such fruits as oranges and lemons; the
injurious effects of coffee; the hours that children at different ages
should sleep; the danger of following casual advice given in regard to
the illness of infants; the results of such bad habits as rocking chil-
dren to sleep, using pacifiers, and giving them medicines not pre-
scribed by a doctor. I have mentioned a few of the things that may
be done along this line through home economics in the country
schools. The field is pretty nearly inexhaustible.
HOME NURSING
This is perhaps the most urgent phase of home economics in rural
districts.
Our jibaro, has been unfairly treated by the town doctor, who, in
his turn, has been unfairly treated by the local authorities. A doctor
has thousands of patients to attend, so when the jibaro comes to
town to find a remedy for his ailments, he is given an uncinariasis
prescription regardless of whether he has a chronic case of indi-
gestion or a cancerous growth in the esophagus. In this way
the jibaro has lost faith in the doctor and takes all his cases to the
quack doctors, usually women, who have a great reputation in their
line. Frequently a jibaro will walk 30 miles to get a prescription
for his dying daughter from one of these sages. Girls in the domestic
science classes in the country must be taught first of all not to put
faith in the quack doctors.
Then there are common ailments in the country which require
special attention. Hookworm comes first in the list. Those who
know say that 90 per cent of our jibaros are infected with this dis-
ease. Fortunately, home economics teachers may have the coopera-
tion of the department of health in this respect. Then there is the
conjunctivitis (ceguera), which makes a yearly raid on rural homes.
This is a disease that is caused by contact with an infected person,
but which is very rare among people who wash their faces daily.
Pediculosis, caused by lice, is a more or less common disease among
country children and is also mainly caused by carelessness. The
tifa is caused by a parasite which attacks the hair and causes it to
fall out in patches. It is easily cured but requires instructions as to
prevention and treatment. If girls are instructed in this regard they
will do a great deal toward the elimination of these diseases. ‘There
is the question of taking care of a person ill in bed. ‘The jibaros, in
their ignorance, do not take any steps toward avoiding contagion
and even facilitate it through their conduct. There are a good many
lessons to be driven home in this particular. Cuts, wounds, and
bruises are common in the country and pupils should learn in the
school how to deal with them.
690 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION
TYPES OF HOUSES
Upper: Old type of poorly ventilated and unsanitary house. Lower: The new sanitary concrete house
which is gradually replacing the old wooden shelter
FOOD
This is the most important phase of home economics in our rural
region.
Our first lesson must be a purely economic one. A country is
more prosperous when its inhabitants adapt their tastes to the prod-
ucts of their region. Girls must be taught the good value of the
country products, such as sweet potatoes, yautias, malangas,
chayotes, calabazas, platanos, etc. They must be taught the real
food value of green vegetables, such as lettuce, cabbage, okra, and
others that they can easily raise at their homes.
The diet of our jibaros is deficient in proteins. The girls should be
made to realize this, and to look for a remedy for this condition.
Chicken clubs, rabbit clubs, pig clubs, and goat clubs, by raising a
supply of meat, will increase its consumption. Home economics
should teach the country pupils not only how to raise these animals in
the most economical way possible, but also how to preserve the meat
HOME ECONOMICS IN RURAL SCHOOLS OF PORTO RICO 691
of some of them. They should be taught how to kill a hog and pre-
serve the meat in its own lard or to make sausages, bacon, sobreasada,
etc. This is actually done by some well-to-do Spaniards in some
country sections of Porto Rico, but neither the knowledge nor the
need for it has ever reached the poorer people.
The idea of a balanced ration should be conveyed to these country
pupils, not necessarily in terms of calories that are contained in food,
but in the best proportion of the different kinds of food which should be
found in the daily diet. The teaching of food should be daily exempli-
fied in the lunch room, which should be run by the girls taking home
economics under the direction of their teacher.
The importance of pure drinking water should be emphasized.
They should realize the advantage of going a little farther in search
of a spring than to take impure water from the nearest brook.
CLOTHING
First of all our country girls need to be taught plain sewing, making
their own dresses; dresses for their little sisters; suits and shirts for
their brothers. We find in every barrio some women who make their
living by sewing for common laborers and their families. This means
that very poor people who have to support a large family out of their
40-cent wages must count on investing part of this meager sum in
hiring somebody to sew for them.
The reason for this state of affairs is very simple. Sewing is not
taught in the schools, and once the girl is out of school she has to
begin working at tasks that require movement of the large muscles,
such as carrying cans of water, hoeing, picking up wood, etc., and
these movements are an obstacle to the development of the delicate
muscular movement required in sewing. This is the reason why,
though most of our country girls learn to cook in their own primitive
way, sewing is an accomplishment of a few privileged ones. The
school, and the school only, will be able to train our country girls to
do their own sewing and help their parents in the proper use of their
limited income.
This course should consist of patching, mending, hemming, apron
making, garment making, sewing buttons, making over garments,
and the proper purchasing of materials.
We find again in sewing the application of the first principle of
education mentioned in the first part of this conference: ‘‘The first
duty of the school is to teach pupils to do better the desirable things
that they are going to do anyway.”
One thing a large number of our country girls are going to do is
to embroider garments for American business concerns. In the years
1924 and 1925 we sent to the United States garments valued at $4,936,-
569. This means thousands of girls making their living through this
692 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION
industry. It is the pressing duty of the rural schools to train the
country girls to do this work in a more efficient way and so increase
their income and the income of Porto Rico.
There are frequent complaints from the employers of workers that
Porto Rican work is of an inferior quality, and that many pieces are
actually spoiled. It is said also that if trained workers could be
obtained, instead of $5,000,000 worth of garments we might send
$20,000,000 worth. The bugle is sounding loudly and clearly.
Shall we answer the call?
ARGENTINE
NATIONAL
OF CHILE
N January of this year asimple but imposing ceremony took place
in the fine new’ building in Santiago which now houses the
National Library of Chile. The occasion was the inaugura-
tion of the Argentine room in the library.
His Excellency the President of Chile honored the ceremony with
his presence, as did the Argentine Ambassador in Chile, Sefior
Malbran. Among other distinguished guests were Senor Matte
Gormaz, Minister for Foreign Affairs, Sefor Ramén Montero, Min-
ister of Education, Dr. Francisco Veyga of the Argentine Commission
for the Protection of Public Libraries, and Sefior Carlos Silva Cruz,
Director General of Libraries in Chile.
After Doctor Veyga and Sefior Silva had spoken for the library
organizations in their respective countries, Sefior Malbran in a delight-
ful speech described the traditional and open-handed hospitality
which the Chilean Government and the Chilean people have accorded
Argentines who have dwelt in their midst, among them none more
deserving or more greatly honored than Domingo Sarmiento, whose
work the ambassador proceeded rapidly to sketch. He alluded
to the intelligent and sympathetic collaboration which Manuel Montt,
the then President of Chile, had unfailingly given to Sarmiento.
He spoke of the bust of Sarmiento which decorates the Argentine
room, and remarked that it could not be more appropriately placed,
since it was in Chile that this illustrious Argentine citizen, who
gave the first impulse to the movement for popular libraries, revealed
1 Chilean Review (London), Second Quarter, 1927.
ARGENTINE ROOM IN NATIONAL LIBRARY OF CHILE 693
his personality. Finally, in the name of the President and the
Minister of Education of Argentina and the Argentine people,
Seftor Malbran formally presented the Argentine room, expressing
his deep feeling of pride that this duty should fall to him, and his
pleasure that both the room itself and the bust of Sarmiento
should be intrusted to the culture and nobility of the Chilean people.
Don Ramon Montero, Minister of Education, then returned
thanks in the name of his Government for the generous gift made by
Argentina. He concluded by asking Sefior Malbran to convey a
most cordial greeting to the citizens of Argentina.
At the conclusion of the ambassador’s speech Rivarola’s sonnet,
“To Sarmiento,’ was recited as a fitting climax to a celebration which
emphasized not only the constant expansion of the library movement
throughout the sister Republics to the southward but the increased
response—particularly on the part of Argentina—to the resolution
adopted by the first Pan American Press Conference looking toward
increased inter-American reciprocity in the exchange of reading
material, both books and periodicals.
ARGENTINA AND HER WORK OF CULTURAL
DIFFUSION
In this connection, those who follow Pan American affairs will
undoubtedly recall a paragraph from President Alvear in his annual
message to the Argentine Congress in 1926, an English version of
which reads as follows:
The increasingly important work carried on by the Comisién Protectora de
Bibliotecas in the diffusion of intellectual culture, not only within the country
but also throughout America as a whole, in accordance with the act of March
18, 1925, should be accented before this honorable body. This act advised
the creation of Argentine sections in the national and university libraries of
the respective American capitals as, also, in the cultural institutions, legations,
and consulates in the important cities of each of the American countries. This
initiative, unique of its kind in the civilized world, has been well received and the
steps achieved are truly encouraging, 5,818 volumes by Argentine authors hay-
ing been distributed during the year 1925 among Venezuela, Costa Rica, Hon-
duras, Paraguay, Ecuador, Guatemala, Nicaragua, Colombia, Salvador, Uru-
guay, Peru, Mexico, and Cuba. During the present year, to date, Chile and
Bolivia have similarly received our spiritual offering—that is to say, the best of
the inquietudes and dreams of the soul of the nation. And if to this we add
that our painters and sculptors, united in one great nationalisitic ideal, have
jointly and with success submitted their canvases and sculptures to the severe
criteria of the European publics, we may affirm with some satisfaction, although
without boasting, that we are advancing along paths which will bring Argentine
prestige and distinction not alone for the volume of her wealth, public and
private, but for the high index of her sons in intellectual and spiritual activities.
It is interesting to note that this work, which originally included
merely the distribution of routine government publications among
694 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION
the remaining governments of the continent, has expanded to include
books of all types—complete sets of both the prose and poetical
works of national authors, historical collections, works of art and
prints—the Comisién Protectora de Bibliotecas receiving a generous
appropriation of funds for their purchase.
Pan Americanists in the United States will be interested to know
that the Library of Congress recently received from this commission
a very generous donation of miscellaneous works, among which may
be mentioned 36 standard works on law, 12 on various medical
subjects and, in general literature, the following:
J. B. Alberdi, complete set, 18 volumes.
Acevedo Diaz, La Republica Argentina.
Joaquin V. Gonzdlez, La Argentina y sus Amigos, Patria, Hombres e Ideas Edu-
cadores, Fabulas Nativas, y Mis Montanas.
Guido, Fusién Hispano-indigena en la Arquitectura.
Ibarguren, Manuelita Rozas, Nuestra Tierra.
Leopoldo Lugones, La Guerra Gaucha, El Ejército de la Iliada, El Libro de los
Paisajes.
Enrique Rodriguez Larreta, Zogoibi.
Obligado, Canto Perdido.
Roberto Payr6, El Falso Inca.
PiJlado, Buenos Aires Colonial.
Ricardo Rojas, La Restauracién Nacionalista.
Manuel Ugarte, La Joven Literatura Hispano-Americana, La Patria Grande.
Vicente Fidel Lépez, Historia Argentina, 10 volumes.
Hugo Wast, Desierto de Piedra.
The Comisién Protectora de Bibliotecas has also sent generous
donations of printed volumes to the Pan American Union, Library
of the Catholic University, Library of George Washington University,
Library of the School of Foreign Service, Georgetown University,
and the Robert Brookings School.
By Dr. Jorcr BEJARANO
Professor of Hygiene in the School of Medicine of Bogota; Member of the National
Red Cross Committee
N these days when an increasing amount of attention is being
devoted to public health in its many aspects a brief history of
publ health administration in Colombia may be of interest,
especially since its recent organization presents some features
which have proved to be particularly advantageous.
Colombia, now a nation of 7,000,000 inhabitants, has a wide variety
of climate, with a temperature ranging between 40° and 88° F.
It was in 1887 that Colombia first made the preservation of public
health a State function. A law enacted that year created the Central
Board of Public Health composed of three physicians. This board,
which sat in Bogota, the national capital, created in turn depart-
mental boards dependent thereon and composed of similar personnel.
The same law provided that the resolutions or decrees of these boards
should have binding force and that they must be obeyed by every-
one, including even the civil authorities, who were also obligated to
enforce them. To this first organization, which was in operation
for 30 years, is due the foundation of public health administration in
Colombia—sanitary inspection of river and seaports, city sanitation,
school hygiene, ete.
In 1918, Congress passed a new law creating a unified direction and
suppressing all the aforementioned boards. This new arrangement
had the enormous advantage of placing the public health admistra-
tion under a single director upon whom the law conferred ample
powers. The civil authority can amend or suppress a resolution of
the national director of hygiene only in case it infringes or violates
a law of the Republic. - This unified direction obviates all difficulties
arising in boards whose members hold diverse opinions, while it also
has the advantage of permitting prompt decision amd action in the
case of epidemics.
The national director of health, who is always a specialist in the
subject, is appointed by the Government. It is his duty to super-
vise, safeguard, and 1 issue reg gulavions (OE the public and private health
1 From Por la Salud, Paris, hear 1927.
48488—27—Bull. 7 D 695
696 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION
NATIONAL INSTITUTE OF HYGIENE, BOGOTA, COLOMBIA
Here the production of serums is centralized and laboratory facilities are provided
of the nation, as well as to organize the medical service and sanitary
inspection of the river and seaports. A health committee of the
National Academy of Medicine, composed of three physicians and a
bacteriologist, serves as a consultative body in those cases which the
national director of health desires to submit to its consideration.
In the capital of each of the 14 departments there is also a director
of health, chosen by the national director and subordinate to him.
These departmental directors see that sanitary regulations are en-
forced in their respective territories, reporting monthly to the national
director who, in turn, presents to Congress an annual report on
national health progress and sanitary conditions. The national
director may also draw up for submission to Congress any bills on
health matters which he believes necessary.
By virtue of the law of 1918, already cited, the departments and
municipalities are required to meet routine expenditures for health
measures; only in case of an epidemic does the nation give financial
aid. Every municipality having a population in excess of 4,000 is
required to have a municipal health commission composed of a
physician, the mayor, and a municipal councillor. Thus it will be
seen that the ramifications of the Public Health Service extend to all
parts of the nation.
PUBLIC HEALTH ADMINISTRATION IN COLOMBIA 697
In order to give greater importance to the participation of the
State in public health, a law enacted in 1924 provided that the Min-
istry of Public Instruction should become the Ministry of Public
Instruction and Public Health. The director of health, however,
continues to enjoy the same autonomy and authority with which
he was theretofore invested.
The division of public assistance was created in 1925 by law as a
dependency of the National Health Bureau. In accordance with this
law, the national bureau was separated into two main divisions—
general health and administration and public assistance. Under the
former are included city and rural health, food inspection, regulation of
the production and sale of alcoholic beverages, sanitation and sanitary
inspection, school health, nosological and vital statistics, official
Jaboratories and inspection of biological laboratories in general,
regulation of industries dangerous to health, etc.
The second division embraces inspection of hospitals, asylums,
almshouses, day nurseries, clinics and dispensaries; prophylaxis of
communicable diseases and campaigns against epidemics; vaccina-
tion service; child health; workers’ housing; industrial hygiene;
and the prophylaxis of tuberculosis, syphilis, and alcoholism.
Colombia is doing its utmost to reduce the incidence of and mor-
tality from social and epidemic diseases. Its campaign against
tropical anemia has been directed and aided by the Rockefeller
Foundation since 1920. The national, departmental, and municipal
governments have all contributed in support of this campaign; its
success may be measured by the number of patients—1 ,629,243—
treated, and the intensive work in education and sanitation which
accompanied the treatment.
Special attention is now given to the cure of venereal diseases in
Bogota and other important cities of the Republic. Dispensaries are
maintained for both men and women, and prostitution is under
strict police regulation.
Alcoholism has recently been placed under partial restrictions. A
law enacted in 1925 requires places selling liquor to close on holidays
and early in the evening; limits the number of such places to one for
each 1,000 inhabitants; prohibits the manufacture, importation,
and sale of beer with an alcoholic content of more than 4 per cent;
gives the State direct supervision of the sale of liquors, and places
high duties on the importation of all fermented liquors and beverages.
Yellow fever has not been found anywhere in Colombia since 1923,
when some cases occurred in one of the interior cities. In order to
maintain freedom from this disease an active campaign against the
mosquito transmitting it has been waged with the help of the Rocke-
feller Foundation.
By the provisions of Law No. 99 of 1922 the reporting of the
following diseases was made obligatory: Asiatic cholera and cholera
698 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION:
nostras; typhus, typhoid, scarlet and yellow fevers; bubonic plague;
diphtheria; smallpox; bacillary and amoebic dysentery; leprosy;
epidemic cerebro-spinal meningitis; and some others.
Finally, the National Institute of Hygiene, recently established in
the city of Bogota in a fine edifice equipped with every convenience,
will centralize the production of serums and vaccines and _ offer
facilities for all examinations and analyses required by modern
hygiene.”
Tribute must be paid in closing to Prof. Pablo Garcia Medina, that
eminent hygienist now director of public health, to whom Colombia
owes perhaps her most important advances in this field, one which
touches the happiness and well-being of all Colombians.
Fac » AND COMMERCE ; AB ay
ARGENTINA
RAILWAY CONSORTIUM.—Representatives of the Buenos Aires and
Pacific, the Buenos Aires Great Southern, the Buenos Aires Great
Western, the Central Argentine, the Cordoba Central, the Com-
pafiia General, the Santa Fé, the Central Buenos Aires, the Midland,
and the Rosario-Puerto Belgrano Railways met in conference with
the President of the Republic in the latter part of March to consider
plans for the colonization of now unoccupied lands, so that the wealth
of the nation may be developed. The Ministers of Agriculture and
Public Works, who also spoke at this conference, promised their
departmental cooperation. President Alvear expressed his satis-
faction at the agreement reached and promised governmental aid
for the plan. The State railways are not included in this agreement,
since they already are under a special colonization law.
The basis of the scheme contains the following points:
The consortium will be organized with the legal status of a commercial com-
pany, maintaining direct relations with the Argentine Government and foreign
governments from which immigrants come. Each railway company will super-
intend the settlement of land on its own lines but shall seek only to cover the
cost of the land and other appurtenances with a 10 per cent margin for incidental
losses. The capital of the consortium will be subscribed by the railways pro
rata according to their mileage. Settlers will be given time to pay for land and
services at the rate of 7 per cent interest and 1 per cent amortization. It foreign
families have no capital for the purchase of animals, implements, etc., during
the first year, the companies will advance funds. The consortium will organize
cooperative societies in each colony for the sale of provisions. The consortium
is to exist for 10 years from the date of signature of its act of association.
2 See the Bulletin for December, 1926, for a more detailed description of this building.
AGRICULTURE, INDUSTRY, AND COMMERCE 699
CATTLE TICK CONTROL.—In accordance with the plan of the Min-
istry of Agriculture for the control of the cattle tick by the estab-
lishment of tick-free, intermediate, and tick-infested zones, the depart-
ments of Nogoyé and Tala of the Province of Entre Rios are to be
included in intermediate zones from April 1, after which cattle from
infected areas must receive dips and inspection before entering the
aforementioned zones.
Exports.—A report of the General Bureau of Statistics of the
Nation to the Ministry of the Treasury gives the following facts on
exports for the first two months of 1927:
The total value of the first two months’ exports of 1927 amounted to 185,873,-
824 gold pesos, or an increase of 43,148,683 gold pesos (30.2 per cent) over exports
for the same period of 1926.
Quantities of principal exports
| Bea rinenes ch Difference
Articles in 1927
| Ss plus (-+-) or
| 1927 1926. | minus\(>)
SIV TRG ETS weedeat re se ease rt RS ILE 2 Sea ee ee pean Ue ania ate ors tons__ 160, 724 140, 809 +19, 915
Wriedkamdysal teclshnicl CS apes ae als es ap ee doses 26, 564 21, 231 +45, 333
Wmwashedi sheepskinsoseae Sas ee weld De ee ee eee domees 1, 648 i as) —127
Gran ES OVO Ly YoYo he ee Sie et Ree Se Se ee eee doa 42, 326 32, 857 +9, 469
AB Tub Ler ee mae ee eae oe soaiahr Neate Foard uy eat, ae Ce RUN aS Oo A domes] 6, 621 7, 663 —1, 042
(Case ire aise Ses een ans ee Min alte Maro ens tA oa St dons) 3, 919 3, 613 +6
Sean denice Gutalse een eer pee enn nS anti oo oe a Ee dona 28, 808 10, 809 +17, 999
Cait] CMe eee a meta ene syne alee hai a ee te eee w ss Saka! eRe eed units__ 36, 604 35, 937 +667
@ereslstandulinseed teas spn ee eee ee ee ee tons__! 2, 783, 174 1, 325, 583 | +1, 457, 591
witout ghovines sete et dren a gery SMe N Me Ts lye pe ten do.| 37, 434 23,450 | +13, 984
D5 if OaN te Ye lee aS RR ees do.-_-| 62, 767 42, 296 +20, 471
@uwebrachorextrac taste ee ae aw Ed Se Ses See does) 33, 671 34, 785 —1,114
@uichrach oil ogsmimms maser een ta deh ooh Sa een ee do__- | 7, 592 11, 826 —4, 234
ARGENTINE TourRING CLUB ROAD MAP.—The Argentine Touring
Club of Buenos Aires is publishing a road and touring map of the
Republic. A preliminary map covering the Province of Buenos
Aires, the southern part of Santa Fé Province and the eastern sec-
tion of Cérdoba Province has already been issued in a small edition.
It is drawn on a scale of 1 to 750,000, showing the railroads, the sec-
tion and department boundaries, the principal highways, and also
the second and third class roads, grade crossings, distance in kilo-
meters from place to place, fords, bridges, elevations, cities, towns,
and estates.
BOLIVIA
Vititazén-Arocua RAILWAY LEASED.—The Bolivian Government,
after careful study of the bids submitted by various firms for the equip-
ment, operation, and consolidation of the Villazén-Atocha Railway,
has accepted the bid presented by the Dates & Hunt Co. of Buenos
700 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION
Aires. Under the terms of the contract the lessees bind themselves
to accept the right of the Government to participate in the exploi-
tation of the line, the fixing of the tariffs, and the control of its
management. The Government may also rescind the whole contract
at any time and again take up the management of the entire line.
In order that this railroad may render full service to the public the
concessionaries will effect important works for the completion of the
line and equip it with all necessary rolling stock. The Government
also appropriated $1,500,000 from the last loan negotiated in the
United States for this purpose. The Villazén-Atocha Railway is a
very important line for Bolivia, as it unites that Republic with
‘Argentina and brings La Paz within three or four days of Buenos
Aires, thus giving Bolivian products an outlet to the Atlantic Ocean.
AIR SERVICE BETWEEN SANTA Cruz AND PurErRTo SuAREz.—In
accordance with the law of December 17, 1926, which authorizes
the establishment of a passenger and mail air line from Santa Cruz
to Puerto Suarez and the granting of a yearly subsidy of 20,000
bolivianos to the contracting company, the Chief Executive has
made a contract with the Lloyd Aéreo Boliviano to establish this
service. The company engages to maintain a monthly service
between Santa Cruz and Puerto Suarez, carrying official correspond-
ence free of charge and making a reduction for Government officials
of 30 per cent on the passage. Santa Cruz is situated in eastern
Bolivia, nearly 400 miles from Puerto Suarez, which is on the
Brazilian border.
COLONIZATION IN EASTERN Boxivia.—The first steamer flying the
Bolivian flag, with which the first river service between eastern
Bolivia and Buenos Aires will be opened, arrived recently in the
Argentine capital. This steamer, the Saavedra, is the property of
the Bolivian Coneessions (Ltd.), which has a concession of 150,000
square miles in eastern Bolivia. Of this land 20,000,000 acres are
mineral and oil concessions. With regard to these concessions the
company is allowed four years in which to locate what it wants. The
rest of the land is for agricultural purposes. The Bolivian Con-
cessions (Litd.), has the right to trade, exploit, explore, and export goods
free of duties for a period of 25 years, the right to run ships under the
Bolivian flag, build railroads and roads, erect wireless stations,
factories, sawmills, oil and cotton presses. The company further-
more may bring into Bolivia 12,000 families in the next four years,
but is under obligation to introduce only 400 families. For each
settler brought into the country the company has the right to take
up 1,000 hectares. The first colonists arrived on the Saavedra. The
route of this steamer, up the Parana and Paraguay Rivers, is about
1,500 miles. (A brief note on this concession appeared in last
month’s issue of the BULLETIN.)
AGRICULTURE, INDUSTRY, AND COMMERCE 701
INCREASE OF CONSULAR FEES.—A law promulgated February 5,
1927, and effective from that date increases the charge for certifi-
cation of consular invoices on shipments to Bolivia from 3 to 6 per
cent ad valorem. This increased fee continues to be collected at
the customhouse of entry into Bolivia except when certification is
made by honorary consuls, who will continue to collect the fees
themselves. (Commerce Reports, April 11, 1927.)
BRAZIL
GOVERNMENT AID FOR FISHERIES.—Admiral Machado da Silva,
inspector of ports and coasts of the Ministry of the Navy, also in
charge of the Bureau of Fisheries and Sanitation of the Seacoasts,
recently gave to the press an interview on the work to be done in
Brazilian fisheries, which was in part as follows:
The Ministry of the Navy will undertake to inform fishermen of the market
demands for certain kinds of fish and will also instruct them in making the
selection of varieties, carrying on statistical work, and overseeing the propaga-
tion of certain kinds of fish, as well as transferring fresh-water fish from the
Amazon to the other Brazilian rivers, and vice versa. Among the Brazilian
mollusks. Von Ihering and Von Martius selected 584 species which they fully
described, but more work in scientific classification is still to ke done. The unio
is a fresh-water mollusk which produces beautiful pearls. Brazilian oysters also
produce fine pearls, which have been brought up by naturalized Japanese in
Santos. The whole coast of Santa Catherina is also a treasure-trove of pearls.
As early as 1549 Pedro Lopes de Souza, of the captaincy of Santa Ana (Santa
Catharina), received orders from Portugal to prohibit the fishing of oysters in
order to prevent the robbery of pearls. More oyster beds, therefore, should be
started and the fishing of them conducted according to the law, which prescribes
the size and quantity of the catch. Shrimps, which are very fine, should like-
wise be cultivated, and fish of the piranha type, which are dangerous to other
fish and to man, should be reduced in number. The Museum of Fisheries has
been moved to the National Museum, from which the organization of the Bra-
zilian fisheries will be carried on.
Ipero AMERICAN Exposition.—Instructions to be observed by
exhibitors of Brazilian products to be shown in the Ibero American
Exposition in 1928 has been approved, and the general commission
to handle these exhibits installed in the commercial association
building in Rio de Janeiro.
CITY PLANNER TO VisiT Rio pr JANEIRO.—Prof. Alfred Agache,
of France, an expert on city planning and cheap housing construction
and member of many councils for rebuilding the towns destroyed in
the war zone, was expected in Rio de Janeiro in June to conduct a
series of lectures on the housing problem and to consult with engineers
and architects on the technical problems of building, as well as to
aid the municipal authorities in planning for more buildings in the
city.
Rio-Prerropouis HiGHWAY.—The Brazilian Government has begun
work on a plan for the connection of Rio de Janeiro with the capitals
702 HE PAN AMERICAN UNION
or centers of production of the neighboring States. One leading to
Sado Paulo is already under way and it is planned to open to traffic
a second highway from Rio de Janeiro to Petropolis, a distance of
some 41 miles (66 kilometers), on September 7, 1927. The new
highway will utilize some sections of the road to Petropolis con-
structed by the Automobile Club, which sections will be widened and
improved. The width of the road is to be 8 meters and the grade 6
per cent, while the curves will have a minimum radius of 50 meters.
Suear.—The Pernambuco government is cooperating with the
sugar interests in forming a defense institute which will intervene in
the market to prevent price declines by limiting the supply in the
markets and by the storage of excess stocks. An operating fund for
this scheme is to be raised from a tax to be levied on entries of sugar
and by-products of sugar into Recife and on the sale of these commod-
ities. (United States Commerce Reports, May 2, 1927.)
Minas GERAES HIGHWAY CONSTRUCTION.—Under the auspices of
President Mello Vianna, of Minas Geraes, the northern part of that
State, which is a fertile region, is being opened to trade through a
system of main highways the axis of which is the Sad Francisco
River. A road from Januaria to Posse, planned to bring trade
from Goyaz and southern Bahia, is being built, as well as that from
Sad Francisco to Brasilia, 62 kilometers in length. Plans have been
made for roads into the interior from Mathias Cardoso to Espinosa,
Montes Claros to Salinas, and Diamantina to Theophilo Ottoni, a
total of 1,000 kilometers. Fifteen kilometers of the first are open to
traffic and 60 more under construction, 62 kilometers of the second
are under way as far as Brejo das Almas, and on the third 17 kilo-
meters have been completed and 43 are under construction. A
fourth main highway from Diamantina through Serro to Pecanha
has a completed stretch of 20 kilometers, with 180 more being laid
out to connect with the Horizonte-Conceigéo-Peganha road. The
latter now has 150 kilometers open to traffic and will soon reach the
city of Conceigéo. Space unfortunately does not permit the mention
of all roads planned.
CHILE
Mercuant Marine Wreex.—At the suggestion of Admiral Swett,
when Minister of Marine, an assembly of interested persons was
convoked for Merchant Marine Week in Valparaiso the last of March,
in order to bring out public opinion on the needs of the national
merchant marine. Among other matters, the conference favored the
continued reservation of coastwise trade to Chilean shipping, the
repeal of certain taxes, and the passage of a law subsidizing national
naval construction and navigation. In the closing address, Captain
Frodden, Minister of Marine, promised his support to the first two of
AGRICULTURE, INDUSTRY, AND COMMERCE 703
these measures, but said that he thought the consideration of sub-
sidies would have to be postponed until financial conditions should
have improved.
FoREIGN TRADE IN MINING PRODUcTS.—The following table gives
Chilean foreign trade in mining products during 1926:
Amount Value
IMPORTS aaa
ITens (As Val Ts ae eee eae ak ee eee Norah ae eee Sealy ee it RL SAE ae ere oe kilos__ 10, 283, 390 5, 589, 431
IB enizime meting eee ok Mn Ned mle yele boeken aC Rasa aan NR Neus sr do__--| 19, 279, 553 6, 043, 094
(CYC eS a a a a aN NE SR eg een se pe eee raat tons__ 33, 410 1, 693, 509
(Ciel eee essen eS Aan Packs eg AN TS SR tore Os 2 Nae el ew dose 105, 811 5, 945, 514
RC al ChUTMRCAT DIG Ca eeye See eas ria eT aE ane as Se kilos_- 5, 552, 408 2, 341, 149
(CUGTOO OY RS So SS EE Oe Oe SRE OE Pe Se ee Ne te Beal ler neers dos 90, 418, 657 10, 052, 951
ILE) SVATT TTT bs © ese Pati Sag eee ee CS BN RTE ee ee Re te eer dos 2, 419, 084 11, 325, 283
TEARS Sb Op LAE Se ge ee ST Re oe Se ara ae ee ees te eee dons 3, 164, 647 1, 507, 090
Cornugatedssheetinoniecss tye. oie ere olen = wes gee eee Ne Smear ree do 5, 321, 809 4, 400, 428
Slee tire (0) air) es sere eee ee ee eee hae re ee a ee eee dose 13, 493, 555 6, 654, 611
AF AGI 0 11 eee eee ake sree age Ra verte Lee ee te dom 36, 506, 746 10, 254, 801
PINT LC Re eee l eee naar renee Su aL IO na) ae ne ee ete eer doz 7, 119, 708 5, 539, 463
IR Arai Mb widkewrce esta se See a SPS es Wee re ee Bae Pte! hen we ease dos=== 7, 233, 002 6, 537, 478
Grpudespetrol eum sss es a ee es SDS A a A eee tons__ 734, 187 55, 541, 183
FRCL. OSC TLC Sena eee esr Or ee ng SEI aS wt sens SE Ne kilos__ 19, 738, 275 2, 235, 057
EXPORTS
FSV IN a) SND DES es) Oey aN IE a SI arg MNES Rea A ae ee aera ee kilos__ 20, 000 18, 150
TES OTe Rote ree eee ae a ee gi etree et a ee nee peers Bare ah. Olen tal tno dom 28, 030, 664 16, 817, 599
(CLO oo oe a aca EA Rg a a ee ee eh a She ee tons__ 28, $88 2, 313, 838
(Giay NOL TR OPEN AS ee aS ae ee ae ee aoe a see ene eee ey kilos__| 193,876,336 ; 403, 023, O81
Oyoyaya (she TRANSL s ae eae ee Be Ue eee ae ee aued ee omen 530 | 569
COP DCIRONG See oem ae fe esta S LEA aes s bee ae Se een Es doses 80, 062, 851 11, 473, 264
ROTOR Re eg eee ee eee eee el A eae dey ye SON Se ela era ey tons_- 1, 455, 281 12, 733, 301
GilycreOre ern me See tire PR teeeenets PER ral Mabon a Rope eat S fupeaeie oe kilos__ 351, 060 | 319, 173
Goldsplater dustyorbarst se ee ae eee grams__ 33, 888, 000 120, 623, 457
Silmersbullionmmoeere tute alii ae creniib tate een Onin arenes do___.| 7,389, 590 | 1, 032, 367
INU TC Re ee ee eteen Mess Wea Mat ne ne caeN Me ___metric quintals__| 14,526,354 | 621, 962, 482
NO Gin CMe tency eee anaes Od EN ee ee eras 8 ise) OS EAL eee ee eels kilos __ 1, 075, 319 | 90, 678, 796
Exports OF POTATOES.—Potatoes were exported from Chile
during 1926 to the amount of 4,565,829 kilos (kilo equals 2.2 pounds),
Peru taking more than half the exports, or 2,529,335 kilos, followed
by Argentina with 1,118,486 kilos, and Ecuador, Uruguay, Bolivia,
and Panama with smaller quantities.
In connection with the foregoing it may be mentioned that a
recent decree requires that all fresh or dried fruit, potatoes, onions,
and garlic for export must be inspected in Valparaiso, Talcahuano, or
Los Andes, in order to see that they are disease-free and of good
quality. ;
CANNED FRUITS AND VEGETABLES.—Ibe BuLurntTiIn, which has
followed with interest the development of fruit culture in Chile
within the last few years, is pleased to note the progress of a large
fruit and vegetable cannery in Los Andes, which has extensive
704 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION
orchards of its own. Notwithstanding the installation of mechanical
processes as far as possible, the cannery employs 300 men and women,
turning out from 25,000 to 30,000 cans daily. More than 50 different
products are prepared.
Nirrate.—Through the abolition of a 25-year-old agreement
between the Chilean Government and the producers of Chilean
nitrate, which agreement had to do with regulating the production
of the various companies and establishing the price, each company
will now be allowed to produce all it cah and sell for the best price
possible, beginning July 1, 1927. Exports of nitrate, due in part
to the competition of synthetic fertilizers, decreased from 25,170,995
metric quintals in 1925 to 16,127,149 metric quintals in 1926.
Much interest is being shown in two new methods of refining the
crude nitrate; that known as the Guggenheim process is in successful
operation at the Coya Norte plant of the Anglo-Chilean Corporation.
Guggenheim Bros. have offered to advance funds for installing
the necessary machinery for this process in the other nitrate fields;
however, as it is adapted only to large-scale production, its adoption
would entail the consolidation of small plants on the same field.
The process is said to give a higher yield of refined nitrate than the old
processes, and also to permit the profitable working of low-grade
deposits. The Prudhomme process, also in successful use, is reported —
to be adapted to small-scale production.
The Government has taken steps to organize an office for the
technical supervision and assistance of the nitrate industry, as also
of the production of iodine, a by-product. Sefior Pablo Ramirez,
Minister of Finance, promised that the freight rates on the nitrate
railways would be revised, as well as the duties on bags, machinery,
ete., and that concessions for water, docks. and shipments would be
regulated. The Government is vitally concerned with the prosperity
of this large industry, because a large proportion of the national
revenue is derived from the export tax, and also because a depression
in sales occasions extensive unemployment. :
Chilean nitrate possesses an advantage over some, at least, of the
synthetic nitrogenous fertilizers in that it causes no acid reaction
in the soil which must be counteracted by the use of lime.
LAPSE OF PETROLEUM CONCESSIONS.—See page 716.
COLOMBIA
CunpiInAMARCA RatuRoap.—The work of extending the Cun-
dinamarca Railroad has been divided in two sections—namely, those
of Puerto Liévano and La Tribuna. On the latter section, at the
beginning of the present year, 1,000 workmen were employed, this
number having been increased to 2,000 in March last. Orders for
AGRICULTURE, INDUSTRY, AND COMMERCE 705
308,708 pesos’ worth of rolling stock for the Cundinamarca Railroad
have been placed in the United States, while additional purchases
were made in Colombia for 125,000 pesos.
Pusiic works.—The Council of State recently approved a special
credit of 971,202 pesos for constructing and repairing barracks in
Bucaramanga, Cucuta, Cartagena, Popayan, Cali, Manizales, and
various other cities. An appropriation of 383,333 pesos was also
approved by the council for repaving Bolivar Square in Bogota, and
for improvements in the sewer system of that city.
IMPROVEMENTS IN MaGpALEeNA River vorts.—The Minister of
Public Works recently signed a contract with a German firm by
virtue of which said firm agrees to complete in the ports of Calamar,
Magangué, El Banco, Gamarra, Puerto Wilches, Barrancabermeja,
Puerto Berrio, La Dorada and in any others which the Government
may determine, the improvements necessary for the prompt landing
of passengers and efficient handling of freight.
DISTRIBUTION OF $10,000,000 toan.—The Board of Loans has
made the following distribution of funds obtained through the recent
loan contracted with a banking firm in the United States: For the Cen-
tral Railroad of the North, $2,500,000; Pacific Railroad, $1,300,000;
Central Bolivar Railroad, $600,000; Midwestern Railroad, $750,000;
Carare Railroad, $500,000; Tolima-Huila-Caquet4 Railroad, $500,000;
Narifo Railroad, $400,000; Cicuta-Pamplona Railroad, $400,000;
work on the Magdalena River, the Cauca River, Barranquilla and
other river ports, $1,398,053; dredging in the Bocas de Ceniza,
$1,000,000; and bay and port works at Cartagena, $69,000.
CUBA
SUGAR CONVENTION.—The National Association of Sugar Tech-
nologists agreed at a recent session held in Habana to convoke for
next December a convention of sugar planters preliminary to an
international convention to discuss measures for handling the prob-
lems of the world sugar industry. The conference will be divided
into three sections—namely, agricultural, mechanical, and chemical.
Ten topics will be admitted for discussion in each section. (Courtesy
of Cuban Embassy in Washington.)
PusuLic wor«s.—In discussing the harbor reclamation work in the
port of Habana, Dr. Carlos Miguel de Céspedes, Secretary of Public
Works, made the following statement: ‘‘With the completion of the
reclamation work in the harbor of Habana 117,000 meters of valuable
land will have been reclaimed from the sea, of which 80,000 meters
will be sold, and considering the purchase price of $150 a meter offered
by a group of Cuban capitalists, these 80,000 meters of new land
706 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION
represent 12,000,000 pesos to the national treasury, while the work
of building the new esplanade along the bay, which is being carried
out according to the approved plans, represents an expenditure of only
3,000,000 pesos.” (Courtesy of the Cuban Embassy in Washington.)
DOMINICAN REPUBLIC
HIGHWAY DEVELOPMENT PLAN.—During the last quarter of 1926
the department of public works made considerable progress in the
highway development program. On the Puerto Plata-Santiago high-
way, which has been sublet to a private contractor, work was actively
pursued, and it is hoped that this important road will be completed
in July of the present year. Operations were continued by the
department of public works on the section of the Sanchez highway
(which connects Santo Domingo with the Haitian frontier) between
San Juan de la Maguana and Las Matas. The remainder of this
road, from Las Matas to Comendador on the Haitian frontier was
let by private contract in January, 1927. Work also progressed
satisfactorily on the La Romana-Ceibo highway, which is being
built by the Romana sugar central for the account of the Dominican
Government. (Commerce Reports, April 18, 1927.)
SALE OF DRUGS AND CHEMICAL PRODUCTS.—See page 718.
IMPORTATION OF MILK.—See page 718.
ECUADOR
NEW TELEPHONE PLANT.—Several months ago the Ecuadorean
Government signed a contract with a Swedish firm for the installa-
tion of a new telephone plant in Quito. Construction of this plant
is now well under way, and it is hoped that the work will soon be
completed, thus providing the capital city with an up-to-date
telephone system. .
AGRICULTURAL BUREAU.—The agricultural bureau established
several months ago by the Ministry of Agriculture in Guayaquil for
the benefit of farmers and stock breeders of the coastal region has
rendered very valuable service by disseminating information of
interest to such persons. Particularly important work was accom-
plished in connection with a recent outbreak of anthrax. The
Minister of Agriculture now intends to establish a livestock quaran-
tine station in connection with the agricultural bureau in question.
GUATEMALA
OWNERSHIP OF AGRICULTURAL LANDS.—The following interesting
table showing the approximate number of landowners and _ their
respective holdings in the various Departments of Guatemala was
AGRICULTURE, INDUSTRY, AND COMMERCE 707
printed in the Boletin de Agricultura y Caminos (the organ of the
Ministry of Agriculture) for January, 1927:
Nationals Foreigners
Total
Departments Number | Amount | Number| Amount Brean
of land- | of land, in | ofland- | of land, in |manzanas!
owners | manzanas!| owners | manzanas !
he uw
ANG En) Wal 2 5 ee Se ee ye ea ee eh te 192 54, 474 9 15, 014 69, 488
ANMNEBS \Y/GUEBY OAs 2 a er re ee Set 242 | 189, 202 119 456, 352 645, 554
BajapVichapaZ eves siersnue Wael eRe Seed h eo 189 72, 658 19 49, 900 122, 558
Clinieme linemen =o! ge ee ee ee 593 95, 992 | 27 45, 263 141, 255
Gian (inane ee ee eee ee ee 318 13, 883 5 19, 235 33, 118
MS cirimGlaem se ee ta wee ee nt ee 226 302, 302 53 133, 887 436, 189
(Guufatenral ae weiike nea eas he eae Teo ae 169 | 129, 641 12 64, 333 193, 974
Eluehuetenang 0m see ra eee ee Ah sae H 645 | 260, 637 5 129, 887 390, 524
Wize Voy SSS See ee tele at Eee eae | 75 | 20, 198 33 22, 118 42, 316
EME OY 2 Wa a Ri Se 399 | (ST SEY. | ee se oe 75, 834
BU[Uitsi cy yo elem eer ces cts nal aR ae Tad eS ea | 358 | 160, 392 | 12 75, 436 235, 828
AC GO Tee tes natn Wen nee Mes es De ene othe Pa | 223 | 9, 233 1 150 9, 383
(QDI Neh ai ee ee ey aE ee 669 | 64, 778 19 126, 946 191, 724
@uezaltenango teas seas. es ee ase yal 97, 102 | 61 57, 699 154, 801
TReeuifay aD Ue tOUS ee ees Cee eee ee Gol ee ea noire aes 364 | 106, 203 48 53, 402 159, 425
SACALEDC CIC 7 mam mer nr Buu rene Gy Lo aan eae 970 | 20, 598 12 12, 278 32, 876
SS STG ABT OS ca iat eI eee yah Se Sa 400 103, 760 35 74, 204 177, 964
Sane Vilar COSM ess shakes kere Sate Aerts J pee ee es | PB, 7/tal 83, 005 81 69, 389 152, 394
SiICHIPE PC QUCZ a= = ees ce eet ws gee se at 366 98, 799 40 48, 440 147, 239
SOT 1 ees a tecerere eat I Seer OTL ale 496 | 170, 355 73 112, 913 283, 268
PROCOMICA PATI ess saws ee a eecewa etree PON wed eet, 188 LG R445 1 eae ae eee | a ee 16, 444
ZAC ATO Oe eee etree eR NR rer a REI 472 | 76, 658 a 19, 164 95, 822
STO Gall sarees Nee NU ee eee ye egmesh ys ya ae oe 10,826 | 2, 221, 968 671 1, 586, 010 3, 807, 978
A toyell enavel that @ovakO— n= [eek Rese SW ORME Io 56, 772 89, 756
“Motalulandeimysugaricane sass se sane se ss iyeumee | epic ose 19}; WHS one 5, 068 71, 174
Aployiell lleval tia lyepoemme es 8 [fees eben | SuSgG hl awianene ys 13, 901 17, 297
AovallandamkotherncropSaae sss se ane eee |jcresccal oe 2985 9/7 |e eee 105, 259 324, 856
Natal Wevavel thay GS ee ey me bef ye INisdhesS 8651 |: ae ees 1,405,010 | 3,358, 875
Paes See | 2,221,968 |_....-----| 1,586,010 | 3,807,978
1 Manzana equals 1.08 acres.
EXPERIMENTAL STATION AT JALAPA.—In accordance with a decree
of March 8, 1927, an agricultural experiment school costing 50,000
quetzales will be established in Jalapa for the purpose of studying the
best methods to be employed in the development of public land and
lending general assistance to the farmers of that region. It will also
cooperate with the rural school board in its work of raising the
standard of living and improving the hygiene of the people.
HAITI
TELEPHONE, TELEGRAPH, AND RADIO SERVICE.—In the report of the
Financial Adviser and Receiver General for March are the following
facts on telephone, telegraph, and radio service:
The telephone-telegraph service has been satisfactory, with March commercial
receipts increased by some 2,500 gourdes over those of February. The con-
708 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION
struction of the Lascahobas-Hinche line is 60 per cent complete, while it is esti-
mated that automatic telephones will be installed for Petion-Ville subscribers
before July 1. The new exchange in Port au Prince was expected to be in opera-
tion by May, 1927.
The radio broadcasting station has satisfactorily given regular Friday evening
and Saturday morning programs. Tests were made with the transmission of
speech over lines to certain provincial towns to improve the reception and broad-
casting in these places.
HONDURAS
New crities.—Due to the growth of the town of Pespire, Depart-
ment of Choluteca, Congress passed a decree on February 18 raising
it to the classification of city. The town of San Marcos de Colén in
the Department of Choluteca was also made a city on the same day.
ELEcTRIC LIGHT IN SANTA BARBARA.—Machinery has arrived in
Santa Barbara for the installation of the electric-light plant which,
the press reports, is being constructed by private citizens.
CHAMBER OF ComMMERCE.—On March 15, 1927, the Chamber of
Commerce of Tegucigalpa elected officers for the year 1927, as
follows: President, Don José Maria Agurcia; members of the execu-
tive committee, Don Nicolas Cornelsen, Dr. Marco Del Morales;
attorney, Licenciado Rubén R. Barrientos; secretary, Licenciado
Félix Salgado; and treasurer, Don Fernando A. Pérez.
MEXICO
CENTRAL CoNSULTATIVE BoAaRD OF COMMERCE AND INDUSTRY.—
In accordance with the regulations of the organic act on article 28
of the constitution, the Central Consultative Board of Commerce
and Industry was installed in Mexico City on February 25 of this
year. It consists of the following representatives of the Govern-
ment departments and organizations named: Sefior Vicente Lom-
bardo Toledano, Department of Industry, Commerce, and Labor,
chairman; Senor Ignacio L. Figueroa, Department of Agriculture and
Promotion; Sefior Rafael Sandoval R., Department of Communica-
tions and Public Works; Sefior Daniel R. Aguilar, Department of
the Treasury and Public Credit; Sefor Manuel E. Izaguirre, Federa-
tion of Mexican Chambers of Commerce; and Sefior Victor Diaz de
Léon, Mexican Regional Labor Federation.
The duties of this board include the study of all economic ques-
tions affecting the nation’s commerce and industry or causing a
difference of opinion between two or more States and the suggestion
to the executive, through the Department of Industry, Commerce,
and Labor, of means for settling such questions. The board is also
expected to go over decisions reached by the district boards and to
consider the detailed monthly reports submitted by these boards on
economic conditions in their respective districts.
AGRICULTURE, INDUSTRY, AND COMMERCE 709
NEW RAILWAY BRANCH.—A new branch of the National Railways,
about 200 kilometers in length (kilometer equals 0.62 mile), is now
under construction in the States of Tamaulipas and San Luis Potosi,
at an estimated cost of 9,000,000 pesos. It will join the line from
San Luis Potosi to Tampico at Valles and is designed to give an out-
let to a rich agricultural zone. Fifty kilometers are to be completed
by July 1.
CoMMERCIAL AIR ROUTE.—Plans are being made for the establish-
ment of a commercial air route from Veracruz to Puerto México,
Salina Cruz, Tapachula, and San Cristébal las Casas, thus giving a
means of communication with the Isthmus of Tehuantepec and the
State of Chiapas, as well as with the neighboring Republic of
Guatemala.
SUGAR CENTRALS.—During 1926, 135 sugar centrals were in opera-
tion in Mexico, the State of Veracruz leading with 37, followed by
Jalisco with 28, Michoac4n with 15, Puebla with 13, Tabasco with
11, Oaxaca and Sinaloa with 7 each, Colima with 5, Morelos and
Nayarit with 3 each, Yucatan with 2, and Guerrero, San Luis Potosi,
Tamaulipas, and Zacatecas with 1 each.
NICARAGUA
CONCESSION FOR CANNED-FRUIT FACTORY.—In January Congress
approved a concession granted by the Government for the establish-
ment of a canned-fruit factory, which is to be in operation within
two years from the date of congressional approval. The concession-
ary agrees to teach the business to 10 Nicaraguans to be selected by
the Ministry of Promotion, and to employ 75 per cent Nicaraguan
labor. The concessionary has the right during the 10-year term of
the contract to be the sole manufacturer of canned fruit in the dis-
trict which he chooses for operations, his field being confined to three
Departments.
RUBBER CONCESSION REVALIDATED.—A concession for the exploita-
tion of rubber approved by act of March 23, 1926, was rehabilitated
under the new administration on December 14, 1926, and published
in the Gaceta Oficial of February 16, 1927. The concessionaries agree
to explore the national forests for different varieties of rubber, includ-
ing gutta-percha, sending samples of the varieties discovered to
foreign markets. During the 20-year term of the contract opera-
tions will cover national forests in the districts of Siquia, Rio Grande,
and Prinzapolka and the townships of San Juan del Norte and Cabo
de Gracias in the Department of Bluefields on the Atlantic coast.
No other rubber contract is to be granted by the Government during
the term of the present agreement.
710 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION
PANAMA
CONTRACT FOR FIRST-CLASS HOTEL.—The Government has recently
signed a contract with an individual for the construction of a hotel
to cost not less than $500,000 to be erected for the accommodation
of tourists. The contractor is granted exemption from duty on
building materials and equipment for the establishment of recreation
fields, swimming pools, automobile service stations, and other auxil-
iaries. He is also permitted to adapt any portion of the hotel for
the presentation of theatrical performances or motion pictures, or to
rent the building for the holding of conventions, provided that these
uses contribute to the increase of travel to Panama.
PRIZE FOR COOPERATION IN ROAD CONSTRUCTION.—The Highway
Commission of Panama. decided in April to award the commission
gold medal for cooperation in road construction to Seftor José Angel
Vargas, mayor of Las Palmas, whose efforts in behalf of road con-
struction have been notable. Moreover, all the central Provinces
have shown much progress in highway construction, the towns whose
mayors have made considerable improvements being Sond and La
Mesa, in Veraguas Province; Octi, Pesé, and Las Minas, in Herrera
Province; Aguadulee and La Pintada, in Coclé Province; and
Macaracas, in Los Santos Province.
PARAGUAY
HIGHWAY coNsTrucTION.—On March 3, 1927, an expenditure of
150,000 pesos for the initiation of work on the construction of a
highway from San Lorenzo to It4 was authorized by the Government.
As the necessary culverts and drains have already been completed,
the present work will consist only of paving. Other highway works
under construction are bridges over the Paso-Pé on the Asuncién-
San Bernardino highway and the construction of a 5-kilometer
(kilometer equals 0.62 mile) macadam highway from Dos Bocas to
Zabala-cué. i
ORANGE-PACKING COMPETITION.—On April 10, 1927, an orange-
packing competition, the first of its kind to take place in Paraguay,
was held in Areguaé under the auspices of the Agricultural Bank.
Numerous prizes were awarded, and a practical demonstration
covering the complete care of the fruit from the time it is picked to
its shipment was made before an enthusiastic group of the farmers
of that section.
AGRICULTURAL PUBLICATION.—Among the bulletins recently issued
by the Bureau of Agriculture through the press was one dealing with
methods to be used in combating various insect and parasitic enemies
of the rice plant, the cultivation of which is coming to be recognized
by Paraguay as a promising source of national wealth.
AGRICULTURE, INDUSTRY, AND COMMERCE gala
PERU
ForEIGN TRADE.—The following figures were published recently in
the Bulletin of customs statistics for 1926:
Foreign trade for 1926, exclusive of that through Iquitos and by parcel post,
amounted to 41,767,167 Peruvian pounds. as against 38,294,019 Peruvian pounds
in 1925. The total exports amounted to 23,966,249 Peruvian pounds, as against
21,648,745 Peruvian pounds in 1925, or an increase of 2,317,504 Peruvian pounds
for 1926. The volume of exports in 1926 was 1,739,253 tons, against 1,306,102
tons in 1925, the increases showing in almost all the principal exports. Increases
in mineral ores and concentrates show new activities in zinc and copper mining
in the northern part of the Republic, these exports combined in 1926 being
60,459 tons, worth 1,430,353 Peruvian pounds, as against 21,812 tons in 1925
valued at 745,428 Peruvian pounds.
The principal exports of 1926 compared with those of 1925 are as follows:
Product 1925 | 1926
Tons Tons
TEETH ON NUNCA eS coe I a Re ee a ee fee fee UeiR EW tae me eee 951, 412 1, 198, 756
(CHOW HH ONG Ses 2 ie te IR Se eas een a a ee Be erage ees ite tel na 39, 903 48, 981
SUL ST pepe ete Ree teeta ey epee Cae ana ee Ms Meer Seno Spey Sp apenas et EN ed 208, 140 329, 794
Copperswalhegol dean cusiliverieseey eect cere se anne eases eee ee eet 36, 799 39, 742
IVI er aK ORES ee teeta eee re anaes MeN RO ene Can oe SLU NS a tye Ree mee es 14, 883 | 34, 665
Viti OG AMCOMCE LT ALCS exe neers pete elon pee ark Ps eee gen a RT Uc te Mell ee | 6, 929 | 25, 794
Imports amounted in 1926 to 607,324 tons, worth 18,235,601 Peruvian pounds,
against 550,181 tons worth 17,075,311 Peruvian pounds in 1925. The customs
receipts for 1926 amounted to 2,803,700 Peruvian pounds, against 2,862,746
Peruvian pounds in 1925. The decrease in revenue on exports was due to the
low prices of cotton and sugar which prevailed throughout the year and still
continue.
SALVADOR
Pusiic works.—The President’s message read before Congress on
February 14, 1927, gives the following account of public works:
It is expected that all the-sanitation, sewer system, paving, and water supply
of the capital, San Salvador, begun in October 1923, will be completed on June
30, 1928. Since most of the work in the principal sections has already been
finished at lower cost than anticipated, the administration broadened the existing
contracts to include underground cables for the lighting system, power, tele-
graph, and telephone systems, the building of sidewalks, extension of the water
supply, and other improvements now under way. The sanitary sewers, drainage
for rainwater and the water supply, the placing of the underground telegraph,
telephone, and electric cables, the construction of gutters and walks, the paving
and the filtration plant are now complete.
HicguHways.—The President’s message of February 14, 1927,
vives the following facts on highways:
The highway system approved by the Government for construction covers the
western, central, and eastern zones of the country with some 1,600 kilometers of
asphalt, conerete, and macadam arterial and regional roads costing approxi-
mately $10,000 per kilometer. Work was begun in February, 1926, on the inter-
national highway from Santa Ana to the Guatemalan frontier. Of this road
15 kilometers were completed at the end of December, 1926.
48438—27— Bull. 7——6
THE PAN AMERICAN UNION
WA
URUGUAY
FoREIGN TRADE DURING 1926.—According to official reports printed
in the Diario Oficial of March 16, 1927, the total value of Uruguayan
foreign trade for the year 1926 was 158,045,247 pesos.
Listed under
general. classes and compared with those of 1925, the imports and
exports were as follows:
Classes of commodities 1925 1926
IMPORTS Pesos Pesos
ANY SRSREC OY SSS es ae egg ee a ee ea 462, 554 289, 806
SEV ZoTOO GOTT ea] S eee eae sa ene ees ee eee ee ee ae | 7, 826, 621 8, 141, 140
TEROOXG US ADU GCS et pce Pear he eee OS ree le ae GU | 18, 622, 550 14, 403, 107
@igarstandetobaccose. = Fo eae et SE aL ces eee ee eee | 724, 823 . 711, 930
Ffardiwan esa dp ay Crump esas tee eee ee ee ee eee 9, 517, 358 9, 657, 264
AB AreTa Tra Si TATO] @TY OTAGS seers ee a eye eens sea ee 2, 889, 608 2, 647, 004
ID ryAcOOdSean dao Ll erat CrCl aiCiiS Cm seem mares aes ee ee 6, 489, 870 6, 575, 702
INGUSsicaltinstrumientSeeso seas ae eee Sa Se ee es 71, 200 88, 800
DEP USN ee ae Cg aE ES a mae 11, 026, 305 11, 440, 424
AManmed! nid eS oo: aa Res eo Ee ee ee ee Se ee 8 ae eee | 54, 077 61, 639
IVINS Cellar 0 US Bee eee eo eee | 19, 753, 697. 19, 255, 124
GING Gall sees a eto Re he ae aw A een ee ohne Bede bse eee wa 72, 438, 663 73, 271, 830
, EXPORTS ~ |
Mivestocks prod CtSes es =e re Sere eee a Sea Lr ares Sane | 87, 754, 624 86, 302, 946
Neri cultunaléprodtcts 2 saa s ees Sas eee ee eee ae | 8, 601, 396 5, 702, 540
AVALON SOO CUT CES es eI a eae Peete Ee a ene er 1, 524, 116 2, 258, 925
Productsrofithey hum tam ehis hve wl es a= ee ee ee 331, 257 293, 665
Miascellaneousianticles@asssas = see SpE A 2 ene een eer eS ea 460, 898 183, 137
Sia} o) FORO AION euNG! SII o-oo Sh a ese bee eee seceaes 36, 724 32, 204
LTR © Gell ere aay Bhai tae, aera cere ey SU ys hres en eee eR 98, 709, 015 94, 773, 417
INCREASE IN ANNUAL EXPENDITURES FOR PUBLIC WORKS.—The
following table prepared by the Secretary of Public Works and
printed in El Dia (Montevideo) of March 31, 1927, shows the increase
in the amounts spent by that department during the last four years
in its program of national improvement: d
1923. | 1994 1925 1926
— _ | -
Port of Montevideo: Pesos | Pesos Pesos Pesos
IWIOE KSI @ Se ne ete owe ae ee paren Sofa tomer ERRe Cah Rot 259, 294 | 287, 97 323, 073 303, 031
FRED AIrSe env ea ea ghL Sle See ere On oN yea 90, 446 | 89, 687 57, 459 566, 068
SNUG We W; O TGS lt se arora os pas nce, eR el Ree | 55, 070 346, 597 316, 402
Highways:
ING WA WORKS swing Shee eeepc re a Tipe Sao e 762, 899 | 1, 209, 258 625, 910 612, 297
RUG ALIS ee nae te ee eich tn AM eS hay dire Ok a ge Re 697,236) 814, 586 697, 940 855, 032
Wages and general expemses_______________________-_ 226, 725 | 247, 980 274, 210 381, 453
TELy. CIRO RNa bye eek eed nie a ee IEE ea ea ae “a 233, 941 | 50, 749 140, 384 370, 674
SAT bei bi Oras a Napa aL Seis eek A Se cela | pa poe ear | 136, 110 706, 261 652, 068
ATMO NIC OHITO. oe Re 959, 130 731, 593 664, 391 757, 523
ERR ean Wyse yi Se ct ok a Ryo Se Tp No oe EE | ee OREN ERE 781, 470 668, 970 1, 850, 500
TAN Galle: SY ex tase SPSS let ac ee - 3,229,673 | 4,434,487 | 4,505,200 | 6, 667, 052
|
AGRICULTURE, INDUSTRY, AND COMMERCE 713
CONSTRUCTION OF LOW-PRICED HOusES.—According to Arquitec-
tura, Montevideo, of February, 1927, the Architectural Society has
organized a committee of architects to direct the construction of low-
priced houses, as specified by a decision of its members on December
17, 1926. The work of this committee will afford an opportunity for
many persons formerly unable to pay the prices asked to have the
services of experts at a nominal cost. The committee will cooperate
with the society for planning and directing the construction and
financing of houses involving an expenditure of not over 2,500 pesos.
VENEZUELA
Port IMPROVEMENTS.—Last March, Mr. Wall, manager of the La
Guaira Port Corporation, stated that prior to the formation of
definite plans for the far-reaching port improvements contemplated
the corporation has begun the construction of a large custom ware-
house, half of which has been already completed and put into use;
the lengthening from 15 meters to 85 meters of a wharf for sea-going
vessels of moderate size; a 100-meter (meter equals 3.28 feet) com-
bined extension of two of the wharves to accommodate ships up
to a capacity of 7,000 tons; a new dock for coastwise shipping, and a
reinforced concrete extension of the customhouse pier. The light-
house will be provided with a powerful rotary electric ight and an
auxiliary light, the pier railway system will be lengthened, and sup-
plementary improvements such as new locomotives, cars, electric
cranes, barges, and machinery introduced.
Warenouse capacity.—The following figures, taken from graphic
charts printed in El Nuevo Diario, Caracas, of March 15, 1927, show
how the needs arising from increased importation through the port
of La Guaira have been met by augmented storage facilities in that
port:
Imports through La Guaira
Year Tons Year : Tons
NS © () specail a 2 Sata eee ae RS ah OO eae UA Dees Se ee ee eee 62, 292
TLRS) eae se ee on enya GOS RO 2 Diem Sess eae as eye 42, 591
MNO see cael a a AO SUOG RO 23s ee ae. Se a 49, 002
GOES eo A ees ee ee ee SOVSMOM VAG ZA eye ewe eh Sh Se 70, O81
LC (yg ee ap Speed ts coh ere ay | lO 25 sceet pees weaned 94, 257
NOS 22 ee See a eee tk eee erie s ANE Orgies [ssl 2. ee ep Se SE op 147, 850
Warehouse capacity in port of La Guaira
Years Square meters !
TSO OR CO GUO Sere Bos ma Bote E te an eye Miia Wye ages Sa an Bier Sa 3, 095
OMe eC Op A OHIS se Se er hee kN pps atmo ye Oty ean UME Niels eae 3, 664
AIRS AAO oko LS) Bess SL ls ie BT lt ae aad oe ea 4, 054
MOZORCOR UO Zils tere Sesene Seale ny aes Romie War, Det ANE Sa ef ule, PEE 7, 044
1 Square meter equals 10.26 square feet.
714 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION
ARGENTINA
ARGENTINE LOAN.—Six per cent gold bonds of an Argentine Goy-
ernment loan of $21,200,000 for public works were put on sale at
99 per cent on April 28, 1927, by J. P. Morgan & Co., in New York
City. The bonds are direct external obligations of the Argentine
Government running from May 1, 1927, to May 1, 1961, to be retired
at par by a cumulative sinking fund.
CHILE
CoMPTROLLERSHIP OF THE REPUBLIC.—See page 717.
COLOMBIA
MUNICIPAL LOAN,—Executive Order No. 6 of January 31, 1927,
authorizes the municipality of Pereira to contract a loan with the
Mortgage Bank of Bogota for the sum of 800,000 pesos. These
funds will be employed to pay off the debts of that municipality, to
enlarge and improve the waterworks and the electric-light system,
and to construct a sewer system and sanitary market.
COSTA RICA
INCREASE IN INSURANCE.—Figures taken from an official statement
of the National Insurance Bank of Costa Rica,-a State monopoly,
showed at the end of February, 1927, written insurance to the amount
of 48,837,118 colones, or an increase of 3,222,772 colones over the
previous month. Of the total sum 3,678,877 colones represents life
insurance, 44,141,072 fire, and 1,017,168 labor insurance.
ECUADOR
Wore oF THE KEMMERER MISSION.—The financial mission under
Professor Kemmerer, which recently completed its labor in Ecuador,
prepared 25 projects for the improvement of financial conditions
in that Republic, some of which are the following: Procedure for
handling customhouse documents of foreign origin, creation of the
Central Bank of Ecuador (see page 718), coinage law, general banking
law, regulations for agricultural insurance contracts, organic budget
law, memorandum on the organization and activities of the administra-
tion department of the Government, reorganization of Government
ECONOMIC AND FINANCIAL AFFAIRS 715
accounts and the establishment of a comptrollership, project of law for
the revision of the present tax system on rural property, amendments
to the penal law, project of law to take the place of the actual income-
tax law, project of law on customhouse tariffs, project of law on
administration of customhouses, report on public credit, report on
public works, report on the proposed railroad from Quito to Esme-
raldas, project of amendments to the Civil Code of Judicial Procedure
and the organic law of the judicial power, report on the liquor
monopoly, report on stamp law, project of law on amendments to
certain articles of the constitution, and report on municipal finances.
HAITI
RECEIPTS AND EXPENDITURES.—The Financial Adviser and
Receiver General gives the following information in his report for
March, 1927:
For the first half of the present fiscal year total expenditures from revenues
were 23,287,000 gourdes. This is approximately 1,000,000 gourdes less than the
24,256,000 gourdes expended in the first six months of 1925-26. Most of the
decline occurred in expenditures out of revenue for debt service and for public
works, while the principal increases occurred in disbursements for the gendar-
merie, for public health, agriculture, and vocational education.
MEXICO
Inter AMERICAN HigH Commissron.—At a session of the Mexican
section of the Inter American High Commission held on April 7, 1927,
Sefior Luis Montes de Oca, Secretary of the Treasury, took his seat as
chairman ex officio of the section. The other members are Senores
Carlos Diaz Dufoo, secretary; Miguel S. Macedo, Jaime Gurza,
Fernando de la Fuente, Miguel Sanchez de Tagle, Luis Aragon,
Federico Jiménez O’Farril, and Elias S. A. de Lima.
InsuRANCE.—The daily press reports that insurance as a means of
saving has become very popular in Mexico. During 1926 the four
leading companies wrote life and endowment insurance to the amount
of 36,000,000 pesos, whereas in 1910 the total insurance in effect
written by all companies since they started operations in Mexico
amounted to only 47,000,000 pesos.
Three thousand members of the police force in Mexico City have
taken out group life insurance for 1,000 pesos each, this being the
first time that they have enjoyed the protection of insurance.
SALVADOR
REVENUES AND EXPENDITURES.—The President, in his message
read before Congress on February 14, 1927, gave the following
figures on revenues and expenditures for 1926:
During 1926 the total revenue was 22,314,797.95 colones, which shows an
increase of 1,994,489.08 colones over receipts for 1925. The expenditures of
716 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION
the Government for the year amounted to 21,922,929.55 colones, being an increase
of 1,651,855.40 colones over the expenditures of 1925, as shown in the following
table:
Expenditures | 1926 1925 Increase Decrease
Colones Colones Colones | Colones
INationaleAssem|b] veers eee eee 100, 799. 04 63, 316. 70 37,482,345) saan
IBTESIGETIC yi eh ERR See 117, 806. 42 92, 578. 65 2522 T stl || eee
JASWRS Ato) nae ce See en Es ae oe eee 3102510405224 | Seas Oia ose on | eee ee 182, 413. 67
Promotion and Agriculture________________ | 2,616, 140. 68 2, 420, 828. 04 195;:31:21645 | ==
Le MANGA NE So oe ee 1, 686, 938. 99 1, 449, 808. 39 2375135560)| ee
RoreignvRelationse=== see eee ee 135, 437. 68 118, 940. 84 21.496: 84.) 22 eee
UUSLIGE 2 seer aue tee Sen ae ee See 884, 580. 56 821, 669. 32 62; 91.:12:245)| = ees
C@haritysandsPublic:oHealth==— == 815, 235. 83 788, 308. 52 2639276315 | S35
STS ASUI Taye re eee ee a ee | 1, 386, 574. 93 1, 367, 299. 25 19; 275568) a
Publick red i Gee ee ee ee es 6, 325, 863. 46 5, 781, 502. 91 04423605509 |e
WiarandéMlarine sen. i a eeee eee as | 4, 271,926.11 | 3,629,989. 12 6413936599 4) 5e= see
Giomgranl Ming oo 556, 585. 63 534, 383. 52 22490251 a
MNO (Ses See oe i ee es 21, 922,929.55 | 20, 271,074.15 | 1,834, 269.07 | 182, 413. 67
URUGUAY
TREASURY BALANCE AT END OF 1926.—According to the Diario Oficial
of March 16, 1927, the gross expenditures of the Government during
the year 1926 were 31,557,611 pesos, and the gross receipts through
all sources, 31,923,228 pesos, leaving a balance of 365,617 pesos.
ARGENTINA
Visit oF BRAzILIAN LAWYERS.—A delegation of Brazilian lawyers
recently visited Buenos Aires, where they were entertained by the
law school of Buenos Aires University, the Jockey Club, the Federa-
tion of Law Schools, and other associations.
CHILE
LAPSE OF PETROLEUM CONCESSIONS.—According to an amendment
to the Mining Code, dated December 26, 1926, petroleum concessions
and claims the exploitation of which is not begun within one year
after the promulgation of the amendment will be declared null and
void.
Housine@ Loans.—Regulations of the law on private employees,
approved January 21, 1927, prescribe the manner of obtaining loans
LEGISLATION aley:
from the private employees’ retirement fund, said loans being granted
only for the purchase or erection of dwellings. A depositor desiring
a loan must have to his credit in the retirement fund an amount equal
to a certain proportion of the purchase price of the property, this
proportion increasing with the value of the property. Loans up to
80 per cent will be made on property valued at not more than 60,000
pesos, and up to 70 per cent on property valued at not more than
100,000 pesos (peso equals $0.121). Interest is payable at the rate
of 8 per cent and amortization at the rate of 1 to 4 per cent. Forty
per cent of the total retirement fund, which now amounts to 55,000,000
pesos, will be available for these loans.
CoMPTROLLERSHIP OF THE RepuBLIc.—Under date of March 18 a
decree was issued creating the Comptrollership of the Republic, a
project to this effect having been prepared by the Kemmerer Commis-
sion while in Chile. The Comptroller’s Office will unite the entities
formerly known as the Court of Accounts, General Bureau of Account-
ing, National Property Section, and General Statistical Bureau.
CUBA
PROPOSED AMENDMENTS TO THE CONSTITUTION.—The House of
Representatives has approved a bill amending the present constitution
of the Republic, with a vote of 94 against 8. The bill awaits the
action of the Senate. The salient amendments are the following:
1. Establishment of a Federal District in the city of Habana.
2. The right of suffrage for Cuban women over 21 years of age, after passage
of legislation regulating it.
3. Recognition of minorities in the lists of voters, in the Senate Chamber,
and in the House of Representatives, and in the provincial councils and munici-
palities.
4. Compatibility of elective offices, such as those of senators and represen-
tatives, with positions such as professorships and cabinet posts.
5. Suppression of the office of Vice President of the Republic.
6. Succession of the Secretary of State to the Presidency of the Republic in
the absence or death of the President.
7. Independence of the judicial power.
8. Creation of a Council of State composed of a chairman and 17 members,
representing, respectively, the following organizations: National University;
provincial institutes; National Council of Veterans of the War of Independence;
the Amigos del Pais Commercial Society; National Academies of Science and
Literature; the colleges of lawyers and notaries; Association of Landowners;
Planters’ Association; chambers of commerce; labor organizations; banks and
navigation companies; and the railroad and tramway companies.
9. Abolition of the right of a President of the Republic to reelection for a
second term.
10. Prohibition of amendments to the constitution without the consent of
two-thirds of the total number of members of each legislative chamber.
(Courtesy of the Cuban Embassy in Washington.)
718 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION
DOMINICAN REPUBLIC
SALE OF DRUGS AND CHEMICAL PRODUCTS.—Law No. 617, approved
on March 30, 1927, provides that from the Ist day of July, 1927, the
sale of drugs, patent medicines, and chemical products in the Domini-
can Republic will be permitted only to pharmacists. However, in
locations where there are no pharmacists, business houses will be
authorized to sell drugs, patent medicines, and chemical products.
IMPORTATION OF MILK.—Decree No. 619 prohibits the importation
of skimmed milk into the Dominican Republic from April 6, 1927,
date of the promulgation of said decree in the Gaceta Oficial. The
Government adopted this measure considering that milk is the main
article of food for infants and small children and hoping by this means
to have better and purer milk supplied for public use.
ECUADOR
CENTRAL Bank or Ecuapor.—One of the projects prepared by the
Kemmerer financial mission recently in Ecuador, and which has now
been put into effect by virtue of a law published in the Registro Oficial
of March 12, 1927, is the creation of the Central Bank of Ecuador.
Said bank is founded for a period of 50 years which, however, may be
extended by law; the home office is in Quito, with branch offices in
various other cities and towns. The bank shall have an authorized
capital of 10,000,000 sucres, which may be increased to 20,000,000
sucres by a vote of at least six members of the board of directors and
with the sanction of the President of the Republic. The shares,
which will be registered and have a par value of 100 sucres each,
will be divided into two classes—namely, class A and class B. The
shares in class A will be held exclusively by banking institutions
carrying on commercial banking business in Ecuador and can not
be given as security for loans or other obligations. For subscription
to shares in class B there are no restrictions. The bank will be under
the administration of a board of directors composed of eight-.members,
until the election of a director who will be the ninth member of the
board and represent the shareholders of class B.
LAW ON WORKING CONDITIONS AND OCCUPATIONS PROHIBITED TO
WOMEN.—The full text of the aforementioned law, No. 24, was pub-
lished in the Registro Oficial of March 11, 1927. The following is a
summary:
Under this law proprietors of all kinds of factories or workshops are obliged to
provide safe and sanitary working conditions for their workers. It shall be the
duty of labor inspectors to see that proprietors and employers carry out the
sanitary regulations as dictated by the health authorities. Workshops must
be kept clean and free from all sources of infection, and provided with proper
light and ventilation. Smoking is forbidden in all workshops. The number
of persons allowed to work in one room shall be determined by the health authori-
LEGISLATION 719
ties. In factories where the work calls for the use of materials producing dust,
lint, or other impurities in quantities large enough to endanger the health of the
workers, ventilators must be installed, or some other means of purifying the air.
It is forbidden to employ women and children under 18 years of age in the
following occupations: Work where white lead or other poisonous coloring matter
is used, also that which requires the handling of paints or varnishes containing
arsenic or lead, the fabrication of explosives or inflammable materials, or shops
where such materials are handled, heavy manual labor, such as stoking, loading
or unloading vessels or greasing machinery in motion. In the case of women
workers, prospective mothers shall be granted four weeks’ leave before childbirth
and shall not return to work until six weeks after confinement, receiving during
that entire period 50 per cent of their salary. Employers shall not dismiss,
without legal reasons, pregnant women.
For workers employed in stonecutting, marblework, polishing with emery,
and other occupations where the eyesight is endangered, employers are obliged
to provide shields or some other protection for the eyes; independent workers in
these trades must provide such protection for their eyes on their own account.
All industrial establishments shall have a first-aid department to care for workers
in case of accident.
All proprietors, employers, and workers failing to comply with the provisions of
this law shall be fined in accordance with article 22 of the regulations on the
general inspection of labor.
HONDURAS
BorDER cusTOMHOUSES.—Decree No. 39 passed by Congress on
February 1, 1927, provides for the establishment of border custom-
houses at the following places:
Paraiso and Texiguat, in the Department of El Paraiso; San Marcos, El
Triunfo, and Namasigiie, in Choluteca Department; Goascordin and Aramecina,
Valle Department; San Antonio del Norte and Marcala, La Paz Department;
Colomancagua and San Antonio, Intibued Department; Mapulaca and La Virtud,
Gracias Department; Copdin and El Paraiso, Copin Department; La Encar-
nacién and San Marcos, Ocotepeque Department; Macuelizo, Santa Barbara
Department; El Cinchado, Cortés Department; and Awawas, Col6n Department.
MEXICO
AuLcoHoL Burnau.—An executive decree of March 30, 1927,
creates the Alcohol Bureau in the Department of the Treasury and
Public Credit. This bureau will have charge of the enforcement of
the laws relative to the collection of taxes on alcohols and alcoholic
beverages, with the exception of surcharges on customs duties.
NICARAGUA
ForEsTRY LAW AMENDED.—The forestry law of January 21, 1918,
was amended throughout on February 19, 1927.
PANAMA
LAW GOVERNING STOCK COMPANIES.—Law No. 32, of February 26,
1927 published in the Gaceta Oficial of March 16 provides for the
formation and regulation of stock companies in Panama and for the
operation of foreign stock companies in the country.
720 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION
AMENDMENTS TO THE PENAL Copr.—On February 14, 1927, the
National Assembly amended numerous articles of the Penal Code,
which were published as amended in the Gaceta Oficial of March 9,
1927.
AMENDMENT ON IMMIGRATION.—Law No. 16, passed by the
National Assembly on January 31, 1927, amends law No. 13 of 1926,
in reference to article 1, which prohibited the immigration of all
Chinese, Japanese, Syrians, Turks, East Indians, Dravidians, and
Negroes of the Antilles and Guianas whose native language is not
Spanish. This law, mentioned in the February issue of the Bulletin,
as now amended exempts from the prohibition all persons who are
nationals of countries belonging to the Pan American Union.
DELEGATE TO COURT OF ARBITRATION.—On March 29, 1927, Dr.
Harmodio Arias, jurist and member of the National Assembly, was
reappointed as Panaman delegate to the Permanent Court of Arbitra-
tion at The Hague.
INTERNATIONAL ae
’ TREATIES 4: 4@2
CHD BSS ER Ais.
TREATY OF PEACE.—An important historical event was the sign-
ing February 24 of the treaty between Chile and Italy. So many
treaties in history have provided for defensive or offensive war that
this one, of which the sole purpose is to secure peace, deserves
to be signaled. Inspired by ‘‘the desire of the two countries to
strengthen the bonds of friendship which unite them and increase
the cordiality of their relations,’ it establishes a procedure for the
peaceful settlement of any disagreement which may arise. between
them. A permanent arbitration commission, to consist of five
members, of whom three shall not be citizens of the contracting
powers, is to be appointed. Should the findings of this commission,
on any dispute which may arise, not be accepted by either of the
powers concerned, the dispute is to be referred to the Permanent
Court of International Justice at The Hague, whose decision shall be
executed in good faith. It is provided that the treaty, which is of
10 years’ duration, shall in no way affect the rights and obligations
of the contracting powers as members of the League of Nations.
Since this is the first treaty which Italy has concluded with any
trans-Atlantic power, it has excited great interest in that country.
PUBLIC INSTRUCTION AND EDUCATION 721
His Excellency Don Enrique Villegas, Chilean ambassador at the
Quirinal, has stated that he believed it to be the first of a series of
treaties between Italy and the Latin American States and between
Chile and the great powers.
MEXICO
OpiuM CONVENTION AND PROTOCOL.—On February 25, 1927, Presi-
dent Calles signed a decree promulgating the International Opium
Convention and Protocol celebrated at The Hague, January 23, 1912.
(Diario Oficial, March 18, 1927.)
SALVADOR
Pan AMERICAN SANITARY ConvENTION.—On May 27, 1926, the
National Assembly of Salvador ratified the Pan American Sanitary
Convention and final act signed in Habana on the 14th and 15th of
November, 1926, respectively. (Diario Oficial, February 14, 1927.)
CoNVENTION, PROTOCOL, AND FINAL ACT, SECOND OpiuM CONFER-
ENCE.—On May 24, 1926, the National Assembly of Salvador ratified
the convention, protocol and final act of the Second Conference on
Opium signed under the auspices of the League of Nations at
Geneva on February 19, 1925. (Diario Oficial, February 14, 1927.)
ARGENTINA
Sreconp Concress or Nationat History.—The Second Congress
of National History organized by the American Academy of History
of Argentina was held in April in Jujuy. Among the delegates were
representatives of the Governments of Bolivia, Paraguay, and Uru-
guay, which once formed part of the Vice Royalty of Rio de la Plata,
representatives of the provincial governments, legislative and judicial
bodies, the Ministries of Public Instruction, War, and Agriculture,
national universities, and scientific bodies. Many interesting papers
were presented.
ARGENTINE ASSOCIATION FOR ProGREss OF SciENCcE.—Under the
presidency of the Duke of Amalfi, Spanish ambassador to Argentina,
a meeting was recently held in Buenos Aires to establish an Argentine
Association for the Progress of Science by invitation of the organizing
committee of the scientific congress to be held in Cadiz in May, 1927.
222 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION
BOLIVIA
EXAMINATIONS FOR TEACHERS.—The Board of Directors of the
National League of Teachers at a recent meeting passed the following
resolutions: To ask the Government, through the General Adminis-
tration of Public Instruction, that teachers who have diplomas and
have given long years of service shall have preference for positions
in secondary and special schools over those who have not the same
qualifications; to request that teachers’ who have, by virtue of a
decree of February 18 last, ceased to exercise their profession shall
continue to enjoy the benefits of their salaries until they shall have
taken the examination for competence to which they are eligible,
together with the probationary teachers of the Republic; also to
request the Director of Public Instruction to hold these examinations
as soon as possible.
COLOMBIA
REORGANIZATION OF THE Finr Arts ScHoou.—The Minister of
Public Instruction has allocated the sum of 50,000 pesos to meet
the expense of reorganizing the School of Fine Arts in Bogota.
Part of this fund will be employed in bringing an Italian instructor
to teach in the school,
ScHoot or Law anp PouiticaL SciENcE.—Decree No. 174 of
February 3, 1927, establishes the regulations for the School of Law
and Political Science of the National University, including in its
curriculum the following subjects:
First year: Philosophy of law, Roman law, sociology, constitu-
tional law, and political economy. Second year: Civil law (first
course), Roman law (second course), international political law and
diplomatic history, public finances, and canonical law. Third year:
Civil law (second course), civil procedure (first: course), forensic
practice, penal law, and criminal procedure. Fourth year: Civil
law (third course), mercantile law (land and maritime), civil procedure
(second course), private international law, and Roman law (third
course). Fifth year: Civil law (fourth course), mining legislation,
administrative law, statistics, and legal medicine.
NORMAL INSTRUCTION FOR WOMEN.—The course of study in the
National Pedagogic Institute for Women in Bogota for the present
year will comprise three groups of professional instruction corre-
sponding to the first three years of the normal course, in which the
following subjects will be offered: Religious instruction, Spanish
(literature, composition, grammar, spelling), languages, history,
geography, mathematics, biology, horticulture, chemistry and
physics, domestic science, sewing, drawing, writing, gymnastics, and
music.
PUBLIC INSTRUCTION AND EDUCATION 723
COSTA RICA
AGRICULTURAL SCHOOL OPENED.—QOn April 4, 1927, classes in the
Agricultural School of Costa Rica, recently established in accordance
with a decree of last December, were opened with a total enrollment
of 17 pupils. Located on an estate near San José, the school offers
unusual opportunities to the youth of Costa Rica for the study of
agriculture. The general course, embracing a three years’ curric-
ulum, which includes mathematics, English, chemistry, botany,
agronomy, horticulture, and physics, aside from numerous electives
and practical experience, leads to the degree of bachelor of science in
agriculture, a further degree of agricultural engineer being given upon
the conclusion of a year of postgraduate work.
CUBA
ScHOOL STATISTICS.—Statistics published recently by the Secre-
tary of Public Instruction for the school year 1925-26 show that the
daily attendance at the public schools in Cuba during that period was
ereater than at any time during the history of the Republic, the daily
number of pupils in school having been 237,684.
ScHOOL FOR JOURNALISTS.—At a recent meeting in Habana the
National Press Association resolved to establish a school for journal-
ists in that city. One of the members of the association was accord-
ingly appointed to draft a project for the organization and curric-
ulum of the school. (Courtesy of the Cuban Embassy in Washington.)
MuNICIPAL THEATER FOR Haspana.—The mayor of Habana,
Sefior Miguel Mariano Gomez, has conceived the idea of building
in that capital a municipal theater and auditorium in order to pro-
vide a suitable place in which national musical organizations may
give concerts. Municipal architects are already preparing the plans
for this theater.
ECUADOR
VOCATIONAL TRAINING SCHOOL FOR GIRLS.—A fine spirit of philan-
thropy was shown by Sefiorita Magdalena Pérez Pallares, of Quito,
in donating funds for the establishment and support of a training
school for girls in that city. At this school, which will be called
Instituto Pérez Pallares in honor of the donor, needy children
between the ages of 7 and 11 years will be given instruction in domes-
tic science in order to prepare them to earn their living later on in
life. A savings fund will be operated in connection with the school
where the children may deposit their savings from the sale of articles
made by them, thus providing a small fund to help establish them in
some trade or business on leaving the school.
724 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION
GUATEMALA
SCHOOL FOR THE BLIND.—On March 21, 1927, the Secretary of
Education announced that within a short time a school for the blind
would be established in Guatemala City. The initial work of organi-
zation will be carried on by the principal and three of the teachers of
the Mexican School for the Blind, their services having been loaned
by the Mexican Government; afterwards one of the teachers will
remain to become the principal of the school in Guatemala City.
HAITI
Scuoouts.—The Agricultural Service reports the following on
schools under its supervision:
Final examinations for the second trimester were held in the Central Agri-
cultural School on March 29, 30, and 31. All members of the second-year class
were employed at the end of the trimester as farm-school teachers or assistants,
with the exception of two or three in the industrial division. It was also neces-
sary to employ a few first-year students in order to fill all the vacancies in a
number of new schools to be opened on April Ist.
The farm schools show an increasing enrollment; two more, one at Port au
Prince, and one at Grande Vincent, having recently been opened. The school
at Hinche, opened in February, has an enrollment of 50 for evening courses.
This is the third night school organized by the teachers for older boys and men.
Selected cottonseed was sent to the agricultural agents for the farm schools and
the farmers. ;
Industrial education is being carried on in the reform school, where electrical
installations have made possible the use of new machinery. <A large number of
chairs are being manufactured to fill an order. The school band is improving.
The J. B. Damier Industrial School is developing very satisfactorily, having a
fine esprit de corps among the students. During the month of March several
large printing jobs were completed in the school printing shop; also 25 first-aid
cabinets were made for the rural schools. The Gonaives Industrial School was
to be opened on April 38. A member of the reform school auto-repair department
is being transferred to this school to give instruction there and to repair Govern-
ment and private automobiles upon a business basis. (Bulletin of the Financial
Adviser Receiver General, March, 1927.)
MEXICO
CoopERATION BETWEEN Mexican ANd UNITED STATES TEACH-
eRS.—American and Mexican teachers in the Imperial Valley of Cal-
ifornia and Lower California have organized a joint committee for
promoting international good will and_ interscholastic activities.
Among the events planned by this committee was an observance of
the birthday of Benito Juarez in a school in Mexicali, Mexico, in
which American teachers took part. This courtesy was in acknowl-
edgment of a visit by Mexican teachers to a California town on Feb-
ruary 22, in honor of George Washington’s birthday. It was also
planned to observe Child Health Day, May 1, with competitive
PUBLIC INSTRUCTION AND EDUCATION 725
games on the Calexico, Calif., playground by pupils from both sides
of the international boundary. The Mexican pupils received free
passage through the American customs and immigration barriers for
this contest.
NEW ACADEMIC DEGREES.—At an April session of the University
Council, of the University of Mexico, Mexico City, it was decided to
offer courses in the School of Jurisprudence leading to the degrees of
master and doctor in laws and social sciences and to diplomas as
experts In municipal and industrial organization and in criminology.
NICARAGUA
Music scHoont.—Conegress has granted 30 cordobas a month as a
subsidy to the music school which Senor Abel Montealegre, of
Chinandega, is to establish in Managua.
PANAMA
SENorR DuNncAN MADE MINISTER oF PuBLIC INSTRUCTION.—On
March 31, 1927, President Chiari appointed Sefior Jeptha B. Duncan
Minister of Public Instruction, to fill the vacancy left by the appoint-
ment of Senor Méndez Pereira, the former minister, as diplomatic
representative in Europe. Senor Duncan, who has served before in
the Ministry of Public Instruction as Undersecretary, is the owner
and editor of The Times, an afternoon daily paper of Panama City.
PARAGUAY
REGISTRATION IN NORMAL SCHOOL.—According to late reports a
total of 245 students has been enrolled in the classes of the normal
school in Asuncion for the coming school year. The practice school
has an enrollment of 1,174; 629 being in the girls’ division, 481 in the
boys’ section, and 64 in the kindergarten.
PERU
PROHIBITION OF SCHOOL HOME WoORK.—Considering that the five
or six hours prescribed for school work by the general school regula-
tions should be sufficient if well arranged, an order has been issued
by the education authorities that no home work shall be required
of primary pupils in the government or private schools. Teachers are
to arrange study periods and class work so that the pupils can prepare
their lessons without the added burden of work at home.
Anti-Inurreracy Leacun.—The Anti-Illiteracy League brought
its year’s work to a close in the latter part of March, at which time
it reported that in Lima and Callao it had taught 425 illiterates,
including old and young people and children, to read and write.
This society is composed of young women who have given their time
20 © THE PAN AMERICAN UNION
to this valuable and patriotic work. The Director General of Instruc-
tion visited the society on its closing day to witness the distribution
of prizes to the pupils.
Rector oF San Marcos Universiry.—On March 12, 1927, the
assembly of San Marcos University elected Dr. José Matias Manza-
nilla to the post of rector, which office he has been filling temporarily.
TEACHERS’ INSTITUTES.—During February teachers’ institutes,
lasting nine days, convened at Lima and in other parts of the country.
Discussions were held in the mornings and practical demonstrations
in the afternoons. Among the subjects discussed were: ‘‘ Personal
and Social Hygiene,” ‘Civic Integrity as a Basis for Good Citizen-
ship,” ‘‘The Protection of Childhood and How the Teacher Can
Help,” ‘‘How Can the Teacher Improve Himself and Avoid Routine
Methods?” These institutes were well attended and awakened great
enthusiasm among teachers and normal students.
A NEW PUBLICATION.—A bibliographical journal entitled La Nueva
Educacién (The New Education) has made its first appearance.
It reviews educational publications and proposes to assist Peru-
vian teachers through the dissemination of information on recent
educational trends.
SALVADOR
;}
ScHoou Facts.—In the report of the Secretary of Public Instruction
for the year 1926, read before the legislative session of Congress on
February 16, 1927, the following facts are given:
The number of official schools is now 849, or 116 more than in 1923. There
are now 52 schools per 100,000 inhabitants, a proportion which the department
hopes to raise by adding 337 more schools. There is one teacher to each 33
children in school. The following table shows the general increase in schools:
| Schools nro Teachers
|
SSRs etn sue ee —|
3 aso ere Py ae I earl oh, OO TCC od Leary NG oes tae DE AU LTE | 733 | 36, 751 1, 053
dQ DA eres OE He sa ae ts a Rea al kV cabs Petr anil Apr ai ON ea on Ba AL SRA | 782 44,791 1, 133
HQ RNY Sa A eta woe ne eRe tye CH OUR a RN EIS, Dapeng ALN ate fe le 826 | 49,749 1, 465
TOG ee eee ces ct ei AR SP TUN Se ne Cee eR UR a RTO ee ai AL a | 849 | 51, 933 1, 555
if
The total number of pupils registered in public and private schools is 58,612.
The visiting delegates of the department have found it advantageous to give
public lectures on pedagogy, for which purpose the country has been divided
into 63 circuits. The lectures were heard by the general public as well as
teachers.
The School Building Section during 1926 turned over for use buildings in
Ayutuxtepeque, Ilopango, Apopa, El Congo, and El Rosario, and has continued
work on the former vocational school in Santa Ana, now being converted into a
central graded school. Schools of this same type are being finished in China-
meca, Nahuizaleo, La Ceiba de Guadalupe, and Cuscatancingo, while others
are being built at Ahuachapin, Nejapa, Tonacatepeque, and San Martin. A
plan for teaching the rudiments of agriculture by means of school-garden compe -
PUBLIC INSTRUCTION AND EDUCATION UOT
titions has developed, so that there are now 35 schools having such gardens with
reference libraries.
The Normal School for Young Men is giving courses in music, physical cul-
ture, and manual training under three German instructors contracted by the
Government last year. The Government has given 321 scholarships for students
of both sexes in private and official primary, secondary, vocational, and normal
schools. The Government has also given subsidies to 28 private schools.
URUGUAY
STATISTICAL NoTES.—During the year 1926, 1,112 public primary
schools were open throughout the Republic, with 3,240 teachers, a
total enrollment of 134,228 pupils, and an average daily attendance
of 103,164. There were, in addition, 63 night schools for adults, with
308 special instructors and teachers, an enrollment of 7,386 students,
and an average attendance of 4,911; 2 normal institutes, 2 schools
for deaf-mute children, 3 open-air schools, 1 playground, 25 visiting
teachers; also school clinics, children’s libraries, ete.
As in previous years, both the day and the night schools offered
special courses in singing, gymnastics, modeling, sloyd, dressmaking,
manual arts, commercial instruction, drawing, and languages. (From
the Anales de Instruccién Primaria, January, 1927.)
INCREASES IN TEACHERS’ SALARIES.—The new budget for Govern-
ment schools provides for increases every four years in the salaries
of primary teachers and school principals.
ATTENDANCE IN SECONDARY AND PREPARATORY SCHOOLS.—<Accord-
ing to a report of Dr. José Pedro Segundo, dean of the Department
of Secondary and Preparatory Education, in Montevideo, printed
in La Mafana of April 6, 1927, a total of 3,235 pupils have enrolled
in the secondary and preparatory schools of that city for the coming
school year, about 2,410 of this number being enrolled in the second-
ary schools and 825 in the preparatory schools. It is interesting,
furthermore, to note that the preparatory course in medicine has an
enrollment of 275; law, 210; pharmacy, 61; dentistry, 38; engineering,
93; architecture, 138; and surveying, 10.
LecrurE By AMERICAN JuRIST.—On March 29, 1927, at the close
of the First Congress of International Law, over which he had pre-
sided in Montevideo, Dr. James Brown Scott, eminent American
jurist and authority on international law, gave a lecture in the uni-
versity of that city on ‘Spanish Influence in the Formation of
International Law.”
ADDITIONAL GIFT OF BOOKS FOR LIBRARY.—An additional gift of
163 volumes, including works on literary, scientific, medicinal, and
legal subjects, was recently made the National Library of Uruguay
by the Argentine Commission for the Protection of Public Libraries.
The present donation brings the number of volumes in the Argentine
section of the National Library up to 1,500.
48438—27— Bull. (——7
CHILE
NIGHT WORK IN BAKERIES.—New regulations of the law prohibiting
night work in bakeries provide the following:
Work shall commence at 4 a. m.; master bakers shall not maintain in their
establishments dormitories for workers; two bakers may work from 1 a. m. in
the preparation of the dough; women shall not be employed as bakers; and
bakers lending themselves to violations of the law will be severely punished.
GUATEMALA
SHOE MANUFACTURERS’ ASSOCIATION.—An association open to all
shoemakers employing more than two assistants was recently organ-
ized in Guatemala with its seat in Guatemala City. Its purpose,
according to by-laws approved by the Government, will be to organize
concerted action on the part of the Guatemalan shoemakers to offset
foreign competition; to perfect the quality of the output; to study the
introduction of labor-saving machinery and more hygienic methods
of manufacture; to work toward the improvement of native raw
material in quality and quantity; and to effect the enactment of
tariff laws favorable to the industry.
PERU
PEONAGE LABOR FORBIDDEN.— The Indian delegates to the Peruvian
Regional Federation of Indigenous Laborers recently sent to President
Leguia a communication expressing their gratitude for his issuance
of the decree forbidding free service. These 20 delegates have been
in Lima for some time seeking Government protection from the
regional peonage system.
VENEZUELA
REGULATIONS FOR WORKMEN EMPLOYED IN THE DEPARTMENT OF
Pusriic Worxs.—At the instruction of President Gomez, a circular
telegram was recently sent to all superintendents of public construc-
tion work forbidding the purchase and use of alcoholic liquors by
the workmen under their charge, and granting absolute freedom of
action in the purchase of food and other supplies.
728
ARGENTINA
ARGENTINE RED Cross.—On March 15, 1927, the Argentine Red
Cross opened in Buenos Aires new free courses in child care, hygiene,
first aid, care of the sick, and nursing.
Due to rising waters in the Grande, Chico, and Perico Rivers of
Jujuy Province, as well as other streams swollen by torrential rains,
the city of Jujuy was endangered last March, being saved from
floods by the construction of a dike. However, much damage was
done to property along the low banks of the river. Government aid
was offered to the sufferers and the Argentine Red Cross sent cloth-
ing and supplies to this district.
PHYSICIAN RETURNS FROM sTUDY IN UNITED Statres.—Dr. Pedro
‘Escudero, sent by the municipality of Buenos Aires to make a special
study of diabetes in the United States, has returned to the medical
school of the University of Buenos Aires. He is to establish an
institute for the treatment of diabetes in Rawson Hospital.
BRAZIL
COURSE ON EYE DISEASES.—A course on diseases of the eye was
opened on May 2 in the General Clinic in Rio de Janeiro. The lec-
tures are for physicians and students, to whom diplomas will be
given on satisfactory completion of the course.
BoraroGo GENERAL Cuinic.—The Botafogo General Clinic of Rio
de Janeiro, due to donations from the public, has been able to do much
good among the poor since its foundation in 1900 by Dr. Luiz Barbosa.
It is now planned to move into a new building which allows a wider
scope of service. The Gaffré and Guinle families, as well as other
wealthy citizens, have been generous contributors to the funds of
this institution, the two families mentioned having supported the
child-welfare service.
Pusitic HeauttH Basy Cuinic.—On March 25, 1927, a free clinic
under the Children’s Hygiene Office was opened in Santa Thereza
ward to serve expectant mothers and children up to 6 years of age.
Trained midwives will be at the service of the office for the assist-
ance of poor mothers, who will receive advice on caring for their
babies. Dental care will be given the teeth of preschool children
and expectant mothers, while lessons in cooking children’s food will
be given to mothers.
729
730 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION
HEALTH SUPERVISION IN THE SCHOOLS.—The Junior Section of the
Brazilian Red Cross, according to a report published by the League
of Red Cross Societies, has instituted a model medical service for
sick and anemic children as well as a free school canteen for poor
children at the Jacarepagua School in Rio de Janeiro, where the
Junior Red Cross has been organized since December, 1925.
The medical service is under the direction of the school doctor for
the district and of two Red Cross nurses. Children requiring special
care are referred to the Red Cross institute, which receives children
attending schools belonging to the Junior Red Cross.
Other children are treated at school, being given special diet and
sun treatment in the school grounds. The pupils at this school,
who number 140, showed marked improvement in health after two
months of this daily supervision.
The nurses engaged in the work are the first in Brazil to be defi-
nitely assigned to health work in the schools. So successful, however,
has the experiment proved that plans are now being drawn up by
the Red Cross for creating a body of school nurses, and the scheme
will shortly be submitted to the educational authorities for their
approval.
The equipment required for the school canteen and health center
in the Jacarepaguaé School was furnished entirely by Juniors attend-
ing the Nilo. Peganha School. The running expenses—medicines,
food, and clothing—are met by donations from the funds of several
junior groups and from other friends of the movement.
CHILE
SeNorR PosBueTeE TRONCOSO ASSUMES IMPORTANT POST.—Sefior
Moisés Poblete Troncoso, formerly Assistant Minister of Public
Health, Assistance, Social Welfare and Labor, has become chief of
the American section of the International Labor Bureau in Geneva.
Rep Cross REORGANIZED.—A decree of December 31, 1926, gives
the new statutes whereby the Chilean Red Cross is reorganized in
accordance with new legislation and activities along sanitary and
social lines. (Diario Oficial, March 16, 1927.)
Nurses’ HoME.—The Jnformation Bulletin of the League of Red
Cross Societies reports in its issue for April 1, 1927, that the Minister
of Health, Assistance, Social Welfare and Labor recently issued a
decree for the establishment of a nurses’ home in Santiago. The aim
of this institution is to contribute to the moral and material welfare
of graduate and other nurses recognized by the Medical School of the
University of Chile: By protecting the interests of the nursing
profession; by doing everything in its power to raise the standard of
the nursing profession, and to confer on it the dignity and social
standing it enjoys in other countries; by promoting the professional
SOCIAL PROGRESS 731
improvement of its members through the provision of a library and
the organization of postgraduate courses, lectures, scholarships, and
study trips abroad; by founding a magazine to be called La Enfermera
Moderna (The Modern Nurse); by creating a nurses’ registry; and
by establishing a code of nursing ethics.
VaAccINATION.—The vaccination or revaccination of all inhabitants
of Chile within a year has been ordered by the Bureau of Public
Health, preference to be given to babies and to persons working or
living under crowded conditions.
HousING LOANS.—See page 716.
COLOMBIA
PRISON REFORMS.—Last March two Italian experts on prison
reforms arrived in Bogoté under engagement to the Colombian Goy-
ernment to study the prison system in actual use in Colombia and
to suggest improvements therein.
MEDICAL MISSION TO STUDY LEPROSY.—The Colombian Govern-
ment has commissioned Dr. Francisco de P. Barrera and Dr. Ignacio
Chala to make a trip to Hawaii for the purpose of studying the organ-
ization and administration of the leper hospitals in that Territory, as
well as the methods employed for the treatment of leprosy.
COSTA RICA
PROPHYLACTIC MEASURES.—According to the Diario de Costa Rica
of March 27, 1927, the Minister of Foreign Relations, in conformity
with a recent decree of the Assistant Secretary of Hygiene and Public
Health, has issued orders.advising all Costa Rican consuls that tuber-
culosis has been added to the list of diseases the declaration of
which is obligatory, and that a medical certificate attesting that the
possessor is not suffering from any contagious disease, especially
tuberculosis and leprosy, will be required of every person presenting
a passport to be visaed. Port physicians have been forbidden to
allow anyone not having such a medical certificate to enter the
country, and have been authorized to make a physical examination
in case the certificate should appear unsatisfactory. These regula-
tions, however, will not apply to Costa Ricans abroad nor foreigners -
resident in Costa Rica who are returning home.
EXTENSION OF ACTIVITIES.—An additional appropriation of 200
colones monthly recently accorded the child health station in San
José has enabled it to extend its activities, feeding many more
children daily.
CUBA
Morton-PicTuRE CENsorsHIP.—The Gaceta Oficial of March 17,
1927, publishes the regulations of decree No. 1521, issued September
20, 1926, by virtue of which a board of censors for motion pictures
T PAN A RICAN UNION
132 HE N AMERICAN )
was created. According to the regulations said board is empowered
to inspect all films brought into the country for,rental, sale, or exhi-
bition purposes; films of domestic manufacture are exempt from this
examination, except when they are to be used for public exhibition.
The board may prohibit the exhibition of films offensive to the national
sentiments of a friendly nation; also those of a licentious or immoral
character. The board shall promote the exhibition of educational
films and foster the development of the film industry in Cuba and
the production of national films tending to educate the public along
civic lines.
Home FoR THE AGED.—The Secretary of Public Health and
Charities recently published a statement regarding the progress
made in the construction of the home for the aged at Triscornia.
Already 34 pavilions, costing 500,000 pesos, are completed, providing
accommodation for 400 persons. This institution may be said to
be one of the finest of its class in North America. (Courtesy of the
Cuban Embassy in Washington.)
TREATMENT OF CANCER.—The National Board of Health and
Charities has decided to open a bureau for the treatment of
cancer in the eastern part of the Republic. A special service for can-
cer patients will also be established by the Board of Public Health
in the Calixto Garcia Hospital of Habana, where two additional
wards in the hospital, one for men and the other for women patients,
are to be built for this purpose. (Courtesy of the Cuban Embassy in
Washington.)
DOMINICAN REPUBLIC
TRAINING SCHOOL FOR NURSES AND HOSPITAL IMPROVEMENTS.—
The Secretary of Sanitation and Charities has received advice from
France that the trained nurses engaged in that country have sailed
from Havre on their way to the Dominican Republic. These nurses
were engaged by the Government to establish and direct in Santo
Domingo training schools for nurses in connection with the National
Hospital and the Padre Billini Hospital. For the completion of the
new and up-to-date building of the Padre Billini Hospital, the Secre-
tary of Sanitation and Charities has requested an appropriation from
the Executive Power of $30,000. When this building is entirely
completed it will undoubtedly be the finest hospital in the Republic.
ECUADOR
MorIon-PICTURE CENSORSHIP.—By virtue of an Executive decree
a board of censors for motion pictures has been established in the
capital of every Province. These boards must pass on all films
previous to their public exhibition in the various cities and towns.
Films depicting crimes and all those which the board of censors may
SOCIAL PROGRESS 138)
deem offensive to public morals are forbidden. For the entertain-
ment of children only such films shall be shown as may have been
prepared for this particular purpose or those especially approved by
the board of censors; otherwise the admittance of children under 14
years of age to motion-picture theaters is forbidden.
LAW ON WORKING CONDITIONS AND OCCUPATIONS PROHIBITED TO
WOMEN.—\<ee page 718.
GUATEMALA
ORGANIZATION OF JUNIOR Rep Cross LEAGUE.—<According to the
Diario de Centro-America, Guatemala City, March 23, 1927, a Junior
Red Cross league has been organized in Totonicapan, head of the
department of the same name. Great interest was manifest in its
organization, all the pupils, teachers, and many others being present
at the formal act of organization.
COMPULSORY VACCINATION.—By an act of February 19, 1927, and
subsequent measures, antityphoid and paratyphoid vaccination was
made compulsory in the Guatemalan Army.
HAITI
PUBLIC-HEALTH STATISTICS.—In his report for March, 1927, the
Receiver General gives the following public-health statistics:
The March admissions into the hospitals of Cap Haitien, Cayes, Gonaives,
Hinche, Jacmel, Jeremie, Petit-Goave, Port au Prince, Port de Paix, and Saint
Marc totaled 708. The outpatients, including those of the 240 rural clinics,
numbered 60,401. Wassermann tests numbered 899; X-ray examinations, 210;
injections for treponematosis, and of neo-salvarsan, salvarsan, and bismuth
totaled 33,953; 48,075 pieces of property were given sanitary inspection and 69
foreign ships inspected.
PostTGRADUATE STUDY FoR HAITIAN PHysIcIANS.—The Rockefeller
Foundation has granted a series of scholarships to the National School
of Medicine and Pharmacy in Haiti, which will enable graduates to
study in the medical centers of the United States and Canada.
Tentative appointments have been made of the following physicians:
Anatomy, Dr. Moliére Civil; pathology and histology, Dr. Joseph
Perrier; bacteriology and clinical pathology, Dr. Edouard Petrus;
physiology, physiological chemistry, and pharmacology, Dr. Nelaton
Camille; obstetrics, Dr. Joseph Buteau; medicine, Dr. Louis Hyppo-
lite; surgery, Dr. Martial Bourand; and hygiene and sanitation,
Doctor Lafleur.
HONDURAS
CHILD-WELFARE WORK.—The Gota de Leche, or free milk station and
baby clinic, operated with the aid of the Government by an association
of ladies in Tegucigalpa, plans to establish a day nursery for babies
of working mothers, and also an asylum for homeless children.
734 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION
FREE BLOOD TESTS.—The Board of Health of Honduras has noti-
fied the press that persons desiring a blood test may have one made
free by the health department, which is open for this work one morn-
ing a week.
MEXICO
CHILDREN’s Weex.—At the initiative of the respective Rotary
Clubs it was planned to celebrate Children’s Week in San Luis
Potosi and Yucatan. The elaborate program arranged for the former
State included a children’s parade, children’s matinees, an oratorical
contest, and many festivities of varied description. Among the other
numbers were lectures on school hygiene, measures for the reduction
of infant mortality, infant care, the necessity for devoting the largest
proportion of revenues possible to education, and the future of the
nation and preservation of friendly relations with other nations.
There was also a better babies contest for children from two months
to two years of age.
“Apvice TO Mexican Moruers.’’—Under this title the Bureau
of Biological Studies has published 20,000 copies of a pamphlet
on infant care, written by Dr. Emiliano Torres, which will be distrib-
uted to mothers in small towns and the country, where knowledge
of proper methods of caring for babies is especially deficient. The
bureau issues this pamphlet as one means of cooperating with the
Bureau of Public Health in its efforts to reduce infant mortality.
Rep Cross MAGAZINE.—The Mexican Red Cross has commenced
the publication of an illustrated magazine which will be the official
organ of the society. The first number, which appeared on Decem-
ber 1, 1926, includes an editorial from which we quote the following
passage:
By the publication of this magazine, the Mexican Red Cross Society realizes
one of its most cherished hopes, that of making known to all classes of the public
the great advantages offered, especially to the poor amongst them, by the admira~
ble work of the Red Cross. Its aim is to awaken a spirit of service and mutual
help amongst all sections of the population.
The review, which will be published fortnightly, is edited with the
utmost taste, includes a large number of drawings and photographs,
and is in every way suited to encourage the wider diffusion of the
Red Cross ideal. (Information Bulletin, League of Red Cross Societies,
February 15, 1927.)
PANAMA
Divison oF SANITARY ENGINEERING.—The decree issued April 4
authorizing the establishment of the Sanitary Engineering Division
in the National Department of Hygiene and Public Health provides
that the sanitary engineer shall draw up a sanitary code. The new
Division of Sanitary Engineering will soon undertake permanent
SOCIAL PROGRESS Woo
engineering work to destroy breeding places for mosquitoes. A
sanitary engineer lent to the Republic by the Rockefeller Foundation
will conduct the work until the Panaman engineer now studying in
the United States under an International Health Board fellowship
has completed his training and returned. The sum of $15,000 is to
be included in the 1927—28 budget as a sanitation appropriation.
PARAGUAY
YEARLY REPORT OF ANTIHOOKWORM CAMPAIGN.— Interesting infor-
mation regarding the activities of the National Bureau of Hygiene
and Public Assistance working in cooperation with the Rockefeller
Foundation in the antihookworm campaign is set forth in a résumé
of the annual report printed in El Orden, Asuncion, of March 7, 1927,
important details being as follows:
Making a census of the population, compelling the installation of sanitary
conveniences, treating those persons affected by hookworm, and spreading infor-
mation on the disease, its cure, and prevention by pamphlets and illustrated
lectures, the bureau finished work in three districts, began and completed a
campaign in 14 cities and districts, and initiated work in nine others during the
year, more or less permanent dispensaries having also been established in many
of the chief cities. Aside from its regular activities, the department vaccinated
21,687 persons against smallpox and supplied the child health station with
helminthics.
The following table shows the increased intensity with which the campaign
has been carried on each year:
|
| Sanitary
Year | Census |/Treatments) installa-
| tions made
LG 2a ere Poe 9 ot nh aE hy KE a OAT SE Dee 74, 183 51, 964 | 1, 751
NAS IS Ao oR He Se A a ere ee re Be rk a Ea | 115, 740 129, 064 | 15, 020
119 26 Sete ett Re ee iSeries Nae ys 2 LS ee Tee 180, 007 220, 681 27, 443
The total cost of this work during 1926 was 2,704,319 pesos. Of this sum
70 per cent was paid by the Paraguayan Government, making an increase of
10 per cent over that paid by the Government during 1925.
GIFT OF SEWING MACHINES.—It was stated in El Diario, Asunci6n,
of February 24, 1927, that a shipment of 26 sewing machines had
been sent to Encarnacion to be distributed among the women who,
having lost their own during the recent cyclone, had been unable to
purchase others. This shipment was made by the women’s com-
mittee, which opened a public subscription for the relief of the cyclone
victims, collecting nearly 1,500,000 pesos.
PERU
First Natrronant PrruviAN Mepican Coneress.—The First
National Congress of Medicine is to be held in Lima, Peru, from
July 2 to 27, 1927. The program includes a very wide range of
736 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION
medical subjects for discussion under general classifications. Spe-
cialists in the lines covered by each committee will preside over the
various sections, such as surgery, sanitation, psychology, bacteriology
and infections, and other general groups.
INFANT MORTALITY.—The press reports that infant mortality in
Lima decreased during 1926 to the lowest figure yet recorded for
Peru, 14.20 per hundred births. During the years 1915, 1916, and
1917 the infant mortality rate was 22 per hundred, which shows a
decrease of one-third in 10 years. The proportion of births over
deaths has increased from 115 ten years ago to 147 in 1926. The
present decrease in infant mortality is ascribed to the efforts of the
Committee for the Protection of Children and the National Institute
of the Child in carrying on educational campaigns in child care and
in giving medical advice.
SALVADOR
PUBLIC-HEALTH actTivities.—The Undersecretary of Public
Health and Charity included the following facts in his report for the
year 1926, read before the National Assembly in February, 1927:
Dr. Carlos R. Lardé y Arthés, who, after a period of study in Europe and
the United States, was made head of the antimalaria sanitation section, conducted
a campaign to reduce mosquito-breeding places. During 1926, 483,533 houses
were inspected for this purpose, of which 8,557 were found to contain breeding
places. Swamps, ponds, and other places containing stagnant water were oiled
or drained and 200,000 quinine and iron pills distributed. A smallpox vaccina-
tion campaign was carried on by 14 traveling vaccinators. The total vaccina-
tions during the year amounted to 146,025, of which 49,469 were second
vaccinations. The Institute for the Preparation of Vaccines is soon to be housed
in its own building by the health department.
In the antihookworm campaign a total of 25,813 treatments were given,
2,019 sanitary latrines constructed, and 1,967 started; 2,206 lectures on the
subject of hookworm were given to a total of 16,571 persons; and 24,633 leaflets
on the subject were published and distributed.
A free clinic for the treatment of venereal diseases is being conducted by the
General Board of Health, which will also install a laboratory for this work. The
School Medical Service has been reorganized with the added assistance of a
visiting nurse. Better baby competitions were held in San Salvador, Santa
Ana, San Miguel, Chalatenango, San Vicente, Cojutepeque, Zacatecoluca,
Ahuachapdin, La Unién, Sonsonate, and Santa Tecla. The Ministry of Public
Health and Charity publishes a Bulletin covering the activities of the
department.
Under the. organized charity administration of the Government are 11
hospitals, 5 orphan asylums, 2 day nurseries, 2 poorhouses, 5 medical and
surgical clinics, 1 insane asylum, 1 tuberculosis sanatorium, the Salvadorean
Red Cross, and the Society for Public Charity.
SALVADOREAN Rep Cross.—The Salvadorean Red Cross, which
was reorganized during 1926, plans to establish the Junior Red Cross,
and to give financial aid to the school of trained nursing in connec-
tion with Rosales Hospital in San Salvador. It gave $1,000 to assist
GENERAL NOTES Tae
the hurricane victims in Cuba, contributed toward the medicines
for the Government free clinic, furnished toys and clothing to poor
children at Christmas, and sent aid to the Azores and to the Bulgarian
refugees upon the request of the League of Red Cross Societies.
The Red Cross now has 21 chapters in different towns, and plans are
being considered for building a Red Cross headquarters.
URUGUAY
New HosprTaLs.—On March 20 and 27, 1927, new hospitals were
opened in Sarandi de Yi and Aigua, respectively. It has also been
reported that nine other hospitals, constructed in conformity with the
needs of their several communities, are soon to be opened in San
Ramon, Prando, San Gregorio, Minas de Corrales, Lascano, Treinta
y Tres, Tacuaremb6, Rivera, and Trinidad.
VENEZUELA
CAMPAIGN FOR HOSPITAL FUNDS.—According to recent reports,
plans for the construction of a new hospital in the city of Trujillo
have been launched and a large committee appointed to aid in the
collection of funds.
rear]
XG
ARGENTINA
ALFONSINA STORNI ENTERTAINED.—The Women’s Club of Argen-
tina, entertained at a tea in Buenos Aires on March 19 for Senorita
Alfonsina Storni, well-known Argentine poetess, in honor of the
recent presentation of her comedy El Amo del Mundo (The Master
of tre World). A number of poems by the honor guest were recited
as part of the program of entertainment.
COLOMBIA
PERMANENT DELEGATES FROM COLOMBIA TO THE LEAGUE OF
Nations.—The Government of Colombia recently issued a decree
appointing Dr. Antonio José Restrepo permanent delegate to the
League of Nations and to the various associate organizations and
commissions of that body.
738 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION
NICARAGUA
DersIGNATES FOR Prestp—ENcCy.—On February 25 Congress
approved, and on March 2, 1927, the President published, the election
of General Bartolomé Viquez and Deputy Francisco José Argiello as
First and Second Designates for the Presidency of the Republic.
PARAGUAY
DIPLOMATIC RANK RAISED.—Information has recently been received
that the rank of the Chilean diplomatic representative in Asuncion
has been raised from Chargé d’ Affaires to Envoy Extraordinary and
Minister Plenipotentiary.
URUGUAY
Tour OF MUSICIAN PLANNED.—With the purpose of making better
known the musical productions of Uruguay, Sefior Enrique Caroselli
Widmar has been authorized by the Government to make a special
tour of the United States.
VENEZUELA
MeEMORY OF RAILROAD PRESIDENT HONORED.—At the initiative of
friends and admirers, a bust of Sefior Gustavo Knoop, executed by
the well-known, Venezuelan sculptor Pedro M. Basalo, was unveiled
at Los Teques on April 2, 1927. As Sefior Knoop, the late president
of the Grand Venezuelan Railroad, was an ardent lover of trees,
many parks along the railroad having been established by him, it
was most appropriate that the monument raised in his memory
should be placed among the pines which he had planted at Los Teques.
REPORTS RECEIVED TO MAY 15, 1927
Subject Date Author
BOLIVIA
1927
B Olina anelayoregl awe amen eC teeta see ee eee ee ee cee ee Mar. 24 | Legation.
BRAZIL
Publication on road building in the State of Bahia, laws and | Mar. 5 | Howard Donovan, consul at
regulations. Bahia.
Municipal improvements, Recife__________________.-_________--_- Mar. 12 | Nathaniel P. Davis, consul at
Pernambuco.
Constitution of the State of Amazonas, promulgated Feb. 14, | Mar. 23 | Geo. E. Seltzer, consul at
1926. Manaos.
The Bahia carbonado and diamond trade during 1926__________- Mar. 24 | Howard Donovan.
Annual report of the Companhia de Navegacao Bahiana for 1926_| Mar. 25 Do.
Second centennial of the coffee tree in Brazil____________________ Apr. 1 | C. R. Cameron, consul at
: Sao Paulo.
Review of Brazilian commerce and industries for March, 1927, | Apr. 7 | Claude I. Dawson, consul
also Brazil’s foreign trade for 1926. general at Rio de Janeiro.
Important new Brazilian rubber company -__-_-____________-_____- Apr. 12 | Edward C. Holden, vice
consul at Para.
French capital purchases interest in the State Bank of Sergipe___| Apr. 15 | Howard Donovan.
CHILE
C@hileissbud get;fomimel year G2) sse en ee ee Apr. 9} C. F. Deichman, consul
general at Valparaiso.
COLOMBIA
Loans contracted by municipalities and departments of Colom- | Apr. 1 | Alfred Theo. Burri, consul at
bia. Barranquilla.
Annual report on commerce and industries of Buenaventura for | Apr. 7 | Charles Forman, consul at
the year 1926. Buenaventura. :
Review of commerce and industries of Santa Marta for quarter | Apr. 20 | Lawrence F. Cotie, vice
ended Mar. 31, 1927. consul at Santa Marta.
COSTA RICA
February report on commerce and industries___________________- Mar. 8& | Roderick W. Uncles, vice
y consul in charge, San Jose.
The National School of Agriculture opened its doors in San Jose, | Apr. 1 | Legation.
on Apr. 4, 1927.
Review of the commerce and industries for March, 1927________- Apr. 12 | Roderick W. Uncles.
CUBA
Commerce and industries of Matanzas, quarter ended Mar. 31, | Apr. 6 | Augustus Ostertag, vice con-
1927. sul at Matanzas.
Review for the Isle of Pines, quarter ended Mar. 31, 1927________ Apr. 12 | Sheridan Talbott, consul at
Nueva Gerona. :
New decision of the Cuban Treasury Department, concerning | Apr. 13 | Edward Caffery, consul in
the 114 per cent gross sales tax. charge.
DOMINICAN REPUBLIC
Law No. 617 of Mar. 30, 1927, prohibiting the sale of drugs and | Apr. 9 | James J. Murphy, consul at
patent medicines by business houses. Santo Domingo.
Annual report on commerce and industries of Puerto Plata dis- |---do_-__- W. A. Bickers, consul at
trict for 1926. | Puerto Plata.
Review of commerce and industries for quarter ending Mar. 31, | Apr. 12 Do.
1927.
Dominican Government revenues in March, 1927______________- Apr. 20 | James J. Murphy.
ECUADOR
Annual report on the commerce and industries of Ecuador for | Mar. 26 | Harold D. Clum, consul in
the year 1926. charge Guayaquil.
New monetary law of Ecuador, decree of Mar. 4, 1927, published | Apr. 20 Do.
in Registro Oficial, Mar. 19, 1927.
GUATEMALA
Annual report on commerce and industries of Guatemala for the | Apr. 1 Philip Holland, consul at
year 1926.
Guatemala City.
739
740
THE PAN AMERICAN UNION
Reports received to May 15, 1927—Continued
Author
Winthrop R. Scott, consul at
Cape Haitien.
Do.
Maurice P. Dunlap, consul
at Port au Prince.
consul at
A. J. MeConnico, consul at
H. D. Myers, vice consul at
Geo. A. Makinson, consul at
W. J. McCafferty, consul at
San Salvador.
Alexander K. Sloan, consul
at Maracaibo.
George P. Phelan, vice con-
sul at Puerto Cabello.
Daniel J. Driscoll, vice con-
sul at La Guaira.
Alexander K. Sloan.
Subject Date
HAITI
1927
Review of commerce and industries for quarter ending Mar. 31, | Apr. 1
1927.
The growing tobacco industry in northern Haiti___-__.--___--_- Apr. 19
Economic and commercial summary of Haiti for March, 1927____| Apr. 21
HONDURAS
IMiahio gana COM trac tua viet e Clee eter eee ee noe res ee _..-| Apr. 11 | Richard Ford,
Tegucigalpa.
Review of commerce and industries for March, 1927___-______-___- Apr. 21 Do.
NICARAGUA
Review of commerce and industries of Bluefields district, | Apr. 7
quarter ending Mar. 31, 1927. Bluefields.
PANAMA
Report on commerce and industries for March, 1927_____-____-_- | Apr. 14
: ; | Panama.
New building for National City Bank, Panama City branch____| Apr: 18 Do.
PERU
February-March review of Peruvian economic and trade condi- | Mar. 25
tions (1927). Callao-Lima.
SALVADOR
Annual review of commerce and industries for the year 1926______ Mar. 30
March, 1927, review of commerce and industries________________-_ Apr. 4 Do.
VENEZUELA
Financial conditions in Maracaibo 2 sacar eter een Apr. 8
General business conditions of Puerto Cabello, quarter ending | Apr. 15
Mar. 31, 1927. ;
Foreign trade of La Guaira during March, 1927______._-________- Apr. 20
Statement of the ‘‘ Banco Comercial de Maracaibo,”’ for Feb. 28, | Apr. 22
1927.
Review of commerce and industries of La Guaira, quarter end- | Apr. 23
ing Mar. 31, 1927.
Daniel J. Driscoll.
S
ChilevshiNiew: Presid entss.200 2 255s a Se ee eee
Three Notable Pan American Conferences____________________________
I. Third Pan American Commercial Conference.
Il. Inter-American Commercial Aviation Commission.
III. Second Pan American Conference on Uniformity of Specifications.
Integrating Mexico Through Education.______________________________
By Moises Saenz, Sub-Secretary of the Department of Education of Mexico.
Jorge Bermidez
Colonization Opportunities in Bolivia__.__..--_________________________
By David Weeks, Professor of Rural Economic Problems, University of California; Special
Investigator for the Bolivian Government.
New Monetary Unit for Ecuador
Leprosarium of Sao Roque, State of Parana, Brazil... --_--_- ===> ==
Air Transport in Brazil
Transcontinental Route from Buenos Aires to Mollendo____
Mineral Resources of Honduras
School Savings
Agriculture, Industry and Commerce.__._---__________________________
Argentina—Bolivia—Brazil—Chile—Colombia—Costa Rica—Cuba—Dominican Repub-
lic — Ecuador — Guatemala — Haiti — Honduras — Mexico — Panama — Paraguay —
Peru—Salvador—United States—Uruguay—Venezuela.
Economicyand KinanecialoA tain sees ee a ee ee eee
Argentina—Colombia—Cuba— Paraguay— Peru— Uruguay.
MG BS Vet tO Ti eas a Sa a a al ae Meg een ae ye nner ne mae es Seen e Si eege Re
Brazil—Dominican Republic—Mexico—Nicaragua.
International Treaties
Ecuador—Venezuela.
Publicinstruction and Education... = a
Argentina — Brazil — Chile — Colombia — Costa Rica — Cuba — Ecuador — Guatemala —
Haiti—Honduras— Mexico—Nicaragua— Paraguay— Peru— Uruguay— Venezuela.
Argentina—Brazil—Chile— Mexico.
SOCI@ISR TO gre Sse ties ek ye ss eye eA pnd cr el 2 NO Ne tke i oli edhohi ei ba
Argentina — Bolivia — Brazil — Chile — Colombia — Costa Rica — Cuba — Ecuador —
Guatemala—Honduras— Mexico—Nicaragua— Paraguay — Peru—Salvador —Uruguay —
Venezuela.
GeeMer BNO Ge Satie wii ise die A ie Re ech ay Za A PB al SN a laa A aE
Argentina — Brazil— Colombia— Costa Rica— Cuba—Guatemala — Mexico— Panama —
Peru— Uruguay—Venezuela.
Subject Matter of Consular Reports
762
778
782
787
790
796
798
807
809
810
823
825
827
834
836
842
847
-
7
ie
Wile orp
Chile
sy of “
Courte:
O CHILDREN, ROSA AND
TW
LE, WITH HIS
ARLOS
F CHI
Cc
S IBANEZ, O
T CARLO
SIDEN
PRE
s
> Pe SSS SS SSS "
Sree ea PRESS CN SEES Pe ;
AMERICAN UNION )
o Zz,
No. 8
OLONEL Carlos Ibafiez, actual Executive of Chile, with the
rank of Vice President at the time of the election, was
elected by an overwhelming majority of the 300,000 votes
cast at the elections in May last.
It will be recalled that after a brief but extremely active term as
Premier, Colonel Ibafiez was appointed Vice President immediately
following former President Figueroa-Larrain’s request for a two
months’ leave of absence. Shortly afterward the latter requested to
be relieved of office, whereupon Colonel Ibanez signed a decree con-
voking elections to fill the vacant presidential chair, announcing at
the same time his own candidacy for that exalted office.
In a statement to the press immediately after his election, President
Ibanez said: ‘I am profoundly grateful to my fellow countrymen,
who in such generous fashion have expressed their desire that I
continue to head the campaign for the moral, economic, and social
betterment of Chile.”
President [bafiez assumes the full responsibility of government with
the same program of administrative and economic reconstruction he
has been so vigorously carrying out for the last two years. The will
of the people, as expressed in the recent elections, simply gives that
program the stamp of their almost unanimous approval. Work and
order will be the watchword, the productive elements of the nation
will have direct representation in the Government, and the sons of the
soil will have their full share in the development of national resources
and wealth.
The new President of Chile was born some 45 years ago in the city
of Linares, one of the numerous rural communities scattered along
1 Compiled from Chile, June, 1927. New York.
741
742 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION
the line of the great Central Valley which constitute the backbone
of the national life of the Chilean Republic. His family, which
traces its descent directly back to the original settlers of the country,
originally possessed one of the large fortunes of the country, but time
and the ever-increasing number of new branches have left little more
than the memory of former affluence.
The old familar virtues, however, have been preserved intact;
orderly habits, simple living, frugal fare, and self-reliance have been
transmitted undiminished in the Ibafiez family strain. From the
beginning young Carlos Ibafiez displayed traits of character as
definite in purpose and aspiration, as persevering and tenacious in
attainment. Somewhat counter to the wishes of his parents, who
preferred the navy, he elected to follow a military career. Of a
reserved and retiring disposition, more inclined to solitary study
‘than the comradeship of the students’ hall, he made rapid progress
in his chosen field.
Shortly after his graduation in 1903 from the National Military
Academy in Santiago, Lieutenant Ibafiez was assigned to serve as
instructor in the army of the Republic of El Salvador. And it may
be said that his firm belief that a scientifically organized and disci-
plined army is the best bulwark against anarchy and revolution
dates from his persoral experience and leadership in the organization
of the armed forces of that Central American Republic. While
there, Captain Ibafiez married Sefiorita Rosa Quiroz of a distin-
guished Salvadorean family.
Upon his return to Chile, in 1909, Captain Ibafiez again took his
place as a cavalry officer in the regiment of Cazadores. Two years
later he entered the war academy, the finishing school for officers of
the Chilean Army. Later still he passed some time with the garrison
at Tacna, going afterward to Iquique as commissioner of police.
His wife died in 1918, leaving him two children, Rosa and Carlos,
shown in the photograph which accompanies this sketch.
Nineteen hundred and twenty-four found him back with his old
Cazadores in Santiago, where he became one of the guiding forces in
the political upheaval of that year. Since then he has been the
leading force in the Government of Chile, first as Minister of War,
later as Premier, and still later as Vice President.
niga ipower
tn mit Aa Sl ft A tal me
HALL OF THE AMERICAS, PAN AMERICAN UNION, WASHINGTON, D. C.
lax ADT C T™ AY
Lf, LD us Ly il Ven iN
CO
In the plethora of international gatherings which, the world over,
has distinguished the first half of the year 1927, the three Pan
American Conferences recently brought to a successful conclusion in
the Pan American Union, Washington, D. C., easily command front
rank, both for the number of sovereign States represented and the
number and importance of the questions discussed therein.
Such conferences constitute the most convincing evidence of the
fundamental solidarity, with respect to commercial, economic, and
social problems, of the American Republics. They also bear eloquent
testimony to the existence of that large and constantly increasing
body of representative Americans, of all classes, who most earnestly
desire the maintenance and the strengthening of friendly relations
between the nations of the American continent. This desire, present
in all three conferences, was particularly marked in the Third Pan
American Commercial Conference, in the discussion of new and intri-
cate problems due to changing conditions and standards, and in a
general cooperative endeavor to eliminate commercial barriers and
to reconcile legitimate national interests and aspirations with the
common American good. ;
That notable progress was made in all three congresses will be seen
in the resolutions which were adopted, the full text of which is here
given. The work accomplished by the Inter-American Commercial
Aviation Commission is particularly remarkable in that the achieve-
ment was to a large degree of a pioneer character. Moreover, no
one can read the ‘‘ Bases for a Convention,’’ drafted and adopted by
that commission, without being deeply impressed by the breadth of
view and generous American spirit with which it is permeated
throughout. America as a whole will await with keen interest the
convention which it is confidently believed will, before too long, be
constructed upon these working bases.
The problem which confronted the Second Pan American Confer-
ence on Uniformity of Specifications was, perhaps, the most difficult
of the conferences mentioned, dealing as it does with an infinitude
of detail and minutia which enters into almost every aspect of human
industry, any change in which must come as the result of long and
744
THREE NOTABLE PAN AMERICAN CONFERENCES 745
patient research, and a series of equally extended and patiently con-
ducted educational campaigns in all the countries subscribing to the
Pan American Union. The initiative and good will needed for this
difficult task are, however, not lacking, and the resolutions adopted
provide the working machinery without which good will may easily
run to waste.
I
RESOLUTIONS APPROVED BY THE THIRD PAN
AMERICAN COMMERCIAL CONFERENCE
The Third Pan American Commercial Conference adopts the
following resolutions:
I
Through the executive committee, the Third Pan American Commercial
Conference expresses its profound sympathy to the Government and people of
the United States for the catastrophe caused by the flood of the Mississippi
River, and its sympathy and admiration for the American Red Cross which,
as always, occupies the post of vanguard in attending to and succoring the victims
of the present disaster.
II
Recognizing the economic solidarity of all the nations of the world, the Third
Pan American Commercial Conference begs to present to the International
Economic Conference, which has assembled at Geneva under the auspices of the
League of Nations, its warmest wishes and to express the hope that the labors
of the conference will bring about happy results for the reconstruction of Europe
and for the amelioration of conditions of living in all the nations of the world.
III
That with the object of fostering friendly relations between the American
nations, of intensifying trade between them, of encouraging the exploitation of
their vast territory, of concentrating within them the energies that are directed
toward other regions because of lack of knowledge of the opportunities offered,
and in order to augment and assure the international cohesion of the continent
and the Greater Antilles, it is necessary and desirable—
1. That the establishment of new routes of communication be effected in
accordance with studies coordinated between contiguous countries and a pre-
viously established plan, when they may constitute a new tie of union between
them.
2. That the American nations carry out explorations in the regions that have
as yet not been given over to exploitation, determining their conditions of habit-
ability and production, as well as the study of the interior rivers that may be
utilized as routes of communication with the exterior.
3. That a committee be designated which should be charged with all matters
relating to the utilization of the wealth of America and which should determine
those desirable to exploit, with an indication of the part of the continent that
offers the best conditions for each industry.
746 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION
«
paNase
boc
OPENING SESSION, THIRD PAN AMERICAN COMMERCIAL CONFERENCE
The inaugural session of the Conference met May 2 in the Hall of the Americas of the Pan American
Union. On the speakers’ stand appear, left to right: Mr. Lewis E. Pierson, Permanent Chairman of
the Conference; Senor Dr. Enrique Olaya, Minister of Colombia to the United States and Vice Chair-
man of the Governing Board of the Pan American Union; and Hon. Frank B. Kellogg, Secretary of
State of the United States
4. That both the designation of the said committee, as well as the publication
of the result of its work, be entrusted to the Pan American Union, which will
carry out this recommendation in the manner it deems most desirable.
IV
To recommend the drawing up of international agreements, so that, without
prejudice to the fiscal interests of any nation, the reciprocal transportation of
merchandise by mail may be facilitated through the widest scope possible in parcel
post service.
oF
It is reeommended that with the aid of governments, chambers of commerce,
and other institutions, agreements be drawn up between the steamship com-
panies and other mediums of communication and the business men of the various
countries in order to obtain efficient and economical service for the products of
each in a well-considered American intercourse.
VI
Whereas the problems arising out of the development of highway transpor
tation require the attention of trained minds everywhere in their solution; and
Whereas, recognizing this fact, engineers in the several countries of America
have organized a Pan American Confederation for Highway Education, with
THREE NOTABLE PAN AMERICAN CONFERENCES 747
PRESIDENT COOLIDGE RECEIVES COMMERCIAL CONFERENCE DELEGATES
On May 6 the delegates from the Latin American Republics visited the White House where they were
cordially received by the President
national federations in each country, to serve as a clearing house for the distri-
bution of research and educational material in order that each country may have
available the practices of its colleagues; and
Whereas the First Pan American Congress of Highways held at Buenos Aires
in 1925 officially approved of the program of the Pan American Confederation
for Highway Education:
Resolved, That the Third Pan American Commercial Conference likewise
approve the work of this body and request business men throughout the Pan
American Union to cooperate with the Pan American Confederation for High-
way Education to the end that sound highway development may be accelerated
in each of said countries.
vil
To recommend the study by the Pan American Union, in collaboration with
the Inter-American High Commission, of the laws and regulations adopted for
avoiding collision, including maritime signals, visibility, and the position of
lights carried by ships in different situations, moving or anchored, or under
different atmospheric conditions, for example, during fog or snow storms, by
day or by night; signals by means of sounds, signals for the locating of ships when
meeting or passing or following each other, signals in channels, etc.; speed of
ships during bad weather; signals in case of disaster, etc.; rules on ports and
interior navigation; rules to determine the seaworthiness of ships, including
rules and requirements for the construction, equipment, inspection, certification
of inspection, competence, and discipline of crews; rules on the load mark; rules
on the designation and marking of ships, including the position of the name of
the ship, name of the port of registry, size of the lettering, and uniform size of
markings; the saving of life and property in case of shipwreck, including rules
establishing the duties of ships in case of collision, the apparatus for the protec-
tion of life, as lifeboats, rafts, fire extinguishers, etc., organization of salvage
methods, salvaging apparatus for the crews, salvaging stations, means of trans-
mitting information concerning ships in danger and official lookouts in case of
shipwreck, ete.; condition of officers and crews, including eyesight and general
knowledge of salvage methods; maritime rules, including rules for avoiding
748 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION,
collision and for the security of fishing vessels; night signals for transmitting
information at sea, including a system of rules regarding an international code
of signals; information on, marking of, and destruction of the remains of ship-
wrecks and other obstacles to navigation; notification of change of lights, buoys,
and other marks, day or night; possibility of adopting a uniform system of buoys
and light signals.
VIII
That the conference recommend the organization of a permanent committee
composed of various representatives of the automobile industry, construction
firms, and bankers of the United States and of ‘representatives of each of the
Latin-American countries composed of citizens of these Republics permanently
residing in the United States.
That the purpose and duties of this permanent committee be as follows:
(1) The dissemination of information through advertising and the chambers
of commerce of the necessity of developing to the utmost the construction of
national and international highways.
(2) The distribution throughout Latin America of reports, booklets, studies,
and views of the authorities on these matters and particularly those connected
with the technical, economical, and financial phases in the construction of roads.
(3) The promotion and facilitation of contact between the respective countries
and the manufacturers, construction companies, bankers, and others interested
in the financing, construction, and development of highways in Latin America.
IX
Whereas inter-American/ trade can be largely increased through the simplifi-
cation and standardization of the laws and regulations pertaining to customs
procedure, be it resolved that the Pan American Union shall submit to the
consideration of the respective governments the desirability of so modifying
the customs laws and regulations as to permit the establishment of bonded
warehouses and all possible facilities for an expeditious dispatch of shipments.
Whereas inter-American trade may be greatly expanded by the moderation
of customs fines, be it resolved that the Pan American Union shall submit to the
consideration of the respective governments the desirability of so modifying
their laws and regulations as to assure the proper collection of revenues without
unnecessary restrictions for the commercial interests involved, providing also
for a just system of appeals, either before the judiciary or administrative author-
ity, from the decisions of customs officials.
Whereas inter-American trade may be greatly facilitated by the use of bills of
lading made ‘“‘to order,’ be it resolved that the Pan American Union shall call
the attention of the respective governments to the desirability of so modifying
their laws and regulations as to recognize those bills of lading and that whenever
the expression ‘‘to order’ is not followed by any name of consignee it must
signify to order of the shipper, this to apply to countries which do not recognize
said form of bill of lading.
X
Whereas inter-American trade is hampered by the diversity in the consular
procedure of the different American countries, be it resolved that the Third
Pan American Commercial Conference recommend the creation of a Pan Ameri-
can committee in charge of studying the simplification and standardization of
consular procedure as to inter-American trade as far as it may be possible with-
out interfering with the national interests of the respective governments.
It is also recommended to the governing board of the Pan American Union
that as soon as possible it set the date for the meeting of said committee and
THREE NOTABLE PAN AMERICAN CONFERENCES 749
invite the governments, members of the Union, to designate the respective
technical commissioners to represent them.
It is recommended to the Pan American Union that it transmit the results of
the labors of the committee to the governments, members of the Union, with
the object that, if they should consider it advisable, instructions be given to their
delegations so that they may submit the said labors and conclusions at which
the committee may arrive to the Sixth Pan American Conference.
It is recommended to the Pan American Union that in cooperation with the
Inter-American High Commission it carry out the preliminary work involved
in preparing the work of the conference and collect the material that is to serve
in the study of the committee.
XI
That in the interest of the greater development of Pan American commercial
intercourse a study be made of the desirability of the gradual reduction of the
high customs duties that may prevail in each country. This study should be
undertaken by committees of business men representing the different American
Republics and the various interests affected.
XeLiT
That in the interest of easier and wider distribution and greater consumption
of the products of inter-American commerce which are not classed as luxuries a
study be made by each government of the desirability of reducing, in a manner
compatible with its fiscal interests, the internal taxes that may be imposed
thereon.
XIII
That the Pan American Union collate, classify, and publish, in statistical form
wherever possible, all data on duties, procedure, and customs restrictions affecting
the import and export trade of the countries of America in order that definite
information may be obtained relative to the obstacles, either technical or other-
wise, that affect the interchange of commodities between the countries of the
Western Hemisphere.
That these statistics include especially the methods followed by each country
in collecting customs revenues and the figures and percentages corresponding
to imports subject to duty and those which enter free of duty from each country
with a view to determining the obstacles to commercial intercourse.
XIV
That in the interest of Pan American commercial intercourse the Pan American
Union endeavor to have chambers of commerce and similar organizations of the
respective countries, make every effort to clarify and make uniform the meaning
of terms used in commerce, such as ¢. I. f., etc., special attention being given to
those that may be ambiguous or which at present lead to confusion.
XV
That there be recommended a wider application and use of the metric system
in inter-American commerce.
XVI
That the governing board of the Pan American Union consider the desirability
of holding a Pan American commercial conference at least every four years.
XVIT
Whereas trade, commerce, and finance are designed to enhance labor, service,
promote production, encourage manufacture, and increase consumption and, com-
750 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION
SALUTE TO PAN AMERICAN FLAGS
This ceremony took place in front of the Pan American Union immediately prior to the departure of the
Latin American delegates, May 13, on a tour of the central and eastern sections of the United States
bined, ar allintended to serve human needs, lessen the burdens of life and labor,
and to provide increasingly for human happiness and well being: Be it
Resolved, That this conference recommends including in the agenda for con-
sideration at future conferences the subject of improving the material standards
of life and labor of the masses of the people of the respective countries in
their relation to commerce.
XVIII
That the creation of educational institutions be promoted for the teaching of
English, Spanish, Portuguese, and French, and for the study of the geography,
history, commerce, industries, laws, and social institutions of all the nations of
America.
That the interchange of students and professors between the peoples of America
be promoted.
XIX
That the Pan American Union secure the cooperation of sanitary offices of
the nations of America with the object of arriving at a plan of inter-American
cooperation for the conservation, protection, and development of the livestock
and agricultural industries for the purpose of studying and carrying into effect
the elimination of the limitations and restrictions which to-day exist in inter-
American commerce with respect to the products of agricultural industry.
XX
That there be recommended to the governments of all the countries of America
the desirability of simplifying and, if possible, of eliminating the requirement of
obtaining passports in going from one country to another.
THREE NOTABLE PAN AMERICAN CONFERENCES 751
XXI
That there be recommended close cooperation between the chambers of com-
merce of the countries of America and an exchange of the publications which
they may issue.
XXII
Resolved, That the Pan American Union recommend strongly to all American
chambers of commerce or similar organizations, the institution of arbitral com-
mittees, and the execution of arbitration agreements between them.
XXIII
oe
Whereas the insertion of the ‘‘standard clause” in buying and selling con-
tracts is of fundamental importance in the application of existing arbitration
treaties, this conference recommends that the Pan American Union carry on an
educational campaign among the commercial and: the industrial entities of
America to the end that the said clause be adopted in all commercial transactions.
II
BASES FOR A CONVENTION AND RESOLUTIONS AP-
PROVED BY THE INTER-AMERICAN COMMERCIAL
AVIATION COMMISSION
The undersigned delegates of the Governments of Argentina,
Bolivia, Brazil, Chile, Colombia, Costa Rica, Cuba, Dominican Re-
public, Guatemala, Mexico, Panama, Peru, Salvador, United States,
Uruguay, and Venezuela, assembled in the city of Washington from
the 2d to the 19th day of May, 1927, to constitute the Inter-American
Commission on Commercial Aviation convened by the geverning
board of the Pan American Union in compliance with a resolution of
the Fifth International Conference of American States, as the result
of the deliberations which appear in the minutes of the meetings,
and in accordance with the resolution of the fifth conference, have
agreed to submit to the consideration of the governing board the
conclusions and resolutions which follow:
CONCLUSIONS
BASES FOR A CONVENTION
1. The high contracting parties recognize that every power has complete and
exclusive sovereignty over the air space above its territory and territorial waters.
2. The present convention applies exclusively to private aircraft.
3. Private aircraft shall be deemed to be all classes of aircraft with the follow-
ing exceptions:
(a) Military aircraft, which embrace every aircraft commanded by persons
in active military service or detailed for the purpose by competent authority.
(b) Aircraft exclusively employed, in posts, customs, police, and other State
services.
4. Each contracting State undertakes in time of peace to accord freedom of
innocent passage above its territory to the private aircraft of the other con-
tracting States, provided that the conditions laid down in the present convention
are observed. The regulations established by a contracting State with regard
C52, THE PAN AMERICAN UNION
DELEGATES ATTENDING THE See Sera COMMERCIAL AVIATION COM-
MISSION
This commission met in the Pan American Union from May 2-19, 1927
to admission over its territory of aircraft of other contracting States shall be
applied without distinction of nationality.
5. Each contracting State has the right, for military reasons or in the interest
of public safety, to prohibit the aircraft of the other contracting States from
flying over certain areas of its territory, with the reservation that no distinction
shall be made in this respect between its own private aircraft engaged in inter-
national commerce and those of the other contracting States likewise engaged.
Every contracting State may furthermore prescribe the route to be followed by
aircraft of the other contracting States in the vicinity of prohibited areas or when
such aircraft are approaching certain designated airdromes or airports. In both
cases the locality and extent of the prohibited areas shall be published and com-
municated in advance to the other contracting States, and the prescribed course
shall be determined with exactness. :
6. Every aircraft over a prohibited area shall be obliged, as soon as this fact
is realized, to give the danger signal and to land outside of the prohibited area
as soon and as near as possible to one of the airports of the State above which
it was wrongfully flying. 3
7. The contracting States shall have complete liberty to permit or prohibit
flying above their territory by aircraft of the nationality of a noncontracting
State.
8. Aircraft shall have the nationality of the State in which they are registered
and can not be validly registered in more than one State.
The registration entry and the certificate of registration shall contain a descrip-
tion of the aircraft and state the number or other mark of identification given
by the constructor of the machine, the registry marks and nationality, as before
mentioned, the name of the airdrome or airport usually used by the aircraft, and
the full name, nationality, and domicile of the owner, as well as the date of
registration.
9. The registration of aircraft referred to in the preceding article shall be
made in accordance with the laws and special provisions of each contracting
State.
THREE NOTABLE PAN AMERICAN CONFERENCES 753
10. Every aircraft engaged in international navigation must carry a distinctive -
mark of its nationality, the nature of such distinctive mark to be agreed upon
by the several contracting States. The distinctive marks adopted will be com-
municated to the Pan American Union and to the other contracting States.
11. Every aircraft engaged in international navigation shall carry with it in
the custody of the aircraft commander—
(a) A certificate of registration, duly certified to according to the laws of
the State in which it is registered;
(b) A certificate of airworthiness, as provided for in article 13;
(c) The certificates of competency of the commander, pilots, engineers, and
crew, as provided for in article 14;
(d) If carrying passengers, a This of their names, pddresces and nationality;
(e) If carrying merchandise, the bills of lading and manifests and all other
- documents required by customs laws and regulations of each country;
(f) Log books.
12. The contracting States shall every month file with every other State party
to this convention and with the Pan American Union a copy of all registrations
and cancellations of registrations of aircraft engaged in international navigation
as between the several contracting States.
13. Every aircraft engaged in international navigation between the several
contracting States shall be provided with a certificate of airworthiness issued by
the State whose nationality it possesses.
This document shall certify to the Statesin which the aircraft is to operate that,
according to the opinion of the authority that issues it, such aircraft complies
with the airworthiness requirements of each of the States named in said certificate.
The aircraft commander shall at all times hold the certificate in his custody
and shall deliver it for inspection and verification to the authorized representa-
tives of the State which said aircraft visits.
Each contracting State shall communicate to the other States party to this
convention and to the Pan American Union its regulations governing the rating
of its aircraft as to airworthiness and shall similarly communicate any changes
made thereto.
While the States affirm the principle that the aircraft of each contracting State
shall have the liberty of engaging in air commerce with the other contracting
States without being subjected to the licensing system of any State with which
such commerce is carried on, each and every contracting State mentioned in
the certificate of airworthiness reserves the right to refuse to recognize as valid
the certificate of airworthiness of any foreign aircraft where inspection by a duly
authorized commission of such State shows that the aircraft is not, at the time
of inspection, reasonably airworthy in accordance with the normal requirements
of the laws and regulations of such State concerning the public safety.
In such cases said State may refuse to permit further transit by the aircraft
through its air space until such time as it, with due regard to the public safety,
is satisfied as to the airworthiness of the aircraft, and shall immediately notify
the State whose nationality the aircraft possesses and the Pan American Union
of the action taken.
14. The aircraft commander, pilots, engineers, and other members of the
operating crew of every aircraft engaged in international navigation between
the several contracting States shall, in accordance with the laws of each State
governing same, be provided with a certificate of competency by the contracting
State whose nationality the aircraft possesses.
Such certificate or certificates shall certify as to each pilot that in addition to
complying with the requirements of the issuing State, such pilot has passed a
satisfactory examination upon the air traffic rules, if any, of each of the foreign
States over which said pilot desires to operate.
51875—27— Bull. 7 2
754 - THE PAN AMERICAN UNION
Such certificate or certificates shall be open at all times to the inspection of
the duly authorized representatives of any State visited.
Each contracting State shall communicate to the other States party to this
convention and to the Pan American Union its regulations governing the issuance
of such certificates and shall from time to time communicate any changes made
thereto.
15. Each and every contracting State shall recognize as valid certificates of
competency of the aircraft commander, pilots, engineers, and other members of
the operating crew of an aircraft issued in accordance with the laws and regula-
tions of other contracting States, subject, however, to any restrictions as to
physical competency which may be required by the laws and regulations govern-
ing its own nationals.
16. The carriage by aircraft of explosives and of arms and munitions of war is
forbidden in international navigation. No foreign aircraft shall be permitted to
carry such articles between any two points in the same contracting State.
17. Each State may prohibit or regulate the carriage or use by aircraft possess-
ing the nationality of other contracting States of photographic apparatus. Such
regulations as may be adopted by each State concerning this matter shall be com-
municated to each other contracting State and to the Pan American Union.
18. As a measure of public safety or because of lawful prohibitions, the trans-
portation of articles in international navigation other than those mentioned in
articles 16 and 17 may be restricted by any signatory State. Such restrictions
shall be immediately communicated to the other signatory States and to the
Pan American Union.
All restrictions mentioned in this article shall apply equally to national and
foreign aircraft.
19. No aircraft engaged in international navigation shall enter the air space of
a foreign State, party to this convention, in which a landing is intended, without
immediately landing, upon entering the territorial jurisdiction, at the nearest
airport designated by such State as a port of entry.
Prior to departure from the territorial jurisdiction of a contracting State in
which it has landed every aircraft engaged in international navigation shall
obtain such clearance as is required by the laws of such State at a port designated
as point of departure by such State.
Each and every contracting State shall notify each other State party to this
convention and the Pan American Union of such airports as shall be designated
by such State as ports of entry and departure.
In the event of the first landing, for any reason, after entering the territorial
jurisdiction of a contracting State by the aircraft of another contracting State,
at any point other than an airport designated as a port of entry in that State,
the aircraft commander shall immediately notify the nearest State authorities
and hold himself, crew, passengers, and cargo at the point of landing until proper
entry has been granted by competent authority.
For reasons of general security, every aircraft of one of the contracting States
which flies over the territory of another of the contracting Stafes shall be obliged
to alight when ordered to do so by means of signals.
In the cases provided for in this article the aircraft, aircraft commander, crew,
passengers, and cargo shall be subject to such immigration, customs, police,
quarantine, or sanitary inspection as the duly authorized representatives of that
State may make in accordance with the laws thereof.
20. As an exception to the general regulations, certain classes of aircraft,
particularly postal aircraft and aircraft belonging to aerial transport companies
regularly constituted and authorized, may be free from the obligation of landing
at a customs airdrome and authorized to land at certain inland airdromes ap-
pointed by the customs and police administration of each State at which customs
THREE NOTABLE PAN AMERICAN CONFERENCES 755
formalities shall be complied with. The departure of such aircraft from the
State visited may be regulated in a similar manner.
However, such aircraft shall follow the normal air route, and make their
identity known by signals agreed upon as they fly across the frontier.
21. From the time of landing until the departure of a foreign aircraft the
authorities of the State visited shall have, in all cases, the right to visit and
examine the aircraft and to verify all documents with which it must be pro-
vided in order to determine that all the laws, rules, and regulations of such
State and all of the provisions of this convention are complied with.
22. The aircraft of the contracting States engaged in international air com-
merce shall be permitted to discharge passengers and portions of cargo at any
airport designated as a port of entry into any other contracting State and to
proceed to any other airport or airports in such State for the purpose of dis-
charging the remaining passengers and portions of such cargo and in like manner
to take on passengers and load cargo destined for a foreign State or States.
23. Each contracting State shall have the right to establish reservations and
restrictions in favor of its own national aircraft in regard to the commercial
transportation of passengers and merchandise between two or more points in its
territory and to other remunerated aeronautical operations within its territory.
Such reservations and restrictions shall be immediately published within its
territory and communicated to the other contracting States and to the Pan
American Union.
24. While engaging in international commerce with another contracting State,
the aircraft of one contracting State shall not be compelled to pay other or higher
airport charges than would be paid by national aircraft of the State visited like-
wise engaged in international commerce.
25. Until special legislation is enacted, the commander of an aircraft shall
have rights and duties analogous to those of the captain of a merchant steamer,
according to the respective laws of each State.
26. The salvage of aircraft lost at sea shall be regulated, in the absence of any
agreement to the contrary, by the principles of maritime law.
27. The aircraft of signatory States shall have the right, on alighting on land
or sea, especially in cases of danger, to the same aid as is extended to national
aircraft.
28. Aircraft, their crew, passengers, and cargo shall be subject to the laws
in force and to the tribunals in the State upon whose domain they are, and to
the provisions for public safety, police, customs, immigration, quarantine, and
sanitation and those governing aerial navigation.
Nevertheless, infractions of discipline, torts or crimes committed, acts done,
or happenings on board an aircraft while in flight through the air space of a
foreign contracting State party to this convention will be subject to the laws
and jurisdiction of the nationality possessed by the aircraft and judged by its
tribunals, except when they involve the security, public order, or property of
the subjacent State, the person or property of any of its inhabitants, or when it
is a question of crimes or torts committed by or against a national of the subjacent
State or alien domiciled therein, in which case they are subject to the laws and
jurisdiction of the subjacent State.
29. Reparations for damages caused to persons or property located in the
subjacent territory shall be governed by the laws of each State.
30. In case of war the stipulations of the present convention shall not affect
the freedom of action of the contracting States either as belligerents or as neutrals.
31. The right of any of the contracting States to enter into any convention or
special agreement with any other State or States concerning international aerial
navigation is recognized so long as such convention or special agreement shall
756 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION
not impair the rights or obligations of any of the States party to this convention
acquired or imposed herein.
32. The contracting States shall procure as far as possible uniformity of laws
and regulations governing aerial navigation. The Pan American Union shall
cooperate with the governments of the contracting States to attain the desired
uniformity of laws and regulations for aerial navigation in the States party to
this convention.
33. Each power shall deposit its ratification with the Pan American Union,
which shall thereupon inform the other contracting powers. Such ratification
shall remain deposited in the archives of the Pan American Union.
34. The present convention will come into force for each signatory power
ratifying it in respect to other powers which have already ratified 40 days from
the date of the deposit of its ratification.
35. Any State, member of the Pan American Union, may adhere to this con-
vention by giving notice thereof to the Pan American Union, which shall there-
upon inform the other signatory powers of such adherence.
Such adherence shall be effective 40 days after giving notice thereof to the
Pan American Union.
36. Any contracting State may denounce this convention at any time by trans-
mitting notification thereof to the Pan American Union, which shall communi-
cate it to the other States party to this convention. Such denunciation shall
not take effect until six months after notification thereof to the Pan American
Union, and shall take effect only with respect to the power making the denun-
ciation.
RESOLUTION I
The Inter-American Commercial Aviation Commission
Resolves: 'To recommend to the governing board of the Pan American Union
a study of the motion made by the delegation of the United States, on which
it does not wish to pronounce any opinion because it does not possess complete
information on the legal situations in the various States and the obligations that
the States may have contracted.
Motion made by the delegation of the United States:
“Kach contracting State agrees that citizens, including partnerships and cor-
porations, of the other contracting States shall have equal rights with those
accorded to any aliens under the laws of such State to register and operate air-
craft, provided that such companies or corporations comply with the require-
ments established by the internal legislation of such State for their formation
and operation.”
RESOLUTION II
The Inter-American Commercial Aviation Commission, in view of the desira-
bility of creating a central agency for the collection and dissemination among the
countries, members of the Pan American Union, of data concerning aerial navi-
gation and at the same time for cooperating with the States, members of the
Union, in the development of this means of communication,
Resolves: To recommend to the Pan American Union the following funictione:
1. So far as may be practicable, to collect and disseminate among the States,
members of the Union, information on technical problems concerning inter-
American commercial aerial navigation;
2. To compile and communicate to the States, members of the Union, any
available information relative to radio, meteorology, and medical science which
may be of value for promoting and advancing aerial navigation;
3. To gather and communicate to the States, members of the Union, the
available information on laws and regulations governing aerial navigation in
force in the countries members of the Union;
THREE NOTABLE PAN AMERICAN CONFERENCES 757
4. To endeavor to promote uniform legislation on aerial traffic among the
countries members of the Union;
5. To perform whatever other duties may be assigned to it by inter-American
air conventions or agreements and by the international conferences of American
States, in connection with inter-American aerial navigation;
6. To recommend to the Bureau of the Pan American Postal Union, with head-
quarters in Montevideo, the signing of agreements between the postal adminis-
trations of the countries, members of the Union, to provide facilities for and
regulate the carrying of mail by aircraft.
RESOLUTION III
Whereas the United States Army Pan American fliers have completed the
circumaeronavigation of the Americas; and
Whereas their successful achievement has demonstrated the practicability of
establishing faster and better communications between the countries of this
hemisphere; and
Whereas two United States Army officers, Capt. Clinton F. Woolsey and
Lieut. John W. Benton, gave their lives in the gallant undertaking; and
Whereas this Inter-American Commission on Commercial Aviation is en-
gaged in furthering the development of aeronavigation on the American conti-
nent, thus striving to continue the great work they have begun; and
Whereas it represents the peoples of all the nations of America working to-
gether in the promotion of closer relations; and
Whereas there is a unanimous desire to render homage to the organization
and individuals who performed the feat: Therefore be it
Resolved, That the Inter-American Commission on Commercial Aviation
extend its sincerest congratulations to the United States Army Air Corps and to
the members of the Pan American Flying Squadron upon their successful blazing
of the trail along which will run, to-morrow, winged messengers of friendship,
widening the highways of understanding, and that it is the unanimous sense of
the commission to record its heartfelt sympathy to the bereaved families of Capt.
Clinton F. Woolsey and Lieut. John W. Benton, and to the Air Corps of the
United States Army: And be it further
Resolved, That this resolution be spread upon the minutes of the com-
mission and copies thereof, signed by the members of the Inter-American Com-
mission on Commercial Aviation, sent to the Secretary of War of the United
States, to the chiefs of the United States Army Air Services, to the families of
Capt. Clinton F. Woolsey and Lieut. John W. Benton, and to Maj. Herbert A.
Dargue, commander of the Pan American Flying Squadron, Capt. Arthur Bee
McDaniel, Capt. Ira C. Baker, Lieut. Leonard D. Weddington, Lieut. Charles
McK. Robinson, Lieut. Bernard 8S. Thompson, Lieut. Muir S. Fairchild, and
Lieut. Ennis C. Whitehead.
RESOLUTION IV
The Inter-American Commercial Aviation Commission, taking into considera-
tion the fact that speed is the principal object of aerial navigation, that the
advantages of this medium of communication are greater the longer the route,
and that the fewer the interruptions that aircraft traversing these extensive
routes and crossing the frontiers of different countries have to meet the greater
will be the efficiency of the service and the commercial utility of this means of
transportation,
Resolves: To recommend to the governing board that the Pan American
Union treat with the governments, members of the Union, to procure the simpli-
fication of customs and sanitary formalities and inspection and the greatest
celerity possible in the dispatch of aircraft operating in international navigation.
758 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION
RESOLUTION V
Whereas article 28 involves important problems of international private law
on which there is no uniform criterion
The Inter-American Commercial Aviation Commission
Resolves: To recommend to the governing board of the Pan American Union
that it suggest to the governments that they give special attention to the examina-
tion of the rules established by article 28.
RESOLUTION VI
The Inter-American Commercial Aviation Commission hereby
Declares: That it does not consider it opportune to enter upon the considera-
tion of the draft of laws and regulations entrusted to said commission by para-
graph 2 of the resolution of the Fifth International Conference of American
States, not only because the conclusions prepared by this commission in accord-
ance with paragraph 4 of said resolution have not yet been accepted by the
members of the Pan American Union, but also because those conclusions leave
the partial regulation of aeronautics to each of the respective States; and it
therefore transmits to the governing board of the Pan American Union all laws,
regulations, reports, etc., presented to the conference by the delegates, as a con-
tribution to the consideration of aeronautical regulations in general.
RESOLUTION VII
The Inter-American Commercial Aviation Commission
Resolves: To recommend that the Pan American Union carry on negotiations
with the governments of the Pan American nations for the purpose of obtaining
special facilities in the practical and technical schools of aviation for students
and pilots of the American republics.
RESOLUTION VIII
The Inter-American Commercial Aviation Commission
Resolves: To give a vote of thanks to the chairman of the commission, Mr.
William P. MacCracken, jr., for the able and successful manner in which he has
directed the debate of the commission and for the kindness and courtesy that he
has shown toward all its members.
RESOLUTION IX
The Inter-American Commercial Aviation Commission
Resolves: To give a vote of thanks to Dr. E. Gil Borges, assistant director of
the Pan American Union, and to the members of the delegation of Colombia for
the valuable cooperation lent by them to the work of the conference as authors
of the projects which were used as basis of discussion for the recommendations
and conclusions accepted, projects whose merit the conference has pleasure in
recognizing.
JOU
RESOLUTIONS APPROVED BY THE SECOND PAN AMERI-
CAN CONFERENCE ON UNIFORMITY OF SPECIFICA-
TIONS
The Second Pan American Conference on Uniformity of Specifi-
cations, meeting in Washington, with representatives duly author- .
ized by the following countries: Argentina, Brazil, Chile, Colombia,
Cuba, Dominican Republic, Ecuador, United States of America,
THREE NOTABLE PAN AMERICAN CONFERENCES 759
Haiti, Guatemala, Mexico, Nicaragua, Panama, Paraguay, Peru,
Uruguay, and Venezuela, in full session on the 11th of May, 1927,
approved the following resolutions:
1. To recommend to the various governments the advantages resulting from
approval in the shortest time possible of the project of convention formulated
by the Inter-American High Commission in compliance with the request which
it received from the first conference celebrated at Lima, which project has already
been submitted to the various governments.
2. That in order to facilitate the accomplishment of the agreement contained
in section A of resolution 1 of the Conference of Lima—
(a) It is recommended that the Inter-American High Commission get in
touch as quickly as possible with the organization or organizations of importers
and large consumers in the United States who import Latin-American products
and who would be most helpful for the project for the purpose of obtaining
all kinds of practical data concerning the condition in which exported Latin-
American products are most acceptable, including full details concerning
classification, variety, packing, etc., and wherever possible representative
samples, submitting all these details to the respective Latin-American countries;
(b) There is recommended to the governments of the various Latin-American
republics the great advantage resulting from the fullest collaboration of other
federal departments with the Inter-American High Commission and _ its
national sections in an educational campaign among all producers and exporters
interested in inter-American commerce with the purpose of their adopting in
exporting the manner of classification and packing indicated in order to
obtain in the principal buying country the best conditions;
(c) There is recommended likewise to the respective Governments the
great advantage of organizing as quickly as possible in each country associa-
tions of producers and exporters who may be charged with collaborating with
United States organizations in the work indicated, continuing and expand-
ing the preliminary work of propaganda initiated by the governments and the
sections of the Inter-American High Commission, taking into consideration
that adoption of the best methods will be more feasible if producers and ex-
porters receive from the respective associations of which they may be members
the data, counsels, and explanations which each case may require, it being under-
stood that each government and the Inter-American High Commission con-
tinues utilizing through mediation of the associations created to disseminate
all kinds of information of practical utility for these producers and exporters,
(d) That there be recommended to the governments of the various Latin-
American countries through the central executive council of the Inter-American
High Commission the great advantages resulting from the services of experts
in cultivation and distribution of their various exportable products with the
purpose of obtaining with the greatest rapidity and facility a production
corresponding to the types and forms most acceptable in the consuming markets.
3. That with the purpose of beginning immediately and obtaining more quickly
some practical results there be initiated the adoption of uniform specifications
of products which are now being exported in greater quantities from each country
to the United States.
4. That taking into consideration that almost all the Latin-American countries
speak the same language, there may be adopted in general the same names for
specifications of identical products, so that in the future one product or its differ-
ent classes will not be designated by different names. This at present causes
great confusion and constitutes a drawback in inter-American trade. There-
fore the exchange of nomenclatures and samples among the Latin-American
760 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION
countries must be encouraged, as well as the organization of commissions needed
in this work composed of representatives of the countries interested.
5. That it recommend to the governments of the American countries that it
would be advantageous for them to obtain by means which in practice may result
most adequate every kind of report concerning systems which should be followed
for the prevention, control, and combating of plagues and diseases which affect
animals and animal products, as well as fruits, vegetables, and vegetable products,
which are in demand in the buying countries of America, with the object of
promoting the commerce of these articles and eliminating the obstacles which
may arise from these causes.
It is reeommended likewise to the governments interested the advantages of
establishing among themselves an exchange of information concerning methods
adopted and results obtained in prevention, control, and combat of the above-
mentioned plagues, and that likewise there be carried on in each country an
intensive educational work among producers and exporters so that the systems
which may be found most efficacious may be put into practice.
That there be organized a permanent committee composed of representatives
residing in Washington of the various countries interested for the study of ways
and means of organizing an inspection service for animal and vegetable products
which may guarantee and facilitate commerce in that class of products, and
that this committee make a report accompanied by concrete conclusions to the
Third Pan American Conference of Uniformity of Specifications.
6. To recommend to the governments, chambers of commerce, and interested
Latin-American associations that they procure as early as possible the intro-
duction and consideration in their respective countries of the system of classify-
ing wool which is based on the diameter of fiber and which is now in use in the
United States and England. Requests may be made to the Department of
Agriculture in Washington for samples and data necessary to this work. This
department is urged to collaborate in every way possible in carrying out the
work.
Likewise, to recommend that in the preparation of bundles of fleeces sisal
twine shall not be used nor twine of vegetable fibers, badly wound, which become
mixed with the wool, decreasing its quality and making difficult its manufacture.
7. It is recommended to the American countries that there be created a bulletin
for commercial, industrial, and agricultural propaganda which shall be devoted
to the study of these matters preferably from the point of view of simplification
and standardization. :
That this bulletin be published by the central executive council of the Inter-
American High Commission in Spanish, English, Portuguese, and French, and
that its cost be borne by the various countries in proportion to the number of
copies for which each government may subscribe, the bulletin to be distributed
widely and freely in each country.
The national sections of the Inter-American High Commission should send to
the central executive council for publication in this bulletin any document pro-
duced in their countries relative 1o specifications and any information which they
may consider of common interest. ;
This committee will be formed by the agricultural or commercial attachés
of the embassies or legations of the Latin-American countries, and in the absence
of these by the respective heads of the missions or the persons whom the heads
of the missions may designate.
8. That there be recommended to the principal associations of manufacturers
and exporters in the United States the great advantage which would result from
their agreement in the shortest time possible to adopt gradually the decimal
metric system in their exporting to Latin America, beginning by indicating the
THREE NOTABLE PAN AMERICAN CONFERENCES 761
equivalent metric decimal in their bills of lading and shipping documents, together
with the corresponding American system, and gradually adopting containers and
units agreeing absolutely with the metric system in their exportations to the
above-mentioned countries, in all cases in which this may be possible, and also
agreeing that the exporters in Latin America indicate their shipments in units
which may be in accord with the metric decimal system; and that they approach
as much as possible the systems now used, but avoiding in all cases fractions.
9. That there be presented to the consideration of the respective governments
the desirability of celebrating within a maximum of three years the Third Pan
American Conference on Uniformity of Specifications in Cuba in the city and
on the date which its government may indicate, in which conference representa-
tives of the federal departments which are carrying on in each country the
educational work suggested should participate, as well as representatives of
associations which may be founded for the same purpose, those who may be
collaborating in this movement in the United States, and the offices of the Inter-
American High Commission in Washington, as well as its sections in each coun-
try, each one of these organizations recording the progress which may have been
achieved.
The agreements which are made in this conference and subsequent ones con-
cerning uniformity of specifications should bear respective numbers and should
be designated by the name of the city in which the conference may have been
convoked.
10. It is agreed that the central executive council of the Inter-American High
Commission communicate these resolutions to all the governments of America,
recommending that they give their approval and aid, and that they be communi-
cated likewise to the national sections of the high commission and to the Pan
American Union that these may conform with the purposes.
It is recommended also that the high commission in publishing the minutes
and documents of this second conference make use of the metric and the American
systems of weights and measures, the second system preceding the first in the
English text and the first system preceding the second in those which may be
published in other languages.
INTEGRATING sip
ONE OF THE LECTURES ON THE HARRIS FOUNDATION, 1926
By Motsts SAENZ
Sub-Secretary of the Department of Education of Mexico
EXICO is a country of many races, many climates, and
many opinions. It is likewise a land of castes and social
orders.
In the House of the Indian Student at Mexico City
the visitor may see pure Indians of many types speaking their own
dialects and representing different stages of civilization and very
different traits, both physical and mental. And yet the 160 young
men there assembled belong to 23 different Indian races and represent
only a fraction of the pure Indian race groups in Mexico.
Besides the pure Indian there is the mestizo with varying propor-
tions of Indian blood, the whites, and the near whites. Of Mexico’s
14,000,000 inhabitants 2,000,000 are said to be pure Indian, 8,000,000
are mestizos with a strong proportion of Indian blood, and the rest
are whites or near whites.
Mexico is a land of great geographical variations: Torrid heat in
the south and on the coasts; deserts in the north; temperate climate
in the central plateau; perennial snows on the mountain peaks and
untrodden tropical jungles in the valleys; deficiency of rainfall in
some regions and overabundance of water in some others.
A group of prominent American business men were touring the
country as guests of President Obregon. They were passing through
the waste, desert-like country of thenorth. ‘‘We are impressed,” said
one of them to the President, ‘‘with the vastness of your country.
Mexico is a land of distances.” ‘‘No,” the President replied with a
twinkle in his eye, “the trouble is with our trains; they are so slow!”
Both the President and his guests were right. Mexico is a land of
ereat distances and of poor communications. Despite our 13,000
miles of railro which, by the way, are about as fast and as
efficient as your own—a school inspector may have to travel two
weeks on horseback to reach a certain school within his district. It
is easier and quicker to go from San Francisco to New York than to
go from Mexico City to Hermosillo, the capital of the State of Sonora.
The capital of the State of Chiapas is reached only after two days on
train and four days on horseback. It is easier for the Yucatecan to
come to New York than to go to Mexico City.
1 Some Mexican Problems. Courtesy of Saenz and Priestly, 1926. Chicago University Press.
762
INTEGRATING MEXICO THROUGH EDUCATION 763
Great distances and slow communications make it very difficult to
mobilize public opinion. And even if newspapers could travel
quickly and there were enough of them, 6 out of every 10 people
could not read them; because they do not know how to read. The
formation of public opinion on any matter whatsoever is a slow
process with us. With you in the United States news travels and
opinions are transmitted. With us in Mexico rumors ferment and
opinions explode.
The great diversity of race groups; the inferiority complex of the
Indian face to face with the European; the isolation of the people,
isolation both material and spiritual; and whatever sense of individ-
uality may be attributed to the Mexican due to the fact that he is
partly Latin—all these factors work for the creation of a strong
individualism and for the atomizing of group consciousness and are,
in a word, forces that hinder the process of national integration. . . .
The picture which I have sketched for you, a picture of a nationality
in dissociation in the atomic state, is true to life. Let no person
think, however, that it is a picture of the whole of Mexican life.
There is another aspect.of Mexico. It is the Mexico stubborn in its
Mexicanism, proud and persisting. It is the Mexico that will not
be assimilated. It is the Mexico that fought 11 years for inde-
pendence, that resisted France until France was tired of the fight,
and then kept on until the ill-fated emperor she had sent us was
caught and shot. It is the Mexico that tried to be individual during
the Great War, when every nation was taking sides. It is the Mexico
that separated the state from the church before any other Latin
country had done it. It is the Mexico that for 16 years has been
attempting to be Mexican and to be for the Mexicans. This kind
of national stubbornness, let us call it so, can not be explained in
terms of the atomic state of nationalism. There must doubtless be
other aspects of Mexican life to account for that; and there are.
We have a common language—Spanish. It would be more exact
to say, perhaps, that we have a common language aspiration. There
is ignorance of Spanish in some dark corners of Mexico; there is
nowhere resistance to Spanish or lack of desire to acquire it, quite
the contrary. We are a country with a past and tradition. We
have emotional and cultural patterns of our own in which to weave
a civilization.
From deep sources and common origins spring integrating traits
of the Mexican nationality—a folklore tradition; an undeniable
artistic temperament, refined and modernized by the Spanish cross-
ing; the will to persist racially; a sense of racial fate; and an ever-
present sense of racial pride.
764 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION ms
These are, then, the two sides of the picture: Mexico heterogeneous,
unassociated; and a unified Mexico, a Mexico with a strong personal
profile. I realize of course that these two contradictory tendencies—
one for integration, the other for dissociation—exist to a certain
extent in every nation. The important thing in each case is to find
which one of the two tendencies predominates, which one has the
upper hand or is on the ascendency.
Education helps integration by making people like-minded. In
Mexico we are consciously striving to bring about national unity by
means of the school. Ina sense, the fundamental difference between
the educational program of President Calles and the same program
STATE NORMAL SCHOOL, SALTILLO
About 500 future teachers are now in training in this institution of the State of Coahuila
of the Diaz régime is that now we are thinking in national terms
while 20 years ago they thought only in terms of the City of Mexico.
Our educational program is divided for Mexico as a whole. We
no longer see only the immediate need; we are compelled to think of
the need of Mexico. We can not plan for fine schools for the capitals,
calculated to dazzle the foreign visitor; we have to think of the
1,500,000 children without schools to go to, simply because they
happen to live in the remote country districts or in backward States.
A few facts will make our program clear to you.
Mexico has, in round numbers, 14,000,000 inhabitants. Of these
2,750,000 are children of school age. Approximately only 4 out of
every 10 Mexican children are going to a public school in Mexico at
large. School attendance is compulsory up to 12 years of age or
INTEGRATING MEXICO THROUGH EDUCATION 765
through the fourth grade. But school attendance can not be actually
enforced for the simple reason that there are not enough schools for
the children to go to. A study of the distribution of schools and popu-
lation clearly shows that there is a scarcity of schools out in the coun-
try. Our cities and small towns haven’t a sufficient number of
schools, but many of the rural districts simply have no schools at all.
Sixty-two per cent of the total population of Mexico is illiterate.
The variation of illiteracy in the different States of the Republic
runs from 35 per cent in some of the northern States (Tamaulipas
and Sonora) to 88 per cent in the State of Oaxaca. The average per
cent of illiteracy, for the country is, as stated above, 62.
Mexico, like the United States, has a federal republican organiza-
tion. There are 28 States in Mexico. The seat of the Federal
Government is in the Federal district, which includes and surrounds
Mexico City. There are, besides, three Federal Territories. The
budget of expenditures of all the 28 States, for the year of 1925, was,
in round numbers, 50,000,000 pesos (approximately $25,000,000).
Out of the 50,000,000 pesos spent by the States for all purposes,
almost 20,000,000 were spent for education; so the average expendi-
ture for education was 40 per cent of the total budget. There was
one State devoting only 10 per cent of its budget to education, while
two States (Sonora and Chihuahua) gave as much as 52 per cent.
Out of the 304,500,000 pesos which the Federal Government is
spending this year of 1926,°26,000,000, or 81% per cent, are being
used for educational purposes. Counting what was spent for edu-
cation both by the States and by the Federal Government, we have
a total of 46,000,000 pesos. In 1910, the banner year of the Diaz
administration, the culmination of 30 years of peace and prosperity,
the Federal Government spent in all for education 7,000,000 pesos,
which was only 634 per cent of the total budget. President Calles,
in this year of financial depression, is using four times as much
money for schools as Diaz.
Let us review our data:
Sixty-two per cent of the population (over 8,000,000 people) are
illiterates.
Nearly 2,750,000 children need to be sent to school.
Nearly 1,750,000 of these are without a school to go to.
State governments on the average are using 40 per cent of their
budgets for schools.
Federal Government is spending as much for education as is
possible at present, when one considers that education, while im-
portant, is not the only obligation the Federal Government has.
These figures outline our problem. We are trying to face it
bravely, but sometimes, in spite of ourselves, a pessimistic feeling of
impossibility creeps over us. We have no right to be pessimistic,
766 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION
however. More is being done for education in the country than
was done before. Besides, there are certain aspects of our present
enterprise which are decidedly worthy.
Public education in Mexico is carried on by the Federal Govern-
ment, by the State governments, and in some cases by the municipal
authorities. We have, then, a triple system of schools. Each State
is autonomous in regard to its educational system and may carry
on its program from the kindergarten to the university. Within
the State, the municipalities may, in turn, have charge of their
respective school districts. The responsibility of the municipal
counties is only economic, however. The State government dic-
tates the educational policies for all the counties and exercises the
proper supervision. In very few States, however, have the counties
been able to finance their schools. The result of this economic
incapacity is that the States either have to grant special aid to the
counties or have had to take charge of the schools at large.
The Federal Government has charge of the schools in the Federal
district and in the territories and can also establish schools in any
part of Mexico. As a matter of fact, the central Government started
its Nation-wide program of schools in 1920, and to-day, after six
years, maintains, outside of the Federal district and Territories,
more than 3,000 schools with a total enrollment of over 250,000.
The Federal Government has a National Department of Education,
with a Secretary of Education (a member of the Cabinet) at its head.
The two school systems, the Federal and that of the States, func-
tion independently of each other, but with close coordination, thus
avoiding duplication of work and lessening of local responsibility.
Inasmuch as the State and municipal authorities have, for some years
past, established most of their schools in the cities and towns, the
National Department of Education has established the Federal
schools mostly in the small rural communities, in the villages, and
farms. Of the 3,155 Federal schools in the States, 2,721 are rural
schools. Thus, by going out to the country with the Federal schools
we are covering a difficult and neglected field and avoiding friction
with the local authorities.
Our Department of Education has also established in the capital
city of each State a sort of model school. We call it a ‘‘standard”’
elementary school. These standard schools serve as demonstration
centers of the new policies in education. They are the exponents of
the educational tendencies of the department and through them we are
slowly bringing about a vitalization of the elementary school in all
parts of Mexico. The Federal Government maintains also through-
out the country some normal schools for the training of rural teachers
and a number of vocational schools.
INTEGRATING MEXICO THROUGH EDUCATION 767
There is no organic relation between the two school systems, that
of the different States and that under the Federal Government, but
they coexist without conflicts. The policy of the Central Government
in general is to supplement the action of the local governments with-
out relieving them of responsibility. The field is so large and the
need so urgent that up to the present there has been no overlapping
and no jealousy. How far the Federal Government can continue
establishing schools without arousing opposition from the States or
without lessening local responsibility is, of course,.a question. But
as long as two-thirds of the children in Mexico have no public schools
to go to, there should be very little danger of a clash between the two
systems.
MODEL SCHOOL, SAN LUIS POTOSI
A model or ‘‘standard”’ school established in the capital city of each State serves as a demonstration
center of the new education policies
In describing some of the features of the educational work done by
the Federal Government, as I intend to do presently, I beg you to
keep in mind that Federal Government education is not the only one
in operation in Mexico. Lest you forget this fact, let me again
impose on you by giving some comparative data:
In 1925, the 28 states had 4,635 rural schools.
The Federal Government has 2,721 rural schools this year.
There are 4,208 elementary schools in the States.
The central government this year has 693 schools of this type.
The total enrollment in State schools in 1925 was 682,916.
In the Federal schools the enrollment in 1926 is 366,605.
The total number of public rural schools in Mexico is 7,356.
768 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION
The total number of elementary schools is 4,901.
The enrollment in all rural and elementary schools, both State and
Federal, is 1,049,521.
The percentage of children of school age in public schools is 39.57.
Besides the public schools we have in Mexico, as in any other
country, the private schools. I have no figures as to the numbers
and enrollment. A mere guess might place their number as about
one-fifth that of the public schools.
Now that we are through with the presentation of figures, let me
tell you that I have a very poor opinion of the value of statistics as
such. To my mind, tendencies are far more important than mere
figures. The spirit that permeates a movement is more significant
than the accomplished facts. This talk on education in Mexico
would be a barren exercise indeed if I did not attempt to give you an
insight into the spirit of our work.
I should like to present to your mind’s eye the picture of a typical
rural school of one of those 2,721 rural schools that the Department
of Education is establishing all over the country and of which Presi-
dent Calles wants to see 6,000 functioning by the end of his term.
This is the school: One teacher; about 40 children, both boys and
girls, their ages running from 7 to 14 years; the schoolhouse, consisting
of only one room perhaps, with a wide porch in front; the school
yard, plenty of ground around the school; a school garden. Oh, I
do not want to mislead you with these terms. We have all that,
the garden and the orchard, and the house; but do not think of your
standard American schoolhouses; do not think even of your tradi-
tional little red schoolhouse. Ours are more primitive, more informal,
more naive.
There is the most informal atmosphere about this little school.
Work is individual, although there are plenty of group activities.
The children read and write wonderfully well, and they all sing—
how they love to sing! Indian blood is everywhere apparent.
Spanish is the language used. Perhaps the children speak it
brokenly and maybe if their parents came they would address them
only in their native dialect, but the official tongue is Spanish,
and the children love it, and the parents are delighted to see them
learn it.
These children read and write and do some number work; they
sing and draw and paint; the girls sew and embroider—all these
things we are accustomed to see school children do. But in this
school the pupils keep chickens and rabbits. They also have a pig
or two. Their flower garden is a spot of beauty—the children have
worked so hard on it. They have watered it every day with water
they themselves had to draw from the open well near by. The
children have their orchard; they keep bees; they have planted the
INTEGRATING MEXICO THROUGH EDUCATION 769
mulberry tree and are starting a silkworm colony. They are so
busy and so happy, these children in the rural school!
When the supervisor comes to visit the school he is very anxious
to find out certain things which he has to report to Mexico City.
These are some of the questions he asks:
How many children have a fluent knowledge of Spanish?
How many can read and write fluently?
Does the school have a Mexican flag?
Do the children know about Mexico?
Do they know the name of our president?
The names of what great Mexican men do they know?
Do the children keep chickens, pigs, bees, silkworms?
Do they have a garden?
Is there water in the school?
Do they use it?
Is the school socialized? To what extent?
Do they have a parents’ association?
Is the teacher engaged in some form of social work outside of the
school?
You get the idea back of this investigation. We are not interested
in school routine, especially; traditional questions of method and of
technique are of secondary importance; but we are tremendously
interested in having a vital school and in having a school that will
contribute toward social organization and national unity. It is a
far ery from the old three-R school to this rural school of the moun-
tains of Mexico. A far cry indeed from the narrow, restricted life
of the traditional school to this natural, real community of children
and teacher, where to raise a chicken is as important an enterprise
as to learn a poem.
Our little school is the center of interest of the village. Next to
the church, the school building is by far the best of the place. There
is a school committee formed by half a dozen “prominent citizens ’’—
poor, simple, souls, intensely interested in having their children get an
education that was not their lot to get themselves. There is a tiny
library in this school, just a 5-foot shelf, perhaps, but something
for the people of the village to read under the stimulus of the teacher.
In the evening the young people come to get their share of schooling.
Practically every one of our rural schools holds a night session for the
adults. Toward evening they come, and as in this typical school we
are visiting there is no installation for artificial light, each person
brings his own light, a little candle, and setting it up by his desk,
begins earnestly to study his lesson.
The rural teacher leads a busy life. Teaching the three R’s would
be child’s play compared with what this teacher has to do in this little
rural school of ours. The teacher is supposed to work six hours
51875—27—Bull. 7——3
770 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION
daily, four during the day with the children and two in the evening
with adults. But the children have the habit of coming early in the
morning and going late in the evening. Have they not their garden
and their chickens and pigs and bees and silkworms? Have they not
their weaving and hammering, their painting and embroidering?
Four hours, nay 10 hours is hardly enough.
But minding the children and their elder brothers in school is not all
of it. This teacher vaccinates the people and gives them whatever
medical advice she can. Did you ever hear of the school being the
center of the community and the teacher being a real social worker?
Did you ever hear of a socialized school? Well, I have heard about
those things, too. I have heard wise university professors expound
WOT Gece ee Lom,
A RURAL TEACHER
The rural teacher, in his effort to make a peasant of the peon, works with both children and adults
the technique of socialization. Let me assure you, that nowhere
have I seen better examples of a socialized school than in some of these
rural schools of Mexico—in these schools where conditions are natural,
the work personally interesting, the activities real, and where there is
a spirit of give-and-take, of sharing, and a community of interest.
I have presented you a true picture of our rural schools. Let no
one suppose, however, that all rural schools in Mexico conform to
this description; unfortunately, it is not so. But I can assure you
that very many of our country schools are trying to live up to this
type. This is, then, the tendency.
And what, we might ask ourselves, is the meaning of all this?
What is the meaning of this delight in Spanish, what the importance
of the bees and the chickens, of the flowers and the weaving, of the
INTEGRATING MEXICO THROUGH EDUCATION WAAL
dancing and the singing? Why all this questioning about the
Mexican flag and Mexican heroes?
The importance of it all is that through our little rural school we are
trying to integrate Mexico and to create in our peasant classes a rural
spirit. To integrate Mexico. To bring into the fold of the Mexican
family the million Indians; to make them think and feel in Spanish.
To incorporate them into that type of civilization which constitutes
the Mexican nationality. To bring them into that community of
ideas and emotions which is Mexico. ‘To integrate the Indians with-
out sacrifice. Our Indian has many faults, but he has, likewise,
many virtues—a wonderful patience and quietness; miraculous
endurance, both physical and mental; artistic temperament, a soul
artistic in its very essence. (Oh, the music and the dancing and
the painting and weaving of the Indian—his love of form and his
instinct for color!) And our Indian has a background of a civilization
so high and delicate that at times, visiting their ancient cities or
beholding their marvelous ruins, one wonders if after all the coming
of the white man to Mexico was not a pity rather than a blessing.
To integrate Mexico through the rural school—that is, to teach the
people of the mountains and of the far-away valleys, the millions of
people that are Mexicans but are not yet Mexican, to teach them the
love of Mexico and the meaning of Mexico. To give them a flag—
so many of these villages have never seen a Mexican flag, so many
have not heard the name of the President. Our little rural school
stands for Mexico and represents Mexico in those far-off corners—
so many of them yet that belong to Mexico but are not yet Mexican.
Our rural school aims to form the rural spirit in Mexico. Mexico is a
land of absentee landowners. Agrarian legislation and the new
program of agrarian development are gradually doing away with this
condition. But Mexico was and largely is yet a land of peons, not
of peasants. To make a peasant of the peon is the aim of our rural
school. Other schools may make a farmer out of the peasant. With
this latter transformation we are not at present particularly con-
cerned in the Department of Education. But with instilling into our
people the love of the land, with making them love the country in
preference to the city, and with giving them an intelligent insight
into country life—with all this, which amounts to creating the rural
spirit, we are tremendously concerned.
But why, you may ask, why are you counting on the rural school—
your pitiful, little, destitute rural school—to bring about so great a
transformation? The answer is clear: Because, in the first place,
these rural schools of ours are new; they have no past; they are not
fettered by tradition. They are the children of the revolution, these
schools, with a fine contempt for educational dogma and with an
unlimited faith in themselves. Since we had to improvise teachers,
Te THE PAN AMERICAN UNION
buildings, furniture, everything material, it was natural enough that
we should have felt free to adopt any method or any philosophy that
might suit us. In the second place, these schools are scattered over
the whole country. Take a look at the map of Mexico. See the thou-
sands of black squares spread from coast to coast and from frontier
to frontier. They are all rural schools—nearly 3,000 of them. Last
year they were 2,000, this year of 1926 we have 1,000 more, and in
1927 we shall go up to 5,000. Three thousand schools, 3,000
teachers—that is, 3,000 men and women trained to realize an ideal.
Three thousand missionaries preaching the gospel of Mexico and the
gospel of the rural life and of a social service.
The rural school forms a very important part of our program of
education, but, of course, it is not the only part. I beg to remind
you of what I said at the beginning about the Federal system of
schools in general. Besides the rural school we have in the capital
of each State a standard elementary school and in many of the towns
and small cities elementary schools of the usual type.
In connection with the elementary schools I will simply present to
you two aspects which show two significant tendencies in our educa-
tional work. Mexico City has a population of 750,000 people. Like
any other large city, it has its congested districts and its slums.
Mexico City has not enough school buildings. During the first 10
years of the revolution the building of new schools was stopped.
Six years ago we resumed building but have not yet been able to
catch up. Mr. Vasconcelos, Secretary of Education under President
Obregon, is responsible for the building of some of the finest school-
houses one could find anywhere. But in spite of all, we found our-
selves at the beginning of this year with some 6,000 children for whom
no accommodation could be found in a school. Very naturally, too,
these 6,000 children were the poorest, the most destitute, and the
most in need of the influence of the school. This was one side of our
problem. The other difficulty was the shortness of time and the lack
of money. There was still a third aspect to the problem. These
6,000 children were creatures of the slums. They needed education
but they also needed food, soap and water, play, and a place in which
to stay as long as possible away from their miserable homes. You
see our problem then: Thousands of children right in the City of
Mexico for whom we had to provide not merely a school but a whole
education; and, then, the tragedy of it! Little money and a short
time limit—above all, little money.
This has been the answer to the situation: In four months we have
built five open-air schools in which we are housing almost 2,500
children. The cost of each building, not counting the land which
we had or was given to us, is approximately $20,000. The structure
is light but substantial, and the cost has been reduced to a minimum.
INTEGRATING MEXICO THROUGH EDUCATION Vi3
Each school has a garden, shower baths, and playground. A light
lunch is given to the children. The rooms have an uncovered front
and wide porches. There is room for chickens and rabbits; one of
the schools has a stable for two cows. Nature gave us sunshine and
an unrivaled climate. The children work and play—or perhaps it
would be better to say that they only play, they are so happy in their
work. In the center of the patio, high above the children and the
flowers, a Mexican flag waves in the air—the green, the white, and
the red—green for hope, white for purity, and red for race!
“So much literature about five little schools,’ you might say.
They are five little schools, it is true, but they are five schools with a
tendency, and that tendency happens to be tremendously important
for us. From the shower bath to the flag, everything is significant
in these schools of the slums. Designed to meet an emergency, they
are creating a type. The mere fact of their having been built at all
shows an ethical attitude toward the poorest of the poor and a sense
of democratic justice. And then, there is more ‘‘new education” in
these open-air schools of Mexico City than in many a fancy school of
pedagogical theorists.
The other aspect of elementary education in Mexico that I want
to point out to you has to do with the method and the philosophy of
it. Thirty years ago your great philosopher and teacher, John Dewey,
was giving in this very university a series of lectures describing to the
parents the educational policies followed by him in the experimental
school closely connected with the University of Chicago. Those talks
of his are now known to educators in all nations of the world; they are
contained in a little book called ‘School and Society.”
John Dewey has gone to Mexico. He was first carried there by
his pupils at Columbia; he went later in his books. ‘School and
Society”? is a book we know and love in Mexico. And now he is
going there personally. When John Dewey gets to Mexico he will
find his ideas at work in our schools. Motivation, respect for per-
sonality, self-expression, vitalization of school work, project method,
learning by doing, democracy in education—all of Dewey is there.
Not, indeed, as an accomplished fact, but certainly as a poignant
tendency. (May I repeat that tendencies are more significant than
facts!) :
But of course we in Mexico can not take anything quietly, not
even a philosophy of education. So it has come about that there is
a pedagogical war going on in Mexico nowadays. On one side, the
standpats, the conservatives, the reactionaries. (This word ‘‘reac-
tionary’? with us, is like ‘Bolshevik’? with you, a very convenient
tag for some one we don’t like.) On the other side, stand the ad-
vanced, the liberals, the friends of the new education. The old one
is the ‘traditional’ school, the new one the ‘school of action.”’
7714 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION
Doctor Dewey, unsuspectingly, has led us into all this. Doctor
Dewey is going to have an interesting time in Mexico, I am sure,
watching his philosophy in the field of battle.
There is still another military aspect to this educational reform.
About four years ago, out of a clear sky, a bulletin came forth from
the Department of Education ordering all teachers in Federal public
schools to adopt the project method, to leave behind the old-fashioned
ways, and to become modern. Comical, almost, you might say.
Doctor Dewey, if he learns of this new method of reform, will think
it queer, perhaps; I, myself, made fun of it at the beginning. But
let me confess that it has not turned out so badly after all. The
teachers were forced to study, the supervisors were obliged to look
up the new method, the normal schools took notice. At present the
reform for functional education is doing nicely. The Federal ele-
mentary schools are, in general, working toward the new education.
Our Federal schools throughout the country are presenting the new
type to the State schools and are slowly bringing about the reform
everywhere.
I can not resist the temptation to tell you a little about how we
are training our rural teachers in service. Most of the teachers now
serving the rural schools have deficient training. The work and
responsibility we are placing on them is considerable. In planning
the program of rural-teacher training in service, we have tried to
keep in mind the following principles: First, training must be specific
and intense; second, the teacher should receive training in the
technique of socialization, both of the school and of the community.
In order to accomplish this we have organized groups of specialists
to go to the field and to hold teachers’ institutes right in the com-
munity where the teachers are working. Each group is composed
of an educator, an expert in rural education,.a social worker
(nurse by preference), an expert in agriculture, an expert in home
industries, and a teacher of physical education. The group is fully
equipped. A library, a victrola, and a radio receiving apparatus form
a part of the equipment. We have termed the group a ‘mission,”’
and its members we call ‘‘missionaries.”’
Each State of the Republic has been divided into districts. The
teachers of each district, about 50 of them, get together and for three
weeks receive specific and practical training on the different aspects
of their work. When the institute is over, the specialists (the
missionaries) move to the next district and the teachers return to
their respective schools.
Three things are significant in connection with these institutes..
First, they are held in small villages where there is a rural school.
The little school is taken as the center of a project. The teachers,
under the direction of the specialists, try to work out the different
INTEGRATING MEXICO THROUGH EDUCATION 775
problems of the rural schools, in the one they have before them. The
second feature is that the teachers are trained to do social work in
the community. The village serves as a laboratory to the teachers
during the institute. They organize the men and the women into
one form of organization or other; they vaccinate every inhabitant;
they hold evening meetings with them; they teach games to the
young people. We hope that a teacher who has done this type of
practical social work during the institute, as part of the training, will
be inclined to do it on returning to his or her community. Lastly, the
training institute, once organized, continues functioning. The three
weeks over, each teacher goes back to his or her village, but in the
place where they all met and where they will meet again in the
following year, there is left a sort of permanent institution. There
iS eee
A MEXICAN “MISSIONARY” TEACHER
Arrival of cne of these special teachers in a rural district in the State of Querétaro
will be a little model home, or at least a kitchen, where the teacher
of the place may continue demonstration work in the village; there
will be the library, the center of the smaller libraries in the district;
there will be the site of the district teachers’ association. In the near
future there will be a dispensary under a trained nurse.
We have this year six of these ‘“‘missions”’ at work. By the end
of the year they will have covered half of the Republic. We are
already preparing to double the group of ‘‘missionaries’’ so that next
year the whole country may be covered by them.
Time is short and my story long. I have touched only on the
high points of our enterprise. I have not been able to tell you about
the thorough and far-reaching reform of our secondary schools; about
the National University with the 10,000 students and its fine spirit of
776 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION
service; about the open-air schools of painting; the popular glee clubs;
and the night school of music for the workingman. I could not tell
you about the educational extension work by radio, broadcasting
every night concerts, lectures, and classes; nor about our publishing
department, which last year published 89 pamphlets and bulletins
with a total aggregate of 53,288,620 printed pages. Nor could I
speak of the vocational schools whose pupils and teachers have
organized into a cooperative society for the production and sale of
the articles made by them as part of their training and who are run-
ning a department store in Mexico City for the sale of their products.
] could not touch either on the work of our library department which,
THE PEOPLE'S HOUSE
Numerous ‘‘people’s houses’”’ have been organized in rural centers by the teachers’ institutes in an effort
to build up a community culture i
in five years of existence, has established 3,508 libraries of different
types through the country and which during 1925 distributed 87,014
volumes.
There are indeed plenty of other things I might have mentioned,
but after all, had I had the time and you the disposition to listen to
me, little would have been gained by a detailed recital of the educa-
tional work in Mexico. What I have told you makes my point, I am
sure. My pointis simply this: The Mexican revolution is vindicating
itself. With all his material splendor, Diaz and his group of experts
never opened a single rural school. Thousands of children right in
the City of Mexico went without school because there were no schools
for them. Illiteracy mounted higher and higher; misery and slavery
was the lot of the peasant. The Indian was considered a calamity,
INTEGRATING MEXICO THROUGH EDUCATION Wd
always a liability, except for projects of human exploitation, in which
case he immediately became an asset.
The revolution came—10 years of hatred, of blood and fire; 10
years of finding our way amid the darkness and the ruins and then
.. . light, light in abundance, and love. And with all this, as a
result of all this, as a moral balance of it all, a vision of Mexico in
its integrity—Mexico far and near, Mexico in its misery and shame,
and Mexico with the wealth that is hers.
There is a new conscience in Mexico, and also a new impatience.
We realize our weakness, but we also know our strength. The
malady we know, but we think we have found a cure. We know
now the value of the time Diaz wasted, and we know the value of the
money squandered. One year means a century of good, and 1,000,000
pesos is 1,000 schools for the peasants.
And do not think me boastful for presenting only the fine side of
our effort. We know the taste of success, it is true, but we have
also tasted failure and disappointment. But our failures are our
lessons, and defeat has only incited us to try again. Mexico is
coming into her own, and when the Nation shall finally come of age,
students will tell us that not a small part of the credit for its maturing
should fall to the rural school. av
ORGE BERM
~ THE PAINTER OF A RACE IN A LAND OF EVOCATION ”
Q@ @ )
F Jorge Bermidez it may be said that he was the painter
of a race, and this is one of the greatest merits of his
work as a whole. While still in Paris, after studying with
the great Spanish master Zuloaga—whose characteristic
style was for a number of years strongly reflected in Bermtdez’s
work—while Zuloaga was advising him to work in his own country,
Bermudez had already registered an unalterable resolution to return
to Argentina and to put on canvas the very soul of those types and
ambients which still survive the successive waves of cosmopolitan
influence to which that progressive republic has been subjected..
After taking up his residence in the conservative and provincial
regions of northern Argentina, regions in which the ethnological
elements were believed to exist in almost their original purity,
Bermtidez was amazed to find how deeply these were influenced by
the small Syrian and Armenian merchant, and how often, in the
intimate ‘‘fiestas”’ of the Virgin of the Valley so strongly marked by
aboriginal candor and grace, the dark features of ancient dwellers
of Haifa or Beirut might be perceived among the multi-colored
‘‘nonchos,”’ the rude leather sandals, and saddle bags of the pro-
cessionals. And so he penetrated ever more deeply into those remote
valleys, on whose steep and wooded slope the last remnant of the
aboriginal calchaquies still persists.
This is indeed a land of evocation and dreams, a region in whose
austere isolation the spirit of a thousand years still breathes in sun-
drenched fiestas, in the clamorous thirst which moves the leaden wings
and sacred plumage of the once sacrificial surz7*; a region barely
softened by the lowly campanile and russet robes of the Franciscan
hermit; but one in no wise alien to the inspiration of this well-
grounded and deeply sensitive artist. And from the union of the
‘“‘sabor de la terruca”’ and the no less eloquent voice of the bronzed
sons of Spain, this unique painter has managed to exteriorize his
own vision of art in its most sincere and intimate aspects, and at the
same time to faithfully reflect the vigorous and racy atmosphere of
Catamarca. This explains the quality of ‘‘realness”’ which permeates
the regional types depicted by Bermtidez, which, in familiar and char-
acteristic attitude and gesture, are of the very essence of that remote
Province. From the solitary wanderer on the hill crest to the resigned
‘In part translated and compiled from Plus Ultra, Dec. 31, 1926. Buencs Aires.
‘Aboriginal term denoting native Argentine ostrich.
778
JORGE BERMUDEZ 779
Courtesy of ‘‘ Plus Ultra”’
THE ART OF JORGE BERMUDEZ
Left: ‘‘Za dama de la rosa’”’ (The woman with the rose). Right: ‘‘ El Chico del huaco”’ (The boy with the
huaco)
and humble votary in whose pouch the medals of the pious Francis-
cans alternate with the strange amulets and charms of ancient
pagan fanes, Bermudez’ types are redolent of Catamarcan soil and
tradition.
Apart from purely technical qualities the, so to speak, regional
and documentary element in Bermudez’ work is not only pro-
foundly authentic but extremely broad, as evinced by the intense
sympathy with which he interprets his numerous types. Nor has
Bermtidez limited himself to a single epoch or class, as have so many
painters of folk ways and folk types. With equal penetration and
feeling he presents the diverse ages and types in the plentitude of their
recondite truth. Thus in Chico del Gallo (Boy with Pet Cock), in
El Membrillero (The Quince Vender), and Camino del Mercado
(Return from Market) he gives us three glimpses of the rural child
at his daily task, in each of which the young protagonist reveals in
the melancholy dreaminess of large liquid eye and relaxed limb the
fatalistic resignation of his inheritance. Elsewhere he depicts adoles-
cence in all its candor exposed to the full rigors of work and weather,
as in his Pastor de Cabras (The Goat Herd), El Muchacho de Belén
(A Village Boy), El Adolescente (The Adolescent), El Poncho Rojo
(The Red Cloak), L7 Capataz de Campo (A Rustic Foreman), to name
but a few of the many canvases of this type. Finally, we are shown
these same Catamarcan types at long last, nearing the end of life’s
780 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION
journey, even to the extreme of longevity, as in El Gallero Viejo
(The Old Cockfighter), El Promesante (The Votary), El Viejo del
Camino (The Old Tramp), and many others.
But Jorge Bermudez was not only an excellent delineator of types
and figures. Without any parte-pris, without the slightest trace of
ostentation, he was also a skillful and well-balanced colorist. Color
to him was neither the chromatic acrobatics of revolutionary spirit,
nor the reverberations of the detonant landscapes which, in puerile
and sterile fashion, were achieved by so many of his young contem-
poraries. He had an intense feeling for color; he knew the secrets of
palette and spectrum; and we have seen how he employed this
medium in depicting the texture of widely differing material. But
he never painted merely ‘to color’”’; he never took pleasure in shining
Courtesy of ‘‘Plus Ultra”’
PAINTINGS BY JORGE BERMUDEZ
Upper: This painting, the last work of the artist, belongs to the second stage of his technical develop-
ment and constitutes a new and delicate homage to the types and customs of the interior of the country.
It has been purchased by the Argentine Rural Society for the sum of $3,880. Lower, left: A portrait.
Lower, right: The ‘‘ Boy of Belen,’”’ a bucolic subject
JORGE BERMUDEZ 781
by deliberate intention, or indulged in vertiginous symphonies of
color. A picture was to him, before everything, a ‘‘work,” that is
to say, a perfectly balanced conjunction of the elements entering
into composition—human feeling, constructive drawing, natural
composition, and exact color. This conception of painting underlies
all his work, even in those examples of Peninsular types painted
prior to 1912 while he was still under the marked influence of Zuloaga.
Indeed, while that influence was deplored as a possible obstacle to
the development of his réle in Argentine art, Bermudez was without
doubt indebted to the great Spanish master for his undeviating
loyalty to the fundamental principle of correct drawing as also, to
“PANTA VILQUES”
A faithful portrait of a well-
known local character
Courtesy of ‘‘Plus Ultra’”’
some degree at least, for his elevated conception of the art of painting
as a whole. Under Zuloaga the young Bermiudez acquired a lasting
respect for those values inherent in emotional elements, for a fine
appreciation of the value of balance in composition and of exact
color, qualities without which no canvas can hope to endure.
Bermudez, like so many others of the modern school, could have
freed himself from the more or less arbitrary restrictions of color,
thus gaining an immediate and resounding notoriety; he preferred
instead the difficult task of reconcilmg medium and harmony with a
profound and understanding human sympathy, which in itself is
sufficient to give him an enduring place in the art of Argentina.
By Davin WEEKs,
Professor of Rural Economic Problems, University of California; Special
Investigator for the Bolivian Government
OLONIZATION in Bolivia is in its infancy. Agriculture is
still mainly conducted on large estates after the custom
handed down from the Spanish. Indian laborers working
under the direction of administrators till the soil, using
primitive methods which are just beginning to give way to the
instruments and institutions of modern agriculture. President Siles
has grasped the importance of the economic change that is taking
place in the agricultural world to-day and is bending every effort to
institute constructive plans for rural development.
The outstanding advantages which present themselves to the
careful investigator ,of Bolivian agricultural resources may be
enumerated as follows:
1. Bolivian population is now small, unmixed with negro blood,
and by careful selection of immigrants, Bolivia is in a position to
create as high a type of citizenship as she desires. <A high type of
immigrant can be attracted through a wise program of development.
Plans are now being made for such a program.
2. Probably no other country can bring together within its own
boundaries such a wide variety of agricultural products. This is
made possible by the difference in altitude, giving rise to a very wide
range of crop adaptation. While Denmark sends ships half way
around the world for concentrates for the feeding of dairy cattle and
hogs, Bolivia is in a position, through a wise selection of agricultural
types of products, to produce crops in certain of her sections which
will supply these concentrates to those regions most favorably located
for the production of dairy and hog products. It is this possibility
of supplementing crops of one region with those of another entirely
different which constitutes one of Bolivia’s greatest undeveloped
resources.
3. Climates favorable to enjoyable living conditions may be found
by people of any race and from any part of the world. The temperate
climate of the plateau will attract the people of the cooler regions of
1 Bolivia, March, 1927, New York.
782
COLONIZATION OPPORTUNITIES IN BOLIVIA 783
North America and Europe, while the tropical and subtropical regions
will appeal to those from warmer climates. This wide latitude of
choice will be better appreciated as progress is made in the settlement
of the country.
4. The development of the agricultural resources of tropical Bolivia
should be facilitated by the proximity of a temperate region from
which the frontier may be extended into the rich soils of the lower
altitudes. The significance of this advantage must not be under-
estimated. The uplands of Bolivia are invigorating and should
stimulate energetic endeavor. Both physical and mental activities
having greater activity in these cool climates of the Andes plateaus
FARM LAND ON THE BOLIVIAN PLATEAU
A number of attractive colonization possibilities exist in the plateau region not distant from the capital
should become effective in the creation of great works and institutions
in the warmer provinces.
5. Bolivia, though situated in the torrid zone, has a large temperate
area in which health conditions are particularly favorable. In the
development of the rich resources of the Tropics these temperate
regions will serve as a healthful resort for business headquarters
while sanitation is being carried out below.
A large part of the agricultural products consumed in Bolivia is:
now imported. Nearly $2,000,000 in flour and a similar value in
rice and sugar are brought into the country annually. Dairy prod-
ucts are imported, but because of the perishable nature of these
commodities, the importation does not show the potential demand.
Milk in the city of La Paz brings the equivalent of 17 cents (Ameri-
784 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION
can) per quart to the producer. Pork products always find a ready
market. Why Bolivia should import rice and sugar when both of
these products are produced so easily and cheaply in the eastern part
of the country 1s not readily understood by those not familiar with the
local situation. Labor is mexpensive and is one of the nation’s
great assets. Why, then, have not these rich provinces been con-
tributing more to the agricultural wealth of the country? It would
probably be a more constructive question to ask what can be done
to place Bolivia in the réle of one of the world’s richest producers of
agricultural commodities. Most Bolivians will answer this question
with the statement that transportation facilities will solve the prob-
Courtesy of ‘‘ Bolivia”
ONE OF THE GREAT ESTATES ON THE SHORES OF LAKE TITICACA
Advantages of this location are its proximity to markets and transportation
lem. It is well known that Bolivia’s richest agricultural country is
separated from its industrial center by one of the most formidable
ranges of mountains in the two Americas. This fertile region is also
at present remote from other parts of the commercial world. The
same mountains that have for centuries made difficult. intercourse
between different parts of Bolivia have discouraged foreign commerce
in penetrating these regions which lie between the Andes and Brazil
and Paraguay. In the meantime Bolivia has undergone a tremendous
development, especially with respect to its transportation systems.
This rich country lying east of the Andes is just about to be opened
up at several points to western Bolivia and to the outside world.
Highways and railways are bringing this nation a new and gua
perous day.
COLONIZATION OPPORTUNITIES IN BOLIVIA 785
Transportation, however, will not in itself be a complete solution.
President Siles and the more progressive Bolivians realize this and are
developing a plan of land settlement which is designed to go hand in
hand with the extension of transportation. It is a well-known fact
that the great railway systems of North America were extended so
rapidly in advance of land settlement that most of them have at one
time or another been compelled to refinance. Great financial
failures have accompanied railroad building in the United States.
A coordinated plan of rail-
road building and land
settlement would have
done much to avert these
disastrous results.
There are two important
recourses open to Bolivia
in the utilization of her
valuable agricultural lands
during the period in which
her railways and highways
are being extended. One
of these is the production
of nonperishable products
of high value in comparison
to their weight and the
other is the organization of
land development and set-
tlement on such a basis that
these products may be
placed upon the world’s
best markets in a condition
of high quality at a mini-
mum of expense. Already
there are outlets from these
rich Uop icaland semitropi- A STAND OF ALFALFA IN THE BOLIVIAN
cal regions by way of the UPLANDS
Paraguay and Amazon An irrigated field at an elevation of more than 12,000 feet
Rivers. Volume produc-
tion of valuable commodities will utilize these means of transit much
more efficiently than they are now being used. Crop adaptation is so
flexible in these eastern provinces that the selection of a number of
very suitable crops should not be difficult. This problem is now
under investigation. Successful land settlement in this region will
require an initial settlement large enough to make sanitation pos-
sible and economical and to bring transportation costs to a mini-
mum. Capital requirements for settlers’ homes, livestock, and
51875—27—Bull. 7 4 ;
Courtesy of ‘‘ Bolivia”
786 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION
equipment will be small, for the mild climate and abundance of
materials tend to minimize these costs. Sanitation and transporta-
tion will represent the most important part of the investment.
On the Bolivian plateau near the national capital and on the bor-
ders of Lake Titicaca there are a number of attractive colonization
possibilities. The very high prices prevailing for dairy and pork
products and the peculiar adaptability of this plateau to the produc-
tion of these commodities make this lake region an interesting locality
from the standpoint of land settlement. The advantages of this loca-
tion are that it is near to good markets and transportation; the lake
itself is an important highway; the scenic beauty immediatelyaround
the lake is striking and the health conditions are good. The altitude
is very high but for those who are adapted to living at these altitudes
there will be no inconvenience. This region is now inhabited by the
Aymara Indians who live much as they did before the Spanish con-
quest four centuries ago. Individual immigrants would be dis-
couraged in any attempt to establish homes in this region, but in
groups of 50 or 100 it is believed that, with proper assistance, pros-
perous communities could be created. The minimum number of set-
tlers must be much greater in eastern Bolivia. The opportunity
afforded in supplementing the feeds capable of being produced near
the lake with concentrated feeds produced in the lower altitudes
makes this locality especially interesting from the standpoint of pro-
ducing dairy and pork products as specialties. Barley, wheat, pota-
toes, and many other crops are also being produced. Irrigation will
greatly increase the production on the plateau which, especially in its
southern portion, has a slightly deficient rainfall. In certain localities
water is available, not only for irrigation but for small electric power
plants.
Although difficult of execution, it is interesting to contemplate the
feasibility of water powers of the eastern slopes of the Andes turning
spindles and operating looms, weaving the wool from the Bolivian
plateau and cotton from the Bolivian lowlands into fine fabrics for
the world’s markets. It is even more interesting to contémplate a
citizenship of high quality, consisting of millions of families almost
entirely supported by the riches of the country, drinking home-grown
coffee, and wearing clothes that are homespun but not on the old
hand loom which is still in use among the native inhabitants. To
accomplish these things, however, planned development, properly
financed, is requisite. It is upon a program of planned development
which Bolivia is working to-day.
SUMMARY OF LAW ESTABLISHING CHANGES IN COINAGE ANNOUNCED
BY DEPARTMENT OF COMMERCE
CCORDING to the new law of Ecuador the monetary unit
of that country will be the “sucre.”” Fractional coins
will be known as centavo. A summary of the new law
has just been compiled by the Finance and Investment
Division of the Department of Commerce for the information of
American bankers. It was explained that the new law is a direct
result of the Kemmerer Commission, the variation being slight except
in one important particular. The law supplements the new law pro-
viding for the establishment of the Central Bank.
The full text of the statement follows:
The monetary unit of Ecuador is to be the sucre, and is to con-
tain 0.300933 grain of fine gold. Gold coins of the denominations
of one “condor” (25 sucres) and two condors (50 sucres), 0.900 fine,
are to be minted by the Central Bank as agent for the Government.
For this purpose the bank is to receive gold for coinage in sums
equivalent to 10,000 condors or more at the rate indicated above,
collecting for this service only the cost of the coinage and other
necessary expenses. The Minister of Finance is authorized to recoin
such part of the existing gold coins of the Republic as he may deem
advisable, the expense of such coinage to be borne by the National
Treasury.
The limit of tolerance of gold coins in bulk is to be 0.001 in fine-
ness and 0.001 in weight. The limit of tolerance of individual coins
is to be 32 milligrams.
VALUE PLACED ON OLD COINS
The new gold coins are to be unlimited legal tender for all debts
unless otherwise specifically provided by contract. The old gold
coins are to be received in unlimited quantities by the Government
at the rate of 2.43325 times their face value for all debts, taxes, and
other dues, and are to be received by the Central Bank, acting as
agent for the Government, in the same manner.
Article 8 of the Kemmerer draft reads as follows: ‘All debts and
other obligations held by the courts to be specifically payable in
1The United States Daily, June 20, 1927.
787
788 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION
Ecuadorian gold coin in accordance with the law of November 4,
1898, may be paid either at par in said coin or in gold coin of the
present law at the rate of 2.43325 gold sucres of the present law for
1 gold sucre of the law of November 4, 1898.’ This article does not
appear anywhere in the law as adopted by the Provincial Government.
All debts and other obligations contracted before the passage of
the law and held by the courts to be specifically payable in foreign
money are to be subject to the present provisions of the code of
commerce and other laws in force.
Ecuadorian gold coins minted under the conditions indicated above
are to be receivable at par by the Central Bank of Ecuador as agent
for the Government if the weight has not been reduced, within 20
years from the date of coinage, to an amount more than one-half of
1 per cent below the standard weight prescribed by the law, or at a
proportional rate for any period less than 20 years. This provision
clearly applies only to a natural abrasion. Such underweight gold
coin when received by the Government or by the Central Bank of
Ecuador for account of the Government is not to be paid out but is
to be recoined as bullion for account of the Government as the
Minister of Finance may direct. The minister is authorized to pre-
scribe such regulations as he may deem advisable for the protection
of the Government ‘against fraudulent abrasion and other unlawful
practices. |
SILVER COINS TO BE MINTED
The following silver coins are to be minted: A 2-sucre piece having
a gross weight of 10 grams, a fineness of 0.720, and a fine silver con-
tent of 7.2 grams; a l-sucre piece which is to have a gross weight of
5 grams, a fineness of 0.720, and a fine silver content of 3.6 grams;
a one-half sucre piece (50 centavos) which is to have a gross weight
of 2.5 grams, a fineness of 0.720, and a fine silver content of 1.8 grams.
The limit of tolerance of silver coins in bulk is to be 0.004 in
fineness and 0.003 in weight. The limit of tolerance of individual
silver coins is to be 0.135 grams for the coins of 2 sucres and 1 sucre
and 0.1 grams for the coin of 50 centavos.
The minor coins of Ecuador are to be the following: 10 centavos,
5 centavos, 24% centavos, and 1 centavo. The first three are to be
approximately 100 per cent nickel; the one-centavo coin is to be
95 per cent copper and 5 per cent tin and zinc.
Silver coins are to be legal tender in payment of all private obli-
gations in amounts of 10 sucres or less in one payment. Minor
coins of nickel, minted in accordance with the law, are to be legal
tender in payment of all private obligations in amounts of 2 sucres
or less in one payment. Minor coins of copper are to be legal tender
in amounts of 20 centavos or less in one payment.
NEW MONETARY UNIT FOR ECUADOR 789
All silver and minor coins are to be legal in unlimited amount for
the payments of all debts to the Government and to the Central
Banks of Ecuador for Government account, and are to be received
in unlimited quantities for all taxes and other Government dues in
the Republic.
Clipped, bored, sweated, or otherwise mutilated coins lose their
legal tender capacity.
All Ecuadorian silver and minor coins minted in accordance with
previous laws are to be legal tender at their nominal value under the
same conditions as apply to the new silver and minor coins. The
Central Bank, acting as agent for the Government, is to receive at
par such old silver and minor coins as have been so worn by natural
abrasion that the date and design are obliterated, pending the
establishment of regulations by the Minister of Finance.
The Government is to meet promptly requests of the Central
Bank of Ecuador for issues of silver and minor coins against the
presentation in Quito of the bank’s convertible notes at par. The
Minister of Finance is authorized to contract at his discretion for the
coinage of silver and minor coins, but after one year from the passage
of the law no contract is to be made without specific legislative author-
ity, if such contract would make the unissued stock or silver and
minor coins in the Ministry of Finance in excess of 500,000 sucres.
The Executive is to issue regulations for the withdrawal from
circulation of all silver and minor coins now outstanding, though
such coins may be continued in circulation at the discretion of the
Executive if they have the same diameter and thickness and are of
the same denominations as new coins. All silver and minor coins
withdrawn from circulation are to be recoined or sold for bullion
for account of the Government.
The receipt of foreign moneys in payment of debts or other obli-
gations, public or private, is to be obligatory only where specifically
provided by contract or by a law of Ecuador.
BAR TO EXPORTATION REPEALED
All prohibition, restrictions, or changes of any kind on exporta-
tion or importation of gold coin or bullion and on the exportation of
silver coin are repealed, the repeal to become effective upon the day
on which the Central Bank of Ecuador officially opens for business.
From the date upon which the Central Bank officially opens also
contracts may be made payable in specified gold coi either foreign or
domestic or in gold bullion.
The Executive decree of August 6, 1914, and the legislative decree
of August 30, 1914, providing for a moratorium, are repealed as of the
790 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION
date on which the Central Bank officially opens for business. Upon
such date all obligations automatically become payable sucre for
sucre in the new gold standard sucre.
The Minister of Finance is authorized to coin all necessary silver
and minor coins and to use, at his discretion, for the purpose of
recomage into the new silver coins such existing silver coins as repre-
sent part of the metallic reserves of the former banks of issue which
have been turned over or are to be turned over to the Central Bank by
the Caja Central. The Central Bank or the Central Office is required
to turn over these silver coins to the Minister of Finance and will be
reimbursed by the Government on the basis of 1 sucre of the gold
value fixed in the new law for each sucre credited to the former
banks of issue for this silver.
All legal provisions in conflict with the new regulations are auto-
matically repealed.
The new law, which was issued as a decree on March 4, 1927, was
published in the Registro Official of March 19, 1927, becoming effec-
tive upon that date, in accordance with its terms.
MODEL LEPROSARIUM
OF SAO ROQUE .. ~ «.
STATE OF PARANA, BRAZIL
HE problem of leprosy control has been the object of study
in Brazil for many years. In recent times, however, there
has been a concentrated effort to discover means for the
cure of this dread disease and the prevention of its extension.
A noteworthy example of the employment of modern and scientific
equipment and methods in the housing and treatment of lepers is the
leprosarium of Sao Roque, situated in southern Brazil, in the pic-
turesque State of Paran&. This really model asylum, which is a
State institution, was created during the administration of Governor
Munhoz da Rocha and is due in great measure to his intelligent
initiative. Its establishment was hailed with applause, not only
throughout the State but the entire country, as constituting an
important step forward in the solution of the leprosy problem.
The accompanying illustrations will give some idea of the location,
equipment, and scope of the Sao Roque leprosarium. The general
view of the institution shows the rolling character of the land in that
section of the country, famous for its woods of Parana pine, which
iff
MOMMA DIT
SAO ROQUE LEPROSARIUM, BRAZIL
Upper: A type of house for two leper families, Lower: The chapel
PANORAMIC VIEWS OF THE LEPRO
This model institution in the State of Parana, southern Brazil, is a note
SARIUM OF SAO ROQUE, BRAZIL
worthy example of modern methods in the housing and treatment of lepers
SAO ROQUE LEPRO-
SARIUM
Upper: A hospital ward, with
a capacity of 80 beds.
Lower: Sanitary installa
tions of the hospital
LEPROSARIUM OF SAO
ROQUE
Upper: Exterior of the laun-
dry. Right: The incinerator
796 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION .
not far distant, constitute dense forests. The buildings shown are
chiefly administration, and include views of the various hospitals,
operating rooms, pharmacy and allied dependencies, library, class-
rooms, gymnasium, lavatories, etc. A few of the living quarters
of the patients are shown, consisting largely of small individual
residences.
The institution has an initial capacity for 1,000 patients, a capacity
which can be increased as necessity may require.
The establishment of the Sao Roque leprosartum has proved
extremely valuable in the sense that it has awakened an intense
interest on the part of the Federal and State Governments toward
the eradication of leprosy throughout the country. During recent
months several Brazilian experts have taken up the study of the
cure and prophylaxis of this disease in various parts of the world,
and such efforts are well calculated to place Brazil in the vanguard
of progress in this particular field.
AIR TRANSPORT IN
OLLOWING the flight of de Pinedo through the Brazilian
interior, in which the Italian ace demonstrated the possibility
of communication by air between points in the Brazilian
hinterland which are now without any major contact with
the outer world, the question of air transport in the interior is being
actively discussed locally, conservative opinion being that the idea
is practicable.
Air-mail service between Porto Alegre and the city of Rio Grande
was inaugurated late in March, the first letter carried in the new
service being sent by officials of the ‘‘Condor Syndikat”’. to the
Minister of Communications, Dr. Victor Konder. The Government
approved a decree on December 30, 1921, for the establishment of an
air line from Rio de Janeiro to Porto Alegre, but it was stipulated that
the line be controlled by Brazilian capital and operated and directed
by Brazilians, for the Government declared that the national defense
would be endangered if such an important artery of communication
were developed by foreigners.
Certain leaders in Brazilian aviation are clamoring for a revision
of this constitutional provision, pointing out that light and power,
submarine cables, railroads, telephones, and many other important
commercial projects in Brazil have been developed by foreign capital.
It is added that Brazil has neither the capital nor the technical
1 Brazilian American, Rio de Janeiro, April 9, 1927.
AIR TRANSPORT IN BRAZIL 7197
knowledge necessary for the development of air transport, as the
adaptation of commercial aerial navigation requires much time and
a great loss of money before it begins to give proportionate returns in
advantages to the people of a nation.
Dr. Hildebrando Goes, inspector of ports, rivers, and canals,
believes that the rivers of the Brazilian interior offer immense
possibilities for the establishment of hydroplane service. The river
system of the country, comprising a total of waterways some 35,000
kilometers in length, is so constituted that connections between the
different rivers may easily be made by air, and this practically
undeveloped asset in the natural resources of the nation be put to
practical use.
De Pinedo’s flight across Matto Grosso, down the Madeira River,
and along the Amazon from Manaos to Para, illustrated both the
dangers and the advantages of this form of communication in the
interior. After leaving Sao Luiz de Caceres, the Italian ace made
only two stops before he reached Manos, the first in Guajara Mirim
and the second on the Amazon, about 300 kilometers east of Man4os,
to refuel his plane. He, of course, was intent on passing through
the Brazilian forest as soon as possible, and declared after reaching
New Orleans that had they been forced to descend in the unexplored
jungles he and his men intended to commit suicide rather than await
slow death from wild beasts, reptiles, insects, or savages.
On the other hand, the flyers had no trouble with their machine
and flying conditions were good. Commercial lines naturally would
not make hops as long as those covered by the Santa Maria, and
would at first of course be operated only as an experiment and
undoubtedly at a loss, but their ultimate value for the political
cohesion of the nation, the raising of social standards by increasing
contact between the larger cities and the almost isolated interior
communities, and the stimulation of commercial activity, can hardly
be questioned.
Although Brazilian engineers hope that some day the basins of the
Amazon and the Plate rivers will be linked by a system of natural
canals, they admit that such a project will not be practical until the
interior of the country has been sufficiently developed to justify a
large canal traffic. At the same time, the interior rivers offer a
natural highway for hydroplanes, apparently the most practical
means for pioneers in the field of establishing regular and certain
communication in the great virgin hinterland of Brazil.
The benefit of a rapid national hydroplane service organized
throughout the country could not be overestimated in the event of
disaster or epidemic in any one of the many localities in the interior
now practically isolated. As a matter of fact, the Government
could afford to maintain such a service for the sole purpose of carry-
ing medicines and hygienic instruction into the interior, where
disease still claims a huge toll yearly, principally because of the lack
of preventive knowledge and modern methods of treatment.
VHE occasion last year of the celebration of the centennial of
Bolivia’s independence witnessed the completion of the
branch of the Pan American Railway that connects the
country with the Argentine, Peru, and Chile. By using
this new route, travelers visiting Buenos Aires by steamer from
New York may now return home by way of La Paz, the Peruvian
port of Mollendo, and the Panama Canal, making the return journey
in 18 days, or the same time as would be required to return direct
from Buenos Aires via the Atlantic ports.
The new line that has been opened between Buenos Aires and
La Paz runs through a territory that is so far scarcely touched by
American tourists, and/yet one that yields nothing in point of scenery
or historical interest to any other route that could be taken across
our sister continent. It includes a visit to that strangely situated
and little known Bolivian capital, La Paz, at an elevation of more
than 12,000 feet above sea level, ‘‘the metropolis of the roof of the
world.”” Near La Paz lie the amazing ruins of Tiahuanaco, ‘‘the
cradle of America,’ whose civilization is said by experts to have
flourished no less than 11,000 years ago. The itinerary includes a
steamer trip on Lake Titicaca, known to every school-boy student
of geography as the highest navigable lake in the world. The
natural scenery along the route, which includes a view of some of the
most majestic peaks of the Andes, would thrill the soul of a poet.
Those lacking in poetic sensibilities, but possessing something of the
spirit of the pioneer, will derive satisfaction from having passed
along trails that few Americans have trod before them.
The traveler who sets out: from Retiro Station in Buenos Aires,
bound for La Paz, must be prepared for a five-day journey. The
actual running time is only 921% hours, the balance of the time being
consumed by overnight stops at La Quiaca and Tupiza, located at
points on the line where sleeping cars are not yet in operation,
together with stops of about two hours each at Tucuman, Atocha,
Uyuni, and Oruro. It is necessary to change cars five times in all
before reaching La Paz. Arrangements are now being made by
1 West Coast Leader, April 26, 1927.
798
1m AQoRoTA
HUF ncATO
= eoctco
ATACOCHO D
aN ees BOEN
| i |
ARGENTINA
Courtesy of ‘‘The West Coast Leader”
THE TRANSCONTINENTAL ROUTE FROM BUENOS AIRES FTO MOLLENDO
This map shows the connections between Mollendo, Arica, and Antofagasta, on the Pacific, and Buenos
Aires, on the Atlantic coast of South America, afforded by the recent completion of the Atocha-Villazon
Railway in Bolivia. The actual running time for the journey of 2,240 miles is 9249 hours. Arrange-
ments are now being made whereby a through train from Buenos Aires to La Paz will eliminate the
several changes now necessary
800 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION
the Bolivian Government to run a through train from Buenos Aires
to La Paz, which will eliminate the necessity of changing cars, cut
20 hours from the actual running time, and thus reduce the total
time required for the trip from 5 days to 72 hours.
The route from Buenos Aires to Tucuman leads through the
Argentine pampas, those vast, level plains of green and brown
stretching without break to the horizon. The train is equipped
with sleeping cars of the compartment type and an excellent restau-
rant car. The pampas, with their herds of grazing cattle, are reminis-
cent of the prairies of the American Middle West save for the occa-
sional appearance of an ‘‘estanciero,’’ or ranch owner, with rich
poncho and high boots with wonderful silver spurs, or of swarthy
RETIRO STATION, BUENOS AIRES
The fine terminal of the Central Argentine Railway
‘“‘gauchos,” none too amiable in appearance, carrying long; danger-
ous looking knives thrust through their belts.
As the train approaches Tucuman the first foothills of the Andes
appear faintly in the distance. The city itself, only four degrees
removed from the Tropic of Capricorn, is quite modern, with streets
well paved and lighted. Two blocks from the plaza is the house
where the first Argentine Congress assembled in 1809. The Govern-
ment building and the cathedral will repay a visit during the two-
hour wait for the next connection.
From Tucuman the traveler takes the narrow-gauge State rail-
way for an overnight ride in comfortable sleepers to Jujuy, a small
town near the Argentine border. Here the panting engine begins to
climb the steep slopes of the foothills of the Andes, through a mag-
nificent and picturesque valley. As the slopes grow steeper, the loco-
TRANSCONTINENTAL ROUTE FROM BUENOS AIRES TO MOLLENDO S&(Q1
motive is at length replaced by a rack engine, operating by means of
a cogged wheel, able to negotiate the still more difficult grades that
are ahead. There are 9 miles of rack railway at this point, running
through the narrow gorge of the San Juan River between Leon and
Volcan, with a grade that reaches 6.4 per cent in some places. The
scenery is magnificent all the way to Tres Cruces, at an altitude of
12,110 feet, where the puna, the high plateau of the Andes, begins.
The sky of the puna region takes on a rare transparence and clear-
ness. Not a single cloud is to be seen to shade a sky of pure azure;
ANGOSTO, BOLIVIA
The railroad follows the
course of the Tupiza River,
which at this point crowds
through a narrow canyon
at night the moon and stars shine with a brilliance almost startling.
The effect is somehow melancholy and unreal.
At La Quiaca, a dusty little village destitute of vegetation, located
on the Bolivian border, it is necessary to spend the night at the
local hotel. This institution is a sort of dubious boarding house,
lacking even the most rudimentary conveniences. It must be taken
philosophically, with the reflection that when through service is inaugu-
rated the tourist will be able to pass through without change, consign-
ing the manager to his just deserts of bankruptcy and utter oblivion.
51875—27-—Bull. 7
~
o
802 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION
Before leaving La Quiaca the next morning, the Argentine customs
officers examine baggage, and at Villazon, a few miles distant, there
is a second inspection by the Bolivian officials. An hour beyond
Villazon the narrow-gauge Bolivian train enters the picturesque and
narrow valley of Uruma, abounding in vegetation and fairly well
cultivated. The Incas of Peru used to cultivate these steep slopes
by building a series of terraces over the abyss, working the narrow
strips of land between the rocks. The small cultivated fields scattered
along the sides of the Uruma River are a perfect example of the Inca
methods of cultivation.
From Villazon the train descends steadily, following the course of
the Tupiza River until reaching General Balcarce Station, a charm-
ing little village half lost among plantations of maize and alfalfa.
On the opposite side of the river appears the famous battlefield of
Suipacha, where Olafieta, the last of the Spanish generals, was
defeated and killed a hundred years ago. Bolivian ‘‘cholas’’ (Indian
women) come to the station, dressed in their quaint, brightly colored
costumes of red, green, and yellow. A silk shawl, large gold earrings,
and a straw hat of the canotier type, trimmed with a gay silk
ribbon, complete their attire.
At a point called Angosto the river becomes crowded to a narrow
span by a towering mass of rocks rising over a thousand feet at right
angles over the abyss. The summits, sharply etched against the
azure sky, and the magnificently molded edges give the impression
of two mighty Byzantine cathedrals, inclining reverently over the
river, as if to do obeisance to its silver ribbon at their feet. The
melancholy of the sunset hour and the effect of the last rays of the
sun over the mass of rocks, covering the hills with a reddish tone and
turning the quiet yellows into the richest gold, the soft brick shade
almost to crimson, lend to the scenery a rare seal of legend. It is
one of the grandest views imaginable. Suddenly the train enters
a tunnel, which pierces through the mountain just beside the river.
The strata of the hills at the other side, worn by milleniums, resemble
fantastic groups of castles, with towers and battlements.
Shortly before reaching Tupiza, the train runs through an avenue
of stately poplar trees. Tupiza, where it is again necessary to spend
the night, is a small town with a delightful climate, possessing a
beautiful park shaded by poplar trees and a handsome cathedral.
The hotel, however, is an improvement over that at La Quiaca only
to the dubious extent that a jazzband plays during meal hours,
dispensing American airs with a decidedly Bolivian touch.
Leaving Tupiza the next morning, the train proceeds toward
Atocha, over the section of road which has been most recently
opened to traffic. At Escoriani the road reaches the highest elevation
attained between Buenos Aires and La Paz—13,304 feet above sea
level. The engineering difficulties in constructing a railroad at this
TRANSCONTINENTAL ROUTE FROM BUENOS AIRES TO MOLLENDO 803
altitude can be imagined; there are many tunnels and bridges and
one audacious horseshoe. The tracks follow as nearly as possible
the old Inca trail, where countless hordes of primitive people passed
centuries ago on their way toward Tucuman, ‘‘the beginning of the
land,” as the Incas called the border of their great empire. Here for the
first time since leaving Buenos Aires a glorious view is obtained of aspot-
less, snow-clad peak in the distance, towering sharplyagainst the sky.
At Atocha, a miserable village 12,000 feet above sea level, the
State railway ends. A change is made, the fourth since leaving
Buenos Aires, to the British railway leading to Uyuni, a small town
LA PAZ, BOLIVIA
At the foot of a precipice lies La Paz, at an altitude of 12,000 feet above sea level—the most singularly
situated city in the world
in the center of the mining district, the terminal of the Antofagasta
Railway. Here are waiting the splendid Pullmans which will com-
plete the journey to La Paz.
An overnight run from Uyuni brings the traveler to Oruro, the
second largest city of Bolivia. The town is in the center of the min-
ing district, and like most mining towns is uniformly unattractive.
The streets are narrow and dusty. On the neighboring hill some
mines can be seen in operation.
Shortly after leaving Oruro there appears the majestic, snow-clad
cone of Sajama, rising to a height of 21,537 feet above sea level.
It appears deceivingly near and but little higher than the plateau,
S04. THE PAN AMERICAN UNION
though it is nearly 2 miles higher than the puna. A short time
later appear three giants of the Andes, their heads crowned with
spotless white against the vast, clear sky. They are Illimani, 21,710
feet high; Mururata, 19,814 feet high; and Huayna Potosi, 20,402
feet high. In the Aymara language, Illimani means White Volcano,
Mururata means Flat Summit, and Huayna Potosi means Young
RUINS OF THE PREIN-
CAN DAYS, TIAHUA-
NACO, BOLIVIA
The famous monolithic door-
way of the Temple of the
Sun
Potosi. Inca legends, transmitted by the Indians, tell of a battle
thousands of years ago between the two giants Huayna Potosi and
Mururata; the first, with a thrust of his sword, cut off the head of
the other, and ever since Mururata has appeared headless.
The schedule shows the train to be only a few miles from La Paz,
but singularly enough there is still no sight of the city. Suddenly
the train stops on the very edge of an abyss. Sharply cut by some
prehistoric convulsion, the seemingly endless puna has ended, just
when one seemed to be at the very foot of Illimani. At. the same
time the mountain, by a curious optical illusion, appears to have
jumped back 50 miles and to be as distinct as it was an hour ago.
And there, at the foot of the precipice, gayly surrounded by trees
and a carpet of green, lies La Paz at an altitude of 12,000 feet above
sea level, the most singularly situated city in the world. Below
lies Eden, trees and green in a glorious combination of colors, from
the light yellow of the barley plantations to the dark green of the
lucerne fields, red tiled roofs, and the silver ribbon of the river;
above, the immense desert of the puna, sadness and desolation.
And towering over this example in contrasts is Illimani, grave and
silent in its perpetual tunic of clouds and perpetual snow.
The stop-over at La Paz can be profitably employed by exploring
this strange city. The streets are extremely steep. The floor of the
TRANSCONTINENTAL ROUTE FROM BUENOS AIRES TO MOLLENDO 805
cathedral, which at the front is level with the plaza, is four stories
high at the rear. It is wise to avoid too much exertion, as the effect
on the heart to those unaccustomed to the altitude is very noticeable.
By far the most interesting possibility of a visit to La Paz, however,
is a trip to Tiahuanaco. Here are found some of the most amazing
ruins in the world. Some authorities claim that Tiahuanaco is the
oldest city in the world, the site of an ancient and vast civilization
that existed fully 11,000 years ago, the mystery of whose beginnings,
fruition, and final destruction is still unsolved. The buildings were
formed largely of huge stones, fitted by highly skilled masons. One
LAKE TITICACA
View from the Bolivian port of Guaqui. The lake steamer is seen at the right. In-the left foreground
are the reed boats used by the Indians of the region
such stone is 36 feet long and 7 feet wide and weighs 170 tons. How
such stones were fitted together, accurately straight, and with angles
correctly drawn, how such a vast city, with palace, temple, judgment
hall, or whatever fancy may dictate, was ever built in a region where
corn will not ripen nor the earth possibly support such a population,
is one of the unsolved riddles of history.
The famous monolithic doorway which is now fractured, probably
by an earthquake, bears in the center a square of 1714 inches on
which the principal figures are carved. The central figure is intended
to represent the deity, having jurisdiction over all humble beings on
the one hand and the animal creation on the other. On either side
of the central figure are 48 other figures kneeling to it, 16 bearing the
heads of birds and 32 having human heads. All are winged and
crowned and carry scepters. The bird-headed worshipers have
ornamental bands, with terminals of fish heads, and the human-
806 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION
headed figures throughout have bands ending in birds’ heads. Prob-
ably these 48 figures are intended to represent distinct dynasties of
the megalithic sovereigns of Tiahuanaco.
From La Paz the transcontinental route leads to the Peruvian port
of Mollendo on the Pacific. The route includes a trip over the
length of Lake Titicaca, 12,500 feet above sea level, the highest
navigable lake in the world. The roominess of the vessel, with all
the comforts of an ocean going steamer, is surprising at this altitude.
The scenery on Lake Titicaca is never to be forgotten. Bordering
the lake are 75 miles of snow-capped peaks. To the right, towering
21,300 feet above sea level and almost 9,000 feet higher than the
lake, is the Sorata Mountain, one of the monarchs of the Andes and
the highest peak in Bolivia. This is the roof of the world.
After four hours’ travel the vessel passes near the islands of the
Sun and Moon. On both islands there are ruins of the Inca eivil-
zation. The moon, in the Inca religion, is supposed to be married
to the sun. Some writers claim that on these islands women were
kept before being sent to the Inca monarch to become his concubines.
The Island of the Sun contains the bath and garden of the Incas.
The sunset on Titicaca is the most fascinating combination of
colors that the most exalted imagination of an artist could ever
imagine. The lake, the blue silver-edged mountains that stand like
ene at its western end, the clouds above, are almost instantly
covered by an orange Broke that slowly fades into a combination of
amethyst, gold, and red tints that suffuse the sky.
The memorable journey ends with a comfortable ride from Puno,
the Peruvian port of the lake, to Mollendo, on the Pacific.
THE WATER FRONT, MOLLENDO, PERU
The Pacific end of a journey that yields nothing in point of scenery or historical interest to any other
route across the continent
HONDURAS . <2
A \ DRNLA WI INO Dud @ @ fe) Qo o Q
T CAN be said without any fear of contradiction that since the
close of the World War the countries of Central America are
becoming better and better known to the world, thanks to their
efforts to develop their means of communication, to simplify
their trade procedure, and to make known in every possible way
their unlimited natural resources. But while it is true that this
better knowledge has been favorably felt in many branches of
industry and commerce, it is also true that a large part of their main
natural resources, especially mineral wealth, still lhe hidden, awaiting
the aid of capital and labor. to become a blessing to these privileged
countries.
In this connection the Republic of Honduras, the third of the Cen-
tral American countries in territorial extension, may be taken as an
example. Its mineral wealth is truly wonderful. In a number of
sections almost every variety of quartz is found, from the crystallized
anhydrous in the mountainous regions to the amorphous anhydrous
in its varieties of silex. Hydrous quartz, in the brilliantly iridescent
form of opals, abounds in the Department of Gracias, in veins
that have been exploited at different times with excellent results.
In 1879 there was extracted from the Erandique mines an opal
so large and of such good quality that it was sold in the United
States for 2,000 pesos. Calcareous veins are numerous in the
Departments of Tegucigalpa, Choluteca, and Santa Barbara, in the
last of which there is found a variety of white, black, and striped
marble of very fine and compact texture. Calcium sulphate and
alum are found in several Departments, especially in Comayagua.
There are whole mountains of feldspar, also great quantities of granite
of the syenite variety in the gold mines. Numerous rich coal mines
exist, particularly in the Departments of Tegucigalpa and Valle. In
the Departments of Colén, Comayagua, and Tegucigalpa mica and
schist are found. Copper in the carbonate state is represented by
azurite and malachite and, in its primitive state, in which it is always
auriferous. Iron is found as sulphur and as oxides, while in some
places entire hills of magnetic oxide exist. Gold, silver, lead, zinc,
antimony, amianthus, and cinnabar mines abound throughout the
Republic, especially in the Departments of Olancho, El Paraiso,
Tegucigalpa, Valle, and Choluteca, in which beds of platinum,
tellurium, tin, nickel, salt, nitrate, and sulphur are also found. In the
Department of Gracias there are several emerald and diamond mines.
1 Courtesy of a correspondent.
807
SOS THE PAN AMERICAN UNION
Now, one of the most richly endowed sections of this favored region
is Agalteca, a municipality of less than 1,900 inhabitants, situated
in the district of Olanchito, Department of Yoro, adjacent to which
are very rich copper and iron mines. Among the latter there is one
which is 69 per cent pure iron. This mine covers more than 4,000
acres and additional parcels could be added which would more than
double this extension. This wonderful mine of magnetic iron in
Agalteca has been inspected on several occasions by engineers from
the United States who, after making the preliminary surveys, cal-
culated that it contained 400,000 tons of iron at or near the surface
and 9,800,000 tons in the subsoil. The yield of the ore for exploita-
tion purposes is estimated at 70 per cent, and its quality is very similar
to that of Norwegian iron. In colonial times and for some years
afterward this mine was very successfully worked, the furnaces and
the hydraulic installment which were used to furnish power for the
machinery being still in existence.
In the same section lime in abundance is found in the form of
carbonates. Good timber also abounds, as also water power in
rapid rivers like the Santa Clara, Agaltequita, and Juan Ladr6n,
which are capable of developing from 40,000 to 50,000 horsepower.
One of the most notable and valuable properties in this section of
Honduras is that known as “Santa Clara,” which has been the
property of Don Manuel A. Reina since the year 1898 and which is
located 138 miles from the port of Amapala in Fonseca Bay on the
Pacific coast, and 156 miles from the port of Tela on the Atlantic.
At the present time a railroad is being constructed from the latter to
the interior, the railhead being now within 70 miles of the property
named, which includes the famous Agalteca iron mine.
The ‘‘Santa Clara”? property, including the Agalteca iron mine,
covers an extension of 4,100 acres, of which 2,200 are arable, ample
water for irrigation purposes being available in the form of a canal
100 feet wide and 3 feet deep. In close contiguity to the mine enor-
mous deposits of limestone are found, which are estimated at
80,000,000 or more tons. Excellent timber for construction purposes
also abounds, pine and oak of several varieties predominating, of
which a total of at least 60,000 trees is available, each of which will
furnish an average of 800 feet of timber.
The property also includes a sugar plantation with living quarters
and mechanical equipment, together with ample inclosed pasturage
for the raising of cattle.
The property is also favored in respect to topography, elevation,
and climate, the land being for the most part level, at an altitude of
about 2,710 feet above sea level, with an average temperature of
202 ceniiorade (GSauk):
“Santa Clara”’ is merely one example of the immense natural wealth
possessed by the Republic of Honduras, which once exploited will
bring this country into even greater prominence than it now enjoys
in fe business world.
SAVINGS .. *-
HE Department of Public Instruction of the Republic of Cuba
is just about to issue new ‘‘pass books” for the use of the
juvenile depositors in the School Savings Fund. Theschool —
savings system was established in Cuba a little over a year
ago with a success far beyond what was expected. Other American
countries, particularly Argentina, preceded Mexico in the introduc-
tion of the school savings system into the public schools.
In Mexico it was calculated at the beginning that the total receipts
of the School Savings Bank could hardly exceed 50,000 pesos a year, this
estimate being based on a weekly deposit of 1 centavo per capita.
But the total of the first year’s deposits reached the sum of 140,000
pesos. The MexicanSchool Savings Bank is unique, in thatit serves a
double purpose, namely, to develop in Mexican school children. habits
of economy and thrift, and to facilitate the making of small loans at
11% per cent interest per month to teachers who for any reason may
need advances on their salaries.
In Argentina school savings have been incorporated in the National
Postal Savings Bank, and the part played by school children’s savings
in this institution is such that 3,240 of its total of 5,525 agencies are
located in the public schools.
In Santo Domingo, unfortunately, the habit of saving is still to be
developed. The majority of our people, large and small, invariably
spend everything they earn. Those who barely earn enough to live,
naturally can not do otherwise; but the number of those who, after
providing for their current needs, spend the balance in the acquisition
of unnecessary things instead of putting it aside for the future, is
very large. With no thought of possible misfortune, ill health, or
old age they live from one day to the next, satisfied with the enjoy-
ment of the moment, evincing a mentality but little above that of
primitive man and apparently incapable of thinking beyond the
present.
It has been said with some truth that the lottery is the savings
bank of the Dominicans. Certain it is that a majority of those who
can spare but 25 cents a week invest this amount in a lottery ticket,
hoping in this way to improve their condition by winning the grand
prize. This habit discloses a truly deplorable state of mind, since
real success is attained little by little through our own efforts, through
the will to succeed, rather than through chance.
However, the practice of saving is being introduced among us,
although very slowly. The amounts deposited in the savings depart-
ment of the banks are increasing each year, while insurance policies—
another way of saving—become more numerous every day. The
1 Translated from La Opinion, Santo Domingo, Feb. 11, 1927.
809
810 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION
savings movement should be encouraged, and there is perhaps no
more efficacious way of doing this than to initiate the children in the
practical advantages of saving their pennies. If they acquire the
habit of saving their pennies to buy a toy, a book, or other needed
or greatly desired object, when they grow up they will save their
dollars to buy a lot on which to build a house, and then the necessary
amount to build that house.
The Secretary of Justice and Public Instruction may well consider
the advantages of instituting in schools of Santo Domingo the practice
of school savings, which is as attractive as it is useful.
ARGENTINA
ARGENTINE Touring Ciusp opens New York orrice.—The
Argentine Touring Club has recently established a branch office in
New York City to serve members who visit the United States and to
give information to Americans on Argentina. The Touring Club
plans to open other similar branches in various parts of the world to
increase travel to Argentina. Any member arriving in New York
may reserve his hotel room through the club, have his baggage put
through the customs, his passport visaed and his mail sent in care of
the same organization, whose address is 231 Madison Avenue.
VACUUM SEED DISINFECTOR.—On April 6, 1927, the Minister of
Agriculture attended the inauguration of a seed disinfector as part
of the equipment of the plant quarantine service of the Bureau of
Agricultural Defense in Buenos Aires. The disinfector is a cylinder
of 20 cubic meters’ capacity, in which a vacuum is created by means of
a suction pump. Thereafter cyanhydric gas is let into the cylinder,
where it remains for half an hour, being again withdrawn by the pump
and replaced by air. The vacuum makes the insect eggs in the grain
break for lack of external air pressure.
Higuoway NEAR Buenos Arres.—The Argentine Touring Club,
after considering the question of highways radiating from Buenos
Aires, urged the President to consent to the construction of a dirt
road from Talar de Pacheco to Mufiz in the section between San
Fernando and San Miguel. This opens a new automobile route near
the capital. This new road, 62 kilometers (kilometer equals 0.62
mile) in length, will give the towns of Bella Vista, Mufiiz, San Mig-
uel, San Fernando, and Tigre good means of communication for
marketing their products.
AGRICULTURE, INDUSTRY, AND COMMERCE 811
Hoa sHow.—Under the auspices of the Bureau of Agriculture,
Livestock, and Industries of the Province of Buenos Aires the first
hog show was held in Saladillo on April 4, 1927. The breeders ex-
hibited fine animals of the Berkshire, Duroc-Jersey, Poland-China,
and native strains for a number of prizes offered by the Argentine
Rural Society, the Ferrocarril del Sud, a packing house at La Plata,
and others.
Test RIDE TO UnirEep States FoR ARGENTINE HoRSES.—The
Ministry of Foreign Relations has recently received a telegram from
Costa Rica stating that Sr. Aimé Tschiffely, who is making a test ride
from Argentina to the United States with two Argentine horses, had
arrived safely in Costa Rica. Sefior Tschiffely left Palermo, the
property of the Sociedad Rural Argentina on the outskirts of
Buenos Aires, nearly two years ago with his two native-bred horses
in an effort to prove that the Argentine horse has endurance, can
stand a variety of climates, and go for considerable distances without
food and water.
BOLIVIA
INSTALLATION OF BROADCASTING sTATION.—The Bolivian Govern-
ment has accepted a proposal submitted by a private citizen for the
installation of a broadcasting station in La Paz. This station will
have 1,000 watts power and a minimum radius of 3,000 kilometers,
and will be used for broadcasting government reports, market values,
official time, and similar information. The Government reserves
the right to install at any time it may so desire radiotelephonic
stations of any type or kind. The concessionaire is to establish a
weather bureau in connection with this station and broadcast
weather reports. Three different programs will be broadcast daily
at the hours designated by the Government; of these, two will give
general news, while the third will be of a musical and cultural nature.
Special arrangements will be made to broadcast the sessions of
Congress. The above-mentioned contract was signed for a period
of five years, from the date on which the Government delivers to
the concessionaire the sum of 26,000 bolivianos, granted as a tem-
porary subsidy to be refunded to the national treasury at the rate
of 5,260 bolivianos-a year during the five years of the contract.
At the expiration of the contract the broadcasting station will become
Government property.
New review.—The Centro de Propaganda Nacional, a recently
organized society whose object is the dissemination of information
regarding the social and economic problems of Bolivia, has deemed
it necessary to publish a magazine in order to carry out the purposes
of the society. The first number of this magazine, which appeared
last March, carried some very interesting articles on mining, finances,
colonization, and transportation.
812 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION
BRAZIL
Procress oF Brazit.—President Washington Luiz in his message
read before Congress on the official opening of its session in May,
1927, gave the following figures on the growth of Brazil:
In 1888 at the end of the monarchy the population of Brazil in 348 cities and
916 municipalities was 18,788,872; to-day it is 38,870,972 in 880 cities and
1,407 municipalities. In 1888 the contract was signed for the construction of
the port of Santos; in 1926 there are eight fully equipped ports with nearly
16,000 meters of docks. In 1888 there were 360 kilometers of commercial roads
belonging to the Government; to-day there are 53,348 kilometers. The railroads
in the same period have increased from 9,322 to 31,300 kilometers; the telegraphs
from 18,022 to 82,213 kilometers of lines containing 164,834 kilometers of wires.
Agricultural production in 1888 was valued at 500,000 contos, increasing to
8,100,000 contos in 1925. In 1888 there was one electric generating plant, while
to-day there are 426.
The export trade in 1888 amounted to 597,562 tons, valued at 206,405 contos;
to-day exports amount to 1,852,642 tons, valued at 3,181,715 contos.
FOREIGN TRADE.—According to the Boletim da Directoria de Esta-
tistica Commercial the foreign trade of Brazil for 1925 and 1926 was
as follows:
EXPORTS
‘ Tons Contos
1926 | 1925 1926 1925
1, 852,642 | 1,924,700 | 3,181,715 | 4,021,965
| |
IMPORTS
| 4,849,015 | 5,018,124 | 2,678,550 | 3,376, 832
The average exchange for 1925 was 8.314 milreis to the dollar, and
for 1926 7.001 milreis to the dollar. One conto equals 1,000 milreis.
AUTOBUS SERVICE.—A new autobus service is now in regular opera-
tion between Juiz de Fora and Entre-Rios which is to be extended to
Petropolis by the company. At present two busses, with 32 seats
each, are making the trips, but service is to be increased.
It was expected that an autobus line would be in operation in May
between the city of Recife and outlying municipalities.
WIRELESS STATIONS.—The Minister of Communication recently
approved the terms of a concession for national and international
wireless service. This ministry is to choose sites for the location
of stations in or near cities. The wireless operators are to be Bra-
zilians and the work of installation is to be completed one year after
approval of the plans. The Government will enjoy a 75 per cent
reduction on foreign messages and 50 per cent on national messages.
AGRICULTURE, INDUSTRY, AND COMMERCE 813
A wireless station has recently been opened in the city of Manés
in the State of Amazonas. This is not, however, connected with the
foregoing plan for a concession.
Authorization has been given by the Minister of Communications
to the Companhia Telephonica Riograndense to operate wireless
stations in Sao Paulo, Florianopolis, Porto Alegre, and Corumba.
NATIONAL CEMENT PRODUCED.—The Minister of the Treasury
recently reported to the inspectors of customs and the revenue offices
that a Brazilian company is producing at its factory in Purtia, Sao
Paulo, a Portland cement equal to that imported.
Brazit In Prague Fatr.—Reports from the fair held in Prague in
March show that Brazilian exhibits won much interest from the
visitors and led to the conclusion of important business arrangements.
Brazil has been exhibiting her products in Prague for some time.
Study was given to direct importation to Czechoslovakia from Brazil
by Brazilian delegates and Czechoslovakian importers.
Brazitian Press AssoctaTion.—On April 20, 1927, the Brazilian
Press Association in Rio de Janeiro elected its officers for the new
term. The president is Gabriel Bernardes and the first secretary
Raul Borja Reis. :
CUBAN FLAG FOR ROTARY CLUB.—At a luncheon to entertain the
Cuban Rotarians who attended the Conference of Jurists held in Rio
de Janeiro in April the Rotary Club of Rio de Janeiro was presented
with a Cuban flag, the gift of the Cuban Rotary Club. Dr. Cesar
Salaya, a member of the Cuban delegation, made the presentation.
Among other guests were the Cuban Minister to Brazil and Prof.
Antonio Sanchez Bustamante, eminent jurist and legislator. The
luncheon was an occasion that cemented the friendship of the two
countries.
CHILE
PosTAL AIR SERVICE BETWEEN VALPARAISO AND SANTIAGO
INAUGURATED.—With the inauguration of the first postal air service
between Valparaiso and Santiago on May 3, 1927, an important
step was taken toward improved and rapid mail service in Chile.
The first plane to make the trip was a 120 horsepower monoplane,
with a carrying capacity of 150 kilos of correspondence. The ship
which is named El Condor, is the property of the South American
Aero Navigation Co. The time consumed in the first flight was a
little over one hour. Flights will be made daily hereafter. Special
air mail stamps of 40 cents denomination have been issued; this
stamp, plus a 20-cent regular postage stamp, must be affixed to letters
sent via air mail.
HiGHwAyY IMPROVEMENT.—Considering the large freight and pas-
senger traffic between Concepcidn and Talcahuano over the rail-
814 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION
roads, and considering that with better highway facilities between
these cities part of this traffic would go by road, Congress has author-
ized the Chief Executive to spend as much as 1,800,000 pesos for
widening and repaving the road from Concepci6n to Talcahuano.
COLOMBIA
MaGpDALENA RIVER TUG SERVICE.—The Ministry of Public Works
has recently granted permission to a private company to establish a
tug service on sections of the Magdalena River for a period of 25
years. Government business carried on by these tugs will be done
at half price. (Courtesy of the Legation of Colombia in Washington.)
CorreE Growers’ Conaress.—The society of agriculturists of
Medellin published the outline of the program of the Coffee Growers’
Congress, planned to be held in the month of July in Medellin. The
points to be discussed include the following:
Defense of Colombian coffee; propaganda for the coffee industry ;
organization of producers; compilation of statistics on planting,
production, consumption, and exportation; establishment of ware-
houses; creation of rural credit; standardization of coffee grades;
study of coffee plant diseases; scientific methods of cultivation; and
establishment of agricultural cooperative associations. The con-
egress during its two weeks’ session is to prepare projected legislation
to be submitted. to congress. Delegates were to be present from the
14 departments, the agricultural societies, and the Ministry of
Industries. (Courtesy of the Legation of Colombia in Washington.)
RAILROAD EXTENSION.—The Pacific Railroad of Colombia, which
runs from Buenaventura to Zarzal, has been building during the last
two years a 57-kilometer extension to the city of Armenia, which
recently celebrated the arrival of the railroad within its limits. The
new section increases transportation facilities for the fertile region
from Quindio to the Pacific and connects many towns of western
Colombia with the capital, Bogota. When the central mountain
range has been crossed, surveys for the line will be made for further
continuation. A road is to be built from Armenia to Ibagué to
serve until the railroad is completed between those cities. (Courtesy
of the Legation of Colombia in Washington.)
Botfvar Rartroap.—The total length of the Bolivar Railroad
now being built from Cartagena to Antioquia is to be 300 kilometers.
The first part of the line, the most difficult of construction, is between
Cartagena and Sincerin at kilometer 50, where 1,500 men are now
working, a number to be increased shortly to 3,000. It is believed
that the road can be completed in four years. From Bolombolo
southward for 20 kilometers in the Antioquian section, the line is
ready for the laying of rails, which are now being received.
AGRICULTURE, INDUSTRY, AND COMMERCE 815
Hicguways In VALLE.—An official report states that in the Depart-
ment of Valle since 1925 the use of automotive vehicles has effected
a great change in the transportation system and in the progress of
the department. There are now 600 kilometers of railroad and 400
kilometers of highway up and down and across the department, as
well as 300 kilometers of navigable waterways, which give this section
of the Republic a fine system of communications.
COSTA RICA
NaTIONAL cENSUS.—On May 11, 1927, for the first time in 35
years, a general population census was begun in Costa Rica, almost
800 persons being employed in the work. The last general popula-
tion census, made in 1892, showed the population of Costa Rica at
that time to be 255,365.
CUBA
Miik concress.—Beginning April 18 last the First Milk and Dairy
Products Congress was held in the city of Habana. More than 350
delegates participated, representing about 14,000 dairymen. Forty-
eight resolutions were adopted in all, some of which are the following:
That the Government and Congress be requested to promote in every
possible way the establishment of agricultural banks as mediums
for obtaining capital to develop the dairy industry; that all milk
cows be submitted to the tuberculin test; that the establishment of
Pasteurization plants for milk sold to the public be encouraged and
the first ones opened exempted from all taxes; and that the use of
bicarbonate of soda in the preparation of made-over butter be
approved. (Courtesy of the Cuban Embassy in Washington.)
MANUFACTURE OF EXPLOSIVES.—On April 24 a factory for manu-
facturing explosives began operations near Santiago de las Vegas,
Province of Habana. One of the raw materials employed in making
the explosives is sugar, thus giving a new use to this important native
product. (Courtesy of the Cuban Embassy in Washington.)
DOMINICAN REPUBLIC
INDUSTRIAL EXPOSsITION.—On May 5 last the national industrial
exposition in Santiago de los Caballeros was formally opened. All
the different Provinces had buildings of their own, where interesting
exhibits of their various products were shown. Cuba, Haiti, and
Porto Rico, at the invitation of the Dominican Government, also
had national buildings with a fine display of articles.
NEw STEAMSHIP SERVICE.— Karly in June a new steamship service
for carrying mail and passengers was opened between New York and
the Dominican Republic, in accordance with a contract signed by
the Government of the Dominican Republic and the New York &
Puerto Rico Steamship Co.
816 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION
AGRICULTURAL SCHOOL.—A recent law gives the regulations under
which the agricultural school connected with the agronomic station
shall function, and names the following subjects included in the course
of studies: General and applied chemistry, agronomy, elementary
physics, mineralogy and meteorology, botany, zootechnics, agri-
cultural bookkeeping, and veterinary science. For admittance to
the agricultural school applicants must present a duly authorized
certificate of efficiency in the upper primary studies, and be over
17 years of age. The degree of bachelor of science in agriculture
will be given to those who pass examinations in the subjects com-
prised in the courses prescribed by law. Those holding a degree of
bachelor of science in agriculture, after an additional year of prac-
tical work, in accordance with regulations to be issued by the Secre-
tary of Agriculture, will be awarded the title of agronomic expert.
MotassEs PRODUCTION.—During the year 1926 notable progress
was shown both in the production of raw sugar and of molasses.
Exports of raw sugar from the Dominican Republic increased in
quantity 36,550 metric tons during the year 1926 over the exports
for the year 1925. The increase in the exports of molasses during
the year 1926 was important in quantity, having increased from
78,029 metric tons in 1925 to 102,014 metric tons in 1926. Fifteen
of the most important sugar centrals are located in the southern
part of the Republic and practically all of the molasses produced for
export is manufactured in this section.
ECUADOR
Exuisit of EcuaDOREAN PRODUCTS PLANNED.—The Chamber of
Commerce of Quito is preparing to hold an exhibit of national prod-
ucts of all kinds in that city, probably in May of next year. It is
the intention of the Quito Chamber of Commerce to enlist the coopera-
tion of other similar Ecuadorean organizations in this undertaking.
The exhibit is to include a variety of products—agricultural, manu-
factured, and mineral. On the opening of the exhibit the Chamber
of Commerce will edit a special number of the Revista Oficial, stressing
the potential productivity of the country, the existing sources of its
wealth, and the reorganization of its banking system. Copies of
this edition of the Revista Oficial will be distributed among chambers
of commerce and business concerns of the countries with which
Ecuador maintains commercial relations.
NATIONAL INDUSTRIES.—A modern soap factory has been opened
in Quito. The basis of the soap manufactured is vegetable oil extracted
from cotton seed and from the castor-oil bean. The equipment for
this factory was purchased in Germany at a cost of 120,000 sucres,
and the work is under the direction of an expert chemist who has had
18 years’ experience in this kind of work. The products so far
AGRICULTURE, INDUSTRY, AND COMMERCE Sy
turned out include laundry soap, fine perfumed toilet soaps, and
medicated soaps.
MoNOGRAPH ON ERADICATION OF CATTLE TICK.—The Bulletin is
indebted to the Technical Bureau of Farming and Livestock of the
Littoral for a monograph on the eradication of the cattle tick,
the most complete yet published in that country and on which
the bureau is to be congratulated. Dr. Roberto Plata Guerrero, the
author of the monograph, was engaged by the Ecuadorean Govern-
ment in the United States to take charge of the Bureau of Farming
and Livestock. He is a graduate of the University of Pennsylvania,
a member of the American Veterinary Medical Association, and has ~
been professor and rector of the National School of Veterinary
Medicine in Bogota, Colombia. He also recently completed a study
tour in Mexico and the United States.
GUATEMALA
EXPOSITION OF NATIVE woops.—During April, as a result of an
executive decree of March 23, 1927, the Director General of Agricul-
ture sent an invitation to owners of estates throughout Guatemala
inviting them to participate in an exposition of woods to be held in
connection with Arbor Day celebrations from May 29 to June 5,
1927. Directions stated that the samples should include those woods
commonly considered useless as well as the species known to be
valuable, since it was the purpose of the Government to submit the
specimens to foreign experts in order to determine the actual value of
the various woods for construction work, cabinetmaking, and for
curative and other uses, and to find if possible a market for some of
the now rejected species.
INAUGURATION OF ELECTRIC-LIGHT SERVICE.—According to the
Diario de Centro-America, Guatemala City, of April 20, 1927, all
preliminary work in the installation of electric-light service in the
city of Jalapa had been completed and April 30, 1927, was announced
as the date for its inauguration.
HAITI
IRRIGATION conTRAcT.—On May 12, 1927, the Government
entered into a contract with certain American interests for the irri-
gation of the Artibonite Valley. For many years it has been recog-
nized that the intensive development of the Artibonite Plain would
greatly increase the wealth of the country, but many difficulties
surrounded the elaboration of the practical project. An agreement,
however, was finally reached, and the contract is before the legisla-
tive body for consideration. In view of the importance of the
project, it may be of interest to summarize some of its principal
features. The rights of existing mhabitants of the valley and the
51875—27—Bull. 7——6
818 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION
general rights of the Government are scrupulously maintained. The
contractor receives no tax exemption except on actual materials for
constructing the irrigation works. The total period of the contract
is for 60 years. A preliminary period of two years is accorded to
the company to determine whether permanent irrigation develop-
ment can be undertaken with reasonable probability of success, dur-
ing which period the company will endeavor to ascertain whether a
minimum of 10,000 hectares of land can be purchased or leased in
sufficiently compact form to justify the construction of an irrigation
system. (Bulletin of the Financial Adviser-General Receiver.)
New water TANK.—On April 4 last the new 100,000-gallon ele-
vated water tank in the city of Cayes was placed in service for the
first time. The water supply for the city is obtained by pumping
from springs and wells. Heretofore there has been no means of
regulating pressure and of increasing the amount of water and the
pressure in case of fire. The new tank, however, will not only give
a reserve supply but will serve to increase the pressure. (Bulletin of
the Financial Adviser-General Receiver.)
HONDURAS
CoFFEE EXPERT ENGAGED.—President Paz Baraona of Honduras
has engaged Senior Célestino Basagoitia of Salvador, who has model
coffee plantations of his own and has done very fine work with other
plantations, as a coffee expert to supervise the cultivation of this
tree in the eight coffee zones of the Republic.
Corozo Nuts.—The press reports that the concession granted by
Congress in February, 1927, for a corozo-palm plantation has awak-
ened much interest. The palm takes from five to seven years to
arrive at the stage of production but lives 100 years. The conces-
sionary says that if the palms are planted about seven meters apart
from 169 to 196 can be planted per hectare. Each palm produces
annually about 200 pounds of nuts, from which an oil is made. The
palms need little care, the plantation being useful also for pasture
or grain plantings. Other oil-producing palms will also be cultivated.
MEXICO
MEXICAN RAILROAD EXTENSION.—The Mexican Southern Pacific
Railroad has recently completed a section 165 kilometers long running
through magnificent scenery and completing the connection between
Guadalajara and Nogales on the United States border. This sec-
tion, which cost 28,000,000 pesos, begins at Tepic, running south to
Guadalajara through mountainous country necessitating the drilling
of 26 tunnels in 26 kilometers of this stretch. The importance to
Mexico of this particular section is that all parts of the railroad
system of the country are now linked. The west coast, which in-
AGRICULTURE, INDUSTRY, AND COMMERCE 819
cludes the fertile States of Sonora, Sinaloa, and Nayarit, together
amounting to some 400,000 square kilometers, is thereby opened to
traffic and progress by means of its connection with Guadalajara
and thence with Mexico City. -Of this land 2,500,000 hectares are
irrigable, since the country is traversed by some 16 rivers with ex-
tensive deltas. Vegetables and other products including wheat, rice,
beans, and tomatoes are grown extensively here. The Mexican
Southern Pacific has put on this new section all the rolling stock
necessary for a through journey for freight or passengers from Gua-
dalajara to Nogales.
IrriGATIon.—In an interview recently granted to the press Presi-
dent Calles referred to the irrigation projects now under way, cost-
ing over 80,000,000 pesos, as follows:
Rio Salado, Coahuila and Nuevo Le6n, irrigation for 65,000 hectares; Calles Dam
over the Santiago River, Aguascalientes, irrigation for 20,000 hectares; Tuxtepec
Dam, Lerma River, Michoacan, irrigation for 50,000 hectares; Rio Mante,
Tamaulipas, 10,000 hectares; Guatimape, gravity irrigation for 11,000 hectares
and pumped irrigation for 7,000 hectares; Valley of Mexquital, Hidalgo, 30,000
hectares; these projects also have electric power plants in connection with the
dams built for the water supply. In addition the plans for new projects cover
irrigation for 300,000 hectares from the waters of the Yaqui and Mayo Rivers
while still other projects are under consideration for Lower California, Sonora,
Chihuahua, Nuevo Leén, Tamaulipas, Durango, San Luis Potosi, and Michoacan.
Tampico-MExiIco TELEPHONE COMMUNICATION.—On April 22, 1927,
the direct long distance telephone line between Tampico and Mexico
was formally opened with a conversation between President Calles
and Governor Portes Gil of the State of Tamaulipas, followed by an
exchange of messages between heads of the city of Tampico and those
of the Federal District. The Compania Telefonica de Mexico, which
built the line, will soon complete further sections placing Tampico in
telephonic connection with the United States and other distant
points.
First Nationat Statistics Mreeting.—On April 23, 1927, the
First National Statistics Meeting was opened in Mexico City by the
Secretary of Government, Engineer Juan de Dios Bojorquez, head of
the National Department of Statistics, being elected president of the
conference. Delegates from the States and the Federal District,
the diplomatic corps, and observers were present at the inaugural
meeting.
PANAMA
Heme To BE PRODUCED.—The press reports that an endeavor is
being made to start schools of hemp cultivation in the Provinces of
Herrera and Los Santos. The fiber will be used for the manufacture
of hammocks and similar products. This is an industry new to
Panama.
820 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION
SILK CULTIVATION CoNTRACT.—On April 19, 1927, the Govern-
ment signed a contract for the establishment of the silk producing
industry. The other party to the contract agrees to plant 10,000
mulberry trees, provide 1,000,000 silkworm eggs, and instruct 25 per-
sons in the cultivation of the trees and the rearing of the worms.
The Government is to pay $7,500 for the trees and $4,000 a year to
the contractor as organizer and director of the new industry. From
this latter sum 20 per cent will be deducted monthly as a guaranty
that the contract will be fulfilled.
HAWAIIAN SUGAR CANE AND PINEAPPLES.—On May 6, 1927, a small
shipment of 16 cases of sugar-cane tops and 9 sacks each containing
‘200 pineapple seedlings were shipped to Panama from Hawaii to test
the feasibility of growing these plants in Chiriqui. It is reported
that a certain company plans to establish a cannery if Hawaiian
pineapples can be raised successfully.
LAND CONCESSION FOR AGRICULTURE.—In the middle of April,
1927, the Government signed a contract for a concession of 3,000
hectares of land in Aguas Sucias, of which 500 hectares are to be
divided among Panaman citizens in lots of 10 hectares each, for agri-
cultural purposes. The remaining 2,500 hectares are to be planted
with bananas by the contractor. The contractor agrees to build a
road between the colonists’ land, the banana plantation and Gattin
Lake, from which shipments will be made of the agricultural products
and bananas raised on the concession.
PARAGUAY
STUDY OF HIGHWAY PLANS.—The engineering corps of the Depart-
ment of Public Works recently began studies relative to the con-
struction of the Ita-Carapeguaé highway. Passing through Yaguaron,
this highway is expected to be of unquestionable economic impor-
tance, since it will form the most direct route from the capital to the
Missions.
Information has also been received that the preliminary work of
grading on the Asuncién-Luque highway is advancing rapidly.
PARAGUAYAN LIvEsTocK.—Figures from the message of President
Ayala delivered at the opening session of Congress on April 1, 1927,
show the approximate number of the most important classes of live-
stock in Paraguay to be as follows: Cattle, 3,000,000; horses, 200,000;
sheep, 200,000; hogs, 45,000. Indicative of the fact that these form
only a small proportion of the number which might actually be sup-
ported in Paraguay is the statement that even in sections such as
those near Asuncion, Pilar, and the Missions where stock raising is
carried on more intensely than elsewhere, there is a percentage of
but 0.40 to 0.51 head of cattle to the hectare (hectare equals 2.47
acres).
AGRICULTURE, INDUSTRY, AND COMMERCE 821
INCREASED PRODUCTION CAPACITY OF GOVERNMENT PRINTING
oFrFIcE.—According to El Diario, Asuncion, of April 12, 1927, quoting
from the message of the President at the opening of Congress, the
constant installation of new printing machinery has greatly increased
the producing capacity of the National Printing Office. In 1920 the
total volume of work turned out was 1,134,481 pieces; in 1922 it
rose to 5,084,949; in 1924 to 6,896,192; and in 1926 it was 9,269,015.
PERU
CONDITIONS FOR COLONIZATION.—In order to determine the ad-
vantages which will be granted to national or foreign colonists set-
tling in the mountainous region of Peru, the Chief Executive recently
published a decree setting forth the terms that will be given them as
follows: Ten hectares of land will be granted to each individual set-
tler and 30 to every family. During the first six months a daily
allowance of 1 sol will be made to each adult colonist and of 50 cen-
tavos to every child under 15 years of age. The colonists will receive
free medical care. The Government will provide transportation for
them from the port of Callao to their ultimate destination. Agricul-
tural tools and seeds for planting will also be supplied by the Goy-
ernment. The price of thet ools, seeds, and transportation shall be
refunded to the Government when, in the opinion of the Administra-
tion of Colonization and Immigration, the colonist through the
development of his crops is able to do so. The colonist shall engage
to contribute toward the development of a town, having the option
of a lot in said town 50 meters deep by 40 in width, whereon to con-
struct a house. (Hectare equals 2.47 acres; sol equals $0.487 at par.)
Corron PprRopucTION.—Official customs statistics of Peru show
that the cotton crop for 1926 was the largest on record. Exports
from April 1, when the crop started to move, until December 31,
1926, reached 196,132 bales of 500 pounds each, while for the same
period of 1925 exports were 153,615 bales; thus an increase of 42,517
bales is shown for 1926. Exports for the whole calendar year 1926
reached 215,769 bales. Allowing 15,000 bales for home consumption,
a conservative figure, last year’s crop totaled 230,769 bales. Of
Peru’s cotton exports nearly 70 per cent goes to England.
ConsuLAR INvoiIces.—A decree effective from July 1, 1927, states
that shippers of merchandise to Peruvian ports are obliged to pre-
sent a duplicate of the insurance policy or a certificate of the insur-
ance company showing the amount of insurance allotted to the mer-
chandise whenever the shipper makes use of a floating policy. Upon
releasing the merchandise the Peruvian customs shall exact the pres-
entation of a duplicate policy or insurance certificate visaed by the
respective consuls. Whenever there is a greater difference than 10
per cent between the declared quantity and that which has been
insured, the latter shall be accepted.
822 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION
SALVADOR
GovERNMENT BUSINESS BUREAU.—The Government Bureau of
Industry and Commerce has recently appointed Prof. Juan Antonio
Cafias to head a new service for the inspection and promotion of
small industries. Professor Canfas has previously had charge of teach-
ing small industries, such as soap making, tanning, basket weaving,
preserving of fruits, and the manufacture of mirrors and toys in the
Industrial Mission in Guanajuato, Mexico. The plan is to teach
these industries so that Salvadorean families may have a means of
support and the Nation a wider use of its natural resources.
AGRICULTURAL ASSOCIATION.—The President of Salvador, in order
to further the agricultural progress of the country, plans to establish
agricultural associations throughout the Republic. The founding
of the agricultural association of the Department of San Vicente on
April 9, 1927, is part of this program. Dr. Gonzalo Angulo was
appointed president of this association.
URUGUAY
BoTANICAL PUBLICATION.—It was announced in La Marana of
Montevideo, for May 11, 1927, that the Rural Association of Uruguay
is planning to publish a series of pamphlets by Dr. Guillermo Herter,
long a resident of that country, on the flora of the region drained by
the Uruguay River, including the two Brazilian States of Santa
Catharina and Rio Grande do Sul; the Republic of Uruguay; and
the Argentine Provinces of Misiones, Corrientes, Entrerios, and
Buenos Aires. Of the proposed series, which is intended only as a
basis upon which future botanical classifications may be built, “‘ Index
familiarum plantarum Montevidensis”’ will be the first to be pub-
lished.
YIELD OF LAND PER HECTARE.—According to statistics quoted from
a recently published yearly report of the Bureau of Agronomy by
La Marana, Montevideo, of May 13, 1927, the average yield of land
in Uruguay sown to wheat during 1921-1925 was 740 kilograms
per hectare (hectare equals 2.47 acres), an important gain when
compared to the average yield of former years which was stated to
be as follows: From 1892-1901 the average was 694 kilograms per
hectare, from 1901-1910, 659 kilograms, and from 1911-1920, 581
kilograms.
VENEZUELA
HYDROELECTRIC PLANT INAUGURATED.—On April 19, 1927, a
hydroelectric plant recently constructed in the town of Zea, Tovar
district, at a cost of more than 100,000 bolivars, was put into opera-
tion and the resulting electric light service placed at public disposal.
COMPLETION OF TUNNEL.—It was recently announced that work
is rapidly advancing and within a short time will be completed on
the San Juan tunnel, through which the water now menacing the
ECONOMIC AND FINANCIAL AFFAIRS 823
health of the city of Barquisimeto will be drained in another direc-
tion.
OPENING OF FLUVIAL RoUTE.—On April 11, 1927, the municipal
council of El Bat authorized the dredging of the mouth of the
Guanaparo River. It is expected that this work will open the river
to commercial navigation for some 250 kilometers (kilometer equals
0.62 mile).
PUBLIC WORKS UNDER CONSTRUCTION.—On April 18, 1927, work
was begun on the construction of a reinforced concrete bridge 60
meters long (meter equals 3.28 feet) by 6 meters wide over the
Marhuanta River near the city of Bolivar.
According to a report published in Hl Universal, Caracas, of April
6, 1927, initial work on the construction of an aqueduct and the
installation of electricity in Ocumare de la Costa has also been
started.
a ECONOMIC**>FINANCIAL
R@aie AFFAIRS 3:2@2
ARGENTINA
Buperr.—The 1927 budget of expenditures amounts to 646,795,-
424.99 pesos, national currency, in cash and 172,892,536 pesos in
bonds, to which must be added the section for subsidies and charity
financed by special revenues amounting to 25,984,979.40 pesos.
The budget also includes bonds of a face value of 142,000,000 pesos
to cover part of the indebtedness of the State railways. The table
of ordinary expenditures follows
Budget of general expenditures, 1927
Bonds
Departments National currency, (national
currency)
Pesos Pesos
AWaR (COT PT CSG eae ene NMR iT ie weal eRe eA ae ne ei a Ses 6106031 00)2/5 22 asian
ID Mpln Geri Onsen Neen en Swen pre aie De nn oh Yd deine, a JL eens Be | 106, 419, 679. 64 [Same see ties ie
CraloreionuRiclationstanGaviOrshilp sseeeepeae en epee se een ere | (C27, Cita Ie
(DY SRT CAS tIty eee eed aN oe AR eaeteina rN ols SEI eis ines SEED deh ne b> SO EM 7000) le ee ee
Subsection! Publicideb (lee sea see ee Se eee ee oe 2OTGT56 53189599) eee en ee ee
HAM USticevandue Ub licens tRU CGO Tess eee a ee es eee eee ce 132, 397, 415. 16 | pe ee 0,
Dy NA ae mp Eg 5 i So a te i aa ee Gi Cee Ossb ell |e. soso
GING yay tiie er mee ach ey PN AOE ss, Sas tS Ae oe em ete eae 435882) 0625/70) |se=s=a esa ae
ee Neri cul tunes aaa see Lee eee RGA a seu one we bantd We Soe Bee ee 18,'722)(0485 00H aaa wena
TORO LTC AW OTS ce staat nee SIN he Ulead ny Oe a a cS Ok D2 OTT OO) eee pee ee
J. Pensions, retired pay, length of service pay_--_---------------------- 20, 348, 743. 30 | |--------------
EW blichund entakin gsi 2 oe ee tue OSs es Be ee ae Phat Soom see ee ee ee ee ee | 147, 892, 536
SWpplenilem bariyCue ct te ae a A eee | 25, 000, 000
A OCA eeta a= peer ae eee re ite RN Derveeto a ymca ME SUS ae Uae 646, 795, 424.99 | 172, 892, 536
824 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION
COLOMBIA
FINANCIAL SITUATION.—The financial condition of Colombia was
recently reviewed by Mr. Charles McQueen, of the United States
Department of Commerce, in a book entitled ‘Colombian Public
Finance,” which gives the following figures:
The total paid-up capital and reserves of the banks of the country increased
from 24,537,252 pesos on June 30, 1924, to 25,921,968 pesos on June 30, 1925;
to 27,229,762 pesos on June 30, 1926; and to 30,291,986 pesos on February 28,
1927, the total increase being in that time 5,754,734 pesos. The total paid
capital and reserves of Colombian banks were divided as follows:
Pesos
ZA senailonealrconmmnencieleloaiikis uses ae = me lapane nes 21, 922, 489
4 foreign commercial banks_______________________ 4, 274, 053
7} WMEAKONENL ToMOreWMEeR Op WOK 4, 095, 444
There is also the Bank of the Republic whose capital and reserve amount to
more than 11,000,000 pesos.
CUBA
Savines.—The National Statistical Commission has published
statistics up to December 31, 1926, of all saving accounts in the various
savings banks and savings departments of the regional societies
established in the Republic, showing the total amount of such deposits
to be $35,510,821.26, the number of depositors, both men and women,
being 55,000 persons in all. (Courtesy of the Cuban Embassy in
Washington.)
LIFE INSURANCE IN CuBA.—A compilation of figures relating to
the life insurance policies made during the year 1925 by the various
companies operating in the Republic show that there were then 11
insurance companies in Cuba, 9 of which are foreign corporations
and 2 national, with a total capital of $457,944,811, a reserve amount-
ing to $38,429,834, and securities loaned reaching the sum of $432,600.
(Courtesy of the Cuban Embassy in Washington.)
PARAGUAY
RECEIPTS AND EXPENDITURES DURING 1925-26.—According to
fiscal reports quoted in the President’s message to Congress on
April 1, 1927, the total receipts through all sources for the year
1925-26 were 1,353,850 gold and 178,830,016 paper pesos; the total
expenditures were stated to be 1,724,713 gold and 161,676,723 paper
pesos.
PERU
Loan.—Law No. 5654 authorizes the Chief Executive to issue
bonds up to the amount of 5,000,000 pounds sterling or the equiva-
lent in United States currency, guaranteed by the proceeds from the
tobacco monopoly. The bonds will be issued in series, the amount
LEGISLATION 825
of each series to be determined by the Chief Executive. Both the
principal and interest on these bonds will be payable in London or
New York. The bonds shall not be issued for less than 90 per cent of
their nominal value, or with an interest above 7 per cent a year, with
accumulative amortization of not more than 1 per cent annually.
These bonds will be exempt from all taxes. The proceeds of this loan
will be used, among other things, for purchasing a site to establish a
cigar and cigarette factory and buying the necessary machinery for
equipping the factory, for the construction of railroads, and for
carrying on sanitation and irrigation works already commenced.
URUGUAY
GROWTH IN POSTAL SAVINGS DEPOSITS.—The rise of postal savings -
deposits to 500,000 pesos was reported during May by offictals in
charge of the department. Organized by a law of February 27, 1919,
the postal savings department began its operations on July 1, 1920.
After five years of precarious existence its deposits amounted to but
130,000 pesos, nevertheless during 1926, under a different adminis-
tration, the department enjoyed greater prosperity, and on May 14,
1927, its books showed deposits amounting to 550,000 pesos. This
sum represents the savings of some 25,000 depositors, of whom 18,000
are children.
BRAZIL
INTERNATIONAL CoMMIssION OF AMERICAN JuRIsTs.—On April
18, 1927, the International Commission of American Jurists opened its
sessions in the Senate Building in Rio de Janeiro, many distinguished
guests being present to hear the addresses of the Brazilian and foreign
delegates.
DOMINICAN REPUBLIC
AMENDMENTS TO THE ConsTITUTION.—On April 28 the Senate
approved, at its first reading, a bill requiring amendments to articles
76, 78, 104, and 105 of the Constitution of the Republic, and on
April 30 this bill, with some changes, was passed by the Chamber of
Deputies. A revisory committee was appointed and a project pre-
sented to them for discussion.
826 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION.
MEXICO
BIRTH REGISTRATION TO BE ENFORCED.—In order to improve the
statistical data of the Government, the Department of National
Statistics is undertaking a campaign of birth registration, a legal
requirement which has not been strictly enforced. This movement
is the result of one of the resolutions passed at the recent National
Statistics Conference held in Mexico City. Directors of public educa-
tion throughout the country will be asked to aid in educating the
public in the necessity for registering births.
NICARAGUA
DELEGATES TO INTERPARLIAMENTARY ConGress.—On March 30,
1927, the Senate elected as delegates to attend the Interparliamentary
Congress in Paris the following members: Don Leopoldo Salazar,
Don Santiago Callejas, and Don Gregorio Cuadra, and appropriated
9,000 cérdobas for the expenses of the delegation. The Chamber
of Deputies elected as its representatives to the same congress
Dr. David Stadthagen, Don César Pasos, Dr. Gustavo Manzanares,
Don Francisco Argiiello, and Don J. Augusto Flores Z.
“ UNITED STATES
INTERNATIONAL RADIOTELEGRAPH CONFERENCE.—An_ Interna-
tional Radiotelegraph Conference will assemble in Washington Octo-
ber 4, 1927, under the auspices of the Department of State. More
than 50 foreign governments are expected to participate in the con-
ference, which will be the first convened since the London conference
of 1912. The object is to draft an international treaty to which the
various governments can adhere in relation to their communications
systems. The proposals of the participating governments will be
compiled before the meetings into a large volume, so that delegates
will have an opportunity to study them prior to the sessions.
Pan AMERICAN COMMISSION ON THE SIMPLIFICATION AND STAND-
ARDIZATION OF CoNnsSULAR PRocEDURE.—Pursuant to a resolution of
the Third Pan American Commercial Congress, which met in Wash-
ington last May, the governing board of the Pan American Union
has convoked a meeting of the Pan American Commission on the
Simplification and Standardization of Consular Procedure, the open-
ing date of which has been fixed as October 10, 1927.
TN .2 TREATIES 4; ry.
ECUADOR
Pan American PostaL CONVENTION.—By virtue of decree No. 41,
published in the Registro Oficial of March 29, 1927, the Ecuadorean
Government approved the principal convention of the Pan American
Postal Union, the final protocol, and the regulation of execution, and
also the parcel post agreement signed in Mexico City on November
9, 1926. These agreements are effective from July 1, 1927.
VENEZUELA
UniversaL Postan Conventions.—Decrees ratifying, respec-
tively, the Universal Postal Convention and the regulations for
its execution, the Parcels Post Agreement, and the regulations for its
execution, and Paragraph XII of the Final Protocol of the Universal
Postal Convention, all of which were signed in Stockholm in 1924,
were published in the Gaceta Oficial of Venezuela for March 28, 1927.
The first and second were signed by President Gomez on July 23,
1925, and the third on June 28, 1926.
ER Syn Hs ANDEDUCATION «¢ ¢ NE
ARGENTINA
Concress or Natrona History.—The Second Congress of Na-
tional History organized by the American Academy of History met
in Jujuy on April 17, 1927. Over 80 papers were presented by the
76 delegates.
ITALIAN PROFESSOR TO LECTURE IN UNIVERSITIES.— Professor
Farinelli of the University of Turin, Italy, who has recently com-
pleted courses of lectures in the Brazilian universities of Rio de
Janeiro and Sao Paulo arrived in Buenos Aires last April to give a
series of lectures in the university of that city, and later in the uni-
versities of La Plata and Cérdoba. Professor Farinelli, who is one
of the most distinguished contemporary writers on the cultural
effects of Latin and Germanic romanticism in the development of
human thought, and who was for a time at the University of Inns-
bruck, believes in cultivating friendly cultural relations with all
nations to eliminate any tendency to war.
827
828 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION
BRAZIL
NEw MEMBER OF BraziLtiAN AcADEMy.—On April 20, 1927, the
Brazilian Academy of Letters held a brilliant session attended by
the President of the Republic and personages in official life and
the social world for the admittance of Dr. Olegario Mariano, a
distinguished poet as a new member of the Academy.
EpucaTion CoNnFERENCE.—The Brazilian Association of Education
decided in a recent session to call the first annual National Educa-
tion Conference for September, 1927, to be held in the city of Recife.
The program will include the following main topics: (1) National
unity; (2) unification of primary standards of education; (3) estab-
lishment of normal schools; and (4) the organization of national
sections.
CHILE
CouRSE FOR MENTALLY DEFICIENT CHILDREN.—The Miuinister of
Public Instruction signed a decree on May 13 providing for the
establishment of special courses for mentally deficient children. In
view of the fact that a group of professors of the Concepcién Normal
School have offered their services for this purpose, the principal of
that school has been authorized to establish a special course for men-
tally retarded children which will operate in connection with the
practice school annexed to the normal school above mentioned.
Caruouic University or Cuite.—This institution, located in San-
tiago, at present comprises six faculties, three institutes, and five
academies; the courses number 309, and the enrollment is over 2,000
students. The ‘Isabel Caces de Brown”? Foundation will open in
Valparaiso next year—that is to say, 1928. The latter will be legally
and academically connected with the Catholic University through
its schools of industrial arts and of commerce and also its special
courses. A splendid edifice has been constructed to house this
institution, costing approximately $4,000,000.
IMPORTANT CHANGES IN SCHOOL ORGANIZATION.—April and May
issues of El Mercurio of Santiago give an account of the changes which
have been made by presidential decree in the organization of public
instruction. The chief educational official will be the superintendent
of public education, aided by eight boards, as follows: University,
normal, secondary, primary, commercial, agricultural, industrial,
and artistic education. These boards, each under the presidency of
a director general, are composed of the directors of the principal
schools of that class, school supervisors, and representatives elected
by the teaching profession and by educational, industrial, and other
bodies. The special schools formerly under the jurisdiction of the
Department of Agriculture and Industry pass to the control of the
Department of Education.
PUBLIC INSTRUCTION AND EDUCATION 829
Some changes are made in the schools composing the University of
Chile, principally in the introduction of advanced liberal arts courses.
Dr. Enrique Molina, principal of the Boys’ Secondary School at
Concepcion and president of the private University of Concepcién,
has been appointed superintendent of public education.
COLOMBIA
STUDENTS’ HOUSE IN Paris.—The Minister of Public Instruction
and Health is to receive a credit of 30,000 pesos for the construction
of a house for Colombian students in Paris as a result of the suggestion
of the French commission in charge of establishing the University
City in the French capital. (Courtesy of the Legation of Colombia in
Washington.)
ScHOLARSHIPS.—The Military School of Bogot& has established
two scholarships for each of the departments of the Republic. Candi-
dates must be 20 to 25 years of age, physically sound, have passed the
third year of academic studies or have bachelors’ or normal graduates’
diplomas.
The Assembly of Cundinamarca has established 15 scholarships
for boarding pupils in the Institute for the Blind—four for the Prov-
ince of Bogot& and one for each of the other provinces of the
department. The same bill appropriated 4,000 pesos for teaching
equipment for the institute, which is located in Bogota. (Courtesy
of the Legation of Colombia in Washington.)
COSTA RICA
INSTRUCTION IN PRINTING.—According to recent reports, equip-
ment for a complete printing shop, including two medium-sized
printing presses and a supply of type, has arrived and been installed
in the Salesian school in San José, where apprenticeship courses will
be established as a part of the curriculum.
Visit oF COLOMBIAN STUDENTS.—On May 6, 1927, 5 teachers and
19 students from the Gimnasio Moderno, a secondary school of
Bogota, Colombia, arrived in San José for a brief visit to that city
during their tour of the country. They were received very enthusi-
astically and while there Dr. Agustin Nieto Caballero, principal of
the school and a noted educator, was prevailed upon to give a number
of lectures on subjects of pedagogic interest.
FREE COURSE IN DOMESTIC SCIENCE.—The organization of a free
course in domestic science to be given in San José was recently out-
lined by the Secretary of Education and four young women chosen to
form the teaching personnel.
CUBA
Scnoou sraristics.—The National Statistical Commission in a
recent report gave some interesting figures regarding the number of
pupils registered and graduated from the six provincial institutes of
830 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION
the Republic during the academic year 1925-26. According to this
report, the total number of registrations was 14,569, of which 6,294
were in the Province of Habana, 2,764 in the Province of Pinar del
Rio, 2,784 in the Province of Santa Clara, 1,449 in the Province of
Oriente, 862 in the Province of Matanzas, and 416 in the Province
of Camagtiey. Graduates numbered 926, Habana having the largest
number—457. During the five-year period from 1921 to 1926,
2,509 pupils were enrolled in the four different courses of the Habana
vocational school.
As for the primary schools of the Republic, the Secretary of Public
Instruction and Fine Arts published a report on the attendance in
both the private and public elementary schools during the year 1925—
26, stating that the enrollment for that school year exceeded that for
any previous period, the number having reached 433,200 pupils,
while the total number of classrooms throughout the Republic was
7,330. (Courtesy of the Cuban Embassy in Washington.)
ScHooL notes.—A law of April 18 provides for the reorganization
of the school of home making, which has for its object to place within
the reach of Cuban women scientific, artistic, and practical instruc-
tion, which, in addition to furnishing a general cultural education,
will prepare women to meet the problems of home life and those of
motherhood and the various types of occupation peculiar to their
Sex.
The following subjects have been added to the course of study for
secondary schools: Cuban geography, Cuban history, principles of
agriculture, principles of political economy, and statistics. Two
courses have been added to the curriculum of the school of education
of the National University, as follows: (a) General geography, one
year; Cuban geography, one year; (b) introduction to the history
of Spanish colonization in the new world and history of Cuba, two
years. All county school inspectors will be required to take these
two courses, which will also be required for the doctorate in education
and in letters. The study of the history of Cuba will be required
also in the school of law.
The establishment of upper primary schools of a vocational nature
has been authorized for all parts of the Republic.
Courses in physical education, with hygienic exercises of military
character, will be introduced .into all the secondary schools of the
Republic. A course in physical education will also be given in the
National University.
ECUADOR
NEW TEACHERS’ ASSOCIATION.—A group of teachers of the city
of Sangolqui has organized a society under the name of the ‘Los
Chillos Teachers’ Association,’’ whose purpose it is to foster all
movements for the development and adaptation of modern educa-
tional methods tending toward the improvement of instruction in
rural schools.
PUBLIC INSTRUCTION AND EDUCATION 831
GUATEMALA
INSTRUCTION BY USE OF MOTION PICTURES.—The Minister of Public
Education recently purchased a number of educational films on
industrial, scientific, and geographical subjects and began their
use in the schools of the capital during April.
SYSTEM FOR TEACHING ILLITERATES.—According to the Diario de
Centro-America of March 29, 1927, a competition to find an adequate
system for teaching adults was recently held under the auspices of
the Mariano Galvez legal society of Quezaltenango. The conditions
of the contest specified that the contestants submit a complete descrip-
tion of a simple, easily applied method whereby illiterate persons of
average intelligence could be successfully taught to read and write
a certain number of common words within a month.
HAITI
INDUSTRIAL ScHOOL.—At the opening ceremony of the Gonaives
Industrial School on April 4, the building was officially turned over
to the agricultural service by the public works service. The enroll-
ment at this school during the first month was 156, which is an indi-
cation of great interest in this type of education. The curriculum
of this school includes practically the same subjects as the industrial
school at Port au Prince. Workshops have been equipped for eight
different types of industrial training. Indications are that the
enrollment will soon surpass the capacity of the buildings.
Of the 90 students registered at the central school 60 are following
the regular first-year course in agriculture and 30 the special peda-
gogic course in industrial education. The latter course includes
shoemaking, tailoring, cabinetmaking, carpentry, forge and sheet-
metal work, automobile repairing, rural-school shopwork, and
drafting. (Bulletin of the Financial Adviser-General Receiver.)
HONDURAS
Liprary IN ComayaGtrLa.—Many persons have recently made
donations of books to the Juan Ram6én Molina Library of Comaya-
giiela, among others Dr. Carlos Alberto Uclés, whose gift included
works on literature, art, and modern history by celebrated American,
French, Spanish, and Italian authors.
CoMAYAGUELA NIGHT scHooL.—On April 4, 1927, the Manuel E.
Sosa Evening School for adults was opened in Comayagiiela, the
ceremony being attended by the director general of primary instruc-
tion and the mayor of the city.
MEXICO
NEW UNIVERSITY TECHNICAL COURSES.—In May, 1927, the coun-
cil of the University of Mexico resolved to establish new technical
courses in professional education. They are engineering as applied to
832 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION
petroleum, a five-year course, and the chemistry of petroleum, a three-
year course, which will be given by the school of engineering and the
school of chemistry and pharmacy, respectively. This addition has
been made due to the fact that lack of training has prevented Mexi-
cans from holding many technical positions in the oil industries where
there is great need of professional men in the refineries and factories
producing by-products, as well as on the oil fields.
UNIVERSITY SUMMER SCHOOL.—The summer courses given in the
University of Mexico in Mexico City began on July 7 and continue
until August 20, 1927, covering Spanish conversation, grammar, com-
position, Spanish literature, Spanish drama, Cervantes and the
Golden Age, the Spanish novel in the nineteenth and twentieth
centuries, the Mexican novel, Hispanic-American literature, Mexican
literature, history, art, and other subjects.
GUGGENHEIM TRAVEL SCHOLARSHIP WON BY Mrxican.—Dr. Samuel
Sandoval Vallarta has won a travel-study scholarship in the compe-
tition carried out for the award of the prizes offered by the Guggen-
heim Foundation created in 1925 by Mr. Simon Guggenheim and his
wife in memory of their son. By this annual competition, artists,
writers, and students are selected, the winners receiving $2,500 for
a year’s European study. Doctor Sandoval Vallarta, one of 63 prize
winners, wrote a thesis on the Schrodinger mechanical waves and
the Einstein theory, on which subjects he will continue his studies
in Europe. He is professor of physics in the Massachusetts Institute
of Technology.
Moruers’ ctusps.—Mothers’ clubs have been organized in the
schools of the Federal District for the improvement of the social,
cultural, and economic status of their members. These clubs will
function independently of the parents’ associations and will not have
the educational aspect of the latter.
ScHOOL ATTENDANCE.—The enrollment in the Government second-
ary schools in Mexico City during 1927 totals 4,354 students, the
distribution being as follows: 803 in school No. 1; 2,138 in school
No. 2; 505 in school No. 3; 577 in school No. 4; and 331 in school
No. 5.
NICARAGUA
Benito JuArEz Liprary.—The Benito Juarez Library of Leon
was reopened on March 22, 1927, after being closed on December
22, 1926. From June 20, 1926, to the time of closing, 814 books,
papers, magazines, and other publications were used by readers.
During the interval when the library was closed the librarian con-
cluded the cataloguing of the 1,089 works in the collection, which has
since been increased by 16 volumes from the Minister of State of
Spain and several from other countries.
PUBLIC INSTRUCTION AND EDUCATION 8383
PARAGUAY
ScHOOL ENROLLMENT AND EXPENDITURES.—In his message to
Congress on April 1, 1927, President Ayala stated that:
A total of 93,334 pupils are at present enrolled in the schools of Paraguay.
The expenditures for this branch of the public service during 1926-27 have been
fixed at 30,393,994 paper pesos, or an increase of 13,504,534 paper pesos over
the amount expended during the year 1924-25.
PEDAGOGICAL MAGAZINE.—The first copies of a pedagbgical
magazine, La Nueva Ensefianza, edited under the direction of the
National Council of Education, made their appearance during March.
ADDITIONS TO LIBRARY.—According to a report of the activities of
the national library for the past year as quoted from the message
of the President at the opening session of Congress by El Diario,
Asunci6n, of April 12, 1927, the books given by Argentina and
Uruguay, numbering 478 and 471, respectively, formed the largest
and most valuable contribution made to the library collection during
the year.
PERU
VOCATIONAL TRAINING SCHOOL.—Last April a vocational training
school for women was opened in Barranco, a short distance from
Lima. This school was founded under the auspices of the society
‘“Femenil Provida”’ and with the support of the Government.
URUGUAY
RENAMING OF SCHOOLS.—It was stated by the press during April
that in a recent session the board of primary and normal school
instruction in Montevideo had authorized the renaming of two city
schools in honor of Cuba and Spain, respectively. The formal act
in homage of the latter country was celebrated on May 2, 1927,
the Spanish national holiday, while that of the rededication of the
school for Cuba took place on May 20, 1927, the anniversary of
Cuban independence.
NEW INDUSTRIAL COURSE.—Cooperative courses to be given in
class and industrial workshops, the first of their kind in Uruguay,
were recently organized in Carmelo, Department of Colonia.
IMPROVEMENTS IN INDUSTRIAL SCHOOL.—According to La Manana,
Montevideo, of April 10, 1927, an agricultural course specializing
in dairying will be inaugurated in the industrial school at Rocha, a
modernly equipped annex being added for the purpose.
CONGRESS OF SECONDARY EDUCATION.—Announcement has been
made of the First Pan American Congress of Secondary Education,
to be held at Piriépolis, a seaside resort, January 14-20, 1928, which
will be the summer season in Uruguay. While the Congress is
being organized by the Uruguayan Association of Secondary School
51875—27—Bull. 7——_7
834 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION
Teachers, the Secretary of Public Instruction and other officials
have promised their assistance. The congress will consider the
problems of secondary education in both cultural and vocational
aspects, and will also discuss the best means of fostering Pan American
peace and friendship.
VENEZUELA
VENEZUELAN BUILDING AT THE UNIVERSITY OF Paris.—Informa-
tion has recently been received that the Venezuelan Government has
appropriated 400,000 bolivars for the celebration of the centenary
of the birth of Marcelino Berthelot, noted French scientist, in Paris,
where a suitable building will be erected at the University City for the
use of Venezuelan students, and a school of chemistry established.
ACQUISITION OF MICROSCOPIC CAMERA.—According to El Universal
of April, 6, 1927, the dean of the Central University in Caracas has
acquired an ‘‘epidioscope’’ microscopic camera, for use in the classes
of normal histology, bacteriology, parasitology, and pathological
anatomy, where it will prove a valuable asset.
Report oF NATIONAL LIBRARY FOR FIRST QUARTER OF 1927.—
During the first quarter of the present vear, 1927, a total of 9,059
persons visited the National Library for reading and consultation,
making use of 7,503 volumes. According to the Boletin de la Biblioteca
Nacional, the largest number of readers, 5,153 persons, consulted
literary works, while the next largest’ number, 2,386, was composed
of persons reading periodicals.
ARGENTINA
NIGHT WORK IN BAKERIES PROHIBITED.—On April 17, 1927, the
national law prohibiting night work in bakeries went into effect
throughout the Province of Buenos Aires. The regulations issued
by the Department of Labor give certain cases in which exception
is made to the rule, such as emergencies in hospitals, asylums, schools,
etc.; exceptional decrease in the production due to force majeure;
accidents to the machinery preventing day work; or cases of national
or provincial emergencies.
BRAZIL
ASSOCIATION OF ComMMERCIAL EmpLoyrers.—The Association of
Commercial Employees in Rio de Janeiro reports the following services
rendered by the association clinic for members during March:
LABOR §35
1,799 patients were given medical advice; of these 109 were out-
patients. The cases of skin diseases treated numbered 273; of
nervous diseases, 29; the eye cases, 342; nose and throat patients,
465; and surgical cases treated, 677. Fifty-eight operations were
performed, 288 laboratory tests made, and 3,215 injections and 5,612
treatments of various kinds given. In the dental clinic 2,131
patients were cared for.
CHILE
CONGRESS OF PRIVATE EMPLOYEES.—This congress met in San-
tiago from April 15-17. Delegates were present from practically
all the employees’ committees in the country. Particular attention
was given to discussing amendments to the private employees’ law.
Resolutions relating to amendments to this law were presented to
the Government for consideration by a special commission appointed
for this purpose. Another point which was given special attention
was the incompatibility of executive positions in this organization,
with such offices as members of Congress, municipal employees,
chiefs of political parties, and similar posts.
Lagsor conGress.—On Apri 15 a labor congress met in Santiago.
The chairman of the congress, Sr. Bernardo Quiroga, in his opening
speech made reference to the splendid work accomplished since the
meeting of the last congress in April, 1926. Some of the subjects -
discussed and proposals made at the session of April 15 were the
following: Economic and social questions; educational subjects;
application of social laws and their reforms; questions of national
colonization; subjects relating to the official organ and propaganda
of the congress; appointment of a special commission to prepare
for a Latin American convention.
MEXICO
Vera Cruz Lasor Concress.—On April 25, 1927, the First Con-
gress of Labor Organizations of the State of Vera Cruz opened
under the presidency of Ricardo Trevino.
INVESTIGATION OF EFFECTS OF CHILD LABOR.—The Government
of the Federal District of Mexico recently undertook an investi-
gation of the effects of labor upon the children who come before the
children’s court. The investigators have come to the conclusion
that the effect of labor upon children is a noticeable physical inferior-
ity and abnormal development of the brain tending toward delin-
quency. A commission has been appointed to visit establishments
employing children, to report on cases of child labor, and see that
fines are imposed on employers who force children to work over-
time. Hygienic working conditions are also to be demanded for
children.
ARGENTINA
Hovsine.—The National Commission on Cheap Housing opened
registration May 1 to applicants for 30 low-priced dwellings in the
Guillermo Rawson ward of Buenos Aires. An applicant upon
registering must present an identification certificate or marriage
certificate if he is married, and a certificate from his place of employ-
ment specifying his salary or wage, as well as similar documents
for members of his family who are working.
An exhibition of the model cheap houses to be built in the city of
Rosario, Province of Sante Fe, aroused much interest. The minia-
ture houses, of three types of one and two story dwellings, were
accompanied by plans showing the arrangements of rooms and plans
of the city showing where these new sections of 2,000 cheap houses
were to be located. The Municipal Loan Bank of Rosario has
received many inquiries from persons interested in owning their own
homes, due to the high rents and the requirements made of tenants
by landlords who, in some cases, were renting insanitary rooms.
HoME FOR INCURABLES AND CONVALESCENTS.—The municipality
of Buenos Aires on April 23, 1927, opened a home for chronic invalids
and for convalescents at Ituzaing6, a short distance from the capital
city. The hospital, which is equipped to care for 1,200 patients, cost
about 3,000,000 pesos, derived from the municipal loan of 1923 and
from private gifts. It has 10 sections located on grounds comprising
39 hectares (hectare equals 2.47 acres).
BOLIVIA
CHILD WELFARE.—The Child Welfare Society of La Paz, after
considering various important projects prepared by the First National
Congress of Child Welfare, held in La Paz August 23-30, 1925,
has resolved to establish several consulting centers in different parts
of the city. These centers will be under the direction of prominent
specialists in children’s diseases who have offered their services.
Milk stations will also be opened in connection with the consulting
centers in accordance with the funds available. At these consulting
centers school children will be examined for traces of tuberculosis,
and the necessary precautions taken if signs of this disease are found.
During the present year the Child Welfare Society will also establish
in the schools a free lunch service for needy children.
836
SOCIAL PROGRESS 837
Rep Cross.—The municipal council of La Paz has granted an
annual subsidy of 4,000 bolivianos to the Bolivian Red Cross to
cover the expense of establishing and maintaining in that city two
Red Cross centers for night service, for the special use of needy
persons.
BRAZIL
CHILDREN’S DENTAL SERVICE.—Thanks to the patriotic initiative
of the Central Brazilian Association of Surgeon Dentists the city of
Rio de Janeiro possesses a fine building devoted to the children’s
dental service where a corps of 100 dentists care for over 1,200
children a month. This service celebrated its second anniversary on
April 21, 1927.
ANTITUBERCULOSIS WORK.—During March, 1927, 1,506 patients
were examined in the dispensaries of the tuberculosis prophylaxis
service of the National Health Department. Of those examined 570
were found to be tubercular. During March 4,862 patients received
medical assistance and 11,196 medical prescriptions. Ten beds were
furnished as well as 750 quarts of disinfectant, and 702 publications
on hygiene were distributed. Of the 1,346 specimens of sputum
examined, 365 were found to be positive; 145 injections were given;
463 X-ray pictures were taken, and 375 extractions of teeth made.
ASSOCIATION OF CoMMERCIAL EMPLOYEES.—See page 832.
CHILE
CLINIC FOR OBSERVATION OF CHILDREN.—An interesting experi-
ment in child welfare has been started in Santiago with the establish-
ment of a mental hygiene clinic, and an observation section recently
inaugurated in the reform school for minors in that capital. This
new section is under the direction of Dr. Hugo Lea Plaza; Sr. Luis
Tirapegui, director of the experimental psychological laboratory of
the Pedagogical Institute, and Sr. Mario Inostrosa, director of the
reform school.
COLOMBIA
MIssrIoN FOR PENAL REFORM.—The Italian penal mission engaged
by the Colombian Government arrived in April in Bogota to under-
take the study and reform of penal measures and prisons. One mem-
ber of the mission is to study the present methods in use and the
causes of delinquency, and will prepare for Congress special legislation
on delinquent children, as well as regulations for the exercise of
certain professions and the use of arms. The second member is to
study penitentiary reform, inspect the prisons beginning with those of
Cartagena, Santa Marta, and Medellin, and institute the proper
changes. The third member of the mission will undertake plans for
838 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION
the establishment of penal colonies. The Goverment has appointed a
lawyer and a physician as aids to the mission.
COSTA RICA
Rep Cross FiuMs.—It was announced in the Diario de Costa
Rica, San José, of April 28, 1927, that within a short time the Costa
Rican Red Cross would receive a number of educational motion-
picture films from Paris. The films embrace such subjects as sanitary
propaganda against infectious diseases, the proper care of the teeth,
and other similar topics relating to public and private hygiene, and
will be shown the public free of charge by the various Red Cross
units or, where conditions permit, by the school authorities.
CUBA
StuDY OF cCANCER.—The Secretary of Sanitation and Public
Charities has under consideration plans for the establishment of
four national institutes for the scientific study of cancer, and for the
care of cancer patients. These institutions will be located in the
provinces of Santiago de Cuba, Santa Clara, Matanzas, and Habana.
(Courtesy of the Cuban’ Embassy in Washington).
WELFARE MEASURES.—At a meeting in Habana of the National
Board of Health, Dr. Lépez del Valle read an extensive report on
eugenic measures adopted in other countries, and in concluding made
the following recommendations for the realization of a eugenic move-
ment in Cuba: A campaign to have school children taught eugenics
and the proper care of infants, and lectures on these subjects in
factories and work shops; and the medical examination of all persons
contemplating matrimony, those suffering from venereal diseases,
tuberculosis, epilepsy or other nervous diseases to refrain from mar-
riage. In order to facilitate this medical examination for all classes
the creation of a free service for this purpose is suggested in connec-
tion with the local boards of health.
ECUADOR
Leper HosPITaAL.—On April 20 last the new leper hospital located
near the town of Guapolo was formally inaugurated. This asylum
has been under construction since 1921 by the Board of Public
Health, and comprises four pavilions entirely independent of each
other. The center building contains living quarters for the sisters
of charity in charge of the patients, the other pavilions comprising
the administration offices and wards for men and women patients,
respectively. Each patient has a separate room with sanitary
equipment. Arrangements have also been made to care for entire
families in case of necessity. The construction of this hospital cost
SOCIAL PROGRESS §39
approximately 368,507.76 sucres. A few days following the in-
auguration of the new hospital the 84 lepers from the old building at
Pifo were transferred there. The old hospital at Pifo will be de-
stroyed.
GUATEMALA
X-RAY EQUIPMENT FOR HOSPITAL.—Complete X-ray equipment has
been acquired for the General Hospital of Quezaltenango and will
be installed as soon as the repairs which the hospital has been under-
going are completed. The present improvements will make the
hospital one of the best equipped in the country, with the exception
of those at Quirigué and Guatemala City.
HONDURAS
FREE MILK STATION AND BABY CLINIC.—Since October 12, 1925,
when the free milk station and baby clinic opened in Tegucigalpa as
a section of the department of child hygiene under the General
Bureau of Health, it has functioned without interruption, aided by
a committee of women with whose help it has cared regularly for an
average of 75 children.
FREE EXAMINATIONS BY HEALTH AUTHORITIES.—The General
Bureau of Health is making free blood tests and other examinations
for malaria, intestinal parasites, and venereal diseases in the depart-
ment laboratory in Tegucigalpa. The general public is now learning
to take advantage of this service, whereby the Government is striving
to improve the health of the Nation.
MEXICO
Moruers’ pay.—On May 10, 1927, Mexico celebrated mothers’
day with special exercises in the schools, which included music,
addresses, and recitations emphasizing the significance of the day
devoted to the expression of gratitude to motherhood.
TARAHUMARA INDIAN BREAKS WORLD RUNNING RECORD.—José
Torres, a 24-year-old Tarahumara Indian, member of a team of the
famous tribe of Mexican runners, on April 23, 1927, broke the world
distance running record by making the run from Kansas City to
Lawrence, Kans., a distance of 51 miles, in 6 hours, 45 minutes, and
41 seconds. Upon their return to Mexico the Tarahumara runners
were greeted with great enthusiasm.
NICARAGUA
NICARAGUAN WOMAN CONSUL IN UNITED States.—According to
press reports the well-known Nicaraguan poetess, Aura Rostrand, in
private life Sefora dona Maria de Ibarra, has been appointed Nica-
raguan consul in Detroit, for which destination she was expected to
leave on April 15, 1927.
840 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION
PARAGUAY
PROVISION OF UNIFORMS FOR PRISONERS.—The task of providing
suitable uniforms for those incarcerated in the public prison of
Asuncion was recently undertaken by the Women’s Prison Aid
Society of that city, an organization which has also done praise-
worthy work in the Women’s Prison and the Good Shepherd Home,
and introduced instruction in carpentry, weaving, and shoemaking
into the Comuneros Street Prison. .
LECTURES ON HYGIENE.—It was announced in El Diario, Asuncion,
of April 6, 1927, that a series of lectures planned especially for labor-
ers on hygiene and the prophylaxis of common diseases would be
given as a university extension course by the Medical Students’
Association of Asuncion.
MopERNIZATION .OF HOSPITAL EQUIPMENT.—With the recent
installation of two modernly equipped operating rooms and the
improvement of kitchen facilities, the National Hospital in Asuncion
has reached a degree of efficiency never before realized by this
institution.
PERU
Usr AND SALE OF pRUGS.—The prefect of Lima recently published
a regulation whereby the police authorities are authorized to detain
all persons addicted to the use of narcotic drugs, irrespective of their
social position. Also every means shall be taken to discover and
apprehend persons engaged in illicit selling of narcotic drugs.
SANITATION IN MINING DisTRIcTs.—Dr. Enrique Portal has been
commissioned by the President of the Republic to proceed to Europe
for the purpose of studying conditions regarding sanitation in the
mines of various European nations and to prepare a report on this
subject for the Government on his return to Peru.
SALVADOR
Day NursERY.—The statutes of the Women’s Day Nursery Asso-
ciation of San Salvador were approved on March 17, 1927. This
association is to maintain a day nursery for children up to 7 years of
age, caring for them in all ways during the absence of their mothers
at work. Children suffering from contagious diseases are to be sent
to hospitals, mothers are to be given instruction in the proper care
and feeding of babies, and efforts are to be made to have legislation
enacted on subjects of paternity, child welfare, and child labor.
The day nursery in San Salvador has been open for some time, but
under the present incorporation its scope is widened.
Rep Cross orricers.—At a meeting of the Red Cross in San
Salvador on March 27, 1927, the following board of directors was
elected: President, Dr. J. Max Olano; vice president, Dr. Andrés
SOCIAL PROGRESS 841
Bang; treasurer, Don José Antonio Rivera; secretary, Don Nicolas
Leiva; second secretary, Dr. César V. Miranda; second treasurer,
Don Lisandro Lépez; members, Dr. Carlos Munoz Barillas, Dr.
Juan Francisco Paredes; and trustee, Dr. Felipe Clara.
TUBERCULOSIS SANATORIUM.—In a recent visit of inspection Dr.
Guillén Rivas, Under Secretary of Charity and Health, said that a
sanatorium for tubercular patients was urgently needed and would
soon be open for service to those who are curable.
URUGUAY
OPENING OF NEUROLOGICAL INSTITUTE.—The official opening of
the neurological institute and clinical neurological courses, the organ-
ization of which was authorized by a legislative decree of last Novem-
ber, took place on May 5, 1927. This institute has been incorporated
into the School of Medicine of Montevideo and will function under
the direction of Prof. Américo Ricaldoni.
MEDICAL MISSION TO FRANCE AND GERMANY.—In accord with a
decree of March 24, 1927, Dr. Joaquin Caldeiro has been appointed
medical commissioner to Europe, where he will undertake a detailed
study of the methods used in the treatment of tuberculosis in France
and Germany.
Mortauity RATE.—Figures taken from the Boletin Oficial of the
Uruguayan Medical Association show the approximate number of
deaths in Uruguay during 1926 to have been 17,828. Computed
against the population of approximately 1,698,000, a mortality rate
of 10.5 per cent is revealed. During 1925 there were 19,332 deaths
in a population of 1,659,000, the mortality rate for that year being
11.65 per cent. In 1926, 4,025 deaths occurred among children less
than 1 year of age and 958 among children between 1 and 2 years
of age.
Hospirau.—On April 24, 1927, the corner stone of the Gallinal-
Heber Seaside Hospital near Montevideo was laid amid due cere-
mony. Planned to care for children in the early stages of tubercu-
losis and predisposed to the disease, as well as surgical tubercular
cases, this seaside hospital will do much toward the prophylaxis of
that disease in Uruguay.
NationaL Pusiic WELFARE ConGress.—Indicative of the scope
of subjects which will be considered at the National Public Welfare
Congress to be held in Montevideo in September is the list of sections
announced, as follows: (1) Questions of surgery and general med-
icine; (2) protection of infancy; (3) hospital architecture and hy-
viene; (4) standardization of hospitals; (5) juridical and adminis-
trative subjects; (6) obstetrics; (7) odontology.
842 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION :
VENEZUELA
Mepicat Mission.—Following an order of President Gémez, Drs.
Pedro del Corral and Pedro Manuel Iturbe were commissioned by
the Government to pursue courses in the Institute for the Study of
Malaria at Rome.
VirTaL statistics.—The following figures, taken from the Gaceta
Oficial of April 18, 20, 21, and 22, 1927, are a summary of the vital
statistics of Venezuela for the year 1926:
Report on vital statistics for the year 1926
INT eater Ha eS cal nt os os Fy a Cc ea HO ee rea ch ea 17, 334
SES ry HS se ar a yl eee NTN IE a zal de Me le 91, 648
1 Yee2¥ rl asym cae sts sae ee Be eae a RT ney RE POU na cane et A LL 66, 092
Number of persons entering country___________________- 21, 672
Number of persons leaving country____________________ 16; oo2
Mioresbirths thanhdea thse aie 2) ces oe ea ie ot 2 25, 556
More persons entering than leaving______=_____________ 9, 120
Imecreasexor populatronidurine 192652222. 0555 ee see 30, 676
ARGENTINA
ARGENTINE FOLK sonas.—Sefora Ana S. de Cabrera, a young
Argentine guitarrist and singer of folk songs, has been very enthu-
siastically received in Spain, where she has been making a concert
tour. Sefiora de Cabrera includes in her program Argentine dances
which in many cases she found similar, as were the songs, to Spanish
dances and songs. She will go to Vienna next year to attend the
Congress of Popular Art to be held there under the auspices of the
League of Nations.
BRAZIL
Ruy Barrosa Musrtum.—On April 4, 1927, the President gave
authorization to establish a museum in the home of Ruy Barbosa,
late eminent Brazilian jurist and statesman of international repute.
His library, his writings, and other property will be preserved in his
former home in Rio de Janeiro, now the property of the Government,
as a memorial to a great man of whom Brazil may be justly proud.
GENERAL NOTES 843
COLOMBIA
Deata or Ex-PreEsIDENT FipeEL Sudrez.—Ex-President don Marco
Fidel Suarez died in Bogota on April 3, 1927, after a severe illness,
leaving a sorrowing country to mourn the loss of one of its most
distinguished citizens. At his funeral, held with presidential honors,
orators told of his efforts on behalf of his native land, his renown as
a master of the Spanish language as evinced in his many writings,
his earnest convictions, his profound knowledge of the life of the
Spanish American countries, and his personal attributes.
COSTA RICA
MusIcIAN HONORED.—Information has been received that a hymn
written by Alejandro Monestel, a Costa Rican musician of recog-
nized ability, was one of the 12 awarded prizes in a recent compe-
tition held under the auspices of an American publishing house in
which more than 900 compositions had been submitted.
CUBA
Divorce SsTATISTICS.—Some interesting figures have been pub-
lished by the National Statistical Commission relating to the number
of divorces in the Provinces of Habana and Pinar del Rio since 1918,
the year in which the divorce law was promulgated, to December 31,
1925. During that period 1,236 petitions for divorce were filed in
the Province of Habana, of which 1,027 were granted, making a
percentage of 30.10 divorces for every 1,000 marriages, and 2.09
divorces for every 1,000 inhabitants. In the Province of Pinar del
Rio, of the 83 petitions filed, 78 were granted, thus making 7.97
divorces for every 1,000 marriages, and 1.35 divorces for every 1,000
inhabitants in that Province. (Courtesy of the Cuban Embassy in
Washington. )
GUATEMALA
GuipE To GuaTEMALA.—The BULLETIN wishes to take this oppor-
tunity to acknowledge gratefully the receipt of an article called
A Tourist Guide to Guatemala, written by Sr. Don Alberto Ibarra M.
of the International Railways of Central America. Senor Ibarra
has already made himself known to the readers of the BULLETIN
by his ably written and interesting article, International Railways
Company of Central America, which appeared in its issue of January,
1927. The present work, which is to be placed at the disposal of
the public in the Columbus Memorial Library of the Pan American
Union, will be of the utmost service to those who are planning to
make a trip to that country and desire accurate information in
regard to the best manner of exploring its many treasure houses, as
844 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION
well as a source of inspiration to those who had not previously
contemplated the trip.
Opening his work with a description of the present state of national
highways and railways, Senor Ibarra says:
One of the things which impress the traveler on his arrival in Guatemala is
its good means of communication which, as in other progressive countries of
the world, are responsible for its great development in agriculture, industry,
commerce, and the arts.
The author then discusses the means of approach to the capital,
and of the climate and seasons says:
The country may be divided into a hot zone, extending from sea level to 600
meters (meter equals 3.28 feet), with an average temperature of 23 to 27° C.
(from 73 to 80° F.); a temperate zone, altitude from 600 to 1,800 meters, with an
average temperature of from 17 to 23° C. (from 63 to 73° F.); a cold zone, altitude
from 1,800 to 3,250 meters, average temperature from 10 to 17° C. (50 to 68° F.);
and lastly a frigid zone, with an altitude from 3,250 to 4,310 meters (summit of
Tajumilco) and average temperature less than 10° C. (less than 50° F.).
There are but two seasons in the Republic—the dry and the rainy—whick
have come to be called summer and winter in Central America, the former from
November to April, and the latter from May to October, with variations accord-
ing to the zones.
Then pass in quick review before the reader points of interest
to be seen on side trips, rich lands devoted to banana plantations,
and priceless Indian relics:
In various places throughout the country there exist ruins of prehistoric Indian
cities, some of them indicating the great power gained by the primitive races of
the American continent. And the most notable of these ruins are Tikal, Menché
(Timantit), Piedras Negras, Tukan and Tayasal (Antigua Flores), in Petén;
those of Quirigu’ and Chapulco, and the department of Izabal, on the right and
left banks of the river Motagua, and on the Atlantic coast, respectively.
The writer closes with a detailed description of places of particular
interest in Guatemala City, and gives the railway fare to other
principal cities of the country.
MEXICO
CELEBRATION OF FirrH or May.—An imposing celebration of the
Fifth of May, the anniversary of the downfall of the Empire, was held
in the great stadium in Mexico City. Athletic events, mass drills
by the school children, choral songs, interpretive group dancing, and
native dances were parts of the festival, which was attended by the
President and many other officials.
PANAMA
Tripute To Cusa.—The municipal council of Panama City planned
to erect busts of Marti and Maceo, heroes of Cuba’s independence,
in honor of the twenty-fifth anniversary of Cuban emancipation
(May 20, 1927) as a gesture of friendship in recognition of the services
GENERAL NOTES 845
rendered to Panama by two distinguished Cubans, Dr. Carlos Finlay,
who first propounded the theory that yellow fever was transmitted
by a mosquito, and Dr. Antonio S. Bustamante, member of the
Commission on Legislation which gave Panama its statutes. Fur-
thermore, Avenida Segunda of Panama City is to be renamed Avenida
de Cuba.
PERU
MoviING-PICTURE STUDIO.— An Italian moving-picture director vis-
ited Lima recently for the purpose of making plans to open a moving-
picture studio in that capital in order to produce films of a national
character.
PRESENTATION OF GOLD MEDAL TO PrestipENT Leeufa.—On April
6, in the presidential palace of Lima a gold medal was presented to
President Leguia by the provincial council of Puno in recognition of
the support given by His Excellency toward the completion of impor-
tant public works which have contributed largely to the development
of that department.
URUGUAY
ARCHAEOLOGICAL EXPEDITION.—It was announced on April 24, 1927,
that the Uruguayan members of the Argentine-Uruguayan scientific
delegation had returned to Montevideo after having satisfactorily
concluded paleontological, geological, and archeological investiga-
tions near New Palmyra, Uruguay. Later an extensive study of the
fossil deposits of the Rio Negro and the sepulchral monuments of
the Chancas Indians in the Vizcaino and Naranjo islands will be
undertaken with the ultimate idea of forming an interesting and
valuable anthropological museum from the remains of this section.
VENEZUELA
CELEBRATION OF THE SESQUICENTENNIAL OF THE BIRTH OF HENRY
Criay.—An outstanding feature in the celebration by Venezuela of
the one hundred and fiftieth anniversary of the birth of Henry Clay,
eminent North American statesman and friend of Latin American
independence, was a dinner given in Caracas by Mr. Rudolph Dolge
to signalize the organization of the Venezuelan committee of the
Pan American Society of the United States. Following the dinner
reverent homage was paid the memory of Clay by Dr. Gil Fortoul
and Mr. Dolge, the former of whom said:
Among those born in countries other than our own, countries of Europe and
America, some came to struggle here, and on falling vanquished left us names
immortal in the martyrology of our native land; some remained here after
triumph, became citizens of the new Republic and with their names bequeathed
to us the blood which flows through the veins and heart of many of us. Others,
no less worthy also to be called liberators, from their several lands helped us to
846 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION
break the age-long chain that bound us, helped to convert us from bondmen into
free men, to establish our own homes, to place in our standard colors representa-
tive of the races making up our Nation, to cover us with this banner in all the
days of conflict, and march ever in its shade and its protection into the future
which destiny reserves for us. Of these was Henry Clay.
Mr. Dolge also outlined the purposes of the Pan American Society
and the present organization of its first Latin American committee
in Venezuela, and closed his address with these significant words:
The soul of Pan Americanism must doubtless be sought in the interchange of
ideas and intellectual activities and in a true spiritual compenetration based on
the mutual study of the respective languages; because when Americans of the
north shall-no longer require an interpreter in order to comprehend the ideals
and aspirations of the Americans of the south, then the hour will have sounded
in which Pan Americanism, spreading from the Rockies to the Andes, shall be
the torch and banner of America.
REPORTS RECEIVED TO JUNE 15, 1927
Subject Date Author
ARGENTINA
1927
Annual report of commerce and industries of the | Mar. 28 | Robert Harnden, consul at Rosario.
Rosario district for year 1926.
Official estimate of the production of corn, agricultural | May 19 | Tracy Lay, consul general at Buenos
year 1926-27. Aires
BRAZIL
Review: of commerce and industries, Espirito Santo, | Apr. 5 | John W. Brunk, vice consul at Vic-
quarter ended Mar. 31, 1927. toria
Finances of Espirito Santo from July 1, to Dec. 31, 1926_| Apr. 11 | Do.
Contract for bridge over Rio Doce at Collatina________ Apr. 13 Do.
Highways in Para consular district____-_-____________- Apr. 22 | Edward C. Holden, vice consul at
Para.
Bids for water and sewer system of Ourinhos, State |._.do____| C. R. Cameron, consul at S40 Paulo.
of Sao Paulo. — :
Cotton growing in the State of Bahia during 1925______ Apr. 27 | Howard Donovan, consul at Bahia.
Imports into Brazil during the year 1926___..______.__.| May 7 | Claude I. Dawson, consul general at
5 é Rio de Janeiro.
Purchase of coal by Central of Brazil Railway_________| May 10 Do.
Review of Brazilian commerce and industries for | May 11 Do.
April, 1927 |
Rio de Janeiro finance and commerce during March, |___do___- Do.
1927.
Declared exports from Santos for April, 1927__.________ _cdo____| Fred D. Fisher, consul at Santos.
Imports of passenger cars and motor trucks into Brazil “May 18 | Claude I. Dawson.
during 1926. :
Tobacco exports from Bahia during April, 1927________ May 20 | Howard Donovan.
CHILE
Quarterly report on commerce and industries of Iqui- | Apr. 18 | Harry Campbell, consul at Iquique.
que, March, 1927. |
Review of commerce and industries for quarter ended | Apr. 20 | George D. Hopper, consul at Anto-
Mar. 31, 1927. fagasta.
COLOMBIA
Review of commerce and industries Cartagena consu- | Apr. 25 | Edward B. Rand, vice consul in charge,
lar district, for quarter ended Mar. 31, 1927. | Cartagena.
Commerce and industries of Barranquilla, quarter | Apr. 26 | Edwin J. King, vice consul at Barran-
ended Mar. 31, 1927 quilla.
COSTA RICA
Review of commerce and industries of Port Limon, | Apr. 12 | Thomas J. Maleady, vice consul at
quarter ended Mar. 31, 1927. | Port Limon.
April report on commerce and industries______________ | May 10 | Roderick W. Unckles, vice consul at
San Jose.
CUBA
Production of cacao in Cuba, 1925-26__________________ Apr. 30 | Francis R. Stewart, consul at Santiago
: | de Cuba.
Henequen fiber industry Province of Matanzas, for | May 2 | Augustus Ostertag, vice consul at
the year 1926. Matanzas. ;
Review of commerce and industries of Cuba for April, | May 13 | Edward Cafferty, consul in charge at
1927. Habana.
General trade information, Antilla____________________ May 21 | Horace J. Dickinson, consul at Antilla.
DOMINICAN REPUBLIC
Dominican Government revenues in March, 1927_____ Apr. 20 |} James J. Murphy, consul at Santo
Domingo City.
Registration of motor vehicles in the Republic on | Apr. 1 Do.
Apr. 1, 1927.
Dominican sugar production and sugar exports to | May 1 Do.
May 1, 1927.
Production of molasses in the Republic in 1926 _______- | May 2 Do.
Internal revenues and customs receipts for the first | May 16 | Legation.
four months of calendar year 1927.
847
848
THE PAN AMERICAN UNION
Reports received to June 15, 1927—-Continued
Subject Date Author
ECUADOR
1927
Review of commerce and industries for March, 1927___. Apr. 15 Harold D. Clum, consul in charge,
Guayaquil.
HAITI
The sisal industry in Cape Haitien district___________- Apr. 28 Winthrop R. Scott, consul at Cape
Haitien.
Economic and commercial summary for Haiti_______-- May 26 Maurice P. Dunlap, consul at Port au
Prince.
HONDURAS
Review of commerce and industries of Puerto Cortez | Apr. 27. Ray Fox, consul at Puerto Cortez.
district, quarter ended Mar. 31, 1927. _ i ;
Small demand for automotive procucts in Honduras-.. May 9 | Richard Ford, consul at Tegucigalpa.
Commerce and industries of Puerto Castilla consular | May 10 | Winfield H. Scott, vice consul at
district for quarter ended Mar. 31, 1927. | _ Puerto Castilla.
Cost of living and office operating expenses__________-- Apr. 30 |) Richard Ford.
NICARAGUA
April report on commerce and industries, Corinto | May 3. Christian T. Steger, consul at Corinto.
district. |
PANAMA
April report on commerce and industries, and tariff | May 14 | 18%, D. Myers, vice consul at Panama
changes, Decree No. 24 of Apr. 8, 1927. : City.
Statistical information, supplementing ‘‘Annual re- | May 28 Do.
port,’’ dated Jan. 25, i927.
SALVADOR |
The export trade of Salvador during 1926______________ | May 2) W.J. Cafferty, consul at San Salvador.
VENEZUEL4 a
| |
Market for American motor boats, marine engines, | May 7) H. M Walcott, consr’ at Caracas.
and accessories. Gest oy
Coffee report for Maracaibo district, April, 1927__--__- | May 9 | Alexander K. Sloan, consul at Mara--
caibo.
Charges imposed upon tankers calling at ports on the | May 10 | Do.
Paraguana Peninsula. |
Living costs and office operating expemses__--_-__----- | May 12 | H. M. Walcott.
General information sheet for La Guaira | May 21 | Daniel J. Driscoll, vice consul at La
Guaira.
The Gradual and Progressive Codification of International Law__________
By James Brown Scott, President of the American Institute of International Law.
The Republic of Uruguay________ ee ee cei le eee eat PMR ee OO SIN ine te
By A. W. Linington.
Important Pan American Commission to Convene in October____________
Guayule Rubber and its Production on a Large Scale.._________________
By Uthai Vincent Wilcox.
TUT yg © Fait @ Neve Dery CHa CI ye eS re an eete e
New Latin American Educational Institutions.______._________________
Colomizatvomberrie ds atin Atm Crt Cee eee rs ee pg eR cee
Caxhboniterous Wealthin’Vienezulelae ss a= ae ee ee
By Rafael Martinez Mendoza.
Brazilvs!vhirty=Kicht wears as asRepublicss9-= =e. ssa eee
Trade of the United States with Latin America: Fiscal Year 1926-27_____
By Matilda Phillips, Chief Statistician, Pan American Union.
Acriculiunesindustry,;andaC ommence == se == ee eee
Argentina — Bolivia — Brazil— Chile — Colombia — Costa Rica — Cuba— Dominican Repub-
lice— Ecuac. — Guatemala “aiti— Honduras — Mexico— Nicaragua — Panama —Para-
guay—Peru—Salvador— Uruguay—Venezuela.
DOOMAGiANG AinGel ine wANCKEY Avie 2S
Chile—Colombia—Costa Rica—Guatemala— Panama—Peru—Venezuela.
GSP MSDE Co 0 seer SEEN sey aa eg Beg a ME Sr ee
Argentina—Brazil—Costa Rica—Honduras—Mexico—Nicaragua— Paraguay.
intermlationalielre atic sts sss sas = mort en oe nea a ent es hes ad Ne ee Se
Dominican Republic — Guatemala-Honduras-Salvador — Honduras-Salvador — Mexico —
Panama.
PHO kKe IONSHeMNGHOM, Een! WchiCAnOMN. 2-2 oe ee ee ee
Argentina — Bolivia — Brazil — Chile — Colombia — Costa Rica — Cuba — Guatemala —
Haiti— Honduras—Mexico—Panama—Paraguay— Peru—Salvador— Uruguay— Venezuela.
Cuba—Mexico.
SO CAMP TO PLE SS lentes teen teens what aren ial aes ner iray 0 ONLY ik Sip en eae Sy ope ae
Argentina — Brazil — Chile — Colombia — Costa Rica— Cuba— Dominican Republic —
Ecuador—Haiti—Honduras— Mexico—Nicaragua— Paraguay— Peru— Uruguay.
General Notes
Argentina — Bolivia— Chile — Cuba— Dominican Republic— Ecuador — Guatemala—Hon-
duras— Paraguay—Peru—Venezuela.
Consular Reports
909
911
913
924
927
930
932
939
940
948
Notre.—Contents of previous issues of the Bulletin of the Pan Ameri-
can Union may be found by consulting the Readers’ Guide in your
library.
It
SISIINE JO WOISsTUTMOD [RUOTeUIEJUT OY} JO SUOTRAEGI[OP JU9dEr oT] JO YBeS OY} SEA “HOQUIVY) o}BUEG ULITIZVIg oY} SUTe}WOO YIYM ‘soyTpe sulsodulr sty
OUIANVE AG O14 NI AOVIVd AOUNOW AHL
Bw LLe iN
ci ~~ =145 =
MED SSCS at
EES SPS et Pee
No. 9
GRESSIVE CODIFICATION
F INTERNATIONAL LAW
By JAMES Brown Scott
President of the American Institute of International Law
(It is greatly to be regretted that for lack of space omjssion has been made of the first 17 pages of Doctor Scott's
comprehensive and scholarly review, pages dealing with each step in the movement toward codification prior to
the recent meeting of the International Commission of Jurists in Rio de Janeiro.—Kditor’s note.)
N MONDAY evening, April 18, 1927, his Excellency Octavio
Mangabeira, Minister of Foreign Affairs of Brazil, for-
mally opened the International Commission of American
Jurists for the Codification of International Law, Public
and Private, in the city of Rio de Janeiro, in the Monroe Palace, in
the presence of the official representatives of seventeen of the twenty-
one American Republics, having before them, as the bases of their
labors, the projects of public and private international law drafted
by the American Institute of International Law. On Friday after-
noon, May 20, 1927, he formally adjourned the International Com-
mission of American Jurists, which had to its credit twelve projects
of public international law, and a code of private international law
of no less than 439 articles, which the Commission had, within the
short space of five weeks, put into shape primarily from the
projects of the American Institute of International Law. It is the
purpose of the present article to show how this Commission, the
first official body which successfully and consciously endeavored to
codify the two branches of international law, accomplished the
purpose for which it had been created and assembled. .. .
1 From pamphlet reprinted from The American Journal of International Law, July, 1927.
849
850 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION
The International Commission of Jurists was intended to be com-
posed of two members appointed by each of the American Republics
who should meet in the course of 1925, at a date to be fixed by the
Pan American Union, in conference with the Government of Brazil,
in order to consider the codification of international law, public and
private. To aid the members, the Pan American Union had requested
the American Institute of International Law to consider both these
branches, and the results of the labors of the Institute as already
set forth, were presented in advance of the meeting of the Commis-
sion, to the Governments of the American Republics, and trans-
mitted by the Pan American Union to the Government of Brazil,
in order to be laid before the Commission when it should meet.
It was the hope that each government would appoint two delegates,
one of whom should attend the meetings of the Subcommission of
Public International Law, and the other, that of the Conflict of Laws.
This was not to be. Of the twenty-one American Republics, seven-
teen appointed delegates; nine of them two delegates each (Argen-
tina, Bolivia, Brazil, Colombia, Cuba, Mexico, United States,
Uruguay, and Venezuela); and eight of them, but a single delegate
each (Chile, Costa Rica, Ecuador, Haiti, Panama, Paraguay, Peru,
and Santo Domingo). This failure on the part of the American
Republics to appoint two delegates each was a double misfortune. It
made it necessary for the single delegate to attend each of these
two subcommissions, thus doubling the work, and causing the sub-
commissions to meet at different times and places, thus reducing by
one-half the meetings which each subcommission could have held
during the session.
Notwithstanding these drawbacks, the commission meeting in-
formally on April 16, and formally on the 18th, and adjourning
May 20, has to its credit 12 projects of public international
law, and a code of private international law of no less than 439
articles. One wonders what it would have done if it had sat some
four months, as did the Second Hague Peace Conference of 1907, or
what it might have accomplished if the subecommissions had been
able to meet simultaneously on the mornings and afternoons of each
working day. As it was, the International Commission of Jurists, in
a session of five weeks, furnishes the first successful example of a
body of official delegates, meeting for the conscious, indeed, express
purpose of codifying public and private international law, and ad-
journing with more projects, it is believed, of one and the other to
its credit, than any official body sitting for the same length of time.
Indeed, it is not too much to say that its labors in the domain of
private international law exceed in quantity and in value that of ali
other official gatherings ever held for the purpose, and that its
adoption of 12 projects of public international law demonstrated
CODIFICATION OF INTERNATIONAL LAW 851
the possibility of codification of the law of nations by official dele-
gates, if only preparation has been made in advance by competent
bodies composed of unofficial, and therefore nonpolitical represent-
atives. This demonstration would, in itself, have justified the meet-
ing of the commission, and it is not too much to say, for it is simply
a fact, that the American Jurists meeting in Rio de Janeiro saved the
cause of codification from its avowed opponents or lukewarm advyo-
cates. Because of the work of the commission we are entering
upon an era of law which is certain, in the course of time, to get the
better of force.
Mr. Epitacio Pess6a, delegate from Brazil, was elected president
of the commission, over which he presided with dignity, authority,
and success. He is a judge of the present Permanent Court of Inter-
national Justice, and was recently President of Brazil. Mr. Pessoa
had presided over the first international commission of jurists, meet-
ing in Rio de Janeiro in 1912. It opened with a code of public
international law before it prepared by Mr. Pess6a, and a code of
private international law prepared by his distinguished colleague,
Mr. Lafayette Rodriguez Pereira. These codes had not been sent to
the governments in advance of the meeting. The delegates met
without knowledge of their contents, but they were averse to the
codification of either subject, preferring a gradual and progressive
statement of the law. Mr. Pessda was invited by his colleagues of
1927 to preside over the Subcommission of Public International Law,
and Mr. Rodrigo Octavio was elected to preside over the section on
Private International Law.
The Fifth Pan American Conference, meeting in Santiago de Chile
in 1923, had recommended the commission to take as a basis the
projects presented by Mr. Alvarez to the conference. As these
projects had been incorporated in a modified form in the projects of
the American Institute of International Law, which had been trans-
mitted by the Pan American Union to serve as a basis of its labors,
there might seem to have been no reason why Mr. Alvarez’ projects
should have been specifically laid before the commission. The
delegates of the United States, Mr. Jesse S. Reeves, and the present
writer, insisted, even over Mr. Alvarez’ protest, that the original
texts of his projects should be considerd by the commission as before
it, imasmuch as his original projects had been modified, and to the
extent of the modification, a captious critic might suggest that the
recommendation of the Pan American Conference meeting at Santiago
had not been strictly complied with. At the same time, the delegates
of the United States insisted that Mr. Pessda’s code of public inter-
national law of 1912 should likewise be laid before the commission,
although Mr. Pesséa himself stated his acceptance of the projects of
the Pan American Union, and his unwillingness to have his code
considered.
Courtesy of Illustracao Brasileira
DR. OCTAVIO MANGABEIRA
ion of the
Ing Sess
the address of welcome
in Rio de Janeiro, gave
1, who, as presiding officer of the open
f Brazi
f Jurists
Irs O
1SSION O
ter of Foreign Affa
inis
ished Mi
inguis
meeting of the International Comm
Dist
CODIFICATION OF INTERNATIONAL LAW 853
The views of the delegates of the United States prevailed in both
instances, so that the commission found itself in possession of ample
materials: Twenty-seven projects of public international law of the
Pan American Union. Those on “The Pan American Union”’’ and
“Aerial navigation”? had been withdrawn from the consideration of
the jurists by resolution of the Pan American Union, in view of the
fact that these two subjects were being considered elsewhere; and
at the request of Mr. Bustamante, the project on extradition was
transferred to the subcommission on private international law,
inasmuch as he, and no doubt many of his colleagues, excluding the
delegates of the United States, were of the opinion that extradition
was a topic of private, rather than of public international law. In
addition, the commission had before it the original texts of Mr.
Alvarez’ proposals, and of Mr. Pesséa’s code of public international
law.
At the first meeting of the subcommission of international public
law, on April 19th, an exchange of views was had as to the procedure
to be followed. The delegates of the United States felt that it would
facilitate the work if a committee of five members should be appointed
by the President, of which he himself should be ex officio a member,
in order to consider these matters. This was done, with the result
that this small body met almost daily during the session of the com-
mission. Mr. Pessoa feared that the commission would not have
time to consider all of the projects, inasmuch as he was obliged to
leave Rio de Janeiro on May 24th, in order to arrive at The Hague
on June 15th, to attend the session of the Permanent Court of
International Justice. The committee agreed that within the given
time it would be difficult to consider adequately the 27 projects.
Mr. Pesséa suggested that some of them were political in nature,
and that without prejudicing them in any way, the Commission of
Jurists should lay them aside, in order to consider those projects
which were exclusively juridical. On this account and for other
and different reasons, the following projects were laid aside: Pre-
amble (No. 1), General declarations (No. 2), Declaration of Pan
American unity and cooperation (No. 3), Declaration of rights and
duties of nations (No. 7), Fundamental rights of American Republics
(No. 8), National domain (No. 10), Rights and duties of nations in
territories in dispute on the question of boundaries (No. 11), Juris-
diction (No. 12), Responsibility of governments (No. 15), Diplo-
matic protection (No. 16), Freedom of transit (No. 18), Navigation
of international rivers (No. 19), Pan American court of justice
(No. 28), Measures of repression (No. 29), and Conquests (No. 30).
Fifteen projects were thus excluded. Provisions of the remaining
12 are to be found in 10 of the projects adopted. Extradition
appears in the code of private international law; so that 13 of the
854 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION
27 projects transmitted by the Pan American Union were appro-
priated in whole or in part by the commission. Two projects not
contained among those transmitted were adopted: ‘‘ Asylum” and
‘Duties of states in case of civil war.”
The method of procedure was for the committee to present projects
to the subcommission. Mr. Pesséda acted as draftsman of the
committee, and prepared in Portuguese, the projects to be submitted
for the consideration of the members. .As modified by discussion,
DR. VICTOR M. MAURTUA
Minister of Peru in Brazil and delegate of his Governinent to the Inter-
national Commission of Jurists. Doctor Maurtua responded on
behalf of the delegates to the address of welcome
the projects were thereupon submitted to the subcommission where
they were further discussed and further modified, if, in the opinion
of the members, changes seemed desirable. And it is to be said
that in plenary session of the commission, the first two projects,
on “The fundamental bases of international law” and “‘States”’
were discussed and seriously modified in what had been supposed
was to be their final form. The others were, for the most part, with
the exception of “Asylum” and “Duties of states in case of civil
CODIFICATION OF INTERNATIONAL LAW 855
war,” the projects of the Pan American Union, with modifications
here and there which were either improvements or, at any rate,
did not render them unacceptable.
The first project, on ‘‘The bases of international law” was one which
Mr. Alvarez had submitted to the Fifth Pan American Conference.
It was modified by the American Institute, very much modified by the
committee, further modified in the subcommission, and finally changed
in the plenary session. Its twenty-two articles were reduced to
eleven; its language is much changed—in one or two cases improved,
but the final text is not so good in other respects as that of the Pan
American Union. It may seem to some that its provisions were
better fitted as an introduction to a treatise on international law than
as a project of a code. The better opinion would seem to be that it
properly finds a place among the projects, and that it is an accept-
able statement of the fundamental bases of international law to
which the American Republics should give their express and con-
ventional adherence.
The second project, on ‘“‘States”’ is, it is believed, acceptable in its
present form, although there were not a few members of the com-
mission who would have preferred the articles of the various conven-
tions of those projects of the Pan American Union, from which its
provisions were taken, to have been preserved in their original form,
or at least without serious modification.
The project on “‘States—Their existence, equality, recognition,”’
contains but nine articles. If, however, it were adopted in practice,
as it can not be rejected in theory, it would make a newer and a happier
world. After enumerating the elements which constitute a State,
the project says, without circumlocution or equivocation, that ‘States
are legally equal”; that being such, they are independent and, there-
fore, ‘‘no State has a right to interfere in the internal affairs of
another”; and that as it is the people within certain territorial
boundaries who make the State and give it the form of government
which they prefer, it follows that it is they who should decide when
the State exists. Its recognition by other States depends upon them,
inasmuch as they, too, are independent. But when a State exists,
and its existence has been recognized, the mere change of a govern-
ment by revolution, force, or other means, should be recognized by
other States, provided that it is organized in such a way as to sug-
gest its continuance, that it possesses, in fact, the sovereign power
of the State, and that it is not only in a position to exercise its
rights, but also to perform its international duties.
There is a passage in the project which should not need to be
included; yet, as Talleyrand, that Prince of Diplomatists, said,
“that is a reason for stating it.”’ It is the old statement of Vattel,
and of anyone who has given thought to the matter, whose mind is not
856 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION
clouded by prejudice and his eyes dazzled by the greatness of his own
country: That the rights of a State do not depend upon its “‘ bigness’”’
or its ‘“‘littleness.”’ Vattel was of the opinion that a “dwarf” had
the same rights as a “giant.’”?’ When large States were small, they
insisted upon equality as a fundamental of law and of policy. The
Continental Congress instructed Doctor Franklin that the treaty
which it hoped would be concluded with France, through which the
independence of the thirteen States was obtained and recognized,
should be on the basis of strict equality. This was as it should be.
When nations become big—big territorially, big financially, big in
every way—it is hard for them to keep their hands off a struggling,
little country. They want to improve it; to help it on its journey
onward and upward, whereas they, themselves, wanted to be let
alone when when they were little.
Why should high-minded persons differ about this? It is because
there is a confusion in their minds between right and power; yet the
two are poles apart. A person may not have a legal right to do a
thing (and of course, we are speaking of a legal, not an illegal “‘right’’)
and yet have the power to do it; on the other hand, he may have the
legal right, and lack the power. Some there are, perhaps, who would
deny the right in the/latter case, on the ground that a right which
can not be enforced is abstract, and that we should deal with the
realities of life, such as power. The matterissimple. The right may
exist without power, and power, we know, has from the beginning of
time existed without right. Power is a composite of various elements
of a material kind: Population, extent of territory, wealth, industry,
commerce. We thus find ourselves in the face of two conceptions:
Right and influence. It is hard for the man of large interests and
social standing to admit that the beggar whom he passes in the
street has the same legal rights as he; yet, he has. And that simple
fact settles the matter, for states are made up of human beings.
Dr. Franklin records that the France of his day took a pleasure in
considering itself the protector of the weak and the oppressed. We,
of our day, and in our part of the world are pleased to think how
successfully we have withstood the temptations of power. Of course,
nations may conclude treaties, one with another, by which they may
allow intervention under certain conditions. In this case, and to the
extent granted, intervention becomes a legal right. But history
would seem to show that the grant in such cases is rarely voluntary,
and that its exercise is usually dangerous or questionable. The right
may be acquired under article 17 of the project on treaties providing
that ‘“‘two or more states may agree that their relations may be
governed by rules differing from those expressed in conventions
concluded by them with other states.”’
ee
ES
—
ae
7
A
A
CIO PESSO
EPITA
DR
ice, who was elected
io de Janeiro
ional Just
Internat
Commission of Jurists in R
e Permanent Court of
f the International
ing 0
dge of th
ju
il and j
dent of the meet
ident of Braz
presi
-Pres
Ex
858 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION
The project of ‘““States”’ is made up of a provision here and there
from the projects of the Pan American Union: Nations (No. 5),
Recognition of new nations and new governments (No. 6), Declaration
of rights and duties of nations (No. 7), selected by Mr. Pesséa and
given the form which the subject either had in his code, or which he
himself preferred.
The third of the projects deals with aliens—the basic principles of
which are that aliens residing within a country should be entitled to
civil as distinct from the political rights enjoyed by the citizens of
that country; that they may be refused entrance, or, if allowed to
enter, that they may be expelled ‘‘for reasons of public order or
safety.” This project is based upon No. 14 of the Pan American
Union, which contained a sole article. The present project is very
much enlarged and seems to be wholly acceptable. Indeed, it is
admirable.
The same may be said of the project on ‘‘Treaties,’’ based upon
No. 21 of the Pan American projects, and Mr. Pesséa’s code of 1912.
The final product seems to be better than either of its sources, as it
represents enlightened theory and present practice, and, in one
respect, goes beyond both. As originally adopted, its 15th Article
stated that “If one of the states [parties to a treaty] fail wholly, or in
any essential part, to fulfill the obligation which each has contracted,
the other can exact the fulfillment or consider the treaty as abro-
gated.’”’ Objection was made that the article in its present form
might be considered by the lay public as applicable to present diffi-
culties. In the end, it was revised to read, ‘‘the obligations created
by treaty shall be enforced in case of their nonfulfillment by the
decision of a court of international justice or of an arbitral tribunal
when diplomatic negotiations have been unsuccessful.’’ This is the
theory of the Second Hague Peace Conference of 1907, declaring that
the interpretation or application of treaties and conventions could
be submitted, without reservations, to arbitration. It was, however,
only an expression of opinion, although unanimous, of the Hague
Conference; it was not a project. The present article is an article of
a project, which, if adopted, would bring practice into harmony with
theory.
There are two articles of special interest. The first, No. 6, provides
that ratification should be unconditional; that a reservation made
by one of the ratifying States to a treaty binds the other State only
when it has been informed of the reservation and consents to it.
This provision applies to two contracting States. However, if the
treaty is what is called multilateral, that is, if there are more than
two contracting parties, a general rule has grown up through recent
practice. It is thus stated by the commission: ‘‘A reservation made
by one of them in the act of ratification will only affect the respective
CODIFICATION OF INTERNATIONAL LAW 859
clause and the State to which it refers.” This provision was neces-
sary in order to preserve conventions, such as those of The Hague
Conferences, from nullification by applying the rule applicable to
bilateral treaties. The other article referred to is the 7th, providing
that States may refuse ratification, and the refusal is not to be
considered an unfriendly act.
The fifth and sixth projects deal with what may be called American
questions, inasmuch as the beneficiaries are exclusively American.
The fifth obligates the American Republics to exchange copies of
their official publications, not merely those issued by the govern-
ments, but also those to whose publications they have granted sub-
sidies. They further oblige themselves to make their exchanges as
complete as possible. The project is one of long-standing. On
January 27, 1902, a convention to that effect was adopted at the
Second Pan American Conference which met from October 22, 1901,
to January 22, 1902, in the City of Mexico, and it is interesting to
note that it was ratified by the Government of the United States.’
The present project, with a verbal modification here and there, is
No. 24 of the projects of the Pan American Union. It is, itself, the
Convention of 1902, with unessential modifications. The chances
are therefore in favor of its adoption, although perhaps in modified
form, by the Sixth Pan American Conference which is to meet at
Habana.
The sixth project provides for the interchange of professors and
students. This, again, is a project with a history. Its unwearied
advocate year in and year out is Dr. Leo 8S. Rowe, the present en-
lightened Director General of the Pan American Union. ‘The resolu-
tion concerning this interchange was adopted at the Fourth Pan
American Conference, at Buenos Aires, on August 18, 1910.° As in
the case of the exchange of publications, the project is, with a pos-
sible change here and there, No. 25 of the Projects of the Pan
American Union, which is practically the resolution of the Fourth
International Conference of the American States, with immaterial
modifications.‘
On these two projects comment is permissible, and not wholly
unnecessary. In the United States it is a matter of great difficulty
to procure the session laws of the various States of the Union, and
2 Second International Conference of American States, S. Doe. No. 330, 47th Cong., Ist sess., p. 213.
3 Fourth International Conference of American States, S. Doc. No. 744, 61st Cong., 3d sess., p. 226.
4 Francis Lieber apparently had not considered the interchange of students, although he had discovered
the traveling professor. Perhaps he had in mind both, inasmuch as the professor was, in his conception,
only a student of maturer years. However this may be, this is what he said in a letter under date of
May 26, 1872, to the distinguished German publicist, Franz von Holtzendorff:
“Tn 1846, in one of my writings, I recalled the fact that under Adrian, professors were appointed to lecture
in different places, and Polemon of Laodicea instructed in oratory at Rome, Laodicea, Smyrna, and
Alexandria. The traveling professor had a free passage on the emperor’s ships, or on the vessels laden with
grain. In our days of steamboats and railroads the traveling professor should be reinstated. Why could
not the same person teach in New York and in Strasburg?”’ (Life and Letters, p. 424.)
860 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION
official publications of the different States. The difficulty of obtain-
ing the publications of the Latin American countries is much greater,
and yet, without them, it is sometimes impossible for one of the
American Republics to procure adequate information of the others.
This project is intended to place the official publications of each
American Republic at the disposition of all, and to open them to
the readers of the respective countries who may wish to consult
them.
Many of us are so made that we only learn through our eyes, and
to them travel opens up the physical world. Others learn through
their ears, and to them, intercourse is a means to knowledge. It is
best to visit a country in order to know it, but this seems impossible
on a large scale. Therefore, we are trying to get the mountain and
Mohammed together, by bringing professors of the Latin American .-
universities to the United States; by sending professors of the United
States to Latin America; and by an exchange of students to the
various countries upon a plane of strict equality. Personal contacts
are created, large and varied knowledge is acquired, and almost
insensibly we learn how like us others are. The veil of ignorance is
lifted.
The interchange of professors and students will be difficult, but
the difficulty of the problem is a reason for undertaking its solution.
The rights and duties of diplomatic agents, and their diplomatic
immunities, form the subject of the seventh project. It is long, con-
sisting of thirty-two articles. It is detailed. It is admirable. It is
the result of discussion in the committee under Mr. Pessda’s presi-
dency, and of careful revision in the subcommission in which the
American Republics were represented. An analysis of the project
would be a summary of the practice of nations in such matters. It
is unnecessary, as the present purpose is to state that the project is
acceptable to the American Republics because based upon their prac-
tice. It is also acceptable to the world at large, because the practice
is largely universal. There are, however, three matters which may
be mentioned. The project does not classify diplomatic agents into
ambassadors, ministers, ete. The members of the commission were
unanimously of the opinion that the presidents of the various Ameri-
can Republics should not, as monarchs of Europe, have personal
representatives; that the diplomatic agent should represent the State,
thus having but one class, to the exclusion of ambassadors, who, in
Europe represent the sovereign and, by an unacceptable imitation,
represent the Presidents in the western world. It was with difficulty
that the commission was prevented from limiting the classes to min-
isters and chargés d’affaires, thus expressly excluding ambassadors.
It finally contented itself with a unanimous recommendation to the
Sixth Pan American Conference, which is to meet at Habana, that
CODIFICATION OF INTERNATIONAL LAW 861
ambassadors should be dropped and diplomatic agents consist of two
classes.
The second observation is that the commission rejected consciously
and, one might almost say, with malice aforethought, the use of the
expression ‘‘extraterritoriality,” in the project concerning diplomatic
agents. The diplomatic agent of the American Republic accredited
to Washington is in Washington, and by no possible fiction can it be
successfully maintained that he is physically in Washington, but
legally in the capital of his own country. However, it is correct to
say that the diplomatic agents of the American Republics accredited
to Washington are entitled to certain immunities from local law, civil
as well as criminal, in order to enable them to perform without
restraint their official duties, and that the agents necessary for the
performance of these duties likewise enjoy immunity. This principle
the project adopts throughout.
There is a third observation which certainly will not be displeasing
to the North American. It is the third numbered paragraph of
Article 24, exempting diplomatic agents from customs duties ‘‘on
objects intended for their personal use, or that of their families, to the
extent fixed by the government of the state to which they are accred- .
ited.” The connection between this provision and the eighteenth
amendment to the Constitution of the United States is obvious. In
its broad outlines, this is No. 22 of the Pan American project, some-
what modified in the draft presented by Mr. Pess6a to the committee,
and very carefully discussed and considerably modified, and, indeed,
improved in the subcommission. The original project is based upon
the resolutions of the Institute of International Law, with changes
here and there to fit some of its dispositions to American practice.
As it left the commission, it is believed to be better than any of its
predecessors.
The same thing may be said of Project No. 8, on consuls. It is
likewise a project (No. 23) of the Pan American Union, with modifica-
tions In committee and in subcommission. It has the same distin-
guished ancestry, and it represents American practice. Consuls are
admitted to possess requisite immunity both in their persons and
official residences in order to enable them to perform their official
duties. Their archives, of course, and their official documents, enjoy
immunity; but in their private transactions they are properly sub-
ject to the law of the land. It would naturally follow that consuls
can make no claim to consular asylum. Article 22 is in point: “A
consul is obliged to surrender, on the simple requisition of the local
authorities, all persons suspected of or condemned for crime, who may
have taken refuge in the consulate.”
There is an article of special interest to the United States, as it
solves, in accordance with the Constitution of the United States, a
56205—27—Bull. 9 2
862 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION
question which has sometimes arisen because of the most favored
nation treatment clause in consular conventions to which the United
States are parties. The article is No. 17. The first of its three sen-
tences states the general practice in the absence of constitutional pro-
visions: ‘‘Consuls are not obliged to appear as witnesses before the
courts of the state where they excerise functions.” They must,
“in conformity with local legislation, give their testimony in the
building of the consulate or send it in writing to the authority desig-
nated for that purpose.’”’ The second sentence takes care of the con-
stitutional clause: ‘‘They shall nevertheless give it personally in a
trial in criminal prosecutions when the accused are entitled to present
them as witnessess for the defense.’’? The third sentence, forming the
second paragraph, enables the government, through diplomatic chan-
nels, to have the consul in court, should he otherwise refuse to attend.
In the Consular Convention between France and the United States
of February 23, 1853, it is stated that consuls were never to be ‘‘com-
pelled to appear as witnesses before the courts” and that, should
they be invited to appear and decline to do so, their testimony was
to be ‘‘requested in writing,” or ‘‘taken orally at their dwellings.”
(Article II.) In 1854, one Dillon, a French consul, was summoned to
appear in court and give testimony. He pleaded the immunity
under Article II of the treaty of February 23, 1853, with the United
States. The decision of the court Jn re Dillon, 7 Sawyer, 561 (1854),
was in favor of the consul. The question was argued by Secretary of
State Marey, who insisted that a treaty inconsistent with the Con-
stitution of the United States was itself unconstitutional, and that in
the present case, the sixth amendment to the Constitution, providing
that in all criminal prosecutions the accused should enjoy the right
“to be confronted with the witnesses against him,” and ‘‘to have
compulsory process for obtaining witnesses in his favor,”’ should pre-
vail. France, on the contrary, stood upon the terms of the treaty.
At length, Project 8 on consuls, decides in favor of the United States.
As was said of diplomatic agents, the consular project appears to
be a decided improvement on any and all of its predecessors.
To the consideration of the ninth project, on maritime neutrality,
there was opposition, and finally, with misgivings on the part of
some, it was removed from the projects which had already been
laid aside. It was said to be out of place in a series of projects
dealing only with the law of peace. The delegates of the United
States, however, insisted upon its consideration, on the ground that
the American Republics were like to be affected by any great war
which might break out in other parts of the world, as the recent
World War had unfortunately shown. They felt that in case of
such a calamity, the rights of the American Republics, as neutrals,
should exist in clear and unmistakable terms, before the war should
DR. JAMES BROWN SCOTT
President of the American Institute of International Law and Chairman of the United States delegation
to the International Commission of Jurists
864 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION
arise; and that with a common law they could present a common
front to law-breaking belligerents. Their view prevailed. It was
necessary, however, that they should insist that the project as
drafted was, in form and effect, the thirteenth convention of the
Second Hague Peace Conference of 1907, on The Rights and Duties
of Neutral Powers in Naval War. The project on maritime neutral-
ity was among those which Mr. Alvarez had presented to the Fifth
Pan American Conference, held at Santiago de Chile, in 1923. The
committee in Paris had, however, eliminated from it most of the
additions not to be found in The Hague Convention. These additions
had been added to the original convention in the form of voeux;
but they were not considered by the American Institute of Inter-
national Law, nor were they considered in the commission. The
project, therefore, was practically that of The Hague Convention,
with sundry modifications suggested by experience had in the World
War. With a change of position of some of the articles, the articles
on visits and search added by Mr. Pess6a, the project was practically
that of the Pan American Union.
The tenth project deals with asylum. It was an original proposi-
tion with the Commission of Jurists. It was apparently the general
desire of the Latin-American representatives that embassies and
legations within their respective countries should be permitted to
offer asylum, and that the practice should be regularized by a con-
vention. The delegates of the United States were not parties to
the project, as the practice of their country forbids it. However,
they did not oppose its consideration, inasmuch as they recognized
the right of their colleagues to draft such a convention, if they should
care to do so, and submit it to the consideration of the Sixth Pan
American Conference. The delegates of the United States therefore
entered a general reserve. There are, however, two articles which
could have been accepted:
States are forbidden to give asylum in any place under their jurisdiction to
persons suspected of, or condemned for a common crime, or who are deserters
from the land and naval forces. [Article I.]
A person accused of common crimes and who has taken asylum in a legation,
on board a man-of-war, or military airship, must be given up if this be demanded
by the local government. If asylum be given within the territory, delivery
will be effected by extradition, in the terms stipulated in the convention of
private international law. [Article 3.]
Project No. 11 deals with the ‘‘ Duties of States in case of civil war.”
There had been an intention to include a project of this kind among
those drafted by the American Institute, at the request of the Pan
American Union. It was given up, however, on the ground that it
was inadvisable to suggest the possibility of civil war or insurrection
in any one of the American States. But the commission was of a
different opinion, and drafted, of its own accord, a single article of
CODIFICATION OF INTERNATIONAL LAW 865
five paragraphs dealing with the question. If such a project were
to be included, it must be admitted that it is well done. In fact,
it reads like a series of extracts from the neutrality act of the
United States, of 1818, so similar are the provisions of both.
The last of the 12 projects deals with pacific settlement. It is
No. 27 of the projects of the Pan American Union. As it left the
hands of the committee of five and was approved by the subcom-
mission on the closing day of the commission, it was in substance
the Pan American project in shortened form, which, in turn, was, so
far as possible, based upon projects already in existence, which had
stood the test of time. The articles relating to good offices and
PRESIDENT WASHINGTON LUIS,*5
DELEGATES TO THE INTER ©
JURISTS IN
OF BRAZIL, RECEIVES THE
NATIONAL COMMISSION OF
CATTETE PALACE
mediation were taken from The Hague Convention of 1907 for the
Pacific Settlement of International Disputes. The section on com-
missions of inquiry was the convention sponsored by Mr. Gondra,
of Paraguay, and therefore bearing his name, of the Fifth Pan
American Conference at Santiago de Chile. It is an excellent con-
vention, providing for the submission of American controversies to
examination and report by American commissions of inquiry com-
posed exclusively of American members. It is the first step in what
will be a final outcome: American tribunals of arbitration composed
of American members, for the adjustment of American controversies;
and American courts of justice composed of American judges for the
866 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION
decision of American controversies. The delegates of the United
States to the Fifth Pan American Conference at Santiago signed the
Gondra convention of inquiry, and the Senate of the United States
has ratified the convention. The Government of the United States
is, therefore, committed to American agencies for the settlement of
American questions.
The convention, admirable in all its details, is a combination of
the commission of inquiry at The Hague, with the provision of
Secretary of State Bryan’s treaties for the advancement of peace—
worth, in the opinion of the present writer, all the other international
conventions for peaceful settlement put together, by which nations
renounced every act of hostility, including, of course, a resort to
arms, during the consideration of the question and the preparation
of the report of the commission. It is, as Secretary Bryan was
accustomed to say, an ‘‘angry dispute’? which can survive a year’s
examination. It includes the provision to be found in Secretary
Bryan’s treaty with France, authorizing the commission to determine
the temporary disposition of the property during the consideration
of the dispute. It has a new definition of its own which brings the
nations to the threshold of the arbitral tribunal, and it is fair to
presume, at least in the case of the American Republics, that the
door will open at their approach. It is Article 16 which leads the
parties to the door. After the report has been delivered to the parties
and to the Pan American Union, they are to have a space of six
months within which to renew negotiations and to reach a solution
of their difficulties, in accordance with the conclusions of the report.
“Tf, during this new period, they do not reach an amicable solution,
they recover their full liberty of action in order to proceed according
to their interests.”
The third part of the project deals with commissions of concilia-
tion—a subject long in the air, but until recently lacking concrete
form and expression. Its value consists in the fact that the Pan
American Union is suggested as the commission of conciliation always
in existence, and which, therefor, does not need to be constituted
when the difficulty arises.
The fourth is friendly composition—likewise an old method which,
in modern times, has fallen into disuse. It is the case of a person
having the confidence of the parties in dispute (usually a chief of
state) to whom the matter may be submitted because of their confi-
dence in his uprightness and judgment. It has recent American
approval. The Alsop case was a long-standing claim of the United
States against Chile. Upon the suggestion of the claimant, Chile
consented to submit in 1909 to the friendly composition of Edward
VII, King of England, and at his death, to his son and successor,
George V, by whom it was in 1911 decided in favor of the United
CODIFICATION OF INTERNATIONAL LAW 867
States, although some of the claims were rejected.’ As the friendly
compositor had disappeared from modern practice, although very
familiar in the Middle Ages, King George deemed it advisable to
define friendly composition as ‘“‘an award which shall do substantial
justice between the parties without attaching too great an importance
to the technical points which may be raised on either side.”
Of arbitration, forming the fifth part, little need besaid. The proj-
ect recognizes the procedure of the Second Hague Peace Conference
for the pacific settlement of international disputes, and closes with
the twenty-third article, to the effect that the parties in dispute may
submit their controversy, if they desire its judicial settlement, either
to the Permanent Court of International Justice at The Hague, ‘‘or
to any other court of justice which may be constituted for this pur-
pose by the American Republics.”’
The twenty-eighth of the Pan American projects contemplates
the creation of a Pan American Court of Justice. It was not con-
sidered, inasmuch as it seemed to be political to some of the members
of the committee of five.
Such, in brief, are the projects recommended to the Sixth Confer-
ence of the Americas, set for the month of January, in the year
1928. They will be transmitted by the Pan American Union to the
conference, where they are to be considered by the delegates of the
American Republics, acting under instructions from their respective
governments.
The Subcommission on Private International Law was unexpectedly
and overwhelmingly successful. Mr. Bustamante went into con-
ference with his code of international law of 435 articles, and emerged
in less than five weeks with a code of 439 articles. Here and there
the articles were modified; here and there he lost one. But four
more were added than he had lost. Mr. Bustamante’s intention
was to give the form of a code to the generally accepted practice of
the civilized nations, in the matter of the conflict of laws. This,
he did. His plan turned on the acceptance of Article 7 in its original,
or in a modified form, which would, nevertheless, enable him to
carry out his intention. A project of a convention was prefixed,
according to which the American Republics would accept the code,
entering reservations to the articles which they were unwilling to
accept. In this way, every one of the American Republics could
be a party to the code with more or less reservations.
The original Article 7 which made this possible was thus worded:
Each contracting State shall apply to the nationals of the others the laws of
an internal public order of their domicile or of their nationality, according to
the system adopted by the State to which they belong.
5 The American Journal of International Law, Vol. V (19:1), p. 1079.
868 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION
In Mr. Bustamante’s opinion, and ultimately in the opinion of the
commission, it would thus be possible for a Republic adopting the
theory of domicile, or of nationality, to be parties to the code. The
Republics adopting domicile could accept the code, reserving or
rejecting those of its provisions inconsistent with the law of domicile
as they understood and applied it. On the other hand, the Republics
adopting the theory of nationality could reject the dispositions of
the code accepting the principle and practice of domicile. All
could thus be parties, but in unequal degrees, the Republics being
bound to each other by articles of the code which they had accepted,
that is to say, against which they had not interposed reservations.
As there was difficulty in finding a wording of Article 7 which
would meet with the approval of the delegates, Mr. Bustamante
withdrew Article 7 as originally prepared, and continued the dis-
cussion of the code until the various articles had been adopted. He
then returned to Article 7, proposing a substitute which, in substance
that of the original draft, had the good fortune of meeting with
general approval:
Each contracting State shall apply as personal law that of domicile or that of
nationality according to the system which its domestic legislation may have
adopted or may hereafter adopt.
It is impossible to give an adequate idea of the 439 articles com-
posing the code which the International Commission of Jurists
passed on with its recommendations to the Sixth Pan American
Conference of Habana, over which Mr. Bustamante is himself to
preside. It is only possible under the limitations of an article which
has already assumed ample proportions to outline the table of con-
tents, which contains general rules, and under (1) International
Civil Law, covers (a) persons, (b) property, (c) the various modes
of acquisition, (d) obligations and contracts; (2) Commercial Inter-
national Law, (a) merchants and commerce in general, (b) special
commercial contracts, (c) maritime and aerial commerce, (d) pre-
scription; (3) Penal International Law; (4) International Law of
Procedure, (a) general rules, (b) competence, (c) extradition, (d) the —
right to appear in court and its modalities, (e) letters requisitorial
and letters rogatory, (f) exceptions having an international character,
(g) evidence, (h) appeal for annulment, (i) bankruptcy and insol-
vency, (j) execution of judgments rendered by foreign courts.
Most of the American Republics prefer the doctrine of nationality,
although others have a marked tendency toward the law of domicile,
or of the territory in which the legal transaction takes place. A
group of American Republics has adopted the law of domicile:
Argentina, Bolivia, Chile, Paraguay, Peru and Uruguay. With the
exception of Peru, these States strongly advocated the conventions
of Montevideo of 1888-89, and projects of later date accepting domi-
CODIFICATION OF INTERNATIONAL LAW 869
cile to such an extent as to endeavor to prevent Mr. Bustamante’s
code from being taken as the basis of discussion. In this they were
defeated, and although they maintained their position throughout,
the advocates of Mr. Bustamante’s code had the two-thirds majority
required for acceptance in the subcommission and the Commission.
The two delegates from the United States registered in the Sub-
commission on Private International Law, as they desired to testify
by their presence, if not by their votes, their interest in the success of
the commission. They explained at the opening session that the
Secretary of State, while unwilling to be bound by the proceedings of
the commission, was, nevertheless, desirous of seeing it succeed in
its labors, and that he would have the projects as passed carefully
examined upon their presentation to the Department of State, in
order to see to what extent it would be possible for the Government of
the United States to accept their conclusions. The position of the
American delegation was thus stated in the plenary session of May 9th:
The delegation of the United States desires to have its vote recorded in favor
of the article reported to this plenary session from Subcommission B, and based
upon the project of the code of private international law, prepared by the
learned and very distinguished delegate from Cuba, Mr. Bustamante.
In so recording its affirmative vote the delegation does not desire to imply that
the articles for which it votes are in accordance with the laws of the various
jurisdictions of the United States, 49 in all. As a matter of fact and as is
well known the jurisprudence of the United States is based in general upon the
theory of domicile, while the project of the proposed code is based largely upon the
theory of nationality. The reason for this affirmative vote is that the delegation
of the United States desires to further the work of codification of private inter-
national law. It desires, furthermore, to make this recognition of what it
believes to be a constructive effort of very considerable value, and it desires that,
by the adoption of these articles the forthcoming Pan American Conference at
Habana may have before it, for its mature consideration, a substantial basis for
the discussion of private international law.
In conclusion, the delegation of the United States desires to express the hope
that ultimately a code of Private International Law may be proposed for the
Americas, by which the opposing principles of the two theories of domicile and
nationality may be reconciled. In this happy event it is to be hoped that the
United States may be able to join with her sister Republics.
A Subcommission C had been appointed to consider the method
by which the labors of the commission could be continued. As the
report prepared by the Peruvian delegate, Dr. Maurtua, unanimously
adopted by the commission, is short, and is difficult to state in
abridged form, it is given in full as the unanimous action of the
subcommission:
The International Commission of Jurists, having in view the necessity, demon-
strated by experience, of permanently organizing the preliminary work for
formulating and developing international law in America, as well as the unifica-
tion of legislation, reeommends that the Sixth Pan American Conference approve
the following plan:
870 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION .
ist. To make the International Commission of Jurists of Rio de Janeiro a per-
manent body, and to provide for a stated, regular session every two years.
2d. To organize two committees of examination, one at Rio de Janeiro and
the other at Montevideo for international public law and international private
law, respectively, with the following duties:
(a) To present to the various governments a list of matters susceptible of being
submitted to contractual regulation. In this list will be included, besides the
matters initiated by the committees, those which the International Commission
of Jurists judges proper to indicate, on terminating each of its sessions.
(b) To decide, in accordance with replies received, what matters are generally
considered ripe for discussion and appropriate for legislation.
(ec) To submit to the various governments the different viewpoints from which
matters selected may be contemplated; to petition and obtain an indication along
general lines of the opinion of each government.
3d. To entrust the Executive Council of the American Institute of Interna-
tional Law with the duty of studying scientifically the matters referred to in the
above article, with the task of drawing conclusions and presenting them with
proper explanations duly supported in reports, inasmuch as they are to serve as
bases of discussion by the International Commission of Jurists for the definite
formulation of the ante-projects intended for Pan American Conferences.
Whenever possible, the above information shall be submitted to the delibera-
tions of the institute at its biennnial plenary sessions.
4th. To organize in Habana an office and committee for directing the studies
of comparative legislation and for the unification of legislation.
5th. The three above-mentioned committees are to be formed by the various
governments from the menibers of their respective national societies of inter-
national law.
They shall communicate with the various governments and with the Executive
Council of the Institute, through the Pan American Union.
6th. The Pan American Union, in so far as its by-laws permit, shall cooperate
in all the preliminary legislative work referred to in the above articles.
It is evident that the codification of international law is in full blast,
that the Institute of International Law, as a scientific body has aided
the codification of international law in international conferences, and
that the American Institute of International Law is aiding through
its labors the codification of international law through conferences of
the American Republics in the western hemisphere.
The seed scattered to the wind by Lieber is bearing ample fruit in
the old world of his birth, and in the new world of his choice; and
the writer of this article is doubly happy that the labors of each are,
in accordance with Lieber’s suggestion, aided by the support of the
Carnegie Endowment for International Peace, of which he is secretary.
2)
By A. W. Linineton
HE color of the sea about the prow of the galleon changed,
and so Juan Diaz de Solis, voyaging for Spain in 1512,
shifted his course and beat toward the land he knew must
le ahead. But as yet the lookout scanned the horizon in
vain, so far to sea does the Rio de la Plata bear the soil of Uruguay.
Across this vast estuary of the Silver River the Spanish navigator
raised the mainland and, disembarking near the island of Martin
Garcia, became the first white man to set foot in Uruguay. The
dominion of Spain, destined to endure for 300 years, had begun.
Again, in 1515, Juan Diaz de Solis visited the shores of the Plata, to
meet death, with all his men, at the hands of the savage Charrtas.
Five years later a ship of Magellan’s fleet, sailing under orders of
Charles I of Spain, made a landfall near the present site of Monte-
video, and from the pilot’s cry: ‘‘I see the mountain!”’ the city later
took its name. Then, in 1526, Sebastian Cabot found that sea-like
estuary, pushed upstream beyond the confluence of the Parana and
the Uruguay, and founded the settlements of San Salvador and Santi
Spiritus. Uruguay had been born.
That was 400 years ago. In the early nineteenth century occurred
two decisive events, the movement resulting in the independence of
Uruguay, and the final establishment of the country as a republic in
1825. To-day the Republica Oriental del Uruguay, lying between
the Uruguay River on the west and the Atlantic on the east, with
Brazil to the north and Argentina across the Rio de la Plata to the
south, is the smallest independent State in South America.
Striking north from Montevideo we pass through the departments
of Canelones, San José, Florida, Durazno, and Tacuarembé. Here
we find ourselves amid the vast rolling plains on which roam the
ereat herds of cattle, descendants of the small herd which Hernan-
darias, governor of the River Plate Province in the last decade of the
sixteenth century and first patriot of Uruguay, sent across the Uru-
guay River. Cattle breeding and sheep farming, carried on exten-
sively in the departments of Paysandt, Salto, and Rio Negro, as well
as in the Departments mentioned above, are to-day the principal
1From International Telephone Review, July 1927.
871
Courtesy of the Touring Club Uruguayo
A BUSY STREET IN MONTEVIDEO
Calle Sarandi, looking toward the center of the Uruguayan capital
THE REPUBLIC OF URUGUAY 873
Courtesy of the Touring Club Uruguayo
PLAZA INDEPENDENCIA, MONTEVIDEO
In the center is seen the fine equestrian statue of Artigas, the national hero of Uruguay. On the right
appears the Palacio Salvo, said to be the highest reinforced concrete building in Latin America
industries of the country. In 1924, 8,500,000 head of cattle ranged
over 41,500,000 acres of pasture lands. Of sheep there were
14,000,000, and of swine, asses, and goats over 300,000. Horses were
also raised, and numbered more than 500,000. Of the total exports
of the country, livestock, meat, and meat products constitute about
96 per cent.
On the southern plains the monotone of the undulating grasslands
is broken by patches of white and scarlet verbena, and as the land
slopes upward to the northern Departments we find valleys abound-
ing in aromatic shrubs. In these and neighboring Departments are
distributed the 2,000,000 acres of Uruguayan soil devoted to agricul-
ture. Wheat is the chief crop. Corn, oats, and barley follow in
importance, and flax, alfalfa, tobacco, and grapes are cultivated in
Courtesy of the Touring Club Uruguayo
TWO ATTRACTIVE SQUARES IN THE URUGUAYAN CAPITAL
Upper: Plaza de los Treinta y Tres, named in honor of the band of patriots which started the movement
for national independence. This plaza contains beds of roses, for which Montevideo is famous. Lower:
Another view of Plaza Independencia, a center of the city’s life
Courtesy of the Touring Club Uruguayo
MONUMENT TO JOSE P. VARELA, PATRIOT AND EDUCATIONAL REFORMER
Courtesy of the Touring Club Uruguayo
PARQUE HOTEL, MONTEVIDEO
Surrounded by trees and flowers, this thoroughly modern hotel presents a most attractive appearance
876 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION,
some parts. It is apparent that agriculturally Uruguay does not
produce enough for her own needs, but recently activity in this
branch of industry has increased and an effort has been made to
induce the people to cultivate the soil more assiduously.
Pressing still to the north, the uplands give way to a fairly moun-
tainous region, well forested with hardwoods through which wander
Courtesy of the Touring Club Uruguayo
THE JUNCTION OF TWO IMPORTANT THOROUGHFARES IN MONTEVIDEO
the fox and deer, and to which rosemary, mimosa, myrtle, and the
scarlet ceiba give color and fragrance. Further northward, we come
to the Departments of Rivera, Salto, and Artigas, cut by the mountain
ranges Cuchilla de Santa Ana, Cuchilla de Haedo, and the Cuchilla
de Belén. Here gold and silver are mined in small quantities, but
hardly so extensively as to justify the early explorers in calling
Uruguay’s chief waterway the ‘Silver River,” believing that it led
to elusive El Dorado.
The more prosaic coal, talé, marble and granite are mined and
quarried in the Departments of Minas, Cerro Largo, Maldonado, and
Colonia. Traces of petroleum have also been discovered and may
prove valuable in the industrial life of the country.
The story of Uruguay is written in the annals of Montevideo, and
the progress of that city parallels that of the country at large.
Seven families, sent across the Plata in 1726 by Zavala, Governor of
Buenos Aires, founded the city of San Felipe de Montevideo, and
planted the seed of independence which reached fruition in the
Republic a century later.
THE REPUBLIC OF URUGUAY 877
Steamers from the ports of all countries of the world now lie in
the roadstead. Montevideo has improved her harbor at a cost of
$30,000,000, and is now a regular port of call from the United States
and Great Britain. We land in a city of 425,000 inhabitants, the
largest center of the Republic, busy with the commerce of a capital.
From here are shipped the products of the country, brought down
from the interior by rail or river boat.
We wander among the 300 broad streets lined with shade trees,
broken now and then by squares splashed with the colors of a pro-
fusion of flowers. We are struck by the spaciousness of the city.
The parks, among which the Parque Rod6é and the Prado are the
largest, and the 12 plazas, bring to this active business center some-
thing of the open plains which lie to the north. The cathedral, the
university, the Government Palace, and other public buildings have
beauty without pretentiousness, utility without drabness. They
reflect the substantial, independent character of the people.
Courtesy of the Touring Club Uruguayo
AVENIDA CONSTITUYENTE, ONE OF MONTEVIDEO’S BROAD TREE-LINED
AVENUES
The city is admirably supplied with power facilities. One of the
first cities of South America to be lighted by electricity, it has to-day
a street illumination, by powerful arc lamps, equal to that of any
South American capital. Until the latter part of the eighteenth
century Montevideo was lighted by oil made from mare’s grease.
56205—27—Bull. 9——3
OLAS
LER
Courtesy of the Touring Club Uruguayo
POCITOS, A SEASIDE RESORT NEAR MONTEVIDEO
One of the greatest charms of Montevideo is the number of attractive beaches within a short distance of
the city; Pocitos may be reached in a few minutes by street car or automobile. Upper: The shore
drive on asummer morning. Lower: One of the small parks along the drive
Courtesy of the Touring Club Uruguayo
ON THE BEACH AT POCITOS
Upper: Following the European custom, small bathhouses are used, which are wheeled down to the water’s
edge. Lower: A happy throng enjoying the sand and sea
SSO THE PAN AMERICAN UNION
Montevideo, as the largest commercial and industrial center in
the Republic, supports factories for cement, tile, brick, coke, furni-
ture, and boots and shoes. Of paramount importance are those
industries relating to the preparation and export of meat and meat
products, and there are extensive packing houses near the city.
Flour mills, machine shops, a steel foundry, and mills for linen,
cotton, and wools are among the other industrial activities.
The capital is the terminus for the 1,654 miles of railroads in
Uruguay, which radiate from the city to the northwest, north, and
northeast. Supplementing the railroads are the highways, or national
roads, which cover 2,240 miles, and the 3,100 miles of departmental
roads. Much improvement has been made in these roadways, and
Courtesy of the Touring Club Uruguayo
PUNTA DEL ESTE
A delightful seaside town reached by train or automobile from Montevideo, much frequented in summer
by the aristocracy of Argentina
travel has been greatly facilitated by the macadamization of some
300 miles along the main arteries. The Plata and Uruguay Rivers
contribute most extensively to the 700 miles of navigable waterways,
although river traffic is also found on the Parana, the Rio Negro,
and the Paraguay.
As we leave this modern city, worthy to be the capital of a progres-
sive republic of the modern age, it is difficult to realize that exactly
200 years ago Montevideo consisted of 42 buildings—2 of stone and
40 of hide.
Incidental with Uruguay’s progress along industrial and commercial
lines has been the growth of the postal service, telegraph, and tele-
phone. In 1923 there were 995 post offices, and during the following
year internal correspondence comprised 120,227,565 letters, packages,
THE REPUBLIC OF URUGUAY S81
ete., and external, 13,224,807. In 1866, the Compafiia Rio de la
Plata laid telegraph cables between Montevideo and Buenos Aires,
and in 1892 these lines were taken over by the Post Office Depart-
ment. In 1923 there were about 5,000 miles of telegraph lines and
249 offices, through which 1,665,386 telegrams passed. Cable lines
> OT et
a el
Courtesy of the Touring Club Uruguayo
CARRASCO
Another of Montevideo’s seaside resorts. Upper: Some of the attractive summer residences. Lower:
A view showing at the right the fine Hotel Carrasco
connect. Uruguay with points in Brazil and Argentina, and general
service with Europe dates from 1874 via the Madeira line. Cables
from Montevideo to Rio de Janeiro, to Santos, and to Atalaya in
Argentina are operated by All America Cables (Inc.), the associated
company of the International Telephone & Telegraph Corporation.
A large wireless station is maintained by the Government at Cerrito
882 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION
near Montevideo, with a range of about 620 miles at sea. Other
stations are located at Rivera, Lobos Island, and Paso de los Toros.
Following closely on the invention of the telephone came the first
installation in Uruguay in 1878. This was in the nature of an
experiment, but shortly afterwards telephone service was put into
use between the post offices of Montevideo. The next step was the
installation of lines between the capitals of the various departments.
In Montevideo there are about 35,000 miles of wire and about 9,500
miles in the rest of the Republic.
Courtesy of the Touring Club Uruguayo
CARRASCO BEACH DURING A MOTOR FESTIVAL
Carrasco is celebrated for its firm beach, similar to some of those in Florida and Maine
- In March of this year the International Telephone & Telegraph
Corporation acquired the controlling interest in the Montevideo
Telephone Co. This system, with 14,095 phones, is the principal
one in Montevideo, and it is hoped that this recent step in the
progress of Uruguayan telephone history will mark the beginning of
a new era for the service. The plans and projected improvements
for telephone service in Uruguay will parallel advances being made
in other fields of the industrial and commercial development which
has made Uruguay one of the most progressive republics in South
America. 5
co MMISSIO}
OCTOBER
HE Pan American Commission on the Simplification of Con-
sular Procedure will meet in the Pan American Union Build-
ing, Washington, D. C., October 10, 1927, for the discussion
of methods directed toward unification of the widely diverse
procedure now observed in the drafting and expediting of consular
documents, a diversity long recognized as one of the most hampering
obstacles in the interplay of American trade.
This commission was appointed in conformity with a resolution of
the Third Pan American Conference, held in Washington, June, 1927,
which reads as follows:
Whereas inter-American trade is hampered by the diversity in the consular
procedure of the different American countries: Be it resolved, That the Third Pan
American Commercial Conference recommend the creation of a Pan American
committee in charge of studying the simplification and standardization of con-
sular procedure as to inter-American trade so far as it may be possible without
interfering with the national interests of the respective governments.
It is also recommended to the Governing Board of the Pan American Union
that as soon as possible it set the date for the meeting of said committee and
invite the government members of the Union to designate the respective
technical commissioners to represent them.
It is recommended to the Pan American Union that it transmit the results of
the labors of the committee to the governments members of the Union with
the object that, if they should consider it advisable, instructions be given to
their delegations so that they may submit the said labors and conclusions at
which the committee may arrive to the Sixth Pan American Conference.
It is recommended to the Pan American Union that in cooperation with the
Inter-American High Commission it carry out the preliminary work involved
in preparing the work of the conference and collect the material that is to serve
in the study of the committee.
This assembly, in which it is expected that the governments
members of the Pan American Union will be represented by their re-
spective commercial attachés and other responsible officials, will be of
more than ordinary interest, coming, as it does, so soon after the
close of the International Economic Conference in Geneva, in which,
although international trade was considered from many angles, little
or nothing was accomplished toward the simplification of consular
documentation and procedure, except as these relate to customs
883
S84. THE PAN AMERICAN UNION ~
formalities. This was true also of the work of the conference in
Brussels, December, 1913.
The main features of the situation which the commission has been
convened to consider are well set forth in the working agenda which
has been prepared, the text of which follows:
I
ConsuLAR DOCUMENTS
Reduction of number of export documents requiring consular visa.
Simplification of data required on consular invoices.
Possibility of adoption of standard form of consular invoices.
Standardization of size of consular invoice form.
Language, currency, and quantity units to be used in consular invoices.
Number of copies of consular invoices to be required.
Exclusion of ocean freight rates on consular invoices.
8. Provision for letters of correction on consular invoices, upon moderate
charge.
9. Length of time for presentation of consular documents after arrival of
goods.
ROOD
NIG Or
JOE
ConsuLaR FEES
1. Consular invoice fee as a service charge rather than an additional duty.
2. Possibility of moderation and standardization of consular fees.
Ill
CoNSULAR PRACTICES AND PROCEDURES
1. Uniformity of consular practices within each country.
2. Standardization of time required for usual visa.
3. Provision for rapid service in urgent cases, upon moderate charge.
4. Legalization of duplicate copies upon request.
5. Consular advice as to proper declaration of goods and preparation of
invoices.
6. Use of the mails in handling export documents.
7. Invoice forms officially issued or commercially printed.
IV
DocUMENTATION ON ParceL-Post SHIPMENTS
1, Elimination of consular documents and fees on mail shipments of small
value.
2. Facilitating conditions of shipment of parcel-post packages.
Everyone interested in American solidarity—and their number is
legion—particularly in its economic aspects, will follow the work of
the commission with the liveliest interest, confident that from its
searching analysis of the ills resulting from existing consular pro-
cedure as suffered by inter-American trade, acceptable remedies of
practical application will be evolved to the prompt relief of inter-
national traders throughout the American Continent. |
GUAYULE RUBBER AN ND
ITS PRODUCTION ON .
ARGE SCAL.
Pe (a) @ @ ©
a Q @ a) @ 2
By Ursar Vincent Witcox
T was 50 years ago that Sir Henry Wickham sailed from Brazil,
taking with him from its native habitat a quantity of the seed
of the Hevea—the famous Par4 rubber tree of the Amazon—and
thus laid the foundation of a new and revolutionary era in rub-
ber. From Wickham’s seeds, planted, cultivated and nourished in
the tropical Far East, have sprung millions of trees, the milk-like latex
of which now supplies more than 90 per cent of the world’s rubber—
the plantation rubber of commerce.
But to-day, after years of experimentation, a wild Mexican plant,
transplanted, cultivated, and nourished in United States soil, prom-
ises to add another new and revolutionary chapter to the history of
rubber. The rubber which is expected to work this revolution is
known as ‘‘guayule.”’ It is obtained from a little shrub of the same
name, but 2 or 3 feet tall, which weighs about as many pounds.
Commerce knows guayule as a ‘‘soft”’ rubber, and it has never been
a direct competitor of the Hevea. Its use in the past has been mainly
confined to rubberizing fabrics and in those parts of automobile tires
not subject to abrasion. Since 1904, 130,000,000 pounds of guayule
rubber have been produced and marketed, some 8,500,000 pounds
having been used last year.
Years ago rubber chemists began to experiment with guayule
rubber with a view to expanding its uses—to making it more nearly
comparable with the Hevea—to evolve a product which would answer
the rigid requirements demanded in tire work, hitherto filled by the
plantation rubbers. With the advent of the British restrictive meas-
ures and rubber shortage, these efforts have been largely extended.
At a meeting of the American Chemical Association recently held in
Philadelphia it was authoritatively announced that all these things
had been done. Dr. David Spence, an internationally known chem-
ist, said that as a result of experiments all obstacles had been over-
come and that a new product of the guayule shrub had been developed
which vulcanized readily, matching, when vulcanized, the tensile,
elongation, abrasion and other tests now demanded of the best grades
of plantation rubber, and that this new product would meet all the
1 Dun’s International Review, May, 1927, New York.
885
JOIWAT[MO MOI-INOJ B BUIMVY JOJoRI} BAG OMOP SI UOVAT[ND ‘SYJUOUL XIs ynoge yo 4os Used Avy syUe[d esoyL,
aTdIld NadO HHL NI SUNWId ATAAV AD
MOTAIY [BUOIVBUIEJUT SUNG JO ASoJINOD
GUAYULE RUBBER AND ITS PRODUCTION ON A LARGE SCALE S87
major requirements of manufacture—and these major requirements
are the manufacture of tires, and expecially tire treads.
It is well known that the Hevea can not be raised in temperate
climates, because that tree will flourish only in frostless, tropical lati-
tudes. With the advent of the new guayule product, however, the
need of tropical areas disappears, for the shrub thrives in temperate
and subtropical climates. It not only withstands frost but requires it.
The wild guayule shrub, little more than a weed, is indigenous to
northern Mexico, extending over a bit into the Big Bend of the Rio
Grande in Texas. It flourishes in altitudes ranging from 4,000 to
7,000 feet above sea level, where the rainfall is 7 to 14 inches annually,
with considerable dry periods every year. It has never been found
growing naturally outside this area, which, in extent, occupies some
130,000 square miles.
Since 1912 experimental work has been carried on in adapting the
wild shrub to United States soil. During these 15 years the plant has
been evolutionized, Burbanked, and tamed from a wild product of the
hilly limestone slopes of its Mexican home to the arid environment of
the southwestern part of the United States.
In central California 200 acres of the guayule shrub have been
planted, which is to form the nucleus of this enterprise. So success-
ful have been the results that an additional 600 acres are about to
be set out.
It is the aim of those responsible for the studies already made that
guayule growing shall be in the hands of the individual farmer and
landowner, whose planting, cultivating and harvesting operations
will be guided and financed by the central factory organization in his
vicinity. This central factory will buy and mill his product in much
the same manner as the sugar industry is now conducted. Supplied
with seedlings from the central organization, the farmer will plant,
say, a quarter or a fifth of his total guayule area each year, depending
on the type of land he happens to own. Since it takes about four
years for a shrub to mature ready for harvesting (uprooting), this
rotating process will practically iron out labor peaks and will furnish
a regular income.
It has been found. that the guayule shrub will continue to manufac-
ture and store up energy in the shape of rubber within its cells even
if for any reason such as an unfavorable market it is not harvested
on schedule time. Conversely it may be harvested earlier if there is
sufficient incentive, such as a high market or national emergency. In
these respects it differs from almost any other agricultural product
and promises to be an attractive product and most acceptable to
the farmers.
On the California plantation no irrigation is employed, and it is
expected that none will be necessary on any of the farms that may
add guayule growing to the list of their products. The spacing of the
88s THE PAN AMERICAN UNION >
plants is designed with special reference to the root system, which will
exhaust at a given period the available moisture remaining in the soil
after the winter rains.
The rubber in the guayule shrub is contained almost entirely in the
cells of the thick cortex underlying the bark of the trunk, root, and
major branches, consequently the entire shrub is uprooted in harvest-
ing. Practically no rubber is found in the wood itself, nor in the
small twigs or leaves. In extracting the rubber content the whole
plant, as well as root and branches, is first crushed by a series of
crusher rolls in the presence of water. The mass is then fed continu-
ously with additional water to a series of tube mills. These mills, as
described by Doctor Spence, contain flint pebbles, and revolve slowly
Courtesy of Dun’s International Review
PLANTING GUAYULE SEEDLINGS
It is the aim of the experimenters in guayule cultivation to make it a machine planted, cultivated, har-
vested, and fabricated product from start to finish
ona horizontal axis. Their action on the shrub depends on the rolling
motion of the pebbles in the water, and results in a disintegration of
the fiber and the ‘‘worming,’’’as it is called, of the rubber substance
into small, round, spongy particles.
These fine particles of rubber, being lighter than water, float on the
surface of the discharged liquor from the tube mills, while the bulk
of the fiber and other impurities sink and may readily be separated.
The rubber ““worms”’ which then rise to the surface of the settling
tanks into which the liquor from the tube mills is run, are skimmed off
and collected. The mass of small ‘‘worms”’ is then agitated with
more water and the resultant mass is worked into sheets in sheeter
rolls.
SuULIA I0J SIOWIIL] [ENPIAIPUT 0} SBuT[pees osay} A[ddns [[IM WOTezlUBsIO [BI}UGD V
ADVLS DNITCHUS WHHL NI SANUHS ATOAAVOD
MAIAOY ‘“UOLBUIOJUT SUNG Jo AsezIno/)
890 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION
A good average shrub will yield from 14 to 16 per cent of rubber.
The rubber thus obtained is of the same chemical composition as
Hevea rubber, except that in the mechanical process of extraction
approximately 20 per cent of resin is incorporated with the pure
rubber. In many manufacturing compounds this resin serves a
useful purpose, replacing softening agents that would otherwise have
to be milled into the harsher Hevea rubber. Whenever it is necessary
or desirable to do so, guayule can be de-resinated.
Considering the economics of production, it has been the aim of
the California experimenters to make guayule a machine-grown,
cultivated, harvested, and fabricated product from start to finish.
By the employment of every modern labor-saving device it is antici-
pated that guayule can be produced at a cost that will permit it to
be marketed successfully in competition with rubber from other
sources.
It is said by George H. Carnahan, president of the Intercontinental
Rubber Co., that the annual production of a billion pounds of crude
Para rubber in the Far East requires the continuous employment of
600,000 laborers, meaning that the output of rubber per man for a
year is 1,660 pounds. Against this it is estimated that the same
amount of guayule rubber can be produced by 40,000 men continu-
ously employed at comparatively high wages, but utilizing every
possible labor-saving device throughout the entire process of culti-
vation and preparation for market. This represents an annual return
of 25,000 pounds of rubber per man, and the ratio of 1,660 to 25,000
is sufficient, according to Mr. Carnahan, to offset the low labor costs
which apply in the East.
Although guayule experiments by chemists, botanists, and other
trained scientists and engineers on 19 different stations in California
and Arizona have been in progress for a number of years, but little of
what was going on nor of the results obtained had: been generally
known until the recent American Chemical Society meeting. Manu-
facturers knew that guayule rubber from wild sources in Mexico
could only supply approximately 1 per cent of their present-annual
requirements, and whether more could be produced has been hitherto
an academic question of no immediate interest. However, there are
those who recall that for the fiscal year ended June 30, 1910, total
American imports of raw rubber amounted to 101,000,000 pounds,
and of this over 20,000,000 pounds were Mexican guayule as then
crudely produced. Hence there is nothing revolutionary about con-
templating its use to-day to the extent of at least 20 per cent as soon
as this amount can be made available.
It is also recalled that when plantation-grown Hevea first came on
the market it was rather difficult to convince manufacturers that a
suitable Para rubber could be grown anywhere outside of its natural
Amazon Valley. With rapid strides, however, plantation rubber
forged ahead and the Amazon rubber faded away, until now the latter
product is hardly a factor in the market.
INVESTIGATIONS OF PROBLEMS OF CHICLE PRODUCTION
HE Tropical Plant Research Foundation has undertaken an
investigation of problems of latex flow, bark structure, and
tapping methods of the sapote or sapodilla tree (Achras
sapote), with a view to securing information that will result
in more effective production of chicle.
This work is supported by the Chicle Development Co. of New York,
a firm engaged in the production and importation of chicle for use in
the manufacture of chewing gum. The gathering of chicle for export
is one of the principal sources of revenue of British Honduras and in
the neighboring State of Petén in Guatemala and to some extent also
in the adjacent portions of southern Mexico. Twelve million pounds
of this gum were imported by the United States in 1925 and 9,000,000
pounds in 1926. All of the present production is from wild trees,
which are tapped by cutting, with a machete, a series of zigzag
wounds in the bark extending from the ground to the branches and
nearly encircling the tree. The tapping is done in the early morning
during the rainy season from June to December, and the milky latex
which flows from the trees is collected later in the day and condensed
to a gum by boiling. The trees are tapped but once, and require
five years or more to recover from their injuries. A considerable per-
centage die as a result of the tapping, consequently the collections
have to be pushed constantly into new areas.
The foresters in British Honduras have undertaken to improve the
present conditions by cutting out competing trees and vines of other
species. Plantation methods have been considered, but are thought to
be impracticable unless a better system of tapping can be worked out.
The investigations of the Tropical Plant Research Foundation will
be headed by Dr. John S. Karling of the department of botany of
Columbia University, New York, who will work under the scientific
leadership of Dr. R. A. Harper, of Columbia University, and special-
ists of the Boyce Thompson Institute for Plant Research. Dr. Paul
C. Standley, of the United States National Museum will continue
his studies on the botany of the sapote and related trees of this area.
THE CHICLE INDUSTRY IN THE DEPARTMENT OF PETEN,
GUATEMALA!
The Boletin de Agricultura y Caminos, published by the Department
of Agriculture of Guatemala in its issue of May, 1927, gives an
interesting account of the chicle industry in the Department of Petén.
The Department of Petén is the northernmost of Guatemala and
also the largest, its area equaling two-thirds of the total extension
1 Translated and compiled by José Tercero of the BULLETIN staff.
891
892 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION
of the Republic. Petén adjoins both Mexico and British Honduras
and is famous for the wide variety of its products, among which
are timber of various kinds, precious woods in abundance, cacao and
rubber, most of which, however, have not been exploited due to the
lack of adequate transportation facilities.
Among these products is the Achras Chicle Pittier, a tree which
is found in large stands in the picturesque neighborhood of Lake
Itza, and which gives a rich, white resin considered by experts as
one of the finest, if not the best, in the world. The extraction and
exportation of this substance for the manufacture of chewing gum
Copyright by C. B. Waite, Mexico City
CHICLE TREE (CHICO SAPOTE), MEXICO
has opened up a large and steadily growing industry in the Depart-
ment of Petén. Along the left banks of La Pasién River, in the
neighboring Department of Alta Verapaz, a different variety of chicle
tree called the Chicubull is found which covers large extensions of
territory. The resin produced by this species is of an inferior quality
and of a reddish color. It hardens with difficulty, and has the
great disadvantage of melting easily when exposed to the sun, being,
therefore, very difficult to transport. Some years ago the Ohicubull
had some demand in the market, but its disadvantages and the better
quality of the Achras Chicle Pittier soon made its exploitation prac-
tically unprofitable. It should be noted, however, that chicle
THE CHICLE INDUSTRY 893
dealers have successfully tried a mixture of Chicubull and Achras,
in the ratio of 1 of the former to 3 of the latter, which has proved
acceptable in the market.
The extraction of chicle takes place only during the rainy season, as
the tree never yields resin at any other time of the year, and the proc-
ess is somewhat similar to the extraction of rubber. The chiclero,
or man who collects the resinous sap, makes zigzag incisions in the
trunk of the tree, beginning at the ground where a receptacle in the
form of a rubber bag 1 foot long and 6 inches wide is placed at the
end of the lowermost incision, where it is held fast to the tree by two
small sticks. With the aid of a rope tied around the trunk and
attached to his waist and a pair of iron spurs, similar to those used
by telephone repairmen, the chiclero climbs the tree, making incisions
in the bark of the tree with his sharp machete, until the branches
are reached. Some chicleros go even farther, making cuts in the
branches in order to increase the yield of resin. This practice,
however, has been forbidden by the Petén authorities, as it eventually
causes the complete destruction of the tree.
The resin thus gathered in the containers is emptied into a kettle of
rather large size and mixed with an equal amount of water. The
chiclero puts the kettle on a slow fire and, stirring the mixture
constantly with a wooden paddle, adds thereto small particles of a
slender reedlike plant which grows on the same trees. When the
mixture has acquired a certain thickness it is emptied into wooden
molds, where it cools off, forming the ‘‘marquetas,”’ or chicle blocks,
which are then wrapped in coarse canvas for exportation.
The chiclero is paid $10 for each quintal * of chicle. Of this amount
a certain per cent is discounted for the degree of moisture. Some
contractors discount as much as 35 per cent. In accordance with
the terms of his contract the chiclero must clear a path to facilitate
transportation of the marquetas on mule back to the ‘“hatos’’—that
is, the point where several chicleros deliver their respective marquetas
to the contractor. The latter transports the merchandise to the
shores of Lake Itz4, where it is shipped for exportation. It takes
from 10 to 12 days to carry the chicle from the “hato”’ to the lake
through the thick tropical jungle The contractor gets $25 for each
duintal of chicle delivered at Lake Itza.
The chiclero is, as arule, a hard worker. He is clean, of a cheerful
disposition, likes to dress well, and is a generous spender, quickly
doing away with his hardly won earnings at the end of the season of
extraction. Accustomed from early youth to borrow liberally—
being very particular to repay—when the chicle season opens he
overworks himself in order to earn enough to pay his debts and
maintain his good credit.
The contracts between chicleros and contractors are authorized
by the municipal authorities and, as a rule, are not remarkably easy.
2 One hundred pounds.
56205—27-—Bull. 9-4
S94 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION
The chiclero agrees to deliver to the contractor a given amount of
chicle at the end of the season, rating his producing capacity lower
than it actually is, partly in order to be sure of delivering the exact
amount of chicle agreed and partly to enable him to do a little trad-
ing of his own, exchanging whatever chicle he has in excess of the
amount called for by his contract for money, liquor, or, very seldom,
something more useful. This trading is very cleverly done without
the knowledge of the contractor and in spite of the most zealous
vigilance.
The chicle industry in the Department of Petén is the source of
all sorts of small business among the natives. The exporters or
concessionaries at the beginning of the season advance the contrac-
tors some funds in the form of ‘‘vales,’’ which are something like
I O U’s, of nominal value. The contractors cash these among the
merchants, who collect a commission for their services. The con-
tractors, in turn, loan the chicleros small amounts for their meager
supplies during the season, and this practice is responsible for the
fact that every house in the small towns and villages about the
chicle district, mostly adobe dwellings, contains a shop of some kind
on a small scale, equipped with a tiny counter and shelves where the
chicleros secure their none too abundant provisions. In Belize,
British Honduras, private merchants are to be found, always ready
to invest in the chicle extraction, offering the contractors better
prices and more liberal opportunities than the big exporting con-
cessionaries do.
A quintal of chicle, for which, as stated, the chiclero gets $10 at
the ‘‘hato,”’ goes through a process of transformation until it reaches
a value 500 per cent greater. The Wrigley Co., for example, pays
from $48 to $50 a quintal, f. o. b. Belize.
The following is an itemized account of the value in United States
currency of a quintal of chicle, from the ‘‘hatos”’ down to the shipping
wharves at Belize:
Extraction permit and municipal taxes. © ie =e) ee eee $2. 80
Moshe: Chiclend sa sl ee aN Na al ea aie ew ay aa 10. 00
ADEN TST OLVERA NOVITL Wave IMENT Oy Wee. 10. 00
Transportationon thease 2 cee oe See a eed eee oe ea ee =< RY
From, Lake Itaa to Cayo; British Honduras] 2-2 5-252 eee 10. 00
From, Cayo:tooBelize= os 2425 4. 05 35 ee ee Lee 1..50
Export duties, 0.07 per pound, 100 pounds___—_ = -= == 2-3 A ee 7. 00
Pransit tolls through British Honduras 2.2 eee en ee ee 1. 50
Wrapping: material ccc 2 hs ee ara cer . 50
Totaln 6 8 a Re Ee ee ee 43. SO
The Achras Chicle Pittier, called by the natives ‘‘Chicozapote”’
tree, is also used for construction purposes. In the newly discovered
ruins of Tikal, sturdy beams of this wood, carved by the ancient
Mayas, have withstood wonderfully well for centuries the ravages of
time in spite of being exposed in the open to the inclemencies of the
tropical weather and vegetation.
BOs
COZ
% i
(7G
S =
THE UNIVERSITY OF CONCEPCION !
T CONCEPCION, in southern Chile, on March 23, 1917,
a0,
interested individuals in that region founded a private
university which met with such success that it was legally
incorporated by presidential decree of May 14, 1920, as
the Universidad de Concepcion. The administration of the univer-
sity is intrusted to the president of the corporation, elected for a
six-year term (Dr. Enrique Molina being the present incumbent),
and the board of directors, while the university council has charge
of matters relating to instruction. At present the university main-
tains schools of education, dentistry, medicine (first three years
only), pharmacy, and industrial chemistry. The school of education
offers courses for teachers of English and French (leading to the State
certificate), for primary teachers and commercial secretaries. It
also has a bureau of vocational guidance. The State certificate
course, as well as the curricula of the schools of dentistry, medicine,
and pharmacy, follow the State courses of study and are fully
accredited by the Government. The school of industrial chemistry,
the first of its kind in Chile, provides a two-year course for analytical
chemists and one of four years for chemical engineers, based on the
equivalent of a secondary-school education.
The university also maintains an institute of physiology, under the
direction of the eminent European professor, Dr. Alejandro Lipschutz,
as an adjunct to the schools of medicine and dentistry and as a
research division; publishes a literary journal, Atenea; through the
department of university extension provides short courses, lectures,
etc., and takes part in all worthy community enterprises.
In addition to State or municipal aid, private gifts, and student
fees, the university is authorized to conduct a lottery, from the
proceeds of which about 600,000 pesos are received annually for
current expenses and the sums set aside each year for the building
program and the creation of a permanent endowment. In 1926 the
corporation had assets of over 1,476,000 pesos in addition to extensive
grounds: for : a pam us: A large building has been erected for the
1 Taken from information (upnished by the Government of Chile.
$95
896 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION
schools of pharmacy and industrial chemistry, a wing for the anatomy
laboratory, and buildings will soon be provided for the dental school
and the institute of physiology. The university authorities are
working especially toward the establishment of a clinical hospital, so
necessary both to the community and to the medical school.
MEXICO CITY NORMAL SCHOOLS!
NTIL 1925 pedagogic training in Mexico City was given in the
two normal schools for men and women and the evening
normal school. Early that year these were united into one
under the name National School for Teachers (Escuela Na-
cional de Maestros), in the suburb of San Jacinto. The new insti-
tution opened with a considerably larger number of students than
the combined enrollment of the three separate schools.
There was novelty in the mere fact of moving out of the city
into extensive grounds, in which school gardens, athletic fields,
children’s playgrounds, ete., will eventually be laid out. Another
innovation was the introduction of coeducation.
The school has been transformed into a great academic center
(about 5,000 students), thus fulfilling one of the primary aims of
its organization, since it is believed that in this way all the problems
of daily life are more easily presented than in small groups which,
because of their very smallness, lead a rather artificial life. In-
creased competition naturally calls forth greater effort, and a wave
of new activity has been noted among the students, to such an
extent that last year 19 special courses were given at the request of
the students by the regular professors or others who generously
offered their services.
A division was made between the cultural studies and the strictly
professional ones, thus creating separate secondary and professional
schools. The work of the secondary division was made identical
with that division of the National Preparatory School; the profes-
sional division underwent important changes, such as the addition
of an extra year of educational psychology, the inclusion of biology,
and special courses in modern history and geography. The curricu-
lum includes practice in agricultural tasks, home industries, and
trades, with emphasis on women’s handicrafts and other manual
work. The course in the day normal schools covers six vee instead
oi five, as heretofore.
Nor nel students were formerly instructed in teaching methods by
first acquainting them with the general principles embodied in the
science of education, psychology, sociology, etc.; these principles were
then examined in the light of the so-called special methodology, and
finally the student verified them through practice. To-day, once
1 From Mezxico, New York, July, 1927.
NEW LATIN AMERICAN EDUCATIONAL INSTITUTIONS 897
the general principles have been learned, the student puts them into
practice and then deduces from this practice the special methods.
In this way he follows a truly scientific path. The results are most
encouraging.
The methods used in teaching all subjects are essentially progres-
sive, instead of the verbalism which was formerly the rule. Practice
teaching is no longer done exclusively in the annexed model primary
school, but in different primary schools in the Federal District,
and nearly half a year is employed in this invaluable labor.
In order that the students may have the opportunity to express
their own personality, they are given intelligent and opportune help,
but otherwise exercise self-government.
A resident teaching staff has been established, who assist in the
moral and scientific guidance of the students.
The evening department, whose enrollment is double that of the
former separate school, follows the same curriculum and methods
as the day department.
The studies required for kindergartners were formerly of the most
elementary character, consisting merely of the first and second
years of the secondary course and one professional year. A more
adequate program has now been adopted, consisting of five years,
three of which are secondary and two professional. This change
is heartily approved of by the kindergartners themselves.
A small group has enrolled in the two-year course for home visitors,
based on the three-year secondary school course.
This school, comprising 39 groups, continues to follow the progres-
sive program so wisely laid down by the department of education.
It has no principal, technical and administrative decisions being
made by the whole staff meeting as the teachers’ council. This sys-
tem has had very good results, since all the teachers are directly
responsible for the work of the school, and are obliged to study not
merely the problems of their own group, but those of the whole
school. As a consequence, the teachers last year felt the necessity
of increasing their knowledge in some more effective manner than
by merely attending a class or studying a book, and decided to
send one of their number to the United States during the long vaca-
tion period in order that he might gather information directly in the
more important primary schools of New York.
Last year careful studies on arithmetic were begun. A series of
tests were given, which showed the actual value of our teaching
methods and the necessity of some changes that are now being
introduced. A similar piece of work is being done on the teaching
of national language.
In Mexico the kindergartens have been functioning in an artificial
manner, without respecting at all the nature of the child. For this
reason new paths were marked out last year and are now being
followed. These are outlined briefly as follows:
898 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION
The school functions in the open air. Care for the health of the
child is the most important consideration, and the number of sick
children has been reduced by 75 per cent.
The institution has been made democratic.
Froebel’s gifts and the so-called occupations, as well as other
kindergarten material, have been discarded, since the best gift is the
marvelous gift of nature. The special exercises for so-called sense
education have also been done away with, the child being placed
in contact with nature and given plenty of activity, so that his per-
ceptions will be acquired naturally.
For detailed programs of study there has been substituted an intel-
ligent direction of the free spiritual and motor expression of the
child, enriching and confirming it. Fixed hours for classes have
been abandoned, for if it is inadvisable to hold primary children to
these, it is pure barbarity to attempt to do so with children of from
4 to 6 years. The activities in which children should engage can
not be contained within the limitations prescribed by classes as
commonly prevailing in kindergartens; hence in this preschool center
the teaching is preferably incidental.
The child is respected. His nascent initiative, his spontaneity,
his liberty are something sacred, which is not touched except to make
it more beautiful. ;
Careful records are kept of anthropometric data and mental devel-
opment, made at frequent intervals with a view to the distribution
and arrangement of educational exercises.
The students have organized themselves into a cooperative body
which is a small-scale reproduction of the Government of the Re-
public. An orchestra composed of 45 students has given concerts
outside of the school, the most interesting of these being the one given
at the broadcasting station of the newspaper El Universal. The
Student Sanitary Brigade, with about a hundred members, is very
well organized and has already rendered important service, as on the
occasion of the interschool athletic meet last year, when its work
was so active and intelligent that the press confused it with the better-
known White Cross and Red Cross. Since last year the students
have had exclusive charge of the school lunch, formerly served by
outsiders, and the profits go to swell the funds of the society. They
also manage a small school-supply business.
A small printing press and a photographic shop have been installed
for the use of the school.
In the courtyard of one of the buildings a botanical garden has
been planted, following closely the work laid out for the botany class.
Necessary material has been provided for the class in practical agri-
culture. Although the school really has not enough available ground
for this work, the sale of garden produce raised by the students in
small plots last year has already brought in some money.
NEW LATIN AMERICAN EDUCATIONAL INSTITUTIONS 899
A hall has been fully equipped with necessary gymnastic apparatus.
Last year the school won third place in the interschool meet, a stimulus
which has served to make the students regard the gymnasium with
favor and to greatly increase their participation in sports.
Last year, in spite of the efforts made to reduce the number of
children without school facilities in the districts near the school, a
large number were not enrolled because there was no room for them.
Although not included in the budget of the normal school, registra-
tion was opened for afternoon classes in the assurance of the students’
willingness to serve. Thus nine primary classes met during the whole
year; senior students generously took charge of these classes and
carried out a praiseworthy piece of work. The problem again pre-
sented itself this year and was solved in the same way; seven classes
are taught by students who, as last year, receive no remuneration.
The kindergarten students rendered a similar service by establish-
ing afternoon divisions in several kindergartens. The students have
also organized a cultural institution under the name of ‘ People’s
University,’ which has charge of a night school for workingmen.
A service of home visitors has been established in order to teach
hygiene of the home, child hygiene, and moral hygiene in the homes
of the poor children who attend this school and live nearby. Some
handicrafts, cooking, and laundering are also taught. The school has
opened extension classes in machine embroidery, millinery, cutting
and fitting, etc., which are attended by more than 200 women of the
neighborhood having relatives in the school.
Last year six essays were submitted in a competition on the fol-
lowing topics:
(a) The project method.
(b) In what practical and effective manner ought students to aid
workingmen and the rural population in their present efforts toward
betterment?
The new spirit in education which is so evident in the reorganiza-
tion of the normal schools shows itself also in other branches of instruc-
tion and gives promise of notable educational advances in Mexico
during the next few years.
COLONIZATION IN THE ARGENTINE REPUBLIC!
HE project of Sefor Manuel Montes de Oca for colonization
on a vast scale in the Argentine Republic, with the fullest
measure of cooperation as between the Government and
the railway companies, was substantially advanced at the
recent meeting between President Alvear and the representatives of
the different enterprises.
In response to the invitation to the conference, issued by His
Excellency through the Ministry of Agriculture, the following met
Doctor Alvear and Government officials: Messrs. José A. Frias and
Ronald Leslie, representing the central Argentine; Raul Lertora and
Guillermo Leguisamo, representing the western; Fernando Guerrico
and J. Eddy, representing the southern; Manuel Augusto Montes
de Oca and Raul Zavalia, representing the Pacific; Ezequiel Ramos
Mejia, representing the Entre Rios and northeast Argentine; and
H. Cabrett and N. Rocha, representing the central Cordoba.
At the conference the railway representatives submitted a plan
which met with the approval of the President and the Minister of
Agriculture. The Times of Argentina gives the following outline of
the companies’ proposal:
The railway companies agree to form a joint organization for colonizing the
lands served by their systems, for the benefit of agriculture in particular and
the country in general. This organization will be known as the Consorcio Ferro-
viario de Colonizacién and will be legally constituted as a company, to be managed
by a board elected by the associated companies. The object of the consortium
will be to bring families direct from abroad, subject, of course, to the immigration
laws, and for the purpose of land settlement. Families already in the country
who may wish to avail themselves of the scheme will be offered similar facilities
to those accorded new arrivals.
The consortium will be the link between the National Government and foreign
governments in all matters appertaining to colonization, and it will act as a
technical instrument of colonization. All financial, commercial, or other entities
with whom the need for contact in relation to immigration is necessary will neet
the consortium, with whom such entities will conduct their business. Each com-
pany is to retain superintendence of colonies within its own particular sphere;
this is to be done for its own account and financial responsibility, it being under
obligation to provide the necessary funds, determine the area to be tilled, and
undertake the choosing and purchase of lands to be used for colonization.
A special agreement will be reached between the consortium and a company
in the event of the latter deciding to found a colony. The companies agree not
to seek any profit in the resale of lands to the colonists, that point being an
1The Review, London, May, 1927, p. 198.
900
CUNT} 1OSUOD 9} JO OWI B St AVMIICI STULL,
AVMTIVY ANILNAOUV TVYLNAO AHL JO NOILVLS SAYIVY SONHA AHL
902 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION
essential condition of the organization. When colonists are charged for land
the price is not to exceed its cost price, plus the value of the buildings, installa-
tions, etc., plus 10 per cent of the total sum, this latter to serve as a reserve fund
for incidental expenses. Long terms of payment will be accorded to settlers for
purchases of land and installations, the property to remain under mortgage on
transferring the title deeds to the purchaser. When the purchaser has paid 20
per cent of the total price of the land he will be given the title deeds by the respect-
ive company, the remainder to bear interest at the rate of 7 per cent interest and
1 per cent cumulative amortization annually, in accordance with the conditions
established by the National Hypothecary Bank.
Arrangements have been made to advance funds to families abroad who may
not have sufficient funds for the purpose of defraying the first year’s working
expenses after arrival here, the consortium to advance a sum sufficient for the
purchase of indispensable working adjuncts, such as animals, poultry, ete. The
amount advanced in these conditions is to be refunded by the settler from the
proceeds of the first sales made by him and prior to his making the first payment
on his land.
Cooperative societies will be organized in each colony by the consortium for
the sale of provisions, etc., the object being to do away with the middleman and
supply the colonists with cheap groceries, clothing, etc. A consignment section
may also be opened by the consortium, to be used as a central deposit whence
the colonists will be able to sell their produce, and reasonable sums will be ad-
vanced to the colonists on their harvests in storage, the consortium also being
empowered to insure the crops and the homesteads, and to reinsure its policies,
etc. When the colonies attain sufficient numerical importance the consortium
will organize in each an urban center which will possess a church, school, police
station, premises for the cooperative society, blacksmith and carpentry, etc.
The capital of the consortium will be fixed by the companies in proportionate
ratio and will be made up of a first quota of 25 per cent, payable when the con-
tract is signed, and with payment of the remaining quotas of 25 per cent each
when such is deemed necessary, and within 90 days of the directors’ meeting at
which the recommendation is made. The companies will contribute to the
capital in proportion to the mileage of their lines. The consortium will be con-
stituted for 10 years from the date of signing the articles of foundation, and it
can not be dissolved before that term except by the unanimous consent of the
members. The consortium will be legally constituted in Buenos Aires and will
be subject to the laws and keep its accounts and transact all its business in the
language of the country.
In view of Argentina’s increasing need of intelligent, capable, and
thrifty colonists for the development of her enormous extension of
agricultural land—which if satisfied would go far toward solving the
latifundia problem—the outcome of this latest colonization scheme,
which appears to be entirely practicable and promising, will be fol-
lowed with close attention by all interested in the progress of that
young colossus in the Pan American family of nations—Argentina.
ADMISSION OF IMMIGRANTS TO BRAZIL!
Karly in January, 1926, the Brazilian Minister for Foreign Affairs
issued to Brazilian consular agents abroad instructions for the enforce-
ment of the new con eressienl act of December 31, 1924,’ and the
ministerial order of June 36 1925, on immigration.
1 Monthly Record of Migration, Inter. Labour Office, May, 1927, pp. 214-215.
* Cf. Ind. and Lab. Information, Vol. XIV , Dp. 186-187.
3 Ibid. Vol. XVI, pp. 43-44.
THULSOH SUNVYOINWNI FHL
ms ON
et
s ’ ; £ e : o a 2 = ee :
© e i‘ se SS
904 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION
The circular letter states that with the exception of persons who
have already resided in Brazil and have been absent less than six
months, aliens desiring to enter the country as immigrants, 1. e.,
second or third class passengers, must present for visa by the Bra-
zilian consuls a certificate of good conduct and an identity card
with photograph. The former document is to be drawn up by the
authorities of the place where the person concerned has last resided
for at least six months. The identity card must show the age,
nationality, civil status, and occupation of its holder, with finger-
prints and description of special marks.
Immigrants over 60 years of age are not allowed to enter Brazil
unless they prove to the Brazilian consular authorities that they
have sufficient resources to provide for their livelihood, or relatives
or other persons in Brazil undertake to provide for their mainte-
nance, and make a deposit with the police authorities of their place
of residence in Brazil. Similarly, single women and children under
18 years of age are not allowed to land in Brazil unless they are sent
for by a person duly authorized to do so, or prove that they carry
on a useful occupation.
Brazilian consuls are required to verify the authenticity of the
certificates and cards submitted for their visa, to grant visas only
to emigrants proceeding to the ports indicated in the decree of
December 31, 1924, and to see that intending emigrants do not
embark on the ships of companies not authorized by the Land
Settlement Service to transport emigrants. The list of such com-
panies and of recruiting agencies authorized by the Land Settlement
Service under the decree of December 31, 1924, has been forwarded
to the consuls by the Federal Government. The circular points out
that immigrants who settle anywhere in the country to carry on
agriculture, industry, commerce, or any other useful occupation are
guaranteed the free exercise of their activities, absolute freedom to
work, provided they do not interfere with the public safety or health
or the national customs, freedom of conscience and religion, and
equality of treatment in the enjoyment of civil rights under the
Brazilian laws.
Immigrants arriving at Rio de Janeiro are inspected at the Jlha
das Flores by the immigration authorities and the police and medical
officials. Their maintenance in the hostel on the island is free, —
including any medical treatment which they may require and the
cost of disembarkation, all of which is provided by the State. The
baggage, bedding, linen, ete., of immigrants arriving at the port of
Rio de Janeiro are disinfected and the immigrants are provided with
baths. Those who are suffering from transmissible diseases, venereal
or other, but not epidemic, receive attention at the infirmary attached
to the hostel on the Ilha das Flores before proceeding to their desti-
nation. A quarantine hospital and special treatment are provided
for immigrants among whom. an epidemic has broken out.*
4 Diario Official do Estado da Bahia, 19 March, 1926.
onl 4 c oe : one c
Z Z [EziN
But th DB Q@ oO e) oo Q Q@ @
By Rarart Martinez Mrenpoza
HE DEMAND for an article is sufficient in itself to create the
industry which is to produce it; thus, for example, the
erowing need for nitrogen in Germany has created the
industry of synthetic nitrogen manufacture for fertilizer;
and likewise in Venezuela the daily increasing need of coal as fuel
must ultimately determine the development of our coal industry,
an undertaking already successfully imitiated by action of the
National Government.
But in the coal industry there must be taken into consideration
not only the prospects offered by obligatory internal consumption of
coal, but also the certainty of exporting it in considerable quantities
both to neighboring and likewise distant countries, such as Argentina,
which is a large consumer of coal and a probable purchaser of what
we might offer in exchange for her high-grade wheat flour, a com-
modity which we import in great quantity.
In this sense our coal industry, including its probable exportation,
becomes an element which would serve as a basis of exchange with
that southern mart, in which we may also be able to sell our excess of
Arayan and Coche salt, petroleum, asphalt and various other prod-
ucts of the subsoil. A careful study of the subject should prove the
possibility of placing our coal on the Argentine market with recip-
rocal advantage to both countries.
Apart from this probability, the sale of Venezuelan coal in our
own ports is more possible of realization to-day than ever before,
owing to the extraordinary number of ships which dock here en route
to Pacific ports as well as on their return. In all Pacific ports,
including Panama, there is a constant demand for coal, so that the
sale of Venezuelan coal in some of them for consumption in the
several enterprises in need of this commodity should not be difficult.
Moreover, despite the keen competition between the coal and
petroleum industries, the product of the latter of which is now so
1 From Ciencias, November, 1926. Caracas, Venezuela.
905
906 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION
universally used, coal will never be entirely displaced by petroleum
in that large number of industries in which, owing to their very
nature, petroleum could not be substituted even were the latter
offered at a greatly reduced price. Indeed, experts on the subject
opine that such enterprises will have to submit willingly or unwillingly
to considerable price advances in coal which will inevitably come as a
NARICUAL COAL
MINE, VENEZUELA
Plant for making briquets
of the high-grade coal
obtained from the exten-
sive deposits in this mine
Courtesy of ‘‘ Venezuela en 1925"
consequence of repeated strikes by the miners who even now are
seeking higher wages and the reduction of their working hours.
In any case, national consumption, which sooner or later must
increase, 1t being at present almost impossible to meet the demand for
fuel with charcoal alone, especially in Caracas where it is bringing as
high as 35 centimes of a bolivar per kilogram, will be amply sufficient
A PILE OF BRIQUETS
MADE FROM NAR-
ICUAL COAL
pe ee =
Courtesy of ‘‘ Venezuela en 1925”
to maintain the active working of at least the two coal-producing
zones of Coro and Guanta, from which the product is at present
being extracted.
Due to the denudation of all forests near the centers of population,
charcoal can now be obtained only from remote districts and at corre-
spondingly high prices. The retail price for charcoal at present is
CARBONIFEROUS WEALTH IN VENEZUELA 907
30 centimes per kilogram, or 300 bolivars a ton ($60.00), which is
four times the price of imported coal. This fact alone shows the
impossibility of continuing the use of charcoal as fuel. And when,
because of the urgent need to conserve the remainder of our forests,
the most drastic means are employed, namely, the absolute prohibi-
tion of wood as fuel, the consumption of charcoal will cease entirely.
CRANE USED IN Sf
LOADING NARI- *.
CUAL COAL os ~
+
:
—,
B
Courtesy of ‘‘ Venezuela en 1925
That there will be a demand for coal in the immediate future
is therefore beyond any manner of doubt, and in the light of this
assurance the action of the National Executive, as shown in the
recent development in the Guanta, in the Naricual, and Capiricual
mines, is specially praiseworthy. The improvement already effected
is clearly evident in the quality of the product as well as in the
COAL AWAITING
SHIPMENT AT THE
SHELTERED HAR-
BOR OF GUANTA
Courtesy of ‘‘ Venezuela en 1925”
methods employed, thanks to which the possibility of offermg the
coal at a price which will permit of its use throughout the country
is constantly becoming more assured, as likewise the feasibility of
offering it in the various forms needed for consumption in the foundry,
by the railroads, or in the home kitchen, this last requiring the
most widespread demonstration in order to make clear the advan-
tages of coal over charcoal.
90S THE PAN AMERICAN UNION
The use of the national product has, moreover, for some years
begun to replace the imported variety formerly employed in a num-
ber of national enterprises, for which very high prices were paid,
to say nothing of the losses incurred by the uncertainty of prompt
delivery.
The prospects of the collieries mentioned are most promising from
every point of view. On the one hand, the grade of coal produced
has proved to be excellent, with heat potentialities comparable with
the Cardiff type and similar mining centers. Moreover, the known
extension of the deposits assures an almost inexhaustible production
sufficient not only to meet internal needs, but to maintain an enor-
mous exportation, even taking into consideration extensive industrial
development in the near future, with all the corresponding benefits
which such exportation would bring.
Granted, as is anticipated, a high grade of perfection in the working
and production of these extensive coal mines and the immediate
acceptance of the product by the national consumer—above all, for
kitchen use—the exploitation of the coal deposits known to exist
in other sections of Venezuela would be unnecessary for many
years to come, concentrating for the present all interest and effi-
ciency in the Naricual mines, which fortunately could not be better
located, with respect to results, and these results would be still greater
were modern methods, such as those in use in England and other
coal-producing countries adopted.
To realize what these mines signify in the wealth of the nation,
even at the height of petroleum production—an actual important
competitor of coal—one need only to consider their exceptional
location, but a few kilometers from the sea, where inevitably the
merchant fleets of the world must pass, fleets whose ships may anchor
securely and conveniently in the broad, quiet harbor of Guanta, a
harbor almost without an equal and one for which nature has done
so much that there is little left to be desired.
Venezuela has in these mines a fortune beyond compare; mines
which some day will supply all the coal required by the industry of
the Caribbean countries; and, because of these mines, coal will become
the most important and workable of Venezuelan commodities.
F THE FIRST 100 years are the hardest, the Republic of Brazil
may be expected to give an exceptionally brilliant account of
herself after 1988, for already, during the first 38 years of the
Republic, Brazil has made progress perhaps unequaled on the
South American Continent.
President Washington Luis, who recently addressed the Thirteenth
Congress of the Republic of Brazil, is the thirteenth Brazilian
President. During the 38 years since 1888, the last year of the
monarchy in this country, 12 presidents preceded Washington Luis
as the head of the Government, an epoch in which the people
of Brazil began to find themselves, to become accustomed to the
liberties and advantages of government by the people, to inaugurate
political, social, commercial, and industrial activities which will carry
them far among nations.
The actual material growth of the country since 1888, as outlined
in the preface of the presidential message, is interesting not only
from the standpoint of past performance, but indicates what may be
done by Brazil in the future. The first 100 years are perhaps the
hardest, and during the first 38, Brazil has taken some hard knocks
and weathered them successfully. Some of the statistics taken from
the presidential message of Washington Luis follow:
In 1888 Brazil’s population was 13,788,872, divided among 348
cities and 916 municipalities; to-day the population is 36,870,972.
Cities number 880, and municipalities 1,407. There were 8,157
schools in 1888, compared with 25,000 to-day, and there were 258,000
students compared with to-day’s enrollment of 1,455,000. News-
papers numbered 533 then, compared with 2,376 now.
The contract for the construction of the port of Santos had just
been let when the monarchial régime ended. Brazil now has eight
modernly equipped ports—namely, Manféos, Para, Recife, Bahia,
Rio de Janeiro, Santos, Rio Grande, and Porto Alegre—with ap-
proximately 16,000 meters of docks. Exports during 1888 totaled
597,562 tons, valued at £21,714,000 sterling. Last year’s exports
aggregated 1,852,642 tons, valued at £93,974,000. sterling. During
the same period the value of imports increased from £19,724,000
to £79,272,000, or about $396,360,000.
Agricultural production in 1888 was valued at 500,000 contos (1
conto, about $546), reaching: the figure of 8,100,000 contos in 1925.
In the last year of the monarchy there were 626 industrial establish-
1 Brazilian American, May 14, 1927.
909
56205—27— Bull. 9—5
OWIANVE AG O1N NI AATHA AGCVNVIdSa TOXILAVAd AHL AO LUVd AO MATA IVIECAV
BILBISBIg OLSBISN][T JO ASejZin0—p)
ae EPL 4
ee
am ay ae =
‘fF
aut
if
aL
faa
BRAZIL'S THIRTY-FIGHT YEARS AS A REPUBLIC 911
ments in the country, with a capital of 377,560 and a production
of 507,093 contos; in 1919, the last year for which the official
figures are available, the number of industrial establishments was
13,336, the capital 1,815,156 contos, and the production 2,989,176
contos; upon which figures the official estimate of the industrial
capital and production of Brazil in 1926 is placed at 7,200,000 contos.
Progress in the development of public works includes: Highways,
from 360 kilometers to 53,248 kilometers; railroads, from 9,332
kilometers to 31,300 kilometers; telegraph lines, from 18,022 kilo-
meters to 82,213 kilometers; telegraph stations, from 173 to 4,592;
telegrams handled annually, from 567,935 to 15,162,739, or a total
of 259,062,277 words.
Yellow fever, a menace in the early days of the Republic, has
been completely stamped out. The death rate in Brazil has been
lowered from between 27 and 29 per thousand in 1903, the year
in which the decisive and energetic battle against yellow fever
began, to between 15.96 and 17.50 in 1926.
The development of public improvements in the various cities of
the nation was not, of course, outlined by the President, but its
magnitude is plainly seen in the Federal capital, Sao Paulo, and
other municipalities of Brazil. The United States of Brazil has made
a splendid record during the first 38 years of its existence and may
be counted on to keep pace with all competitors in the progress of
nations.
FISCAL YEAR 192¢—27
By Matitpa Puiuures
Chief Statistician, Pan American Union
CCORDING to statistics of the United States Department
of Commerce, the value of the total trade of the United
States with the 20 republics of Latin America for the
fiscal year 1926-27, ended June 30, amounted to $1,823,-
139,388. Compared with the preceding fiscal year, there was a
slight decline in both imports and exports. The following statistics
demonstrate the distribution and relative changes: 1925-26, imports,
$1,008,633,001; exports, $841,228,090; total trade, $1,849,861,091.
912
THE PAN AMERICAN UNION
1926-27, imports, $995,592,913; exports, $827,546,475; total trade,
$1,823 ,139,388.
A decrease in imports in 1926-27 is shown of
$13,040,088; and in exports of $13,681,615; or a decrease in total
trade of $26,721,703.
The tables following give the figures of United States trade, by
values, with the various countries of Latin America.
show the percentage of increase or decrease in each case.
They also
Trade of the United States with Latin America, 12 months ended June 30
IMPORTS
Increase (++)
Countries of origin 1926 | 1927 or decrease
(—) per cent
INTC XICO RE ee seo cea es se pela EN ae Se ets ee er $168, 668,773 | $154, 392, 598 —8. 46
(Guatemala ees ee a ee ae ean Be See 15, 912, 429 | 8, 522, 074 | —46. 44
Salva Goris 220 eye a et So eae nl Se Se eee ee 3, 668, 263 1, 933, 801 —47. 28
IFLOTIC UTA See ete eek eg les Reelin De Ses MONE ae 9,705, 717 | 8, 836, 703 —8. 95
INSICAT AGUA] 5 See Re soe Se SEE ee et So te ae oe 6, 918, 018 3, 719, 362 —46. 23
WOSt AMR Cae ee Fe ee a es ae 6, 037, 318 6, 231, 987 +3. 22
Panama oS Sess es ee ee ee Nees ea ee ee 5, 923, 395 5, 524, 660 —6. 73
Ga aS eet AR ed 2S Beds ps ee eee 9 SON eye ae 227, 484, 427 266, 575, 857 +17. 18
Dominicans publics =a ee eee 8, 369, 491 9, 950, 320 +18. 88
13 (shines age enon pe eel Wahoo eek Al Behe SAU Oi ee SPM See xt 1, 632, 498 | 1, 220, 273 —24. 63
INontheAImericanwRepublicsasssssa=a= seme ees 454, 320, 329 466, 917, 635 2.77
PATO OT tim aiwateens sensi ee See eels ee ee sents See Rete 85, 958, 456 | 83, 480, 960 | —2. 88
TEXON AEE a eee oe OO el Ss Spb Oe ae ree ee eee gee a 149,915. | 257, 6389 +71. 85
IB LATIMES es Sees = Retna s ee ee ee nee ane ye ee ee Re Ae 244, 874, 242 | 213, £02, 428 —12. 81
(Sail CS ae ea eh ee aed yee Se et ee ee a ran 84, 173, 948 63, 854, 359 | —24. 13
(CYollowa al oviehen ae ee ee eee oP ie ee eee ne ee ee we 63, 8C0, 494 | 107, 660, 615 | +68. 74
GB UEYG U0) wes Re pe ap eee me 9, 154, 054 | 5, 084, 153 —44, 46
EY ReAD EN cadet Se pie a ert eS es ee ee 382, 207 911, 836 +138. 57
[RET Umer cine Sh Sa itis etn 2 2 en ee eee Seema 23, 852, 656 18, 935, 154 | —20. 61
NOTED Y24 DY a Ais ee ee eet eee ee ee ee pee et ene semen Ls Breoed 2 oe 19, 807, 280 11, 098, 209 | —43. 96
WVE THE ZUG eee ee etree ay ea eR ea Ae cere Len erey ee ne mee 22, 159, 410 23, 889, 895 | +7. 80
SouthyAmmericanmRepulblicse es = eee 554, 312, 672 | 528, 675, 278 | —4. 62
“rout Wetnhn, Avengers) Aes ee eee 1, 008, 633, 001 995, 592, 913 —1.29
EXPORTS
| Increase or
Countries of destination 1926 1927 decrease per
cent
ITC TC ONS sa pes Set A FT a pets eee ek Pe a PL ee oem $140, 080, 494 $122, 068, 266 —12. 85
Guatemala eres eee See eee ees oer ee een nn 10, 527, 569 10, 737, 353 +1. 99
Saliva Or pares ein ecu sare el lea seed oh tween ean 9, 625, 176 7, 808, 226 —18. 87
On dUTAS esses so ee Bee eae See eee. a 8, 414, 756 7, 832, 144 —6. 92
ING Cara SMa a os saan ea eee on ee Oe bee Ber es one 7, 273, 541 5, 98e280) |lem —18. 37
Costas ical: 2 occ 2a See eee Sie oe ans Pare cen 6, 223, 773 6, 710, 621 +7. 82
PATA ewe take bt ee Nes he EP Nine TR in than at meee 30, 489, 578 32, 808, 108 +7. €0
Cuba leer ears Paul MERGES RACER aN OTN Ue EAB ae 182, 903, 618 157, 676, 936 —13. 79
DominicansRe publi cesses eases eee seen eee 16, 549, 712 | 16, 500, 302 | O29
OS i Se ee sy Yate een ee tec ere 12, 624, 472 | 10, 162, 290 | —19. 50
North American Republics.__..--__<____21_______-= 424,712, 689 378, 241, 531 | —10. 94
Armen tina; fan 202 Unie ey Rete elie. Mantes a oe nua | 147,268,301 | 150, 122, 189 | +1. 93
Bolivia. es sah Skee SOE ee ee eee meres | 5, 407, 555 | 4, 543, 712 —15. 97
Brazil LESS SE Ss See ee ee Ee a ao ee ee fees 83, 444, 143 | 111, 072, 480 -+33. 10
C2 NUTS aa ere esas ee nen ANG Or ane a 46, 405, 821 41, 669, 713 —10. 20
Colom Bist stash aoe eS eae aa aa oe are 47, 120, 035 | 49, 503, 197 +5. 05
WM Cua oneal 8 BT eeu eo Set aaa eas Sn seagate 6, 508, 612 | 4, 891, 510 —24. 84
LEChEN AV eh eee ete. | ele l ee ees 836, 034 1, 057, 461 +26. 48
ReGen oie xe ae aie a ey oe SNe ames 26, 492, 216 | 27, 509, 367 +3. 83
Wir gays SSeS 28 a See EOE 1 eee ee pam ee reas 21, 628, 327 24, 759, 007 ap l447
WTC ZIG] A ese cng ri Ens eee a a 31, 404, 357 34, 176, 308 +8. 82
South American Republics________________________ | 416,515,401 | 449, 304, 944 +7. 87
ANO EMU IDEN OAs ee 841, 228, 090 | 827, 546, 475 —1.62
1 United States statistics credit commodities in considerable quantities imported from and exported to
Bolivia and Paraguay via ports situated in neighboring countries, not to the Republics of Bolivia and
Paraguay, but to the countries in which the ports of departure or entry are located.
KS, pa AND COMMERCE ; a 4 @
ARGENTINA
NEW RAILROAD BRANCH.—A branch line from Caleufti to Arizona
constructed by the Western Railroad was opened to traffic early last
May. This branch line serves three stations in the territory of La
Pampa and the station at Arizona in the Province of San Luis, thus
opening up a rich and fertile agricultural region in addition to a
section of about 60,000 hectares of land laid out in market and seed
gardens.
NEW BROADCASTING STATION.—The new broadcasting station LOS,
constructed by the municipality of Buenos Aires at Nutfiez, was
opened on May 23. This station operates on a wave length of
285.70 meters.
Gacrera ALGOoDONERA.—This interesting publication on cotton
recently celebrated the third anniversary of its founding. During
these three years the review has grown and increased its circulation
in a very satisfactory manner. At the sesquicentennial exposition in
Philadelphia last year the Gaceta Algodonera (Cotton Gazette) was
awarded the honor prize and gold medal for its collection of beauti-
fully bound volumes, and for its fine collection of cotton samples,
numbering 1,200, all of which were grown in northern Argentina.
Export vaLures.—The following table, showing exports and values
for the first five months of the present year, is made from figures
published by the National Statistical Department:
Exports
[Value in gold pesos]
Livestock products:
ID nS Sa Seah eS sla fa Seca merece er 5, 238, 372
IN ea) aN ee ak nse ip Pop ein baa Lae eee ee 54, 150, 851
eli Gl CSameetes ee nenie Vannes ES ee eeu ays 31, 161, 785
BV Vio @ | Eieetsepee pene aes ORL as oe ey unior J cle biee me uns rey ee aes 50, 472, 703
INAG INE Sy oy save heh i een Maes ote anes eye Oa 9, 761, 859
iivestockiby=producis === saa aaein en ames 14, 054, 870
164, 840, 440
Agricultural products:
CST aL aes he a pc ig oe es ye eee me 284, 753, 349
PVT eS ro else te os a seeds eee oe ae ne 9, 498, 827
CONG ae Un MND Drona me ane egw Es 2,519, 224
296, 771, 400
ores tale TO Gi COs sor eset Nk eg eee aes en aye 10, 249, 538
ORC Ses oes a ene STG Me enon ENR eagle ace aa 4, 846, 116
PUR eM SS nce Spor EAN Os 2 SES Bes peiebce oy epenttan a BA eee VR ek 476, 707, 494
913
914 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION
BOLIVIA
Pusiic WoRKS FOR OrnuRO.—The Committee on Public Works and
Sanitation of Oruro has approved the proposal of a German firm to
lay a conduit for bringing drinking water from Calacala to Oruro at
a cost of £21,228.
SHor FAactory.—The Zamora shoe factory operating in Oruro,
the second largest shoe manufacturing concern in Bolivia, has been
converted into a stock company called the Fabrica Nacional de
Calzado Zamora, according to a resolution of the last regular meeting
of shareholders. The capital was at the same time increased to
1,200,000 bolivianos, in shares of 100 bolivianos each. Of these
shares 7,730 have already been subscribed and the remaining 4,270
shares will be placed on the market as soon as the statutes of the new
company are approved by the Government.
BRAZIL
Oit In Minas Grerars.—The Government of the State of Minas
has sent an engineer to test the oil fields recently discovered near
Alfenas and in the municipality of Campos Geraes. As the distance
between the two recent oil discoveries is only 48 kilometers in a
straight line it is believed that they belong to the same oil-bearing
stratum.
DIAMOND MINE CoNncESsioN.—The Brazil Ferro Carril for June 2,
1927, states that the firm of Bernard Baudier & Sons has obtained a
30-year concession to operate the black diamond mines of the Piranha
district of Bahia. These mines are valued at $50,000,000.
PopuLaTion oF Brazit IN 1926.—According to statistics furnished
by the Statistical Bureau the population of Brazil on December 31,
1926, totaled 36,870,972, divided among the States, Territory, and
Federal District as follows:
Alagéas, 1,117,045; Amazonas, 409,699; Bahia, 3,859,241; Ceara, 1,520,335;
Federal District, 1,360,586; Espirito Santo, 587,451; Goyaz, 640,491; Maranhao,
1,047,206; Matto-Grosso, 312,661; Minas Geraes, 6,902,511; Parad, 1,269,344;
Parahyba do Norte, 1,193,260; Paranda, 870,255; Pernambuco, 2,617,310; Piauhy,
738,740; Rio de Janeiro, 1,844,304;.Rio Grande do Norte, 666,903; Rio Grande
do Sul, 2,683,683; Santa Catharina, 847,656; Sao Paulo, 5,751,822; Sergipe,
924,095; Acre Territory, 106,374.
Fitm on Brazintan coau.—A film on Brazilian coal made by order
of the Minister of Communications was recently completed and
shown in Rio de Janeiro. It is believed that the Brazilian coal
industry might be developed into a larger and more profitable busi-
ness if the means of transportation from the mines were improved.
This phase of the subject is made clear in the film, which shows
various railway engines, steamers, and other machines using Brazilian
coal, as well as the mines and other subjects of interest.
AGRICULTURE, INDUSTRY, AND COMMERCE 915
Arr MAIL.—The Director General of the Post Office Department
announced that on June 1, 1927, a regular air mail service would be
instituted between Rio de Janeiro and the port cities of southern
Brazil by the Condor Syndicate. The syndicate is to keep a record
of the amount, classes, and weight of the mail transported as well as
the postal revenue thereon.
SECOND AUTOMOBILE SHOW.—The Second Exposition of Motor
Vehicles and Highways is to be held in November of this year in Rio de
Janeiro under the auspices of the Automobile Club of Brazil. In a
meeting of the organization committee it was decided that an area
of six to eight thousand square meters would be necessary for the
exposition (square meter equals 10.8 square feet).
CHILE
IMFORTANT TRANSACTION IN STEEL INDUSTRY.—An important
commercial operation has recently been concluded by which the
Electric Siderurgical & Industrial Co. of Valdivia, a Chilean concern,
has purchased the siderurgical plant at Corral and all its dependencies,
from a French company. ‘This transaction is considered to be note-
worthy in connection with the process of building up in Chile a
great iron and steel industry, since the recent acquisition includes
valuable supplies of iron ore from Tofo as well as the plant at Corral.
The purchase price, which was 3,250,000 pesos, covered sites, wharves,
railways, furnaces and equipment, buildings, workshops, rolling
mills, electric power station of 2,100 horsepower, houses for employees,
large stocks of materials and general stores, warehouses, Government
forest and land concessions, and a contract for the supply of 100,000
tons per annum of Tofo iron ore, which the Bethlehem-Chile Iron
Mines Co. will deliver placed on board in Cruz Grande. The French
company retains a considerable share in the Chilean concern.
Higuway Buuietin.—Under the title of Boletin de Caminos the
General Bureau of Highways and Bridges of the Chilean Govern-
ment has begun to issue a publication for the purpose of informing
the personnel in its employment of the standards which it is setting
up for the improvement of public roads. The Bulletin will also
report Chilean achievements in highway construction.
REDUCTION OF FREIGHTS ON NITRATE RAILROADS.—Upon request
of the Government the representatives of the railways in the nitrate
region agreed on freight reductions which went into effect July 1.
These ranged from 15 to 18.50 per cent on nitrate, 10 to 15 per cent
on petroleum, and 10 to 15 per cent on coal.
PowpDERED coaL.—EHxperiments made at the Government railway
shops near Santiago last May indicate the possibility of using the
powdered coal obtained from Chilean mines to replace the petroleum
916 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION
now imported as fuel for the nitrate industry at a cost of 100,000,000
pesos annually. Heat as intense as that given by petroleum was
obtained from the powdered coal, which is now usually thrown into
the sea as refuse.
COLOMBIA
CoLOMBIAN EXPORTS TO THE Unitrep Srates.—According to a
statement given the press of Bogota by Mr. William Boaz, com-
mercial attaché of the United States in Colombia, the total value of
exports from Colombia to the United States during the month of
April, 1927, amounted to $7,300,000, and the exports from the
United States to Colombia totaled $4,000,000, the difference of more
than three millions being in favor of Colombia.
The total importation of coffee into the United States during the
same month was 126,999,000 pounds, with a value of $23,843,000.
Of these figures, 21,550,000 pounds, with a value of $5,570,000, were
imported from Colombia, a proportion of almost 20 per cent of the
total.
Prize FOR CoLoMBIAN TOBACCO.—In the International Exposition
of Tobacco held in London in May, 1927, the product presented by
the Compania Colombiana de Tabaco was awarded second prize.
Over 60 producers and manufacturers of tobacco, representing 14
countries, attended the exposition. Only two prizes were offered,
the first one being awarded to an English concern.
Bureau or AGRICULTURE AND ZOOTECHNOLOGY.—By decree
signed on June 4, 1927, the National Government of Colombia
created in the Department of Industry a new Bureau of Agriculture
and Zootechnology. This bureau will be responsible for everything
pertaining to the organization, promotion, and protection of agri-
culture and livestock, agronomic surveys, and the .betterment of
agricultural production throughout the country in general. The
bureau will be under a general directorship, and will include the
following sections: Agriculture, Livestock and Animal Industries,
Economy and Statistics, Agricultural Education, and Meteorology.
The same decree creates within the Department of Labor a bureau of
publications, which will be in charge of the preparation and distribu-
tion of all the printed matter of the department and all pamphlets
and literature for the teaching and dissemination of agricultural
science.
THE CaMBAo HIGHWAY.—The Department of Public Works was
granted an appropriation of 490,000 pesos to complete the Cambao
highway uniting Bogot4 with the Magdalena River. Traffic between
Bogota and Cambao will be opened early in August, the work on the
last stretch of the road being now carried on with great activity.
LOANS FOR THE CONSTRUCTION OF ROADS.—See page 925.
AGRICULTURE, INDUSTRY, AND COMMERCE 917
COSTA RICA
ForEIGN TRADE.—According to statistics quoted by President
Jiménez in his message to Congress on May 1, 1927, the total value
of Costa Rican foreign trade during 1926 was 131,152,627 colones,
75,848,719 colones representing exports and 55,303,908 colones im-
ports. The chief articles exported were as follows:
Article Value in colones
(Wy fT ep NS a a I A er ep NS ae at eh et 42, 495, 877
JERE BEN OU SS oe 2a a rc Ee Mee ney 2 eR aoe OSM ae 1S 25, 682, 730
(SEY NOs GE FS SE Ss a al poo ere peti STE inl Desde NS fea ee IC ad Waar 3, 297, 423
Coldicilvervamd sine ralsies 22 me iene) eck eee shies ee eae 2, 082, 034
(©) Gln eee east bs CNC States tae ee eta ce Te NS i eRe es NOE a Ue IE aaa a Sa 2, 290, 655
TINGE Le cits Se al tees eel a ene Eg ae cage RL a 75, 848, 719
INCREASE IN RAILWAY BUSINESS.—Indicative of the growing num- _
ber of passengers and volume of freight being transported by the
railways of Costa Rica each year are the following figures taken from
the auditors’ annual report of the Pacific Railway, one of the important
roads in operation in that country:
Year | Receipts | Expenditures|Net receipts
Basan is sass | |
Colones Colones Colones
1023 seep Ree tener Spee ees ae UAE. Biren lw oi ok ai aah Oe EE | 1, 808, 244 | 1, 701, 404 106, 840
1 9 DAR as ere oer ne yt ho WI Sar eo eS SUP De SEG RS 1, 755, 986 | 1, 535, 796 220, 190
103 5 pe Rak Neate neh ome eI ANT ee Re et ee Pe ee 2213283 7/7 1, 715, 108 417, 268
1G 2 eens serine pera ee a a Oa a ee ee 2, 233, 578 1, 781, 176 452, 402
| |
CUBA
Sucar crop.—President Machado, following the suggestion of the
Secretary of Agriculture, has issued a decreee declaring that sugar
grinding should not commence in the different mills of the Republic
until January 1, 1928, thus allowing a safe interval in which to com-
plete the sale of the last sugar crop before the new crop is available.
(Courtesy of the Cuban Embassy in Washington.)
DOMINICAN REPUBLIC
STEAMSHIP SERVICE.—On June 14 last the steamer Coamo, of the
New York and Porto Rico Steamship Co., arrived in the port of
Santo Domingo. With the arrival of this steamer a new and impor-
tant steamship service was commenced between Santo Domingo,
Porto Rico, and New York. Weekly trips will be made by the Coamo
and her sister ship the San Lorenzo. These ships have a displace-
ment of 10,400 tons, a normal speed of 1514 knots per hour, and a
maximum speed of 17 knots; they carry 285 first-class passengers
and 98 second class, and are luxuriously fitted, having several de luxe
cabins with beds instead of bunks.
918 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION
AGRICULTURAL DEVELOPMENT.—The Government has made pre-
liminary arrangements for the agricultural development of a large
tract of land in the Province of Saman4, about 12 kilometers from
the coastal town of Sabana dela Mar. The land thus designated for
colonization will be allotted to both native and foreign farmers.
ECUADOR
APPROPRIATIONS FOR PUBLIC worKs.—Approximately 3,387,000
sucres have been appropriated by the Government, through special
decrees, for public works. Of this amount 1,378,000 sucres were
allotted for roads, distributed as follows: 180,000 sucres for the
Ibarra-TulcAn highway; 120,000 sucres for the Quito-Guamote high-
way; 84,000 sucres for roads in the Province of Azuay; 60,000 sucres
for the Zaruma-Loja road; 24,000 sucres for the Riobamba-Bafos
road; 180,000 sucres for the San Juan-Guaranda-Babahoyo high-
way; 192,000 sucres for the Quito-Chone highway; 60,000 sucres for
the Santo Domingo-Esmeraldas highway; and 440,000 sucres for
general improvements on the roads throughout the Republic. The
appropriation for railroads was 1,842,000 sucres in all, distributed
in the following manner: 120,000 for El Oro Railroad; 60,000 for
the Ambato-Curaray Railroad; 162,000 sucres for the Bahia-Chone
Railroad; 1,100,000 sucres for the Puerto Bolivar-Loja Railroad;
500,000 sucres for the railroad to the coast; 1,000,000 sucres for the
Sibamba-Cuenca Railroad; and 910,000 sucres for the Quito-
Ksmeraldas Railroad.
CooPERATIVE society.—In the Jujén district the first agricultural
cooperative society has been organized among the farmers of that
section.
NEW CONSTRUCTION COMPANY.—A new construction company has
been organized in Guayaquil by native capitalists. One of the first
undertakings of the new company was to take part in the competition
for plans for the new building for the Vicente Rocafuerte School.
This edifice, which will be erected in Guayaquil, will be one of the
finest structures of its kind in that city.
GUATEMALA
FoREIGN TRADE.—According to statistics given by the Secretary
of the Treasury in his annual report for the year 1926, the total value
of the exports from Guatemala during 1926 was 28,968,049 quetzales
and the value of imports 21,084,179 quetzales, the percentage of
foreign trade with the various countries being as follows:
Percentage of imports Percentage of exports
BMS AT CMS eyed a luteb Rw tet kat 12:74" | (Germiany= 2 5s este 31. 65
Germann ys se Meee, ee D222 (ROM Mea ral Ea ai es ee see 8.78
IN Mex Osan are Sete aetieiaiis Saale 9229) United Sta tests amen selene 53. 87
Wimnitedi States = 22 a. ee i 54. 10 | Various countries____-2=_=_=_= 5. 70
Various countries. 25222. 7 = -. 11. 65
AGRICULTURE, INDUSTRY, AND COMMERCE 919
Contract with Unirep Frurr Co.—On May 2, 1927, following
the introduction of various amendments, the contract drawn up by
the United Fruit Co. with the Government of Guatemala on Nov-
ember 7, 1924, was approved by Congress, being signed by President
Chacén on May 4, 1927. The contract, the full text of which is
printed in El Guatemalteco of May 9, 1927, is for a period of 25 years
and provides among other things for the rental of certain lands in the
Department of Izabal by the company, the establishment of a port in
the Amatique Gulf, the construction of a portable wireless station at
Livingston, the building of such telephone, railway, and car lines as
the company may deem necessary, and exemption from all Govern-
ment duties or other taxes. The Government will receive the sum of
$14,000 yearly as rental for the lands, $12 for each mahogany or cedar
tree cut down, and 1 cent for each bunch of bananas exported; it
also reserves the right to grant similar concessions to other companies.
ArsBor DAYy.—Arbor day was celebrated throughout Guatemala on
May 29, 1927, important among the events taking place in Guate-
mala City being the opening of the Exposition of Native Woods of
which mention was made in last month’s issue.
HAITI
AGRICULTURAL FAIRS.—During April and May, 15 agricultural
and industrial fairs were held in various parts of the Republic.
The quality of the exhibits was higher this year than last and an
increased interest was shown by the public, it being estimated that
10,000 persons attended these fairs. Prizes approximating 10,000
gourdes were paid to the exhibitors. The idea of these rural fairs
is to create competition by bringing together and selecting the best
products of different farmers, and it is hoped to have them become
a permanent part of the educational system. (Bulletin of the Finan-
cial Adviser-General Receiver.)
HONDURAS
CANDY AND CONFECTIONERY FACTORIES.—The Gaceta Oficial in its
issues of May 24, 25, and 28, 1927, published accounts of concessions
eranted to three companies to manufacture candies and confections
in Honduras, in La Ceiba, San Pedro Sula, and Tegucigalpa, respec-
tively. Each company will employ Honduran labor and teach the
business to a certain number of Hondurans.
MEXICO
He.pinG THE SMALL FARMERS.—In order to help the small farmers
who own and cultivate communal lands President Calles has issued
instructions to the effect that all agricultural products consumed
by the different departments and agencies of the Federal Govern-
ment shall be bought directly from the small farmers of the com-
920 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION
munal cooperative groups instead of securing them from regular
merchants as was customary in the past. This measure will enable
the small farmers to sell practically all their crops and will also
protect them from speculators and competitors.
THE COFFEE CROP IN 1926.—The Boletin de Economia y Estadistica
of the Department of Agriculture, in its issue of April 20, 1927, pub-
lished the following preliminary estimate of the 1926 coffee crop:
; : Average 2 :
Zones and States Areas yield Production
| Hectares Kilograms | Kilograms
ENV OTE Lae ee ee poe ne Sere bic ES SS eee se A te a eae 3, 438 550 | 1, 892, 735
SIGINT SHE OUOS eres en ar ea ete esy he ee a See Siete | 3, 427 550 | 1, 886, 435
HD am ali Pas yt Sets Soe Se ak Nee eRe a ihe Bears eee ee Cee Tal 572 6, 300
(Sti ene Sw De acter Mea lian Cece ae See Rance eee Clee eS 26, 681 493 | 13, 157, 760
FIR ASCO Pees ene ie IB ach ENA Es Nl a ey RN ten | 1, 053 554 584, 050
VIGRACTUIZ eee ces eas Ss eA Eo ans i ee aes eee 25, 628 490 | 12,573, 710
NorthsPacificiNavaritecs Ua ska heya. cae pcan 512 | 702 359, 550
SOUIEHE ACL fC eee ee Roa Mae et firs Ale meee maT NE i ack Cece ea ee | 18, 296 | 473 | 8, 660, 684
OI ae eee iene aren A et ae eet ee ee ee 426 | 371 158, 250
(Chin opiieee ot ae Meh a eee RET A ene eny ee ea 13, 005 496 | 6, 457, 955
(CITE PET Oe es a Ne lan Re ee Sah eel oe Sen Oras 678 | 452 306, 524
Qaxa casera Stee eS Sra een a OE ee ee es Se eae A eee 4, 187 | 415 1, 737, 955
(Lai ah ea he ea ce aa oo De SL Werke ee 6, 120 535 | 3, 278, 766
EL al gow teste sorte oe Ned 2 Ca AS Set Ca 2, 657 | 576 | 1, 531, 000
ValiScO=s esas eens RCS Fiat anes A ee eee ee eS 516 | 553 285, 675
VICE Xd CO ae a eae ee 482 309 149, 352
IGG SY OYCEty o heer = gee a hee en eee Ae ee ae Sele ek 559 | 710 387, 270
INTO OG ae ae ee a a es a Rs a SS ee rt eee | 113 551 62. 300
TE\USjol ee eae eg ape eg ie ow RHE ALE RPh eg as ee 1, 793 | 475 853, 169
TG Pike Me MA DEER ey NOR Rt Maiw: Nae ROT 496 | 27,349, 495
1 hectare, 2.47 acres; 1 kilogram, 2.2 pounds.
GROWTH OF THE TEXTILE INDUSTRY.—According to a report of the
Department of National Statistics, published in E/ Universal, of
Mexico City, for June 1, 1927, the textile industry has shown a
remarkable growth during recent years. The fact that the textile
industry is in harmony with the racial aptitudes of the Mexican people
is said to be responsible, in part, for the development of that branch
of industry. The one figures give an idea of its progress:
Year 1921 | 1925
Number: 6ftfactoriesm i: tert eS ees aie fon pcan piso Nat ee ieee eva 121 | 130
TOONS ote eos gece ee a eee) OO SEL nah Fe ORS Png eo 28, 409 | 30, 800
Spindless: sete ee ee ee Oe 770, 945 | 831, 524
@otton\(conSiimle dS see ay ea ee ea kilos__| 39, 924, 235 40, 996, 834
St) Cosa eee ee ee Reni Sein ia ese wae ape os Oe pesos__| 93, 341, 985 108, 395, 604
Number of WOrKerss 0 2 Soe R= es pie Capek td 38, 227 43, 199
| C
NICARAGUA
AGRICULTURAL CONCESSION.—The Government has granted to a
concessionary the right to purchase 20,000 hectares of agricultural
and on the Atlantic coast, on which land the concessionary is to be
AGRICULTURE, INDUSTRY, AND COMMERCE 921
permitted to construct a railway of the same gauge as the Pacific
Railway of Nicaragua, and roads similar to Government roads.
He may also construct private telegraph, telephone, and wireless
systems, which in time of need are to be placed at the disposal of
the Government.
Cigar Factory.—The Government and an individual have signed
a 10-year contract for the establishment by the latter of a cigar and
cigarette factory in Managua, with branches elsewhere, for the
manufacture of cigars and cigarettes from Nicaraguan tobacco.
Machinery for an output of not less than 60,000 cigarettes daily may
be imported free of duty, as well as paper for wrappers, foil, and boxes.
The concessionary is permitted to establish tobacco plantations to
the amount of 25 manzanas of special tobacco annually in the Depart-
ments of Masaya, Rivas, Carazo, or Granada but may not sell the
tobacco therefrom unless previously turned into a finished product
in his factory.
PANAMA
INCREASE IN EXPORTATION DURING JUNE.—According to the fol-
lowing statistics given by the press, there was a striking increase in
exports through the port of Col6n during the first two weeks of June
as compared to the total exports of the month of May:
Products | May 1-31 Value | June 1-15 Value
SE ee ee a = | is
| Balboas | Balboas
IBANTATAES (OIE NCS) 203, 918 122, 657 139, 885 | 92, 077
COCOM UTS ea tee ee nnd een ee EET ee Ss 259, 500 | 10, 808 437, 932 | 11, 016
Otherproductse(oounds) sess ten ea eens 2, 028 | 1, 823 696 | Noll
PARAGUAY
NATIONAL MOTION-PICTURE FILM.—According to the press, ar-
rangements are being made with representatives of an Argentine
motion-picture company to formulate plans for filming various
phases of Paraguayan life. Divided into 12 parts, the picture will
depict general aspects of Paraguay from the standpoint of history,
topography, flora, fauna, and communications; a general view of
Asuncién; commercial and industrial life in Asunci6én; national in-
dustries; the work and influence of the Bureau of Agriculture; activi-
ties of the Agricultural Bank; colonization; rural life; public instruc-
tion, and the work of the Department of War and Navy.
NEW TRANSPORTATION FACILITIES.—Information has been re-
cently received that three new ships are being placed in service by
the Montevideo (Uruguay)-Corumbé (Brazil) steamship line. Stops
for passengers and freight will be made at Asuncién and Puerto
Murthinho. The course is up the Rio de la Plata, Parana and
Paraguay Rivers.
922 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION
AUTOMATIC TELEPHONE SERVICE.—By an executive decree of May
12, 1927, automatic telephone service was adopted for use in Paraguay.
PERU
New uicHway.—The last 15 kilometers of the highway between
Lima and Huacho were finished last May, thus completing this im-
portant new automobile road, which offers many advantages toward
the development of commerce and agriculture in that section. The
drive over the new road, which passes through the mountains, takes
about six hours.
LUBRICATING OILS.—One of the large oil companies operating in
Peru has announced that its refinery at Talara is now manufacturing
all classes of lubricating oils for automobiles and other industrial uses.
GuANO INDUSTRY.—During the year ended March 31, 1927, the
Peruvian Guano Co., a semiofficial entity exploiting the guano
islands off the coast of Peru for the account of the National Govern-
ment, extracted 75,458 tons of this fertilizer.
WIRELESS STATION AT YURIMAGUAS.—On May 24, 1927, a wireless
telegraphic station was opened for public service in the town of
Yurimaguas.
New WHARF AT Quitca.—The Government has approved a con-
tract for the construction of a wharf costing 10,000 Peruvian pounds
at Quilea. The contracting company is granted the privilege of
exploiting the wharf for a period of 25 years, commencing from the
date on which the wharf is opened to public service. The time
allowed for building this wharf is two years.
AGRICULTURAL BANK.—See page 926.
SALVADOR
EXPORTATION OF COFFEE FROM SALVADOREAN PoRTS.—The follow-
ing figures on coffee exports during April, 1927, were given the press
of Salvador by the Ministry of Finance, figures indicating number of
bags of 120 pounds:
Ports
Destination 0 | Total
| Acajutla La Libertad) La Union
GORI aT ye a NSRP Oe cst ee oe eae 15, 457 6, 403 2, 859 24, 719
Bel Oils oa wa Soe ean Sal SCRE Ee oe seein eee ee 476 100 875 1, 451
Chile te ee ee ee ee 1, 465 405/23 See ~ 1,505
Cuba eae eee PS ae ak ee ae ee 471 475 | 50 996
Wen Mark ose sees ees Sees a ae = ee ee ne 850 150 | 700 1, 700
Saree ee eS Ce ee Se | 1, 470 150 | 476 2, 096
| 1, 155 | 2, 298 2, 997 6, 450
700}|:e seaee memes 150 850
430 | 300 | 1, 943 2, 673
920 | 405 | 43 1, 368
7, 743 | 1, 059 | 1, 634 10, 436
5, 625 | 1; 225 | 2, 309 9, 159
750" | Seo eee | 3, 100 3, 850
8, 300 | 2, 250 | 2, 050 12, 600
otal Guries eaten oh eter esas ees see 45, 812 | 14, 855 | 19, 186 79, 853
H | “
AGRICULTURE, INDUSTRY, AND COMMERCE 923
URUGUAY
PRODUCTION OF CEREALS AND OIL-PRODUCING SEEDS.—According
to a report of the Bureau of Agriculture, 690,317 hectares of land in
Uruguay were under cultivation in cereals and oil-producing seeds
during 1926-27. This represents an increase of 39,844 hectares over
the average amount under cultivation during the past five years.
Various crops and their production were as follows:
| |
Hectares | | Hectares
Crop under cul- | CEP: Crop | under cul- | ,CTOP:
tivation ! in tons | | tivation! | i tons
es | oe | |
NWiheattiee a Pe BOO) s62uln) 2784520) || Barley= sue emma 2, 037 | 1,524
Cornea aes ele San ee 176, 331 | S4163an||— Cananye,see diseans an eee | 672 | 386
WMlaxseedieueas Sele ee 79, 869 | SOM ODS] EU ye ee eee nee ese pene 126 | 41
Oats entree een ee ee eo 40, 720 | 20, 834 | |
1 Hectare equals 2.47 acres.
QUARTERLY FOREIGN TRADE REPORT.—During the first quarter of
1927 the total value of Uruguayan imports estimated from custom-
house receipts was 18,822,943 pesos, compared to 17,451,626 pesos in
1926 and 15,674,924 pesos in 1925. The exports, which were com-
puted from the actual sale prices obtained from averages of monthly
sales of each article, were 32,875,576 pesos in comparison to 35,795,735
pesos in 1926 and 32,105,616 pesos in 1925.
Port actrviry.—Significant of the vast amount of commerce car-
ried on through the port of Montevideo and of its importance to
Uruguay are the following data published in the report of the Port
Administration for 1926:
During that year 1,360,167 metric tons of imports, 479,328 tons of exports, and
2,287 tons of goods in transit were handled through the port. Steamships enter-
ing the harbor numbered 3,322 and sailboats 602, making a total of 3,924, with a
combined tonnage of 10,424,900. Outgoing vessels of both kinds totaled 3,911,
with a tonnage of 10,389,294. Besides articles of import and export, these boats
brought 111,707 passengers, 18,824 being from foreign ports and 92,883 from
river ports, and carried 99,443 from the country.
PUBLICATION OF COMMERCE REPORTS.—On May 3, 1927, a decree
was passed providing for the regular printing of quarterly reports on
the foreign trade of Uruguay and specifying that—
All data must be complete, giving such details as names of commodities com-
posing up to 90 per cent of the total, the total value of all trade, countries of desti-
nation and origin, a detailed study of fruit shipment, reports of individual cus-
tomhouses, comparative tables of increase or decrease in movement of principal
articles of export or import, and statement of duties paid on each commodity.
VENEZUELA
SALE OF PUBLIC LANDS.—In addition to 8 gratuitous concessions
of public lands totaling 4,397 hectares (hectare equals 2.47 acres)
made to laborers in accordance with law, it is reported that during
Q24 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION
1926 a total of 40 resolutions of sale and 42 titles were issued through
the National Ministry of Promotion covering 47,322 hectares of such
lands.
COMPLETION OF NEW TELEGRAPH LINE.—On June 4, 1927, it was
announced that work on the telegraph line from Monte Carmelo to
Bobures, a distance of 62 kilometers (kilometer equals 0.62 of a mile),
had been completed. This new line replaces an old line over which’
communication had been unsatisfactory. —
ANNUAL TELEPHONE AND TELEGRAPH REPORT.—According to the
annual report of the Director General of Federal Telephones and ©
Telegraphs for the year 1926, 90 kilometers (kilometer equals 0.62
of a mile) of lines were constructed during the year, 225 kilometers of
line cleared, 167 kilometers moved to road and highway, and 18
kilometers repaired. The total receipts representing telegraph
charges were 835,251 bolivars, while the wireless charges amounted to
498,126 bolivars, thus making an increase of 319,893 bolivars over
the revenues of the fiscal year 1924-25.
DEVELOPMENT OF COTTON CULTURE.—It was stated in El Uni-
versal, Caracas, of June 5, 1927, that great quantities of cottonseed
had been distributed to the farmers throughout the State of San
Fernando with the purpose of introducing cotton culture there.
AGRICULTURAL BXPERIMENTATION.—Interesting experiments with
the terrestrial-celestial electromagnet, a French invention claimed
to increase the growth and productivity of plant life by the employ-
ment of natural electricity, are reported to have been initiated at the
Agricultural Experiment Stations at Maracay and at Las Delicias
under the direction of Senor Maldonado, editor of La Hacienda, an
agricultural magazine.
ARBOR DAY.—In accordance with a decree of May 5, 1927, May
22, 1927, was set aside for the celebration of Arbor Day throughout
Venezuela.
~—
Sif ECONOMIC*x> FINANCIAL
AX @a af AFFAIRS 4%. KOLA
CHILE
GENERAL Customs Boarp.—The General Customs Board, created
by the new customs law (decree No. 305 of May 14, 1927), on the
recommendation of the Kemmerer Commission, was duly constituted
in Santiago on June 2, 1927, with the following members: Senor
Pablo Ramirez, Minister of the Treasury, and Sefiores Domingo
ECONOMIC AND FINANCIAL AFFAIRS 925
Tocornal Matte and Carlos Davila, representatives of the Govern-
ment; Sefor Gordon Garvin, representative of the business interests;
Senior Francisco Encina, representative of agriculturists and manu-
facturers; and Mr. J. J. Lennon, representative of mining interests.
In the sphere of the board are the issuance of the regulations gov-
erning the collection of customs duties and the organization of the
service, including the determination of the salary scale. It was de-
cided to fix the office of the board in Santiago, leaving that of the
superintendency of customs in Valparaiso.
ORGANIZATION OF GENERAL COMPTROLLERSHIP.—Mr. Thomas R.
Lill, a financial expert from the United States, arrived in Santiago
last June under Government contract for two years, during which
time he will organize the general comptrollership of the Republic,
created by arecent law. Mr. Lill also organized the comptrollerships
of Colombia, Cuba, and other countries.
Pusiic DEBT.—It was stated by President Ib4fiez, then Vice
President, in his message at the opening of Congress on May 21, that
Chile’s foreign debt on December 31, 1926, amounted to £26,606,772
and $64,492,355.44, or 1,596,335,647 pesos. The internal debt
amounted to 173,705,555 pesos and Government bonds outstanding
to 929,854,024 pesos.
COLOMBIA
LOANS FOR THE CONSTRUCTION OF ROADS.—The Government has
authorized the Department of Antioquia to contract a loan of 12,-
000,000 pesos to be used exclusively in the construction of the Medel-
lin highway to the sea. The loan was contracted with the American
concerns International Acceptance Bank (Inc.), and Guaranty Trust
Co., of New York, at 7 per cent annual interest, with an initial dis-
count of 7.95, amortization to take place within 30 years. The
first emission will amount to 4,000,000 pesos and the total emission
will be 12,350,000 pesos. The Departamental Assembly of Santander
authorized that Department to contract a loan of 10,000,000 pesos
for the construction of a system of roads in Santander. This system
includes the main highway from Barrancabermeja to San Vicente
and its two branches—one to Bucamaranga and MAlaga with ramifi-
cations to Pamplona, Guaca, and San Andrés, and the other to
Zapatoca, San Gil, Socorro, Charalé and Virolin. Work will also be
undertaken on the road from Bucamaranga to Rionegro and Tachira,
in order to connect Bucamaranga with the railroad line from Puerto
Wilches.
COSTA RICA
GOVERNMENT RECEIPTS AND EXPENDITURES DURING 1926.—The
total receipts of the Costa Rican Government during 1926 were
announced to have been 27,417,349 colones, while the expenditures
56205—27—Bull. 96
926 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION
were 22,611,450 colones. The balance of 4,805,899 colones was used
to reduce the national debt, to pay municipal debts to the amount of
1,000,000 colones, and to satisfy claims against the Government.
The budget for 1926 had estimated the receipts at 24,962,933 colones
and the expenditures at 23,735,782 colones.
GUATEMALA
GOVERNMENT RECEIPTS AND EXPENDITURES.—The total receipts
of the Government for the year 1926 were 11,555,352 quetzales,
while the expenditures were 11,715,949 quetzales, leaving thus a
deficit which, with the deduction of 25,090 quetzales, a sum covered
by a special fund, amounts to 135,506 quetzales.
BUDGET OF EXPENDITURES.—Expenditures for the fiscal year begin-
ning July 1, 1927, as approved by Congress and the President on
May 16 and 20, 1927, respectively, are as follows:
Authorized expenditures for 1927-28 Amount
(quetzales)
Department ofthe lateriors 2 a 5 ee pee ee ae ene 2, 004, 655
Treasury. Department s< ste se. So ee etl a a 2, 800, 004
WaryDepartmentio=. 2266 022 ff i SN pee ee ae ee 1, 436, 599
ID OMIA HOT Oe Leona O mos —| ke oa ee 1, 495, 809
Department of PL wlo lic Gi aio rape yee en eee 1, 682, 425
Department ofvAgricultune == 5 52 e ee ee es ee 1, 279, 009
Department of Foreign Relations___________ GT Ane tao ts NE AE 332, 601
PA ote Vp ek Fe I i et SE hs 11, 081; 102
PANAMA
LOAN FOR CIVIC IMPROVEMENTS.—Following its authorization by
the National Assembly, a loan of 500,000 balboas was recently floated
in New York by the city of Panama. Of the total amount, 40,000
balboas will be used to cancel the unpaid balance of a previous loan
made that city by the National City Bank, and the remainder to
effect various improvements in the capital.
PERU
AGRICULTURAL BANK.—By virtue of law No. 5745 an agricultural
stock company has been organized under the name of Agricultural
Credit Bank of Peru. The company was created for a period of 50
years, which may, however, be extended by vote of the general board
of stockholders. The home office of the company will be located in
Lima, and agencies and branches may be established in other cities
of the Republic as well as abroad. The capital of the Agricultural
Credit Bank of Peru is placed at 750,000 Peruvian pounds, divided
into 75,000 shares of 10 Peruvian pounds each, of which one-third
will be subscribed by the Government, one-third by the banks, and
the remainder by the public. The bank will carry on credit opera-
tions beneficial to farmers. ae
LEGISLATION 927
VENEZUELA
ANNUAL REPORT OF THE MINISTER OF THE TREASURY.—In his
annual report for the year 1926 the Minister of the Treasury, Dr.
Melchor Centeno Graii, stated that the total Government receipts
for the year had been 172,444,968 bolivars, or an increase of 25,171,213
bolivars over those for 1925. Silver coinage during the year amounted
to 7,000,000 bolivars.
BUDGET FoR 1927—28.—The national budget for the year beginning
July 1, 1927, as adopted by Congress on June 18, 1927, is as follows:
Receipts
Bolivars
IRE Cel USHrAllES OUI CeSiet =) 32 Sate b Os Sue otra eee Oe eeee eye ne 112, 000, 000
Expenditures
WepanumnentionmuMerlnberOrse =.= Ss oe ee eye eee 18, 284, 847
Deparimentottoreionenelations: = 225225 === = == eee Lis) 4 OPAL, GSH!
MreasinyeDepaniment ss 20s sar) ee oY ee Oe eee 19, 220, 449
NWarandeNavyvaDeparumentsa= 22 40 Sati Bh ees Nee eee 16, 749, 778
Department omeromotion= = s= 6 22.2 ses ea bee eee 9, 100, 684
WeparimentrotebublicnWorks == = ses. sree se ee eee 36, 000, 000
Deparitimentot Lublichimstruction= == == 22" 2aes Sass Me ae eps atl ND 6, 967, 123
PACH Glisten Mts © 1 She ieee ee i a Bp ae eee See Ne ee ee ee 1, 103, 435
SAVINGS DEPosITs.—Indicative of the growing interest manifested
by the people of Caracas in savings accounts are figures quoted from
data given by the savings department of the Bank of Caracas show-
ing the total amount of savings deposits held by that bank at present
to be over 3,000,000 bolivars, while in 1920 the savings deposits of
the same bank were about 1,000,000 bolivars.
ARGENTINA
Bureau or Apnronautics.—On May 4 the Chief Executive signed
a decree creating a bureau of aeronautics as a division of the army,
which will be under the direction of an army officer of high rank,
with the title of director general of aeronautics. The above-
mentioned bureau will act as advisory board for the Minister of War
in all questions relating to aviation and will have charge of matters
pertaining thereto. The organization of the bureau will be as follows:
Administration section, military aviation schools, military aviation,
administration of aerotechnics, aeronautic stores, administration of
civil aeronautics, and division of mobilization.
928 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION
BRAZIL
INTERNATIONAL PARLIAMENTARY TRADE CONFERENCH.—The
Deputies of the Brazilian Congress who compose the Brazilian dele-
gation to the International Parliamentary Trade Conference to be
held in Rio de Janeiro this September met last May to discuss plans
for their participation in the conference. In the previous congresses
held in Rome in 1925 and in London in 1926 the Brazilian delegation
consisted of 10 Senators and Deputies, but for the coming congress
the delegation will be increased to 25 Deputies and 11 Senators,
Sefior Otto Prazeres is permanent secretary of the conference.
COMMITTEE ON SOCIAL LEGISLATION.—On May 30, 1927, the com-
mittee on social legislation of the Chamber of Deputies was established
to review legislation proposed for social betterment. The following
were appointed members by Senhor Rego Barcos, president of the
Chamber: Senhores Augusto de Lima, Aarado Reis, Flavio da Silveira,
Bento de Miranda, Marcondes Filho, Clementino do Monte, Agamem-
non de Magalhdes, Afranio Peixoto, Paes de Oliveira, Pereira de
Carvallo and Pereira de Rezende.
COSTA RICA
ANTINARCOTIC DECREE.—By virture of a presidential decree of
March 15, 1927, and in modification of a previous regulation, the
importation, exportation, and transit of opium through Costa Rica
for use in smoking according to the definition of the International
Opium Convention is prohibited. Importation of raw and pharma-
ceutically prepared opium, cocaine, hasheesh and their derivatives or
any other substance producing like effects, may be made only by
pharmacies legally authorized and licensed by the Undersecretary
of Hygiene and Public Health and the School of Pharmacy, provided
their use is strictly medical, and then only in restricted quantities.
Unlimited sale of said articles within the country may be made to
pharmacies and similar establishments also duly authorized, to
physicians, surgeons, dentists, and veterinaries for their professional
use or at their prescription, their exportation being prohibited. The
full text of the decree was printed in La Gaceta of March 27, 1927.
HONDURAS
LAW ON PARDONS AND COMMUTATION OF SENTENCE.—The Gaceta
Oficial for May 7, 1927, publishes the law on pardons and commuta-
tion of sentence regulating the powers granted the Executive under
the provisions of section 10, article 113, of the Constitution.
MEXICO
DIVISION AND RESTITUTION OF LANDS AND WATERS.—In the Diario
Oficial for April 27 of the current year is published the law regulating
LEGISLATION 929
the application of article 27 of the Federal Constitution of 1917,
regarding the division and restitution of lands and waters. This
law, divided into 196 articles and 2 transitory articles, grouped into
14 chapters, determines the persons who have a right to communal
lands; defines the agrarian authorities, their functions and powers;
classifies the lands subject to the provisions of the law, and those
that are exempt; and establishes the proceedings for provisional and
definitive division and restitution of lands. All previous laws,
decrees, and regulations on this matter are abrogated by this law, with
some exceptions, therein specified. This law, signed April 23,
1927, became effective on the date of its publication.
DAYLIGHT SAVING TIME.—By executive decree of May 6, 1927,
beginning June 10, 1927, the time in the Republic was unified, by
replacing the hour of meridian 105° W. of Greenwich by that of
meridian 90° W. of Greenwich, with the exception of the northern
district of Lower California, where the hour of meridian 105° W. of
Greenwich will be adopted. Among other advantages, this measure
has the well-known feature of giving the public an opportunity of
enjoying an extra hour of daylight, inasmuch as the commercial
establishments, business offices, factories, etc., will cease their activi-
ities 60 minutes earlier.
NICARAGUA
AMNESTY TO POLITICAL OFFENDERS.—On May 5, 1927, the Govern-
ment issued a decree granting amnesty to all prisoners charged with
political offenses since October 25, 1925, up to the date of the decree,
and ordaining the liberation of such persons from the prisons.
DELEGATION TO INTERPARLIAMENTARY CONFERENCE.— The delega-
tion representing the National Congress of Nicaragua at the Inter-
parliamentary Conference to be held in Paris in the latter part of
August, 1927, is composed of the following Senators: Don J. Leopoldo
Salazar, Don J. Demetrio Cuadra, and Don Santiago Callejas.
REGULATION OF VENEREAL PROPHYLAXIS.—The Government has
issued regulations governing venereal prophylaxis and prostitution,
the regulations being published in the Gaceta Oficial for April 28, 29,
and 30, 1927.
PARAGUAY
REGULATIONS FOR RADIO BROADCASTING.—On April 26, 1927,
President Ayala issued regulations for the construction and operation
of radio stations. The following is a summary of some of the more
important provisions of the law, the full text of which was published
in the Diario Oficial of April 27, 1927:
No station shall be constructed or operated without a license, licenses to be
renewed the first of each year. Only news of general interest, lectures, con-
certs, theatrical performances, or other cultural programs shall be broadcast;
political, religious, commercial, and other propaganda shall not predominate.
930 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION
Wave lengths varying from 200 to 600 meters will be assigned to the various
stations, this assignment to be subject to change by the Government when
circumstances so demand; the maximum current used shall not be so great that
it will affect the broadcasting of other authorized stations. Broadcasting hours
shall also be determined on issuance of the permit. All persons employed in
broadcasting shall possess certificates attesting their ability, and operators of
experimental stations shall be licensed professionals. All stations shall be
subject to inspection and supervision by the Minister of the Interior and the
General Postal and Telegraph Bureau, respectively, while experimental and
amateur stations may be closed at the discretion of the Minister of the Interior.
5] INTERNATIONAL e
A @ainie TREATIES 4. I Z3
DOMINICAN REPUBLIC
Pan AMERICAN POSTAL CONVENTIONS.—On April 13, 1927, the
principal convention adopted at the Second Pan American Postal
Congress, held in Mexico City in October, 1926, and the parcel post
and postal money order agreements adopted at this same congress
were approved by the President of the Republic after having been
previously ratified by Congress. (Gaceta Oficial, June 1, 1927.)
GUATEMALA-HONDURAS-SALVADOR
CONVENTION BETWEEN SALVADOR, GUATEMALA, AND Hon-
puRAS.—After a series of conferences held in San Salvador at the
invitation of Salvador, the Ministers of Foreign Affairs of Guate-
mala, Honduras, and Salvador, acting as representatives of their
respective Governments, signed the 25th of May, 1927, a convention
in which the three Republics agree, as a necessity of their foreign
policy based on the principles of Central American solidarity, not
to act singly nor separately in the examination and solution of
problems affecting the general interests of Central America, before
a previous exchange of ideas, either by means of diplomatic notes or
personal conferences among the Ministers of Foreign Affairs of the
contracting States. For this purpose the convention considers as
circumstances affecting the general interests of Central America
the recognition of a new Government in accordance with the existing
treaties; the declaration of war; the controversies which may arise
with regard to questions already considered in the provisions of the
international treaties in force; and the celebration, by one of the
contracting nations, of any agreement, convention, or treaty with
any non-Central American nation on matters which might affect
INTERNATIONAL TREATIES 931
Central American nationality. The convention calls for a regular
-annual meeting of the Ministers of Foreign Affairs of the three
contracting Republics. The first meeting will be held in Guatemala
next December.
The Presidents of Salvador, Honduras, and Guatemala approved
the convention on June 4, and their executive orders, together with
the official text of the convention, were published in the Diario
Oficial of Salvador, the Gaceta of Honduras, and the Gwatemalteco
of Guatemala on the 4th, 6th, and 8th of June, 1927, respectively.
HONDURAS-SALVADOR
ADDITIONS TO ARTICLE 7 OF TREATY OF 1918.—The Dario Oficial
of Salvador, in its issue of May 20, 1927, published the approval
by the National Legislative Assembly of the presidential order of
March 4, 1927, which approved the convention on additions to
article 7 of the treaty of free commerce, between Salvador and
Honduras, of February 28, 1918. The convention was signed at
Tegucigalpa by the representatives of both Governments, on Febru-
ary 12, 1926, its object being to promote the development of means
of communication along the border between the two countries.
MEXICO
INTERNATIONAL CONVENTION ON THE UNIFICATION OF THE METRIC
syst—EM.—By decree of April 29, 1927, published on May 31, 1927,
President Calles promulgated the international convention on the
unification of the metric system, signed in Sévres, France, in October,
1921. This convention was ratified by the Mexican Senate in Decem-
ber, 1926. (Diario Oficial, May 31, 1927.)
Pan AMERICAN POSTAL CONVENTIONS.—Promulgation of the
postal conventions on postal money orders and parcel post, signed
in the Second Pan American Postal Congress, was made by executive
decree of March 18, 1927, published in the Diario Oficial of April
PAS) MPs
PANAMA
RATIFICATION OF POSTAL CONVENTIONS.—On May 17, 1927, the
principal convention and postal rate agreement signed by the delegate
of Panama at the Second Pan American Postal Convention assembled
in Mexico City in October, 1926, was ratified by an executive decree,
the full text of which is published in the Gaceta Oficial of the same
date.
ER On * ANDEDUCATION ; NE
ARGENTINA
SAUBERAN FOUNDATION.—Senor J. B. Sauberan has given the Uni-
versity of Buenos Aires the sum of 100,000 Argentine pesos, the
proceeds of which are to be used to maintain annual scholarships for
graduates of the university who wish to pursue advanced studies
at the University of Paris.
UNLIMITED UNIVERSITY ENROLLMENT.—The university council of
the University of Buenos Aires has repealed the regulation restrict-
ing the enrollment of students in the schools of medicine, dentistry,
and pharmacy, of which notice was given in the April, 1927, Buz-
LETIN.
Seconp NarionaL Conaress or History.—This congress, which
convened in July, on April 19 last presented to the American
Academy of History a report of its labors. Resolutions. were passed
on improving methods of teaching national history in the primary
and secondary grades and also on more adequate methods of
teaching provincial history and geography. It was further resolved
that the Academy of History should organize the third congress to
convene in the year 1929, in whatever place the academy may deem fit.
MUNICIPAL KINDERGARTENS.—On April 30 the first municipal
kindergarten was opened in Buenos Aires. One hundred and fifty
children will be instructed at this kindergarten, using the Montessori
system under the direction of Sefiora Matilde Flairoto de Ciampi, a
specialist in this method. Plans have already been made and funds
appropriated for establishing other municipal kindergartens.
BOLIVIA
TEACHERS’ RETIREMENT.—A protective measure for teachers who
have given many years to the exercise of their profession was em-
bodied in a decree, published last May, which states that retired
teachers who taught more than one class and who have given over
20 years of continuous or intermittent service shall receive the
salaries corresponding to each class during the entire year, including
vacations. ‘Teachers having less service to their credit shall receive
a somewhat less amount, proportionally. The supreme decree of
April 25, 1923, which abolished extra salaries for professors is main-
tained in effect. (It should be explained that teachers are often
appointed in special subjects for one or more classes.)
932
PUBLIC INSTRUCTION AND EDUCATION 933
BRAZIL
ScHOOL CENSUS OF FrDERAL Districr.—Preliminary figures for
the Rio de Janeiro school census show that there are 141,123 children
of school age in the Federal District, of whom 63.7 per cent attend
school.
LecTURE CouRSsES.—On June 7, 1927, a course of eight lectures on
geology as bearing on petroleum was begun by a member of the
Geological and Mineralogical Service under the auspices of the
Brazilian Education Association in Rio de Janeiro. Other lectures
on history and various subjects are given by this association.
Another lecture course on historical subjects has been instituted in
the navy library by Admiral Gago Coutinho.
TEACHERS’ CONGRESS.—A teachers’ congress recently met in Bello
Horizonte to consider the adoption of uniform textbooks for the
schools of the State of Minas Geraes.
First Brazinian ConGRESS OF COMMERCIAL STUDENTS.—Under
the honorary presidency of the Minister of Agriculture the First
Brazilian Congress of Commercial Students was opened on June 2,
1927, in the Commercial College of Rio de Janeiro. It closed on
June 8, after discussing the purposes of commercial training, stand-
ards to be required for a diploma in such courses, and other related
matters.
ScHoout Notes.—The Brazilian Education Association has organ-
ized a course of instruction by radio, and scientific, literary, and artistic
subjects of study will be offered. The division of technical and higher
education has inaugurated an interesting course of lectures.
CHILE
REGISTRATION IN PRIMARY SCHOOLS.—The Government Bureau of
Primary Education reports for last April the highest registration and
average attendance so far recorded for Chilean primary schools,
1. e., a registration of 429,114 pupils and an average attendance
of 344,527.
SPELLING OF Royat ACADEMY ADOPTED.—The Government educa-
tional authorities have prescribed that the spelling of the Royal
Spanish Academy of Letters shall hereafter be the standard in all
Chilean schools. It will be recalled that a simplified spelling has
also been in use in Chile.
COLOMBIA
TWENTY-FIFTH ANNIVERSARY OF THE NATIONAL ACADEMY OF
CotomsBian History.—The National Academy of Colombian History
celebrated on the 11th of May, 1927, its twenty-fifth anniversary.
The Government of Colombia, as a token of appreciation for the inval-
uable services rendered by this institution during a quarter of a cen-
tury, presented the academy with a new building in Bogota and
934 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION
15,000 pesos for the library and furnishings for the new premises.
The National Academy of Colombian History is an institution that
does honor to Colombia and to America as a whole. Since its cre-
ation the academy has carried on an intelligent and productive work
of education and culture. During the 25 years of its existence the
academy has published 87 volumes, filled with important and val-
uable studies on Colombian history, including prehistoric times, the
colony, and the period of the struggle for independence. Its con-
stant and praiseworthy labor has won for the academy the respect and
esteem of all similar institutions in America and Europe.
HEALTH EDUCATION IN THE SCHOOLS.—A presidential decree signed
June 7, 1927, has established a complete course on individual, social,
and public health, along the lines of a scientific plan submitted by
the National Board of Health, to be given in the elementary, high,
and normal schools. The course is divided into five years of two
semesters each. .
In the rural and night schools for workers, in addition to the regu-
lar instruction, the children will be given educational pamphlets on
health for use in their homes.
COSTA RICA
SCHOOLS FOR ADULTS.—By a recent decree reorganizing the national
schools for adult education, the students will be divided into two
classes, one for illiterates and the other for literates. The former
group will receive, in the first period each evening, instruction in
reading, writing, and arithmetic. The second group will also receive
during the first period instruction in mathematics and language.
During the second and third periods joint classes will be given for
both groups, the instruction being in such subjects as drawing, sewing,
manual arts, music, and English. All instruction given will be of a
practical nature with a direct application to the daily life of the
laborers. 2
CUBA
STUDY OF THE CONSTITUTION PROMOTED.—The Secretary of Public
Instruction and Fine Arts has arranged to have 10,000 copies of the
Constitution of the Republic printed for free distribution among
teachers and pupils of the different elementary schools, in order to
disseminate among the youth of the country a clear understanding of
constitutional rights and civic obligations. (Courtesy of the Cuban
Embassy in Washington.)
CoMMERCIAL scHoots.—In the preliminary budget for the Depart-
ment of Public Instruction, prepared by the committee in charge,
allotments have been made for the establishment of two commercial
schools, one to be annexed to the University of Habana and the other
to function as an independent commercial high school.
PUBLIC INSTRUCTION AND EDUCATION 935
ENROLLMENT IN Hapana Unrtversiry.—During the school year
1925-26 the following number of students were registered at the
University of Habana: School of law, 42 men and 46 women; school
of medicine and pharmacy, 2,328 men and 179 women; school of
science and letters, 775 men and 278 women, making a total enrollment
of 3,145 men and 503 women. During that same period graduates
from the university numbered 432 men and 75 women; of these 153
men and 5 women graduated from the school of law; 240 men and 50
women from the school of medicine and pharmacy, and 39 men and
20 women from the school of science and letters. (Courtesy of the
Cuban Embassy in Washington.)
CuBAN PROFESSOR visits Mrxico.—At the invitation of the
Secretary of Education and of the University of Mexico, Dr. Juan J.
Remos, professor of literature in the Provincial Institute of Habana,
visited Mexico City recently to deliver a course of lectures on Cuban
literature in that city. (Courtesy of the Cuban Embassy in Washington.)
CoMMERCIAL scHooLs.—The decree of December 13, 1926, men-
tioned in the March issue of the BuLuetin, has been superseded by
a new decree of March 2, 1927, providing for the organization of an
elementary commercial school in each of the following cities: Habana,
Santa Clara, and Santiago. The same decree provides for the
establishment of a higher school of commerce at the National
University.
GUATEMALA
ScHoou sratistics.—The following interesting figures showing the
progress of public education in Guatemala were taken from the
report of the Secretary of Education for the year 1926, which was
published in El Guatemalteco of May 16, 1927:
Total enrollment and attendance in all schools
Schools Enrollment) Attendance
PCLT a ye ae ee ee a pe 3) ONL Oar eats a A ances eres Mee 103, 859 80, 997
FIRE EL CELE S ie GED TUT 6 eee ate eo care i eae ee ey ne uo 83 63
INOLTT ales ai ere ae ans Se ee PLS eee nee ete eee et eee ee 850 757
SOCON GAL aso atten ae eae Bae te oe tee See UE ae eRe eee Re RE eS | 745 616
DCCL alee ethers Se teal at See a AE eae me en eel ar ete NPs Sale 1, 463 1, 097
@olleges2 422 aye Ree ae a ees De SL Se ee Se ee ens Se es | 588 5
Motalic=~ see eee tere ee See eee eee ae eS ee ae ee ee 107, 588 84, 118
Total enrollment and attendance in primary schools 1922-1926
Year Enrollment} Attendance
82, 997 64, 725
89, 484 80, 566
92, 911 80, 819
105, 314 77, 838
103, 859 80, 997
936 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION
ORGANIZATION OF BOY scouTs.—According to official information
preliminary arrangements have been made for the organization of
boy scout troops in the schools of Guatemala City.
HAITI
AGRICULTURAL AND INDUSTRIAL TRAINING.—Interest in agricul-
tural and industrial training is showing a decided increase; in many
schools the enrollment is larger than can be cared for under present
conditions. During the month of May last the total enrollment in
all the schools of the agricultural service reached almost 4,000.
Thirty-four farm schools were in operation during May, employ-
ing 49 teachers. The enrollment for these schools was reported as
2,815, which gives an average of 82 pupils per school.
At the Gonaives industrial school night classes have been organized
to be held three times a week from 6.30 to 8.30 o’clock. Instruction
is given in English and commercial subjects. (Bulletin of the
Financial Adviser-General Receiver.)
HONDURAS
Prison scHooL.—The prisoners in Nacaome are to have a school,
thanks to the efforts of Judge Enrique H. Rodriguez, who has enlisted
the aid of the press in securing materials necessary for a school for
adult illiterates. The press voices the hope that this will be the
beginning of schools in all Honduran prisons.
ARGENTINE BOOKS FOR UNIVERSITY.—The Central University of
Tegucigalpa has received a donation of works of Argentine authors,
which are a valuable contribution to the university library.
MEXICO
Second Nationat Contest or Oratory.—The final competition
of the Second National Contest of Oratory took place in Mexico
City, on June 12, last. Nine students, representing the States of
Pueblo, Jalisco, Michoacan, Sinaloa, Hidalgo, Colima, Mexico, and
Oaxaca and the Federal District, competed for the coveted title of
champion orator. The first prize was awarded Senor Arturo Garcia
Formenti, of Mexico City, who will represent Mexico in the Second
International Contest of Oratory, to be held in Washington, D. C.,
October 14,1927. It is expected that for the third contest next year,
every one of the 28 States will send a representative to compete for
the national title of champion orator, thus adding more interest to
this event, which has become very popular.
ARMY OFFICERS TO SERVE AS TEACHERS.—A considerable number
of army officers have been given the necessary training to serve as
teachers in army schools, where the enlisted men are to be taught
PUBLIC INSTRUCTION AND EDUCATION 937
reading, writing, and elementary arithmetic. Following a strict
policy of economy and budget reduction, the War Department is
gradually replacing civilian teachers by army officers, and it is
expected that within six months the entire personnel of the army
schools will be composed of military officers. The results achieved
in these schools are highly satisfactory, and the percentage of
illiteracy among the troops has been greatly reduced.
University NoteE.—Dr. W. B. Bizzell, president of the University
of Oklahoma, has been officially invited by the National University
of Mexico to deliver a series of lectures on agricultural problems and
rural communities.
PANAMA
ScHOOL FOR INDIGENES IN Cotén.—The creation of a school for
indigenes in Colén was officially authorized by an executive decree
of May 4, 1927, published in the Gaceta Oficial of the same date.
This school will be under the able direction of Sefiora Elisa de
Guarrido, assisted by two other graduate teachers.
PARAGUAY
Girts TO ARGENTINE SCHOOL IN AsuNcION.—On April 23, 1927,
in the presence of Doctor Olivera, Argentine diplomatic representa-
tive in Asuncion, the formal presentation of a gift of school furniture
and supplies valued at 3,800 Argentine pesos was made the Republic
of Argentina school in that city by the National Council of Buenos
Aires.
AVIATION SCHOOL OPENED.—On May 28, 1927, before a dis-
tinguished audience, including members of the diplomatic corps, the
army, navy, and other departments of the Government, the aviation
school was formally opened with an enrollment of 10 student pilots
and 5 mechanics. Instruction will be in charge of the French Military
Mission.
PERU
Sports IN THE University or San Marcos.—Among the 1m-
provements undertaken for the University of San Marcos, in Lima,
is the construction of an athletic field surrounded by large stands
for the public. There will also be bathing facilities constructed in
connection with the field. This university, it will be remembered,
is the oldest in the New World, having been founded in 1551.
SALVADOR
ScHoou statistics.—The Report of the National Department of
School Supervision and Administration for 1926 states that 849
schools were in session during that year, with a total of 1,555 teach-
ers, an enrollment of 51,933 students, 'and{anYaverage attendance
938 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION
of 35,063. There were 75 private schools and 61 municipal; and 7
kindergartens, distributed in the following manner: 4 at the national
capital, 1 at Sonsonate, 1 at San Vicente, and another at San Miguel.
Avronomy or THE NationaL University.—On July 1, 1927, the
National University of Salvador began to function on a new basis of
autonomy, in accordance with the reforms made in the report sub-
mitted by the commission appointed to revise the statutes of that
institution. The university is constituted as a public institution
de jure, and will be formed by the union, in the federative form, of
the schools of jurisprudence and social sciences; medicine; chemistry
and pharmacy; and engineering. As annexes, and under its direction,
the following institutes are placed: Preparatory school, school of
diplomacy and consular service, school of government attorneys, and
school of dentistry. The new statutes received the approval of the
Government of Salvador by executive order of May 23, 1927.
URUGUAY
INAUGURATION OF ARGENTINA SCHOOL.—On May 25, 1927, before
a distinguished company composed of educators, diplomats, dele-
gates of the Argentine National Council of Education, and many
others, girls’ school No. 1 of Montevideo was rededicated and named
in honor of Argentina. .
Grrr or BonrviAN Books.—With the idea of creating a nucleus
around which a Bolivian section in the national library at Monte-
video might be formed, the Bolivian Government recently presented
that library with a number of important literary and_ scientific
works.
VENEZUELA
ScHoot notes.—According to the report of the Minister of Public
Instruction for 1926, primary education made great progress during
that year, one of the most noteworthy accomplishments being the
creation of 200 one-teacher Government schools and 30 graded schools
having three teachers each. The school enrollment has increased
25 per cent over the figure for the year 1925.
‘“‘As regards secondary education,” the report continues, “experi-
ence has shown the desirability of shortening the course to four years
of study, and the present curriculum can without boasting be called
one of the most progressive. Owing to the excellent discipline main-
tained, secondary instruction has been made very effective.”
On September 17, 1926, the Department of Public Instruction of
France issued a decree to the effect that the high-school diploma
conferred by the Venezuelan Government shall be considered equiva-
lent to the French “Bachillerat.’”” The Venezuelan Government
reciprocated by acknowledging the equivalence of the French sec-
ondary school diploma to the Venezuelan.
LABOR 939
Progress has also been made in the normal schools, owing to the
greater care taken in the awarding of scholarships, which is now done
directly by the Department of Public Instruction. University
studies have also benefited by the general program of reorganization,
especially by the introduction of compulsory class attendance.
The Government is considering a project for the erection of new
school buildings as soon as circumstances will permit.
An institute of tropical medicine has been added to the equipment
of the Central University.
School registration in the various types of schools was as follows in
the month of December, 1926: Government primary schools, 63,747,
and average attendance 45,847; 341 private schools, 15,302; 236 mu-
nicipal schools, 10,473; 253 State schools, 9,726; special schools,
1,618, and average attendance 1,024; secondary schools, 588, and
attendance, 446; higher schools, 716, and average attendance 506.
CUBA
CusBan FrepERATION oF LABor.—On May 22 a group of workers
representing different industries met in Habana with the purpose of
organizing the Cuban Federation of Labor, which was duly consti-
tuted. It was pointed out at this meeting that the efforts of this
federation are not, and never would be, directed toward promoting
political doctrines tending to destroy the present social system, but
toward improving the economic and social conditions of workers,
thus helping to develop industrial activities. Furthermore, the
federation assumes the duty of helping members in the event of
enforced idleness, incapacity for work, or illness, when such cases
do not come under the provisions of the labor accident law, giving
this assistance not in a spirit of charity but of brotherly duty and
cooperation.
The Cuban Federation of Labor has been duly affiliated with the
Pan American Federation of Labor.
MEXICO
NATIONAL MIXED COMMISSION OF THE TEXTILE INDUSTRY.—A
national mixed commission was established recently in accordance
with the provisions of article 91 of the collective convention of textile
manufacturers and workers, held in Mexico City last year. This
THE PAN AMERICAN UNION
940
article provides for the creation of three boards—factory mixed
commission, district mixed commission, and national mixed com-
mission. The latter will deal with all those conflicts which the two
lower commissions have not been able to settle, and will always
endeavor to reach a decision by means of conciliation. If this is not
possible, the national mixed commission will decide upon the ques-
tion by arbitration, after both parties agree to accept and obey the
final decision.
REPORT OF THE CENTRAL BOARDS OF CONCILIATION AND ARBITRA-
TION.—The central boards of conciliation and arbitration submitted
to the Department of Industry, Commerce, and Labor the following
report on industrial conflicts during 1926. This report was published
in the Boletin Comercial of the department on May 6, 1927:
Numaber, ot workers | Settlements Amount
Num- | {
Causes of conflict ber of | Favor-
BSE Wom-| Chil- ine thal ing the) penq-|
Men en | dren |work-, °™ | ing In dispute | Awarded
ers_| Ploy-
ers
Pesos | Pesos
Industrial accidents __ Boar 237 362 B57] See ees 209 4 24 | 109, 626. 66 106, 247. 70
Violation of labor contracts_- 197 | 5,593 225 ae |. 159 17 21 | 28,906. 36 15, 236. 30
Reduction of wages_—_------- 72 337 3089 eee 70 2h pase 393. 50 5, 332. 45
Withholding of wages_______- 1, 583 3, 148 728 8 | 1, 501 | 13 69 | 458, 711.65 | 310, 649. 72
Unjustified dismissal ________ 3) 215 6, 145 | 1,331 20))|/ 35010) 133: 71 | 118, 277. 94 208, 618. 16
Increase of wages denied__-__- Ol 55 281 1 | 48 | 2 1 179. 56 | 7, 666. 54
Violation of legal working |
NOMES Se Seek Seawater asec 30 259 61 10 BOF se Sale ek ees ae ea 2, 847. 30
Poor administration ________- 28 82 Lil ek Ce Zi sarees 1 90. 00 468. 00
MNiscellancous==e eee ae see 249 | 7,218 381 14) 215 24 10 3, 559.00 | 130, 263. 17
Ro taleasnacninet sees 5, 662 | 24,299 | 3,262 | 53 | 5,270 | 195 | 197 | 719,744.67 | 782,329.34
ARGENTINA
CENSUS OF CHILDREN.—At the suggestion of Dr. Pedro Rueda,
specialist in children’s diseases, founder and director of the institution
Casa del Nino, in Rosario, a census was taken of children under two
years of age in that city. The figures, which have recently been
published, show a mortality of 151 per thousand. One feature of
this census which speaks favorably for the mothers of Rosario is
that from birth to three months 100 per cent of infants are nursed
SOCIAL PROGRESS 941
by their mothers and from three to six months 90 per cent are
so fed.
Leper cotony.—The advisory committee on regional asylums
and hospitals has prepared plans, in accordance with a decree of the
Ministry of Foreign Relations, for the establishment of a leper
colony on the island of Cerrito, located at the confluence of the Alto
Parana and Paraguay Rivers. The island of Cerrito was designated
as the site of the leper colony by a decree of December, 1926. Accord-
ing to the plans, the buildings for this colony will be of simple struc-
ture and provided with all sanitary equipment. There will be 37
buildings in all, accommodating 600 patients. The pavilion for the
bedridden will be one story high and have 30 beds.
ARGENTINE LEAGUE OF SoctAL PRopHyLAXIs.—At a recent meeting
of the administrative board of this organization it was agreed to ask
charity and welfare associations, clubs, libraries, and similar organi-
zations to cooperate with the league in a popular campaign of health
education by organizing lectures, arranging motion-picture exhibits
dealing with the subject of social evils, distributing pamphlets and
leaflets, and helping in other ways to teach the people measures to
combat these evils.
ANNIVERSARY OF NATIONAL PENITENTIARY.—On May 22 the
national penitentiary of Buenos Aires celebrated the fiftieth anniver-
sary of its founding. In the year 1905 a school was organized in the
penitentiary for the prisoners; this school, which has 14 classrooms,
functions every day during 11 months of the year. Attendance is
obligatory for all prisoners, and instruction is given in four grades.
The year that this school was opened an institute of criminology
was also established in connection with the penitentiary, where a
careful study is made of penal systems, jail reforms, sociology, and
psychology.
BRAZIL
BrazitiaNn Muentat Hycrnnn Leacur.—A recent issue of the
Jornal do Brasil of Rio de Janeiro contains an interesting account of
the discussion at a meeting of the tenth study section of the Brazilian
Mental Hygiene League, especially on the question of requiring
health certificates from persons about to be married. Dr. Ernani
Lopes, who brought up the question, desires to have the subject
considered by the entire league, with a view to submitting to Congress
a bill making such certificates compulsory. Doctor Lopes stressed
the advantages to be obtained by still closer cooperation between
psychiatrists and mental hygienists on the one hand and clinics on
the other, suggesting also that an expert in metabolism should be
56205—27—Bull. 97
942 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION
employed to make studies in hospitals for the insane, and that
prostitutes should be examined to determine the percentage of mental
deficiency among them.
At the conclusion of the meeting Prof. Oscar de Souza was elected
president of the section, Prof. Eduardo Rabello vice president, and
Dr. Renato Kehl secretary.
Rep Cross Nurse Day.—Red Cross Nurse Day was celebrated in
Rio de Janeiro last June in conjunction with the distribution of
diplomas to the new nurses enrolled in the Brazilian Red Cross and
with the opening of the new general medical and surgical dispensary
of that crganization.
CHILE
FOREIGN ADVISERS IN SOCIAL WELFARE.—Dr. Karl Mumelter and
Dr. Hans Vogelsang, Austrian experts in social welfare, have arrived
in Chile to advise the Ministry of Health, Social Welfare, and Labor
on workers’ insurance and social welfare subjects in general. After
a careful study of existing legislation and conditions they will suggest
further beneficial legislation.
MoTION-PICTURE CENSORSHIP.—Some time ago the city of Santi-
ago, with the agreement of motion-picture theater owners, established
a censorship of films, which there has been no difficulty in maintain-
ing. It has been the practice to approve some films for adults but
not for minors under 15 years of age. In spite of this, however,
numerous parents continued to allow their children to frequent
showings of films banned by the censor for minors, children sometimes
attending alone and sometimes with their parents. The mayor of
Santiago, with the cooperation of the theater owners, has now issued
instructions that children under 15 are not to be allowed to be
present at pictures disapproved for them by the censor. A police
officer will be stationed at the theater door to secure compliance with
this order.
WoMEN’s ExposiTIon.—The National Society of Women Teachers
is preparing to celebrate the fiftieth anniversary of the decrees issued
by Don Anibal Pinto and Don Miguel Luis Amunategui validating
examinations taken by women and marking the beginning of Govern-
ment activities to promote the practical.education of women by
holding in Santiago next October an exposition of women’s work in
education, industry, agriculture, commerce, and management. The
committee in charge has met with a ready response from women in
many fields. President Ibéfez of Chile, in expressing his hearty
commendation of the idea of the exposition in question, stated that
he ardently desired to give the Chilean woman an adequate prepa-
ration for the home and for work in cooperation for the common
welfare, where she should hold an important place.
SOCIAL PROGRESS 943
CHILEAN ATHLETES WIN INTERNATIONAL CHAMPIONSHIP.—The
Marathon in which Chilean, Argentine, and Uruguayan athletes com-
peted in Santiago last April was a decisive triumph for the first-named
team. Plaza, the notable Chilean runner who won the 5,000-meter
race (meter equals 3.28 feet), has been for years one of the famous
distance runners of the world. It is thought that his recent triumph
will help materially in winning full Government support for a compre-
hensive program of physical education in the schools and recreation
fields of Chile.
Since 1910 these international competitions have been held, the
victory going now to one nation, now to another.
COLOMBIA
CoMMISSION TO VISIT THE LEPER COLONY OF Hawatl.—A commis-
sion of two medical men is being sent to Hawaii by the Colombian
Government to make a study of the leper colony maintained there by
the United States Government. This commission will study both the
scientific and the administrative methods used in Hawaii, the former
including the organization of work, research investigations, treat-
ments, systems of disinfection and results achieved; and the latter,
the organization of colonies, regulations regarding isolation in accord-
ance with the stage of the disease, nonleper residents, accountancy
and control of expenditures; occupations permitted the inmates;
circulation of money in the colony; and general supervision of such
establishments in all their different departments. Upon the com-
pletion of this investigation the commission will submit a report,
together with a comparison of the methods used in Hawaii and those
in use in Colombia, making suggestions as to the reforms that should
be introduced in the latter, from both the scientific and administrative
points of view. The contract between the two investigators and the
director general of the leper establishments of Colombia, together with
the memorandum for expenditures, was approved by the Colombian
Government and published in the Diario Oficial, of Colombia, on
May 31, 1927. 3
COSTA RICA
EXPENDITURE FOR ANTIMALARIA CAMPAIGN.—According to the
Diario de Costa Rica of May 20, 1927, President Jiménez has author-
ized the inclusion of a sum of 100,000 colones in the budget of 1928 as
an initial appropriation for an antimalaria campaign.
CHILD CARE AND TRAINING.—An interesting as well as valuable
course in child care and training has been organized in the girls’
academy in San José, the classes being taught by Dr. Petia Chavarria.
944 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION
CUBA
NATIONAL MEDICAL CONGRESS.—The organizing committee of the
Seventh National Medical Congress, at a meeting last May in
Habana, approved the regulations for the exhibition of native medical
products which, in connection with the medical congress, will open
in Habana on December 11 of the present year for a period of 10
days or more. This exhibition will be divided into two sections, inde-
pendent of each other, one covering scientific subjects and the other
industrial. The former will deal with eugenics, child welfare, and
sanitary and curative measures, while in the industrial section various
surgical instruments will be shown, with sanitary equipment, chemical
products, specially prepared foods and other products of medical
value. (Courtesy of the Cuban Embassy in Washington.)
DOMINICAN REPUBLIC
Dominican Rep Cross.—The National Dominican Red Cross,
founded on April 23, 1927, in Santo Domingo, in accordance with the
Geneva treaty, has joined the League of Red Cross Societies and
adopted its peace-time plan. The society had its origin in a resolu-
tion passed by the Dominican Congress a year ago last May. Meet-
ings to organize followed at the call of Gen. Horacio Vasquez, Presi-
dent of the Republic, these meetings being attended by some of the
most prominent people living in the capital city. The governing
board is composed of the following members: President, Dr. Salvador
B. Gautier, professor of medicine in the University of Santo Domingo;
vice president, Dr. Ram6én B&ez Solar; second vice president, Sefiora
Maria Teresa de Michelena, one of the first organizers of the society,
and daughter of a former Minister Plenipotentiary of the Dominican
Republic to the United States, Don José del C. Ariza; treasurer,
Senor Francisco A. Herrera, who is also treasurer of the Republic;
secretary, Senor Juan Tomas Mejia, a member of the National
Council of Education.
General Vasquez, as President of the Republic, has been made
the honorary president of the society, which he has done so much
toward starting. Taking a leading part in its direction are the gen-
eral’s distinguished wife, Dofia Trina Moya de VAsquez, who is a
poetess of renown in Spanish-speaking countries, and Dofia Carmen G.
de Peynado, wife of Dr. Francisco J. Peynado, former Dominican
Minister in Washington, along with other social and civic leaders,
The society is energetically forming branches throughout the Republic.
(The Red Cross Courier, July 1, 1927.)
SOCIAL PROGRESS 945
ECUADOR
SCHOOL LUNCHES.—An innovation in the Quito schools, which
shows an increasing activity in favor of child welfare, was the recent
opening of a school lunch service for the pupils of the Brazil School
in Quito.
SANITARY IMPROVEMENTS FoR IJBarRA.—The municipality of
Ibarra has been authorized by the Government to spend up to 10,000
sucres for sanitation works in that city.
HAITI
OBLIGATORY VACCINATION AGAINST TYPHOID.—Obligatory vaccina-
tion against typhoid was introduced last May in all public schools.
Through the cooperation of the Secretary of Public Instruction the
inoculation of the school children was accomplished without difficulty.
This work will be continued until the entire school population of
Port au Prince has been inoculated. It is interesting to note how
popular vaccination against typhoid fever has become; during the
month of May, when it was first introduced, 4,071 persons completed
their vaccination, more than half of this number being school children.
(Bulletin of the Financial Adviser-General Receiver.)
HONDURAS
CONSTRUCTION OF TUBERCULOSIS SANITARIUM.—The Gaceta Oficial
for May 2, 1927, publishes a Government decree establishing a tax
on liquors, wine, beer, and mineral waters the proceeds of which
are to be used for the construction and maintenance of a tuberculosis
sanitarium.
MEXICO
ScHOOL FARM FOR THE BLIND.—The Department of Agriculture has
donated 75 acres of land in San Jacinto, near Mexico City, to the
workshop for the blind, recently started, with the purpose of estab-
lishing a school farm where the blind may learn agriculture, poultry
raising, sericulture, etc. The farm will be equipped with modern im-
plements for the raising and care of domestic animals and for operat-
ing other related industries. At present only 12 residents will be
given training and instruction at the farm. It is expected that they
will be the first of a group of blind teachers, who will be sent to teach
in similar establishments all over the Republic, after having been
duly trained and prepared at the school farm. This is part of an
intensive campaign in behalf of the blind being carried on in Mexico
under the direction of the Department of Education, in cooperation
with the Bureau of Public Charities, the Department of Health,
and other agencies of the Government. The recent visit to Mexico
of Sefior Antonio Las Heras Hervas, the well-known blind philan-
946 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION
thropist who is making a tour of different countries on this continent
to promote the welfare of the blind, gave a considerable impulse to this
commendable enterprise in Mexico.
NICARAGUA
Director oF Pusiic HEALTH APPOINTED.—On April 7, 1927,
the President appointed Dr. Emilio Pallais Director General of Public
Health of the Republic.
REGULATIONS ON VENEREAL PROPHYLAXIS.—See page 929.
PARAGUAY
CLASSES IN NURSING AND FIRST AID.—Classes in nursing and first
aid have been successfully organized in the Gimnasio Paraguayo of
Asuncién by the women’s section of that institution.
Hospital PLANNED.—In its session of May 26, 1927, the Women’s
National Charity League passed a resolution providing for the con-
struction of a tuberculosis hospital which will be erected in coopera-
tion with the Government at a place which the latter shall choose.
Visit oF FRENCH spEcIALIST.—On April 29, 1927, Dr. Emilio
Brumpt, professor of parasitology in the medical school of the Uni-
versity of Paris, arrived in Asuncién from Uruguay, accompanied by
Professor Langteron, a bacteriologist, also of the University of Paris,
and Doctor Tallicce, a Uruguayan physician. During Doctor
Brumpt’s brief visit he delivered various lectures on subjects of
special interest in the field on parasitology.
MEDICAL STUDY ABROAD.—It was stated in the Diario Oficial for
April 7, 1927, that Dr. Domingo Sanjurjo, a member of the National
Rios sie had been commissioned to pursue a course in Malari-
ology at the Institute of Hygiene in Paris.
PERU
ANTIVENEREAL LEaGuE.—The by-laws of the Antivenereal League,
created by a decree of September 10, 1926, state that this league was
organized for the purpose of studying the problem of social diseases
and all subjects relating thereto, and of collaborating with the Health
Department in a campaign against these diseases, in accordance with
the suggestions made by the First National Antivenereal Conference.
The league is composed of the following divisions: The honorary
committee, the consulting board, the central executive committee,
and the departmental and provincial committees. The duties of
the consulting board are to review and approve the general plan for
an antivenereal campaign prepared by the executive committee in
accordance with the suggestions made by the First Antivenereal
Conference, and to preside over the national conferences on venereal
SOCIAL PROGRESS 947
diseases to be organized every two years. The league will affiliate
with similar organizations abroad.
ASYLUM FOR BLIND CHILDREN.—By virtue of decree No. 5824 the
Government has carried out the law which provides that a subsidy
of 500 Peruvian pounds shall be allotted in the general budget of
expenditures during the next four years for the asylum for blind
children in Lima.
URUGUAY
INAUGURATION OF INTERNATIONAL AMERICAN CHILD WELFARE
InstituTE.—By auspicious design the inauguration of the Inter-
national American Child Welfare Institute took place in Montevideo
on June 9, 1927, during the sessions of the International Infant
Mortality Conference. (See following note.) Created by an act
of the Uruguayan National Administrative Council on July 24, 1924,
as a direct result of action taken during the Second Pan American
Congress of the Child which met in Montevideo in 1919, and the
succeeding Third Pan American Congress of the Child in Rio de
Janeiro and approved by the Fourth Congress at Santiago, the insti-
tute will be an autonomous organization supported by annual
quotas from the member nations. With its seat in Montevideo it
will function as a center of study, consultation, and distribution of
knowledge, being divided into four major commissions, namely,
Organizations and Institutions, Laws and Regulations, Statistics and
Results, and Publications. The following acted as representatives
of the several countries at the installations. Drs. Barros Barreto,
Brazil; Luis Calvo Mackenna, Chile; Julio A. Bauz4, Cuba; Gregorio
Ar4oz Alfaro, Argentina; Victor Escard6é Anaya, Ecuador; Carlos E.
Paz Soldan, Peru; Mr. Ulysses Grant Smith, United States; Dr. Luis
Morquio, Uruguay, and Dr. Gabriel Picén Febres, jr., Venezuela.
CONFERENCE ON I[NrFantT Morrauitry.—Sessions of the Conference
on Infant Mortality, the first conference ever held in South America
under the auspices of the League of Nations, were opened in Monte-
video on June 7, 1927. In attendance were such international experts
as Dr. Ludvic Rajchman, medical director of the section of hygiene
of the League of Nations; Dr. Theobaldo Madsen, director of the
Danish Serotherapeutic Institute; Doctor Saiki, medical director of
the Nutrition Institute in Tokio; Sefior Julian Nogueira, member of
the league secretariat; and Drs. Gregorio Arioz Alfaro, Argentina;
Barros Barreto, Brazil; Luis Calvo Mackenna, Chile; Leén Velasco
Blanco, Bolivia; Luis Morquio, Uruguay; and Andrés Gubetich, Para-
guay. The program included reports by delegates on the general
prevailing status of infant mortality in their respective countries,
visits to the hospital and child welfare institutions of Montevideo,
and various lectures relative to the subject. Convinced that an
investigation would be necessary in order to define exactly the medical
948 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION
and social causes of infant mortality before any adequate construc-
tive work might be done, the conference resolved that—
A complete report of infant deaths in chosen districts of Argentina, Brazil,
Chile, and Uruguay be made; that the results of a preliminary investigation in
Bolivia and Paraguay should be presented at the next conference meeting some-
time during the first half of 1928; that the data be handled by the same personnel
in charge of a similar investigation in Europe; and that as in Europe the various
countries be asked to cooperate as much as possible in the work, and the League
of Nations be asked to lend financial assistance.
MATERNITY HOSPITALS.—In accordance with a recent proposal to
establish maternity hospitals in the interior, the National Council of
Public Welfare in its session of June 15, 1927, approved the construc-
tion of maternity and children’s hospitals in the cities of Rocha and
Trinidad and authorized the expenditure of 55,000 pesos for this
purpose.
ARGENTINA
NEW VERSION OF NATIONAL ANTHEM.—The Chief Executive has
signed a decree accepting as the only official version of the national
anthem the revised score prepared by the composers José André,
Carlos Lépez Buchardo, and Floro M. Ugarte, appointed two years
ago as a committee to do this work. On all official occasions, both at
home and abroad, where the national anthem is played the new version
shall be used poommne July 9, 1927.
Although no exact data exist on the subject, it is Beale supposed
that the national anthem in use from the year 1813 to 1860 was the
one originally composed by Blas Parera, which served as a basis for
the new one. In 1860 Juan P. Esnaola, an Argentine composer of
note, arranged a score which was accepted as official and used up to
the present time.
BOLIVIA
NEW BOOKS FOR PUBLIC LIBRARY.—The public library of La Paz
received a short time ago a gift of 118 volumes from Buenos Aires
sent by the Protective Committee of Public Libraries of that city.
This group of books includes works of both Argentine and foreign
authors.
CHILE
CHILEAN REPRESENTATION IN THE SixtH Pan AMERICAN Con-
FERENCE.—The press reports that the Chilean delegation to the
Sixth International Conference of American States, often called the
GENERAL NOTES 949
Sixth Pan American Conference, will consist of the following dis-
tinguished members of international repute: Sefior Emilio Bello
Codesido, president; Senor Miguel Cruchaga Tocornal, ambassador
of Chile in Washington; Sefior Guillermo Subercaseaux; and Dr.
Alejandro Alvarez. The Conference meets in Habana in January,
1928.
CUBA
TWENTY-FIFTH ANNIVERSARY OF THE ReEpuBLIc.—On May 20,
1927, the twenty-fifth anniversary of the independence of Cuba was
celebrated with elaborate and appropriate ceremonies. At a cabinet
meeting held on this occasion it was determined to issue a new stamp
of 25 cents denomination to commemorate this anniversary.
(Courtesy of the Cuban Embassy in Washington.)
Mortuer’s Day proposep.—A bill has been presented to Congress
proposing the celebration of Mother’s Day throughout the Republic
on the second Sunday of each year. (Courtesy of the Cuban Embassy
in Washington.)
Detecates TO [BERO-AMERICAN Exposition.—The Chief Execu-
tive has appointed Col. Enrique Quifiones as Cuban representative to
the Ibero-American Exposition to be held in Seville, from October,
1928, to July, 1929, and Sefior Julian Martinez Castells, technical
director of the Cuban pavilion to be erected on the exposition grounds.
(Courtesy of the Cuban Embassy in Washington.)
DOMINICAN REPUBLIC
PRESIDENT VASQUEZ HONORED.—The National Academy of History
and Geography of Mexico has conferred the title of honorary acade-
mician on President Horacio Vasquez and the right to wear the gold
medal of the academy.
ECUADOR
Quiro Rorary Cius.—Last May the Rotary Club of Quito was
formally organized in that city with 24 members representing various
professions, social activities, and business organizations. The board
of directors of the club was constituted as follows: President, Dr.
Humberto Albornoz; vice president, Sefor Miguel A. Albornoz;
secretary, Dr. Eduardo Salazar; treasurer, Sefior Fernando Pérez
Pallares; and counselor, Dr. Manuel Benigno Cueva.
New BUILDINGS.—A fine addition to the group of public buildings
in the Ecuadorean capital was made when, on May 24 last, the new
Palace of Communications was inaugurated in Quito. An impressive
ceremony was held on this occasion. The Minister of Public Instruc-
tion, in making the opening address, commented on the advantages of
having beautiful and adequate quarters for the postal and telegraph
services of the Republic.
950 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION
GUATEMALA
New Casinet AND DestGNaTEs.—The new Cabinet of President
Chacon as announced in the Diario de Centro-America, Guatemala
City, of May 31, 1927, is as follows: Secretary of Foreign Relations,
Dr. Luis Toledo Herrarte; Secretary of State, Lic. Alberto Paz y Paz;
Secretary of the Treasury, Don R. Felipe Solares; Secretary of War,
General Miguel Larrave; Secretary of Public Education, Lic. J.
Antonio Villacorta; Secretary of Promotion, Lic. Adalberto Aguilar
Fuentes; Secretary of Agriculture, Lic. Mariano Lopez Pacheco.
Gen. Miguel Larrave and Gen. Mauro de Leon were elected,
respectively, First and Second Designates to the Presidency for the
year 1927-28 by the Legislative Assembly on April 29, 1927.
HONDURAS
STREET NAMED FOR Lisperator.—In March, 1927, Congress
approved the renaming of Calle de Comercio of Tegucigalpa for
Simon Bolivar as a representative of the Ibero-American race and
as defender of the liberty of the confederation of Spanish-speaking
nations of America.
PARAGUAY
NATIONAL INDEPENDENCE DAY.—The one hundred and sixteenth
anniversary of national independence was celebrated by Paraguay
on May 14 and 15, 1927. May 13 was set aside as children’s day,
and the celebrations continued throughout the following week,
diplomatic and other representatives of the various countries in
Asuncion heartily participating.
GuUARAN{ Dictronary.—According to recent information a Salesian
father, Padre Justo Botottignoli, has concluded work on a Spanish-
Guarani and Guarani-Spanish dictionary. This work is said to
contain all known Guarani words, some 3,000 in all. The Guarani
Indians are the indigenes of Paraguay.
PERU
WaTER SUPPLY FoR Cuzco.—On May 30 the waterworks recently
completed for providing the city of Cuzco with drinking water were
formally inaugurated. The water is brought from Ccorccor, 20
kilometers (kilometer equals 0.62 mile) distant, to the Piccho reservoir
at Cuzco. These reservoirs are built of reinforced concrete and have
a capacity of 360,000,000 liters (quarts).
VENEZUELA
FRENCH TRIBUTE TO BoLtivar.—Information has been received that
the official inauguration of the Parisian boulevard recently named
l’ Avenue Simén Bolivar in honor of that great patriot, took place on
May 7, 1927. er
REPORTS RECEIVED TO JULY 15, 1927
Subject Date Author
ARGENTINA
1927
Annual report on commerce and industries for the year 1926_-_-_-_- Apr. 18 | Harvey S. Gerry, vice consul
ras : at Buenos Aires.
Condition of Buenos Aires banks, including branches in Argen- | June 13 | Dana C. Sycks, consul in
tina, at close of business on Apr. 30, 1927. charge at Buenos Aires. |
BOLIVIA
Automobile roads completed and to be constructed__________---- May 24 | Legation,
New service over the Bolivian railway and the Atocha-Villazon | May 26 Do.
ine.
BRAZIL
BhesngarnindustryOn FE Spinitoys antoesa = ane as ee May 1/| John W. Brunk, vice consul
at Victoria.
Hoadibuildin sinkthelstateopbahiames sss easel e eee aw eee May 2 | Howard Donovan, consul at
Bahia.
Annual report of the fire and marine insurance company of Bahia_| May 9 Do.
Budget of the State of Rio Grande do Norte, 1927____----------- Pad ovess Archer Woodford, vice con-
sul at Pernambuco.
Annual message of the Governor of Espirito Santo____---------- May 14 | John W. Brunk.
Population (school age) of Rio de Janeiro____._.._._-_------------- May 17 | Claude I. Dawson, consul
general at Rio de Janeiro.
@oaliproductioniduning 926s ee eee peedosie: Do.
Brief survey of conditions and construction activities in State of | May 28 | Fred E. Huhlein, consul at
Rio Grande do Sul. Porto Alegre.
iBahiaipaperim anke tessxeses serene eee ee eee May 29 | Howard Donovan.
Bahia coffee exposts during April, 1927_____.__.-._-------------- May 30 Do.
imiportsiat Bahiaduning Nianchyl927eseses seen nee ee May 31 Do.
Amazon Valley rubber market for May, 1927___-_--------------- June 4] J ohm B. Minter, consul at
ara.
LeyeVAUHE NOL THENU DRO VOI Tn TO PL eee eee aeeeee June 9 | Rudolf Cahn, vice consul at
Rio de Janeiro.
Private construction in Rio de Janeiro during the year 1926___--- June 17 Do.
Review of commerce and industries at Bahia for 1926___--------- June 15 | Howard Donovan.
Coffee agreement, conference held May 23 to 29, 1927, at Sao | June 20 | C. R. Cameron.
aulo.
CHILE
Annual review of commerce and industries for the year 1926_-_--- May 16 | C. F. Deichman, consul gen-
eral at Valparaiso.
Soap market in south-central Chile__._.._...__----_------------- May 24 | Camden L. McLain, consul
at Concepcion.
Wheat production and flour milling in the Concepcion consular | June 1 Do.
district.
Bill for regulation of the nitrate industry_____------------------ June 7 | C. F. Deichman.
COLOMBIA
Exports of crude petroleum from Cartagena, during May, 1927--| June 2 | Edward B. Rand, vice con-
sul in charge, Cartagena.
Proposed Barranquilla-Cartagena railway__------------- eee June 10 Do.
COSTA RICA
Annual statistics for the Republic of Costa Rica_._.._-_--------- June 24 | Legation.
New wireless station opened at Puerto Jiménez, Gulf of Dulce-__|---do____- Do. é
Vital statistics and condition of living.........------------------ June 28 | Roderick W. Unckles, vice
consul in charge, San Jose.
CUBA
Highway construction in Province of Matanzas, in 1926__.-.---- June 2 Pu gusLUs Ostertag, consul at
atanzas.
Sugar production in Santiago de Cuba consular district for 1926-27] June 4 | Francis R. Stewart, consul at
Santiago de Cuba. :
Review of commerce and industries for May, 1927___------------ June 9} Edward Caffery, consul in
charge at Habana.
Annual report of Cienfuegos consular district for #926__.--------- June 30 | Lucien N. Sullivan, consul at
Cienfuegos.
Review of commerce and industries for Matanzas, quarter ended |--.do_---- Augustus Ostertag.
June 30, 1927.
951
952
THE PAN AMERICAN UNION
Reports received to July 15, 1927—Continuea
Subject Date Author
DOMINICAN REPUBLIC
1927
Trade currents in the Dominican Republic; trade balances from | May 16 | James J. Murphy, jr., consul
1905 to 1926. at Santo Domingo.
Dominican Government revenues for May, 1927___-.------------ June 16 Do.
Sugar production, Dec. 26 to June 1, 1927_______.__----_--------- June 1 Do.
ECUADOR
New post-office building in Quito, opened May 23, 1927___.____- June 15 | Legation.
GUATEMALA
Mheyleathermanket im Guatemalawe ss =) sae seas sae eee eee May 12) G. Otis Ogden, vice consul at
Guatemala City.
Report on commerce and industries for May, 1927___-------_--_- June 9] B. B. Bliss, vice consul in
charge, Guatemala City.
HAITI
Vital statistics and living conditions in Port au Prince_-___-____ May 20} Maurice P. Dunlap, consul
at Port au Prince.
Economic and commercial summary for May, 1927_____--_-_--_- June 29 Do.
HONDURAS
New import and export tariff for Honduras, effective Aug. 1,1927_. May 10 | Legation.
Review of commerce and indutries for April, 1927______________- | May 15] Geo. P. Shaw, consul at
: : Tegucigalpa.
Report on the trade-marks and patents registered in Honduras | June 4 Do.
during fiscal year 1925-26. i
Vital statistics and living conditions, Puerto Castilla____._______ | June 10 |! Winfield H. Scott, vice con-
{ art : | _ sul at Puerto Castilla.
Vital statistics and living conditions in the district of La Ceiba__| June 16 | Nelson R. Park, consul at
| La Ceiba.
NICARAGUA |
Review of commerce and industries for year, 1926_.________- ace a: May 10) Christian T. Steger, consul
| ‘at Corinto.
Imports of sugar, and review for western Nicaragua_____________ June 2 Do.
PANAMA
Report on commerce and industries for May, 1927_______________ June 11 H. D. Myers, vice consul at
Panama City.
PERU
Review of commerce and general conditions for April and May, | May 31 Geo. A. Makinson, consul at
1927. Callao-Lima.
SALVADOR
Report on commerce and industries of Salvador for May, 1927___.| June 1} W. J. Cafferty, consul at
: salad Pay ts | | San Salvador.
Vital statistics and living conditions in Salvador________________ | June 15 | Do.
VENEZUELA
The coffee crop and market for Puerto Cabello district__________ June 28 | George R. Phetan, vice con-
sul at Puerto Cabello.
eS
The New President of Uruguay
Pan American Conference of Jurists
Hunting Experiences in Zacatecas
By A. D. Sproat.
Triumph of Noted Chilean Soprano
A Chilean Goya
Feeding Rio de Janeiro
Argentina’s Increasingly Notable Development in the Field of Manu-
LAC LUIEC SM (x1LGLO GMC J) 1S) Rumen meena ee au pol cae aren TO Sine oh me ogee eae
Hydroelectrics Developmenti ini Mexicos 022 2 ee ee
By Peter R. Gadd, Pacific Coast Engineering Construction Expert.
Education of the Blind in Argentina
Guide to Colonial Monuments in Santo Domingo
First Annual Pacific Foreign Trade and Travel Exposition
Asricuitune industryevandaC@ominierceses = 2 0 seem lees le es
Argentina—Bolivia—Brazil—Chile—Colombia—Costa Rica—Cuba—Dominican Repub-
lic — Ecuador — Guatemala — Haiti—Honduras— Mexico—Nicaragua— Panama—Para-
guay—Peru—Salvador—Uruguay— Venezuela.
LYCOS Onyel IsinenCiell Ait Be ee
Argentina—Brazil—Colombia—Costa Rica—Ecuador—Paraguay.
Tie SIS la tio meee ss ater ee ey SE ged ety 35 ee Sede Sy ve
Cuba— Mexico—Nicaragua—Salvador.
Internationale Tre atic seeamwese ese Me oe ee a ys eras eee eee on ron
Cuba-Dominican Republic—Dominican Republic-Haiti—Panama.
JPG IONS BIO EyaGl IChiICReMme == ee ee
Argentina — Brazil — Chile—Costa Rica—Guatemala—Honduras—Mexico—Nicaragua—
Panama—Paraguay— Peru—Uruguay.
Argentina—Bolivia—Brazil—Chile—Colombia—Ecuador—Panama—Peru—Salvador.
SOciaIMPropres smear ee 20 ca an ia esha a eee eee MA
Argentina—Bolivia—Brazil—Chile—Costa Rica—Cuba—Dominican Republic—Guate-
mala—H aiti—Honduras—Mexico—Paraguay—Peru—Venezuela.
GenenaleNote seem utemumim iar Jee ec Sut ea ed all iS Se Ee es ie ee A ea
Bolivia—Colombia—Cuba—Ecuador—Peru.
SubjectaMatvermotaconsularyReports¢s)-) =) 5 5. ee ee ee
971
975
978
990
1010
1015
1017
1021
1023
1035
1038
1039
1040
1047
1049
1055
1057
Courtesy of José Richling.
DR. JUAN CAMPISTEGUY, PRESIDENT OF URUGUAY
Inaugurated March 1, 1927, for a term of four years
Al
oO ra
Qn hn
N the presidential elections held in Uruguay in November, 1926,
Dr. Juan Campisteguy, candidate of the Partido Colorado, was
successful, being inaugurated March 1 of the present year tor
the term 1927-1931.
The new President of the Republic was born in Montevideo in
1859, the son of Don Martin Campisteguy and Dofia Maria Osolis
de Campisteguy, both of Basque extraction. The President’s father,
who had first settled in Buenos Aires, decided to leave that city when
Rosas assumed the dictatorship and settle in Montevideo. There
he enlisted in the Foreign Legion in 1846, participating in the capture
of Paysandit, in which battle he was seriously wounded.
It was no doubt from his father that Doctor Campisteguy inher-
ited the military spirit which he later displayed so successfully in
certain civil struggles. At the age of 15, after completing his ele-
mentary studies in a private school, he enlisted as a volunteer in
the Third Regiment of Chasseurs, in which he was later promoted
to the rank of second lieutenant. In 1877 he abandoned the mili-
tary career to enter the University of Montevideo, from which he was
graduated four years later with the degree of bachelor of science and
letters. During his university course he was one of the founders of
several scientific and social clubs, among them the university club
and the gun and gymnasium club of Montevideo. In 1883, while
still a student in the law school, he was appointed professor of
history, philosophy, mathematics, and geography in the university
named, a position he retained until 1886 when he was graduated with
honors, still further increased by his brilliant thesis ‘Brief consider-
ations on nationality and citizenship.”
953
954 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION
At the end of the revolution of 1886, during which he served as
captain of the First Battalion of the Army, Doctor Campisteguy
with Dr. José Batlle y Orddéfiez established the well-known daily, El
Dia, in whose columns he has consistently proclaimed the principles
of his party. A decade or more later he became president of the
board of directors of the Electric Power Co.
During a long and meritorious parliamentary career he has always
been distinguished by his gift of oratory and ability as a statesman
of a high order. On several occasions he was elected Deputy to the
National Assembly and, later, Senator, having served also as President
of the Senate. In 1891 he rendered distinguished service as an influ-
ential member of the finance commission through his plans for the
currency system. In 1897 he was appointed Secretary of the Treas-
ury, a cabinet post which he held a second time under President
Cuestas. In 1898 Doctor Campisteguy was appointed commandei
of the Third Battalion of the National Guard and, in 1899, member of
the Council of State.
Upon his return from a protracted European trip, Doctor Campiste-
euy was appointed Minister of the Interior by President Batlle y
Ordéfiez. In the elections of 1916 he was nominated by his party
for the presidency of the General Constitutional Assembly, and in
1920 was elected member of the General Council of Administration.
The BuLuetin of the Pan American Union, in presenting its respect-
ful greetings and felicitations to the new Chief Executive, expresses
the sincere wish that during his term of office Uruguay may continue
to advance in those paths of orderly peace, progress, and culture
in which it has made such notable progress for so many years.
ERICAN CONFER-
RIO DE JANEIRO, BRAZIL, APRIL 17-MAY 21
HE Pan American Conference of Jurists, which took place in
Rio de Janeiro, Brazil, April 17 to May 21, 1927, in con-
formity with a resolution of the Fifth International Confer-
ence of American States which met in Santiago, Chile, in
1922, is regarded generally as from some points of view the most
significant of Pan American or other international gatherings ever
held.
The unusual interest attached to this conference is due both to
the outstanding importance of the themes listed in its agenda, the
peculiar opportuneness of their discussion at the present time, the
frank and amicable thoroughness which marked the discussions
throughout, and the practical value of the resolutions adopted, all
of which was so ably set forth by Dr. James Brown Scott, the head
of the United States delegation, in his masterly résumé in the Sep-
tember issue of this publication.
No account of this conference would be complete without some
mention, however brief, of the gracious, generous, and joyous hos-
pitality extended by the Brazilian Government and people to the
delegates and other distinguished guests who, as members or ob-
servers, participated in this great international meeting. Latin
American hospitality is proverbial for its spontaneous open-handed-
ness, but the Brazilian brand, in harmony with the lavish exuber-
ance of its tropical soil and genial atmosphere, has seldom been
equaled and never excelled.
The official program for the entertainment of the delegates included
a succession of brilliant receptions, lunches, dinners, gala perform-
ances, including a special series of horse races and other sporting
events, in addition to a number of carefully planned sight-seeing
excursions in which the delegates and the ladies of their party were
taken to the most notable points of interest in the vicinity of a
capital which for sheer beauty and picturesque detail holds the blue
ribbon among the capitals of the world.
Among the foregoing, special mention must be made of the ‘yall Rout
reception, followed by a grand ball, given by the president of the
conference and Senhora Epitacio de Pessoa, which was attended by
the entire diplomatic corps, highest Government officials and political
personages, and the cream of Rio de Janeiro society; the banquet
955
956 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION
given by the Ambassador of Mexico and Sefiora de Ortiz Rubio at
the Mexican Embassy, at which the Secretary of State of Brazil and
Senhora de Mangabeira presided; the splendid luncheon by the
Minister of Justice and the Interior, who was also host, later, in a
short excursion by sea in which the delegates were afforded a superb
glimpse of the harbor and the Lloyd-Brasileiro plant; that most pic-
turesque excursion by electric train to the top of ““O Corcovado”’
and the sumptuous lunch al fresco at the halfway station given by
the prefect of the Federal District of Brazil; the gala day at the
Jockey Club by the members thereof; and the regal banquet given
by the Secretary of State of Brazil in the Itamaraty Palace.
In addition to these official attentions there was a constant
series of receptions, lunches, teas, and dinners given by the resident
American ambassadors and ministers in honor of their respective
national delegations, as well as those given by noted jurists and other
leaders in the social life of the Brazilian capital.
It being impossible, for reasons of space, to reproduce here in
their entirety the numerous eloquent and otherwise notable speeches
made by the delegates during the conference, choice has been limited
to the address of welcome in the inaugural session by his excellency,
Dr. Octavio Mangabeira, Minister of Foreign Relations of Brazil;
that of Dr. Victor Maurtua, minister plenipotentiary and delegate
from Peru, on behalf of the delegates, in response; and the closing
address in the last session by Dr. Epitacio Pessoa, president of the
congress and former President of Brazil, the complete text of each of
which follows in the order named.
ADDRESS OF SENHOR OCTAVIO MANGABEIRA
GENTLEMEN: In the name of the Brazilian Government to whom it is a source
of great pleasure that Rio de Janeiro has again been chosen as the seat of the
Pan American Conference of Jurists, it is my privilege to greet you who, repre-
senting the spirit of America seek, apart from the rest of the world, as it were,
to achieve a glorious ideal which aims to discover, in the rules of right converted
into law among the nations, the foundations for fraternity among the peoples of
the earth.
It is, indeed, a happy thought and a blessed inspiration to which we are
indebted for the good fortune of: coming together again to-day. From the
north, from the center, and from the south; from the Atlantic and from the
Pacific; crossing the Andes and the Plata the three Americas have come together
and here joined hands. What an occasion for grateful emotions! What a
luminous spectacle is this, and yet how simple! The countries of America are
here united through the highest expression of their juridical culture, without
privilege and without distinction, on the same footing of equality, both great
and small, to substitute for their own frontiers a legality which protects them as
if they were but one single people. In no better way could we align ourselves
with the old continent of Europe from which we have all sprung.
It is not possible for you to effect at one single stroke an entire codification of
international law, nor would it be reasonable for me to request you to do so, in
view of the nature of the problems which arise in the hypothesis, both in the
PAN AMERICAN CONFERENCE OF JURISTS 957
dominion of public law and in the dominion of private law. And yet I entertain
no doubt that with the valuable elements contained in the project which you
have in hand, and with others which may arise in the course of your sessions,
each one of you will have contributed both efficaciously and practically to the
erection of a noble monument built, it is true, on American soil, but raised never-
theless to the civilization of all mankind.
Masters of law, statesmen, that which you have undertaken you will perform
with a wisdom which shall be commensurate with your great responsibilities.
Your Governments expect you to do justice; and to do justice is the true aim
of your endeavors.
But whatever be the outcome, the simple fact of the meeting which we are
about to hold is sufficient in itself to mark an enduring and beautiful page in
our international life. It is not only our degree of culture which is being mani-
fested here. It is the purity of the atmosphere in this region of the globe. Law
is not only the dry text in which it is recorded; it is also, and perhaps chiefly, a
feeling which has been engendered. Above the letter of the resolutions, above
the institutes, and above whatever formulas may be elaborated, that which you
proclaim, that which this assembly itself will express from the moment it is
installed, is that a juridical conscience rules this continent and that this con-
science will impel the respective Governments—will appeal to the people them-
selves—and will never in any conceivable case seek through force that which it
is only permissible to seek in the field of law.
The nations of America which fraternize in this conclave of jurists are at the
same time registering their oath of allegiance to the era of peace and justice
which, in the service of humanity, shall flourish in the New World.
Gentlemen, I bid you welcome for all that you represent, welcome for your
illustrious personalities, for the sister nations who have sent you, and for the
dignity of the mission which you are about to fulfill. It is a source of deep pleas-
ure for the Brazilian Nation to receive your visit, and it is her hope that at the
conclusion of your sessions she may be the first to interpret the just measure of
your merits.
And now, in the name of the President of the United States of Brazil, I have
the honor to call to order the second meeting of the Pan American Conference of
Jurists.
ADDRESS OF DR. VICTOR MAURTUA
Your ExcreLLENcY THE MINISTER OF FOREIGN AFFAIRS:
We have heard your eloquent and cordial words with feelings of the deepest
pleasure. In speaking to us in such a captivating and fraternal manner, you have
shown yourself a worthy representative of the culture and courtesy of this country-
You have correctly interpreted the sentiments of Brazil when you referred with
enthusiasm to your hope that our labors may be fruitful in rich results.
We are well aware, Mr. Minister, that this is the Brazil of all time. Its history
is one of uninterrupted progress and an illustration in practice of juridical thought.
Its independence, more than a revolution, was a sort of juridical corollary which,
without violence, transformed the institutions then in force. And, laying aside
as unnecessary any other proof, I will say that this moment and this fact—our
presence here as technicians by order of the Governments of America to work in
the elaboration of external law, its evolution and progress—is properly speaking
an expression of the juridical sentiment of your country.
I remember well, as if it were but yesterday, the initiative of the Brazilian
delegate to the First Pan American Conference held in Mexico. I recall the figure
of that venerable statesman, José Hygino, handsome, tall, slender, with the serene
gravity of a sage, with the tranquil eye of a good and just man, as he arose in the
958 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION
historic hall of Juarez Palace and, like one inspired, gave expression to his fears
and hopes with respect to the juridical organization of America. I believe that
was without doubt the conference of greatest value in the history of Pan America.
From it arose the movement the most recent phase in whose evolution has given
us the good fortune of coming to this beautiful country, whose greatness we salute
in your person, Mr. Minister, offering you the homage of our affection as Ameri-
cans, and of our admiration as students of the science of law.
Gentlemen, it has not been an easy task to formulate the definition of our
work of “‘codification.”” Cognizant of the obstacles which in recent times have
attended every attempt toward its condensation and realization, we are able to
estimate its difficulty. The first concrete formula I find is that of Caracas, 1883.
Nine nations there assembled in conference clearly established the necessity of
agreement on various matters of public law, particularly on the “unification” of
private international law. At a later date, attention was directed to codes of
international law. Bentham with his proposal to the President of the United
States planted this idea and invested it with his prestige. This proposal was
sueceeded by similar projects in Europe and America, the most important with
which we are acquainted being those of Lieber, Bluntschli, Dudley Field, Fiori,
and, among us, of Pessoa, Lafayette, and Bustamante. Everything considered,
the work at Lima and Montevideo on private international law is of this char-
acter. An attempt was also made to organize a commission of American and
European jurists, and this attempt was strong in the First Pan American Con-
ference. Previous to this time, belief was mainly in the desirability of an artistic
construction of all branches of law in the regulation of peace and war, a construc-
tion which was to include all the relations between States. In this irregular
fashion, expression was given to the vague and scattered thought originating in
the struggle for independence. .
During the juridical development of ancient law no code appears. Production
must be active and free. The code crystallizes when it ceases to be dynamic,
because all relations have become saturated by the controlling norms. This
explains why the Roman codification appears at a propitious moment.
Codes, in modern law, have their origin in the heat of great political upheavals
which, carefully observed, are seen to be the superficial exponents of profound
transformations in the juridical conscience. The Napoleonic Code expands and
contracts in the field of practicability in a manner suggestive of the extension
and contraction of the power which imposed it on European law. In modern
times, codes imperfectly express in an organic body of law spontaneous juridic
and popular production. But this is the formal aspect of the subject only. It
is necessary to know what is dealt with, what is the real material which is to
serve as the basis of a system of international legislation, whether in the form of
codes, or in the form of conventions, or in partial compilations.
We in America must consider two classes of law as codifiable matter, namely,
public law and private law. American private law is a fact which juridical
sociology has established with perfect clarity. The legislation of the conquering
European nations encountered a more or less developed juridical life in this
continent. Indigenous law and imported law conflicted, as they always will,
when a living and ruling entity must struggle against that which strives to
usurp and destroy it. Spirit is ever the greatest force in life, whether we call
it custom—the form of existence which is the natural and unconscious (later
conscious) response to the vital course and rhythm of life—or whether we call it
law, which is the voluntary form, abstracted by meditation and deepened and
reduced toasystem. From the struggle during three centuries between these two
kinds of law there arose a series of institutions and norms which are neither
wholly Anglo-Saxon law nor entirely Spanish or Portuguese law but, instead, a
PAN AMERICAN CONFERENCE OF JURISTS . 959
mixed law possessing unmistakable features. They constitute American priv ate
law.
In the international coordination of American private law the problems are
of intense continental interest. Almost everywhere in America private legis-
lation is derived from the same sources and is informed by the same spirit,
The difference noticeable at certain points lies in the norms of international
private law. We now seek an American policy in this transcendental matter.
We are not interested in the rules of international private law in inter-American
relations, because our countries, still in the period of formation, are not exporters
of men but of merchandise. Our policy might well be that of seeking the rules
which favor the assimilation of Kuropean demographic elements. I do not
intend to state these rules. But while we must start from the basis of a diverg-
ence of opinion, we are agreed that the policy of the international law we seek
should be directed toward greater internal cohesion and strength in all the
republics.
Emigrating nations and exporting nations are necessarily compelled to follow
different systems. These two systems are perfectly political; the first being
one of expansion, of influence and exterior protection, the second should be one
of unification and interior protection. It should be observed, however, that
there are different types of exporting nations—those which export men, those
which export service and merchandise, those which export gold, and those which
export culture. The economical conditions, which are the complements each
of the other, will naturally determine the mutual understandings and agree-
ments. These reciprocal currents are set in motion only with the greatest diffi-
culty, and it is from the operation of the resulting exchanges that we reach
conclusions as to the problems of nationality, as to the status of the children
of foreigners, and the most adequate personal laws. In these problems there
is not nor will there ever be any question of rivalry, neither of conflict in internal
legislation, because no country can achieve any advantage which will give its
system a dominating position. The only possible advantage would consist in
the adoption by all the republics of a rule or norm which shall be beneficial to
all in the solution of legal conflicts. This done, all other questions may then
be legislated upon with the greatest ease. This has been amply demonstrated
by our most eminent masters of international law in numerous studies and
publications, among which may be mentioned those of Professors Bustamante,
Rodrigo Octavio, Varela, and Baez.
In the formation of public international law, we must also follow a clearly
defined and sincere political trend. There is no need to hesitate over the use of
the term “political.” All life is political. Law without politics would lack
both practical reason and finality. Any scientific speculation without political
trend in the field of international matters is but a sterile play of words. Ruy
Barbosa, at The Hague, in what was perhaps the greatest oratorical triumph of
his marvelous career, when defining in Ciceronian periods the relations between
international law and politics exclaimed: ‘‘There is nothing more eminently
political than sovereignty, and there is nothing more courageously political than
the attempt to outline its boundaries. Do we wish to eschew politics? If so,
we seek to satisfy ourselves with mere words and not with realities. Politics
is the atmosphere of States. Politics is the region of international law. Whence
and from what does international law emanate if not from politics? How shall
we, therefore, exile politics from an assembly of freemen who have met to stamp
a conventional form on the laws of nations? We have nothing to do either
with the internal affairs of States or their international affairs, nor with the
quarrels which divide nations, the litigations which spring from national pride,
ambition, honor, neither with questions of influence, equilibrium, or predomi-
nance. Ours is the politics of truth. Never has politics been considered a
960 . THE PAN AMERICAN UNION
science, never has politics been studied as history, never has politics been studied
as a moral law. As soon as we begin to make international domestic laws for
the nations, we are at once compelled to take into consideration the suscepti-
bility, necessity, and utility of each product, in the face of tradition, the existing
state of public feeling, the degree of interest which animates the people and
rules the government. And what is all this but polities?”
Now, gentlemen, there are several political directions possible in the regulation
of American public international law. I shall not attempt here to do more than
expound the doctrines of each. American public international law may in a
certain sense be interpreted as a series of problems or juridical situations peculiar
to the American Continent. It may be said that this series is derived from con-
ditions related to geographical proximity, to history, language, religion, and
similarity of democratic institutions. In the opinion of some, this series, never-
theless, might not present a sufficiently respectable body of constantly growing
relations to constitute a specific law; moreover, the geographic and sociological
conditions might not be sufficient to justify that law, since history records the
case of nations, or groups of nations, which, inhabiting the same region and
having the same origin, the same language and the same gods, have yet never
reached a conception of juridical unity. Hence some other specific element
must be adduced to explain our American public international law, one which
invests it with greater spirituality and which permits it a loftier flight.
There is another doctrine which might be called the Bolivarian doctrine,
because the great liberator, Bolivar, felt and defined it. According to this
doctrine, American international law derives from superior concepts which imply
a “unity of soul.””’ And what happens in the formation of States happens also
in the development of international regional life. Nations are made not by
geography or language, nor by religion or interest; they are made by the law
of life as expressed in events. They are molded by an interior force which,
imparting to them its spirit and features, imposes their destiny. The different
groups of nations, the various international regions, found their origins in facts.
Europe throughout its tremendous struggles constitutes an organic whole.
America constitutes another. This does not mean that the world is to be divided
materially, nor that certain groups are to be opposed to others. What is meant
is a phenomenon of morphology: Forms of life which each sees for himself with
greater clearness than by any explanation. In the conception of a ‘unity of
soul” in this continent, a conception which was the result of the supreme
upheaval of the emancipating revolutions, revived by the recent shock of the
World War, would be found the outline of an ample policy of American legisla-
tion, including the possibilities for a series of organizations and norms leading
to a reciprocal security, a necessary interdependence and an intensely active
cooperation. A policy, in short, looking toward the gradual organization of
this continent within the limits permitted by the consciousness of unity. Here
is a policy, firm, clear, energetic, courageous, capable of vitalizing an eminently
constructive legislation. Here is the policy which Bolfvar promulgated in the
imposing periods which stamped him as a source of ideas.
But this is not the only policy. Negative opinions with respect to American
international law are possible, in accordance with which the only thing to be
done is to adapt universal law to the peculiar conditions of this continent—
thereby removing America as a specific factor in the world’s human community,
Thus no continental unity would be recognized; legislative action would be
directed toward the regulation of restricted material and more or less common
interests. No coordination of American members capable of subjecting them
to special norms of transcendental character would be possible among the free
and sovereign nations. In short, the American “atomic” doctrine would be
placed in opposition to the doctrine of unity.
PAN AMERICAN CONFERENCE OF JURISTS 961
I am not playing with words. I simply enumerate concepts drawn from life
which, in one sense or another, must serve as the basis for any serious construc-
tive work in American international legislation. ‘There is no opportunity to
work on abstractions. We must not interpose books between things and the
concepts of things. Our studies of international regulation must rest on the real
necessities of the region which has been apportioned us on the globe, on the
feeling and aspirations of those who inhabit it, on the destinies to which our
marked idealism leads in this New World with its wealth of promise for the
civilization of the future. In the heart of all ideas, underneath all American
aspirations, lies one supreme thought, one supreme desire, which is and must be
the very essence of our future law. It is not solidarity, for social solidarity is
something which in itself has neither moral nor juridical character; it supposes
or acquires significance, or it is submitted to that great basis of all human dwelling
together—justice. Here is what our law must translate in a practical form, for
the vitality of American law can flourish only in the full and effective reign of
justice. The decrepitude and decay of nations is revealed in the very first
symptom of bifurcation between what is legal and what is just. Just law is
youthful law, full of sincerity and vigor. But just law does not live in formulas;
like the perfume of flowers it springs from life itself to scatter itself everywhere,
penetrating and permeating everything, and creating an atmosphere of love and
brotherhood among our republics. Such, Mr. Minister, is the spirit which
animates us, and we have come to this American paradise in fulfillment not only
of our duty as experts, but as honest men and sincere Americans.
I reiterate, Mr. Minister, in the name of my colleagues, the expression of our
deep appreciation of the generous hospitality of Brazil.
ADDRESS OF DR. EPITACIO PESSOA ON ACCEPTING THE PRESIDENCY
OF THE MEETING OF THE INTERNATIONAL COMMISSION OF AMERICAN
JURISTS TO WHICH HE WAS ELECTED BY THE DELEGATES
Mr. Chairman, gentlemen: I regret very much that the state of my health
prevents me from expressing as fully as I should like to do my appreciation of the
great distinction which you have conferred upon me. I will say, however, that
Brazil is sincerely grateful to the illustrious representatives of friendly nations
here assembled for the high tribute they have rendered her in the person of this
humble delegate.
Personally, I esteem it an incomparable honor to preside once more over an
International Commission of American Jurists.
As one whose spirit was formed in an atmosphere of law, I always take part
with faith and enthusiasm in every undertaking which seeks to create a rule of
justice, whether among individuals or among States. Among such undertakings
there is none which in exceptional moral and political significance surpasses the
codification of international law—an ancient aspiration which has constantly
and unceasingly preoccupied the peoples of America. A dream perhaps, but a
dream in which, ever since the famous Congress of Panama convened at the call
of the farseeing Bolivar, is cradled all the positive, liberal, and humanitarian
idealism of America.
Gentlemen, it would be a truism for me to speak of the importance, of the
advantages, from whatever aspect they are viewed, resulting from the codifica-
tion of international law. It is a subject which no longer gives rise to divergencies ,
either among publicists or among governments. It is, on the contrary, a subject
in which, by common consent, the inconveniences usually pointed out—insignifi-
cant in comparison with the many benefits to be derived—may easily be removed
by a gradual, progressive, and periodically revised systematization of the principal
practices now in use.
962 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION
As a positive element of codification we have, scattered throughout the treaty
conventions in the traditions of civilized peoples, that wealth of precepts and
rules which, from the beginnings of their independence, the American States have
invariably observed in their international relations. To collect these rules and
precepts into one single body through a few distinct agreements, would be to lay
the corner stone of the majestic monument to be erected, and to these agreements
others will be added, before long, in obedience to the noblest of impulses: On the
one hand the natural desire to realize an ideal which has germinated, grown, flour-
ished, and fructified in the warmth of the just aspirations of this continent toward
peace and liberty and, on the other, the relative facility of the task, in view of the
considerable amount of common practices already existing, the affinities of all kinds
which bind together the nations of America, and the absence of historical and
economical antagonism to weaken reciprocal confidence or hinder the movement
of approximation among them. This unrest, this disquiet, this anxious yearning
for tranquillity, peace, and cooperation, to-day pervades, more than ever before,
the whole earth unsettled by reason of the terrible sufferings of the last war.
Gentlemen, a multiplicity of causes, among which may be mentioned the
general disturbance produced by a cataclysm which, lasting nearly five years.
has no precedent in the history of the human race, prevented the subcommissions
appointed in our first meeting in 1912 from completing the task intrusted to them.
Due, however, to the efforts of some of these subcommissions, valuable elements
of codification were collected and classified, and to these, as well as to the project
of code presented by Brazil, are now added the valuable contribution of the Ameri-
can Institute of International Law and that of our eminent colleagues, Alejandro
Alvarez and Sdnchez Bustamante.
The international committee of American jurists is thus now in possession of
abundant sources of information which, as the expression of the opinions of
various governments of this continent, will contribute efficaciously to further
the fulfillment of their mission. It is to be hoped, therefore, that the Commission
of International Law will now be able, I will not say to complete the task, for
work of this nature and magnitude is not brought to completion in so limited a
space of time, but in any case to give the work a great impetus, an impetus
sufficient to bear witness before the world to the practicability of the great
commitment and, at the same time, to the constancy with which the American
nations are carrying it through.
This, gentlemen, is my sincere wish, as it is the wish of every friend of peace.
To convert this wish into a brilliant reality, the obscure delegate whom your
generosity has raised to this chair, sure of your confidence, strengthened by your
support, will indeed be happy to collaborate in the most efficacious manner in
this great and glorious work which I hope before long to see extended, like a
blessed canopy of solidarity, alliance, and peace, above the entire American
Continent.
OFFICIAL LIST OF DELEGATES
ANAM HUES ae Pee Se Sefior don Leopoldo Melo, Sefior don Carlos Saavedra
Lamas, Sefior don Luis A. Podesta Costa, Sefior don
Carlos R. Alcorta.
B oliviaeieiy 5 eercaee se Sefior don Ricardo Jaymes Freire, Sefior don José M.
Cuadros, Sefior don Constantino Carrion, secretario.
SSS esse esesesa5e Senator Epitacio Pessoa, president of the conference;
Senhor Dr. Rodrigo Octavio de Laangard Menezes.
Chileees Woe e as eee, eh Sefior Dr. Alejandro Alvarez; secretary, Sefior don
Leoncio Larrain (Chilean ambassador). :
PAN AMERICAN CONFERENCE OF JURISTS 963
Colombia ys a eae Senor don Laureano Garcia Ortiz, Jesus Maria Yepes;
secretary, Sefior don Eduardo Guzman Esponda.
Costar Ricatee- es. 20u 8 Senor don Luis Anderson Morua; secretary, Sefior
don Mariano Anderson.
(Oil oF es 2 8 eae een ee Senor don Antonio Sanchez de Bustamante, Sefior
don Cesar Salaya; secretaries, Sefor don Pedro
Martinez Fraga, Sefior don Vicente Valdez
Rodriguez.
Dominican Republic ____- Sefior don Manuel de Jesus Froncoso de la Concha,
HW Cuad Ona eee a Senior don Rafael H. Elizalde.
VB UES Np ie = nese ose ae Monsieur Abel Nicolas Leger.
IMexiG O atae eee SS a Sefior don Fernando Gonzalez Roa, Sefior don Julio
Garcia; secretary, Sefor don Joaquin Ramos Roa:
1 PD Wa ata cs ee oe ee on we Sefior don Horacio Alfaro, Minister of Foreign Affaires
of Panama.
TEA eR HEAUIE fsa aes ere ee eee OE Senor don Higino Arbo.
1 EXER ebb gb tis te Ee eye Sefior don Victor Maurtua (minister plenipotentiary).
United States-----_=-___ Hon. James Brown Scott and Hon. Jesse Reeves;
secretary, Hon. Henry Monroe Campbell, jr.
Wrutuave a= =e-0 pas cess Senor don Julio Bastos, Sefor don Pedro Varela;
secretary, Sefior don Teofilo Pinero Chaim.
enezuelaieir. ee 22s Sefior don Alejandro Urbaneja and Sefior don Celes-
tino Ferreira.
By A. D. Sproat
RESNILLO in the State of Zacatecas, Mexico, is a mining
town of about 15,000 inhabitants including probably 100 for-
eigners; the foreigners are chiefly Americans and British.
It is situated some 750 miles south of El Paso, Tex., at an
altitude of 7,300 feet, in a more or less rolling country, wide and
fairly level valleys and some hills, with mountain ranges in the dis-
tance to the west.
Small lakes and ponds afford good duck and some goose shooting
during the fall and winter. There is fair deer hunting and, in places,
considerable numbers of wild turkey.
A strip of country, 30 to 50 miles wide from east to west, is agri-
cultural and grazing land, on which no deer or turkeys are found.
This north-south strip of land separates the mule deer country from
the country where whitetail deer and turkeys abound. Near Fres-
nillo there are no mule deer at all to the west in the mountainous
country, and no whitetail nor turkeys in the rolling thorn brush-
covered country to the east across the strip of grazing and agricul-
tural land.
Within 15 to 20 miles northeast of Fresnillo the country becomes
covered with thorn bushes of many kinds and, within a few miles
more, mule deer are found; though they are more plentiful in country
about 50 miles from the fore
There are no trees of any size in this mule deer oom. the largest
and practically only tree being the mesquite. The country, how-
ever, is thickly covered with shrubs, largely thorn bushes, such as Cha-
parro Prieto, Gatauna, many kinds of Nopales, Ocotillo (Fouquieria
splendens), Cardenches (Opuntia imbricata), numbers of Biznagas
(Echinocacti); such spineless shrubs as Gobernadora (Covillea triden-
tata), Engordacabra (Salvia ballotaeflora), Salvia Real; and scattered
‘‘Palmas”’ (yucca).
Here the mule deer grow large, weighing 200 pounds. In Novem-
ber before the rutting season begins they are fat and in fine condition.
The deer are very fond of the Engordacabra and the Salvia real
and also eat the tunas (fruit of the nopales or prickly pear), especially
of the duraznillo family, and of the Cardenches. When the large
clusters of bell-shaped cream colored flowers of the ‘‘palmas” begin
1“American Forests and Forest Life,’? Washington, D. C., August, 1927.
964
HUNTING EXPERIENCES IN ZACATECAS 965
Courtesy of ‘American Forests and Forest Life,’’ Washington, D. C.
IN THE MULE DEER COUNTRY, STATE OF ZACATECAS, MEXICO
Upper: The hunters’ camp by a waterhole. Tent, camp fire, and red touring car all in plain sight of the
game they had come to hunt. Lower: A camp among the Mezquites. The hunter has brought in a
good buck. Note the curved, forked tips of the antlers
to bloom, they eat these also. The smaller ‘“‘palmas”’ are used by
the deer in the early fall to rub the velvet off their antlers.
As one has to move about in this open country, the deer almost
always see the hunter first. Practically the only way, therefore, to
hunt these deer before the rutting season—and during the rutting
60923—27—Bull. 10——2
966 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION
season the meat of the bucks is very strong—is to look for fresh tracks
and follow them very carefully, now and then making wide detours
about cattle, horses, or burros. These animals are very wild and if
approached within 200 yards, are apt to run, and frighten the deer.
Naturally it is useless to follow tracks going with the wind unless
the breeze is almost imperceptible and then only by making detour
after detour in the hope of finally getting beyond the deer and
approaching him by walking into the breeze.
In tracking deer after 10 o’clock in the morning, one must be very
careful, especially on approaching anything in the way of shade, as
it is sometimes possible to distinguish the curved forked tips of the
antlers among the small branches of some bush or to see them move
slightly now and then. The writer has shot two bucks in this way,
one of them without being able to see the buck at all, the first shot
luckily breaking his neck and killing him instantly.
In this thorny country there are many coyotes, some bobcats, and
quite a few mountain lions, all of which probably destroy many voung
deer. One December the writer shot at two young deer, about a
year and a half old, killing one outright and breaking one shoulder
of the other. It was in rather thick brush and the deer were probably
50 yards away. Immediately a coyote jumped out and followed
the wounded deer, pulling it down within another 40 or 50 yards,
its fangs tightly fastened in the throat of the deer. An explosive
bullet quickly finished the coyote.
Most wild animals have a very keen sense of sight in that they will
see immediately almost the slightest motion at a considerable distance,
but, apparently, pay no attention to the most unusual sights if there
is no movement. One day, while hunting mule deer in this country,
the writer and a Mexican boy saw, at probably 250 yards, a bobeat
perched in the top of a short “palma’’ moving his head round and
round like an owl apparently watching forsome prey. We decided
to see how close we could get, though we were practically in the open,
there being only bushes about waist high. Every time thé bobcat
turned its head in the other direction, we ran without stopping a few
steps toward it, stopping perfectly still as it turned in our direction.
In this manner we came within a few feet of it although it looked di-
rectly at us with every turn of its head. Finally we got so close that
the Mexican boy picked up a stone weighing probably a pound and
struck the cat fairly, knocking it to the ground. With that, the
mother cat, till now unseen by us and probably asleep, jumped from
a lower branch to the ground and we realized that the first cat was
not full grown.
In this country in the dry season the water holes are miles apart
and, judging from the ground on which tracks are found, the deer
must go weeks without drinking water, getting considerable moisture
from the juicy tunas or nopales. When there is little grass for the
HUNTING EXPERIENCES IN ZACATECAS 967
cattle, the ranchers send men out into the nopal thickets to hack off
the branches (pencas) of the nopales with long knives (machetes),
like corn knives, and singe the thorns (espinas) off by holding the
branch on a sharp stick over a fire. The deer are not frightened by
these men, who do not carry arms, and are frequently seen early in
the morning feeding on the singed nopales.
The whitetail deer is much smaller here than the mule deer, and is
very quick in getting away up or down the rocky mountains where
the big rocks are covered by enough tall grass to make the footing
dangerous. They are called ‘‘Venado Salté6n,” or jumping deer.
The mountainous country of the whitetail is covered with short-leaf
yellow pine and some long-leaf, pifion, several kinds of small oak, and,
“a =. é Pe
Courtesy of ‘‘American Forests and Forest Life,’’ Washington, D. C.
A MOUNTAIN MEADOW
This country is frequented by whitetail deer and turkey
in places, much juniper (called ‘“cedro”’), madrofio, and, on the
hillsides, large patches of manzanilla (manzanita). The black bear
is particularly fond of the juniper and manzanilla berries and the
wild turkeys eat quantities of both the flowers and berries of the
manzanilla.
Springs are frequent in the mountains and, judging from the tracks,
the white tail deer usually drink every night or early morning. As
the air eddies much in the mountains, and in the winter or hunting
season the leaves and brush are dry, one most frequently startles the
deer, which may run a short distance, stand and look back; if it keeps
going, it must then be looked for very slowly and carefully either by
trailing, which is difficult, or by making a circle ahead. Now and
968 «THE PAN AMERICAN UNION
then, however, one sees deer standing in the shade, lying down, or
feeding and then one may approach very close if making no
movement whatever while the deer is looking.
Last April just before the deer shed their antlers, the writer, while
hunting turkeys and, at the moment, having two Mexican guides
with him, came upon three bucks feeding on short green grass, having
their heads hidden in the tall
dry grass. Wesaw the deer
before they saw us and we
remained motionless, stand-
ing in open country, a
mountain meadow, in grass
about knee-high and only
here and there a small tree.
One or another of the bucks
lifted his head up quickly
every few seconds and
glanced around and resumed
feeding in our direction,
though we were in plain
sight and the least move-
ment on our part would
have caused them to leave
at top speed.
The breeze was at right
angles from us to the deer.
By the time the two smaller
ones had worked straight
toward us to within about
40 yards, the big fellow had
worked up even with us but
. to one side, and caught our
Courtesy of ‘American Forests and Forest Life.” scent. Instantly up went
A BIG COBELINR BCCI D Tn AN EARLY his head and tail and he
dashed off past the other
two, not stopping until out of sight. The remarkable thing to me
was that this had so little effect on the other two. They instantly
threw up their heads and tails and watched number one until he
was out of sight, at the same time glancing quickly about in all direc-
tions, but otherwise remaining motionless. As soon as number one
had disappeared, they began slowly and noiselessly stepping off,
lifting their feet high, tails up, and making not the slightest sound.
After they had taken a dozen steps or so, I said to the Mexican boys
“Vamonos”’ and we started. Of course the deer left the vicinity.
On this same trip—a turkey hunt—we were sitting around the
camp fire the first evening out, in a rather open meadow, when
HUNTING EXPERIENCES IN ZACATECAS 969
we saw three bucks, all full-grown ones, come out of the timber and
cross the meadow toward us. We had a fire, a tent up, and our
car—a red sport model touring car—all in plain sight, yet, as we
made no movement, these three bucks passed by us at a distance of
about 50 yards, browsing here and there off the bushes, without
paying any attention to us, whereas a word, a movement on our
part, or a breath of air
from our direction, would
have sent them flying.
Another time I came sud-
denly on two does lying
down. They were about
20 steps away when one
jumped up and dashed off.
The other jumped to her
feet at the same time, but I
was instantly standing mo-
tionless though in plain
sight. She stood there a
few moments and then
started carefully trotting
off in the direction the first
had taken.
Though it has no sense of
smell, the wild turkey has
the keenest of eyesight and,
undoubtedly, many turkeys
see the still hunter while
he never sees them. They
leave the vicinity without
making any sound what-
ever. Thewild turkey, too,
will pay no attention to the : 3
appearance of thehunterun- Ge
less or until he makes some THE MORE RUGGED COUNTRY OF THE
movement. Twice have I pean ees
had wild turkeys feed prac-
tically through camp—unfortunately when I was away and only the
cook was in camp to enjoy the spectacle. Camp things were lying
about in plain sight, a fire going in each instance, and the cook lying
there watching them at only a few yards’ distance. I once shot a
big gobbler across an open mountain pasture, by running a few
steps forward every time he lowered his head to feed and stopping
instantly the moment he started to raise his head. He looked at
me as I drew near, but, seeing no movement, went on feeding.
970 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION
Another time I stood perfectly still and without cover while a
eobbler fed right up within gunshot. Yet, if a turkey sees the hunter
moving, it is almost hopeless to follow him; he can and will cover
much ground quickly and silently.
The gobblers and hens both are fat in April when the calling season
begins, but, by the middle of May, when this season is about over, the
eobblers are thin. During this time they have been very busy, have
eaten little, and have lived largely off their ‘breast sponge,” a mass
of fat which forms on their breast before the calling begins, and serves
to bridge the emergency.
The eyesight of the good Mexican mountain guide is remarkable.
A number of times I have had my guide point out a standing deer to
Courtesy of ‘‘American Forests and Forest Life,’’ Washington, D. C.
A PROFITABLE DAY’S HUNTING
A good ‘‘bag”’ of wild turkey and white tail deer
me which I have been unable to distinguish until 1t moved. One
example will suffice:
One morning three of us Americans and two Mexican guides drove
in the car from our camp to a gentle slope between two higher parts
of the mountain, whence we could see across a wide, gently sloping
canyon. We stopped the car in a rather open space and, as we were
not yet near the point where we expected to hunt, the doors of the
cars were slammed on getting out. Immediately one of the guides
said ‘“There are two deer feeding over there.’ On his pointing out
the exact spot from a certain prominent object, none of us Americans
could see the deer until we got out the binoculars. Even after that
it was just possible for us to see the deer with the ulead eye; and the
deer had not seen nor heard us.
LIUMPH OF TED
OFIA DEL CAMPO, the noted Chilean soprano, whose
artistic triumphs have won her a high place in the galaxy
of young American artists, has recently arrived in the United
States.
After a concert tour of South America and Europe, the well-
deserved fame of this distinguished artist has spread abroad in this
country. She now has engagements to sing in the chief cities of the
United States, following her brilliant success not long ago in Carnegie
Hall. And at no distant date the Pan American Union will have the
honor of presenting this far-famed singer to the most select social
circles of Washington, when she appears in the second concert of the
winter season, to be given in the beautiful building of the Pan Ameri-
can Union on December 20 of this year. The BuLunrin therefore
is pleased to adorn its pages with the portrait of the beautiful Chilean
vocalist and, at the same time, to note a few of the interesting facts
in her career:
Sofia del Campo was born in Santiago, Chile, of one of the most
distinguished families in that country, her paternal grandmother
having been the Marquesa de la Pefia Blanca, a descendant of Guz-
man el Bueno, that famous Castilian captain. From early childhood
Sofia evidenced exceptional musical aptitude, an aptitude handed
down from mother and grandmother, who were both skilled musicians,
playing several instruments. She began her study of piano and
singing in the National Conservatory of Music in Santiago, where
she soon became one of the most promising students. When at the
conclusion of her course at the age of 16 she sang before a jury of
professors and other musicians, the impression she created was such
that the Chilean Government immediately offered to send her to
Germany for further study.
Unfortunately, however, her family, faithful to aristocratic tradi-
tions and conventions, would not allow this promising young artist
to leave her country in search of a professional career. Nevertheless,
she continued her lessons, and from time to time sang before large
audiences in various theaters, appearing only in performances for
charitable purposes.
Some time had passed when it happened that the Bracale Opera
Co. found itself in Valparaiso without a prima donna, since Maria
Barrientos, the famous Spanish artist, had suddenly been obliged
971
SOFIA DEL CAMPO
Noted soprano of Chile, who has scored many triumphs in her concert tours of South America and Europe,
and who recently made her first appearance in the United States in New York
TRIUMPH OF NOTED CHILEAN SOPRANO 973
to go away, thus leaving the company with no one to sing the soprano
roles in several of the advertised operas, including Lucia di Lammer-
moor and Rigoletto.
Bracale, the impresario, having heard that there was a young
Chilean society woman who had a most beautiful coloratura soprano
voice—exactly the type of which he stood in need—finally prevailed
upon her, after much pleading and urging, to sing in the operas
announced. Her immediate success and the unprecedented warmth
of the published criticism finally decided the artistic career of Sofia
del Campo.
These triumphs opened the way to appearances under Bracale in
many other operas and to a contract with the Municipal Theater in
Santiago where, under the direction of Maestro Padovani, she sang
in Hamlet, La Traviata, The Barber of Seville, and other favorites.
Meantime her renown began to spread. She traveled throughout
Chile and, later, Argentina, giving as many as 10 concerts in every
important city of the latter country. In Buenos Aires she sang
with great success in the Odeon, one of the largest opera houses in
in America. This was in 1924.
Her ambitions then carried her to Rome, where she continued to
perfect her style and increase her répertoire. In this esthetic
atmosphere she became mistress of bel canto and of the Italian style.
She sang with an orchestra of 120 professionals in Rome, with the
Royal Philharmonic Orchestra, and at various private functions of the
Roman nobility. On the occasion of a great féte at Geneva she was
especially invited by the delegates to the League of Nations to sing
as a representative of Chile. Finally, in November, 1926, she made
her début in Paris, where she was enthusiastically praised by the
French press, the critics saying of her that she was the finest colora-
tura soprano heard in Paris in many years.
This year she came to the United States, where the Parisian repu-
tation which had preceded her was amply confirmed at her début in
Carnegie Hall, an appearance immediately followed by a contract to
make records for the Victor Co. Her present plans, as already stated,
include an extensive concert tour in this country, for which the
Buuuerin foresees a repetition of her brilliant successes in other
lands. :
; Courtesy of “Chile,” New Yous
THE GOYA PAINTING NOW IN NEW YORK
This portrait of Queen Maria Luisa recently reached the United States from Valparaiso, Chile, where it
is assumed to have been taken from Spain more than a century ago
rROM CHIL-
EAN COL LECTION = -.
LL lovers of art are familiar with the work of Goya, the
great Spanish artist of the late eighteenth and early
nineteenth centuries, often acclaimed as the first of the
moderns, who founded ‘‘a tradition of observation and
analysis in art that is alive even now.” “It is by his power of
design—an original, varied, and nervous form of design—’’ says
Ricketts, in his well-known book on the Prado, Spain’s magnificent
museum of art, ‘‘that Goya excels, even more than by his vivacity
of workmanship and his marvellous if unequal gift of expression.”’
Of Goya the painter Gautier said that he at times ‘‘paints with
the delicacy of that delicious Gainsborough; at other times he has
the solid touch of Rembrandt.’”’ Of Goya the draftsman and etcher
Havelock Ellis remarks, in The Soul of Spain, ‘‘Some of his drawings,
in their superb dash and felicity, are almost comparable to Rubens’s
sketches, though again, in the Caprichos and other etchings, their
beauty and spirit, their vigor of line and expression tend often to
fall into caricature.” The same author says: ‘‘On the whole, with
his versatile aptitudes and wide-reaching interests, Goya represents
the Spanish temper and Spanish interests more comprehensively
than any other Spanish painter.”
Goya, the son of Aragonese peasants, became court painter of
Spain, in the noble succession of Titian, Velazquez, and other famous
predecessors, in spite of his rebellious spirit and impatient temper.
These were, indeed, in consonance with the unrest of his times,
an unrest which culminated in the French revolution. The royal
patrons of Goya were the weak Carlos IV and his intriguing queen,
Maria Luisa of Parma, whose favorite, Godoy, in reality ruled the
kingdom for many years.
The Prado contains various notable portraits of this royal pair
from Goya’s brush, as well as a large family group. In the latter
“all the individuals,” says Ricketts, ‘“‘stand before you with their
character SETIMOSSE, vivacious, or sensual, or futile, or engaging, as
the case may be.”’
The particular portrait of the handsome, domineering Queen now
under discussion was recently brought to New York from the Iriondo
Collection in Valparaiso. Maria Luisa wears a sweeter, more gentle
look, than in Goya’s famous portrait of her, in a black mantilla,
which hangs in the Prado. These two pictures challenge comparison
975
= baage an
Seatires
QUEEN MARIA LUISA OF SPAIN, BY GOYA
This famous portrait hangs in the Prado Museum in Madrid
A GOYA FROM A CHILEAN COLLECTION O77
because of the similarity of the pose: In both the Queen is standing,
with her right side a trifle turned away from the observer, the face
being seen in a three-quarters view; in both her beautifully modeled
left arm hangs relaxed at her side, while in the right she holds a
closed fan. The Iriondo Goya is, however, three-quarter instead
of full length, and the elaborately dressed hair uncovered; the pose
also approaches a very little more to full face than in the Prado
portrait. The background, moreover, is of an interior, showing a
draped curtain behind the table on which rest crown and scepter,
instead of an outdoor setting, as in the figure in the mantilla.
Mr. Walter L. Ehrich, of the firm of Ehrich Brothers, New York,
internationally known experts in old masters, writing in Chile for
August, 1927, makes the following statement with respect to the
Iriondo portrait:
For a number of years I have been hoping that some day there would be
offered to us from South America a painting of fundamental artistic merit.
We were agreeably surprised, therefore, to receive recently from Chile a painting
by Goya, which is illustrated on page 976. This painting, representing Queen
Maria Luisa, wife of Charles IV of Spain, was painted by Francisco Goya at the
height of his career and must have been taken to Chile from Spain more than
100 years ago. One often hears of great masterpieces in Mexico or South Amer-
ica, but so far they have in nearly every case turned out to be copies or pictures
painted by minor artists in the manner of the masters. No doubt during the
sixteenth, seventeenth, and eighteenth centuries many priests emigrated from
Spain or Italy to South America who had certain artistic talent and who, in
order to satisfy the desire of their parishioners, painted pictures which had
been inspired by what they had seen before emigrating. In other cases, where
they were not able to paint themselves, they had copies made in Spain and sent
out to the colonies, which, after the passage of years, were believed to be origi-
nals. ... But in the case of this Goya, for the first time we can say we have
seen a real work of art.
With all due respect to the foregoing, it must not be forgotten that
similar statements, equally well reasoned and apparently as well
supported by facts, have been emitted in the past by American and
Kuropean experts of authority and repute only to be brought to
naught by the discovery from time to time in the most unlikely
places, of priceless examples of the work of even the most famous
‘‘Old masters.”” And what part of the world offers a more likely
field for this sort of treasure trove than the countries of Latin Amer-
ica, in the decoration and enrichment of whose innumerable churches
and fanes the pious spirit and wealth of the faithful during several
centuries found its chief expression and delight?
FEEDING RIC
10 DE JANEIRO now has a population of about one and
half million people, and all these people have to be fed,
some luxuriously, some less pretentiously and some of
them as plainly as can be, but every one of them has to
have something to eat and something to drink.
Tons and tons of food are consumed every day. Where does all
this food come from, how is it obtained and distributed, and how is
Ny ogi ee a8 :
All the perishable food, like meat, fish, game, vegetables, fruit,
eges, and milk, are supplied only for the daily need, as none of these
things keep.
There is an enormous organization behind this daily feeding of a
million and a half souls with fresh food. In cold countries practi-
cally all kinds of foodstuff can be kept for days and days without
deteriorating, but here we are in the tropics and nothing keeps fresh
for any length of tme. * = ~ +*
RIO DE JANEIRO’S MEAT SUPPLY
As everyone knows Rio’s fresh meat supply consists, to all intents
and purposes, practically of beef alone. Pork can be had but there
is very little of it; the same thing applies to veal, and mutton hardly
exists at all; everything is beef, beef and once more beef, Rio alone
consuming many tons. * * *
The cattle are killed at one of the three ‘‘matadouros,”’ or slaughter-
houses in the neighborhood of Rio. These three ‘‘matadouros”’
are the only suppliers of fresh meat for the Rio population. Of
these slaughterhouses one belongs to and is operated by the muni-
cipality itself, that is, the ‘“‘matadouro” at Santa Cruz, one of the
suburbs of the town on the auxiliary line of the Central Railway; the
second is privately owned by a Brazilian concern and is situated in
the suburb of Penha on the Leopoldina Railroad, while the third
belongs to an English company, Anglo Frigorifico, situated in the
State of Rio de Janeiro at the station of Mendes on the trunk line of
the Central Railroad, some two and a half hours distant.
The amount of cattle these three ‘“‘matadouros”’ kill in a day varies
very little, the average being about 1,000 head, of which the munici-
pal ‘“‘matadouro” at Santa Cruz supplies about 700, the Anglo-Frig-
orifico at Mendes, about 250 and the one at Penha, which is the
smallest, only about 50.
1 From Brazilian American, Rio de Janeiro, June 11, 18, and July 4, 1927.
978
FEEDING RIO DE JANEIRO 979
At least 80 per cent of the cattle that are killed for consumption
are steers, as the Brazilian law prohibits the killing of cows in greater
ratio than from 5 to 20 per cent of the total amount killed in order to
protect the cattle breeding industry of the country.
The killing for the Sunday supply of meat for Rio is greatly
increased; nearly double the amount of cattle are then sacrified for
the reason that no killing is done on Sundays.
When one considers that the average weight of a steer is 225 kilos,
it will be seen that the daily consumption in Rio is more than half a
million pounds of beef alone. Adding to these figures the weight of
the other kinds of meat in the market—approximately 200 head of
calves, 40 to 50 pigs and a few head of sheep—you will reach more
than 600,000 pounds of fresh meat a day.
Besides this supply of absolutely fresh-killed meat, Rio receives
also quite an amount of chilled and frozen meat. These chilled meats
come from the big meat-packing firms in S40 Paulo, the Armour Co.,
and the Continental Products Co., and from the Anglo Frigorifico’s
plant at Barretos, also in the State of Sao Paulo. The frozen meat,
chiefly mutton, comes from Rio Grande do Sul and from Argentina.
This chilled and frozen meat is practically all bought by the hotels
and the restaurants.
The “matadouros”’ have their buyers out all over the country, all
the way up as far as Matto Grosso, but the chief market is in the State
of Minas Geraes; and as a good No. 2 comes the State of Sao Paulo,
and then the State of Rio de Janeiro, the latter furnishing a very
small percentage of the consumption.
The buyers purchase direct from the cattle breeders and even from
small farmers who can furnish only a few head, but they buy chiefly
from the cattle dealers, ‘‘vaqueiros,”’ as they are called, who travel
from farm to farm buying one beast here, five there, and so on.
When a ‘‘vaqueiro”’ has collected a decent number, say from 100
head upward, he goes into the nearest of the towns where there is a
permanent ‘‘exposigéio de rebanho,” as the cattle market is called,
the three big cattle centers being the towns of Tres Coragées and
Palmeiras in Minas Geraes and Barretos in Sao Paulo. * * *
When the buyer arrives at a cattle center he generally finds several
‘““vaqueiros” there with herds ranging from 100 head and upwards to
400 or 500. He will also find that there are competitive buyers, and
it is a keen contest as to what “‘matadouro” is going to get the
different herds.
The way the deal proceeds is generally as follows: The vendor
invites the representatives of the “‘matadouros” to give him an
offer for the whole herd, and he naturally accepts the highest. In
order to allow prospective buyers to estimate the value of the herd,
the seller lets the cattle pass, one by one, through a small inclosure in
980 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION
ONE SOURCE OF RIO’S MEAT SUPPLY
Upper: A slaughterhouse in S40 Paulo. Lower: The refrigerating section of the plant
front of which the buyers are seated with their notebooks and pencils,
judging the weight of each head as it passes. * * *
The first thing the cattle buyer has to do after buying a herd of
cattle is to arrange with the railway authorities for transportation.
If he has only a small number he hires a few cars, each car taking
from 16 beasts on the narrow-gauge railroad up to 30 beasts on the
proad-gauge railroad. The smallest train that can be hired consists
Ole LOncarssi ss) 5 toe :
The animals are not killed immediately on their arrival at the
“matadouro,’ as the Brazilian law prescribes that cattle to be
killed for consumption must be kept at least 48 hours on pasture
before killing.
While the animals are on the pasture they are given a first inspection
by the veterinary maintaied by the federal government at. all
slaughterhouses, and any beast that shows any symptoms of illness
is sorted out for close examination.
FEEDING RIO DE JANEIRO 981
After slaughtering, the meat is examined a second time by the
government veterinary, who rejects anything that is not up to
standard. It might be mentioned here that the meat even has to
pass a third imspection by another government official after it has
reached Rio and before it is given over to the distributors. As no
meat that has not been killed at one of the above-mentioned
‘““matadouros”’ and passed upon by these three government veteri-
naries is placed on sale in Rio de Janeiro, one sees that every
preaeution is taken in order to avoid any meat that is not first-class
reaching the consumer. * * *
As soon as the railway meat vans arrive at the station in Rio de
Janeiro, the carcasses are hung on hooks in a vast shed where, after
the vetermary has stamped them as fit for consumption, the different
butchers from the whole city of Rio arrive and pick out what they
want—one, two, three, or more carcasses—which then are taken
down from the hooks and weighed, paid for in cash and then moved
into small sheds, where all meat destined for the same district is
assembled.
As soon as the butcher has bought and paid for his meat, he sticks
a big painted label onto it, bearing his name and address; then he
returns and waits for the distributing agency to deliver it at his
shop, sometime during the afternoon or night. * * *
RIO’S MILK SUPPLY
The consumption of milk in Rio, which is large, is constantly
growing, since the number of “‘leiterias”’ spread all over town is
rapidly increasing, and day and night the big milk trucks belonging
to the large companies are traversing the streets in the center of town
as well as in the most out-of-the-way side streets in the out-
skintse. Shee 225
Most of the Rio milk is delivered by two big companies, the
Companbia Mineira de Lacticinios and the Companhia Centro
Pastoril do Brazil, which work conjointly.
These two companies, which to all intents and purposes have the —
monopoly of the milk trade for the whole of Rio de Janeiro, including
the suburbs, both produce milk on their own farms and buy it from
the ‘“‘leiterias’’ in the interior, who again buy it from the different
farmers in their respective districts. When the milk from the farmer
arrives at the “leiterias”’ it is examined and tested in the laboratories,
and if found satisfactory, it is Pasteurized and then frozen and
dispatched to Rio.
The milk that we drink in Rio comes from the two States of Minas
Geraes and Rio de Janeiro. * * * Thesuppliers have to dispatch
their milk as early as 8 o’clock in the morning, and it only arrives in
Rio about midnight. It is delivered to the customers the following
morning, when it is more than 24 hours old. * * *
60923—27—Bull. 10——3
982 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION
All in all, the companies receive 120,000 liters of fresh milk a
day. To this add the amount of 20,000 liters, this being approxi-
mately the quantity derived from the 200 privately-owned small
stables situated in the city, and one reaches the total of 140,000 liters,
which is the daily milk consumption of Rio.
After the ‘“leiterias”’ in the interior have sterilized the milk through
Pasteurizing, it is frozen into firm blocks at a temperature ranging
from 0 to 10° below zero. This is done in order to keep the milk fresh
during its long journey down to Rio. The freezing process takes
place after the milk has been poured into the big milk cans, all being
SHIPPING DEPARTMENT OF A DAIRY
Practically the entire amount of Rio de Janeiro’s milk consumption—about 140,000 liters—is han-
dled by two dairy establishments i
then sealed by the remitter in order that no impurity should infect
the milk during its journey on the railway.
As soon as the milk arrives at the Rio receiving stations, it is most
rigorously examined and tested, both by the companies’ own veteri-
naries and by government officials, and any milk that proves to be
not quite up to the mark is at once rejected and the sender of that
particular milk is notified.
Immediately after arrival the milk is placed in a room with a fairly
elevated temperature in order to get the milk blocks melted so that
the liquid milk may be poured into smaller vessels and dispatched to
the different distributers in town. Before 5 o’clock in the morning
FEEDING RIO DE JANEIRO 983
the “leiterias” have received their milk for that day. * * *
About 70 per cent of the milk that arrives is bought by the “leiterias,”’
the rest being sold direct by the companies themselves to the
consumers.
A couple of years ago the companies, at the request of the municipal
authorities, established 50 “entrepostos” in different parts of the
town, in order to deliver milk to the poor population of Rio as cheaply
as possible. Every day about 10,000 liters are sold at these ‘“‘entre-
postos”’ at cost price.
The rest of the milk the companies sell in the streets, from their 60
refrigerated tank cars, direct to the customers; these cars also sell
fresh butter, but the sale of this last article is very small. The amount
of milk sold in this way varies between 30,000 and 35,000 liters a
day. The capacity of a tank car is 1,000 liters of milk.
THE FISH SUPPLY OF RIO
Every morning in the year a “‘Rioite’’ hears a monotonous voice
crying out in the street, ‘‘ Peixe-Camarées—Camaroes—Peixe—Peix-
ei-ro”’ [“ Fish-Shrimps-Shrimps-Fish—Fishmonger’’], and if one takes
the trouble to peep out of the window one will generally see a middle-
aged fellow with a small round cap, stuck at a coquettish angle on
his head. On his shoulders he carries a long pole from which hang
suspended four or more baskets, evenly balanced from each end,
looking very heavily loaded.
It is the fish vender of Rio, busily engaged in earning his living by
providing fish-eating Rio with this food.
If one cares to follow him a Jittle on his way, one will see him
stop outside the gate of a house, the servant or perhaps the lady of
the house herself comes out and inquires what kind of fish he has,
and what the price is. After a satisfactory answer to these questions
is received, and after a short argument about the price, the buyer
gives her order. The fishmonger then produces a small piece of
plank and a big murderous looking knife, grabs hold of a fish from
somewhere deep in his baskets, and after this has been duly inspected
and accepted by the buyer, he starts to trim it. The tail and the
fins are cut off, the scales are scraped away, the guts are taken out
and the fish is nicely sliced up in even slices ready for cooking.
Sometimes the whole fish is too big for that particular house and the
fishmonger then obligingly cuts off the required amount. The fish is
delivered and paid for, and the fishman continues on his way,
chanting his ‘‘ Peixe-Camardes—Camarées—Peixe,” ending with his
Jong-drawn-out “‘ Peix-ei-ro,”’ until, a few houses ahead, he is stopped
by another customer, and in this way he carries on until he has sold
out his supply, usually about 10 or 11 o’clock in the forenoon.
All the professional fishermen in Brazil belong to a kind of trade
union which is called ‘‘Confederagao Geral dos Pescadores do Brazil”
984 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION
and anybody who does not belong to this union is not allowed to do
any commercial fishing.
The whole union is divided up in ‘‘colonias”’ ruled by a directorate
with a president as the executive head. The members of one
“colonia”? work together on cooperative lines. Boat, gear, and other
necessities for carrying on their business are bought out of a common
fund. The members are paid a salary for their service, while extra
profit is pooled, and so on down the whole line of cooperation.
The fish supply of Rio de Janeiro is provided by the ‘‘pescador-
colonias” living at different points in Guanabara Bay, and on the
islands. The boats fishing outside the bay have to be heavy sea-
SPECIMENS OF BRAZILIAN FISH
The daily consumption of fish in Rio de Janeiro averages about 37 tons and comprises an enormous
variety of sea food
worthy ships, with full equipment; the ocean outside can often be
very rough, and it is no uncommon occurrence that the boat is away
a fortnight or even three weeks on such an expedition.
The fishing is performed with trawler nets and lines. The fish
caught in the bay are brought to the fish market at once; the fish
caught outside are put on ice while still alive, the result being that
the fish when it reaches Rio, at least eight days after it has been killed,
is just as fresh as if it had been caught a couple of hours earlier.
An enormous variety of fish is furnished to fish-eating Rio. Those
judged to be most palatable are the cherny namorado, linguado, buji-
pira, olho de boi, vermelhdo, and garoupa, these being all deep-sea
fish, mostly caught at a depth of from 150 to 250 meters. The cherny
FEEDING RIO DE JANEIRO 985
can reach the enormous weight of 350 kilos; a garoupa can attain a
weight of 200 to 230 kilos.
The most common of the more ordinary fish species appearing on
the table in Rio is the tamha. When its spawning time arrives this
fish is caught in abundance, 200,000 oftentimes reaching the fish
market in a single day.
Oysters, blue shells, and a few other creatures of the same kind
are plentiful. But a shellfish that is very seldom seen is the lobster,
and when one should happen to come along a fancy price is obtained
LOE tae
The total weight of the average daily consumption of fresh fish in
Rio is about 30 tons; to this one can add about 4 tons of sardines and
3 tons of shrimps. On Mondays, Wednesdays, and Fridays, the
demand for fish increases markedly, and it is always a keen fight
to get enough fish in stock for these days to satisfy the consumption.
The wholesale dealer at the market place arranges small lots of
fish on great marble slabs and puts them up for auction among the
fish hawkers, who, as soon as the market place opens at 6 o’clock
a. m., fill the wholesale fish shops in no time in order to get the
pick of the day.
HOW RIO DE JANEIRO GETS FRESH VEGETABLES
The greengrocers, besides handling vegetables, always carry a side
line of national fruits in season, such as oranges and limes, alligator
pears, pineapples, guavas, mangos, etc., not to mention bananas, of
which they always have a generous supply, both ripe and green, and
of the most different kinds.
Besides this the greengrocer also doubles as a vendor of poultry,
especially chickens, here and there a couple of turkeys and a duck
or two. * * * Naturally along with the poultry trade comes
dealing in fresh eggs. * * *
Vegetables are also sold by ambulant street vendors who carry
their ‘“‘shops”’ around with them on their backs, in the same way as
the fishmongers. Their advertising call of ‘Quitandeiro—Quitan-
deiro”’ can be heard all over town at any time of day, though chiefly
during the morning and forenoon.
Vegetables for the Rio consumer practically all pass through the
hands of the big greengrocers established at the ‘Mercado Novo;”’
the few sold outside are produced in the suburbs and sold in the
vicinity.
The wholesale greengrocers are divided into two different camps,
those buying practically all their goods in the State of Sao Paulo,
and those getting their supplies from the State of Rio de Janeiro.
These two States are the chief furnishers of vegetables for the Rio
market, the latter State delivering approximately nine times the
986 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION
amount of food that come from Sao Paulo. Even the Federal Dis-
trict provides a noticeable amount of vegetables; these are grown on
Ilha do Governador, situated in the bay, 40 minutes’ ferry trip out,
and from the Santa Cruz district on the border of the State of Rio
de Janeiro.
The vegetables which Sao Paulo sends to the Rio market are chiefly
of the higher-priced varieties, such as celery, cauliflower, lettuce,
—
A TRUCK GARDEN
A small vegetable farm in the suburbs of Rio de Janeiro. The Federal District and the States of Rio de
: Janeiro and S40 Paulo supply practically all the fresh vegetables for the capital
beets, big tomatoes, etc.; the common vegetables like sweet potatoes,
abobora (a kind of pumpkin), and chuchu, are all produced in the
vicinity of town. One reason for this is that these vopetab ys are
very cheap and rather heavy in weight. * * *
The wholesale houses generally arrange for their daily supple by
contracting with some big producers in different districts of the
vegetable-producing States, or through agents stationed in the pro-
ducing centers, who buy the required quantity at the current price
and see that it reaches its destination in good time.
The value of the vegetables daily arriving through the Rio Market
is estimated to average about 100 contos [a conto, or 1,000 milreis,
equals about $120]. Of this the State of Rio de Janeina pro-
FEEDING RIO DE JANEIRO 987
vides about 80 per cent, the rest being more or less evenly divided
between the State of Sao Paulo and the Districto Federal. The chief
vegetable-growing centers in the State of Rio de Janeiro are Petrop-
olis, Theresopolis, Nova Iguassu, and towns along the Linha Auxiliar.
The retail greengrocers, both those who have shops and those who
carry their whole outfit on their shoulders, do their buying in the
market late in the afternoon and early in the morning. The stuff
as it is bought is collected in big baskets; if these are destined for
the central parts of town, they are hauled away on a kind of wheel-
barrow by the buyer himself, or if they have to go to the outskirts
of the town they are dispatched on the tramcears.
POULTRY AND EGGS FOR RIO
The poultry market of Rio is very well supplied. The chief item
is chickens, and then follow turkeys, ducks, and guinea fowl. The
poultry is chiefly sold by the ‘‘quitandeiros,”’ or greengrocers, and
by special poultry vendors, who pass through the streets accompanied
by one or two mules loaded with big baskets filled with chickens of
all ages, breeds, and appearances. * * *
A FRUIT VENDOR IN RIO DE JANEIRO
With the exception of the banana and maméao, fruit is not plentiful in Rio de Janeiro
The egg trade, like the poultry trade, is divided between the
“quitandeiros” and the itinerant street vendors, the only difference
being that the amount of eggs sold by the street hawkers is much
smaller than that sold by the ‘“‘quitandeiros.” A few ordinary
grocers also sell a few dozen eggs.
In contrast to the vegetables, which all pass through the market,
a great deal of poultry and eggs enter Rio without doing so. The
988 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION
result is that there is no absolutely accurate figure for the number of
chickens and eggs Rio consumes in a day; one can, however, make a
fairly close estimate from which one will see that approximately
15,000 dozens of eggs, 3,000 chickens, 500 turkeys, 500 ducks, and
about 300 guinea fowl are sacrificed daily to the Rio “Moloch.”
The major part of these comes from the State of Rio de Janeiro;
both the Linha Auxiliar and the Leopoldina Railroad bring carloads
of poultry and eggs every day. Also from’ Minas Geraes a fair quan-
tity arrives, about 30 per cent of the total amount. * * *
FRESH FRUIT FOR THE RIO MARKET
Most foreigners, particularly those coming from cooler countries, are
disappointed in the fruit supply when they arrive in Rio de Janeiro.
One arrives with the knowledge that one is in a tropical city,
the capital of the enormous country of Brazil, and one is filled with
THE MAMAO
One of the principal fruits in
the Brazilian capital, and one
which is found in the market
throughout the year. The
illustration at the left shows
the pulp of a mamao, includ-
ing one of the seeds
glorious expectations of all kinds of fruit in abundance, with prices
that one imagines will be so low that they will be practically negli-
gible. But what a delusion this is! With the exception of bananas
and perhaps mam4o, the fruit in Rio is scarce and the Lucas are
absurdly high.
To all intents and purposes all the national fruit that enters Rio
passes through the hands of the wholesale fruiterers at the market
place. These firms keep their agents posted in the different fruit
districts catering to the supply of national fruit for Rio; a few of them
even buy for export, this export being chiefly to Argentina and
Uruguay.
The value of the national fruit that enters the Rio market was esti-
mated by one of the biggest dealers in this line to average about 1,000
contos a week. Here, as with vegetables, the chief supplier is the
State of Rio de Janeiro, then follow Sao Paulo, the Federal District
and Rio Grande do Sul, and then Minas Comes, whose only contribu-
tion to our fruit snenleas 3 1s jaboticabas.
FEEDING RIO DE JANEIRO 989
The fruit leading in quantity is the banana, followed by the mamAo.
These two fruits can be found in stock at the fruit vendors’ the whole
year round. After these come oranges, limes, and then, according to
the different seasons, alligator pears, tangerines, guavas, figs, mangos,
cajus, and pineapples.
The States of Rio de Janeiro, Sao Paulo and Rio Grande do Sul all
produce pears, apples, plums, strawberries, grapes, and grapefruit,
but these native fruits are somewhat lacking in flavor compared to
the same fruit grown in Europe or in the United States.
There are several firms which import in order to fill the demand for
good and fine-flavored fruit, their chief centers of supply for apples,
pears, and grapefruit being the United States. Grapes, figs, melons,
and peaches are imported from Spain, Portugal, and Italy. Argen-
tina sends a good deal of the imported fruit that comes on the Rio
market.
Brazil ought to be more than able to provide all the fruit it can
consume, and still leave a generous surplus over for export purposes.
Until very lately, however, fruit growing has been a neglected number
on the agricultural program. Recently there seems to be a tendency
to take more care of this branch of the economic life of this great
country.
ARGENTINA’S INCREASINGLY NOTABLE DEVEL-
ARGENTINA:
One of the two colossal fundamental industries of Argentina is
exportation. The grain elevators and docks of Buenos Aires
her flour mills, which are equipped with the finest and most
Upper: Some of the grain- warehouses and wharves in Buenos
grinding cylinders. Lower right: Chemical laboratory, where
A view in the screening section. Right center: Machines
a
ee
Photographs courtesy of ‘‘Plus Ultra,’ Buenos Aires
OPMENT IN THE FIELD OF MANUFACTURES
eee eee
A WORLD GRANARY
grain growing with its concomitants of milling, storage, and
are second to none in the world, and the same may be said of
up-to-date machinery obtainable
Aires. Lower left: Interior of amodern flour mill, showing the
different grades of flours and bread are analyzed. Left center:
stamping flour sacks
Photographs courtesy of ‘‘Plus Ultra,’’ Buenos Aires
ARGENTINA’S INCREASINGLY NOTABLE DEVEL-
MEAT PACKING
Argentine meat, as Argentine wheat, is famous
the world over; the very name ‘‘Argentina’’
connotes vast fields of waving grain and pam-
pas dotted with flocksandherds. Throughthe
miracle of modern industry, Argentine meat is
to-day found on the most remote dinner tables
of Europe and the countries of America
Above: One of the great packing plants. Left:
A veterinarian making sure that the meat is
uncontaminated. Below: A cold-storage room
All photographs courtesy of_‘‘Plus_Ultra,” Buenos Aires -
OPMENT IN THE FIELD OF MANUFACTURES
MEAT PACKING
Argentine packing plants, such as the above,
another view of which is shown on the opposite
page, are huge establishments of many depart-
ments, including abattoirs, salting rooms,
sausage-making and meat-canning Sections,
cold-storage rooms, and chemical and biological
laboratories
Right: Quartering a beef. Below: Frozen beef
awaiting shipment
All photographs courtesy of ‘Plus Ultra,’”’ Buenos Aires
ARGENTINA’S INCREASINGLY NOTABLE DEVEL-
Photographs courtesy of ‘‘Plus}Ultra,’’? Buenos Aires
THE MINING INDUSTRY
Mining in Argentina is still in the initial stages. One of the most flourishing of these plants is the lead
mines of the ‘‘Compafiia Minera y Metalirgica Sud Americana,” in Jujuy, a view of which is shown
in the upper engraving. In the lower is seen the metallurgical works of the same company, situated
in Villa Lugano
OPMENT IN THE FIELD OF MANUFACTURES
THE CONQUEST OF
STEEL
Tron and steel manufacture
has made astonishing ad-
vancesin Argentina, where
all types of products, from
the fine wire used by flor-
ists in a bride’s bouquet
to a steel girder for a sky-
scraper, from a tiny screw
to the most complicated
product of the foundry,
are now produced
|
|
7
Upper: A well-equipped
metal-working shop
Lower: A pneumatic riveter
for steel girders
Photographs courtesy of ‘‘Plus Ultra,’ Buenos Aires
ARGENTINA’S INCREASINGLY NOTABLE DEVEL-
THE MANUFACTURE
OF GLASS
It is surprising even to the
most sophisticated of Ar-
gentinos to find how often
beautiful and artistic glass
vases and other objects
are stamped: ‘‘Made in
Argentina.’”’ The prog-
ress achieved in glassmak-
ing in this country has
been simply amazing, as
attested by the many
beautiful specimens al-
ready treasured in the
museums, on display in
the finer shops and in use
throughout the country
All photographs courtesy of ‘‘Plus Ultra,’’ Buenos Aires
Upper: Decorative concep-
tion ofglassmaking. Cen-
ter: The miracle of color
in a glass bubble. Lower
left: The traditional glass-
blower. Lower center:
Workman polishing a cut-
glass fruit dish. Lower
right: Preparing to “blow”’
a bottle
OPMENT IN THE FIELD OF MANUFACTURES
L
Upper: An Argentine model of an artistic
balcony grill or ‘‘reja.’”’ Right: Examples of
transom and side panel grillwork in doorway.
Lower: Superb example of entrance gates of
iron grill work of national construction
All photographs courtesy of ‘Plus Ultra,’ Buenos Aires
IRON GRILL WORK
Argentina may well be proud of her national production in the field of iron grill work or ‘‘rejeria,” a type
of work in the legitimate Hispanic American inheritance, dating back, as it does, to the time when Spain
produced the priceless examples still treasured in the cathedrals and chapter houses throughout the
Peninsula, which are at once the inspiration and despair of the modern artistic iron worker
60923—27—Bull. 10-4
All photographs courtesy of ‘Plus Ultra,’’ Buenos Aires
THE SUGAR INDUS
From the establishment of Argentina’s sugar industry by
which is fully reflected in the gigantic proportions attained
splendidly equipped ‘‘centrals” of the Republic. The
satisfy national demands for more than 20 years past,
Upper: One of the largest and best-equipped sugar ‘“‘cen
unloading cane. Lower left: Some of the machinery as seen
bringing cane into the mill. Lower right: A storeroom for
OPMENT I
sy
ry
SB;
=
=
—
es)
iS
0
OF MANUFACTURES
TRY IN ARGENTINA
the Jesuits in 1646 to the present year of grace is a far cry,
by this industry, as represented by the 36 enormous and
production of these establishments has been sufficient to
amounting to 5,200,000 tons in that period
trals” in the Province of Tucuman. Left: A derrick for
from the window of the ‘‘central.’’ Right: Cog railway
loaf sugar
All photographs courtesy of ‘*Plus_Ultra,’’ Buenos Aires
ARGENTINA’S INCREASINGLY NOTABLE DEVEL-
All photographs courtesy of ‘‘Plus Ultra,’’ Buenos Aires
THE TEXTILE INDUSTRY
Formerly all the wool from Argentina’s great flocks of sheep was loaded, bale upon bale, into ocean liners
for transport to the distant mills of England, Germany or the United States which, in turn, sent back
the woven cloth to the Argentine consumer. This long journey is no longer necessary, for with the
emergence of Argentina from the purely agricultural stage came the weaving of fine woolen goods in
Buenos Aires and other cities by means of the most modern machinery. Women operatives here, as
in other countries, have a large share in the textile industry
OPMENT IN THE FIELD OF MANUFACTURES
All photographs courtesy of ‘‘Plus Ultra,’’ Buenos Aires
SHOEMAKING
The rise of manufacturing in Argentina was greatly facilitated by the enormous supplies of pertinent
raw materials at hand from the bounteous storehouse of Argentine agriculture. One of the industries
founded on this source of national wealth is shoemaking. Its rapid rise is indicated by the fact that,
while in 1910 but one shoe factory exhibited in the international exposition held in Buenos Aires, in
1924 twenty plants displayed their excellent products in the Exposition of Argentine Industry. The
most modern of machinery is used in the production of fine Argentine footwear
ARGENTINA’S INCREASINGLY NOTABLE DEVEL-
All photographs courtesy of ‘‘Plus Ultra,’’ Buenos Aires
FURNITURE MAKING
Furniture making in Argentina, extensive and modern as is the industry, continues the Spanish tradition
of fine handicraft in wood, as may be seen in the upper illustration, where artisans are preparing
ornamental moldings, and in the lower, which depicts the modeling of a column to be used in a piece
of handsome cabinet work. At left: Machines for sandpapering and polishing. At right: A band
saw and an upholstering section
OPMENT IN THE FIELD OF MANUFACTURES
All photographs courtesy of ‘‘Plus Ultra,’’ Buenos Aires
PETROLEUM WEALTH
It was not until the closing years of the nineteenth century that the petroleum wealth of Argentina, now being
exploited on a large scale, was discovered. With the discovery of the deposits in Comodoro Rivadavia
this industry became one of the most important sources of national wealth, large investments of both
foreign and national capital having already been made
Upper: Panorama of the producing zone in Comodoro Rivadavia with its plants and installations. Lower
left: Filling a tank by two streams of petroleum. Lower right: A petroleum steamer loading
ARGENTINA’S INCREASINGLY NOTABLE DEVEL-
ARGENTINA’S WINE-
Even comparatively few Argentines realize the national importance of Argentina’s wine-making industry, which in
gallons. And this industry had its real beginning, that is in any scientific sense, only as far back as the last third
Upper: Panorama of the National Vineyard School in Mendoza, the foremost experimental school in this field of
right: A gallery of fermenting wine ‘‘must”’
OPMENT IN THE FIELD OF MANUFACTURES
7
Photographs courtesy of ‘‘ Plus Ultra,’’ Buenos Aires
MAKING INDUSTRY :
the Province of Mendoza alone includes 100,000 hectares of vineyards and an annual production of 185,000,000
of the nineteenth century : : ;
Argentine industry. Lower left: An aisle between rows of wine tuns in a noted wine vault of Mendoza. Lower
ARGENTINA’S INCREASINGLY NOTABLE
The three small cuts illustrate operations in the
bottling of a non-alcoholic beverage: the bottling
process; a bottle-labeling machine packing the
fished product in crates for delivery to the
retailer
BEER AND SOFT DRINKS
Although beer has become a favorite beverage of
the Argentine, and many large breweries have
been built to supply the demand, fruit juices,
made from the plentiful supply of indigenous
fruits, and other soft drinks are also extremely
popular
Upper: A view of a large modern brewery in
Argentina
' All photographs courtesy of ‘‘ Plus Ultra,’’ Buenos
Aires
OPMENT IN THE FIELD OF MANUFACTURES
Many millions of cigarettes
and cigars, in which are
successfully blended both
home-grown and _ other
American tobacco with
the best Cuban types,
are manufactured annu-
ally in Argentina, an
industry in which many
women find employment
CIGARETTE MANU-
FACTURING
All photographs courtesy of ‘‘ Plus Ultra,”
Buenos Aires,
Upper: A section in a ciga-
rette factory. Left: Sec-
tion in which stamping is
done. Right: Section
showing tobacco cutting
machinery. Lower: Sec-
tion where boxes and
packages are covered
ARGENTINA’S INCREASINGLY NOTABLE DEVEL-
=
SHIPBUILDING IN ARGENTINA
Some idea of the importance of the shipbuilding plant and fleet
of vessels of the Argentine Navigation Company Nicolas
Mihanovich, of Buenos Aires, may be obtained from the
following 1926 figures: Total number of employees in the
construction plant, 1,000; amount expended in plant during
year in wages, salaries and material, $5,110,779; distance
covered by the fleet of steamers, 3,371,429 kilometers; number
of passengers transported, 341,911; cargo transported, 1,255,895
tons in addition to 6,016,621 tons in tugboat service; total
number comprised in crews and officers of fleet, 3.206
Upper: A section of the shipyard of the Argentine Navigation
Company Nicolas Mihanovich. Left: Attaching one of the
twin screws in a Buenos Aires dry dock. Below: A boat
under construction
All photographs courtesy of ‘‘Plus Ultra,’’ Buenos Aires
OPMENT IN THE FIELD OF MANUFACTURES
Upper: Section where ey ! | : c 4 3
the soap paste is dried / - > C SHEer, SUampIne Cares
and molded ; sae p
Lower left: Showing mar
saponification vats in
a modern soap factory
i Lower right: Cutting
A
large molds into bars
All photographs courtesy of ‘‘Plus Ultra,’’ Buenos Aires
SOAP-MAKING INDUSTRY
Soap making is at the present time one of the most flourishing of national industries in Argentina, a large
number of up-to-date factories being busily engaged in competing with the many foreign brands in sup-
plying home demands.
N
SSS
SST
y
A:
Ss
—y)
WS
\ J
wy
SSSI
ee:
IN RS
RS
NSS
CITI
N
SUN
WADA T TF
( UIAU EL!
A
BOUTIN alla
a BD ¥ LR F434 DR | FHA RAY A BR
AJA AYA Cal’ ou HAN AW
Nex)
Yel, QR “44 FU YF? 1
le YG "d> e
TATED
LAArheasevT @ oa
SS
SS
SSSOK
By Peter R. Gapp
Pacific Coast Engineering Construction Expert
HILE THE United States stands appalled at the destruc-
tive might wielded by floods in its largest waterway,
Mexico has launched forth in a determined effort to
check the ravages of its own “Mississippi,” the swiftly
rushing Rio Lerma. Harnessing of the raging torrent will constitute
the greatest hydroelectric and irrigation enterprise ever undertaken
in the neighboring Republic.
Eighteen million pesos, Mexican gold, will be expended on the
project to be carried out by the Compafiia Mexicana Constructora
1 Pan Pacific Progress, July, 1927. Los Angeles, Calif.
Courtesy of the Cia. de Fuerza de Suroeste de Mexico
A VIEW OF
The harnessing of this river at Tepuxtepec is the greatest hydroelectric and irrigation project in Mexico. The
1010
HYDROELECTRIC DEVELOPMENT IN MEXICO 1011
de Obras Hidroeléctricas, S. A., a subsidiary of the Cia. de Fuerza
del Suroeste de México, S. A., a subsidiary in turn of the Compafiia
Mexicana de Luz y Fuerza, or Mexican Light & Power Co. (Ltd.).
In addition to this vast outlay, these companies, headed by world-
renowned financiers, are planning the expenditure of another
10,000,000 pesos in the improvement of existing hydroelectric and
steam plants owned by them, thus sounding a note of warning to
the interests which are inclined to ‘‘sell Mexico short” as a result of
recent internal disturbances.
The great dam upon the Rio Lerma will rise at Salto del Remolino.
This site, below Tepuxtepec, Michoacan, is located some 15 kilo-
meters from the Tepetongo station on the Mexico-Toluca-Acambaro
Railroad, and practically the same distance from the town of
Contepec.
At this point the Lerma is a narrow gorge, through which the waters
rush at an altitude of 2,340 meters above sea level. North, east,
and southeast lhe the barren reaches of the Yerege Valley, from
which, like the spokes of a gigantic wheel, radiate five other valleys.
When completed, the dam will impound 500,000,000 cubic meters
of water, spreading over an area roughly estimated to contain 5,000
TE RIO LERMA
ncipal construction camp of the Compafifa de Fuerza del Suroeste de Mexico appears in the right background
1012 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION
hectares. The huge artificial lake thus formed will cover most of the
six valleys, the most northerly of which extends into Guanajuato.
A power house containing turbines capable of developing 60,000
horsepower ultimately will be installed below this dam, from which
water will be brought through a straight-line tunnel 3 kilometers in
length. After passing through the turbines the water will be returned
in constant volume to the bed of the Lerma to be utilized in irrigating
50,000 hectares of land in the Acambaro district, a prof ect upon which
the Federal Government is planning to spend*several qnillion pesos.
Ten per cent of the total energy developed in this manner is reserved
by the National Irrigation Commission.
Cottey of the Cia. ie Fuerza del Suroeste ag Mexico
SALTO DEL REMOLINO
The site of the great Tepuxtepec dam, behind which will be stored 500,000,000 cubic meters of water. At
the left of the photograph can be seen one of the tunnels which have been excavated for the purpose of
studying the subsoil
Preliminary operations are being rushed at the present time. The
National Railways have completed a 13-kilometer spur from the
Agua Buena station, on the Mexico-Toluca-Acambaro line to Tepux-
tepec, while the power company has laid down a private railway,
3 kilometers in length, connecting the dam and power sites. A high-
tension line of 25 kilometers has been constructed at a cost of
$600,000 from El Oro, the former terminus of the power company’s
system, to Tepuxtepec, both to supply power for the work and to
transmit later the power developed to Mexico City.
Two engineers of wide fame have been called into consultation on
the preliminary plans for the dam. The first is Louis C. Hill, of
Quinton, Code & Hill, of Los Angeles, Calif., renowned for his work
HY DROELECTRIC
PLANTS IN MEXICO
Upper: An interior view of the
Necaxa power house. Lower:
Tepexic generating plant and
pipe lines which bring the
water from the falls. This is
part of the Necaxa system
60923—27—Bull. 10—_95
1014 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION
on the Roosevelt Dam, in Arizona, and the Elephant Butte project, in
New Mexico. The second is A. Omodeo, of Milan, Italy, as widely
known in Europe as is his collaborator in the United States.
In passing, it is interesting to note the development of the Mexico
Light & Power Co. and its subsidiaries. In 1903 the parent concern
began the monumental task of developing the Necaxa hydroelectric
project and distributing system, whose total cost involved an expense
of nearly $170,000,000.
Since that time, in the Necaxa district, the concern has constructed
one of the world’s most extensive systems of canals and tunnels,
over 60 kilometers long, to divert the water of the Necaxa River and
25 other smaller streams between Necaxa and Zacatlan into huge
reservoirs at Necaxa, Tenango, Nexapa, Los Reyes, and Laguna.
These great dams have a combined storage capacity of 171,000,000
cubic meters of water.
To utilize the potential power of these units, generating plants
were built at Necaxa, Texepic, Tezcapa, and two at Laguna. Other
smaller plants were built or purchased at Madin, Fernandez Leal,
Villada, Tililan, Cafiada, and Elba. In addition, the Alameda plant
near the Morelos State line was brought into the system through
purchase from its former French owners, while emergency steam
plants were equipped in Mexico City, San Lazaro, Nonoalco, In-
dianilla, and Veronica. A program of improvements now either
under way or contemplated in the immediate future will require the
expenditure of another 10,000,000 pesos.
Simultaneously, the Mexico Tramways Co., one of the group, has
just announced a series of changes which will result, it is claimed, in
the saving of millions of pesos annually to the residents of the
Federal District, in which it operates.
The latter company has enlarged its urban zone to include the
homes of the vast majority of those living in this area. Under an
arrangement worked out by the company unlimited rides may be
had within this zone at a weekly cost of $2.50, and it has reduced,
through the sale of tickets, city fare to a flat 8 centavos, which is
unequaled in point of cheapness 1 in any metropolis in the world the
size of the Mexican capital.
EVENTEEN years ago when the National Institute for the
Blind was founded, the Argentine Republic took a great step
forward in true civilization. For civilization does not mean
development in the physical sense only, but also the training
which equips for useful labor—that is, for social contribution—those
of our fellow beings who have been less favored by nature.
The work of an institution in which the dwellers live in an artificial
atmosphere, not realizing that they too are part of society, is builded
upon the sand. By educating the blind to be useful, self-respecting,
self-supporting citizens, the Argentine Institute for the Blind builds
upon the rock of national progress and social solidarity.
Until the middle of last century the blind poor of Argentina had
to beg on the streets for their living, due to the fact that they received
no education of any nature. In fact the only special care their
misfortune elicited was the dressing and soothing lotions provided
by the kindly nuns of the Santa Clara convent.
The first Argentine institution to prepare the blind for a self-sup-
porting life came into existence in 1871 as a result of an epidemic of
a certain purulent disease, contracted mainly by orphans, which
caused many to lose their eyesight. Those attacked by this disease
were at first cared for in the hospital for women; later the Charity
Association” secured teachers for them, thus starting the first Argen-
tine school for the blind, which from the beginning enjoyed official
standing.
Somewhat later, Francisco Gatti, a blind teacher, founded two
schools. The second, placed in charge of Miss San Roman, whose
unselfish devotion will never be forgotten, developed into the Na-
tional Institute, now under the direction of the well-known educator,
Mr. J. Ulises Codino, who in 1902 was sent to Europe by the Argentine
Government to study the most advanced methods of teaching of
the blind. Much of the progress of the institute is due to these
studies of Mr. Codino, detailed reports of which were later compiled
into an instructive volume.
The institute is organized according to the following plan: First,
a class similar to a kindergarten; second, the elementary grades;
1 Translated from Riel y Fomento, October, 1926. Buenos Aires.
2 This splendid organization of women, now more than 100 years old, has charge of all hospitals for women
and children. It has an annual budget running into millions of dollars.
1015
1016 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION
third, a music school which compares favorably with the best acad-
emies of music; and last, a school for the teaching of crafts suitable
for the blind. This course equips the students with considerable
general education and either a trade or the knowledge of some
practical art. They are thus better fitted for life than the average
bachelor of arts, so far as immediate usefulness is concerned.
The institute pupil learns to read and write by means of the Braille
alphabet, invented by the blind man whosé name it bears and success-
fully used for some time in all the schools of Europe and the United
States specializing in this kind of work. Each letter or number, as
is well known, is represented by a combination of six little dots and is
conveyed to the mind of the reader by means of touch.
The textbooks of the institute are set up by the students of print-
ing. As the printing shop is equipped with the necessary machines,
matrices are kept of the works to be reprinted. It is worthy of note
that this shop supplies the institute annually with over 1,000 pam-
phlets and textbooks, as well as other printed matter.
In addition to the classrooms and shops, the institute includes
several museums, a gymnasium, a music hall and gardens. Prizes
have been awarded for the best plan for an adequate new building
to house the institute, construction on which will soon begin.
The blind girls show marked imaginative qualities which find
their expression in the writing of poetry, and many charming examples
of their work might be cited.
The training given to the blind who evidence musical ability is
very thorough, including solfeggio, harmony, piano, organ, violin,
and violoncello. Some of the music teachers are virtusos as in the
case of De Rogatis, Piaggio, Rodriguez, and Stlattesi. The music is
also written according to the Braille system.
The institute entertainments often consist entirely of musical num-
bers and the reading of the students’ literary productions, both verse
and prose, which well merit the applause of their fellow pupils, the
governing board and an admiring public. :
One of the most profitable occupations for the blind has been found
to be that of piano tuner and repairer. This trade is taught in the
institute by a blind teacher and as it is not possible to have pianos of
all makes in the institution, the teacher takes his pupils in turn with
him to help in the work he does outside the school.
Many other manual trades in which touch plays an important part
are completely mastered by the blind. In one workshop men learn
to make wicker articles, brushes, brooms and dusters, and to cane
chairs. In the girls’ workshop weaving and other feminine occupa-
tions are taught.
Following the example of Japan, where the profession of masseur
or masseuse is reserved for the blind, a great number of these pro-
fessionals, who are very much in demand and well paid, are to be
GUIDE TO COLONIAL MONUMENTS IN SANTO DOMINGO 1017
found in all European countries. The Argentine Institute recently
added this course to its curriculum, the classes already being attended
by 12 young women and 10 young men. A blind woman is likewise
a member of the teaching staff, while many of the pupils of both sexes
render valuable service as assistants in the classrooms and in the
workshops.
What an honor it will be for Argentina when this official institution
is able to take care of all the blind in the country... According to the
last census, these numbered 5,351 nationals and 1,505 foreigners.
But the board on which the institute is dependent has that noble
objective in view. Not only the humane motives prompting this
aspiration but also the national act creating the board warrant this
high emprise, and the names of those men and women of high
standing who compose that board are a guaranty of complete and
final success.
"ei
mL
y,
MART TA AE FEW Ca Z,
NUMENTS IN
NUM! IN S
y ly es Z 1
On , © @e © © @ ©
4AA YZ
“To commemorate not only the National Santiago Exposition but
also Santo Domingo Province Day in that exposition, General don
Horacio Vasquez, the Secretary of Promotion and Communications has
authorized, with the approval of His Excellency the President of the
Republic, the publication of this booklet.”
Such is the purpose, as set forth in a brief preface, of the small
volume, The City of Santo Domingo and its Colonial Monuments, by
Licenciado Federico Llaverias, corresponding member of the Academy
of History of Cuba. Its actual raison d’étre, however, lies in the
desire of the Government to surround the venerable landmarks of
the larger cities with something akin to the true reverence due their
importance in the history of the continent. And with this purpose in
mind what better pen, indeed, than the pen of don Federico Llaverias
could have been chosen for the task? The present volume is as full
of possibilities for the student and casual reader as for the tourist
bound for the old and interesting city itself.
Unencumbered by too meticulous detail, the guidebook is simple
in construction, concise, and never tiresome; its introduction is a
1 Compiled and translated from La Ciudad de Santo Domingo y sus Monumentos Coloniales by Marion
Keefer of the BULLETIN staff.
THE CATHEDRAL, SANTO DOMINGO
The first cathedral erected in the New World, completed in 1540, and still in use
THE HOUSE OF COLUMBUS
The most interesting ruins in the Dominican capital
GUIDE TO COLONIAL MONUMENTS IN SANTO DOMINGO 1019
carefully sketched historical study of Santo Domingo which forms a
significant background against which the often unrelated monuments
described are seen in the their vital relation to the Dominican
people.
It must be remembered that Santo Domingo is the oldest city in the
new world, and that from her walls went forth all the first conquerors
of the wilderness. Otherwise the monuments and ruins of that city
will draw scarcely more than a passing glance or thought amid the
hurried bustle of modern life. Hence in his introduction the author
reminds us that Santo Domingo was founded August 4, 1496, by the
Adelantado D. Bartolomé Col6én, brother of the discoverer of America,
the Admiral Don Cristoval Colén; that it was named by him Santo
Domingo in memory of his father and because its first stone was laid
on a Sunday, strangely enough, Santo Domingo Day; and that from
Santo Domingo set forth the expeditions of Hernan Cortés to Mexico,
Diego de Velazquez to Cuba, Juan Ponce de Leén to Puerto Rico,
Alonso de Ojeda to the mainland, Juan de Esquivel to Jamaica,
Francisco Pizarro to Peru, Vasco Nifiez de Balboa to Panama, and
Rodrigo de Bastida for the conquest of Santa Marta.
The vital historical significance of 24 monuments, 15 of which
consist of churches, convents, convent hospitals, monasteries, chapels,
and the cathedral; and the remainder, the courthouse, an old sundial,
the Columbus Ceiba Tree, the Torre del Homenaje, the house of the
Admiral, and several castles, is carefully portrayed, excellent pictures
of each being given to supplement the written story and to aid the
visitor in identifying them.
With the possible exception of the sundial which bears the date
1753, and the courthouse, the exact date of whose construction is
unknown, the buildings belong to decades prior to the beginning of
the eighteenth century, the majority dating back to the sixteenth.
Most interesting of all is the Admiral’s house, built in 1510, at the
order of Don Diego Colén. Although its roof has fallen in, the grim
walls still seem to keep something of the personality of its original
master. Then there is the church of the once Dominican convent,
the seat of the first royal and pontificial university established in
the new world in 1536; the cathedral, also the first to be constructed
in the new world, whose strong walls resisting the many earthquakes
of past centuries seem jealously to guard the sacred relics committed
to their keeping; and, last of all, the historic bastion.
Describing in intimate fashion the reconstruction and strengthen-
ing of this bastion of San Jenaro, also known as the Twenty-seventh
of February, to commemorate the successful defense of the city against
the English forces of Penn and Venables in 1565, the writer concludes
by saying:
“Tn this historic place, on the night of February 27, 1844, the first
cry of independence rang out, and ever since the purest and most
COLONIAL MONUMENTS IN
SANTO DOMINGO
.Upper: The citadel, viewed from the river.
Center: The old Dominican university.
Lower: Gateway in the city wall, at the
river landing
PACIFIC FOREIGN TRADE AND TRAVEL EXPOSITION 1021
treasured feeling in the Dominican heart is a love for his country, no
longer bound by any bonds but those of brotherhood for the well-
being and protection of all. He truly feels through the sublime senti-
ment of national love that the device on the facade of the bastion,
‘Dulce et decorum est pro patria mori,’ is his.”’
AA Ke s 5 Y
a & A PY
> AN TAX
we LD B
- ‘Zr
4a BW F
On JA tn wot
Ve Fare
Dr omer
(NOVEMBER. Tie n@©: 20% 1927)
PONSORED by the Foreign Trade Club of California which, as
a pioneer club in fostering the best interests of international
commerce, comprises over 700 members, leaders in the ship-
ping, transportation, commercial, and financial world, and
with the indorsement and support of State and civic officials, and the
other leading commercial organizations of the State, the Pacific
Foreign Trade and Travel Exposition will be opened in the Civic
Auditorium of San Francisco on November 11, 1927. There the
commodities and manufactures entering into the world trade of Cali-
fornia, the other Pacific Coast States, and contiguous domestic and
international markets will be displayed, and the importance of Pacific
travel to and from Hawaii, Canada, the Antipodes, Asia, the United
States, and all the South American countries especially emphasized.
Floor space in excess of 100,000 square feet has been plotted and set
aside for exhibition purposes, being open to reservation at rates from
$1 to $1.50 per square foot according to location. With all the space
allotted to exhibits and booths as indicated, the main floor of the
auditorium will still accommodate 25,000 visitors without congestion,
with 10,000 additional in the balconies.
Not only will there be representative exhibits by the exporters and
importers of the United States but also displays of products from
Japan, China, the Dutch Indies, the Philippines, Hawaii, Australia,
New Zealand, India, Mexico, the picturesque South Sea Islands, and
various countries of Central and South America. Invitations have
been issued inviting all countries to participate, and the number of
reservations already assured for displays has caused the directors to
announce that the exposition will hereafter be held annually. It is
expected that at least 200,000 visitors will view this first exposition
and that before many years it will be of immense importance to San
1022 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION
Francisco’s sea-borne commerce and constitute a barometer of the
trade and travel economics of America.
Steamship companies and travel agencies are to feature models of
modern liners making San Francisco a port of call, transcontinental
railroads are arranging attractive exhibits of their de luxe modes of
travel, and there will be photographic displays representing the color
and life of travel abroad. Indications also point to a modern up-to-
the-minute exhibition by the numerous world freight-handling com-
panies on land and sea.
Among the unique exhibits will be those devoted to radio transmis-
sion, phototelegraphy, ocean navigation contrivances, commercial
aviation, and cinema production, together with highly interesting
mechanical and engineering devices, bringing the results of successful
inventions before the visitors.
Aside from exhibits an extensive program has also been arranged.
Educational periods from 10 a. m. to 2 p. m. will offer special attrac-
tions to students at only a small admission charge; afternoon sessions
will consist of music, dramatics, graphic arts, fashion displays, and
feature exhibits designed to interest women, while the evening enter-
tainments promise to be varied, instructive, and amusing. Trans-
portation companies are to present special programs and events fea-
turing the romance of world travel and the ease and pleasure with
which it may be obtained. Furthermore, several important conven-
tions and meetings are to be held at the time of the exposition, and
provision is contemplated for lectures and the display of moving
pictures.
The program of the opening day of the exposition, which is armi-
stice day, will be dedicated to and under the auspices of the American
Legion. Likewise, on the following day, to be known as American
Legion Day, and throughout the whole exposition the Legion will
participate actively in all events.
The exposition will be governed by an executive body, the organi-
zation committee, whose membership is as follows: Harry 8S. Scott,
president, General Steamship Corporation, chairman; John C. Rohlfs,
manager, marine department, Standard Oil Co.; C. E. Hydes, Fire-
man’s Mund Insurance Co.; Leonard B. Gary district manager,
United States Bureau of Foreign and Domestic Commerce; Walter
EK. Hettman, attorney at law, general counsel; Aubrey Drury, The
Drury Co., director of publicity; and William D’Egilbert, director
general.
Aiding this committee is a foundation board and an ‘‘All-California
Committee” comprising 300 civic, commercial, and financial leaders.
With this base to work from, 25 active committees of men and women
have been organized to analies this exposition a success.
Reduced fares for the exposition are to be announced by railroad
and steamship lines. Those desiring to participate are urged to
AGRICULTURE, INDUSTRY, AND COMMERCE 1023
write at once to the Director General, Pacific Foreign Trade and
Travel Exposition, Merchants’ Exchange Building, San Francisco.
Concerns abroad may cable or radio Fortaclub for reservations, con-
firming these by letter. Exhibitors are assured that the undertaking
will be in every way representative of the best in commercial promo-
tion and that their displays will be viewed by great numbers of
visitors.
ARGENTINA
MANUFACTURE OF sUGAR.—The sugar mills in Tucuman Province
report the following movement for the month of last July:
Cane ground: Property of the mills, 162,385,910 kilograms (kilogram equals
2.2046 pounds); purchased, 144,731,890 kilograms; total, 277,117,800 kilograms.
Sugar made: Loaf sugar, 505,400 kilograms; crushed sugar, 7,793,980 kilo-
grams; other products, 4,139,030 kilograms; total, 12,418,410 kilograms.
Shipment: Loaf sugar, 120,400 kilograms; crushed sugar, 3,500,210 kilograms;
other products, 1,052,590 kilograms; total, 4,673,200 kilograms.
Stocks on hand July 1, 1927: Loaf sugar, 385,000 kilograms; crushed sugar,
4,273,770 kilograms; other products, 3,086,440 kilograms; total, 7,745,210
kilograms.
IRRIGATION CANAL.—A canal 12.4 miles in length, planned to
irrigate 17,300 acres of land in the Territory of Neuquén, has recently
been opened. The canal begins at Senillosa and receives from the
Limay River 2 cubic meters of water per second, which amount may
be increased to 6 cubic meters. The secondary canals distributing
the water form a junction at Plottier with the system of irrigation
ditches already existing in the Limay Valley and extending as far
as the city of Neuquén.
Six MONTHS’ ExportTs.—The value of Argentine exports for the
first six months of 1927 is officially reported as 562,139,891 gold pesos,
against 446,465,215 gold pesos in the corresponding period of 1926.
BOLIVIA
HigHways In YunGAs.—Karly in June the Government dictated
a decree nominating a commission which is to cooperate with the
Ministry of Public Works in studying and presenting recommenda-
tions for a systematic highway development in the two Provinces of
Yungas. A committee has also been appointed to draw up a project
for a loan in an endeavor to secure funds for the construction of motor
roads to the Yungas valleys of La Paz.
1024. THE PAN AMERICAN UNION
BRAZIL
“Kine Correr.’’—The following on the bicentenary of coffee in
Brazil is quoted from the Brazilian American for June 4, 1927:
Two hundred years ago, according to Brazilian historians, the first coffee
plant was brought to Brazil by a Brazilian soldier in the service of King John V
of Portugal. ... The exact date of the introduction of coffee is accepted as
May 27, 1727. In September of this year the second centenary coffee celebra-
tion will be held in S40 Paulo, with appropriate ceremonies in honor of King
Coffee, the Black Monarch, to whom Brazil owes much of her present develop-
ment. [This celebration was postponed to October.—Editor’s note.]
Four-fifths of the world’s coffee crop is now grown in Brazil. The coffee
exported last year was valued at £70,000,000, and the total exports of the coun-
try at £94,000,000. The city of Sio0 Paulo is the coffee capital of the world, and
more coffee is handled at Santos than in any other port on the globe. Much of
Brazil’s wealth is derived from the coffee fazendas, and work on the fazendas
attracts the majority of the immigrants to this country.
Historians say that coffee was first brought to South America by a French
navigator who landed in French Guiana. He brought two coffee plants from
the Old World and guarded them carefully on the long voyage across the
Atlantic.
According to the popular coffee story, a Brazilian soldier, Capt. Francisco de
Mello Palheta, brought the first coffee plant into Brazil from Cayenne, French
Guiana, to Belem. The plant began its triumphant march to the south, slowly
at first, but when it become evident that the Black King had found his natural
habitat in Brazil, the coffee legions advanced rapidly, took Minas Geraes and
Sao Paulo, and continued to progress until to-day Brazilian coffee is known in
all parts of the world. :
An extensive study of means of production and cultivation of coffee will be
made at the coffee congress to be held in Sio Paulo during the centenary cele-
bration. Experts from the coffee marts of the world will gather to discuss the
problems of the trade. There will be a grand coffee exposition. The ‘‘Avenida
de Café” will be inaugurated in the city of Sao Paulo. A commemorative
tablet will be erected in honor of the King in the two hundredth year of his
reign. ‘Coffee day” will be instituted in Brazil. In addition to the tablet,
a statue depicting the wealth and power of the monarch will be unveiled.
Busts and portraits of the men who dedicated their lives to coffee in the early
days in Brazil will be placed on display. The corner stone of the new biological
institute will be laid.
The following figures on the growth of Brazilian coffee produe-
tion, also taken from the Brazilian American, are of interest in this
connection:
Average annual production
ee All oth
Brazil aoantice
Bags kags
SAV RR (Vier ee Tipe Ge a Ae Sea aa ees ee 3, 785, 000 3, 925, 000
PS STAM OOimen ik te ena Ae Sree enor 5, 628, 000 4, 324, 009
1S NEMO 0 Oa Hare arta ek Rion OI rhea cope ee ne a ee eee 7, 327, 000 4, 425, 000
OOM NO iM OMe eset ah ah ae oe eS A em 13, 730, 000 3, 817, 000
MOTH OD One ec RU Te. yan aie a een inane eae 13, 529, 000 4, 518, 000
ODT NOD ne cata eee CS. 1 dl ie ee meee nee 13, 227, 000 6, 410, 000
AGRICULTURE, INDUSTRY, AND COMMERCE 1025
A bumper crop of coffee is expected in 1927-28, the estimate of the
Coffee Institute for the amount exportable through Santos, including
the production of the States of Paran& and Minas Geraes, being
15,274,000 bags.
Representatives of the States of Sdo Paulo, Minas Geraes, Rio de
Janeiro, and Espirito Santo signed a new agreement on May 28 last
with regard to the shipping of coffee from their respective States, this
agreement being subject to revision in September. Each month as
many bags of coffee as were exported the previous month will be
admitted to the coffee ports of Santos, Rio de Janeiro, and Victoria,
a fixed percentage of the amount to be shipped to these ports being
allotted to the coffee-producing States tributary to the respective
ports.
CHILE
GOVERNMENT RAILROADS.—The following table, published in an
article which appeared in the Anales del Instituto de Ingenieros
de Chile for April, 1927, gives some interesting data with regard
to the Government-owned railroads:
Length Interest
Year System (kilo- Capital | Receipts Eipend: pay-
meters) ments
|
Thou- Thou- Thou- Thou-
sands of | sands of | sands of | sands of
| pesos pesos pesos pesos
TI HIEE eye ee ale ae WS irene NN Se eas 2,599 | 403,532 | 60,235 | 77,815 167
OT eee ee MEN aa (ee (lip R Seta aee ea eee 2,620} 409,453 | 73,720 71,038 185
AGL Ghee se oats oral omees seers. Seis a 2,743 | 399,002 | 74,125 | 73,216 120
INorteee= esters a ] 7, 421 10, 862
DL (fe ee (caren 4,472 | 592, 793 | 74, 527 72, 105 103
iiNorteseet= stan. ase | | 6, 805 13, 284
LO Se eee eee ere ichcten ta cae esa 4,485 | 597, 240 81, 473 88, 560 542
Norte Wemeeencrste= aon | | 6,922 | 16,111 |]
WG) «oc cteccceresoaesecatese ‘(sur BAT Drs cos PAD 4,477 | 597, 265 91,981 | 102,598 | 2, 695
iNortesssnaes meen ] 6, 863 15, 997
920 Ae ee ee ee ee aaa, a8! 4, 456 | 597, 447 100,365 | 116, 088 5, 398
INO a se ue ] { 9,014/| 19, 567
O21 ee eee es oe Oe eee aaa See Ay in eda 4,495 | 587, 597 | 147,654 | 152, 866 23, 349
finite sses eee es | { 9,798) 17,795 }
MEPs Sat ee eee one neenus ih en ae ea Rin ee 4,561 | 672, 684 | 158,127 | 126, 278 21, 916
fiNNorte monsters ne | { 10,225} 15, 559
1923 see eee See ones cea art SOR ana Rt ait 4, 591 736, 765 | 169,954 | 133, 256 19, 064
(INOT:te Meee tre ee ] - 10,727 | 16, 186 |
UE ommeaeekeetdasaseseanesl RED hides Sis 4,639 | 787, 488 186,669 | 150, 115 25, 742
INOrteeee eh eos ese 1 | 12,784 | 18, 432 |
O25 E2 sae see sae atewee eases = icteric See ae eee 4,639 | 820, 514 210, 675 | 173, 594 23, 387
IN Ont Glalae Seen ] | 15,472 | 18, 784 |
Usp Iofee et etek See Shale step e ee areal a ge lg ts ete 4,683 | 862, 963 293,696 | 178, 804 22, 704
VALDIVIA PORT WORKS.—T'wo Government engineers have been
engaged in making studies preliminary to starting work on an
adequate port for Valdivia. The sum of 40,000 pesos was appro-
priated for the prelimimary surveys and £1,000,000 for expenditure
in construction. The work will be awarded by public bid.
1026 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION
CourRsE IN POULTRY RAISING.—A course of 16 lectures and 16
practical lessons in poultry raising was started last June in Santiago
by the Chilean Poultrymen’s Association. This course awakened so
much interest in the public that nonmembers of the association, as
well as members, were admitted to the course.
FLOATING TRADE EXPOSITION.—The Baquedano, the training ship
for cadets of the Chilean Navy, is carrying on its present cruise a
collection of samples of Chilean products, which awakened much
interest in the Argentine and Brazilian ports first visited. Among
the products attracting special attention were cordage, dried fruit,
nuts, beans, lentils, wines, canned shellfish, sole leather, and hides.
COLOMBIA
COLONIZATION OF THE SANTA Marta HIGHLANDS.—On June 24 a
contract was signed by the Colombian Government and a national
company, with home office in Barranquilla, for the colonization of the
highlands of Santa Marta, Department of the Magdalena. The
company agrees to establish and develop one or more colonies on
the 50,000 hectares which have been granted to it, and has engaged
a number of German and Danish immigrants to settle there.
IpERO-AMERICAN EXPOSITION IN SEVILLE.—The Colombian Goy-
ernment has authorized an expenditure of 100,000 pesos for the
representation of Colombia at the Ibero-American Exposition which
will be held in Seville next year. Of this sum, 60,000 pesos will be
employed for the construction of a suitable building, 10,000 pesos for
furnishing and equipment of same, 10,000 pesos for expenditures of
the Colombian commissioners at the exposition, and the remaming
funds for purchasing the exhibits. A fine showing of national
industries will be made. One interesting feature will be a miniature
of the emerald mine at Muzo; another will be the manufacturing of
hats, from the preparation of the fiber to the finished article. The
coffee industry will be allowed a space large enough to have 10
coffee trees in bloom, as well as small machines for shelling, roasting,
grinding, and brewing coffee. Wall charts with statistics will show
the exact production of coffee in Colombia. On the ground floor of
the building there will be a large relief map, 4 meters in width by 5 in
length, showing the railroads, highways, and navigable rivers of the
Republic.
PRODUCTION OF COFFEE IN 1926.—During the year 1926 there were
331,301,766 coffee trees in bloom, which yielded a crop estimated
at 2,760,848 bags of 60 kilos each. Of this amount, 2,454,251
bags were exported, valued at 92,283,862 pesos. Exports of coffee
in 1926 exceeded those of the year 1925 by 505,886 bags.
AGRICULTURE, INDUSTRY, AND COMMERCE 1027
COSTA RICA
CrNsus REPORTS.—A preliminary report of the census recently
completed in Costa Rica states the total population to be 476,069,
or an increase of 45 per cent since the previous census of 1892.
Compared with former census data, it is as follows:
Year of census Population Increase es
SA denice ete eer Sey see eae | TOROS 20, Sa oe Sy rele Cee ane
1S 4 mene is ray ep eee te Cho NES a 120, 500 40, 517 | 50
le Sj ener enee LO ALS 182, 073 | 61, 573 52
RSMO. ee ces pts cae fe ea 243, 205 | 61, 132 | 58
NG A al es i 0 476, 069 | 232, 864 | 45
Immicration.—According to reports, an immigration project pre-
sented by Dr. J. S. Kammienny, delegate of the Polish Committee
for the Promotion of Immigration, is at present under study by the
Costa Rican Government. The plan provides for the immigration
of not less than 250 Polish-German families, totaling about 1,060
individuals, to form a colony between the Zapote River (Liberia) and
Culebra Bay, where they would engage in agricultural pursuits.
Two Italian immigration specialists are also in Costa Rica studying
the possibility of establishing an agricultural colony of 100 Italian
families who are especially interested in coffee production and silk-
worm culture.
CUBA
SuGarR pPRoDuUCcTION.—President Machado said in a statement
made on June 17 regarding the sugar industry that the grinding of
the crop for the season of 1926 and 1927, which was practically com-
pleted, showed a production of 4,500,000 tons, thus demonstrating
in a conclusive manner that the measures adopted by the present
Government regarding this important industry have been faithfully
carried.out. The next grinding season will not commence until
January, 1928, and the order prohibiting the clearing of ground for
planting sugar cane has been extended for another year, that is,
until July, 1928. (Oourtesy of the Cuban Embassy in Washington.)
DIVISION OF MOTION-PICTURE PROPAGANDA.—In order to familiarize
the public with the operations of his department, the Secretary of
Public Works has established a division of propaganda by means of
motion-picture films. This division is carrying out the work for
which it was created most successfully. In all of the 55 motion-
picture theaters in Habana films are being shown depicting street
cleaning, the progress of public works, and similar subjects. (Cour-
tesy of the Cuban Embassy in Washington.)
1028 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION
Livestock CONGRESS.—Preparations are being made for holding
a livestock congress in Habana, the purpose of this congress being
to study ways and means for developing to the utmost the livestock
industry of Cuba. (Courtesy of the Cuban Embassy in Washington.)
TouURIST TRAVEL IN CuBa.—The National Committee for the
Promotion of Tourist Travel in Cuba has established an office in
Miami. This office has made connections with 73 tourist agencies
in the United States and Canada, all of which distribute Cuban
travel propaganda. Seven thousand letters have been received from
all over the world at the Miami office asking for information about
Cuba; 150,000 of the pamphlets entitled ‘““Cuba” have been dis-
tributed, as well as 5,000 albums of views and approximately 250,000
post cards. (Courtesy of the Cuban Embassy in Washington.)
DOMINICAN REPUBLIC
West Inp1AN AbRIAL Express Co.—A company under this name
was organized in the city of Barahona on June 20 of the present year.
The home office is located in Santo Domingo city, but the by-laws
of the company permit the establishment of branch offices in any
other cities of the Republic or abroad. The purpose of this company,
as the name implies, is to establish a regular air service between the
countries of the Antilles. Test flights have already been made from
Santo Domingo to Port au Prince, capital of Haiti, and it is hoped
to have very shortly a well-established service between these and
other points.
PRODUCTION OF RAW SUGAR.—By July 1, 1927, all the principal
centrals in the Dominican Republic had finished grinding, yielding
for that grinding season, which commenced in December, 1926, a
production of 339,946 short tons of raw sugar.
ECUADOR
BANANA CONCESSION.—The Chief Executive issued a decree on
July 5 authorizing the Ministers of Agriculture, Public Works, and
the Treasury as representatives of the Government, to sign a con-
tract with a private citizen for the exportation of bananas from
Ecuador. The contract allows the concessionaire the use of the
Government wharves, and authorizes him to construct in the Bay of
Puna such wharves as may be required for the shipment of bananas.
The concessionaire, who is exempt from paying export duties,
assumes the obligation of forming a national company for the exporta-
tion of bananas, said company to be organized and duly registered
within sixty days from the date of signing the contract. He also agrees
to bring the first ship equipped with refrigerating plant and ventila-
tors within twenty months after signing the contract. The com-
pany’s vessels shall carry mail between Ecuadorean ports and their
AGRICULTURE, INDUSTRY, AND COMMERCE 1029
ports of destination. This contract is for a period of 15 years, com-
puted from the date on which the first shipment is made.
NEW TARIFF, CUSTOMS, AND CONSULAR REGULATIONS.—According to
a decree of June 13, 1927, a revised Ecuadorean tariff and new con-
sular and customs regulations became effective on July 1, 1927.
(Commerce Reports, June 27, 1927.)
SHOES MADE FROM TOOUILLA STRAW.—In the city of Cuenca an
interesting experiment has been made of manufacturing women’s
shoes from toquilla straw. This straw is that from which Panama
hats are made and the shoes in question are woven in the same
manner as the hats, in an openwork design. The body of the shoe
is mounted on a hand-turned sole with French heel. The whole
effect is very pleasing, and as this straw is light and cool the shoes
are attractive as a novelty for summer wear.
Pusiic worKs.—The Government of Ecuador has issued a decree
appropriating 1,850,000 sucres for railroads in the Republic, 1,300,000
sucres for highways, and 200,000 sucres for port improvements at
Bahia and Manta. (Commerce Reports, June 27, 1927.)
GUATEMALA
ORGANIZATION OF PRESS ASSOCIATION.—As a result of a visit paid
Guatemala City by a number of Salvadorean journalists, representa-
tives of the Guatemalan press voted to form a press association
similar to that of Salvador, and appointed a committee to formulate
a definite outline of its work.
OpENING oF NAHUALATE-CHiIcacao Highway.—On April 9, 1927,
the Nahualate-Chicacao Highway was opened for public use. Bring-
ing the greater part of the Pamax4n region within a 30-minute drive
to the railroad station of Nahualate, the highway will be a valuable
asset to the farmers of this fertile coffee-growing section, which
produces an average of 72,500 quintals (quintal = 220.46 pounds)
of coffee annually.
IMPROVEMENT OF POTABLE WATER SERVICE.—Among the important
public works recently authorized by the Government of Guatemala
is the improvement of the potable water service in a number of rural
communities, the municipality of San Andrés Villaseca, Retalhuleu,
having been authorized to spend 75,800 pesos; Santa Barbara, Solola,
2,426 pesos; Esquipulas, 5,240 pesos; and Concepcion, 12,500 pesos.
HAITI
Fairs.—One national fair at Damien and seven rural fairs were
held during June. These, with the 15 rural fairs held in April and
May, make a grand total of 23. The national fair was opened at
Damien June 19 with an appropriate program. Music was furnished
60923—27—Bull. 10——_6
1030 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION
by the bands of the Gendarmerie and the Maison Centrale. The
fair was much better from every viewpoint than it has been in pre-
vious years. The quality of products has improved, and exhibitors
are selecting with greater care the products to be displayed. Ap-
proximately 2,000 exhibits were made. Seven hundred and fifty-nine
prizes, including 5,183 gourdes in cash, were awarded. The attend-
ance during the two days was approximately 2,000. Athletic games
were held in the afternoon. The interest being shown in the devel-
opment of this national fair would seem to warrant a much more
pretentious preparation than has been possible thus far.
CoFFEH PRODUCTION.—-At the coffee experiment station work has
been completed on the installation of coffee-mill machinery, con-
sisting of two pulpers, a sheller, a dryer, a cleaner, a roaster, a
erinder, and a six-horsepower gas engine. General operations in-
clude the clearing of coffee jungle and preparations for planting
more coffee in the fall. A new coffee nursery of about 3,000 seed-
lings in bamboo pots has been planted and about 600 seedlings sent
to the Damien farm.
Coffee planting for the bonus has already commenced; in May
the service paid for more than 11,700 young coffee trees in the
region of Jacmel. All agricultural agents are making satisfactory
propaganda in favor of this bonus, which has proved to be an en-
couragement to the Haitian farmers.
HONDURAS
Imports AND ExportTs.—The following figures are taken from a
statistical table on Honduran imports and exports prepared by the
General Revenue Bureau:
Year Imports Exports
OMS Ge kee ewer na! ANU eye een ae | $4, 452, 109. 47 $5, 238, 206. 10
NOT Gon ac ee an ee oe ee rene P= Gu2O3 1628280) 6, 696, 814. 57
NQUG72 Gs alee A cael pe Ones Ne? ieee Wee | 4,784, 449. 36 5, 733, 663. 55
LOUSS UO kes ene Ree OU TA ie Meni Tees Stiga | 6, 931, 376. 00 | 5, 997, 741. 00
AIO HO (kos ion tN eel EL es coi eto | 12, 860, 762. 32 3, 472, 362. 56
OD Om! lea wees ecco ely ye eee ioe a ec lae 16, 722, 699. 71 5, 428, 587. 12
VQ DVO Oe oak sie 2 (ree aioe Me wa | 12, 804, 258. 49 5, 386, 406. 76
A 2D Bees noe Seen ee game, Gee eee eee | a1 Be Rs 7m) 10, 016, 270. 32
PODSM OAT Visine Fh tis ee ena | ah e7.onK7. el 7, 897, 046. 61
UO AD Price storie) anc Saleh Rh 2 sagt ete | 12, 752, 763. 34 | 11), 983) 0535 am
NO 252 Grid cleo) ecu vil hil tee a epehon ines | 9, 899, 949. 53 13, 456, 005. 70
|
AGRICULTURE, INDUSTRY, AND COMMERCE 1031
REVENUES FROM CONSULAR SERVICE.—Consular fees collected
during the six months from August, 1926, to January, 1927, inclu-
sive, amounted to $190,213.42.
MEXICO
RICE PRODUCTION IN THE STATE OF SONORA.— Statistics prepared
by the Department of Agriculture reveal an appreciable increase in
the production of rice in the State of Sonora during the past five
years. Rice production in this State represents a considerable part
of the total rice production of Mexico, the high quality of Sonora
rice being recognized in foreign as well as national markets. Its
varieties are usually large grain types. Mexico exports rice to
Canada, England, Germany, the Netherlands, and the United States,
exports to the last forming 50 per cent of the total. The actual
amount of land under cultivation and its production during the period
from 1920 to 1926 are as follows, the figures for 1926-27 being a pre-
liminary estimate:
Hectares under Production in
: cultivation (hec- | ,-. a
es tare equals 2a ilograms (ogra
LOAD Dili asd. 9 eh Ph aa eg Rn ee 4, 164 2, 442, 141
SU OPO R Pea a ee | 2 861 iL, 7D, BY
L222) eee I eens a ra ae 2 La Re tr ee 3, 445 3, 100, 758
102 3=0 Aetee cethken cpa Mtr 2h ou oes | 5, 500 4, 922, 838
UA 2 ae Mie pee mde a ok OE! ees pS hey stan | 8, 400 7, 891, 873
HUGS SSB rs al Ee a | 13, 500 14, 537, 500
ODR QT tps eS eB a aE 16, 354 20, 495, 600
FEDERAL OFFICE FOR AGRICULTURAL DEFENSE—See page 1038.
NICARAGUA
DESTRUCTION OF INSECT PEST.—Owing to the recent menace to
Nicaraguan crops occasioned by grasshoppers, an organized cam-
paign has been begun for their destruction by the Government, which
has levied a direct tax on all male citizens over 18 years of age, the
amount of which varies from 1 cordoba to 25 centavos, according to
income. Persons living in territories free from the plague or far
removed from any afflicted area will be exempt from the tax.
INCREASE IN SPANISH IMPORTS.—According to data printed in E/
Diario Nicaragiiense, Managua, of June 18, 1927, the total imports
of Nicaragua from a single port of Spain (Barcelona) during 1926
were valued at 498,498 pesetas, against imports amounting to 288,692
pesetas during 1925. The chief articles imported were cotton cloth,
religious images, books, and various conserves.
1032 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION
URBAN POPULATION IN 1926.—The population of the various cities
of Nicaragua in 1926 as shown by a census made by their respective
departments of sanitation is reported to be as follows:
City Population City Population
AVE +a 6 Fe Rea soto eae ences ee 320560) Chinande gam = = ee 10, 307
Tse Ornette sa pa ea een 2321500) 1 RIV AS ase Saye eee 4, 081
(Granac ae oie. Seba shy oes ease 13. 0667|3 Chichi galls a= =e eee 3, 142
Mials aly acest 770m clot See aren ja aoe ke} (Aga |p Corinne soe ee 2, 307
PANAMA
Exports THROUGH CrisT6BAL.—According to data published by
the press, the total value of all exports of native products through
the port of Cristobal during July, 1927, was 145,269 balboas. Of
this figure, 130,590 balboas represent the value of bananas shipped,
while other exports were coconuts, ivory nuts, tortoise shell, and
copra.
EXTENSIVE FRUIT INVESTMENTS.—It was announced on July 20,
1927, that, following the conclusion of a contract between the Chiri-
qui Land Co., a subsidiary of the United Fruit Co., and the Gov-
ernment of Panama on June 18, 1927, an extensive program for the
agricultural development of Alanje and Bugaba, in the Province of
Chiriqui, was to be launched. Studies of the soil and general geog-
raphy of the land will be made; 15,000 hectares (hectare equals
2.47 acres) of land planted to banana trees; and railways, irrigation
systems, hospitals, laboratories, and port works constructed, it being
estimated that the company will spend $5,000,000 on the project.
SILK CORPORATION ORGANIZED.—The charter of a silk company,
organized with a capital of 20,000 balboas, to engage in the purchase,
sale, and utilization in commercial form of the products of the silk-
worm, was registered in Colon on August 3, 1927.
PARAGUAY
PLOWING COMPETITION.—On July 3, 1927, more than 20 farmers,
representing many sections of the country, participated in a national
plowing competition held under the auspices of the Agricultural
Bank in the Botanical Garden of Asuncién. Prizes in the form of a
tractor, 20-disk harrow, plows, cane knives, and axes were awarded
the most skilful contestants.
ARRIVAL OF GERMAN COLONISTs.—According to El Diario, Asun-
cidn, of June 28, 1927, a group of 46 German immigrants fully
equipped to engage in agricultural pursuits recently arrived in
Paraguay to take up farms on a tract of land 6 by 114 leagues (league
equals approximately 3 miles) on the Paraguay River in the depart-
ment of Villa de San Pedro.
AGRICULTURE, INDUSTRY, AND COMMERCE 1033
PERU
CHINCHILLA FARMS.—A new national industry recently came into
being with the issuance of a presidential decree authorizing the
establishment of chinchilla farms. In order to save the animals from
threatened extinction, a law was passed in 1920 absolutely forbidding
their destruction. By the present decree, however, persons whose
intention it is to establish farms will be permitted to trap a limited
number of chinchillas each year to serve as breeding stock. The
sale of skins is prohibited until the fourth year after the permit has
been granted; the exportation of live chinchillas is forbidden; and
an annual report concerning the results of their enterprise required
of all breeders.
COLONIZATION OF MOUNTAIN LANDS.—On May 13, 1927, a plan
concluded between the Director of Immigration and representatives
of the Polish American Colonization Syndicate was approved by the
Government. The project provides for the immigration, over a
period of three years, of 3,000 Polish families to settle on 1,000,000
hectares (hectare equals 2.47 acres) of mountain land in places
already set aside for such purposes.
It has also been reported that another contract has been concluded
providing for the colonization of 350,000 hectares of mountain lands
by 930 families of European birth.
PLAN FOR FARMERS’ MARKET APPROVED.—It was stated in La
Prensa, Lima, of June 19, 1927, that a plan for a farmers’ market
presented on April 8, 1927, has been approved with slight modifica-
tions. In general, the plan provides for the sale of farm products
direct to the consumer at prices fixed by the producer or at auction
with an extra charge sufficient to cover a previously agreed commis-
sion and the cost of transportation and handling. The market will
also attempt to regulate production in accordance with demand.
AUTOMOBILE staTistics.—According to the Touring Club Peruano,
Lima, for March and April, 1927, there are 9,100 automobiles in
Peru, Lima having 6,012 of this number. It is estimated that at
the present time Peru has between 800 and 900 kilometers (kilo-
meter equals 0.62 of a mile) of excellent automobile roads.
SALVADOR
EXEMPTION OF MACHINERY AND AGRICULTURAL IMPLEMENTS FROM
puty.—In order to intensify agricultural development, the National
Legislative Assembly issued a decree on June 24, 1927, exempting
from import duty all farm machinery and implements, fertilizers,
seeds, insecticides, fumigating apparatus, material for construction
of barns and granaries, and other articles necessary for agricultural
pursuits.
NATIONAL NURSERIES.—On June 14, 1927, a regulation was passed
providing for certain improvements in the organization of the Bureau
1034 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION
of Plant Acclimatization and Propagation of the National Nurseries.
Among other duties of the Director of the National Nurseries is
the giving of lectures and information to any persons interested in
plant propagation.
URUGUAY
First Natronau Tourine Coneress.—In view of the rapid growth
of interest in motoring and its far-reaching economic and social
importance, the Touring Club of Uruguay has initiated plans for
the First National Touring Congress to be held in Montevideo from
December 8 to 15, 1927. The proposed program includes the dis-
cussion of such interesting topics as:
Creation of a national commission for the promotion of touring; formulation
of methods for distributing propaganda concerning the country; preparation
of a map for motorists; publication of data on the state of roads and other
useful information; establishment of tourist headquarters; conclusion of special
conventions between different countries to facilitate international touring;
highway improvement; enacting of uniform traffic legislation; provision of
safety road signs, rest rooms, and emergency aid service; improvement of seaside
resorts; and organization of excursions, celebrations, and sporting events to
attract tourists.
SHALE o1L.—In accordance with a decree of June 24, 1927, Dr.
Latham Clarke has been commissioned to visit various foreign
countries in order to make a complete study of bituminous shale
and shale oil, a subject considered of importance for the economic
future of Uruguay.
Essay CONTEST.—It was stated in La Marana, Montevideo, of
June 19, 1927, that a proposal for an essay contest to be held under
the auspices of the Rural Association had been approved and that a
committee had been appointed to formulate definite plans for its
execution. The subject announced was farm development.
VENEZUELA
ForEIGN TRADE.—According to data from the official edition of
Estadistica Mercantil y Maritima as quoted by the press, the total
value of Venezuelan foreign trade for the first six months of 1927
was 404,733,011 bolivars, including:
j Bolivars
Ibanyovoneuis) Wovcourdey Oixoboanenry (Clovenaele 9 = 178, 804, 948. 00
[han jororaiis} Waurowyeda, Wore Tow Se 9, 437, 081. 25
i Monirsy] wan g0y OO) anise ene meinem crete AA eee OU NURS oa ie ee SRO at 188, 242, 029. 25
HRotalliexpomntseic 202 cis ee oe) SE Ue Urs Rae tee hay ec Ee aaa 216, 490, 982. 07
General sto tants cee yc ee ese erik ee are eae 404, 733, 011. 32
JBOMEN OMS) Weeks “Jor aCe ee ee 28, 248, 952. 82
CARRYING TRADE oF La Guatra.—During the first six months
of 1927, Dutch ships carried 15,740 tons out of a total of 52,545
tons, or 30 per cent of the imports, into the port of La Guaira. Ves-
sels of the United States carried 13,778 tons, or 26.2 per cent, and
ECONOMIC AND FINANCIAL AFFAIRS 1035
German lines 12,384, or 23.6 per cent. Dutch ships also carried the
largest percentage, or 43.6 per cent, of the export trade, with the
German lines in second place with 22.2 per cent, and United States
ships third with 18.2 per cent. In all, a total of 295 ships entered
and cleared from the port during the six-month period, being an
increase of 18 over the previous year. From these ships, it is re-
ported, 7,947 persons disembarked, while 6,989 embarked.
CONSTRUCTION OF PIER EXTENSION.—Following the approval of a
contract concluded on June 1, 1927, work is being begun on the con-
struction of a 340-meter (meter equals 3.28 feet) concrete extension
to the pier now used by coasting vessels in Maracaibo Bay. The
contract specifies that the water between the pier and shore shall be
8 feet in depth, that a suitable approach be built, and that the work
be concluded within a year after the signing of the contract.
NEW LIGHT ON BREAKWATER.—Recent reports state that the new
hight for the La Guaira Breakwater has arrived and will be mounted
within a short time on the present tower the height of which will be
raised from 30 to 36 feet above the surface of the breakwater. The
light is revolving, white, and of 5,000 candlepower, flashing once
every 10 seconds.
CoMPLETION OF TELEPHONE LINE.—On July 1, 1927, authorities
in charge stated that work on the Tasajeras-Sabana de Mendoza
telegraph line which has been constructed over 176 kilometers
(kilometer equals 0.62 of a mile) of mountain and desert plains at a
cost of 83,905 bolivars, exclusive of the poles, had been completed and
that arrangements are being made for its inauguration.
HIGHWAY CONSTRUCTION AUTHORIZED.—The construction of a
highway through the rich and fertile region from Pregonero to La
Grita, a distance of 150 kilometers (kilometer equals 0.62 of a mile),
was decreed on May 23, 1927, and the sum of 60,000 bolivars set
aside to cover part of the cost.
ARGENTINA
Loan FROM Spatn.—Last May Argentina contracted with the
Spanish Government for a 6 per cent loan of 100,000,000 pesetas,
with 1 per cent annual accumulative amortization. The loan was
placed at 97.
1036 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION —
PuBLIC WORKS FUND.—A decree issued June 1, 1927, regulating
the public works fund, provides that a special account for this fund
should be opened in the Banco de la Nacién Argentina, composed of
53,370,197.70 pesos cash and 107,706,029.12 pesos in bonds. Of the
latter amount, bonds to produce 90,653,771.12 pesos still remained
to be issued.
BRAZIL
Loans.—A loan of $5,900,000 to the State of Sado Paulo and one of
$4,000,000 to various municipalities of the State of Rio Grande do
Sul were placed in the New York market last June.
COLOMBIA
NeEw BANK BUILDING. The Royal Bank of Canada is having con-
structed in Bogota a splendid new edifice for its offices. This building
will be 10 stories high, having space for 350 offices and 100 rooms,
for lodgings for the employees.
Loan oF $60,000,000.—The Government has decided to accept
the tender of Hallgarten & Co. and of Kissel, Kinnicut & Co. of New
York for a loan of $60,000,000, as their offer presents the most advan-
tageous conditions for the country. The first issue of bonds will be
for $25,000,000, yielding an interest of 6 per cent, with an amortiza-
tion fund of 1 per cent a year for a term of 30 years. Said bonds will
be placed on the market for 91.18 per cent. The proceeds of this
loan will be used exclusively for completing the Pacific Railroad, the —
Central Northern Railroad, the continuation of the branch line of
the Western Railroad, improvements on the Magdalena River and
Bocas de Ceniza, and port improvements. (Courtesy of the Colombian
Legation in Washington.)
BRANCH BANK.—Owing to the damage wrought by a recent cyclone
in the banana region of Santa Marta, the farmers of that section sent
a petition to the Government stating the difficulties caused by the
situation and requesting that a branch of the Agricultural Bank be
opened in the city of Santa Marta. As a result of this petition, a
branch bank, with a capital of 6,000,000 pesos, has been established
in Santa Marta, thus providing sufficient funds for furnishing the
farmers with what money they need at 7 per cent a year. (Courtesy
of the Colombian Legation in Washington.)
Loan For ANTIoqu1IA.—On May 6 last the Departmental Govern-
ment of Antioquia signed a contract with a banking firm of New
York City for a loan of $14,000,000, the proceeds to be used for the
construction of the highway from Medellin to Uraba, for the exten-
sion of several other highways, and for the conversion of the Depart-
ment’s debt. This loan is for 30 years, at an annual interest of
7 per cent and cumulative amortization of 1 per cent a year; the
ECONOMIC AND FINANCIAL AFFAIRS 1037
initial discount is 7.95 per cent. The loan is guaranteed by 75 per
cent of the liquor revenues. (Courtesy of the Colombian Legation in
Washington.)
BANK LOANS AND Discounts.—<According to statistics recently
published, the loans and discounts made by the various banks in
the Republic attained an increase of 33,307,885 pesos from June 30,
1924, to March 31, 1927, amounting to 73,940,926 pesos on the latter
date. Of this sum, 58,013,597 pesos represent the activities of
national banks and 15,927,328 pesos those of foreign banks.
The assets of the banks on March 31, 1927, were 156,126,472 pesos,
distributed as follows: National banks, shareholders in the Bank
of the Republic, 101,484,658 pesos; foreign banks, shareholders in
the Bank of the Republic, 27,691,792 pesos; national banks, not
shareholders in the Bank of the Republic, 26,950,031 pesos. (Cour- |
tesy of the Colombian Legation, Washington.)
COSTA RICA
LOAN FOR PUBLIC WoRKS.—On May 12, 1927, the emission of
8 per cent gold bonds to the amount of 10,000,000 colones was
authorized by the Government. This is the first of a series of bond
issues covering a loan for public works as provided for in a decree of
December 24, 1926, the total of which is not to exceed 25,000,000
colones. Of the present loan, 2,000,000 colones are to be used for
the construction and repair of roads in those Provinces not now
linked with the main highway system.
ECUADOR
CENTRAL BANK ESTABLISHED.—The Central Bank has _ been
officially established in the capital of the Republic in accordance
with the law formulated to that effect by the Kemmerer Mission,
the Central Bank being the sole issuer of bank notes. At the same
time the exchange of bank notes for gold at par is established and
the national currency stabilized. There is a branch of the bank in
Guayaquil.
PARAGUAY
BupcGet or AsunciON.—The budget of expenditures of the city
of Asuncién for the year 1927 has been balanced at 13,647,531
pesos. Of this sum, 724,548 pesos has been set aside for the Depart-
ment of Public Works, with an additional 7,706,115 pesos for light,
street cleaning, and other public purposes, while the expenditure of
342,000 pesos is authorized for the work of the Health Department.
JUBA
CoNSTITUTIONAL AMENDMENTS.—On June 22, 1927, President
Machado signed a decree approving the bill for constitutional
amendments, this project having been previously voted upon favor-
ably by both houses of Congress. Cuban law provides that six
months after a resolution. to amend the constitution has been passed
by two-thirds of the total number of members of the Senate and
House of Representatives a constitutional convention must be called
for the specific purpose of either approving or rejecting the amend-
ments. Delegates to said convention are elected by each Province
at the rate of one for every 50,000 inhabitants. The election of
delegates to the convention for studying the present amendment will
take place in February of next year, and the convention will convene
in Mareh, 1928. One of the present amendments increases the
length of the Chief Executive’s term of office from four to six years.
MEXICO
LEGATIONS RAISED TO RANK OF EMBASSIES.—The legations of
Mexico in Argentina and Cuba were raised to the rank of embassies
by presidential decrees of June 17 and July 1, 1927, respectively, the
first decree having been published in the Diario Oficial of July 6, 1927,
and the second in the edition of July 21, 1927
FEDERAL OFFICE FOR AGRICULTURAL DEFENSH.—On June 30, 1927,
President Calles issued regulations of 8 chapters and 85 articles
which provided for the creation of a Federal office for the defense of
agriculture to function under the supervision of the Department of
Agriculture for the enforcement of the agricultural plague law of
November 15, 1924. Among other items, the regulations establish
a Superior Council of Agricultural Defense to orient and organize
the activities of the office, specify the cases in which quarantine or
control zones should be established when pests or diseases harmful
to agriculture appear or the danger that they might appear exists,
and enumerate the cases in which the quarantine shall apply to prod-
ucts from abroad and the requirements to be fulfilled by exporters
and importers tn cases of absolute or partial quarantine.
NICARAGUA
CARRYING OF CONCEALED WEAPONS PROHIBITED.— By an executive
decree of June 3, 1927, which became effective June 10, 1927, all
LO38
INTERNATIONAL TREATIES L039
firearms and other dangerous weapons which might be carried con-
cealed were declared contraband and forfeit, and their importation
into Nicaragua prohibited. Exception will be made in the cases of
persons the character of whose work demands it provided proper
registration is made and a permit issued.
SALVADOR
WorK OF COMMERCIAL EMPLOYBEES.—On May 31, 1927, the
National Legislative Assembly passed a law for the protection of
commercial employees, repealing the act promulgated on May 29,
1926. Divided into 12 articles, the present law fixes an eight-hour
day for men and a seven-hour day for women and minors; determines
wage rates for overtime work; and specifies a weekly rest day, annual
vacation periods, and leave in case of sickness, which, if contracted
in the discharge of duty, shall be compensated. It further provides
that every individual or corporation engaged in a commercial enter-
prise shall employ at least 80 per cent national labor and that the
employer shall pay the employee a month’s salary in case of unjusti-
fiable discharge. Some exceptions to the above-mentioned articles
are enumerated. The law was promulgated by President Romero
Bosque on July 9, 1927, and published in the Diario Oficial of
June 20, 1927.
CUBA-DOMINICAN RHPUBLIC
Ravio convention.—The radiotelegraphic convention with Cuba
was approved by the Chief Executive of the Dominican Republic on
June 24, 1927, having been previously ratified by both Houses of
Congress. This convention provides for the free interchange of
official messages between the Governments of the respective coun-
tries; it was signed in Habana October 9, 1926. (Gaceta Oficial,
Santo Domingo, June 29, 1927.)
DOMINICAN REPUBLIC-HAITI
AUTOMOBILE TRAFFIC BETWEEN THE DOMINICAN RepuBLiIC AND
Harr1.—The Dominican Congress on June 25 approved an accord
between the Dominican Republic and the Republic of Haiti on auto-
mobile traffic which had been concluded on May 21 by the Minister
1040 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION
of Foreign Affairs of Haiti and the representative of the Dominican
Republic in that country. This accord provides for the free transit
from one Republic to the other of all duly licensed automobiles and
chauffeurs. Authorities designated by the respective Governments
and placed at the frontier points will furnish the chauffeurs, without
cost, a special permit after having examined the license of the chauf-
feur and the registration of the vehicle. (Report of United States
Consular Officer.)
; PANAMA
PosTaAL TRANSFER OFFICE OPENED.—In accordance with a pro-
vision of the Pan American Postal Convention signed in July, 1926,
in Mexico City, a transfer post office was to be opened in Panama
City on August 1, 1927. At the date of writing the service of this
office, which will receive and forward to its place of destination the
mail of the parties signatory to the convention, has been accepted
by Argentina, Chile, Ecuador, Cuba, Guatemala, Salvador, and
Colombia; by the last-named, however, only conditionally.
’ PUBLI C INSTRUCTI ON.
\ Dre » AND EDUCATION ; SONS
ARGENTINA
Firra AnNuaAL University Conaress.—The University of Tucu-
man was the meeting place this year for the Fifth Argentine Univer-
sity Congress, the Universities of La Plata, Cérdoba, Buenos Aires,
the Littoral, and Tucum4n being represented at the sessions held
there last July. The leaders in Argentine university life assembled
under the chairmanship of Dr. Benito A. Nazar Anchorena, president
of the University of La Plata, to discuss many questions grouped
under the following sections: Law, politics, and economics; the
humanities and education; chemistry; physics, mathematics, and
astronomy; medicine; agriculture; veterinary medicine; and natural
sciences. Special attention was given to agricultural questions, and
several resolutions passed advocating the establishment of more
laboratories, institutes, and experimental farms for scientific study.
UNIVERSITY EXCHANGE.—Dr. Ricardo Rojas, president of the
National University in Buenos Aires, has addressed several South
American universities suggesting the desirability of entering upon
agreements in the following subjects: Exchange of professors; estab-
lishment of chairs of Argentine culture in each of the other South
American countries and of similar chairs for each of the latter coun-
PUBLIC INSTRUCTION AND EDUCATION 1041
tries in Buenos Aires; and the engaging of European and American
professors in common by more than one South American Republic.
BRAZIL
BRAZILIAN SAVANT IN THE UniTep Statrres.—Dr. Adolpho Lutz,
research biologist in the Oswaldo Cruz Institute, was one of the two
foreign scientists invited to deliver addresses before the bicentary
meeting of the American Philosophical Society in Philadelphia last
April, the subject of his notable address being the development of
tropical South America, in the light of geographical, medical, and
historical factors. Doctor Lutz also attended the meetings of the
American Medical Association and of the Society of Helmintholo-
gists, afterwards being invited to visit some of the large universities.
ScHOOLS OF DOMESTIC SCIENCE.—At the call of Dona Jeronyma
Mesquita, Dona Cassilda Martins, and Dona Corina Barreiros, a
conference on schools of domestic science was recently held in Rio
de Janeiro, with the special object in view of securing the establish-
ment of such a school in Rio de Janeiro. Sra. Dona Conceicao
Aroxellas Galvdo described the domestic science courses which she
had visited in the United States, while several speakers discussed
the school of this type in Natal, State of Rio Grande do Norte,
emphasizing especially the thorough training in child care given to
its students in cooperation with a day nursery. Another similar
school is shortly to be opened in Minas Geraes.
EpUCATIONAL CENTENARY.—October 15, 1927, will be the cente-
nary of the law of independent Brazil which first created public
primary schools in cities, towns, and villages.
CHILE
URUGUAYAN BOOKS PRESENTED TO CuHILE.—An interesting cere-
mony took place late in June when a collection of 1,000 books,
given by Uruguay to the National Library of Chile, was formally
presented by Sefior Martinez Thedy, minister of the former country,
in the presence of the then Vice President Ibafiez. The gift, which
is a welcome addition to the excellent Uruguyan collection of 5,000
works already in the American section of the library, was accepted
by Sefior Eduardo Barrios, director of the library. A particularly
pleasing feature of the program was the recitation of a number of
poems by Uruguayan authors.
Pusiic InstRUCTION.—In the course of his message delivered at
the opening of Congress a few months ago, President Ibafiez, then
Vice President, stated that, in harmony with the constitution,
classes in religion had been discontinued in the Government schools,
but that such classes may be held during school hours at the request
of parents, without cost to the State, attendance at said classes
1042 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION
being entirely voluntary. After referrmg to various educational
reforms already started (see the BuLuEtin for last month), the
Vice President went on to say that he was determined to eradicate
illiteracy and establish compulsory school attendance, not only for
children but for adults, in town and country, since the heavy sacrifices
thus entailed would be recompensed in due time by the increase in
the productive capacity of the people and the growth of the civic
spirit. )
UNIVERSITY NOTES.—Sefior Julio Vicufia Cifuentes has been
elected dean of the newly created School of Social Science, Philosophy
and Letters of the University of Chile, which is located in Santiago.
This school will have at its disposition for the present year the sum
of 150,000 pesos with which to secure foreign professors.
COSTA RICA
PRESENTATION OF BOOKS AND FLAG.—On July 9, 1927, in com-
memoration of the one hundred and eleventh anniversary of
Argentina’s independence, an interesting and significant ceremony
was enacted when an Argentine flag and some 300 volumes of
Argentine works were presented the Republic of Argentina school
in San José by the Minister of Argentina in behalf of the National
Educational Council of Buenos Aires and the Commission for the
Protection of Public Libraries.
FREE MEDICAL SERVICE.—In accordance with an executive decree
of May 11, 1927, medical service will be rendered free by Costa
Rican physicians to all teachers actively engaged in their profession.
NEW EDUCATIONAL REGULATIONS.—A decree of June 9 of last
year provides that primary instruction will be free and compulsory
for a period of six years, at the end of which the pupil will receive a
certificate of completion of primary studies. Secondary education
will comprise five years of study, and students who have completed
this course satisfactorily will be entitled to the degree of ‘‘ Bachiller
en Humanidades.”’
SCHOLARSHIP AWARDS.—The Board of Directors of Secondary
Education has been authorized to grant a scholarship to each of the
four secondary students having the best records so that they may
study in a foreign university and then return to Costa Rica to teach
in the secondary schools. The amount of each scholarship will be
$60 a month, plus $100 for tuition fees.
ScHOOL NoTES.—The report of the Department of Public Educa-
tion for the year 1925 gives the following school statistics: Number
of schools in session during the year, 451; number of students enrolled,
38,822; average attendance, 33,249; total number of teachers em-
ployed, 1,447—313 of whom were men and 1,134 women.
PUBLIC INSTRUCTION AND EDUCATION 1043
GUATEMALA
CREATION OF Nationa Councit or Epucation.—By an Executive
decree of June 30, 1927, President Chacén authorized the creation of
a national council of education which will be in charge of all questions
relating to the reform, regulation, and organization of primary,
secondary, normal, and special schools.
RuraL scHooits.—According to data recently published in La
Educacién Rural, organ of the Department for the Education of
Indians and Control of Illiteracy, there are 243 rural schools in
Guatemala for boys only, 223 for girls only, and 514 mixed schools.
The teaching personnel in these schools numbers 253 men and 647
women, 153 teaching places being vacant. It is reported that 399
estates have schools, but that there are at least 367 on which there
are no schools whatsoever.
COMPETITION ANNOUNCED.—In the interest of better rural schools
La Educacién Rural has announced a competition to determine the
best rural school. <A prize of 100 quetzales will be awarded the
school which fulfills the following requirements:
It must be well adapted to meet the needs of both pupils and teachers; have
fields under cultivation, some being used for experimental purposes; have a
poultry house, rabbit hutch, apiary, or hog pen; teach an industry easily carried
out in that section of the country; have a production and savings society, an
athletic association and student self-government; foster cooperation between
the teachers, parents, and community; be successful in teaching the pupils
reading, writing, and the solution of simple problems; and must have improved
the social ideals and hygiene of the children.
WoMAN LAWYER.—On June 4, 1927, Sefiorita Luz Castillo Diaz
Ordaz of Quezaltenango passed her last examination and received
the degree of lawyer and notary. Said to be the first woman in
Central America to obtain this professional degree, she was awarded
a gold medal by the municipal authorities.
HONDURAS
ANTI-ILLITERACY CAMPAIGN IN THE ARMY.—lIn order to reorganize
primary instruction in the army, the President of the Republic
approved last June a course of instruction for enlisted men prepared
by the Bureau of Primary Education. The course includes reading,
writing, arithmetic, geography, agriculture, civics, hygiene, and
first aid.
MEXICO
EpUCATION BUDGET IN TamauLipas. The State of Tamaulipas
recently authorized an 100,000-peso increase in the budget for the
Department of Education in that State. At the present time there
are 452 schools in the State of Tamaulipas, with a personnel, aside
from higher officials, of 8 district school inspectors, 2 community
1044 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION
school inspectors, 452 school principals, 644 grade teachers, and 43
normal and preparatory school teachers. Approximately 36,000
pupils in the 126 elemental, 240 rural, 92 rural community, and 39
night schools for adults took examinations at the close of the past
scholastic year. Among the plans being developed by the Depart-
ment of Education in the State at the present time are the founda-
tion of a post-graduate school for teachers, and the creation of itin-
erant schools in regions where it would be impossible to maintain
permanent schools because of the small number of pupils, as well as
the opening of new schools and the improvement and enlargement of
some of those which already exist.
SATURDAY COURSES FOR TEACHERS.—More than 75 school-teachers
are attending classes held on Saturdays for suburban teachers in the
Federal District under the auspices of the Primary and Normal
School Bureau and the Bureau of Cultural Missions, both of which
are under the supervision of the National Secretary of Education.
In these classes lectures are given on subjects of special interest to
suburban teachers, such as the functions of the suburban school, its
organization, dependencies, and equipment; the fundamental aspects
of education; the canning of fruit and vegetables; and agriculture
and the care of animals. It was also planned to start a special course
on social service in order to give the teachers of the suburban school a
well-grounded consciousness of the place which they should fill in the
community where they work.
Lectures By Dr. SamureL G. INMan.—Among courses recently
offered students in the National University, Mexico City, was a
series of lectures by Dr. Samuel G. Inman, of Columbia University,
New York, the first lecture being given on July 15, 1927.
NICARAGUA
TELEGRAPHY SCHOOL OPENED.—On June 15, 1927, the first classes
of the School of Telegraphy in Managua were opened with an enroll-
ment of 20 students.
PANAMA
COLOMBIAN STUDENT EXCURSIONS.—On July 20, 1927, a delegation
of 13 students from the School of Engineering, Bogota, arrived in
the city of Panamé from Col6én. Upon their arrival in the country
they were officially greeted by the governor of the Province, the
inspector of public instruction, and other representatives of the
department of education.
The arrival of another student group from Bogot& was announced
in La Estrella de Panamd of July 19, 1927. This group, made up of
34 students, was from the Ricaurte School, an institution which, it is
said, was the first in Colombia to initiate such educational trips.
PUBLIC INSTRUCTION AND EDUCATION 1045
PARAGUAY |
GEOGRAPHY COMPETITION.—In order to create more interest in the
study of the geography and rural life of Paraguay, the school au-
thorities have opened a competition for third, fourth, and fifth grade
pupils throughout the country. Contestants will be required to
prepare a map and composition on their respective community,
giving a description of its topography, agriculture, industries, and
regional customs, and also relating its history and popular traditions.
Awards will be in the form of gold and silver medals.
AWARD OF ARGENTINE PRIZES.—On July 9, 1927, prizes were
awarded the successful participants in an essay competition held
annually under the auspices of the Argentine Association in the
Argentina School in Asuncién on subjects taken from Argentine and
Paraguayan history. This year the prizes of the Argentine Asso-
ciation, totaling 200 pesos, were augmented by two other prizes of
50 pesos each which had been given by interested individuals.
EXxuIBiTion OF INDIAN WrEAvING.—Through the kindness of
Sefiorita Helena Mesino Carvallo, a Chilean writer of note, an
exhibition of many articles woven by the Indians of Cuzco, Peru, was
recently held in the Paraguayan Gymnasium of Asuncién. This
exhibit of antique textiles aroused much interest, particularly among
the teachers of the city. .
PERU
VocATIONAL SCHOOLS.—According to a new regulation for voca-
tional schools, the latter will offer general primary instruction, with
special attention to its relation, as a theoretical basis, to the practical
instruction given in the various vocational sections of the school
program. Each of these sections will coordinate its work with the
local industries, especially with that of agriculture, and the raw
materials produced in the community will be utilized in the instruc-
tion given in the sections.
REORGANIZATION OF NORMAL SCHOOL.—In order to fill a long felt
need for a school providing training of special teachers, plans have
been concluded for the reorganization of the Normal School of
Lima as a pedagogic institute divided into four sections, two for
elementary normal training and one each for special and secondary
teachers’ training. The courses of study will extend over a period
of three years in the elementary school sections, and one and four
years, respectively, for the other sections, the secondary teacher’s
preparation including a two years’ general review of general and
scientific subjects and two years of specialized study. In connection
with the institute there will be established a complete primary
school, a physiopedagogic laboratory, a special class for subnormal
children, workshops, and fields for experimental agriculture.
60923—27—Bull. 10-———7
1046 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION
PRESERVATION OF INDIAN DIALECTS AND Music.—In accordance
with a recent decree, competitions will be held to obtain essays in
the Kechua and Aimara Indian dialects. Later the best of these
essays, which are to be on such subjects as morality, ethics, national
history, and hygiene, will be published and phonograph records made
of them. It is also planned to make records of the best Inca music
that it may be preserved. Some of the phonograph disks will be
distributed among the schools in sections where these languages are
spoken and in the army corps in which the Indian element pre-
dominates.
CoMPETITION OF NATIONAL MUSIC AND DANCES.—The decisions of
the judges in the competition of national music and dances recently
held in Rimac were published last June, 30 prizes being awarded.
It has been announced that the competition will be held annually
to stimulate the cultivation of these arts.
URUGUAY
INTELLECTUAL EXCHANGE.—On July 11, 1927, a delegation of five
representatives of the Students’ Federation of Tucuman, Argentina,
with one of their professors, Dr. Rodolfo Rovelli, arrived in Mon-
tevideo for a brief visit as guests of the University Cultural Asso-
ciation.
- During the early part of July members of a Uruguayan student
delegation embarked for a trip to Rio de Janeiro, Sio Paulo, and
Curityba (Brazil), where they gave illustrated talks on the principal
characteristics of Uruguay. Another group of students, represent-
ing the Agricultural Education Center, set out on June 30, 1927,
for a five days’ trip to Buenos Aires.
URUGUAYAN SECTION IN CHILEAN AND VENEZUELAN LIBRARIES.—
The Uruguayan section in the National Library at Santiago, Chile,
was recently augmented by the gift of 1,000 books. (See p. 1041.)
A similar gift was also made the Venezuelan National Library in
Caracas on the one hundred and sixth anniversary of the independ-
ence of that country.
First Pan AMERICAN CONGRESS OF SECONDARY AND PREPARATORY
Epucatron.—In view of the success of the National Congress of
Secondary and Preparatory Education held in Montevideo last
February, the Teachers’ Association has decided to call a Pan
American Congress of Secondary and Preparatory Education to meet
in Montevideo, probably in January, 1928.
URUGUAYAN ART EXHIBIT IN BuENos Arres.—An exhibit of paint-
ing, engraving, and sculpture was recently held by Uruguayan
artists resident in Buenos Aires. It is reported to have been very
well received by the many visitors, among whom were prominent
members of governmental and diplomatic circles.
ARGENTINA
EIGHT-HOUR DAY IN Santa F&£.—The Province of Santa Fé has
recently promulgated an act establishing the 8-hour day and
48-hour week throughout the Province in factories, workshops, com-
mercial establishments, transportation and construction work, and
the loading and unloading of freight.
STRIKES IN BuENos AtrES.—From data published by the National
Labor Bureau on strikes in Buenos Aires from 1917 to 1926 the
following figures are taken:
| : Number of strikers
Mears Bereteces
Men Women Minors Total
OGY Se Pre Spy eee et 138 133, 859 785 | 1, 418 136, 062
EUS LES peers ec ree a eee | 196 121, 170 6, 644 5, 228 133, 042
SU OILS) AA a al on le GV 293,518 | 9,579 | 5, 870 308, 967
S(OPAO) ey Sais Cs re eee le =206 127, 449 114 549 Deane 134, 015
OYA aie 50 ses lle ese | 86 131, 923 | 4,989 | 2, 839 139, 751
INNO) 27 Bearers a epee aes Byes 3 116 4, 471 152 114 4, 737
i 233 weave eee ey 3 te 93 17, 700 TA7 743 — 19, 190
ODA (27 see eee | 71 200, 640 | 56, 906 | 18,432 | 275, 978
IDS By a ares ies a ee ak 8 86 11, 085 2, 300 522 | 13, 962
ILO PAG a eS, een al tern aS 62 1793 2, 908 704 | 15, 405
SRotal enemies 1, 421 Wee, BUS | 89, 219 | 38, 282 | 1, 181, 109
The causes of the above-mentioned strikes were as follows:
NAF igen Kgs he ee he aR Ss 1 Fhe aay Se a Ce asia eh RS ee 617
EEA) UINIGSS fx Leip Ab Me a nig ON a Se ee SN I eS epee a ’ 96
(Ovnee Dian AEN ICON eae in a Enel Se RRM eee mee Be owe eee Le 528
WOT MMe COMEtbIOMS’ xt aioe 2a ee EL ee De a ie aie a a epee pa 51
Miscellameous-__ = -_ >- wails Biers Se SL eR RN ras eS ao ie a ae oe age ee 129
MIRC Aller eaehie ays ees eh SET etal o Sa Meee ARNE, eel tiNy ohayel ars cone ee ee 1, 421
The strikes in question were decided as follows:
; Number
of strikes
linn: FaOneO te MeusbTeenSe yee. = ee eet et ee Se een ee ~ 381
Hin: fayorrofeumevemnploviere sss Le. i Mie I yeh Se a SUE We eS ee ies 821
iRartiallvaimrfavor otstrikers= <2 22 =e ast ee a ee ee 217
ECG aoe ge see gh te fa eR ce eg se SCR 2
Aer bo as Pina OS Mie Wie, Ale aR aese memes We airnih lea) 1, 421
1048 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION
Wages lost because of strikes amounted to 78,273,270 pesos, or
an average of 66.35 pesos per striker.
BOLIVIA
WoRKMEN’S COMPENSATION.—In order that workmen lodging com-
plaints with the National Department of Labor may receive the full
amount of accident compensation without paying undue fees to
lawyers, the Government has issued a decree, whereby, on the com-
pensation being granted by the courts, the workman has to declare
the name of the lawyer and the amount of the fee which will be
deducted. _The workman thus receives exactly what is due him, and
is absolutely free from further demands for payments.
BRAZIL
CHILD LABOR IN FACTORIES.—Dr. Mello Mattos, judge of the juve-
nile court, Dr. Fernandes Figueira, the child hygiene inspector, and
Dr. Pio Duarte, minors’ guardian, have been making a series of visits
to factories in Rio de Janeiro to see whether the laws on the employ-
ment of minors are observed. ‘These laws forbid the employment in
factories of minors under 14 years of age, limit the working day of
minors to six hours, and require that they pass a physical examina-
tion given by the physicians of the Department of Public Health.
In one factory visited more than 300 minors were employed.
CHILE
WOMEN IN POSTAL AND TELEGRAPH SERVICES.—Women are hence-
forth to be employed in preference to men in any positions in the
postal and telegraph services of Chile which they are able to fill,
according to a decree of the Minister of the Interior. Among the
reasons given by the minister for such preference are the following:
Women should be encouraged to secure economic independence;
their admittance to further careers will be an encouragement to
cultural development; the employment of women in positions requir-
ing little physical effort releases men for more virile labor; and women
are in general more conscientious, painstaking, accurate, and more
amenable to discipline in their work and have fewer material needs.
COLOMBIA
NEW HOMES FOR WORKERS.—The committee on the construction
of homes for workers recently approved a plan for building in Bogota
a whole new district for workers, covering 15 blocks with 16 houses
in each block. These houses will be sold to workers on the install-
ment plan, allowing them every facility for purchase. (Courtesy of
the Colombian Legation in Washington.)
SOCIAL PROGRESS 1049
ECUADOR
Lasor conGress.—The Ecuadorean Federation of Labor has
convoked the Fourth Labor Congress to convene in Quito on October
9, 1927. The Congress, which will be in session during six days, will
discuss the various labor laws and projects under discussion by the
Labor Advisory Board in order to solicit from the public authorities
such amendments thereto as the federation may deem advisable.
PANAMA
EiGHt-HouR DAY.—Information has been recently received that
three of the largest construction firms in the city of Panamé have
agreed to establish for their employees an eight-hour day and a
minimum daily wage of 1 balboa and 60 centavos. These conces-
sions, however, will not go into effect until January 1, 1928, and then
only provided that other construction companies make similar
agreements.
PERU
STUDY OF LABOR LAWS.—By virtue of an act of June 17, 1927,
Luis P. Figueroa has been commissioned to visit France and Italy for
the purpose of studying laws in force there relating to labor accident
compensation and the organization of funds therefor.
SALVADOR
DEPARTMENTAL COUNCILS OF CONCILIATION.—By an _ executive
decree of June 15, 1927, published in the Diario Oficial of June 18,
1927, councils of conciliation were established in the chief city of
each department to guarantee the enforcement of the labor accident
compensation law of May 11, 1911. Members of the councils,
which will also mediate in disputes arising from the said law, will be
nominated only with the consent of the chambers of commerce, the
societies of commercial employees, and labor unions.
WoRK OF COMMERCIAL EMPLOYEES.—See page 1039.
ARGENTINA
Cuitp WELFARE CommitrEr.—A Child Welfare Committee, com-
posed of prominent residents of Cordoba, has recently been organized
in that city. The committee has approved a program containing the
following objectives:
1050 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION
Protection of the expectant and nursing mother; passage of legis-
lation protecting mothers and children; spread of knowledge of
hygiene, child care, and first aid; opening of vacation camps; creation
by public authorities of special institutions for underdeveloped and
retarded children and the scientific organization of reform schools for
minors; introduction of physical training into schools; the giving of
lectures and short courses on child welfare in schools for girls; and the
holding of congresses on subjects tending to promote the purposes of
the committee.
BOLIVIA
Boy Scouts.—All educational establishments have recently
received official authorization to organize troops of Boy Scouts, on
the ground that such troops are true schools of character and citizen-
ship, if put to a proper use. The Government is desirous that the
scouts make as much use as possible of excursions and outings.
Housing PROBLEM IN La Paz.—With the idea of relieving the
present scarcity of houses for rent in La Paz a company has been
formed for the purpose of constructing houses which will be sold on the
basis of small monthly payments equivalent to the rents now in force.
This scheme is expected to solve the actual crisis created by the
shortage of apartments throughout the city.
BRAZIL
Visit oF Dona Bertua Lutz to UniTEp States.—Dona Bertha
Lutz, president of the Inter-American Union of Women, paid a brief
visit to the United States a few months ago, an account of which she
gave in an interview published in the Jornal do Brasil, published in
Rio de Janeiro. Under her presidency several meetings of the North
American section of the union met for discussion of the program of the
committee on international relations, which is to present a report on
the theory and practice of arbitration to the meeting of the union
which will be held in Rio de Janeiro. Consideration was also given
to the part women should play in connection with the Sixth Pan
American Conference, to convene in Habana next January.
RURAL DISPENSARIES.—An interesting and helpful work is being
carried on by the company in charge of the construction of the high-
ways from Rio de Janeiro to Petropolis and from the former to Sao
Paulo. This consists of the opening of six dispensaries, primarily for
the benefit of the men working on the road. The company, however,
has made these free to the residents of the surrounding country, in
the hope of alleviating suffering from malaria, hookworm, and other
diseases, and promoting the sanitation of the districts in question.
Dr. Gil de Almeida, formerly with the Rockefeller Foundation work in
Brazil, has charge of the dispensaries.
SOCIAL PROGRESS 1051
CHILE
WorK FOR THE BLIND.—Since 1923 the Santa Lucia Society for the
Protection of the Blind has been working in behalf of the 500 resi-
dents of Santiago afflicted by the loss of sight. Nearly 300 who are
unable to work are assisted with supplies, while others have been
given industrial training in such occupations as weaving and basketry,
still others being taught music. Thirty earn their living as members
of an orchestra organized under the society’s supervision. The
ambition of the society is to open a home where blind children, many
of them orphans, may be taught a trade.
PRINTERS’ COOPERATIVE HOUSING.—Members of a cooperative
society organized in Santiago by office and shop workers in the
printing trade recently took possession of 100 new houses erected in a
beautiful location on the outskirts of Santiago. The owners enjoy a
fine view of the mountains, while the tiled roofs of their houses amid
the trees present a picturesque aspect. Most of the houses are of
brick and plaster, one story in height; those having two-stories are
partially of concrete. They will be paid for in monthly installments.
The group of houses is named in honor of Dr. José Santos Salas, to
whom is due the initiative for the regulations which assist Chileans
of small means to own their own homes.
COSTA RICA
WORK OF VISITING NURSES.—It was recently reported by Dr. Pena
Chavarria, member of the national committee, that an effective
campaign is being launched in San José by the Red Cross against
the high infant mortality rate of that city. A nurse has been pro-
vided for each of the four city wards, and the preliminary work of
taking a census of all children under 2 years of age, and the keeping
of a card file of data concerning each child, begun. While collecting
these data the nurse gives personal advice and distributes printed
instruction on the care of the child, and should the family be too
poor to provide the proper food she informs the social welfare authori-
ties, who then lend aid. In this way 1,300 children are being watched
over by the Red Cross whose nurses, it is thought, will be able to
make four yearly visits to each home.
PROVISION OF AMBULANCES.—The purchase of four ambulances at
a total cost of 24,000 colones for the cities of Heredia, Alajuela,
Liberia, and Puntarenas, respectively, was authorized by a legislative
decree of May 19, 1927.
CUBA
Bureau or ScHoot HyGieNnE.—Speaking of this bureau in a recent
interview, the Secretary of Sanitation and Charities stated that 20
physicians and 6 dentists have been designated to assist in the work
1052 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION
of the newly created Bureau of School Hygiene, under the direction of
Dr. Jorge Ponce. Four visiting nurses have also been engaged for
the work, this number to be increased shortly by eight. A certain
number of children will be examined daily at the bureau by different
physicians, including specialists in various diseases. The visiting
nurses will inspect the children’s homes and living conditions.
New orricre.—The new office of physician-anthropologist has been
created in the Department of Government, the appointment having
been given to Dr. Israel Castellanos. This is the first time that
medical science has been sought in the treatment of delinquency and
crime.
SANITARY EXHIBIT.—The Secretary of Sanitation and Charities
has decided to hold an international exposition relating to public
health and welfare during the sessions of the various medical con-
gresses which are to convene in Habana in December of the present
vear. This exposition will comprise different sections, one covering
the history of medicine and science of sanitation, exhibition of
surgical instruments, and other subjects of interest to the medical
profession. Another will deal with the work that has been accom-
plished in the campaigns against yellow fever, smallpox, tuberculosis,
venereal diseases, cancer, and other diseases. A section will be
devoted to legal medicine and criminology. (Courtesy of the Cuban
Embassy in Washington.)
DOMINICAN REPUBLIC
SANITARY CAMPAIGN.—Sefior P. A. Ricart, Secretary of Public
Health and Charities, with his able assistant, Doctor Baez, has
been carrying on for some time a country-wide sanitary campaign,
which is showing very satisfactory results. A short time ago the sec-
retary organized, in all the Provinces, the sanitary brigades through
which most of the work is being done. In the Blanco district and
the surrounding country 12,989 persons were inoculated against
typhoid fever. In the Province of Puerto Plata a determined fight
is being made against malaria and typhoid.
GUATEMALA
OPENING OF PROPHYLACTIC INSTITUTE.—On June 12, 1927, an
institute for the treatment of syphilis was formally opened in
Guatemala City, marking thus a milestone in Guatemalan medical
achievement. Named in honor of Dr. Crescencio Orozco, who gave
a complete laboratory for the treatment of syphilis to the Guatemalan
Hospital, the Orozco Foundation Prophylactic Institute will dispense
treatment free to the poor and at moderate prices to others. Its
medical staff will consist of a medical director, two doctors, and four
nurses.
SOCIAL PROGRESS 1053
HospiraL scHooi.—According to late reports, a school will be
opened within a short time in the General Hospital of Guatemala
City to care for children whose parents are undergoing treatment
there.
HAITI
PuBLIC HEALTH.—During the past few months the situation
regarding typhoid fever has been very much improved. No cases
were admitted to the Haitian General hospital during that period,
and of the five possible cases in Port-au-Prince only one gave a
positive Widal reaction. This very distinct improvement in Port-au-
Prince may very well be due to the installation of the chlorinating
process at the Turgeau spring and to the very successful antityphoid
vaccination campaign which has been in progress for two months.
In addition to the several thousand individuals who came to the
hospital voluntarily for antityphoid vaccination during May and
June, the 19 schools located in the Post Marchand district were
visited and the pupils vaccinated.
HONDURAS
NATIONAL TUBERCULOSIS SANITARIUM.—The contract has been let
to local contractors for the erection in Tegucigalpa of modern build-
ings for a national tuberculosis sanitarium, as planned by the board
in charge.
MEXICO
STUDIES ON JUVENILE cCoURT.—Sefiritas Guadalupe Jiménez
Posados and Guadalupe Zuniga, who, as professors in the National
University, Mexico City, have been making a study of abnormal
children and child delinquency, were recently commissioned to visit
the United States in order to study the juvenile courts there. Sefio-
rita Zifiga is a judge in the Juvenile Court of Mexico City and
Sefiorita Jiménez president of the Association of University Women.
Both attended summer courses given in Pomona College, Cali-
fornia. On her return Senorita Zifiga will make a report on her
observations and propose any reforms which, following the systems
used by the United States, should be made in the procedure of the
Juvenile Court of Mexico.
TESTS FOR DELINQUENT CHILDREN.—Various experts from the
department of educational psychology and hygiene have been sent by
the Department of Public Education to examine children brought
before the courts in Mexico City. The methods followed in the
examination of delinquent children are those which have already
been successfully used in the schools and include tests to determine
the mental capacity of the delinquent child in order to find the cause
for his inclinations toward robbery and violence.
1054 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION
EigutH Nationa Mepicat Coneress.—The Eighth National
Medical Congress will be held in the city of Monterrey, State of
Nuevo Leén from December 5 to 10 of the present year.
PARAGUAY
MEDICAL LECTURES BY DIPLOMATS.—In view of the fact that Dr.
Nabuco de Gouvea, the minister of Brazil to Paraguay, was formerly
a practicing physician and professor in the Medical School of Rio de
Janeiro, the School of Medicine of Asunci6én has extended an invi-
tation to him to deliver a series of lectures in the school. Not only
has he accepted the invitation but he has placed his valuable collection
of surgical instruments at the disposal of the school. According to
the press, a similar invitation has also been extended to Dr. Bailén
Mercado, chargé d’affaires of Bolivia in Asuncién, who in his own
country is a recognized specialist in pediatrics.
CREATION OF BUREAU OF INFORMATION.—It was announced on
June 6, 1927, that a special bureau of information is to be estab-
lished in the National Department of Hygiene and Public Assistance.
This office will prepare information of general interest for publication
in the press, make reports regarding the various activities of the
department or any changes which may have taken place, and give
data bearing on its methods of work.. It will also hear and make
adjustments in case of complaints.
PERU
CREATION OF ANTI-I'UBERCULOSIS CommIssion.—On June 23,
1927, following its creation by a legislative decree, the Anti-Tuber-
culosis Commission met in its initial session. Of permanent character,
it will consist of the Director of Public Health, two delegates from
the Medical School, and one from the National Academy of Medicine,
the Peruvian Medical Center, and the Military Sanitary Board,
respectively; its duties will be the exclusive scientific direction of the
antituberculosis campaign, selection of types of hospitals for tuber-
cular patients, approval of plans for an inspection of all tuberculosis
hospitals, the editing of folders containing popular information on the
subject, and the preparation of needed laws authorizing action by
the Government.
SANITARY CAMPAIGN AGAINST LEPROSy.—Information has been
received that a sanitary campaign against leprosy has been initiated
in the department of Loreto. The leprosarium of San Pablo will be
reorganized in order to give better care to those afflicted by the
disease, while a building in Iquitos probably will be turned over for
use as a civil hospital.
CoMMISSION NAMED.—On June 17, 1927, a commission consisting
of the Director of Public Health, the. Director of Agriculture, presi-
GENERAL NOTES 1055
dent of the Cattle Producers Association, a delegate from the Provin-
cial Council of Lima, and the Director of the National Child Insti-
tute was created to prepare legislation for the general control of the
production and sale of milk and its derivative products throughout
Peru.
VENEZUELA
NATIONAL PHARMACOP@IA.—On June 21, 1927, following a decision
by President Gomez, the Minister of Foreign Affairs issued a decree
providing that the pharmacopeeia of Dr. F. A. Risquez, which had
been duly revised in accordance with a previous law, should be
recognized as the national pharmacopcia.
BOLIVIA
La Paz Rorary Cirus.—On June 4 the Rotary Club of La Paz
was organized and the following board of directors appointed:
Honorary president, Dr. Hernando Siles, President of the Republic;
president, Dr. Casto Rojas; vice president, Dr. Arturo Loayza;
secretary, Mr. C. L. Ball; treasurer, Mr. J. Gracie; and other
directors, Senor José Mendiata and Mr. Pickwood.
COLOMBIA
PALACE OF Sim6n Boxtivar.—The committee appoimted for super-
vising the plans for the construction in Bogota of an edifice in honor
of Bolivar has approved the plans presented for erecting a building
to be called Bolivar Palace. The cost of this building, which will
contain reception halls, library, museum, and a portrait gallery of
famous men, will be 1,000,000 pesos gold. Beautiful gardens, planted
with flowers and shrubs from American and European countries, will
surround the building. The inauguration of the Bolivar Palace is
scheduled to take place in the year 1930, the congenmel year of
Bolivar’s death .
CUBA
IMMIGRATION AND EMIGRATION CONFERENCE.—The organizing com-
mittee of the Second Conference on Immigration and Emigration is
working on the preparation of this congress, which is to meet in
Habana, and has definitely decided on April 16, 1928, as the date of
the opening session. (Courtesy of the Cuban Embassy in Washington.)
1056 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION
SrxtH INTERNATIONAL CONFERENCE OF AMERICAN STATES.—The
work of organizing the Sixth International Conference of American
States, which is to meet in Habana during the early part of next
year, is being carried on in a most efficient manner by the Pan
American Bureau annexed to the Department of State of Cuba.
Sixteen countries have already accepted the invitation of the Cuban
Government to attend this conference. The plenary sessions will
be held in the auditorium of the University, while the committee
sessions will convene in the Law School.
The last International Conference of American States was held
in Santiago, Chile, in the year 1923. (Courtesy of the Cuban Embassy
in Washington.)
ECUADOR
BoLivaR STATUE TO BE ERECTED IN Quito.—An executive decree
of July 24, 1927, authorizes the municipality of Quito to cooperate
with the Bolivarian Society of Ecuador in erecting an equestrian
statue of the Liberator Simon Bolivar in the Alameda, which hence-
forth shall be called Bolivar Park. An appropriation of 100,000
sucres has been made by the Government in addition to the funds
collected by the Bolivarian Society for the erection of the Bolivar
statue.
PERU
~PortrAIT oF JAMES Monroz.—lIt has been formally announced
that a portrait of James Monroe will be placed in the office of the
Minister of Foreign Affairs in homage to this man whose influence -
as the President of the United States counted for so much in the
recognition of the independence of the Spanish colonies and their
subsequent freedom from foreign interference.
LI PANW.
SUBJECT MATTER OF CL
LOG POA
RS ee SEE SS ——
REPORTS RECEIVED TO AUGUST 15, 1927
Subject Date Author
ARGENTINA
1927
Road construction in Rosario consular district -_-_-------------- June 23 | Robert Harnden, consul at
Rosario.
CottonyproductionumpRosanioldistrictse.---—--- === == June 24 Do.
Forecast of the Argentine cotton crop for 1926-27_______________- July 7 | Dana C. Sycks, consul in
charge, Buenos Aires. &
Grain exports for the first 6 months of 1927_.._._--_-------------- July 15 | Cecil W. Gray, vice consul
at Buenos Aires.
BOLIVIA
Report on commerce and industries for June, 1927; road build- | July 14] J. F. McGurk, consul at
ing program; agricultural condition. La Paz.
BRAZIL
Commerce and industries of Espirito Santo, calendar year 1926__| May 15 | John W. Brunk, vice consul
at Victoria.
Hydroelectric reserves of Espirito Santo___-____.__-._-_----_---_- May 23 Do.
Exportation agreement between Brazilian coflee-growing States_| June 7 Do.
RoadibuildingyinitheStatelot Bahial===—=— =~ = == ae a ees June 10 | Howard Donovan, consul at
Bahia.
Aviation information about Sao Paulo--_-_-_-------.-------------- June 14) C. R. Cameron, consulZ at
ee , ‘ Sao Paulo.
Review of Brazilian commerce and industries for May-_-_--__-_--_- June 15} Claude I. Dawson, consul
general at Rio de Janeiro.
Gold production of Brazil during 1926__.___.____.-..-.-..------- June 18 Do.
Second automobile exposition in Rio de Janeiro, during N ovem- | June 20 Do.
ber, 1927.
Coffee production and exports of Pernambuco, 1925 and 1926___.| June 21 | ArchertWoodford, vice con-
sul at Pernambuco.
Deposits of iron and manganese in Ceara__________--___-____-___- June 20 0.
Banking movement at Bahia during 1926______________-_______-_- June 23 | Howard Donovan.
Construction of road between Santo Amaro and Tanque da |__-do_-__- Do.
Senzola.
Spin tOMmanLombud getionl92 (28min een ee ee June 26 | John W. Brunk.
Cocoa movement at Bahia during May, 1927____________--_-.--- June 27 | Howard Donovan.
Wofieerexpoxrts durings aye O2 meses eee Rando esa Do.
Sugar statistics of Pernambuco, calendar years 1922-1926 ________|.._do___.| Archer Woodford.
Tobacco exports from Bahia during May, 1927________--_-___--- June 28 | Howard Donovan.
Review of commerce and industries of Para for the year 1926____| July 1 | Edward C. Holden, vice
consul at Para.
Amazon Valley rubber market during June, 1927_______-____--_- July 11] John R. Minter, consul at
Para.
Coffee exported from Santos, and movement of vessels in June, |__.do___-| Fred D. Fisher, consul at
0 Santos.
Gold mining in Brazil, report of the St. John del Rey Mining Co_| July 13 | Claude I. Dawson.
Review of Brazilian commerce and industries for June, 1927____| July 15 Do.
CHILE
Summary of vital statistics for the city of Concepcidn for quarter | July 5 | Camden L. McLain, consul
ended June 30, 1927. at Concepcion.
COLOMBIA
Exports of crude petroleum through the port of Cartagena during | July 6 | Edward B. Rand, vice con-
June, 1927. sul at Cartagena. _
Review of commerce and industnes of district, quarter ending | July 9 | Lawrence F. Cotie, vice con-
June 30, 1927. sul at Santa Marta.
Review of commerce and industries, Cartagena district, for | July 12 | Edward B. Rand.
quarter ended June 30, 1927. -
COSTA RICA
June, 1927, report on the commerce and industries-_--------_.--- July 14 | Roderick W. Unckles, vice
consult at San Jose.
Reorganization of public education in Costa Rica_------_______- July 21 Do.
1057
1058
THE PAN AMERICAN UNION
Reports received to August 15, 1927—Continued
Subject Date Author
CUBA
1927
Review of commerce and industries for quarter ended June 30, | June 30 | Francis R. Stewart, consul at
1927. : Santiago de Cuba.
Imports of coffee into Cuba, and outlook for future production_-| July 16 | Edward Caffery, consul in
: charge, Habana.
June, 1927, review of commerce and industries__-_--__-------__-- | July 19 Do.
Tobacco defense bill, published in the ‘‘Gaceta Oficial’’ of July | July 22 | Embassy.
16, 1927.
DOMINICAN REPUBLIC
Dominican Goverment revenues on June, 1927._________________ July 28 | James J. Murphy, jr., consul
at Santo Domingo.
GUATEMALA
Report on the commerce and industries for the month of June, | July 13 | Philip Holland, consul gen-
and for the second quarter ending June 30, 1927. eral at Guatemala City.
HAITI
Review of commerce and industries, quarter ending June 30, 1927_, July 1) Winthrop R.-Scott, consul at
Cape Haitien.
TNWheycocoanNGUstryermsn OTE le rane EV te Lad Ome Do.
Economic and commercial summary for June, 1927____________-. July 28 | Maurice P. Dunlap, consul
at Port au Prince.
HONDURAS
Review of commerce and industries, Puerto Castilla consular | July 18 | Winfield H. Scott, vice con-
district, quarter ended June 30, 1927. sul at Puerto Castiila.
Improved mail service between Puerto Castilla, La Ceiba, and | July 20 | Nelson R. Park, consul at
San Pedro Sula. Ceiba.
MEXICO
Frontera banana export trade during June, 1927-________________ July 16 | Fayette J. Flexer, vice con-
sul at Frontera.
Review of commerce and industries of consular district, quarter | July 23 | John E. Jones, vice consul at
ending June 30, 1927. Agua Prieta, Sonora.
NICARAGUA
Commerce and industries of Corinto consular district, quarter ; July 3 | Christian T. Steger, consul
ending June 30, 1927. at Corinto.
Chamber of commerce established in Chinandega_______________ Jmy 13 Do.
PANAMA
Report on the commerce and industries for June, 1927__________- July 11, H. D. Myers, vice consul at
Panama City.
PERU
Review of commerce and industries for June, 1927._-_____________ July 10 | Geo. A. Makinson, consul at
| Callao-Lima.
URUGUAY
Installation of modern thermoelectric power house in Monte- | June 21; C. Carrigan, consul general
video. in charge, Montevideo.
VENEZUELA 2
New light on breakwater at La Guaira_______-_________________- July 9 | Daniel J. Driscoll, vice con-
c be a sul at La Guaira.
Review of Puerto Cabello district, quarter ended June 30, 1927_-| July 16 | George R. Phelan, vice con-
: ; ‘ sul at Puerto Cabello.
Commerce and industries of La Guaira district, quarter ended | July 20 | Daniel J. Driscoll.
June 30, 1927.
>
RhiewNewaMinistersofall Salvador ==) ames seks on Olle enn hen meine nene — 1059
Homage to the Retiring Ambassador of Chile________-___-________»__ 1061
Cuba Mourns an Untimely Loss.» == ck, SURE si ie aia 1065
Klemientanyhducationsin=sUnucuayse = oes Sele 20 ne ee ee ee elOG6
By Pedro Ferrari Ramirez, Departmental Inspector of Elementary Education, Canelones,
Uruguay.
ASUNCION yw eharaguayens) interesting: Capitals ==) 225 se ee ee 1073
HOMO eS miro merAn oem tin als ss S pkgs ec a ak oe Ge ok Na ae 1086
I.—National Homage to the Memory of Bartolomé Mitre (1821-1906).
If.—Argentina’s Petroleum Industry.
IiI.—Foreign Capital and Argentine National Production.
By Alexander Bunge, Professor and Ex-Counsellor in the University of Buenos Aires,
Member of the Commission for the Publication of the ‘‘ Review of Argentine Economy.”’
Inauguration of Telephonic Communication between Washington and
IVI s11C 0 ors is aes eer ga eh SIA pH Al pcp 1095
Pedigrees CattlenineCostawRicas. =) 29 2c. So ee i se ve eee 1102
Mag, Wayomell Willey Ope IGCpACKIOR eee ee 1106
Highway Construction Progress in the Dominican Republic_____________ 1109
By Enrique Ortega, Civil Engineer.
Imperial Valley Teachers Form International Committee._____________ LAL?
By Louise F. Shields.
Aericuitunewindusthyyeands Commences = 4.2. 5s 2 eee ee eee 1121
Argentina—Bolivia—Brazil—Chile—Colombia—Costa Rica—Cuba—D ominican Re-
public—Ecuador—Guatemala—H aiti—H onduras—M exico—Nicaragua—P a nam a—
Paraguay— Peru—Salvador— Uruguay— Venezuela.
HeonomichandehinaneialAtairso ese oes oe eens eee apne es IPS
Argentina—Bolivia—Chile—Colombia—Costa Rica—Mexico—Panama— Paraguay.
VCS PTR HM a OYE a a eg eR eae i UE ee Ce 1139
Chile—Colombia—Dominican Republic—Ecuador—M exico—N icaragua.
nit ernie tloniallmelr ec ate seme eye al ee eae ee See rad ah eas ee ge eee 1141
Brazil-Peru—Guatemala-H onduras—Bolivia-Paraguay — Guatemala-Honduras-Salvador—
Salvador-United States.
Publicmlnstriretvone amc el ce ators ere een ee 1142
Argentina—Bolivia—Brazil—Chile—Colombia—Costa Rica—Cuba—Ecuador—G uw a t e-
mala—Honduras—Mexico—Nicaragua—Panama—Paraguay—Peru—S alvador—Uru-
guay—Venezuela.
ATT © Taree eee ace ese SD NTT Tre SR atl Se ie Ae lye ee 1150
Brazil—Chile—Mexico— Uruguay.
SOC (et BO TCS Sept a ey eee oa el ee ee 1152
Argentina—Bolivia—Brazil—Chile—Costa Eilon Toons ore IST I SToha IN exico—
Nicaragua—Paraguay—Peru—Uruguay—Venezuela.
GRETIOT ORIN Ot See a ea I Ee ee Ee Pa Ee epee ee es 1158
Argentina—Brazil—Chile—Colombia—Costa Rica—Cuba—Dominican Republic—P ar a-
guay—Uruguay.
SibjecteMattermotConsular ih epOntsme= set eee see 1160
ae
SN
.
oO
Photograph by Underwood &Underwood.
SENOR DR. FRANCISCO ANTONIO LIMA
Envoy Extraordinary and Minister Plenipotentiary of El Salvador to the United States
vis Eee
HORTLY after Dr. Hector David Castro, that distinguished
eentleman who from December 16, 1922, itil April 15, 1927,
so successfully discharged the duties of Chargé d’ Affaires of El
Salvador, left Washington to occupy the position of Assistant
Secretary of Foreign Relations and Justice, the Government of El
Salvador appointed the eminent jurisconsult, Dr. Francisco Antonio
Lima, as Envoy Extraordinary and Minister Plenipotentiary of that
Republic to the United States of America.
This distinguished statesman and diplomat is already well and
favorably known in the official and social circles of Washington,
since in 1913 he enjoyed the honor of representing his Government as
Envoy Extraordinary at the official ceremonies attendant upon the
inauguration of Woodrow Wilson as President of the United States.
The new Minister from El Salvador in presenting his credentials
at the White House Tuesday, September 20, expressed himself, in
part, as follows:
When I accepted an office which to me means heavy responsibility, it was
with the fervent wish of most zealously contributing to maintain and strengthen
the relations of friendship and mutual good understanding between Salvador and
the United States of America, and to that end I wish to devote my most solicitous
care in the understanding that, thanks to the ever broader and more complete
understanding of the just and noble ideals which are to be supported by the
Nations, the bases of an international life must become wonderfully stronger.
These purposes could not be achieved without the earnest cooperation of
Your Excellency and your enlightened assistants and, therefore, I express to you
my very great desire to rely on your assistance and good will.
1059
1060: - THE PAN AMERICAN UNION
To these friendly and expressive sentiments President Coolidge
made the most cordial response, from which the following is extracted:
The friendly relations so long existing between our two countries are a source
of great satisfaction to the Government and people of the United States and in
reply to the hope which you have so graciously expressed I am pleased to be able
to assure you of my own cordial cooperation and that of the other officials of
this Government in maintaining these relations and in strengthening still further
the bonds of friendship and mutual esteem which happily unite our two countries.
It is my hope, Mr. Minister, that your stay in this country will be in every
way a pleasant one and that you will derive great satisfaction from your sojourn
in Washington.
Doctor Lima was born in the city of San Salvador March 10, 1882,
where, after completing the elementary and secondary courses of
instruction, he matriculated in the National University in the same
city, receiving in due course the degree of LL. D. Shortly afterwards
he went to France, where he did postgraduate work in the Institution
Saint Croix du Vesinet, and also in |’Ecole de Droit de Paris, where
he was certificated in Penal Science.
His public career began auspiciously in 1907 with his appointment
as Judge in the Criminal Court of San Salvador. <A year later he
joined the faculty of the National University as Professor of Philos-
ophy of Law, Criminal Sociology, and Philosophy of Penal Law.
In 1912 he was appointed Consul General and Chargé d’Affaires
and later Resident Minister before the Government of Guatemala.
In 1914 he acted as Sindico in the Municipality of San Salvador, and
later as Assistant Secretary of the Interior, which post he held until
1918. Later on in this same year we find him in Buenos Aires in
the character of official delegate to the Uniform Legislation Congress
which met in that city, and two years later in Mexico as Envoy
Extraordinary and Minister Plenipotentiary before the Government
of that Republic. The following year he was appointed prosecretary
of the Monetary Commission and a year later he acted as Confiden-
tial Envoy of the Central American Federal Council before the
Government of the United States.
The Bulletin of the Pan American Union takes this opportunity of
presenting its most cordial felicitations and greetings to the new
diplomatic representative of E] Salvador and, in no less degree, its
most sincere good wishes that his important mission may be crowned
with the fullest measure of success.
nggloaee - 4 IE is ie
of Chile to the United States, was the guest at luncheon
Saturday, September 10, of the Governing Board of the
Pan American Union, on which he had served since coming
to the United States more than a year and a half ago. The diplo-
matic representatives at Washington of the American Republics were
present at the luncheon, as were also the Director General and
Assistant Director of the Pan American Union.
In expressing the regrets of the members of the Board at the -
retirement of their colleague, the Hon. Frank B. Kellogg, Secretary ©
of State of the United States, who is also Chairman of the Board,
said:
r THE Hon. Miguel Cruchaga Tocornal, retiring Ambassador
I am certain that I am expressing the sentiments of every member of the
Governing Board when I say how deeply we regret your departure from Wash-
ington. During the period of your stay you have not only endeared yourself to
every member of the Board by reason of your high qualities, both of mind and
heart, but you have also become one of its most valued members in furthering
the cause of international cooperation on the American Continent. Combining
the broad experience of the statesman, diplomat, and jurist, you have brought
to the problems confronting the Pan American Union an earnestness and devo-
tion which have given to you a place of real leadership in the work of this inter-
national organization. We will deeply regret that we are to be deprived of your
counsel, but we feel equally assured that we may count on your constant coopera-
tion in furthering the great purposes entrusted to the Union.
May I also be permitted to say a word in my capacity as Secretary of State
of the United States in order to express my appreciation of the broad statesman-
like manner in which you have dealt with every question which it has been my
privilege to discuss with you.
In closing, permit me, my dear Mr. Ambassador, to express to you the deep
sense of gratitude of every member of the Board for your constant and unfailing
helpfulness and to assure you of the warm affection which we feel for you. IL
also wish to express the hope that the years to come will bring to you the full
measure of satisfaction which your eminent public services so richly deserve.
The Ambassador of Chile responded as follows:
On a day and occasion like this I feel almost unable to express my mingled
emotions. You will, I am sure, understand my plight and with your invariable
courtesy infer, from these heartfelt though simple words of mine, the deep and
1061
so810g [TD ‘AH Ad ‘Wom uURoIOUrY UP oY} JO 10,00 JUBISISSV OU}
{ourezvy [NOVY “WL ‘MIVA Jo seieyy.P aZIvyO sy} ‘VluVg Bl ep 9s100H Uod IOUS ‘VIATOg JO Sole Vp gsleyO IY} ‘Soqieg Une WO 1OUVS ‘lopenog Jo solleyyy .p
g31eyqO 94) BULYT “g OosPUBIA “Id ‘JOPBA[VY JO IOYSIUIT 94} -VsvUNILV ZONSWUPOY [EoRexy “Aq 1oOUsg “eqnH Jo so1eyy.p 93IVYO OU :Z0ITUIVY 9JUOOTA UBNL “Id 1OY9S
‘Rensvieg Jo soeyy.p eydivyO oy} :eueq 9P “A osny “Aq 1ousg ‘AvnsNIL JO soley .p gsIvyO ou} {eMOY “§ 7] “AC ‘WOU UvoIOULY UL Of} JO [eLOUf) 1090911.
OUD 22 BI 0} Yo] ‘MOI pUodeg = “SOTRAOTAT jesuy uog JoUeg ‘orTqndey uBoTUTUIOd OY} JO JoISTUTIAL SU} ‘uvis0g SINT UO J0USg ‘svINpUOF{ JO JO4STULTAT OU} SOV] TV
“f oprvdIy “iq “euvuBd JO 104SIUTIA, 944 SuopeitAond oOMou0H “Id ‘euljuesIV JO opessequLy oY} :3x0T[o “A YUVIY “UQH ‘97819 JO AIvYoIOVG oY} ‘VBVYONIH [ONSIINL
Iq ‘eTYO JO Jopessequry 9} :ZeT[AL °‘O Tenuvyy, wod 10UeS ‘OOIXOTA. JO JOPBSSeqUIY oy} -OUNTIveIO [oRJVY “f WO IOUS ‘BOTY BISOD JO IOYSIUITL OY} TUBSTIH “A
sopieo ‘iq “ejenzeusA JO 1o,SIUTP, OL VYBII 07 oT ‘MOI UOT sSMOT[OJT SB dnois oy} ur seodde yuosoid osou,, “L261 ‘OT aoquiejdes ‘ZUIP[Ing UvdlIouULy Uv
ay} Ul pavog BSUIUIEAOL) 9} AQ PoOPUP} WOITIUN] B 4B LOUOY JO ysonsd oY SBAL ‘soqvqg peu 9} OF 9IYO JO lopessBqury SB polTzor ATjuseI OYM ‘VsvyONID [ONSIT, “Id
‘
QTIHO dO WOAVSSVANV DONIYILEY
VOVHOONUO THADIN ‘Ud SHONOH NOINA NVOIYANV NVd dA 40 GUVOE DNINYWAOD
HOMAGE TO THE RETIRING CHILEAN AMBASSADOR 1063
inarticulate thoughts that are struggling in vain to overcome the obstacles of a
language which does not yield to my constant entreaties.
To close many years of diplomatic service among such representative men of
this Continent as are assembled here, and in the home of the Pan American
Union, is one of the greatest rewards I could have expected; for here amidst
marble and crystal, symbolic of beauty and permanence, men of faith and
practical idealism are ushering in a new day for the brotherhood of nations.
We are proud of our America. The seeds of democracy have fructified in its
bosom; a great system of international relations, based on equality and justice,
has been evolved in its councils; men from all corners of the earth have heard
the call of a new world, yesterday still enshrouded in the mists of legend, but
teeming with possibilities, that only awaited the magic wand of human effort
to blossom into this great American civilization; and, with bowed heads, we
thank the men who turned their dreams into this unsurpassed accomplishment.
What our fathers built we are pledged to keep and improve for the coming
generations; peace and good will being essential to achieve this aim, we must
insure it through cooperation in a common endeavor; so that the slogan which
the former British Colonies of America adopted may also become our own:
“United we stand, divided we fall.”
Never have I felt so keenly the truth embodied in this motto as at this parting
hour; never did I vision so fully its tremendous implication, which sounds in
my ears as the bugle call to action, as I do now, looking around this table.
Mr. Chairman: As the Secretary of State of the United States, you have been
striving for an ideal that is also dear to my heart: The peaceful and friendly
solution of Inter-American controversies. I have faith in your intelligent action,
in your fearlessness, in your honesty, and in your generous intentions.
My dear Colleagues: Whenever there arose an opportunity to do so, you have
never failed to display the qualities of statesmanship and vision that dispell
misconceptions and to render great services in furthering good will among our
Republics. You are happy to remain here preparing the dawn of a new era on
our Continent, earnest in your endeavor and assisted by the worthy organization
that is the Pan American Union, entrusted to the ceaseless devotion of Doctor
Rowe, who feels almost a religious urge in Pan Americanism. How could I fail
to have faith in the ultimate success of our ideal?
It is as a man of unshaken faith in the future that I bid you good-bye to-day:
The sadness I feel in parting, after two years in this hospitable and charming city
of Washington, is tempered by the intensity of the remembrances I shall cherish
while away from you. For the many honors you have bestowed upon me, your
assistance, your advice, and your friendship, I sincerely thank you.
The Bulletin of the Pan American Union, in associating itself with
the Governing Board’s expression of regret over the departure of
Doctor Cruchaga, can not but recall his long-standing devotion to
the promotion of international friendship through education, evi-
denced in his professorship of international law in Santiago, his text-
book on that subject used in many Latin American universities, and
his interest in the work of the School of Foreign Service of Georgetown
University, to the students of which he offered last year a gold medal
for the best essay on Chile or Chilean-American relations—a devotion
permanently crowned by his establishment of the Elvira Matte de
Cruchaga Educational Foundation in Chile. With Doctor Cru-
chaga’s many friends the Bulletin wishes him Godspeed, and a full
measure of success in his new field of action.
ing
Harris & Ewi
graph by
Photo:
AR
RIZ
r
. MARIO DIAZ I
SENOR DR
whose death occurred
ion Bureau of Habana,
1927
trat
a
is
September 25
-Mark Reg
ional Trade
tor of the Internat
rec
Late D
HE untimely death of Dr. Mario Diaz Irizar took place in
Habana on September 25, 1927, at the early age of 47 years.
A brilliant young lawyer and the foremost Cuban author-
ity on trade-marks, Dr. Diaz Irizar was appointed by Presi-
dent Menocal December 6, 1917, the first Director of the International
Trade-mark Registration Bureau in Habana, one of two such bureaus
provided for by a convention signed at the Fourth International Con-
ference of American States, held in Buenos Aires in 1910. “Any
mark duly registered in one of the signatory States,’’ says this
important convention, “‘shall be considered as registered also in the
other States of the Union, without prejudice to the rights of third
persons and to the provisions of the internal laws of each State
gvoverning the same,” the fee for this international registration being
$50 in addition to the national fee. The second bureau has just
been established in Rio de Janeiro in accordance with the convention
for the protection of commercial, industrial, and agricultural trade-
marks and commercial names signed at the Fifth International
Conference of American States in 1923, which convention replaced
that signed at the Fourth Conference.
Born in Cienfuegos, Dr. Diaz Irizar completed part of his studies
at Villanova College, in Pennsylvania, and in the Institute of Matan-
zas. Later, while engaged in teaching, he simultaneously studied
at the University of Habana, which in due course conferred upon
him the degree of doctor of laws. In 1912 he won the gold medal
offered by the Bar Association of Habana in its best legal essay com-
position, and again in 1915 he presented to the same body an elaborate
study on Cuban legislation with respect to trade-marks and patents
then in effect. So comprehensive was this work that it was published
by the Government, while the City of Habana bestowed a special gold
medal on the author.
For almost 10 years after his appointment to the Trade-mark
Bureau—that is, practically until his death—Dr. Diaz Irizar devoted
himself with unremitting labor to the successful organization and
upbuilding of this new international clearing house, the manifold
advantages of which can be appreciated only by those who formerly
suffered from its lack. He had only just returned to Habana after
a journey to Europe and the United States, during which he investi-
gated a number of trade-mark bureaus, when he was fatally stricken.
1065
1066 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION
In Washington he had paid official calls at the Pan American Union,
the Department of State, and the Inter-American High Commission,
with the last of which he had always worked in close cooperation.
Dr. Diaz Irizar, in accepting the direction of the International
Trade-mark Registration Bureau, stipulated that he be allowed to
continue his private legal practice, in which he continued to dis-
tinguish himself, being at the time of his death attorney for many
persons and firms of consequence.
To the bereaved mother, wife, and brother, and to Dr. Diaz
Trizar’s many warm friends, the BULLETIN extends its sincere sym-
pathy, expressing at the same time its admiration for his masterly
organization and administration of a bureau the beneficent results
of which are increasingly significant in Pan American commerce.
TARY EDUCA-
IN IN URUGUAY -. ~
By Prepro Ferrari Ramirez,
Departmental Inspector of Elementary Education, Canelones, Uruguay
HE Republic of Uruguay, situated as it is at the mouth of
the Rio de la Plata, one of the most important lanes of
world commerce, has had the good fortune of benefiting by
the currents of culture and enlightenment setting from
Europe toward Latin America. For almost a century, despite the
difficulties naturally besetting the organization of a nation born of
the American Revolutionary chaos, Uruguay has constantly striven to
definitely consolidate her republican institutions; she has won a
high international position, thanks to the principles of equalitarian
justice which she upholds, and has devoted special attention, par-
ticularly in recent years, to the spread and improvement of public
instruction, and, more especially, elementary education.
All branches of public education are free in Uruguay—that is,
elementary, secondary, college preparatory, and professional courses.
Furthermore, elementary education is compulsory throughout the
nation for children between 6 and 14 years of age; secondary educa-
tion, to which children are admitted at the age of 12, is optional,
being compulsory only for those who are to take more advanced
courses. College preparation and professional education fall under
the category of university education, except in those aspects within
the province of the industrial schools.
ELEMENTARY EDUCATION IN URUGUAY 1067
Each division of public instruction, including the industrial, is
governed by its own specialized organization, entirely independent
of the others. Elementary education, which we shall here discuss,
has therefore a true official standing first conferred upon it by the
Varela Reforms. These were instituted between 1877 and 1879 by
José Pedro Varela, who imbibed in the United States the educational
ideas of that time and applied them at home with distinguished
ability and an iron will, in spite of a reactionary opposition which
threatened to balk his purpose. When the reforms were once
accomplished and education made free and compulsory, the ele-
mentary school commenced gradually to win its way against distrust
and ignorance, but one victory after another strengthened its hold,
A TYPICAL PRIMARY SCHOOL IN MONTEVIDEO
extended its prestige beyond city borders, and won it increasing and
preferential attention from statesmen. At first the amount of the
appropriation for schools occupied the lowest place among the
nation’s expenditures, for inexperience and the growth of a new nation
exacted a painfully large tribute, which absorbed almost all the
scanty public revenues. But the reserve strength of her economic
resources—put to the proof by political and financial calamities—
saved Uruguay, and for the last 20 years popular education and
public works have been the principal objects of the legislators’
attention, so much so that these two appropriations have increased
to a very considerable extent, that for public education now occupying
the second highest place in the budget.
1068 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION
MODERN SCHOOLS IN URUGUAY
Upper: School No. 7 in Montevideo—A school for intermediate grades. Lower: Primary school No. 15
in Pocitos ;
Worthy of special mention is the recent action of Uruguay in fixing
an annual appropriation which will permit the fulfillment of the most
modern health and educational requirements of her schools as well as
the spread of the benefits of elementary instruction to the most
remote regions of the country. The problem was placed before
Congress by Dr. Eduardo Acevedo, the present director of educa-
tion, in all its significance, and that body, while it did not pass an
appropriation as high as that requested because of certain circum-
ELEMENTARY EDUCATION IN URUGUAY 1069
stances, did vote, after a close and careful study of this important
subject, an annual appropriation which includes 6,904,938 pesos !
for elementary education alone, besides a fund of 6,000,000 pesos
for school buildings, the latter amount to be expended within the
next six years. This appropriation, which became available in
March of this year, paves the way for a still greater effort on behalf
of elementary education, if, as is to be expected, the nation con-
tinues to progress without economic disturbances affecting its
finances, for both people and government are now firm in the belief
that public instruction is the most secure foundation for the republi-
can form of government adopted by the American nations, and that
ONE OF THE NEWER SCHOOLS IN MONTEVIDEO
School for pupils of the sixth and seventh grades
the most wisely spent money is that which strengthens and deepens
this foundation.
A proof of the foregoing is the fact that negotiations are now
under way between the educational authorities and the Mortgage
Bank to obtain 30,000,000 pesos for the erection of buildings for all
the schools. Furthermore, although the greater part of the educa-
tion appropriation is derived from taxes on consumption and inherit-
ances—a heavy burden on the latter which increases inversely as the
distance of relationship between legator and legatee—the public
willingly accepted the burden of the considerable amounts thus
withdrawn from private savings, because of confidence in the use-
fulness of the purpose to which they will be devoted.
1 The Uruguayan peso is practically equivalent to the dollar, although a trifle higher.
1070 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION
Below are given the increases in personnel and some of the other
items authorized by the new educational expenditures act:
School principals (130 rural, 86 city, and 25 itinerant) ?________________ 241
PACS SSS GEM TN wa sea pe eB a Ye eg a I a gtr 614
Special teachers of gymnastics, music, singing, etc__-----_-______--____ 22
Such special teachers (2 assistants) for the normal schools___-_________- 18
Principals of normal courses (4 teachers) for the interior departments_-__- 2
iheachers tor imstituites om whiex cle ate aac Gliwice 2
School physician, 1; nurse for dental clinic, 1; and’ visiting nurses, 12.
TYPE OF MODERN RURAL SCHOOL BUILDING IN URUGUAY
OTHER ITEMS
Progressive increase in salaries of teaching staff (5 pesos for each 4 years Pesos
Ofjservace)|3.sum_eneed ediannmulalllliyeeeen me ei i SI SR 3g 500, 000
Increase for purchase’ of school equipment.2- 4. == 29-2 === = eae 173, 000
Increase: for rent: of Jol cia eee i ee pe yee a ee 200, 000
School lunches, clothing, and shoes for needy children__--____________ 200, 000
Traveling expenses for teachers and inspectors___--____ 22 eon es See O00
Subvention to the school retirement fund____.___-__-________.___-____ 600, 000
Public elementary instruction in Uruguay now comprises 1,366
schools with 3,890 teachers; 64 evening courses for adults, with 160
teachers besides 76 instructors in commercial and industrial subjects;
2 institutes for the deaf and dumb, with 20 teachers; and 4 normal
schools. In addition to the public institutions, there are 167 private
schools, with 660 teachers, sustained by lay and religious organiza-
tions, both national and foreign, which enjoy the utmost freedom, the
only official requirement being that instruction must be given in the
national language.
The public charities have charge of five orphan asylums, with a
staff of specially trained benelyene The blind are given teaching
2 These sara are aecened foe eames ee a Schoal aaanikision ai ess than 50 auihem, the minimum
set by the common education act of 1885 for the establishment of a permanent school. There are 75 itinerant
schools in the Republic.
Courtesy of Comisién Nacional de Educacién Fisica.
PHYSICAL EDUCATION IN URUGUAY
Numerous playgrounds have been established by the National Commission of Physical Education
Upper: A playground in the suburbs of Montevideo, Lower: A school playground
65031—27—Bull 11——2
1072 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION
suited to their needs in an institution subsidized by the Government
but directed by a special committee of women.
Registration and attendance at all the institutions for elementary
education was as follows during 1926:
Average
Registration attendance
ub licedaiyss ClO @] Sem aay = ye ree ees 133, 762 99, 621
Hvenine schools tor adults 222 6, 476 4,512
iBrivateyschools! G22 2 =se= Ss. e eee ete 18, 925 0
Orphamtasy lumase ee seen al eee eye tee 1, 688 1, 102
The cost of public elementary education amounts to 28.42 pesos per
pupil registered and to 388.16 pesos per pupil, based on average
Courtesy of Comisién de Educacién Nacional de Educacién Fisica
AN ATHLETIC FIELD IN MONTEVIDEO
attendance. It may be affirmed, however, that the real per capita
cost is still higher than the figures given, since nowadays every
public school in Uruguay has a committee or association of parents
and friends of the school which cooperates in the improvement of
education by means of funds raised through its own inititative, now
assisting poor children, now making possible instructive excurisons
for the pupils, now providing the schools with equipment for teach-
ing or recreation.
The present brief article is concerned only with the material
progress of primary instruction in Uruguay; a chapter devoted to
progress in the application of methods and systems of instruction
would reach a considerable length, for Uruguay is constantly on the
alert to learn of advances made by other nations in this, as in all the
principal branches of knowledge, in order to add to or incorporate
with the result of her own experience that rich treasure.
PARAGUAY'S INTERESTING CAPITAL
NDEAVORING to find a river route to the reputed rich
lands of the Incas in Peru appears to have been an incentive
that spurred Spanish explorers up the waters of the Plata,
the Parana, and the Paraguay. These are sectional names
of the great stream which affords to-day, as in the past centuries, a
fluvial artery to the heart of South America.
Sebastian Cabot, not content in answering the ‘‘call of the wild”
in North America, plunged deeper into the unknown in South
America. With his little band of wanderers he reached the borders
of the country known to-day as Paraguay about 1526-27, or several
years before Pizarro arrived in Peru. Cabot is, therefore, credited
with the honor of being the first European to see Paraguay. It
appears, however, that he never ascended the river as far as the
present site of Asuncion.
Subsequently Juan de Ayolas and Domingo Irala and their fellow
explorers sailed up the Paraguay to a point where the eastern shore
of the river changes from lowlands to rolling hills and verdure-covered
cliffs; where nature provided then, as at present, a vast lagoon or bay
extending eastward from the main stream. Here the explorers
halted and began to plant the seeds of civilization; here they met the
Guaranis, who, in their primitiveness, offered comparatively little
resistance, although it is related that the fiercer natives on the
opposite side of the river proved to be more resentful.
Whence came the original inhabitants, the Guaranis, to the land of
Paraguay is a question that has not been definitely settled. As with
many other primitive peoples, tradition plays a prominent role as to
their origin. The oft-told story of Tupi and Guarani is fascinating;
traditionally they were brothers somewhere in Brazil, and they
quarreled. Guarani finally led his people far to the southward
through the wilderness to a country known at present as Paraguay.
There they prospered and multiplied, and, if imaginative, we may
draw a mental picture of the meeting of the descendants of these
people and the imposing Spaniards on the slopes near the still waters
of the bay where Asuncion now stands.
The “Province of Paraguay” during the era of early exploration
embraced the vast area east of the Andes and south of Brazil; but in
1 American Weekly, Buenos Aires, July 4, 1927.
1073
1074 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION
THE PICTURESQUE SHORE ALONG THE APPROACH TO ASUNCION
1617 the region was divided by royal decree into two Provinces, the
seat of government being established at the newer town of Buenos
Aires. Asuncion, somewhat like a far inland gateway to a still more
remote and unknown region, was accessible by water and was fre-
quently visited by daring explorers in quest of riches and adventure.
The place seems to have met the expectation of the wildest dreamers.
History, romance, adventure, cruelty, oppression, and delight seem
to have been liberally blended, so that many historians and scholars
refer to Paraguay as the most romantic of all South American
ASUNCION 1075
countries. Perhaps no land has passed through more vicissitudes.
But we must leave the story of the country, the wonderful work and
the expulsion of the Jesuits, the wars and unrest, the gallant fight
against the combined forces of three neighboring nations, to the
readers of historical books.
Passing rapidly onward, we note that the people of Paraguay
declared their independence from Spain on August 14, 1811. Velasco,
the Spanish governor, at that time in sympathy with the movement,
was chosen a member of the Junta, or governing board. On October
1, 1813, a constitutional congress met in Asuncion, adopted a national
flag, and vested the administrative power in two consuls. In 1844
the form of government was changed and a President elected for a
10-year term, Carlos A. Lopez being the first official to occupy the
Paraguayan presidential chair. He was succeeded after a second
term by his son, who died in 1870. Shortly thereafter the Govern-
ment was reorganized and a new constitution proclaimed, which
provides for a republican form of government with legislative, exec-
utive, and judicial departments. Asuncion, being the political
capital as well as the country’s chief commercial city, has witnessed
stirring times in the gradual molding of a stable government.
Asuncion, lying about 1,000 miles from the mouth of the Plata,
was founded in 1536; and the fact that this event occurred on August
15—the day of the Assumption—gives rise to the city’s designation.
The construction of a crude fort, a result of the Ayolas-Irala expedi-
tion, formed a nucleus of settlement. Ayolas is said to have pushed
onward up the Paraguay and never returned to civilization, while
the place called Asuncion, with its few Spaniards and aborigines,
became the pride of Irala and grew slowly, very slowly, through
passing years.
The present-day Asuncion excites a rather odd curiosity, an inter-
est akin to ‘‘the tang of the Orient,’’ in the minds of those of us who
have tarried within its confines and who are not in quest of the
more modern phases of municipal development. It especially appeals
to persons who are versed in the region’s early history and who
know of the soul-stirring events that have marked the city’s growth.
Asuncion is built largely on the bay which extends eastward from the
Paraguay, but confluence of bay and river is so near the city that we
may stand on the hills back of Asuncion and see the movement of
steamers bound up or down the river. Asuncion’s streets were laid
out in rectangular form and in the larger division of the city run
approximately from northwest to southeast, and are crossed at right
angles by those from opposite directions. Many city blocks are 240
feet square, while numerous streets are 45 or more feet wide, con-
1076 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION
trasting with the usual narrow streets of the average Spanish-planned
municipality. Leading thoroughfares bear such names as Libertad,
Presidente Carnot, Benjamin Constant, Igualdad, General Diaz,
Bermejo, Rio Apa, etc., while some of the cross streets are known
as 15 of August, 25 of November, Colombia, Independencia Nacional,
Montevideo, United States, Oriente, etc., all of which are indicative of
the patriotic ideas of the people in perpetuating names of leaders of
thought and action as well as notable dates in the country’s history.
Plazas Independencia, Uruguaya, and Patricios occupy prominent
places in three different localities of the city, while Plazas de Armas
and Constitucion, jointly covering a large area, are situated nearer
the bay; still closer to the water’s edge stands the famous palace built
THE CUSTOMHOUSE IN ASUNCION WHERE THE RIVER STEAMERS-~DOCK
by the second Lopez; not far away is the new wharf and customs
building. From this oldest section of Asuncion the streets and houses
have gradually extended backward to slightly higher ground. In a
section known as Barrio Cachinga the streets are laid out nearly with
the directions of the cardinal points. Topography is responsible for a
good natural drainage which Asuncion has always enjoyed in spite
of the fact that the more modern systems of sewerage have not been
fully adopted. Dashing rains also help to keep the city clean and
generally healthful.
Dwelling houses in Asuncion are largely one-story structures, but
in recent years taller edifices have become more numerous. Ground,
however, appears never to have been unduly expensive when homes
were needed, so they are spread outward rather than upward. This
ASUNCION 1077
Ll
THE GOVERNMENT PALACE, ASUNCION
Built by Francisco Lopez, elected President in 1862, who led the war against Brazil, Argentina, and
Uruguay
style naturally lends itself to the ever-popular Hispanic-American
features of inner courts, fountains, and flowers. From the exterior a
home may appear extremely plain, but within its massive stone,
brick, or adobe walls there is often a spaciousness in courtyards,
corridors, living and sleeping rooms that surprises the stranger.
Extremely high ceilings are the rule. In Asuncion there are also
examples of beauty in plain construction; we see architecture of
Hispanic-Moresque type, yet differing in detail from that observed
in other South American capitals, with the possible exception of
1078 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION
THE POST OFFICE, ASUNCION
,
Courtesy of the Consul of Paraguay in London
THE STATION OF THE CENTRAL RAILWAY WHICH BRINGS TRAVELERS AND
TRADE TO ASUNCION FROM ARGENTINA
Bolivia’s chief city, La Paz. The roofs of Asuncion also attract the
stranger’s attention, most of them being constructed of heavy red
tile, which follow such graceful lines that artists are wont to portray
them on canvas.
The public buildings of Asuncion are numerous and interesting,
some bearing the marks of age and traces of the conflicts which from
ASUNCION 1079
time to time have occurred in the city and nation. Just as St. Louis,
Denver, and Salt Lake City were scenes of stirring events in the
pioneer days of the United States, so Asuncion has witnessed the
youthful period when life and property suffered. To-day, however,
the buildings that have stood the test of time still reflect the taste
of their architects and builders.
One of the city’s famous buildings dominates the water front and
the lower part of the city. It was constructed during the reign of
Francisco Lopez for his own palace, but accommodates to-day the
various offices of the National Government. With a placid sheet of
water bounding one side, broad and well-arranged lawn and flower
beds on the other side, and the building itself rising high above sur-
rounding structures, this sentinel stands reminiscent of the vaunting
ambition of a former ruler. From its tower or upper story one may
see far across the Paraguay into the terra incognita region of the
Gran Chaco. Still farther in the distance we catch glimpses of the
winding Pilcomayo, flowing through a region practically unknown.
If the visitor to Asuncion is interested in historical lore he will be
delighted with the Biblioteca Nacional (National Library) and the
Biblioteca Americana, wherein are preserved many rare volumes
relating to the early discoveries, the Jesuits and the part they played
in carrying civilizing influences to this remote interior land. Some
of the works date from about 1534 and chronicle events down to
1600, while hundreds of more modern books are also preserved.
This famous collection which, like the city, has passed through
strenuous eras, still retains many of its most prized volumes. The
books were carried away on horseback and in carts, it is said, to save
them from destruction by invading armies, some volumes remaining
for years in the homes of ignorant natives far back in the forests.
When tranquillity finally was restored they were recollected and are
now valued among the most important works in existence on South
American history.
Other well-known buildings are the National College, that of the
police department, the city’s six bank buildings, the Church of the
Incarnation, the postal and telegraph building, the public hospital,
the National Congress, the National Theater, the Museum of Fine
Arts, the new market, etc. The Asuncion Chamber of Commerce
has recently occupied a new and commodious structure which is
another ornament to the city.
The Central Market in Asuncion is a place of special interest to
most visitors because there one mingles with more humble citizens.
He sees the coming and the going of the itinerant female trader with
her head closely wrapped in a mantle of black, who with fruits and
goods sits complacently on the meandering burro. We see at the mar-
ket the mingling of people from the country, town, and capital city;
BRIT OSUIMIOG PUL SvIOAY op UBNL Aq PpopuNo} Sv JECT UT YO! A Teudeg oy} JO WOTJOos Jomeu V
NOIONOASYV NI VZV1Id V
ASUNCION 1081
we note the variety of foods offered for sale, such as oranges, eggs,
cheese, and an array of vegetables entirely novel to those unfamiliar
with subtropical production. There is the usual medley of voices in
Guarani and Spanish, the general mise en scéne covering nearly a
whole block indicating the preponderance of female over male
population, a reminder of Paraguay’s militant history. This market
place, however, fails to draw the women of the better classes, for in
Asuncion, as in other Latin American lands, the wives and daughters
of men of affairs are rarely to be seen in such public places as a market.
The duty of purchasing foods for the family is delegated to servants.
The water front of Asuncion is one of the most busy parts of the
city. It is the meeting point of the large steamers that ply up and
down the Paraguay and its tributaries with lighter draft vessels
which operate from Asuncion northward to Concepcion, Corumba,
and other far inland river ports. Traffic from Buenos Aires bound for
the far interior must be transshipped at Asuncion, and this business
furnishes employment for many workers; so the hum of voices in
different languages is no less interesting to the stranger than are the
various commodities handled. A line of small steamers operates
between the ports of Suarez in Bolivia and Rosario in Argentina, and
these traders of course pass by Asuncion, where they discharge and
load cargo.
Passenger steamers which ply between Buenos Aires and Asuncion
draw alongside the customhouse piers and travelers enter the stately
edifice after passing up broad stone steps and through massive
arches. Passenger traffic was somewhat altered when the railway
from the south was completed to Asuncion. This route is now largely
used by the public, especially on the northern journey, but when
returning southward the steamers appear to be more attractive to the
average traveler, as they afford opportunities for visiting numerous
smaller ports all the way to Buenos Aires.
Paraguay’s trading relations with the nations of the world are
represented by a value of more than $20,000,000 annually. Many
commodities represented by these values pass in and out through
the port of Asuncion, although the railway above mentioned draws
freight as well as passengers away from the several river steamer
services. On the whole, however, the business of the port is growing
and for some years the Government authorities have been endeavor-
ing to improve and enlarge facilities; eventually we shall see the con-
summation. While speaking of harbor facilities, it is interesting to
note that Paraguay recently modified customs duties on certain
upbuilding commodities, such as the motor car for business and
pleasure, and now these may be imported free of duty. Various
other changes were inaugurated in connection with importations,
which will be especially noticeable in Asuncion.
1082 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION
Public amusements are not so numerous as in larger cities, but
Paraguay has a liberal number of legal holidays during which all
classes enjoy relaxation from the usual prosaic routine. May 14
and 15 are the days on which national independence is celebrated;
the anniversary of the founding of the city of Asuncion on August 15,
1536, is also a gala day in the capital, as are New Year’s, Christmas,
Columbus Day, and a half dozen or more other holidays. In recent
years such sports as regattas, football, tennis, and horse racing have
become more or less popular. Clubs and societies numbering more
than a score are also features of life and amusement in which the
younger members of society freely participate. The motion-picture
theater has become as popular with the masses as in other places,
and films from various lands are used, those manufactured in Buenos
Aires being the most easily available. The European film and that
made in the United States are also shown to Asuncion audiences.
The pleasant resort of San Bernardino, situated on the shore of
Lake Ypacarai, has become a popular rendezvous not only for well-
to-do Paraguayans but is also visited by persons from Argentina,
Uruguay, and other parts of South America. The lake is a beautiful
sheet of water 15 miles long and 3 miles wide, lying a short distance
east of Asuncion and on the main line of railroad from Encarnacion
to Asuncion. The building of the road made the lake accessible from
the capital, and the increasing number of patrons is responsible for
the erection of larger hotels and amusement features common to
pleasure resorts. Prominent families of Asuncion maintain their
homes on the lake during certain seasons of the year when the capital
is not at its best; the railroad trip to the southern shore of the lake
is made in about an hour, and the visitor is transferred by small boat
to San Bernardino on the opposite side of the lake. The resort
itself nestles picturesquely amid tropical foliage, trees, and flowers.
One may enjoy amusements, somewhat limited to be sure, or stroll
out to the restful quiet of surrounding forests, or participate in boat-
ing pleasures on Lake Ypacarai. There are social functions from
time to time at the hotels or at private cottages, while for those who
seek complete rest and quietude San Bernardino opens wide its
hospitable gates.
Speaking of health and pleasure resorts brings us to the subject
of climate. Paraguay, lying about two-thirds within the Temperate
Zone and one-third in the Tropics, enjoys subtropical weather; and
hardly more than three months of the year—December, January,
February—-can be termed “hot,” although March and November
are sometimes about as the midsummer months. The remaining
portion of the year is cool or cold, and at times frosts occur and light
wraps are needed by the people. In other words, summer lasts from
October to March, and winter from April to September. The mean
ASUNCION 1083
temperature at Asuncion varies between 71° and 73° F. The maxi-
mum has reached 105° F., but there are many years when the heat
does not register more than 98° F. Expressed still differently,
about 40 days are cold, 100 days hot, while the remaining 225 days
may be considered agreeable, many of them having a delightful tem-
perature. The heaviest precipitation occurs about March and the
least in August, but more or less rain may be expected each month
of the vear. The average year at Asuncion has 79 rainy, 72 cloudy,
and 214 clear days. Winds from the south bring cool breezes,
while those from the north are warm.
All things considered, Paraguay, and especially its capital, may be
regarded as possessing a pleasant and even delightful climate; and
this fact alone is largely responsible for the increasing number of
people who visit the country in search of health, rest, and outdoor
NAY
POLICE HEADQUARTERS, ASUNCION
recreation. Horseback riding, popular with so many persons as a
health-giving exercise, finds full freedom in Paraguay. Indeed, the
Paraguayan is truly ‘‘the man on horseback” and he is ever willing
to act as guide and scout for the stranger, provided he is aware that
the latter’s mission is not unworthy of confidence.
Municipal government in Asuncion is based on the organic law of
municipalties passed by the National Congress. This law stipulates
that Asuncion shall have a junta or council consisting of six members
and three alternates, and an intendente or mayor. Councilmen are
elected by direct popular vote, as are national deputies and senators,
and serve for a term of four years; and they may be reelected. The
mayor is appointed by the President of the Republic and receives a
salary from the municipal revenues. Alternate councilmen replace
regular members in case of death, resignation, or disability of the
1084 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION
latter. Sessions of the council are usually held once a week or
oftener if occasion demands; and questions are decided in accordance
with the majority of votes. As in other municipalities, the council
looks after the general welfare and progress of the capital, providing
rules and regulations for raising municipal revenues, promoting or
regulating public works, traffic, streets, markets, public health,
sanitation, charity, the police, ete. The selection of a president, a
vice president, and other municipal officers and employees is made by
the council and by the intendente.
PRIVATE RESIDENCE OF A WEALTHY CITIZEN
The policing of the city and the general appearance of these public
guardians is highly interesting to the stranger within Asuncion’s gates.
Organized on a military basis and accustomed to regular drills, one sees
squads of marching privates going to or from duty in about the same
methodical manner that is observed at guard mount at military
encampments. The individual is not so large in stature as the aver-
age policeman of London or Philadelphia, but is brave and capable
of undergoing extreme hardship and fatigue as occasion arises;
mounted or on foot he is both an ornament and a protector of which
the city may be justly proud.
ASUNCION 1085
Going to Asuncion or returning therefrom is not the tiresome
journey that imposed itself upon the traveler in former days. Neither
is it advisable to take the wandering route across Brazil as did de
Vaca and his men long ago when they spent 130 days in reaching
Asuncion. To-day the proper course is to leave Montevideo or
Buenos Aires, preferably the latter, by river steamer or by railway
train. One may board the train in either city and proceed northward,
but in starting from the Argentine capital several connections are
avoided and the traveler goes all the way to Asuncion without change
of cars and in the shortest time, or in about 48 or 50 hours, the dis-
tance by rail being nearly 1,000 miles. Passing over fertile pampas
and through the historic Misiones region of Argentina, with train
ferry service over the Parana at Ibicuy and the Alto Parana at
Posadas, the ride across Paraguay is especially interesting if one is
inclined to inquire into stockraising and agricultural possibilities.
The traveler’s section of the through sleeper (section has two to four
beds) is comfortable, the dining car supples nourishing and well-
cooked foods. At Asuncion the train draws into a commodious
station, where coachmen await the traveler, and with baggage and
self he is soon en route to the hotel, drawn by galloping steeds, as is
customary in so many South American cities. The ride is both
novel and interesting. But automobiles are gradually replacing the
coach and horses.
The traveler who reaches Asuncion by railway should leave the
city by river steamer if he wishes to embrace the opportunity of
seeing the Paraguay River and its commerce. If one has time, say,
several weeks, Asuncion provides a favorable starting point for
various up-river towns and landings where conditions are still less
modern but where foreign capital is developing large enterprises.
Steamers are available at frequent intervals for this trip. Between
Asuncion and Buenos Aires there is regular steamer service, and in
going on the southward flowing current the trip is made in three
days.
SONY
S
I—NATIONAL HOMAGE TO THE MEMORY OF
BARTOLOME MITRE (1821-1906) !
[In connection with the recent inauguration in Buenos Aires of the latest monu-
ment to Bartolomé Mitre—perhaps the most beloved and revered of Argentina's
great civic heroes—and the nation-wide tribute of homage which accompanied that
ceremony, the following spontaneous appreciation has special significance as coming
from the Chilean Nation which, together with Argentina, agreed something less than
a generation ago to find the solution of their long-standing boundary dispute in the
peaceable and friendly processes of international arbitration.—Editor’s note.]
ON BARTOLOME MITRE is beyond question one of the
most interesting, attractive, and noble of Argentina’s sons,
or indeed in the whole galaxy of luminous figures in Spanish
American history.
The features of his spiritual physiognomy, like those of his physical
countenanée, were in the great tradition of our race. No one who
beheld him could fail to realize that he was in the presence of an
hidalgo; none could have cognizance of his public and private life
without recognizing in him a great gentleman.
Mitre was a soldier, statesman, and a warrior alike with the pen
as with the sword; he was the guide of his people, a poet and a journal-
ist. His spirit, always moved by lofty ideals, by intellectual and
liberal motives, was saturated with that fragrance which permeated
the spirit of the paladins of the first half of the nineteenth century.
Audacious, generous, and romantic in youth; melancholy, reflective,
and benevolent in his prime; august in his venerable old age; his
life can be written only by one who understands the world movement
of 1830. Mitre was marked by romanticism in common with all
those who in ardent youth were warmed by the divine inspiration of
Lamartine and Victor Hugo, of Larra and Zorrilla, alike poets and
revolutionaries, dreamers ond reformers.
Mitre lived among us in Chile during his exile in the days of Roses
He came with other illustrious Argentines to find in this free nation
a refuge from tyranny. He found in Chilean society the welcome
merited by his gentility, his culture, his personal distinction, his noble
character, his loyalty. Like Sarmiento, Gomez, Alberdi, Lopez,
and others, Bartolomé Mitre was a member OL the editorial stall of
iauutntea from El Wenn July 8, 1927. Gertie, Chile,
1086
ECHOES FROM ARGENTINA 1087
El Mercurio. Many years later he recalled with affectionate
warmth this newspaper which thus pays tribute to his memory.
And of all the Argentines who then or later found hospitality. in
Chile, none was so loyal to our nation; none so much as Mitre
cherished to the last day of his life a gratitude beyond the measure
of what he had received from us; none but he returned, when he
could, to sit with us around the Chilean hearth like a loyal friend
and brother.
One day the two nations menaced each other. War seemed
inevitable in 1901. But Mitre, the octogenarian, abandoned his
easy chair and, from the columns of his daily, La Nacién, came the
first magnificent and resounding utterance against fratricidal strife.
That famous article, in an equally famous newspaper, decided the
trend of Argentine public opinion in favor of a peaceful settlement.
Mitre thus paid his debt of gratitude to Chile and fulfilled his duty as
a good Argentinian by stopping insensate rivalry and bequeathing to
the two peoples a legacy of peace, of fruitful and enduring friendship.
From the height of the proud monument which his country to-day
rears in his honor Mitre appears to watch over American peace.
Because he was a statesman, he knew the destiny of the American
peoples. Because he had served on the battle field, he was acquainted
with the sterile horrors of war; he had the poet’s faith in the fruits
of peace and brotherly love between nations; he read in the great
deeds of the past a lesson for the future. Mitre knew that Chile and
Argentina should be friends. His monument, around which the
Republics are joined to-day—Chile with special affection and grati-
tude—is a new landmark on the highway of international friendship
which, day by day, we Chileans and Argentinians are extending.
Mitre belongs to Argentina; he is an honor to the country which he
served with the inspiration of genius; but the entire continent claims
him as one of America’s glories, as one of the protagonists of Hispanic-
American progress, as the pride and grandeur of our race.
IJ.—ARGENTINA’S PETROLEUM INDUSTRY '!
(In view of the very definite movement now under way to protect the Argen-
tine oil industry—a bill to that effect being now before the National Congress—and
particulary as it appears that the passage of the bill in question would require
some change in the Argentine constitution, the article which follows may be of un-
usual interest to readers of the BULLETIN.—Ed/tor’s Note.)
About 20 years ago a man who was boring a well for water on the
sandy shore of what is to-day the little town of Comodoro Rivadavia
found to his surprise a blackish liquid which proved to be crude
i; The American Weekly, Buenos Aires, July 23, 1927.
65031—27—Bull. 11 3
1088 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION
petroleum, and thus by mere chance, like many other great dis-
coveries, Argentina’s principal oil field was located.
Comodoro Rivadavia at that time could scarcely have been classed
as a picturesque neighborhood. There was absolutely nothing to
break the desert; it was a scene very similar to that of the Chilean
nitrate regions—sand, stones, no grass, but a sort of useless shrub
called ‘“brusquilla,” a permanent high wind, driving the pebbles on
the beach along in an eternal ‘‘devil dance” to the moan of the South
Atlantic billows undisturbed by the presence of man.
Further inland, in this somewhat inhospitable territory, an oc-
casional mud hut belonging to a forlorn shepherd of some of the big
sheep runs; a region dried up by sun in summer, and under snow a
Courtesy of ‘‘Plus Ultra,’’ Buenos Aires.
COMODORO RIVADAVIA
Panoramic view of a section of the town and the oil fields
great part of the winter months, with but little rainfall, and toward
the coast without any trees worth counting to afford shelter to man
or beast; in short, as barren a stretch of God’s earth as might be
found anywhere, the sort of place to keep away from.
When the discovery was made known, the National Government
reserved several thousand acres on the coast, obtained machinery
and experts from the United States, and started boring with con-
siderable success; a little later a landing pier was constructed, as
the open nature of the coast made it impossible for vessels to load
or discharge except in lighters, a rather dangerous operation in bad
ECHOES FROM ARGENTINA 1089
weather, which is quite frequent down there, especially when the
south wind blows at about 80 miles an hour.
The oil fields were placed under the able administration of Colonel,
to-day General, Mosconi, who besides being a competent military
officer, holds the diploma of civil engineer, and in all justice it must
be said that the success which has up to the present attended the
Argentine Government’s oil fields is to a great extent due to this
officer’s honest administration, foresight, and patriotism. As a sig-
nificant detail it may be mentioned that the personnel of the admin-
istration of the ‘“‘Yacimientos Petroliferos Fiscales” has to start
work every morning at 8 o’clock, and the general is there at that
hour, too, to see that the work is done—and it is.
Courtesy of ‘‘Plus Ultra,’’ Buenos Aires.
PETROLEUM TANKS AT COMODORO RIVADAVIA
To-day Comodoro Rivadavia, instead of being a barren, wind-
swept beach, is a progressive little town with a considerable number
of good buildings on well-kept streets, and a hard-working popula-
tion of several thousands, all directly or indirectly engaged in the
oil business. And it may safely be prophesied that not many years
will pass before the railway, which at present only gets as far as
San Antonio Oeste, will reach Comodoro Rivadavia.
The barrenness of the southern coast is, indeed, the work of
nature, but forestation can be done down there, successfully, by the
utilization of certain classes of trees requiring but little ram. When
Mar del Plata was founded about 45 years ago there was not a tree
within miles. To-day the gardens and trees are numerous and
beautiful, so that there can be no doubt that as time passes the
inhabitants of the little new town, which sprang into existence by
the casual discovery of oil, will also have its gardens and public
squares with trees, the same as Bahia Blanca, Viedma, San Antonio
1090 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION
and other places where, by force of ingenuity and labor, the desert
has been made to blossom as the rose.
A couple of vears ago the National Government contracted with
the Bethlehem Steel Co. for the erection of an oil distillery close to
La Plata, capital of the Province of Buenos Aires, a work which gave
great satisfaction to the Argentine authorities, and which renders ex-
cellent service in the distillery of crude oil from Comodoro Rivadavia.
The action of the Argentine Government in making an important
reservation of oil fields is to be applauded as a wise and far-seeing
measure; but round about that reservation there are a number of
wells drilled by oil-boring companies, both Argentine and foreign.
Of course, the Comodoro Rivadavia district has not a monopoly
in oil production, as this commodity has also been found in Neuquen,
Mendoza, and Salta, where wells have been drilled, but up to date
there can be no doubt that the principal field is the one in and
around Comodoro Rivadavia.
It is quite possible that in the future other districts in which
petroleum exists may be located. In the meantime the Argentine
Government has a practically inexhaustible series of wells, and the
money there invested and well administered has been amply justified.
The importance of the possession of oil fields is to-day beyond all
possible question and if the Argentine authorities have considered it
wise to invest millions of pesos in Comodoro Rivadavia it must be
admitted that their action has been amply justified by the results.
The consumption of petroleum in its diverse forms, however, is
rapidly increasing in Argentina, but even so statistics show that there
is not enough produced, as imports of this commodity, especially
from Mexico, are also increasing.
There can be no doubt that the consumption of coal in this Republic
will decrease to an insignificant quantity, as factories and railways
are all gradually installing apparatus for using oil, which offers so
many advantages, and this is also true of ocean-going vessels, the
boilers of which are frequently changed so as to permit of the’use of oil.
IJI—_ FOREIGN CAPITAL AND ARGENTINE NATIONAL
PRODUCTION '
By ALEXANDER BUNGE
Professor and Ex-counsellor in the University of Buenos Aires, Member of the
Commission for the Publication of the ‘Review of Argentine Economy”’
Is the investment of foreign capital beneficial to Argentina? Does
it benefit Great Britain and the United States of America to invest
capital in Argentina?
More than 12 years have elapsed since foreign investments in
Argentina ceased to be of importance, and therewith has coincided
the effort to stabilize national production and i immigr ation.
“The ation, Bunce) Ieee, Apr. 18, 1927.
ECHOES FROM ARGENTINA 1091
We have already observed, in other articles on the subject, that
the immigration quota for the 12 years subsequent to 1914 reached
the very small figure of 319,000 immigrants, whereas in the 10 years
preceding that period it had amounted to 1,540,000.
If we have arrived at the conviction that there is approaching an
era of economic reestablishment and vigorous development in pro-
duction and commerce, it is due largely to the fact that we are con-
vinced that the moment has arrived for the investment on a large
scale of foreign capital. These investments will stimulate initiative
and action. But all this would be useless if, with the movement that
is initiated from abroad, there was not on our part an effort to so
arrange our economic policy as to assure and protect these investments.
We do not deem it necessary to enter upon minute statements to
prove that as with the 6,000 millions invested in our country (in rail-
ways, in ports and public works, in tramways and electric-light
works and other industries, in mortgages for the installation of light-
ing systems, mills, machinery) there was brought about during the
years previous to 1908 the marvelous progress of that period, so also,
the next investments will produce an equal if not greater effect, since
they will be founded on a base already more solid and powerful.
During the last years, jointly with the duplication of reproductive
capital, there was brought about in Canada, as we have noted, the
duplication of the physical volume of production, so that to-day it
is almost double the per capita in Argentina.
Has the employment of foreign capital been of benefit to Canada?
The answer is in the railways constructed in these 12 years, double
the number of ours; the railway traffic, triple that of ours; and the
high level reached by the people. If this is not sufficient it is still
true that the economic and political policy has been strengthened by
these investments.
The only condition requisite for such results is that foreign capital
shall not be dissipated in governmental or political campaigns, nor
be invested in foreign agencies for the fiscalization of our production
and our economic life. We will speak on another occasion of the
requisites necessary to fulfill these conditions.
As to the benefits of foreign investment in Argentina, it is well
to recall some of the circumstances which have made and will make
our country, during the next generation, the most favored place for
investment of large sums of capital in a reproductive form.
After all the most important condition is progress. Argentina
has a territorial horizon of riches practically unlimited and replete
with favorable surprises (to-day petroleum, then cotton, to-morrow
other sources of wealth more or less unlooked for which will be found
in our fertile country). There is not in all the world a territorial
economical unity which at this time offers as many present possi-
bilities as Argentina.
On our valuable soil are working 10 millions of white people, of
the pure Caucasian race, and they are governed by a political organi-
1092 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION
zation with modern and advanced methods. This population offers
the greatest known natural increase—almost 200,000 annually or
nearly 2 per cent—and is augmented by immigration possibilities,
proven during long periods, which can be estimated at a minimum
of 100,000 for the next few years, with a strong annual increase, if at
the same time reproductive capitalization is increased.
In order to appreciate the economic capacity of Argentina it is
useful to compare it with that of the South American Continent,
toward which are again looking the business men of the world who
have an acute and panoramic vision.
We begin by saying what we demonstrated two years ago by
close statistics—the economic capacity of Argentina is greater than
that of the rest of the South American nations combined.
It is worth while to go over the figures which lead to this irrefut-
able conclusion, accepted by all South American statisticians and by
those of other countries which have commented on our article.
FOREIGN COMMERCE
The commerce of all South America—that is to say, of the 10
countries comprised (Argentina, Brazil, Chile, Peru, Uruguay,
Bolivia, Colombia, Venezuela, Paraguay, and Ecuador), amounted
in 1923 to 3,169 millions of gold dollars. Of this amount Argentina
had 1,590,600,000 gold dollars—that is to-day, something more than
one-half (50.10 per cent). In 1924 the proportion for Argentina was
greater. Comparing these figures with the population, it is seen
that they represent $159 gold per capita in Argentina, and $33 for
the rest of South America.
RAILWAYS
Of the 88,385 kilometers in operation, 37,800, or 42.70 per cent,
are in Argentina. For each 10,000 inhabitants there are 37.8 kilo-
meters of railway, and in the rest of South America, 29.3 kilometers.
RAILWAY TRANSPORTATION
In 1924 there were transported by all the railroads of South
America 80,478,000 tons; 48,000,000 tons belonged to Argentina, or
60 per cent of the total. |
In regard to passengers carried the figures in the same year were
231,918,000. Argentina had 130,000,000, which also represents more
than the half (57 per cent), so that in Argentina 13 passengers
per capita were carried and 2 in the rest of South America.
TELEPHONES
Of the 348,847 telephones of South America, 157,000 belonged
to Argentina, or 45 per cent. This represents 157 instruments for
each 10,000 inhabitants in Argentina and 35 in the other countries.
ECHOES FROM ARGENTINA 1093
AUTOMOBILES
In 1924 there were 214,000 automobiles in the whole of South
America, of which 125,000 were in Argentina, or 58 per cent of the
total. At present there are something more than 200,000 automobiles
in our country, 65 per cent of the total in South America. Argentina
has some 200 automobiles for each 10,000,000 inhabitants and the
remaining countries about 20. For the last two years Argentina has
been importing about 5,000 automobiles monthly.
POSTAL AND TELEGRAPHIC ACTIVITY
Of the 2,873,000,000 pieces of mail dispatched by all South Amer-
ica, 1,727,000,000 were from Argentina, or 60 per cent of the total;
172 pieces per capita in Argentina and 27 in the other countries.
Thirty-six million telegrams were sent, 21,786,000 in Argentina, or
60 per cent of the total in all South America.
EDUCATION
The 46,000 teachers of Argentina in 1924 and the $180,000,000
spent on education represented some two-thirds (66 per cent) of the
number of teachers and the funds spent on education in the whole of
South America.
GOLD
Of the $694,999,000 (or the equivalent) of gold in hand in South
America, $505,675,000 belonged to Argentina. This represents 72.8
per cent of the total; nearly $60 in Argentina and less than $8 in the
other countries.
PRINTING
Argentina consumes 55.6 per cent of all the printing paper for books
and journals used in South America (163,800,000 kilos in the 10
countries and 91,000,000 in Argentina).
We must add that South America has some 20,000,000 inhabitants
of the pure white race, without a vestige of black, Indian, or Asiatic
blood, and that out of that total the half belongs to Argentina, a
country which has, in addition, less than half a million inhabitants of
mixed blood. :
There are two prominent men in the world who from personal
characteristics as superior individuals and from their position as
ministers of commerce of the two most powerful nations of the earth
are capacitated, as none others, to judge for their respective countries,
for Argentina, and for the world, of the advantages of the investment
of large sums of money in this young nation of a future unsuspected
by many. These men are the Minister of Commerce of Great
Britain, Mr. Philip Cunliffe Lister, and the Secretary of Commerce
1094 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION
of the United States, Mr. Herbert Hoover. I have had the honored
privilege of enjoying their intercourse and friendship and of knowing
their opinion on this point. Both of them are pleased to recognize
the great economic future of Argentina and to counsel the investment
of capital in this country for reproductive work.
Great Britain had an unlimited confidence in the future of Argen-
tina, and to-day the broad vision of those men who invested their own
money and that of their compatriots in this country is recognized.
The commercial relations between Great Britain and Argentina
are motives for thanks in both countries. The British steel rail con-
solidated our political unity and made our economic greatness an
essential factor; the Argentine meats, the cereals, the hides and
wools very soon cheapened the cost of living and clothing for the
British people, and created an ample market in this country for
their coal, their iron, and their manufactured articles.
The United States will soon increase its exports; it must do so.
South America and, in particular Argentina, is one place in the world
in which the consumption of automobiles and many other manu-
factured articles of the United States can increase rapidly. It is of
interest to the United States that these young nations progress,
that they are developed, and that in consequence they increase their
capacity for consumption, since in Europe this is less probable and the
markets less accessible, or at least less immediately accessible.
British capital invested in railways has not yet obtained any
considerable direct return, but this will come when the railway
traffic of to-day, which only amounts to 45,000,000 tons, has in-
creased, as in Canada—a country which has a million less inhabitants
than ours—to 120,000,000 tons.
The increase in railway traffic will be the first result of the invest-
ment of capital in agricultural colonies and in the industries manu-
facturing their products. The increase in automobiles and other
things preponderantly North American will be the first result of capital
invested in roads accessible to the railroads and tourists.
If ‘to govern is to populate,” in Argentina ‘‘to govern is to
attract capital,’’ because attracting capital is to-day the only way to
attract immigration on an appreciable scale.
What sound and organically reproductive activity will not have
its future assured in a country which receives each year 600 millions
of dollars for its unlimited territorial riches, which produces a natural
increase in population of 200,000 inhabitants yearly, and which
receives from 100,000 to 200,000 European immigrants of the most
productive age?
Let us take note of these facts, but at the same time let us practice
an economic policy assuring ample protection to the capital which
is to develop the next brilliant period of our economic development.
NEW lnk in the great chain which rapidly and surely is
bringing the nations of this continent, and of the world,
within the range of the human voice was forged Thursday,
September 29, when in the great Hall of the Americas at
the Pan American Union in Washington, and simultaneously in
the National Palace in the City of Mexico, telephonic conversa-
tion was inaugurated between the capitals of these two great and
friendly nations. In the imposing and significant ceremonies which
marked the occasion, the Presidents of the two Republics, Plutarco
Elias Calles and Calvin Coolidge, participated in the most direct
fashion, as did also high officials of the respective State Departments,
the Mexican Ambassador to the United States, the Chargé d’ Affaires
of the United States in Mexico, and the Director General of the Pan
American Union.
In addition to these distinguished participants, about 300 of the
400 invited guests, composed of the diplomatic representatives in
Washington of the Latin American and other countries, high officials
of the several Government departments, and eminent citizens of
national and international reputation were, by the generosity of the
American Telephone & Telegraph Co., provided with 300 individual
headphones which enabled them to “listen in” throughout the whole
of this transcendental ceremony.
Readers of the BULLETIN will recall that barely six years ago simi-
lar ceremonies marked the inauguration of telephone service between
Cuba and the United States. The recent inauguration of the service
between Mexico and the United States, which covers a distance of
3,357 miles, marks the culmination of years of energetic constructive
work by the Mexican Telephone & Telegraph Co., work which has
enjoyed the constant and decided cooperation of the Mexican
Government.
The first speaker in the inauguration ceremony was the Director
General of the Pan American Union, Dr. Leo 8. Rowe, who addressed
the audience as follows:
1095
‘0° Ydeise]9
wy ouoydefay, UWeoMeUry ‘UOISIATG seulry suOT ‘lodvuBUI [eloUes ‘JOTI “O VL “AI pue ‘uoyeiodi0g ydeisejey, 2 ouoydojay, [euoeUIejUT ON) PORnanaad
SIA ‘Op1O *q AUOH “ATA ‘0984S Jo Alvjaloog BUOY ‘ICH “f INCILM “WOH ‘ospl[ooH UIATeH JUEPISeIg ‘S0}v1G Pol EY} 07 OdIxeyT JO Jopessequry ‘zeT[aI, °O [enue
wo 1OUVg ‘MOU UvdTIOULY Uv O44 jo [BAoUOy) IOJPOOIIG ‘OMOY “S “T Iq ‘0D ydvise[ay, 7 euoydelay, URdIIeUTY 94} Jo yUepIseId ‘pIOYID “g JOI[TVM ‘IP :avodde
“Qqall 04 4Jo, Wo. ‘dnois oy} UT “OdIXeTAT JO SOT[VO YUOPIseIg PUB OSPI[OOH JUEPIsel{ U9IMJ9qd POsULYOXO SZUI}OOIF OY} voy 0} UOT UvoTIoULy UB OY} Ul SvolIeuLW
Ot} JO [IVH OY} Ul porquesse eouOIpNe poysiInsUTysIp B “126 ‘6Z JoquIejdeg ‘Oorxey\] PUB So7vIg PoeIIU O44 UEEM4eq OdIAOS EUOYAeIO} JO UOT{VANZNvUI oY} JO WOISvID0 OY UC
“Od ‘NOLONIHSVM NOAMLAG AOIAMAS ANOHdMATAL AO NOILVYADAVNI FHL
ALIO OOIXdW ANV
eg
INAUGURATION OF TELEPHONIC COMMUNICATION 1097
Doctor Rowe spoke as follows:
We are to-day assembled to celebrate an event of major importance to the
relations between the nations of America. But afew years ago in this same hall
telephonic communication was opened between Washington and Habana.
To-day we inaugurate the service between Washington and Mexico City, and
it is only a question of a few years when similar communication will extend through
Central and South America. It is difficult for us fully to appreciate the deep
significance of this improved communication to the closer understanding between
the peoples of this continent. In the onward march of Pan Americanism to-day’s
event marks a milestone. We all owe a debt of obligation to this achievement
of science and industry and especially to the two companies that are responsible
for this remarkable achievement, the American Telephone & Telegraph Co.
and the International Telephone & Telegraph Corporation, and especially to the
two representatives with us to-day, viz, the president of the American Telephone
& Telegraph Co., Mr. Walter 8. Gifford, and Mr. Henry P. Orde, vice president
of the International Telephone & Telegraph Corporation and also vice president
of the associated company, the Mexican Telephone & Telegraph Co.
Mr. Gifford, president of the American Telephone & Telegraph
Co., then delivered the following address:
We have met to-day to inaugurate the opening of telephone service between
the United States and the Republic of Mexico. There could be no more appro-
priate place for these ceremonies than the Hall of the Americas in this stately
building, in the Nation’s capital, of the Pan American Union. In behalf of the
American Telephone & Telegraph Co. and the International Telephone &
Telegraph Corporation, I thank you most sincerely, Doctor Rowe, as Director
General of the Pan American Union, for your hospitality and cooperation in
making possible so fitting a setting.
From the time when the President of the United States talks with the President
of Mexico the two capitals will be within speaking distance of each other. What
has made this possible are the new lines of the International Telephone & Tele-
graph Corporation’s system in Mexico. Its associated company there has just
finished 786 miles of line between Mexico City and the border at Laredo, Tex.
At that point its wires connect with the long lines of the American Telephone
& Telegraph Co., which reach to all parts of the United States and connect to
Canada, Cuba, and Great Britain.
The inauguration of this service fulfills one of the specific objects for which
the American Telephone & Telegraph Co. was formed. The charter of the
company, granted in 1885, reads in part as follows:
“To connect one or more points in each and every city, town, or place in the
State of New York with one or more points in each and every other city, town,
or place in said State, and in each and every other of the United States, and in
Canada and Mexico; and each and every of said cities, towns, and places is to be
connected with each and every other city, town, or place in said States and
countries and also by cable or other appropriate means with the rest of the known
world.”
As this charter of 40 years ago specifically mentioned connections with Mexico,
we are particularly glad to meet the enterprise of the International Telephone
& Telegraph Corporation at the border and fulfill the obligation of service between
the two countries.
At the time that charter was granted, “long distance” in this country was
about a hundred miles. The men who prophesied connection with Mexico under
those conditions were both optimistic and farsighted, and we are glad to have
1098 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION
a Te SV
CIRCUIT USED IN CEREMONIES INAUGURATING
TELEPHONE SERVICE BETWEEN THE UNITED STATES AND MEXICO
Serio MONTERREY | BY PRESIDENT COOLIDGE IN WASHINGTON AND PRESIDENT CALLES
ee | IN MEXICO CITY, SEPTEMBER 29, 1927.
~ VICTORIA‘
XS DISTANCES: |
Washington - New York....... 223 Miles
S. LUIS POTOSI |
MIR New York - Laredo. 2348”
| Laredo - Mexico City................ 786
NN TOTAL, WASHINGTON - MEXICO CITY 3357 Miles
MEXICO CITY
been able to meet that part of their specifications, although we are still somewhat
short of the prophesy for telephone connection with the rest of the known world.
By 1890 long distance was bounded by Boston, Washington, and Buffalo.
The long lines reached Chicago in 1892. They got to Denver in 1911 and San
Francisco in 1915. Since then two more transcontinental lines have been built
and a radiotelephone service opened to Great Britain.
In the history of telephony Mexico was first among Spanish-speaking coun-
tries in the public use of the telephone. Four years after the invention of Alex-
ander Graham Bell a telephone exchange was being operated in the capital of
Mexico. Two years later the Mexican Telephone Co., the predecessor of the
Mexican Telephone & Telegraph Co., began to operate. It is over the lines of
the latter company, which is an associated company of the International Tele-
phone & Telegraph Corporation, that the present messages are being transmitted,
It is perhaps even more interesting that what we believe to have been the
first international telephone communication in the world was established between
Brownsville, Tex., in the United States, and Matamoros, just across the border
in Mexico, in October, 1883.
We are inaugurating to-day service between points far apart, but distance is
not the main criterion. What we in the telephone business are chiefly interested
INAUGURATION OF TELEPHONIC COMMUNICATION 1099
in is: service. Service is not getting one message through under favorable
conditions for a record. Service is getting everybody’s messages through at all
times and getting them through quickly, effectively, and at a reasonable cost;
in other words, providing a sure servant for the human intercourse of friendship
and commerce. It is this which it is the ambition of the International Telephone
& Telegraph Corporation and of the American Telephone & Telegraph Co. to
provide between the two countries.
After a brief communication between Doctor Rowe and Col. W. F.
Repp, vice president of the Mexican Telephone & Telegraph Co., the
President of the United States, Calvin Coolidge, addressed the follow-
ing observations to His Excellency the President of Mexico, Plutarco
Elias Calles:
I am deeply impressed, President Calles, by the significance of this occasion,
marking, as it does, by the personal conversation of the Chief Executives of the
two Governments, the inauguration of direct telephone communication between
the Capital of the United States and the Capital of Mexico. Conspicuous among
the accomplishments of the present age is the extraordinary development of
means for facilitating communication between the nations of the world. The
past few years have seen most striking progress in international communication
through the medium of the long-distance telephone. The completion of this
new telephone system between the United States and Mexico is further gratifying
evidence of this progress. The new facilities thus provided will promote a better
understanding between the peoples of our countries. We owe a debt of gratitude
to the engineering skill and public spirit on both sides of the boundary which
have made possible this new link between Mexico and the United States. I am
happy to participate with you, Mr. President, in this auspicious ceremony, and
to express to you, and through you to the people of Mexico, my cordial greetings.
President Calles then made the following response to the cordial
expressions of President Coolidge:
Iam very happy personally and directly to return the greetings of Mr. Coolidge,
the President of the United States, over the telephone which from to-day on shall
link Mexico and the United States, and shall in an effective manner make for
the more ample development of our mutual trade and for greater simplicity in
the transaction of affairs and for larger facilities to all the inhabitants of both
countries. This event has a beneficent effect and will undoubtedly improve
international relations between Mexico and the United States of America, for it
is a well-known thing that close relations and a greater comprehension of diffi-
culties naturally react in favor of the respective governments who are the leaders
of their nations.
I hope that this new telephone line will serve from a social point of view to
bring about closer relations and a better understanding between the individual
citizens of both Republics. I sincerely congratulate His Excellency, the President
of the United States of America, and through him the people of the United States,
just as we congratulate ourselves on the occasion of the inauguration of this far-
reaching improvement, and I cordially desire that this victory over time and
space be a conquest of that spiritual union the end of which grows from day
to day.
The opportunity of talking directly to the President of the United States of
America affords me the pleasure of renewing my fervent wishes and my ardent
hopes for the beginning of a new era for these two Governments and people, an
era of good will and mutual understanding which can not fail to put an end to
1100 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION
all those needless misunderstandings that so frequently exist with prejudice to
the normal development of nations.
I send my congratulations to the President of the United States with great
affection.
Hon. Wilbur J. Carr, Acting Secretary of State of the United
States, then proceeded to address Hon. Genaro Estrada, Acting
Minister of Foreign Affairs of Mexico, in the following words:
Mr. Minister, I am happy to have the honor and the privilege of participating
with you in the ceremony incident to the establishment of direct telephonic
communication between your country and mine. Improvements in the means of
communication between nations, as well as between individuals, have always
tended to promote better understanding and more harmonious relations. Let us
hope that the international telephone service which we are inaugurating to-day
may quicken and facilitate the commercial and practical intercourse between
Mexico and the United States in the interest of the material prosperity of both
countries and of the strengthening of the ties of friendship between them.
My chief, Mr. Kellogg, the Secretary of State, who is unfortunately absent
from Washington to-day, telephoned me this morning and requested me to
express to you his great regret that he could not be here and have the pleasure
of personally speaking with you.
Acting Minister of Foreign Affairs, Hon. Genaro Estrada, without
a moment’s delay replied as follows:
Mr. Acting Secretary of State, I am very pleased to congratulate you on the
truly great significance of this public improvement which marks necessarily an
advance of the greatest consequence both for Mexico and the United States in
the fields of their daily intercourse. The Mexican Foreign Office has looked
forward with satisfaction to this first opportunity to talk directly to the State
Department in Washington and it is really happy over the completion of this
very important work which so effectively connects the two countries who are
already linked by nature and by trade. Allow me, Sir, to express to you my most
cordial congratulations on the opening of this direct telephone service, and I
sincerely hope that this new means of communication between the two countries
of this continent will furnish a means for extending the cordial feeling which
must exist between our two nations.
His Excellency the Ambassador of Mexico, Hon. Manuel C. Téllez,
then addressed the following observations to the American Chargé
d’ Affaires at Mexico City:
I extend to you a most cordial greeting on this noteworthy occasion. Thanks
to the kind invitation of the companies inaugurating this important service, I
now, for the first time, have the pleasure of communicating orally with you from
Washington, and I think that we should felicitate each other on the realization
of an achievement due to the initiative, endeavor, and cooperation of construc-
tive elements in both our countries.
The words that have just been exchanged between their Excellencies the
President of the United States, Hon. Calvin Coolidge, and the President of
Mexico, Sefior General Don Plutarco Elias Calles, and between the Acting Sec-
retary of Foreign Affairs and the Acting Secretary of State, give unmistakable
testimony of the interest that our Governments have taken in this enterprise
and the importance it has for the increase of mutual understanding between our
nations.
INAUGURATION OF TELEPHONIC COMMUNICATION 1101]
In my opinion, even though the teachings of that illustrious President of the
United States, Woodrow Wilson, on the necessity of conducting diplomatic
negotiations with entire frankness to satisfy the demands of universal conscience
may have been advanced for his epoch, that principle must necessarily be the
rule governing the conduct of those to whose actuation governments entrust an
important part of the destinies of the countries they represent. In the certainty
that the lofty spirit which animated those teachings is beginning to find realiza-
tion, I beg you to believe with me that the service now being inaugurated will
be of inestimable value to us diplomats accredited, respectively, in Mexico and
Washington, not only because it will give us the comfort of direct personal com-
munion with those who can best inspire our actions, but also, since we may now
have personal and immediate contact with our countries at all times, it will
permit us to represent them with greater timeliness, sincerity, and frankness.
Please accept my greetings and my personal wishes that your stay in Mexico
will continue to be pleasant to you in every way.
The United States Chargé d’ Affaires then responded to Ambassador
Téllez’s observations as follows:
I have the honor to inform you that your message was received with the greatest
pleasure. It is an honor to have participated in this historic occasion. It is a
special honor for those of us who are dedicated to the cultivation of friendly and
more intimate relations between our respective governments.
I congratulate you upon your participation in this important function and desire
to assure you that your sentiments of cordiality and cooperation are sincerely
reciprocated.
The official utterances having now been completed, Mr. Gifford
proceeded to inform Colonel Repp, in Mexico City, that the new
service would be open to the public on Friday, September 30, from
8 a.m. The Mexican national anthem by the United States Army
Band, and a similar rendition of the Star Spangled Banner by the
Police Band in Mexico City brought both audiences to their feet,
thus bringing a most interesting and highly significant ceremony to a
successful close.
MENTAL PICTURE of the progressive Republic of Costa
Rica inevitably brings to mind the thought of its two chief
agricultural products and exports—bananas and fine cof-
fee—the latter because of its value as a money crop called
by Costa Ricans ‘‘the golden grain.” It is perhaps not always
realized, however, that Costa Rica is a country of great diversity of
altitude, from sea level to more than 11,000 feet, with a climate
which also varies considerably on this account. Therefore it should
not be surprising to find that stock raising, although often considered
an industry peculiar to the temperate zones, has been brought to a
high degree of perfection by His Excellency the President of Costa
Rica, Lic. Don Ricardo Jiménez Oreamuno, who as a practical
hacendado has devoted much time, money, and thought to this branch
of agriculture and, as Chief Executive, has done all in his power to
promote its general development.
At “El Aguacate,’ the President’s rolling upland farm near
Cartago, will be found an extremely fine herd of imported and native-
born Ayrshires, the breed which Sefior Jiménez has chosen for that
region because of its excellent all-round qualities and its hardy
adaptability to local climatic conditions.
Believing that, as some one has said, the sire is 75 per cent of the
herd, Sefior Jimémez bought in Scotland ‘‘ Double Event of Millantae,”’
an Ayrshire bull whose dam, Millantae Mayflower, won the first
prize in the London dairy cattle show in 1925 and 1926, and also at
Kelso, Scotland, in 1926, as well as the Shirley cup and the gold medal
of the British Dairymen’s Association as the cow giving the most
milk, 89 pounds a day being her record at the London show. Since
she also has other distinctions to her credit, it is not surprising that
the price of ‘‘Double Event,’ her offspring, was £350. Still other
Ayrshires purchased in the United States and Europe and their
progeny form a herd of which the owner may well be proud.
The fertile slopes of ‘El Aguacate” lend themselves to the culti-
vation of elephant grass, a fodder which grows luxuriantly and is
available the year round. Guinea grass is now being tried to see
whether it will prove equally satisfactory. The best of care in
modern cow sheds, the use of cattle dips to control the tick, the
1 Based on an article by Don Jesis Mata Gamboa, in the Diario de Costa Rica, July 24,1927. San José.
1102
Photograph by M. Gémez Miralles.
FINE CATTLE ON “EL AGUACATE” FARM
Upper: Fine sire, “‘ Double Event”’ at 22 months of age, his dam being the notable Millantae Mayflower,
which produced 89 pounds of milk daily, winning the prize in the London Dairy Show in 1925 and 1926.
This bull is in the herd of the President of Costa Rica on his stock farm ‘“‘E] Aguacate.’’ Lower:
Young cow—Scottish breed—which with her first calf gave 30 pounds of milk daily. Part of the herd
of the stock farm ‘‘ El Aguacate’’ owned by the President of Costa Rica
65031—27—Bull. 11 4
Photograph by M. Gémez Miralles.
AYRSHIRE COWS
Young imported Ayrshire cows at ‘El Aguacate’’ stock farm. During the forenoon these cows are
kept in the stable, their fodder being largely elephant grass
Photograph by M. Gémez Miralles.
“ZACATE ELEFANTE” OR ELEPHANT GRASS
One of the most productive and nutritious fodder plants on the stock farm ‘‘ El Aguacate”’
PEDIGREE CATTLE IN COSTA RICA 1105
inoculation of newborn calves, and special attention to feeding, produce
sleek cattle which it is a joy to behold. The hills dotted with cows
remind the visitor of the famous Swiss highland pastures and herds.
It is to be hoped that under the skilled leadership of President
Jiménez Costa Rica may find in cattle raising and dairying an increas-
ingly important additional source of national wealth and an invaluable
food supply.
Photograph by Manuel Gémez Miralles.
IMPORTED STOCK IN COSTA RICA
A fine herd of imported stock with young calves born in Costa Rica on the stock farm ‘‘E] Aguacate,’”’
owned by Don Ricardo Jiménez O.
O CREATE and develop within a city of 40,000 people a
national library which fulfills the purposes of such an institu-
tion as well as those of a general library will seem quite unique
to those familiar with library development as known in the
United States, yet that is what the Republic of Honduras has done
in its National Library in the City of Tegucigalpa.
This library was created by decree of February 11, 1880, and was
officially inaugurated August 27 of the same year in the National
University, where the library was to be located. The inauguration
consisted of a reception by Dr. don Antonio R. Vallejo, the first
director of the library, assisted by the leading men and women of
Tegucigalpa. The ceremony was brief, consisting of an opening
address by the then Minister of Public Instruction, Senor don Ramon
Rosa, and a response by Sefior don Francisco Cruz, followed by the
reading of two poems written specially for the inauguration, one by
Manuel Molina Vijil and the other by J.S. Palma. A ball followed
the conclusion of the ceremonies.
In the opening paragraph of his address Sefior Rosa said: ‘‘Most
happy is the association of ideas suggested by the events we are
patriotically celebrating on this auspicious occasion. The National
Archives are now being inaugurated: Honduras regains her past;
she retrieves the scattered pages of her history; new codes are pub-
lished; and, Honduras, freed from the last traces of colonial restriction,
achieves complete independence. The first public library is opened,
and Honduras now enters fully into the broad paths of the future
opened by books and by science. * * *”
The books owned by the National University at the time of the
inauguration were presented to the new library to serve as the basis
for its future development. The library, however, soon outgrew the
rooms assigned to it at the university. It was therefore moved into
another Government building where, unfortunately, it was partly
destroyed during the war of 1893-1895. In an effort to replace the
material destroyed, President Manuel Bonilla purchased thousands
of volumes in Europe, which were received in time to be included in
the ceremony observed at the opening of the newly constructed
library building completed in 1905. This building provides ample
1 Compiled by Charles E. Babcock, librarian of the Pan American Union, from official documents and
from correspondence with the director, Dr. Abraham Ghunera R,
1106
THE NATIONAL LIBRARY OF HONDURAS 1107
space for the present library. It contains fifteen rooms, 3 of which
are used for book stacks and the others for public reading rooms, the
National Archives, and administration purposes. It should be noted
that particular attention was given in the construction of the reading
room to provide ample space and good light for reading desks. This
fine room, which has a capacity of 150 readers, is adorned with marble
busts of José Cecilio del Valle, Alvaro Contreras, José Trinidad Reyes,
and Ramén Rosa, all eminent figures in the progress and development
of the library.
The National Library, which is a division of the Department of
Public Instruction of Honduras, is in charge of a director appointed
RY OF HONDURAS a
IN TEGUCIGALPA
This building provides ample
space for the present collec-
tion of 15,000 volumes
by the President of the Republic. An assistant director, two principal
library assistants and junior employees complete the staff. In accord-
ance with the official regulations for the administration of the library
published in La Gaceta of July 15, 1925, it is open to the public from
9 to 12 a.m. and from 7 to 9 p. m., the evening hours for the benefit
of workingmen having been originally established in 1910 under the
directorship of Senor don Juan Maria Cuéllar. The National
Archives, while established as a separate unit from the library, are
located in the library building and are administered by the director
of the library. They are open from 9 to 12 a. m. and 2 to 4 p. m.
The National Library is supported by direct appropriation from
the Government. In 1926-27 this allotment amounted to $9,140, of
which $2,000 was assigned for the purchase of books. A similar
1108 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION
amount has been available each year for many years past, thus
assuring to the library some funds for the acquisition of new publica-
tions. As is usually the custom with all national libraries, provision
is made in Honduras for the depositing of copies of Government
official publications.
Article 1 of the library regulations reads: ‘The National Library
of Honduras is a public institution intended to develop the culture of
the country.’”’ It is this development of culture, rather than a large
collection of miscellaneous books, which seems to be the particular
aim toward which Director Ghunera is now putting forth his greatest
efforts. Visitors to the library state that the collection contains many
rare and valuable books, of value to the student and historian, as
well as works of general interest and practical use. This is largely
due to the care and skill with which the directors have made their
selections of new material. Many valuable donations to the library
have been made by the citizens of Honduras, among which may be
mentioned those by Dr. Don Marco Aurelio Soto, Dr. Don Ramon
Rosa, Don Enrique Gutiérrez, Don Francisco Bardales hijo, Don
Francisco Cruz, Don Miguel Ugarte, and Mr. Cecil R. Mahaffey,
now of San José, Calif., who was made an honorary member of the
National Library by the President of the Republic on June 4, 1924,
in recognition of his many gifts. During the directorship of Don
Luis Bogran, the library continued to increase and a special exchange
arrangement was made with libraries in other countries. Under
the present director, this exchange, which affords an important source
for obtaining books, has been extended to include the libraries in the
remainder of the American Republics, also in Spain, Portugal,
Japan, France, Belgium, and Germany.
The National Library now contains over 15,000 volumes and
pamphlets, its annual increase being about 1,000 titles. It has an
average of 7,000 readers per year, equal to about one in six of the city
population. The principal requests are for books on education,
jurisprudence, economics, medicine, arts, industries, commerce,
history, and fiction, and for current periodicals. The library has two
card catalogues, one arranged by authors and one by subjects. A
catalogue was also printed and published by the National Printing
Office.
Soon after moving into its present building the library undertook
the publication of a magazine known as the Revista del Archivo y de
la Biblioteca Nacionales. It first appeared in November, 1906, and
continued until 1912. Its reappearance on June 30, 1927, was
welcomed by the foreign libraries on its exchange list as well as by
the Honduran public.
By Enriqur OrtsGa, C. E.!
Good roads are to a nation,
What arteries are to the human body.
HE National Exposition which was opened on a large scale
in the city of Santiago de los Caballeros, Dominican Repub-
lic, on May 5, 1927, attracting thousands of visitors and
tourists from Haiti, Cuba, and Puerto Rico, afforded the
Dominican Republic the long-desired opportunity of showing its
sister Antillians something of the progress which it has made during
the past few years in all lines of endeavor, and particularly in the
construction of public works, by an almost inconceivable extension
of its highway and roadway system.
After years of practical inactivity the country has awakened to
the realization that good highways are the arteries through which
the agricultural, industrial, and commercial life of a nation circu-
lates, being thus the most effective exponent of its progress.
Santo Domingo has been aroused-from its lethargy. Its Govern-
ment proposes to construct a network of highways throughout the
country which will make possible the development and working of
its numerous valuable resources now only awaiting the magic touch
of an easy and economic means of transport to be converted into
industries and enterprises in which men shall have to struggle less
fiercely in order to gain a living.
However, before entering into a detailed discussion of the works
which the Department of State, promotion, and communications is
at present carrying out with the approval of the General Board of
Public Works, or a consideration of the various plans for the near
future, it will be well to review in a short historical sketch the
construction of highways during the last 20 years under the various
government administrations in order to better understand the gigan-
tic task of the present secretary, Sefior Andrés Pastoriza, and the
directing engineer, Don Alfredo Ginebra, working with the aid and
encouragement of that man of high vision and tireless initiative,
1 Translated by Charlotte Marian Keefer of the BULLETIN staff.
1109
THE DUARTE HIGHWAY, DOMINICAN REPUBLIC
Two points along the most important road in the Republic. Upper: A curve through hilly country.
Lower: The Jima bridge.
THE MELLA HIGHWAY
The second most important road in the Dominican Republic. Upper: A stretch of road through level
country between San Pedro de Macoris and Hato Mayor. Lower: The Magarin bridge
1112 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION
that exemplary citizen and very center of dynamic energy, Gen.
Don Horacio Vasquez, the present Chief Executive of the Domini-
can Republic.
During the ‘Dominican administration”? between the years
1908-1916, the first step toward the completion of a general system
of highways was initiated by the beginning of construction work on
several highways. At that time a total of 76 kilometers (kilometer
equals 0.62 of a mile) was constructed at an approximate cost of
$1,700,000, resulting in the three principal highways known under
the names of the patriots “Duarte,” ‘‘Sanchez,”’ and ‘ Mella.”
This patriotic love of the Dominican people who when wishing to
honor their illustrious sons, brave, and liberty-loving heroes, in a
worthy and permanent manner, name their principal highways in
their memory and honor, is worthy of imitation, because it serves to
remind the foreign visitor that liberty is man’s sacred gift which can
neither be stifled nor destroyed by the mere potency of force.
Of these three highways the “Duarte,” which extends from north
to south, thus dividing the Republic in two large sections, is the
most important. It traverses the cacao, tobacco, and coffee produc-
ing zones, the richest and most beautiful sections of the country, and
connects the interior with the port of Santo Domingo in the south
and Monte-Cristy in the north, linking in its 292-kilometer length
the cities of Santo Domingo, La Vega, Moca, Santiago, and Monte-
Cristy.
Second in importance is the ‘‘Mella” highway, extending 175
kilometers in an easterly direction in a series of right-angled turns,
the delight of the motorist, out through a country of superb pano-
ramas, passing en route the flourishing cities of San Pedro de Macoris,
Hato Mayor, and Seybo or Higuey.
The third, the ““Sanchez’”’ highway, affords direct communication
between the capital, Santo Domingo, and the neighboring Republic
of Haiti, linking the towns of San Cristobal, Bani, Azua, San Juan,
and Comendador with Port au Prince, Hati, a distance (within the
Dominican Republic) of 260 kilometers.
From June, 1916, to October, 1922, the military government gave
a great Impetus toward further highway construction by completing
the “Duarte” highway and extending the “Mella” highway 36 kilo-
meters. In all, the military government constructed a total of 314
kilometers at a cost of $5,641,101.41.
Aside from the construction of an additional 93 kilometers on the
“Mella” highway, the provisional government, October, 1922, to
July, 1924, continued work on the “‘Sénchez”’ highway, lengthening
it by 104 kilometers, or a total of 197 kilometers, at a cost of
$1,536,167.40.
ROAD CONSTRUCTION IN THE DOMINICAN REPUBLIC
Upper: A branch of the Sanchez Highway, between San Juan and Las Matas. Lower: Curves on the
Santiago road through a mountainous section
IA! THE PAN AMERICAN UNION
In July, 1924, the present administration under Gen. Horacio
Vasquez was inaugurated. It would be tedious to enumerate all that
has been accomplished in the construction of highways and bridges
since that date; let it suffice to say that in January, 1927, an addi-
tional 208.5 kilometers of first-class highways were opened for public
use, 97 kilometers still being under construction. These were
financed wholly by national funds, primarily from the $10,000,000
loan contracted for public improvements. Moreover, the cost of
8 kilometers completed and 17 kilometers in process of completion
will be met by special appropriations.
Of the $10,000,000 loan, $2,500,000 is to be used for the continua-
tion of highway construction work according to the approved plan;
$2,000,000 to improve harbor facilities in Santo Domingo, San
Pedro de Macoris, and Puerto Plata; $2,500,000 for the aqueduct
and sanitation of the city of Santo Domingo; $5,000,000 as an initial
fund for an agricultural bank; $2,000,000 for school houses; and
$1,600,000 for the irrigation and colonization project. The remaining
$700,000 has not as yet been appropriated.
Aside from the three principal highways previously mentioned
there are the following branch roads, some completed, some in process
of construction, and others definitely planned.
From the “Duarte” highway: The Santiago-Puerto Plata, 61
kilometers in length, considered as one of the most picturesque and
beautifully panoramic in the Antilles; the San Francisco de Macoris-
Ricén, 26.5 kilometers; the Moca-Salcedo, 16 kilometers; the Moca-
Jamao, 28 kilometers; the Duarte-Pefia, 5 kilometers; the Duarte-
Guayubin, 7 kilometers; the Rincon Cotui, 28 kilometers; Santiago-
Las Matas, 40 kilometers; the Jicomé-Mao, 20 kilometers; and the
La Vega-Jarabacoa, 20.5 kilometers in length.
Branching from the ‘‘Mella”’ are: The Pintado-La Romana, 36
kilometers in length; the San Isidro-Bayaguana, 36 kilometers; the
Hato Mayor-Sabanalamar, 45 kilometers in length.
Connecting with the ‘‘Sanchez”’ are: The Sanchez-Barahona, 62.5
kilometers; the Sanchez Ocoa, 29 kilometers; and the Las Matas-
Cercado, 17 kilometers.
Independent of this system of primary and ane routes but
joining the trunk roads and forming an integral part of the general
system are the Sanchez-Saman4 section, 32 kilometers in length;
the Sanchez-Matanzas, 30 kilometers; and the Bajabonico-Altamira,
9 kilometers.
It may be said in résumé that on January 1, 1927, there were 1,477
kilometers of first-class highways and 794 kilometers of highway under
construction in the Dominican Republic, or only 683 kilometers less
than the number specified in the original plan which now has been
8
Yi
ROADS IN THE DOMINICAN REPUBLIC
Upper: Construction work on the branch of the Duarte Highway between Moca and Jamao. Lower:
Reinforced concrete bridge over the Yaque del Sur River
1116 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION
simplified and extended to such an extent that in a not far distant
future there will not be a city, town, or village which is not linked
with the remainder of the country by improved highways.
In the construction of these highways a maximum grade of 6 per
cent prevails, the various grades being united by vertical curves of
S0-meter radius. Curves in the mountains have a minimum radius
of 65 meters with tangents of at least 80 meters. When the con-
struction is macadam, a transverse 5-meter section of roadbed follows
a parabolic curve.
Aside from the first-class highways, the Dominican Republic also
has a roadway system which because of its good condition affords
easy access for transport by truck and automobile.
For the repair of these highways the general board has sufficient
appropriations and a qualified, capable personnel.
In consideration of the ease of transportation, the Dominican
Republic with its fertile lands covered by luxuriant vegetation, its
virgin forests and subsoil, a treasure house of incalculable richness,
is a promising field whose resources upon the wise investment of
capital and honest toil by men of talent and vision will be converted
into sources of great wealth and prosperity for the country.
The present public administration with its men of the high caliber
of the Hon. President Horacio Vasquez, Secretary Andrés Pastoriza,
Engineer Don Alfredo Ginebra, and the other secretaries and their
associates has most assuredly gained the favorable opinion of the
citizens of the Dominican Republic and foreigners.
An efficient, practical Government diminishes and eliminates the
poverty of its people by a sane interpretation and just execution of
the laws, by the maintenance of equitable courts of justice, a police
force sufficient for the absolute guaranty of individual and property
rights, and a department of agriculture constantly imterested in a
greater yield from its soil. Finally, the Dominican Republic is to-day
a living and noble example of true democracy, the pride of its founders
and worthy the honor of its sons.
Feary" 5.13) 19, (Sarena
Se @OLIBERT,
ea
fron &
Lee,
4
By Lovist F. SHreips
EACHERS ON the American and the Mexican sides of the
Imperial Valley are promoting international good will by
a joint committee on friendly relations.
This committee has grown out of the personal friendships
between educators on both sides of the international line, and has as
its chairmen Y. P. Rothwell, professor of Spanish in the Calexico high
school, and Angel Abrigo, of the Cuauhtemoc school for boys in
Mexicali. The honorary chairmen are Frank Bohr, American consul
at Mexicali, and Carlos V. Arisa, Mexican consul at Calexico.
An outstanding service from this committee has been the elimina-
tion from the curriculum of the schools on each side of the border of
all passages in textbooks which contained prejudiced statements
against the other country.
Interchange of visits of both teachers and pupils has been effected
on the birthdays of George Washington and Benito Juarez. The
Schoolmasters’ Club of Imperial County entertained the men teachers
of the Northern District of Lower California at a dinner in the Inter-
national Country Club at Calexico. At the spring meeting of the
Imperial County Teachers’ Association a large representation of the
Mexican teachers and pupils gave a program of music and folk
dances typical of the several Mexican States. Their juvenile band
proved to be made up of real musicians, although diminutive in
stature.
The Imperial Valley teachers are among the few United States
citizens who realize the rapid progress of education across the border.
The Mexican government of the Northern District of Lower California
now has an investment of a million and three quarters, and spends
annually a million three hundred thousand pesos upon maintenance
of its schools. It pays as high salaries to its teachers as any part of
the Republic. The first-grade teachers receive a minimum of $150
a month, American gold, upper-grade teachers proportionately more,
and the principals from $2,500 to $3,000 yearly.
One hundred and twenty-five teachers are instructing 4,500 pupils.
Of the 47 schools in that district, 5 are ‘‘superior,” covering six
TALI e/
1118 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION
grades, while 10 cover a four-year’s course. More than half are in
rural communities, and are giving practical instruction in agriculture
and home-making arts, such as cooking and sewing.
For instance, the Escuela Ignacio Zaragoza, 10 miles southwest of
Mexicali, has 135 pupils who raised this year seven crops of alfalfa of
@
fol Be 6g
viel wok >
Courtesy of Louise F. Shields. .
PROGRESS SCHOOL
This Mexican school in Lower California, which is attended by the children of colonists who are re-
ceiving aid from the Government while they develop homesteads, serves as a social center for the
neighborhood. It has a fire library and orchestra
Courtesy of Louise F. Shields.
IGNACIO ZARAGOZA SCHOOL
Senora Otilia U. de Cota (second from right), principal of this school, has done much toward adapting
the school work to community needs. Agriculture and sewing are features of the school work. Chil-
dren within a radius of four miles are brought to school by a bus
3 tons per crop, and an enormous amount of beans, squash, and other
vegetables. Their agricultural teacher received his training at a
college in Mexico City. These pupils have erected an artistic ramada
as playshelter, and have built arbors and rustic tables and benches
under the fine shade trees beside the school buildings. The girls in
IMPERIAL VALLEY TEACHERS 1119
this school produce needlework which would compare favorably with
that of some American home economics graduates. A school bus
transports the children within a 4-mile radius. Parents come with
their children for evening entertainments over the radio, as well
as home-talent entertainments. Six years ago this school enrolled
180 pupils in contrast with its present 135, and drew them from great
distances, but other schools have been opened as the colonization of the
district has developed under Government auspices. The present
plan is to have a school within reach of every child, by traveling 4 miles
as the maximum.
The boys in the school of the Colonia Progreso have an opportunity
to learn a trade at the cotton gin of the colony, and receive good
Courtesy of Louise F. Shields.
THE CUAUHTEMOC SCHOOL AT MEXICALI
This Mexican school for boys gives excellent training in a number of trades
wages for their work outside of school hours. The pupils of this
colony have access to an especially fine library of technical, historical,
literary, and juvenile books, presented by Gov. Abelardo L. Rodriguez
and housed in the headquarters of the Sociedad Cooperativa Colonia
Progreso y Anexas. This school has a fine orchestra of 24 boys and
6 girls under the direction of a professional musician. Radio enter-
tainments and dances alternate with the orchestral concerts in
the school auditorium which, here, has the dignified title of ‘“salén.”
A night school has sessions here several times a week for adult
colonists.
The especial pride of the Northern District is the recently enlarged
trade school connected with the Cuauhtemoc school for boys in
Mexicali, which gives excellent training in carpentry, cabinetwork,
65031—27—Bull. 11——5
1120 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION
automotive and electrical trades, shoemaking, saddlery, and other
occupations.
In the annual exhibition of handcrafts many articles made in the
trade school are displayed, and a bewildering array of embroidery,
drawn work, practical garments, paintings, lamp shades, and other
household decorations.
Modern playground equipment adds ‘incentive for developing
healthy bodies. Competitive athletic games, here as in other parts
of Mexico, are rapidly supplanting popular interest in cock fights
and bull fights. Interscholastic events include running, high and
broad jumping, and baseball.
Courtesy of Louise F. Shields.
HEALTH WORK PRODUCES GOOD RESULTS
The taller of the two boys, sons of a Mexican family, can now walk normally as the result of an operation
for club-foot, provided by the Rotary Club of the border city of Calexico, California :
Children of school age are required to attend school, but may
work before and after school for a limited number of hours. The
Labor Department of the Northern District regulates the time for
children’s work, even during the summer vacation, permitting them
to work in the fields from 4.30 to 9 a. m., and from 4 to 7 p. m., but
not during the heat of midday.
May is a festal month. Children’s day, or Fiesta del Nifio, comes
on May 1; Mothers’ Day on May 10; and Teachers’ Day on May 15.
National heroes are commemorated by many of the schools, as the
one in the east end of Mexicali, which bears the name of Benito
Juarez, and the one in the west end which is called Netzahualcoyotl.
The superintendent of public instruction in the Northern District
for the past 15 years has been Prof. Matias Gomez, a graduate of
AGRICULTURE, INDUSTRY, AND COMMERCE 1121
the Oaxaca Normal School, and author of a geography of the Northern
District. He has the assistance of three district supervisors and
three office clerks. Many of the teachers attend summer school
sessions in Mexico City, or other centers in their own country or the
United States.
The teachers on the American side of the Imperial Valley wish to
bring the above facts to the attention of their fellow countrymen
who have a neighborly interest in the Republic south of our border.
The friendly understanding between teachers and pupils on the two
sides of this valley may contribute to friendly diplomatic relations
between the two Republics when present school children shall take
take the reins of government.
ARGENTINA
Exports.—The Review of the River Plate for August 5, 1927, gives
the following report on grain, butter, and sheepskins exported from
January 1 to August 4, 1927:
Comparative table
Jan. 1—Aug. 4
Shipments
1927 1926
NWiheatetonsiof2 205 moun dst rete area Pee eS ee ee oe eee 3, 506, 766 1, 851, 501
IVT Otte ape eee umianel reese 4 2 ee ad ae ees Seder oe een ote 4, 867, 862 2, 191, 825
LiTISCe hee ee eM SM PM aD Sp Ue eh Ss 2 ee atid ge OR ees nee De 1, 264,065 | 1, 205, 931
ORL SOAS A Ce aoe Gee Me OU SEER Dy ETON a a 507, 576 459, 651
Vo DH ee cae ls a a a POE me pe iene a re NT Se a eee yep eer a Pe a 84, 965 81, 598
Srl yee en Nee ES es cer See eS eRe eee Se ee 281, 832 147, 906
IB ITC See deere Men ee eee esa oes bet i OL Ne oa ede AR 2 See eee 7, 707 9, 691
BITELEEN CASES Sens aera nn Gin OnE a Are Se ee CT Bay Se ee Ae ns See beter 486, 688 603, 222
Sheepskins halessss 2. sie Ua es ee ae a re We oe Ih ene os erereene 20, 192 13, 326
FRANCE-ARGENTINA AIR MAIL.—The representative of the Late-
coére Co. of France announced late in July to the press that by the
end of 1927 an air mail service from Toulouse, France, to Buenos
Aires would be in regular operation.
Plans for the journey from Toulouse are as follows:
There will be stops at Marseilles, Barcelona, Alicante, Malaga, Tangiers, Casa
Blanea, Agadir, Cape Juby, Villa Cisneros, Port Etienne, Saint Louis (Senegal),
Dakar, Porto Praia, Fernando do Noronha, Natal, Pernambuco, Maceio, Bahia,
Caravellas, Victoria, Rio de Janeiro, Santos, Florianopolis, Pelotas, Montevideo,
and Buenos Aires, making a total distance of 12,800 kilometers. The company
has 160 planes to put into the service, each leg of the flight to be made by a differ-
eZ? THE PAN AMERICAN UNION
ent plane. The crossing of the Atlantic from Dakar to Natal will be made in
the beginning by fast steamers, which it is hoped may later be replaced by sea-
planes. Two trips each way will be made weekly, seven and one half days being
calculated as the time necessary for the journey. However, when seaplanes are
used between Dakar and Natal it is believed that the time can be reduced to
four days or less. In addition to the 160 planes, the company has 1,100 spare
motors which are to be kept in the repair shops at the various landing fields.
The company has purchased a 250-acre landing field at Talar de Pacheco for
its Buenos Aires terminal, where it is planning to construct hangars.
GRAIN GRADING.—The Ferrocarril del Oeste (Western Railroad)
early in August completed a grain grading tour of its lines in the
erain regions, using its mechanical grain cleaner and grader to aid
the planters in selecting better seed. Farmers who have profited by
this service, begun by the railroad two years ago, have found that
their yield from the selected seed is 2 to 3 quintals (quintal equals
220.46 pounds) greater per hectare (2.47 acres), and that the grain is
more uniform and heavier. The Central Argentine Railroad has
also completed a similar wheat and linseed selection tour.
BeERLIN-BUENOS AIRES RADIOTELEPHONE.—On August 3, 1927,
the Telefunken Co., of Germany, made the first official test of radio-
telephone transmission from Berlin to Buenos Aires, opening the
program with an address by the Minister of German Communications,
the rendition of the Argentine and German national anthems, and
continuing with music and addresses by other speakers. The
Transradio International, of which the Telefunken Co. in Germany is
a member, intends to set up a transmitting station in Monte Grande
near Buenos Aires before the end of the present year.
BOLIVIA
HIGHWAY constRucTION.—The Bolivian Government has accepted
a tender in the sum of 800,000 bolivianos for the construction of
the proposed highway from Potosi to Cinti.
On the Potosi-Sucre road construction of the section from San
Pedro to Ingahuasi has been awarded to the Sociedad Agricola y
Ganadera de Cinti. This section comprises 61 kilometers.
Report oF Luoyp Afreo Boriviano.—The first annual report of
the Lloyd Aéreo Boliviano was published a short time ago and gives
some interesting figures regarding the activities of this organization.
The main line of the company, for the present, is from Cochabamba
to Santa Cruz, along which 107 flights have been made, covering a
total distance of 45,230 kilometers. Besides this main line one was
inaugurated from Cochabamba to Todos Santos and thence to
Trinidad last October, the distance being 790 kilometers and the
time employed 6 hours and 30 minutes. This line, however, is not
operating regularly for the present. The company’s planes have
made a number of trial and investigation flights between practically
AGRICULTURE, INDUSTRY, AND COMMERCE 1123
all the larger towns of the Republic. The total number of flights
carried out by the company during the past 14 months is 314; number
of hours in the air, 454; distance flown, 72,800 kilometers; number of
passengers carried, 1,583; amount of baggage carried, 7,468 kilos; mail
carried, 1,148 kilos.
BRAZIL
TESTS OF BABASSU NUT AND COROA FIBER.—The test of the nut of
the babasst_ palm made in Norway in the spring at the suggestion of
the Brazilian commercial attaché in Oslo showed very gratifying
results as to the useful content of this oleaginous nut, as follows:
Water, 3.80 per cent; oil, 66 per cent; albumins, 7.27 per cent; digestible
carbohydrates, 15.95 per cent; wood fiber, 3.43 per cent; full melting point, 79.5°
F.; solidification point, 72.6° F.; saponification value, 247.02; etherizing value,
245.05; iodine value, 15.20; free fatty acids, 0.06. The analysis of the babasst
oil cake compared with that of the coconut is as follows:
Analysis of oil cakes Babassti | ona Analysis of oil cakes Babasstt | ( ea
Wid Gerais Sees ter atin lh 12. 51 12) 225|(a@arbohydratese= saensssse 43. 21 42. 33
(Opt TS GING Rs Grrrl eel 6. 02 TAO Aly Wikooalstloyyr le se oe ee 2 12. 10
PAM bp earn Soto noe Slee eh 21.95 LOU S765] CAS eee eae eee NUR eg ue 4,99 6. 48
The sale of babasst nuts increased from 7,282,885 kilograms, valued at 4,668,007
milreis, in 1921 to 10,909,875 kilograms, valued at 10,979,138 milreis, in 1925.
The Bureau of Standards of the United States Department of Commerce after
a test of the corod plant, native to Brazil, is reported to have stated that its fiber
is eminently suitable for the manufacture of paper. The three samples tested
were treated with the caustic-soda process for making pulp; a formula having a
small quantity of soda produced a strong wrapping paper, and a larger quantity
of soda produced a pulp suitable for fine paper. As the corod plant is plentiful
in northeastern Brazil and the world’s supply of trees suitable for wood pulp
for paper is growing scarce this fiber will doubtless become an important item of
export in Brazilian foreign trade.
COMMERCIAL AVIATION.—According to cabled press reports, Senhor
Conde Pereira Carneiro, a prominent Brazilian, has organized a com-
pany in Paris for the establishment of commercial aviation between
Pernambuco, Brazil, and Montevideo, Uruguay. It is planned later
to operate the service in conjunction with other companies making
flights between Europe and America.
It is reported that the Zeppelin Co.’s engineer has arrived in Rio de
Janeiro to make arrangements for an airship service between Germany
and Brazil, and that the airport bemg constructed on Ilha Grande
dos Marinheiros, at Porto Alegre, for the hydroplanes of the Empreza
de Viagéo Aerea, will be completed in October.
ELectTIFRICATION oF Minas GeERAES Raitroap.—In accordance
with a contract with a British company, signed in April, 1926, the
Railroad of Western Minas Geraes is being electrified over a section 73
1p THE PAN AMERICAN UNION
kilometers long from Barra Mansa to Augusto Pestana. This section
of the main line was previously expensive to operate on account of
the large amount of coal necessary to provide power for the
steep grades in crossing the Serra da Mantiqueira. For the same
reason trains had to be made up with only a few cars, causing con-
gestion in freight and bad connections with the Uberaba, Tres
Coragées-Lavaras, and Barra Mansa-Porto de Angra dos Reis lines.
The electric power is to be developed from the Pildes Falls of the
Bananal River, which can furnish 2,400 horsepower and a three-
phase current of 33,000 volts.
There are to be five electric locomotives and all the necessary
equipment for the development of power at a total cost of £151,640
and 1,406 contos. The work was to be concluded on September 27
according to the terms of the contract.
ForEIGN TRADE OF Banta.—The foreign trade of the State of
Bahia for the first four months of 1927 was as follows: Imports,
36,477,599 milreis, or £885,652, and exports, 77,260,826 milreis, or
£1,883,564. The leading exports were cacao, valued at £954,531;
coffee, worth £287,406; leaf tobacco, worth £228,459; and skins and
hides, worth £209,554.
CHILE
NITRATE AND I0DINE.—As iodine is the chief by-product secured
in refining nitrate, the Government has been very much interested
in the disposal of this important chemical, the only other commercial
source for which is certain kinds of seaweed. It has been customary
for the Chilean Association of Iodine Producers, composed of the
members of Chilean Association of Nitrate Producers, to send their
entire output to a London firm, to which was delivered also the
iodine made from seaweed by European companies. The London
firm shipped the iodine to a few manufacturers in various parts of the
world for preparation of the various compounds and products in which
itis used. The Association of Iodine Producers has recently revised
its rules so as to admit three directors in representation of the Govern-
ment, who have the right of veto over any proposed action, and to
authorize the President of the Republic to take over at any time
when he deems it advisable the control of existing stocks of iodine
in the country and that manufactured thereafter. Except under such
control sales and exports will proceed freely.
The press states that the so-called Guggenheim process of refining
nitrate introduced at the Maria Elena plant (formerly Coya Norte)
of the Anglo Chilean Consolidated Nitrate Corporation is producing
nitrate 98 per cent pure and also proving economical in operation,
although at the time of writing the plant was not working at full
capacity, due to lack of complete mechanical extractive equipment.
AGRICULTURE, INDUSTRY, AND COMMERCE 25
The corporation in question, owner of the Tocopilla Railway and
branches leading to various nitrate plants, has ordered 60 freight cars
especially for the transportation of Chilean coal from the seaboards
to the plants, besides 2 electric engines and 20 nitrate cars. Readers
of the BULLETIN will recall that there is a movement to promote the
use of national coal in the nitrate plants, instead of imported
petroleum.
COLOMBIA
NEW EQUIPMENT FOR PASSENGER AIR LINE.—The Colombian-
German Air Transport Co., operating a passenger service up the
Magdalena River from Barranquilla to Zirardot, has purchased seven
new hydroplanes, including Junker, Dornier Merkur, and Dornier
Wall planes. The last named is the largest, having two motors of
600 horsepower each and a carrying capacity of 12 passengers.
CoLoMBIAN-CHILEAN Soctety.—The commercial attaché of the
Chilean Legation in Colombia recently organized in Bogot4 a Colom-
bian-Chilean commercial society with a capital of 200,000 pesos,
divided in 20,000 shares. A main office has been opened in the
Colombian city of Cali, and a branch office in Santiago, Chile. The
purpose of this new commercial society is, as its name implies, to
develop trade relations between the two countries. The Cali office
will further the export to Chile of such Colombian products as coffee,
tobacco, hides, fibers, fruits, petroleum, sugar, cotton, coal, and
medicinal plants, while Chile will send to Colombia nitrate, wines,
cereals, fine footwear, cattle and horses, and many other products.
The society plans to purchase in Chile two or three vessels of 3,000
tons each.
CoFFEE GROWERS’ CONGRESS.—The second national congress of
coffee growers, which convened in the city of Medellin last June,
approved a number of important resolutions bearing upon the devel-
opment of coffee production and trade, which constitutes the prime
industry of the country. These resolutions cover such questions as
the selection of seeds for new plantations, prevention of coffee
diseases, the spacing of trees in order that the maximum production
may be obtained, selection of trees for planting, the gathering of
only such berries as are ripe and ready for use, proper locations for
storing coffee, and use of fertilizers specially suited to this tree. A
resolution was also passed providing for the Chief Executive to
establish general storage deposits in such localities as the Govern-
ment may deem most advantageous for their location in relation to
the principal producing centers and coffee markets.
COSTA RICA
INCREASE IN HIGHWAY FUNDS.—By an act of June 28, 1927, the
loan of 10,000,000 colones authorized on May 14, 1927, was raised
1126 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION
to 12,000,000 colones. The decree specifies that the sum of 6,000,000
colones destined by the former decree for the construction of arterial
highways shall, with an additional 2,000,000 colones, be used exclu-
sively on the San José-San Carlos, San José-Puriscal, and San José-
Sarapiqui highways, but that should that amount exceed the sum
necessary for their construction, the balance shall be used to build
a road linking Puriscal with the Turrticares station on the Pacific
Railway. Of the 2,000,000 colones originally set aside for highways
in Provinces not benefited directly by the main highways, 400,000
colones is to be spent in the Province of Cartago, 200,000 colones in
Limon, and 400,000 in Puntarenas, while the remaining 2,000,000
colones, as provided in the original decree, is to be expended in the
construction of waterworks, no definite place being specified.
CUBA
Fish canninec.—Fishing interests along the Cuban coast plan to
establish canneries for preserving fish. ‘The business men interested
in this enterprise stated in a report to the Chief Executive that this
industry, if properly protected, would become in time perhaps the
third largest and most important industry in the Republic. (Couwr-
tesy of the Cuban Embassy in Washington.)
CONSUMPTION OF MEAT IN THE REepuBLIC.—A recent report of the
Bureau of Animal Industry of the Department of Agriculture states
that at the close of the year 1926 there were in the Republic 4,703,917
head of cattle, 747,303 horses, 71,942 mules, and 3,420 donkeys.
During that same year 450,972 head of cattle were slaughtered for
consumption, yielding 706,180,649 kilos of meat; hogs slaughtered,
170,645, giving 10,613,846 kilos of meat; sheep, 20,060, giving
374,013 kilos of meat; and goats, 6,277, giving 56,879 kilos of meat.
According to these figures the annual consumption of meat in the
Republic is 26.22 kilos per person, estimated from the figures of the
last census, which gives the population as 3,363,871. (Courtesy of
the Cuban Embassy in Washington.)
PROTECTION OF LIVESTOcK.—On August 7 President Machado
laid the cornerstone of the laboratory to be erected on the grounds of
the Agricultural Experiment Station of Santiago de las Vegas to
house a plant for preparing serum against the hog disease known as
pintadilla. In connection with this plant another laboratory will be
built for making antianthrax vaccine, also a model stable for pure-
bred livestock which are kept at the experiment station and sent to
the different livestock centers throughout the country every year for
breeding purposes. (Courtesy of the Cuban Embassy in Washington.)
DEVELOPMENT OF NEW INDUSTRY.—Recent experiments made in
Cuba with bags manufactured from banana fiber are said to have
shown this material to be superior to jute fiber for this purpose. Of
AGRICULTURE, INDUSTRY, AND COMMERCE 1127
two sacks, one made of jute and the other of banana fiber and filled
with sugar, the latter did not show signs of deterioration as quickly
as the former. Another proof of resistence was made when a banana
fiber sack, filled with sand, was thrown from a height of 12 meters
and showed no signs of breaking. A still greater argument in favor
of developing this industry is the fact that from one caballeria of land
(a caballeria is about 3314 acres) planted in bananas enough fiber is
obtained to make 20,000 sacks, while that same amount of land
would produce only enough jute fiber to manufacture 4,000 sacks.
A project is now under way for the construction of a plant for manu-
facturing banana-fiber bags with a quantity production of 10,000,000
sacks for each sugar crop. The cost of establishing this plant, in-
cluding land for growing the bananas, machinery for the factory,
railroads, and other equipment, is estimated at $3,000,000. The
efforts of this organization will not be limited to the manufacture of
sacks, cord, and rope, but will include also other products, such as
fertilizers, potash, cellulose for paper, banana flour and dried
bananas. (Courtesy of the Cuban Embassy in Washington.)
TosBacco Exports.—The statistical section of the Treasury Depart-
ment published recently a very interesting report regarding tobacco
exports from Cuba during the last fiscal year ending June 30,
1927. During the period in question the United States purchased
from Cuba 7,804,522 pounds of leaf tobacco, valued at $6,190,118.
Small stick tobacco and strip tobacco used for making cigarettes
were exported to the United States to the amount of 20,045,611
pounds, valued at $15,558,868. During the same fiscal year Cuba
exported to the United States 31,024,699 cigars valued at $3,663,963.
(Courtesy of the Cuban Embassy in Washington.)
DOMINICAN REPUBLIC
CoLonizATION LAw.—Law No. 670, published in the Gaceta
Oficial of July 2, 1927, states the conditions under which land will
be granted for agricultural colonies. When a certain tract of Gov-
ernment land has been designated for colonization by the Chief
Executive, said land shall be subdivided and a plan of each lot made
and kept in the division of archives, which is to be created in the
Department of Agriculture. Before any colonies are established a
group of 20 houses will be built in some section selected for its health-
ful conditions. Grants of land will be made only to persons over 18
years of age. The colonist shall have the privilege of selecting the
crops to be planted on his lot, but always with the advice of and
under the direction of the Department of Agriculture.
New DIVISION IN THE DEPARTMENT OF FOREIGN RELATIONS.—
The regulations governing the new division recently created in the
Department of Foreign Relations were recently published. The
1128 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION
duties of this division, according to the regulations, are to prepare
trade statistics for the Department of Foreign Relations and other
branches of the Government, also to furnish, on request, both foreign
and domestic firms with export and import figures, customhouse and
port regulations, mercantile laws, and similar information. Further-
more, this division shall obtain and keep in its files commercial data
relating to other countries.
ECUADOR
“PanaMA”’ HATS.—The production of so-called Panama hats,
made from toqguilla straw, which is one of the leading industries in
the southern Provinces of Ecuador, has shown a very considerable
erowth during the past few years, as shown by the following table
giving the exports of these hats for the decade from 1917 to 1926:
Weight in Value in Weight in Value in
kilos sucres kilos sucres
TON 7 Pte 15207040 IOUS OO 5m pO 2 maemo 186,459 3, 067, 760
TOUS Ai ete W2GNASA 1 Sol 032) 1O23eeuemes 168,903 2, 441, 962
NOMO Mesa ae as 190058) 135435 Ge 1024 eee 180,994 2 243 987
L920 sna 200, 265 310235, 93 05 O2 0 = aaa = 180, 103 3, 183, 284
Tp lea eee OW Geb © pO: SSL | WOPBo eso 235,052 5, 552, 597
GOVERNMENT TO IMPORT SHEEP.—At the request of the Depart-
ment of Agriculture data have been sent to the Ecuadorean Govern-
ment from various livestock dealers in the United States regarding
the possibility of sending karakul sheep to Ecuador. If the sheep
become acclimatized in the Ecuadorean plateau the Government
plans to breed them for industrial purposes, starting the preparation
of fine Astrakhan and karakul fur.
GUATEMALA
BRIDGE OPENED.—In the presence of a large gathering which
included President Chacén and other high Government officials, the
Chacon suspension bridge over the Motagua River near San Agustin
was formally opened on July 30, 1927. The bridge, erected at a
cost of 45,010 quetzales, is expected to contribute much toward the
further develonment of the agricultural departments of Alta and
Baja Verapaz.
HyDRO-ELECTRIC PLANT.—In accordance with a contract of
September 22, 1924, the hydro-electric plant at Santa Maria has
been completed, and was turned over to the Government on July
29, 1927.
HAITI
VETERINARY ScreNcE.—During the month of July a total of 6,888
animals were treated in the public clinics held throughout the
Republic. Of these there were 2,504 horses, 1,654 mules, 2,379
donkeys, 83 oxen, 151 swine, 65 dogs, 2 cats, and 450 fowls.
AGRICULTURE, INDUSTRY, AND COMMERCE 1129
INSECT PEST CONTROL.—Extension work in entomology on the
control of the banana-root borer was continued throughout the
month of July in the region of Cape Haitien. This pest has also
appeared in the St. Mare and Archaie districts. A survey was made
to determine the range and intensity of the infestation, and all
farmers whose fields proved to be infested were informed of the
proper methods of control and actual demonstrations were made.
At Kenscoff several demonstrations of methods to control the cater-
pillars which eat out the center of young corn plants were also made.
Beetles which defoliated the apple trees planted there were collected
and destroyed; by thus eliminating the beetles not only are further
injuries to the foliage prevented, but the females do not lay their
eggs in the ground around the roots of the trees. These eggs, if
deposited, would later hatch into white grubs which would cause
injury to the tree roots.
HONDURAS
ContTRACT WITH THE CuyAMEL Fruit Co.—A contract with the
Cuyamel Fruit Co., signed by the President of Honduras on July
29, 1927, subject to the approval of Congress, contains, among others,
the following provisions:
In return for the cession to the Government by the company of all the latter’s
railways in the zone of influence of the National Railway, and of the construc-
tion of certain specified railway extensions, bridges, and stations, the Government
leases to the company for exploitation until July 19, 1995, all the aforementioned
railways, the National Railway to continue to enjoy the rights which it now has.
The company cancels all debts owed it by the Government, and obligates itself
to transfer to the Government its railway lines in the zone of Cuyamel. The
company also pays the National Treasury $100,000 under certain conditions,
$25,000 towards the water and electric light systems of Comayagua, and $4,000
annually. The Government furthermore agrees not to increase taxes on agri-
culture and industry in the zone served by the National Railway for 30 years,
except highway taxes and import duties. The company is relieved from all
obligations under the contract if it does not secure the effective use of water for
irrigation in the zone of the National Railway, in accordance with a contract to
that end celebrated on the same day as that summarized above.
MEXICO
Customs commission.—By executive decree of August 27 last, the
Customs Commission has been reorganized, to be composed of 12
members selected as follows: Two by the Secretary of the Treasury;
two by the Secretary of Industry, Commerce and Labor; two by the
Secretary of Agriculture; one by the Secretary of Communications
and Public Works; one by the Secretary of Foreign Relations; and
one each by the manufacturers’, business men’s, and workers’ organi-
zations. Suggestions for changes which the committee considers it
advisable to make in the schedules of export and import duties will
1130 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION
be submitted to the President’s consideration by the Secretary of
the Treasury.
FEDERAL SUBSIDY FOR SUGAR PRODUCTION.—On August 30, 1927,
President Calles signed a law imposing a Federal tax of 2 centavos
on each kilogram of sugar sold at wholesale, the revenue of said tax
to be used to provide funds for a Federal subsidy to the sugar pro-
ducers of Mexico for the development of the industry. It is believed
that in spite of the apparent disadvantage in a forced rise in the price
of sugar, the planters will through the subsidy be able to increase
the industry and that later the price will decrease with stabilization.
Minine propuction.—The following table shows comparative
figures on mining production and its value for the first six months of
1926 and 1927, according to figures of the National Statistics Bureau:
: z 2a %
1926 1927
Months | ; Tse Te Gana
| Production Value Production Value
| Kilograms Pesos Kilogram Pesos
ATLA yA Seton tne ce Gra ee SARE Rae 18, 250,979 | 15,449,058 | 42, 662, 358 23, 908, 442
OTT UT eT yee 2 ea Rae BE Ay ORME | 56, 437, 708 31, 606,891 | 40, 743, 648 21, 575, 965
March par he aa Seeger An Sua ool A es SE tre al | 47, 302, 753 30, 154, 370 46, 067, 222 24, 397, 355
PAS Utes an araiee Se geen eae a eee 53, 883, 680 | 29, 169,690 | 49, 133, 560 24, 272, 931
IN Wei Seen aie kara SMe CROCE NL eM enO age 52, 638, 164 26, 085, 387 62, 998, 464 Qe o2llio2
LLU ee ee srp NN SEES a k S e ce e 50, 242, 363 26, 496, 946 50, 655, 331 26, 594, 523
3 | R !
NICARAGUA
Factory FOR CANNED Goops.—The press reports the establishment
of a new industry in the city of Managua, where a factory is now in
operation for the canning of chicken, tongue, sirups, and other food
products.
NEW MACHINERY FOR TORTILLAS.—A Nicaraguan recently has
invented machinery for the manufacture of tortillas or corn cakes,
which were previously prepared by hand from the corn on the ear
to the finished cake. The inventions include a corn husker, a process
for removing the kernels, a mill, a cutter for round or square tortillas,
and an oven with 12 sections for baking. The present capacity of
the plant is 500 tortillas per 11% hours.
PANAMA
SUGAR AND COFFEE IN AGUADULCE.—In Aguadulce the area planted
to sugar cane now producing has been increased by several hundred
hectares (hectare equals 2.47 acres) over that of last year. The facil-
ities for sugar shipments will be greatly improved in January by the
completion of the dock at Aguadulce. In the Santa Fe and Chitre
districts many thousands of young coffee trees have been planted.
It is believed that after the building of the road to Santa Fe that the
coffee area will also increase as labor is plentiful there.
AGRICULTURE, INDUSTRY, AND COMMERCE 1131
Betua VISTA DEVELOPMENT.—In August development was begun
on the second half of a large property in the suburb of Panama City
known as Bella Vista. Three hundred building lots are to be laid
out and supplied with sewer, water, and electric connections. Shrub-
bery and tree-bordered avenues will add to the natural beauty of the
site, which faces the Pacific.
SURVEY AND CHART OF Panama Bay.—The United States Navy is
to undertake to survey and chart Panama Bay, which though much
traversed by shipping from all over the world, has never before been
completely studied. The present charts, made from a combination of
surveys extending from 1847 to 1924, are no longer adequate. The
British survey made from 1847 to 1849, though the most complete,
is now out of date. The new survey, which will require three or four
years for completion, will be made to a scale suitable for modern
navigation, showing the position of shoals and rocks not before
charted.
PARAGUAY
New serrters.—On August 8, 1927, the Paraguayan Chamber of
Deputies approved a concession for an agricultural and industrial
colony on the banks of the Parana River. The company is to estab-
lish a town either on the Paranda or at Caarendy (also known as
Puerto Pirap6), and to divide 10,000 hectares in the township into
agricultural lots within 30 months. These lots are to be sold to the
colonists at a maximum price of 22 gold pesos per hectare, 20 per
cent to be paid in cash and the remainder within four to seven years,
plus interest at 7 per cent.
SELECTED SEED.—The Bureau of Agriculture, through an arrange-
ment with the Botanical Garden, is furnishing cotton and other
selected seed to the agricultural commissions in the towns of the
Republic so that farmers may produce larger and better crops.
Exports oF FRUIT TO ARGENTINA.—Word has been received from
the Argentine Ministry of Foreign Affairs that the port of Rosario
has been designated as qualified for the reception of imports of
Paraguayan fruit, including oranges and mandarin oranges. This is
an aid to Paraguayan exporters, as previously Buenos Aires was the
only port through which Paraguayan fruit could enter Argentina.
ORANGE PEEL ExpPoRTS.—The Bureau of Agriculture has stated
that in the town of Villeta the orange peel industry is being carried
on with a view to export. There are six machines in operation which
can peel 20,000 oranges a day.
LiquIp RUBBER.—A shoe manufacturer of Asuncién who has been
making footwear with rubber soles has now put on the market a
liquid rubber which can be used for mending rubber articles or in the
manufacture of rubber products.
1132 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION
MatvrE SEED FOR AGRICULTURAL SCHOOLS.—The Director of the
Bureau of Lands and Colonies recently sent to the agricultural schools
special seed of the mate or Paraguayan tea shrub, presented for
that purpose by a planter. With the seed, pamphlets on the cultiva-
tion of mate were also transmitted to the schools.
Paraguayan Tourine Cius.—The Paraguayan Touring Club
now has 421 active members who are interested in extending and
improving the highway system of Paraguay. It is expected that the
membership will continue to grow rapidly.
PERU
Pustic worKs.—In his annual message to Congress on July 28
last President Leguia stated that railway construction had been
considerably intensified in the course of the year by virtue of the irri-
gation and sanitation loan which also authorized the application
of funds to railroad building. Work is in actual progress on the
following lines: From Huancavélica to Castrovirreina, from Tablones
to Recuay, from Chuquicara to Cajabamba, from Cuzco to Santa
Ana, from Tambo del Sol to Pachitea, from Ascope to the head
waters of the Chicama River, and from Huancho to Supe and Bar-
ranca. During the present year the sum of 633,070 Peruvian
pounds has been spent on all these railroads, as against 484,900
Peruvian pounds in the previous year. In December of last year
the railroad from Huancayo to Huancavélica was completed and
opened to public use. The impulse which this line has given to the
commerce of the region through which it runs and especially to the
mining industry has led to an increasing traffic. Pians for the
extension of this road have been approved as soe as the as
district of Santa Inés.
MANUFACTURE OF ABSORBENT coTTon.—A modern plant for the
manufacture of absorbent cotton has been established in Lima.
It is claimed that the plant recently established represents an invest-
ment of more than $100,000 and has a capacity sufficient to meet the
present requirements of the entire country. Heretofore, Peru has
been entirely dependent upon the foreign market for absorbent cot-
ton; imports of this commodity have averaged about 45,000 kilos
(kilo equals 2.2 pounds) per year, 75 per cent of which was furnished
by the United States. (United States Commerce Reports, Sept. 12,
1927.)
IRRIGATION worKS.—According to the President’s annual message
to Congress delivered on July 28 last, the irrigation works under-
taken by the State in the Departments of Piura and Lambayeque
are in full development. The Chir& canal in Piura, which was
inadequate for its purpose owing to its limited capacity of 3,500
liters (quarts) per second, has been converted into a large canal
AGRICULTURE, INDUSTRY, AND COMMERCE 1133
with a capacity of 10,000 liters per second, which will allow the
irrigation of 3,500 hectares (hectare equals 2.47 acres) of land already
cultivated and 8,500 hectares of new land. Eight thousand hectares
in the agricultural district of Sechura have been placed under irri-
gation by means of the reconstruction of this canal.
The Olmos irrigation works have necessitated the construction
of roads in Lambayeque which are now being extended to Cutervo,
Jaén, and Chachapoyas. <A beginning has been made on the road
which, starting from the last named point, will communicate with
the Department of Amazonas. The road from Yurimaguas to Moya-
bamba, which will be of great benefit to the Departments of Loreto
and San Martin, is also under construction; and another is being
planned from Lanas to Chazuta.
The expenditures made in the methodical agrarian plan which the
Government is now developing on the coastal lands represents a
total cost from 1919 up to date of 2,290,762 Peruvian pounds, a
sum which bears witness to the gigantic labor of reconstruction which
the Government has undertaken. These expenditures fall into three
categories, namely, work necessary for the preparation, execution
and upkeep of hydraulic systems, major irrigation works soon to be
completed, and existing irrigation works, which have brought under
construction 8,000 hectares of land in Canete Valley and another
8,000 hectares in Sechura.
SALVADOR
AGRICULTURE ADVISORY COMMITTEE.—In August the press of San
Salvador announced the establishment of a committee to advise on
technical and scientific problems in agriculture, which will function
as part of the Ministry of Agriculture. Members appointed to serve
on the committee are Doctors Carlos Rensou, Salvador Calderén,
and Carlos Pavia, Sefior Felix Chousy, an engineer, and Prof.
Guillermo Gandara.
GovERNMENT DELEGATES TO INTERNATIONAL CONFERENCES.—The
Diario Oficial announced the appointment of Dr. José Honorato
Villacorta as Salvadorean delegate to the International Parliamentary
Conference on Commerce held in Rio de Janeiro in September of
this year, and of Dr. Francisco Antonio Lima as Salvadorean delegate
to the International Radiotelegraph Conference opened in Washing-
ton on October 4, 1927.
URUGUAY
Srx MONTHS’ MEAT ExPoRTS.—The Bureau of Animal Industry
furnished the following figures on meat exports for the first six months
of 1927:
The three packing houses now in operation (Swift, Artigas, Anglo del Uruguay)
during the first half of 1927 exported a total of 67,554,089 kilograms of frozen
1134 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION
and chilled beef, 13,888,684 kilograms of preserved beef, 14,232,468 kilograms of
frozen mutton, and 2,207,833 kilograms of jerked or dried beef. These figures
compared with those of the corresponding period of the previous year show a
decrease in exports of chilled and frozen meats amounting to 30,751,920 kilo-
grams, or 31 per cent. On the other hand, exports of preserved meat during the
first half of 1927 increased by 4,435,018 kilograms over the exports in the first
half of 1926. Exports of jerked beef also increased slightly, being 788,526 kilo-
grams more than in the first six months of 1926,
CONGRESS OF AGRONOMIC ENGINEERING.—A congress of agronomic
engineering was opened in the University of Montevideo on August
25, 1927, the Minister of Public Instruction making the opening
address. Besides Cabinet Ministers and other distinguished guests,
a delegation representing the Argentine Agronomic Engineering
Association came from the neighboring country to attend the con-
eress.
BarcELonA TO MONTEVIDEO CABLE.—On August 16, 1927, the
international cable section between Malaga and Barcelona was
opened for public use, so that Barcelona is now in direct connection
with Rio de Janeiro, Montevideo, and Buenos Aires. Cordial
messages were exchanged between Barcelona and Montevideo on this
occasion.
CouURSE IN BEE-KEEPING.—The Bureau of Agronomy has an-
nounced a theoretical and practical free course in bee-keeping to be
given in its laboratory section in Montevideo.
UruaGuay IN IBERO-AMERICAN EXPOSITION.—On June 9, 1927, the
Uruguayan Congress appropriated 80,000 pesos for participation in
the Ibero-American Exposition to be held in Seville from October,
1928, to April, 1929. The committee for the organization of the
Uruguayan exhibits has opened a competition for plans for the
Uruguayan building, and has received offers from national com-
panies of cement and marble for the construction of the building.
Free freight space of 100 cubic meters each trip has been promised
by three steamship companies.
VENEZUELA
PETROLEUM INDUSTRY.—Practically all the crude petroleum pro-
duced in Venezuela comes from the region of Lake Maracaibo.
Recently 39 tank steamers, each with a carrying capacity of 6,000 to
16,000 barrels were placed in service; some of these steamers make as
many as 10 trips a month. The number of barrels transported every
month is almost 4,926,000. According to recent reports 10 additional
tank steamers are being constructed in England for use on Lake
Maracaibo; it is hoped they will be ready for use by the end of the
present year.
NEW VESSEL FOR TRIP TO VENEZUELA.—Persons contemplating a
trip to Venezuela will be interested to know that a new vessel, the
ECONOMIC AND FINANCIAL AFFAIRS P1135
Caracas, has been added to the Red “D” fleet. This steamer, which
is the largest of the Red “D” fleet, arrived in La Guaira on September
21, 1927, on its maiden trip from New York.
ARGENTINA
Bonps oF ARGENTINE Srate Raitways.—An issue of 6 per cent
gold bonds to the amount of $40,000,000 to fund the floating debt
of the Argentine State Railways, put on the market in New York at
9944 on September 1, 1927, was subscribed completely on that date.
The bonds are dated September 1, 1927, and run to September 1,
1960, by which time they will be paid through the operation of a
cumulative sinking fund.
BOLIVIA
ReEsutts oF KemMMerEeR Mission.—The Kemmerer Financial
Mission, which recently completed a three-month contract with the
Bolivian Government, has prepared the following projects:
1. Project of law for the reorganization of the Banco de la Nacién Boliviana.
2. Project of organic law for the national budgets.
3. Project of law for the reorganization of Government accounting, and the
intervention of the Government in the auditing of public expenses, and proper
check by means of an office to be termed Controloria.
4. Project of law for the reorganization of the Bolivian Treasury Office.
5. Project of a general law for banks.
6. Project of law for taxes on certain classes of incomes.
7. Project of law on taxation of fixed property.
8. Project of a monetary law.
9. Report of mining taxes.
10. Report of public credit of Bolivia.
11. Report on the financing of the Cochabamba- Spanien Cruz Railway.
12. Report on the stamp law.
13. Project for an organic law for the customs house administration.
14. Project of a reform law for railway tariffs.
CHILE
NATIONAL SAvinas Banx.—The Santiago Savings Bank has
recently been amalgamated with the National Savings Bank, which
now has more than 1,000,000 accounts, approximately 400,000,000
pesos on deposit, and 1,500 employees. Senor Manuel Salas Rodri-
guez, general manager of the bank, proposes to make the bank of the
65031—27—Bull. 11——6
1136 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION
utmost usefulness to small manufacturers, farmers, and workers
lacking the means to extend their business. By a system of coopera-
tion between the savings bank and the Agricultural Credit Bank,
farmers in any part of the country where a branch of the former exists
may quickly obtain a loan.
The National Savings Bank and its branches in the various depart-
ments of the Nation will act as fiscal agents for the Government,
receiving and transmitting funds and keeping the Government
informed daily of the amount of revenue deposited to its credit.
CENTRAL Bank or Cuite.—The following statement of the Central
Bank of Chile was issued for June 30, 1927:
Obligations of the bank
[Thousands of pesos]
JPVoveNeueaVOVaVeni/ wba COAOUU RAMON aya ewe ee Ue Sal ee ee 345, 435
ime rabtss a sene Ss ee Se ee Se ae eae ates ere ee 95, 156
5 Bye) OY 0}=) Ic aa 20 se eg Me ee ac a Raa bes eA i Tella SIP aE 135, 400
TR fi ea tetas ea Ee ST et free era Dl a ae Scar cee 575, 991
Gold reserves
[Thousands of pesos]
1 trate ©) oul \eyesee et a ore eee ate a ee ages ee iy Leva Rt wie ee Ae ee ee ee 84, 666
GAN TEO ACL as, en Sat ec SCE yh cal ceae ta ry Been oa eee Ye gs ete we a 533, 833
(LG) Ee eee eg ciel MMe ees Soe Neenah) NTS Mice Nae Sie Oty” | 618, 549
Bericemtwln Shake fae ene) # DR eel hry Ne ea ICE (gta ee ea 106. 57
Bank funds loaned
[Thousands of pesos]
Other-bankss20)- 3-0 ote Doe a a 32, 702
HBhrenp wll 22 tls cra 8 ee 5, 163
‘RhevGovernment:< os S200 35/5. SOapOe thet Ser as eeu ae 3, 865
otal st eo Ghee SS A nes nee ee eS es ee ce 41, 730
The discount rate was 7 per cent for banks and 8 per cent for the
public. z
GOVERNMENT FINANCES.—In discussing the national budget before
the Cabinet, Sefior Pablo Ramirez, Minister of Finance, made some
very interesting statements last August. The following excerpt is
made from his remarks:
Between 1863, when the budget was 53,696,000 pesos, and 1927, for which the
budget is 993,159,000 pesos, there has been an average annual increase of 5 per
cent over the budget for the previous year. It should be noted in this connection
that a large part of Government expenditures, either directly or as service on
the national debt, has been made for public works, including the construction of
a railway system at a present value of not less than 1,200,000,000 pesos; port
improvements on which 305,000,000 pesos have been spent; sewer and water
systems; and other works which increase the national assets and in other countries
are usually effected by private companies or by concessions to foreign capital.
1 Includes time reserves abroad.
ECONOMIC AND FINANCIAL AFFAIRS 1137
Moreover, in Chile 94 per cent of public expenditures is met by the national
treasury and only 6 per cent by the municipalities, while in the United States
such expenditures (according to a publication of the Industrial Conference Board,
New York) are divided between the Government, the States, and the municipal-
ities with respective shares of 32, 15, and 53 per cent.
The budget of expenditures and per cent of increase for the past
five years were as follows:
5 : | Per cent of
Years Budget of expenditures | variation over
| previous year
|
|
|
Pesos
OD Siete cei dork Se Ase aie eh pip ye aeel| Sa EO eRe 672, 140, 000 JL
UG SRE ed Reece East he ARS pot ae eta To 637, 904, 000 =i
TEE ss i ep ge Sv oe ie eRe eek ny ee Saeed 707, 729, 000 | +10
G2 Gimetesere eA OR Lia Ws dae oc eryeot yon N Sly ene ed a 958, 824, 000 | +36
+4
LAS) (pei ae ees rds Sasa Sos GD as WLP SE cele Mites 993, 059, 000
Considering that in 1925 and 1926 the budgetary increases were so
large in proportion, far beyond the normal rate of increase, the
Minister of Finance considers that for the next year some retrench-
ment may well take place. It is planned to reduce the budget for
1928 by 61,200,000 pesos, but it should be noted that the Kemmerer
law made certain receipts and expenditures appear in the 1927
budget which hitherto had been considered in separate accounts.
COLOMBIA
Pusiic pespr.—According to the President’s annual message to
Congress on July 20, 1927, the foreign debt of the Republic, on
January 1, 1926, showed a balance of 17,222,744.90 pesos. During
the year in question amortization of 2,722,105.70 pesos was made,
leaving a balance, on December 31 of that year, of 14,500,639.20
pesos. The amount of the internal debt, on January 1, 1926, was
13,291,432.40 pesos, which was increased to 13,482,662.40 pesos by
virtue of an issue of bonds for 191,230 pesos. During that year
amortization of the internal debt was made in the sum of 2,107,591.60
pesos, leaving due on December 31 a balance of 11,375,070.80 pesos.
By June 30, 1927, the above-mentioned balances had been reduced
as follows: Foreign debt, 12,406,653.20 pesos, and internal debt,
8,921,849.72 pesos, making a total reduction of 21,328,502.92 pesos.
Loan ror Boaork.—Last July the municipality of Bogot&é com-
pleted negotiations for a loan of $5,000,000 to purchase the rights
of the electric power companies operating in that city. This loan
was obtained from a banking house in the United States.
COSTA RICA
SraTEMENT oF Bank or Costa Rica.—According to a statement
recently made by the director of the Bank of Costa Rica, and quoted
1138 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION
by the press on August 9, 1927, the total assets of that bank are at
present 26,477,809 colones, representing an increase of 9,728,643
colones over those of the previous year. Deposits amount to
11,509,412 colones, showing an increase of 5,360,792 colones over
those of the past year; paid-up capital is stated to be 2,000,000
colones; reserve, 2,400,000 colones; and the cash on hand, 8,276,352
colones.
MEXICO
Loan oF $2,000,000.—To complete the semiannual payment due
for the first half of 1927 from the Government of Mexico to the
International Committee of Bankers, according to the revised agree-
ment of October 23, 1925, President Calles authorized the Secretary
of the Treasury to contract a loan of $2,000,000 with the aforesaid
committee.
PETROLEUM PRODUCTION AND EXPORT TAXES.—The Treasury De-
partment has recently completed records on the production and
export taxes on native petroleum and the 15 per cent export taxes
on foreign petroleum for the first eight months of 1927, as follows:
F 15 per 4 15 per
Production | Export cent Production | Export cent
Months tax tax export Months tax tax export
tax tax
eines SE gio eal ha (See erent : Be ed es
| Pesos Pesos Pesos || Pesos Pesos Pesos
Janvanyaees sees | 1,338, 955.49) 575, 012. 99] 7,401.83 || May-_--.._____| 1,334, 960.89] 566, 909. 06) 41, 869. 71
February __-__-_- | 1, 290, 523. 14) 545, 470. 58} 4,094.06 || Jume__-_-_-_-- 1, 364, 529.63] 535, 348. 94) 31, 099. 68
Manche on —= | 1, 091, 072.00] 466, 218. 34/24, 140.01 || July___.__.____| 1, 275, 125.89] 589, 876. 65) 28, 451. 85
PANT ri ea eee Tee | 1, 431, 782. 64) 564, 625. 49/25, 811. 54 || August_______- 1, 099, 985. 65} 478, 299. 40} 21, 039. 50
|
PANAMA
Bupa@rr For 1927-1929.—As the National Assembly had passed
no budget law for the two-year period from July 1, 1927, to June 30,
1929, President Chiari issued decree No. 65 on August 19, 1927,
basing the new budget on the former but omitting items valid once
only and adding others authorized by the National Assembly. The
budget for 1927-1929 is balanced at $14,302,488.28, to be expended
as follows by the respective ministries: Government and justice,
$3,943,932; foreign relations, $595,875; treasury, $3,766,740.20;
public instruction, $3,050,500; agriculture and public works,
$2,945,441.08.
Special funds available outside the regular budget include: Chiriqui
Railroad extension loan, $2,351,260.53; highway loan, $365,388.84;
Bocas del Toro waterworks, $100,000; sum for payment on national
defense bonds, $6,500; and deposit in National City Bank of New
York for payments on the loans of 1926-1956 and 1926-1961,
$188,077.26. | |
LEGISLATION 1139
PARAGUAY
ARGENTINE BRANCH BANK IN AsuNCcION.—Press reports from
Buenos Aires state that a branch of the Bank of the Argentine
Nation will be established in Asuncién, Paraguay, to facilitate
business between the two neighboring countries.
CHILE
MiInisTRIES OF War AND Marine.—By a recent decree separate
Ministries of War and Marine, until now combined under a single
head, have been created, Captain Frodden retaining the Ministry
of Marine, while General Blanche has been appointed Minister of
War.—(Chile, August, 1927.)
COLOMBIA
RAILROAD PUBLICATION.—Dr. Enrique Narifio Pinto has completed
and recently published a digest of Colombian railroad laws. This is
a very complete work containing all laws and rulings relating to
railroads, and should be of great value to lawyers, and all persons
interested in railroad enterprises in Colombia.
DOMINICAN REPUBLIC
REVISED CONSTITUTION.—The constitution of the Dominican
Republic of June 13, 1924, has been revised, the complete text of
this new edition being published in the Gaceta Oficial for June 17,
1927. Amendments have been made to the sections relating to
members of Congress, to the functions of the Vice President, to the
supreme court of justice, and to the government of the Provinces.
ECUADOR
REGULATIONS FOR THE EXPORTATION OF ANTIQUITIES.—Under
decree No. 79 regulations have been issued for the law prohibiting the
exportation of antiquities. For the purposes of this law all objects
which, due to their artistic or archaeological value, whether they
belong to the State, to corporations, or private imdividuals, shall
be considered as national antiquities and therefore not to be exported.
This law also applies to historical documents, books, and pamphlets
written in Ecuador previous to the nineteenth century. If, however,
1140 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION
foreign universities, museums, or other scientific centers desire the
loan of any such documents or archaeological objects, a duly author-
ized representative of the institution desiring the loan shall present
a petition to the Minister of Public Instruction giving a detailed
account of the objects desired accompanied by duplicate photo-
graphs. This law also requires that reproductions of antiquities shall
be stamped and marked as such.
MEXICO
DISTRIBUTION OF COMMON LANDS.—On August 25 of this year,
President Calles signed a law amending the regulations on the dis-
tribution of common lands, as issued on December 19, 1925. The
present law declares land rights acquired by a town to be inalien-
able, and states that, therefore, common lands can not be rented,
transferred, mortgaged, or otherwise subjected to lien.
Residents in towns to which common land is given have an inalien-
able property right thereto, subject only to requirements imposed for
the welfare of the community. Among such requirements may be
mentioned the following:
Arr. VI. The person to whom a parcel of common land has been allotted shall
pay annually 15 per cent of the crops obtained from his parcel, or its equivalent,
said 15 per cent to be divided as follows: 5 per cent for the payment of taxes
and material improvements (rural schools, etc.), and the balance for a cooperative
iowa, oR ae
The law on the division and restitution of lands and waters signed
on April 23, 1927, was amended by a law of August 11 last.
NICARAGUA
ORGANIZATION OF THE NATIONAL GuaRD.—The press of Managua
for July 31, 1927, publishes the decree of July 30 providing for the
organization of the National Guard. The regulations require that
the National Guard shall take over the duties of the present police
force throughout the Republic. All prisons, fortifications, war
vessels, munitions, and other Government property previously under
the Army are now to be under the control of the National Guard,
which in turn is under the direct supervision of the President. The
funds for the maintenance of the present police force are to be used
for the maintenance of the National Guard. The American officers
now training the National Guard will be replaced by native officers
as rapidly as such officers can be fitted for command. Except in
civil suits the personnel of the National Guard is subject to courts-
martial.
INTERNATIONAL ne
paé TREATIES 4: 4@ 2
BRAZIL-PERU
CONVENTION ON GENERAL OBLIGATORY ARBITRATION.—On August
2, 1927, the President of Brazil issued a decree (No. 17870) published
in the Diario Official of August 5, putting into effect the general
obligatory arbitration convention signed by the accredited representa-
tives of Brazil and Peru in Rio de Janeiro on July 11, 1918, and ratified
by the Brazilian Congress on December 23, 1918, the ratifications
of which were exchanged in Rio de Janeiro on July 23, 1927.
GUATEMALA—HONDURAS
INTERNATIONAL BOUNDARY QUESTION.—Dr. Virgilio Rodriguez
Beteta was sent by the Government of Guatemala in August to
Tegucigalpa as minister plenipotentiary to treat with the Government
of Honduras on the question of the international boundary between
the two nations.
BOLIVIA—PARAGUAY
BOUNDARY PROTOCOL RATIFIED.—On June 29, 1927, the President of
Paraguay issued a decree published in the Diario Oficial of June 30,
1927, approving the protocol on boundaries signed in Buenos Aires
on April 22, 1927, by the Bolivian Minister of Foreign Relations and
Dr. Lisandro Diaz Léon, member of the Paraguayan Chamber of
Deputies.
GUATEMALA—HONDURAS-SALVADOR
UNITY OF FOREIGN poLicy.—The convention signed by the Min-
isters of Foreign Relations of Guatemala, Honduras, and Salvador in
the city of San Salvador on May 25, 1927, whereby the signatory
countries bind themselves to a unified foreign policy in the recognition
of governments, declarations of war, and other matters, was ratified
by the Salvadorean Legislature on June 30 and signed by the Pres-
ident on July 18, 1927. The full text of the convention, together
with the legislative decree of ratification, was published in the
Diario Oficial of July 23, 1927.
SALVADOR-UNITED STATES
TREATY OF FRIENDSHIP, COMMERCE, AND CONSULAR PRIV1ILEGES.—
On June 30, 1927, the Salvadorean Legislature passed a decree
reconsidering its former decree of May 31, 1926, whereby certain
1141
1142 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION
changes were required before ratification of the treaty of friendship,
commerce, and consular privileges signed by representatives of the
Republic of Salvador and the United States in San Salvador on
February 22, 1926. The present decree of June 30, 1927, states that
the Piososed changes in the treaty were not of sufficient importance
to hinder its ratification, which would be beneficial to the friendship
and commerce of both countries, and therefore ratifies the treaty,
with slight amendments. This decree was signed by the President
on July 19, 1927, and published in the Diario Oficial of July 23.
Ff PUBL - ANDEDUCATION : TION TE
ARGENTINA
New puBuic scHooits.—The National Council of Education reports
that during 1927, 23 new public schools were opened in Buenos
Aires, 35 in the Provinces, and 56 in the Territories. The new
erades opened in 1927 numbered 180 in Buenos Aires, 335 in the
Provinces and 205 in the Territories and also 34 in military schools.
Schools closed during the year totaled 5 in Buenos Aires, 4 in the
Provinces, and 4 in the Territories.
HomacGeE To Memory oF ApA Maria Exrirern.—On July 24, 1927,
a number of associations, schools, and institutions took part in a
memorial exercise upon the eighth anniversary of the death of Ada
Maria Elflein, late Argentine educator, historian, poet, and first news-
paper woman of her country. It was she who for some time made
historical investigations and studied the geography of her country,
that errors in the textbooks on these subjects might be corrected.
ARGENTINE WOMAN RECEIVES FELLOW SHIP.—Miss Emilia C. Dezeo,
of Buenos Aires, who was awarded the fellowship of $1,500 offered
annually to a Latin-American: woman by the American Association
of University Women, came to the United States in September, in
order to pursue advanced studies in Columbia University. Miss
Dezeo is a graduate of the National University of Buenos Aires,
from which she received the Ph. D. degree, and has taught in both
public and private schools in that city.
BOLIVIA
NORMAL SCHOOL ESTABLISHED.—A new normal school has been
established in La Paz, classes having been opened on July 14 last.
The principal of the school and professor of education is Carlos
PUBLIC INSTRUCTION AND EDUCATION 1143
Beltran Morales, the assistant principal and professor of history and
geography being José E. Paz.
CreaTIon or Nationat Liprary.—In conformity with resolutions
of the Third Pan American Scientific Congress of 1924, and the Inter-
national Congress of History and Geography of 1926, the Bolivian
Government has decreed the establishment of a national library in
the city of La Paz, under the jurisdiction of the Minister of Public
Instruction. Said library will be charged with the organization and
conduct of the Simon Bolivar American library, the organization of
which was recommended at the above-mentioned International Con-
gress of History and Geography. All national editors and authors
are obliged to send to the national library two copies of all publica-
tions edited or issued by them. All official bureaus or offices are also
obliged to send said library 30 copies of any publications issued by
them, these publications to be used for purposes of exchange with
other similar institutions in the American Republics.
BRAZIL
CENTENARY OF Law Scuoout; Higher EpucatTion Concress.—
The opening of the Congress of Higher Education and the conferring
of degrees upon the new bachelors of the Rio de Janeiro Law School
took place on August 11, 1927, the celebration of the first centenary
of the Law School also beginning on that day. The Congress of
Higher Education met under the presidency of Dr. Vianna do
Castello, Minister of Justice, to consider university organization,
education in law, and other similar subjects.
CHILE
ScHOOL BUILDINGS.—The Ministry of Public Education has ob-
tained a loan of 10,000,000 pesos to be used this year for the erection
of school buildings, with the prospect of a similar loan next year.
Many Government schools are now housed in rented property. The
Minister of Public Health considers the securing of good school
buildings one aspect of the question of housing, in which he is very
much interested (see p. 1154).
OPERA AT POPULAR PRICES.—Following the European custom of
making the best music available to the public, the Government has
made arrangements for the coming opera season whereby the gallery
seats will be given free to students, soldiers, and members of labor
organizations. Moreover, biweekly performances will be given at
popular prices for the whole house.
APPLICATION OF INDIGENOUS ART.—An interesting article contrib-
uted to El Mercurio of Santiago by Sefior Richon-Brunet discusses
the recent exposition of drawings by students in one of the girls’
1144 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION
secondary schools in Santiago, the motives for which drawings were
adapted from Araucanian utensils and textiles. The Araucanians
who, as readers will recall, are the Indians of central Chile, still
produce notable and admirable hand-woven textiles, although they
never have achieved monumental art such as the Aztec, Maya, and
Incan remains. Sefior Richon-Brunet considers that Sefiorita
Mireya-Albertina de la Fuente, the teacher under whose direction
the drawings were made, is to be greatly congratulated on her effort
to utilize this important part of the Chilean cultural heritage. The
Mexican Department of Education has done much to preserve the
tradition of indigenous art, and something has also been undertaken
in Peru.
Art EpucATION.—Don Alberto Mackenna Subercaseaux, director
general of art education, is planning changes in the course of study
so as to give more scope to the individuality of the student. Applied
design will also be given special attention.
Don Carlos Isamitt, the new principal of the School of Fine Arts,
has added three courses to the curriculum, as follows: Decorative
art, lithography, and indigenous art. He is also furthering post-
graduate study abroad for artists, who on returning are to place
their knowledge at the service of the school. One professor is
already in Europe, while painters and sculptors have engaged in a
competition for a three-year fellowship.
PRESIDENT OF THE PEDAGoaIc InstiruTE.—Following the resigna-
tion of Don Maximiliano Salas March4n as president of the Pedagogic
Institute (Teachers College) in Santiago, Dr. José Maria GAlvez,
a distinguished educator, author, and member of the faculty of the
University of Chile, was appointed acting president. Doctor Galvez,
who received his Ph. D. from the University of Berlin in 1910, has
been exchange professor in the University of California, guest pro-
fessor in the University of Berlin, and lecturer in many countries
of Europe and the Orient. He takes a special interest in all students
planning to do post-graduate work abroad.
COLOMBIA
PUBLIC INSTRUCTION IN ANTIOQUIA.—The Minister of Public In-
struction in his annual report to Congress states, in regard to the
Department of Antioquia, that during the year 1926 there were in
that Department 1,110 schools with a registration of 99,644 pupils,
of whom 49,320 were boys and 50,324 girls. Of the teachers in charge
of these schools, 422 were men and 1,268 women, making in all 1,690
instructors. The cost to the Department of Antioquia for the upkeep
of these schools during the year reviewed was 983,638.80 pesos. Fif-
teen provincial inspectors visit these schools periodically during the
year and supervise their operation. —
PUBLIC INSTRUCTION AND EDUCATION 1145
COSTA RICA
ANTIILLITERACY MEASURE.—The President, believing that the most
effective means of fighting illiteracy is to advance the rural schools
to at least the fourth grade, has decreed that all the schools which at
present contain three grades shall have in the future a fourth. Those
schools which have two grades shall be under a rotating system as
follows: Next year they will not have the first grade, but second and
third grades. The following year they will have third and fourth
grades, but not first and second. The following year they will have
the fourth and first, and the next year the first and second. In this
way the succession will be continued. This decree will go into effect
when the 1928 school year begins.
CUBA
DiIssEMINATION OF PUBLIC INSTRUCTION.—The Minister of Public
Instruction has prepared a series of lectures touching many subjects
of interest, including agriculture, literature, science, commerce,
industry, and civic questions, which will be broadcast from the office
of the Ministry of Public Instruction. All centers of learning,
from the University of Habana to the smallest school in the Republic,
will be provided with radio receiving sets in order that they may
have the benefit of these lectures. In each school the receiving sets
will be constructed by the pupils themselves. (Courtesy of the
Cuban Embassy in Washington.)
BICENTENNIAL OF THE NATIONAL University.—In January, 1928,
the National University of Habana will celebrate the bicentennial
of its founding. A committee composed of members of the faculty
headed by the rector of the University, Dr. Octavio Averhoff, has
been appointed to prepare the program of festivities. The com-
mittee will extend invitations to foreign universities asking them
to appoint representatives to attend the ceremonies in connection
with the bicentennial celebration. (Courtesy of the Cuban Embassy
in Washington.)
ECUADOR
CHILDREN’S LIBRARY.—On July 10 last a special library for
children was opened in the Espejo model municipal school in Quito.
GUATEMALA
AcapremMy Nores.—An important cultural work being carried on
by the American Academy in Guatemala City is the printing of a
Spanish-English paper, Academy Notes, which although at first ap-
pearing only in mimeographed form, now bids fair to become a peri-
odical of sizeable proportions. Prepared by the students, it serves
1146 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION
the double purpose of giving practice in the two languages and of
developing self-expression among the pupils.
The BuLLETIN wishes to congratulate the editor in chief and his
associates on their excellent work.
PREPARATORY AGRICULTURAL SCHOOLS.—The establishment of
two preparatory agricultural schools with their respective experi-
mental farms in Quezaltenango and Jalapa was authorized by a
presidential decree of August 5, 1927. Under the direction of a
principal and 15 instructors, each school will offer a three-year
course, including a study of Spanish grammar, arithmetic, botany,
zoology, physics, chemistry, economic entomology, pathology as
applied to sugar cane, coffee, wheat and corn, agricultural legisla-
tion, tropical agriculture, and agricultural methods.
NIGHT SCHOOL FOR INDIGENES—According to recent press reports a
night school for Indians is to be established in Quezaltenango. It
is thought that the enrollment will reach 350, a large number having
already registered. The school, which will meet a peculiar need, is
said to be the first of its kind to be established in Guatemala.
REGULATIONS FAVORING LITERARY PRODUCTION. — In order to
advance the national literary production and the development of
libraries, the President has ordered that all scientific and literary
books, as well as those of a purely scholastic character which are
edited at Government expense, shall be published in sufficient num-
bers to supply the National Library of Guatemala City with copies
for exchange with other parts of the Republic and foreign countries.
The Government shall also obtain copies of the works of Guatemalan
authors, to be used for exchange purposes. Furthermore, the Min-
ister of Public Education shall hold annual competitions among
national and foreign authors for the preparation of textbooks for
the primary, special and professional schools, fixing an appropriate
compensation, and shall have the most important works pubis nee
at Government expense.
Hike to Mexico Ciry.—On July 8, 1927, a group of Guatemalan
students arrived in Mexico City after a 67 days’ hike from Guatemala
City. They were enthusiastically received by more than 3,000 stu-
dents from the various technical schools and representatives of the
athletic associations of the Aztec capital and during their stay were
feted everywhere as guests of honor. It will be remembered that
last year a group of Mexican students made a similar trip to Guate-
mala City.
KINDERGARTEN IN ReratHuLeuv.—A kindergarten open to all
children from 4 to 6 years of age was opened in Retalhuleu on July 7,
1927. In addition to the regular kindergarten work, the school will
teach reading and writing.
PUBLIC INSTRUCTION AND EDUCATION 1147
HONDURAS
TEACHERS’ CONGRESS.—The first teachers’ congress of Honduras
is to be held in Tegucigalpa on January 1, 1928, to consider reforms
to the present system of public instruction, the vocationalization of
primary instruction, stimuli to teachers, the definition of the social
duties of the teacher, higher education in the National University for
the training of teachers, costs of primary education, and other related
subjects. Members of the congress are to be graduate teachers
elected by their colleagues in each Department of the Republic.
EDUCATION LIBRARY.—The Secretary of Public Instruction has
resolved to establish in Tegucigalpa a library of works on education
which it was hoped might be open by September 15, the national
holiday.
GARRISON SCHOOLS FOR ILLITERATES.—The press of Tegucigalpa
reports the opening in military posts of garrison schools for illiterate
soldiers. One such school was opened on August 1 in the town of
Danli and another in Yuscar4n.
MEXICO
Dominco FaustINo SARMIENTO ScHooLt.—July 9 witnessed the
inauguration of the Domingo Faustino Sarmiento School, built with
50,000 pesos given by the Transcontinental Petroleum Co. The
municipality of Mexico City gave land for the school in the District
of Valbuena. The Federal Government gave a swimming pool and
shower baths, so that, as the Secretary of Public Education said in an
address at the inauguration, ‘‘every pupil may have the benefits of
running water and at home may continue the hygienic habits learned
in school.”
PARENTS’ associaTIon.—In his brillant address at the inaugura-
tion of the Domingo Faustino Sarmiento School mentioned above
the Secretary of Public Education stressed the fact that open-air
schools benefit not only the pupils but also the whole community.
He said:
We have witnessed the physical and moral improvement of sections which
were previously considered to be a real danger for those who ventured into them
after 8 o’clock at night. The Atlampa section, where the Alvaro Obregén School
is located, has greatly changed. A parents’ association has been formed in
connection with the school. Social conditions have improved there, and in the
two years since the school’s opening no robbery has occurred in the building,
which has no doors nor window sashes for protection, although situated in what
was considered one of the worst districts in Mexico City.
EXCHANGE STUDENTS.—Following the custom of the past few years,
there has been a group of Mexican students attending classes in the
summer school of Pomona College in Claremont, Calif. Pomona
College paid the expenses in the United States of two of these stu-
dents, while Mexico did the same thing for two in the large group
1148 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION
from Pomona which went to study at the summer school of the
University of Mexico.
NICARAGUA
HoMaG& TO A FAMOUS EDUCATOR.—In order to honor the memory
of Miguel Ramirez Goyena, founder and director of the first sec-
ondary school of Managua, an executive decree has changed the
name of the Central National Institute for Boys to that of the
Ramirez Goyena Institute.
PANAMA
ART STUDENT RETURNS FROM Rome.—Sefor Rubén Villalaz has
returned to Panama on a visit to his family, after studying three
years on a scholarship from the Republic of Panama in the Municipal
Art School in Rome and carrying on other studies in the Roman
Academy of Fine Arts and under Humberto Amati. While in
Panama he exhibited 14 of his works in several mediums. Sefior
Villalaz will return to Rome to study four years more, as he has
received much encouragement, including a medal of honor from the
mayor of Rome.
PARAGUAY
INTELLECTUAL EXCHANGE.—Dr. Alberto Strucchi, professor in the
Medical School of the University of Cordoba, Argentina, arrived in
Asuncién last July to arrange for cultural exchange between the
University of Asuncién and the institution which he represented.
CoRRESPONDING MEMBERS OF THE RoyaL SPANISH ACADEMY.—
Notification was received last July that the following Paraguayans
had been honored by appointment as corresponding members of the
Royal Spanish Academy of Letters: Don Delfin Chamorro, Dr.
Cecilio P&ez, Dr. Eusebio Ayala, Dr. Manuel Dominguez, Don
Eloy Farina Nufiez, Dr. Eligio Ayala, Don Pablo M. Ynsfran, Don
Arsenio Lépez Decoud, Dr. Justo P. Benitez, Dr. Juan Stefanich,
Dr. Anselmo Jover Peralta, and Don J. Natalicio Gonzalez.
PERU
CREATION OF AN ADVANCED NORMAL scHooL.—In order that Peru
may have an institution that will prepare teachers for the different
grades of the primary and secondary schools, the Normal School for
Teachers in Lima has been changed into a ‘‘pedagogic institute,”’
or advanced normal school. This institute will be composed of the
following divisions: Elementary normal section, for the preparation
of elementary teachers; second grade section, for the preparation of
intermediate teachers; special section, for the preparation of special
intermediate teachers; advanced section, for the preparation of
secondary school teachers. San
PUBLIC INSTRUCTION AND EDUCATION 1149
THE ORGANIZATION OF RURAL SCHOOLS.—The Minister of In-
struction has commissioned Dr. José Rafael Pareja, who has been on a
special mission to Mexico, to make a study of the educational situa-
tion in the departments of Arequipa, Puno, Cuzco, and Apurimac.
This commissioner is to propose the measures which should be taken
to spread education among the aborigines of the country.
SALVADOR
Book Day.—Book Day was celebrated in San Salvador on August
4, 1927, as part of the August patriotic holidays. Many writers
were present to enjoy the program arranged and to vote on the
establishment of a board of book publication, of which Sefor Juan
R. Uriarte was made president.
BIOLOGICAL SOCIETY ESTABLISHED.—In July the Biological Society
of Salvador was established at a meeting held in the National Univer-
sity located in the capital. The purpose of this learned society is to
forward the study of biology by the opening of a laboratory, a
museum, a biological library, scientific excursions, and eventually
the foundation of the Agronomic Institute of Salvador.
URUGUAY
INTERNATIONAL UNIVERSITY EXCHANGE.—On August 21, 1927,
Dr. Antonio Sagarna, Argentine Minister of Public Instruction,
arrived in Montevideo upon the invitation of the Council of Secondary
and Preparatory Instruction to give a lecture in the University of
Uruguay on “How we should educate toward peace.”’ Dr. Ramén
G. Loyarte, of the School of Physics of the Argentine University
of La Plata, was another exchange lecturer invited by the Council
of Preparatory and Secondary Education to give a series of lectures
for the benefit of teachers taking special advanced courses.
Uruguayan university students during July visited Brazil, making
an extended tour of the principal cities of that country on a pil-
erimage of fraternity and of study. They were most cordially
received by their Brazilian confréres.
Bouivia scHooL In Uruaguay.—On August 6, 1927, a school in
Montevideo known as No. 42 was renamed for the Republic of
Bolivia, an interesting program being carried out in celebration of the
event. The Minister of Bolivia made an eloquent address, voicing
the spirit of American fraternity and expressing admiration for
Argentina.
The Bolivian Minister later informed the Uruguayan Minister of
Foreign Relations that on August 25, 1927, the anniversary of
Uruguayan Independence, the vocational school for girls in La Paz
would be named for the Republic of Uruguay, and also that the
city of Cochabamba had named one of its principal schools for
Uruguay.
1150 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION
VENEZUELA
CIRCULATING LIBRARY.—In pursuance of the Government’s policy
for promoting public instruction the Minister of Public Education
has introduced many improvements in the National Library of
Caracas. One of these is a donation of 3,000 carefully selected
volumes for the circulating section of the library, including books
on science, arts, and industries. Children’s books and many works
on sports and amusements for young people are also among this
collection.
BRAZIL
CooPERATIVE ASSOCIATIONS.—The Cooperative Association of
Railway Employees of Rio Grande do Sul, organized in Santa Maria
for collective buying, now has 3,853 members. With their families,
there are 15,412 individuals profiting from the services of this organi-
zation. The association has a capital of over 7,000 contos, large
warehouses in Rio de Janeiro, Porto Alegre, Cacequy, Bagé Passo
Fundo, Rio Grande, and Cruz Alta. It also maintains schools for
ordinary and professional education. In its advanced schools for
girls at Santa Maria there were 226 students in 1926, and in the
vocational school for boys, 260.
Another organization of this type is the Central Cooperative
Association of Laborers, organized on July 29, 1927, in Rio de
Janeiro for the purchase and sale of necessities, in order to reduce
the cost of living and give more profit to the rural producer. The
association is an outcome of the discussion in the credit congresses
which meet annually. The initial capital of 100,000 milreis was
immediately subscribed, the Banco Federal taking 30,000 milreis and
individuals the remainder.
CHILE
CouRSE IN ELECTRICAL WwoRK.—An eyening school for electricians
taught by the officials of the general electrical mspector’s bureau
in Santiago gives an opportunity for learning the electrician’s trade.
Men passing the examination at the end of the course are licensed as
electricians.
CONVALESCENT HOME FOR WORKING WOMEN.—A convalescent home
for working women has been founded with Government aid in
Santiago by the Sisters of Charity of St. Vincent de Paul. This
LABOR ESE
work is an extension of the service already offered to working women
by these sisters, who maintain a dining room where women living
outside the city may have their meals at very modest prices, and also
offer bookkeeping, music, sewing and domestic-science courses which
women may take in free hours. .
MEXICO
EIGHTH ANNUAL CONVENTION OF THE Mexican REGIONAL FEDERA-
TION OF Laror.—This national labor organization held its eighth
annual convention in Mexico City from August 20 to 26 of this year,
with almost 3,000 delegates in attendance. The federation is com-
posed of a large number of organizations of industrial and agricul-
tural workers from all parts of Mexico, representing a total of more
than 2,000,000 organized workers.
The convention discussed many phases of the labor problem in
Mexico and passed numerous resolutions designed to improve the
social, economic, and moral conditions of the Mexican laboring classes.
Among the most important were those relating to the foundation of
libraries and schools for the workers in various States of the Republic,
the establishment of sanitary commissions and rural schools, the
sending of lecturers and instructors in social questions to various
centers, the creation of workers’ cooperatives, and proposed
legislation.
The federation will also work for the peace and concord of the
nation and cooperate in every possible way in promoting its growth.
President Calles was the guest of honor at one of the convention
sessions, when he received a vote of confidence from the workers for
his patriotic services as President of the Republic.
URUGUAY
Fixep waGe.—According to El Dia, Montevideo, June 1, 1927,
quoted by Industrial and Labor Information, Geneva, August 1, 1927,
the National Administrative Council of Uruguay has approved a law
providing that in contracts for public works, drawn up between the
Government and private contractors, workers shall receive no less
than a minimum wage which will be fixed by a special committee on
the basis of the cost of living. According to the United States
Commerce Reports for September 19, 1927, a decree of the Minister of
Public Works provides that all contractors shall pay a minimum
wage of 2.50 pesos a day (peso at current exchange equals $1.002)
on all Government contracts, present and future. The difference
between the wages actually being paid by contractors now executing
public works and the decreed minimum wage will be met by allow-
65031—27—Bull. 11——7
1152 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION
ances from the public treasury, but no future bids from contractors
will be recognized unless they agree to pay the minimum wage.
DeueGaTe TO INTERNATIONAL Laror Orrice.—The Diario Oficial |
of June 2, 1927, announces the appointment of Sefior Oscar Defféminis
as permanent Uruguayan representative at the International Labor
Office in Geneva. Sefior Defféminis is Uruguayan consul general
in Switzerland.
What does it matter, when you come to think of it, whether a child is
yours by blood or not? All the little ones of our time are collectively
the children of us adults of the time and entitled to our general care —
Thomas Hardy.
ARGENTINA
SocIAL MUSEUM INCORPORATED WITH UNIVERSITY.—The Argentine
Social Museum, though retaiming its autonomy and liberty for
development, has been made a part of the University of Buenos
Aires, where it will function as an institute of social statistics, investi-
gations, and activities. The Argentine Social Museum has been the
foremost institute in the study of social conditions in that country
and has sponsored international conferences relating to sociology.
New Rep Cross DIsPENSARY.—The Argentine Red Cross on July
24, 1927, opened the new Juan Girondo anticancer dispensary and
the gynecological and child-welfare clinics on Calle Parana, Buenos
Aires.
FREE HEALTH LECTURES.—On August 2, 1927, in the Popular
Lecture Institute maintained by La Prensa, a great daily of Buenos
Aires, the twelfth lecture was delivered by Dr. Samuel Madrid
Paez on ‘‘Preventive medicine for children.”” The lecturer was
well fitted for his subject, as he has been director of the Casa de
Expésitos (orphan asylum), is now director of the Mercedes Lasaga
Riglos Children’s Hospital, and president of the board of medical
advisors of the Charity Society. He has also lectured on child
health in Montevideo, Rio de Janeiro, and Santiago, Chile.
Other free lectures on the conservation of health are offered by
the Argentine League for Social Prophylaxis, which discusses the
causes and effects of social disease. The lecture delivered August
4, 1927, was on “ Hereditary disease and sanitary reforms in connection
with martiage.”’
SOCIAL PROGRESS dey3
BOLIVIA
CAMPAIGN AGAINST IMMORAL BooKs.—A very laudable measure
toward guarding the morals of the younger generation has been
taken by the Minister of Instruction, Sefor Victor Munoz Reyes, in
starting a campaign against immoral books. To this effect Sefior
Mufioz has sent a note to all school principals of the Republic re-
questing that they notify bookstores and other places selling books,
phonograph records, postcards, or statues which in any way offend
public morals that such articles will be seized and all of the penalties
stipulated in the penal code for offering such articles for sale will
hereafter be strictly enforced.
BRAZIL
CITY PLANNING AND HOUSING.—M. Alfred Agache, the French city
planner engaged to advise the city government on projected improve-
ments in Rio de Janeiro and the extension of that capital, gave in
July and August a series of illustrated lectures in the School of Fine
Arts and the Polytechnic School, as well as several before the Rotary
Club and other audiences.
Plans are being considered for the construction of 5,000 cheap
wooden houses to relieve the housing shortage in the Brazilian capital
for the officials and employees of the Federal Government. Bids
have been called for under the provisions of Law 4569 of August
21, 1922.
SUBURBAN MATERNITY HOSPITAL.—On August 14, 1927, the corner
stone of the suburban maternity hospital in Cascadura on the out-
skirts of Rio de Janeiro was laid in the presence of officials of the
Government and other guests. The board of directors of this
recently incorporated institution is composed of ladies.
NEW CHILD WELFARE CLINIC.—The inspector of child hygiene plans
to open another child-welfare clinic in Catumby for the benefit of
that section of Rio de Janeiro. Care will be given to expectant
mothers, babies, and children of preschool age, as well as weekly
lectures on the preparation of babies’ food. Dental service will also
be available for preschool children.
RADIO LECTURES ON CARE OF TEETH.—Thanks to the courtesy of
the Radio Society, Prof. Frederico Eyer, president of the Children’s
Dental Service of Rio de Janeiro, has begun a series of radio lectures
on the proper care of children’s teeth, and the importance of the diet
of the expectant mother and of the growing child in securing good
teeth for the child.
_ ASSOCIATION FOR THE PROTECTION OF NEWSBOYS.—An association
for the protection of newsboys has recently been established in Rio
de Janeiro. It will have its headquarters in the building of the Press
Club and will give evening classes for the benefit of its young protegés
as well as some material aid.
1154 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION
CHILE
RETIREMENT OF DoNa ConcerciONn VALDES DE Marcuant.—This
lady, the founder and for 16 years the president of the women’s
committee of the Patronato Nacional de la Infancia in Santiago, has
recently resigned her office because of ill health, becoming honorary
president. To her and to her brother, Don Ismael Valdés Valdés,
are largely due the growth and efficient, work of the child health
centers and other work of the Patronato. Sefiora de Marchant
trained the corps of women and young girls who assist in the health
centers and make home visits, imparting to them some of her own
devoted and self-sacrificing spirit; she frequently visited the maternity
home; she and her brother founded the dining room for poor nursing
mothers; the layette section was under her immediate direction.
Thousands of mothers think of her with gratitude; thousands of
children are living who but for her work would have died.
Hovusine.—Dr. José Santos Salas, Minister of Public Health,
recently issued a statement on cheap housing. Readers of the
BULueETIN will recall that Chilean law provides for loans of Govern-
ment funds at low interest for the construction of workers’ dwellings,
to be sold to them on easy payments; these loans are now to be made
only to municipalities. Provincial authorities are requested to have
a census of workers’ dwellings made in their respective districts, with
data as to their habitability.
The city of Santiago has under consideration the erection of 500
houses at a cost of 10,000 pesos each, to be sold for annual payments
of 600 pesos, while in Valparaiso a group of houses will be built in
the waterside section known as Las Habas, and next to 1t a number of
flats.
Of interest in connection with housing is the statement made by
Dr. Ugarte Valenzuela, an alderman of Santiago, during a discussion
of the question. He said that of the approximately 600,000 families
in Chile 2 per cent are large landowners and 8 per cent snrall land-
owners, the remaining 90 per cent being tenants.
COSTA RICA
CREATION OF NEW PORTFOLIO.—A portfolio to combine the present
functions of the Under Secretary of Hygiene and Public Health as
specified in the law on the protection of public health, those of the
Public Welfare Bureau, and those of the Department of the Interior
in respect to local hygiene, was created by an official decree of June
4, 1927, under the name of Department of Public Health and Social
Protection.
Work or BuEN Pastor.—Most interesting and helpful is the work
being carried on by the sisters in charge of the Buen Pastor reforma-
tory situated on the outskirts of San José. According to the Diario
SOCIAL PROGRESS 1155
de Costa Rica of July 22, 1927, the visitor to the home soon forgets
that he is in a prison. Strict discipline has been found to be un-
necessary, and the criminal tendencies of its inmates are overcome
by the training given for future self-support. Weaving, pottery-
making, laundry work, and wicker-furniture making are taught; the
younger children receive a regular school training and all are given
instruction in morals. Aside from workshops, classrooms, and
chapel, the reformatory has earthquake-proof dormitories, a hospital,
and large kitchen where enough bread is baked each day to more
than supply the institution. At present there are 120 inmates in the
reformatory.
ECUADOR
CIVILIZATION OF INDIANS.—A committee of women was recently
organized in Guayaquil for the purpose of cooperating in the develop-
ment of the eastern section of the Republic, and particularly in the
work of civilizing the Jibaro Indians by establishing schools, building
roads, and teaching them sanitary measures. Plans have been made
by the committee for establishing primary schools for the colonists of
the eastern section and for the Indians, as well as agricultural and
manual-training schools among the Jibaros, providing the latter with
machines for teaching them to spin, weave, and sew.
HAITI
HospiTaL IMPROVEMENTS.—At the Port-au-Prince hospital men’s
medical service has been installed in two of the new wards, thus
relieving the congestion. Since August 1 the third ward has been
receiving the female medical service. The entire medical service is
now in the new building. With the exception of the children’s
service, the hospital now has ample room for the patients being
handled.
The hospital at Cayes has been furnished with shower baths and
latrines in the grounds, one for patients in the hospital and another
for the nurses and dispensary patients.
At the Gonaives hospital an independent water supply was com-
pleted on July 21.
Rurau cumnics.—At Jacmel, during July, 12,939 consultations
were given in the rural clinic and dispensary service, in addition to
1,623 at the out-patient department of the hospital. This is the
largest number of treatments given in this section in a single month
of the present fiscal year.
HONDURAS
RocKkEFELLER Founpation IN Honpuras.—Doctor Malloy, an
expert of the staff of the Rockefeller Foundation, who has had
charge of a number of the health departments established by that
1156 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION
institution in Central American countries, is to be stationed in
Tegucigalpa to direct the campaign against malaria and its carrier,
the mosquito, and against other diseases.
MEXICO
CAMPAIGN FOR CHILD WELFARE.—As part of the active campaign
for child welfare begun in Mexico, a corps of voluntary visiting
nurses has been created, which will be free to all parents registering
their children in the respective offices of the Bureau of Public Health.
After being carefully instructed, the women who offer their services
for this work will visit homes, watch each child’s development, and
give the necessary advice for keeping it strong and well, recom-
mending the service of clinics when necessary.
Many pamphlets on child welfare have also been distributed by
voluntary workers, while lectures on this subject will be given period-
ically in all towns. It is also planned to organize groups to visit
small villages and hamlets to give instructions to rural mothers.
NICARAGUA
GRADUATE OF PUBLIC HEALTH CoURSE.—Dr. Jacinto Pérez, of
Nicaragua, received his diploma as doctor of public health from the
School of Hygiene and Public Health of Johns Hopkins University
on June 14 where he had been studying on a Rockefeller Foundation
fellowship. Arrangements are being made for Doctor Pérez to do
special work in the preparation of antirabies and smallpox vaccines
before his return to Nicaragua.
INSPECTORS OF SCHOOL HYGIENE.—Physicians have recently been
appointed as inspectors of school hygiene in the towns of Masaya,
Chinandega, Matagalpa, Rivas, Chontales, and Granada.
PARAGUAY
PaRaGuayaAN ReEpd Cross Buitpinc.—The Paraguayan Red
Cross, which was founded in 1919, began on July 28, 1927, the laying
of the foundation of the National Red Cross Building in Asuncién on
a lot of 2,117 square meters near Caballero Park. As funds in hand
are not sufficient to complete the building, a loan of 130,000 pesos is
to be floated in 500-peso bonds running for three years. The build-
ing, in addition to the offices and other rooms, will have a child-welfare
clinic.
WoMAN PHYSICIAN LECTURES.—Dr. Gabriela Valenzuela, a Para-
guayan woman physician, recently gave a lecture in Asuncién on
“Useful knowledge for the woman in the home.’’ Doctor Valen-
zuela was distinguished as a student in school and in the university,
and now as physician is helping to educate her countrywomen in
knowledge of the remedies and first aid which are necessary to every
housewife. pices
SOCIAL PROGRESS 1157
PERU
UNITED STATES DELEGATES TO SANITARY CONFERENCE.—The fol-
lowing delegates were appointed by the Secretary of State, under
authorization of the President, to the Eighth Pan American Sanitary
Conference which met at Lima, Peru, on October 12, 1927: Surg.
Gen. Hugh S. Cumming, Surg. B. J. Lloyd, and Surg. J. D. Long.
URUGUAY
CHILD WELFARE.—On June 8, 1927, the President of Uruguay
appointed Dr. Luis Morquio Uruguayan member of the board of
directors of the International American Institute of Child Welfare,
located in Montevideo. Doctor Morquio, now head of the school of
pediatrics in the university, is regarded as a most eminent child
specialist.
A bill for the establishment of an institute of pediatrics and child
care as part of the school of pediatrics was presented to the Uruguayan
Congress in July, with the indorsement of the Uruguayan Society of
Pediatrics.
ANTITUBERCULOSIS LErAGUE.—The Uruguayan Antituberculosis
League appointed Dr. José Mainginous as delegate to the antitubercu-
losis congress held in Cordoba, Argentina, in October, 1927. The
league also sent its leaflets and tables and statistics published in
pamphlet form, which it has prepared for the use of the National
Public Charity Department of the Government and for the National
Council of Hygiene.
YounGc Men’s CuristTian Association Buitpine.—On July 28,
1927, the Young Men’s Christian Association opened its clubhouse
in Montevideo, having among its distinguished guests on that occa-
sion the President of the Republic and representatives of Congress,
the diplomatic corps, and the National Council of Administration.
VENEZUELA
HoNnorRARY DEGREE CONFERRED.—Information has been received
that the University of Puerto Rico recently conferred the honorary
degree of doctor of science on Dr. Juan Iturbe, a brilhant young
physician of Caracas who has made himself known through his studies
of tropical diseases.
DENTAL SOCIETY TO INSTITUTE PRIZE.—At the suggestion of the
president of the Dental Association of Caracas this organization has
suggested the founding of a prize to be named Florestan Aguilar,
in honor of that famous Spanish dentist. To this end the society has
invited the various dental associations of Latin America to cooperate
in the founding of the prize, which will consist of a diploma, a gold
medal, and $1,000 in gold. This suggestion will be carried for approval
to the Third Latin American Dental Congress, which congress will
meet in Rio de Janeiro in 1929.
ARGENTINA
DIPLOMATIC REPRESENTATION IN SANTO Dominco.—By a presi-
dential decree of March, 1927, diplomatic representation in the
Dominican Republic was. extended to the Argentine Minister to
Cuba, who now is Minister to both countries.
COOPERATIVE ASSOCIATION FOR AMERICAN PEACE.—The Director
General of the Pan American Union recently received a letter from
Dr. Enrique Loudet, of Buenos Aires, announcing the establishment
in that city of an international cooperative association for American
peace.
The BuLLeTIN oF THE Pan AmMeERICAN UNION takes this oppor-
tunity to wish success to the new organization which has pledged
itself to American friendship and better understanding, a cause for
which the Pan American Union has been working for nearly 40 years,
and in the interest of which it stands ever ready to lend aid and sup-
port to collaborators.
BRAZIL
CELEBRATION FOR AVIATORS OF THE JAHU.—Douring the latter part
of July, Rio de Janeiro celebrated with enthusiasm the completion
of the flight by Brazilian aviators from Porto Praia, Portugal, to
Fernando Noronha and on to Brazil. Commander Ribeiro de Barros
and Lieutenant Negrdo, the successful aviators, received homage
from all classes of citizens, who feel a great pride in the conquest of
the Atlantic by their countrymen.
CHILE
CHILEAN PRESIDES OVER LEAGUE oF Nations Counciu.—As pre-
siding officer of the Council of the League of Nations, Sefior Enrique
Viliegas, Minister of Chile in Italy, opened the Eighth Assembly of
the League of Nations, which met in Geneva last September.
COLOMBIA
CoLOMBIA HONORS THE PRESIDENT OF CHILE.—By virtue of
Executive Decree No. 1266, of July 23, 1927, the decoration of the
Cross of Boyacé, of the first class, with precious stones, was bestowed
upon His Excellency Sefior Carlos IbAfiez del Campo, President of
Chile. :
115
ow
GENERAL NOTES 1159
COSTA RICA
SEVENTH AMERICAN SCIENTIFIC ConGRrEss.—On July 30, 1927, the
installation of the members of the organizing committee of the
Seventh American Scientific Congress, to be held in San José in 1929,
in accordance with a decision of the Third Pan American Scientific
Congress, took place in that city. All preliminary arrangements will
be under the direction of Licenciado don Luis Anderson, who was
named president of the commission at its first session. At the same
time Don Guillermo Vargas was chosen secretary general and a
subcommittee appointed to draw up the regulations for the congress.
As yet no definite date has been set for the congress.
CUBA
CUBA GIVEN SEAT ON LEAGUE oF Nations Councit.—At the
meeting of the Eighth Assembly of the League of Nations last
September, Cuba was voted a nonpermanent seat on the Council of
the League of Nations. Of the nine nonpermanent Council seats,
four are now held by American nations: Canada, Chile, Colombia,
and Cuba.
DOMINICAN REPUBLIC
NATIONAL ACADEMIES.—The creation of national academies of
history and of arts and letters has been proposed by Senor Martinez
Reyna, Secretary of State for the Presidency. This suggestion has
received the public indorsement of President Vasquez as being a
natural corollary of proposals to build a national theater, a national
university, and a national library and museum.
PARAGUAY
Native music.—A concert of native music played chiefly on
native instruments was organized not long ago in Asuncién by
Noénon Dominguez, who also included in the program the dances
known as the santafé, the pericén, and others. Folk songs and other
typical musical compositions were executed on the harp, guitars, the
balambau (a single-stringed Indian instrument), the piano, and
accordions.
URUGUAY
Urucuayan Present or Leagues or Nations AssemBity.—The
Eighth Assembly of the League of Nations, meeting in Geneva last
September, elected as its president Dr. Alberto Guani, Minister of
Uruguay in France, and former Minister of Foreign Affairs of his
country. Doctor Guani is the third Latin American to receive this
honor, his predecessors being Sefior Agustin Edwards, of Chile, and
Dr. Cosme de la Torriente, of Cuba.
©. SUBJECT. MATTER OF CONSULAR REPORTS
—— nD
s3 eet SE oper — ZLOG BO —— meg ee ER ae
REPORTS RECEIVED TO SEPTEMBER 15, 1927
Subject Date Author
ARGENTINA
Company formed in the Province of Mendoza to develop the 1927
INTEL TAHA Coyoy oreye waMiayssa oo Ss July 20) C. W. Gray, vice consul at
Buenos Aires.
Analy sis:ofithel926)CensSustinw ROSATI Ob 2s 2 sense heron es July 27 Robert Harnden, consul at
osario.
Mheeconomicsituation-invAreentinas =e. 1) ee ee Aug. 10} Dana C. Sycks, consul at
Buenos Aires.
BOLIVIA
Vital statistics and living conditions in Bolivia_______._________- July 25 dee McGurk, consul at La
az.
BRAZIL
Review of commerce and industries of the Pernambuco consular | July 12 | Archer Woodford, consul in
district, quarter ended June 30, 1927. charge at Pernambucoa.
Budget fortheistateot Bahiatonl 9262 ssaees se _--do_._-| Howard Donovan, consul
at Bahia.
Roadibwildingsinithers tate) ofes aha sess ese eres eee June 16 Do.
Review of commerce and industries of Para consular district, | July 18! John R. Minter, consul at
quarter ended June 30, 1927. Para.
American capital invested in the Bahia diamond fields__________ July 19 | Howard Donovan.
Increased wages for railway employees in State of Bahia_________ July 20 Do.
Review of commerce and industries of Santos consular district, |...do___-. Fred D. Fisher, consul at
quarter ended June 30, 1927. Santos.
Prices of sugar and cotton in Pernambuco for June, 1927_________ July 21) Nathaniel P. Davis, consul
: at Pernambuco.
Zircon and zirconia in Brazil, exports from 1916 to 1925, inclusive_| July 23 | Claude I. Dawson, consul
general at Rio de Janeiro.
Brazil’s import and export trade during 1926____________________ July 25 Do.
EhiveyBrazaliankcotte en aryl tess ene soe nen aun July 27 Do.
Brazilian trade in fresh fruits, imports and exports__.-.____-__-- July 28 Do.
Cocoa movement at Bahia during June, 1927____________________ July 29 | Archer Woodford.
Bahia) coffee exports!iduring Jumes 19272222 2 Se-COsS—e Do.
Imports at Santos during quarter ended June 30, 1927, as com- | July 30) Fred D. Fisher.
pared with previous quarter.
Radio broadcasting stations in Brazil------_--__________________ Aug. 1 | Claude I. Dawson.
Brazilian regulations for meat inspection in interstate trade______ S—doress Do.
Tobacco exports from Bahia during June, 1927__________________ Aug. 2} Archer Woodford.
Declared exports from Bahia for July_--.___.__-__--____--______ Se-COs sea Do.
State of declared exports, coffee exported and movement of ves- Aug. 5} Fred _D. Fisher.
sels during July, 1927, as compared, with same month of 1926
(Santos).
Amazon Valley rubber market in July, 1927._______-___-__-_-___- Aug. 13 | John R. Minter.
CHILE
Review of commerce and industries of the Valparaiso district | July 14 | Harold M. Deané, consul at
for quarter ended June 30, 1927. Valparaiso.
Review of commerce and industries of Punta Arenas, semester | July 20) John T. Calvin, vice consul
ended June 30, 1927. in charge, Punta Arenas.
Quarterly report from Antofagasta, ended June 30_______________ July 21 | Geo. D. Hopper, consul at
aid | _ Antofagasta.
Transition of the Chilean nitrate industry_-.._:.__._.._--______- Aug. 10 | HISLy, Campbell, consul at
quique.
General plan for improvement of Vifia del Mar__._______________ Aug. 16 | Harold M. Deane.
COLOMBIA
CotieeiproductioniniC olombia===s= == ee July 28) Alfred Theo. Burri, consul
at Barranquilla. ~
Exports from Buenaventura for July, 1927_........---..--------- Aug. 5| R. Hudson Fetner, vice
consul at Buenaventura.
Congestion in the port of Buenaventura_________________________ Aug. 6 Do.
Comparison of imports and exports of first 6 months of 1927, with | Aug. 11 Do.
same period of 1926.
AD aS) TARA WHOLE WSN NE oS oe ee a a ee Aug. 12 Do.
Miankce Gaorsraniliwranya © Ulric rit meee ete ete en me Neen Aug. 14 Do.
Miodernitenementshouses {or Calie 5s seers eae tees sone een ss Aug. 15 Do.
Sugar production in western Colombia__________________________ Aug. 22 Do.
1160
SUBJECT MATTER OF CONSULAR REPORTS
1161
Reports received to September 15, 1927—Continued
Subject Date Author
COSTA RICA
! 1927
Quarterly report of Costa Rican products exported______._______ Aug. 8 | Roderick W. Unckles, vice
2 x | consul at San José.
July, 1927, report of commerce and industries__.--.--_____-_-__-- Aug. 10 Do.
CUBA |
Mineral production in the Antilla consular district during 1926..| Aug. 12 | Horace J. Dickinson, consul
4 . : at Antilla.
Report on the mineral production of Cuba in 1926.___----------- es200s222 Edward Caffery, consul in
x EASE charge, at Habana.
Commencialfayiationmun Cuba == =- shears ae eee ene eee Aug. 13 Do.
Review of commerce and industries for July, 1927___-_--_-----_- Aug. 19 Do.
ECUADOR
Report on commerce and industries for June, 1927_-_-__- Sb ese June 13 | Harold D. Clum, consul in
; . : charge at Guayaquil.
Review of commerce and industries, July, 1927--.------_-___-_-- Aug. 13 Do.
GUATEMALA
Report on commerce and industries for July__-_----------------- Aug. 9] Philip Holland, consul gen-
: t ‘ eral at Guatemala City.
Supplementatemspnicustoms tanitiess === se = 2 ee eee ene Aug. 17 Do.
HONDURAS
Review of commerce and industries of Ceiba consular district, | July 30 | Nelson R. Park, consul at
quarter ended June 30, 1927. Ceiba.
Review of the Puerto Cortes district, quarter ended June 30, 1927._| Aug. 3 | Ray Fox, consul at Puerto
Cortes.
NICARAGUA
Review of commerce and industries of western Nicaragua for | Aug. 3 Christian T. Steger, consul
July, 1927. at Corinto.
Foreign trade of Nicaragua during 1926____- LF 2} lla rte Orme yale Aug. 19 | A. J. McConnico, consul at
Bluefields.
PANAMA
July report on commerce and industries—Government bonded | Aug. 13 | H. D. Myers, vice consul at
warehouses, text in ‘‘Gaceta Oficial’’ of July 16,1927. Panama.
PERU
Review on commerce and industries for July, 1927, and principal | Aug. 10 | Geo. A. Makinson, consul at
points of message of the President at opening of Congress on Callao-Lima.
July 28. 1927.
SALVADOR
Report on commerce and industries of Salvador for July, 1927.--. Aug. 1} W. J: McCafferty, consul at
San Salvador.
URUGUAY
Decree changing the customs tariff on imported lumber-__-.------ July 26 C. Carrigan, consul general
in charge, Montevideo.
VENEZUELA
Vital statistics and hving conditions in the Puerto Cabello con- | Aug. 6 | George R. Phelan, vice con-
sular district. sul at Puerto Cabello. |
Coffee report of Maracaibo for the months of May, June, and | Aug. 25 Raymond E. Ahearn, vice
July, 1927.
consul at Maracaibo.
@
The New Diplomatic Representative of Chile._-.---- == 1163
The Governing Board of the Pan American Union._____ => 1167
Death of Distinguished Guatemalan Diplomat________.___ 1169
rerQuichivafRacesin Sculptured) Marblek == === S222 0 2 1173
Voungebrazilanyscientist: Wins, Medale 2-922 2222222 5a ee ae 1176
Development of Banking Institutions in Mexico.______.__________ 1181
By José Miguel Bejarano, Secretary, Mexican Chamber of Commerce of the United States
hee MotOnPHishiwaysnot Hon dures seme 8 = ee eee ee 1185
IDERAy OH IPeyebee Yulee Joombie) Neher a es 1191
KromeCottonseedktoslvard sine Peruse aa ee oe ee ee oe eee ene 1200
World Emblems of Religion Increase International Consciousness________ 1208
By Louise F. Shields.
ColombiayassseensbyatheelLourista a= = 0 ee ae ee ee DA
By H. A. Caracciolo.
Comnnnpiuiiy ROR AS sony Olontl se a ee eee 1220
I. Workers’ Housing.
II. Bus Service in Santiago.
The Opening of the Pan American Hospital in New York________________ 1226
ThesLropicalublantvesearch houndations==.= 262 es. kee eee 1228
Aericiiture mindustry,nandsi Commences: o99ee= 5-22 sel tee eee 1233
Argentina—Bolivia—Brazil—Chile—Colombia—Cuba—Dominican Republic—Ecuador—
Guatemala — Haiti— Honduras — Mexico — Nicaragua — Panama — Paraguay — Peru—
Salvador—Uruguay—Venezuela.
Leomonne emacl Iino Aiighgy es ees se ee 1246
Argentina—Brazil—Colombia—Costa Rica—Honduras—Salvador.
Herislationeseesiit perry ed tee ee ee es DS eS 1248
Brazil—Chile—Guatemala—Mexico—N icaragua—Salvador—Venezuela.
Tate rare tometer. © ale sae eee a ae ae ey eo ee ere 1251
Brazil-Pan American Republics—Costa Rica-Spain—Haiti-France—Salvador-Pan Ameri-
can Republics.
Publicemstrictionsandesducatlones 20222. Soe ee eee ee ee 1252
Argentina—Brazil Chile Colombia — Costa Rica—Cuba—Dominican Republic—
Ecuador — Guatemala — Haiti — Honduras — Mexico — Nicaragua — Panama — Para-
guay—Peru—Salvador—Uruguay— Venezuela.
ial) 0 1 eee eons ey ee ee Raa nals Fe NS eee See 1259
Dominican Republic.
Soci@lpbrorne scmemamia= ease es Ue ae ee ee ee 1259
Argentina — Bolivia — Brazil — Chile — Colombia — Costa Rica — Cuba — Ecuador —
Haiti—Honduras—Mexico—Nicaragua—Panama—Paraguay—Salvador— Uruguay.
CLE TVOT: DIMIN CC ss Mee i rar EU Sa ae pe le La a es 1266
Brazil — Chile — Dominican Republic — Tenadior — Panama — Paraguay — Salvador —
United States—Venezuela.
1269
Subject matter of Consular Reports__-__-----------------------------
Norr.—Oontents of previous issues of the Bulletin of the Pan Ameri-
can Union may be found by consulting the Readers’ Guide wm your
library.
Ill
C27
CY,
DO
USUENG
DO
DOR
DO
DO
a a A
CG
yO
NEST
oO
DO
Ce
CO
se
DOC OO
TOO
CO
BSS
Oe
2K
TO
Ca CO
SD eo
Cie SU.
SZ
COS OS
CI .
LO De
USS
: y
So
Se
SG <
LSU
LITO COTS
COCs
SOW
<
i
2
LOOK
Se
ZG
SESUAUX
ENT
OP
CO)
oN
7K
SE
DO
2
LDC RT
oO
CD
>
TK
ZOOS
— Zz
A
CU
EST SS
CK
Zoe
SZ
SZ
SLT
CS Cy
SEO
C77 G
Ce
ES
CID
CK
SO
ZX
aS
<
SZ
UN
Zo
@ 7
2
Go
Ss
a G7
DENTS
we
Co
SS aS
A
Zo
7 _
Co
SZ
CTR
OO
EID Oe
Co a
EG Be SS
A SENZA SS
2
Sa
oo
BSUER
TO
ae
OR
oe
PS
oe
Co
LO o
<
OS
SE
Co
IOS
SO
DOGO
SES
Boo
WD -
6 Ss
OO
oo
oS Gi
CT
<
WO
we
Se
PSD .
ETI
NZ
SO
ESS
IOS <
NEN
SW
BOG
ED
OK
LO a
Co
Ok
So
Co
EST)
IO
OG
a
CUSK
SZ Oo
LI OO
COC
SO
SZ SG
BONEN ZAY: S
COTO OG
DOS
RON
WD
WO
ZOO :
DI
SR
CUO.
TOS
é Z
ESC
ENT S
So <
OK —
Co
Se
CI
Co
COR,
a}
\
&
a
CSUR Y
SENT;
Ss a
: —.
&
ESC
See
ENTER ER
NS
2
CVS
NT
&
HIS EXCELLENCY DR. CARLOS DAVILA
The new Ambassador of Chile in Washington
‘4 STP = 92, = -_@.: = =
rT ee ed SSBaeSISS7
VOL. LXI DECEMBER, 1927 No. 12
NEW DI
IS Excellency Sefior don Carlos Davila, Ambassador Ex-
traordinary and Minister Plenipotentiary of Chile in the
United States, was officially received by President Coolidge
at the White House on October 6, 1927, thus succeeding
to the important post left vacant by the departure from Washington
of Dr. Miguel Cruchaga Tocornal.
When presenting his credentials the Ambassador spoke, in part, as
follows:
It will be my most welcome duty in the discharge of my mission to pursue the
work done by my distinguished predecessors and to devote all my abilities to the
endeavor of adding intenseness and effectiveness to the cordial political relations
maintained by our countries with invariable loyalty and reciprecal interest since
the time when Chile conquered her political independence, which relations,
I am sure, will grow in strength to the full extent fervently desired by the Govern-
ment and people of my country.
I shall make it my special effort to intensify the economic ties which bind our
two Republics, between which there are fortunately running considerable streams
of intercourse that hold forth a promise of broad and prosperous development:
Chile finds deep gratification in the fact that large sums of money and many
activities from the United States are now engaged in her territory, surrounded by
as many guarantees as they would find in their own country and enjoying the
advantages in the way of production that my country offers.
I cherish the hope that in achieving this purpose I shall have the generous
cooperation of Your Excellency and of your enlightened associates in the
Government of the great Republic.
11638
1164 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION
I trust that Your Excellency will deign again to accept the thankful acknowl-
edgment of the Government and people of Chile for the invaluable service you
have done to the cause of continual peace and harmony in accepting the task,
offered to your high decision, of settling, as arbitrator, the difficulties resulting
from the sole stipulation in the Ancon treaty that was disputed.
Your Excellency has my best wishes for the ever-growing prosperity of the
United States of America and your personal happiness.
To these expressive words of the Ambassador the President of the
United States made cordial response, in part as follows:
I cordially reciprocate the friendly sentiments which Your Excellency has so
well expressed, and I confidently share your expectation that the political rela-
tions between our countries will continue in the same friendly path which they
have happily followed ever since the first glorious days of Chile’s life as an inde-
pendent nation.
As for the economic ties to which Your Excellency has alluded, it is gratifying
to receive this new assurance that the Government of Chile welcomes the enter-
prises in which the citizens of the United States are so largely interested and
affords to those enterprises as great a degree of security in their activities as
they would enjoy in this country, for 1am convinced, Mr. Ambassador, that only
in this way can the systematic development of natural resources, with its conse-
quent stimulus to the commercial intercourse upon which the modern economic
structure of the world so largely depends, be carried forward under conditions of
real mutual benefit. Permit me, therefore, to assure Your Excellency that in
your efforts to foster these commercial relations which you have mentioned you
will have the whole-hearted support and cooperation of myself and every member
of this Government.
It is extremely agreeable, Mr. Ambassador, to hear from you the expression of
appreciation which on behalf of the people and Government of Chile you have
formulated with respect to my services as arbitrator in the pending settlement of
the Tacna-Arica controversy. It is my sincere hope that a solution may be
reached and the question settled for all time in a manner both equitable and
acceptable to all concerned.
The new diplomatic representative of the progressive Chilean
nation was born in Los Angeles, in the southern Province of Bio-Bio,
September 16, 1887. On the completion of his elementary schooling,
he began his study of the liberal arts in the Colegio Inglés, Val-
paraiso, continuing this preparatory work in the excellent secondary
school of the city of Concepcién. Thus equipped, he entered the
law school of the University of Chile, situated in Santiago, from
which in due time he graduated with the corresponding degree.
In 1912 Doctor Davila became a member of the editorial staff of
El Mercurio, a Santiago daily, thus exchanging a legal for a journalis-
tic career. Five years later, the management of La Nacién selected
him as editor of this increasingly important organ. And through
the editorial columns of this newspaper Doctor Davila began to
direct what has been perhaps the most interesting and fruitful labor
in the annals of Chilean journalism.
The establishment and development of Za Nacién are recognized
as powerful factors in that gradual evolution toward new methods
THE NEW DIPLOMATIC REPRESENTATIVE OF CHILE 1165
and objectives which has distinguished Chilean journalism in general
during the last decade. The rapid growth of this newspaper and its
characteristic methods of dealing with public questions and the
presentation of news inevitably stimulated other dailies to a con-
stant rivalry of effort, one of the results of which has been a period
of extraordinary journalistic progress. La Nacién has always been
characterized by a markedly liberal spirit and by the scientific man-
ner in which it approaches the study of economic and social problems,
whether national or foreign; and it was Doctor Davila who gave
this paper a distinctly democratic and popular trend, the effect of
which was felt some years later in the political life of the Chilean
nation.
Although Za Nacién has never been a propagandist organ, it has
nevertheless accomplished a work of cultural and intellectual uplift
which has had no small influence on the ideas and trends of its time.
It has, moreover, been greatly influential in constraining popular
opinion to concern itself with economic questions. The financial and
social reforms which in recent years have placed Chile on a firm basis
and prepared her productive forces for the economic reconstruction
of the nation were, in large part, the result of the energetic campaign
waged by Doctor Davila in the columns of La Nacién.
Aloof from party politics, the new diplomatic representative of
Chile has always enjoyed the respect and consideration of the public
at large. It is to be noted, moreover, that the largest number of
his admirers are found in industrial and commercial circles and among
wage earners and salaried employees.
In May, 1927, the Government offered Doctor Davila the post of
Minister to Great Britain, an honor which he declined. Last August,
however, when President Ib4fiez expressed his desire of entrusting to
him the ambassadorship to the United States, Doctor Davila accepted,
although he was on the eve of embarking for Europe to study con-
ditions there in the execution of a Government mission connected
with nitrate propaganda on that continent.
The Bulletin of the Pan American Union, on extending a most
cordial welcome to this distinguished Chilean publicist and diplomat,
can not fail to recall the debt of gratitude which for many years it
has owed the important newspaper which Doctor Davila so brilliantly
edited and which has played so vital a réle in the evolution of his
country. At the same time it embraces this opportunity to wish
him the fullest measure of success in his high mission and an enjoy-
able residence in Washington.
ye
_
yy
-
G7 «
Cu
EERO RSS
s DE
Y
De
EGR
RO:
IONE RON IOSD
POI OOX
K Y
Coo
a7
CK
K Ss
UD DPLAD
>
PRIMER GROSSO
SOME EOE
TK
Copyright by Harris & Ewing
THE GOVERNING BOARD OF THE PAN AMERICAN UNION
N Wednesday, November 2, 1927, the Governing Board of
the Pan American Union held its first regular session of the
fiscal year 1927-1928 in the beautiful headquarters of the
Union in Washington.
At this meeting His Excellency Dr. Ricardo J. Alfaro, Minister
of Panama, was elected vice chairman of the board for the ensuing
year, the Secretary of State of the United States, Hon. Frank B.
Kellogg, being reelected chairman of the board.
A number of important resolutions were adopted by the board,
transmitting reports to the Governments, members of the union, for
the information of the respective delegates to the Sixth International
Conference of American States which will convene at Habana on
January 16, 1928.
The accompanying photograph shows the governing board in
session. In the center, at the head of the table, is seated the chairman
of the governing board, Hon. Frank B. Kellogg, Secretary of State of
the United States. The others present are as follows, reading from
left to right: Dr. Honorio Pueyrredén, Ambassador of Argentina; Dr.
Sylvyino Gurgél do Amaral, Ambassador of Brazil; Dr. Ricardo J.
Alfaro, Minister of Panama; Sefor don Luis Bogrén, Minister of
Honduras; Sefior don Angel Morales, Minister of the Dominican
Republic; Dr. Francisco Antonio Lima, Minister of Salvador; Dr.
Juan V. Ramirez, Chargé d’ Affaires of Paraguay; Dr. Esteban Gil
Borges, Assistant Director of the Pan American Union and Secretary
of the Governing Board; Dr. L. S. Rowe, Director General of the
Pan American Union; Sefior don George de la Barra, Chargé d’Af-
faires of Bolivia; Dr. Antonio Castro Leal, Chargé d’Affaires of
Mexico; Dr. Alejandro César, Minister of Nicaragua; Dr. Carlos F.
Grisanti, Minister of Venezuela; M. Hannibal Price, Minister of
Haiti; Dr. Jacobo Varela, Minister of Uruguay; Dr. Hernan Velarde,
Ambassador of Peru; and Dr. Enrique Olaya, Minister of Colombia
and retiring vice chairman of the governing board.
1167
SENOR DON FRANCISCO SANCHEZ LATOUR
Late Minister of Guatemala in the United States, who died in Washington November 8, 1927
HEL
AAT
O Pan American circles in Washington and throughout the
country the death of the Minister of Guatemala, Dr. Fran-
cisco Sanchez Latour, at the Legation in Washington,
November 8, came as a distinct shock. One of the most
genial and widely known members of the Latin American diplomatic
corps, his sudden and untimely death is mourned by a host of friends
both within and outside official and diplomatic circles.
Particularly will his loss be felt in the Governing Board of the
Pan American Union, in which he was an indefatigable worker for
closer and better inter-American understanding. ‘There was never
any doubt as to where Dr. Sanchez Latour stood in Pan American
affairs, and none was ever more ready than he to cooperate in every
legitimate movement headed toward the realization of Pan American
ideals and aspirations. That these endearing qualities were well
recognized by his colleagues is abundantly attested by the action of
the Governing Board of the Pan American Union which, in a special
meeting on the afternoon of November 9, expressed its affection and
grief through the voice of the Secretary of State, Hon. Frank
B. Kellogg, chairman of the board, and His Excellency the Minister
of Panama, Dr. Ricardo Alfaro, vice chairman. The text of Secretary
Kellogg’s tribute follows:
We have met upon this sad occasion to pay a last but heartfelt tribute to our
dear friend and colleague, Francisco Sénchez Latour, whose sudden death on
Tuesday morning so deeply moved and shocked us all.
During the many years that he resided in Washington as Secretary of Lega-
tion, Chargé d’Affaires and Minister of Guatemala, he not only ably served
his Government as a true and loyal citizen but showed himself in every possible
way anxious to promote good understanding and closer relations between the
Republics of America. Both as a member of the Governing Board and during
the period of his service as Vice Chairman he was indefatigable in furthering
the purposes of the Pan American Union. Moreover, by his personal charm and
kindly nature he endeared himself to countless friends who deeply and sincerely
lament his loss. So ably did he combine the functions of his high offices with
the duties and privileges of friendship and with zeal for the cause of Pan
Americanism that his loss will be thrice felt, since we mourn him as a colleague,
a friend, and a coworker.
Our deepest sympathy goes out to the bereaved widow and to other members
of the family as well as to the nation which has lost so capable and faithful a
servant, and I am certain that I am voicing your sentiments when I submit
for your consideration the following resolution:
“The Governing Board of the Pan American Union, assembled in special
session to pay tribute to the memory of His Excellency, the Minister of Gua-
1169
1170 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION
temala, Sefior Don Francisco Sdnchez Latour, representative of Guatemala on
the Governing Board of the Pan American Union,
“RESOLVES
‘To spread on the Minutes of the Meeting an expression of the profound
sorrow of the members of the Board at the death of their distinguished colleague,
and to record their deep appreciation of his important services.
“The Chairman of the Board is authorized to communicate to the Government
of Guatemala and to the family of the deceased the unanimous expression of
condolence of the members of the Governing Board.”’
In paying tribute to Sefior Sanchez Latour’s memory, Doctor
Alfaro expressed himself as follows:
Mr. Chairman, Gentlemen:
The tribute of remembrance and affection which we have come here to-day to
render has its roots in the very depths of our hearts. Francisco Sanchez Latour
was not only a very distinguished colleague, an outstanding member of the
diplomatic corps in Washington, he was also an excellent friend who by his
spiritual gifts gained the intimate affection of every one who knew him.
Sanchez Latour was one of those unassuming men who pass through life
without giving a first brilliant impression but, as they are better known, give
evidence of ever new and greater charm. If we were to try to determine what
was the most distinguishing characteristic of our departed colleague, surely
we would say it was his gentleness. But his was not that empty gentleness of
mediocre personalities. On the contrary, his was an external gentleness behind
which were hidden the most vigorous and powerful faculties of the spirit. Gentle
was his voice; but whenever we listened to it, it was to hear vigorous thoughts.
Gentle were his manners, but they thus served as an interesting contrast to a
will and character of steel. Endowed with an exquisite courtesy, a jovial spirit,
a splendid generosity, Sdnchez Latour was at the same time an indefatigable
worker, a valiant and persevering fighter. He was, in the full significance of the
word, a model diplomat; his culture, assured on a foundation of careful education;
his discretion, perfect; his judgment, faultless; his tact, the finest; his courtesy,
that of a gentleman; his patriotism, always evident. And over and above all
these superior qualities, that spirit of tolerance, that gift of being able to see the
point of view of the other side which well-balanced minds acquire from constant
intercourse with men, with races, and with nations, and which will ultimately
bring the world to the supreme ideals of universal peace. 3
Sdnchez Latour leaves in the Pan American Union a memory of intelligent
and efficacious service. As a member and as Vice Chairman of the Governing
Board he was always an enthusiastic supporter of the principles which constitute
the best in Pan Americanism; Pan Americanism which affirms the existence
of continental interests as the source of continental solidarity, and the juridical
equality of the nations as the firm foundation of international relations.
May this tribute of our sorrow be acceptable to our noble friend, who saw
death come with the same sweet tranquillity which he showed in his life; respected
and esteemed colleague, to whose voice we always listened with interest in our
council and whose empty chair bears mute witness to the final departure of a
good man, worthy and beloved, who on entering into eternity has bequeathed
to us a noble example to imitate and dear memories to cherish.
President Coolidge took an early opportunity to send a message of
sympathy to President Chacon of Guatemala, stating that he deeply
regretted the death of Sefior Sanchez Latour “who so ably served your
DEATH OF DISTINGUISHED GUATEMALAN DIPLOMAT 1171
Government for many years at this post, and for whom officials of
this Government entertain sentiments of the greatest admiration and
esteem.”’ The Secretary of State also cabled a message of condolence
to Sefior Herrarte, the Minister of Foreign Affairs.
Government officials, members of the diplomatic corps and Pan
American circles were among the first to offer condolences to the
minister’s family. Sefor Sanchez Latour not only had many personal
friends in Washington but also in many other parts of the country
where, as in Virginia and near-by States, he had often been enter-
tained. Dr. Sanchez Latour was one of the few diplomats who
attended the famous Gridiron Club dinners. He was also a talented
musician, and the recitals given at the Legation under his direction
were greatly appreciated in the musical circles of Washington, as
were also the Marimba Band concerts given in the Pan American
Union, largely through his initiative.
Dr. Sanchez Latour leaves behind him a distinguished record of
service. Born in Quezaltenango August 21, 1876, of one of the
most eminent families in the liberal political tradition of the country,
educated in France and England, serving later in the navy of the
latter as an officer, Dr. SAnchez Latour was sent by his Government
to Washington in 1908 on special mission connected with the treaty
of the preceding year. After his appointment as Chargé d’Affaires
in 1910, he became increasingly identified with Pan American affairs.
Following the recognition of the Orellana Government in 1922 he
was appointed Minister to the United States, his elevation to this
important office being, in the words of President Coolidge, ‘“‘but the
reward of your Government for your satisfactory services in the past.”
Surviving the minister are his widow, Lillian Hall Davis de Sanchez
Latour, and a brother, Delfino Sanchez Latour, Consul General of
Guatemala in New York City.
The BuLuetin of the Pan American Union takes this opportunity of
associating itself with the grief-stricken family and the many friends,
everywhere, who mourn the untimely passing of this distinguished
and loyal advocate of the Pan American spirit and international
peace.
“LA VIRGEN INDIA,” THE HIGHEST TYPE OF ANDEAN MAIDEMHOOD
In this group the sculptor has depicted the flower of Andean womanhood, her grace and beauty, her
authentic physiognomy, and the spirit of the Quichua race. The juxtaposition wih perhaps the
most femininely graceful of the Andean fauna completes this simple but beautiful poem in marble
GREAT deal has been written and declaimed as to the in-
creasing need of a more adequate exchange of students
and professors, and of cultural things in general, between
the American Republics. Something, it is true, has been
accomplished in this direction, but it is lamentably small when com-
pared with what remains to be done if Pan American unity of pur-
pose and friendly understanding are to become established and en-
during facts.
In this connection it is rather surprising to note what a consider-
able part of inter-American cultural interchange is due to the initia-
tive of sculptors and painters, particularly in revealing and interpret-
ing each to the other the natural genius and spirit of the respective
peoples.
One of the latest examples of such enlarging and enriching inter-
pretation is the notable group of Bolivian-Peruvian highland types,
executed in marble, by the young Spanish artist, Ramén Mateu.
Not by any means without reputation in his native Valencia—a
reputation later enhanced by several years of work and a number
of successful exhibitions in Cuba—Mateu sailed for Peru, a year or
so ago, consumed with a great desire to fix in marble and clay the
inherent force and beauty, the very soul, itself, of the Quichua race.
This race, simple yet mysterious, humble yet proud, stolid and
apathetic in appearance, but in reality possessing the slow, steady
energy which will decide the destiny of the countries in which they
form the masses, has at last been revealed in the six splendid sculp-
tured types produced by this artist, five of which are reproduced in
these pages.
It is to be hoped that these finely conceived and arrestingly sculp-
tured types of a race whose rule and civilization once extended from
the Isthmus to Arauco, may find their way before long to the.United
States, to the great enrichment of our common American inheritance
and the enlargement of our inter-American consciousness.
QUICHUA FE
SCULPTU RED
= Ty
1173
“AMAUTA,” ANOTHER
STUDY BY MATEU
This vigorous and altogether
admirable head represents the
pure-blooded Indian of the
sacerdotal type who is also a
thinker, a type which stil]
persists in the remote Bo-
livian- Peruvian highland
“EL KESHUA” (THE
IMPRISONED)
Perhaps the most striking of the
three types of manhood, de-
picted by the sculptor Ma-
teu, commonly found in
the Bolivian-Peruvian high-
land. Together with the im-
mense bitterness of one who
has nothing to hope from life,
as depicted in this impressive
head, there may be discerned
the indomitable spirit of the
Amerindian, a spirit whichin
this case, for lack of education
or the all too common injus-
tice with which this class of
the population is treated, has
strayed from the path of
rectitude
A“CHOLA” MAIDEN OF
CUZCO
An arresting and graceful piece
of work, depicting the tradi-
tional and picturesque type of
young womanhood so preva-
lent in La Paz and in the Bo-
livian-Peruvian highland, in
general
“YUPANQUI,” A PER-
FECT EXAMPLE, BY
MATEU, OF THE WAR-
LIKE TYPE OF AMER-
INDIAN
In this study the sculptor has
portrayed the highest type
of Amerindian manhood.
The broad full forehead, wide
nostrils, full lips and firm
mouth, the muscular neck,
and the proud poise of the
head, mark the man born to
direct, lead, and_ rule.
Yupanqui is, in short, an
admirable example of the
combative genius of the great
warrior chiefs who, centuries
ago, ruled the ancient and
powerful civilizations of the
Andean highlands.
68910—27—Bull. 12——2
ae Prra Gg 7 é = 2
RY 77 Tc, 1 ¢ * A
AA I AY C~ © @ @ e e@ © ©
y ya yy <Q
GA Uo KX ASD @ @ re) oo ° 2
MOST interesting ceremony took place a few days ago in
the Academy of Natural Sciences, Philadelphia, in which
Dr. Afranio do Amaral, a distinguished young scientist of
Brazil, took a very prominent part, a part which reflects
honor not only upon himself but upon the land of his birth and
Latin America in general.
The occasion was notable in that it marked the awarding of the
John Scott medals, three in number, for outstanding scientific achieve-
ments, the recipients this year being Dr. Afranio do Amaral of
Brazil, and Dr. Alfred Fabian Hess and Dr. Peyton Rous of the
United States. The awards, each of which carries with it an honor-
arium of a thousand dollars, were conferred by the Board of City
Trusts before a notable gathering which included the Ambassador of
Brazil, Dr. Gurgél do Amaral, and representatives from the College
of Physicians, the Board of City Trusts, the Academy of Natural
Sciences, the Rockefeller Institute of Medical Research, and the
Universities of Princeton and Pennsylvania.
Dr. Afranio do Amaral, whose early work was done with Dr. Vital
Brazil, who, it will be remembered, founded the famous snake-venom
laboratory at Butantan, near Sao Paulo, Brazil, has for the last few
years been devoting his entire time to research work in substances
which counteract the venom of deadly snakes. The Antivenin Insti-
tute of America, a division of the Mulford Biological Laboratories,
was established largely due to his efforts, and likewise the increasing
success which, under his direction, has crowned its labors.
The Ambassador of Brazil, in his most genial vein, made the prin-
cipal address of the occasion, the text of which follows herewith:
Mr. Cuairnman, Lapies, AND GENTLEMEN: |
The prevailing idea—and certainly a most erroneous one—whenever a diplo-
matic representative is invited to take part in any ceremonies in honor of one of
his compatriots, is that he extends his diplomatic capacity as a sponsor for him.
The habit has been so thoroughly established that a reversion of positions might
easily take place, to the great embarrassment of the diplomatist, who can not keep
pace with the merit of the man honored. This is due in large part to the inborn
1176
YOUNG BRAZILIAN AWARDED MEDAL Ware
feeling of hospitality everywhere, and especially in America, towards a foreign
representative as an homage to his own country and to all and every one of his
compatriots. Fortunately, however, there are exceptions to this rule, and I
know that you feel, ladies and gentlemen, that Dr. Afranio do Amaral has no
sponsor and needs no sponsor. If I come here as Ambassador of Brazil, it is only
to be present in the hour of glory of Dr. Afranio do Amaral.
I am not here to support him; I am not here to enhance his personality; I am
not here to draw attention to him, to his work, or to the results of his work, or
to lend to him any light that might come out of my official capacity. I am here
to witness the consecration of the merit of a Brazilian gentleman, to gather for
DR. AFRANIO DO AMARAL
The brilliant young Brazilian scientist who was awarded one of the three
John Scott medals for outstanding scientific achievements, presented
in October by the Philadelphia Academy of Natural Sciences
my country and to convey to it the benefits of the renown which, he having
acquired for himself, reflects credit on the culture of the Brazilian fatherland.
Ladies and gentlemen, you Americans are the conquerors of progress. In all
the immensity of mental and intellectual expansion, you have set the milestones
of the civilization of our times. The pinnacle of fame which you have attained
has not dulled your energies, and, far from being dormant as a result of success,
you are always contriving to better what seems inaccessible to betterment.
Your work for the advancement of civilization, your conquest of the discomforts
of life, your contribution to your own welfare as well as to the general good of the
world, and your strides towards the summit of national glory and universal
1178 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION
altruism are the exaltation of our epoch. We count your deeds nearly every
day of our lives. In the field of scientific research you equal all possible parallels.
In financial and business knowledge, the methods you have created are the
methods adopted wherever progress is in sight.
I would not have needed to emphasize these signal marks of your own series of
triumphs and glories were it not for the fact that in rendering your homage to
Dr. Afranio do Amaral, you yourselves emphasize with unbounded generosity the
merits of a scientist of a foreign land.
Foreign lands have in many instances called upon America to help them. You
have thus contributed to straighten situations which they could not themselves
correct. You have offered your hands many times to change confusion into
order, and with your experience and knowledge you have collaborated with your
comrades in science and art in foreign lands. But the superiority of your spirit
is such that you did not hesitate to go to a foreign land and bring back to your
own the elements which exceptionally you might lack.
This is the case of Dr. Afranio do Amaral, to whom your generosity is paying its
tribute of respect and warm friendship. You realized that our tropical clrmate
has brought forward the problem of the immunization of mankind from a devas-
tating enemy. This need has produced in Brazil scientific men who are nowadays
the acknowledged standards of perfection in their special fields. The havoc
played by venomous reptiles was to a great extent constituting a universal menace.
Thousands of lives every year were either imperiled or in many cases destroyed
by the terrible scourge. This scourge was not confined only to Brazil and other
tropical countries, but it was also present in certain regions of the United States,
where the climate proves to be somewhat tropical. You went out from your own
house and you knocked at the door of your Brazilian friends and took from them
the man who could assist you in the protection of your enormous population
against the evil of the insidious reptile.
Smilingly and jokingly sometimes, and at other times speaking gravely, I
might apply to this man what is so often applied to all things American: ‘The
best in the world!”’ It is for that reason, because Dr. Afranio do Amaral is “the
best in the world” in his specialty, that the illustrious Harvard University
brought him from Brazil to the United States; it is for that reason that you have
kept him here; it is for that reason that he founded your Antivenin Institute;
it is for that reason that you asked him to go to the Republics of Central America;
and it is for that reason that he is consecrated here to-night as a man of accom-
plishments, as a doer, a winner.
I am proud, ladies and gentlemen, to express these words, and I feel sure that
I interpret the sentiments of the Brazilian nation when I tender to you my heart-
felt thanks for this testimonial with which you express your admiration, respect,
gratitude, and friendship to Dr. Afranio do Amaral. Not only your testimony
embodies all these feelings, but it contributes also to the realization, throughout
the scientific world, of the fact that culture and the advancement of science in
Brazil have already reached such a high level that the United States of America
were eager to secure the services of an eminent Brazilian for the betterment of
their own American science. This is indeed deeply gratifying to our country
and will act as a new link in the solid chain of our old friendship and as a working
power for further accomplishments among our men of study and learning.
I thank you, gentlemen, for your courtesies to me in your great city, and, now,
let me step back into the quietness of my diplomatic status while you give your
undivided attention and praise to your Brazilian guest of to-night.
Dr. Amaral’s response to the award made him is singularly revela-
tory not only of the high ideals he has set before him in the work to
YOUNG BRAZILIAN AWARDED MEDAL 1179
which he is devoting his life, but of the modest spirit which has charac-
terized his every achievement. The text of his response is as follows:
Mr. Vice President of the Academy of Natural Sciences, Mr. Representative of the
Board of Directors of the City Trusts, Your Excellency the Brazilian Ambassador,
Ladies and Gentlemen:
‘Since dawn the man had been seated on a stone at the bottom of a ravine.
Three peasant women on their way to the vineyards exchanged ‘Good day’
with him as they passed to their work. At sunset when they returned the watcher
was still there, seated on the same stone, his eyes fixed on the same spot. ‘A
poor innocent,’ one whispered to the others, ‘pécaire! a poor innocent,’ and
all three made the sign of the cross. Fabre, the incomparable naturalist, patiently
waiting to discover what is instinct and what is reason in insect-life, is to the
vintagers an object of supreme commiseration, an imbecile in God’s keeping,
wherefore they crossed themselves.’’—R. Gregory.
Nevertheless, it was a copy of Fabre’s marvelous book Souvenirs entomologiques
which accidently fell into my hands when I was but a youngster that decided
my future career. Having become a collector of insects, and other animals
for the museum of my native town, I had to go through college and the medical
school in order to be received into that temple of science, the Instituto Butantan
of Sao Paulo, Brazil, where I expected to have many opportunities to follow my
natural inclination.
I was, of course, aware of the fact that scientific knowledge could never be
acquired by prayer and fasting, but by persistent observation and constant
inquiry.
Having devoted most of my time to the study of serpents and not having
missed the side lights that all of the other branches of Science might throw
upon my own field, I suspect that I have come to a point where I do not feel
helpless in persevering with my old endeavors.
It appears, however, that it was the unalterable will of Heaven—to use a
mythological expression—that fell along my path when about two years ago,
Harvard University, my Alma Mater, called me back to this country in order to
pursue my investigations on snakes and venoms and draft a plan to combat the
ever-increasing menace of snake poisoning in the United States and Central
America. According to a computation made as completely as possible of the
incidence of snake poisoning, there are at least 3,000 cases in this country every
year, the State of Pennsylvania alone having contributed over 40 cases this year.
The death rate seems to vary from 10 to 15 per cent in the Eastern, Middle
Western, and Western States and 25 per cent in the Southeastern States, to 35
per cent in the extreme Southwest.
Evidently, a propitious star has heretofore guided my steps, as not very long
ago Dr. P. Willson wrote the following sentences: “It is obvious, then, that such
a thing as the serum treatment of snake poisoning, so far as this country is con-
cerned, simply does not exist. Nor is it likely that it ever will. The difficulties
in obtaining a sufficiently large supply of venom to render possible the production,
on a commercial scale, of an antivenene could only be obviated by breeding large
numbers of snakes in captivity, and even with a large and continuous supply of
venoms there would still remain to be overcome the difficulties pointed out by
McFarland, the severe local reaction and likelihood of infection in the animals
used. Having succeeded in overcoming all these difficulties, the value of the
serum so prepared even if it could be made polyvalent, i. e., protective against
all of the three pit-viper venoms, would be dubious, unless it could be made
more potent than Calmette’s serum.”
1180 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION
Indeed, nothing else than a propitious star could have assisted me in obtaining
the help, without which, of course, I could have done nothing, a help that could
not be secured anywhere else in the world, of such cooperative institutions as the
Mulford Biological Laboratories, the Harvard Museum of Comparative Zoology,
the United Fruit Company, the Army Medical Corps, and the zoological societies
of New York, Philadelphia, San Diego, and New Orleans, thus enabling me to
be in a position to state, as I do now, that Doctor Willson’s predictions could not
have been any more pessimistic.
Verily, in regard to the first topic of his statement, I think I can affirm, that
specific treatment of snake poisoning is already available in this country; as
regards the second topic, I may say, we have obtained so large a supply of venoms
that we are producing antivenins on a commercial scale, thereby making them
accessible to all; in connection with the third topic, it is safe for me to state that
the difficulties pointed out by McFarland can be overcome; finally, as to the
fourth topic, I am glad to announce that a polyvalent antivenin, that is, a serum
potent against the three most dangerous types of snakes in this country, namely
the rattler, the copperhead, and the moccasin, has been prepared and made
comparatively at least five times as strong as Calmette’s serum.
This is the gift that I, as a Brazilian, am leaving for you, my dear American
friends, to use in the development of the agricultural sections of your country
and also for you to enjoy when in the future you go out, entirely unconcerned
with any snakes, on your excursions and week-ends or summer vacations.
Of the international significance of my mission in this country his Excellency,
the Brazilian Ambassador, will speak with more authority and elegance than I
could.
As a physician and as a scientist, I feel that so far I might say with Wallace:
I believe I have acted rightly in steadily following and devoting my life to science.
I feel no remorse from having committed any great sin, but have often and often
regretted that I have not done more direct good to my fellow creatures.
I thank you.
Before closing, a brief account of the establishment of the medals
awarded may be added:
The John Scott medal was established by the bequest of $4,000 to
the city of Philadelphia in the will of John Scott, a chemist of Edin-
burgh, Scotland, who died in 1816. He specified that the income
was to be ‘‘laid out in premiums to be distributed among ingenious
men and women who make useful inventions, but no one-of such
premiums to exceed $20, and along with which shall be given a copper
medal with this inscription: ‘To the most deserving.’ ”’
By 1919 the $4,000 had grown to more than $100,000, and the
Board of City Trusts was authorized to increase the premium to
$800 and to select an advisory board competent to make awards
for inventions useful to mankind in the advancement of any science
or the development of any industry. Subsequently the premium was
increased to $1,000.
DEVELOPMENT OF
ING INSTITUTIC
meety A
: By Joss Miaurt Brsarano
Secretary, Mexican Chamber of Commerce of the United States
N other parts of the world banks were established earlier than in
Mexico... . Charles III, King of Spain, was responsible for
a bank established in Mexico during the second half of the
eighteenth century. It was called Banco de Avio de Minas.
This bank loaned money to mines and paid interest on deposits.
Its action was rather limited, and at the end of the War of Independ-
ence it faded away.
The first real bank was established in Mexico in 1864. It was the
branch of an English bank which opened for business in Mexico
City when the capital of Mexico was in possession of the French
Army supporting Emperor Maximilian of Austria. This bank was
opened under the auspices of the Commercial Code of May 16, 1854;
its name was Bank of London, Mexico and South America, William
Newbold being its first manager. When the Empire collapsed and
the Republican form of government was again implanted in Mexico,
the bank continued doing business.
Mexico must have been a bankers’ paradise at that time, as there
were no laws requiring the publication of balances or reports, pro-
viding official inspection or limiting operations. The Bank of
London, Mexico and South America, resporsible only to its directors
and customers and very ably managed, steadily increased its credit
and strengthened its position. It is really the foundation upon which
banking in Mexico afterward developed.
On August 16, 1881, the Banco Nacional Mexicano was organized
as per contract signed between the Mexican Government and a
French banker. The capital was 20,000,000 pesos, the bank having
authority to issue notes without limitation provided a reserve of 33
per cent was kept. These notes were legal tender, their acceptance
being voluntary on the part of the public and compulsory on the
part of government offices, which were forbidden to receive bills
from any other bank which might thereafter be established. The
duration of the charter of the Mexican National Bank was 30 years.
1 From Mexico, New York, October, 1927.
1181
1182 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION
On November 16 of the same year, an old institution, the Monte
de Piedad (something like a Provident Loan Association) was
authorized to issue paper currency, but the privilege was discon-
tinued after one year of continued difficulties.
A Mercantile, Agricultural & Mortgage Bank was organized in
April, 1882, with a capital of 3,000,000 pesos and with issuing privi-
leges for three times asmuch. Under similar conditions the Employes’
THE BANK OF MEXICO, MEXICO CITY
Bank was established in the middle of 1883 with a capital of 500,000
pesos and a 30-year concession.
Three years later the Employes’ Bank was transformed into the
Commercial Bank, which had a charter authorizing discounts, drafts,
loans on merchandise in storage, and the issuance of trust receipts.
Its issue of notes was limited to double the amount of cash on hand.
An economic crisis forced the Mercantile, Agricultural & Mortgage
Bank and the Mexican National Bank to consolidate, the new institu-
tion, the National Bank of Mexico, being still in existence. The
DEVELOPMENT OF BANKING INSTITUTIONS IN MEXICO 1183
capital was 20,000,000 pesos, 40 per cent of which was paid in. The
duration of the concession was 50 years. The National Bank of
Mexico, whose capital was increased to 32,000,000 pesos, was the
most important banking institution in Mexico up to the time that
the Banco de Mexico, S. A. (State Bank) was created in 1925.
The Bank of London, Mexico & South America, whose charter
was threatened with cancellation, acquired the Employes’ Bank, and
in 1889 increased its capital to 1,000,000 pesos, obtained a concession
for 30 years, and changed its name to the Bank of London & Mexico.
Several small banks were created in Mexico, particularly in the
State of Chihuahua, before the banking law of 1897, such as the
Santa Eulalia Bank, the Chihuahua Mining Bank, and the Chihuahua
Commercial Bank. In 1889 two banks were created in Yucatan;
the Bank of Durango was established in 1890; and the Banks of
Nuevo Leén and Zacatecas opened for business in December, 1891.
The banking law of 1897 divided the banks in Mexico into three
classes: (1) Banks of issue, (2) mortgage banks, and (3) Bancos
refaccionarios (auxiliary or promotion banks designed to encourage
mining, agriculture, and industrial enterprises).
In 1910, under this law, the National Bank of Mexico with
32,000,000 pesos capital and an issue of about 46,000,000 pesos, and
the Bank of London & Mexico with a capital of 21,500,000 pesos
and an issue of a little over 16,000,000 pesos, were the leading bank-
ing institutions of the country. In addition, more than 20 State
banks of issue were functioning, as well as 1 large mortgage bank
and about half a dozen ‘‘refaccionario”’ banks.
The revolution of 1910 had a disastrous effect on all the financial
institutions in Mexico. The National Bank had deposits amounting
to 45,000,000 pesos in 1910, while its deposits in 1914 were only
about 19,000,000 pesos. In 1913 the Bank of London & Mexico
took 5,000,000 pesos from its reserves, and in 1914 2,500,000, to
offset losses.
The coup de grace was given the banks in 1913: their issue was
more than doubled and their realizable assets greatly diminished.
The first steps taken by the revolutionary Government in con-
nection with the reorganization of the banks were the decrees issued
by Carranza late in 1915, when Rafael Nieto was secretary of the
treasury. The banks were forced to adjust themselves to the terms
of the concessions under which they were originally created, the
result being that with the exception of the charters of the Banco
Nacional de México and the Banco de Londres y Mexico, those of
nearly all the other banks were declared rescinded. It was durmg
this time that the country was flooded with fiat money issued by
practically every revolutionary leader.
1184 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION
Article 28 of the Mexican Constitution of 1917 provided for the
creation of a State bank with exclusive privileges of issue. The
bank had already commenced to function with a temporary charter
under the name of the Monetary Commission, when on August 28.
1925, a law embodying the organization of the Banco de México,
S. A., was enacted, the bank bemg imaugurated on September 1 of
the same year with a capital of 100,000,000 pesos.
Arrangements have been made with the private banks still in
existence whereby they may continue operations under certain con-
ditions, and a few of these institutions, particularly the National
Bank of Mexico, are doing business in a very successful manner.
Although not a bank of issue, a bank was established in Mexico
last year which is called upon to play a very important role in the
reconstruction of the country. This is the National Bank of Agri-
cultural Credit, which has already had exceedingly encouraging
results from its activities.
In 1926 the Mexican State bank, Banco de México, S. A., handled
gold, silver, and foreign currencies amounting to about six and one-
half billion pesos. It has 25 branches scattered all over the country,
which branches had a monetary movement of more than 3,000,000,000
pesos in 1926. This means currency transactions totaling nearly
10,000,000,000 pesos. Besides its branches, the Banco de México
has more than 600 local agents throughout the Republic of Mexico
and correspondents in practically every important city in the world.
Its correspondents in New York are the Equitable Trust Co., the
National City Bank, and the Federation Bank.
Possessing an excellent board of directors and a very able personnel
the bank is managed by a financier with whom bankers and mer-
chants in New York are quite familiar. This director general is
Alberto Mascarefias, whose father founded the Bank of Sonora,
Mexico. Sefior Mascarefias, after being connected with that bank
for 13 years, was Mexican minister to England and subsequently
Mexican financial agent and Mexican consul general in New York in
1923 and 1924. The Bank of Mexico has acquired as its home the
Mutual Life Insurance Building, one of the largest and most impres-
sive modern structures in the City of Mexico.
ONDURAS is the second largest Republic in Central Amer-
ica, with a population of 680,000 and an area of 46,250
square miles (119,787.5 square kilometers).
The development of a modern transportation system has
been impeded by the same obstacles met in other countries of Latin
America. Honduras is very mountainous, and though the mountains
are not high the cost of constructing highways and railroads is
great. )
The Ulua River, which is connected with Lake Yojoa by the Rio
Blanco, is navigable by boats of 20 feet draft. Several other rivers
on the Atlantic coast are also navigable for short distances. The
short Pacific coast, however, has no navigable rivers and no railroads.
The Atlantic coast, where the great banana crops are grown, has
about 1,225 kilometers of railway, but no line penetrates farther
inland than Potrerillos, 96 kilometers from the coast.
The highways of Honduras, therefore, are at present of relatively
ereater importance to the State than are those of other Latin Ameri-
can countries, since they are the principal traffic routes to the interior
and from coast to coast. According to some authorities, however,
the future development of the State depends more on the extension
of the railroads than on highway construction. As Honduras is in
the main a sparsely settled pastoral and agricultural country, the
products that could be exported—with the exception of minerals—
need low freight rates and could not be transported at a profit for
any distance over automobile roads. Minerals, on the contrary,
could be so handled, and it is possible that roads built through the
mining districts would encourage the opening of new mines.
HIGHWAY SYSTEM
The intercoastal route for freight and passenger traffic is by auto-
mobile from San Lorenzo on the Pacific coast through Tegucigalpa
to Lake Yojoa, by motor launch traversing the lake, by automobile
from the lake to Potrerillos, and by rail from that point to the
Atlantic coast.
From Tegucigalpa two other long roads, linking the Departments
of Olancho and E] Paraiso with the two oceans, are under construc-
tion. Another project, called the “Carretera de Quimistan,” on
1 From Modern Honduras, San Jose, Calif., U. 5. A
1185
1186 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION
which work was begun in March, 1922, will connect Ocotepeque, on
the border of El Salvador, and the Departments of Cortés, Santa
Rosa, and Santa Barbara with the Atlantic coast. This road will
make accessible a large territory through which the only means of
transportation has been by muleback. According to figures pub-
lished by the United States Department of Commerce, in 1925 there
were in Honduras 130 kilometers of highway passable all the year
round; 110 kilometers were under construction; 552 kilometers are
r
=o
A SECTION OF HIGHWAY BETWEEN TEGUCIGALPA, CAPITAL OF HONDURAS,
AND THE SOUTHERN COAST OF THE REPUBLIC
This view gives an idea of the mountainous terrain which most Honduran roads must traverse
projected; and 185 kilometers passable in the dry season only. At
the present time we may consider these figures too low, the actual
status of the highways of Honduras being as follows: Passable at all
times, 315 kilometers; under construction, 302 kilometers; projected,
450 kilometers; and passable in the dry season only, 300 kilometers.
CONSTRUCTION AND MAINTENANCE
The roads of Honduras are classified as follows: (a) Highways,
caminos carreteros, macadamized, 6 meters wide, constructed by the
Department of Public Works or by private parties under concession
THE MOTOR HIGHWAYS OF HONDURAS 1187
or contract; (b) bridle roads, caminos de herradura, natural dirt
roads, 3 meters wide, suitable for beasts of burden, constructed by
the Department of Public Works but maintained by the municipali-
ties; (c) rural pack trails, caminos rurales, crude paths too poor to
be called roads, built and maintained by the municipalities under the
supervision of the Department of Public Works.
Construction work on the new roads is well done. An example of
the methods used is found in the section of the intercoastal highway
between Siguatepeque and Lake Yojoa. This road was macadamized
to a width of 6 meters, with maximum grades of 10 per cent. Where
the road runs along mountain sides, stone retaining walls were built
as a protection against landslides. In one section, where the road
passed along the side of the same mountain at four different levels,
ROAD-BUILDING IN HONDURAS
one and the same landslide destroyed the road in four different places.
The old line here was abandoned and a new route cut through solid
rock. Near Yojoa 4 kilometers of the road passes through a swamp.
A corduroy road was first built, and this served as a temporary route
for through traffic and for the transportation of materials for the
permanent road. A deep ditch revetted with stone was dug along
each side of the road, covered culverts of large stones were built at
intervals of 3 meters, and a layer of broken quartz 30 centimeters
deep was spread on top of the logs which formed the surface of the
corduroy road.
The cost of construction of roads suitable for automobiles, including
macadamization and stone bridges, in 1921 was 12,925 pesos the
kilometer, or $10,400 gold per mile; roads not macadamized, with
1188 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION
wooden bridges, cost 6,462 pesos a kilometer, or $5, 400 gold per mile;
and the bridle paths, or caminos de herradura, cost 2,983 pesos the
kilometer, or $2,400 gold per mile. The cost of maintenance of the
highways was 696 pesos the kilometer, or $560 gold per mile; and of
the bridle roads 55 pesos the kilometer, or $44.50 gold per mile. No
later figures are available on construction costs, but it is probable
that the cost of the work on the intercoastal highway described above
was much higher, because of the fact that this road is the most
important in Honduras and because the difficulties of construction
were even greater than ordinary.
Very little machinery is used in road construction in Honduras.
The Government owns four or five old steam rollers, but they have
not been kept in use. All dirt is moved by hand. Material for
macadam is generally available near the roads, and the work is done
by native peons. Those employed on the intercoastal highway in
1922 were paid from 50 to 75 centavos silver, or $0.25 to $0.3714%
gold, per day.
ADMINISTRATION AND FINANCE
For purposes of administration the roads are divided into three
classes: National roads, or Caminos Nacionales; departmental roads;
and municipal roads. The Department of Public Works is responsible
for the first two classes and supervises the administration of the last
named. Roads built by contract are supervised by Government
inspectors, usually engineers from the engineering office of the De-
partment of Public Works. Roads constructed under concession are
inspected by a commission when completed and accepted if they have
been built according to the terms of the concession. Those built
by the Department of Public Works are under the charge of engineers
of that department with the title of inspectors. Under these are
sectional inspectors, foremen, and laborers.
The principal source of revenue for the construction and mainte-
nance of roads are a tax on imports by weight, called Peaje or tolls,
direct taxes, mining taxes, income from concessions, and fines paid
by soldiers. No road taxes are levied on abutting property. Direct
road taxes are levied on capitalists, including business houses, who
are divided into six classes according to the amount of capital assessed
and who pay taxes as shown in the following statement:
Gold yearly
HOO; OOO GO X200§ 00 Osa es wise ae ee $37. 50
SOO00KtOsLO0}000 pesoses 28 soe 3 Spee eee pee ee eee 20. 00
20 OOOKtORS O00 On pesos =k eae ee es UAL GNA Sa 10. 00
10 O00kto; 20/000: pesos 332-2 so a) eee ee 5. 00
SOOOKtONLOO0Onpesos = eo Ge ais aed ae ec 2. 50
SOOMOLS O00 pesos mal ae Ge Eee ee eee 2. 00
On amounts exceeding 200,000 pesos, the tax is $37.50 gold, ie
50 cents gold for each additional 10,000 pesos of capital. A project
THE MOTOR HIGHWAYS OF HONDURAS 1189
providing for a revision of the road law has been elaborated by the
Permanent Commission of the National Congress.
The total receipts from all sources in the fiscal year of 1924-25
were 302,424.18 pesos, and the expenditures were 298,850.15 pesos.
These taxes are collected by chiefs of police of municipalities.
Fifteen per cent is kept by the municipalities to be used on ‘‘caminos
de herradura”’ and “‘caminos rurales,” and 85 per cent goes to the
treasurer of departmental roads to be expended on roads of all types,
including railroads in the municipality.
Direct road taxes must be paid by laborers, who must contribute
four days of labor each year, with the privilege of hiring a substitute
or paying in cash the current cost of four days’ labor. This labor
or tax is usually expended on the bridle paths and pack trails but,
if the Executive desires, it can be used on highways.
GOOD ROADS MOVEMENT
There is no regularly organized good-roads movement in Honduras.
The purchasing power of the population is low as evidenced by a
report made in 1922, which stated that there are in the vicinity of
Tegucigalpa not more than 1,000 persons who could purchase auto-
mobiles. During 1920 and 1921 agitation for a modern highway in
the western part of the country was very strong, fostered especially
by the motorists of San Pedro Sula, who had to be content with 10
or 12 miles in the vicinity of the city, and the backers of the Santa
Rosa water system, who had no means of transportation for the
machinery necessary for their new plant. On January 12, 1922,
representatives of the most important municipalities in the Depart-
ment of Santa Barbara and Cop4n met at Qumistan to discuss the
opening of a new highway. It was decided to ask the Government
to advance funds for the enterprise, and the president of the Junta
de Aguas, or Water Board, of Santa Rosa, which had at its disposal
a large sum for the construction of a new water system in that city,
guaranteed a portion of that sum for work on the road. The begin-
ning of the work on the Carretera of Quimstén was the direct result.
During 1923 the movement was checked, but Honduras was repre-
sented at the conference of the Pan American Highway Commission
by Sefior Manuel A. Zelaya, of Tegucigalpa, who built several
difficult sections of the intercoastal highway.
Late in 1926 the Government of Honduras entered into an agree-
ment with the New York brokerage firm of H. C. Burt & Co., in
combination with Maj. E. A. Burke, to build a macadam highway
from Tegucigalpa northeast to Juticalpa, a distance of about 120
miles. For this purpose the Government has issued bonds to the
1190 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION
amount of $500,000 gold, which have been taken privately by the
above-mentioned firm. According to the agreement, the Government
will levy a road tax for the retirement of the bonds.
The work is to be carried through on a monthly basis, and the
engineer in charge of construction is to report monthly whether or
not roadwork to the value of $46,000 gold has been completed. If
such has been the case, the New York interests will advance the
succeeding monthly installment.
It is planned to begin soon, and to complete it within 10 months.
If the construction of this roadway is successful, it is planned to
issue another $2,000,000 gold, under which the work will require 20
months at $100,000 gold monthly. The roads contemplated under
such an issue would cover the routes from San Pedro Sula (on the
Honduras National Railway) southwest toward Santa Barbara, with
a branch to Santa Rosa de Cop4n in the Department of Copan.
That roadway, together with one from Tegucigalpa to Yuscaran, is
figured to absorb one-half of the bond issue. The other roadway,
from Potrerillos to Comayagua, will consume the remainder in better-
ments to the existing highway. It should be noted that these addi-
tional road projects are contingent on the successful outcome of the
arrangement for the Tegucigalpa-Juticalpa route. This last route,
the Carretera de Olancho, will open to development the rich lands
and rich mines of a large portion of northeastern Honduras.
9
COVERING THE YEARS: 1676 RO 1696) DURING
WHICH TIME THE AUTHOR WAS CHAPLAIN OF THE
HOSPITAL DE JESUS NAZARENO, MEXICO CITY
HE original of this curious document is to-day in the Library
of the National University. Don Carlos Maria Busta-
mante unearthed it and published it in El Museo Mexicano,
a weekly magazine popular in Mexico in the early forties.
In this first English translation the work, which in the Spanish
original is of great length, has been greatly abridged.
For an intimate glimpse into the life of a nation at any period of
its development, no more illuminating document can be found than
the one which follows. Written in the late seventeenth century with-
in the walls of a hospital in active service to-day, and coinciding with
the last 20 years in the life of Sor Juana Inez de la Cruz, this quaint
account serves to emphasize the essential ‘‘oneness”’ of humanity in the
processes of evolution. Then as now, earthquake, fire, and flood laid
waste; garrisons revolted, brigands and pirates took prisoners for
ransom; bakers and students went on strike; cornerstones were laid;
conferences, banquets, balls, and parades were frequent; the weather,
price of paper, calendar reform and immigration were, in turn, burn-
ing questions; roads were opened, canals dredged, and bridges built;
and even prohibition and the bootlegger had their counterparts.
But the Reverend Padre must tell the story in his own inimitable
way:
1676
January 38.—Word is received from Guatemala that in the city of Trujillo in
Peru sixty nuns became possessed of the Devil, the Abbess only remaining sane.
The Bishop exorcised them, and immediately afterward he died. Also that there
are many dead and many sad happenings in that city, and a number of enemy ships
in the Straits of Magellan.
May 8.—His Excellency, the Archbishop-Viceroy (Don Fr. Payo Enriquez
de Rivera) went to see the quicksilver being poured near La Merced; and it
turned out very well, because the ovens were in good condition.
August 1.—The road to Guadalupe was opened.
August 25.—Tickets having been given out to a masquerade in celebration of
the elevation of Carlos II to the throne, (which act will take place on November
25th next) two hundred and fifty gentlemen turned out in costly costumes,
finer than which have never been seen in all the time since Mexico was con-
quered. They passed through Calle de San Bernardo at eight of the morning.
1The Mexican Magazine, January, to June, 1927, Mexico City.
68910—27—Bull. 12 3 1191
1192 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION
1677
January 15.—In the church of San Augustine, a great meeting this day of all
the professors of architecture to choose a plan for the new church, and it was
decided that each professor should submit his own design. The Archbishop-
Viceroy (himself an Augustinian) was at the meeting.
January 18.—A Peruvian gentleman has made a present to the sanctuary at
Guadalupe of a candlestick two and a half varas? high, and three hundred
pesos. ,
May 1.—The church of Santa Maria was dedicated and Bishop Escafiuela
led the procession.
May 23.—Today died Don Andrés Casoval, founder of the Jesuit College of
San Andrés. He gave more than two million pesos for pious works. He was
buried in the Profesa convent. He left one hundred thousand pesos in reales,
fifty thousand pesos for finishing the Convent of Santa Isabel and thirty thousand
to be distributed in the church of San Francisco. The Real Audencia was
present at the funeral.
October 10.—The Jubilee of the Holy Year is proclaimed.
December 3.—Petronilla de las Casas, niece of San Felipe de Jests,* died today
in this hospital. The Archbishop ordered that she be buried by the clergy in the
Cathedral in the chapel dedicated to her uncle. A great number of the clergy and a
company of the Palace Guard and the family of the Archbishop-Viceroy accom-
panied the body.
1678
January 28.—The Sefior Bishop Montecoso of Oaxaca is dead. He is famous
for having built a fountain, bringing water from Mount Alban.
March 8.—Forty galley slaves left today for Manila. The Bishop de Cibt
left for Acapulco to accompany them, but did not embark. ‘Yes, I am going”’
he said. But the order was given that he should pass no further than Taxco,
under pain of a fine of five hundred pesos to be paid to the Alcalde.
March 20.—An Auto de Fé was held by the Inquisition, and it was at three
o’clock of the morning. There were fourteen convicts, one a relapsed (relajado)
priest to be burned alive; a Jewish youth with a San Benito 4; two for having
heard confessions, not being ordained, and one of them had also said Mass; and
six who had married twice. The Viceroy and the Audiencia were present in
secret. The ceremony was over at half past three in the afternoon.
March 22.—Seven of the convicts sentenced by the Inquisition were flogged.
In this month there was a great earthquake in Cuba which destroyed the city;
and during this time twenty hostile French ships were in sight.
May 1.—At ten o’clock this night there was an earthquake in Mexico. It
lasted for the time of six Creeds (por espacio de seis credos).
July—In this month Campeche was taken by French pirates, who numbered
five hundred men. They sacked and burned the place; the garrison had only
seven men; they took away a boat and two frigates and all the women. The
King’s money escaped capture, for it was hidden in a well.
September.—In this month Leén, the silversmith, was put to the torment, in
order to gain information concerning a murder, and he did not confess.
October 26.—The Archbishop-Viceroy went to congratulate Don Nicolds del
Puerto, who has just received the mitre of Oaxaca. He was an Indian of that
2 A vara is 2.78 feet.
§ Mexican protomartyr, crucified at Nagasaki, in 1597. His beatification took place 30 years later and
was celebrated in Mexico with great pomp. Tradition says that the mother of the saint was present at the
ceremonies.
4 A penitential garment worn by those who had made full confession and were ‘“‘reconciled’’ to the Holy
Inquisition.
DIARY OF PADRE JUAN ANTONIO RIVERA 1193
parish who was reprimanded by the Synod; and when leaving he arrived at
the crest of San Juan del Rey and looked back at Oaxaca and shook the dust
of the place off his feet and swore that he would not return until he was made
a Bishop, as has come to pass. He is a man of great learning and an excellent
Bishop. The Bishop of Chiapas went to visit him at Oaxaca, and the Audencia
sent for him to return to his place.
December &—The Archbishop-Viceroy placed the first stone for the church
of Santa Teresa La Nueva.
1679
June 1.—The procession of Corpus Christi went forth from the Cathedral.
The same afternoon the Archbishop-Viceroy ordered the arrest of Manuel de
Vergara, because he had absented himself from the procession.
August—A certain Cervantes having slandered the Chamberlains of the
Government, the Archbishop-Viceroy had him sent to prison and he was put
into the stocks for half a day.
September 29.—Today went forth twenty-eight wagons with soldiers to recon-
quer New Mexico and the Archbishop-Viceroy went to see them set out from
Guadalupe.
December 23.—The Archbishop made a visit to the prison, where there are
two hundred and fifty prisoners, and afterwards went to the mint to see the
new doubloons being coined.
1680
September.—In this month there arrived the new Viceroy, the Marqués de la
Laguna. The Bishop of Puebla, Don Manuel Ferndindez de Santa Cruz, is
made Archbishop of Mexico, his predecessor having resigned both the Arch-
bishopric and the Viceregency. The Archbishop-Viceroy made a present to the
new Viceroy of ten thousand pesos.
1682
March 19.—A horrible earthquake in Mexico. It lasted for about six Credos,
and began at three o’clock in the afternoon.
April.—In this month the City of Campeche was burned.
July 1—A mulatto was flogged, and on the scaffold they cut off his ears, for
complicity in the theft of a lamp.
August 22.—In this month enemies came into Tampico, and caused great
consternation.
1683
January 18—Today died Diego del Castillo, the silver merchant. He built
two churches, that at Churubusco and that of Santa Isabel. He left three hundred
thousand pesos. He was buried in Churubusco. One hundred of the clergy
were present, and four pesos were paid to each one of them.
May 21.—There came three couriers from Veracruz and they advised us that
filibusters have entered into that city. At three o’clock a mandate was published
ordering that within two hours all those able to bear arms should assemble. A
council of war was held at the palace and it was ordered that the company of
cavalry commanded by Urrutia be gotten ready and that twelve other companies
be formed of infantry. This very day the oidores, Don Martin Solis and Don
Frutos left the city to raise men to go to Veracruz; they set out with fifty men.
The Viceroy named the Conde de Santiago Field Marshal.
May 23.—A messenger from the commander of the enemy today came before
the Viceroy; and he demanded one hundred and fifty thousand pesos as ransom
for the people held as prisoners at Veracruz. It was then ordered that all the men
who had been gathered together should present themselves at the palace at three
o’clock this afternoon. Captains were appointed to command the negroes and
the mulattos.
1194 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION
May 24.—This was a day of great confusion in Mexico. The shops were closed;
and those which did remain open were attended by women; the men are all in
hiding to escape being armed and sent to Veracruz. This day at five o’clock in
the afternoon eight companies of soldiers belonging to the Conde de Santiago left
the city with the Mariscal de Castillo at their head; also the treasurer of the mint,
Domingo de Cantabranca; and finally the companies of negroes and mulattos
in four great wagons. There were many soldiers, about two thousand men.
They all passed in front of the palace, where the Viceroy stood on the balcony,
under an umbrella.
May 25.—Came a letter from the Bishop of Puchi saying that the gentlemen
of the fleet had arrived in Tepeaca; and all Mexico is greatly disturbed at the
news. In the afternoon there came word from Veracruz saying that the enemy
is still in possession.
May 26.—Another letter from Veracruz telling us that the enemy has retired,
taking with them all the money there was in the city and that the rich men of the
place have been left on Sacrificios Island waiting to be ransomed.
May 28.—Word comes that the enemy has left in Veracruz not one real
having sacked all the most important houses, and that they have left behind four
men to receive the ransom that has been demanded.
May 30.—News from Veracruz that the enemy insists on receiving the ransom
money. Lorencillo ® has quarrelled with the general; and Lorencillo has told the
Viceroy that he will return part of what was stolen under certain conditions.
June 17.—The feast of Corpus. Ten altars were erected in the path of the pro-
cession. A great many Gachupines,’ who have arrived with the fleet, attended.
Came news from Goazacoalco saying that the pirates who robbed and pillaged
at Veracruz are now demanding sixty thousand pesos for the return of the negroes
which they have stolen from the market place.
July 14.—Today there was baptized in the Cathedral a son of the Viceroy
and the Archbishop baptized him in the font of San Felipe de Jesis. The Real
Audiencia attended; the troops paraded and there was great rejoicing. Father
Juan de la Concepcién, a lay brother of San Augustin whom the Viceroy brought
with him from Spain, was godfather. The Conde of Santiago came on horseback.
Twelve sets of fire-works were set off in celebration of the baptism; there was a
banquet in the palace and the Real Audiencia and the Tribunals were invited.
July 17.—At three o’clock this afternoon the Viceroy left for Veracruz passing
through the Calle del Relox, accompanied by the Real Audiencia, and went to
sleep at San Juan Teotihuacan.
August.—A command has come from the King ordering the fleet to leave
Veracruz, because France has declared war. Also news that the King is ill with
the ague. Came word from the Californias that the Indians have received the
mission kindly.
August 16.—We hear from Veracruz that the Viceroy, Count de la Laguna,
in accord with the councillor, has ordered that the governor be beheaded, because
he permitted the pirates to enter. The sentence was appealed and he was sent
to Spain, a prisoner.
September 8.—The fleet sailed out of Veracruz, but in twenty-four hours they
returned because of a storm at sea.
1684
June.—This month there was a bull-fight and games in the Plaza of the
Holy Trinity, in celebration of the feast of Santa Cruz.
5 Lorenzo Jacome, a famous pirate, known as Lorencillo. In May 1683 he sacked and pillaged Veracruz,
and sailed away on June 1 after having captured a large treasure. The fleet that was sent against the pirates
arrived on the spot just in time to see Lorencillo sailing away-over the horizon.
6 A nickname for Spaniards,
DIARY OF PADRE JUAN ANTONIO RIVERA 1195
July 12.—Today they hanged Antonio Benavides (alias El Tapado) who
has been masquerading as a Visitador of the Realm. They cut off his head and
took it to puebla, and they nailed one of his hands to the gallows.
July 14.—We received word that Lorencillo’ has captured a vessel that was
on its way to Campeche.
August 19.—Today there was published a ballad in honour of El Tapado
(who was hanged on July 12); and they sold six reams.
September 1.—We hear that Lorencillo is at Cabo-Corrientes with one hundred
and twenty boats and four thousand men, waiting for reinforcements before
attacking the fleet.
December 1.—About the time of evening prayers there blew over Mexico a
sort of powder of lime or saltpetre, which made every one sneeze, and lasted
until eight in the evening, and the church-bells tolled for general prayers. It is
said to have been tequesquite (mineral salt) from the lake.
1685
February 11.—It was reported that some Spaniards on board Lorencillo’s ship
had mutinied and murdered him. This report later proved false.
June 3.—Although it was raining, the Sefior Archbishop Seijas laid the corner-
stone of the church of San Bernardo.
June 2.—At half past three this morning a terrible earthquake; it lasted
about three Credos. The church bells were rung.
July 6.—There is rejoicing in Mexico over the safe arrival at Acapulco of the
boat from Peru, loaded with quicksilver. It brought three thousand quintals.
July 8—Word comes that four hundred pirates have landed at Campeche;
the governor has fortified the garrison and gone forth to fight them.
August 16.—Nicolas Agramoén and Lorencillo have taken Campeche; and they
did advance ten leagues towards Mérida; but the government troops made them
retire and took two prisoners, while the enemy has captured two hundred Indians.
The troops of Mexico are ordered, the command to go into effect on the 20th.
September 3—Two hundred men of the Palace Guards left for Veracruz. A
fleet with fourteen hundred men is being gotten ready there to sail for Campeche.
September 25.—We hear that the fleet has captured a boat with twenty-five
cannons and a frigate from the enemy who robbed Veracruz; and that they killed
twenty-seven men: that, having sighted sails, they reconnoitered and discovered
a boat with forty-five cannon and Lorencillo aboard; that on returning to port,
they found that the fleet had gone and it is supposed that it has sailed in pursuit
of the pirate. Finally it was said that the enemy ships had sailed to Paraguay,
where they burned the towns, beheaded the inhabitants, and manned their
boats with the slaves stolen from Veracruz, beheading those who proved unruly,
so that they might not later be of use to the Spaniards.
October 6.—Word is received of the arrival of the Barlovento fleet.
October 20.—The peace with France is proclaimed. We hear that three pirate
ships tried to land two hundred men, but our forces repelled them.
October 27.—Pirates have burned the port of Huatuleo nu the province of
Oaxaca. :
November 6.—The government has received word that the French have landed
three hundred families in the Bahia del Espiritu Santo.
November 12.—We hear that pirates have landed on the coast of Colima, and
killed the curate and other persons.
November 14.—The galleon from China, for which the enemy was lying in
wait, entered safely into Acapulco. This news brought by Don Isidro Otén, a
7 Lorenzo Jacome, pirate chief.
1196 © THE PAN AMERICAN UNION
sailor who then left with the expedition to the Californias, where he will accom-
plish nothing good. This officer went out with two boats to meet the galleon
and escorted her while she called at the ports of Colima and Navidad.
November 31.—Word was brought that the Alcalde of the Court, Don Simén,
has taken the admiral of the Barlovento squadron a prisoner; and three hundred
men have been armed; and the soldiers of the garrison have taken to the hills,
because they have not been paid the money that was due them.
1686
January 21.—Today there was read in the Cathedral the order from Rome,
canonizing Gregorio Lépez.
January 31.—The Viceroy and two of the oidores returned from the Santuario
de Chalma.
February 25.—It is known that the enemy is within twenty leagues of Acapulco.
One of his ships was burned, and he put his prisoners ashore.
March 18.—The pirates entered Compostela in Jalisco and stole forty boat-
loads of fish; but the farmers attacked them and recovered the fish. And they
killed more than fifty pirates and took away their arms.
June 6.—The Chapter of the Cathedral was invited by the Viceroy to accom-
pany him to San Augustin de las Cuevas. This year two oidores went with them,
and it is said that a great deal of gambling went on there.
August 12.—The students at the college of San Ramon have risen in revolt
against the Father Superior, a monk of the Mercy order. The Vicar-general
and an Alcalde of the Court were present during the disturbance.
August 20.—We hear that Don Melchior Porto-Carrero, alias Brazo de Plata,
is coming to Mexico as Viceroy.
October 15.—The new Viceroy entered Chapultepec.
1687
February 6.—News comes from Guatemala that the volcano of Nicaragua is
in eruption. In the southern seas the pirates have captured two of our ships and
killed one hundred and eighty of our men. This day the Viceroy went to inspect
the drainage canal of the city, and the Attorney-general and the engineers went
with him.
February 7.—The Carmelite fathers gave alms to the convents of the nuns;
they gave six hundred pesos.
April 3——This day was laid the cornerstone of the church of San Antonio
Abad.
May 5.—Today, by order of the Archbishop, the sport of cock-fighting was
prohibited, and an idemnization was given to the manager to replace the profits
he will lose.
May 13.—Father Manuel Cabrera is put in charge of the building of the
drainage canal.
May 20.—Robbers near Cuautitlin having stolen seven mules loaded with
silver belonging to private owners, an Alcalde left Mexico with a number of men
in pursuit of the thieves.
May 23.—The robbers were captured near San Cosme, and among them was
one dressed as a gentleman; and all of them were sent to prison.
June 10.—An order from the Archbishop, with censure, directing that all
dogs be put out of the convents. This day there was found near San Francisco
the body of a Spanish woman, with twenty knife wounds in her, and a son of
hers beheaded. It is supposed to be the work of one of her negroes; he was
arrested and the Alcaldes of the Court tortured him all night long, as the Viceroy
had ordered that should he confess, he should be immediately hung. He denied
his guilt during the torture, and they brought before him the earring of the dead
woman and her shirt covered with blood. However, he did confess to having
stolen from San Felipe an image of Nuestra Sefiora de las Nieves. He who
DIARY OF PADRE JUAN ANTONIO RIVERA 1197
murdered the woman is one Miguel Sedano; he did the deed alone; and he was
accused by a little child.
June 16.—The convict was hanged, and his right hand was nailed to the door
of the woman whom he killed. The Alcalde, Don Francisco Moscoso, quarreled
with the Corregidor; they fought with their canes and broke them.
June 19.—Word was brought to the Viceroy that at San Lorenzo some men
were preparing to set fire to the jail, in order to free two prisoners. An Alealde
was sent with soldiers, and he prevented the deed, and captured three men.
June 23.—Don Antonio Sousa died in the court prison and was buried in Santo
Domingo. It is presumed that he was secretly executed, for the burial took
place behind locked doors, so that no one might see what went on.
July 20.—The Viceroy presented the parish of Santa Catarina with a carriage
which cost one thousand, four hundred pesos.
August 20.—Paper was sold in the city at 16 pesos the ream.
September 21.—News comes that the pirates have landed on the coast of
Tehuantepec.
1688
January 17.—A certain N. Padilla having escaped from prison, a proclamation
was issued by the Viceroy offering a reward for his capture dead or alive, and a
pardon to any delinquent who might catch him. Later in the day the guard at
Rio Frio brought in the prisoner and the Viceroy gave them 1,500 pesos.
September 8—Today there was an auto de fé in the Inquisition; and there were
nine convicted of serious crimes. It began at seven in the morning, and was over
at three o’clock in the afternoon. The Viceroy and his wife were present. In
the evening Juan Antero was married in the house of the Conde de la Laguna and
the Viceroy witnessed the ceremony. The feast cost 25,000 pesos. On this same
day we received word that in Guatemala an earthquake has destroyed many
churches and killed more than three hundred people. We also hear that the
English have captured one of our ships off the coast of Guatemala. They put
the crew ashore and stole all the silver on board.
March 27.—It is discovered that 13,000 pesos have been stolen from a coffer
in the Cathedral; and there are indications that they were stolen by a sacristan,
April 15.—Holy Thursday. The sale of sweets and pastry was prohibited.
August 23.—Today we were advised that Don Gaspar de Silva y Zthiga.
Conde de Galves, has been appointed Viceroy, and that the Conde de Monclova
has been named Viceroy of Lima.
September 12.—An edict is published in the Cathedral removing twenty-five
feast-days from the calendar.
September 22.—It is said that the Viceroy is bringing in two enemy ships cap-
tured on his way over from Spain. Three thousand quintals of quicksilver have
arrived at Acapulco. Came a Royal Decree prohibiting cock-fighting; and there
was returned to the Archbishop the sum he had given to the manager as
indemnization.
November 26.—The pirates near Jalisco have carried off forty women, one Jesuit,
one father of Mercy, much silver and many people.
December 1.—Troops set out today for Acapulco to fight against the pirates.
December 4.—The new Viceroy, the Conde de Galves, entered Mexico.
1689
September 23.—It is known that boats have arrived at Acapulco from Peru
to escort the Viceroy, the Conde de Monclova.
April 4.—Monday of Holy Week. The procession passed from Santa Maria
la Redonda to the home of the Conde de Monclova, and there were more than
four thousand candles.
April 7—Holy Thursday. The Viceroy Monclova assisted at the ceremonies
at the Hospital de Jestis. On Holy Saturday he gave 100 pesos of alms to the
hospital.
1198 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION
May 19.—The restoration of Nuestro Sefior de Santa Teresa is declared a
miracle by the Archbishop, Don Francisco Aguilar y Seijas; the church bells
are rung all over Mexico.
July 9.—Came the news of the death of the Queen of Spain. We hear that
the squadron of Lorencillo is advancing on Campeche and Vera Cruz.
August 15.—Today the jewels of the Cathedral, including the golden Asuncién
were appraised at two hundred thousand pesos.
October 13.—At two o’clock this morning, a terrible earthquake which lasted
two Credos.
December 4.—The Viceroys went to inspect the treasure of the Cathedral, and
the canons presented them with two jewels.
1690
June 14.—There was a bullfight in the park in front of the palace. The
Conde de Santiago fought a bull, as did several of the other gentlemen; and a
servant of the Count was caught by a bull and he was severely hurt.
August 17.—It is said that the Conde de Monclova did cause an Oidor to be
hanged in Lima; this because he had killed a Mercedary friar.
September 8.—The Viceroy went to visit the mines at Pachuca.
November 3.—It is said that the treasure chest of the Holy Office has been
robbed.
1691
February 16.—The great dome of the magnificent church of San Agustin,
begun under the auspices of Father Payno Enriquez de Rivera, was finished.
March 14.—We hear that the Armada has entered Veracruz bringing in four-
teen captured pirate ships; also that our arms have triumphed completely in
Santo Domingo both on land and sea, and that more than six hundred Frenchmen
were killed.
June 1.—In the Franciscan convent of El Santo Evangelio there are seven
hundred and seventy-five friars, of which five hundred and twenty-five are
creoles and the rest Spaniards.
June 14.—The feast of Corpus Christi, and as it had rained for three days
and three nights, the Viceroy was consulted as to whether or no the procession
should go forth as usual; and he said yes. Accordingly, the procession took
place and returned at noon, and the Archbishop took part; and in the afternoon
and night it rained w ithout ceasing.
June 16.—The bells were tolled and prayers were offered foe the rain to stop.
June 23.—A bridge was opened in the calzada de Nuestra Senora de Guadalupe,
because the nuns in the San Juan convent are in danger of being inundated.
August 23.—There was total eclipse of the sun at nine o’clock this morning.
The stars appeared, the cocks crew, and everything appeared as though it was
the middle of the night. The Viceroy’s lady has gone to make a novena to
Nuestra Sefiora de los Remedios; she took with her as a gift a lamp that cost
three thousand pesos and also a beautiful ornament for the shrine; the best
society of Mexico accompanied her.
September 13.—The bakers in Mexico refused to make the bread and there
was not a piece of bread in the city this day.
November 10.—D. J. Franco was elected Rector of the University; he is nine-
teen years of age and has been a Doctor for two years.
December 15.—It is ordered that, beginning with the first of next year, the
bakers must bring to the plaza each day eighty baskets of bread, and each loaf
is to weigh eighteen ounces.
December 23.—The Viceroy commissioned three gentlemen of the court to
go forth and procure wheat. Zaragoza went to Chaleo; Chacén to Atlixco;
and Escalante went to Toluca. They are also to buy corn and great quantities
are being received at the granary. The galleon from China has arrived at
Acapulco. Php ue
DIARY OF PADRE JUAN ANTONIO RIVERA 1199
1692
February 12.—There is great rejoicing over the arrival of two ships from
Peru bringing three thousand five hundred quintals of quick-silver.
May 24.—Nuestra Senora de los Remedios was brought to the city on account
of there being a lack of rain.
1693
May 31.—Don Carlos de Sigiienza y Géngora, who was sent to Panzacola
to see to the fortifications of that port, arrived in the city.
September 9.—A captain of the Cavalry killed eleven people and a page of
the Viceroy’s, having discovered that his wife was untrue to him; and he stabbed
and wounded the woman, but she, running away, found sanctuary in the convent
of San Gerénimo.
1694
March 15.—A Mass in the Cathedral, to give thanks for a victory in New Mexico.
June 22.—This day a partial eclipse of the sun.
July 6.—The Archbishop and the Viceroy are agreed as to the plan for the
proposed church of Nuestra Sefiora de Guadalupe and during the day the archi-
tects went to Guadalupe with the Majordomo to examine the ground and decide
upon the site of the new church. With them went a scribe who will report their
findings to the Archbishop and the Viceroy.
August 1.—This day two priests began, in the church of San Francisco, to beg
for alms for the building of the church at Guadalupe. And Don Pedro Ruiz gave
fifty thousand pesos; and Don Pedro Medina gave thirty thousand. Both are
Mexican priests.
August 5.—The first stone of the new church was laid by Don Agustin Carreén.
This same day Dona Juana, the widow of Captain Francisco Canales, entered the
Capuchin convent, taking with her four hundred thousand pesos. She has given
much to charity and has founded many works of piety.
December 30.—The painting of Nuestra Senora de Guadalupe was this day
placed in her provisional church, while the new one is being built. The Viceroy
went to the ceremony, and Don Agustin Garcia dedicated the church. And he
gave more than a thousand marcos of silver bars.
1695
January 12.—It being the birthday of the Viceroy, there was a bullfight in the
plaza of La Piedad; the Conde de Santiago and other gentlemen fought bulls in
honor of the Viceroy.
February 16—Today there were horse races at Tacuba. The Viceroy was
thrown from his horse and suffered such a bad fall that the remainder of the races
were called off.
April 17.—Today died the famous Mexican nun, Sor Juana Inés de la Cruz.
July 5—Both the Archbishop and the Viceroy are very ill with dysentery.
Had they not forbidden the sale of the pulque of the Indians, they would have
been better by now. When a Gachupin is ill, give him pulque, and he will live
to a ripe old age.
1696
January 15.—This day took place an auto de fé of the Holy Inquisition, and
the Viceroy and his lady were present. It began at six o’clock of the morning
and was not over before four o’clock of the afternoon, for there were twenty-five
persons to be judged. Sixteen were accused of bigamy, and there were four
women convicted of being witches.
January 16—Twenty-two of yesterday’s prisoners were flogged through the
streets of the city.
March 31.—An order is proclaimed forbidding the puestos, or booths, in the
plaza; only foodstuffs are permitted to be offered for sale there.
(HERE THE DIARY ABRUPTLY ENDS)
IN PERU me.
A RAPIDLY GROWING PERUVIAN INDUSTRY
WN
S
>
]
Youd
LL the world knows the varied uses to which cotton may be
put. But comparatively few there are who realize the
many forces which lie dormant in a single seed of the cotton
plant. Cottonseed in its natural, unlinted state might
seem as valueless as any wind-blown seed of grass or wild flower. On
the contrary, its industrial value is enormous. Its every component
part is convertible into some commercial or economical use. As all
may know, the soft green kernel becomes, when subject to the grind-
ing mills, food for cattle and oil for the table and lard for the kitchen
and soap for the laundry. But that is not all. The fiber which after
ginning still clings to the shell is stripped away and marketed as lint.
The shell itself after the last remaining bit of meat has been extracted,
is used for heating boilers and making gas. Even the ashes when they
have been raked from the gas-making plant have still their end to
serve. They can be compressed in cakes and reused in the form of
coke for producing steam.
Lint and lard, oil and soap, fodder and gas, fuel and coke—of what
other seed in creation can it be said that it yields so great a return?
The cottonseed industry of Peru is developing rapidly as, year by
year, more land is being put under cotton and new areas are brought
into cultivation by means of irrigation. And yet the industry is still
in its infancy. . . The outcome has been the formation of a new
industry which is Peruvian from top to tail and which, under the title
of the Compafiia Industrial Ltda. de Huacho, owns the largest factory
in the country for the manufacture of cottonseed oil and vegetable
landia.os
This company, founded in 1916, at first mainly devoted its energies
to the production of cottonseed oil. A certain amount of lard was.
also put on the market, but the chief attention of the company’s
chemists was devoted to experimental work in the endeavor to pro-
duce a substance which should be absolutely free from the defects
which were urged against chemico-vegetable lard. Visits were made
to the leading factories in the United States, and by degrees the best-
approved type of machinery was installed. The work was es by
1 From the West Coast feaden Lima, Peru, Sept. 6, 1927.
1200
FROM COTTONSEED TO LARD IN PERU 1201
a fire which broke out in 1923 and completely destroyed the oil
section. Thereafter the buildings were reconstructed, the staff reor-
ganized and further new methods of manufacture introduced. The
culmination of these long years of spade work and experiment was the
placing upon the market in June, 1927, of the now-familiar brand of
“Daisy” lard.
This brand at once began to win popular favor, not only on account
of its cheapness but also on account of its digestibility and its lack of
taste and odor. The favorable opinion was further supported by
ee
MAIN ENTRANCE TO A PERUVIAN FACTORY MAKING COTTONSEED OIL, LARD,
AND THEIR BY-PRODUCTS
the analyses made by competent chemists. These have given the
following results:
NW eee ak a ee epee a re nay Cel Segre ere be) 0. 25
HAS O MUO Me bla] Twa tet ee een hi oct candy A cee a apa eye A EC 11
Wegetablersulbstances 0 2 kt oe ee ee eee 13. 50
GGEFOMSCC CRONE I. cents hea SN 2 ie BI el ee en Cen eee ep eae 86. 14
PIN Gy tye bare et hee, Se) Bue Sra i eee LeU ale Oat yay OSD ai es ORR ER Oe eR 100. 00
Reaction: Neutral.
Fusion point: 32.33° C.
A VISIT TO THE FACTORY
To the average individual who accepts his meals as they are served
and who knows little of the mysteries of the kitchen, a visit to the
factory of the Compafiia Industrial Ltda. at Huacho is a deeply
interesting experience. He learns in the first place the varied uses to
1202 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION
which the seed of cotton may be put, as has already been indicated in
the opening paragraphs of this article. He may not be able to grasp
in one, or in half a dozen visits, the intricate technical processes
through which that seed must pass in the course of its evolution into
cake or oilorlard. But he can not but be impressed by the meticulous
care with which the vegetable fats are produced for use in the cooking
of food. The millennium would have dawned if all cooks were as
particular in attention to cleanliness and detail as the workers in the
Huacho factory are in the production of oil and lard for human use.
The Huacho factory occupies a large block of ground facing the
station of the Ferrocarril Noroeste del Peru and backing on the sea.
BAGS OF COTTONSEED AWAITING DO ae) INTO OIL, LARD, SOAP, OR
OIL-CAKE 4
From the outside it is no more than a gaunt range of buildings con-
veying no meaning. But it differs from the average run of factory
buildings in this, that the surroundings include no litter of dirt and
rubbish, and no evil odors assault the nostrils. From the tall chimney
issues a plume of pure white smoke without defiling the landscape
and adjoining buildings with dust and cinders. The outside is a
symbol of that which is within. Cleanliness is the moving factor,
cleanliness and method and economy. ... But to understand,
even in the vaguest measure, the transformation from seed to lard
it is necessary to begin at the beginning and pursue the cottonseed
through its various apotheoses.
FROM COTTONSEED TO LARD IN PERU 1203
GINNING AND LINTING
The Compafia Industrial obtains its seed from many different
sources. It is conveyed from the ginning mills in 150-pound sacks
which are piled in the yards at the south end of the buildings. The
ignorant visitor might wonder that the making of lard should require
such enormous quantities of seed, as he gazes up at the mountains
of sacks which represent the stock in hand. He is apt to be less
surprised when be learns that the average consumption of cottonseed
is 320,000 quintals* a year. Most of it is obtained from the Huacho,
Supe, and Huaral districts. The Department of Ancachs also pays
its tribute. ... In general, there is little difference in the seed from
the varieties of cotton which are grown in Peru, though some varieties
give a better yield of oil than others. Growers also send their cotton
to be ginned at the company’s mill, giving the seed in return. For this
purpose the factory is equipped with a complete ginning plant.
When the ginning process is completed, the cotton is baled on the
premises and shipped abroad by the Compania Industrial on behalf
of the growers.
The seed, whether obtained from the ginning plant or from the
stock at hand in the yards, is first carried in an elevator to the top
of the building, where it is cleaned by passing through a fine filter.
Thence it is passed through the linters to remove the particles of
cotton still clinging to the husk. The resultant lint is also baled and
shipped abroad.
Here, then, even at this early stage of his visit the neophyte begins
to realize that the manufacture of vegetable lard has many varied
phases. And yet these are simple in comparison to those that follow.
HULLING, GRINDING, AND GAS MAKING
After passing through the linters, the clean seed pours in a con-
tinuous stream into a tube carrying 1t by pneumatic air pressure to
the top of the tower on its journey to the hulling machine, where
the meat is separated from the husk. And at this point still another
lesson is learned. Just as there is no waste in nature, so in the
scientific manufacturing plants of to-day no waste is permissible.
The husks, as they pour in their millions of broken fragments from
the hulling machine, might be deemed to be so much waste matter.
Not so in the modern factory of Huacho. In the first place, to
insure that not a trace of meat remains, they are passed once more
through a shaker. Thereafter they are used either for fuel in the
furnace or put into a gas-making plant to provide power for two
250-horsepower Crossley engines with double cylinders, which in
their turn furnish light and power for the seed department. And to
21 metric quintal equals 220.46 pounds,
1204 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION
complete the cycle, the ash which comes out of the gas-making plant
is compressed into cakes and used again in the form of coke for
making steam.
We now return to follow the fortunes of the kernel or meaty por-
tion of the cottonseed, the part which produces the oil and lard and
cake of commerce. In the first place, it is finely ground in a five-
roller mill and thence carried automatically by conductors to a
Five-High Cooker. Here it is subjected to a heat of about 214° F.,
from which it issues through a “‘former’’ in the shape of cakes.
And at this point in the process occurs the only case in which the
materials are handled by human touch, when a stream of men carry
FILTERS THROUGH WHICH COTTONSEED OIL PASSES AFTER BLEACHING AND
DEODORIZATION
the superheated cakes, wrapped in asbestos, to the six 16-cake
presses which face the cooker at a distance of a few feet.
COTTONSEED CAKE AND OIL
These presses are operated by hydraulic pressure of 4,200 pounds
to the square inch, the pump being worked by cottonseed oil extracted
on the premises—another instance of the manner in which the
Huacho factory is to all intents and purposes self-maintained.
When the cake has been squeezed dry of every particle of oil, it is
passed to a trimming table and thereafter packed for shipment to
Europe for use as cattle food or fertilizer. To eliminate any possi-
FROM COTTONSEED TO LARD IN PERU 1205
bility of waste the fragments which remain after the trimming are
again passed through the cooker.
As one stands beside the presses, a thick stream of oil is seen
flowing into a trough which runs into a tank sunk in the floor along-
side of the machines. This is the crude oil which is to be used as
required either in the making of “Winter” oil, i. e., oil for table or
kitchen use, or for lard. As has already been stated, the Compania
Industrial de Huacho is at the present time concentrating its energies
on the manufacture of the already famous brand of “Daisy”’ lard.
But “Winter” oil is also produced as required by the demands of the
market. It is so called because for use on the table or in the kitehen
the oil after being clarified, has the stearin (the crystalline compound
contained in animal and vegetable fats) settled out by means of
freezing, the usual amount of stearin in cottonseed oil being 25
per cent. The factory is equipped with a special ice plant for the
production of this ‘“‘Winter” oil. It is then put up into 35 or 37
pound tins for the market by means of an oil-filling machine which
performs its task automatically, without spilling a single drop.
The universal demand for wholesome table and cooking oils makes
the production of cottonseed oil an industry of prime importance
for a cotton-growing country like Peru. All the oil which the Com-
panhia Industrial manufactures, with the exception of that which is
required in the factory or for local consumption, is exported to
Europe, where it finds a ready market. But it is not generally known
that quite a notable proportion of it returns to Peru with the addition
of a little green coloring matter and is sold in Lima at high prices as
the “‘best olive oil.’ It is quite possible, therefore, that those who
most shrink from the use of cottonseed products for domestic use
are unwittingly using cottonseed oil with their salads.
The Compania Industrial maintains large oil deposits at Huacho,
contained in six tanks of a total capacity of 8,000 quintals.
LARD
In the manufacture of lard, the process is somewhat different,
though it remains the same in the preliminary refining stages. The
crude oil which flows from the presses into the tank is pumped to
the second floor of the building and passed into tanks where it is
neutralized and clarified with caustic soda. The purpose of this is
to remove all impurities and acid matter. These impurities, which
are impurities only in a technical sense, are utilized, as will be seen
later, in the manufacture of a very excellent laundry soap. On the
completion of the neutralization process, the oil is pumped into a
bleaching tank, where it is treated with fuller’s earth with the object
of making the oil as nearly white as possible. Air is also pumped into
this tank in order to remove all moisture, the proportion of water
remaining in the lard (as the analysis shows) being almost negligible.
1206 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION
From the bleaching tank the oil, which is now of a crystalline clear-
ness, passes through a fine filter (to remove the last remaining trace
of fuller’s earth) into the deodorizer, where the last and most impor-
tant refining process is carried out. The deodorizer is in reality a
vacuum pan wherein the oil is boiled at a heat of 200° C. for eight
hours. . . Not only does the oil issue from the vacuum pan in a
condition of absolute purity, but every lingering remnant of odor
and taste has disappeared. In this condition it is pumped into yet
another tank, where at a temperature of 80° C. the oil is kept in
steady motion in order to keep both stearin and oil well mixed.
And in this connection it is of interest to note that the Compania
Industrial, with the aim of perfecting still further their lard product,
THE END OF THE JOURNEY—COTTONSEED LARD PACKED IN BARRELS OR TINS
FOR SHIPMENT
are erecting a hydrogenization plant which will give a product of
exactly the same consistency as animal lard.
The final stage in the lard-making process is now reached. The
oil has been subjected to every test to which it can be submitted by
science in order to insure that it is absolutely wholesome for human
consumption. It remains now to solidify it into the lard of commerce.
From the mixing tank the oil flows in a stream as white as water and
falls drop by drop onto a revolving cylinder into which ammonia
freezing mixture has been pumped. The wall of the cylinder is of
very thin steel which at once freezes the oil until it has the requisite
consistency of lard and the whiteness of snow. In this condition the
lard falls from the cylinder into a beater fitted with small propellers
where it is beaten up, much as butter is churned, into a state of
FROM COTTONSEED TO LARD IN PERU 1207
even greater whiteness. From this point a pump with a very high
pressure, in order to prevent the lard from solidifying in the 114-inch
pipe, drives it along through a filter of the finest mesh, fine enough
to extract the last little remaining impurity which might have
escaped attention, to the outlet of the pipe.
The process of manufacture is completed.. Through the linters
and the hullers and the cooker and the press and the vats and the
deodorizer and the ammonia machine, the cottonseed has passed in
the different stages of its development, to fall in a stream of dazzling
whiteness into the waiting barrels and packing tins, where it reaches
its final stage of hardness. Even in the barrels nothing is left to
chance. The interior walls are treated with silicate of soda to pre-
vent the grease from being absorbed and to insure that the taste of
the wood does not affect the lard.
The present capacity of the factory, with a staff of 120 to 150
men, is about 160 quintals of lard in 10 hours, a quantity which is
sufficient for the moment. But the reorganization which has been
carried out within the last few months contemplates considerable
developments at an early date. There is already enough power for
a much larger output, and with the enlargement of the premises and
the installation of new machinery, which is already on hand, the
output will soon be increased to meet the growing demand for ‘‘ Daisy”’
lard. It is anticipated that in the future Peru will export lard which
will compete on favorable terms with the vegetable lards of the
United States.
SOAP
It has already been seen that any impurities existing in the crude
cottonseed oil which might render it unfit for human consumption
were removed in the neutralizing tank. These impurities consist
of the balance of the meat from the seed and acid matter and are
of high commercial value in the manufacture of soap. The residues
are treated by a special department in the Huacho factory and boiled
in two 200-kilo boilers with a mixture of caustic soda. The resultant
soap has already won for itself a good reputation under the name of
Jaboén de Pepita and is widely used in the kitchen and laundry. It
has three strong recommendations—purity, cheapness, and cleansing
power. The present output is about 200 quintals a week, but the
capacity will be increased in proportion with the demand when the
buildings are enlarged.
68910—27—Bull. 12——4
‘ORLD-EM
CREASE. INTERNATION
CONSCIOUSNESS ..
By Lovisr F. SH1eips
RARELY appropriate setting for the first meeting of the
Institute of International Relations, December 5 to 12,
1926, has brought acceptance for the invitation to hold
its second session, December, 1927, in the same place,
namely, the Mission Inn at Riverside, California.
The Institute, headed by leading educators and business men of
the Pacific coast, announces as its purpose to bring in universal good
will and world peace.
Riverside was the site of the first peace conference on the Pacific
coast, February 28, 1911, in cooperation with the Andrew Carnegie
Peace Foundation.
The Mission Inn and Frank Augustus Miller, the master of the
Inn, are symbols of international good will. Mr. Miller has made
the Inn a center of the art of many nations and a place of congenial
companionship for world travelers. He is an ardent advocate of
friendship among the nations.
Believing in a common meeting ground for individual and racial
differences, he has assembled a celebrated collection of bells, civil and
religious, from many lands, to peal forth the joy and reverence of a
universal language.
Above the city of Riverside rises Mount Rubidoux, with a cross
on its summit to call the annual Easter morning pilgrimage of wor-
shipers of many creeds and races, and the annual sunset peace meet-
ing on Armistice Day. The Indians in the early days held an annual
sunrise meeting here, to pledge themselves to live at peace with their
neighbors in this valley. A site on the mountain used for many
peace gatherings with international speakers has been marked by a
peace tower and testimonial bridge, erected by the neighbors and
friends of Mr. Miller, ‘“‘in recognition of his constant labor in the
promotion of civic beauty, community righteousness, and world
peace.”
1208
WORLD-EMBLEMS OF RELIGION 1209
But the most significant part of the setting was within the ereal
cloister music room of the inn, chosen for the general sessions of the
Institute of International Relaione There, in a wall cabinet,
crosses, rosaries, and other religious emblems fon all corners of ‘ie
earth faced the delegates who were seeking harmony among the
nations. Electric lights, constantly binnmine illumined the luetrane
jewels of the rosaries and the rainbow colors of the precious stones
and metals of the crosses.
THE CLOISTER MUSIC ROOM, THE MISSION INN, RIVERSIDE, CALIFORNIA” 4
The photograph reproduced on this page shows Christian, Bud-
dhist, Hindu, ancient Egyptian, American Indian, and other tokens
of faith among those of many lands who are
“Falling with our weight of cares
Upon the great world altar stairs
Which slope through darkness wp to God.”
This large and representative collection of emblems results from
years of research on the part of Mr. Miller and his friends.
That the cross was used as a religious and mystic emblem before
Christ’s crucifixion made it an object of veneration with Christians
is a well-known fact and is evidenced in this collection by a gold-
enameled ‘‘key of life” cross from Egypt. This symbol is seen often
in the hands of the ancient Nile gods and is one of the oldest and
most universal forms of the cross. It was connected with the dual
reciprocal forces in nature 20 centuries before the Christian era.
The longest rosary on the cabinet door is one used in prayer by a
Chinese Buddhist priest while kneeling to invoke the attention of
1210 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION
the Blessed One. The beads are of delicate pink, green, and yellow.
The green stones are of jade and are greatly esteemed.
The Hindu faith is represented by a rosary of ‘“rudrach”’ beads,
from Jaipur, India, commonly worn about the neck of devout Brah-
mins. A Mohammedan rosary from Cairo, Egypt, has 99 beads of
sandalwood. Nuts, intricately carved, and fruit pits, cut into the
THE COLLECTION OF CROSSES, ROSARIES, AND OTHER
RELIGIOUS EMBLEMS ON EXHIBITION AT THE MIS-
SION INN, RIVERSIDE, CALIFORNIA
shape of temple gongs, form the beads of two Japanese Buddhist
rosaries. |
From Tibet comes a prayer wheel with a hollow receptacle con-
taining a paper inscribed with prayers to Buddha, the chief one
being “‘Um Mani Padmi Hun” (I take my refuge in Buddha).
This whirligig is made to revolve on the handle by means of a small
attached ball of lead, and with every revolution a prayer is made
without any mental effort.
A “dorgee”’ of bronze comes from Darjeeling, India, of the kind
held in the hands of Buddhist priests when exorcising the devil.
The equivalents of the Indian ‘“‘dorgee” are the gilt wood “Sanko”
WORLD-EMBLEMS OF RELIGION 1211
and the bronze “Tokko” exhibited here, used by Japanese Buddhist
priests to avert evil.
A “rain-cross”’ of the kind worshiped by the Indians of Mexico
and Guatemala before the Spaniards came is one which came to the
collection through the Navajo Indians of New Mexico. It is a
double-armed pectoral cross, having on one side two reversed Swastika
crosses and seven arrows—three arrows pointing to each cross and
the seventh pointing outward. The reverse side has two Swastika
crosses.
Swastika (it 7s well) is the name given by the Buddhists to the
design found as a religious emblem in many parts of the world,
reverenced in India 3,000 years ago as the Fulfot Cross, symbol in
Egyptian tombs and Roman catacombs, and graven on prehistoric
temples of both Eastern and Western Hemispheres. Whatever its
origin, it surely points to some early connection of the races so widely
divergent at the beginning of history.
Ancient crosses with Jesus wearing a kingly crown instead of
thorns indicate that the Christian cross was used at first as a symbol
of triumph rather than suffering.
From Colombo, Ceylon, where the Jesuits had an educational
center in the sixteenth century, comes a silver cross set with the
famous Cingalese moonstones. Papeete, on the island of Tahiti,
has yielded up a rosary whose beads are mother-of-pearl. A bronze
Coptic processional cross from northern Africa, of the period of 1700,
has 13 crosses in its formation, commemorating the 13 seated at the
Last Supper.
The cross which flashes most brilliantly to the visitor is the green
malachite in the upper right section of the wall space. Near it is
one of handsome white cornelian and beyond it one of deep-blue
lapis lazuli. Others are of turquoise, jade, tortoise shell, abalone
shell, ivory exquisitely carved, gold, silver, brass, copper, bronze,
steel damascened with gold and silver from Toledo, famed for steel
blades of swords, Japanese cloisonné, Mexican silver filigree, and
staurolite, the mineral which crystallizes into the form of crosses, also
many of precious woods.
Some of the crosses contain reliquaries with bones of saints, a bit
of the sacred cross, or other object of veneration. Mr. Miller finds
especial significance in the crosses presented to him by the Bishop
of Jerusalem and the priest at St. Francis’s chapel in Asissi.
Of especial interest to this international gathering were the cross
from the chapel at Seville where, according to Spanish belief, rest the
bones of Christopher Columbus, and the one from the cathedral at
Granada, where Ferdinand and Isabella are buried.
The delegates to next winter’s institute will have a constant
reminder that ‘“‘Crosses are the ladders by which we may climb to
Heaven’”—that Heaven on earth which will come with universal
good will.
By H. A. CaraccioLo
HE good ship Venezuela arrived at Puerto Colombia shortly
before daybreak on June 15. Until the shore inspection
could take place we waited at anchor a mile out, a delay
which afforded a memorable view of the great peaks of the
Sierra Nevada.
The Sierra, one of the highest ranges in all South America, raised
its summit far into a cloudless sky fully 100 miles away to the east—
a colossus in the surrounding low-lying country and the more clearly
visible from where we were on a still sea, in the pale gray of morning.
When the first rays of the sun caught its summit crowned with 2,000
feet of snow, leaving the base in emerald shadows, we enjoyed such
prismatic glories of colors as the gods on Olympus might have shared.
It will be many a day before the memory of this queenly mountain
of the Caribbean will fade.
It was obvious that the azure of these coastal skies closely ap-
proached that observed in Mediterranean countries, an effect doubt-
less due to causes connected with the cool atmospheric regions within
the influence of these gigantic pinnacles. Frozen heights on the
Alps probably contribute to the singular beauty of Italian skies in
the same manner.
Having landed on a long pier at Puerto Colombia, a small railroad
took us in the space of less than an hour to Barranquilla. This
town is on the western bank of the Magdalena River, which is still
the only available highroad for commerce with the interior. Bar-
ranquilla strikes one as a labyrinth of bazaars and warehouses; its
inhabitants are among the most cosmopolitan of cosmopolitan groups
in the wide world.
After a glance at the map it will be asked why ocean boats do not
cover the short distance from the mouth of the Magdalena in the
Carribbean to Barranquilla. This is the question Colombians them-
selves have been asking for many years and, as a consequence, since
the Bocas de Ceniza, as the entrance from the sea is called, is shal-
low, it is being dredged and widened so as to be navigable for
ocean-going steamers.
Considering the excessive heat, it is not a little surprising to note
the energy with which men move about and carry on business along
1212
COLOMBIA AS SEEN BY THE TOURIST 1213
the coast. Much of the Colombian littoral, which is of friable
structure, possesses scarcely any scenic attractions, and unless a
visitor journeys far into the hidden recesses of this vast country he
may judge Colombia very unfairly. The Magdalena River, winding
for five or six hundred miles through navigable reaches dotted with
river stations offers the way to the interior, although, if one’s mission
should be of sufficient importance, one will take a hydroairplane
from Barranquilla and skim through the air to save time. While
it must be confessed that travel or bus'ness in Colombia is not free
from the disadvantages” to, be*found in all new countries, there are
STEAMER ON THE MAGDALENA RIVER, COLOMBIA
few other places more suggestive of hidden resources or more open
to the romance of industry.
The northern section of the country, including the three coastal
Departments—namely, Bolivar, Atlantico, and Magdalena—have no
features which, generally speaking, would attract any large immigra-
tion, but the district contiguous to the Sierra Nevada should be
excepted, for residents of southern Europe or the southern United
States would find its soil and climate entirely suitable. The interior,
however, undoubtedly possesses ideal localities for immigrants in the
western Departments of Antioquia and the Cauca or even in Cundi-
namarca, Tolima, and Boyacé. The northern portion of Colombia
seems destined to be developed by nationals, either as an exclusively
1214 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION
mercantile and shipping district or as the source of certain agri-
cultural products, the principal of which to date are bananas, cattle,
tobacco, and ipecac leaves. There is still another vegetable resource
of great promise—the Bromelia Magdalenae, the fiber of which
appears to have many possible commercial applications.
The southern and southwestern section of the country is extremely
rich in minerals, livestock, and vegetable products. In addition to
the coffee, gold, platinum, emeralds, petroleum, and ivory (tagua)
nuts now produced, there are countless other practically undeveloped
resources, among which may be noted silver, lead, coal, aluminum,
asphalt, rubies, copper, mica, marble, rock crystal, radium, and
mercury.
The railways in the northern section are three—the short line from
Puerto Colombia to Barranquilla, that from Santa Marta to
Fundacién, serving the banana plantations, and a third from
Cartagena de Las Indias to Calamar on the Magdalena River.
The interior of the country is naturally interested in having more
rapid means of communication with the sea than that of the paddle-
wheel steamers on the Magdalena. Roads on which motor vehicles
can travel in any weather are to be recommended, for, although a
railroad may be the final word, it is demonstrable, that the former
should first lead. the way. A trunk highway from Medellin to
Turb6é on the Gulf of Urab4, is projected, as well as another line from
Medellin to the Pacific port of Buenaventura. The paucity of roads
for transportation is of course very noticeable to-day, but the
country, especially the Department of Antioquia, is on a solid finan-
cial basis, and when the time is ripe and funds permit, Colombia, I
am convinced, will not be found backward in furnishing means of
transportation for her raw materials and produce. The extremely
efficient railroads from Medellin to Puerto Berrio, from Puerto
Wilches to Bucaramanga, from Buenaventura to Pereira, and from
Bogota to Girardot, with the several branches under way to each
of these, are proof that the day of prosperity is dawning.
Within the limits of this short paper only a general idea of the
country can be given. But before sketching the journey up what
may be appropriately called the River of Silent Reaches, the neces-
sity of a knowledge of the Spanish language in these parts should be
noted. No one who is not conversant with this tongue should venture
to take the trip without an interpreter. One must also remember
that the manners and character of the people are important items in
the enjoyment of a trip lasting for many days and nights.
The headwaters of the Magdalena were swollen to immense pro-
portions from incessant rains and the course from Barranquilla south-
ward up the river was attended by delays, due to the strong current
against which we plodded. Wherever night overtook us the vessel
COLOMBIA AS SEEN BY THE TOURIST 1215
was moored to the bank; no captain on the river would risk nocturnal
navigation that year, except by moonlight. But we made fair head-
way every day up the tortuous course, the pilot picking his way along,
guided by the color of the water or by observing tree stumps in the
river. Villages were seen every now and again against a background
of jungle, but at night we were surprised by the amount of illumination
they appeared to enjoy, as it is quite common for even a small group
of 10 houses and a church to install an electric plant for illumination
purposes.
Everywhere there was silence on the river as we moved along—the
silence of untenanted, virginal wastes, inviting the brain of man to
conceive some utility for so much latent power.
MODERN MEANS OF LOCOMOTION IN COLOMBIA
The German-Colombian Society for Aerial Transport maintains a regular passenger and mail hydro-
auD lane service up the Magdalena River from Barranquilla to Girardot, and in other parts of the Re-
public as we
A short excursion into the Department of Bolivar had been
planned. Leaving the boat, therefore, at Zambrano, I took horse
for a 23-mile ride to Carmen de Bolivar, a town which will be one
of the stations on the projected railway line from the interior to the
coast. The whole district from Zambrano on is undulating, consist-
ing of pasture lands for about 10 miles back from the river. A very
large cattle ranch is situated in a section of which Jestis del Rio,
north of Zambrano, is the main center.
Carmen de Bolivar was at length sighted on a slight elevation,
after we had been riding for eight hours. Carmen dates back to the
days of the Spanish explorers; only the tobacco interests which
flourished there a few decades ago could account for a settlement of
1216 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION
5,000 souls in such a remote spot. At San Jacinto, a village near by,
there is a home industry of woven hammocks. The yarn is spun
and dyed locally, any lettering or special design desired by the buyer
being woven into the fabric.
Returning to Zambrano, I continued the trip up the Magdalena
River on a paddie-wheel boat called the Presidente Ospina, which
had a cattle raft attached to each side. As far as El Banco the river
banks presented the usual rushlike vegetation seen before that point.
But after we left E] Banco the banks grew perceptibly higher, with
forest growth and occasional glimpses of mountain ranges on both
sides. Colombia, as described by its admirers, can be said to begin
at El Banco, for we are at once aware, south of that place, of the
foothills of the Parima Mountains to the east and of the majestic
Andes to the west.
Close to El Banco we passed the mouth of the river Simitar in a
section of well-watered country, strikingly well adapted to farming.
The Simitar is a much smaller stream than the Magdalena, but from
what could be observed the area which it drains is most attractive.
Shortly before passing the boundary between the Departments of
Bolivar and Antioquia, a range of hills is seen to the west in which
a single crest stands out. This is the peak of Simiti, on whose slope
rock crystal outcrops are to be seen like milk-white patches.
Alligators are fairly numerous in the Magdalena and they appear
to be of two distinct species. As the river was in flood they stuck
to the banks, from the color of which they could hardly be distin-
guished. Parrots of many kinds were seen and their raucous chatter
could be heard in the tree tops. Other animals noted were a small
golden-brown squirrel which should be valuable for fur, white and
pink ibis standing on the sand banks, sloths, and an occasional
condor and hawk.
The current of the river made deep inroads into the forest, baring
the roots of giant trees and sometimes tearing them from their moor-
ings. Now and again the boom of a falling tree broke the silence;
during times of flood natives refrain from going out in their canoes
for fear of being swamped by such an accident.
A number of cattle were discharged when we reached Barranca
Bermeja, or ‘Yellow Bank,” the shipping and refining station of an
oil company. These oil fields produce daily 60,000 barrels of crude
oil, which is sent by pipe line for a distance of 450 miles from the
field to Cartagena on the north coast.
During the course of the trip we sighted and heard two hydro-
airplanes several hundred feet above our heads. The approach of a
plane is unmistakable in the silence of the stream; far above the
purring of the boat’s engines the rhythmic throb of the high-powered
motors are heard long before the aircraft itself comes to view.
GOLOMBIA AS SEEN BY THE TOURIST WPA
Once during the trip a jaguar was brought on board for sale.
These Colombian members of the cat family sometimes attain a
weight of over 400 pounds. One of the passengers, a Colombian
apparently well versed in the jungle life of his country, treated us to
a lecture on animal self-preservation in these wilds. Alligators, he
said, were ever on the alert for those animals which from time to
time swim across the river in search of new hunting grounds, the
jaguar being especially open to such attacks. But that animal has
developed a ruse for crossing the Magdalena without fear of the alli-
gator. This it accomplishes by first giving its characteristic call at
a given spot on the banks to attract the saurian, after which it
Courtesy of the American Museum of Natural History
A VIEW IN THE FERTILE AND BEAUTIFUL CAUCA VALLEY, COLOMBIA
quickly flees to a spot higher up the river where it crosses unmolested
while the alligators in wedge-shaped battalions seek it at the spot
where its cry was heard.
The journey from Zambrano to Puerto Berrio can be accomplished
in a much shorter space of time than the 10 days we gave to it, but
it must be remembered that our trip was made in a season of unusual
floods and that the currents of the river called for careful maneuvering
against the current.
Leaving the river, the trip from Puerto Berrio to Medellin, the
capital of the Department of Antioquia, is made by rail, through
heights rising so gradually and amid scenery so exquisitely picturesque
that the visitor is at once reminded of Switzerland. We wound our
1218 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION
way up mountain sides parallel with the Nus, a small river which
gureles its way down to the Magdalena over rocky waterfalls. This
tropical section terminates at the village of Limén in the mountain
pass of La Quiebra. Since the towering heights of the range have
not yet been tunneled, passengers have to transfer here to automo-
biles which transport them over the mountain to Santiago, where
the railway journey is continued to Medellin.
As the altitude continues to increase from Santiago to Medellin,
the temperature becomes very pleasant. The railroad follows the
Porce River through scenery which must be described as entrancing.
Indeed, after spending many months in Antioquia, interested though
I was in all that I heard of Bogota, I felt no impulse to leave this
delightful region. Bogota, as the reader knows, is the political and
social capital of Colombia, but Medellin and its environs are easily
the industrial center of the country.
The city of Medellin, although laid out in 1541 by the Spaniards,
contains many fine modern buildings, among them a cinema fully
abreast of the largest of its kind anywhere. The center of the city,
which is cradled in the valley plain of Aburra, is cut by a deep ravine
through which runs the Porce River. On either bank of the stream
ferns and wild grasses cover the ground, while immense shade trees
flank what is Medellin’s best residential quarter. Examples of
beautiful architecture and fine parks join with Medellin’s picturesque
natural features in making this Andean town a true City Beautiful.
The beds of both the Porce and the Nus are successfully dredged
for gold. From the former river fabulous sums have been extracted,
but as an illustration of a moderately successful mine the property
of the Nus River Gold Mines (Ltd.) may be cited. In dredging
2,000,000 cubic yards of river bottom over a 20-mile stretch of river
bed, this company, a privately financed concern, obtains an average
of 20 cents American gold to the cubic yard. The fact that coffee
and gold are the two main interests of Medellin is merely due to
the untouched condition of other mineral deposits.
The western part of the Department of Antioquia is traversed by
the Cordillera Occidental, or main western range of the Andes, to
the eastward of which lies the Cordillera Central. These heights,
between which runs the Cauca River, form a valley which has often
been said to be one of the finest and the most fertile on the globe,
capable of growing in its varying climates and soils every known
staple crop. When the mineral resources of Antioquia, therefore,
are considered in connection with this amazing agricultural wealth,
it will be seen that we are here describing one of the great magazines
of wealth for which South America has long been explored and is
justly famed.
COLOMBIA AS SEEN BY THE TOURIST 1219
Among the settlers in Antioquia there is said to have been a colony
of Hebrews from southern Europe, and the names of some of the
present residents show them to be of Hebraic extraction. They are
people of excellent character, pleasing physical qualities, and very
remarkable business integrity, and it was with real regret that I left
their cities to travel back to the Magdalena River in 1926 after
spending more than a year with them. They are industrious to a
degree, bent on progress, and when agreements are made with them
the fulfillment of their part can be taken for granted. The roads
now under construction to the Pacific and to the northern ports of
Turb6é and Cartagena will lead them from their mountain fastnesses
into increasing industrial importance and contact with the outside
world. Moreover, in the near future those who trade with the
Antioquians will be enabled to save the long river trip by taking
the railway from Buenaventura on the Pacific or, when the railroad
to the north is completed, from Cartagena.
Apart from emeralds, mined exclusively by the Colombian Gov-
ernment, it is hardly necessary to state, in view of what has been
said in this brief article, that almost every known mineral is present
in commercial proportions in western Colombia. Well-qualified en-
gineers will find Medellin to be all it has here been said to be—and
more.
Photograph by C. H. Canning
DREDGE ON A COLOMBIAN RIVER
The beds of several rivers are successfully dredged for gold and, occasionally, platinum
COMML
WORKERS’ HOUSING
HE most important present duty of Chileans, according to Dr.
José Santos Salas, Chilean Minister of Public Health, Social
Welfare, and Labor, is the solution of the problem of provid-
ing cheerful, healthful homes for the workers of his coun-
try, so that life should be made ‘‘livable’’ for these humble members
of society, and they themselves rescued from that savage promiscuity
which poisons the spirit and from disease which destroys the body.
In the accomplishment of this duty Doctor Salas has the powerful
assistance of decree law 308 of March 9, 1925, promulgated during
his former incumbency of the position he now holds, under the
vice presidency of Sefior Luis Barros Borgofio who, as president of
the Mortgage Loan Bank of Chile, has stood behind so many excellent
housing developments for the workers.'
It may not be amiss to recall here some of the benefits of the law
just mentioned. Persons or organizations desiring to erect ‘‘low-
priced houses,” which are-defined for the purposes of the law, are
permitted to borrow from the Mortgage Loan Bank 70 per cent of
the value of the land and building at 5 per cent interest and 1 per
cent amortization. The bank, moreover, will lend: the remaining
30 per cent at the same interest and 7 per cent amortization to duly
incorporated societies of workers and employees for the construc-
tion of members’ houses, as also to cooperatives formed for such
purpose and to savings banks.
At present, however, according to recent instructions from the
minister, loans are to be made only to municipalities.2, The following
paragraphs quoted from these instructions are extremely illuminating:
The Government intends to solve the crisis in workers’ housing by the con-
struction of houses on its own account, the houses thus erected to be offered at
1 These, as well as the Government Poicets, were briefly described in the Bulletin for February, 1927,
under the title ‘‘ Chile solves her housing problem.”’
2 A later decree of the same ministry fixes the sum available for the present year at 60,000,000 pesos, limit-
ing housing loans to the following: Cooperative societies for house construction, duly incorporated and
approved by the ministry; individuals desiring to erect dwellings for their own occupancy; municipalities
which will construct houses under Government supervision; the army and navy retirement funds; and
owners desiring to repair workers’ dwellings -
1220
COMMUNITY PROGRESS IN CHILE 1221
a rental which will cover interest and amortization of the amount invested plus
the necessary expenditures for repairs.
The low rental of these dwellings will therefore become to persons of small
means a special inducement to improve their living conditions, since the
respectable man who has been a tenant a certain number of years will auto-
matically become owner of the property he has occupied. Furthermore, a certain
number of dwellings will annually be awarded by lot to careful tenants who
are distinguished for sobriety of character or who have a large number of children.
In order to carry out a program of this nature the Government needs the
cooperation of the municipalities to which, under the act, the housing loans will
now be made, thus increasing the interest of the cities in safeguarding such
investment and fostering civie pride and initiative.
The risks entailed by such an enterprise are fully justified by the duty thereby
fulfilled, the most important duty of the present day—that of making life livable
for the humblest members of society. Moreover, any sacrifice which may be
made by the municipalities because of loans offered under law No. 308 is offset
by that made by the State in lending 70 per cent of the money required for
building at 5 per cent interest and 1 per cent amortization. The various entities
of the nation are thus permitted to do their respective share in promoting the
general welfare. ee
In order to unify procedure and keep it above suspicion, the Government
reserves the right of approving plans and contracts. Responsibility is thereby
centralized.
In furtherance of the Government’s plans, mayors are requested to seek the
cooperation of their respective city councils in obtaining and submitting to
the Ministry of Public Health, Social Welfare, and Labor a census of all workers’
dwellings, showing the number of rooms therein, their condition (in the light
of the sanitary requirements laid down by law No. 261), the number of occu-
pants, and the amount of rent paid.
For a recent summary of what has been accomplished by the
Government under this law, we may turn to the address made by
Sefior Alejo Lira Infante, a member of the Superior Council of Social
Welfare, at the inauguration of the attractive section of brick houses
recently erected for workers in the graphic arts, which occupies a
delightful situation at the foot of San Cristébal hill, one of the
beautiful features of the Chilean capital. Sefior Lira Infante said
in part:
I have the great honor and satisfaction of delivering in the name of the Superior
Council of Social Welfare to the building and purchasing cooperative of workers
and employees of the printing trade, this beautiful group of 80 houses erected by
experts under the generous terms of the beneficent housing law. * * *
For those of us who have followed closely, with ever increasing interest, the
campaign in our country to solve the transcendental problem of housing, it is a
deep satisfaction to see the dreams we have long cherished turned into this
beautiful reality by virtue of the Salas Law.
Yesterday it was the hard-working postal and telegraph employees who had
the happiness of taking over their group of 28 houses; to-day it is the printers’
cooperative; to-morrow it will be the employees of the Internal Revenue Bureau,
who are now erecting a large number of houses in Providencia; the street-car
employees, who are putting up 149 dwellings on what used to be Pine Farm; the
workers of the Davila Baeza Society, with their 79 houses; and the hundreds of
petty army officers. Thus citizens, toiling in different spheres of national activity,
1222 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION
will realize their legitimate aspirations of living in their own beautiful and com-
fortable homes.
And who can doubt that these members of society who are well employed, who
are protected by laws providing for industrial-accident compensation and old-
age insurance, who are enabled to enjoy the atmosphere of a real home—that
cradle of true affection and character education—will form a powerful factor in
assuring social peace, the supreme aspiration of every civilized nation? * * *
Because we are convinced that the point of departure in the material and
moral betterment of our people is the provision of hygienic, moderately-priced
dwellings, we unreservedly applaud the proposal of our Government to devote
the 40,000,000 pesos * available this year by virtue of decree law No. 308 to the
erection of houses or apartments exclusively destined for the use of actual
tenement dwellers.
TYPICAL LOW-PRICED HOUSE IN THE GROUP ERECTED IN SANTIAGO, WITH
GOVERNMENT AID, BY WORKERS IN THE PRINTING TRADES
It should be recalled here that against the funds authorized by this law the
Superior Council of Social Welfare has already taken favorable action on 199
separate construction projects, covering 5,315 buildings with 17,631 rooms.
Those erected or to be erected by groups of clerks, manual workers, and army
officers are valued at 73,639,730 pesos; by individuals for rental, at 29,718,518
pesos; and by individuals as their own homes, at 1,064,595 pesos.
Four hundred and forty-five houses containing 1,896 rooms have already been
constructed, leaving 4,870 under approved projects. These 5,315 dwellings will
house no fewer than 30,000 persons.
It is hoped that as many as 4,000 houses may be erected with the 40,000,000?
pesos available in 1927, thus redeeming from the painful slavery of the tenement
20,000 of our fellow citizens, children as truly as we of a free nation, but actually
deprived of real freedom. * * *
That notwithstanding all its benefits the Salas Law is still in the
experimental stage is gleaned from the address, on the same occasion
as the foregoing, of Sefior David Uribe Ulloa, official of the printers’
‘This sum was later increased to_60,000,000 pesos,"as stated_in footnote 2.
COMMUNITY PROGRESS IN CHILE 23
cooperative for which the houses were erected and also a member of
the Superior Council of Social Welfare. Sefior Uribe Ulloa asked
that the law be amended as follows: That the amortization of the
30 per cent of the loan be reduced from 7 to 1 per cent, as in the case
of the 70 per cent; that payments be required at the expiration of
the period covered and only after the houses are occupied; that the
deposit of 5 per cent of the value of the building now required to
secure the 30 per cent loan be waived, the borrower to insure his
life (as now) as a guarantee of this loan; and that the cost of intro-
ducing city improvements in all sections where houses are erected
under the Salas Law be paid by the municipality through a loan made
according to this act, instead of being met by the owners, as at
present.
“Tf the Government would amend the housing act as we ask,”
said this speaker, “the price of the small houses in this development,
which now cost 152 pesos * a month for 111% years and 82 pesosa
month thereafter until 36 years have elapsed, would be reduced to
116 pesos a month.”
Valparaiso is looking forward to a very considerable improvement in
workers’ housing, due to the action taken by the Superior Council of
Social Welfare at its meeting on July 5,1927. At that meeting it
was voted that in the council’s opinion the housing situation in
that city should be met by joint action of the council, the munici-
pality, and legally organized cooperative societies. Loans will be
made to the municipality, and construction will proceed on land
appropriated for the purpose. The council will also proceed imme-
diately to erect houses at Las Habas, a shore section, and on near-by
plots will put up a series of apartment houses.
If ‘well begun is half done,” Chile is well on the way to areal social
contribution not only to her own people, but to humanity as a whole.
ek
BUS SERVICE IN SANTIAGO®
At the end of 1922, the Chilean capital suffered an acute crisis
in the breakdown of collective passenger transport facilities owing
to the fact that the Electric Traction Co. had withdrawn from
service practically all its cars above the actual number required for
the fulfillment of its contract. In the midst of such a situation bus
service was inaugurated and immediately accepted by the general
public in Santiago.
Since at the present time this industry has reached a high stage
of development and one which is deserving of consideration, some
4 Chilean peso=$0.121.
6 Translated from Chile (Boletin Consular de Chile) Enero, 1927.
68910—27—Bull. 12—_5
1224 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION
available data showing the importance of the enterprise, even
despite its short existence, will be of interest.
There are to-day about 1,000 busses in Santiago, representing an
investment in rolling stock of 20,000,000 pesos. These busses are dis-
tributed over the various routes linking the suburbs and outlying towns
with the capital. On an average, 800 busses carrying about 600,000
passengers, daily, or a total of 200,000,000 per year, are in constant
operation in that city. Indeed, bus service may well be considered
one of the great business enterprises of the Chilean capital, above
all when it is remembered that it is due entirely to the efforts of
small Chilean capitalists who, without the slightest aid from anyone,
struggling against all kinds of odds, an unfavorable economic situa-
tion, the prejudice of vested interests, have been successful in their
project, contributing, meanwhile, in an effective manner toward the
improvement of economic conditions in their country, for with the
advent of bus service have come such commercial activities as the
repair shop, storage of accessories, garage service, and mechanical
and. electrical workshops, representing a total invested capital of
30,000,000 pesos.
It would be truly interesting to know the actual amount which
this industry contributes annually to the public coffers, but as that
would be impossible in this short article, we shall be content to give
a few figures which will enable the reader to gain some idea of its
importance.
First of all there are the import duties entering the national treasury
from the importation of chassis, accessories and parts; of tires, gaso-
line, lubricants, etc. Due to the fact that we have no data on certain
of these items, we are unable to give exact figures regarding the impor-
tation of chassis, accessories and parts. However, a total of some-
thing like 12,000 tires, costing from 3,000,000 to 4,000,000 pesos, are
used in Chile every year.
Before bus service was established 50,000 liters—approximately
13,250 gallons—of gasoline were consumed monthly. To-day during
the same period 800,000 liters—approximately 218,000 gallons—are
consumed, while the consumption of oil and lubricants has increased
proportionately. Furthermore, since gasoline and lubricants may
now be distilled from coal, the use of busses forms a most interesting
industrial factor in the industrial equation of the country.
Moreover, under the heading of permits alone, the city collects the
sum of 168,000 pesos a year from the bus companies, while the fiscal
revenue from license tags, driver’s permits, registration, etc., may
without exaggeration be estimated between 25,000 and 30,000 pesos.
Finally it may be pointed out that 5,000 Chilean homes are sup-
ported in comparative prosperity directly from this industry alone.
COMMUNITY PROGRESS IN CHILE 225
The busses have given the capital effective service. Thanks to
them the construction of whole communities of healthful homes at
low cost for laborers and salaried workers has been made possible.
Also in providing a means of transport for the children of families
living at great distances from school education has been greatly
facilitated. The rapid means of transit by bus at a cost no greater
than any other existing mode of collective transport has made it the
preferred method of the laborer, employee, and student. The service
rendered by the busses during the winter just past is particularly
worthy of mention. Without street car service, at a time when
whole sections were under water, the busses continued to function,
transporting laborers and clerks 40 and from their homes, BE hy times
bringing them to their very doorstep.
To improve the direction of the service, the directors or owners of
the busses on each route have formed associations whose particular
business it is to maintain the best possible order on their respective
line. These associations, in turn, form a central association which .
has charge of the general administration of the service as well as of
the interests of the individual members.
The central association has been in existence a year and some
months, having been established on the 18th of September of the
year just past. During this time it has worked effectively, cooper-
ating with the civic authorities in giving the city of Santiago a collec-
tive transport service worthy of the capital of the Republic.
g
S
OPENING OF T!
AMERICAN HOS
PITAL IN NEW YORK
HE 200,000 or more Spanish-speaking people residing in New
York City may well congratulate themselves upon the
realization of a long-cherished dream, namely, the founda-
tion of a Pan American hospital for Spanish-speaking
patients who, heretofore, due to the lack of knowledge of Spanish
on the part of the medical and nursing staffs, in general, of the other
hospitals of the great metropolis, have had some difficulty—resulting
sometimes in serious trouble—in obtaining the care demanded by
their condition.
October 17, 1927, saw the fulfillment of their hopes, when, with
fitting ceremonies, the imposing building of the Pan American
hospital was inaugurated. This hospital, which was constructed
under the auspices of the Pan American Medical Association and
the Hispanic Medical Society, will be controlled by these two insti-
tutions. From the beginning, besides being able to accommodate and
care for 130 Spanish or Portuguese speaking patients, this new
institution will serve as a bond of union between the medical world
of the United States and that of Latin America.
This new building of nine stories situated just east of Lexingtoa
Avenue, Nos. 159-163 Ninetieth Street, is 100 feet deep with a front-
age of 75 feet, and of red brick construction with terra cotta trim.
The foyer and reception rooms, with windows opening on a large patio,
have been designed to suggest a modern club. The second floor
accommodates the out-of-town patients, the third and fourth the city
patients, while the fifth, sixth, and seventh are chiefly composed of
private rooms. On each floor connections have been installed for
making Réntgenograms and cardiographs at the patient’s bedside.
The surgical department, the X-ray and the fluoroscope rooms are all
on the eighth floor. The hydrotherapeutic department, which is
unusually complete, is located conveniently near the pathological
rooms.
The roof has been planned as a palm decorated solarium with sound-
proof floor.
The medical staff of the hospital will be made up of physicians and
nurses representative of the different republics of the Western Hemi-
sphere.
1226
PAN AMERICAN HOSPITAL IN NEW YORK 1227
It is planned to establish in this hospital, in the near future, a Pan
American medical school which will offer post graduate courses to the
Spanish or Portuguese speaking physicians and students who come
to the United States to perfect their medical knowledge. It is also
planned to establish a
school for Latin Ameri-
can girls seeking the nec-
essary knowledge and
experience of nursing
which will enable them
to practice that useful
profession upon their re-
turn to their respective
countries.
In the interesting in-
augural ceremonies,
attended by a distin-
guished group of repre-
sentatives from differ-
ent fields of professional
activity, addresses were
delivered by: Dr. Wil-
liam Sharpe, president
of the Pan American
Medical Association;
Dr. Manuel Uribe Tron-
coso, president of the
Hispanic Medical So-
ciety; Mr. Clarence J.
Owens, permanent pres-
ident of the Pan Ameri-
can Commercial Con-
gress; and Dr. Franklin
Martin, president of the
Gorgas Institute of
Tropical and Preventive
Medicine of Panama.
Each of these eminent
speakers emphasized
the fact that the Pan
American hospital is a
new link of friendship
and good will, binding
closer the Latin Ameri-
can countries and the
United States.
THE PAN AMERICAN HOSPITAL, NEW YORK CITY
This hospital will serve the Latin Americans of the metropolis
through their own Spanish- and Portuguese-speaking physicians
and nurses
OBJECTS AND CHARACTER
HE Tropical Plant Research Foundation is a corporation
organized under the laws of the District of Columbia goy-
erning societies for scientific and similar purposes. It has
no capital stock, is not conducted for financial profit, and
exists only to advance knowledge. It has no connection with Gov-
ernments, either of the United States or other countries, except as
it may cooperate with them to accomplish its research aims.
Agriculture is the principal occupation and source of prosperity in
tropical America. The basis of a successful and permanent agricul-
ture is scientific research, and it was to provide for the tropical coun-
tries, particularly in the Western Hemisphere, a scientific service in
support of crop production that the Tropical Plant Research Foun-
dation was organized. It has now completed three years of work.
The objects of the foundation are to promote research for the
advancement of knowledge of the plants and crops of the Tropics.
It conducts investigations regarding plant diseases and insects, on
the varieties of crop plants and their improvement by breeding, and
on other subjects pertaining to agronomy, horticulture, and forestry,
and publishes the results.
The foundation was formed under the auspices of the National
Research Council, a cooperative organization of the scientific men of
America, devoted to the general promotion and support of scientific
research and to the coordination of large scale attack on important
problems. Through these connections with the scientific societies
of the country the foundation is able to focus upon the Tropics the
best methods and the latest knowledge of the several branches of
science related to agriculture and is better able to secure the services
of the most competent specialists.
ADMINISTRATION
The administration of the foundation is vested in a board of 10
trustees, 4 of whom represent business interests and 6 the several
divisions of science included in the foundation’s field of work.
The president of the board of trustees is Prof. Lewis R. Jones,
head of the department of plant pathology of the University of
Wisconsin and representative of the American Phytopathological
1228
THE TROPICAL PLANT RESEARCH FOUNDATION 1229
Society. The vice president is Prof. Robert A. Harper, Torrey pro-
fessor of botany in Columbia University, New York, and represent-
ative of the National Research Council. The other scientific trustees
are Dr. William Crocker, director of the Boyce Thompson Institute
for Plant Research at Yonkers, N. Y., and chairman for 1927-28 of
the Division of Biology and Agriculture of the National Research
Council; Prof. Herbert Osborn, professor of entomology in the Ohio
State University, Columbus, Ohio, representative of the American
Association of Economic Entomologists; Prof. Samuel C. Prescott,
head of the department of biology and public health, Massachusetts
Institute of Technology; and Maj. George P. Ahern, United States
Army, retired, of Washington, D. C., formerly director of forestry,
Philippine Islands, who represents the Society of American Foresters.
The business trustees are Mr. Victor M. Cutter, president of the
United Fruit Co., Boston, Mass.; Mr. Herbert C. Lakin, president
of the Cuba Co., New York City; Mr. Manuel Rionda, of the Czar-
nikow-Rionda Co., New York; and Mr. Charles Lathrop Pack, of
Lakewood, N. J.
Vacancies in the board are filled by election by the board for a term
of five years. Messrs. Harper, Crocker, and Lakin constitute the
executive committee of the board. William A. Orton is scientific
director and general manager. Other officers are A. McLachlen,
treasurer; Abbie Owen, executive assistant; John H. Goss, assistant;
and Howard P. Locke, accountant.
The scientific staff organization list may be found at the end of
this article.
FINANCIAL SUPPORT
The work of the foundation is supported by funds contributed by
organizations and individuals interested in its several research
projects. These funds are received and held until needed by the
treasurer of the National Research Council, and an annual audit of
the accounts of the foundation is made under the direction of the
National Research Council. The budget for the fiscal year beginning
July 1, 1927, is approximately $115,000.
HEADQUARTERS
The administrative headquarters of the foundation are located in
Washington, at 1350 B Street SW. No general laboratories are
maintained, as it is the policy to conduct the scientific work wherever
the particular problem requires. The facilities of the Boyce Thomp-
son Institute for Plant Research at Yonkers are available for research
work that can be done in the United States. Collections of scientific
materials are deposited with the cooperating Government and univer-
sity museums and duplicated whenever possible in the country
where the work is done.
1230 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION ~
SUGAR CANE INVESTIGATIONS
The principal research project of the foundation is an investigation
of sugar-cane production problems in Cuba. This is carried on with
the support of the Cuba Sugar Club, an organization of sugar com-
panies of which 57 contribute in proportion to their production of
sugar.
In this work attention is centered mainly on four outstanding
problems: the mosaic disease of sugar cane, root diseases of cane, the
moth-stalk borer of cane, and cane varieties. A soil survey of Cuba
has been made with the cooperation of the United States Bureau of
Soils.
An experiment station for sugar cane, well equipped for work in
plant pathology, entomology, agronomy, and chemistry, has been
established at Central Baraguaé, in the Province of Camagiiey, and
branch stations are maintained at Herradura for cane-variety testing
and propagation, at Jaront for borer studies, and at Jatibonico for
mosaic field tests.
TROPICAL FORESTRY INVESTIGATIONS
A study of the forestry problems of eastern and central Cuba,
relating to timber and wood supply, reforestation as a means for the
utilization of nonagricultural lands, the management of forests, and
the conservation of water has been carried out for the United Fruit
Co. and the Cuba Co.
A three-year survey of the timber resources of the forests of
tropical America: This survey plans to include studies of the
composition and extent of the important tropical forests, local uses of
the more abundant species, and conditions bearing on the possibilities
and need for forest culture. The work has been undertaken with the
support of the Charles Lathrop Pack Forestry Trust.
The American Society of Mechanical Engineers has cooperated
with the foundation to formulate a plan for investigations regarding
the availability and suitability of tropical hardwoods for the American
wood-using industries. Among the first steps has been the compila-
tion by the foundation of a Bibliography of Tropical Hardwoods.
Other plans for scientific work in tropical forestry are being developed.
CHICLE INVESTIGATIONS
A study of the Central American sapote, the source of chicle, has
been undertaken in British Honduras for the Chicle Development Co.
of New York, to solve problems of botany and plant physiology,
relating to bark structure and latex formation, as a basis for more
effective and less destructive methods of tapping.
THE TROPICAL PLANT RESEARCH FOUNDATION 1231
PERUVIAN SURVEY
The National Agrarian Society of Peru, desiring to establish an
experiment station for sugar cane and cotton in Peru, requested the
foundation to make a survey of the west coast and submit recom-
mendations on the organization of a station and its equipment and
lines of work. This was done, and reports prepared and published.
INFORMATION SERVICE FOR TROPICAL WORKERS
A general information service is maintained in the Washington
office of the foundation to support the work of its field scientific staff
and others, through library references, publications, indexes, and
notes.
The purpose of this service is to assemble records of work done or
in progress in the Tropics or bearing upon tropical problems, to
maintain a personnel register of scientific men with experience in
the Tropics or with particular fitness for service there, to gather
records of tropical plant industries and their problems, and in all
ways to facilitate scientific work in the Tropics.
The foundation cooperates with the Pan American Union to fur-
nish information and to advise concerning plans for scientific work
in Pan American countries. For example, numerous short papers
on tropical forestry have been prepared, and the director edits the
series of monthly agricultural articles which are published in its
Boletin.
SCIENTIFIC STAFF
D. L. Van Dring, local director of work for the Cuba Sugar Club.
F. S. Earws, agriculturist.
J. A. Farts, chief pathologist.
Caru N. Priope, assistant pathologist.
C. F. Srautu, chief entomologist.
H. K. Puank, associate entomologist.
T. S. Ross, assistant entomologist.
L. C. ScaramMuzza, field assistant in entomology.
Sam Byatt, analytical chemist.
E. E. DomInaueEz, sugar chemist.
A. VY. Svirzer, field superintendent.
Atvaro FrerNANDEZ, translator and clerk.
Joun 8S. Karina, physiologist in chicle investigations.
Tom Gu11, forester of the foundation and of the Charles Lathrop Pack Forestry
Trust.
PUBLICATIONS |
BULLETINS
In English.
1. Rainfall and Temperature of Cuba. By Oliver O. Fassig. 1925.
2. The Sugar Cane Moth Stalkborer. By D. L. Van Dine. 1926.
1 These may be purchased from the Director of the Tropical Plant Research Foundation, 1350 B Street
SW. Washington, D. C., at 30 cents for Bulletin No. 1 and 10 cents each for all others.
1232 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION
3. A List of the Insects Affecting Sugar Cane in Cuba. By D. L. Van Dine.
1926.
4, Some Serious Sugar Cane Diseases Not Known to Occur in Cuba. By James
A. Faris. 1926.
5. Certain Grass Hosts of the Sugar Cane Mosaic Disease and of the Corn Aphid
Considered in Relation to Their Occurrence in Cuba. By M. N. Walker.
and C. F. Stahl. 1926.
6. Field Control of Sugar Cane Root Disease Conditions. By James A. Faris.
1927.
7. Corn Stripe Disease in Cuba Not Identical with Sugar Cane Mosaic. By
Cs Fe Stahl. 1927.
In Spanish.
2. El Borer o Perforador del Tallo de la Cafia de Aztcar. Por D. L. Van Dine.
1926.
3. Lista de los Insectos de la Cafia de Azticar de Cuba. Por D. L. Van Dine.
1927.
4. Algunas Serias Enfermedades de la Cafia de Azticar no Conocidas como
Existentes en Cuba. Por J. A. Faris. 1927.
5. Consideraciones acerca de Algunas Hierbas Susceptibles a la Enfermedad del
Mosaico y Hospederas del Pulgén del Maiz en Relacién con su Presencia
en Cuba. Por M. N. Walker y C. F. Stahl. 1927.
SCIENTIFIC CONTRIBUTIONS
In English.
1. Notes on the Economic Status of Certain Cuban Homopters. By Herbert
Osborn. In Journal of Economic Entomology, vol. 19, No. 1, pp. 99-106,
1926.
2. Faunistic and Ecological Notes on Cuban Homoptera. By Herbert Osborn
In Annals of Entomological Society of America, vol. 19, No. 3, pp. 335-
366, Sept., 1926.
3. Cold Chlorosis of Sugar Cane. By James A. Faris. Jn Phytopathology,
vol. 16, No. 11, pp. 885-891, Nov., 1926.
4. Sugar Cane Root Disease in Cuba. By James A. Faris and R. V. Allison,
In Phytopathology, vol. 17, No. 2, pp. 61-82, Feb., 1927.
5. Zonate Foot Rot of Sugar Cane. By James A. Faris. In Phytopathology,
vol. 17, No. 2, pp. 83-94, Feb., 1927.
6. The Sugar Industry of Peru. By Arthur H. Rosenfeld. Jn Facts About
Sugar, vol. 21, Nos. 50, 51, and 52, Dec. 11, 18, and 25, 1926.
7. The Tucumdn Agricultural Experiment Station. By Arthur H. Rosenfeld.
In Facts About Sugar, vol. 22, Nos. 7, 8, and 9, Feb. 12, 19, and 26, 1927.
8. A Preliminary Report on a Grass-Root Mealybug (Ripersia radicicola Mor-
rison) Affecting Sugar Cane in Cuba. By C. F. Stahl. Jn Journal of
Economie Entomology, vol. 20, No. 2, pp. 392-399, Apr., 1927.
Bibliography of the Woods of the World (Exclusive of the Temperate
Region of North America) with Emphasis on Tropical Woods. A revision
and extension by Maj. George P. Ahern and Miss Helen K. Newton of a
bibliography compiled in 1923 and 1924 by Prof. Samuel J. Record.
< » AND COMMERCE ; i a
ARGENTINA
Turrp Economic CoNnrerENcE.—The Argentine Confederation
of Trade, Industry, and Production is planning to hold in 1928 the
Third National Economic Conference, for which it is now arranging
the scientific, economic, and commercial topics of the program. As
announced in a statement by the above-mentioned confederation,
the guiding thought of the conference is as follows:
All countries of great industrial and commercial power are constantly concerned
with economic problems. In all such countries international congresses are
organized by the leading institutions, which lend the services of their most able
statisticians and experts. We, with the consciousness of our responsibility, pro-
pose to direct national activities toward those social norms which will permit us
to achieve the material and spiritual welfare which is the basis of the peaceful
progress of nations.
ARGENTINE SECTION, IpERO-AMERICAN Exposition.—At a recent
meeting of the committee on Argentine participation in the Ibero-
American Exposition, to be held in Seville in 1928, a report was made
on the progress of the Argentine Building, which promises to be one
of the finest erected. Also decisions were made as to the location in
that building of the mural decorations by the national academicians
Guido and Franco, the placing of the exhibits of the meat-packing
and stock-raising industries, and the securing of exhibits from the
Provinces through the governors. Catamarca is to send an exhibit
of typical hand-woven textiles, chosen by means of competition.
Fortinru Nationat Livestock SHow.—The Fortieth National
Livestock Show was opened late in August by the Argentine Rural
Society in its grounds at Palermo, on the outskirts of Buenos Aires.
As usual, there were exceptionally fine specimens of the most famous
breeds of cattle, sheep, and horses, which were judged by experts
from Great Britain, Uruguay, and Argentina. The opening of the
exposition was attended by the President of the Republic and many
other officials.
Frrst Sourh American TrAvEL Conaress.—The Argentine
Touring Club is undertaking the organization of the First South
American Travel Congress, which will be held when the touring
clubs of the other South American countries have joined the South
American Travel Federation. The purpose of the congress is to
promote the movement for rendering travel from one country to
1233
1Q34 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION
another easier and more attractive. A delegate from the Argentine
Touring Club, who recently visited Brazil in the interest of the con-
eress, received a very warm reception from the Brazilian Touring
Club, which is giving active cooperation to the plan. The interest
in travel developed by the various touring clubs has a decided effect
on the development of good roads, improved railroad facilities, and
other means of communication in the countries where such clubs
exist.
Hicuway To Cuite.—On August 10, 1927, the President approved
the appropriation of 3,570,000 pesos for work done, in execution,
and to be completed on the highway from Argentina to Chile by way
of Uspallata. The decree also authorizes the General Bureau of
Bridges and Highways to continue the work to the amount of 730,000
pesos already available. The whole highway is to be completed in
about seven years, and although involving a large expenditure of
funds, it is believed that the advantages of this form of international
communication will well repay the outlay.
BOLIVIA
MINING REGULATIONS.—New regulations have been put into effect
recently for the purpose of improving the present methods of export-
ing minerals and other products. Customs permits must accompany
the materials to be exported, and must be examined, together with
the exports, by the customs officials. Permits are good for only 15
days, and are not to be altered in any respect except at the custom-
house.
SUPERVISION OF MINES.—The Chief Executive sent a message last
August to Congress proposing the establishment of an office of national
supervision of mines. This office would be part of the Ministry of
Industry. The National Superintendent of Mines would be appointed
by the President for a period of six years, being removable only by
decree of the Supreme Court.
AGRICULTURAL scHooLs.—A report prepared by the Minister of
Agriculture on the El Tejar Agricultural School at Tarija shows the
growing importance of this school in relation to the development of
agriculture. An appropriation was made during the present year of
121,532.70 bolivianos for the upkeep of the school and the purchase
of seeds and agricultural machinery. Recently the Director General
of Agriculture sent a shipment of seed of Tanguis cottcn and
sugar beets to the school for cultivation. A consignment of other
seeds has been sent from Buenos Aires for experimental purposes,
while cultivation of wheat is also being carried on in an intensive
manner. It is planned to enlarge the school building in order that
the number of pupils may be increased; there are at present 21
students with scholarships at the school.
AGRICULTURE, INDUSTRY, AND COMMERCE 1235
ESTIMATED POPULATION.—The last census in Bolivia was taken in
1910, according to which the population of the country was 1,766,451,
and that of the city of La Paz 54,713. The estimated population
for the entire country in the year 1926 was 2,599,398, and for the
city of La Paz 109,750. ‘There are no available statistics concerning
births, deaths, and infant mortality. According to the recent state-
ment of a local physician, between 75 per cent and 90 per cent of
the mortality of children up to two years of age is due to typhoid
and paratyphoid fevers.
BRAZIL
JAPANESE IMMIGRATION.—The Revista de Estradas de Ferro of Rio
de Janeiro for August 15, 1927, gives the following information on
Japanese immigration and colonization in Brazil:
Two Japanese capitalists, one in Tokio and one in Brazil, have received a con-
cession from the Brazilian Government for an extensive area of land in three sec-
tions, the first to be bounded by the Sucundury, Dumuma, Madeira, and Amazon
Rivers; the second on the Solimées between the Teffé and Coary Rivers, and the
third on the Rio Negro between the Cabory and the Ticupora Rivers. This con-
cession runs for two years, during which time a contract for 50 years is to be
signed granting the companies to be organized freedom of operation. A certain
amount of capital is stipulated. The Japanese Ambassador to Brazil, in speaking
of the contract, said that the number of Japanese in Brazil does not exceed
50,000 on account of the distance between the two countries. It is believed,
however, that increased Japanese steamer service will bring some 5,000 to 6,000
Japanese to Brazil annually, 400 to 500 now arriving at Santos in each ship to
work on the coffee plantations.
CHILE
CHILE IN THE IBERO-AMERICAN Exposition.—As the result of a
competition open to national architects, the prize for plans for the
Chilean building to be erected at the Ibero-American Exposition,
which will be held next year in Seville, was awarded to Sefior Juan
Martinez, professor in the University of Chile.
Motion pictures of Chilean life and industries will be taken for
showing at the exposition.
PROMOTION OF NITRATE INDUSTRY.—The Government continues to
manifest its constructive interest in the nitrate industry. The fol-
lowing gives a brief summary of recent developments:
The act creating the superintendency of nitrate and iodine has gone into effect,
the following officials having been appointed: Superintendent, Senor Edmundo
Delcourt; intendant, Sefior Osvaldo Vergara; administrator of the Nitrate
Promotion Fund, Sefior Luis Barrales Reimers; engineer secretary, Sefior
Armando Fontaine; chief engineers, Sefiores Juan Latorre and Mariano Riveros;
and legal secretary, Sefior Antonio Duran.
Under the terms of the above-mentioned act, the Government sets up such
administrative, technical, and commercial supervision of the nitrate industry
that it can instantly be informed of the state of the industry, based on production
costs, profits, taxable capacity, and present and future needs. ‘The Government
1236 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION
will therefore be enabled to come to the assistance of the industry whenever
circumstances so require.
Secondly, the act establishes a system of assistance which permits the industry
to increase its productive capacity to the maximum, regularize sale prices, organize
propaganda, and develop markets.
Thirdly, the act empowers the Government to take an active part in production,
promoting low-cost exploitation so as to make available its immense reserves of
nitrate lands.
Fourthly, the Government is given power to revise the duties and taxes to
which nitrate is now subject.
A nitrate promotion council, created by the act in question, is entrusted with
matters of public interest relating to this important source of national wealth.
Among its early decisions were the following: To give a bonus to nitrate plants
using national coal; to sell nitrate to Chilean farmers at reduced prices; to
subsidize investigations in the industrial use of iodine; and to conduct public
competitions in solving important problems, such as the transportation of nitrate
in bulk.
The Government has also removed the duties on bags for nitrate, and has
decreed a reduction in freight rates on nitrate and coal on the Tocopilla-Toco
Railway.
Pusiic works.—The Transandine Railway via Juncal is under-
going many improvements calculated to mcerease the popularity of
the route from the point of view of both passenger travel and Chilean-
Argentine freight traffic. One of the most important improvements,
now nearly if not entirely completed, is the electrification of the rack
section on the Chilean side between Rio Blanco and the summit, a
distance of 37 kilometers (kilometer equals 0.62 mile). Five hundred
men have been employed for nearly three years on this work, at a
cost of over £250,000.
A concession has been granted for the construction of railroad lines
and the operation of a connecting boat service across Lakes Pangui-
pulli and Pirehueico in south-central Chile, which together will
connect Lanco station on the State Railways with Portezuelo de
Huahum on the Argentine frontier, thus making another means of
international communication.
The definite surfacing with concrete of the Valparaiso-Casablanca
highway, which will eventually reach Santiago, was begun August 13
last. Construction is in charge of a Chilean firm.
The Government has authorized a loan of 8,150,000 pesos for the
construction of the highway from Santiago to San Bernardo, a subur-
ban town.
The sum of 4,780,271 pesos will be spent by the Government on
bridges during the second half of 1927, certain taxes being set aside
for this purpose. A magnificent concrete bridge over the Bueno
River was recently opened to traffic. This bridge, which is 110
meters long (meter equals 3.28 feet), is one of the largest in South
America.
DUTIES REDUCED ON ARGENTINE SUGAR.—See page 1249.
AGRICULTURE, INDUSTRY, AND COMMERCE
COLOMBIA
1237
CoFFEE ExPoRTS.—During the first six months of 1926 coffee
exports amounted to 85,269,484 kilos—that is, 1,421,160 bags of
The following table
60 kilos each—valued at 40,623,862 pesos.
gives the amount and value of coffee exports per month:
Month Kilos Value
Pesos
LEST es te a ees ine ea 10, 662, 761 5, 577, 986
VEE) OF OTE VES a eG Ba a i 13, 350, 238 6, 254, 616
Acar Hana ti Ray cetnes SPO Sg AS tee Gn 19, 664, 862 | 9, 472, 919
Nrieia here e pe mee. Ay Ae ou Nee 14, 571, 146 6, 852, 290
IN ary Pe ea ener ome tENg aac IS os OR ee a 14, 224,256 | 6, 476, 109
a tae Se CN ce at 12, 796, 221 5, 989, 942
Motalaewes @ Aas sate weprie Nance eee Weed 85, 269, 484 | 40, 623, 862
SECTION OF NEW RAILROAD OPENED.—On September 18 last the
Tolima-Huila-Caqueta railroad was opened to public service as far as
the city of Natagaima, in the southern part of the Department of
Tolima. The inauguration of this line marks an important step
toward the completion of this railroad, which is the continuation of
the great main line running from east to west and therefore of vital
interest to the economic life of the country.
PETROLEUM PRODUCTION.—According to figures taken from the
recent message of the President to Congress, the petroleum production
of the Republic in 1926 amounted to 6,443,537 barrels, while estimates
place the production for 1927 at 15,000,000 barrels.
CENSUS TO BE TAKEN.—In accordance with law No. 67 of 1917, a
general census of the Republic will be taken during 1928. As the
above-mentioned law provides only 50,000 pesos toward helping the
various municipalities defray the expense of the preliminary work for
taking the census, the Government will ask Congress to increase this
sum to at least 200,000 pesos.
CUBA
Pupiic works For CamaGttey.—By an executive decree the Presi-
dent has approved a project prepared by the Secretary of Public
Works for paving the streets in Camagiiey and constructing water
works in that city, besides other public improvements. For the
execution of this program an appropriation of 2,000,000 pesos has
been made from the special fund for public works. The above-
mentioned decree provides that this appropriation shall be spent at
the rate of not less than 500,000 pesos a year. The maximum period
allowed for the completion of these works is four years, computed
1238 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION
from a date one month after the contract for their execution has been
signed.
WatTeEeR suPpPLY.—The water supply of Habana will soon be in-
creased to a great extent through additional water works now under
construction at Vento and others at Palatino and near-by places.
New springs have been discovered near Mazorra, and from Palatino
to Atraés a conduit 60 inches in diameter has been laid. (Courtesy of
the Cuban Embassy in Washington.)
MopEL SUGAR PLANTATION.—The Government plans to establish a
model sugar plantation in one of the principal sugar-cane districts in
order to prepare technical experts for this important industry, giving
special attention to the chemical branch. Teachers and pupils from
the University Agricultural School, from the School for Sugar Experts,
and from the various agricultural experimental farms will be admitted
for instruction on this model plantation. (Courtesy of the Cuban
Embassy in Washington.)
EXPORTS AND IMPORTS FOR 1926.—The statistical section of the
Treasury Department has published the complete statistics of
exports and imports for the year 1926. These figures show that,
while exports amounted to 301,708,731 pesos, imports were reduced
to 260,826,438 pesos, the favorable trade balance being 40,882,293
pesos. (Courtesy of the Cuban Embassy in Washington.)
Conaress AVENUE.—The street in Habana now known under the
name of Teniente Rey is to be widened to a breadth of 30 meters (98
feet) and called henceforth Congress Avenue. No buildings more
than four stories in height will be permitted on either side. Wide
sidewalks and artistic street lights will complete this beautiful
thoroughfare. (Courtesy of the Cuban Embassy in Washington.)
DOMINICAN REPUBLIC
Corron.—Recent reports state that the Pontezuela Agricultural
Station is engaged in an attempt to interest the planters of the
Dominican Republic in the cultivation of cotton. Although the
various species of cotton are native to the tropics, at present cotton
culture occupies but a secondary place in the agriculture of the
tropical regions of the Western Hemisphere. The director of the
agricultural station predicts a promising future for cotton cultiva-
tion in the Republic and has offered to distribute seed of those
varieties grown at the station to planters soliciting it.
RADIOTELEGRAPH TO Cusa.—As a result of a convention recently
celebrated between the Dominican Republic and Cuba, wireless
service was established between the two countries on September 1,
1927. The incalculable advantages of this new means of communi-
cation for the two countries are self-evident. |
AGRICULTURE, INDUSTRY, AND COMMERCE 1239
ECUADOR
VETERINARY LABORATORY.—The inauguration, last August, of the
veterinary laboratory established in connection with the agricultural
experiment station situated in the suburbs of Quito was an important
step forward in the protection of livestock, and toward instructing
farmers and breeders in the care of their animals.
CoLONIZATION CoNTRACT.—The Provisional Government of Ecua-
dor has granted a concession to the Colonia de Santa Cruz, Sociedad
Anénuma, a Norwegian company, for hunting on the islands of the
Galapagos group and fishing in the surrounding waters. The Goy-
ernment concedes to said company the exclusive right of operating
a canning factory on the island of Santa Cruz for a period of five years;
if, however, during this period the company should fail to produce
any canned goods for one whole year, said privilege becomes void.
The Government gives the company 100 hectares (247 acres) of land
at Puerto Ayora, and ownership of 500 meters of beach at Egiiez Bay,
and of the beach of the southernmost bay of Seymour Island. To
each of the 25 persons composing the colony a grant is made of 20
hectares. In return the company binds itself to construct a light-
house and a wharf of wood or stone at Puerto Ayora, both of which,
as soon as completed, become Government property.
CoMMERCIAL BUREAU.—Under the name of Oficina de Informacién
y Propaganda a commercial bureau has been started in Quito to ad-
vertise in Ecuador foreign or national products, register trade-marks,
represent foreign firms in legal matters, and supply confidential in-
formation on the business standing of Ecuadorean firms and data on
customs duties, foreign trade, and possible Government concessions.
GUATEMALA
Ayration.—A Guatemalan section of the International Associa-
tion of Aviators was recently organized in Guatemala City, and a
week known as Aviation Week set apart to interest the general public
in aviation and to collect funds for the purchase of an air fleet.
HigHway NEARING COMPLETION.—It was reported last August
that since work on the San Martin Jilotepeque-Chimaltenango high-
way, a distance of about 6 leagues (league equals approximately 2.48
miles) was nearing completion, it would undoubtedly be opened for
traffic early in November.
Marcu Fracrory.—According to the press, the Government has
authorized the establishment of a match factory in Guatemala City.
As is customary in the case of new industries, the petitioner has been
granted the right to import necessary machinery and other materials
free of duty.
AvToMoBILE scHoot.—On August 28, 1927, the establishment
of the automobile school recently opened in Guatemala City was
68910—27—Bull. 12——6
1240 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION
officially approved by the Government. It is believed that the enter-
prise will prove itself a valuable factor in creating an interest for
touring and ultimately the development of a better highway system.
HAITI
CoFFEE TREES.-—During the month of August the various agricul-
tural agents concerned themselves mainly with the inspection of
coffee trees planted under the bonus provisions and with the pay-
ment of the bonus on such trees inspected and passed, as follows:
Loeality Number of ees | Bon i
Saimbeliare Tee ie er Wana eicaaie ean en ear eee 99,200 4, 910. 00
Gomaivesee 2 555) ga teeta ee ek eee ae ae a ee rere 67, 200, 3, 360. 00
Mire ballaist 2220) a Nera ian A een 39, 336 | 1, 966. 80
HEN GG) aie tated hy peg peng SA Tel ME a em Te eS ER | 28, 200 | 1, 410. 00
POntsauUS Prim CG rns = 6 As Ae eel MO RaRE nye on otek | 10, 825 | 541. 25
C221 Ofes 2V (s e eeaenema e , SL Se ip | 5, 750 — 287. 50
Totale 132 Ae A RN gee ne ein eo il 250) 51) | 12 eA aes
|
(Monthly Bulletin of the Financial Adviser-General Receiver, August, 1927.)
HONDURAS
FOREIGN TELEGRAPH SERVICE.—Last September the director
general of telegraphs and telephones of Honduras signed an agree-
ment with the All America Cables (Inc.) of New York for the estab-
lishment of cable service with foreign countries. Messages will be
transmitted by special wire to San Salvador, whence they will be
cabled in four minutes to the United States. .
Motion picture oF Honpuras.—Plans are being made to prepare
a national motion picture, showing not only the tropical scenery of
Honduras but also native customs and industries, for exhibition in
foreign countries. Among the subjects already filmed are the
national sport week athletic contests, the cigar factory in Cop4n,
the hat factories in Ilama and Santa Barbara, the coffee plantations
of Trinidad, and banana shipments at Puerto Cortés.
MEXICO
NEw oil zont.—The Mexican Government has opened a new
petroleum zone in northern Tamaulipas. National well No. 201,
on lot 31, Comargo, the first driven in that section, proved to have
gas and oil, both light, with a specific gravity of 0.76. The well had
been driven 1,095 feet when oil was struck. The Government
officials are pleased to have discovered that another oil zone which is
considerably removed from those already exploited.
AGRICULTURE, INDUSTRY, AND COMMERCE 1241
CENSUS FIGURES.—In its special edition for Mexican Independence
Day, September 16, the Universal of Mexico City quotes the figures
of the last national census as 14,132,383 native-born inhabitants
in Mexico, of whom 6,880,385 are men and 7,521,998 women. Ac-
cording to States and Territories the native-born population is given
as follows:
Alp irascalienteseee eer eae see a eee te TOG HOSES fee Niahy cee ene ie NEU oe aoe eens 139, 798
WW OWwere © aliformia ee ee ee es eee ee Sil GS °|| INDO) ILM ose Sce Seca tece cee eecceese 330, 325
Wampeche= tees see eas ee 18; 8500: \Oaxaca 2222. ok. fas eee eS Se 978, 803
Coahuila Sees ee eee te ee SS are QBONGD iret qa be laren Aye 1s seule On jela ey aun 1, 063, 609
Colima asses ee Soe ees es CE GRA) |) QUGIKSIENO Soo ee ee eee eee 243, 109
Chia Dass aeea Manes Serevent se COV OEY || Q)ubbiie bah DRO a eee sae osc eH eeseaee 4, 510
@hihwahwaest ss saa es ee rele ee SOP Iss || Seka IDI IPO WON ec eae 530, 387
INgClormall IDG FAs 5 2G O4OM le Om all Oe ek ee te es 352, 557
Murang oles tesket Sees os Nee oS 3494334" Il Sonora sec sss eases eee ee 243, 091
Goa] ab 0 eee rae ee rts en ear OS 7G lille |pe ab ASCO mse tee eee eee ere ea ee eae 214, 993
(Gi eTre Osean en eae ek ete Heute Ulan BBV Ons |) Aenonghoihyoegs a 206, 326
EN al FO ee ee ei ee an eg 65053298) |sRlaxcala sees ee See eS ee eee eee 185, 943
AMISCOMSAS Se Ss Sea eens eee 1, ORL SID A): WOR S A. See Se eee ee 1, 050, 133
VIG x COR se eters Scene rain Den RSI fe meio O8853'76 55 VV Cat aTises sare ees ee etre we ae eel eer 348, 956
IV ChOACa Tears sae Saas ae eee eee OP 7D): || YANG See sae ee 474, 176
Wrorelos? Sassee = S252 52S a i ss eee 114,149 | Unknown birthplace___------_----------- 16, 928
First Mexican City PLannina Exposrtion.—The First Mexican
City Planning Exposition, held in Mexico City last October, met
with great success. The National Association for City Planning of
the Republic of Mexico, through its president, Sefior Carlos Con-
treras, an architect, conducted the ‘exposition, devoting each day of
the week to different organizations of the capital, including schools
and colleges of the university.
Mexican Buripinc 1n JIsero-AMeERICAN ExposiTrion.— Senor
Manuel AmAbilis, the architect who designed the winning plan for the
Mexican Building in the Ibero-American Exposition to open in
Seville in October, 1928, has left for Spain to take charge of the
construction of the Palace of Mexico. The building is not to be a
temporary edifice, but will be constructed to provide for a per-
manent exposition of Mexican products. Maya and Nahua motifs
will be used in its pre-Columbian Mexican architecture.
NICARAGUA
Figures on 1926 Fornian Trape.—Nicaraguan foreign trade for
1926 was as follows:
The foreign trade was greater than in any year since 1920. Its total was
23,283,237.91 cérdobas, of which 10,254,512.37 cérdobas represented imports
and 13,028,725.54 cérdobas exports, leaving a favorable balance of Qridan 2h asl
cérdobas. The principal exports were: Coffee, 17,671,664 kilograms, 8,100,396.89
cérdobas; hardwoods, 18,368,975 feet, 1,342,237.75 cérdobas; bananas, 2,162,745
bunches, 1,225,660.65 cérdobas; sugar, 10,155,619 kilograms, 876,288 cérdo-
bas; gold, 1,219 kilograms, 686,264.76 cérdobas; and hides and skins, 282,516
kilograms, 164,512.33 cérdobas.
1242 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION
In 1926 coffee took the leading place in exports, bananas dropping from second
to third place, while hardwoods assumed the second place. The five principal
exports formed 93.8 per cent of the total, divided as follows: Coffee, 62.2 per
cent; hardwoods, 10.3 per cent; bananas, 9.4 per cent; sugar, 6.7 per cent;
and gold, 5.2 per cent.
PANAMA
DAILY BUS SERVICE FROM Panama Crry.—Plans are being carried
out for the establishment of a daily bus service between Panama
City, Chitre, and Santiago, Province of Veraguas, with stops of 15
minutes in each town along the route.
EXPERT ON FRUIT DEHYDRATION.—The press in September an-
nounced the arrival in Panama city of an expert on dehydration.
This expert has invented a system for turning the sweet potato and
other vegetables into flour, and intends to dehydrate papayas, coco-
nuts, potatoes, pumpkins, apples, plums, bananas, pineapples, fish,
See aloe! and eggs. It is reported that he expects to establish a
factory to show what can be done in the dehydration of native
fruits, so that they may be exported as well as consumed locally.
PARAGUAY
AGRICULTURAL EXPERIMENT.—Specimens of white potatoes planted
on April 29, 1927, were recently exhibited in the museum of the
Bureau of Agriculture. The potatoes having been dug on August
6, with a yield of 30,000 kilograms (kilogram equals 2.2 pounds) per
hectare (hectare equals 2.47 acres), the experiment showed the
possibility of the excellent results to be obtained in the greater part
of Paraguay by fall (April and May) planting.
Passports.—According to official information, all persons entering
or leaving Paraguay will now be required to have passports. For-
merly, except in special cases when a diplomatic passport was issued,
only a cédula, or kind of identification card, was used. This order
became eects on September 1, 1927.
FRuIT Packinc.—A series af practical studies in fruit packing
demonstrating the use of a fruit-sorting machine and special crates
was recently given the students of the Agricultural School in Asunci6n.
The Agricultural Bank has also held for exporters demonstrations of
fruit sorting by the use of machines, and has perfected a new type
of crate whose price effects for the purchaser a saving of almost half
over that of the former type.
CoLonization.—A concession for the colonization by the Hard-
castle Society of 10,000 hectares (hectare equal 2.47 acres) of land
on the Parana River in Jestis y Trinidad was approved by the Cham-
ber of Deputies on August 8, 1927. According to plans the colony
will be of an agricultural and industrial type.
AGRICULTURE, INDUSTRY, AND COMMERCE 1243
PERU
MINING AND PETROLEUM INDUSTRIES.—In the President’s re-
cent message to Congress it is interesting to note the statement that
during the year under review (1926), the mining and petroleum indus-
tries showed a greater development than at any previous time in the
history of the Republic. The total production of minerals in 1926
amounted to 1,830,940,345 kilos, valued at 22,453,627 Peruvian
pounds, as against 1,521,272,864 kilos in 1925, valued at 18,060,782
Peruvian pounds, thus showing an increase of 20 per cent in quantity
and 24 per cent in value. As regards the petroleum industry, Peru
maintains her position as the eighth petroleum-producing nation of
the world, showing an increase in production for 1926 of 17 per cent
over that of 1925. Revenues received by the national treasury
during 1926 from the various import and export taxes on petroleum
and equipment for this industry amounted to 700,000 Peruvian
pounds, 27 per cent more than in 1925. The exportation of crude
petroleum and by-products amounted to 1,183,426 tons, valued at
9,655,179 Peruvian pounds, while home consumption was 212,681
tons, representing a value of 1,535,899 Peruvian pounds.
Roap constRucTION.—A great impulse was given to road con-
struction during the year 1926, according to the recent message of the
Chief Executive to Congress. One of the centers of greatest activity
along this line was the Department of Cajamarca. <A road on which
2,000 men are working will soon be completed connecting the city of
Cajamarca, capital of the Department, with the coastal town of
Chilete. Construction on the Yurimaguas-Mayobamba highway
was also progressing rapidly. The Salaverry-Quiruvilea road has
been extended to Huamachuco and Cajabamba; from the latter
point the road will be carried through to the mountains of Pajatén.
In the Department of Lima highways are under construction from
Sayan to Oyén and Parquin; from Chosica to Carampoma; Jica-
marca to Lima; Huatira to Sayan; Lima to Huarochiri; and from
Chilea to Olleros. In the Department of Junin the Lima-Canta high-
way has been extended to Cerro de Pasco, while the Lima-Canete-
Lunahuané road has been prolonged to Huancayo.
PERMANENT INDUSTRIAL EXPOSITION.—A Peruvian citizen has
been granted the exclusive right, for a period of 10 years, to establish
in Lima a permanent industrial exposition. The Government
sranted the concessionaire 10,000 square meters of land on which he
is obliged to build an edifice to house the exposition, costing not less
than 50,000 Peruvian pounds. The Government will grant foreign
exhibitors, as a subsidy, the equivalent of the customhouse duties
they would otherwise have to pay, provided the articles are imported
exclusively for exhibition purposes and not for sale.
1244 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION
SALVADOR
PLANS TO ATTRACT TOURISTS.—The publicity section of the Minis-
try of Foreign Relations is undertaking plans for the attraction of
tourists to Salvador. The first efforts are directed toward the pro-
vision of comfortable hotels and lodgings and the improvement of
railway and other means of communiciation to points of scenic or
historical interest.
AGRICULTURAL FILM.—One of the members of the Rotary Club
of San Salvador who recently brought from the United States some
films on agricultural life and methods has planned to show them,
accompanied by explanatory lectures, in two of the motion-picture
theaters of the capital. The films will also be shown later in the
Provinces.
URUGUAY
Exports THROUGH MontEvipEO.—The following figures, reprinted
in the Revista de la Asociacién Rural del Uruguay for August, 1927,
from data provided by the General Customhouse Service, form part
of a detailed report of exports through the port of Montevideo dur-
ing the first six months of 1927, bemg compared in the case of the
animal products to those during the similar period of 1926:
Articles 1926 1927
Animal products: .
WViG OLS = rere tae a eee are kilograms__| 30, 976, 875 42, 413, 017
i Me Seech= ja ee ee SE ee ee na does) 13971325609 15, 347, 086
Capibara skins, wolf and pony hides_number__ 6, 532 15, 283
Meats and extract. —-_—---__- 2 Le kilograms__| 98, 448, 732 70, 001, 316
Greasevandlit all Owes == eee dos=== 9, 212,400 10, 703, 952
Gattleshorns= 4.225 2.55 eee ee number__ 532, 368 413, 933
Othersproducts= === == ee kilograms__| 10, 320, 050 10, 624, 482
Agricultural products:
NVC a Pe Garett ae nee i ads a don. Met eee nse 4, 152, 430
Wil Sai Gor OUT ome ct ily CPE Sie eee Soe (0 WGyassan epee [ote eee ene Re 4, 327, 390
BAT os tee oN ae nT ELA ale 2 epee COS Mea see tee eee 167, 365
MM SCR Ss ae ee ese ee Oe ae 2) Cimon CO ee (eta eee Ber ea 4, 754, 500
Ihinseddicake. os 4 Git ls oe. Se Gee ore Gos see |e et eae 288, 964
© OTT ay ye ak ee ce ee age Goss eee See esa 33, 600
MontevipEo-BuENos AIRES HIGHWAY.—Plans for a highway
Imking Montevideo with a point immediately across the Rio de la
Plata from Buenos Aires were given definite shape when by a recent
act, published in the Diario Oficial of August 31, 1927, the Govern-
ment of Uruguay authorized the construction of a concrete road from
the bridge over the Santa Lucia at La Barra to the city of Colonia.
The city of San José will also be connected with the new highway.
A 14,000,000-peso loan will be floated to provide funds for the con-
AGRICULTURE, INDUSTRY, AND COMMERCE 1245
struction of the proposed road and the expropriation of a strip of land
not more than 2 kilometers wide (kilometer equals 0.62 of a mile)
on either side of the highway. By the use of a short ferry service,
traffic between the Uruguayan and Argentine capitals will then be
ereatly facilitated.
NATIONALIZATION OF PORT WORKS.—By virtue of a decree recently
issued by the National Administrative Council the port administra-
tion of Montevideo is authorized to acquire all the marine services with
the exception of the lightering of coal and cold-storage products, the
Naua Dry Docks, and provision of water in the port of Montevideo.
Appraisal of their values is to be determined by an honorary com-
mission and should friendly negotiation with their present owners
fail, the administration may exercise the right of expropriation at
prices which the courts may decide. (Commerce Reports, October
10, 1927.)
Kirra ANNUAL VETERINARY CONFERENCE.—The opening session
of the Fifth Annual Veterinary Conference recently called by the
Government to study problems of animal disease was held in Mon-
tevideo on August 22, 1927.
Work oF Rurat Associatrion.—Aside from the valuable work
being carried on by the general office, the statistical section and the
editorial division 0° the Rural Association of Uruguay, the following
expositions have been held under the auspices of this society during the
year 1926-27: The Twenty-first Exposition of Prize Farm Stock,
August 25, 1926; Competition of Beef Cattle, November, 1926;
Wool Exposition, February, 1927; Exposition of Fruit and Flowers,
March, 1927; Annual] Exposition of Farm Products, May, 1927;
and the Second Horse Show, May, 1927.
VENEZUELA
EXPENDITURES FOR PUBLIC worKs.—According to data published
in the supplement to the Gaceta Oficial of September 3, 1927, the
total amount expended in the construction of public works during
the first six months of 1927 was 17,334,204 bolivars, divided among
the various projects as follows:
Amount expended
Nature of project (Bolivars)
Concreteshiehiwayiss so =e ee ee ee neg pers ese aE eee 4, 384, 255. 95
BN Tet @ al chen e ta @: kaswy; iyi pepe ee ea Spe eae ae eee 195, 467. 37
Gravieluhi liwavssse) R25 ss ey a ee ee een ee SS eae 2, 077, 603. 81
Eichwaverepairs* = sere Lea a ee yee Saree eee See 711, 228. 55
Eire liweyeridtesee ste. 2a eae eee ee See ne eee ae 927, 162. 13
Constructionvofsstreetsrand avenucsse= =o sane eee Dee 757, 561. 03
MEV Tresis TN CAG UN ye ep a a ei ep 3, 136, 819. 51
Wei bemwO ns issins oe aes tee i Oe eee a ee ee eee 129, 679. 16
SS Vie TiS Meee eee saa cece i Ls DNS eee Le eee 136, 623. 74
Ruonikchiners Eyal Ouloer jOulobie WOKS {oo ok ee ee ee Se 1, 299, 246. 69
Repam onmbpmildimasrandsothenkwonrkseems === ss eee 182, 010. 33
Various materials bought and in deposit_-_--_--__------------ 2, 237, 948. 94
Payment of debts pending for materials bought during 1926___- 1, 158, 611. 88
FADO REE Uc Aaah ra eg ae Rem, Aan ace ORY eg ray ee 17, 334, 204. 09
1246 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION
VENEZUELAN AGRICULTURAL COMMITTEE.—In accordance with a
suggestion of the Colonial and Tropical Agricultural Association,
founded by motion of the International Conference of Colonial and
Tropical Agriculture which met in Paris during March, 1926, a
Venezuelan committee was created by an official act of August 13,
1927, to cooperate with the work of the aforesaid association.
ECONOMIC**> FINANCIAL Te
AW@Oai’ AFFAIRS 3812Q&
ARGENTINA
REOPENING OF THE Caja de Conversion.—The United States Com-
merce Reports for September 12, 1927, gives the following information:
By a presidential decree effective on August 27, the Caja de Conversion is to
be reopened for the first time since August, 1914, and the free conversion of 100
paper pesos for 44 gold pesos restored. At present the gold reserve amounts to
45,663,784 gold pesos, or to about 78 per cent of the paper in circulation.
Recently, heavy gold shipments have arrived from South Africa and Europe,
and others are en route. The reopening of the Caja de Conversion is expected
to have a favorable effect upon the general economic prosperity of the country
and to bring about the stabilization of the peso exchange, which is still above
par—102.70 gold pesos for $100 United States currency (par value of the peso
is $0.964 United States currency).
BRAZIL
BRAZILIAN EXTERNAL SINKING FUND LOAN.—Six and a half per
cent bonds of an external sinking fund loan of the Republic of Brazil
to the amount of $41,500,000 were offered for sale in New York on
October 15, 1927, at 9214, simultaneously with an issue of £8,750,000
in bonds of the same external sinking fund loan placed on sale in
London and other European cities. This loan is a direct obligation
of the United States of Brazil issued under the authority of Legislative
Decree 5108 of December 18, 1926. An accumulative sinking fund
will retire at par all bonds of both issues on or before maturity by
semiannual call by lot. The bonds are secured by charges on the
income tax, taxes on invoices, consumption taxes, and import duties.
COLOMBIA
CUSTOMHOUSE REVENUES.—Figures taken from the President’s
recent message to Congress give the customhouse revenues for the
past three years as follows:
Pesos _
ODA ea ae Mien eee are eR ae oe 17, 321, 318. 40
LQQ5 se hee os ail PS AEE Be SO a le eg ea 25, 990, 887. 97
G2 6 og SR 2 ai en ee de se et pe a a 30, 469, 130. 62
ECONOMIC AND FINANCIAL AFFAIRS 1247
These show an increase during the three years in question of
13,000,000 pesos, thus bringing customs revenues to represent 54 per
cent of the total Government receipts.
NATIONAL PUBLIC DEBT.—The report of the Secretary of the
Treasury to Congress gives the following figures regarding the public
debt of the Republic. The balance of the national debt on June 30,
1927, was:
Pesos
Externally cel (reese ee a ahem’ ari jon Sele Oe a en aa ae 12, 466, 653. 20
Ian oper OWENL GE) op sh a eR cS ence aN IL 8 8, 921, 849. 72
OuAl ey nOMENh Ose. 6 ae ee ek eee 21, 388, 502. 92
These figures represent a per capita debt of three pesos estimated
on a population basis of 7,000,000; and equal one-third of the national
annual revenues, and less than one-fifth of the exports of the country
for 1926.
The total debts of the departments and municipalities are as
follows:
Pesos
Departmental deb tswerces wees ee ee e aa es oeo eee ae 30, 000, 000
MaUMICI al eb User een er re Olt e ite eee ee mined ok 15, 500, 000
COSTA RICA
LOAN FOR SANITARY IMPROVEMENTS.—-An issue of $300,000 in gold
bonds dated September 1, 1927, and bearing 8 per cent interest was
authorized by President Jiménez on July 25, 1927. The proceeds
of this loan, together with a similar issue by the city of Limén, will
be used for sanitary improvements in that city.
HONDURAS
BupGet For 1927-28.—The Boletin Legislativo for June 11, 1927,
published the following figures on the budget for 1927-28, which
went into effect on August 1, 1927:
Revenues Pesos || Expenditures Pesos
| |
CUSTOMS = St ee el he SS 3, 547, 000 | Government, Justice, and Public
MMionopoliesiy 2-2 sas eens BR eset DTAIS4 OOO Rag ie Elealthe eset 22 6 Pec eons 1, 985, 128. 45
Stampitaxessec. m= ee ema terne tu 366,000 || Foreign Relations._._....----------- 293, 980. 88
SELVICGS Seon a pee eee Sees as 1, 250, 000 || Public Instruction -.---------------- 867, 920. 00
ViATIOUS TEV.CNILCS == ee ee 271, 747.13 || Promotion, Agriculture, and Labor-| 2, 119, 359. 00
Specialireyentlesmsa.e=2 sa eee 1, 815, 245.85 || War and Marine_-_-_---- sei INGA beers 1, 894, 042. 94
——_——_—_———_ | Treasury--.-------------------------- 1, 228, 620. 15
Totalireventleseeae= se ee == e 9, 662, 992.98 || Treasury and Public Credit -_.___-- 1, 273, 941. 56
9, 662, 992. 98
SALVADOR
Bupcer ror 1927-28.—The budget law for 1927-28 gives the total
revenues as 21,851,188 colones and the total expenditures as 21,827, -
624.61 colones, leaving a surplus of 23,563.39 colones.
BRAZIL
OBLIGATORY VOCATIONAL TRAINING.—Decree No. 5,241 of August
22, 1927, provides that in all primary schools subsidized or main-
tained by the Government obligatory instruction will be given in
drawing, manual training, rudiments of trades, or agricultural
industries; that in Pedro Segundo College and all other establish-
ments of secondary instruction maintained by the Government and
in other similar institutions, there shall be obligatory free classes in
vocational training. A certificate will be given to graduates from
the vocational course which will enable them to become candidates
for Government positions. The Federal Government will enter
into arrangements with the State Governments to establish voca-
tional schools for which the Federal Government will contribute half
the expenses. The Government will also in addition establish as
many vocational schools and apprenticeship courses as necessary.
An appropriation of 5,000 contos is made by the decree for the execu-
tion of its provisions.
INTERNATIONAL PARLIAMENTARY COMMERCIAL Conaress.—Early
in September the Thirteenth International Parliamentary Commercial
Congress met in the Palace of the Chamber of Deputies, Rio de
Janeiro, to discuss questions relating te commerce as affected by
legislation. Delegations were composed of the elected lawmakers of
national parliaments. The Congress, which was called for the first
time in 1914 by the King of Belgium, was originally composed of
delegations from only six countries, the number now having increased
to 44. At the closing session of the Congress it was resolved to hold
the next meeting of the Congress in Paris in the spring of 1928, and
the fifteenth in Berlin in 1929.
CHILE
REORGANIZATION IN MINISTRY OF THE TREASURY.—By several
decrees, issued last August, the Ministry of the Treasury has been
reorganized as to personnel and the Budget Bureau and General
Treasury of the Republic created subordinate to said ministry.
The Budget Bureau is entirely new; among the duties of its director
are the calculation of Government receipts and expenditures, and
their classification along definite lines, thus making possible the com-
parison from year to year of given items. The General Treasury of
1248
LEGISLATION 1249
the Republic, which replaces the Treasury Bureau, has more ample
powers than the latter, having direct charge of all national funds,
both for the payment of the national services and of the external and
internal debt. Senor Augusto Merino, an experienced banker, has
been appointed chief of the Treasury.
REORGANIZATION OF ADMINISTRATION.—An act of Congress known
as law No. 4156 empowers the President to reorganize the public
administration, in order to reduce expenditures.
DuTIES REDUCED ON ARGENTINE suGAR.—A recent decree of the
Minister of the Treasury practically frees from duties unrefined sugar
imported from Argentina, thus providing a cargo for homeward-
bound Chilean vessels and strengthening commercial ties with the
neighboring Republic.
GUATEMALA
DIPLOMATIC TAX EXEMPTION.—In accordance with a recent decree,
quoted by the Diario de Centro-America, Guatemala City, of August
18, 1927, all property destined for the use of the diplomatic repre-
sentatives accredited to Guatemala, together with the purchase of
any materials for their official use, shall be exempt from taxation in
Guatemala, provided the Governments by which they are accredited
extend reciprocal privileges to Guatemalan diplomats.
MEXICO
JOINT LABOR ARBITRATION COMMISSIONS.—An executive decree of
September 23, 1927, contains the regulations for the establishment
of joint commissions of labor arbitration and adjustment to
settle collective or individual differences arismg between em-
ployers and workers. These commissions are to be composed of
one representative of each trade group of employers or workers
involved and one representative of the Federal Labor Commis-
sion of Arbitration and Conciliation, who will act as chairman.
On November 1 the Department of Industry, Commerce, and Labor
was to summon employers and workers to form the Federal Labor
Commission of Arbitration and Conciliation and the regional com-
missions through electoral conventions meeting in Mexico City on
December 1. Labor organizations are to send one delegate each.
The full text of the regulation is published in the Diario Oficial of
September 27, 1927.
Ercgut-Hour pay.—The regulations for the eight-hour working day
in the Federal District of Mexico are published in the Diario Oficial
of September 28, 1927.
NICARAGUA
REGULATIONS FOR THEATRICAL PERFORMANCES.—Regulations for
the conducting of theatrical performances and other spectacles,
1250 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION
including motion pictures, were published in the Gaceta Oficial for
August 9, 1927, and succeeding numbers. These regulations provide
for departmental boards of censors of public spectacles and motion
pictures.
REGULATIONS FOR THE Cuaims Commission.—The Diario Oficial
of June 23,1927, published the regulations for the Claims Commission
which is to consider the award of damages to property owners who
suffered losses through political disturbances between October 25,
1925, and June 30, 1927.
SALVADOR
REGULATIONS FOR ELECTRICAL INSTALLATIONS.—On August 16,
1927, the National Assembly approved regulations for electrical
installations for public service, such as light and power plants and
electric traction, as well as for private installations.
PuHarmMacy act.—The pharmacy act of Salvador was passed by
the National Assembly on July 9, 1927. It provides for the estab-
lishment of a School of Chemistry and Pharmacy to be composed of
alumni of the old Pharmacy and Natural Science School of the Uni-
versity and of the present School of Chemistry and Pharmacy. This
school will maintain a registry of all accredited pharmacists for the ben -
efit of the profession and will supervise the service of all pharmacies
and other stores authorized to sell drugs.
VENEZUELA
MINING REGULATIONS.—Regulations for the Venezuelan mining law
to supersede those of December 29, 1919, now repealed, were passed
on August 15, 1927, being published in the Gaceta Oficial of August
27,1927. Although incorporating all the former provisions with but
few exceptions, the present act also includes specifications regarding
the procedure to be followed in obtaining permission for prospecting,
the duties of the special technical inspectors of the Government,
the payment of taxes and import duties, and the fulfillment of other
obligations.
& ‘TREATIES 4&4 as
BRAZIL-PAN AMERICAN REPUBLICS.
TRADE-MARK OrFicE IN Rio bE JANErRO.—In accordance with
Article IX of the Trade-mark Convention signed on April 28, 1923,
by the delegates to the Fifth Pan American Conference in Santiago,
Chile, the President of Brazil issued a decree on August 16, 1927,
establishing the Inter American Office of Patents and Trade-marks
in Rio de Janeiro for the registration of commercial, industrial and
agricultural trade-marks and commercial names, the convention
having been ratified by 6 of the 18 signatory nations. The new
office will function provisionally as an adjunct to the Brazilian Gen-
eral Bureau of Industrial Property, under the immediate control of
its director general. (Diario Oficial, August 18, 1927.)
COSTA RICA-SPAIN
MUTUAL RECOGNITION OF ACADEMIC DEGREES.—The Costa Rican-
Spanish convention for the mutual recognition of academic degrees
and diplomas, signed in San José on March 8, 1925, and approved by
the Constitutional Congress of Costa Rica on June 10, 1925, was
signed by President Jiménez on August 23, 1927. The convention
provides for the mutual recognition of degrees and diplomas with all
the rights and privileges due the holder, and exchange of curriculums
in order to coordinate the systems of study in both countries. (La
Gaceta, San José, August 28, 1927.)
HAITI-FRANCE
CoMMERCIAL AGREEMENT.—Ratifications of the commercial agree-
ment signed July 29, 1926, between Haiti and France were exchanged
at Port au Prince on June 6, 1927. By virtue of this agreement, the
principal Haitian exports are accorded the benefits of the minimum
French tariff rates in return for a reduction of one-third in the Haitian
import duties on certain French products. The mutual concessions
embodied in this convention were placed in operation as of July 28,
1926, by a modus-vivendi agreement between France and Haiti.
The convention will continue in operation until July 29, 1929, on
which date it will automatically terminate unless renewed by the
contracting parties within six months of its expiration. (Commerce
Reports, September 12, 1927.)
| 1251
1252 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION
SALVADOR—PAN AMERICAN REPUBLICS
CONVENTION OF SECOND Pan AMERICAN PostaL Concress.—The
Diario Oficial of Salvador for August 15, 1927, published the ratifica-
tion by the Salvadorean National Assembly of the convention,
regulations and final protocol signed at the Second Pan American
Postal Congress in Mexico City on November 9, 1926.
Hy ©
F poe a aNDEDUCATION ; P ny
ARGENTINA
INTERNATIONAL CONVENTION OF TEACHERS.—Upon the sugges-
tion of the General Association of Chilean Teachers the First Inter-
national Convention of Teachers is to be held in Buenos Aires in the
latter part of 1927. The organization committee appointed for the
congress has drawn up the following program for discussion:
The rights of children and the objectives of new education; unity in the cur-
riculum throughout all grades; results of the new education, especially as tried
in Latin America; relations between the school, the state, and teaching regula-
tions; the teacher’s contribution toward peace and social solidarity; the material
and moral environment of the teacher; the teacher’s freedom of opinion and right
to organize; national and international organization among teachers; liaison
between manual and intellectual workers for the purposes of culture and social
justice; attitude of teachers toward capitalism and other social questions; illiter-
acy and the Indians of America; methods for putting into effect the conclusions
on these points reached by the congress.
PALEONTOLOGICAL AND ANTHROPOLOGICAL sTUDIES.—The Ber-
nardino Rivadavia Museum of Buenos Aires has undertaken
anthropological studies of the Indian tribes of northeastern Argen-
tina, hoping also to secure data on folklore. Moreover, paleontolog-
ical studies will be continued in the coastal region of Buenos Aires
Province, where the museum has been making investigations for
sometime. The locality is rich in fossil deposits of a large mammif-
erous prehistoric animal known as the lestodon.
FourtH or JULY CELEBRATED IN AN ARGENTINE SCHOOL.—Follow-
ing the custom of past years the Independence Day of the United
States was celebrated at School No. 14 of District No. 1, which is
called the United States School. This year a flag given the school by
the Patriotic Society of American Ladies and the American Society
of the River Plate was presented by Mr. Ralph Walter Huntington
before a group of school officials, members of the United States Dip-
PUBLIC INSTRUCTION AND EDUCATION PAR}
lomatic Service and of the American colony. The celebration ended
when the children, singing patriotic marches and waving small
flags of both countries, passed in front of the portraits of San Martin
and George Washington.
THE SAUBERAN SCHOLARSHIPS.—Announcement has been made
concerning the regulations of the Sauberan scholarships open to
graduates of the University of Buenos Aires for advanced study in
France. Each scholarship will include traveling expenses and 10
monthly allowances of 100 pesos. Each year the authorities of the
university may announce those fields of study which they think
would most benefit the university, preference being given to purely
scientific subjects and those of urgent social need to the country.
In France the students will be under the guidance of Mr. Sauberan
or a professor of the University of Paris chosen by him.
THe ARGENTINE SOCIETY FOR THE STuDY OF CaNncER.—At its
fourteenth regular meeting the Argentine Society for the Study of
Cancer elected its officers for the biennium 1927-1929, Dr. A. H.
Roffo being chosen president.
BRAZIL
ScHoout In URUGUAY NAMED FOR Brazit.—On September 7, 1927,
one of the schools in Montevideo, the capital of Uruguay, was named
for Brazil. For this occasion the Minister of Foreign Affairs of Brazil
sent a Brazilian flag embroidered in gold, silver, and silk as a gift to
the school, accompanied by a number of presents from Brazilian
children to the pupils.
OBLIGATORY VOCATIONAL TRAINING.— See page 1248.
CHILE
TEACHERS SENT ABROAD.—The Government has sent abroad a
considerable number of teachers to pursue advanced studies in such
subjects as organization of normal schools, school administration,
child psychology, mental and educational measurements, school
hygiene, visual education, etc. Hight teachers have entered univer-
sities in the United States and similar groups have gone to Switzer-
land, Belgium, and Germany.
COLOMBIA
Pusiic mnstruction.—In his message to Congress delivered last
July, the President, in referring to public instruction, gave some inter-
esting facts regarding the progress made in that branch during the
year under review. A board of education was created to examine and
select. textbooks and other material for primary schools. Olympic
eames were organized to be held annually, thus tending to promote
the physical development of the youth of the country. The School
1254 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION
of Fine Arts was reorganized, and an appropriation made for con-
structing the Colombian Building in the University City of Paris.
An institute for the blind was also established in accordance with law
No. 45, of 1926.
NORMAL SCHOOL REFORM.—The Minister of Public Instruction and
Health has approved the new regulations and curriculum for the
Normal School of Tunja and its practice school. These changes are
based on experiments made in the modern pedagogical systems that
will best suit the peculiar conditions of Boyac4, and great benefits
are expected for the department from this reform.
COSTA RICA
UNIFORMITY OF SCHOOL YEAR.—In view of the need for a uniform
school year yet with due consideration for the interests of the various
sections of the country, the school year in Costa Rica has been
definitely set by an Executive decree of July 18, 1927, to run from
the third Monday in February to the fifteenth of November for
rural schools and from the first Monday in March to the last week
of November for urban schools, any authorization for changes
being obtainable only from the Department of Education. The
law becomes effective the beginning of the coming year.
PuHysicaL EDUCATION.—On August 8, 1927, President Jiménez
issued a decree establishing compulsory physical exercise for a
period of 20 minutes each day in all primary, secondary, and normal
schools throughout the Republic. To this end a special department
of instruction in physical education will be organized for teachers.
MUTUAL RECOGNITION OF ACADEMIC DEGREES BY Costa Rica
AND SPAIN.—See page 1251.
CUBA
AUTHORS’ UNION.—A national union of Cuban authors has been
organized to protect copyrights and to procure for national authors,
as well as those of foreign birth residing in Cuba, the payment of
royalties on all literary property. The National Union will take
charge of publishing literary works and music, and will distribute
them to dealers for sale. All copies will be stamped and dealers
selling unstamped copies of musical or literary pieces will be subject to
punishment by law. (Courtesy of the Cuban Embassy in Washington.)
University oF Hapana.—The beautiful heights now occupied by
the University of Habana will soon be converted into a modern
and complete university city. The construction work will be carried
out in three different stages, first completing the buildings in which
the Sixth Pan American Conference will convene, then those which
are being constructed for the bicentenary of the university, and
finally the additional structures. (Courtesy of the Cuban Embassy in
Washington.)
PUBLIC INSTRUCTION AND EDUCATION 1255
DOMINICAN REPUBLIC
SCHOOL IMPROVEMENTs.—In a recent session of the National Board
of Education, it was definitely decided to effect various changes in the
general school program throughout the Republic. The following were
mentioned by the Superintendent of Education: Opening of new
grammar schools, creation of practice courses in some normal schools,
introduction of singing classes, military training and Swedish gym-
nastics into elementary schools, provision of special teachers for
manual-training classes and domestic science courses, an increase in
the number of drawing and language teachers, additional night schools
and primary schools according to the needs of the population, and the
creation of itinerant schools.
ECUADOR
STUDENT LIFE IN THE UNIVERSITY OF Quiro.—In May the Presi-
dent of Ecuador rescinded decrees giving representation to the
students in university affairs.
Humberto Garcia, a student in the Law School of the University
of Quito, won the Victor Hugo medal, granted each year to the most
brilliant speaker in a debate dealing with the history of France.
GUATEMALA
CopiIFICATION OF EDUCATION LAWs.—An order providing for a
revision and codification of all Guatemalan education laws was
recently issued by the Department of Education.
Stupy ABROAD.—Profs. Luis Martinez Mont and Juan José Arévalo,
successful contestants in the teachers’ competition held last July,
have been granted by the Government fellowships for courses in
pedagogy in Swiss and Argentine universities, respectively.
Miuirary scHoou.—In order that the Polytechnical School may
send out officers thoroughly trained for their careers, the school has
recovered its true character as a military school with the adoption of
the new curriculum indicated in a decree of August 12, 1927.
HAITI
New MEDICAL scHooL.—On October 3, 1927, the new School of
Medicine and Pharmacy was formally opened in Port-au-Prince.
An attractive ceremony was held at the college building on this occa-
sion, under the auspices of the National Public Health Service and
the Director General of Public Works, when many interesting
speeches were made dealing with the importance of this new school.
Among the speakers were the Secretary of the Interior and the
director of the school. Haiti is much to be congratulated on this
excellent addition to her educational system.
68910—27—Bull. 12——7
1256 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION
HONDURAS
CLASS IN WEAVING AND FIBER EXPERIMENTATION.—An American
citizen will establish in the Tegucigalpa Vocational School a class or
section devoted to the art of weaving and experimentation in the use
of fibers and dyes.
ScHOOL SAYINGS FUND.—The head of the National Council of Edu-
cation reported to the press in the latter part of August that the
Honduran school savings fund on deposit with the Bank of Honduras
totaled 9,763.63 pesos. New regulations for this institution are to be
submitted to the President of the Republic for his approval, and
after these are in force it is hoped that the fund will increase more
rapidly and teach the lesson of thrift to many more school children.
MEXICO
Mexico WINS THE INTERNATIONAL ORATORICAL CONTEST.—The
international oratorical contest for secondary school students, held
in Washington under the auspices of different newspapers of Mexico,
the United States, Canada, England, and France, was won this year
by Mr. Arturo Garcia-Formenti, of Mexico, who made a fine speech
on “Spanish-Americanism or Pan Americanism.” Mr. Georges
Guiot-Guillain of France won second place, speaking on ‘‘The
Importance to the World of French Culture.”
STATUE OF SARMIENTO GIFT OF ARGENTINA.—On September 19,
1927, the Argentine Minister to Mexico received cable advices from
his Government stating that Argentina was planning to present to
Mexico a statue of President Domingo Sarmiento, the great Argentine
educator and founder of the public-school system, for the Sarmiento
open-air school in Mexico City. It is expected that the statue will be
in place by the opening of the 1928 school year.
NICARAGUA
SCHOOL OF TELEGRAPHY AND COMMERCE.—In May the Govern-
ment resolved to establish a school of telegraphy, English, accounting,
and typewriting in Managua for 20 boarding pupils, the funds for
this institution to be provided from those formerly used in the main-
tenance of several telegraph offices, now discontinued.
PANAMA
Porto RIcAN SCHOLARSHIPS OFFERED PaANaAMA.—The Secretary of
Public Education has made public the offer by the University of Porto
Rico of three scholarships for Panaman students, who must have the
degree of bachelor of humanities or a primary teacher’s certificate, or
must pass entrance examinations.
PUBLIC INSTRUCTION AND EDUCATION 1257
Music SCHOOL PRODUCES OPERA.—Under the direction of Maestro
Graziani the Opera School of Panama produced in September Madame
Butterfly, Puccini’s well-loved opera. Panama possesses some very
gifted singers and for many years has shown much interest in develop-
ing talent through its conservatory. The opera school has previously
given La Bohéme, Tosca, and other operas.
REORGANIZATION OF THE AGRICULTURAL SCHOOLS OF AGUADULCE
AND Davip.—The present agricultural schools of Aguadulce and
David, which are to be known in the future as the Model Farm School
of Aguadulce and the Model Farm School of David, will be under the
joint control of the Secretary of Public Instruction and the Secretary
of Agriculture and Public Works. These schools will not only offer
a practical agricultural course for elementary-school graduates but will
also offer courses in crops, dairying, silk culture, and poultry raising,
which will be required for graduation for the students of the rural
normal schools of Aguadulce and David. These agricu!tural schools
will also be used as experimental farms.
PARAGUAY
PASTEUR SCHOOL OPENED.—On August 20, 1927, before an audience
which included the Minister of Public Instruction, French diplomatic
officers, members of the French Society, and various teachers, the
Pasteur primary school in Asuncién was inaugurated and a bust of
the noted French scientist presented the school by a representative
of the French Diplomatic Corps.
Books FOR LIBRARY.—Information has recently been received that
a number of valuable works, including books on Spanish literature
and history and interesting chronicles, notes, and monographs on
Spain and Spanish America, have been sent the School of Law and
Social Sciences of Asuncién by the Hispanic Society of America,
located in New York. It is also reported that a similar donation
has been made this school by the Popular Library of Buenos Aires.
Arpor Day.—A simple but impressive ceremony was held in the
Artigas School of Asuncién on August 13, 1927, when Arbor Day was
celebrated. Trees were planted and the hymn to the tree written by
Juan Zorrilla de San Martin, an Uruguayan poet, was sung by the
children.
New maGazines.—The first number of the Anales de la Facultad
de Ciencias Médicas (Annals of the Medical School), edited by Dr.
Victor Idoyago, dean of the Medical School, made its appearance
during August. Another new university magazine is the Revista
de Derecho (Legal Review).
PERU
ORGANIZATION OF RURAL EDUCATION.—Dr. José R. Pareja was re-
cently appointed by the Chief Executive to investigate educational con-
1258 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION
ditions in the Departments of Arequipa, Puno, Cuzco, and Apurimac
and to prepare a report on the primary schools, manual training
schools, boarding schools for Indians, normal schools, and all other
public schools, suggesting at the same time measures for promoting
education among the Indian population of the Republic.
MonTESSORI SYSTEM.—In the Liceo Grau, a public school of
Lima, a new division was opened last September for small children
between 3 and 6 years of age, in which the Montessori system will
be exclusively employed.
ScHooLt notEes.—According to the presidential message there are
3,330 primary schools and 5,487 teachers, the enrollment last year
being 262,267. Rural, agricultural, circulating, and boarding
schools have been established for the benefit of the Indians, and the
enrollment in these schools, including that of the vocational and
industrial schools, is 1,780. In the schools of Lima and Callao med-
ical service has been introduced. The Government has ordered the
reprinting of the textbook, ‘‘My First History of Peru,” as well as
a new edition of a reading book, which will be distributed gratis to
the public schools. In the Boys’ Normal School the psychology
laboratory has been improved in order to facilitate more accurate
study of child psychology, and a special section has been formed for
the instruction of subnormal children. Last year there were 29
national secondary schools which had an enrollment of 5,326. <A
law prohibiting coeducation has been passed as a result of its failure
in the schools, and consequently secondary schools for girls have been
established in Lima, Cajamarca, Huardas, Trujillo, and Puno.
SALVADOR
ARGENTINE FLAG FOR SALVADOREAN SCHOOL.—The press of Argen-
tina reported the presentation of an Argentine flag to the Salvadorean
consul general in Buenos Aires for the school in San Salvador named
for the Republic of Argentina. Interesting exercises were-held in
the Republic of Salvador School of Buenos Aires on the occasion of
the presentation, including the rendition of the national anthems of
both countries.
URUGUAY
PLANS FOR RURAL SCHOOLS.—It was stated in La Revista de la
Asociacién Rural del Uruguay for August 19, 1927, that in view of
the interest shown in the rural dwelling competition held during
August, 1926, the Rural Association of Uruguay in cooperation with
the Architectural Society has announced a second competition to
take place at the end of this year on the construction of a rural school.
So greatly is the success of the teacher conditioned by the health and
happiness of the child, due in no small measure to his surround-
ings, that the initiative of these organizations is highly commendable.
SOCIAL PROGRESS 1259
COMPETITION FOR PLANS OF CLINICAL HOSPITAL.—Bases for a com-
petition for plans for the clinical hospital soon to be built in Mon-
tevideo were published in Arquitectura, August, 1927. To be con-
structed at a cost of 2,800,000 pesos, including the purchase price
of the land and actual construction, the hospital will contain medical
and surgical clinics, rooms for the treatment of various diseases,
neurological, cancer, and anatomical institutes, a radiographical
section, an institute of experimental hygiene and laboratories. <A
prize of 1,000 pesos will be awarded all those who qualify for the
second section of the competition, in which first, second, third, fourth,
and fifth prizes of 10,000, 5,000, 2,500, 1,500, and 1,000 pesos,
respectively, are offered.
VENEZUELA
VENEZUELAN LEGAL CONGRESS.—The organizing committee of the
First Venezuelan Legal Congress called by the Bar Association of
the Federal District to meet in 1928, held its first session on August
10, 1927, at which time a commission was appointed to formulate the
agenda of the congress.
DOMINICAN REPUBLIC
CHAUFFEURS’ UNION.—According to reports, the majority of the
chauffeurs of the city of Santiago de los Caballeros have organized
to form a union. It is hoped that efficient labor organizations will
soon be a reality in the Dominican Republic.
ARGENTINA
CoNnFERENCE ON PsycuiaTRY AND Lecat Mepicine.—The Society
of Neurologists and Psychiatrists of Buenos Aires recently resolved
to convoke the first Latin American Conference on Neurology,
Psychiatry, and Legal Medicine to meet in Buenos Aires during the
latter part of September, 1928. An organization committee, of which
1260 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION
Dr. Arturo Ameghino is the president, has been appointed to invite
other nations.
ANTITUBERCULOSIS CLINIC.—On September 8, 1927, a new anti-
tuberculosis dispensary was opened to the public in Boca del Riachuelo
ward of Buenos Aires by the Commission on Regional Asylums and
Hospitals. In connection with the clinic there will be a visiting
nurse and house medical service, as well as a campaign of public
education on the dangers of contagion and how to avoid it. In
the dispensary there are a solarium and rooms for patients, as well as
a section for experimental medicine. Provision is made for X-ray
and other laboratories. The clinic will also distribute rations to
patients and their families if necessary.
Moruers’ CANTEENS.—On August 31, 1927, the twelfth anniver-
sary of the founding of the First Mothers’ Canteen of Buenos Aires
was celebrated. As has been stated in previous accounts in the
BULLETIN, this institution provides care for the needy mother during
pregnancy and childbirth, also giving to nursing mothers clothes,
two meals a day, and, if necessary, a peso daily. In connection with
the mothers’ canteens there are lunch rooms for school children, which
furnish luncheon and a glass of milk to each child, as well as medical
assistance.
ROLIVIA
ORURO WATERWORKS.—The first section of the waterworks system
for the city of Oruro was put into operation last July. It comprises
the Calacola Reservoir, and three distributing reservoirs, which are
part of the system planned to give the city an adequate supply of
pure drinking water.
BRAZIL
Fourth Brazitan Hycrenr Concress.—It has been decided
that the Fourth Brazilian Hygiene Congress is to take place in
Bahia in December, 1927, and the Fifth Congress in Pernambuco
in 1928. At the first of these meetings the following subjects are to
be discussed: Epidemiology and prophylaxis of the bubonic plague
in Brazil; native Brazilian insects, biology, epidemiological rdéle,
and means of destruction; biometric examinations of children and
adults; water supply and purification; and other problems.
_ BRAZILIAN PHYSICIANS ON EXCURSION.—Under the auspices of the
Medical and Surgical Society of Rio de Janeiro a number of Brazilian
physicians joined a ‘‘caravan”’ or excursion to visit their colleagues in
Montevideo and Buenos Aires. The party expected to start on
September 15 for a 20-day trip, which would provide a pleasant out-
ing for the physicians and their families, and a courteous response
to the visit made by Argentine and Uruguayan physicians sometime
ago.
SOCIAL PROGRESS 1261
CHILE
HeaurH srortus.—Under the auspices of the health education
section of the Bureau of Public Health, a contest for stories to teach
children health habits was announced last August. Prizes of 1,000,
500, and 100 pesos were generously offered by Lectura Selecta, a
magazine which intended to publish the prize-winning stories in a
special Columbus Day edition. This excellent method of securing
children’s cooperation in conserving their health is worthy of all
commendation, and the results of the contest will be eagerly awaited.
CHILD HEALTH CENTERS.—According to the last annual report of
the Patronato Nacional de la Infancia, issued in July, 1927, this
active society during the year covered by the report cared for 4,769
children under two years of age and 1,235 over two. Through its
various services in Santiago the Patronato distributed 1,446,619
feedings of modified milk, gave 21,543 prescriptions, made 21,712
home visits, distributed 9,820 articles of infants’ clothing, gave
18,775 lunches to nursing mothers, made 14,888 examinations of
expectant mothers, and provided attendance in 398 cases of child-
birth in homes. The mortality rate of children under the Patro-
nato’s care is 9.5 per cent, or less than a third of the general infant
mortality rate. The attention given each child is increasingly
efficient. The social service in connection with each health center
watches over the children there registered and their families, and
hopes to maintain this oversight until each child reaches 7 years of
age. Sick children are under the care of a visiting nurse, who
works under orders of the Patronato physicians.
Women’s Anti-Turmrcutosts Assocratron.—This association
has for many years carried on helpful work among the tuberculous
poor of Santiago. In 1926 it assisted 347 men, 2,654 women, and
659 children, sending 27 persons to San José Hospital. Home visits
by its members reveal many serious social conditions, and give
occasion for teaching a hygienic manner of living, in se far as possible.
COLOMBIA
TREATMENT OF HOOKWORM.—From January 1 to July 31, 1927,
286,094 persons were treated for hookworm in different parts of the
Republic. The total number of treatments administered by the
hookworm department for this disease from June, 1920, to July 31,
1927, amounted to 2,179,148.
COSTA RICA
Mepicau ciintc.—Information has been received that 42 Costa
Rican physicians have formed an organization for the purpose of
establishing a modernly equipped clinic in San José. According to
1262 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION
plans the clinic, which will cost more than 300,000 colones, will have
various departments like similar institutions in Europe and the United
States.
SANITARY CAMPAIGN IN SAN RamOn.—Under the able direction of
Doctor Coto, head of the public welfare department of San Ramon,
rapid progress has been made toward improved sanitary conditions
in that city. Meat markets, bakeries, and private houses have been
inspected, daily garbage collection initiated, and clinics for the treat-
ment of syphilis opened. During August alone 362 Wassermann
tests were made and 530 injections of salvarsan given.
CUBA
CAMPAIGN AGAINST CANCER.—The campaign against cancer has
been intensified during the past year to a great extent. Next year a
division for the study of cancer will be installed in the General
Calixto Garcia National Hospital in Habana, a second in the civil
hospital of Santiago de Cuba, and still another in the civil hospital
in the city of Santa Clara. (Courtesy of the Cuban Embassy in Wash-
ington.)
INCREASE IN SANITARY BUDGET.—The budget for the Department
of Charity and Sanitation has been increased by a million and a half
pesos. With these funds 25 dispensaries for the treatment of tuber-
culosis will be established, a division of foods and drugs will be created,
and many improvements made in various hospitals throughout the
Republic. The appropriation for the home for the aged will also be
considerably augmented. This increase in the national budget is due
primarily to the determined efforts of the Government to enlarge the
sanitary service of the country. (Courtesy of the Cuban Embassy in
Washington.)
Homer For THE AGED.—A national home for the aged is under
construction at Triscornia. This institution will bear the name
General Gerardo Machado y Morales in honor of the President of the
Republic. Thirty-six pavilions connected by passageways and having
room for 400 persons will form the main part of the home. (Courtesy
of the Cuban Embassy in Washington.)
ECUADOR
HoMES FOR WORKERS.—An appropriation was allowed in the new
government budget for building homes for workers in Guayaquil.
The Minister of Labor and Social Welfare, who has taken an active
part in securing this appropriation and who is greatly interested in
the prompt fulfillment of the project, has asked the municipality of
Guayaquil to designate without delay the most appropriate district
for building these homes.
SOCIAL PROGRESS 1263
HAITI
TREATMENT OF TREPONEMATOSIS.—T wo new records were estab-
lished during the month of August last in connection with the treat-
ment of this condition. Forty-five thousand five hundred and thirty-
six Injections of treponemecides were made, this being for the first
time at a rate of over half a million per year. It is believed that this
rate is sufficient to control the disease for the present. The other
record established was in the number of injections of neo-salvarsan
administered at the Haitian General Hospital, 1,731 such injections
being given there during the month of August. It is expected to
increase this rate still further. In order to encourage more patients
to receive treatment regularly and to popularize the treatment, an
increased effort has been made to augment the amount of neo-
salvarsan administered. A large supply of this drug has been ordered
and all public health officers have been directed to use it in place of
less efficacious drugs in all hospital cases requiring such treatment.
They have also been instructed to devote one morning a week to the
administration of neo-salvarsan to treponematosis outpatients.
(Bulletin of the Financial Adviser-General Receiver, August, 1927.)
HONDURAS
PUBLIC HEALTH LECTURES.—Last September Dr. José Jorge Calle-
jas, Director of Public Health, gave in Puerto Cortés a series of public
health lectures, illustrated by motion pictures, on malaria and intesti-
nal parasities. Printed notices were distributed to the schools and to
the general public so that all might benefit by these lectures, which
had previously been delivered in San Pedro Sula. Doctor Malloy
of the Rockefeller Foundation is directing this work.
LAND For JicaquE Inprans.—The Governor of the Department of
Tegucigalpa recently petitioned the Ministry of Promotion, Public
Works, Agriculture, and Labor to definitely assign the 30 caballerias
(caballeria equals 2.09 acres) of mountain land to the tribe of Jicaque
Indians who now cultivate and occupy it. This cession of land is
provided for by law.
MEXICO
Hycrener INstrruTE BUILDING OPENED.—On September 17, 1927,
the new building of the Hygiene Institute in Mexico City was for-
mally opened upon the occasion of the First Meeting of Sanitary
Officials called by the Department of Public Health. Among the
distinguished guests present at the inauguration of the new institute
were President Calles; the Secretary of War; the Secretary of
Communications and Public Works; Dr. Bernardo J. Gastélum,
Chief of the Department of Public Health, under whose direction the
building was constructed; other officials and members of the diplo-
1264 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION
matic corps. After President Calles declared the institute and the
First Meeting of Local Health Authorities open an interesting pro-
gram of addresses, music, and other numbers was rendered, followed
by a general inspection of the institute. The 19 sections of the 500,-
000-peso building house the laboratories in which was prepared the
year’s supply of smallpox vaccine, antityphus-typhoid serum, anti-
toxin for diphtheria and scarlet fever and antirabies serum; and other
divisions of the Department of Public Health. There is a personnel
of nearly 200, most of whom are physicians or bacteriologists.
TUBERCULOSIS HOSPITAL.—The press reports that the board of
directors of Public Charity has decided to establish a hospital especi-
ally for tubercular patients, who are too numerous to be cared for
in the special wards of Mexico City’s general hospital. It is stated
that a building on the Pachuca Road near Tepexpan is to be equipped
and opened as a tuberculosis hospital early in 1928.
Rep Cross AID FOR FLOOD victiMs.—The Mexican Red Cross and
private organizations collected funds for the relief of the homeless
and destitute residents of the areas flooded by the Lerma River at
Acambaro, to which the American Red Cross contributed $5,000. A
special train carrying food, clothing, medical supplies, and physicians
was despatched by the Red Cross.
NICARAGUA
HEALTH INSPECTION IN scHooLs.—The press published in August
the regulations for health inspections in schools, which include the
sanitary requirements for school buildings and premises, as well as
the examination of children entering school for the first time or after
illness and absence. There is to be a school medical inspector for
each department to inspect city schools every two weeks and rural
schools every four months. A health certificate in the form of a
notebook will be issued to each child examined, with a report of his
state of health entered therein. The inspector is also to advise
teachers as to the placing of subnormal children in the proper insti-
tutions.
ScHOOL OF NURSING.—The Government plans to establish a school
for trained nurses in Managua, probably in connection with the
general hospital of the capital. Dr. Nicasio Rosales has sent his
“Manual for the Trained Nurse and Midwife” to the Ministry of
Promotion, which is to have it published so that it may be used as a
textbook in the above-mentioned school.
PANAMA
RED Cross REPORT.—Seforita Enriqueta Morales, Secretary of the
Panaman Red Cross, made the following report of the August work
of that organization:
Prenatal clinic——Three hundred and twenty-three persons examined; 400 home
visits; 314 examinations of urine.
SOCIAL PROGRESS - : 1265
Baby clinic——Registration of babies since foundation, 16,816; physicians’
consultations during month, 467; treatments, 138; prescriptions, 900; sent to
clinics for various disorders, 289; weighed, 2,137; new patients admitted during
the month, 317; dismissed at the age limit of two years, 162; home visits, 5,618;
total number of children visited, 620; mothers aided, 94; children now on clinic
register, 7,982.
Aid to poor families.—Physical examinations for adults, 430; adults prescribed
for, 601; injections administered, 211; sent to hospitals, 40; persons weighed, 133.
Supplies distributed.—Twenty-eight boxes of rice; 2 cases of condensed milk;
6 cases of soap; 728 rations; and 152 families aided.
SAFETY LESSONS FOR CHILDREN.—Members of the Automotive
Vehicles Union have been giving a series of talks on safety in reference
to street traffic in the schools of the capital. They plan to have
periodical safety lessons for children so that the danger of accidents
may be lessened.
PARAGUAY
INTERNATIONAL FoorsaLL ConGress.—An International Foot-
ball Congress met in Asuncién during the week of August 15, dele-
gates from Argentina, Brazil, Chile, Peru, and Uruguay being pres-
ent. Announcement has been made that the 1928 conference will
convene in Rio de Janeiro.
HospiTaAL DIRECTION TRANSFERRED.—According to El Diario,
Asuncion, of August 16, 1927, the direction of the National Hospital
has been transferred to the governing board of the Medical School.
SALVADOR
MEXICAN NURSES FOR TUBERCULOSIS HOSPITAL.—The new tubercu-
losis sanitarium soon to be opened at Planes de Rendero will have
several Mexican nurses in charge of the nursing of patients. These
nurses have been trained in the latest methods of caring for tubercular
patients.
URUGUAY
DisTINGUISHED GuEsTS.—On September 1, 1927, Doctor Ombre-
danne, well-known professor of the children’s surgical clinic in the
University of Paris, arrived in Montevideo, where he was cordially
received in medical and official circles of the city. A few days pre-
viously Dr. Federick Umber, a German specialist in nutrition and
digestive disorders, had been similarly welcomed. ‘During their stay
in the city both specialists delivered lectures on subjects relative to
their special fields.
BRAZIL
Hispanic SOCIETY COMMISSIONS ARTIST TO PAINT NOTABLES.—
Lépez Mesquita, a famous Spanish painter, is now in Brazil to paint
the portrait of the President for the gallery of Chief Executives of
Latin American countries and other prominent citizens of those
Nations, which the Hispanic Society plans to add to its collection of
Hispanic art.
CHILE
TRIUMPH OF A CHILEAN PIANIST.—Claudio Arrau, a_ brilliant
Chilean pianist still in his early twenties, won the grand inter-
national prize in a competition for pianists held a few months ago
in Geneva, Switzerland. He went to Germany at the age of 7 to
study, and began to tour at 11. His ability to play from memory in
public Bach’s 48 preludes and 48 fugues has excited admiring comment.
The French, German, and English press unite in praise of his nterpre-
tation and technique.
DOMINICAN REPUBLIC
ART EXHIBITION.—A collection of the works of Carlos Ramirez
Guerra, a Dominican painter, was recently exhibited in the Provincial
Palace at Santiago de Cuba, where his water-color landscapes and
portrait sketches received very favorable criticism.
ECUADOR
EcUADOREAN HISTORIAN HONORED.—Sefior Manuel M. Ayala, an
Ecuadorean sculptor, has been commissioned by the city of Ibarra to
make a large bronze bust of the great national historian Federico
Gonzilez Su4rez. This monument will be erected in Ibarra, the
birthplace of Gonz4lez Suarez, the unveiling to take place in December
next, on the twentieth anniversary of his death.
PANAMA
PANAMAN VIRTUOSO ADAPTS NATIVE Music.—Alfredo San Malo, the
Panaman violinist who was so well received in Carnegie Hall, New
York last year, and in a number of other American cities, is returning
from Europe to Panama to fulfill engagements, after which during the
coming year he will journey to South America to continue the work
1266
GENERAL NOTES 1267
he has begun, adapting native melodies of Panama, Mexico, Peru,
and other Latin American countries, to the violin. Sefor San Malo
left Panama when very young to study music in Europe, whence he
returned last year laden with honors. The young violinist will
doubtless conquer a new fame in making known the plaintive and
beautiful motifs found in Indian and early colonial music.
PARAGUAY
DELEGATES To SrxtH Pan AMERICAN CONFERENCE.—The Para-
guayan delegation to the Sixth Pan American Conference is as follows:
Dr. Luis Riart, Ex-Minister of the Treasury and until a few months
ago Minister of War, which position he had held for three and a half
years; Dr. Lisandro Diaz Gémez, leader of the Government party in
the Chamber of Deputies and former Minister in Uruguay and
Bolivia; and Dr. Juan Vicente Ramirez, Chargé d’Affaires in Wash-
ington.
THREE HUNDRED AND NINETIETH ANNIVERSARY OF ASUNCION.—
The three hundred and ninetieth anniversary of the founding of
Asuncion by Juan de Salazar y Espinoza was celebrated in Asuncién
on August 15, 1927, with appropriate ceremony.
SALVADOR
SALVADOREAN STUDENT SCULPTOR.— Word has been received from
Spain that Valentin Estrada, a Salvadorean student of sculpture, has
been making notable progress in his work, which has won the praise
of his teacher, Coullaut Valera, and also of the art critics. The
Salvadorean press published a photograph of Sefior Estrada working
on his model of Atlacatl, Indian king of Cuscatlan, now a part of
Salvador. It is stated that Estrada himself is of pure Indian extrac-
tion and though but 23 years old and without previous training before
arriving in Spain he has shown great talent, not only in sculpture but
also in painting.
UNITED STATES
DELEGATES TO THE StxtH Pan AMERICAN CONFERENCE.—President
Coolidge has appointed the following delegates to the Sixth Pan
American Conference, to be opened in Habana January 16, 1928:
Head of the delegation, Mr. Charles Evans Hughes, Ex-Secretary of
State; Ambassador Fletcher, now representing the United States in
Rome and formerly Ambassador to Mexico and Chile; Ambassador
Morrow, representing the United States in Mexico; Ex-Senator
Oscar Underwood of Alabama; Mr. Morgan J. O’Brien, a prominent
lawyer; Dr. James Brown Scott, president of the American Institute
of International Law; Dr. Ray Lyman Wilbur, president of Leland
1268 THE PAN AMERICAN UNION
Stanford University, and Dr. L. 8. Rowe, Director General of the
Pan American Union. It is stated that President Coolidge will
attend the Congress.
VENEZUELA
VISIT OF TRAINING SLOOP.—Significant of the cordial relations
between Chile and Venezuela was the welcome accorded the officers,
crew, and cadets of the General Baquedano, the Chilean training ship,
upon their recent visit to Venezuela, where they were honor guests of
the Government. The General Baquedano, as readers of the Bux-
LETIN will remember, carried an exhibition of Chilean products on
this cruise.
REPORTS RECEIVED TO OCTOBER 15, 1927
Subject Date Author
ARGENTINA
3 1927
Forecast of 1927-28 crops in Rosario consular district____------- Sept. 10 | Robert Harnden, consul at
Rosario.
BOLIVIA
July report on general conditions in Bolivia________.-__---__-- Aug. 10 | J. F. McGurk, consul at La Paz
Report on commerce and industries for August, 1927---------- Sept. 1 Do.
BRAZIL
Finance and general conditions of the State of Pernambuco____| Aug. 10 | Nathaniel P. Davis, consul at
é es Pernambuco,
Review of Brazilian commerce and industries for July, 1927___.| Aug. 15 | Claude I. Dawson, consul gen-
eral at Rio de Janeiro.
Piassava fiber exports from Bahia, first 6 months of 1927__----- =o Ol. 2s = ower Donovan, consul at
abia
Carnatiba wax exports, first 6 months of 1927_._...-----.--_-_- Aug. 17 Do.
Rubber crop and exports, first 6 months of 1927_______.-__----- Aug. 19 | George E. Seltzer, vice consul
: at Manaos,
Brazil nut crop, first 6 months of 1927, compared with same |---do____- Do.
period of 1926.
Commerce and industries for June quarter of 1927__.-_._---_-- Aug. 22 Do.
Favors for establishing fertilizer factory, Pernambuco_-------- Con dounkns Nathaniel P. Davis.
Program of Sao Paulo Coffee Congress---.---.---------------- Aug. 24 ce pp (CELE le, consul at Sao
aulo.
Papers prodluctionyinekernam pi coms sae ae eee ere Aug. 26 | Nathaniel P. Davis.
The 1927-28 sugar crop discussed from a market standpoint___.| Aug. 29 | Rudolf Cahn, vice consul at
Rio de Janeiro.
Road! building in the State of Bahia: __-_-_-_---_--___---__-=-. Aug. 30 | Howard Donovan.
Official regulation for the classification of cotton, for registra- | Aug. 31 | Archer Woodford, vice consul
tion of marks, and the repression of fraud in the cotton trade at Bahia,
of Bahia.
Declared exports from Bahia during August, 1927_______----_- Sept. 1 Do.
EEoDosed hydroelectric and agricultural development, Per- | Sept. 5 | Nathaniel P. Davis.
nambuco.
State and municipal sanitation projects_-___..-...-.----___-_- Sept. 6 | Do.
Conclusion in London of loan to Santos municipality -----_~-- Sept. 7} Fred D. Fisher, consul at San-
tos.
The population of Brazil and its economic aspects-_----------- Sept. 8 | Claude I. Dawson.
Special fund for automobile roads, law No. 1873, of August 29--| Sept. 9 | Nathaniel P. Davis.
Sugar shipments and crop prospects of Pernambuco for quarter | Sept. 10 Do.
ended June 30, 1927.
Imports at Santos during first 6 months of 1927__-.------------ 63-00. Fred D. Fisher.
INewa brazilian comeciconyentiOnes == sees naan es Sept. 12 | Claude I. Dawson.
Kinanees of the State.of Rio de Janeiro---=2-----------=-2-=2-=- Sept. 15 Do.
Development of the iron and steel industry, Brazil_----------- Sept. 17 Do.
Creation of State Department of Transportation and Public | Sept. 23 | C. R. Cameron.
Works, Sao Paulo.
Imports of automobiles into Brazil, first half of 1927-..-------- Sept. 28 | Claude I. Dawson.
CHILE
Crop and product movement in central and southern Chile, | Aug. 17) Harold M. Deane, consul at
quarter ended June 30, 1927. Valparaiso.
German statistical expert engaged by Chilean Government_-_-; Aug. 20 Do. |
Chilean finances in 1927 and 1928, budget for fiscal year 1928 | Aug. 22 | Carl F. Deichman, consul gen-
(fiscal year begins on Jan. 1). eral at Valparaiso.
Concession granted by Chilean Government for construction | Sept. 10 Camden L. McLain, vice con-
and operation of a railway from Lanco station to Guahun sul in charge, Concepcion.
Pass, on the Chile-Argentine frontier.
COLOMBIA
Proposed toll highway from Cali to Buenaventura___------- Aug. 22 | R. Hudson Fetner, vice consul
in charge, Buenaventura.
Exports of crude petroleum from Cartagena during August, | Sept. 2 Edward B. Rand, vice consul
1927. in charge, Cartagena.
CUBA
Santiago de Cuba’s food imports in August, 1927..------------ Aug. 31 | Francis R. Stewart, consul at
Santiago de Cuba.
Ouban law of succession as applied to Americans _-_----~---- Sept. 3 Do.
Santiago aqueduct contract rendered on Sept. 29, 1927_-_--_-_- Oct. 1 | Embassy.
Text of the sugar defense law, in Gaceta Oficial of Oct. 5, 1927, | Oct. 6 Do.
translation of same.
1269
1270
THE PAN AMERICAN UNION
Reports received to October 15, 1927—Continued
Subject
DOMINICAN REPUBLIC
Dominican Government revenues in August, 1927_____.-__-_--
GUATEMALA
Review of commerce and industries for Augu’st, 1927__-_-_-___-
Agricultural implements and machinery admitted free of duty-
HONDURAS
Mhieeewertoue astilllave g cam aii ke Geese eee ee ee ree ee
Statement of receipts and expenditures at the customshouse at
La Ceiba.
MEXICO
Quarterly review of commerce and industries, Yucatan con-
sular district.
Exports of cotton and cotton products in the Mexicali district,
to September 30.
NICARAGUA
Witalistatisticsandelivan siconditlonSae= sees sea ease ae
PANAMA
August report on commerce and industries__-_-------_________
PERU
Review of the commerce and industries of Peru for the year
1926. , ;
Report on general conditions for August, 1927______.._.______-
SALVADOR
Law for the control of commercial establishments, law of June
30, 1927, published in Diario Oficial on Sept. 5, 1927.
URUGUAY
Business conditions in Uruguay for the first 6 months of 1927_-
Governmental decree authorizing construction of cement road
between Montevideo and Colonia, and expropriation of
Goa tae of new Government buildings in Montevideo __.
VENEZUELA
Summary of oil development in Venezuela for first 6 months of
1927.
Commercial situation in the Maracaibo consular district _____-
Date
| Author
1927
Aug.
Sept.
Sept.
Sept.
Oct.
Sept.
Oct.
Sept.
Sept.
Aug.
Sept.
Sept.
Aug.
Sept.
Sept.
Aug.
Sept.
30
~I
24
12
24
15
13
10
19
23
23
William B. Lawton, vice con-
sulin charge, Santo Domingo
|
|
| Philip Holland, consul general
| at Gualenials City.
| 0.
Winfield H. Scott, vice consul
' at Puerto Castilla.
| Nelson R. Park, consul at La
Ceiba.
Herman C. Vogenitz, vice
consul at Progreso.
Frank Bohr, consulat Mexicali.
Owen W. Gaines, vice consul
at Corinto.
H. D. Myers, vice consul at
Panama City.
Geo. A. Makinson, consul in
charge, Callao-Lima.
Do.
W. J. McCafferty, consul at
San Salvador.
C. Carrigan, consul general,
Montevideo.
Do.
Do.
Raymond E. Ahearn, vice con
sul at Maracaibo.
Alexander K. Sloan, consul at
Maracaibo.
>
DOK
, -
Whe Z
ae es Hp ~
ee amen es : ¥
» 3 ” oa
En ¥ }
« -
Pa - -
4 ~
; we - F ;
: :
J ee 3
° Aes
‘ at Any
uF ne Cae ees atrr
. ices fies an
BE AB ent 3 *
J € Me of
% “Sy a 4
, «
. *
ke pe . 5 a a
— * J
ee Peak
DS eda
: foe
daytih Wie eae ttt ;
ite ace haat Ma
y Petites rete .
Sy nat
-'
a)
Bot
re
tStss>
‘ ~~
ai o
ae r{
a 2
13 E
eo t
> f
eheite
aE 2
Sekai 3x
: :
whee bet ee
ar tan